As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 202012, 2021

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

Form 20-F

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or


or
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE

ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019
2020

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report……………………………….

Commission file number 1-15242

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Deutsche Bank Corporation

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Federal Republic of Germany

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany

(Address of principal executive offices)
Andreas Loetscher, +49-69-910-44468, andreas.loetscher@db.com,

Brigitte Bomm, +49-69-910-33996, brigitte.bomm@db.com, Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main,
Germany

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

See following page

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

NONE

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

NONE

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period
covered by the annual report:

Ordinary Shares, no par value

2,066,101,7742,065,426,965

(as of December 31, 2019)2020)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

1

YesNo

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

YesNo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12   months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

YesNo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that
the registrant was required to submit such files).

YesNo

Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an
emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-
212b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards* provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

*The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S.GAAP U.S.   GAAP International Financial Reporting StandardsOther

as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒  Other ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow

Item 17Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

YesNo

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

Yes ☐ No ☐

1YesNo

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act (as of February 29, 2020)28, 2021)

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Ordinary shares, no par value

DB

New York Stock Exchange

6.55   % Trust Preferred Securities of Deutsche Bank Contingent Capital Trust II

DXB

New York Stock Exchange 

6.55   % Company Preferred Securities of Deutsche Bank Contingent Capital LLC II*

Subordinated Guarantees of Deutsche Bank AG in connection with Capital Securities*

Fixed to Fixed Reset Rate Subordinated Tier 2 Notes Due 2028

DB /28

New York Stock Exchange

4.50   % Fixed Rate Subordinated Tier 2 Notes Due 2025

DB 25

New York Stock Exchange

DB Crude Oil Double Short Exchange Traded Notes due June 1, 2038

DTO

NYSE Arca

DB Gold Double Long Exchange Traded Notes due February 15, 2038

DGP

NYSE Arca

DB Gold Double Short Exchange Traded Notes due February 15, 2038

DZZ

NYSE Arca

DB Gold Short Exchange Traded Notes due February 15, 2038

DGZ

NYSE Arca

* For listing purpose only, not for trading

2

Table of Contents

3

Table of Contents– 3
PART I – 8
9

Item 1: Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers – 8
9

Item 2: Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable – 8
Item 3: Key Information – 8
9

Selected Financial Data – 8
9

Dividends – 11
12

Capitalization and Indebtedness – 12
13

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds – 12
13

Risk Factors – 13
14

Item 3: Key Information – 9

Item 4: Information on the Company – 48
52

History and Development of the Company – 48
52

Business Overview – 48
Our Corporate Divisions – 53
52

The Competitive Environment – 54
60

Regulation and Supervision – 60
66

Organizational Structure – 78
84

Property and Equipment – 78
84

Information Required by Industry Guide 3 – 78
84

Item 4A: Unresolved Staff Comments – 79
85

Overview – 85

Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates – 85

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements and New Accounting Pronouncements – 86

Operating Results – 86

Results of Operations – 87

Financial Position – 87

Liquidity and Capital Resources – 87

Post-Employment Benefit Plans – 88

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements – 88

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations – 88

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses – 88

Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – 79
Overview – 79
Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates – 79
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements and New Accounting Pronouncements – 80
Operating Results – 81
Results of Operations – 82
Financial Position – 82
Liquidity and Capital Resources – 82
Post-Employment Benefit Plans – 82
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements – 83
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations – 83
Research and Development, Patents and Licenses – 83
85

Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees – 84
88

Directors and Senior Management – 84
88

Board Practices of the Management Board – 87
91

Compensation – 87
92

Employees – 88
92

Share Ownership – 88
92

Item 7: Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – 89
93

Major Shareholders – 89
93

Related Party Transactions – 90
94

Interests of Experts and Counsel – 90
94

Item 8: Financial Information – 91
95

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information – 91
95

Significant Changes – 95
98

Item 9: The Offer and Listing – 96
99

Offer and Listing Details and Markets – 96
99

Plan of Distribution – 96
99

Selling Shareholders – 96
99

Dilution – 96
99

Expenses of the Issue – 96
Item 10: Additional Information – 97
99

Share Capital – 97
100

Memorandum and Articles of Association – 97
100

Notification Requirements – 100
103

Material Contracts – 103
106

Exchange Controls – 104
107

Taxation – 104
107

Dividends and Paying Agents – 107
110

Statement by Experts – 107
110

Documents on Display – 107
110

Subsidiary Information – 107
110

Item 10: Additional Information – 100

3

Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk – 108
111

Item 12: Description of Securities other than Equity Securities – 108
111

PART II – 109
112

Item 13: Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies – 109
112

Item 14: Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds – 109
Item 15: Controls and Procedures – 109
112

Disclosure Controls and Procedures – 109
112

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting – 110
112

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – 110
113

Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting – 111
114

Item 15: Controls and Procedures – 112

Item 16A: Audit Committee Financial Expert – 111
114

Item 16B: Code of Ethics – 111
114

Item 16C: Principal accountant fees and services – 112
114

Item 16D: Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees – 112
114

Item 16E: Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers – 112
115

Item 16F: Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant – 113
116

Item 16G: Corporate Governance – 114
116

Item 16H: Mine Safety Disclosure – 116
119

Disclosures Under Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 – 117
119

PART III – 119
121

Item 17: Financial Statements – 119
121

Item 18: Financial Statements – 119
121

Item 19: Exhibits – 119
121

Signatures – 120
122

Annual Report – 121
1

Supplemental Financial Information (Unaudited) – S-1

4

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, which we also call Deutsche Bank AG, is a stock corporation organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. Unless otherwise specified or required by the context, in this document, references to “we”, “us”, “our”, “the Group”, “Deutsche Bank” and “Deutsche Bank Group” are to Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this document may not add up precisely to the totals we provide and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.

Our registered address is Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany, and our telephone number is +49-69-910-00.

Inclusion of Our Annual Report

We have included as an integral part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F our Annual Report 2019,2020, to which we refer for the responses to certain items hereof. Certain portions of the Annual Report 20192020 have been omitted, as indicated therein. The included Annual Report 20192020 contains our consolidated financial statements,Consolidated Financial Statements, which we also incorporate by reference into this report, in response to Items 8.A and 18. Such consolidated

The Annual Report 2020 and Consolidated Financial Statements included herein differ from those we publish for other purposes (the “non-SEC” versions thereof) in that the financial statementsinformation presented in the Annual Report 2020 and Consolidated Financial Statements included herein has been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The financial information presented in the non-SEC Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements, by contrast, has been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and endorsed by the European Union (EU), including, effective as of January 1, 2020, the application of fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (fair value macro hedges) in accordance with the EU carve-out version of IAS 39. The application of the EU carve-out version of IAS 39 had a positive impact of € 18 million on net revenues and profit before tax and of € 12 million on profit after tax. The impact on profit after tax also postivitely impacts the calculation of equity on the balance sheet by € 12 million. Effective as of January 1, 2020, the Group’s regulatory capital and ratios thereof are also reported on the basis of applying the EU carve-out version of IAS 39, in both the non-SEC Annual Report 2020 and Consolidated Financial Statements and the versions thereof included herein. This impacts the calculation of CET 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, Total capital and ratios based thereon, including the Leverage ratio, as the amount of profit after tax impacts the equity balance. As of December 31, 2020, this had a positive impact of less than 1 basis point on the CET 1 capital ratio. For further information, see Note 1, “Significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates – Basis of accounting – EU carve-out” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Consolidated Financial Statements included herein also differ from those contained in the non-SEC Annual Report 2019 used for other purposes2020 in that (i) Notes 42, 43 and 44 of the non-SEC Consolidated Financial Statements, which address non-U.S. requirements, have been deleted, (ii) Note 45 of the non-SEC Consolidated Financial Statements is set forth as Note 42 of the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein and (iii) NotesNote 43, which addresses U.S. requirements, has been added to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and 44 are notes addressing U.S. requirements. Such consolidated financial statementsfor the year ended December 31, 2020 included herein have been audited by Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 included herein have been audited by KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2019, which report is2020.

Such reports are included only in the version of the Annual Report 20192020 included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.


5

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

We make certain forward-looking statements in this document with respect to our financial condition and results of operations. In this document, forward-looking statements include, among others, statements relating to:

In addition, we may from time to time make forward-looking statements in our periodic reports to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on Form   6-K, annual and interim reports, invitations to Annual General Meetings and other information sent to shareholders, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials. Our Management Board, Supervisory Board, officers and employees may also make oral forward-looking statements to third parties, including financial analysts.

Forward-looking statements are statements that are not historical facts, including statements about our beliefs and expectations. We use words such as “believe”, “anticipate”, “expect”, “intend”, “seek”, “estimate”, “project”, “should”, “potential”, “reasonably possible”, “plan”, “aim” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements.

By their very nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, both general and specific. We base these statements on our current plans, estimates, projections and expectations. You should therefore not place too much reliance on them. Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date we make them, and we undertake no obligation to update any of them in light of new information or future events.

5

We caution you that a number of important factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those we describe in any forward-looking statement. These factors include, among others, the following:


6

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

This document and other documents we have published or may publish contain non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures are measures of our historical or future performance, financial position or cash flows that contain adjustments that exclude or include amounts that are included or excluded, as the case may be, from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS in our financial statements. Examples of our non-GAAP financial measures, and the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures, are as follows:

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

Most Directly Comparable IFRS Financial Measure

Net incomeProfit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders, Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after AT1 coupon, Adjusted profit (loss) before tax

Profit (loss) before tax

Revenues excluding specific items

Net revenues

Adjusted costs, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges and the impact of the Globalexpenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance transfer to BNP Paribas

Noninterest expenses

Net assets (adjusted)

Total assets

Tangible shareholders’ equity, Average tangible shareholders’ equity, Tangible book value, Average tangible book value

Total shareholders’ equity (book value)

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity (based on Net income attributable to Deutsche bank shareholders)

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity

Tangible book value per basic share outstanding, Book value per basic share outstanding

Book value per share outstanding

Net assets

Total assets

For descriptions of these non-GAAP financial measures and the adjustments made to the most directly comparable financial measures under IFRS, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures”, which is incorporated by reference herein.

When used with respect to future periods, our non-GAAP financial measures are also forward-looking statements. We cannot predict or quantify the levels of the most directly comparable financial measures under IFRS that would correspond to these measures for future periods. This is because neither the magnitude of such IFRS financial measures, nor the magnitude of the adjustments to be used to calculate the related non-GAAP financial measures from such IFRS financial measures, can be predicted. Such adjustments, if any, will relate to specific, currently unknown, events and in most cases can be positive or negative, so that it is not possible to predict whether, for a future period, the non-GAAP financial measure will be greater than or less than the related IFRS financial measure.

6

Regulatory fully loaded measures

Our regulatory assets, exposures, risk-weighted assets, capital and ratios thereof are calculated for regulatory purposes and set forth throughout this document under the regulation on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms (“CRR”) and the Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD”) implementing, including recent amendments, which implement Basel 3, which were published on June 27, 2013 and which apply on and after January 1, 2014. CRR/CRD provides for “transitional” (or “phase-in”) rules, under which capital instruments that are no longer eligible under the new rules are permitted to be phased out as the new rules on regulatory adjustments are phased in, as well as regarding the risk weighting of certain categories of assets.3. Unless otherwise noted, our CRR/CRD solvency measures set forth in this document reflect these transitional rules. We also set forth in this document such CRR/CRD measures on a “fully loaded” basis, reflecting full application of the final CRR/CRD framework without consideration of the transitional provisions under CRR/CRD, except as described below. Measuresare calculated pursuant to our fully loaded methodology are non-GAAP financial measures.

With effect from January 1, 2018, the CRR/CRD transitional rules under which Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) regulatory adjustments were phased in have reached a rate of 100 %, together with the 100 % phase-out rate of minority interest only recognizable under the transitional rules. For risk-weighted assets (RWA) the grandfathering of equity investments at a risk weight of 100 % expired by the end of 2017. Instead a risk weight between 190 % and 370 % determined based on Article 155 CRR under the CRR/CRD is applied. Hence, starting 2018 onwards, the CET 1 capital and RWA figures show no difference between CRR/CRD and fully loaded CRR/CRD.

Transitional arrangements are still applicable for Additional Tier 1 (AT1) and Tier 2 (T2) capital. Capital instruments that no longer qualify as AT1 or T2 capital under the fully loaded CRR/CRD applicable until June 26, 2019 are subject to grandfathering rules during the transitional period and are being phased out from 2013 to 2022 with their recognition capped at 40 % in 2018, 30 % in 2019 and the cap decreasing by ten percentage points every year thereafter.

currently applicable. We present in this report certain figures based on ourthe CRR definition of own funds (applicablefund instruments applicable for AT1Additional Tier   1 (AT1) capital and T2Tier   2 (T2) capital and figures based thereon, including Tier   1, capitalTotal Capital and the Leverage Ratio)Ratio, on a “fully loaded” basis. We calculate such “fully loaded” figures excluding the transitional (or “phase-in”) arrangements for own funds introduced byfund instruments as provided in the CRR/CRDcurrently applicable until June 26, 2019, but reflecting the latestCRR/CRD. For CET 1 instruments we do not make use of transitional arrangements introduced by the amendmentsprovisions. Measures calculated pursuant to the CRR/CRD applicable from June 27, 2019.our fully loaded methodology are non-GAAP financial measures.

We believe that these “fully loaded” calculations provide useful information to investors as they reflect our progress against the regulatory capital standards and as many of our competitors have been describing calculations on a “fully loaded” basis. As our competitors’ assumptions and estimates regarding “fully loaded” calculations may vary, however, our “fully loaded” measures may not be comparable with similarly labelled measures used by our competitors.


7

For descriptions of these fully loaded CRR/CRD measures and the differences from the most directly comparable measures under the CRR/CRD transitional rules, please refer to the following sections of the Annual Report 2020, each of which is incorporated by reference herein: (i) “Management Report: Risk Report: Risk and Capital Performance: Capital, Leverage Ratio and MREL” in the Annual Report 2019,, in particular the subsections thereof entitled “Development of Own Funds”, “Development of Risk-Weighted Assets” and “Leverage Ratio”, each of which are incorporated by reference herein.and (ii) “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures: Regulatory fully loaded measures”.

When used with respect to future periods, our fully loaded CRR/CRD measures are also forward-looking statements. We cannot predict or quantify the levels of the most directly comparable transitional CRR/CRD measures that would correspond to these fully loaded CRR/CRD measures for future periods. In managingWe manage our business with the aim of achieving targets based on fully loaded CRR/CRD measures,measures. Accordingly, the relation between the fully loaded and transitional measures may be variable and will depend upon, among other things, management action taken in light of future business, economic and other conditions.

Use of Internet Addresses

This document contains inactive textual addresses of Internet websites operated by us and third parties. Reference to such websites is made for informational purposes only, and information found at such websites is not incorporated by reference into this document.

78

PART I

Item 1: Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Item 2: Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Item 3: Key Information

Selected Financial Data

We have derived the data we present in the tables below from our audited consolidated financial statements for the years presented. You should read all of the data in the tables below together with the consolidated financial statements and notes included in “Item   18: Financial Statements” and the information we provide in “Item   5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” Except where we have indicated otherwise, we have prepared all of the consolidated financial information for 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016 in this document in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and as endorsed by the European Union (“EU”). For 2020, consolidated financial information was prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB only. Our corporate division and segment data comes from our management reporting systems and is not in all cases prepared in accordance with IFRS. For a discussion of the major differences between our management reporting systems and our consolidated financial statements under IFRS, see Note 4 “Business Segments and Related Information” to the consolidated financial statements.


89

Income Statement Data

in € m.

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Net interest income

13,749

13,192

12,378

14,707

15,881

11,548

13,749

13,316

12,378

14,707

Provision for credit losses

723

525

525

1,383

956

1,792

723

525

525

1,383

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

13,026

12,667

11,853

13,324

14,925

9,756

13,026

12,791

11,853

13,324

Commissions and fee income

9,520

10,039

11,002

11,744

12,765

9,424

9,520

10,039

11,002

11,744

Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

193

1,332

2,926

1,401

3,842

2,332

193

1,209

2,926

1,401

Other noninterest income (loss)

(298)

753

142

2,161

1,037

707

(298)

753

142

2,161

Total net revenues

23,165

25,316

26,447

30,014

33,525

24,011

23,165

25,316

26,447

30,014

Compensation and benefits

11,142

11,814

12,253

11,874

13,293

10,471

11,142

11,814

12,253

11,874

General and administrative expenses

12,253

11,286

11,973

15,454

18,632

10,259

12,253

11,286

11,973

15,454

Policyholder benefits and claims

0

0

0

374

256

0

0

0

0

374

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

1,037

0

21

1,256

5,776

0

1,037

0

21

1,256

Restructuring activities

644

360

447

484

710

485

644

360

447

484

Total noninterest expenses

25,076

23,461

24,695

29,442

38,667

21,216

25,076

23,461

24,695

29,442

Income (loss) before income taxes

(2,634)

1,330

1,228

(810)

(6,097)

1,003

(2,634)

1,330

1,228

(810)

Income tax expense

2,630

989

1,963

546

675

391

2,630

989

1,963

546

Net income (loss)

(5,265)

341

(735)

(1,356)

(6,772)

612

(5,265)

341

(735)

(1,356)

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

125

75

15

45

21

129

125

75

15

45

Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

(5,390)

267

(751)

(1,402)

(6,794)

483

(5,390)

267

(751)

(1,402)

in € (unless stated otherwise)

Basic earnings per share1,2

(2.71)

(0.01)

(0.53)

(1.08)

(4.52)

0.06

(2.71)

(0.01)

(0.53)

(1.08)

Diluted earnings per share1,3

(2.71)

(0.01)

(0.53)

(1.08)

(4.52)

0.06

(2.71)

(0.01)

(0.53)

(1.08)

Dividends paid per share4

0.11

0.11

0.196

0.00

0.75

0.00

0.11

0.11

0.196

0.00

Dividends paid per share in U.S.$5

0.13

0.13

0.21

0.00

0.84

0.00

0.13

0.13

0.21

0.00

1 The number of average basic shares outstanding has been adjusted for all periods before April 2017 in order to reflect the effect of the bonus element of the subscription rights issue in connection with the capital increase in April 2017.
2We

2We calculate basic earnings per share for each period by dividing our net income attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders by the average number of common shares outstanding. Earnings were adjusted by € 349 million and € 330 million before tax, and € 292 million, € 298 million € 276 million and € 228276 million net of tax for the coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes in April 2020, April 2019, April 2018, April 2017 April 2016 and April 2015,2016, respectively. Since 2019 the tax impact is recognized in net income (loss) directly.
3We

3We calculate diluted earnings per share for each period by dividing our net income attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders by the average number of common shares outstanding, both after assumed conversions. Earnings were adjusted by € 349 million and € 330 million before tax, and € 292 million, € 298 million € 276 million and € 228276 million net of tax for the coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes in April 2020, April 2019, April 2018, April 2017 and April 2016 and April 2015,, respectively. For 2019, 2017 2016 and 2015,2016, there was no dilutive effect as the Group reported a net loss. There was no dilutive effect for 2018 as the net income was offset by coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes.
4Dividends

4Dividends declared and paid in the year.
5Dividends

5Dividends declared and paid in U.S.$ were translated from euro into U.S.$ based on the exchange rates as of the respective payment days.
6The

6The dividend paid in 2017 consisted of € 0.11 for 2016 and of € 0.08 for 2015 that were paid simultaneously in 2017 after the agreement by the annual general meeting in 2017.

Balance Sheet Data

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

in € m.

in € m.

in € m.

in € m.

in € m.

in € m.

in € m.

in € m.

in € m.

in € m.

Total assets

1,297,674

1,348,137

1,474,732

1,590,546

1,629,130

1,324,961

1,297,674

1,348,137

1,474,732

1,590,546

Loans at amortized cost

429,841

400,297

401,699

408,909

427,749

426,691

429,841

400,297

401,699

408,909

Deposits

572,208

564,405

581,873

550,204

566,974

567,745

572,208

564,405

581,873

550,204

Long-term debt

136,473

152,083

159,715

172,316

160,016

149,163

136,473

152,083

159,715

172,316

Common shares1

5,291

5,291

5,291

3,531

3,531

5,291

5,291

5,291

5,291

3,531

Total shareholders’ equity

55,857

62,495

63,174

59,833

62,678

54,774

55,857

62,495

63,174

59,833

Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CRR/CRD 4)2

44,148

47,486

50,808

47,782

52,429

44,700

44,148

47,486

50,808

47,782

Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded)2

44,148

47,486

48,300

42,279

44,101

44,700

44,148

47,486

48,300

42,279

Tier 1 capital (CRR/CRD 4)2

50,546

55,091

57,631

55,486

58,222

51,548

50,546

55,091

57,631

55,486

Tier 1 capital (CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded)2

48,733

52,082

52,921

46,829

48,651

50,448

48,733

52,082

52,921

46,829

Total regulatory capital (CRR/CRD 4)2

56,503

61,292

64,016

62,158

64,522

58,492

56,503

61,292

64,016

62,158

Total regulatory capital (CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded)2

56,503

61,292

63,250

59,502

60,976

57,071

56,503

61,292

63,250

59,502

1 Capital increased from authorized capital against cash contributions through a public offering with subscription rights in April 2017.

2 Figures presented based on the transitional rules (“CRR/CRD   4”) and the full application (“CRR/CRD   4 fully loaded”) of the CRR/CRD 4 framework.

910

Certain Key Ratios and Figures

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Share price at period-end1

€ 6.92

€ 6.97

€ 15.88

€ 15.40

€ 20.10

€ 8.95

€ 6.92

€ 6.97

€ 15.88

€ 15.40

Share price high1

€ 8.32

€ 16.46

€ 17.82

€ 19.72

€ 29.83

€ 10.37

€ 8.32

€ 16.46

€ 17.82

€ 19.72

Share price low1

€ 5.78

€ 6.68

€ 13.11

€ 8.83

€ 18.46

€ 4.49

€ 5.78

€ 6.68

€ 13.11

€ 8.83

Book value per basic share outstanding2,4

€ 26.37

€ 29.69

€ 30.16

€ 38.14

€ 40.31

€ 26.03

€ 26.37

€ 29.69

€ 30.16

€ 38.14

Tangible book value per basic share outstanding3,4

€ 23.41

€ 25.71

€ 25.94

€ 32.42

€ 33.83

€ 23.18

€ 23.41

€ 25.71

€ 25.94

€ 32.42

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity5

(9.5) %

0.4 %

(1.2) %

(2.3) %

(9.8) %

0.2 %

(9.5) %

(0.1) %

(1.2) %

(2.3) %

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity6

(10.9) %

0.5 %

(1.4) %

(2.7) %

(12.3) %

0.2 %

(10.9) %

(0.1) %

(1.4) %

(2.7) %

Cost/income ratio7

108.2 %

92.7 %

93.4 %

98.1 %

115.3 %

88.4 %

108.2 %

92.7 %

93.4 %

98.1 %

Compensation ratio8

48.1 %

46.7 %

46.3 %

39.6 %

39.7 %

43.6 %

48.1 %

46.7 %

46.3 %

39.6 %

Noncompensation ratio9

60.1 %

46.0 %

47.0 %

58.5 %

75.7 %

44.7 %

60.1 %

46.0 %

47.0 %

58.5 %

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (CRR/CRD 4)10

13.6 %

13.6 %

14.8 %

13.4 %

13.2 %

13.6 %

13.6 %

13.6 %

14.8 %

13.4 %

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded)10

13.6 %

13.6 %

14.0 %

11.8 %

11.1 %

13.6 %

13.6 %

13.6 %

14.0 %

11.8 %

Tier 1 capital ratio (CRR/CRD 4)10

15.6 %

15.7 %

16.8 %

15.6 %

14.7 %

15.7 %

15.6 %

15.7 %

16.8 %

15.6 %

Tier 1 capital ratio (CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded)10

15.0 %

14.9 %

15.4 %

13.1 %

12.3 %

15.3 %

15.0 %

14.9 %

15.4 %

13.1 %

Employees at period-end (full-time equivalent):

In Germany

40,941

41,669

42,526

44,600

45,757

37,315

40,491

41,669

42,526

44,600

Outside Germany

46,656

50,068

55,009

55,144

55,347

47,344

47,106

50,068

55,009

55,144

Branches at period-end:

In Germany

1,325

1,409

1,570

1,776

1,827

1,295

1,325

1,409

1,570

1,776

Outside Germany

606

655

855

880

963

596

606

655

855

880

1 Historical share prices have been adjusted on March 20, 2017 with retroactive effect to reflect the capital increase by multiplying a correcting factor of 0.8925.

2 Shareholders’ equity divided by the number of basic shares outstanding (both at period-end). For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited) Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of the Annual Report 2020.

3 Shareholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by the number of basic shares outstanding (both at period-end). For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited) Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of the Annual Report 2020.

4 The number of average basic shares outstanding has been adjusted for all periods before April 2017 in order to reflect the effect of the bonus element of the subscription rights issue in connection with the capital increase in April 2017.

5 Net income attributable to our shareholders as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited) Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of the Annual Report 2020.

6 Net income attributable to our shareholders as a percentage of average tangible shareholders’ equity. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited) Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of the Annual Report 2020.

7 Total noninterest expenses as a percentage of net interest income before provision for credit losses, plus noninterest income.

8 Compensation and benefits as a percentage of total net interest income before provision for credit losses, plus noninterest income.

9 Noncompensation noninterest expenses, which is defined as total noninterest expenses less compensation and benefits, as a percentage of total net interest income before provision for credit losses, plus noninterest income.

10 Figures are based on the transitional rules (“CRR/CRD 4”) and the full application (“CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded”) of the CRR/CRD 4 framework.

1011

Dividends

The following table shows the dividend per share in euro and in U.S. dollars for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 2016 and 2015.2016. We declare our dividends at our Annual General Meeting following each year. For 2019,2020, the Management Board will propose in the Annual General Meeting not to pay dividend as there is no distributable profit available.a dividend. Our dividends are based on the non-consolidated results of Deutsche Bank AG as prepared in accordance with German accounting principles. Because we declare our dividends in euro, the amount an investor actually receives in any other currency depends on the exchange rate between euro and that currency at the time the euros are converted into that currency.

In general, the German withholding tax applicable to dividends is 26.375 % (consisting of a 25 % withholding tax and an effective 1.375 % surcharge). According to an amendment of the German Investment Tax Act, dividends received by a fund within the meaning of the German Investment Tax Act are subject to 15 % German withholding tax equal to the Treaty tax rate. For individual German tax residents the withholding tax paid represents for private dividends, generally, the full and final income tax applicable to the dividends. Dividend recipients who are tax residents of countries that have entered into a convention for avoiding double taxation may be eligible to receive a refund from the German tax authorities for a portion of the amount withheld and in addition may be entitled to receive a tax credit for the German withholding tax not refunded in accordance with their local tax law.

Generally, U.S. residents will be entitled to receive a refund equal to 11.375 % of the dividends received.paid. For US federal income tax purposes, the dividends we pay are not eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed for dividends received by US corporations from other US corporations.

Dividends in the table below are presented before German withholding tax.

See “Item   10: Additional Information – Taxation” for more information on the tax treatment of our dividends.

Payout ratio2,3

Payout ratio2,3

Dividends per share1,4

Dividends per share4

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Dividends per share1,4

Dividends per share4

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2019 (proposed)

$ 0.00

€ 0.00

N/M

N/M

2020 (proposed)

$ 0.00

€ 0.00

€ 0.00

€ 0.00

2019

$ 0.00

€ 0.00

N/M

N/M

2018

$ 0.13

€ 0.11

N/M

N/M

$ 0.13

€ 0.11

N/M

N/M

2017

$ 0.13

€ 0.11

N/M

N/M

$ 0.13

€ 0.11

N/M

N/M

2016

$ 0.12

€ 0.11

N/M

N/M

$ 0.12

€ 0.11

N/M

N/M

2015

$ 0.09

€ 0.08

N/M

N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

1 For your convenience, we present dividends in U.S. dollars for each year by translating the euro amounts at the period end rate for the last business day of each year.

2 We define our payout ratio as the dividends we paid per share in respect of each year as a percentage of our basic and diluted earnings per share for that year.

3 The number of average basic and diluted shares outstanding has been adjusted in order to reflect the effect of the bonus element of the subscription rights issue in connection with the capital increase in April 2017. For 2019, 2017 and 2016 and 2015,, there was no dilutive effect as the Group reported a net loss attributable to shareholders and no dilutive effect for 2018 as net income was offset by AT1 coupons paid.

4 Dividends for 2016 and 2015 were approved by the annual general meeting in 2017 and were paid simultaneously in 2017.

1112

Capitalization and Indebtedness

Consolidated capitalization in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB as of December 31, 20192020

in € m.

Debt:1,2

Long-term debt

136,473149,163

Trust preferred securities

2,0131,321

Long-term debt at fair value through profit or loss

4,7613,374

Total debt

143,247153,858

Shareholders’ equity:

Common shares (no par value)

5,291

Additional paid-in capital

40,50540,606

Retained earnings

9,64410,002

Common shares in treasury, at cost

(4)(7)

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

Unrealized net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax and other

45278

Unrealized net gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows, net of tax

147

Unrealized net gains (losses) on assets classified as held for sale, net of tax

0

Unrealized net gains (losses) attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax

257

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

336(1,411)

Unrealized net gains (losses) from equity method investments

0(1)

Total shareholders’ equity

55,85754,774

Equity component of financial instruments

4,6655,824

Noncontrolling interests

1,6381,587

Total equity

62,16062,184

Total capitalization

205,406216,043

1 € 734 million (0.5   %) of our debt was guaranteed by the German government as of December   31, 2019. This consists2020 related to legacy positions assumed in the context of debt of a subsidiary which is guaranteed by the German government. Postbank takeover.

2 € 57,29362,448 million (40(41 %) of our debt was secured as of December   31, 2019. 2020.

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

1213

Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves a number of risks. You should carefully consider the following information about the risks we face, together with other information in this document, when you make investment decisions involving our securities. If one or more of these risks were to materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prices of our securities.

Summary of Risk Factors

Risks Relating to the Macroeconomic, Geopolitical and Market Environment. As a global investment bank with a large private client franchise, our businesses are materially affected by global macroeconomic and financial market conditions. Significant risks – in particular arising from the COVID-19 pandemic and its effects on the macroeconomic, market, business and political environment – exist that could negatively affect the results of operations and financial condition in some of our businesses as well as our strategic plans. In the European Union, continued elevated levels of political uncertainty could have unpredictable consequences for the financial system and the greater economy. The withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union (“Brexit”) may have adverse effects on our business, results of operations or strategic plans. Political risks stemming from the deep divide in U.S. society observed around the Presidential elections or from the populist movements in major European Union member states could also have unpredictable consequences for the financial system and the economy. Our ability to protect ourselves against these risks is limited. We are also subject to other global macroeconomic and political risks.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Strategy.Our results of operation and financial condition have in the past been negatively impacted by the market environment, uncertain macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions, lower levels of client activity, increased competition and regulation, and the immediate impact of our strategic decisions. If we are unable to improve our profitability, we may be unable to meet our strategic aspirations, and may have difficulty maintaining capital, liquidity and leverage at levels expected by market participants and our regulators. Adverse market conditions, asset price deteriorations, volatility and cautious investor sentiment have affected and may in the future materially and adversely affect our revenues and profits, particularly in our investment banking, brokerage and other commission- and fee-based businesses. As a result, we have in the past incurred and may in the future incur significant losses from our trading and investment activities.

Our liquidity, business activities and profitability may be adversely affected by an inability to access the debt capital markets or to sell assets during periods of market-wide or firm-specific liquidity constraints. Credit rating downgrades have contributed to increases in our funding costs in the past, and any future downgrade could materially adversely affect our funding costs, the willingness of counterparties to continue to do business with us and significant aspects of our business model.

If we are unable to implement our strategic plans successfully, we may be unable to achieve our financial objectives. We may have difficulties selling companies, businesses or assets at favorable prices or at all and may experience material losses from these assets and other investments irrespective of market developments. We may also have difficulty in identifying and executing business combinations. Intense competition, in our home market of Germany as well as in international markets, has and could continue to have a material adverse impact on our revenues and profitability.

Risks Relating to Regulation and Supervision.Regulatory reforms, together with increased regulatory scrutiny more generally, have had and continue to have a significant impact on us and may adversely affect our business and ability to execute our strategic plans. Competent regulators may prohibit us from making dividend payments or payments on our regulatory capital instruments, suspend certain activities or take other actions if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements. Regulatory and legislative changes require us to maintain increased capital and debt that can be bailed in in a resolution scenario and abide by tightened liquidity requirements. Any perceptions in the market that we may be unable to meet our capital or liquidity requirements could intensify the effect of these factors on our business and results. Other regulatory reforms adopted or proposed in the wake of the financial crisis – for example, extensive new regulations governing our derivatives activities, compensation, bank levies, deposit protection including in the event that a compensation case is ascertained, data protection or a possible financial transaction tax – may materially increase our operating costs and negatively impact our business model.

Risks Relating to Our Internal Control Environment. We have identified the need to strengthen our internal control environment and infrastructure and have embarked on initiatives to do so. The BaFin has ordered us to improve our control and compliance infrastructure relating to our anti-money laundering and know-your-client processes, and appointed a special representative to monitor these measures’ implementation. Should we fail in our efforts, we may be subject to regulatory sanctions.


14

Risks Relating to Litigation, Regulatory Enforcement Matters and Investigations. We operate in a highly and increasingly regulated and litigious environment, potentially exposing us to liability and other costs, the amounts of which may be substantial and difficult to estimate, as well as to legal and regulatory sanctions and reputational harm. Among other matters:

Should any of the legal proceedings be resolved against us, or any investigations result in a finding that the Bank failed to comply with applicable law, the Bank could be exposed to material damages, fines, limitations on business, remedial undertakings, criminal prosecution or other material adverse effects on our financial condition, as well as risk to our reputation and potential loss of business as a result of extensive media attention. Guilty pleas by or convictions of us or our affiliates in criminal proceedings, or regulatory or enforcement orders, settlements or agreements to which we or our affiliates become subject, may have consequences that have adverse effects on certain of our businesses.

Other Risks. In addition to our traditional banking businesses of deposit-taking and lending, we also engage in nontraditional credit businesses in which credit is extended in transactions that include holding securities of third parties or in complex derivative transactions. These businesses materially increase our exposure to credit risk.

A substantial proportion of our assets and liabilities comprise financial instruments that we carry at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in our income statement. We have incurred losses, and may incur further losses, from such changes.

Pursuant to accounting rules, we must periodically test the value of the goodwill of our businesses and the value of our other intangible assets for impairment. If such test determines that impairment exists, we must write down the value of such asset. We must also review our deferred tax assets at the end of each reporting period. If it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income will be available to allow all or a portion of our deferred tax assets to be utilized, we must reduce the carrying amounts. Impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets and reductions in deferred tax assets have had and may in the future have material adverse effects on our profitability, equity and financial condition. We are also exposed to pension risks which can materially impact the measurement of our pension obligations, including interest rate, inflation and longevity risks that can materially impact our earnings.

Our risk management policies, procedures and methods leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks, which could lead to material losses.

Operational risks, which may arise from errors in the performance of our processes, the conduct of our employees, instability, malfunction or outage of our IT systems and infrastructure, or loss of business continuity, or comparable issues with respect to our third party service providers, may disrupt our businesses and lead to material losses.

We utilize a variety of third parties in support of our business and operations. Services provided by third parties pose risks to us comparable to those we bear when we perform the services ourselves, and we remain ultimately responsible for the services. If such a third party does not conduct business in accordance with applicable standards or our expectations, we could be exposed to material losses or regulatory action or litigation or fail to achieve the benefits we sought from them.

Our operational systems are subject to an increasing risk of cyber-attacks and other internet crime, which could result in material losses of client or customer information, damage our reputation and lead to regulatory penalties and financial losses.

The size of our clearing operations exposes us to a heightened risk of material losses should they fail to function properly.

15

Ongoing global benchmark reform efforts, specifically the transition from interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates that are under development, introduce a number of risks to our business and the financial industry.

We are subject to laws and other requirements relating to financial and trade sanctions and embargoes. If we breach such laws and requirements, we can be subject, and have in the past been subject, to material regulatory enforcement actions and penalties. Transactions with counterparties in countries designated by the U.S. State Department as state sponsors of terrorism or persons targeted by U.S. economic sanctions may lead potential customers and investors to avoid doing business with us or investing in our securities, harm our reputation or result in regulatory or enforcement action.

Risks Relating to the Macroeconomic, Geopolitical and Market Environment

As a global investment bank with a large private client franchise, our businesses are materially affected by global macroeconomic and financial market conditions. Significant risks exist that could negatively affect the results of operations and financial condition in some of our businesses as well as our strategic plans, including risks posed by the COVID-19 pandemic, deterioration of the economic outlook for the euro area and slowing in emerging markets, trade tensions between the United States and China as well between the United States and Europe, inflation risks and other geopolitical risks and risks posedrisks.

The COVID-19 pandemic led to unprecedented GDP declines in virtually all countries in 2020 though recovery in many regions progressed faster than expected. In spite of this, the historic economic disruptions caused by the COVID 19 pandemic.

In 2019,COVID-19 pandemic will still have lingering effects in the global economy slowed markedly due to the adverse effects of trade-relatedmonths ahead, and geopolitical uncertainties. Global manufacturing output experienced a slowdown thereby depressing investment in machinery and equipment. Trade tensions between the U.S. and China as well as between the U.S. and Europe weighed significantly on global trade. But towardsthis may only be protracted by widespread vaccination delays. By the end of 2019, the most important downside risks had moderated somewhat. The announcement2020, a resurgence of COVID-19 cases was observed in various regions and many countries have moved to seek a phased trade agreement between the U.S. and China led to more favorable financial conditions and improved growth prospects. Constructive developments regarding Brexit have added to this positive drift.re-impose national lockdowns. Overall, global economic growth slowed to 3.1real GDP decreased by 3.3 % in 2019, after 3.82020 in comparison to 3.0 % growth reported in 2018.2019. Global inflation was 3.02.7 % in 2019.2020. In the industrialized countries, GDP grewplunged by 1.75.1 % and consumer prices rose by 1.40.7 % while GDP of emerging market economies increaseddecreased by 4.02.1 % and inflation reached 4.03.9 %.

The euro areaFollowing a sharp contraction in the first half of 2020, the Eurozone economy was adversely affected byrecovered strongly, but suffered another albeit much smaller GDP decline in the slowing of international trade as well as by the fear of a hard Brexitfinal quarter. Households and temporary effects in some member states. In particular, manufacturing output of export-oriented economies declined, while the more domestic oriented services sectors held up well. Growth wasbusinesses were supported by domestic demand underpinned by solid income growthmassively expanded fiscal policy measures and easy financial conditions. Monetarythe expansionary monetary policy remained accommodative asof the European Central Bank (“ECB”) reinitiated its net asset purchase program at(ECB), which provided favorable financial conditions. At the end of 2020, the ECB increased Pandemic Emergency Purchase Program (PEPP) by another € 500 billion, expanding it to a monthly pacetotal of € 20 billion1.85 trillion. In addition, PEPP will run nine months longer than planned, until at least the end of March 2022. At the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2020, a second wave of COVID-19 infections gained momentum and required renewed containment measures. A modest trade deal between the EU and the UK was finally agreed in December 2020. In 2020 the Eurozone economy decreased by November 2019. Overall, the euro area economy expanded by 1.26.8 % and consumer prices rose by 1.2 % in 2019.only 0.2 %. Due to the industrial recessionslump caused by the external headwinds,COVID-19 pandemic, German economic growth more than halved to 0.6 %. The services and construction sectors continued to support growth, as well as private consumption, drivenactivity fell by a tight labor market and solid wage growth.5.0 % in 2020.

The U.S. economy showed solid performanceexperienced a massive contraction in 2019. Driventhe second quarter of 2020, followed by fiscal spending as well as supportive financial conditions and consumer spending, backed by wage growth and a tightstronger than expected recovery. The unemployment rate climbed to new record highs, but the labor market improved again as the recovery progressed. A strong second wave of COVID-19 in combination with delayed additional fiscal stimulus constrained the recovery. All in all, U.S. GDP grewcontracted by 2.33.5 % in 2019. Nevertheless, trade uncertainty weighed on manufacturing output and thus reduced capex investments. The inflation rate reached2020. Inflation decelerated to 1.2 % from 1.8 % in 2019. The U.S. central bank's monetaryFederal Reserve acted quickly and aggressively to keep funds flowing freely in money and credit markets.

The Japanese economy recovered faster than expected in the third quarter after contracting sharply in the first half of the year. During a second wave of COVID-19 infections in summer 2020, the government did not declare a nationwide state of emergency and instead tried to support economic activity. GDP contracted by 4.9 % in 2020. The Bank of Japan kept an accommodative policy supported economic activity by cutting itsstance, while paying attention to policy rate three timesside effects. Inflation decelerated to 0 %, after 0.5 % in 2019.

Japan’s GDP grewAsian economies experienced a stronger than expected rebound in economic activity from the impact of COVID-19. China, Japan and other north Asian economies have been relatively successful in controlling the virus and returning to or toward pre-virus levels of activity. Emerging Asia economies contracted by 0.7 % in 2019, following 0.3 % for 2018. Activity in the manufacturing industry had weakened due to the slowdown in overseas economies. Slower employment growth, cuts in overtime work hours and the consumption tax have weighed on consumption growth. Against this backdrop, the inflation rate fell to 0.5 % in 2019, afteronly 1.0 % in 2018.

In 2019, emerging markets GDP grew2020. Asian central banks have reached the limits of conventional stimulus through interest rate cuts. China continued its V-shaped recovery, making it the only major economy achieving a positive growth rate in 2020, with growth of 3 %. The rebound was driven by 4.0 %. Emerging Asia economies expanded by 5.3 % as they were heavily affected bya robust industrial sector and a faster-than-expected recovery in services activity. The surge in China contributed strongly to the slowdown ofrecovery in global trade. This is particularly true for the smaller, more open economies. In China, GDP grew by 6.1 %. Economic activity slowed dueInflation decelerated to adverse impacts of U.S. tariffs and weaker world trade2.5 % in general, but tax cuts and infrastructure spending supported economic activity. Chinese inflation edged higher to2020 from 2.9 % in 2019.

There are a number of global economic and political risks that could jeopardize global, regional and national economies. Challenges in containing the COVID 19COVID-19 pandemic or a more severe global spread could considerablyfurther dampen economic momentum further. Despite the signing of the ‘Phase One’ trade agreement between the U.S. and China in January 2020, further tradeconsiderably. Trade conflicts including upcoming trade negotiations between the U.S. and the European Union (EU) could negatively impact the global economic outlook. The introduction of car duties on EU exports to the U.S. would have a negative impact on EU industrial production, especially in Germany. Following Brexit, trade relations between the United Kingdom (“UK”) has entered into a transition period with(UK) and the EU that is expected to expire at the endremain uncertain, particularly in respect of 2020. During 2020, the focus will be on the UK’s future trading relationship with the EU with the risk that both parties are unable to reach a trade deal before the end of the transition period.financial services. In the eurozone,Eurozone, the government debt burden in some countries, especially in Italy, is a risk due to the fragile political situation. We expect fiscal stimulus proposals from the upcomingnew U.S. elections, the extent of which, however, will depend on the Congressional composition.administration. Additionally, rising geopolitical tensions particularly inwith respect to China and the Middle East could create further uncertainty.

16

If these risks materialize, or current negative conditions persist or worsen, our business, results of operations or strategic plans could be adversely affected.

13

We are subject to global economic, market and business risks with respect to the current COVID 19COVID-19 pandemic.

Since early 2020 our macroeconomic business and operating environment has been dominated by the COVID-19 pandemic. Following the severe GDP contractions observed across major advanced economies in 2020, we expect economic recovery to unfold in the course of 2021 as COVID-19 vaccination becomes more available and additional fiscal stimulus is provided in the U.S. and EU economies in particular.

However, we continue to see significant downside risks in the short-term economic outlook from the protracted waves of COVID-19 infections, the emergence of new, potentially more infectious COVID-19 strains, and resumed lockdown restrictions. The current COVID 19 pandemic is expectedcontinues to havecreate a negative impact on global, regional and nationalclimate of uncertainty which has significantly impacted economies and our operations. Though most countries have approved vaccines for public use and begun vaccination programs, there remains some uncertainty about their effectiveness on certain groups of the population, as well as doubt about the speed at which vaccinations can be rolled out across populations, and this skepticism will likely continue for some time. Furthermore, with respect to disrupt supply chainsthe phased delivery and otherwise reduce international tradeavailability of vaccines across the globe, the underlying recovery rate may vary from country to country and business activity. Reflectingtherefore affect creditworthiness of counterparties and drive elevated default risk throughout the year. Additionally, new lockdown measures with types, durations, and intensities that are not fully predictable could outweigh any potential upside from the vaccines.

Due to the largely unprecedented nature of the COVID-19 crisis, forecast uncertainty will probably remain unusually high for quite some time. As a bank, our working assumption remains that lagging effects of the recession caused by the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to unfold in 2021 and that the low interest rate environment in the Eurozone will persist for several quarters at least.

During 2020, we observed a worsening of the creditworthiness of certain portfolios due to the deterioration of the overall economic situation, which is also reflected in our increased level of loan loss provisions. If the situation continues to worsen, it may lead to additional rating declines among our clients, further increasing loan losses as well as potential client drawdowns of credit facilities (as observed earlier in 2020) which in turn would lead to an increase in capital requirements and liquidity demands. Higher volatility in financial markets could lead to increased margin calls both inbound and outbound. The bank regularly utilises collateralized loan obligations (CLO) and credit default swaps (CDS) to manage concentration risk. However this may not be sufficient to fully offset potential credit losses.

Policy measures taken by central banks and governments such as debt moratoria have helped to mitigate some of the COVID 19short-term impacts. Withdrawal of support measures coupled with a significant increase in corporate and sovereign debt levels as a result of the crisis is likely to mean that defaults and credit losses will remain elevated over the course of 2021 with an ongoing dispersion both between and within sectors.

The COVID-19 pandemic has alreadyintensified the “lower for longer” interest rate environment. This has resulted in Februaryfurther pressure on bank interest margins and March 2020 caused the levelsa prolonged period of equity and other financial markets to decline sharply and to become volatile, and such effects may continue or worsenlow interest rates in the future. ThisEurozone could materially affect our profitability and balance sheet deployment. While our revenues are particularly sensitive to interest rates, given the size of our loan and deposit books denominated in euros, the low interest rate environment can also impact other balance sheet positions which are accounted at fair value. Interest rates remain negative for certain risk-free instruments, especially German government bonds.

The low interest rate environment has also supported elevated market valuations across risk assets as investors search for yield, with the technology sector in particular focus. In recent weeks this has included concerted action from retail investors resulting in a short squeeze across selected assets. These trends raise the risk of a significant price correction which may potentially be triggered by delays to vaccine rollout, lower vaccine efficacy and/or an increase in interest rates. Risks are amplified by high debt levels, a lack of liquidity in some areas of the market and an easing of global underwriting standards. Adverse market conditions, unfavorable prices and volatility including material movements in foreign exchange rates (and resulting translation effects) as well as cautious investor and client sentiment may in turn reduce the level of activity in which certain offuture materially and adversely affect our businesses operaterevenues and thus have a negative impact on such businesses’ ability to general revenues or profits. If the pandemic is prolonged and/or extends more widely to countries around the world this could amplify the current negative demand and supply chain effectsprofits as well as the negativetimely and complete achievement of our strategic aspirations and targets.

17

If the COVID-19 vaccine roll-out continues, and boosted by massive monetary and fiscal policy support, the expected economic recovery and reflation is possible over the medium term. This could in turn lead consumer price and asset price inflation in major advanced economies to accelerate substantially faster than anticipated. While this could create some upside potential for our business activity levels and net interest income, a disorderly sharp increase in bond yields could trigger a downward correction to equities and other potentially overvalued risk asset markets. While it is likely that central banks would act to contain market volatility, potential increases in short-term interest rates and rapid curtailment of quantitative easing programs could lead to the materialisation of a number of risks, such as the widening of credit spreads, which could impact trading results. In addition, we could see increased counterparty credit exposure on global growthderivatives, increased credit risks on highly leveraged clients and global financial markets. Additionally,emerging markets with external imbalances as well as inflation risk on pension fund assets.

From an operational perspective, and despite the business continuity and crisis management policies currently in place, travel restrictionsthe COVID-19 pandemic, unexpected developments such as the emergence of new strains of the virus and resulting rapid changes in government responses may continue to have an adverse impact on our business activities. The move across global industries to conduct business from home and away from primary office locations continues to put pressure on business practices, and the demand on our technology infrastructure. Additionally, the current situation also exposes us to a greater risk of cyber-attacks which could lead to technology failures, security breaches, unauthorized access, loss or potential impactsdestruction of data or unavailability of services, as well as increase the likelihood of conduct breaches. Any of these events could result in litigation or result in a financial loss, disruption of our business activities and liability to our customers, government intervention or damage to our reputation. At the same time, the cost to us of managing these cyber, information security and other risks remains high. Delays in the implementation of regulatory requirements, including consumer protection measures and of our strategic projects could also have a negative impact on personnel may disrupt our business.revenues and costs, while a return of higher market volatility has led and could continue to lead to increased demand on markets surveillance monitoring and processing. Our vendors and service providers are facing similar challenges with the risk that these counterparties could be unable to fulfil their contractual obligations, putting the benefits we seek to obtain from such contracts at risk.

In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic reduced the rate of regular employee attrition by around 30 % versus historical levels, creating a substantial proportionmore challenging context to the Group headcount and cost targets and increasing the cost of involuntary severance arrangements. This also limited the opportunity to redeploy talented employees within the bank whose roles were made redundant. Despite the overall lower attrition rate, we may also face difficulties attracting and retaining talented personnel, particularly in front-office positions that are key to revenue generation and in positions key to improving our assets and liabilities comprise financial instruments that we carry at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in our income statement. The market declines and volatility could negatively impact the value of such financial instruments and cause us to incur losses. The economic slowdown and market downturn could also negatively impact specific portfolios through negative ratings migration and higher than expected loan losses. control environment.

TheAccordingly, the current COVID 19COVID-19 pandemic and its potential impact on the global economy and our business may affect our ability to meet our financial targets. While it is too early for us to predict the impacts on our business or our financial targets that the expanding pandemic, and the governmental responses to it, may have, we may be materially adversely affected by a protracted downturn in local, regional or global economic conditions. In that situation, we would need to take action to ensure we meet our minimum capital objectives. These actions or measures may result in adverse effects on our business, results of operations, or strategic plans and targets, orand the prices of our securities.

In the European Union, continued elevated levels of political uncertainty could have unpredictable consequences for the financial system and the greater economy, and could contribute to European de-integration in certain areas, potentially leading to declines in business levels, write-downs of assets and losses across our businesses. Our ability to protect ourselves against these risks is limited.

The last several years have been characterized by increased political uncertainty as Europe in particular has been impacted by the European sovereign debt crisis, the withdrawal of the UK from the European Union, (“Brexit”) , Italian political and economic developments, protests in France, the refugee crisis and the increasing attractiveness to voters of populist and anti-austerity movements. Negotiations of the future trade relationship between the UK and European Union in the transition period following Brexit could aggravate the already uncertain economic outlook in the UK and Europe and hamper growth. Although the severity of the European debt crisis appeared to have abated somewhat over recent years as the actions by the ECB, the rescue packages and the economic recovery appeared to have stabilized the situation in Europe, political uncertainty has nevertheless continued to be at an elevated level in recent periods and could trigger unwinding of aspects of European integration that have benefitted our businesses. Against this backdrop, the prospects for national structural reform and further integration among EU member states, both viewed as important tools to reduce the eurozone’sEurozone’s vulnerabilities to future crises, appear to have worsened. These trends may ultimately result in material reductions in our business levels as our customers rein in activity levels in light of decreased economic output and increased uncertainty, which would materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

An escalation of political risks could have consequences both for the financial system and the greater economy as a whole, potentially leading to declines in business levels, write-downs of assets and losses across our businesses.

In addition, in a number of EU member states which had national elections in recent years, including France, Germany and the Netherlands, political parties disfavoring current levels of European integration, or espousing the unwinding of European integration to varying extents, have attracted support. Brexit has also given a voice to some of these political parties to challenge European integration. The resulting uncertainty could have significant effects on the value of the euro and on prospects for member states’ financial stability, which in turn could potentially lead to a significant deterioration of the sovereign debt market, especially if Brexit or any other member country’s exit did not result in the strongly adverse effects on the exiting countryUK that many have predicted. If one or more members of the eurozoneEurozone defaults on their debt obligations or decides to leave the common currency, this would result in the reintroduction of one or more national currencies. Should a eurozoneEurozone country conclude it must exit the common currency, the resulting need to reintroduce a national currency and restate existing contractual obligations could have unpredictable financial, legal, political and social consequences, leading not only to significant losses on sovereign debt but also on private debt in that country. Given the highly interconnected nature of the financial system within the eurozone,Eurozone, and the high levels of exposure we have to public and private counterparties around Europe, our ability to plan for such a contingency in a manner that would reduce our exposure to non-material levels is likely to be limited. If the overall economic climate deteriorates as a result of oneBrexit or morefurther departures from the eurozone,Eurozone, our businesses could be adversely affected, and, if overall business levels decline or we are forced to write down significant exposures among our various businesses, we could incur substantial losses.

1418

The withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union – Brexit – may have adverse effects on our business, results of operations or strategic plans.

The UK left the European Union on January 31, 2020. Relationships of the UK with Member States of the European Union are subject toGovernment concluded a transition period until December 31, 2020 under a withdrawal agreement. The withdrawal agreement allows us to operate our business in the UK during the transition period as if the UK were still a Member State. During the transition period, the European Union and the UK will be negotiating the terms regarding trade and other relations between them. The UK Government aims to complete a Free Trade Cooperation Agreement (TCA) with the European Union during 2020 which would comecame into effect on January 1, 2021. Any areas where agreement isThe TCA generally did not reached or alternative arrangement not made would be subjectseek to World Trade Organization rules from this date. However, there remains the risk that a trade deal is not reached in time.cover financial services.

Given the ongoing uncertainty over the UK’s withdrawal from the European Union, it is difficult to determine the exact impact on usDeutsche Bank AG over the long term. However, the UK’s economy and those of the eurozoneEurozone countries are very tightly linked as a result of EU integration projects other than the euro,Euro, and the scale of our businesses in the UK – especially those dependent on activity levels in the City of London, to which we are heavily exposed and which may deteriorate as a result of Brexit – means that even modest effects in percentage terms can have a very substantial adverse effect on our businesses. Brexit without an appropriate agreement between the European Union and the UK following the transition period could,has, unfortunately, resulted in particular, lead to a disruption of the provision of cross-border financial services. Also, if there is to be further delay or possibly a failure to reach such agreement mayon matters determining mutual ‘equivalence’ under respective legislation, this will lead to greater costs to reorganize partparts of our business than would have been the case with an agreed phase-in solution and maywill restrict our ability to provide financial services to and from the UK.UK in the seamless manner that was done previously. The currently unsettled future relationship between the EU and the UK is also likely to lead to further uncertainty in relation to the regulation of cross-border business activities.

Also, afterWe have applied for authorization from the expiry of the transition period, Deutsche Bank AG is planningPrudential Regulation Authority and Financial Conduct Authority, our UK regulators, to continue to provide banking and other financial services on a cross-border basis into the UK as well as through its London branch, which it will retain. Deutsche Bank AG will then be subject to additional regulatory requirementsundertake regulated activity in the UK (previously undertaken pursuant to the European Passport provisions) in case of a no-deal outcome. Despite our Brexit preparations, failure to gain authorization as a Third Country Branch in 2021 could adversely affect our business, results of operations or strategic plans. Also, without equivalence between EU and its activities in the UK regimes for financials services we will be supervised and monitored by both the Prudential Regulatory Authority (“PRA”) and the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). Deutsche Bank AG is alreadyrestricted in the process of applying for authorizationour ability to provide banking and other financial services into and from the United Kingdom after the expiry of the transition period. However, Brexit has impacted the structure and business model of our UK operations, and we will need to complete during 2020 the implementation of the governance structure and business controls necessary to comply with new authorization requirements.UK.

Despite our extensive preparations as a result of Brexit, our business results of operations orand strategic plans could be adversely affected. It is difficult to assess any adverse consequences with any quantitative certainty at this time, particularly since they will depend on future political and market developments.

We may be required to take impairments on our exposures to the sovereign debt of European or other countries if the European sovereign debt crisis reignites. The credit default swaps into which we have entered to manage sovereign credit risk may not be available to offset these losses.

The effects of the sovereign debt crisis have been especially evident in the financial sector, as a large portion of the sovereign debt of eurozoneEurozone countries is held by European financial institutions, including Deutsche Bank. As of December 31, 2019,2020, we had a direct sovereign credit risk exposure of € 6.25.7 billion to Italy, € 1.24.4 billion to Spain, € 437 million1.1 billion to Greece, € 265212 million to IrelandPortugal and € 228197 million to Portugal.Ireland. Despite the apparent abatement of the crisis in recent years, it remains uncertain whether, in light of the current political environment, Greece or other eurozoneEurozone sovereigns, such as Spain, Italy, Portugal and Cyprus, will be able to manage their debt levels in the future and whether Greece will attempt to renegotiate its past international debt restructuring. The rise of anti-austerity parties and populist sentiment in many of these countries poses a threat to the medium- to long-term measures recommended for these countries to alleviate the tensions in the eurozoneEurozone caused by drastically differing economic situations among the eurozoneEurozone states. In the future, negotiations or exchanges similar to the Greek debt restructuring in 2012 could take place with respect to the sovereign debt of these or other affected countries. The outcome of any negotiations regarding changed terms (including reduced principal amounts or extended maturities) of sovereign debt may result in additional impairments of assets on our balance sheet. Any negotiations are highly likely to be subject to political and economic pressures that we cannot control, and we are unable to predict their effects on the financial markets, on the greater economy or on ourselves.


15

In addition, any restructuring of outstanding sovereign debt may result in potential losses for us and other market participants that are not covered by payouts on hedging instruments that we have entered into to protect against the risk of default. These instruments largely consist of credit default swaps, generally referred to as CDSs, pursuant to which one party agrees to make a payment to another party if a credit event (such as a default) occurs on the identified underlying debt obligation. A sovereign restructuring that avoids a credit event through voluntary write-downs of value may not trigger the provisions in CDSs we have entered into, meaning that our exposures in the event of a write-down could exceed the exposures we previously viewed as our net exposure after hedging. Additionally, even if the CDS provisions are triggered, the amounts ultimately paid under the CDSs may not correspond to the full amount of any loss we incur. We also face the risk that our hedging counterparties have not effectively hedged their own exposures and may be unable to provide the necessary liquidity if payments under the instruments they have written are triggered. This may result in systemic risk for the European banking sector as a whole and may negatively affect our business and financial position.


19

We are also subject to other global macroeconomic and political risks, including with respect to China and the Middle East.

The passing of a national security law for Hong Kong by China has exacerbated tensions between the U.S. and China. The U.S. views this move by China as compromising Hong Kong’s autonomy and has therefore revoked Hong Kong’s special trade status and sanctioned Chinese officials. Tensions between the U.S. and China regarding Taiwan have also increased. While it is too early for us to predict the medium to long term impacts of this on our business or our financial targets, these could be material and adverse.

The escalation of tensions in the Middle East is another important political risk, which came into focus in light of a brief US-IranU.S.-Iran military escalation in January 2020.2020 and which has the potential to escalate again over Iran’s nuclear programme following recent steps towards higher uranium enrichment levels. A full scale conflict would lead to a sharp increase in oil prices and affect oil dependent industries (such as Automotives, Chemicals, Aviation). Ensuing turbulence in global financial markets would impact risky assets and countries. Taken together, a full blown conflict would lead to a substantial slowdown in the global economy and diminish our ability to generate revenues and the profitability on specific portfolios as well as result in higher than expected loan losses. Despite the business continuity and crisis management policies currently in place, a regional conflict could pose challenges related to a potential personnel evacuation as well as loss of business continuity, which may disrupt our business and lead to material losses.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Strategy

Our results of operation and financial condition continue to behave in the past been negatively impacted by the challenging market environment, uncertain macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions, lower levels of client activity, increased competition and regulation, and the immediate impact of our strategic decisions. If we are unable to improve our profitability, as we continue to face these headwinds, we may be unable to meet many of our strategic aspirations, and may have difficulty maintaining capital, liquidity and leverage at levels expected by market participants and our regulators.

In 2019,The Bank experienced an increase in net revenues in 2020 compared to 2019. This revenue increase was caused by significantly higher revenues in the Investment Bank driven by benefits of underlying market activity. Net revenues in our Investmentother Core Bank anddivisions – the Corporate Bank, the Private Bank corporate divisions declined and results in our Corporate Bank and Asset Management corporate divisions were essentially flat, reflecting– each declined slightly, impacted by interest rate headwinds, negative impacts from the negative impactCOVID-19 pandemic and industry-wide margin compression.

The ability of a challenging market environment characterized by low interest rates and low volatility, uncertain macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions, lowerour Investment Bank to continue its performance of 2020 is dependent on the continuation of high levels of clientmarket activity and increased competition and regulation.in investment banking as an industry. This will likely be impacted by the development of the COVID-19 pandemic, which continues to pose significant downside risks. The ultra-lowCOVID-19 pandemic also has intensified the “lower for longer” interest rate environment, especiallywhich has impacted the results of several of our divisions. The low rate environment has also supported elevated market valuations across risk assets as investors search for yield. These trends raises the risk of a significant price correction which may potentially be triggered by delays to vaccine rollout, lower vaccine efficacy and / or an increase in interest rates. Risks are amplified by high debt levels, a lack of liquidity in some areas of the market and an easing of global underwriting standards. We expect our provision for credit losses to continue to be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and its effect on our Expected Credit Loss (ECL) estimate to continue in 2021. Adverse market conditions, unfavorable prices and volatility including material movements in foreign exchange rates (and resulting translation effects) as well as cautious investor and client sentiment may in the eurozone, has put pressure onfuture materially and adversely affect our margins inrevenues and profits as well as the timely and complete achievement of our traditional banking businessstrategic aspirations and our trading and markets businesses. Additionally, the low volatility in the market has had a negative impact on our trading and client-driven businesses that may perform well in more volatile environments.targets.

Changes in our business mix towards lower-margin, lower-risk products can limit our opportunities to profit from volatility. Regulators have generally encouraged the banking sector to focus more on the facilitation of client flow and less on risk taking. This has been effected in part by increasing capital requirements for higher-risk activities. In addition, some of our regulators have encouraged or welcomed changes to our business perimeter, consistent with their emphasis on lower-risk activities for banks. In recent years, we have reduced our exposure to a number of businesses that focused on riskier but more capital-intensive products (but that in earlier periods also had the potential to be more highly profitable). Further pressure on our revenues and profitability has resulted from long-term structural trends driven by regulation (especially increased regulatory capital, leverage and liquidity requirements and increased compliance costs) and competition that have further compressed our margins in many of our businesses. Should a combination of these factors continue to lead to reduced margins and subdued activity levels in our trading and markets business over the longer term, this could impair out ability to reach our financial targets.

Although we have in current years made considerable progress resolving litigation, enforcement and similar matters broadly within our established reserves, this pattern may not continue. In particular, these costs could substantially exceed the level of provisions that we established for our litigation, enforcement and similar matters, which can contribute to negative market perceptions about our financial health, costing us business. This, combined with the actual costs of litigation, enforcement and other matters, could in turn adversely affect our ability to maintain capital, liquidity and leverage at levels expected by market participants and our regulators.


1620

Adverse market conditions, asset price deteriorations, volatility and cautious investor sentiment have affected and may in the future materially and adversely affect our revenues and profits, particularly in our investment banking, brokerage and other commission- and fee-based businesses. As a result, we have in the past incurred and may in the future incur significant losses from our trading and investment activities.

As a global investment bank, we have significant exposure to the financial markets and are more at risk from adverse developments in the financial markets than are institutions engaged predominantly in traditional banking activities. Sustained market declines have in the past caused and can in the future cause our revenues to decline, and, if we are unable to reduce our expenses at the same pace, can cause our profitability to erode or cause us to show material losses. Volatility can also adversely affect us, by causing the value of financial assets we hold to decline or the expense of hedging our risks to rise. Reduced customer activity can also lead to lower revenues in our “flow” business.

Specifically, our investment banking revenues, in the form of financial advisory and underwriting fees, directly relate to the number and size of the transactions in which we participate and are susceptible to adverse effects from sustained market downturns. These fees and other income are generally linked to the value of the underlying transactions and therefore can decline with asset values. In addition, periods of market decline and uncertainty tend to dampen client appetite for market and credit risk, a critical driver of transaction volumes and investment banking revenues, especially transactions with higher margins. In recent and other times in the past, decreased client appetite for risk has led to lower levels of activity and lower levels of profitability in our Investment Bank corporate division. Our revenues and profitability could sustain material adverse effects from a significant reduction in the number or size of debt and equity offerings and merger and acquisition transactions.

Market downturns also have led and may in the future lead to declines in the volume of transactions that we execute for our clients and, therefore, to declines in our noninterest income. In addition, because the fees that we charge for managing our clients’ portfolios are in many cases based on the value or performance of those portfolios, a market downturn that reduces the value of our clients’ portfolios or increases the amount of withdrawals reduces the revenues we receive from our asset management and private banking businesses. Even in the absence of a market downturn, below-market or negative performance by our investment funds may result in increased withdrawals and reduced inflows, which would reduce the revenue we receive. While our clients would be responsible for losses we incur in taking positions for their accounts, we may be exposed to additional credit risk as a result of their need to cover the losses where we do not hold adequate collateral or cannot realize it. Our business may also suffer if our clients lose money and we lose the confidence of clients in our products and services.

In addition, the revenues and profits we derive from many of our trading and investment positions and our transactions in connection with them can be directly and negatively impacted by market prices. In each of the product and business lines in which we enter into these trading and investment positions, part of our business entails making assessments about the financial markets and trends in them. When we own assets, market price declines can expose us to losses. Many of the more sophisticated transactions of our Investment Bank corporate division are influenced by price movements and differences among prices. If prices move in a way we have not anticipated, we may experience losses. Also, when markets are volatile, the assessments we have made may prove to lead to lower revenues or profits, or may lead to losses, on the related transactions and positions. In addition, we commit capital and take market risk to facilitate certain capital markets transactions; doing so can result in losses as well as income volatility. Such losses may especially occur on assets we hold for which there are not very liquid markets to begin with. Assets that are not traded on stock exchanges or other public trading markets, such as derivatives contracts between banks, may have values that we calculate using models other than publicly-quoted prices. Monitoring the deterioration of prices of assets like these is difficult and could lead to losses we did not anticipate. We can also be adversely affected if general perceptions of risk cause uncertain investors to remain on the sidelines of the market, curtailing their activity and in turn reducing the levels of activity in those of our businesses dependent on transaction flow.

Additionally, the current market environment is characterized by very low interest rates, particularly in the eurozone,Eurozone, including negative interest yields on German government bonds. A prolonged period of low interest rates in the eurozoneEurozone or elsewhere could materially impact our net interest margin, profitability and balance sheet deployment. While our revenues are particularly sensitive to interest rates, given the size of our loan and deposit books denominated in Euros, the low interest rates environment can also impact other balance sheet positions which are accounted at fair value. These current conditions, as well as any further easing of monetary conditions, could result in a significant impact on revenues relative to our current expectations. Actions to offset this rate impact, such as pricing changes or the introduction of additional fees, may not be sufficient to offset this impact.


1721

Our liquidity, business activities and profitability may be adversely affected by an inability to access the debt capital markets or to sell assets during periods of market-wide or firm-specific liquidity constraints. Credit rating downgrades have contributed to an increase in our funding costs in the past, and any future downgrade could materially adversely affect our funding costs, the willingness of counterparties to continue to do business with us and significant aspects of our business model.

We have a continuous demand for liquidity to fund our business activities. Our liquidity may be impaired by an inability to access secured and/or unsecured debt markets, an inability to access funds from our subsidiaries or otherwise allocate liquidity optimally across our businesses, an inability to sell assets or redeem our investments, or unforeseen outflows of cash or collateral. This situation may arise due to circumstances unrelated to our businesses and outside our control, such as disruptions in the financial markets, or circumstances specific to us, such as reluctance of our counterparties or the market to finance our operations due to perceptions about potential outflows resulting from litigation, regulatory and similar matters, actual or perceived weaknesses in our businesses, our business model or our strategy, as well as in our resilience to counter negative economic and market conditions. For example, we have experienced steep declines in the price of our shares and increases in the spread versus government bonds at which our debt trades in the secondary markets. Reflecting these conditions, our internal estimates of our available liquidity over the duration of a stressed scenario have at times been negatively impacted in recent periods. In addition, negative developments concerning other financial institutions perceived to be comparable to us and negative views about the financial services industry in general have also affected us in recent years. These perceptions have affected the prices at which we have accessed the capital markets to obtain the necessary funding to support our business activities; should these perceptions exist, continue or worsen, our ability to obtain this financing on acceptable terms may be adversely affected. Among other things, an inability to refinance assets on our balance sheet or maintain appropriate levels of capital to protect against deteriorations in their value could force us to liquidate assets we hold at depressed prices or on unfavorable terms, and could also force us to curtail business, such as the extension of new credit. This could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we have benefited in recent years from a number of incremental measures by the ECB and other central banks to provide additional liquidity to financial institutions and the financial markets, particularly in the eurozone.Eurozone. To the extent these actions are curtailed or halted, our funding costs could increase, or our funding supply could decrease, which could in turn result in a reduction in our business activities. In particular, any decision by the ECB to discontinue or reduce quantitative easing or steps by the Federal Reserve to tighten its monetary policy or actions by central banks more generally to tighten their monetary policy will likely cause long-term interest rates to increase and accordingly impact the costs of our funding.

Rating agencies regularly review our credit ratings, which could be negatively affected by a number of factors that can change over time, including the credit rating agency’s assessment of: our strategy and management’s capability; our financial condition including in respect of profitability, asset quality, capital, funding and liquidity; the level of political support for the industries in which we operate; the implementation of structural reform; the legal and regulatory frameworks applicable to our legal structure; business activities and the rights of our creditors; changes in rating methodologies; changes in the relative size of the loss-absorbing buffers protecting bondholders and depositors; the competitive environment, political and economic conditions in our key markets (including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit); and market uncertainty. In addition, credit ratings agencies are increasingly taking into account environmental, social and governance factors, including climate risk, as part of the credit ratings analysis, as are investors in their investment decisions.

Any reductions in our credit ratings, including, in particular, downgrades below investment grade, or a deterioration in the capital markets’ perception of our financial resilience could significantly affect our access to money markets, reduce the size of our deposit base and trigger additional collateral or other requirements in derivatives contracts and other secured funding arrangements or the need to amend such arrangements, which could adversely affect our cost of funding and our access to capital markets and could limit the range of counterparties willing to enter into transactions with us. This could in turn adversely impact our competitive position and threaten our prospects in the short to medium-term.


18

Since the start of the global financial crisis, the major credit rating agencies have lowered our credit ratings or placed them on review or negative watch on multiple occasions. These credit rating downgrades have contributed to an increase in our funding costs. Our credit spread levels (meaning the difference between the yields on our securities as compared to benchmark government bonds ) are sensitive to further adverse developments and any future downgrade could bring our credit rating into the non-investment grade category . This could materially and adversely affect our funding costs and significant aspects of our business model. The effect would depend on a number of factors including whether a downgrade affects financial institutions across the industry or on a regional basis, or is intended to reflect circumstances specific to us, such as our potential settlement of regulatory, litigation and similar matters; any actions our senior management may take in advance of or in response to the downgrade; the willingness of counterparties to continue to do business with us; any impact of other market events and the state of the macroeconomic environment more generally.


22

Additionally, under many of the contracts governing derivative instruments to which we are a party, a downgrade could require us to post additional collateral, lead to terminations of contracts with accompanying payment obligations for us or give counterparties additional remedies. We take these effects into account in our liquidity stress testing analysis, as further described in “Management Report: Risk Report: Liquidity Risk: Stress Testing and Scenario Analysis” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

On July 7, 2019, we announced changes to our strategy and updates to our financial targets. If we are unable to implement our strategic plans successfully, we may be unable to achieve our financial objectives, or we may incur losses, including further impairments and provisions, or low profitability, and our financial condition, results of operations and share price may be materially and adversely affected.

OnIn July 7, 2019, we announced a strategic transformation intendedof the Bank, designed to reposition Deutschesignificantly improve sustainable returns to shareholders by refocusing our Core Bank around its strengths as amarket leading German bank with strong European roots and a global network. Going forward, we willbusinesses, which typically operate in growing markets with attractive return potential. Our Core Bank comprises our four client-centric core businesses and separate Capital Release Unit (CRU). Our core bank reflects our strategic vision and comprisesoperating divisions, namely the new Corporate Bank, the refocused Investment Bank, the Private Bank, and Asset Management, as well astogether with the segment Corporate & Other.

By establishing our new CRU, we plan We also created the Capital Release Unit (CRU), with the principal objective to liberate capital currently consumed by low return assets businesses with low profitability and businesses that earn insufficient returns or activities that are no longer deemed strategic. This includes substantially allcore to our strategy by liberating capital in an economically rational manner. The next phase of our Equities Sales & Trading business, lower yielding fixed income positions, particularly in Rates,transformation will focus on seeking to ensure sustainable profitability by growing our former CIB Non-Strategic portfolio as well as the exited businesses, from our Private & Commercial Bank which include our retail operations in Portugalwhile remaining disciplined on costs, risk and Poland.balance sheet management and control.

Our updated key financial targets as updated in the announcement of our transformation,for 2022 are:

Our strategic goals are subject to various internal and external factors and to market, regulatory, economic and political uncertainties, and to limitations relating to our operating model. These could negatively impact or prevent the implementation of our strategic goals or the realization of their anticipated benefits.

The COVID-19 pandemic has led to changes in the macroeconomic and fiscal environment. These changes have impacted Deutsche Bank’s operating environment, as changes to customer behavior have impacted transaction volumes and associated management of capital and risk. The current economic environment is expected to continue and to result in pressures on the bank’s capital ratios and financial performance. In particular the COVID-19 related downside risks dominated our macroeconomic business environment in 2020 and remained elevated over the year-end. Also, 2020 finished with significant GDP contraction across major economies compared to 2019. On that basis, we continue to see downside risks throughout the global economy, as ongoing regional and national lockdowns impact macro-economic activity on a global basis. Execution risks of our strategy have risen due to the prolonged macro-economic uncertainty from the impact of COVID-19.

Economic uncertainties such as the impact of the COVID 19COVID-19 pandemic; the recurrence of extreme turbulence in the markets; potential weakness in global, regional and national economic conditions; the continuation of a market environment characterized by low interest rates and low volatility; increased competition for business; and political instability, especially in Europe, may impact our ability to achieve our strategic goals. Regulatory changes could also adversely impact our ability to achieve our strategic aims. In particular, regulators could demand changes to our business model or organization that could reduce our profitability, or we may be forced to make changes that reduce our profitability in an effort to remain compliant with law and regulation.

We are also involved in numerous litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings and investigations in Germany and in a number of jurisdictions outside of Germany, especially in the United States. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties. We expect the litigation environment to continue to be challenging. If litigation and regulatory matters occur at the same or higher rate and magnitude than they have in some recent years or if we are subject to sustained market speculation about our potential exposure to such matters, we may not be able to achieve our strategic aspirations.


19

Our strategic objectives are also subject to the following assumptions and risks:


23

If we fail to implement our strategic initiatives in whole or in part or should the initiatives that are implemented fail to produce the anticipated benefits, or should the costs we incur to implement our initiatives exceed the amounts anticipated, or should we fail to achieve the publicly communicated targets we have set for implementation of these initiatives, we may fail to achieve our financial objectives, or incur losses or low profitability or erosions of our capital base, and our financial condition, results of operations and share price may be materially and adversely affected.


24

We may have difficulties selling companies, businesses or assets at favorable prices or at all and may experience material losses from these assets and other investments irrespective of market developments.

We seek to sell or otherwise reduce our exposure to assets that are not part of our core business or as part of our strategy to simplify and focus our business and to meet or exceed capital and leverage requirements, as well as to help us meet our return on tangible equity target. This may prove difficult in the current and future market environment as many of our competitors are also seeking to dispose of assets to improve their capital and leverage ratios and returns on equity. We have already sold a substantial portion of our non-core assets, and our remaining non-core assets may be particularly difficult for us to sell as quickly as we have expected at prices we deem acceptable. Where we sell companies or businesses, we may remain exposed to certain of their losses or risks under the terms of the sale contracts, and the process of separating and selling such companies or businesses may give rise to operating risks or other losses. Unfavorable business or market conditions may make it difficult for us to sell companies, businesses or assets at favorable prices, or may preclude a sale altogether. If we cannot reduce our assets according to plan, we may not be able to achieve the capital targets set out under our strategy.


20

We may have difficulty in identifying and executing business combinations, and both engaging in combinations and avoiding them could materially harm our results of operations and our share price.

We consider business combinations from time to time. Were we to announce or complete a significant business combination transaction, our share price or the share price of the combined entity could decline significantly if investors viewed the transaction as too costly, dilutive to existing shareholders or unlikely to improve our competitive position. It is generally not feasible for our reviews of any business with which we might engage in a combination to be complete in all respects. As a result, a combination may not perform as well as expected. In addition, we may fail to integrate our operations successfully with any entity with which we participate in a business combination. Failure to complete announced business combinations or failure to achieve the expected benefits of any such combination could materially and adversely affect our profitability. Such failures could also affect investors’ perception of our business prospects and management, and thus cause our share price to fall. They could also lead to departures of key employees, or lead to increased costs and reduced profitability if we felt compelled to offer them financial incentives to remain.

If we avoid entering into business combination transactions or if announced or expected transactions fail to materialize, market participants may perceive us negatively. We may also be unable to expand our businesses, especially into new business areas, as quickly or successfully as our competitors if we do so through organic growth alone. These perceptions and limitations could cost us business and harm our reputation, which could have material adverse effects on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Intense competition, in our home market of Germany as well as in international markets, has and could continue to materially adversely impact our revenues and profitability.

Competition is intense in all of our primary business areas, in Germany as well as in international markets. If we are unable to respond to the competitive environment in these markets with attractive product and service offerings that are profitable for us, we may lose market share in important areas of our business or incur losses on some or all of our activities. In addition, downturns in the economies of these markets could add to the competitive pressure, through, for example, increased price pressure and lower business volumes for us.

There has been substantial consolidation and convergence among financial services companies. This trend has significantly increased the capital base and geographic reach of some of our competitors and has hastened the globalization of the securities and other financial services markets. As a result, we must compete with financial institutions that may be larger and better capitalized than we are and that may have a stronger position in local markets.

In addition to our traditional competitors such as other universal banks and financial services firms, an emerging group of future competitors in the form of start-ups and technology firms, including those providing “fintech” services, are showing an increasing interest in banking services and products. These new competitors could increase competition in both core products, e.g., payments, basic accounts and loans and investment advisory, as well as in new products, e.g., peer to peer lending and equity crowd funding. Such firms are also potential competitors of ours in attracting and retaining talented personnel.


2125

Risks Relating to Regulation and Supervision

Regulatory reforms enacted and proposed in response to weaknesses in the financial sector, together with increased regulatory scrutiny more generally, have had and continue to have a significant impact on us and may adversely affect our business and ability to execute our strategic plans. Competent regulators may prohibit us from making dividend payments or payments on our regulatory capital instruments or take other actions if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements.

In response to the global financial crisis and the European sovereign debt crisis, governments and regulatory authorities have worked to enhance the resilience of the financial services industry against future crises through changes to the regulatory framework. The pace of change of new proposals has slowed as the focus turns more to implementation of the various elements of the regulatory reform agenda outlined by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”) and other standard-setting bodies. As a result, there continues to be uncertainty for us and the financial industry in general, though the level of uncertainty is reduced from prior periods. The range of new (or revised) laws and regulations or current proposals includes, among other things:

As a core element of the reform of the regulatory framework, in December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”) published a set of comprehensive changes to minimum capital adequacy and liquidity standards, known as Basel 3, which have been implemented into European and national (in our case, German) law beginning in 2014, with the European legislative package also referred to as “CRR/CRD 4” and the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (or “BRRD”).

In addition, regulatory scrutiny of compliance with existing laws and regulations has become more intense and supervisory expectations remain significant. The specific effects of a number of new laws and regulations remain uncertain because the drafting and implementation of these laws and regulations are still on-going and supervisory expectations continue to develop.

On June 27, 2019, a comprehensive package of reforms (referred to in the following as the “banking reform package”) to further strengthen the resilience of European Union banks entered into force. The banking reform package includes amendments to the existing regulation on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms, also referred to as the Capital Requirements Regulation (“CRR”), the directive on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, also referred to as the Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD”), the European Union’s Regulation establishing Uniform Rules and a Uniform Procedure for the Resolution of Credit Institutions and certain Investment Firms in the Framework of a Single Resolution Mechanism and a Single Resolution Fund (the “SRM Regulation”), and the BRRD. In Germany, the amendments introduced by the banking reform package to the BRRD and the CRD have been implemented into German law by the Risk Reduction Act ( Risikoreduzierungsgesetz).

The adopted changes incorporate various remaining elements of the regulatory framework agreed within the Basel Committee and the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) to refine and supplement the global regulatory framework established by the Basel Committee, the so-called Basel Accords (Basel 1, 2 and 3). This includes more risk-sensitive capital requirements, in particular in the area of counterparty credit risk and for exposures to central counterparties, methodologies that reflect more accurately the actual risks to which banks may be exposed, a binding leverage ratio, a binding net stable funding ratio, tighter regulation of large exposures, new reporting requirements for market risk that may be supplemented at a later stage by own funds requirements, and a requirement for global systemically important institutions (“G-SIIs”), such as Deutsche Bank, to hold certain minimum levels of capital and other instruments which are capable of bearing losses in resolution (“Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity” or “TLAC”). Other measures are aimed at improving banks’ lending capacity to support the European Union economy and at further facilitating the role of banks in achieving deeper and more liquid European Union capital markets. While many provisions will not apply untiltake effect in 2021, certain parts, including the TLAC requirements, already apply since June 27, 2019.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic the European Union adopted a new regulation containing tailored adjustments to the CRR including the amendments contained in the banking reform package (the “CRR Quick Fix”). The CRR Quick Fix entered into force on June 27, 2020, and primarily aims to facilitate lending by banks as a response to the pandemic.


2226

In addition, regulatory scrutiny of compliance with existing laws and regulations has become more intense and supervisory expectations remain significant. The specific effects of a number of new (or revised) laws and regulations remain uncertain because the drafting and implementation of these laws and regulations are still on-going and supervisory expectations continue to develop.

At the international level, in December 2017, the Basel Committee published its final agreement (“December 2017 Agreement”) on further revisions to the Basel 3 framework that aim to increase consistency in risk weighted asset calculations and improve the comparability of banks’ capital ratios. The December 2017 Agreement includes, among other things, changes to the standardized and internal ratings-based approaches for determining credit risk, revisions to the operational risk framework, and an “output floor”, set at 72.5 %. The “output floor” limits the amount of capital benefit a bank can obtain from its use of internal models relative to using the standardized approach. This package of reforms is intended to finalize the Basel 3 framework and would reduce the ability of banks to apply internal models, while making the standardized approaches more risk-sensitive and granular. In addition, the December 2017 Agreement introduces a leverage ratio buffer for global systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”), such as Deutsche Bank, to be met with Tier 1 capital and sets it at 50 % of the applicable risk-based G-SIB buffer requirement, which was included in the adopted banking reform package. TheDue to COVID-19, the Basel Committee also reached agreement on andeferred the implementation date for the changes in the December 2017 Agreement ofto January 1, 2022,2023, with a phase-in period of five years through January 1, 20272028 for the output floor.

The EU is planning to implement this reform with a legislative proposal package, expected to be issued in mid-2021 (revision of the Capital Requirements Regulation or CRR III). In addition, on January 14, 2019 the Basel Committee also reached an agreement (“January 2019 Agreement”) on reforms to the market risk framework, known as the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (“FRTB”). The main features of the final standard include an internal models approach to determine the risk weight of exposures that relies on the use of expected shortfall models. The standard sets out separate capital requirements for risks that are deemed non-modellable and includes a more risk-sensitive standardized approach as a fallback to the internal models approach. CRR II (as part of the banking reform package) has introduced specific reporting requirements for market risk based on the revised framework as the first step in the application of the FRTB by EU institutions, and empowers the Commission to propose further regulations to establish own funds requirements for market risk based on the FRTB.

Draft legislative proposals to implement the December 2017 Agreement and the January 2019 Agreement are expected for the second or third quarter of 2020.

The banking reform package will likely affect our business by raising our regulatory capital and liquidity requirements and by leading to increased costs. The implementation of the remaining outstanding proposals under Basel 3 as contained in the December 2017 Agreement and in the January 2019 Agreement could also affect our business by imposing higher capital charges when adopted into law.

These requirements may be in addition to regulatory capital buffers that may also be increased or be in addition to those already imposed on us and could themselves materially increase our capital requirements.

Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in how to regulate banks, and this discretion, and the means available to the regulators, have been steadily increasing during recent years. Regulation may be imposed on an ad hoc basis by governments and regulators in response to ongoing or future crises (such as the COVID-19 pandemic), and may especially affect financial institutions such as Deutsche Bank that are deemed to be systemically important.

In particular, the regulators with jurisdiction over us, including the ECB under the Single Supervisory Mechanism (also referred to as the “SSM”), may, in connection with the supervisory review and evaluation process (“SREP”), SSM-wide reviews of asset quality or internal risk models or otherwise, conduct stress tests andtests. They have discretion to impose capital surcharges on financial institutions for risks, including for litigation, regulatory and similar matters, that are not otherwise recognized in risk weighted assets or other surcharges depending on the individual situation of the bank and take or require other measures, such as restrictions on or changes to our business. In this context, the ECB may impose, and has imposed, on us individual capital requirements resulting from the SREP which are referred to as “Pillar 2” requirements. “Pillar 2”Institutions must meet their Pillar 2 requirements with at least 75 % of Tier 1 capital and at least 56.25 % of Common Equity Tier 1 capital. Pillar 2 requirements must be fulfilled with Common Equity Tier 1 capital in addition to the statutory minimum capital and buffer requirements and any non-compliance may have immediate legal consequences such as restrictions on dividend payments.

Also following the SREP, the ECB may communicate to individual banks, and has communicated to us, an expectation to hold a further “Pillar 2”Pillar 2 Common Equity Tier 1 capital add-on, the so-called “Pillar 2”Pillar 2 guidance. Although the “Pillar 2”Pillar 2 guidance is not legally binding and failure to meet the “Pillar 2”Pillar 2 guidance does not automatically trigger legal action, the ECB has stated that it generally expects banks to meet the “Pillar 2”Pillar 2 guidance. In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, the ECB allows banks to operate temporarily below the level of capital defined by the Pillar 2 guidance until at least the end of 2022.


27

Also, more generally, competent regulators may, if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements, in particular with statutory minimum capital requirements “Pillar 2” requirements or bufferPillar 2 requirements, or if there are shortcomings in our governance and risk management processes, prohibit us from making dividend payments to shareholders or distributions to holders of our other regulatory capital instruments. This could occur, for example, if we fail to make sufficient profits due to declining revenues, or as a result of substantial outflows due to litigation, regulatory and similar matters. Generally, a failure to comply with the quantitative and qualitative regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our ability to pay out dividends to shareholders or distributions on our other regulatory capital instruments or, in certain circumstances, conduct business which we currently conduct or plan to conduct in the future.

23

Regulatory and legislative changes require us to maintain increased capital and bail-inable debt (debt that can be bailed in in resolution) and abide by tightened liquidity requirements. These requirements may significantly affect our business model, financial condition and results of operations as well as the competitive environment generally. Any perceptions in the market that we may be unable to meet our capital or liquidity requirements with an adequate buffer, or that we should maintain capital or liquidity in excess of these requirements or another failure to meet these requirements could intensify the effect of these factors on our business and results.

The implementation of the CRR/CRD 4 legislative package resulted, among other things, in increased capital and tightened liquidity requirements, including additional capital buffer requirements which were gradually phased in through January 1, 2019. Further revisions, such as stricter rules on the measurement of risks and the changes introduced by the banking reform package, the December 2017 Agreement and the January 2019 Agreement, increased risk weighted assets and the corresponding capital demand for banks, as well as tightened liquidity requirements (such as the introduction of a binding net stable funding ratio)Net Stable Funding Ratio). In addition, the introduction of a binding leverage ratio (including athe deferred leverage ratio buffer when implemented into German law)buffer) by the banking reform package may affect our business model, financial conditions and results of operations.

Furthermore, under the SRM Regulation, the BRRD and the German Recovery and Resolution Act (Sanierungs-( Sanierungs- und Abwicklungsgesetz)Abwicklungsgesetz), we are required to meet at all times a robust minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”) which is determined on a case-by-case basis by the competent resolution authority. In addition, the banking reform package implemented the FSB’s TLAC standard for G-SIBs (such as us) by introducing a new Pillar 1 MREL requirement for G-SIIs (the European equivalent term for G-SIBs). This new requirement is based on both risk-based and non-risk-based denominators and will be set at the higher of 18 % of total risk exposure and 6.75 % of the leverage ratio exposure measure following a transition period (until December 31, 2021, 16 % of total risk exposure and 6 % of the leverage ratio exposure measure). It can be met with Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital instruments or debt that meets specific eligibility criteria. Deduction rules apply for holdings by G-SIIs of TLAC instruments of other G-SIIs. In addition, the competent authorities have the ability to impose on G-SIIs individual MREL requirements that exceed the statutory minimum requirements.

Both the TLAC (or Pillar 1 MREL) and MREL requirements are specifically designed to require banks to maintain a sufficient amount of instruments which are eligible to absorb losses in resolution with the aim of ensuring that failing banks can be resolved without recourse to taxpayers’ money. To that end, in order to facilitate the meeting of TLAC requirements by German banks, obligations of German banks under certain specifically defined senior unsecured debt instruments issued by them (such as bonds that are not structured debt instruments) rank, since 2017, junior to all other outstanding unsecured unsubordinated obligations of such bank (such as deposits, derivatives, money market instruments and certain structured debt instruments), but continue to rank in priority to contractually subordinated debt instruments (such as Tier 2 instruments).

As part of the harmonization of national rules on the priority of claims of banks’ creditors in the European Union, the BRRD now allows banks to issue “senior non-preferred” debt instruments ranking according to their terms (and not only statutorily) junior to the bank’s other unsubordinated debt instruments (including bonds that are not treated as “senior non-preferred” debt instruments), but in priority to the bank’s contractually subordinated liabilities (such as Tier 2 instruments). Any such “senior non-preferred” debt instruments issued by Deutsche Bank AG under such rules rank on parity with its then outstanding “senior non-preferred” debt instruments under the prior rules. This BRRD amendment was finalized and implemented into German law as of July 21, 2018.

The need to comply with these requirements may affect our business, financial condition and results of operation and in particular may increase our financing costs.

We may not have sufficient capital or other loss-absorbing liabilities to meet these increasing regulatory requirements. This could occur due to regulatory changes and other factors, such as the gradual phase out of our hybrid capital instruments qualifying as Additional Tier 1 (or AT1) capital or our inability to issue new securities which are recognized as regulatory capital or loss-absorbing liabilities under the new standards, due to an increase of risk weighted assets based on more stringent rules for the measurement of risks or as a result of a future decline in the value of the euro as compared to other currencies, due to stricter requirements for the compliance with the non-risk based leverage ratio, due to any substantial losses we may incur, which would reduce our retained earnings, a component of Common Equity Tier 1 capital, or due to a combination of these or other factors.


2428

If we are unable to maintain sufficient capital to meet the applicable minimum capital ratios, the buffer requirements, any specific “Pillar 2”Pillar 2 capital requirements, leverage ratio requirements, or TLAC or MREL requirements, we may become subject to enforcement actions and/or restrictions on the pay-out of dividends, share buybacks, payments on our other regulatory capital instruments, and discretionary compensation payments. In addition, any requirement to increase risk-based capital ratios or the leverage ratio could lead us to adopt a strategy focusing on capital preservation and creation over revenue generation and profit growth, including the reduction of higher margin risk weighted assets. If we are unable to increase our capital ratios to the regulatory minimum in such a case or by raising new capital through the capital markets, through the reduction of risk weighted assets or through other means, we may be required to activate our group recovery plan. If these actions or other private or supervisory actions do not restore capital ratios to the required levels, and we are deemed to be failing or likely to fail, competent authorities may apply resolution powers under the Single Resolution Mechanism (“SRM”) and applicable rules and regulations, which could lead to a significant dilution of our shareholders’ or even the total loss of our shareholders’ or creditors’ investment.

The CRR introduced a new liquidity coverage requirement intended to ensure that banks have an adequate stock of unencumbered high quality liquid assets that can be easily and quickly converted into cash to meet their liquidity needs for a 30 calendar day liquidity stress scenario. The required liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”) is calculated as the ratio of a bank’s liquidity buffer to its net liquidity outflows. Also, banks must regularly report the composition of the liquid assets in their liquidity buffer to their competent authorities.

In addition, the banking reform package introduced a net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”) to reduce medium- to long-term funding risks by requiring banks to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding over a one-year period. The NSFR, which will apply from June 28, 2021 onwards, is defined as the ratio of a bank’s available stable funding relative to the amount of required stable funding over a one-year period. Banks must maintain an NSFR of at least 100 %.The ECB may impose on individual banks liquidity requirements which are more stringent than the general statutory requirements if the bank’s continuous liquidity would otherwise not be ensured. The NSFR will apply to both the Group as a whole and to individual SSM regulated entities, including the parent entity Deutsche Bank AG. Upon the introduction of the ratio as a binding minimum requirement, we expect both the Group and its subsidiaries for which it applies to be above the regulatory minimum. To achieve this for Deutsche Bank AG, the company is actively working on a number of structural initiatives to improve the standalone NSFR position. In the event these initiatives are not successfully completed by June 2021, Deutsche Bank AG may incur additional costs.

If we fail to meet liquidity requirements, we may become subject to enforcement actions. In addition, any requirement to maintain or increase liquidity could lead us to reduce activities that pursue revenue generation and profit growth.

On January 31, 2020,29, 2021, the European Banking Authority and the ECB launched the 20202021 EU-wide stress test, designed to provide supervisors, banks and other market participants with a common analytical framework to compare and assess the resilienceimpact of an adverse macroeconomic scenario on the solvency of EU banks, to economic shocks, releasing at the same time the macroeconomic scenarios for the test. The resultsBy its standard procedures, the ECB will consider our quantitative performance in the adverse scenario as an input when reconsidering the level of the exercisePillar 2 guidance in its 2021 SREP assessment and our qualitative performance as one aspect when holistically reviewing the Pillar 2 requirement. As can be seen from the published adverse macro-economic scenario and market shock, the banking sector will feed intobe tested against the ECB’s ongoing supervisory assessmentsmost severe scenario of banks, including the SREP. However, the outcome of theall European regulatory stress test will not affect supervisory capital and liquidity requirements in a mechanical way.


25tests conducted so far.

In some cases, we are required to hold and calculate capital and to comply with rules on liquidity and risk management separately for our local operations in different jurisdictions, in particular in the United States.

29

We are required to hold and calculate capital and to comply with rules on liquidity and risk management separately for our local operations in different jurisdictions. In the United States, the Federal Reserve Board has adopted rules that impose enhanced prudential standards on our U.S. operations. In February 2014, the Federal Reserve Board adopted rules that set forth how the U.S. operations of certain foreign banking organizations (“FBOs”), such as Deutsche Bank, are required to be structured in the United States, as well as the enhanced prudential standards that apply to our U.S. operations. Under these rules, as of July 1, 2016, a large FBO with U.S.$ 50 billion or more in U.S. non-branch assets, such as Deutsche Bank, was required to establish or designate a separately capitalized top-tier U.S. intermediate holding company (an “IHC”) that would hold substantially all of the FBO’s ownership interests in its U.S. subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve Board may permit an FBO subject to the U.S. IHC requirement to establish or designate multiple U.S. IHCs upon written request. On July 1, 2016, we designated DB USA Corporation as our IHC. In March 2018, we completed the partial initial public offering of our Asset Management division, to form DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA (“DWS”), in which we retain approximately 80 % of the shares. In April 2018, DWS USA Corporation was formed as a subsidiary of DWS, and, following receipt of Federal Reserve Board approval, we designated it as our second IHC, through which our U.S. asset management subsidiaries are held. As of the date of designation or formation of each of these IHCs, they each became subject, on a consolidated basis, to the risk-based and leverage capital requirements under the U.S. Basel 3 capital framework, capital planning and stress testing requirements (on a phased-in basis), U.S. liquidity buffer requirements and other enhanced prudential standards comparable to those applicable to top-tier U.S. bank holding companies other than the U.S. G-SIB firms of a similar size as DB USA Corporation. Supplementary leverage ratio (“SLR”) requirements applicable to DB USA Corporation took effect beginning in January 2018 and were applicable to DWS USA Corporation upon its formation. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Federal Reserve Board issued a final rule adopting a temporary change to the calculation of the SLR that permits IHCs to exclude U.S. Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks from the denominator of their SLR. This change, which took effect April 1, 2020, will remain in place until at least March 31, 2021. The Federal Reserve Board has the authority to examine an IHC, such as DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation, and its subsidiaries, as well as U.S. branches and agencies of FBOs, such as our New York branch.

On October 10, 2019, the Federal Reserve Board finalized rules to categorize the U.S. operations of large FBOs based on size, complexity and risk for purposes of tailoring the application of the U.S. enhanced prudential standards (the “Tailoring Rules”). The Tailoring Rules do not significantly change the capital requirements that apply to DB USA Corporation or DWS USA Corporation although they provide the option to comply with certain simplifications to the capital requirements. However, the Tailoring Rules provide modest relief for our U.S. IHCs with respect to applicable liquidity requirements so long as our IHCs’ combined weighted short term wholesale funding remains below $75U.S.$ 75 billion .

As a bank holding company with assets of U.S.$ 250 billion or more, Deutsche Bank AG is required under Title I of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as amended (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), and the implementing regulations thereunder to prepare and submit periodically to the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) either a full or targeted resolution plan (the “U.S. Resolution Plan”) on a timeline prescribed by such agencies. The U.S. Resolution Plan must demonstrate that Deutsche Bank AG has the ability to execute a strategy for the orderly resolution of its subsidiariesdesignated U.S. material entities and operations in the event of future material financial distress or failure (the “U.S. Resolution Plan”).operations. For foreign-based companies subject to these resolution planning requirements such as Deutsche Bank AG, the U.S. Resolution Plan relates only to subsidiaries, branches, agencies and businesses that are domiciled in or whose activities are carried out in whole or in material part in the United States. Deutsche Bank AG filed its most recent U.S. Resolution Plan in Juneby July 1, 2018. The 2018 U.S. Resolution Plan describes the single point of entry strategy for Deutsche Bank’s U.S. material entities and operations and prescribes that DB USA Corporation, our single U.S. IHC as of December 31, 2017, would provide liquidity and capital support to its U.S. material entity subsidiaries and ensure their solvent wind-down outside of applicable resolution proceedings. Deutsche Bank received written regulatory feedback from the Federal Reserve and FDIC in December 2018. The Federal Reserve Board and FDIC found that Deutsche Bank’s U.S. Resolution Plan had no deficiencies but identified one shortcoming in the plan, associated with governance mechanisms and related escalation triggers. Deutsche Bank submitted a response to its December 2018 feedback letter on April 1, 2019. Deutsche Bank’s response discussed its proposed remediation of the shortcoming as well as enhancements of its resolution capabilities.

Deutsche Bank is required to makesubmitted its 2020 U.S. Resolution Plan on September 29, 2020. The 2020 U.S. Resolution Plan, like the 2018 U.S. Resolution Plan, described a submission to the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC by July 1, 2020 explainingsingle point of entry strategy for DB USA Corporation. It also explained how itDeutsche Bank remediated the shortcoming and providingprovided an update on the enhancement of its resolutions capabilities. Following this submission,On December 9, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC confirmed that the shortcoming previously identified in Deutsche Bank’s next targetedBank AG’s 2018 U.S. Resolution Plan ishad been remediated. Also on December 9, 2020, the agencies finalized guidance for the resolution plans of certain large foreign banks, including Deutsche Bank AG. In that guidance, the agencies tailored their expectations around resolution capital and liquidity, derivatives and trading activity, as well as payment, clearing, and settlement activities. The agencies also provided information for large banks, including Deutsche Bank AG, which will inform the content of their next U.S. Resolution Plans, which now are due on or before July 1,December 17, 2021. In particular, these ‘targeted’ plans (which are subsets of a full resolution plans) will be required to include core elements of a firm's resolution strategy — such as capital, liquidity, and recapitalization strategies — as well as how each firm has integrated changes to and lessons learned from its response to the COVID-19 pandemic into its resolution planning process.If the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC were to jointly deem ourDeutsche Bank’s U.S. Resolution Plan not credible and weDeutsche Bank failed to remedyremediate any deficiencies in the required timeframe weprescribed by the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC, these agencies could be required to restructureimpose restrictions on Deutsche Bank or reorganizerequire the restructuring or reorganization of businesses, legal entities, operational systems and/or intra-company transactions in ways that maywhich could negatively impact our operations and/or strategy. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board and strategy, or could be subject to restrictions on growth. WeFDIC could also eventually be subjectedsubject Deutsche Bank to more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements, or be requiredrequire Deutsche Bank to divest certain assets or operations.

Both DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation were subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) for 2019.2020. On June 27, 2019,25, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board publicly indicated that it did not object to the 2019 capital plans submitted by DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation. In June 2020, the Federal Reserve Board also publicly disclosed aggregated results of a sensitivity analysis aimed at gauging the ongoing economic impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on CCAR firms. Each CCAR firm was required to resubmit its capital plan in November 2020 based on additional economic scenarios provided by the Federal Reserve Board to assess the potential impact of the ongoing COVID-19 outbreak. DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation will make their next capital plan submissions to the Federal Reserve Board in April 2020.2021. If the Federal Reserve Board were to object to these capital plans we could be required to increase capital or restructure businesses in ways that may negatively impact our operations and strategy or could be subject to restrictions on growth in the United States.


30

On March 4, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board issued a rule to amend its CCAR process to combine the CCAR quantitative assessment and the buffer requirements in the Federal Reserve Board’s capital rules to create an integrated capital buffer requirement.


26 This final rule has eliminated the quantitative and qualitative ‘pass/fail’ assessments from CCAR and modifies the static capital conservation buffer to incorporate an institution-specific stress capital buffer (SCB), which is floored at 2.5%. The stress capital buffer equals (i) a bank holding company's projected peak-to-trough decline in common equity tier 1 under the annual CCAR supervisory severely adverse stress testing scenario prior to any planned capital actions, plus (ii) one year of planned common stock dividends. The stress capital buffer will be reset each year. On August 10, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board announced an SCB for each CCAR firm based on 2020 supervisory stress testing results conducted as part of CCAR, which for DB USA Corporation was 7.8% and for DWS USA Corporation was 2.5%. The first SCB became effective October 1, 2020 and would generally remain in effect until September 30, 2021, at which point the size of the SCB for each bank will be recalibrated based on the results of the 2021 stress tests. On December 18, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board released certain information related to this second round of bank stress tests, and indicated that it is extending, through March 31, 2021, the time period for notifying CCAR firms whether the Federal Reserve Board will recalculate a firm’s SCB. The Federal Reserve Board also announced it is limiting CCAR firms’ distributions in the first quarter of 2021. Under these restrictions, IHCs, such as DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation, may make certain capital distributions in the first quarter of 2021, provided that the distributions paid in the final three quarters of 2020 and the first quarter of 2021, in the aggregate, do not exceed the amount of net income the IHC has earned in the preceding four calendar quarters.

The U.S. federal bank regulators in 2013 issued final rules implementing elements of the Basel 3 capital adequacy framework that are applicable to U.S. banking organizations.

In September 2014, the Federal Reserve Board and other U.S. regulators approved a final rule implementing liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”) requirements for large U.S. bankingbank holding companies and certain of their subsidiary depositary institutions that are generally consistent with the Basel Committee’s revised Basel 3 liquidity standards. DB USA Corporation and our principal U.S. bank subsidiary, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (“DBTCA”), became subject to the full LCR requirements on April 1, 2017 and DWS USA Corporation became subject to LCR requirements on a phased-in basis upon its formation in April 2018. The Tailoring Rules reduced the LCR requirements applicable to DB USA Corporation, DWS USA Corporation and DBTCA from 100 to 85 percent beginning on January 1, 2020.

On June 1, 2016,October 20, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board and other U.S. regulators proposedfinalized rules implementing the second element of the Basel 3 liquidity framework, the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), which measures whether an institution maintains sufficiently stable amounts of longer-term funding.. Under the Tailoring Rules, DB USA Corporation, DWS USA Corporation and DBTCA would be subject to an 85 percent NSFR so long as our IHCs’ combined weighted short term wholesale funding remains below U.S.$ 75 billion; however,billion. Firms will be required to calculate the NSFR proposal has yet to be finalized and accordingly, such entities are not currently subject tomeet the proposed requirements.minimum required ratios by July 1, 2021 with public reporting beginning in 2023.

On December 15, 2016, the Federal Reserve Board adopted final rules that implement the FSB’s TLAC standard in the United States. The final rules require, among other things, U.S. IHCs of non-U.S. G-SIBs, including our IHCs, DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation, to maintain a minimum amount of TLAC, and separately require them to maintain a minimum amount of long-term debt meeting certain requirements.

U.S. rules and interpretations, including those described above, could cause us to reduce assets held in the United States, inject capital and/or liquidity into or otherwise change the structure of our U.S. operations, and could also restrict the ability of our U.S. subsidiaries to pay dividends to us or the amount of such dividends. To the extent that we are required to reduce operations in the United States or deploy capital or liquidity in the United States that could be deployed more profitably elsewhere, these requirements could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any increased capital or liquidity requirements, including those described above, could have adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on perceptions in the market of our stability, particularly if any such proposal becomes effectiverequirement and results in our having to raise capital at a time when we or the financial markets are distressed, or take other measures to increase liquidity in certain jurisdictions due to local requirements. TheseThe measures we might be required or find necessary to take in response to these shifting local requirements may be inconsistent with, and hinder the achievement of our strategic goals. In addition, if these regulatory requirements must be implemented more quickly than currently foreseen, we may decide that the quickest and most reliable path to compliance is to reduce the level of assets on our balance sheet, dispose of assets or otherwise segregate certain activities or reduce or close down certain business lines. The effects on our capital raising efforts in such a case could be amplified due to the expectation that our competitors, at least those subject to the same or similar capital requirements, would likely also be required to raise capital at the same time. Moreover, some of our competitors, particularly those outside the European Union, may not face the same or similar regulations, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.

In addition to these regulatory initiatives, market sentiment may encourage financial institutions such as Deutsche Bank to maintain significantly more capital, liquidity and loss-absorbing capital instruments than the regulatory-mandated minima, which could exacerbate the effects on us described above or, if we do not increase our capital to the encouraged levels, could lead to the perception in the market that we are undercapitalized relative to our peers generally.

31

It is unclear whether the U.S. capital and other requirements described above, as well as similar developments in other jurisdictions could lead to a fragmentation of supervision of global banks that could adversely affect our reliance on regulatory waivers allowing us to meet capital adequacy requirements, large exposure limits and certain organizational requirements on a consolidated basis only rather than on both a consolidated and non-consolidated basis. Should we no longer be entitled to rely on these waivers, we would have to adapt and take the steps necessary in order to meet regulatory capital requirements and other requirements on a consolidated as well as a non-consolidated basis, which could result also in significantly higher costs and potential adverse effects on our profitability and dividend paying ability.


27

Our regulatory capital and liquidity ratios and our funds available for distributions on our shares or regulatory capital instruments will be affected by our business decisions and, in making such decisions, our interests and those of the holders of such instruments may not be aligned, and we may make decisions in accordance with applicable law and the terms of the relevant instruments that result in no or lower payments being made on our shares or regulatory capital instruments.

Our regulatory capital and liquidity ratios are affected by a number of factors, including decisions we make relating to our businesses and operations as well as the management of our capital position, of our risk weighted assets and of our balance sheet in general, and external factors, such as regulations regarding the risk weightings we are permitted to allocate to our assets, commercial and market risks or the costs of our legal or regulatory proceedings. While we and our management are required to take into account a broad range of considerations in our and their managerial decisions, including the interests of the Bank as a regulated institution and those of our shareholders and creditors, particularly in times of weak earnings and increasing capital requirements, the regulatory requirements to build capital and liquidity may become paramount. Accordingly, in making decisions in respect of our capital and liquidity management, we are not required to adhere to the interests of the holders of instruments we have issued that qualify for inclusion in our regulatory capital, such as our shares or Additional Tier 1 capital instruments. We may decide to refrain from taking certain actions, including increasing our capital at a time when it is feasible to do so (through securities issuances or otherwise), even if our failure to take such actions would result in a non-payment or a write-down or other recovery- or resolution-related measure in respect of any of our regulatory capital instruments. Our decisions could cause the holders of such regulatory capital instruments to lose all or part of the value of their investments in these instruments due to their effect on our regulatory capital ratios, and such holders will not have any claim against us relating to such decisions, even if they result in a non-payment or a write-down or other recovery- or resolution-related measure in respect of such instruments they hold.

In addition, our annual profit and distributable reserves form an important part of the funds available for us to pay dividends on our shares and make payments on our other regulatory capital instruments, as determined in the case of each such instrument by its terms or by operation of law, and any adverse change in our financial prospects, financial position or profitability, or our distributable reserves, each as calculated on an unconsolidated basis, may have a material adverse effect on our ability to make dividend or other payments on these instruments. In addition, as part of the implementation of our strategy, we may record impairments that reduce the carrying value of subsidiaries on our unconsolidated balance sheet and reduce profits and distributable reserves. Future impairments or other events that reduce our profit or distributable reserves on an unconsolidated basis could lead us to be unable to make such payments in respect of future years in part or at all. In particular, the direct costs of our potential settlements of litigation, enforcement and similar matters, especially to the extent in excess of provisions we have established for them, and their related business impacts, if they occur, could impact such distributable amounts.

In addition, German law places limits on the extent to which annual profits and otherwise-distributable reserves, as calculated on an unconsolidated basis, may be distributed to our shareholders or the holders of our other regulatory capital instruments, such as our Additional Tier 1 capital instruments. Our management also has, subject to applicable law, broad discretion under the applicable accounting principles to influence all amounts relevant for calculating funds available for distribution. Such decisions may impact our ability to make dividend or other payments under the terms of our regulatory capital instruments.

European and German legislation regarding the recovery and resolution of banks and investment firms could, if steps were taken to ensure our resolvability or resolution measures were imposed on us, significantly affect our business operations, and lead to losses for our shareholders and creditors.

Germany participates in the SRM, which centralizes at a European level the key competences and resources for managing the failure of any bank in member states of the European Union participating in the banking union. The SRM is based on the SRM Regulation and the BRRD, which was implemented in Germany through the German Recovery and Resolution Act. In addition, the German Resolution Mechanism Act (Abwicklungsmechanismusgesetz)( Abwicklungsmechanismusgesetz) adapted German bank resolution laws to the SRM.

32


28

The SRM Regulation and the German Recovery and Resolution Act require the preparation of recovery and resolution plans for banks and grant broad powers to public authorities to intervene in a bank which is failing or likely to fail. For a bank directly supervised by the ECB, such as Deutsche Bank, the Single Resolution Board (referred to as the “SRB”) assesses its resolvability and may require legal and operational changes to the bank’s structure to ensure its resolvability. In the event that such bank is deemed by the ECB or the SRB as failing or likely to fail and certain other conditions are met, the SRB is responsible for adopting a resolution scheme for resolving the bank pursuant to the SRM Regulation. The European Commission and, to a lesser extent, the Council of the European Union, have a role in endorsing or objecting to the resolution scheme proposed by the SRB. The resolution scheme would be addressed to and implemented by the competent national resolution authorities (in Germany, the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt(Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht, “BaFin”)) in line with the national laws implementing the BRRD. Resolution measures that could be imposed upon a bank in resolution may include the transfer of shares, assets or liabilities of the bank to another legal entity, the reduction, including to zero, of the nominal value of shares, the dilution of shareholders or the cancellation of shares outright, or the amendment, modification or variation of the terms of the bank’s outstanding debt instruments, for example by way of a deferral of payments or a reduction of the applicable interest rate. Furthermore, certain eligible unsecured liabilities, in particular certain senior “non-preferred” debt instruments specified by the German Banking Act, may be written down, including to zero, or converted into equity (commonly referred to as “bail-in”) if the bank becomes subject to resolution.

The SRM is intended to eliminate, or reduce, the need for public support of troubled banks. Therefore, financial public support for such banks, if any, would be used only as a last resort after having assessed and exploited, to the maximum extent practicable, the resolution powers, including a bail-in. The taking of actions to ensure our resolvability or the exercise of resolution powers by the competent resolution authority could materially affect our business operations and lead to a significant dilution of our shareholders or even the total loss of our shareholders’ or creditors’ investment.

Other regulatory reforms adopted or proposed in the wake of the financial crisis – for example, extensive new regulations governing our derivatives activities, compensation, bank levies, deposit protection, data protection or a possible financial transaction tax – may materially increase our operating costs and negatively impact our business model.

Beyond capital requirements and the other requirements discussed above, we are affected, or expect to be affected, by various additional regulatory reforms, including, among other things, regulations governing our derivatives activities, compensation, bank levies, deposit protection including in the event that a compensation case is ascertained, data protection or a possible financial transaction tax.

On August 16, 2012, the EU Regulation on over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, central counterparties and trade repositories, referred to as European Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”), entered into force. EMIR introduced a number of requirements, including clearing obligations for certain classes of OTC derivatives and various reporting and disclosure obligations. EMIR implementation has led and may lead to changes that may negatively impact our profit margins. The revised Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID 2”) and the corresponding Regulation (“MiFIR”) became applicable to us on January 3, 2018 and provide for, among other things, a trading obligation for those OTC derivatives which are subject to mandatory clearing and which are sufficiently standardized.

In the United States, the Dodd-Frank Act has numerous provisions that affect or may affect our operations. Pursuant to regulations implementing provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, we provisionally registered as a swap dealer with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and became subject to the CFTC’s extensive oversight. Regulation of swap dealers by the CFTC imposes numerous corporate governance, business conduct, capital, margin, reporting, clearing, execution and other regulatory requirements on us. It also requires us to comply with certain U.S. rules in some circumstances with respect to transactions conducted outside of the United States or with non-U.S. persons. Although the coverage of EMIR and CFTC regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act is in many ways similar, certain swaps may be subject to both regulatory regimes to a significant extent. However, pursuant to the CFTC’s guidance on cross-border swaps regulation, there may be instances where we can comply with the requirements of EMIR and MiFID in lieu of complying with the CFTC’s requirements. The requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act may adversely affect our derivatives business and make us less competitive, especially as compared to competitors not subject to such regulation.

Additionally, under the Dodd-Frank Act, security-based swaps are subject to a standalone regulatory regime under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC has recently adopted supplemental guidance and rule amendments addressing the cross-border application of certain rules regulating security-based swaps. This rulemaking will establish a firm timeline for security-based swap dealer registration. The compliance date for Deutsche Bank to register with the SEC is no earlier than October 6, 2021. This will impose further regulation of our derivatives business.


29

In addition, the CRR/CRD 4 legislative package providesprovided for executive compensation reforms including caps on bonuses that may be awarded to “material risk takers” and other employees as defined therein and in the German Banking Act and other applicable rules and regulations such as the Remuneration Regulation for Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung)( Institutsvergütungsverordnung). Such restrictions on compensation, including the amendments introduced by the banking reform package and any guidelines issued by the European Banking Authority to further implement them, could put us at a disadvantage to our competitors in attracting and retaining talented employees, especially compared to those outside the European Union that are not subject to these caps and other constraints.


33

Following the financial crisis, bank levies have been introduced in some countries including, among others, Germany and the United Kingdom. We accruedpaid € 622633 million for bank levies in 2020, € 622 million in 2019 and € 690 million in 2018 and € 596 million in 2017.2018. Also, we are required to contribute substantially to the Single Resolution Fund under the SRM (which is intended to reach a target level of 1 % of insured deposits of all banks in member states participating in the SRM by the end of 2023) and the statutory deposit guarantee and investor compensation schemes under the recast European Union directive on deposit guarantee schemes (“DGS Directive”) and the European Union directive on investor compensation schemes. The DGS Directive defines a 0.8 % target level of prefunding by July 3, 2024 (similar to resolution funds), which has significantly increased the costs of the statutory deposit protection scheme. In addition, in this context, on November 24, 2015, the European Commission proposed a regulation to establish a European Deposit Insurance Scheme, or “EDIS”, for bank deposits of all credit institutions that are members of any of the current national statutory deposit guarantee schemes of member states participating in the banking union. While the total impact of these future levies cannot currently be quantified, they may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in future periods. Failures of banks, resolution measures and a decline of the value of the assets held by the SRM by the relevant DGS can cause an increase of contributions in order to replenish the shortfall.

We are subject to the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) which has increased our regulatory obligations in connection with the processing of personal data, including requiring compliance with the GDPR’s data protection principles, the increased number of data subject rights and strict data breach notification requirements. The GDPR grants broad enforcement powers to supervisory authorities, including the potential to levy significant fines for non-compliance and provides for a private right of action for individuals who are affected by a violation of the GDPR. Compliance with the GDPR requires investment in appropriate technical and organizational measures and we may be required to devote significant resources to data protection on an ongoing basis. In the event that we are found to have not met the standards required by the GDPR we may incur damage to our reputation, the imposition by data protection supervisory authorities of significant fines or restrictions on our ability to process personal data, and we may be required to defend claims for compensation brought by affected individuals, all of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Since the Council of the European Union adopted a decision in January 2013 authorizing EU member states to proceed with the introduction of a financial transaction tax under the European Union’s “enhanced cooperation procedure”, the EU member states Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia and Spain have been discussing the introduction of a European financial transaction tax. To date, Italy, France and FranceSpain have introduced a national tax on listed share transactions. WithIt is currently expected that the recently issuedEU commission will issue a new legislative draft onby summer 2024 with the basistax being effective as of renewed political commitment from the German Finance Minister, a risk that a European financial transaction tax may be introduced remains, though there is no timetable.2026 if approved by member states. If such a financial transaction tax is ultimately adopted, depending on its final details, it could result in compliance costs.

On November 27, 2019, the European Parliament and the Council adopted the Investment Firm Regulation and the Investment Firm Directive, which will introduce substantive regulatory changes (including to the calculation of capital requirements) in respect of investment firms, such as our subsidiary DWS. The Investment Firm Regulation and the Investment Firm Directive (as implemented into German law) will apply in large part from June 26, 2021.

Risks Relating to Our Internal Control Environment

A robust and effective internal control environment and adequate infrastructure (comprising people, policies and procedures, processes, controls testingassurance and IT systems) are necessary to ensure that we conduct our business in compliance with the laws, regulations and associated supervisory expectations applicable to us. We have identified the need to strengthen our internal control environment and infrastructure and have embarked on initiatives to accomplish this. If these initiatives are not successful or are delayed,proceed too slowly, our reputation, regulatory position and financial condition may be materially adversely affected, and our ability to achieve our strategic ambitions may be impaired.

Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to maintain a robust and effective internal control environment. This is needed for the Bank to process and monitor, on a daily basis, a wide variety of transactions, many of which are highly complex and occur at high speeds, volumes and frequencies, and across numerous and diverse markets and currencies. Such a robust and effective control environment is in turn dependent on the sufficiency of our infrastructure to support that environment. This infrastructure consists broadly of internal policies and procedures, testing protocols,processes, controls assurance, and the IT systems and employees needed to enforce and enable them. An effective control environment is dependent on infrastructure systems and procedures that cover the processing and settling of transactions; the valuation of assets; the identification, monitoring, aggregation, measurement and reporting of risks and positions against various metrics; the evaluation of counterparties and customers for legal, regulatory and compliance purposes; the escalation of reviews; and the taking of mitigating and remedial actions where necessary. They are also critical for regulatory reporting, and other data processing and compliance activities.


3034

Both our internal control environment and the infrastructure that underlies it fall short in a number of areas of our standards for completeness and comprehensiveness and are not well integrated across the Bank. Our IT infrastructure, in particular, is fragmented, with numerous distinct platforms, many of which need significant upgrades, in operation across the Bank. Our business processes and the related control systems often require manual procedures and actions that increase the risks of human error and other operational problems that can lead to delays in reporting information to management and to the need for more adjustments and revisions than would be the case with more seamlessly integrated and automated systems and processes. As a result, it is often difficult and labor-intensive for us to obtain or provide information of a consistently high quality and on a timely basis to comply with regulatory reporting and other compliance requirements or to meet regulatory expectations on a consistent basis and, in certain cases, to manage our risk comprehensively. Furthermore, it often takes intensive efforts to identify, when possible, inappropriate behavior by our staff and attempts by third parties to misuse our services as a conduit for prohibited activities, including those relating to anti-financial crime laws and regulation.

In addition, we may not always have the personnel with the appropriate experience, seniority and skill levels to compensate for shortcomings in our processes and infrastructure, or to identify, manage or control risks, and it often has been difficult to attract and retain the requisite talent. This has impacted our ability to remediate existing weaknesses and manage the risks inherent in our activity. Additionally, despite the lower overall rate of attrition we have experienced during the COVID-19 pandemic, attrition in positions key to improving our control environment remains a risk.

Against this backdrop, our regulators, our Management Board and our Group Audit function have increasingly and more intensively focused on our internal controls and infrastructure through numerous formal reviews and audits of our operations. These reviews and audits have identified various areas for improvement relating to a number of elements of our control environment and infrastructure. These include the infrastructure relating to transaction capturing and recognition, classification of assets, asset valuation frameworks, models, data and process consistency, information security, software license management, payment services, risk identification, measurement and management and other processes required by laws, regulations, and supervisory expectations. They also include regulatory reporting, anti-money laundering (AML)(“AML”), “know your customer” (KYC)(“KYC”), sanctions and embargoes, market conduct and other internal processes that are aimed at preventing use of our products and services for the purpose of committing or concealing financial crime.

Our principal regulators, including the BaFin, the ECB and the Federal Reserve Board, have also conducted numerous reviews focused on our internal controls and the related infrastructure. These regulators have required us formally to commit to remediate our AML and other weaknesses, including the fragmented and manual nature of our infrastructure. For example, on September 21, 2018, the BaFin issued an order requiring us to implement measures on specified timelines over the coming months and years to improve our control and compliance infrastructure relating to AML and, in particular, the know-your-client (KYC)KYC processes in certain of our businesses. Local regulators in other countries in which we do business also review the sufficiency of our control environment and infrastructure with respect to their jurisdictions. While the overall goals of the various prudential regulators having authority over us in the many places in which we do business are broadly consistent, and the general themes of our deficiencies in internal controls and the supporting infrastructure are similar, the regulatory frameworks applicable to us in the area of internal controls are generally applicable at a national or EU-wide level and are not always consistent across the jurisdictions in which we operate around the world. This adds complexity and cost to our efforts to reduce fragmentation and put in place automated systems that communicate seamlessly and quickly with one another.

In order to improve in the areas discussed above, we are undertaking several major initiatives to enhance the efficacy of the transaction processing environment, strengthen our controls and infrastructure, manage non-financial risks and enhance the skill set of our personnel. We believe that these initiatives will better enable us to avoid the circumstances that have resulted in many of the litigations and regulatory and enforcement investigations and proceedings to which we have recently been subject, and will improve our ability to comply with laws and regulations and meet supervisory expectations. In particular, we are making efforts to reduce the complexity of our business and to integrate and automate processes and business and second-line controls. We have also exited certain businesses and high-risk countries, selectively off-boarded a number of clients, worked to strengthen our compliance culture and control functions. However, we may be unable to complete these initiatives as quickly as we intend or as our regulators demand, and our efforts may be insufficient to remediate existing deficiencies and prevent future deficiencies or to result in fewer litigations or regulatory and enforcement investigations, proceedings and criticism in the future. We may also, when faced with the considerable expense of these initiatives, fail to provide sufficient resources for them quickly enough or at all, especially during periods when our operating performance and profitability are challenged or when we focus on our cost-savings efforts. The slow pace of our remediation efforts and progress on achieving significant and durable improvements in the areas discussed above may result in regulatory action of the type that has been taken against other financial institutions whose progress regulators have deemed insufficient or too slow. If we are unable to significantly improve our infrastructure and control environment in a timely manner, we may determinebe subject to fines or somepenalties, as well as to regulatory intervention in aspects of our businesses. For example, we might feel pressure or be required by our regulators may require us to reduce our exposure to or terminate certain kinds of products or businesses, counterparties or regions, which could, depending on the extent of such requirement, significantly challenge our ability to operate profitably under our current business model.


31

Regulators can also impose capital surcharges, requiring capital buffers in addition to those directly required under the regulatory capital rules applicable to us, to reflect the additional risks posed by deficiencies in our control environment. In extreme cases, regulators can suspend our permission to operate in the businesses and regions within their jurisdictions or require extensive and costly remedial actions. Furthermore, implementation of enhanced infrastructure and controls may result in higher-than-expected costs of regulatory compliance that could offset or exceed efficiency gains or significantly affect our profitability. Any of these factors could affect our ability to implement our strategy in a timely manner or at all.

35

The BaFin has ordered us to improve our control and compliance infrastructure relating to our anti-money laundering and know-your-client processes, and appointed a special representative to monitor these measures’ implementation. Our results of operations, financial condition and reputation could be materially and adversely affected if we are unable to significantly improve our infrastructure and control environment by the set deadline.

On September 21, 2018, the BaFin issued an order requiring us to implement measures on specified timelines over the coming months and years to improve our control and compliance infrastructure relating to AML and, in particular, the KYC processes in certain of our businesses. The BaFin also appointed KPMG as special representative, reporting to the BaFin on a quarterly basis on certain aspects of our compliance and progress with the implementation of these measures. In February 2019, the BaFin extended the special representative’s mandate to cover our internal controls in the correspondent banking business. Our AML and KYC processes, as well as our other internal processes that are aimed at preventing use of our products and services for the purpose of committing or concealing financial crime and our personnel responsible for our efforts in these areas, continue to be the subject of regulatory scrutiny in a number of jurisdictions.jurisdictions, including in the U.S., and other regulators could take actions against us similar to those of the BaFin. If we are unable to significantly improve our infrastructure and control environment by the set deadline, our results of operations, financial condition and reputation could be materially and adversely affected. For example, some of our regulators, such as BaFin, would likely impose fines or require us to reduce our exposure to or terminate certain kinds of products or businesses or relationships with counterparties or regions, whichregions. We may also face additional legal proceedings, investigations or regulatory actions in the future, including in other jurisdictions and/or with respect to matters similar to, or broader than, the September 2018 BaFin order. These could, depending on the extent of such requirement,any resulting requirements, significantly challenge our reputation and our ability to operate profitably under our current business model.

Risks Relating to Litigation, Regulatory Enforcement Matters and Investigations

We operate in a highly and increasingly regulated and litigious environment, potentially exposing us to liability and other costs, the amounts of which may be substantial and difficult to estimate, as well as to legal and regulatory sanctions and reputational harm.

The financial services industry is among the most highly regulated industries. Our operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by the central banks and regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate. In recent years, regulation and supervision in a number of areas has increased, and regulators, law enforcement authorities, governmental bodies and others have sought to subject financial services providers to increasing oversight and scrutiny, which in turn has led to additional regulatory investigations or enforcement actions. This trend has accelerated markedly as a result of the global financial crisis and the European sovereign debt crisis.actions which are often followed by civil litigation. There has been a steep escalation in the severity of the terms which regulators and law enforcement authorities have required to settle legal and regulatory proceedings against financial institutions, with settlements in recent years including unprecedented monetary penalties as well as criminal sanctions. As a result, we may continue to be subject to increasing levels of liability and regulatory sanctions, and may be required to make greater expenditures and devote additional resources to addressing these liabilities and sanctions. Regulatory sanctions may include status changes to local licenses or orders to discontinue certain business practices.

We and our subsidiaries are involved in various litigation proceedings, including civil class action lawsuits, arbitration proceedings and other disputes with third parties, as well as regulatory proceedings and investigations by both civil and criminal authorities in jurisdictions around the world. We expect that the costs to us arising from the resolution of litigation, enforcement and similar matters pending against us to continue to be significant in the near to medium term and to adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Litigation and regulatory matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the outcome of individual matters is not predictable with assurance. We may settle litigation or regulatory proceedings prior to a final judgment or determination of liability. We may do so for a number of reasons, including to avoid the cost, management efforts or negative business, regulatory or reputational consequences of continuing to contest liability, even when we believe we have valid defenses to liability. We may also do so when the potential consequences of failing to prevail would be disproportionate to the costs of settlement. Furthermore, we may, for similar reasons, reimburse counterparties for their losses even in situations where we do not believe that we are legally compelled to do so. The financial impact of legal risks might be considerable but may be difficult or impossible to estimate and to quantify, so that amounts eventually paid may exceed the amount of provisions made or contingent liabilities assessed for such risks.

Actions currently pending against us or our current or former employees may not only result in judgments, settlements, fines or penalties, but may also cause substantial reputational harm to us. The risk of damage to our reputation arising from such proceedings is also difficult or impossible to quantify.


3236

Regulators have increasingly sought admissions of wrongdoing in connection with settlement of matters brought by them. This could lead to increased exposure in subsequent civil litigation or in consequences under so-called "bad actor" laws, in which persons or entities determined to have committed offenses under some laws can be subject to limitations on business activities under other laws, as well as adverse reputational consequences. In addition, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) conditions the granting of cooperation credit in civil and criminal investigations of corporate wrongdoing on the company involved having provided to investigators all relevant facts relating to the individuals responsible for the alleged misconduct. This policy may result in increased fines and penalties if the DOJ determines that we have not provided sufficient information about applicable individuals in connection with an investigation. Other governmental authorities could adopt similar policies.

In addition, the financial impact of legal risks arising out of matters similar to some of those we face have been very large for a number of participants in the financial services industry, with fines and settlement payments greatly exceeding what market participants may have expected and, as noted above, escalating steeply in recent years to unprecedented levels. The experience of others, including settlement terms, in similar cases is among the factors we take into consideration in determining the level of provisions we maintain in respect of these legal risks. Developments in cases involving other financial institutions in recent years have led to greater uncertainty as to the predictability of outcomes and could lead us to add to our provisions. Moreover, the costs of our investigations and defenses relating to these matters are themselves substantial. Further uncertainty may arise as a result of a lack of coordination among regulators from different jurisdictions or among regulators with varying competencies in a single jurisdiction, which may make it difficult for us to reach concurrent settlements with each regulator. Should we be subject to financial impacts arising out of litigation and regulatory matters to which we are subject in excess of those we have calculated in accordance with our expectations and the relevant accounting rules, our provisions in respect of such risks may prove to be materially insufficient to cover these impacts. This could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or reputation as well as on our ability to maintain capital, leverage and liquidity ratios at levels expected by market participants and our regulators. In such an event, we could find it necessary to reduce our risk weighted assets (including on terms disadvantageous to us) or substantially cut costs to improve these ratios, in an amount corresponding to the adverse effects of the provisioning shortfall.

We are currently the subject of industry-wide investigations by regulatory and law enforcement agencies relating to interbank and dealer offered rates, as well as civil actions. Due to a number of uncertainties, including those related to the high profile of the matters and other banks’ settlement negotiations, the eventual outcome of these matters is unpredictable, and may materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

We have responded to requests for information from, and cooperated with, various regulatory and law enforcement agencies in connection with industry-wide investigations concerning the setting of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR), Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate (TIBOR) and other interbank and dealer offered rates. The investigations underway have the potential to result in the imposition of significant financial penalties and other consequences for the Bank.

As previously reported, we paid € 725 million to the European Commission pursuant to a settlement agreement dated December   4, 2013 in relation to anticompetitive conduct in the trading of interest rate derivatives. Also as previously reported, on April 23, 2015, we reached settlements with the DOJ, the CFTC, FCA, and the New York State Department of Financial Services (“DFS”) to resolve investigations into misconduct concerning the setting of LIBOR, EURIBOR, and TIBOR. Under the terms of these agreements, we paid penalties of U.S.$ 2.175 billion to the DOJ, CFTC and DFS and GBP 226.8 million to the FCA. As part of the resolution with the DOJ, DB Group Services (UK) Limited.Limited (an indirectly-held, wholly-owned subsidiary of ours) pled guilty to one count of wire fraud in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut and we entered into a Deferred Prosecution Agreement with a three year term, which expired in 2018. On October 25, 2017, we entered into a settlement with a working group of U.S. state attorneys general resolving their interbank offered rate investigation. Among other conditions, we made a settlement payment of U.S.$ 220 million. The factual admissions we have made in connection with these settlements could make it difficult for us to defend against pending and future claims. Other investigations of us concerning the setting of various interbank offered rates remain ongoing.

In addition, we are party to 4237 U.S. civil actions concerning alleged manipulation relating to the setting of various interbank and/or dealer offered rates, as well as single actions pending in each of the UK, Israel, Argentina and Argentina.Spain. Most of the civil actions, including putative class actions, are pending in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (SDNY), against us and numerous other defendants. All but three of the U.S. civil actions were filed on behalf of parties who allege losses as a result of manipulation relating to the setting of U.S. dollar LIBOR. The three U.S. civil actions pending against us that do not relate to U.S. dollar LIBOR were also filed in the SDNY, and include one consolidated action concerning Pound Sterling (GBP) LIBOR, one action concerning Swiss franc (CHF) LIBOR, and one action concerning two Singapore Dollar (SGD) benchmark rates, the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate (SIBOR) and the Swap Offer Rate (SOR).

We cannot predict the effect on us of the interbank and dealer offered rates matters, which could include fines levied by government bodies, damages from private litigation for which we may be liable, legal and regulatory sanctions (including possible criminal sanctions) and other consequences.


33

Regulators and law enforcement authorities are investigating, among other things, our compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other laws with respect to our engagement of finders and consultants.

Certain regulators and law enforcement authorities in various jurisdictions, including the SEC and the DOJ, are investigating, among other things, our compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other laws with respect to our engagement of finders and consultants. We are responding to and continuing to cooperate with these investigations. Certain regulators in other jurisdictions have also been briefed on these investigations. In the event that any violations of law or regulation are found to have occurred or are alleged to have occurred, and an enforcement action is filed, legal and regulatory sanctions in respect thereof may materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.37

We are currently involved in civil proceedings in connection with our voluntary takeover offer for the acquisition of all shares of Postbank. The extent of our financial exposure to this matter could be material, and our reputation may be harmed.

InOn September 12, 2010, we announced a voluntary takeover offer for the acquisition of all shares in Deutsche Postbank AG (Postbank), and. On October 7, 2010, we published theour official offer document in October 2010. In our takeover offer weand offered Postbank shareholders a consideration of € 25 for each Postbank share. This offer was accepted for a total of approximately 48.2 million Postbank shares.

In November 2010, a former shareholder of Postbank, Effecten-Spiegel AG, which had accepted the takeover offer, brought a claim against us alleging that the offer price was too low and was not determined in accordance with the applicable German law. The plaintiff alleges that we had been obliged to make a mandatory takeover offer for all shares in Postbank, at the latest, in 2009. The plaintiff avers that, at the latest in 2009, as the voting rights of Deutsche Post AG in Postbank had to be attributed to us pursuant to Section 30 of the German Takeover Act. Based thereon, the plaintiff alleges that the consideration offered by us in the 2010 voluntary takeover offer needed to be raised to € 57.25 per share.

The Regional Court Cologne (Landgericht) Cologne dismissed the claim in 2011 and the Higher Regional Court ( Oberlandesgericht) Cologne appellate court dismissed the appeal in 2012. The German Federal Court ( Bundesgerichtshof) set this judgment aside the Cologne appellate court’s judgment and referred the case back to the appellate court. In its judgment,Higher Regional Court Cologne to take evidence on certain allegations of the Federal Court stated that the appellate court had not sufficiently considered the plaintiff’s allegation that we and Deutsche Post AG “acted in concert” in 2009.plaintiff.

Starting in 2014, additional former shareholders of Postbank, who accepted the 2010 tender offer, brought similar claims as Effecten-Spiegel AG against us which are pending with the Regional Court Cologne and the Higher Regional Court of Cologne, respectively.AG. On October 20, 2017, the Regional Court Cologne handed down a decision granting the claims in a total of 14 cases which were combined in one proceeding. The Regional Court Cologne took the view that we were obliged to make a mandatory takeover offer already in 2008 so that the appropriate consideration to be offered in the takeover offer should have been € 57.25 per share. Taking the consideration paid into account, thePostbank share (instead of € 25). The additional consideration per share owed to shareholders which have accepted the takeover offer would thus amount to € 32.25. We appealed this decision and the appeal has beenwas assigned to the 13th Senate of the Higher Regional Court of Cologne, which also is hearingheard the appeal of Effecten-Spiegel AG.

On November 8, 2017, a hearing took place beforeDecember 16, 2020, the Higher Regional Court Cologne handed down a decision and fully dismissed the claims of CologneEffecten-Spiegel AG. Further, in the Effecten-Spiegel case. In that hearing,a second decision handed down on December 16, 2020, the Higher Regional Court indicated that it disagreed withCologne allowed the conclusionsappeal of Deutsche Bank against the decision of the Regional Court Cologne dated October, 20, 2017 and tookdismissed all related claims of the preliminary view that we were not obliged to make a mandatory takeover offer in 2008 or 2009.relevant plaintiffs. The Higher Regional Court informedCologne has granted leave to appeal to the parties by notice datedGerman Federal Court ( Bundesgerichtshof) as regards both decisions and all relevant plaintiffs have lodged their respective appeals with the Federal Court at the end of January and beginning of February 19, 2019 that it still has doubts that an acting in concert can be based on the contractual clauses which the Regional Court Cologne found to be sufficient to assume an acting in concert (and to grant the plaintiffs' claims in October 2017). Against this background, the Higher Regional Court resolved to take further evidence and to call a number of witnesses in both cases who were heard in several hearings from October 30, 2019 onwards. The individuals to be heard include current and former board members of Deutsche Bank, Deutsche Post AG and Postbank as well as other persons involved in the Postbank transaction. In addition, the court ordered the production of relevant transaction documents.2021, respectively.

We have been served with a large number of additional lawsuits filed against us shortly before the end of 2017, almost all of which are now pending with the Regional Court Cologne. Some of the new plaintiffs allege that the consideration offered by us for the shares in Postbank in the 2010 voluntary takeover should be raised to € 64.25 per share.


34

The claims for payment against us in relation to these matters total almost € 700 million (excluding interest).

Further Proceedings Relating to the Postbank Takeover.In September 2015, former shareholders of Postbank filed in the Regional Court Cologne shareholder actions against Postbank to set aside the squeeze-out resolution taken in the shareholders meeting of Postbank in August 2015. Among other things, the plaintiffs allegealleged that we were subject to a suspension of voting rights with respect to our shares in Postbank based on the allegation that we failed to make a mandatory takeover offer at a higher price in 2009.offer. The squeeze out is final and the proceeding itself has no reversal effect, but may result in damage payments. The claimants in this proceeding refer to legal arguments similar to those asserted in the Effecten-Spiegel proceeding described above. In a decision on October 20, 2017, the Regional Court Cologne declared the squeeze-out resolution to be void. The court, however, did not rely on a suspension of voting rights due to an alleged failure by us to make a mandatory takeover offer, but argued that Postbank violated information rights of Postbank shareholders in Postbank's shareholders meeting in August 2015. Postbank has appealed this decision. The Higher Regional CourtOn May 15, 2020 DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG (legal successor of Cologne scheduled an oral hearingPostbank due to a merger in 2018) was merged into Deutsche Bank AG. On July 3, 2020 Deutsche Bank AG withdrew the appeal as regards the actions for May 7, 2020.voidance because efforts and costs to pursue this appeal became disproportionate to the minor remaining economic importance of the case considering that the 2015 squeeze-out cannot be reversed. As a consequence, the first instance judgement which found that Postbank violated the information rights of its shareholders in the shareholders’ meeting has become final.

The legal question of whether we had been obliged to make a mandatory takeover offer for all Postbank shares prior to our 2010 voluntary takeover may also impact two pending appraisal proceedings ( Spruchverfahren ). These proceedings were initiated by former Postbank shareholders with the aim to increase the cash compensation offered in connection with the squeeze-out of Postbank shareholders in 2015 and the cash compensation offered and annual guaranteed dividendcompensation paid in connection with the execution of a domination and profit and loss transfer agreement ( Beherrschungs- und Gewinnabführungsvertrag ) between DB Finanz-Holding AG (now DB Beteiligungs-Holding GmbH) and Postbank in 2012.

38

The applicants in the appraisal proceedings claim that a potential obligation of ours to make a mandatory takeover offer for Postbank at an offer price of € 57.25 should be decisive when determining the adequate cash compensation in the appraisal proceedings. The Regional Court Cologne had originally followed this legal opinion of the applicants in two resolutions. In a decision dated June 2019, the Regional Court of Cologne expressly deviated from this legal resolution in the appraisal proceedings in connection with execution of a domination and profit and loss transfer agreement. According to this decision, the question whether we were obliged to make a mandatory offer for all Postbank shares prior to our voluntary takeover offer in 2010 shall not be relevant for determining the appropriate cash compensation. It is likely that the Regional Court Cologne will take the same legal position in the appraisal proceedings in connection with the squeeze-out. On October 1, 2020 the Regional Court Cologne handed down a decision in the appraisal proceeding concerning the domination and profit and loss transfer agreement (dated December 5, 2012) according to which the annual compensation pursuant to Section 304 of the German Stock Corporation Act (jährliche Ausgleichszahlung) shall be increased by € 0.12 to € 1.78 per Postbank share and the settlement amount pursuant to Section 305 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Abfindungsbetrag) shall be increased by € 4.56 to € 29.74 per Postbank share. The increase of the settlement amount is of relevance for approximately 492.000 former Postbank shares whereas the increase of the annual compensation is of relevance for approximately 7 million former Postbank shares. Deutsche Bank as well as the applicants have lodged an appeal against this decision.

The extent of our financial exposure to this matterthese matters could be material, and our reputation may be harmed.

We have investigated the circumstances around equity trades entered into by certain clients in Moscow and London and have advised regulators and law enforcement authorities in several jurisdictions about those trades. In the event that violations of law or regulation are found to have occurred, any resulting penalties against us may materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

We have investigated the circumstances around equity trades entered into by certain clients with us in Moscow and London that offset one another. The total volume of transactions reviewed is significant. Our internal investigation of potential violations of law, regulation and policy and into the related internal control environment has concluded, and we have assessed the findings identified during the investigation; to date we have identified certain violations of our policies and deficiencies in our control environment. We have advised regulators and law enforcement authorities in several jurisdictions (including Germany, Russia, the UK and the United States) of this investigation and have taken disciplinary measures with regards to certain individuals in this matter.

On January 30 and 31, 2017, the DFS and FCA announced settlements with the Bank related to their investigations into this matter. The settlements conclude the DFS and the FCA’s investigations into the bank’s AML control function in its investment banking division, including in relation to the equity trading described above. Under the terms of the settlement agreement with the DFS, Deutsche Bank entered into a consent order, and agreed to pay civil monetary penalties of U.S.$ 425 million and to engage an independent monitor to conduct a comprehensive review of its existing AML compliance programs that pertain to or affect activities conducted by or through our U.S. bank subsidiary DBTCA and our New York branch for a term of up to two years. Under the terms of the settlement agreement with the FCA, we agreed to pay civil monetary penalties of approximately GBP 163 million. On May 30, 2017, the Federal Reserve announced its settlement with us resolving this matter as well as additional AML issues identified by the Federal Reserve. We paid a penalty of U.S.$ 41 million. We also agreed to retain independent third parties to assess our Bank Secrecy Act/AML program and review certain foreign correspondent banking activity of DBTCA. We are also required to submit written remediation plans and programs.

We continue to cooperate with regulators and law enforcement authorities, including the DOJ which has its own ongoing investigation into these securities trades. In the event that violations of law or regulation are found to have occurred, legal and regulatory sanctions in respect thereof may materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.


35

We are currently the subject of industry-wide inquiries and investigations by regulatory and law enforcement authorities relating to transactions of clients in German shares around the dividend record dates for the purpose of obtaining German tax credits or refunds in relation to withholding tax levied on dividend payments (so-called cum-ex transactions). In addition, we are exposed to potential tax liabilities and to the assertion of potential civil law claims by third parties, e.g. former counterparties, custodian banks, investors and other market participants, including as a consequence of criminal judgements in criminal proceedings in which we are not directly involved. Due to a number of uncertainties, including the development of investigations, court proceedings, administrative actions by authorities and the assertion of claims by third parties, theThe eventual outcome of these matters is unpredictable, and may materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

39

The Public Prosecutor in Cologne (Staatsanwaltschaft( Staatsanwaltschaft Köln, "CPP") has been conducting a criminal investigation since August 2017 concerning two former employees of Deutsche Bank in relation to cum-ex transactions of certain former clients of the Bank. At the end of May and beginning of June 2019, the CPP broadened the investigation proceedings against further current and former employees and former board members of the Bank. In July 2020, in the course of inspecting the CPP’s investigation file, Deutsche Bank learned that the CPP had further extended its investigation in June 2019 to include further current and former Deutsche Bank personnel, including one former Management Board member and one current Management Board member. It is difficult to predict how the proceeding will further develop. Deutsche Bank is a potential secondary participant in these proceedings and the proceedings could result in a disgorgement of profits and fines. There is a risk that the proceedings lead to a formal indictment and criminal prosecution of accused individuals and Deutsche Bank. Increased media attention surrounding the cum-ex topic as well as any future criminal judgement that is unfavourableunfavorable to the Bank can create reputational risks. The imposition of fines and the disgorgement of profits could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We are further exposed to the assertion of potential tax and civil law recourse and compensation claims by German tax authorities and third parties.

Deutsche Bank acted as participant in and filed withholding tax refund claims through the electronic refund procedure (elektronisches( elektronisches Datenträgerverfahren)gerverfahren) on behalf of, inter alia, two former custody clients in connection with their cum-ex transactions. In February 2018, Deutsche Bank received from the German Federal Tax Office (Bundeszentralamt( Bundeszentralamt für Steuern, "FTO") a demand of approximately € 49 million for tax refunds paid to one former custody client. In December 2019, Deutsche Bank received a liability notice from the FTO in the amount of € 2.1 million in connection with tax refund claims Deutsche Bank had submitted on behalf of another former custody client. On January 20, 2020, Deutsche Bank made the requested payment and filed an objection.objection against the liability notice. Deutsche Bank filed the reasoning for the objection on June 19, 2020. On December 3, 2020, Deutsche Bank received another hearing letter from the FTO in relation to the € 2.1 million liability notice. In the event that the FTO issues the liability notice announced in February 2018 or further liability notices and to the extent Deutsche Bank is eventually liable under the liability notices, this would expose the Bank to potential financial losses and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

As regards civil law claims, The Bank of New York Mellon SA/NV ("BNY") – as a parent of two companies acting as depot bank and fund administrator which Deutsche Bank acquired in 2010 and sold to BNY later in 2010 – has informed Deutsche Bank of its intention to assert indemnification claims under a contractual tax indemnity provision for potential cum-ex related tax liabilities incurred by these companies. BNY estimates the potential tax liability to amount to up to € 120 million (excluding interest of 6 per cent p.a.). On August 19, 2019, one of the companies, BHF Asset Servicing GmbH ("BAS"), obtained the status of a third party subjectIn November and December 2020, counsel to confiscation in a trial that commenced before the Regional Court Bonn on September 4, 2019. In December 2019,BNY informed Deutsche Bank was informed of two hearing letters issuedthat BNY and/or Service KAG (among others) have received notices from tax authorities regarding the estimated amount with respect to cum-ex related trades by certain investment funds in 2009 and 2010. BNY has filed objections against the FTO to BAS in which the FTO stated that a potential liability of BAS exists and that BAS should expect a liability notice.notices.

On February 6, 2019, Deutsche Bank was served by the Regional Court ( Landgericht) Frankfurt am Main served Deutsche Bank with a claim by M.M.Warburg & CO Gruppe GmbH and M.M.Warburg & CO (AG & Co.) KGaA (together "Warburg"“Warburg”) in connection with cum-ex transactions of Warburg with a custody client of Deutsche Bank during 2007 to 2011. Warburg claims from Deutsche Bank indemnification against German taxes in relation to transactions conducted in 2010 and 2011,the years 2007 to 2011. Further, Warburg claims compensation of unspecified damages relating to these transactions. Based on the tax assessment notices received for 2007 to 2011, Warburg is claiming a total of € 250 million (of which € 166 million is in relation to taxes and € 84 million is in relation to interest). On March 20, 2020, Warburg extended its claim against Deutsche Bank to indemnify Warburg in relation to the € 176 million (of which € 166 million is in relation to taxes and € 10 million is in relation to interest) confiscation order issued by the Regional Court Bonn in the criminal cum-ex trial on March 18, 2020 regarding the same transactions. On September 23, 2020 the Frankfurt Regional Court fully dismissed Warburg’s claim against Deutsche Bank on the grounds that Warburg as the tax debtor ( Steuerschuldner) is primarily liable and cannot request payment from Deutsche Bank. The court further held that any claims are time-barred. On October 29, 2020, Warburg appealed the decision with the Higher Regional Court Frankfurt am Main. Deutsche Bank has until April 12, 2021 to respond to Warburg’s appellate brief.

On January 25, 2021, the Regional Court Hamburg served Deutsche Bank with a claim by Warburg Invest Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH (“Warburg Invest”) in relation to transactions of two investment funds in 2009 and 2010, respectively. Warburg Invest was fund manager for both funds. Warburg Invest claims, from Deutsche Bank together with several other parties as well as declaratory reliefjoint and several debtors ( Gesamtschuldner), indemnification against German taxes in relation to cum-ex transactions conducted by the two funds. Further, Warburg Invest claims compensation of unspecified damages relating to these transactions. In November 2020, Warburg Invest received a tax liability notice from tax authorities for one of the funds in the amount of € 61 million. Based on publicly available information Deutsche Bank estimates the tax amount for the second fund to be approximately € 49 million. Warburg Invest filed its claim against several parties including Deutsche Bank inter aliadamages based on an allegation of intentional damage contrary to public policy (Section 826 German Civil Code) and the accusation that Deutsche Bank will haveparticipated in a business model that was contrary to indemnify Warburg against any potential future tax assessments for cum-ex transactions conducted in the years 2007 to 2009. The claims against us amount to approximately € 198 million. The proceeding is ongoing and the next hearing date is scheduled for April 20, 2020.public policy ( sittenwidriges Geschäftsmodell).

The risks arising from the cum-ex topic are difficult to quantify and the likelihood of these risks materializing is hard to predict. In the event that Deutsche Bank is eventually liable under the civil law claims already asserted or under claims that will potentially be asserted by third parties in the future, this may materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.


3640

We have entered into a deferred prosecution agreement (DPA) with the DOJ concerning our historical engagements of finders and consultants and precious metals spoofing. If we violate the DPA, its term could be extended, or we could be subject to criminal prosecution or other actions, any of which could result in additional fines, penalties, settlements, payments or other materially adverse impacts to us.

On January 8, 2021, we entered into a deferred prosecution agreement (DPA) with the DOJ concerning our historical engagements of finders and consultants and, as part of our obligations in the DPA, agreed to pay approximately U.S.$ 80 million in connection with this conduct. The DPA with the DOJ also involved a resolution involving precious metals spoofing. As part of our obligations in the DPA relating to precious metals, we agreed to pay approximately U.S.$ 8 million, of which approximately U.S.$ 6 million would be credited by virtue of our 2018 resolution with the CFTC. On the same day, we also reached a settlement with the SEC to resolve its investigation into conduct regarding our compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act with respect to our engagement of finders and consultants. We agreed to pay approximately U.S.$ 43 million in this SEC settlement. If we violate the DPA, its term could be extended, or we could be subject to criminal prosecution or other actions, any of which could result in additional fines, penalties, settlements, payments or other materially adverse impacts to us.

We are under continuous examination by tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax laws are increasingly complex and are evolving. The cost to us arising from the resolution of routine tax examinations, tax litigation and other forms of tax proceedings or tax disputes may increase and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

We are under continuous examination by tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax laws are increasingly complex. In the current political and regulatory environment, tax administrations' and courts' interpretation of tax laws and regulations and their application are evolving, and scrutiny by tax authorities has become increasingly intense. Wide ranging and continuous changes in the principles of international taxation emanating from the OECD's Base Erosion and Profit Shifting agenda are generating significant uncertainties for us and our subsidiaries and may result in an increase in instances of tax disputes or instances of double taxation going forward, as member states may take different approaches in transposing these requirements into national law or may choose to implement unilateral measures. A recent example is the EU directive requiring disclosure of arrangements with specific tax features that will take fulltook effect in 2020. Tax administrations have also been focusing on the eligibility of taxpayers for reduced withholding taxes on dividends in connection with certain cross-border lending or derivative transactions. In addition, while a significant amount of guidance has been issued since the enactment of the U.S. tax reform at the end of 2017 which included the Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax provisions, uncertainties remain and further interpretative guidance may be necessary over the coming years. As a result, the cost to us arising from the resolution of routine tax examinations, tax litigation and other forms of tax proceedings or tax disputes, as well as from rapidly changing and increasingly complex and uncertain tax laws and principles, may increase and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

We are currently involved in a legal dispute with the German tax authorities in relation to the tax treatment of certain income received with respect to our pension plan assets. The proceeding is pending in front of the German supreme fiscal court (Bundesfinanzhof)(Bundesfinanzhof). Should the courtscourt ultimately rule in favor of the German tax authorities, the outcome could have a material effect on our comprehensive income and financial condition.

We sponsor a number of post-employment benefit plans on behalf of our employees. In Germany, the pension assets that fund the obligations under these pension plans are held by Benefit Trust GmbH. The German tax authorities are challenging the tax treatment of certain income received by Benefit Trust GmbH in the years 2010 to 2013 with respect to its pension plan assets. For the year 2010 Benefit Trust GmbH paid the amount of tax and interest assessed of € 160 million to the tax authorities and is seeking a refund of the amounts paid in litigation with the relevant lower fiscal court. For 2011 to 2013 the matter is stayed pending the outcome of the 2010 tax litigation. The amount of tax and interest under dispute for years 2011 to 2013, which also has been paid to the tax authorities, amounts to € 456 million. In March 2017, the lower fiscal court ruled in favor of Benefit Trust GmbH and in September 2017 the tax authorities appealed the decision to the German supreme fiscal court (Bundesfinanzhof)(Bundesfinanzhof). A decision by the supreme fiscal court hearing is not expectedscheduled for a number of years.March 15, 2021. An ultimate decision by the courtscourt that is unfavorable to us could materially and adversely affect our comprehensive income and financial condition.

U.S. Congressional committees and other U.S. governmental entities have sought and may seek information from us concerning potential dealings between us and the U.S. executive branch, theformer President Trump, his family and other close associates, exposing us in particular to risk to our reputation and potential loss of business as a result of extensive media attention.

A number of media entities have reported that U.S. Congressional committees and other U.S. governmental entities are seeking or may seek information from us concerning, among other things, potential dealings between the Bank and certain members of the Executiveexecutive branch of the U.S. government, theformer President Trump, his family, and other close associates. Attention surrounding such actual or potential requests and inquiries and our responses can create reputational and other risks that could have a material adverse effect on us. Our policy is to cooperate with all authorized government inquiries.


3741

We have received requests for information from regulatory and law enforcement agencies concerning our correspondent banking relationship with Danske Bank, exposing us in particular to risk to our reputation and potential loss of business as a result of extensive media attention.

We have received requests for information from regulatory and law enforcement agencies concerning our correspondent banking relationship with Danske Bank, including our historical processing of correspondent banking transactions on behalf of customers of Danske Bank’s Estonia branch prior to cessation of the correspondent banking relationship with that branch in 2015. We are providing information to and otherwise cooperating with the investigating agencies. We have also completed an internal investigation into these matters, including of whether any violations of law, regulation or policy occurred and the effectiveness of the related internal control environment. Additionally, on September 2324 and 24,25, 2019, based on a search warrant issued by the Local Court (Amtsgericht)(Amtsgericht) in Frankfurt, the Frankfurt public prosecutor’s office conducted investigations into Deutsche Bank. The investigations are in connection with suspicious activity reports relating to money laundering at Danske Bank. TheOn October 13, 2020, the FPP closed its criminal investigation because the FPP did not find sufficient evidence to substantiate the money laundering suspicion. However, the Bank is cooperatingagreed to pay an administrative fine of € 13.5 million to the FPP for failing to submit suspicious activity reports (SARs) in Germany in a timely fashion, which it paid in the investigation. fourth quarter of 2020.

On July 7, 2020, the DFS issued a Consent Order, finding that Deutsche Bank violated New York State banking laws in connection with its relationships with three former Deutsche Bank clients, Danske Bank’s Estonia branch, Jeffrey Epstein and FBME Bank, and imposing a U.S.$ 150 million civil penalty in connection with these three former relationships, which Deutsche Bank paid in the third quarter of 2020.

On July 15, 2020, Deutsche Bank was named as a defendant in a securities class action filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that the Bank made material misrepresentations regarding the effectiveness of its AML controls and related remediation. The complaint cites allegations regarding control deficiencies raised in the DFS Consent Order related to the Bank’s relationships with Danske Bank’s Estonia branch, Jeffrey Epstein and FBME Bank. On September 30, 2020, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint that included additional allegations regarding the effectiveness of the Bank’s AML controls. On December 28, 2020, the court appointed lead plaintiff and lead counsel. Lead plaintiff is anticipated to file a second amended complaint by March 1, 2021. The Bank’s motion to dismiss is due by April 15, 2021, with briefing on the motion to conclude by July 1, 2021.

Media and market attention surrounding these requestsmatters can create reputational risks in particular, even if our investigations and those of our regulators and the authorities do not result in evidence of wrongdoing. We could in particular suffer diminished volumes of business as a result, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have received requests for information from regulatory and law enforcement agencies concerning our anti-financial crime controls, including in the United States. Should anyAs a result of thethese investigations, result in a finding that the Bank failed to comply with applicable law, the Bank could be exposed to material fines, limitations on business, remedial undertakings and/or criminal prosecution, as well as risk to our reputation and potential loss of business as a result of extensive media attention.

We have received requests for information from regulatory and law enforcement agencies concerning our anti-financial crime controls over the past several years, both generally and in connection with specific clients, counterparties or incidents, including in the United States. Among the areas within the scope of these inquiries are client onboarding and KYC processes, transaction monitoring systems and procedures, processes concerning the decision to file or not to file a suspicious activity report, escalation procedures, and other related processes and procedures. The Bank is cooperating in these investigations. Should anyAs a result of thethese investigations, result in a finding that the Bank failed to comply with applicable law, the Bank could be exposed to material fines, limitations on business, remedial undertakings and/or criminal prosecution. MediaIn addition, media and market attention surrounding these inquiries can create reputational risks in particular, even if our investigations and those of our regulators and the authorities do not result in evidence of wrongdoing.risks. We could in particular suffer diminished volumes of business as a result, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Guilty pleas by or convictions of us or our affiliates in criminal proceedings, or regulatory or enforcement orders, settlements or agreements to which we or our affiliates become subject, may have consequences that have adverse effects on certain of our businesses.

We and our affiliates have been and are subjects of criminal proceedings or investigations.and regulatory enforcement proceedings. In particular, as part of the resolution of the investigation of the DOJ into misconduct relating to London interbank offered rates, our subsidiary DB Group Services (UK) Limited entered into a plea agreement with the DOJ in 2015, pursuant to which the company pled guilty to one count of wire fraud, and, subsequently, a judgment of conviction was issued against the company. Also, in connection with the KOSPI Index unwind matters, our subsidiary Deutsche Securities Korea Co. was convicted of vicarious corporate criminal liability in respect of spot/futures linked market manipulation by one of its employees; though the criminal trial verdict has been overturned on appeal, the Korean prosecutor’s office has appealed the decision. We and our subsidiaries are also subjects of other criminal or regulatory enforcement proceedings or investigations.


3842

Guilty pleas or convictions against us or our affiliates, or regulatory or enforcement orders, settlements or agreements to which we or our affiliates become subject, could lead to our ineligibility to use an important trading exemption under ERISA.conduct certain business activities. In particular, such guilty pleas or convictions could cause our asset management affiliates to no longer qualify as “qualified professional asset managers” (“QPAMs”) under the QPAM Prohibited Transaction Exemption under ERISA, which exemption is relied on to provide asset management services to certain pension plans in connection with certain asset management strategies. While there are a number of statutory exemptions and numerous other administrative exemptions that our asset management affiliates may use to trade on behalf of ERISA plans, and in many instances they may do so in lieu of relying on the QPAM exemption, loss of QPAM status could cause customers who rely on such status (whether because they are legally required to do so or because we have agreed contractually with them to maintain such status) to cease to do business or refrain from doing business with us and could negatively impact our reputation more generally. For example, clients may mistakenly see the loss as a signal that our asset management affiliates are somehow no longer approved as asset managers generally by the U.S. Department of Labor (“DOL”), the agency responsible for ERISA, and cease to do business or refrain from doing business with us for that reason. This could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, particularly those of our asset management business in the United States. On December 29, 2017, the DOL published an individual exemption permitting certain of our affiliates to retain their QPAM status despite both the conviction of DB Group Services (UK) Limited and the conviction of Deutsche Securities Korea Co. The exemption applies through April 17, 2021 but may terminate earlier if, among other things, we or our affiliates are convicted of crimes in other matters. The disqualification period arising from these convictions extends until April 17, 2027, so we will need to obtain a further exemption by April 18, 2021 to avoid a loss of QPAM status at that time, withtime. We have requested an extension of our current exemption, and the DOL has published for comment a proposed, three-year extension. If an extension were not to be granted, we face the potential for the adverse effects described above if such further exemption is not granted.above.

Other Risks

In addition to our traditional banking businesses of deposit-taking and lending, we also engage in nontraditional credit businesses in which credit is extended in transactions that include, for example, our holding of securities of third parties or our engaging in complex derivative transactions. These nontraditional credit businesses materially increase our exposure to credit risk.

As a bank and provider of financial services, we are exposed to the risk that third parties who owe us money, securities or other assets will not perform their obligations. Many of the businesses we engage in beyond the traditional banking businesses of deposit-taking and lending also expose us to credit risk.

In particular, much of the business we conduct through our Investment Bank corporate division entails credit transactions, frequently ancillary to other transactions. Nontraditional sources of credit risk can arise, for example, from holding securities of third parties; entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; executing securities, futures, currency or commodity trades that fail to settle at the required time due to nondelivery by the counterparty or systems failure by clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries; and extending credit through other arrangements. Parties to these transactions, such as trading counterparties, may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, political and economic events, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons.

Many of our derivative transactions are individually negotiated and non-standardized, which can make exiting, transferring or settling the position difficult. Certain credit derivatives require that we deliver to the counterparty the underlying security, loan or other obligation in order to receive payment. In a number of cases, we do not hold, and may not be able to obtain, the underlying security, loan or other obligation. This could cause us to forfeit the payments otherwise due to us or result in settlement delays, which could damage our reputation and ability to transact future business, as well as impose increased costs on us. Legislation in the European Union (EMIR) and the United States (the Dodd-Frank Act) has introduced requirements for the standardization, margining, central clearing and transaction reporting of certain over-the-counter derivatives. While such requirements are aimed at reducing the risk posed to counterparties and the financial system by such derivatives, they may reduce the volume and profitability of the transactions in which we engage, and compliance with such provisions may impose substantial costs on us.

The exceptionally difficult market conditions experienced during the global financial crisis severely adversely affected certain areas in which we do business that entail nontraditional credit risks, including the leveraged finance and structured credit markets, and similar market conditions, should they occur, may do so in the future.


3943

A substantial proportion of our assets and liabilities comprise financial instruments that we carry at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in our income statement. As a result of such changes, we have incurred losses in the past, and may incur further losses in the future.

A substantial proportion of the assets and liabilities on our balance sheet comprise financial instruments that we carry at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in the income statement. Fair value is defined as the price at which an asset or liability could be exchanged in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. If the value of an asset carried at fair value declines (or the value of a liability carried at fair value increases) a corresponding unfavorable change in fair value is recognized in the income statement. These changes have been and could in the future be significant.

Observable prices or inputs are not available for certain classes of financial instruments. Fair value is determined in these cases using valuation techniques we believe to be appropriate for the particular instrument. The application of valuation techniques to determine fair value involves estimation and management judgment, the extent of which will vary with the degree of complexity of the instrument and liquidity in the market. Management judgment is required in the selection and application of the appropriate parameters, assumptions and modeling techniques. If any of the assumptions change due to negative market conditions or for other reasons, subsequent valuations may result in significant changes in the fair values of our financial instruments, requiring us to record losses.

Our exposure and related changes in fair value are reported net of any fair value gains we may record in connection with hedging transactions related to the underlying assets. However, we may never realize these gains, and the fair value of the hedges may change in future periods for a number of reasons, including as a result of deterioration in the credit of our hedging counterparties. Such declines may be independent of the fair values of the underlying hedged assets or liabilities and may result in future losses.

Pursuant to accounting rules, we must periodically test the value of the goodwill of our businesses and the value of our other intangible assets for impairment. In the event such test determines that criteria for impairment exists, we are required under accounting rules to write down the value of such asset. Impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets have had and may have a material adverse effect on our profitability results of operations.

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and associates and represents the excess of the aggregate of the cost of an acquisition and any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired at the date of the acquisition. Goodwill on the acquisition of subsidiaries is capitalized and reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if there are indications that impairment may have occurred. Intangible assets are recognized separately from goodwill when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights and their fair value can be measured reliably. These assets are tested for impairment and their useful lives reaffirmed at least annually. The determination of the recoverable amount in the impairment assessment of non-financial assets requires estimates based on quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, present value or other valuation techniques, or a combination thereof, necessitating management to make subjective judgments and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions could result in significant differences to the amounts reported if underlying circumstances were to change.

Impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets have had and may have a material adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations. Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets was € 1.0 billion in 2019. The announcement of the strategic transformation in July 2019 triggered the impairment review of Deutsche Bank’s goodwill. A worsening macro-economic outlook, including interest rate curves, industry-specific market growth corrections, as well as the impact related to the implementation of the transformation strategy resulted in the full impairment of the Wealth Management goodwill of € 545 million in the Private Bank and the Global Transaction Banking and Corporate Finance goodwill of € 492 million in the Corporate Bank in the second quarter of 2019.


40

Pursuant to accounting rules, we must review our deferred tax assets at the end of each reporting period. To the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income will be available to allow the benefitall or a portion of part or all ofour deferred tax assets to be utilized, we have to reduce the carrying amounts. These reductions have had and may in the future have material adverse effects on our profitability, equity and financial condition.

We recognize deferred tax assets for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, unused tax losses and unused tax credits. Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available against which those unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences can be utilized. As of December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, we recognized deferred tax assets of € 3.26.1 billion and € 6.56.0 billion, respectively in entities which have suffered a loss in either the current or preceding period.respectively.


44

In determining the amount of deferred tax assets, we use historical tax capacity and profitability information and, if relevant, forecasted operating results based upon approved business plans, including a review of the eligible carry-forward periods, available tax planning opportunities and other relevant considerations. The analysis of historical tax capacity includes the determination as to whether a history of recent losses exists at the reporting date, and is generally based on the pre-tax results adjusted for permanent differences for the current and the two preceding financial years. Each quarter, we re-evaluate our estimate related to deferred tax assets, including our assumptions about future profitability. The accounting estimate related to the deferred tax assets depends upon underlying assumptions about the historical tax capacity and profitability information, as well as forecasted operating results based upon approved business plans, thatwhich can change from period to period and requires significant management judgment. For example, tax law changes or variances in future projected operating performance could result in an adjustment to the deferred tax assets that would be charged to income tax expense or directly to equity in the period such determination was made.

These adjustments have had and may in the future have material adverse effects on our profitability or equity. In updating the strategic plan in connection with our currentthe transformation, wethe Group adjusted the value of ourestimate related to deferred tax assets in affected jurisdictions. This resulted in total valuation adjustments ofjurisdictions, such as the UK and the United States, and recognized € 37 million and € 2.8 billion of valuation adjustments for the financial yearyears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, that primarily relate to the U.S. and UK.respectively.

We are exposed to pension risks which can materially impact the measurement of our pension obligations, including interest rate, inflation and longevity risks that can materially impact our earnings.

We sponsor a number of post-employment benefit plans on behalf of our employees, including defined benefit plans. Our plans are accounted for based on the nature and substance of the plan. Generally, for defined benefit plans the value of a participant’s accrued benefit is based on each employee’s remuneration and length of service. We maintain various external pension trusts to fund the majority of our defined benefit plan obligations. Our funding principle is to maintain funding of the defined benefit obligation by plan assets within a range of 90 % to 100 % of the obligation, subject to meeting any local statutory requirements. We have also determined that certain plans should remain unfunded, although their funding approach is subject to periodic review, e.g. when local regulations or practices change. Obligations for our unfunded plans are accrued on the balance sheet. For most of the externally funded defined benefit plans there are local minimum funding requirements. We can decide on any additional plan contributions, with reference to our funding principle. There are some locations, e.g. the United Kingdom, where the trustees and the Bank jointly agree contribution levels. We also sponsor retirement and termination indemnity plans in several countries, as well as some post-employment medical plans for a number of current and retired employees, mainly in the United States. The post-employment medical plans typically pay fixed percentages of medical expenses of eligible retirees after a set deductible has been met.

We develop and maintain guidelines for governance and risk management, including funding, asset allocation and actuarial assumption setting. In this regard, risk management means the management and control of risks for us related to market developments (e.g., interest rate, credit spread, price inflation), asset investment, regulatory or legislative requirements, as well as monitoring demographic changes (e.g., longevity). To the extent that pension plans are funded, the assets held mitigate some of the liability risks, but introduce investment risk. In our key pension countries, our largest post-employment benefit plan risk exposures relate to potential changes in credit spreads, interest rates, price inflation and longevity, although these have been partially mitigated through the investment strategy adopted. Overall, we seek to minimize the impact of pensions on our financial position from market movements, subject to balancing the trade-offs involved in financing post-employment benefits, regulatory capital and constraints from local funding or accounting requirements.


41

All plans are valued annually by independent qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method, with inputs including the discount rate, inflation rate, rate of increase in future compensation and for pensions in payment and longevity expectations. In 2019, we decided to apply Deutsche Bank-specificconducted a review of the mortality assumptions used to determine the defined benefit obligation for ourits defined benefit pension plans in Germany. In this context – based on actuarial calculations forThe intention of the Deutsche Bank-specific population – we adjustedreview was to establish whether the mortality expectations from the so-far usedtables “Richttafeln Heubeck 2018G” toreflect the Deutsche Bank-specificbest estimate assumption for future mortality of the plan member population. Based on an analysis of mortality experience over the preceding five years, it was concluded that the “Richttafeln” have to be adjusted in order to reflect the underlying mortality of employees and pensioners.the pension plan population in Germany. This change in actuarial assumptions led to an actuarial loss of € 125 million before taxes for the year endedas of December 31, 2019 and is reported in the consolidated statementConsolidated Statement of comprehensive incomeComprehensive Income in the line item re-measurementremeasurement gains (losses).

45

For the Group’s most significant pension plans in the key countries, the discount rate used at each measurement date is set based on a high quality corporate bond yield curve, which is derived using a bond universe sourced from reputable third-party index data providers and rating agencies, and reflects the timing, amount and currency of the future expected benefit payments for the respective plan. A review of the Eurozone discount rate derivation was instigated in March 2020 following unprecedented market turmoil, which resulted in several refinements to the methodology being implemented in 2020, initially in the first quarter 2020 and more fundamentally in the fourth quarter 2020 with the introduction of an internally produced DB Proprietary curve, which was employed as the basis for discounting the defined benefit obligation from December 31, 2020. Compared to the curve deployed at December 31, 2019, the DB Proprietary curve results in a defined benefit obligation that is € 20 million higher, with the impact recognised through Other Comprehensive Income. The defined benefit obligation was € 435 million lower as at December 31, 2020 compared to curve utilised as at June 30, 2020. Due to the change in discount rate methodology and other effects, the Group’s net pension liability for the German pension plans was reduced by € 481 million from € 1,355 million as of December 31, 2019 to € 874 million as of December 31, 2020.

Our investment objective in funding the plans and our obligations in respect of them is to protect ourselves from adverse impacts of our defined benefit pension plans on key financial metrics. We seek to allocate plan assets closely to the market risk factor exposures of the pension liability to interest rates, credit spreads and inflation and, thereby, plan assets broadly reflect the underlying risk profile and currency of the pension obligations.

To the extent that the factors that drive our pension liabilities move in a manner adverse to us, or that our assumptions regarding key variables prove incorrect, or that our funding of our pension liabilities does not sufficiently hedge those liabilities, we could be required to make additional contributions or be exposed to actuarial or accounting losses in respect of our pension plans. More detailed information regarding our employee benefit plans is provided in Note 33, “Employee Benefits” of the consolidated financial statements.

Our risk management policies, procedures and methods leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks, which could lead to material losses.

We have devoted significant resources to developing our risk management policies, procedures and assessment methods and intend to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, the risk management techniques and strategies have not been and may in the future not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all economic market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that we fail to identify or anticipate. Some of our quantitative tools and metrics for managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior. We apply statistical and other tools to these observations to arrive at quantifications of our risk exposures. During the financial crisis, the financial markets experienced unprecedented levels of volatility (rapid changes in price direction) and the breakdown of historically observed correlations (the extent to which prices move in tandem) across asset classes, compounded by extremely limited liquidity. In this volatile market environment, our risk management tools and metrics failed to predict some of the losses we have experienced, and they may in the future fail to predict important risk exposures. In addition, our quantitative modeling does not take all risks into account and makes numerous assumptions regarding the overall environment, which may not be borne out by events. As a result, risk exposures have arisen and could continue to arise from factors we did not anticipate or correctly evaluate in our statistical models. This has limited and could continue to limit our ability to manage our risks especially in light of geopolitical developments, many of the outcomes of which are currently unforeseeable. Our losses thus have been and may in the future be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate.

In addition, our more qualitative approach to managing those risks not taken into account by our quantitative methods could also prove insufficient, exposing us to material unanticipated losses. Also, if existing or potential customers or counterparties believe our risk management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere or seek to limit their transactions with us. This could harm our reputation as well as our revenues and profits. See “Management Report: Risk Report” in the Annual Report 20192020 for a more detailed discussion of the policies, procedures and methods we use to identify, monitor and manage our risks.

Operational risks, which may arise from errors in the performance of our processes, the conduct of our employees, instability, malfunction or outage of our IT system and infrastructure, or loss of business continuity, or comparable issues with respect to our vendors, may disrupt our businesses and lead to material losses.

We face operational risk arising from errors, inadvertent or intentional, made in the execution, confirmation or settlement of transactions or from transactions not being properly recorded, evaluated or accounted for. An example of this risk concerns our derivative contracts, which are not always confirmed with the counterparties on a timely basis. For so long as the transaction remains unconfirmed, we are subject to heightened credit and operational risk and in the event of a default may find it more difficult to enforce the contract.


42

In addition, our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process manually or through our systems a large number of transactions on a daily basis, across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. Some of the transactions have become increasingly complex. Moreover, management relies heavily on its financial, accounting and other data processing systems that include manual processing components. If any of these processes or systems do not operate properly, or are disabled, or subject to intentional or inadvertent human error, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our businesses, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.

46

We are also dependent on our employees to conduct our business in accordance with applicable laws, regulations and generally accepted business standards. If our employees do not conduct our business in this manner, we may be exposed to material losses. Furthermore, if an employee’s misconduct reflects fraudulent intent, we could also be exposed to reputational damage. We categorize these risks as conduct risk, which comprises inappropriate business practices,a term used to describe the risks associated with behavior by employees and agents, including third parties, that could harm clients, customers or the integrity of the markets, such as selling products that are not suitable for a particular customer, fraud, unauthorized trading and failure to comply with applicable regulations, laws and internal policies. U.S. regulators in particular have been increasingly focused on conduct risk, and such heightened regulatory scrutiny and expectations could lead to investigations and other inquiries, as well as remediation requirements, more regulatory or other enforcement proceedings, civil litigation and higher compliance and other risks and costs.

We in particular face the risk of loss events due to the instability, malfunction or outage of our IT system and IT infrastructure.infrastructure, as well as breaches in IT system and infrastructure (including cyber-attacks). Such losses could materially affect our ability to perform business processes and may, for example, arise from the erroneous or delayed execution of processes as either a result of system outages, or degraded services in systems and IT applications.applications or the inaccessibility of our IT systems. A delay in processing a transaction, for example, could result in an operational loss if market conditions worsen during the period after the error. IT-related errors may also result in the mishandling of confidential information, damage to our computer systems, financial losses, additional costs for repairing systems, reputational damage, customer dissatisfaction or potential regulatory or litigation exposure (including under data protection laws such as the GDPR).

The move across global industries to conduct business from home and away from primary office locations in response to the COVID-19 pandemic continues to put pressure on business practices, and the demand on our technology infrastructure. Additionally, the current situation also exposes us to a greater risk of cyber-attacks, which could lead to technology failures, security breaches, unauthorized access, loss or destruction of data or unavailability of services, as well as increase the likelihood of conduct breaches.

Business continuity risk is the risk of incurring losses resulting from the interruption of normal business activities. We operate in many geographic locations and are frequently subject to the occurrence of events outside of our control. Despite the contingency plans we have in place, our ability to conduct business in any of these locations may be adversely impacted by a disruption to the infrastructure that supports our business, whether as a result of, for example, events that affect our third party vendors or the community or public infrastructure in which we operate. Any number of events could cause such a disruption including deliberate acts such as sabotage, terrorist activities, bomb threats, strikes, riots and assaults on the bank’s staff; natural calamities such as hurricanes, snow storms, floods, disease pandemics (such as the current COVID 19COVID-19 pandemic) and earthquakes; or other unforeseen incidents such as accidents, fires, explosions, utility outages and political unrest. Any such disruption could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial position.

We utilize a variety of vendorsthird parties in support of our business and operations. Services provided by vendorsthird parties pose risks to us comparable to those we bear when we perform the services ourselves, and we remain ultimately responsible for the services our vendorsthird parties provide. Furthermore, if a vendorthird party does not conduct business in accordance with applicable standards or our expectations, we could be exposed to material losses or regulatory action or litigation or fail to achieve the benefits we sought from the relationship.

We utilize a variety of vendorsthird parties in support of our business and operations. We do so in order to focus on our core competencies and to seek improvements in costs, efficiency and effectiveness in our operations, for instance in connection with our IT modernization efforts. The nature of what we use third parties for has also evolved and now includes more fundamental aspects of services and infrastructure such as “Cloud” internet technology. This in itself represents different risks and requires more robust risk assessments, appropriate contracting and ongoing oversight commensurate with relevant risks. It has also led to an understandable, steady increase in regulation and regulatory scrutiny over how we manage their third parties.

Services provided by vendorsthird parties pose risks to us comparable to those we bear when we perform the services ourselves, and we remain ultimately responsible for the services our vendorsthe third parties provide. We depend on our vendorssuch third parties to conduct their delivery of services in compliance with applicable laws, regulations and generally accepted business standards and in accordance with the contractual terms and service levels they have agreed with us. If our vendorsthe third parties do not conduct business in accordance with these standards, we may be exposed to material losses and could be subject to regulatory action or litigation as well as be exposed to reputational damage. More generally, if a vendorthird party relationship does not meet our expectations, we could be exposed to financial risks, such as the costs and expenses associated with migration of the services to another vendorthird party and business and operational risks related to the transition, and we could fail to achieve the benefits we sought from the relationship.


43

Our operational systems are subject to an increasing risk of cyber-attacks and other internet crime, which could result in material losses of client or customer information, damage our reputation and lead to regulatory penalties and financial losses.

47

Among the operational risks we face is the risk of breaches of the security of our or our vendors’ computer systems due to unauthorized access to networks or resources, the introduction of computer viruses or malware, or other forms of cybersecurity attacks or incidents. Such breaches could threaten the confidentiality of our or our clients’ data and the integrity of our systems. We devote significant resources toward the protection of our computer systems against such breaches and toward ensuring that our vendors employ appropriate cybersecurity safeguards. To address the evolving cyber threat risk, we have expended significant resources to modify and enhance our protective measures and to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. These measures, however, may not be effective against the many security threats we face.

The increasing frequency and sophistication of recent cyber-attacks has resulted in an elevated risk profile for many organizations around the world, and significant attention by our management has been paid to the overall level of preparedness against such attacks. Cybersecurity is growing in importance due to factors such as the continued and increasing reliance on our technology environment. We and other financial institutions have experienced attacks on computer systems, including attacks aimed at obtaining unauthorized access to confidential company or customer information or damaging or interfering with company data, resources or business activities, or otherwise exploiting vulnerabilities in our infrastructure. We expect to continue to be the target of such attacks in the future. Although we have to date not experienced any material business impact from these attacks, we may not be able to effectively anticipate and prevent more material attacks from occurring in the future. The move across global industries to conduct business from home and away from primary office locations in response to the COVID-19 pandemic also exposes us to a greater risk of cyber-attacks, which could lead to technology failures, security breaches, unauthorized access, loss or destruction of data or unavailability of services. A successful attack could have a significant negative impact on us, including as a result of disclosure or misappropriation of client or proprietary information, damage to computer systems, an inability to access information technology (IT) systems, financial losses, remediation costs (such as for investigation and re-establishing services), increased cybersecurity costs (such as for additional personnel, technology, or third-party vendors), personal data breach notification obligations, reputational damage, customer dissatisfaction and potential regulatory or litigation exposure.

The size of our clearing operations exposes us to a heightened risk of material losses should these operations fail to function properly.

We have large clearing and settlement businesses and an increasingly complex and interconnected information technology (IT) landscape. These give rise to the risk that we, our customers or other third parties could lose substantial sums if our systems fail to operate properly for even short periods. This will be the case even where the reason for the interruption is external to us. In such a case, we might suffer harm to our reputation even if no material amounts of money are lost. This could cause customers to take their business elsewhere, which could materially harm our revenues and profits.

Ongoing global benchmark reform efforts, initiated by the FSB, specifically the transition from interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates, including so-called “risk-free-rates”, that are under development, introduce a number of inherent risks to our business and the financial industry. These risks, should they materialize, may have adverse effects on our business, results of operations and profitability.

Regulators and central banks have set the goal of improving the robustness of financial benchmarks, especially interest rate benchmarks. As a result of this initiative, the ongoing availability of among other benchmarks, the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and the Euro Overnight Index Average rate (“EONIA” and, together with LIBOR and other interbank benchmark rates,benchmarks (together “IBORs”) is uncertain. InSome reforms have already come into effect (such as the UK,recent Central Counterparties (CCP) switch to Secured Overnight Funding Rate (SOFR) discounting from Fed Funds) while others are still to be implemented or are under consideration. For example, in December 2020, the LIBOR administrator consulted on its intention to cease publication of GBP, CHF, JPY, EUR and certain USD settings after December 31, 2021, and additionally to cease publication of the remaining USD LIBOR settings after June 30, 2023. These reforms may cause IBORs to perform differently than in the past, or to disappear entirely, or have other consequences, which cannot be fully anticipated. Regulators such as the FCA has asserted that they will not compel LIBOR submissions beyond 2021, thereby jeopardising its continued availability, and hasCFTC have strongly urged market participants to transition to alternative risk-free rates (“RFRs”), as has the CFTC and other regulators in the US. As a result, LIBOR may be modified or discontinued after 2021.. As of October 2, 2019, the administrator of EONIA has changed the way it calculates EONIA, so that it is now redefined asbased on the “€STR” euro short-term rate, plus a spread of 8.5 basis points;rate”; nonetheless, EONIA is scheduled to cease to exist as of January 3, 2022. There are efforts under way to extend the transition period of the EU financial benchmarks regulation through 2021 for critical and third country benchmarks, which would allow these rates to remain available through 2021. In 2019, EURIBOR was reformed to comply with the EU financial benchmarks regulation, and continues to be available.

We and other market participants are actively engaged in industry working groups to identify and recommend RFRs and processes through which parties can transition to such rates, and a number of sub-working groups have been set up to address open questions and issues surrounding these changes.


44

In addition, there are ongoing initiatives of benchmark administrators and their respective regulators to revise existing benchmark methodologies with the aim of improving the robustness of such benchmarks. As a contributing bank to a range of interest rate benchmarks, including LIBOR, we are closely involved with such initiatives.

A material portion of our assets and liabilities, including financial instruments we trade and other transactions and services we are involved in, have interest rates that are linked to IBORs that may be subject to potential discontinuation, requiring us to prepare for such discontinuation and for a potential transition to RFRs. Although we are actively engaged with customersTransition of legacy transactions will depend, in some cases on client engagement and industry working groupsagreement to manage the risks relating to such exposure, and are exploring ways to utilise RFRs to the extent possible, the legal mechanisms to effect transition cannot be confirmed, and the impact cannot be determined nor any associated costs accounted for, until such time that RFRs are utilised exclusively and there is market acceptance on the form of alternative RFRs for different products, and certain IBOR obligationsspread adjustments, which may not be changed.forthcoming. In some cases, transition of legacy products may be hampered by structural factors, such as technical inability to contact numerous bondholders. Those difficult cases are referred to as “tough legacy”. To address tough legacy products, legislative proposals have been made in EU, and the State of New York. In addition, the FCA is consulting on production of “synthetic” LIBORs, which will be calculated according to a different methodology but which may be published to enable roll-off of tough legacy products. The transition and uncertainties around the timing and manner of transition to RFRs represent a number of risks for us, our customers and the financial services industry more widely. The discontinuation of these IBORs and the transition to RFRs pose a variety of risks to us, including the following:

48

It is therefore currently difficult to determine to what extent the changes will adversely affect us, or the costs of implementing any relevant remedial action. Uncertainty as to the nature and extent to such potential changes, alternative reference rates or other reforms including the potential continuation of the publication of IBORssynthetic LIBORs may adversely affect financial instruments using IBORs as benchmarks. The implementation of any alternative RFRs may be impossible or impracticable under the existing terms of such financial instruments and could have an adverse effect on the value of, return on the trading market for certain financial instruments and on our profitability. There is also the risk of an adverse effect to reported performance arising from the transition rules established by accounting bodies, as certain rules (as proposed by the IASB) are still to be finalized.bodies.


45

InitiativesMore broadly, initiatives to reform existing benchmarks and our participation in them, including as benchmark submitter, could potentially give riskexpose us to similarlegal, reputational or other risks. In particular, legal and other risks.compliance risk (including conduct risk) may arise due to the operational risks of participating in benchmark submissions, either as part of a panel with the requirement to use models and potentially exercise expert judgement or as provider of transactions data to a benchmark administrator.

The necessity and potential timing of the discontinuation of IBORs, the prospects for transition to RFRs in the various markets in which they would be required, and industry, market and regulatory response, remain highly uncertain. Also, as mentioned, there are external factors, such as required actions of regulators or counterparties, which create risks that an individual institution, or the industry as a whole, would find difficult to address. Depending how such contingencies develop, and the adequacy of the response of the industry, the market, regulators and us to them, the discontinuation of IBORs and transition to RFRs could have adverse effects on our business, results of operations and profitability.

We are subject to laws and other requirements relating to financial and trade sanctions and embargoes. If we breach such laws and requirements, we can be subject, and have in the past been subject, to material regulatory enforcement actions and penalties.

We are required to monitor, evaluate, and observe laws and other requirements relating to financial and trade sanctions and embargoes set by the EU, the Deutsche Bundesbank, Germany’s Federal Office for Economic Affairs and Export Control, and other authorities, such as the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) and the UK Treasury Department. If we breach such laws and requirements, we can be subject, and have in the past been subject, to material regulatory enforcement actions and penalties.

49

Transactions with counterparties in countries designated by the U.S. State Department as state sponsors of terrorism or persons targeted by U.S. economic sanctions may lead potential customers and investors to avoid doing business with us or investing in our securities, harm our reputation or result in regulatory or enforcement action which could materially and adversely affect our business.

We engage or have engaged in a limited amount of business with counterparties, including government-owned or -controlled counterparties, in certain countries or territories that are subject to comprehensive U.S. sanctions, including Iran and Cuba (referred to as “Sanctioned Countries”), or with persons targeted by U.S. economic sanctions (referred to as “Sanctioned Persons”). U.S. law generally prohibits U.S. persons or any other persons acting within U.S. jurisdiction from doing business with Sanctioned Countries or Sanctioned Persons. Additionally, U.S. indirect or “secondary” sanctions threaten retaliation against certain activities, including categories of transactions with certain entities and countries, by non-U.S. persons entirely outside of U.S. jurisdiction. Thus, U.S. regulations may extend to activities in other geographic areas and by non-U.S. persons depending on the circumstances. Our U.S. subsidiaries, branch offices, and employees are, and our non-U.S. subsidiaries, branch offices, and employees may become, subject to those prohibitions and other regulations.

We are a German bank and our activities with respect to Sanctioned Countries and Sanctioned Persons have been subject to policies and procedures designed to avoid the involvement of persons acting under U.S. jurisdiction in any managerial or operational role and to ensure compliance with United Nations, European Union and German sanctions and embargoes; in reflection of legal developments in recent years, we have further developed our policies and procedures with the aim of ensuring – to the extent legally permitted – compliance with regulatory requirements extending to other geographic areas regardless of jurisdiction. However, should our policies prove to be, or have been, ineffective, we may be subject to regulatory or enforcement action that could materially and adversely affect our reputation, financial condition, or business. We have taken action to reduce the risk of compliance violations. In 2007, our Management Board decided that we will not engage in new business with counterparties in countries such as Iran, Syria, Sudan and North Korea and to exit existing business to the extent legally possible. It also decided to limit our business with counterparties in Cuba. Iran, North Korea, SudanSyria and SyriaCuba are currently designated as state sponsors of terrorism by the U.S. State Department.

We had a representative office in Tehran, Iran, which we discontinued on December 31, 2007. Our remaining business with Iranian counterparties consisted mostly of participations as lender and/or agent in a few large trade finance facilities arranged before 2007 to finance the export contracts of exporters in Europe and Asia. As of December 31, 2018, those loans were fully paid back, subsequently the majority of the remaining Iranian business consists of legacy contractual obligations related to guarantees. We do not believe our business activities with Iranian counterparties are or had been material to our overall business, with the aforementioned guarantees having notional amounts of substantially less than 0.01 % of our total assets over recent years. As of December 31, 2019,2020, the revenues from such activities represented substantially less than 0.01 % of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019.


462020.

As required by Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 (Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) we have disclosed certain information regarding our activities or transactions with persons subject to U.S. sanctions against Iran and other persons subject to such provision. Such disclosure is set forth in the section of this document entitled “Disclosures Under Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012”, which follows “Item 16H: Mine Safety Disclosure”.

We are also engaged in a limited amount of business with counterparties domiciled in Cuba, which is not subject to any United Nations, European Union or German embargoes. The business consists of a limited number of letters of credit and of cash payments, each without a U.S. nexus, and it represented substantially less than 0.01 % of our assets as of December 31, 2019.2020. The letters of credit served to finance commercial products such as machinery as well as medical products.

We have set up appropriate processes and procedures aimed at complying with other substantial changes in U.S. economic sanctions that have occurred since 2017. In August 2017, the United States enacted the “Countering America’s Adversaries Through Sanctions Act” (referred to as “CAATSA”), which codifies existing U.S. sanctions against Russia (including designation of Russian entities under U.S. sanctions), expands U.S. secondary sanctions against Russia, tightens existing sectoral sanctions (targeting specific sectors of the Russian economy), and permits the imposition of sectoral sanctions against additional sectors of the Russian economy. In particular, expanded U.S. secondary sanctions under CAATSA allow for the imposition of U.S. sanctions on non-U.S. entities who engage in “significant” transactions with Russian SDNsspecially designated nationals (SDNs) or specific entities in the Russian defense and intelligence sectors. We do not believe we have engaged or are currently engaged in any transactions with Russian entities that violate, or are sanctionable under, U.S. sanctions. However, given the broad discretion U.S. authorities have in interpreting and enforcing U.S. sanctions, there can be no assurances that U.S. authorities will not bring enforcement actions against us, or impose secondary sanctions on us for our ongoing activities. Any such actions could have a material impact on our business and harm our reputation. It is also possible that the United States could impose broader sanctions on Russia or Russian entities in the future and that such sanctions could have a material impact on our business activities.

50

Additionally, since 2017, the U.S. Administration has imposed a number of sanctions against the Government of Venezuela and Venezuelan officials. These sanctions prohibit (beginning on August 5, 2019) virtually all unlicensed transactions involving the Government of Venezuela, including state owned or state controlled companies, and also threaten to impose regulations on (non-U.S.) persons having materially assisted such transactions or dealings. We have taken appropriate steps and established appropriate processes and procedures aimed at complying with these U.S. sanctions against the Government of Venezuela. In response to these U.S. sanctions, we have wound down several client relationships. With respect to entities of the Government of Venezuela, we are currently only engaged in legacy transactions. We do not believe that any of our remaining activities related to the Government of Venezuela violate U.S. sanctions. However, given the broad discretion U.S. authorities have in interpreting and enforcing U.S. sanctions, there can be no assurances that U.S. authorities do not allege that our ongoing activities violate U.S. sanctions.

Political and trade tensions between the United States and China led to a series of sanctions and countermeasures in 2020 through the end of the Trump Administration in early 2021, some of which are particularly relevant to financial institutions. In November 2020, the United States adopted Executive Order 13959, which restricts and ultimately bars investment by U.S. persons in publicly traded securities of companies the United States determines are affiliated with the Chinese military, as well as related derivatives and indirect investments through funds. These authorities are new and not yet well-defined, and their ultimate impact on financial markets and financial institutions remains unclear. Given the high complexity of these sanctions regulations, there can be no assurance that U.S. authorities will not consider the control measures which we have taken as insufficient.

We are aware, through press reports and other means, of initiatives by governmental and non-governmental entities in the United States and elsewhere to adopt laws, regulations or policies prohibiting transactions with or investment in, or requiring divestment from, entities doing business with Sanctioned Countries, particularly China, Iran and Russia. Such initiatives may result in our being unable to gain or retain entities subject to such prohibitions as customers or as investors in our securities. In addition, our reputation may suffer due to our association with such countries. Such a result could have significant adverse effects on our business or the price of our securities. It is also possible that new direct or indirect secondary sanctions could be imposed by the United States or other jurisdictions without warning as a result of geopolitical developments.

4751

Item 4: Information on the Company

History and Development of the Company

The legal and commercial name of our company is Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft. It is a stock corporation organized under the laws of Germany.

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft originated from the reunification of Norddeutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Hamburg, Rheinisch-Westfälische Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Düsseldorf, and Süddeutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Munich. Pursuant to the Law on the Regional Scope of Credit Institutions, these were disincorporated in 1952 from Deutsche Bank, which had been founded in 1870. The merger and the name were entered in the Commercial Register of the District Court Frankfurt am Main on May 2, 1957.

We are registered under registration number HRB 30 000. Our registered address is Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany, and our telephone number is +49-69-910-00. Our agent in the United States is: DB USA Corporation, c/o Office of the Secretary, 60 Wall Street, Mail Stop NYC60-4099, New York, NY 10005.

For information on significant capital expenditures and divestitures, please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Deutsche Bank Group: Significant Capital Expenditures and Divestitures” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, such as Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, with the address http://www.sec.gov. Our filings are available on the SEC’s Internet site under File Number 001-15242. Our Internet address is http://www.db.com.

Business Overview

Our Organization

Please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Deutsche Bank Group: Our Organization” in the Annual Report 2019.2020. For information on net revenues by geographic area and by corporate division please see Note 4 “Business Segments and Related Information: Entity-Wide Disclosures” to the consolidated financial statements and “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Results of Operations: Segment Results of Operations” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

Management Structure

Please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Deutsche Bank Group: Management Structure” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

Our Business Strategy

In July 2019, we announced a radicalstrategic transformation strategy for Deutsche Bank. Our goal is to changeof Deutsche Bank, fundamentally in a manner whichdesigned to significantly improvesimprove sustainable returns to shareholders. This strategy is underpinned by four specific objectives. First, to refocus Deutsche Bank around four core businesses, focusing on key areas of strength and on more predictable revenue sources while exiting business areas unlikely to produce adequate returns. Second, to reduce our adjusted costs and improve the efficiency and effectiveness of our infrastructure. Third, to reinvigorate the leadership and spirit of the bank by enabling faster decision-making, increasing discipline in execution and unleashing Deutsche Bank’s entrepreneurial culture. Finally, to free up capital for return to shareholders by reducing our assets through a newly-createdwe established the Capital Release Unit.Unit to liberate capital consumed by low return assets and businesses that earn insufficient returns or that are no longer core to our strategy, by liberating capital in an economically rational manner.

Progress towards our strategic transformation

52

ForIn July 2019, we reportedidentified the transformation steps that we would take by the end of 2022. In 2020, we made substantial progress regarding our performance was in-linestrategic transformation notwithstanding the challenges associated with or slightly aheadthe protracted COVID-19 pandemic. By the end of 2020, we had put 85 % of these transformation related costs behind us. We have continued to deliver against all our financial targets and milestones in 2020, supported by our ongoing disciplined execution of our near-term objectivesstrategic agenda. In addition, in 2020 we signed a multi-year partnership with Google Cloud which will help transform our IT infrastructure into a more efficient cloud-based environment. We completed the legal entity merger of DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG into Deutsche Bank AG and financial targets regardinglaunched the International Private Bank (IPB) by combining Wealth Management and Private & Commercial Business International into one unit. We announced our decision to reduce Deutsche Bank’s branded network from around 500 to approximately 400 branches in Germany and the sale of Postbank Systems AG, which is intended to lead to a reduction in future stranded costs. In the Private Bank, we agreed balance of interest agreements with our workers council in Germany, which will allow us to further rationalize our head office and operations functions in Germany. We have extended our insurance partnerships with Talanx and Zurich Insurance Group to sustainably optimize our insurance offerings for our customers and to strengthen our sources of fee income. The creation of our German Business Banking unit in the Corporate Bank will help us serve our 800,000 small business clients.

Our delivery record is setting us up for the next phase of our transformation which will focus on ensuring sustainable profitability by growing our businesses while maintaining cost reductionsdiscipline as well as capitalrisk and leverage ratios.

As part of the profound transformationbalance sheet management and restructuring of our business, we want to embed sustainability across all our businesses and to become a strategic partner of choice for our clients to support their transition and the overall transformation towards sustainable economic growth.

48control.

Stabilizing and building momentumSustaining revenue growth in theour Core Bank

As part of ourOur strategic transformation we created ais designed to refocus our Core Bank and a separate Capital Release Unit.

Thearound market leading businesses, which operate in growing markets with attractive return potential. Our Core Bank which representscomprises our strategic vision comprises four core operating divisions:divisions, namely the Corporate Bank, the Investment Bank, the Private Bank, and Asset Management, together with the segment Corporate & Other.

Our primary objectiveCorporate Bank is our ‘global Hausbank’ combining a strong home market with a network across 151 countries, Our refocused Investment Bank is a top global player in fixed income and financing where we have demonstrated our strengths in 2020. In addition, we have a focused Origination & Advisory business, including a leading position in Debt Capital Markets. Our Private Bank is the leader in our home market, has strong positions in major European countries and a global Wealth Management franchise. Another leading business in our home market is our asset manager, DWS.

Revenues in our Core Bank of € 24.2 billion and for Group € 24 billion in 2020 increased by 6 % and 3.7 % respectively compared to the prior year. We acknowledge there are additional headwinds we are facing, compared to the original assumptions we made at the time of our strategy announcement in 2019. The most significant of these is the lower interest rate environment, which continues to pose a risk to our revenues, as the movements in forward interest rate curves has reduced our revenue forecasts through 2022. We expect that our refocused business model across the Core Bank was to stabilize revenuescan offset some of these challenges, as we focus on growing our market share with our top institutional, corporate and position them for growth. In 2019, we delivered on this goal. Coreretail clients.

The Corporate Bank revenues, adjusted for specific items, were essentially stable versus 2018. Inmade progress in offsetting the impact of interest rate headwinds, including the implementation of deposit repricing measures. The Investment Bank’s performance momentum experienced in the first half of 2020 continued into the second half of 2019, the first six monthsyear. Revenues grew as a result of continued client re-engagement and further progress on our transformation strategy, Corestrategic objectives, underpinned by strong market conditions, and in part by the partnership with the Corporate Bank. The Private Bank revenues excluding specific items were up slightly overoffset the same period of 2018, despite headwinds which included an even tougher interest rate environment, a slowing global economy,headwinds and substantial restructuring efforts.

Despite the challenges we facednegative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic with growth in 2019, operating-level profitabilityvolumes across loans, investment and insurance products. In Asset Management, DWS continued to see strong inflows in the Core Bank was encouraging. On a reported basis, profit before tax was € 543 million in 2019, significantly lower than in the prior year, driven by transformation-related effects. However, adjusted for specific revenue items, transformation charges, impairments of goodwillits core focus areas, including inflows through its strategic partners and other intangibles as well as restructuringinto its Environmental, Social and severance expenses, the Core Bank would have reported a pre-tax profit of € 2.8 billion, an increase of 7 % versus 2018 on an equivalent basis. Our progress in 2019 should provide a solid basis for future growth as the impact of strategy execution is increasingly reflected in our financial results.

The Capital Release Unit includes business areas which no longer form a core part of our strategy or products with insufficient returns. These included Equities Trading businesses, lower-yielding fixed income positions, particularly in Rates, our former CIB Non-Strategic portfolio and our retail operations in Portugal and Poland. Our objective is to exit the assets and business areas in the Capital Release Unit as efficiently as possible.Governance (ESG) funds.

Continuing to deliver on cost reduction targets

Cost reduction is an essential elementWe continued to be highly focused on costs. In 2020, noninterest expenses were € 21.2 billion, a year-over-year decrease of our transformation strategy. We aim to reduce our adjusted€ 3.9 billion or 15 %. Adjusted costs to € 17 billion in 2022 while continuing to invest in technology and strong controls.

In 2019, our cost reduction efforts remained on track. We reduced adjusted costs to € 21.5 billion, in line with our published target, excluding transformation charges and fourth quarter expenses associated with the transfer of oureligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance platform to BNP Paribas. This progress reflects eight successive quarters of year-on-year reductions in adjusted costs excluding transformation-related effects and bank levies. Our noninterest expenses for the year 2019 were € 25.1 billion. On19.5 billion, a full-time equivalent (FTE) basis, we reduced the numberyear over year reduction of internal employees to below 88,000 at year-end 2019, achieving our target of below 90,000 and down by over 4,100 FTEs during the year.

Strict cost discipline will remain critical to achieve€ 2 billion or 9 %, thus meeting our near-term objectives and we are committed to maintaining the momentumobjective of our cost reduction efforts in 2020 and beyond. In 2020, we aim to reduce adjusted costs excluding transformation charges and reimbursable expenses associated with oureligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas toof € 19.5 billion within 2020.

During the next phase of our transformation we expect further savings from central and divisional measures, some of these as responses to COVID-19, for example from an examination of our real estate footprint and lower travel costs. In addition, we plan to focus on tackling costs in our Capital Release Unit. We have therefore tightened our adjusted cost target excluding transformation charges for 2022 to € 16.7 billion, revised from € 17 billion. 

Continued balance sheet reductions in the Capital Release Unit

The Capital Release Unit (CRU) was created in July 2019. The CRU’s principal objectives are to liberate capital consumed by low return assets and businesses that earn insufficient returns or activities that are no longer core to our strategy by liberating capital in an economically rational manner. In addition, the CRU is focused on reducing costs.

In 2020, the CRU continued to execute its asset reduction program and to work towards the migration of Deutsche Bank’s Prime Finance and Electronic Equities clients, while reducing cost.

53

Risk weighted assets were € 34 billion at the end of the fourth quarter of 2020, representing an € 11 billion reduction from the fourth quarter of 2019. Leverage exposure was € 72 billion at the end of the fourth quarter of 2020, representing a substantial contribution€ 55 billion reduction from measures already implementedthe fourth quarter of 2019.

From time to time client transactions can be transferred from the Capital Release Unit to the Investment Bank within the Core Bank to preserve franchise client relationships. These transfers are effected on an arm’s length equivalent basis between segments. In 2020, such transactions totalled € 1.5 billion of Risk Weighted Assets and € 4.6 billion of Leverage Exposure excluding leverage allocations.

For the full year 2020, noninterest expenses in 2019.the CRU declined by € 1.5 billion or 43 % versus the prior year, reflecting lower service cost allocations, lower transformation charges and lower restructuring and severance charges. In the same period, adjusted costs excluding transformation charges declined by € 0.9 billion or 33 % versus the prior year, reflecting lower service cost allocations, lower compensation and lower non-compensation costs such as professional fees and market data.

Through the year, further simplification of the division’s infrastructure was achieved through decommissioning of applications and closing of books and cost centers.

Conservative balance sheet management: an essential element of our strategymanagement

We remain committed to managing our balance sheet conservatively as we execute on our strategic transformation and we delivered on this commitment in 2019. A strong capital ratio is core to this objective.navigate through the COVID-19 pandemic. At the end of 2019, our CET 12020, the CET1 ratio was 13.6 %, stable versus4 basis points lower compared to last year and 316 basis points above the regulatory CET1 requirements, principally driven by lower than anticipated credit risk weighted assets (RWAs) and benefits from regulatory measures including the EU’s ‘Quick Fix’ to Capital Requirement Regulation (CRR Quick fix). For 2022, we remain committed to maintaining our CET1 ratio above 12.5 %.

The CRR Quick fix, the ECB’s decision to temporarily exclude certain eligible central bank exposures from the Leverage calculation due to the COVID-19 pandemic, was a benefit to the Leverage ratio (fully loaded). These factors led to an increase in the Leverage ratio (fully loaded) to 4.7 % by the end of 2018. We were able2020. Without the Quick fix adjustment our Leverage ratio (fully loaded) was 4.3 % and Leverage ratio (phase-in) was 4.4 %. As we plan to offset the negative impact of transformation-related effects upon capital by reductions in risk weighted assets, in large measure thanksadditional interest rate headwinds with revenue opportunities we have updated our 2022 Leverage ratio target to delivery by the Capital Release Unit. These efforts also contributed to a fully-loaded leverage ratio of 4.2 % at year-end, versus a target of 4 %. The phase-in leverage ratio was 4.3%.4.5 %, still comfortably above regulatory requirements.

Liquidity reserves increased by € 21 billion year-over-year to € 243 billion at the end of 2020, mainly as a result deposit growth, participation in Central Bank liquidity facilities as well as continued deleveraging of CRU. The loan-to-deposit ratio forLiquidity Coverage Ratio rose to 145 % in the Group was 76 % at year-end 2019, reflectingyear 2020, a strong and stable funding base supportingsurplus to regulatory requirements of € 66 billion.

We believe that our growing loan portfolio. Our funding base benefited from structural improvementsrisk levels are conservative with Value-at-Risk (VaR) in our balance sheet, and 83 %Group at € 46 million at the end of total funding is now from2020, based on the most stable sources. Historical Simulation Model implemented in the fourth quarter of 2020.

Provisions for credit losses although higher than in 2018, remained relatively low at 17 basis points of loans, reflecting the bank’s conservative underwriting standards, strong risk management and low-risk portfolios. We maintained a liquidity coverage ratio of 141 % as at year-end 2019, comfortably above regulatory requirements and broadly in line with year-end 2018.

Our objective is to maintain a CET 1 ratio of at least 12.5 % in 2020 and at all times during the execution of our transformation strategy, by further reducing RWA from asset disposals in the Capital Release Unit while allocating additional capital to growing our core businesses. We further aim to increase our leverage ratio to 4.5 % on a fully-loaded basis by the end of 2020, and to around 5 % in 2022.

49

Balance sheet reduction in the Capital Release Unit is on track

By establishing our dedicated Capital Release Unit, we aim to liberate capital currently consumed by low return assets, businesses with insufficient returns or activities no longer core to our strategy. Asset reductions support our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) ratio objective and enable us to finance the cost of transformation from within existing capital resources.

The Capital Release Unit delivered on or ahead of target during 2019. The CRU reduced leverage exposure to € 127 billion by year-end, ahead of its target of € 140 billion and a significant reduction versus the year-end 2018 figure of € 281 billion. Risk weighted assets were reduced to € 46 billion, versus a target of € 52 billion, and versus € 72 billon at the end of the prior year. Adjusted costs in the Unit, at around € 2.6 billion excluding transformation-related effects, were in line with expectations.our expectations at 41 basis points as a percentage of average loans for the full year 2020. Provisions for credit losses in 2020 were impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and had a negative effect on our Expected Credit Loss (ECL) estimates and we expect these factors to continue in 2021. For 2022, we expect provisions for credit losses of between 25 to 30 basis points as a percentage of average loans, as the economy recovers and provision levels normalize. We remain committed to our stringent underwriting standards and our tight risk management framework. Further details on the calculation of ECL is provided in the section ‘Risk Report’ in the Annual Report 2020.

Our Sustainability strategy

Sustainability has become a central component of the bank’s strategy, which we set in July 2019. Since then we have made significant progress in embedding sustainability into our business practices, focusing on the following four dimensions: sustainable finance; policies & commitments; our own operations and through leadership and engagement. In 2020, we set a target of achieving € 200 billion in sustainable financing and ESG investment by year-end 2025 (excluding asset under management managed by our Asset Management).

In 2020, we further improved our sustainability governance structure by establishing a Sustainability Committee. The committee, chaired by our Chief Executive Officer (CEO), began its work in late October, 2020 and meets once a month. While the Sustainability Committee is the highest decision-making forum for all major sustainability initiatives, the Sustainability Council – established in 2018 – remains an important governance body. It does preparatory work for the Sustainability Committee’s decisions, coordinates their implementation, and oversees the work streams aligned to the four dimensions of our sustainability strategy. The Council is composed of executives from across all four business divisions as well as all infrastructure functions and also meets on a monthly basis.

54

Our Supervisory Board and our Management Board reinforced the bank’s sustainability ambition by tying our top-level executives’ compensation to further non-financial criteria from 2021 onwards. The awards have been extended with several ESG objectives such as the volumes for sustainable financing and ESG investments and reducing own power consumption in our buildings. A sustainability rating index comprising five large rating agencies will also be considered in the Short-term Awards. Per the Shareholder Rights Directive II we will publish and propose amendments to the Management Board’s compensation framework to the 2021 Annual General Meeting.

We remain committed to working on all dimensions of our sustainability strategy and increasing our sustainable product and services offerings.

Impact of COVID-19 on our financial targets and client franchise

The COVID-19 pandemic has led to changes in the macroeconomic and fiscal environment. These changes have impacted Deutsche Bank’s Prime Financeoperating environment, as changes to customer behavior have impacted transaction volumes and Electronic Equities clients. Under this agreement Deutsche Bank will continueassociated management of capital and risk. We remain prudent in our approach to operate the platform until clients can be migrated to BNP Paribas, whichrisk management, with a CET1 ratio of 13.6 %, a Leverage ratio of 4.7 % and a Liquidity Coverage Ratio of 145 %, € 66 billion above our regulatory requirement.

The current economic environment is expected to occur by end of 2021.

The Capital Release Unit will continue and to executeresult in pressures on its asset reduction program in 2020, disposing of assets while seeking to reduce the costs associated with exited positions. Further expense management initiatives will be focused on reduction of business-aligned infrastructure spendingbank’s capital ratios and financial performance. In particular, the COVID-19 related downside risks dominated our macroeconomic business environment in 2020 and future years.remained elevated over the year-end. Also, 2020 has finished with significant GDP contraction across major economies compared to 2019. On that basis, we continue to see downside risks throughout the global economy, as ongoing regional and national lockdowns impact macro-economic activity on a global basis.

Despite these challenges, we believe we have implemented high risk management standards in our businesses. We have continued to make progress against our key transformation objectives, while continuing to serve our clients‘ financing needs. In addition, we have been the most active bank in the German program for government-sponsored loans (KfW).

We recognize that going forward, execution risks of our strategy have risen due to the prolonged macro-economic uncertainty from the impact of COVID-19. However, the strength of our businesses and our refocused business model are expected to support offsetting these headwinds. We remain committed to working towards our targets for a Post-tax Return on Average Tangible Equity of 8 % for the Group and of above 9 % for the Core Bank by 2022.


55

Our Financial Targets

Our financial targets are based on our financial results prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and endorsed by the European Union (“EU”). The financial information included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, by contrast, is prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by IASB, which differs from EU IFRS. For further information, see Note 1, “Significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates – Basis of accounting – EU carve-out” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our key financial targets are:

Near-term objectives for 2020

Financial Targets for 2022

The current COVID 19COVID-19 pandemic and its potential impact on the global economy may affect our ability to meet our financial targets. While it is too early for ustargets, as its ultimate impact remains difficult to predict the impacts on our business or our financial targets that the expanding pandemic, and the governmental responses to it, may have, we may be materially adversely affected by a protracted downturn in local, regional or global economic conditions.predict.

Adjusted costs, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges and the impact of the Globalexpenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance, transfer to BNP Paribas, Adjusted profit (loss) before tax and Post-tax Return on Average Tangible Equity as well as Leverage ratio (fully loaded) are non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report for the definitions of such measures and reconciliations to the IFRS measures on which they are based.


50

Our Businesses

This section should be read in conjunction with the section Deutsche Bank: Our Organization in the Operating and Financial Review in this report.the Annual Report 2020.

Corporate Bank

FollowingCorporate banking is at the announcementcore of our strategic transformationbusiness. Firstly, our capabilities in July 2019, CorporateCash Management, Trade Finance and Lending, as well as Foreign Exchange, the latter delivered in close collaboration with the Investment Bank, (CB) successfully integratedenable us to serve core needs of our corporate clients. As a leading bank serving German corporates domestically and abroad, we help clients in optimizing their working capital and liquidity, securing global supply chains and distribution channels and managing their risks. Secondly, we act as a specialized provider of services to Financial Institutions, offering Correspondent Banking, Trust and Agency as well as Securities Services. Finally, we provide business banking services to approximately 800,000 clients in Germany, business banking covers small corporates and entrepreneur clients and offers a largely standardized product suite.

We have defined a number of specific initiatives to capitalize on our core competencies across these different areas and grow our revenues to achieve our targets.

In 2020, we made significant progress on all of these targets despite the various client-facing coverageCOVID-19 pandemic. We have re-priced more than € 40 billion of deposits in order to pass on negative interest rates, bringing the total amount of deposits under charging agreements to about € 78 billion. We continued working towards the target of doubling the fees we generate from platforms, FinTechs and service units into one consistent, global business division.eCommerce clients over the next two years. We took decisive steps towardshave also grown Rates and Foreign Exchange revenues - booked in Investment Bank - with our corporate clients, in particular in the U.S. and Asia Pacific, and increased our revenues in Asia Pacific despite declining interest rates in the region. In Germany, we have materially completed the integration of our commercial and corporate banking activities, combining under one umbrella our operations for business clients with all the divisionproducts and positioned ourselvesservices of our Deutsche Bank, Postbank and FYRST brands.

56

We aim to continue working towards our target for future growth.the Post-tax Return on Average Tangible Shareholders’ Equity of 11 - 12 % in 2022. Firstly, we will re-price further deposits, both in our Cash Management franchise and with domestic German corporate clients, in order to offset the impact of negative interest rates in Europe. Implementation of deposit charging agreements is materially within our control and relies on our disciplined execution. Building on 2020 achievements, our initiatives also include to further grow our business with platforms, FinTechs and eCommerce payment providers. We definedalso aim to offer a globalfull suite of advisory and financing solutions for corporate client coverage strategy, including measurestreasurers. In addition, we intend to focus on growingcontinue to expand our multinational clients business in APAC, EMEAAsia and the U.S., and increasing the product usage offinally to enhance our clients. In Germany, we defined three client target segments with distinct client strategies per segment to ensure we cover our clients’ needs while aligning our coverage efforts. In APAC, we invested in people and technology over the last year to drive growth.

The Corporate Bank operates in attractive markets with high barriers to entry and continued growth opportunities, especially in Asia. At the same time, some partsoffering for small German businesses. Parts of corporate banking, especially payments, are experiencing a high degree of innovation and disruption driven by high-paced technology developments and the emergence of new competitors. However, we believe our core competencies position us well to benefit in this environment in 2020 and beyond.

First, our capabilities in Cash Management, Trade Finance and Foreign Exchange, the latter delivered in close collaboration with the Investment Bank, enable us to serve core needs of our corporate clients. Second, we act as a highly specialized provider of services to Financial Institutions, safeguarding assets as well as offering Correspondent Banking and Trust and Agency services. Third, with payments as our anchor product, our Cash Management franchise provides holistic workflow solutions to clients in high growth segments, such as tech and platform, on a global scale. Fourth, we are the leading bank serving German corporates domestically and abroad as we cater to around 900,000 commercial clients in Germany – ranging from large multinationals to the German Mittelstand to small commercial clients.

We have defined a number of specific initiatives to capitalize on our core competencies and grow our revenues in these areas. These measures include re-pricing deposits to offset the impact of negative interest rates, and growing our business with platforms, FinTechs and eCommerce payment solutions.

We intend to capitalize on our abilitymake targeted investments in new growth areas, including asset as a service and merchant payments, where we see market opportunity and believe to offer the full suite of risk solutions, financial advisory, investment solutions and financing for the corporate treasurer. ln particular, we aim to take advantage of our leading Fixed Income and Currencies platform and increase Rates and FX revenues with our corporate clients.

Another driver for growth is further expanding our business in Asia. In Securities Services, we plan to drive growth in selected key geographies; in Trade Finance, our focus is on the Intra-Asian trade corridors on the one hand, but also leveraging existing client activity into Asia, e.g. from Germany and the U.S., on the other. In Cash Management, we expect to drive growth across the region, in particular in our engagement with the real-time payment scheme in India. Finally, even ashave a competitive advantage. As we grow our business with clients globally, we intend to continue to apply sound risk management principles in order to maintain the high quality of our loan portfolio and strict lending standards.

We also aim to significantly advance our provision of sustainable financing solutions for our clients. In 2020, we developed distinct sustainable finance product strategies, integrated ESG into client coverage models, rolled-out global employee trainings on ESG and started integrating Deutsche Bank’s newly defined Sustainable Finance Framework into our Corporate Bank’s core systems and processes. In our strategic measures, we want to support our clients’ ESG transformation. Building on our knowledge of the needs of corporate treasurers, strong product offerings across all our business divisions, deep understanding of EU sustainable finance regulation and standards as well our global network, we intend to help our clients become ESG-compliant around the world.

Investment Bank

During the second half of 2019, focus inIn 2020, the Investment Bank (IB) was on stabilizingcontinued with the implementation of the outlined strategic priorities: delivering sustainable revenue growth; client franchise taking action to turn around specific flow businesses within FICimprovements; limited financial resource increases; and initiating actions to materially reducereduction of the cost base. WithIn each of these areas, the operational set up largely complete byIB successfully delivered tangible results, all while navigating the end ofimmediate reaction following the third quarter, there were signs ofCOVID-19 pandemic in March and April 2020. The result was a positive impactsignificant improvement in the fourth quarter of 2019.

In 2020 and beyond, IB is focused on improving Return on Tangible Equity through a combination of controlled revenue growth, funding optimization and continued cost reduction. We aimfor the IB.

The IB’s strategy will continue to achieve this by focusingfocus upon the core priorities, building on the franchise’s key strengths and reshaping businesses currently operating below ouroptimizing where possible to work towards a future Return on Tangible Equity targets.target of between 9.5 % to 10.5 %.

Within Fixed Income and Currencies (FIC), the strategic transformation of key businesses that has been underway since 2019 will continue. Our leading Financing business will focus upon maintaining disciplined risk management across the diversified portfolio, with the deployment of resources into targeted sectors, such as Asset Backed Securities. The FIC businesses excluding Financing will build upon the substantial progress made in 2020 by continuing to deliver franchise improvements and ensure the sustainability of revenue growth. In Credit trading, we continue the rebuilding of our Credit Flow franchise in Europe and U.S. by expanding our product suite, while we further develop our e-trading capabilities, with a focus upon a more targeted client set. In Foreign Exchange (FX), technology development remains a key priority to maintain competitive advantage, in addition to targeting under-penetrated client groups and further enhancing the partnership with the Corporate Bank (CB). In Rates, the franchise will continue to focus upon automation and digitalization of flow, deeper investment in e-channels and turnaround of specific EMEA businesses. The Global Emerging Markets (GEM) organizational structure and leadership of the GEM business are now in place and further product development and enhanced e-pricing and execution tools (particularly in Central and Eastern Europe Middle East and Africa and Latin America) will be aligned with increased alignment with the Corporate Bank (CB).

The strategic transformation of the FIC business will be reinforced by our FIC reengineering program, which is intended to enable us to materially improve client experience, eliminate complexity and manual processes, and as a result lower costs and enhance the control environment.

In Origination and Advisory (O&A), we intend to continue to focus on a targeted client set, increasing the level of intensity with which we cover clients. Investments will be focused upon coverage of growth sectors where the Bank has a competitive advantage in the Advisory business, such as Healthcare, Consumer, Industrials, real estate, gaming, lodging and leisure sector and Technology Media & Telecom as well as strategic growth opportunities for incremental cross-border activity. In Equity Capital Markets (ECM), we plan to continue to offer a full underwriting and distribution capability in U.S. and EMEA and targeted in APAC. Our Debt Origination business plans to continue to target areas of strength, further building the franchise, ensuring efficient risk distribution and resource optimization, in addition to future growth areas, such as ESG.

The strategy of IB is underpinned by a controlled approach to capital deployment, continued effort on reducing the cost base and a focus on control improvements. In addition, we aim to further eliminate inefficiencies in our funding costs in 2021 and beyond.

Finally, ESG remains a priority across all our business lines, as we develop market leading sustainable finance capabilities and a range of derivative solutions. Significant progress was made in 2020 in transaction volumes across Debt Origination and FIC Financing, with innovative hedging and investment product solutions also delivered. In our strategic initiatives, we are targeting continued growth, with an expansion of the client-base for both origination and distribution.


51

Within FIC, we target retaining a top-five position globally and a top-three position in EMEA, as per the industry monitor Coalition. We intend to maintain a leading Credit Financing and Trading franchise, with continued investment in Asset Based Financing and Commercial Real Estate. Flow Credit intends to operate in close partnership with Origination to provide secondary market liquidity to issuances led by the bank, while we plan to expand our product suite offered to clients globally and grow revenues from our institutional client base by increasing coverage intensity on focus accounts. In Rates, we plan to enhance the automation of the flow business, look to grow our corporate client base in partnership with the Corporate Bank, and expect to achieve further cost reductions via technology and process simplification. In Foreign Exchange, we plan to continue to develop technology to maintain our competitive edge and build out our FX partnership with the Corporate Bank. Finally, we plan to complete the creation of a new Global Emerging Markets business, combining our current EM Debt and Asia local markets platforms. This should provide our clients with an enhanced offerings and we will look to leverage the success of the electronification in Asia to the CEEMEA and LatAM regions in partnership with the Corporate Bank.

In Origination & Advisory we intend to increase market share in Debt Origination in 2020, by intensifying our focus on investment grade issuances and developing our risk distribution and resource optimization to support growth. In Advisory, we are focusing on industries with growth potential and where the bank has a competitive edge and by targeting selected hires in key sectors. In Equity Origination we plan to continue to provide a competitive primary underwriting issuance and distribution offering to clients across products, and will look to leverage our expertise in targeted industry segments.

Regionally, we plan to maintain a global footprint in line with serving the needs of Investment Bank clients. We intend to emphasize growth with corporate clients through partnership with the Corporate Bank across a number of businesses, while focusing on deepening existing relationships for both institutional and corporate clients. We expect to continue to reduce costs by further increasing the expense management discipline in client-facing areas and focusing on technology and infrastructure efficiencies.

We continue to see a clear opportunity for IB to occupy an attractive position as one of the handful of globally relevant European participants in the Global IB market.57

Private Bank

Private Bank (PB) was formed following the announcement of our strategic transformation in July 2019.covers private, wealth and commercial clients across more than 60 countries and operates through two distinct business units: Private Bank Germany (PB GY) and the International Private Bank (IPB). At the Investor Deep Dive in December 2020, we detailed that our divisional targets for 2022 are to contribute revenues of € 8.3 billion to the Group despite interest rate headwinds and to reduce our cost base by € 0.8 billion within the next two years. Higher revenues and lower cost are key drivers as we work towards a Return on Tangible Equity of around 8 to 9 % in 2022.

PB GY is Germany’s leading retail bank with two highly complementary brands, Deutsche Bank and Postbank, serving approximately 19 million clients. We target clients who are seeking advisory solutions with the Deutsche Bank offerings and those looking for convenience through the Postbank offerings. In cooperation with Deutsche Post DHL AG, we also offer postal and parcel services in the Postbank branches.

We believe thatrenewed our insurance partnerships with 19 million clients Private Bank Germany benefits from unique competitive advantages. The division continuesTalanx and Zurich Insurance Group and will extend the offering to invest in technology in order to develop a powerful digital offering. This allow customers to interact online or offline. In addition, with our “Deutsche Bank” brand we are focused on servicing affluent clients with highly qualified advisors and intend to complement our offerings by closely collaborating with experts in the Investmentboth Deutsche Bank and Postbank clients starting in Asset Management to offer tailor-made solutions to our clients, especially relevant in2023. Within PB GY, the current interest rate environment.

Within Private Bank Germany, the integration of Postbanktransformation is well on track. In 2019,2020, we finalizedsuccessfully completed the merger of Deutsche Bank Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG into Deutsche Bank AG, consolidating the retail business of both brands into one legal entity. Additionally, at the end of 2020, we completed the sale of Postbank Systems AG to Tata Consultancy Services to simplify the unit’s IT infrastructure. In addition, balance of interest negotiations withwere completed to further streamline the works council for both a single head office functions of the unit. The corresponding restructuring process will begin in early 2021 and is scheduled to be completed by the operations unit for Deutsche Bankend of 2022.

To sustain revenues, PB GY focuses on growth in investment and lending products, on an increasing share of revenues from direct sales channels (e.g. by leveraging its market leading mobile banking app) and is continuously reviewing and adjusting its price position across relevant products. With regard to the unit’s cost optimization, PB GY is continuing to implement its consolidation and transformation program, which represents a central cornerstone of the Group’s overall strategic realignment. In particular, cost savings will be achieved through consolidating Postbank’s IT infrastructure into one joint IT system. In addition, PB GY is further optimizing its distribution network by reducing the branch network and self-service infrastructure of DB and Postbank brands which enable usbrand. Moreover, PB GY is targeting significant headcount reduction across central functions in order to implementrealize the targeted efficiency measures. We continued optimizing our retail branch and sales footprint and executed growth as well as re-pricing initiatives. Following the strategy announcement in July 2019, we operationalized the carve-out of the commercial clients business in Germany into the newly-formed Corporate Bank to enable increased focus in the Private Bank on our retail client base. In the last quarter of 2019, we began to merge the former Postbank IT-systems into Deutsche Bank’s IT platform as a first step to building a modern and flexible retail IT platform. In addition, we are making progress on the preparations for the legal entity merger of Deutsche Bank PFK AG into Deutsche Bank AG. This legal entity merger is expected to create furtheroverall cost savings.target.

In our2020, we combined Wealth Management (WM) and the Private and Commercial Business International we provide advisory banking services to predominantly affluent privatecreate the International Private Bank . IPB serves the holistic needs of 3 million clients and export-oriented smallhas a unique client proposition, especially for family entrepreneurs, Ultra High Net Worth Individuals (UHNWI) and medium-sized companiesaffluent customers. While IPB’s core scalable business is located in major Eurozonecontinental Europe, it also has a fast growing franchise in Asia and the Middle East, and operates a specialized UHNW franchise in the U.S. In Personal Banking, we serve our clients, primarily in Italy and Spain, acting as a source of potential clients for Private Banking and Wealth Management. We intend the combination of our internationally focused Private Bank businesses to allow us to develop our market share within and across markets, including Italy, Spain and Belgium, as well as in India. Our franchise is complemented by a consumer finance retail business in Italy. In 2019, we successfully closedto drive synergies to scale the salebusiness. The most prominent and immediate strategic opportunity was the merger of our local retail business in Portugal. In our continuing business, we made significant progress in refining our country business models, including the streamlining of our branch networks and central functions. We have also launched a cross-divisional initiative, together with Wealth Management Corporate Bank and Investment Bank,Private Banking activities, which brought a number of quick wins on cost, by combining platforms, products, operations and management. It also delivered revenue opportunities such as leveraging WM products for Private Banking clients and deploying WM capabilities in new markets such as Belgium. The next step is to grow inunlock further growth potential by more closely aligning our WM and SME and Entrepreneur’s proposition by enhancing our coverage model and product offering,Business Banking offerings, starting in Italy and Spain. Furthermore,Additionally in 2020, we have introduced new digital advisory tools and remote advisory models and have been investingcontinued to selectively invest in our business by enhancing our product and core banking platforms as well as hiring front-office employees. As a result, we saw an increase in Italy and India to create a robust technology environment for future growth.


52net inflows in our broader range of investment products as well as our newly launched Strategic Asset Allocation (SAA) solutions.

Going forward, investmentswe aim to grow business through our focus on entrepreneurial families as well as through our continued conversion of deposits and non-invested assets into investment solutions. We intend to roll out our flagship SAA solution to the whole domestic client base in Italy, are expectedSpain and Belgium and plan to normalize as we intendlaunch an ESG-compliant offering. We plan to implement a new core banking platform incontinue to focus the second quarter of 2020. Furthercombined business on our target client segments and drive cost reductions should result from continued optimization ofefficiencies through optimizing our branch network and country head office structures as wefunctions. We intend to enhance our digital capabilities and from increasedincrease the use of automation and agile IT solutions. Supported by our combination of local delivery and global strength as well as our digital investments, we aim to grow our revenues, especially with investment products, business banking products and consumer finance.

In Wealth Management, where2020, the Private Bank further strengthened its focus on sustainability by defining ESG targets for 2025 and commenced various initiatives in this area. PB GY, for example, developed a specific taxonomy for classification of ESG-compliant mortgage lending. In IPB, we combine local heritageintegrated ESG into our investment platform and global reach, we also offer expert advice in conjunction with an extensive range of services from standardized to highly tailored solutions. Our focus is on serving high-net-worth (HNW) and ultra-high- net-worth (UHNW) individuals, their families and businesses, as well as professional clients such as Family Offices, providing them access to a full product suite and connecting them to the bank’s wider capabilities. We plan to monetize the investments we have made in hiring front office staff and to continue to digitally enhance our client experience. In addition to our growth strategy, we constantly aim to make our global Wealth Management business more focused and efficient.launched ESG-enhanced wealth mandates.

In 2019, we made further progress in our strategic agenda to protect, transform and grow the franchise. We further invested into our control framework, pursued continued investments in our platform and client facing solutions, and harvested savings from optimization and simplification measures. In 2019, we made significant progress on hiring senior and highly experienced client-facing relationship and investment managers at competitive market rates and now aim to focus on monetizing these investments while continuing to invest in strategic markets.

58

Asset Management

We are a leading asset manager with over € 790 billion in assets under management. With approximately 3,930 employees operating globally, we provide a range of traditional and alternative investment capabilities to clients worldwide. Our investment offerings span all major asset classes including equity, fixed income, cash and multi asset as well as alternative and passive investments. Our product offerings are distributed through our single global distribution network, while also leveraging third- party distribution channels. We serve a diverse base of retail and institutional investors worldwide, with a strong presence in our home market in Germany. Our clients include government institutions, corporations and foundations as well as millions of individual investors.

The asset management industry is evolving, with greater competition, continued margin pressure, and technological disruption. In response,disruption amid heightened geopolitical tensions and increased market volatility. As a result, Asset Management (AM) has implemented a number of strategic initiatives to support our medium-term targets by 2021 and aim to continue delivering shareholder value through net flows, cost discipline and dividend distributions. We believe our diverse range of well-performing products and investment solutions give us a strong basis for growing assets and profitability regardlessprofitability. We responded rapidly to the COVID-19 pandemic by implementing robust business continuity management and changed the way we work without compromising our commitment to clients or shareholders. At the same time, we have continued execution on our strategic agenda during 2020, making significant progress in all areas of the market in which we operate.our business. We have simplified our global business structure to become even more client-centric, flexible, efficient and effective.

We seekOur target is to make Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)ESG and sustainability a key strategic focus of both our fiduciary and corporate activities. We expect sustainability and sustainable investments to become the driving force behind successful asset management over the coming years. As demandDemand for ESG investment products has risen significantly, we have responded to this demand by launching new innovative products and offering ESG-versions of existing funds.funds, resulting in significant inflows to these products in 2020. COVID-19 has amplified ESG as the pandemic’s fallout reinforces the need to build our economy on a more responsible and sustainable basis. Our aim is to become a leading ESG-integrated asset manager, which requires ESG to be embedded in everything we do. In our strategic measures, we aim to increase our focus on smart ESG integration across the investment platform, extending our Group Sustainability Office, and to continue to embed ESG into all of our corporate activities.

Cost control continues to be fundamental to execute on our business strategy and to ensure high shareholder value creation. Over the next two years, we are aiming to achieve an additional € 150 million of gross cost savings through enhancingWe continue investing in our workforce efficiency, reducingbusiness and infrastructure functions and our vendor landscape and rationalizing our real estate footprint. Our plan for the future is to shift away from our complex legacy IT infrastructure platform towards a state-of-the-artleading IT infrastructure that is more efficient and fit-for-purposemore appropriate for an asset management needs.business. We aim to build a standalone operating model that delivers a sustainably low adjusted cost-income ratio, while supporting commercial success and driving agility.

A key strategic focus is to seek to delivercontinue delivering consistent investment performanceoutperformance across strategies whichthat align with the needsincreasingly sophisticated demands of our increasingly sophisticated clients. We are evolving our innovation process to match our solutions to client demand.requirements. We plan to continue to improveunified our capabilities by combiningInvestment Division in 2020, which now encompasses all liquid and leveragingilliquid investment strategies. Furthermore, we established a unified Systematic Investment Solutions function, which combines our portfolio management platforms, including the alignment of Systematic & Quantitative Investments (SQI) with Passive and combining Multi-Asset and Solutions, to help strengthen our advisory capabilities. Across the investment platform we plan to align our product offering to strategic client needs, resultingQuant capabilities in a less complex and more innovative product framework. Additionally, we have consolidated our internal research capabilities into our “Research House” to improve performance and reduce external research costs.single investment unit.

Our strategy targets growth in specific product lines and regions, especially Asia. As part of our regional strategy optimization, we are focusingaim to focus on developing and nurturing strategic alliances. In Asia, we are continuing to work closely with our partners Nippon Life and Harvest Fund Management to explore new business opportunities in the region. Furthermore, we have extended our strategic partnership with Zurich Insurance Group in the unit-linked retail business in Germany until 2032. We plan to continue to invest in digital capabilities to accelerate our readiness to compete in a rapidly evolving industry. Our growth commitment into digitization and technology is further underlined by our ongoing strategic alliances.

Our Corporate Divisions

Please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Deutsche Bank Group: Corporate Divisions” in the Annual Report 2019.partnerships.

53We will also continue working towards our target for the Post-tax Return on Average Tangible Shareholders’ Equity of above 20% for 2022.

AM has prioritized execution and delivery in 2020, making significant progress in all areas of its business. We have continued our efforts to become a leading ESG-integrated asset manager. We made meaningful progress in order to reach our ambitions, including the appointment of a Group Sustainability Officer, introduced an ESG smart Integration process and formed of a new ESG Advisory Board. Product innovation has been a key focus, as reflected by the number of our new ESG-focused product launches in 2020. In 2020, we maintained a strict cost discipline, helping us to achieve an adjusted cost-income ratio of 66.6 % for AM. This was achieved through our accelerated efficiency initiatives, focusing on making our workforce more efficient, strategic vendor management and reviewing our real estate portfolio in all locations. We established a standalone Product Division in 2020, which operates globally with responsibility for the entire product life-cycle, and will enable a more agile and innovative approach to product development while retaining a clear focus on client needs, product quality, time-to-market and profitability along the product life cycle. Organic growth remains a top priority for AM, and we have continued to increase our focus on the targeted asset classes of Passive and Alternatives, as well as strengthening our strategic partnerships, resulting in net inflows of 4 % of assets under management (based on beginning of year AuM).

59

The Competitive Environment

20192020 The Global Economy

The COVID-19 pandemic led to unprecedented GDP declines in all countries in 2020, though recovery in many regions progressed faster than expected. In 2019,spite of this, the global economy slowed markedly due tohistoric economic disruptions caused by the adverseCOVID-19 pandemic will still have lingering effects of trade-relatedin the months ahead, and geopolitical uncertainties. Global manufacturing output experienced a slowdown thereby depressing investment in machinery and equipment. Trade tensions between the U.S. and China as well as between the U.S. and Europe weighed significantly on global trade. But towardsthis may be protracted by widespread vaccination delays. By the end of 2019, the most important downside risks had moderated somewhat. The announcement2020, a resurgence of COVID-19 cases was observed in various regions and many countries have moved to seek a phased trade agreement between the U.S. and China led to more favorable financial conditions and improved growth prospects. Constructive developments regarding Brexit have added to this positive drift.re-impose national lockdowns. Overall, global economic growth slowed to 3.1decreased by 3.3 % in 2019, after 3.82020 in comparison to 3.0 % growth reported in 2019. Global inflation was at 2.7 % in 2018. Global inflation is expected at 3.0 % in 2019.2020. In the industrialized countries, GDP grewplunged by 1.75.1 % and consumer prices rose by 1.40.7 % while GDP of emerging market economies increaseddecreased by 4.02.1 % and inflation reached 4.03.9 %.

The euro areaFollowing a sharp contraction in the first half of 2020, the Eurozone economy was adversely affected byrecovered strongly, but suffered another albeit much smaller GDP decline in the slowing of international trade as well as by the fear of a hard Brexitfinal quarter. Households and temporary effects in some member states. In particular, manufacturing output of export-oriented economies declined, while the more domestic oriented services sectors held up well. Growth wasbusinesses were supported by domestic demand underpinned by solid income growthmassively expanded fiscal policy measures and easythe ECB’s expansionary monetary policy, which provided favorable financial conditions. Monetary policy remained accommodative asAt the end of 2020, the ECB reinitiated its net asset purchase program (APP) atincreased the Pandemic Emergency Purchase Program (PEPP) by another € 500 billion, expanding it to a monthly pacetotal of € 20 billion1.85 trillion. In addition, PEPP will run nine months longer than planned, until at least the end of March 2022. At the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2020, a second wave of COVID-19 infections gained momentum and required renewed containment measures. A modest trade deal between the EU and the UK was finally agreed in December 2020. In 2020 the Eurozone economy decreased by November 2019. Overall, the euro area economy expanded by 1.26.8 % and consumer prices rose by 1.2 % in 2019.only 0.2 %. Due to the industrial recessionslump caused by the external headwinds,COVID-19 pandemic, German economic growth more than halved to 0.6 %. The services and construction sectors continued to support growth, as well as private consumption, drivenactivity fell by a tight labor market and solid wage growth.5.0 % in 2020.

The U.S. economy showedexperienced a solid performancemassive contraction in 2019. Driventhe second quarter of 2020, followed by fiscal spending as well as supportive financial conditions and consumer spending, backed by wage growth and a tightstronger than expected recovery. The unemployment rate climbed to new record highs, but the labor market improved again as the recovery progressed. A strong second wave of COVID-19 in combination with delayed additional fiscal stimulus constrained the recovery. All in all, U.S. GDP grewcontracted by 2.33.5 % in 2019. Nevertheless, trade uncertainty weighed on manufacturing output and thus reduced capex investments. The inflation rate reached2020. Inflation decelerated to 1.2 % from 1.8 % in 2019. The U.S. central bank's monetaryFederal Reserve Bank acted quickly and aggressively to keep funds flowing freely in money and credit markets

The Japanese economy recovered faster than expected in the third quarter after contracting sharply in the first half of the year. During the second wave of COVID-19 infections in summer, the government did not declare a nationwide state of emergency and instead tried to support economic activity. GDP contracted by 4.9 % in 2020. The Bank of Japan kept an accommodative policy supported economic activity by cutting itsstance, while paying attention to policy rate three timesside effects. Inflation decelerated to 0 %, after 0.5 % in 2019.

Japan’s GDP grewAsian economies experienced a stronger than expected rebound in economic activity from impact of COVID-19. China, Japan and other north Asian economies have been relatively successful in controlling the virus and returning to or toward pre-virus levels of activity. Emerging Asia economies contracted by 0.7 % in 2019, following 0.3 % for 2018. Activity in the manufacturing industry had weakened due to the slowdown in overseas economies. Slower employment growth, cuts in overtime work hours and the consumption tax have weighed on consumption growth. Against this backdrop, the inflation rate fell to 0.5 % in 2019, afteronly 1.0 % in 2018.

In 2019, emerging markets GDP grew2020. Asian central banks have reached the limits of conventional stimulus through interest rate cuts. China continued its V-shaped recovery, making it the only major economy achieving a positive growth rate in 2020 of 2.3 %. The rebound was driven by 4.0 %. Emerging Asia economies expanded by 5.3 % as they were heavily affected bya robust industrial sector and a faster-than-expected recovery in services activity. The surge in China contributed strongly to the slowdown ofrecovery in global trade. This is particularly true for the smaller, more open economies. In China, GDP grew by 6.1 %. Economic activity slowed dueInflation decelerated to adverse impacts of U.S. tariffs and a weaker world trade2.5 % in general, but tax cuts and infrastructure spending supported economic. Chinese inflation edged higher to2020 from 2.9 % in 2019.

20202021 Outlook

Global economic activity is set to markedly lose momentum inIn 2021, the first halfcourse of 2020 due to the spread COVID 19COVID-19 pandemic and the related uncertainties regardingprogress made with regards to vaccinations will have a significant impact on the prospectdevelopment of global economic activities. Since the beginning of 2021, a successful containmentnumber of economies have been facing a resurgence of the pandemic. Highly effective and broadly available vaccines could drive economic recovery, as upgraded economic growth expectations indicate. However, the pace of this recovery will significantly vary across countries depending on access to vaccines and availability of government support. We expect global GDP to grow by 2.4 %. The moderation6.3 % in global trade tensions, higher monetary and fiscal stimulus should help to regain growth momentum in the second half of the year. Beyond COVID 19, important trade negotiations will continue to take center-stage in 2020, with the U.S.-China trade talks moving on to their second phase.2021. The global inflation rate is forecastexpected to rise gradually to 3.12.9 % from 3.02.7 % in 2019.2020. For industrialized countries, we expect GDP growth to slowpick up to 0.55.0 % and consumer prices to increase by 1.11.6 % in 2020.2021 from negative 5.1 % and 0.7 % respectively. Economic growth in emerging markets is projected to slowrecover to 3.67.1 % in 20202021, while inflation is expected to riseslow to 4.43.7 % from 4.03.9 % in 2019.2020.

60

In the Euro area, GDP in 2020Eurozone the vaccine rollout is expected to weakensupport activity from the end of spring onwards, bringing it to (0.1) % due to negative growthpre-COVID-19 levels by the end of 2021. GDP in the first two quarters of 2020. With the COVID 19 outbreak economic uncertainty that impacted 20192021 is expected to persist in 2020. The European Central Bank (ECB) isgrow by 5.6 %. Eurozone economies are expected to implement further targeted easing measuresbenefit from an improvement in global manufacturing activity, although the EU Recovery Fund will not disburse funds until the second half of 2021. The ECB is not expected to revisit its monetary policy stance until autumn 2021, six months before the scheduled expiry for the PEPP net purchases. In 2020,2021, Eurozone inflation is expected to fallincrease to 0.41.0 %. Following a GDP growthcontraction of 0.65.0 % in 2019,2020, we expect the German economy to shrink to (0.2)grow by 4.0 % in 2020, driven by negative spillovers of2021. After a weak first quarter, German GDP growth is expected to pick up strongly. Exports are expected to remain robust, given the fast rebound in global spread of COVID 19trade and the associated uncertainties. Private consumption and the construction sector should still providean expected decline in trade policy uncertainty. A thriving export business is a positive impetuscatalyst for investment spending, which is expected to growth.


54rebound strongly.

We expect U.S. economic growtheconomy to decelerate slightly to 1.4expand by 5.9 % in 2020. Due2021. The new Biden administration is expected to deliver another tranche of fiscal support in 2021. A joint infrastructure plan is expected to be passed later in the year. U.S. real GDP is expected to return to its pre-pandemic level in the second half of 2021 and to converge towards the pre-pandemic growth path by the end of 2021. A meaningful upgrade to growth and the labor market would pull forward Federal Reserve Bank’s Quantitative Easing tapering to the COVID 19 spread economic growth should be negatively impacted, while private consumption still provides positive impulses, Capital investments should also be constrained by a transition from trade policy to election uncertainties.end of 2021. The Federal Reserve is expected to cutmaintain its policy rate to 0.625at 0.125 % in 2020.2021. We expect U.S. inflation to decrease modestlyincrease to 1.62.4 % in 2021 from 1.2 % in 2020.

With a GDP growth of (1.5) % theThe Japanese economy is expected to shrink markedlyrecover by 1.5 % in 2020. Beyond the negative COVID 19 fallout, growth will likely2021. Japan is expected to be negatively impactedachieve a high level of vaccination by the October 2019 consumption tax hike and adverse effects from a depleting poolend of labor as well as by external headwinds in the first half of 2020.2021 given the amount of COVID-19 vaccines it has secured. Inflation could be impacted by government policy factors and remain subdued (the base year will change from 2015 to 2020). We expect the inflation to be at 0.40.2 % in 2020.2021.

DueIn the course of 2021, vaccines are expected to negative economic impact of COVID 19 economic growthbecome more widely available in emerging marketsmarkets. Economies with low activity levels and relatively high reliance on domestic demand, as in most Latin American countries, should particularly benefit. A gradual recovery of the travel industry is projectedexpected to deceleratefurther support economic recovery, especially in Asia. Emerging market GDP growth is expected to 3.6accelerate by 7.1 % in 2020,2021, and in Asia to 4.2by 8.8 %. Inflation in emerging markets is expected to risedecelerate to 4.4 %, from 4.03.7 % in 2019.2021, from 3.9 % in 2020.

In 2020 growthThe positive economic momentum of the Chinese economy is forecast at 4.6 %, assuming thatlikely to continue in the economic disruptions causedfirst half of 2021, supported by stronger external demand. In 2021 the Chinese economy is expected to expand by 10 %. This will set the stage for fiscal and monetary policy normalization by the COVID 19 outbreak are almost entirely limitedsecond half of the year. The People’s Bank of China policy objectives for 2021 have shifted to the first quarter. After recovery in the second quarter, economic activitymore structural issues. The tightening of property loans should be supported by consumption and exports. Economica strong policy could shift very rapidly towards boosting economic activities once the COVID 19 outbreaksignal. Borrowing of local governments is contained. The easing of trade disputes following the ‘Phase One’ trade agreement and possibly constructive further negotiations should lead to a recovery in industrial production and global trade overall by removing uncertainty.likely be constrained, which will slow infrastructure investments. We expect the PeoplesPeople’s Bank of China to be further supportive 2020raise its policy rate two times by cutting its medium term lending facility.10 basis points each time in the second half of 2021. Chinese inflation is forecasted to increasedecelerate to 3.61.5 % in 2021 from 2.5 % in 2020.

There are a number of risks to our global economic outlook. ChallengesOngoing challenges from COVID-19 and the possibility of further lockdowns in containing the COVID 19 or a significant global spread2021 could considerably dampen economic momentum. DespiteGrowing government debt burdens could also impact the signing of the ‘Phase One’ trade agreement between the U.S. and China in January 2020, further trade conflictsbroader Eurozone economy. Trade tensions including upcoming trade negotiations between the U.S. and the European Union (EU) could negatively impact the global economic outlook. The introduction of car duties on EU exports to the U.S. would have a negative impact on the EU industrial production, especially in Germany. Following Brexit, the UK has entered into a transition period with the EU that is expected to expire at the end of 2020. During 2020, the focus will be on the UK’s future trading relationship with the EU with the risk that both parties are unable to reach a trade deal before the end of the transition period. In the Eurozone, the government debt burden in some countries, especially in Italy, is a risk due to the fragile political situation. We expect fiscal stimulus proposals from the upcoming U.S. elections, the extent of which, however, will depend on the Congressional composition. Additionally, rising geopolitical tensions, particularly in the Middle East could create further uncertainty.

Competitor Landscape

Against this backdrop, Deutsche Bank competes in the financial services sector with a spectrum of competitors, who include other universal banks, commercial banks, savings banks and other public sector banks, broker dealers, investment banking firms, asset management firms, private banks, investment advisors, payments services providers, financial technology firms and insurance companies. Some of the competitors are global like Deutsche Bank, while others have a regional, product or niche client footprint. Deutsche Bank competes on a number of factors, including the quality of client relationships, transaction execution, products and services, innovation, reputation and price.

TheProfitability of the European banking industry’s performance was roughly stableindustry tumbled in 2019. 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic-induced recession. Revenues and costs were both flatmoderately lower compared to the prior year, despite slower economic growth which contributed to a minor increase inwhile loan loss provisions. Theprovisions surged to the highest level in a decade. Likewise, loan growth with non-financial companies in the euro area shot up to multi-year highs before stabilizing. Momentum in private-sector deposits was the strongest since the financial crisis. Even more, negative interest rate environment continuesrates continue to keep the net interest margin under pressure, yet loan growth with non-financial companies reached its highest level since the financial crisis in the course of the year, before slowing towards year-end.pressure. Total assets increased substantially; net income fell moderately, but from a robust level in the previous year.substantially, also due to higher liquidity holdings at central banks and purchases of government bonds. In corporate finance, European banks lost further market share to U.S. competitors.

The outlook for the European banking sectorindustry in 2021 will continue to be shaped by the COVID-19 pandemic, associated market volatility and the onset of an economic recovery. A number of trends which have dominated the banking business in 2020 may faceare likely to go into reverse, although the markets remain supportive of our business so far this year. First, the trading boom in capital markets could slow as economies start to recover and uncertainty retreats. Stock market valuations could continue to rise, and M&A activity could pick up, as a rough operating environment and lower profitability. Major economies will probably fall into recession in the first halfresult of the year due to the impact of the coronavirus, before recovering in the second half. This could lead to a substantial increase inextremely loose monetary policies. Second, loan loss provisions thoughmay come down somewhat from low levels, and a slowdown in assettheir peak. Third, loan growth particularly with corporates may slow further after the spike at the beginning of the crisis, as loan demand declines and banks tighten credit standards. This may reduce net interest income, together with renewed expansionary monetary policy which will be a drag on interest margins. In the payments business, transaction volumes might suffer. In asset management, lower assets under management, lower performance fees, a shift towards lower-risk asset classes and lower transaction volumes all could potentially reduce revenues.sector has accumulated vast liquidity reserves.


5561

In addition to the repercussionsSome of the coronavirus, which at this point in time are hard to predictbiggest risks for banks stem from delays and quantify though, geopolitical risk including tensionother setbacks in the Middle East,vaccination process against COVID-19, including more contagious and vaccine-resistant new mutations, as well as a greater than envisaged impact of renewed lockdowns on the labor market and particularly services industries which are currently suffering heavily. This could trigger a wave of corporate but also private insolvencies and thus another spike in loan loss provisions. By contrast, with a new administration taking office in the U.S., geopolitical and trade conflicts and the end of Brexit transition period remains pronounced. In terms of regulation, the European Commission’s proposal for the implementationtensions are less likely to escalate.

Banks’ revenue growth may be sluggish or even negative in 2021 as some of the final Basel 3/Basel 4 rulesprevious tailwinds, especially in EU law and subsequent investor reaction willinvestment banking, subside. Very low interest rates may continue to eat into net interest income. However, this could be more than compensated for by lower provisions. Hence, bank profitability might recover a significant part of crucial importance.the 2020 plunge. Where applicable, banks in Europe are also expected to resume dividend payments, which had been suspended by supervisors last year.

In our home market, Germany, the retail banking market remains fragmented and our competitive environment is influenced by the three pillar system of private banks, public banks and cooperative banks. Competitive intensity has increased in recent years following some consolidation activity, particularly among public regional banks (Landesbanken) and private banks, and increased activity levels from foreign players.

Looking at the wider banking ecosystem, the evolution of financial technology firms remains as much an opportunity as a challenge for banks. While we see the risk of banking disruption primarily through big technology companies and in select product areas, particularly the unregulated segments, there issome banks have also taken the opportunity to selectively partner with smaller, startup financial technology firms and leverage their solutions to become more efficient and/or develop differentiated delivery channels for the end clients.

Regulatory Environment

The uncertainty around the outcome and timing of key regulations has declined with the finalization of the Basel 3 package at the end of 2017 and the adoption of the related European banking reform package described below as well as the implementation date of the revised directive on markets in financial instruments, referred to as MiFID 2, and the related regulation on markets in financial instruments (MiFIR) in early 2018. As the flow of new legislative proposals under the post-crisis global regulatory reform agenda has slowed, but the focus of regulators has turned to measures to support banks and the economy during COVID-19, as well as implementing and supervising previous reforms. Preparations for the implementation and supervision.of further global reforms also accelerated.

While a number of regulatory reforms impacting Deutsche Bank are already in force, others continue to be developed on an international level and implemented regionally. Where primary legislation has been agreed on by lawmakers, regulators have yet to develop detailed rules, or determine their cross-border application, which might lead to a fragmented and inconsistent landscape. Moreover, certain post-crisis reforms which have already been implemented are or have been subject to reviews that might lead to additional changes in legislation in the coming years. The impact of the implementation of such final or revised standards on specific institutions remains uncertain. In some instances there remains a lack of clarity around the final rules and the impact that they might have on banks in different regions.

During 2019,2020, a number of international developments in the area of banking regulation and supervision have been implemented and will continue to be further refined, in particular with a view to strengthening international standards to create financially resilient institutions and ensuring resolvability of banks. At the same time, authorities adopted temporary measures to provide limited regulatory relief, in view of COVID-19.

Capital, liquidity and leverage requirements On June 27, 2019, a comprehensive package of reforms (referredIn 2020, several authorities adopted measures to in the following as the “banking reform package”)provide temporary relief to further strengthen the resilience of European Union banks entered into force. The banking reform package includes various remaining elements of the regulatory framework agreed within the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”) and the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”)economy, including on capital requirements, liquidity and reporting, as well as exemptions to refine and supplementthe leverage exposure. These were in line with the global regulatory framework established by the Basel Committee, the so-called Basel Accords (Basel 1, 2 and 3). While many provisions will not apply until 2021, certain parts, includingOn December 23, 2020 the requirement for global systemically important institutions (“G-SIIs”), such as Deutsche Bank, to hold certain minimum levelsEU published a Delegated Regulation changing the capital treatment of software assets, with partial exemption form capital and other instruments which are capable of bearing losses in resolution (“Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity” or “TLAC”), already apply since June 27, 2019.deduction.

On October 3, 2019, the Federal Reserve and other U.S. regulators adopted final rules that tailor the prudential standards applicable to large U.S. and foreign banking organizations based on their risk profiles. The final rules, which took effect December 31, 2019, implement section 401 of the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (EGRRCPA) of 2018. The rule will tailortailors Enhanced Prudential Standards and U.S. Basel 3 capital and liquidity standards for banking organizations with U.S.$ 100 billion or more in total consolidated assets.


5662

At the international level, in December 2017, the Basel Committee published its final agreement (“December 2017 Agreement”) on further revisions to the Basel 3 framework that aim to increase consistency in risk-weighted asset calculations and improve the comparability of banks’ capital ratios. The December 2017 Agreement includes, among other things, changes to the standardized and internal ratings-based approaches for determining credit risk, revisions to the operational risk framework, and an “output floor”, set at 72.5 %. The “output floor” limits the amount of capital benefit a bank can obtain from its use of internal models relative to using the standardized approach. This package of reforms is intended to finalize the Basel 3 framework and would reduce the ability of banks to apply internal models, while making the standardized approaches more risk-sensitive and granular. In addition, the December 2017 Agreement introduces a leverage ratio buffer for global systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”), such as Deutsche Bank, to be met with Tier 1 capital and sets it at 50 % of the applicable risk-based G-SIB buffer requirement, which was included in the adopted banking reform package. TheDue to COVID-19, the Basel Committee also reached agreement on andeferred the implementation date for the changes in the December 2017 Agreement ofto January 1, 2022,2023, with a phase-in period of five years through January 1, 20272028 for the output floor. The EU is planning to implement this reform with a legislative proposal package, expected to be issued in mid-2021 (revision of the Capital Requirements Regulation or CRR III). In addition, the U.S. Federal Reserve Board is planning to release a proposal to implement this reform as well, which is expected to be released in mid-2021 as well.

In addition, on January 14, 2019 the Basel Committee also reached an agreement (“January 2019 Agreement”) on reforms to the market risk framework, known as the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB). The main features of the final standard include an internal models approach to determine the risk weight of exposures that relies on the use of expected shortfall models. The standard sets out separate capital requirements for risks that are deemed non-modellable and includes a more risk-sensitive standardized approach as a fallback to the internal models approach. CRR II (as part of the banking reform package) has introduced specific reporting requirements for market risk based on the revised framework as the first step in the application of the FRTB by EU institutions, and empowers the European Commission to propose further regulations to establish own funds requirements for market risk based on the FRTB.

The bankingCRR III reform package will likely affect our business by raising our regulatory capital and liquidity requirements and by leading to increased costs. The December 2017 Agreement and the January 2019 Agreement could also affect our business by imposing higher capital charges when adopted into law.

Capital planning and stress testing OnAlthough on January 31, 2020 the European Banking Authority (“EBA”) and the European Central Bank (“ECB”, our principal regulator)supervisor) launched the 2020 EU-wide stress test.test, this was later postponed to 2021, due to COVID-19. This test iswas designed to provide supervisors, banks and other market participants with a common analytical framework to compare and assess the resilience of EU banks to economic shocks, while at the same time releasing the macroeconomic scenarios for the test. The ‘baseline’ scenario for EU countries is based onIn November 2020, the December 2019 projections from the national central. The hypothetical ‘adverse’ scenario assumes the materialization of the main financial stability risks to which the EU banking sector is exposed. It is related to a prolonged period of historically low interest rates coupled with a strong drop in confidence leading to a significant weakening of economic growth in EU countries, and amplified by trade tensions at the global level. The EBA published theits revised stress test methodology to be applied to the scenarios, in November 2019.for 2021.

The stress test will be conducted on a sample of 5149 EU banks, including Deutsche Bank. In line with the two previous exercises, this exercise does not include a pass-fail threshold as the results of the exercise are designed to serve as an input to the SREP (referred to below).SREP. The EBA expects to publish the results of the exercise by July 31, 2020.end-July, 2021. We are subject to a supervisory review and evaluation process (“SREP”)SREP for an ongoing assessment of risks, governance arrangements and the capital and liquidity situation, which is a review of the arrangements, strategies, processes and mechanisms of supervised banks on a regular basis, in order to evaluate risks to which these banks are or might be exposed, risks they could pose to the financial system, and risks revealed by stress testing. The SREP can result in Pillar 2 capital requirements or guidance and liquidity requirements for the relevant institution.

Both DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation, our U.S. intermediate holding companies, were subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) for 2019.2020. On June 27, 2019,25, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board publicly indicated that it did not object to the 20192020 capital plans submitted by DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation. DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation will make their next capital plan submissions to the Federal Reserve Board in April 2021. Due to the material uncertainty of the trajectory of the economic recovery and its effects on the health of the banking organizations, a second round of supervisory stress tests were run during the second half of 2020. The Federal Reserve released results on December 18, 2020 which showed post stress capital well above regulatory minimums for DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation. On March 4, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board issued a rule to amend its CCAR process to combine the CCAR quantitative assessment and the buffer requirements in the Federal Reserve Board’s capital rules to create an integrated capital buffer requirement.requirement – the Stress Capital Buffer (SCB). The Fed’s SCB went into effect for the first time on October 1, 2020 and will be re-calculated annually, with the revised assessment taking effect each year on October 1st.


57

Recovery and resolution – The major jurisdictions where we have significant group operations have now finalized the implementation of the FSB’sFinancial Stability Board’s (FSB) Key Attributes for Effective Resolution Regimes. Under the European Union’sEU’s Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD) and Single Resolution Mechanism (SRM), to which we are subject, competent supervisory and resolution authorities have far-reaching powers to impose resolution measures upon banks that are deemed to be failing or likely to fail. Resolution measures, in particular, include the power to reduce, including to zero, the nominal value of shares, or to cancel shares outright, and to write down certain eligible subordinated and unsubordinated unsecured liabilities, including to zero, or convert them into equity (commonly referred to as “bail in”). To ensure sufficient availability of liabilities with loss-absorbing capacity that could be bailed in, banks in the European Union must meet, or will have to meet, certain minimum requirements such as TLACthe Total Loss Absorption Capacity (TLAC) or MRELthe Minimum Requirements for Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL) (as further explained below).

For a bank directly supervised by the ECB, such as Deutsche Bank, the Single Resolution Board (“SRB”) draws up the resolution plan, assesses the bank’s resolvability and may require legal and operational changes to the bank’s structure to ensure its resolvability.

63

In the United States, Deutsche Bank AG is required under Title I of the Dodd-Frank Act, as amended, to prepare and submit periodically to U.S. regulators a plan for the orderly resolution of its U.S. subsidiaries and operations in the event of future material financial distress or failure (the “U.S. Resolution Plan”). Deutsche Bank AG filed its most recent U.S. Resolution Plan in June 2018September 2020 and received written regulatory feedback in December 2018.2020. The Federal Reserve Board and FDICFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) found that Deutsche Bank’s U.S. Resolution Plan had no deficiencies butand concluded that the previously identified one shortcoming, in the plan, associated with governance mechanisms and related escalation triggers. Deutsche Bank submitted a response to its December 2018 feedback letter on April 1, 2019. Deutsche Bank’s response discussed its proposed remediation of the shortcoming as well as enhancements of its resolution capabilities. Deutsche Bank is required to make a submission to the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC by July 1, 2020 explaining how it remediated the shortcoming and providing an update on the enhancement of its resolutions capabilities.triggers, was satisfactorily addressed. Following this submission, Deutsche Bank’s next targeted U.S. Resolution Plan is due on or before July 1,December 17, 2021.

Loss-absorbing capacity – Following the FSB’s final term sheet on TLAC in November 2015, several jurisdictions (including Germany) have started to implement the TLAC standard in their regulatory frameworks. The TLAC standard is designed to ensure that G-SIBs, such as Deutsche Bank, maintain enough capital and long-term debt instruments that can be effectively bailed-in to absorb losses and recapitalize the bank. The EU banking reform package implemented the FSB’s TLAC standard for G-SIBs by introducing a new “Pillar 1” minimum requirement for eligible liabilities (or “MREL”) for G-SIIs (the European equivalent term for G-SIBs). This new requirement is based on both risk-based and non-risk-based denominators and is set at the higher of 18 % of total risk exposure and 6.75 % of the leverage ratio exposure measure following a transition period (until December 31, 2021, 16% of total risk exposure and 6% of the leverage ratio exposure measure). It can be met with Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital or debt that meets specific eligibility criteria. In addition, the competent authorities will have the ability to impose a TLAC add-on requirement on G-SIIs. We also are subject to TLAC requirements in other jurisdictions. For example, the Federal Reserve Board’s rules implementing the TLAC standard in the United States are effective as of January 2019, with TLAC requirements that apply to U.S. intermediate holding companies (such as ours) of non-U.S. G-SIBs. These rules include a minimum TLAC requirement and TLAC buffer, a minimum long-term debt requirement and clean holding company requirements.

Completion of the Banking Union and reduction of non-performing exposures –A European Deposit Insurance Scheme (EDIS) is intended to complete the Banking Union but the corresponding proposal is still under negotiation. Discussions have centered on theEDIS, while in 2020 Member States agreed in principle to set up a backstop to the Single Resolution Fund and EDIS.(SRF) through the European Stability Mechanism (ESM). As some voices have requested more progress on risk reduction as a prerequisite for the implementation of any risk sharing arrangement, the recent focus has been to reduce non-performing exposuresloans (NPL) of banks in the EU, and prevent further build-up as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. To that end, in December 2020 the European Union, and on April 26, 2019,Commission issued a new regulation came into forth amending the CRR with respectNPL Action plan, but did not propose any legislative changes to minimum loss coverage requirements for non-performing exposuresprudential regulation.

Development of the Capital Markets Union and related regulation – BeforeIn 2020, the backdropEuropean Commission proposed amendments to the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID II) as part of Brexit, financial marketsits Capital Markets Recovery Package following the outbreak of COVID-19, in Europe are adaptingorder to significantprovide regulatory changes introduced byrelief to banks and corporates, and support economic recovery. The amendments largely relate to investor protection provisions, includedsuch as the reduction in MiFID 2requirements for costs and MiFIR and other legal acts that have become effectivecharges disclosures, as well as a temporary suspension of best execution reports for a period of two years. The amendments will enter into force in the recent past. first quarter of 2021. Against the background of the COVID-19 pandemic, in 2020 the European Commission also issued a notice of information on the postponement of entry into application of the open access provisions with regard to exchange-traded derivatives in the Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation (MiFIR). A more fundamental review of the MiFID/R covering market structure provisions will take place in the third quarter of 2021.

The European Union aims to further strengthen theCommission also published its new Capital Markets Union (CMU) Action Plan on September 24, 2020, as it aims to strengthen the CMU and post-COVID-19 recovery in futurethe coming years. Related initiatives includeThe key proposed actions focus on scaling up European securitization markets, supporting European banks’ ability for market making, simplifying listing rules for public markets, and developing a harmonized EU framework for covered bondsEuropean single access point (ESAP) so that investors can access financial and a pan-European pension product. A European financial transaction tax is still under discussion.sustainability-related information.


58

Benchmarks –Following a number Ahead of conduct-related scandals involving financial benchmarks, regulatory initiatives by, among others, the International Organizationexpected cessation of Securities Commissions (“IOSCO”)LIBOR production at the end of 2021, regulators have resultedconcentrated efforts on speeding up transition from interbank offered rates (IBORs) to risk-free rates, developing tough legacy solutions, and finalizing proposals and authorities’ powers to implement replacement rates in changestheir respective jurisdictions. In the EU, amendments to the way benchmarks are being used, authorized and regulated globally. Financial benchmarks comprise a wide range of interest rate, currency, securities, commodity and other indices and reference prices. InBenchmarks Regulation to support the European Union,Commission’s powers on the EU Benchmarks Regulation camestatutory replacement rate, and extend the transition period for the third country benchmark regime until the end of 2023, will enter into force in January 2018, although ‘critical’the first quarter of 2021.

On October 21, 2020, the UK government introduced a Financial Service Bill which amends the UK Benchmark Regulation to facilitate the orderly wind-down of critical benchmarks by providing new powers to the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) to mandate a statutory replacement rate for tough legacy contracts referencing LIBOR. The FCA will consult on its benchmark powers through 2021. In the U.S., the Alternative Reference Rate Committee (ARRC) issued its recommendation on March 6, 2020 for a legislative solution to minimize legal uncertainty and third country benchmark providers have been given until December 31, 2021 to comply The FSB has set up the Official Sector Steering Group (OSSG) to coordinate international work to review and reform interest rate benchmarks and welcomes progress that has been madeadverse economic impacts associated with LIBOR transition for certain contracts. Legislative solutions based on the identification and development of overnight risk-free rates (“RFRs”). These RFRs are considered to be more robust and less susceptible to market manipulation due to their transaction based nature. The FSB recommends the transition from existing IBOR rates to RFRs where the long-term viability of an IBOR is in question, i.e. LIBOR. Other jurisdictions pursue a two-rate approach with reforms of existing benchmark rates while pursuing the identification of a RFR to devise robust fallbacks.

Digital Transformation – Digital transformation and the increased recognition of risks posed by new technologies as well as cyber risk and data protectionARRC recommendation are expected to be important areasprogress in 2021 at both the federal and New York state level.

64

Digital Transformation – Several jurisdictions progressed initiatives in 2020 to both address risks and capitalize on the benefits associated with the digitalization of financial services. Work in this area is expected to continue in 2021 with a focus on data protection, cybersecurity, and operational resilience.

On September 24, 2020, the European Commission published its Digital Finance Strategy, which outlined regulatory discussions, initiativespriorities and actionpolicy actions through 2024. The strategy was published alongside legislative proposals to strengthen and harmonize financial sector operational resilience requirements (proposal for a Regulation of Digital Operational Resilience Act for the Financial Sector (DORA)) and establish a regulatory framework for crypto-assets (proposals for a Regulation on Markets in 2020.Crypto-assets (MiCA) and a Regulation on a Pilot Regime for Market Infrastructures Based on Distributed Ledger Technology (DLT Pilot Regime)). The Digital Services Act and Digital Markets Act proposals followed on December 15, 2020, which focus on protecting fundamental rights of all users of digital services and establishing a level playing field for businesses and consumers with regards to online platforms. On December 16, 2020, the EU published a new Cybersecurity Strategy which was accompanied by a new draft Directive on the resilience of critical entities (CER Directive) and a proposal for a revised Directive on measures for high common level of cybersecurity across the Union (NIS 2). The proposals aim at adapting online and offline security requirements in response to growing interconnectedness and digitalization.

Work by UK and U.S. authorities focused primarily on putting in place a stronger regulatory framework to promote operational resilience of firms and financial market infrastructures. In the UK, the Bank of England, Prudential Regulatory Authority, and Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) progressed with their December 2019 policy proposals which update requirements for the financial sector and embeds operational resilience into the UK prudential framework. The final UK policy is expected in the first half of 2021. In the U.S., the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC, and Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) released a paper on October 30, 2020 applicable to certain large U.S. domestic banks, which provides guidance on sound practices designed to help banks increase operational resilience for their critical operations and core business lines. At the international level, the Basel Committee published on August 6, 2020 two linked principles documents related to operational resilience and the management of operational risk to help banks enhance their ability to withstand, adapt and recover from operational risk-related events in order to mitigate potential severe adverse impact.

Investment Firm Regulation – On November 27, 2019, the European Parliament and the Council adopted the Investment Firm Regulation and the Investment Firm Directive, which will introduce substantive regulatory changes (including to the calculation of capital requirements) in respect of investment firms, such as our subsidiary DWS. The Investment Firm Regulation and the Investment Firm Directive (as implemented into German law) will apply in large part from June 26, 2021.

Climate change, environmental and social issues

The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) adopted by the United Nations member states in 2015 set ambitious goals for achieving a better and more sustainable future. In doing so, they address the most pressing economic, social and environmental challenges of our time, including those closely related to climate change. To effectively respond to climate change and achieve the SDGs, significant investment levels are required. TheIn 2020, COVID-19 pandemic has put even greater emphasis on sustainable development and related investments and re-financing measures for corporates. Investors, clients and the broader public are expecting t he financial sector willto have a critical role to play in closing existing investment gaps by mobilizing private capital to enable the transition of economies towards low-carbon and sustainable growth.

In this context, the European Commission continued its efforts to drive its Action Plan on Sustainable Finance and its ”European Green Deal”. Key items included the passing of the EU Taxonomy and Disclosure Regulation, which focusesentered into law in 2020. The work on reorienting capital flows towards investments taking environmental, social and, governance considerations into account. The Commission also published its ‘European Green Deal’ in December 2019, which outlines its plans to strengthen the foundations for sustainable investment, manage climate and environmental risks and integrate them into the financial system, and present a renewed sustainable finance strategy in the latter part of 2020.several respective implementation rules is ongoing. Similar activity took place amongst regulators around the world, particularly in Asia.APAC. The political and regulatory agenda in many jurisdictions delivers clear supervisory expectations for banks to manage sustainability risks with a focus on climate-related risks. Another focus is transparency, with many regulators in Europe, America and APAC publishing different initiatives on non-financial reporting, labelling of sustainable investment products and disclosure of shares of sustainable business. Deutsche Bank is engaging constructively with regulators globally on their agenda. This includes the work on many public consultations on the topic, the largest one of which regarded the EU renewed Sustainable Finance Strategy, on which Deutsche Bank submitted a substantial response.

Another enduring global trend is poverty. More than 700 million people around the world are struggling to meet basic needs and live of less than U.S.$ 2 per day, and 265 million children and adolescents do not have the opportunity to enter or complete school. Many youngsters are disenfranchised, even in the Western world – but there, we also see a growing interest to get involved and influence the public agenda, be it around climate change, racial and gender equality or participation in democratic processes. Goal 17 of the United Nations’ 2030 agenda aims to revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development by promoting effective public-private and civil society cooperation to tackle worlds’ greatest challenges. Leveraging their corporate citizenship, global firms like Deutsche Bank have the opportunity to create a positive impact – especially when they join forces with others to promote targeted initiatives that create shared value.65

As a corporate citizen, Deutsche Bank works to enable communities and economies around the world to prosper. Our initiatives have a strategic focus on education, social enterprise, and community, and we encourage our employees to underpin the bank’s citizenship activities. Our education projects seek to enable young people to reach their full potential and embrace their responsibility. We work with pioneering social enterprises to help drive positive change in society. And wherever Deutsche Bank does business, we seek to contribute to stronger and more inclusive communities. We do this together with like-minded partners and with our Plus You employee volunteering and giving community. Our Corporate Social Responsibility initiatives made a positive impact on the lives of [1.6] million people in 2019. In addition to making a difference on the ground, we seek to create large-scale change through advocacy and field leadership.

59

Regulation and Supervision

Our operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by the relevant authorities in each of the jurisdictions where we conduct business. Such regulation relates to licensing, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk concentration, conduct of business as well as organizational and reporting requirements. It affects the type and scope of the business we conduct in a country and how we structure specific operations. In reaction to the 2008 financial crisis, the regulatory environment has undergone and is still undergoing significant changes.

Highlights

On June 27, 2019, a comprehensive package of reforms designed to further strengthen the resilience of European Union banks (referred to in the following as the “banking reform package”) to further strengthen the resilience of European Union banks entered into force. The banking reform package includes amendments to the existing regulation on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms, also referred to as the Capital Requirements Regulation (“CRR”), the directive on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, also referred to as the Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD”), the European Union’s Regulation establishing Uniform Rules and a Uniform Procedure for the Resolution of Credit Institutions and certain Investment Firms in the Framework of a Single Resolution Mechanism and a Single Resolution Fund (the “SRM Regulation”), and the Bank Resolution and Recovery Directive (“BRRD”). In Germany, the amendments introduced by the banking reform package to the BRRD and the CRD have been implemented into German law by the Risk Reduction Act ( Risikoreduzierungsgesetz).

The adopted changes incorporate various remaining elements of the regulatory framework agreed within the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”) and the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) to refine and supplement the global regulatory framework established by the Basel Committee, the so-called Basel Accords (Basel 1, 2 and 3). This includes more risk-sensitive capital requirements, in particular in the area of counterparty credit risk and for exposures to central counterparties, methodologies that reflect more accurately the actual risks to which banks may be exposed, a binding leverage ratio, a binding net stable funding ratio, tighter regulation of large exposures, new reporting requirements for market risk that may be supplemented at a later stage by own funds requirements, and a requirement for global systemically important institutions (“G-SIIs”), such as Deutsche Bank, to hold certain minimum levels of capital and other instruments which are capable of bearing losses in resolution (“Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity” or “TLAC”). Other measures are aimed at improving banks’ lending capacity to support the European Union economy and at further facilitating the role of banks in achieving deeper and more liquid European Union capital markets. While many provisions will not apply untiltake effect in 2021, certain parts, including the TLAC requirements, already applyhave applied since June 27, 2019. The banking reform package will likely affect our business by raising our regulatory capital and liquidity requirements and by leading to increased costs.

Similarly, the implementation of the remaining outstanding proposals under Basel 3 as contained in the December 2017 Agreement and in the January 2019 Agreement (see “The Competitive Environment – Regulatory Environment” above) could also affect our business by imposing higher capital charges when adopted into law. Corresponding draft legislative proposals are expected forThe implementation date of Basel 3 has been deferred to January 1, 2023 due to the second or third quartereconomic impact of 2020.Covid-19.

Furthermore, a new regulation amending the CRR entered into force on April 26, 2019 relating to minimum loss coverage for non-performing exposures, creating a statutory prudential backstop against excessive future build-up of non-performing loans without sufficient loss coverage on banks’ balance sheets.

The United Kingdom left Finally, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the European Union adopted a new regulation containing tailored adjustments to the CRR including the amendments contained in the banking reform package (the “CRR Quick Fix”). The CRR Quick Fix entered into force on January 31, 2020. Relationships withJune 27, 2020, and primarily aims to facilitate lending by banks as a response to the pandemic.

Also, the United Kingdom (UK) ceased to be a Member StatesState of the European Union are subjectas from 11 pm on January 31, 2020, and entered into a ‘Transition Period’ pursuant to a transition period untilthe UK/EU Withdrawal Act 2020 during which EU law continued to be applicable in the UK. On December 31, 2020, under a withdrawal agreement. The withdrawal agreement allows usthe Transition Period terminated, and EU law was no longer applicable within the UK. For the UK, this meant that all extensions of EU Member State ‘privileges’ were no longer available including any reliance upon the European Passport and automatic rights of access to operate our businessEU market infrastructure.

66

As from the end of the Transition Period, new UK requirements must be complied with when conducting regulated activity in the United Kingdom during the transition periodUK, both as if the United Kingdom were still a Member State. Also after the expiry of the transition period,regards cross border business as well as Deutsche Bank AG London Branch activity. Deutsche Bank AG is planning to continue to provide banking and other financial services in the UK both from its London Branch and also on a cross-border basis into the United Kingdom as well as through its London branch, which it will retain.in compliance with applicable law. Deutsche Bank AG will then beis now subject to additional regulatory requirements in the United Kingdom, and its activities in the United Kingdom will be supervised and monitored by both the Prudential Regulatory Authority (“PRA”) and the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). Deutsche Bank AG is already in the process of applying for authorization to provide banking and other financial services in the United Kingdom afterKingdom. The date by which Deutsche Bank AG can expect to receive UK authorisation is currently unknown, and in the expirymeantime, it has the benefit of ‘deemed permission’ pursuant to the transition period.UK’s Temporary Permissions Regime (TPR). The TPR also provides Deutsche Bank AG with some temporary relief as to needing to comply with a number of UK rules by allowing ‘substituted compliance’ with similar EU rules. However, certain UK rules have already come into effect and some of these conflict with the similar European rules, and this has already posed challenges for both Deutsche Bank AG and the financial services industry generally (e.g., Derivatives Trading Obligation and Share Trading Obligation under MiFID).

On November 27, 2019, the European Parliament and the Council adopted the Investment Firm Regulation and the Investment Firm Directive, which will introduce substantive regulatory changes (including to the calculation of capital requirements) in respect of investment firms, such as our subsidiary DWS. The Investment Firm Regulation and the Investment Firm Directive (as implemented into German law) will apply in large part from June 26, 2021.

The following sections present a description of the regulation and supervision of our business in our home market Germany under the European Union framework of regulation and in the United States.


60

Regulation in Germany under the Regulatory Framework of the European Union

We are subject to comprehensive regulation under German law and regulations promulgated by the European Union which are directly applicable law in Germany.

The amendments by the banking reform package to the BRRD and the CRD have been implemented into German law by the Risk Reduction Act ( Risikoreduzierungsgesetz) which, in particular, amended the German Banking Act ( Kreditwesengesetz).

The German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) and the CRR are important sources of regulation for German banks with respect to prudential regulation, licensing requirements, and the business activities of financial institutions. In particular, the German Banking Act requires that an enterprise which engages in one or more of the activities categorized in the German Banking Act as “banking business” or “financial services” in Germany must be licensed as a credit institution (Kreditinstitut)( Kreditinstitut) or financial services institution (Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut)( Finanzdienstleistungsinstitut), as the case may be. Deutsche Bank AG is licensed as a credit institution and is authorized to conduct banking business and to provide financial services.

Significant parts of the regulatory framework for banks in the European Union are governed by the CRR. The CRR includes requirements relating to regulatory capital, risk-based capital adequacy, monitoring and control of large exposures, consolidated supervision, leverage, liquidity and public disclosure, including Basel 3 standards.

Certain other requirements that apply to us, including those with respect to capital buffers, organizational and risk management requirements, are set forth in the German Banking Act and other German laws, partly implementing European Union directives such as the CRD.

Deutsche Bank AG, headquartered in Frankfurt am Main, Germany, is the parent institution of Deutsche Bank Group. Under the CRR, Deutsche Bank AG, as credit institution and parent company, is responsible for regulatory consolidation of all subsidiary credit institutions, financial institutions, asset management companies and ancillary service undertakings. Generally, the bank regulatory requirements under the CRR and the German Banking Act apply both on a stand-alone and a consolidated basis. However, banks forming part of a consolidated group may receive a waiver with respect to the application of specific regulatory requirements on an unconsolidated basis if certain conditions are met. As of December 31, 2019,2020, Deutsche Bank AG benefited from such a waiver, according to which Deutsche Bank AG needs to apply the requirements relating to own funds, large exposures, exposures to transferred credit risks, leverage and disclosure by institutions, as well as certain risk management requirements, only on a consolidated basis.

Capital Adequacy Requirements

Minimum Capital Adequacy Requirements (Pillar 1)

67

The minimum capital adequacy requirements for banks are primarily set forth in the CRR. The CRR requires German banks to maintain an adequate level of regulatory capital in relation to the total of their risk positions, referred to as total exposure amount. Risk positions include credit risk positions, market risk positions and operational risk positions (including, among other things, risks related to certain external factors, as well as to technical errors and errors of employees). The most important type of capital for compliance with the capital requirements under the CRR is Common Equity Tier 1 capital. Common Equity Tier 1 capital primarily consists of share capital, retained earnings and other reserves, subject to certain regulatory adjustments. Another component of regulatory capital is Additional Tier 1 capital, which includes, for example, certain unsecured subordinated perpetual capital instruments and related share premium accounts. An important feature of Additional Tier 1 capital is that the principal amount of the instruments will be written down, or converted into Common Equity Tier 1 capital, when the Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of the financial institution falls below a minimum of 5.125 % (or such higher level as the issuing bank may determine). Regulators may require an earlier conversion, for example for stress-testing purposes. Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital together constitute Tier 1 capital. An additional type of regulatory capital is Tier 2 capital which generally consists of long-term subordinated debt instruments. Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital together constitute own funds. Pursuant to the CRR, hybrid capital instruments that qualified as Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital under what is known as Basel 2.5 cease to qualify as such and will be gradually phased out through the end of 2021.

Under the CRR, banks are required to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk exposure amount of 6 % and a minimum ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 capital to total risk exposure of 4.5 %. The minimum total capital ratio of own funds to total risk exposure is 8 %.


61

Capital Buffers

The German Banking Act also requires banks to build up a mandatory capital conservation buffer (Common Equity Tier 1 capital amounting to 2.5 % of total risk exposure), and authorizes the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt( Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin“)) to set a domestic counter-cyclical capital buffer for Germany (Common Equity Tier 1 capital of generally 0 % to 2.5 % of total risk exposure, or more in particular circumstances) during periods of high credit growth. Due to the impact of the current pandemic, BaFin has temporarily lowered the counter-cyclical capital buffer to 0%. In order to comply with the countercyclical capital buffer requirement, banks must calculate their institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer as the weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffers that apply to them in the jurisdictions where their relevant credit exposures are located. Accordingly, the total countercyclical buffer requirement, if any, with which we need to comply also depends on the corresponding buffer requirements in other jurisdictions. In addition, the BaFin may require banks to build up a systemic risk buffer (Common Equity Tier 1 capital of between 1 % and 3a minimum of 0.5 % of risk-weighted assetsthe total risk exposure amount for all exposures and – in exceptional cases – up to 5 % for domestic and third-country exposures) to prevent and mitigate long term non-cyclical systemic or macro-prudential risks not otherwise covered by CRR/CRD. G-SIIs, such asAny systemic risk buffer determined by BaFin in excess of 5% would require prior authorization of the European Commission. Deutsche Bank,Bank’s current systemic risk buffer is 0 %. G-SIIs are subject to an additional capital buffer (Common Equity Tier 1 capital of between 1 % and 3.5 % of risk-weighted assets), which the BaFin determines for German banks based on a scoring system measuring the bank’s global systemic importance. TheDeutsche Bank’s current G-SII capital risk buffer is 1.5 %. BaFin can also determine a capital buffer of Common Equity Tier 1 capital of up to 23 % of risk-weighted assets for other systemically important banks (so-called O-SIIs, such as Deutsche Bank)O-SIIs) in Germany, based on criteria measuring, among others, the bank’s importance for the economy in Germany and the European Economic Area. Currently, the systemicDeutsche Bank is subject to treatment both as a G-SII, as well as an O-SII (on a consolidated basis). Any risk buffer for O-SIIs that exceeds the threshold of 3 % requires prior authorization by the European Commission. Deutsche Bank’s current O-SII capital buffer is 2 %. The buffers for G-SIIs and the buffer for O-SIIs are generally not cumulative; only the highesthigher of these buffers applies. However, such higher buffer and the systemic risk buffer are cumulative. If the total buffer is higher than 5 %, BaFin needs to seek approval by the European Commission. If a bank fails to build up the required capital buffers, it will be subject to restrictions on the pay-out of dividends, share buybacks and discretionary compensation payments. Also, within the single supervisory mechanism (“SSM”), the European Central Bank (“ECB”) may require banks to maintain higher capital buffers than those required by the BaFin.

Upon implementation into national law of the relevant rules contained in the banking reform package, certain aspects of the capital buffers will change. In particular, the maximum O-SII buffer will no longer be capped at 2 %, but generally at 3 %, but can be set higher with the approval of the European Commission. Also, while the buffers for G-SIIs and O-SIIs will continue to be non-cumulative, the systemic risk buffer will become cumulative to the higher of such buffers. Where such total buffer would be higher than 3 % or 5 %, as the case may be, its determination would be subject to an approval process at the European level.

Leverage Ratio

The banking reform package (see “Highlights” above) also introducesintroduced Tier 1 capital-based a binding minimum leverage ratio requirement of 3 % of Tier 1 capital.%. The minimum leverage ratio requirement is calculated on a non-risk basis and complements the other risk-based capital requirements. Banks are currently only required to report and publish their leverage ratios and will become required to comply with the minimum leverage ratio requirement from June 28, 2021. The CRR Quick Fix provided competent authorities with the discretion to allow banks to exclude certain central bank exposures from the calculation of the leverage ratio. In September 2020, the ECB and the BaFin declared the existence of exceptional circumstances and allowed such an exclusion until June 27, 2021.

In addition to the minimum leverage ratio requirement, the banking reform package provides for a leverage ratio buffer requirement for G-SIIs (such as Deutsche Bank) to be applied from January 2022 onwards,, which must be met with Tier 1 capital and is set at 50 % of the G-SII's risk-weighted capital buffer rate. The CRR Quick Fix deferred the application of the leverage ratio buffer by one year to January 1, 2023. Certain aspects relating to the leverage ratio buffer requirement as contained in the CRD (such as restrictions on the pay out of dividends etc. if the requirements are not met) must be implemented in the laws of the individual member jurisdictions.


68

Pillar 2 Capital Requirements and Guidance

Furthermore, the ECB may impose capital requirements on individual significant credit institutions which are more stringent than the statutory minimum requirements set forth in the CRR, the German Banking Act or the related regulations. Upon completion of the supervisory review and evaluation process (“SREP”) discussed in greater detail below, the competent supervisory authority makes an SREP decision in relation to each relevant bank, which may include specific capital and liquidity requirements for each affected bank. Any such additional bank-specific capital requirements resulting from the SREP are referred to as “Pillar 2” requirements that must be met with Common Equity Tier 1 capital in addition to the statutory minimum capital and buffer requirements. Institutions must meet their Pillar 2 requirements with at least 75 % of Tier 1 capital and at least 56.25 % of Common Equity Tier 1 capital.

In addition, the ECB may decide following the SREP to communicate to individual banks an expectation to hold a further Pillar 2 Common Equity Tier 1 capital add-on, the so-called Pillar 2 guidance. The ECB has stated that it generally expects banks to meet the Pillar 2 guidance although it is not legally binding and failure to meet the Pillar 2 guidance does not automatically have legal consequences. The competent supervisory authority may take a range of other measures based on the SREP outcome to address shortcomings in a bank’s governance and risk management processes or its capital or liquidity position, such as prohibiting dividend payments to shareholders or distributions to holders of regulatory capital instruments. In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, the ECB allows banks to operate temporarily below the level of capital defined by the Pillar 2 guidance until at least the end of 2022.

For details of Deutsche Bank’s regulatory capital, see “Management Report: Risk Report: Risk and Capital Performance” in our Annual Report 2019.

622020.

MREL Requirements

As discussed below under “Recovery and Resolution”, to ensure that European banks have a sufficient amount of liabilities with loss-absorbing capacity, they are required to meet minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”) determined for each institution individually on a case-by-case basis. As part of the banking reform package (see “Highlights” above), the European Union implemented the FSB’s TLAC standard for G-SIBs (such as us) by introducing a new Pillar 1 MREL requirement for G-SIIs (the European equivalent term for G-SIBs). This new requirement is based on both risk-based and non-risk-based denominators and will be set at the higher of 18 % of total risk exposure and 6.75 % of the leverage ratio exposure measure following a transition period (until December 31, 2021, 16 % of total risk exposure and 6 % of the leverage ratio exposure measure). It can be met with Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital or debt that meets specific eligibility criteria. Deduction rules apply for holdings by G-SIIs of TLAC instruments of other G-SIIs. In addition, the competent authorities have the ability to impose on G-SIIs individual MREL requirements that exceed the statutory minimum requirements.

Limitations on Large Exposures

The CRR also contains the primary restrictions on large exposures, which limit a bank’s concentration of credit risks. The German Banking Act and the Large Exposure Regulation (Groß( Großkredit- und Millionenkreditverordnung)Millionenkreditverordnung) supplement the CRR. Under the CRR, our exposure to a customer and any customers affiliated with such customer is deemed to be a “large exposure” when the value of such exposure is equal to or exceeds 10 % of our eligible regulatory capital. All exposures to a single customer and any customers affiliated with such customer are aggregated for these purposes. In general, no large exposure may exceed 25 % of our eligible regulatory capital. “Eligible regulatory capital” for this purpose means the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital where the latter may not exceed one third of Tier 1 capital. If the customer is a credit institution or investment firm, the exposure is limited to the higher of 25 % of our eligible regulatory capital or € 150 million. Competent authorities may set a lower limit than € 150 million. For exposures in the trading book, the large exposure regime may give greater latitude, subject to an additional own funds requirement.

The banking reform package (see “Highlights” above) will restrict a bank’s exposures to a single counterparty to 25 % of its Tier 1 capital (instead of 25 % of the sum of its Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital) and will further limit exposures between banks designated as G-SIIs, such as Deutsche Bank, to 15 % of Tier 1 capital. The new rules will apply from June 28, 2021.

Liquidity Requirements

The CRR introduced a liquidity coverage requirement intended to ensure that banks have an adequate stock of unencumbered high quality liquid assets that can be easily and quickly converted into cash to meet their liquidity needs for a 30-calendar day liquidity stress scenario. The required liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”) is calculated as the ratio of a bank’s liquidity buffer to its net liquidity outflows. Also, banks must regularly report the composition of the liquid assets in their liquidity buffer to their competent authorities.


69

In addition, the banking reform package (see “Highlights” above) introduced a net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”) to reduce medium- to long-term funding risks by requiring banks to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding over a one-year period. The NSFR, which will apply from June 28, 2021 onwards, is defined as the ratio of a bank’s available stable funding relative to the amount of required stable funding over a one-year period. Banks must maintain an NSFR of at least 100 %.The NSFR will apply to both the Group as a whole and to individual SSM regulated entities, including the parent entity Deutsche Bank AG. Upon the introduction of the ratio as a binding minimum requirement, we expect both the Group and its subsidiaries for which it applies to be above the regulatory minimum. To achieve this for Deutsche Bank AG, the company is actively working on a number of structural initiatives to improve the standalone NSFR position. In the event these initiatives are not successfully completed by June 2021, Deutsche Bank AG may incur additional costs.

The ECB may impose on individual banks liquidity requirements which are more stringent than the general statutory requirements if the bank’s continuous liquidity would otherwise not be ensured.


63

Separation of Proprietary Trading Activities by Universal Banks

The German Separation Act provides that deposit-taking banks and their affiliates are prohibited from engaging in proprietary trading that does not constitute a service for others, high-frequency trading, and credit or guarantee transactions with hedge funds and comparable enterprises that are substantially leveraged, unless such activities are exempt or excluded, or in the case no such exemption or exclusion is available, is transferred to a separate legal entity, referred to as a financial trading institution (Finanzhandelsinstitut)( Finanzhandelsinstitut). The separation requirement applies if certain thresholds are exceeded, which is the case for us. In addition, the German Separation Act authorizes the BaFin to prohibit the deposit-taking bank and its affiliates, on a case-by-case basis, from engaging in market-making and other activities that are comparable to the activities prohibited by law, if these activities may put the solvency of the deposit-taking bank or any of its affiliates at risk. In the event that the BaFin orders such a prohibition, the respective activities must be discontinued or transferred to a separate financial trading institution. The financial trading institution may be established in the form of an investment firm or a bank and may be part of the same group as the deposit-taking bank. However, it must be economically and organizationally independent from the deposit-taking bank and its other affiliates, and it has to comply with enhanced risk management requirements. We have established a compliance and control framework to ensure that no prohibited activities are conducted. Deutsche Bank has not established a financial trading institution.

Anti-Financial Crime, Sanctions, Fraud, Bribery and Corruption

Financial sector participants are required to take steps to prevent the abuse of the financial system through money laundering and other financial crime. The European Union has continually sought to strengthen its framework for anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism, in line with international standards set by the Financial Action Task Force. Recent developments include the implementation into German law as of January 2020 of the European Union’s Fifth Anti-Money Laundering Directive. It aims to enhance transparency on beneficial ownership and reinforce the framework for the assessment of high-risk third countries, address other risk and further the cooperation between anti-money-laundering and prudential supervisors. In addition, the Sixth Anti-Money Laundering Directive mustwill now be implemented into German law even though this should already have been done by December 3, 2020. Generally, the requirements (such as know-your-customer requirements) set out in the German AML Act (Geldwäschegesetz)( Geldwäschegesetz) and German Banking Act apply to all business lines and infrastructure units as well as all subsidiaries and affiliates that undertake AML-relevant business and in which Deutsche Bank AG has a dominating influence.

We are required to comply with international sanctions, which are measures to protect national security interests or international law by countries, multilateral or regional organizations against certain countries, organizations or individuals restricting economic activity. In 2019,2020, various sanctions laws and regulations were issued or changed requiring us to update policies and processes orsuch as name list screening orand transaction filtering.

We are subject to fraud, bribery and corruption laws and regulations under the German Criminal Code and in the other countries in which we conduct business. The UK Bribery Act 2010 has extraterritorial impact and requires us to design and develop appropriate measures to mitigate bribery and corruption risk and to administer controls and safeguards to mitigate such risks.

Data Protection and Cyber Risk

70

We have to comply with all applicable data protection laws in the countries in which we operate. The regulation on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, also referred to as the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), became applicable in the European Union on May 25, 2018. It relates to data protection and privacy rights of individuals within the European Union and addresses the export of personal data to other jurisdictions. The GDPR primarily aims at giving individuals control over their personal data and to unifying the regulatory environment for cross-border business. Superseding the 1995 Data Protection Directive, the GDPR contains provisions and requirements pertaining to the processing of personal data of individuals and also applies to businesses inside the European Union that are processing personal data. The regulation furthermore applies to businesses outside of the European Union if goods or services are offered to data subjects in the European Union, or if the behavior of data subjects in the European Union is being monitored. The GDPR imposes compliance obligations and grants broad enforcement powers to supervisory authorities, including the potential to levy significant fines for non-compliance.


64

Under the German Banking Act and the BaFin’s Minimum Requirements for Risk Management for Banks (Mindestan-( Mindestan- forderungen an das Risikomanagement)Risikomanagement) information security needs to be an integral part of a financial institution’s IT strategy and risk management. The BaFin requires that financial institutions establish a comprehensive information and cyber security program, define standards, implement controls and adhere to their resulting security policies and standards in accordance with evolving business requirements, regulatory guidance, and an emerging threat landscape. Information security risk management is part of vendor risk management for any procurement if information technology or outsourcing activity include the use of new technologies like cloud services. Information security risk (also referred to as cyber risk) is a component of operational risk assessed in the context of the SREP under Guidelines on Information and Communication Technology Risk Assessment issued by the European Banking Authority, which expects financial institutions to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of customer data and information assets. Such guidelines are complemented by the European Banking Authority’s Guidelines on ICT and Security Risk Management.

Remuneration Rules

Under the German Banking Act and the German Credit Institution Remuneration Regulation (Institutsvergütungsverordnung)( Institutsvergütungsverordnung), we are subject to certain restrictions on the remuneration we pay our management board members and employees. These remuneration rules implement requirements of the CRD and impose a cap on bonuses. Pursuant to this cap, the variable remuneration for management board members and employees must not exceed the fixed remuneration. The variable remuneration may be increased to twice the management board member's or employee’s fixed remuneration if expressly approved by the shareholders’ meeting with the required majority. In addition, we are obliged to identify individuals who have a material impact on our risk profile (“material risk takers”). Such material risk takers are subject to additional rules, such as the requirement that at least 40 % toor, as the case may be, at least 60 % of the variable remuneration granted to them must be on a deferred basis. The deferral period must be at least three to five years. (FollowingFollowing the implementationrevision of the respective changes in the banking reform package (see “Highlights” above),German Credit Institution Remuneration Regulation, the minimum deferral period will be extended from three to four years orand may increase to five years for significant institutions (such as us) from December 29, 2020.)depending on certain factors. For certain material risk takers the minimum deferral period is set to five years. Also at least 50 % of the variable remuneration for material risk takers must be paid in shares of the bank or instruments linked to shares of the bank. Variable compensation of material risk takers has to be subject to an ex post risk adjustment mechanism and from the 2018 measurement period onwards to a claw back provision in case of personal wrongdoing. Finally, we are required to comply with certain disclosure requirements relating to the remuneration we pay to, and our remuneration principles in respect of, our material risk takers and other affected employees.

For details of Deutsche Bank’s remuneration system, see “Management Report: Compensation Report” in our Annual Report 2019.2020.

Deposit Protection and Investor Compensation in Germany

The Deposit Protection Act and the Investor Compensation Act

The German Deposit Protection Act (Einlagensicherungsgesetz)( Einlagensicherungsgesetz) and the German Investor Compensation Act (Anlegerentschädigungsgesetz)( Anlegerentschädigungsgesetz) provide for a mandatory deposit protection and investor compensation system in Germany, based on a European Union directive on deposit guarantee schemes (“DGS Directive”) and a European Union directive on investor compensation schemes.

The German Deposit Protection Act requires that each German bank participates in one of the statutory government-controlled deposit protection schemes (Entschädigungseinrichtungen)( Entschädigungseinrichtungen). The Entschädigungseinrichtung deutscher Banken GmbH acts as the deposit protection scheme for private sector banks such as Deutsche Bank, collects and administers the contributions of the member banks, and settles any compensation claims of depositors in accordance with the German Deposit Protection Act. The Federal Ministry of Finance intends to have the Entschädigungseinrichtung deutscher Banken GmbH as the sole German deposit protection scheme for all German banks as from October 2021.

Under the German Deposit Protection Act, deposit protection schemes are generally liable for obligations resulting from deposits denominated in any currency in an amount of up to € 100,000 per depositor and bank. Certain depositors, such as banks, insurance companies, investment funds and governmental bodies, are excluded from coverage.


71

Deposit protection schemes are financed by annual contributions of the participating banks proportionate to their potential liabilities, depending on the amount of its covered deposits and the degree of risk the bank is exposed to. A target level of 0.8 % of the total covered deposits of the participating banks is supposed to be reached by July 3, 2024. Deposit protection schemes may also levy special contributions if required to settle compensation claims.


65 Where the available funds of the deposit protection scheme fall below the target level, it must raise the level of contributions until the target level is reached.

Deposit protection schemes will be required to contribute to bank resolution costs where resolution tools are used. The contribution made by the deposit protection scheme is limited to the compensation it would have to pay if the affected bank had become subject to insolvency proceedings. Furthermore, deposit protection schemes may provide funding to its participating banks to avoid their failure under certain circumstances.

Under the German Investor Compensation Act, in the event that the BaFin ascertains a compensation case, Entschädigungseinrichtung deutscher Banken GmbH as ourDeutsche Bank AG’s deposit protection scheme is also required to compensate 90 % of the aggregate claims of each covered creditor arising from securities transactions denominated in euro or in a currency of any other European Union Member State up to an amount of the equivalent of € 20,000. Many financial sector participants such as banks, insurance companies, investment funds, governmental bodies or medium-sized and large corporations do not benefit from this coverage.

European Deposit Insurance Scheme

The European Union is still aiming for a common European Deposit Insurance Scheme (“EDIS”) based upon a proposal of the European Commission originally published in 2015. EDIS is still under discussion at the European Union level and the ultimate impact on us is uncertain.

Voluntary Deposit Protection System

Liabilities to creditors that are not covered by a statutory compensation scheme may be covered by the Deposit Protection Fund (Einlagensicherungsfonds)( Einlagensicherungsfonds) set up by the Association of German Banks (Bundesverband deutscher Banken e.V.) of which Deutsche Bank AG is a member. The Deposit Protection Fund protects deposits, i.e., generally credit balances credited to an account or resulting from interim positions which the bank is required to repay, subject to certain exclusions, up to an amount equal to 15 % of the bank’s own funds (Eigenmittel)( Eigenmittel) as further specified in the Deposit Protection Fund’s by-laws. This limit will be reduced to 8.75 % from January 1, 2025 onwards.

The financial resources of the Deposit Protection Fund are funded by contributions of the participating banks. If the resources of the Fund are insufficient, banks may be required to make special contributions. If onehigher or more German banks are in financial difficulties, we may participate in their restructuring even where we have no business relationship or strategic interest, in order to avoid making special contributions to the Deposit Protection Fund in case of an insolvency of such bank or banks, or we may be required to make such special contributions.

Market Conduct, Investor Protection and Infrastructure Regulation

Under the German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz)( Wertpapierhandelsgesetz), the BaFin regulates and supervises securities trading, including the provision of investment services, in Germany. The German Securities Trading Act contains, among other things, disclosure and transparency rules for issuers of securities that are listed on a German exchange and organizational requirements as well as rules of conduct which apply to all businesses that provide investment services. Investment services include, in particular, the purchase and sale of securities or derivatives for others and the intermediation of transactions in securities or derivatives as well as investment advice. The BaFin has broad powers to investigate businesses providing investment services to monitor their compliance with the organizational requirements, rules of conduct and reporting requirements. In addition, the German Securities Trading Act requires an independent auditor to perform an annual audit of the investment services provider’s compliance with its obligations under the German Securities Trading Act.

A related area is the Market Abuse Regulation (“MAR”) which establishes a common European Union framework for, inter alia, insider dealing, the public disclosure of inside information, market manipulation, and managers’ transactions. The German Securities Trading Act, which had contained rules on market abuse prior to the entering into force of the MAR, continues to supplement the MAR in this respect, for example by providing for sanctions in case of violations of the MAR.


6672

In addition, the revised Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID 2”), implemented primarily through amendments to the German Securities Trading Act, and the new Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation (“MiFIR”) became applicable on January 3, 2018. Their objectives are greater regulation and oversight of financial firms providing investment services or activities in the European Union by covering additional markets and instruments, the extension of pre- and post-trade transparency rules from equities to all financial instruments, greater restrictions on operating trading platforms, and greater sanctioning powers. The trading venues under supervision now also include organized trading facilities. In addition, MiFID 2/MiFIR, introduced a trading obligation for those OTC derivatives which are subject to mandatory clearing and which are sufficiently standardized, and new investor protection rules that significantly impact the way investment firms distribute products. The Regulation on Key Information Documents or Packaged Retail and Insurance-based Investment Products (PRIIPs) applies since January 1, 2018. It focuses on disclosure and transparency requirements when advising on or selling retail structured products and other complex and packaged investment products and aims at increasing investor protection.

Beyond the infrastructure-related provisions of MiFID 2 and MiFIR, market infrastructure has been the focus of other regulatory initiatives of the European Union that are relevant for Deutsche Bank. The Regulation on Transparency of Securities Financing Transaction aims at increasing transparency and reducing risks associated with such transactions. The regulation requires that repos, securities lending transactions and transactions with equivalent effect and margin lending transactions be reported to trade repositories and requires risk disclosures and consent before assets are reused or re-hypothecated. For the OTC derivatives markets, the European Regulation on OTC Derivatives, Central Counterparties and Trade Repositories, also referred to as European Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”), pursues the goals of reducing system, counterparty and operational risk and increase transparency in the OTC derivatives markets. The regulation introduced requirements for standardized over-the-counter derivatives, such as central clearing, margining, portfolio reconciliation or reporting to trade repositories.

In addition, the European Union’s Regulation on Financial Benchmarks seeks to ensure the integrity and accuracy of indices used as benchmarks for financial instruments and contracts, and prevent their manipulation. European Union-regulated banks, investment firms, fund managers and certain other supervised entities are only permitted to use benchmarks provided in accordance with the regulation. Benchmark administrators in the European Union are required to obtain authorization or registration, and are subject to rules and oversight regarding their organization, governance and conduct. Benchmarks provided by non-EU administrators are permissible under certain conditions.

Payment Services Regulation

Payment services in Germany are governed by the Payment Services Directive II (“PSD II”) as transposed into German law by the Payment Services Supervision Law (Zahlungsdiensteaufsichtsgesetz, “ZAG”). Payment services regulation is aimed at increasing competition for payment services and providing a level playing field by harmonizing consumer protection and rights and obligations of payment services providers and users within the European Union. The PSD II and the ZAG provide the legal framework for the rapidly progressing digitalization in payment services and promote consistent interpretation and application of the provisions throughout the European Union.

Legal Requirements relating to Financial Statements and Audits

As required by the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch)( Handelsgesetzbuch), Deutsche Bank AG prepares its non-consolidated financial statements in accordance with German GAAP. Deutsche Bank Group’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), and our compliance with capital adequacy requirements and large exposure limits is determined solely based upon such consolidated financial statements.

Under German law, Deutsche Bank AG is required to be audited annually by a certified public accountant (Wirtschaftsprüfer)( Wirtschaftsprüfer). Deutsche Bank AG’s auditor is appointed each year at the annual shareholders’ meeting. However, the supervisory board mandates the auditor and supervises the audit. The BaFin and the Deutsche Bundesbank (“Bundesbank”), the German central bank, must be informed of the appointment and the BaFin may reject the auditor’s appointment. The German Banking Act requires that a bank’s auditor inform the BaFin and the Bundesbank of any facts that come to the auditor’s attention which would lead it to refuse to certify or to limit its certification of the bank’s annual financial statements or which would adversely affect the bank’s financial position. The auditor is also required to notify the BaFin and the Bundesbank in the event of a material breach by management of the articles of association or of any other applicable law. The auditor is required to prepare a detailed and comprehensive annual audit report (Prüfungsbericht)( Prüfungsbericht) for submission to the bank’s supervisory board, the BaFin and the Bundesbank. The BaFin and the Bundesbank share their information with the ECB. In addition to the statutory audit directive and its amendment that has been implemented into national law, Deutsche Bank is also subject to the European Union’s Regulation on Specific Requirements regarding Statutory Audit of Public-Interest Entities which includes requirements for mandatory audit firm rotation and restrictions on non-audit services.


67

Banking Supervision under the Single Supervisory Mechanism

Under the European Union’s system of financial supervision referred to as the single supervisory mechanism (“SSM”), the ECB is the primary supervisor of all systemically important or significant credit institutions (such as Deutsche Bank AG) and their banking affiliates in the relevant Member States. The competent national authorities supervise the remaining, less significant banks under the oversight of the ECB. As a result, Deutsche Bank AG is supervised by the ECB, the BaFin and the Bundesbank.

With respect to us and other significant credit institutions, the ECB is the primary supervisor and is responsible for most tasks of prudential supervision, such as compliance with regulatory requirements concerning own funds, large exposure limits, leverage, liquidity, securitizations, corporate governance, business organization and risk management requirements. The ECB carries out its day-to-day supervisory functions through a joint supervisory team (“JST”) established for Deutsche Bank Group. The JST is led by the ECB and comprises staff from the ECB and national supervisory authorities, including the BaFin and the Bundesbank. In addition, and regardless of whether an institution is significant or not, the ECB is responsible for issuing new licenses to credit institutions and for assessing the acquisition and increase of significant participations (also referred to as qualifying holdings) in credit institutions established in those Member States of the European Union that participate in the SSM and where notification of such changes must be filed.


73

The BaFin is our principal supervisor for regulatory matters with respect to which we are not supervised by the ECB. These include business conduct in the securities markets, in particular when providing investment services to clients, anti-moneypayment services and implementing measures against money laundering and terrorist financing, and payment services, as well asthey also include certain special areas of bank regulation, such as those related to the issuance of covered bonds (Pfandbriefe) and the supervision of German home loan banks (Bausparkassen)(Bausparkassen) with regard to certain regulatory requirements specifically applicable to such home loan banks.banks Generally, the BaFin also supervises us with respect to those requirements under the German Banking Act that are not based upon European law. The Bundesbank supports the BaFin and the ECB and closely cooperates with them. The cooperation includes the ongoing review and evaluation of reports submitted by us and of our audit reports as well as assessments of the adequacy of our capital base and risk management systems. The ECB, the BaFin and the Bundesbank receive comprehensive information from us in order to monitor our compliance with applicable legal requirements and to obtain information on our financial condition.

Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process

For significant institutions such as Deutsche Bank, the JST conducts the supervisory review and evaluation process (or “SREP”)SREP for an ongoing assessment of risks, governance arrangements and the capital and liquidity situation. The SREP requires that the JSTs review the arrangements, strategies, processes and mechanisms of supervised banks on a regular basis, in order to evaluate risks to which these banks are or might be exposed, risks they could pose to the financial system, and risks revealed by stress testing.

The SREP framework consists of a business model analysis, an assessment of internal governance and institution-wide control arrangements, an assessment of risks to capital and adequacy of capital to cover these risks; and an assessment of risks to liquidity and adequacy of liquidity resources to cover these risks. The SREP can result in Pillar 2 capital and liquidity requirements or guidance for the relevant institution (see above “Pillar 2 Capital Requirements and Guidance”).

Audits, Investigations and Enforcement

Investigations and Supervisory Audits

The ECB and the BaFin may conduct audits of banks on a discretionary basis, as well as for cause. In particular, the ECB may audit our compliance with requirements with respect to which it supervises us, such as those set forth in the CRR/CRD. The BaFin may also decide to audit our compliance with requirements with respect to which it supervises us, such as those relating to business conduct in the securities markets and the regulation of anti-money laundering, to counter terrorist financing and payment services, as well as certain special areas of bank regulation, such as those related to the issuance of covered bonds and the supervision of German home loan banks.

The ECB as well as the BaFin may require a bank to furnish information and documents in order to ensure that the bank is complying with applicable bank supervisory laws. The ECB and the BaFin may conduct investigations without having to state a reason therefor. Such investigations may also take place at a foreign entity that is part of a bank’s group for regulatory purposes. Investigations of foreign entities are limited to the extent that the law of the jurisdiction where the entity is located restricts such investigations.

The ECB and the BaFin may attend meetings of a bank’s supervisory board and shareholders meetings. They also have the authority to require that such meetings be convened.

68

Supervisory and Enforcement Powers

The ECB has a wide range of enforcement powers in the event it discovers any irregularities concerning adherence to requirements with respect to which it supervises us.

It may, for example,

74

To the extent necessary to carry out the tasks granted to it, the ECB may also require national supervisory authorities to make use of their powers under national law. If these measures are inadequate, the ECB may revoke the bank’s license. Furthermore, the ECB has the power to impose administrative penalties in case of breaches of directly applicable European Union laws, such as the CRR, or of applicable ECB regulations and decisions. Penalties imposed by the ECB may amount to up to twice the amount of profits gained or losses avoided because of the violation, or up to 10 % of the total annual turnover of the relevant entity in the preceding business year or such other amounts as may be provided for in relevant European Union law. In addition, where necessary to carry out the tasks granted to it, the ECB may also require that the BaFin initiate proceedings to ensure that appropriate penalties are imposed on the affected bank.

The BaFin also retains a wide range of enforcement powers. As discussed above, it may take action if instructed by the ECB in connection with supervisory tasks granted to the ECB. With respect to supervisory tasks remaining with the BaFin, the BaFin may take action upon its own initiative. In particular, if a bank is in danger of defaulting on its obligations to creditors, the BaFin may take emergency measures to avert default. These emergency measures may include:

The BaFin may also impose administrative pecuniary penalties under the German Banking Act and other German laws. Penalties under the German Banking Act may amount to generally up to € 5 million or, in certain cases, € 20 million, depending of the type of offense. If the economic benefit derived from the offense is higher, the BaFin may impose penalties of up to 10 % of the net turnover of the preceding business year or twice the amount of the economic benefit derived from the violation.

Finally, violations of the German Banking Act may result in criminal penalties against the members of the Management Board or senior management.

Recovery and Resolution

Germany participates in the European Union’s single resolution mechanism (“SRM”), which centralizes at a European level the key competences and resources for managing the failure of banks in Member States of the European Union participating in the banking union. The SRM is based on the SRM Regulation and the BRRD, which was implemented in Germany are mainly implemented through the German Recovery and Resolution Act (Sanierungs-(Sanierungs- und Abwicklungsgesetz)Abwicklungsgesetz). In addition, the German Resolution Mechanism Act (Abwicklungsmechanismusgesetz) adapted German bank resolution laws to the SRM.

Under the SRM, broad resolution powers with respect to banks domiciled in the participating Member States are granted to the Single Resolution Board (“SRB”) as the central European resolution authority and to the competent national resolution authorities. Resolution powers in particular include the power to reduce, including to zero, the nominal value of shares, or to cancel shares outright, and to write down certain eligible subordinated and unsubordinated unsecured liabilities, including to zero, or convert them into equity (commonly referred to as “bail-in”).


69

For a bank directly supervised by the ECB, such as Deutsche Bank, the SRB draws up the resolution plan, assesses the bank’s resolvability and may require legal and operational changes to the bank’s structure to ensure its resolvability. In the event that a bank is failing or likely to fail and certain other conditions are met, in particular where there is no reasonable prospect that any alternative private sector measures would prevent the failure and resolution measures are necessary in the public interest, the SRB is responsible for adopting a resolution scheme for resolving the bank pursuant to the SRM Regulation. The European Commission and, to a lesser extent, the Council of the European Union, have a role in endorsing or objecting to the resolution scheme proposed by the SRB. The resolution scheme would be addressed to and implemented by the competent national resolution authorities (the BaFin in Germany).

Resolution measures that could be imposed upon a failing bank may include a range of measures including the transfer of shares, assets or liabilities of the bank to another legal entity, the reduction, including to zero, of the nominal value of shares, the dilution of shareholders of a failing bank or the cancellation of shares outright, or the amendment, modification or variation of the terms of the bank’s outstanding debt instruments, for example by way of deferral of payments or a reduction of the applicable interest rate. Furthermore, by way of a “bail-in”, certain liabilities may be written down, including to zero, or converted into equity after the bank’s regulatory capital has been exhausted.

To ensure that resolution measures can be effectively taken, contractual obligations governed by the laws of a non-EU country or that are subject to jurisdiction outside the European Union are required to include contractual provisions that ensure that the relevant obligation can be bailed in. In the case of financial contracts governed by the laws of a non-EU country or that are subject to jurisdiction outside the European Union, stay acceptance clauses need to be included.

75

To ensure sufficient availability of liabilities with loss-absorbing capacity that could be bailed in, the SRM Regulation and the German Recovery and Resolution Act introduced a requirement for banks to meet minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”). The required level of MREL is determined by the competent resolution authorities for each supervised bank individually on a case-by-case basis, depending on the preferred resolution strategy. In the case of Deutsche Bank AG, MREL is determined by the SRB.

In addition, the banking reform package entered into force on June 27, 2019 (see “Highlights” above) implemented the FSB’s TLAC standard for G-SIBs by introducing a new Pillar 1 MREL requirement for G-SIIs. This new requirement is based on both risk-based and non-risk-based denominators and will be set at the higher of 18 % of total risk exposure and 6.75 % of the leverage ratio exposure measure following a transition period (until December 31, 2021, 16 % of total risk exposure and 6 % of the leverage ratio exposure measure). It can be met with Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital instruments or debt that meets specific eligibility criteria. In addition, the competent authorities have the ability to impose MREL requirements on G-SIIs that exceed the statutory minimum requirements.(see “MREL Requirements” above).

We anticipate that G-SIIs will need to predominantly rely on capital instruments or eligible subordinated debt for this purpose. Effective January 1, 2017, the German Banking Acts provided for a new class of statutorily subordinated debt securities that rank as senior non-preferred below the bank’s other senior liabilities (but in priority to the bank’s contractually subordinated liabilities, such as those qualifying as Tier 2 instruments). Following a harmonization effort by the European Union implemented in Germany effective July 21, 2018, banks are permitted to decide if a specific issuance of eligible senior debt will rank as senior non-preferred debt or as senior preferred debt.

The SRB is charged with administering the Single Resolution Fund, a pool of money which is financed by bank levies raised at national level and intended to reach a target level of 1 % of insured deposits of all banks in Member States participating in the SRM by the end of 2023. It will be used for resolving failing banks after other options, such as the bail-in tool, have been exhausted. In line with the German Recovery and Resolution Act, public financial support for a failing bank should only be used as a last resort, after having assessed and exploited, to the maximum extent possible, resolution measures set forth in the SRM Regulation and the German Recovery and Resolution Act, including the bail-in tool.

In addition, a German bank could become subject to a stabilization plan or reorganization proceedings under the German Credit Institution Reorganization Act (Gesetz zur Reorganisation von Kreditinstituten).


70

Regulation in the European Economic Area and Brexit

Since 1989 the European Union has worked to create a single European Union-wide market with almost no internal barriers on banking and financial services. To this end, theThe European Union pursues common standards of laws and regulations to create consistency across the internal market and reduce compliance and regulatory burdens for businesses operating on a cross-border basis. The Agreement on the European Economic Area (EEA) extends this single marketobjective to Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. These non-EU membersMembers of the European Economic AreaEEA have agreed to enact legislation similar to that passed in the European Union in many areas. Within this market, our branchesthe EEA, Deutsche Bank AG generally operateoperates under the so-called “European Passport”. Under the European Passport, our branches areDeutsche Bank AG is subject to regulation and supervision primarily by the ECB and the BaFin. Similarly, we also provide cross-borderDeutsche Bank AG provides services in the European Economic Area under the “European Passport” directly without intermediationboth through local branches established in many of branches.the Member States, but also on a cross border basis from its headquarters in Frankfurt. To the extent that activities are carried out within itsa Member State’s jurisdiction, the authorities of thethat host countryMember State supervise the conduct of such activities. This includes, for example, rules on treating clients fairly and rules governing a bank’s conduct in the securities market.

The United Kingdom left the European Union on January 31, 2020. Relationships with(UK) ceased to be a Member StatesState of the European Union are subjectas from 11 pm on January 31, 2020, and entered into a ‘Transition Period’ pursuant to a transition period untilUK/EU Withdrawal Act 2020 during which EU law continued to be applicable in the UK. On December 31, 2020, under a withdrawal agreement. The withdrawal agreement allows usthe Transition Period terminated, and EU law was no longer applicable within the UK. For the UK, this meant that all extensions of EU Member State ‘privileges’ were no longer available including any reliance upon the European Passport and automatic rights of access to operate our businessEU market infrastructure.

As from the end of the Transition Period, new UK requirements must be complied with when conducting regulated activity in the United Kingdom during the transition periodUK, both as if the United Kingdom were still a Member State. Also after the expiry of the transition period,regards cross border business as well as Deutsche Bank AG London Branch activity. Deutsche Bank AG is planning to continue to provide banking and other financial services in the UK both from its London Branch and also on a cross-border basis into the United Kingdom as well as through its London branch, which it will retain.in compliance with applicable law. Deutsche Bank AG will then beis now subject to additional regulatory requirements in the United Kingdom, and its activities in the United Kingdom will be supervised and monitored by both the Prudential Regulatory Authority (“PRA”) and the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). Deutsche Bank AG is already in the process of applying for authorization to provide banking and other financial services in the United Kingdom afterKingdom. The date by which Deutsche Bank AG can expect to receive UK authorisation is currently unknown, and in the expirymeantime, it has the benefit of ‘deemed permission’ pursuant to the UK’s Temporary Permissions Regime (TPR). The TPR also provides Deutsche Bank AG with some temporary relief as to needing to comply with a number of UK rules by allowing ‘substituted compliance’ with similar EU rules. However, certain UK rules have already come into effect and some of these conflict with the similar European rules, and this has already posed challenges for both Deutsche Bank AG and the financial services industry generally (e.g., Derivatives Trading Obligation and Share Trading Obligation under MiFID).

Subsidiaries of the transition period.Deutsche Bank Group established in the EEA which were previously benefitting from the European Passport will also need to seek authorisation in the UK if any plan to continue to service UK clients or conduct UK regulated activity in the UK. Certain other Deutsche Bank Group subsidiaries have had to assess whether they conduct regulated activity in the UK (e.g. by providing UK regulated services to UK based clients), and where necessary, make plans to run off that activity within the UK’s Financial Services Contracts Regime (FSCR) or otherwise ensure such activity can be conducted pursuant to a UK licensing exemption (i.e., an overseas persons exclusion). Deutsche Bank subsidiaries expected to conduct contractual run-off operations within the FSCR include BHM (FFT), Norisbank (FFT), DB Spa (Milan), DB SAE (Madrid), DB Polska (Warsaw), DB Luxembourg (Brussels) and all with respect to retail client activity only (largely as a result of clients having moved to the UK since first availing of the services).

76

Regulation and Supervision in the United States

Our operations are subject to extensive federal and state banking, securities and derivatives regulation and supervision in the United States. We engage in U.S. banking activities directly through our New York branch. We also control U.S. banking organization subsidiaries, including DB USA Corporation and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (“DBTCA”), and U.S. broker-dealers, such as Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., U.S. nondepositnon-depository trust companies and nonbanking subsidiaries. We hold our U.S. subsidiaries through two intermediate holding companies, DB USA Corporation, through which our U.S. banking subsidiaries and the large majority of our other U.S. subsidiaries are held, and DWS USA Corporation, through which our U.S. asset management subsidiaries are held.

In 2010, the United States enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which provides a broad framework for significant regulatory changes that extend to almost every area of U.S. financial regulation. While rulemaking in respect of many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act has already taken place, full implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will require further detailed rulemaking and uncertainty remains about the final details, timing and impact of some rules. Some existing regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act are undergoing tailoring as part of the implementation process. In addition, the substance and impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may be affected by subsequent legislation and changes in the U.S. political landscape.

The Dodd-Frank Act provisions known as the “Volcker Rule” limit the ability of banking entities and their affiliates to engage as principal in certain types of proprietary trading and to sponsor or invest in private equity or hedge funds or similar funds (“covered funds”), subject to certain exclusions and exemptions. In the case of non-U.S. banking entities such as Deutsche Bank AG, these exemptions permit certain activities conducted outside the United States, provided that certain criteria are satisfied. The Volcker Rule also limits the ability of banking entities and their affiliates to enter into certain transactions with covered funds with which they or their affiliates have certain relationships. The Volcker Rule also requires banking entities to establish comprehensive compliance programs designed to help ensure and monitor compliance with restrictions under the Volcker Rule. In September and October 2019, the USU.S. federal agencies responsible for administration of the Volcker Rule finalized amendments to simplify and tailor compliance requirements related to the proprietary trading provisions of the Volcker Rule. These amendments to the Volcker Rule became effective January 1, 2020, with compliance required by January 1, 2021. On July 31, 2020, the agencies adopted further amendments to the Volcker Rule's covered funds provisions, which became effective on October 1, 2020. While the recent amendments are intended to streamline the existing requirements and result in a more simplified revised final rule, these changes to the Volcker Rule may result in increased compliance and operational costs. These amendments to the Volcker Rule became effective January 1, 2020, with compliance required by January 1, 2021. On January 30, 2020, the agencies proposed further amendments to the Volcker Rule's covered funds provisions. The proposal is currently open for comment, and the timeline for finalization remains uncertain.

71

The Dodd-Frank Act also provides regulators with tools to provide greater capital, leverage and liquidity requirements and other prudential standards, particularly for financial institutions that pose significant systemic risk. U.S. regulators are also able to restrict the size and growth of systemically significant non-bank financial companies and large interconnected bank holding companies. U.S. regulators are also required to impose bright-line debt-to-equity ratio limits on financial companies that the Financial Stability Oversight Council determines pose a grave threat to financial stability if it determines that the imposition of such limits is necessary to minimize the risk.

With respect to prudential standards, in February 2014, the Federal Reserve Board adopted rules that set forth how the U.S. operations of certain foreign banking organizations (“FBOs”), such as Deutsche Bank, are required to be structured, as well as the enhanced prudential standards that apply to our U.S. operations. Under these rules, as of July 1, 2016, a large FBO with U.S.$ 50 billion or more in U.S. non-branch assets, such as Deutsche Bank, was required to establish or designate a separately capitalized top-tier U.S. intermediate holding company (an “IHC”) that would hold substantially all of the FBO’s ownership interests in its U.S. subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve Board may permit an FBO subject to the U.S. IHC requirement to establish or designate multiple U.S. IHCs upon written request. On July 1, 2016, we designated DB USA Corporation as our IHC. In March 2018, we completed the partial initial public offering of our Asset Management division, consolidating these activities in DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA, in which we retain approximately 80 % of the shares. In April 2018, DWS USA Corporation was formed as a subsidiary of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA, and, following receipt of Federal Reserve Board approval, we designated it as our second IHC, through which our U.S. asset management subsidiaries are held. As of the date of their designation or formation, they each became subject, on a consolidated basis, to the risk-based and leverage capital requirements under the U.S. Basel 3 capital framework, capital planning and stress testing requirements (on a phased-in basis), U.S. liquidity buffer requirements and other enhanced prudential standards comparable to those applicable to top-tier U.S. bank holding companies of a similar size as DB USA Corporation. Supplementary leverage ratio requirements applicable to DB USA Corporation took effect beginning in January 2018 and were applicable to DWS USA Corporation upon its formation.

77

On October 10, 2019, the Federal Reserve Board finalized rules to categorize the USU.S. operations of large FBOs based on size, complexity and risk for purposes of tailoring the application of the USU.S. enhanced prudential standards (the “Tailoring Rules”). The Tailoring Rules do not significantly change the capital requirements that apply to DB USA Corporation or DWS USA Corporation, although they provide the option to comply with certain simplifications to the capital requirements. However, the Tailoring Rules provide modest relief for our USU.S. IHCs with respect to applicable liquidity requirements so long as the IHCs’ combined weighted short term wholesale funding remains below $75U.S.$ 75 billion.

The Federal Reserve Board has the authority to examine an IHC, such as DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation, and its subsidiaries, as well as U.S. branches and agencies of FBOs, such as our New York branch. An FBO’s U.S. branches and agencies are not held beneath an IHC; however, the U.S. branches and agencies of the FBO are subject to certain liquidity requirements, as well as other specific enhanced prudential standards, such as risk management and, under certain circumstances, asset maintenance requirements. Additionally, the Tailoring Rules also placed requirements on the FBO itself related to the adequacy and reporting of the FBO’s home country capital and stress testing regime.

In June 2018 and October 2019, the Federal Reserve Board finalized rules relating to single counterparty credit limits that apply to an FBO’s combined U.S. operations and its IHCs. Our IHCs will each beare prohibited from having net credit exposure to a single unaffiliated counterparty in excess of 25 percent of each IHC’s tier 1 capital beginning on July 1, 2020. In addition, ourcapital. Our combined U.S. operations (including our IHCs and our New York branch) would become separately subject to similar restrictions beginning July 1, 20202021 unless Deutsche Bank AG certifies compliance with a home country large exposure regime that is consistent with the Basel large exposure framework. In November 2019,May 2020, the Federal Reserve Board issuedannounced a proposedfinal rule to extend the initial compliance date for FBOs’ combined USU.S. operations to July 1, 2021 or January 1, 2022. Iffor FBOs that have the rule is adopted as proposed,characteristics of a G-SIB. Deutsche Bank AG may avail itself of substituted compliance through certification for its combined U.S. operations, as the European Union’s framework becomes effective on June 28, 2021.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board proposed but has not adopted an “early remediation” framework under which it would implement prescribed restrictions and penalties against the FBO and its U.S. operations, such as restrictions on the ability of the FBO and its U.S. operations to make discretionary compensation payments to certain of its officers and directors, if the FBO and/or its U.S. operations do not meet certain risk-based capital, leverage, liquidity, stress testing or other risk management requirements, and would authorize the termination of U.S. operations under certain circumstances.


72

As a bank holding company with assets of U.S.$ 250 billion or more, Deutsche Bank AG is required under Title I of the Dodd-Frank Act as amended, to prepare and submit periodically to the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) either a full or targeted resolution plan (the “U.S. Resolution Plan”) on a timeline prescribed by such agencies. The U.S. Resolution Plan must demonstrate that Deutsche Bank AG has the ability to execute a strategy for the orderly resolution of its subsidiariesdesignated U.S. material entities and operations in the event of future material financial distress or failure (the “U.S. Resolution Plan”).operations. For foreign-based companies subject to these resolution planning requirements such as Deutsche Bank AG, the U.S. Resolution Plan relates only to subsidiaries, branches, agencies and businesses that are domiciled in or whose activities are carried out in whole or in material part in the United States. Deutsche Bank AG filed its most recent U.S. Resolution Plan inby July 1, 2018. The 2018 U.S. Resolution Plan describes the single point of entry strategy for ourDeutsche Bank’s U.S. Material Entities, Core Business Lines, Critical Operationsmaterial entities and operations and prescribes that DB USA Corporation, our single U.S. IHC as of December 31, 2017, would provide liquidity and capital support to its U.S. Material Entitymaterial entity subsidiaries and ensure their solvent wind-down outside of applicable resolution proceedings. In December 2018, Deutsche Bank AG received regulatory feedback from the Federal Reserve and FDIC whichin December 2018. The Federal Reserve Board and FDIC found that Deutsche Bank’s U.S. Resolution Plan had no deficiencies but identified one shortcoming in the plan, associated with governance mechanisms and related escalation triggers. Deutsche Bank submitted a response to its December 2018 feedback letter on April 1, 2019. Deutsche Bank’s response discussed its proposed remediation of the shortcoming as well as enhancements of its resolution capabilities.

Deutsche Bank is required to makesubmitted its 2020 U.S. Resolution Plan on September 29, 2020. The 2020 U.S. Resolution Plan, like the 2018 U.S. Resolution Plan, described a submission to the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC by July 1, 2020 explainingsingle point of entry strategy for DB USA Corporation. It also explained how itDeutsche Bank remediated the shortcoming and providingprovided an update on the enhancement of its resolutions capabilities. Following this submission,On December 9, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC confirmed that the shortcoming previously identified in Deutsche Bank’s next targetedBank AG’s 2018 U.S. Resolution Plan ishad been remediated. Also on December 9, 2020, the agencies finalized guidance for the resolution plans of certain large foreign banks, including Deutsche Bank AG. In that guidance, the agencies tailored their expectations around resolution capital and liquidity, derivatives and trading activity, as well as payment, clearing, and settlement activities. The agencies also provided information for large banks, including Deutsche Bank AG, which will inform the content of their next U.S. Resolution Plans, which now are due on or before July 1,December 17, 2021. In particular, these ‘targeted’ plans (which are subsets of a full resolution plans) will be required to include core elements of a firm's resolution strategy — such as capital, liquidity, and recapitalization strategies — as well as how each firm has integrated changes to and lessons learned from its response to the COVID-19 pandemic into its resolution planning process.

78

Both DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation were subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) for 2019.2020. On June 27, 2019,25, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board publicly indicated that it did not object to the 2019 capital plans submitted by DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation. DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation will make their next capital plan submissions to the Federal Reserve Board in April 2020.2021. On March 4, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board issued a rule to amend its CCAR process to combine the CCAR quantitative assessment and the buffer requirements in the Federal Reserve Board’s capital rules to create an integrated capital buffer requirement. This final rule has eliminated the quantitative and qualitative ‘pass/fail’ assessments from CCAR and modifies the static capital conservation buffer to incorporate an institution-specific stress capital buffer (SCB), which is floored at 2.5%. The stress capital buffer equals (i) a bank holding company's projected peak-to-trough decline in common equity tier 1 under the annual CCAR supervisory severely adverse stress testing scenario prior to any planned capital actions, plus (ii) one year of planned common stock dividends. The stress capital buffer will be reset each year. On August 10, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board announced an SCB for each CCAR firm based on 2020 supervisory stress testing results conducted as part of CCAR, which for DB USA Corporation was 7.8% and for DWS USA Corporation was 2.5%. The first SCB became effective October 1, 2020 and would generally remain in effect until September 30, 2021, at which point the size of the SCB for each bank will be recalibrated based on the results of the 2021 stress tests. On December 18, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board released certain information related to this second round of bank stress tests, and indicated that it is extending, through March 31, 2021, the time period for notifying CCAR firms whether the Federal Reserve Board will recalculate a firm’s SCB. The Federal Reserve Board also announced it is limiting CCAR firms’ distributions in the first quarter of 2021. Under these restrictions, IHCs, such as DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation, may make certain capital distributions in the first quarter of 2021, provided that the distributions paid in the final three quarters of 2020 and the first quarter of 2021, in the aggregate, do not exceed the amount of net income the IHC has earned in the preceding four calendar quarters.

The U.S. federal bank regulators in 2013 issued final rules implementing elements of the Basel 3 capital adequacy framework that are applicable to U.S. banking organizations.

In September 2014, the Federal Reserve Board and other U.S. regulators approved a final rule implementing liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”) requirements for large U.S. banking holding companies and certain of their subsidiary depositary institutions that are generally consistent with the Basel Committee’s revised Basel 3 liquidity standards. DB USA Corporation and DBTCA became subject to the full LCR requirements on April 1, 2017 and DWS USA Corporation became subject to LCR requirements on a phased-in basis following its formation in April 2018. The Tailoring Rules reduced the LCR requirements applicable to DB USA Corporation, DWS USA Corporation and DBTCA from 100 to 85 percent beginning on January 1, 2020.

On June 1, 2016,October 20, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board and other U.S. regulators proposedfinalized rules implementing the second element of the Basel 3 liquidity framework, the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”). Under the Tailoring Rules, DB USA Corporation, DWS USA Corporation and DBTCA would be subject to an 85 percent NSFR so long as our IHCs’ combined weighted short term wholesale funding remains below $75 billion; however,U.S.$ 75 billion. Firms will be required to calculate the NSFR proposal has yet to be finalized and accordingly, such entities are not currently subject tomeet the proposed requirements.minimum required ratios by July 1, 2021 with public reporting beginning in 2023.

On December 15, 2016, the Federal Reserve Board adopted final rules that implement a U.S. version of the FSB’s TLAC standard in the United States. The final rules require, among other things, the U.S. IHCs of non-U.S. G-SIBs, including DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation, to maintain a minimum TLAC amount, and separately require them to maintain a minimum amount of eligible long-term debt. Under the final rules, the required TLAC amount and the ability or inability of the IHC to count long-term debt issued externally towards the requirements varies depending on the G-SIB’s planned resolution strategy. DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation are each considered a “non-resolution covered IHC”, which means that they are intended, under the planned resolution strategy of their G-SIB parent (Deutsche Bank AG), to continue to operate outside of resolution proceedings while the G-SIB parent is subject to a bail-in under the applicable European resolution regime. The final rules require a “non-resolution covered IHC” to maintain (i) internal minimum TLAC of at least 16 % of its risk-weighted assets, 6 % of its Basel 3 leverage ratio denominator and 8 % of its average total consolidated assets, and (ii) internal eligible long-term debt of at least 6 % of its risk-weighted assets, 2.5 % of its Basel 3 leverage ratio denominator and 3.5 % of its average total consolidated assets. Eligible long-term debt instruments for non-resolution covered IHCs are required to meet certain criteria, including issuance to a foreign company that controls directly or indirectly the covered IHC or a foreign affiliate (a non-U.S. entity that is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the non-U.S. G-SIB) and the inclusion of a contractual trigger allowing for, in limited circumstances, the immediate conversion or exchange of some or all of the instrument into Common Equity Tier 1 instruments upon an order by the Federal Reserve Board. Internal TLAC requirements may be satisfied with a combination of eligible long-term debt instruments and Tier 1 capital. Each of DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation would also face restrictions on its discretionary bonus payments and capital distributions if it fails to maintain a TLAC buffer consisting of Common Equity Tier 1 capital above the minimum TLAC requirement equal to 2.5 % of risk-weighted assets. The final rules also prohibit or limit the ability of DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation to engage in certain types of financial transactions. In October 2020, the Federal Reserve Board finalized a proposal to align the calculation of TLAC buffer for U.S. IHCs of non-U.S. G-SIBs with the calculation methodology used by U.S. G-SIBs which will take effect on April 1, 2021.


7379

Furthermore, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for an extensive framework for the regulation of over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, including mandatory clearing, exchange trading and transaction reporting of certain OTC derivatives, as well as rules regarding the registration of, and capital, margin and business conduct standards for, swap dealers, security-based swap dealers, major swap participants and major security-based swap participants. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) adopted final rules in 2016 that require additional interest rate swaps to be cleared. In November 2018 the CFTC proposed amendments to rules that would significantly expand the types of swaps that must be executed on an approved platform. More recently, in JanuaryOctober 2020, also pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFTC re-proposedfinalized regulations to impose position limits on certain commodities and economically equivalent swaps, futures and options. These proposals have not yet been finalized. In December 2019,July 2020, the CFTC issuedannounced a proposalfinalized rule on the cross-border application of U.S. swap rules, building on the CFTC’s cross-border guidance from 2013 and related no-action relief letters. The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has also finalized rules regarding registration, capital, risk-mitigation techniques, reporting, business conduct standards, trade acknowledgement and verification requirements, and cross-border requirements for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. These rules will generally come into effect in OctoberNovember 2021, the latest compliance date for registration of security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. Finally, the U.S. prudential regulators (the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Farm Credit Administration and the Federal Housing Finance Agency) have adopted final rules establishing margin requirements for non-cleared swaps and security-based swaps, the CFTC has adopted final rules establishing margin requirements for non-cleared swaps, and the SEC has adopted final rules establishing margin requirements for non-cleared security-based swaps. The final margin rules follow a phased implementation schedule, with certain initial margin and variation margin requirements in effect as of September 2016, additional variation margin requirements in effect as of March 2017, and additional initial margin requirements phased in on an annual basis from September 2017 through September 2020,2022, with the relevant compliance dates depending in each case on the transactional volume of the parties and their affiliates. Compliance with SEC margin requirements will not be required prior to the compliance date for registration of security-based swap dealers in October 2021.November 2021 at the latest.

The Dodd-Frank Act, as amended, also established a regulatory framework and enhanced regulation for several other areas, including but not limited to the following. The Dodd-Frank Act established a new regime for the orderly liquidation of failing financial companies through the appointment of the FDIC as receiver that is available only if the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury determines in consultation with the U.S. President that certain criteria are met, including that the failure of the company and its resolution under otherwise applicable federal or state law would have serious adverse effects on U.S. financial stability. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires U.S. regulatory agencies to prescribe regulations with respect to incentive-based compensation at financial institutions in order to prevent inappropriate behavior that could lead to a material financial loss. Other provisions require issuers with securities listed on U.S. stock exchanges, which may include foreign private issuers such as Deutsche Bank, to establish a “clawback” policy to recoup previously awarded executive compensation in the event of an accounting restatement; in May 2016, the SEC re-proposed rules to implement this provision of the Dodd-Frank Act that would cover foreign private issuers, but such rules have not yet been adopted. The Dodd-Frank Act also grants the SEC discretionary rule-making authority to impose a new fiduciary standard on brokers, dealers and investment advisers; pursuant to this authority, on June 5, 2019, the SEC adopted rules and interpretations applicable to the relationships between such entities and their retail customers, which include a transition period untiland full compliance was required on June 30, 2020 for full compliance.2020. The Dodd-Frank Act also expands the extraterritorial jurisdiction of U.S. courts over actions brought by the SEC or the United States with respect to violations of the antifraud provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act and related final regulations will result in additional costs and could limit or restrict the way we conduct our business.


74

Regulatory Authorities

We, as well as our wholly owned subsidiary DB USA Corporation are bank holding companies under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act“), by virtue of, among other things, our and its ownership of DBTCA. As bank holding companies, weWe and DB USA Corporation have elected to becomebe financial holding companies.companies pursuant to the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”) and, accordingly, may affiliate with securities firms and engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature. As a result, webank holding company and ourfinancial holding company, Deutsche Bank’s U.S. operations are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board as our U.S. “umbrella supervisor”.

DBTCA is a New York state-chartered bank whose deposits are insured by the FDIC to the extent permitted by law. DBTCA is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board and the New York State Department of Financial Services and to relevantapplicable FDIC regulation.rules. In addition, DBTCA is also subject to regulation by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau in relation to retail products and services offered to its customers. Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware is a Delaware state-chartered bank which is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FDIC and the Office of the State Bank Commissioner of Delaware. Deutsche Bank AG’s New York branch is supervised by the Federal Reserve Board and the New York State Department of Financial Services. Deutsche Bank’s federally chartered nondepositnon-depository trust companies are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. We and our subsidiaries are also subject to regulation, supervision and examination by state banking regulators of certain states in which we and they conduct banking operations.


80

Restrictions on Activities

As described below, federal and state banking laws and regulations restrict our ability to engage, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, in activities in the United States. Among others, we are required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before directly or indirectly acquiring the ownership or control of more than 5 % of any class of voting shares of U.S. banks, certain other depository institutions, and bank or depository institution holding companies. Under applicable U.S. federal banking law, our U.S. banking operations are also restricted from engaging in certain “tying” arrangements involving products and services.

Our two U.S. FDIC-insured bank subsidiaries, as well as our New York branch, are subject to requirements and restrictions under federal and state law, including requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may be made and the interest that may be charged thereon, and limitations on the types of investments that may be made and the types of services that may be offered.

In addition to the business of banking, and managing or controlling banks, so long as we are a financial holding company under U.S. law, we may also engage in nonbanking activities in the United States that are financial in nature, or incidental or complementary to such financial activity, including certain securities, merchant banking, insurance and other financial activities, subject to certain limitations on the conduct of such activities and to notice or prior regulatory approval in some cases. As a non-U.S. bank, Deutsche Bank AG and our non-U.S. subsidiaries are generally authorized under U.S. law and regulations to acquire a non-U.S. company engaged in nonfinancial activities as long as that company’s U.S. operations do not exceed certain thresholds and certain other conditions are met.

In November 2018, the Federal Reserve Board adopted a revised supervisory rating system for bank holding companies with U.S.$ 100 billion or more in total consolidated assets and for IHCs with U.S.$ 50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, such as DB USA Corporation. The revised system will also generally apply to DWS USA Corporation. Under the revised system, covered companies receive separate ratings from the Federal Reserve Board for (i) capital planning and positions, (ii) liquidity risk management and positions and (iii) governance and controls. Each of these component areas will receive one of the following four ratings: (i) Broadly Meets Expectations, (ii) Conditionally Meets Expectations, (iii) Deficient-1, and (iv) Deficient-2. A covered company must maintain a rating of Broadly Meets Expectations or Conditionally Meets Expectations for each of the three components to be considered “well managed.”

In August 2017, the Federal Reserve Board issued proposed guidance intended to enhance the effectiveness of boards of directors and refocus the Federal Reserve Board’s supervisory expectations for boards of directors on their core responsibilities, and also to delineate between roles and responsibilities for boards of directors and for senior management. Although the proposed guidance does not directly apply to DB USA Corporation or DWS USA Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board indicated that it expects to issue a separate proposal on governance specific to IHCs.


75

Our status as a financial holding company, and our resulting ability to engage in a broader range of nonbanking activities, are dependent on Deutsche Bank AG, DB USA Corporation and our two insured U.S. depository institutions qualifying as “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable regulations and upon our insured U.S. depository institutions meeting certain requirements under the Community Reinvestment Act. The Federal Reserve Board’s and other U.S. regulators’ “well capitalized” standards are generally based on specified quantitative thresholds set at levels above the minimum requirements to be considered “adequately capitalized.” For our two insured depository institution subsidiaries, DBTCA and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, the well-capitalized thresholds under the U.S. Basel 3 framework are a Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5 %, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8 %, a Total capital ratio of 10 %, and a U.S. leverage ratio of 5 %. For bank holding companies, including Deutsche Bank AG and DB USA Corporation, the well-capitalized thresholds are a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6 % and a Total capital ratio of 10 %, both of which in the case of Deutsche Bank AG are calculated for Deutsche Bank AG under its home country standards.

State-chartered banks (such as DBTCA) and state-licensed branches and agencies of foreign banks (such as our New York branch) may not, with certain exceptions that require prior regulatory approval, engage as a principal in any type of activity not permissible for their federally chartered or licensed counterparts. In addition, DBTCA and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware are subject to their respective state banking laws pertaining to legal lending limits and permissible investments and activities. Likewise, the United States federal banking laws also subject state branches and agencies to the single-borrower lending limits that apply to federal branches or agencies, which are substantially similar to the lending limits applicable to national banks. The single-borrower lending limits applicable to branches and agencies are calculated based on the dollar equivalent of the capital of the foreign bank (i.e., Deutsche Bank AG in the case of the New York branch).


81

The Federal Reserve Board may terminate the activities of any U.S. office of a foreign bank if it determines that the foreign bank is not subject to comprehensive supervision on a consolidated basis in its home country or that there is reasonable cause to believe that such foreign bank or its affiliate has violated the law or engaged in an unsafe or unsound banking practice in the United States or, for a foreign bank that presents a risk to the stability of the United States financial system, the home country of the foreign bank has not adopted, or made demonstrable progress toward adopting, an appropriate system of financial regulation to mitigate such risk.

Also, under the so-called swaps “push-out” provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, certain structured finance derivatives activities of FDIC-insured banks and U.S. branch offices of foreign banks (including our New York branch) are restricted.

There are various qualitative and quantitative restrictions on the extent to which we and our nonbank subsidiaries can borrow or otherwise obtain credit from our U.S. banking subsidiaries or engage in certain other transactions involving those subsidiaries, including derivative transactions and securities borrowing or lending transactions. In general, these transactions must be on terms that would ordinarily be offered to unaffiliated entities, must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are subject to volume limitations. These restrictions also apply to certain transactions of our New York branch with our U.S. broker-dealers and certain of our other U.S. affiliates.

A major focus of U.S. governmental policy relating to financial institutions is aimed at preventing money laundering and terrorist financing and compliance with economic sanctions in respect of designated countries or activities. Failure of an institution to have policies and procedures and controls in place to prevent, detect and report money laundering and terrorist financing could in some cases have serious legal, financial and reputational consequences for the institution.

New York Branch

The New York branch of Deutsche Bank AG is licensed by the Superintendent of the New York State Department of Financial Services to conduct a commercial banking business and is required to maintain and pledge eligible high-quality assets with banks in the State of New York (up to a maximum of U.S.$ 100 million of assets pledged so long as the foreign bank remains designated as “well-rated” by the Superintendent of Financial Services). Should we cease to be designated as “well-rated” by the Superintendent of Financial Services, we may need to maintain and pledge substantial additional amounts of eligible assets. The Superintendent of Financial Services may also impose asset maintenance requirements on foreign banks with branch offices in New York. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board is authorized to impose institution-specific asset maintenance requirements under certain conditions, pursuant to the Tailoring Rules. Currently, no such requirements have been imposed upon our New York branch.


76

The New York State Banking Law authorizes the Superintendent of Financial Services to take possession of the business and property of a New York branch of a foreign bank under certain circumstances, generally involving violation of law, conduct of business in an unsafe manner, impairment of capital, suspension of payment of obligations, or initiation of liquidation proceedings against the foreign bank at its domicile or elsewhere. In liquidating or dealing with a branch’s business after taking possession of a branch, only the claims of depositors and other creditors which arose out of transactions with a branch are to be accepted by the Superintendent of Financial Services for payment out of the business and property of the foreign bank in the State of New York or in the U.S. and reflected on the books of the New York branch, without prejudice to the rights of the holders of such claims to be satisfied out of other assets of the foreign bank. After such claims are paid, the Superintendent of Financial Services will turn over the remaining assets, if any, first to the liquidators of other offices of the foreign bank that are being liquidated in the United States and then, if any assets remain, to the foreign bank or its duly appointed liquidator or receiver.

The New York branch’s deposits and other note obligations are not permitted to be, and are not, insured by the FDIC. In general, under the International Banking Act, the New York branch is not permitted to accept or maintain domestic retail deposits or their note equivalent having a balance of less than U.S.$ 250,000. The New York branch may not engage as principal in any type of activity that is not permissible for a federally licensed branch of a foreign bank unless the Federal Reserve Board has determined that such activity is consistent with sound banking practice. The New York branch must also comply with the same single borrower (or issuer) lending and investment limits applicable to national banks. The lending limits applicable to the New York branch take into account credit exposures from derivative transactions, securities borrowing and lending transactions, and repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. These limits are based on the foreign bank’s worldwide capital. In addition, regulations that the U.S. Financial Stability Oversight Council or other regulators may adopt could affect the nature of the activities which the New York branch may conduct, and may impose restrictions and limitations on the conduct of such activities.


82

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) provides for extensive regulation of depository institutions (such as DBTCA and its direct and indirect parent companies), including requiring federal banking regulators to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to FDIC-insured banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. As an insured bank’s capital level declines and the bank falls into lower categories (or if it is placed in a lower category by the discretionary action of its supervisor), greater limits are placed on its activities and federal banking regulators are authorized (and, in many cases, required) to take increasingly more stringent supervisory actions, which could ultimately include the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank (even if it is solvent). In addition, FDICIA generally prohibits an FDIC-insured bank from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or payment of a management fee to its holding company if the bank would thereafter be undercapitalized. If an insured bank becomes “undercapitalized”, it is required to submit to federal regulators a capital restoration plan guaranteed by the bank’s holding company. Since the enactment of FDICIA, both of our U.S. insured banks have maintained capital above the “well capitalized” standards, the highest capital category under applicable regulations.

DBTCA, like other FDIC-insured banks, is required to pay assessments to the FDIC for deposit insurance under the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (calculated using the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system). The minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund was increased under the Dodd-Frank Act from 1.15 % to 1.35 %, which was reached as of September 30, 2018 following the imposition from July 1, 2016 through that date of a surcharge on the quarterly assessments of large insured depository institutions, including DBTCA. In addition, the FDIC has set the designated reserve ratio at 2 % as a long-term goal. The FDIC’s standard maximum deposit insurance amount per customerdepositor at an insured depository institution is U.S.$ 250,000.

Other

In the United States, our U.S.-registered broker-dealers are regulated by the SEC. Broker-dealers are subject to regulations that cover all aspects of the securities business, including sales methods, trade practices among broker-dealers, use and safekeeping of customers’ funds and securities, capital structure, recordkeeping, the financing of customers’ purchases and the conduct of directors, officers and employees.

Our principal U.S. SEC-registered broker-dealer subsidiary, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., is a member of the New York Stock Exchange (and other securities exchanges) and is regulated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and the individual state securities authorities in the states in which it operates. The U.S. government agencies and self-regulatory organizations, as well as state securities authorities in the United States having jurisdiction over our U.S. broker-dealer affiliates, are empowered to conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fine, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or its directors, officers or employees. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is also registered with and regulated by the SEC as an investment adviser, and by the CFTC and the National Futures Association as a futures commission merchant and commodity pool operator.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, with certain exceptions, our entities that are swap dealers, security-based swap dealers, major swap participants or major security-based swap participants are registered or will be required to register with the SEC or CFTC, or both. Currently, Deutsche Bank AG is provisionally registered as a swap dealer. At a future date, weDeutsche Bank AG will be required in November 2021 to register one or more subsidiaries as security-based swap dealers with the SEC and may be required to register additional subsidiaries as a security based swap dealers with the CFTC and certain subsidiaries as CFTC-regulated major swap participants and/or SEC-regulated major security-based swap participants.dealer. Registration, including provisional registration, as a swap dealers,dealer or security-based swap dealers, major swap participants or major security-based swap participantsdealer subjects us to requirements as to capital, margin, business conduct and recordkeeping, among other requirements.

7783

Organizational Structure

We operate our business along the structure of our four corporate divisions and the newly created Capital Release Unit. Deutsche Bank AG is the direct or indirect holding company for our subsidiaries. The following table sets forth the significant subsidiaries we own, directly or indirectly, as of December 31, 2019.2020. We used the three-part test set out in Section 1-02 (w) of Regulation S-X under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to determine significance. We do not have any other subsidiaries we believe are material based on other, less quantifiable, factors.

We own 100   % of the equity and voting interests in these subsidiaries except for DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA, of which we own 79.49   % of equity and voting interests. These subsidiaries are included in our consolidated financial statements and prepare standalone financial statements as of December 31, 2019, and are included in our consolidated financial statements.2020. Their principal countries of operation are the same as their countries of incorporation.

Subsidiary

Place of Incorporation

DB USA Corporation1

Delaware, United States

Deutsche Bank Americas Holding Corporation2

Delaware, United States

DB U.S. Financial Markets Holding Corporation3

Delaware, United States

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.4

Delaware, United States

Deutsche Bank Trust Corporation5

New York, United States

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas6

New York, United States

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.7

Luxembourg

DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG8

Frankfurt am Main, Germany

DB Beteiligungs-Holding GmbH9GmbH8

Frankfurt am Main, Germany

DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA10KGaA9

Frankfurt am Main, Germany

1 DB USA Corporation is the top-level holding company for our subsidiaries in the United States.

2 Deutsche Bank Americas Holding Corporation is a second tier holding company for subsidiaries in the United States.

3 DB U.S. Financial Markets Holding Corporation is a second tier holding company for subsidiaries in the United States.

4 Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is a U.S. company registered as a broker dealer and investment advisor with the Securities and Exchange Commission and as a futures commission merchant with the Commodities Futures Trading Commission.

5 Deutsche Bank Trust Corporation is a bank holding company under Federal Reserve Board regulations.

6 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is a New York State-chartered bank and member of the Federal Reserve System. It originates loans and other forms of credit, accepts deposits, arranges financings and provides numerous other commercial banking and financial services.

7 The company's primary business model comprises loan business with international clients (Corporate Bank & Investment Bank), where the bank acts globally as lending office and as risk transfer hub for the Credit Portfolio Strategies GroupStrategic Corporate Lending of Deutsche Bank, as well as structured finance activities covering long-term infrastructure projects and high quality investment goods. Furthermore, the bank offers tailor-made solutions with a wide range of products and services to their Wealth Managementultra-high-net-worth (UHNW) clients.

8The company serves private individuals, affluent clients as well as small and medium sized corporate clients with banking products.
9 The company holds the majority stake in DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA.

109 The company is a partnership limited by shares (Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien) with a German limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung) as a general partner. The business purpose of the company is the holding of participations in as well as the management and support of a group of financial services providers. Following the public listing on March 23, 2018 on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange Deutsche Bank Group owns 79.49 % of equity and voting interests in the entity.

Property and Equipment

As of December   31, 2019,2020, we operated in 59 countries out of 1,9311,891 branches around the world, of which 6968   % were in Germany. We lease a majority of our offices and branches under long-term agreements.

We continue to review our property requirements worldwide taking into account cost containment measures as well as growth initiatives in selected businesses. Please see Note 21 “Property and Equipment” to the consolidated financial statements for further information.

Information Required by Industry Guide 3

Please see pages S-1 through S-19S-18 of the Supplemental Financial Information, which pages are incorporated by reference herein, for information required by SEC Industry Guide 3.

7884

Item 4A: Unresolved Staff Comments

We have not received written comments from the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding our periodic reports under the Exchange Act, as of any day 180   days or more before the end of the fiscal year to which this annual report relates, which remain unresolved.

Item 5: Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Overview

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to them included in “Item 18: Financial Statements” of this document, on which we have based this discussion and
analysis.

We have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and as endorsed by the European Union (“EU”).

Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates

Our significant accounting policies are essential to understanding our reported results of operations and financial condition. Certain of these accounting policies require critical accounting estimates that involve complex and subjective judgments and the use of assumptions, some of which may be for matters that are inherently uncertain and susceptible to change. Such critical accounting estimates could change from period to period and have a material impact on our financial condition, changes in financial condition or results of operations. Critical accounting estimates could also involve estimates where management could have reasonably used another estimate in the current accounting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates if conditions or underlying circumstances were to change. See Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates” to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion on our significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates.

We have identified the following significant accounting policies that involve critical accounting estimates:

7985

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements and New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 “Recently Adopted and New Accounting Pronouncements” to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion on our recently adopted and new accounting pronouncements.

Recent developments on Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

Benchmark interest rates such as the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) have come under criticism in recent years due to claims of market manipulation. At the same time, banks have increasingly withdrawn from the unsecured short-term financing market, which has been the source of the rates used in the submissions to generate the benchmark interest rates. As a result, IBOR reform projects were launched in 2012, which, with several parallel initiatives by supranational bodies (G20, FSB) and central banks working groups, aim to create alternative and robust benchmark interest rates.

The transition from LIBOR is highly complex and will continue to require close collaboration between regulators, central banks and a wide range of market participants. Significant change effort is required, specifically in relation to risk-free rates (RFR) product development, client legal documentation, upgrades and infrastructure changes including to systems, processes and models across Front-Office, Operations, Finance, Risk and Treasury functions. There are also key external dependencies on achieving industry and client consensus on standards and conventions, timing and sequencing of transition, the creation of term versions of the RFRs and amendments of existing client contracts. Deutsche Bank has performed a risk assessment associated with IBOR transition and these factors have been considered as part of the assessment. We will continue to drive and follow industry wide solutions as they develop and as they are relevant to our business.

Deutsche Bank has established a Group-wide IBOR & EU BMR transition program, aimed at managing a smooth transition from LIBOR and other IBORs to the new RFRs. The program was established in 2018, is sponsored by the Chief Financial Officer and has senior representation from each division, region and infrastructure functions. The program has been focused on identifying and quantifying our exposures to various interest rate benchmarks, providing the capability to trade products referencing alternative RFRs and evaluating our existing contracts that reference IBORs. Efforts also include identifying potential accounting impacts and options to mitigate these impacts, for example, through early adoption of the Phase One IBOR reform amendments issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Deutsche Bank has significant exposure to IBORs predominantly in financial instruments and many of these contracts mature after 2021. Our exposures result from derivatives Deutsche Bank enters into in order to make markets for our clients and hedge our risks as well as from loans and deposits, bonds and securitizations. Additionally, we have exposure to IBOR performance/risk benchmarks.

Our core planning for LIBOR transition assumes a base case scenario of LIBOR cessation by end of 2021 with sufficient market adoption of RFRs to provide a viable replacement. There are a number of dependencies within this scenario that are outside of our control, creating significant uncertainty.

As part of the program, we have undertaken a comprehensive risk assessment which is regularly refreshed and have identified key inherent risks and mitigating actions. Our key risks include business strategic risk, liquidity risk, market risk, client focused activity risk, market focused activity risk, legal risk, accounting, financial reporting and tax risk, information security and technology risk, transaction processing and model risk. A conduct risk assessment for key businesses has been completed, and will be refreshed periodically. The legal risk assessment has identified various litigation, legal and fallback risks. We have assessed the financial risk arising from changes in the valuation of financial instruments linked to RFRs, earnings volatility resulting from contract modifications and changes in hedge accounting. Furthermore, an assessment of systems, processes and vendor arrangements impacted by LIBOR has also been conducted. We have identified a number of mitigating actions to manage these risks including but not limited to amending contracts and developing appropriate disclosures for customers, enhancing our infrastructure to further support RFR issued products, using advocacy channels for hedge accounting, modification and tax relief, and performing reviews of existing trades. Where possible, Deutsche Bank is proactively using the most effective fallback language available when conducting new transactions. We intend to continue to develop infrastructure improvements and assess potential transition risk impacts alongside relevant stress scenarios.

80

Operating Results

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements.

Executive Summary

Please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Executive Summary” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

Trends and Uncertainties

For insight into the trends impacting our performance please see the “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review” section of the Annual Report 2019.2020. Key risks and uncertainties for the Bank are discussed in “Item 3: Key Information – Risk Factors”.

The Bank’s future performance and the implementation of our strategic goals could be influenced by a number of uncertainties. Challenges may arise from sustained market volatility, increasing competitive pressures, potential deterioration of international trade relations, weakness of global, regional and national economic conditions, in particular in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, and political instability in key markets.

In addition, regulatory, tax and supervisory requirements continue to evolve. RegulatoryAlthough regulatory reforms have been selectively delayed in order to support banks’ efforts to more easily manage the impacts from COVID-19 and provide financing to the real economy, regulatory changes including to contributions to the SRB and to deposit guarantee schemes have and may continue to increase our costs, restrict our operations, or require structural change, which could put pressure on our capital position. In addition, we are involved in litigation, tax examinations, arbitration and regulatory proceedings and investigations in Germany and in a number of jurisdictions outside Germany, especially in the U.S.investigations. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties.

While we seek to achieve efficiencies in our operations, the realization of planned savings arewill be dependent on the successful and timely implementation of our updated strategy measures. The benefits, costs and timeframe of the implementation of our strategy could be adversely affected by unforeseen difficulties in the implementation process as well as factors beyond our control, such as negative market developments.

Risks to our Corporate Bank (CB) outlook include potential impacts on our business model from macromacroeconomic and global geopolitical uncertainty including COVID 19uncertainty around duration of and a potential deterioration of international trade relations.recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, uncertainty around central bank policies (e.g. the interest rate environment), ongoing regulatory developments (e.g. IBOR transition and the finalization of the Basel III framework), event risks and levels of client activity may also have an adverse impact.

RisksThere are several risks to our Investment Bank (IB) outlook include potential impacts on our business model from COVID 19, trade negotiations relatingin 2021, with the biggest likely to Brexitbe the uncertainty caused by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. The relative success of the various vaccination roll outs across the globe could well have positive or adverse impacts. Increasing levels of default risks, a continued Euro exchange rate appreciation and other macro and global geopolitical uncertainty. Risks regarding a potential deterioration of international trade relations cause further concerns. Uncertainty around centralsoft U.S. dollar could also slow economic recovery. Central bank policies and ongoing regulatory developments also pose risks, while challenges such as event risks and levels of client activity may also have an adverse impact.

Risks to our Private Bank (PB) outlook include potential impacts on our business model from macroeconomic uncertainties, including uncertainty around duration of and recovery from COVID-19 pandemic, increasing pressure on interest rates in the Eurozone, slower economic growth in our major operating countries and lower client activity in the investment business.activity. Client activity could be affectedimpacted by adverse developments or market uncertainties including from COVID 19, higher than expected volatility in equity and credit markets. The implementation of regulatory requirements including consumer protection measures and delays in the implementation of our strategic projects could also have a negative impact on our revenues and costs.


86

Risks to our Asset Management (AM) outlook include potential impactsmacro-economic and market conditions, growth prospects and continued economic impact from COVID 19 toCOVID-19 pandemic, which could adversely affect our business, model, continued low interest rates in industrialized countries’ markets, the paceresults of growth in emerging economies and increase in wealth, as well as the increasing demand for retirement products in industrialized countries for aging populations. Continued elevatedoperations or strategic plans. Elevated levels of economic and political uncertainty worldwide, and protectionist and anti-trade policies, could have unpredictable consequences in the economy, market volatility and investors’ confidence, which may lead to declines in business and could affect our revenues and profits as well as the execution of our strategic plans.profits. In addition, the evolving regulatory framework could lead to unforeseen regulatory compliance costs and possible delays in the implementation of our efficiency measures, due to jurisdictional restrictions, which could have an adverseadversely impact on our cost base.


81

Risks to our Capital Release Unit (CRU) outlook include that the speed and cost of our asset reductions could be affected by adverse developments or market uncertainties, including from COVID 19,COVID-19, higher than expected volatility in equity and credit markets and lack of counterparty appetite. Delays to the implementation of our expense management initiatives could have an adverse impact on our cost base. The transition of Prime Finance and Electronic Equities is dependent upon the readiness of the acquirer, which therefore represents a risk to our client/staff transition timeline. We continue to carefully monitor the legal and regulatory environment as it relates to the foreign currency denominated mortgage portfolio in Poland. Adverse judicial or regulatory developments could have a negative impact on the portfolio.

Performance in Corporate & Other iswill continue to be impacted by valuation and timing differences from differenton positions that are economically hedged but do not meet the accounting methods usedrequirements for management reporting and IFRS, plus unallocated items including one-offs which are not business specific,hedge accounting. It will also include infrastructure expenses associated with shareholder activities as defined in the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, andwhich are not business specific. There will be certain transitional costs held centrally as part ofin Corporate & Other relating to changes in our newinternal funds transfer pricing framework.(‘FTP’) framework, as well as costs linked to legacy activities relating to the merger of the DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG into Deutsche Bank AG. We expect to retain around € 250 million in total related to these funding costs in Corporate & Other in 2021. Additionally, Corporate & Other will continue to be impacted by any difference between planned and actual allocations as Infrastructure expenses are allocated to the corporate divisions based on our expense plan, with the planned allocations as well asexception of technology development costs which will be charged based on actual expenditures. Corporate & Other also includes the reversal of non-controlling interests, mainly related to DWS, which are deducted from profit or loss before tax of the divisions. We still expect volatility from these items in our future results.

Our effective tax rate was primarily impacted by changes in the recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets and non deductible goodwill impairments. Going forward these items may continue to impact our effective tax rate depending upon our performance. The effective tax rate in future periods may also be influenced by changes in tax laws or interpretative guidance, the occurrence of non-tax deductible litigation and other charges, changes in the measurement of deferred tax assets, or the resolution of tax examinations and investigations.

Results of Operations

Please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Results of Operations” in the Annual Report 20192020 and our discussion of Non-GAAP financial measures in the “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures”Information”.

Financial Position

Please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Financial Position” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

For a detailed discussion of our liquidity risk management, see “Management Report: Risk Report: Liquidity Risk” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

For a detailed discussion of our capital management, see “Management Report: Risk Report: Capital Management” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.


87

Post-Employment Benefit Plans

Please see “Management Report: Employees: Post-Employment Benefit Plans” in the Annual Report 2019.


822020.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

For information on the nature, purpose and extent of our off-balance sheet arrangements, please see Note 38 “Structured Entities” to the consolidated financial statements. For further information on off-balance sheet arrangements, including allowances for off-balance sheet positions, please refer to “Management Report: Risk Report: Asset Quality: Allowance for Credit Losses” in the Annual Report 20192020 and Note 19 “Allowance for Credit Losses” to the consolidated financial statements. For information on irrevocable lending commitments and contingent liabilities with respect to third parties, please see Note 28 “Credit related Commitments” to the consolidated financial statements.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

Not applicable.

83

Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Directors and Senior Management

In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz), we have a Management Board (Vorstand) and a Supervisory Board (Aufsichtsrat). The German Stock Corporation Act prohibits simultaneous membership on both the Management Board and the Supervisory Board. The members of the Management Board are the executive officers of our company. The Management Board is responsible for managing our company and representing us in dealings with third parties. The Supervisory Board oversees the Management Board, appoints and removes its members and determines their remuneration and other compensation components, including pension benefits. According to German law, our Supervisory Board represents us in dealings with members of the Management Board. Therefore, no members of the Management Board may enter into any agreement with us without the prior consent of our Supervisory Board.

German law does not require the members of the Management Board nor the members of the Supervisory Board to own any of our shares to be qualified. In addition, German law has no requirement that members of the Management Board retire based on an age limit. However, age limits for members of the Management Board are defined contractually. Accordingly, a Management Board member should not be older at the end of his or her appointment period than the regular retirement age according to the rules of the statutory pension insurance scheme applicable in Germany for the long-term insured to claim an early retirement pension, which is currently 65 years of age. Age limits also exist for the members of the Supervisory Board according to the Terms of Reference (Geschäftsordnung) for our Supervisory Board. There is a maximum age limit of 70 years for members of the Supervisory Board. In exceptional cases, a Supervisory Board member can be elected or appointed for a period that extends no longer than until the end of the fourth Ordinary General Meeting that takes place after he/she has turnedreached the age of 70.


88

The Supervisory Board may not make management decisions. However, German law and our Articles of Association (Satzung) require the Management Board to obtain the approval of the Supervisory Board for certain actions. The most important of these actions are:

The Management Board must submit regular reports or ad-hoc reports, as the case may be, to the Supervisory Board on our current operations and future business planning as well as on our risk situation. The Supervisory Board may also request special reports from the Management Board at any time.

With respect to voting powers, a member of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board may not vote on resolutions open to a vote at a board meeting if the proposed resolution concerns:

A member of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board may not directly or indirectly exercise voting rights on resolutions open to a vote at a shareholders’ meeting (Hauptversammlung, which we refer to as the General Meeting) if the proposed resolution concerns:

84

Supervisory Board and Management Board

In carrying out their duties, members of both the Management Board and Supervisory Board must exercise the standard of care of a prudent and diligent business person, and they are liable to us for damages if they fail to do so.

The liability of the members of the Management Board or the Supervisory Board under the German Stock Corporation Act for breach of their fiduciary duties is to the company rather than individual shareholders. However, individual shareholders that hold at least 1 % or € 100,000 of the subscribed capital and are granted standing by the court may also invoke such liability to the company. The underlying concept is that all shareholders should benefit equally from amounts received under this liability by adding such amounts to the company’s assets rather than disbursing them to plaintiff shareholders. We may waive the right to claim damages or settle these claims if at least three years have passed since the alleged breach and if the shareholders approve the waiver or settlement at the General Meeting with a simple majority of the votes cast, and provided that opposing shareholders do not hold, in the aggregate, one tenth or more of our share capital and do not have their opposition formally noted in the minutes maintained by a German notary.

Supervisory Board

Our ArticlesThe German Co-Determination Act of Association require1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz) requires our Supervisory Board to have twenty members.members, which is also reflected in the Articles of Association. In the event that the number of members onof our Supervisory Board falls below twenty, and remains below twenty for more than three months or falls below ten, upon application to a competent court, the court must appoint replacement members to serve on the board until official appointments are made.made by the general meeting of shareholders (with respect to shareholder representatives) or the employees and their representatives (with respect to employee representatives).

The German Co-Determination Act of 1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz) requires that the shareholders elect half of the members of the supervisory board of large German companies, such as Deutsche Bank, and that employees in Germany elect the other half. None of the current members of either of our boards were selected pursuant to any arrangement or understandings with major shareholders, customers or others.

89

Each member of the Supervisory Board generally serves for a fixed term of approximately five years. For the election of shareholder representatives, the General Meeting may establish that the terms of office of up to five members may begin or end on differing dates. Pursuant to German law, the term expires at the latest at the end of the Annual General Meeting that approves and ratifies such member’s actions in the fourth fiscal year after the year in which the Supervisory Board member was elected. Supervisory Board members may also be re-elected. The shareholders may, by a majority of the votes cast in a General Meeting, remove any member of the Supervisory Board they have elected in a General Meeting. The employees may remove any member they have elected by a vote of three-quarters of the employee votes cast.

The members of the Supervisory Board elect the chairperson and the deputy chairperson of the Supervisory Board. Traditionally, the chairperson is a representative of the shareholders, and the deputy chairperson is a representative of the employees. At least half of the members of the Supervisory Board must be present at a meeting or must have submitted their vote in writing to constitute a quorum. In general, approval by a simple majority of the members of the Supervisory Board present and voting is required to pass a resolution. In the case of a deadlock, the resolution is put to a second vote. In the case of a second deadlock, the chairperson has the deciding vote.

For additional information on our Supervisory Board, including a table providing the names of and biographical information for the current members, see “Corporate Governance Statement/Corporate Governance Report:Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Supervisory Board” in the Annual Report 2019.

On March 11, 2020, Sigmar Gabriel became a member of the Supervisory Board by way of court appointment until the end of the next Ordinary General Meeting. Mr. Gabriel (born 1959), who resides in Goslar, Germany, is a former German federal government minister and former deputy federal chancellor (“Vizekanzler”). He is a member of the supervisory board of PG Günter Papenburg AG. Sigmar Gabriel has been classified as an independent member and has joined the Integrity Committee of our Supervisory Board, where he succeeded Katherine Garrett-Cox.2020.

Standing Committees

For information on the standing committees of our Supervisory Board, please see “Corporate Governance Statement/ Corporate Governance Report:Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Standing Committees” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

The business address of the members of the Supervisory Board is the same as our business address, Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany.

85

Management Board

Our Articles of Association require the Management Board to have at least three members. Our Management Board currently has nineten members. The Supervisory Board has also appointed a Chairman (CEO) and one Deputy Chairman (President) of the Management Board.

The Supervisory Board appoints the members of the Management Board for a maximum term of five years and oversees them. They may be re-appointed or have their term extended for one or more terms of up to a maximum of five years each. The Supervisory Board may remove a member of the Management Board prior to the expiration of his or her term for good cause.

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, two members of the Management Board, or one member of the Management Board together with a holder of procuration, may represent us for legal purposes. A holder of procuration is an attorney-in-fact who holds a legally defined power under German law, which cannot be restricted with respect to third parties. However, pursuant to German law, the Management Board itself must resolve on certain matters as a whole and may not delegate the decision to one or more individual members. In particular, it may not delegate the determination of our business and risk strategies, and the coordinating or controlling responsibilities. The Management Board is required to ensure that shareholders are treated on an equal basis and receive equal information. The Management Board is also responsible for ensuring our proper business organization, which includes appropriate and effective risk management as well as compliance with legal requirements and internal guidelines, and for taking the necessary measures to ensure that adequate internal guidelines are developed and implemented.

Other selected responsibilities of the Management Board in accordance with the Terms of Reference for the Management Board and/or German law are:

90

For additional information on our Management Board, including the names of and biographical information for the current members, see “Corporate Governance Statement/Corporate Governance Report:Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Management Board” in the Annual Report 2019.2020. The Terms of Reference of the Management Board are published on our website www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm.


86

Board Practices of the Management Board

The Terms of Reference for the Management Board are in accordance with the Supervisory Board resolution of July 7, 2019. These Terms of Reference provide that the members of the Management Board have the collective responsibility for managing Deutsche Bank. Notwithstanding this principle, the allocation of functional responsibilities to the individual members of the Management Board and their substitution (in case of temporary absence) are set out in the business allocation planBusiness Allocation Plan for the Management Board in accordance with the Supervisory Board resolution of January 29,December 17, 2020. The allocation of functional responsibilities does not exempt any member of the Management Board from collective responsibility for the management of the business. The members of the Management Board are responsible for the proper performance and/or delegation of their duties and the clear allocation of accountabilities and responsibilities within the area of own functional responsibility (so-called “ Ressort ”) in accordance with the business allocation plan.Business Allocation Plan.

Members of the Management Board are bound to the corporate interest of Deutsche Bank. No member of the Management Board may pursue personal interests in his/her decisions or use business opportunities intended for the company for himself/herself. AsTo the extent permitted by German law, individual members of the Management Board may exerciseassume Deutsche Bank Group-external mandates, honorary offices or special assignments. In order to effectively prevent any conflicts of interest, the members of the Management Board may accept such activitiespositions only upon the approval of the other members of the Management Board and the Chairman’s Committee of the Supervisory Board. Management Board members generally do not accept the role of chair of supervisory boards of Group-external companies.

Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act requires that the management board and supervisory board of any German stock exchange-listed company declare annually that the company complies with the recommendations of the German Corporate Governance Code or, if not, which recommendations the company does not comply with and why it does not comply with these recommendations (so-called “comply or explain”-principle). On some points, these recommendations go beyond the requirements of the German Stock Corporation Act. The Management Board and Supervisory Board issued a new Declaration of Conformity in accordance with Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act onin October 30, 2019,2020, which is available on our internet website at www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm under the heading “Declaration of Conformity pursuant to Section 161 German Stock Corporation Act (AktG), Oct 2019”2020”.

For information on the Management Board’s terms of office, please see “Corporate Governance Statement/Corporate Governance Report:Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Management Board” in the Annual Report 2019.2020. For details of the Management Board’s service contracts providing benefits upon termination, please see “Compensation Report: Pension Benefits” and “Compensation Report: Other Benefits upon Early Termination” in the Management Report of the Annual Report 2019.2020.

The allocation of functional responsibilities to the individual members of the Management Board is described in the Business Allocation Plan for the Management Board, which sets the framework for the delegation of responsibilities to senior management below the Management Board. The Management Board endorses individual accountability of senior position holders as opposed to joint decision-taking in committees. At the same time, the Management Board recognizes the importance of having comprehensive and robust information across all businesses in order to take well informed decisions and established, in addition to Infrastructure Committees, Business Executive Committees and Regional Committees, the “Group Management Committee” which aims to improve the information flow across the corporate divisionsCorporate Divisions and between the Corporate Divisions and the Management Board. The Group Management Committee as a senior platform, which is not required by the German Stock Corporation Act, is composed of all Management Board members as well as most senior business representatives to exchange information and discuss business, growth and profitability.

91

Compensation

For information on the compensation of the members of our Management Board, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Management Board Compensation Report” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

For information on the compensation of the members of our Employees, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Employee Compensation Report” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

For information on the compensation of the members of our Supervisory Board, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Compensation System for Supervisory Board Members” in the Annual Report 2019.

872020.

Employees

Labor Relations

In Germany, labor unions and employers’ associations generally negotiate collective bargaining agreements on salaries and benefits for employees below the management level. Many companies in Germany, including ourselves and our material German subsidiaries, are members of employers’ associations and are bound by collective bargaining agreements.

Accordingly, our employers’ association, the “Arbeitgeberverband des privaten Bankgewerbes e.V.”, regularly renegotiates the collective bargaining agreements that cover many of our employees. The current agreement was reached in July 2019. As part of the final package, salaries will increasewere increased in two stages by a total of 4.0 %: 2.0 % from September 2019 and a further 2.0 % from November 2020. In addition to salary increases, the final result also includes mutual negotiation obligations regarding new collective bargaining agreements on qualification, working hours, training and prevention as well as the start of a further modernisationmodernization of the collective bargaining agreements. The existing collective bargainingwage agreement lasts until end of June 2021, negotiations on a renewal are likely to begin in autumn 2021.

Our employers’ association negotiates with the following unions:

As German law prohibits us from asking our employees whether they are members of labor unions, there is no record of how many of the bank’s employees are union members.

On the basis of the agreement on cross-border information and consultation of Deutsche Bank employees in the EU concluded on September 10, 1996, all employees in the EU are represented by the European Works Council. This amountsadds up to around two thirds of the Group's total workforce.

As of December 31, 2019, 30 % of former Postbank staff members in Germany are civil servants (full-time equivalent basis), compared to 31 % as of December 31, 2018.

For further information on our employees, see “Management Report: Employees” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

Share Ownership

For the share ownership of the Management Board, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Management Board Share Ownership” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

For the share ownership of the members of the Supervisory Board, see “Corporate Governance Statement/Corporate Governance Report: Reporting and Transparency: Directors’ Share Ownership” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

For a description of our employee share programs, please see Note 33 “Employee Benefits” to the consolidated financial statements.

8892

Item 7: Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

Major Shareholders

On December 31, 2019,2020, our issued share capital amounted to € 5,290,939,215.36 divided into 2,066,773,131 no par value ordinary registered shares.

On December 31, 2019,2020, we had 644,906604,997 registered shareholders. 969,097,871shareholders 946,450,284 of our shares were registered in the names of 632,984594,082 shareholders resident in Germany, representing 46.8945.79   % of our share capital. 359,339,187363,580,475 of our shares were registered in the names of 631573 shareholders resident in the United States, representing 17.3917.59   % of our share capital.

The German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz) requires investors in publicly-traded corporations whose investments reach certain thresholds to notify both the corporation and the BaFin of such change within four trading days. The minimum disclosure threshold is 3 % of the corporation’s issued voting share capital.

BlackRock, Inc., Wilmington, DE, has notified us that as of February 13,December 31, 2020 it held 4.195.23 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by BlackRock, Inc., Wilmington, DE, through February 2, 2021.

The Capital Group Companies, Inc., Los Angeles, California, has notified us that as of March 4, 2020.31, 2020 it held 3.74 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by The Capital Group Companies, Inc., Los Angeles, California, through February 2, 2021.

Euro Pacific Growth Fund, Boston, Massachusetts (part of the Capital Group shareholding), has notified us that as of October 6, 2020 it held 3.61 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Euro Pacific Growth Fund, Boston, Massachusetts (part of the Capital Group shareholding), through February 2, 2021.

Douglas L. Braunstein ( Hudson Executive Capital LP ), has notified us that as of October 31, 2018November 20, 2020 he held 3.143.18 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Douglas L. Braunstein ( Hudson Executive Capital LP ), through March 4, 2020.February 2, 2021.

The Capital Group Companies, Inc., Los Angeles, California, has notified us that as of January 31, 2020 it held 3.10 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by The Capital Group Companies, Inc., Los Angeles, California, through March 4, 2020.

Paramount Services Holdings Ltd., British Virgin Islands, has notified us that as of August 20, 2015 it held 3.05 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Paramount Services Holdings Ltd., British Virgin Islands, through March 4, 2020.February 2, 2021.

Supreme Universal Holdings Ltd., Cayman Islands, has notified us that as of August 20, 2015 it held 3.05 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Supreme Universal Holdings Ltd., Cayman Islands, through March 4, 2020.February 2, 2021.

Stephen A. Feinberg (Cerberus), has notified us that as of November 14, 2017 he held 3.001 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Stephen A. Feinberg (Cerberus), through March 4, 2020.February 2, 2021.

We are neither directly nor indirectly owned nor controlled by any other corporation, by any government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly.

Pursuant to German law and our Articles of Association, to the extent that we may have major shareholders at any time, we may not give them different voting rights from any of our other shareholders.

We are aware of no arrangements which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of our company.

8993

Related Party Transactions

We have business relationships with a number of the companies in which we own significant equity interests. We also have business relationships with a number of companies where members of our Management Board also hold positions on boards of directors. Our business relationships with these companies cover many of the financial services we provide to our clients generally. For more detailed information, refer to Note 36 “Related Party Transactions” to the consolidated financial statements.

We conduct our business with these companies on terms equivalent to those that would prevail if we did not have equity holdings in them or management members in common, and we have conducted business with these companies on that basis in 20192020 and prior years. None of these transactions is or was material to us.

Among our business with related party companies in 2019,2020, there have been and currently are loans, guarantees and commitments, which totaled € 212 million (including loans amounting to € 169 million) as of December 31, 2020, compared to € 199 million (including loans amounting to € 187 million) as of December 31, 2019, compared to € 189 million (including loans amounting to € 186 million) as of December 31, 2018.2019.

All these credit exposures

Related Party Impaired Loans

In addition to our other shareholdings, we hold acquired equity interests in some of our clients arising from our efforts to protect our then-outstanding lending exposures to them.

Impaired loans to related parties which may exhibit more than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features compared to performing loans to related parties increaseddecreased by € 111 million to € 110 million, from December 31, 2018.2019. The following table presents an overview of the impaired loans we hold of our related parties as of December 31, 2019.2020.

in € m.

Amount outstanding as of Decem- ber 31, 2019

Largest amount outstanding January 1, to December 31, 2019

Provision for loan losses in 2019¹

Allowance for loan losses as of Decem- ber 31, 2019¹

Nature of the loan and transaction in which incurred

Amount outstanding as of Decem- ber 31, 2020

Largest amount outstanding January 1, to December 31, 2020

Provision for loan losses in 2020¹

Allowance for loan losses as of Decem- ber 31, 2020¹

Nature of the loan and transaction in which incurred

Customer A

11

11

02

11

Company was put into a court-supervised debt moratorium process in 2016. This triggered a debt to equity swap for 70% of our loans and a € 25 million write-off in 2017. According to the proposed investor plan no payments are expected until 2022.

0

11

0

0

Company was put into a court-supervised debt moratorium process in 2016. This triggered a debt to equity swap for 70 % of our loans and a € 25 million write-off in 2017. The company has informed lenders of inability to service the debt. No recoveries expected. DB sold exposure in April 2020 sales price € 0.3 million triggered additional € 9.8 million final write off.

Total

11

11

0

11

0

11

0

0

1 The allowance for loan losses is calculated by subtracting the net present value of future expected cash flows from the current outstanding. The year-end balance of the loan loss allowance is in most cases lower than the amount of provision for credit losses required for the recognition due to unwinding effects based upon passage of time which are recognized in interest income.

2 Provision of € 0.30.5 million in 2019 mainly2020 driven by FX effect of € 0.40.5 million.

In the above table, customer A is a company in which we holdheld a minority share and which is not consolidated at equity.

We have not disclosed the name of the related party customer described above because we have concluded that such disclosure would violate applicable privacy laws, such as customer confidentiality and data protection laws, and this customer has not waived application of these privacy laws. A legal opinion regarding the applicable privacy laws is filed as Exhibit   14.1 hereto.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

9094

Item 8: Financial Information

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Consolidated Financial Statements

The Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 20-F consist of the Consolidated Financial Statements including Notes 1 to 4443 thereto, which are set forth as Part 2 of the Annual Report 2019,2020, and, as described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates” thereto in the third paragraph under “Basis of Accounting”accounting – IFRS 7 disclosures”, certain parts of the Management Report set forth as Part 1 of the Annual Report 2019. Such2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 have been audited by Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been audited by KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

Legal Proceedings

General. We and our subsidiaries operate in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes us to significant litigation risks. As a result, we are involved in litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings and investigations in Germany and in a number of jurisdictions outside Germany, including the United States. Please refer to Note 27 “Provisions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for descriptions of certain significant legal proceedings. Additional legal proceedings that may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on our financial position or profitability are described below.

Australian Antitrust Proceedings. In June 2018, the Australian Commonwealth Director of Public Prosecutions (CDPP) filed charges against Deutsche Bank for alleged criminal cartel offenses following a referral by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission. CDPP alleges that the cartel conduct took place in connection with an institutional share placement by Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited in August 2015, on which Deutsche Bank acted as joint underwriter with other banks. CDPP has also charged other banks and individuals, including two former Deutsche Bank employees. Deutsche Bank AG and its former employees have been charged with six offences of making, and giving effect to, anti-competitive arrangements. Deutsche Bank AG and its former employees are defending these charges. The criminal trial in this matter has been scheduled to commence on April 4, 2022 before the Federal Court of Australia.

Bank Bill Swap Rate Claims. On August 16, 2016, a putative class action was filed in the USU.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Deutsche Bank and other defendants, bringing claims based on alleged collusion and manipulation in connection with the Australian Bank Bill Swap Rate (“BBSW”) on behalf of persons and entities that engaged in US-basedU.S.-based transactions in BBSW-linked financial instruments from 2003 through the date on which the effects of the alleged unlawful conduct ceased. The complaint alleged that the defendants, among other things, engaged in money market transactions intended to influence the BBSW fixing, made false BBSW submissions, and used their control over BBSW rules to further the alleged misconduct. An amended complaint was filed on December 16, 2016. On November 26, 2018, the court partially granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the amended complaint, dismissing all claims against Deutsche Bank. On April 3, 2019, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, which the defendants moved to dismiss. On February 13, 2020, the court partially granted the motion to dismiss the second amended complaint, with certain claims against Deutsche Bank remaining. On June 16, 2020, Deutsche Bank served an answer denying all allegations of misconduct. Discovery is ongoing.

Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan) Foreign Exchange Sanction. On February 5, 2021, the Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan) (CBC) sanctioned Deutsche Bank AG, Taipei Branch (DBTP) and three other banks for engaging in foreign exchange forward transactions with international commodities trading clients in violation of the CBC’s Regulations Governing Foreign Exchange Business of Banking Enterprises. While no fine was imposed on DBTP, CBC revoked DBTP’s business permission to conduct Taiwan dollar deliverable forward and Taiwan dollar non-deliverable forward business and suspended DBTP’s business permission for all foreign exchange related derivatives business for two years. The sanction does not affect performance and settlement of existing trades, nor does it affect DBTP’s interbank swap funding transactions. The sanctions take effect from February 8, 2021. DBTP may apply to CBC to reinstate the affected business upon demonstrating concrete remediation measures.

95

Challenge of the General Meeting’s Resolution Not to Pay a Dividend for the 2015 Fiscal Year. In May 2016, Deutsche Bank AG’s General Meeting resolved that no dividend was to be paid to Deutsche Bank’s shareholders for the 2015 fiscal year. Some shareholders filed a lawsuit with the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main (Landgericht), challenging (among other things) the resolution on the grounds that Deutsche Bank was required by law to pay a minimum dividend in an amount equal to 4 % of Deutsche Bank’s share capital. In December 2016, the Regional Court ruled in favor of the plaintiffs. Deutsche Bank initially appealed the court’s decision. However, consistent with Deutsche Bank’s updated strategy, Deutsche Bank withdrew its appeal prior to Deutsche Bank’s 2017 General Meeting, as a result of which the challenged resolution became void. Deutsche Bank’s General Meeting in May 2017 resolved the payment of a dividend of approximately € 400 million from Deutsche Bank’s distributable profit for 2016 which amount contained a component reflecting the distributable profit carried forward from 2015 of approximately € 165 million. Such dividend was paid to the shareholders shortly after the annual General Meeting. The resolution was also challenged in court based on the argumentallegation that the way the decision was taken was not correct. On January 18, 2018, the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main dismissed the shareholder actions as regards the dividend resolution taken in May 2017. The plaintiffs appealed to the Higher Regional Court Frankfurt am Main. On March 26, 2019, the Higher Regional Court Frankfurt am Main confirmed the decision of the Regional Court and dismissed the appeal. The plaintiffs filed an appeal against the denial of leave to appeal with the Federal Supreme Court.Court of Justice. On May 5, 2020 the Federal Court of Justice dismissed the appeal of the plaintiff against the denial of leave to appeal. This decision is final.


91

CO2 Emission Rights. The Frankfurt am Main Office of Public Prosecution (the “OPP”) has investigated alleged value-added tax (VAT) fraud in connection with the trading of CO2 emission rights by certain trading firms, some of which also engaged in trading activity with Deutsche Bank. The OPP alleges that certain employees of Deutsche Bank knew that their counterparties were part of a fraudulent scheme to avoid VAT on transactions in CO2 emission rights,FX derivatives products investigations and it searched Deutsche Bank in April 2010 and December 2012.

On June 13, 2016, the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main sentenced seven former Deutsche Bank employees for VAT evasion and for aiding and abetting VAT evasion in connection with their involvement in CO2 emissions trading. On May 15, 2018, the Federal Supreme Court ( Bundesgerichtshof) handed down its decision in the appeal proceedings. The Federal Supreme Court partly granted the appeal of one former employee and referred the case back to the trial court, which closed the case against payment of the fine in August 2019. In relation to the other cases where appeal proceedings were pending, the Federal Supreme Court confirmed the trial court’s judgment, which meant that the judgment became final and binding and the cases are closed. The majority of the other investigations by the OPP against former and current employees which were ongoing have meanwhile been closed. Investigations remain ongoing against one current employee and an indictment was filed against one former employee in August 2019.

Deutsche Bank Shareholder Litigation.litigation. Deutsche Bank has received requests for information from certain regulators in connection with its internal investigation into the historical sales of certain FX derivatives products with a limited number of clients. Deutsche Bank is providing information to and certain of its current and former officers and management board members are the subject ofotherwise cooperating with these regulators. Separately, a purported class action,related claim has been filed in the United States District Court for the Southern DistrictHigh Courts of New York, asserting claims under Sections 10(b)England and 20(a)Wales by one of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on behalf of persons who purchased or otherwise acquired securities of Deutsche Bank on a United States exchange or pursuantBank’s clients but proceedings have yet to other transactions within the United States between March 20, 2017 and May 30, 2018. Plaintiffs alleged that Deutsche Bank’s SEC Annual Reports on Form 20-F for the years 2016 and 2017 and its quarterly interim reports on Form 6-K for calendar 2017 contained materially false and misleading statements regarding its business, operational and compliance policies and internal control environment. On January 25, 2019, the lead plaintiff filed an amended class action complaint. Deutsche Bank moved to dismiss the action. On September 30, 2019, the court granted the motion to dismiss with prejudice as to all defendants and entered judgment dismissing the lawsuit.

Esch Funds Litigation. Prior to its acquisition by Deutsche Bank in 2010, Sal. Oppenheim jr. & Cie. AG & Co. KGaA (“Sal. Oppenheim”) was involved in the marketing and financing of participations in closed end real estate funds. These funds were structured as partnerships under German law. Usually, Josef Esch Fonds-Projekt GmbH carried out the planning and project development in connection with the funds’ investments. Sal. Oppenheim held an indirect interest in this company via a joint-venture. In relation to this business, a number of civil claims were filed against Sal. Oppenheim. Some, but not all, of these claims were also directed against former managing partners of Sal. Oppenheim and other individuals. The investors were seeking to unwind their fund participation and to be indemnified against potential losses incurred in connection with the investment. The claims were based in part, on an alleged failure of Sal. Oppenheim to adequately disclose related risks and other material aspects important for the investors’ investment decision. The claims brought against Sal. Oppenheim related to investments in an amount of originally approximately € 1.1 billion. Over the past few years, based on the facts of the individual cases, some courts have decided in favor and some against Sal. Oppenheim, and certain claims have either been dismissed or settled. Claims of approximately € 10 million relating to investments in an amount of originally approximately € 6 million were pending as of the beginning of 2019, which claims were settled in 2019 for amounts not material to the Bank.formally commence.

KOSPI Index Unwind Matters. Following the decline of the Korea Composite Stock Price Index 200 (the “KOSPI 200”) in the closing auction on November 11, 2010 by approximately 2.7 %, the Korean Financial Supervisory Service (“FSS”) commenced an investigation and expressed concerns that the fall in the KOSPI 200 was attributable to a sale by Deutsche Bank of a basket of stocks, worth approximately € 1.6 billion, that was held as part of an index arbitrage position on the KOSPI 200. On February 23, 2011, the Korean Financial Services Commission, which oversees the work of the FSS, reviewed the FSS’ findings and recommendations and resolved to take the following actions: (i) to file a criminal complaint to the Korean Prosecutor’s Office for alleged market manipulation against five employees of Deutsche Bank group and Deutsche Bank’s subsidiary Deutsche Securities Korea Co. (DSK) for vicarious corporate criminal liability; and (ii) to impose a suspension of six months, commencing April 1, 2011 and ending September 30, 2011, of DSK’s business for proprietary trading of cash equities and listed derivatives and DMA (direct market access) cash equities trading, and the requirement that DSK suspend the employment of one named employee for six months. On August 19, 2011, the Korean Prosecutor’s Office announced its decision to indict DSK and four employees of Deutsche Bank group on charges of spot/futures-linked market manipulation. The criminal trial commenced in January 2012. On January 25, 2016, the Seoul Central District Court rendered guilty verdicts against a DSK trader and DSK. A criminal fine of KRW 1.5 billion (less than € 2.0 million) was imposed on DSK. The Court also ordered forfeiture of the profits generated on the underlying trading activity. The Group disgorged the profits on the underlying trading activity in 2011. The criminal trial verdicts against both the DSK trader and against DSK were overturned on appeal in a decision rendered by the Seoul High Court on December 12, 2018. The Korean Prosecutor’s Office has appealed the Seoul High Court decision.


92

In addition, a number of civil actions have been filed in Korean courts against Deutsche Bank and DSK by certain parties who allege they incurred losses as a consequence of the fall in the KOSPI 200 on November 11, 2010. First instance court decisions were rendered against the Bank and DSK in some of these cases starting in the fourth quarter of 2015. The outstanding claims known to Deutsche Bank have an aggregate claim amount of less than € 5060 million (at present exchange rates).

Monte Dei Paschi. In March 2013, Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena (“MPS”) initiated civil proceedings in Italy against Deutsche Bank alleging that Deutsche Bank assisted former MPS senior management in an accounting fraud on MPS, by undertaking repo transactions with MPS and “Santorini”, a wholly owned special-purpose vehicle of MPS, which helped MPS defer losses on a previous transaction undertaken with Deutsche Bank. Subsequently, in July 2013, the Fondazione Monte dei Paschi di Siena (“FMPS”), MPS’ largest shareholder, also commenced civil proceedings in Italy for damages based on substantially the same facts. In December 2013, Deutsche Bank reached an agreement with MPS to settle the civil proceedings and the transactions were unwound. The civil proceedings initiated by FMPS, in which damages of between € 220 million and € 381 million were claimed, were also settled in December 2018 upon payment by Deutsche Bank of € 17.5 million. FMPS’s separate claim filed in July 2014 against FMPS’s former administrators and a syndicate of 12 banks including Deutsche Bank S.p.A. for € 286 million continues to be pending before the first instance Florence courts.

96

A criminal investigation was launched by the Siena Public Prosecutor into the transactions entered into by MPS with Deutsche Bank and certain unrelated transactions entered into by MPS with other parties. Such investigation was moved in summer 2014 from Siena to the Milan Public Prosecutors as a result of a change in the alleged charges being investigated. On February 16, 2016, the Milan Public Prosecutors issued a request of committal to trial against Deutsche Bank and six current and former employees. The committal process concluded with a hearing on October 1, 2016, during which the Milan court committed all defendants in the criminal proceedings to trial. Deutsche Bank’s potential exposure iswas for administrative liability under Italian Legislative Decree n. 231/2001 and for civil vicarious liability as an employer of current and former Deutsche Bank employees who are being criminally prosecuted.

On November 8, 2019, the Milan court issued its verdicts, finding five former employees and one current employee of Deutsche Bank guilty and sentencing them to either 3 years and 6 months or 4 years and 8 months. Deutsche Bank was found liable under Italian Legislative Decree n. 231/2001 and the court ordered the seizure of alleged profits of € 64.9 million and a fine of € 3 million. The Court also found Deutsche Bank has civil vicarious liability for damages (to be quantified by the civil court) as an employer of the current and former employees who were convicted. The sentences and fines are not due until the conclusion of any appeal process. The reasons forfinal judgment was issued by the verdict are due to be provided in the first week ofCourt on May 202013, 2020. Deutsche Bank and the parties then have 45 dayssix former or current employees filed an appeal to file an appeal.the Milan Court of Appeal on September 22, 2020.

On May 22, 2018, CONSOB, the authority responsible for regulating the Italian financial markets, issued fines of € 100,000 each against the six current and former employees of Deutsche Bank who are defendants in the criminal proceedings. The six individuals were also banned from performing management functions in Italy and for Italian based institutions for three to six months each. No separate fine or sanction was imposed on Deutsche Bank but it is jointly and severally liable for the six current/former Deutsche Bank employees’ fines. On June 14, 2018, Deutsche Bank and the six individuals filed an appeal in the Milan Court of Appeal challenging CONSOB’s decision and one of the individuals sought a stay of enforcement of the fine against that individual. The stay was granted on July 21, 2018. Upon requestOn December 17, 2020, the Milan Court of Appeal allowed the parties,appeals filed by Deutsche Bank and the final hearing ofsix current and former employees and annulled the resolution sanctioning them. CONSOB may appeal which had been scheduled for November 13, 2019, was postponed until April 8, 2020.the decision.

Pension Plan Assets. The Group sponsors a number of post-employment benefit plans on behalf of its employees. In Germany, the pension assets that fund the obligations under these pension plans are held by Benefit Trust GmbH. The German tax authorities are challenging the tax treatment of certain income received by Benefit Trust GmbH in the years 2010 to 2013 with respect to its pension plan assets. For the year 2010 Benefit Trust GmbH paid the amount of tax and interest assessed of € 160 million to the tax authorities and is seeking a refund of the amounts paid in litigation. For 2011 to 2013 the matter is stayed pending the outcome of the 2010 tax litigation. The amount of tax and interest under dispute for years 2011 to 2013, which also has been paid to the tax authorities, amounts to € 456 million. In March 2017, the lower fiscal court ruled in favor of Benefit Trust GmbH and in September 2017 the tax authorities appealed the decision to the German supreme fiscal court (Bundesfinanzhof)( Bundesfinanzhof). A decision by the supreme fiscal court hearing is not expectedscheduled for a number of years.March 15, 2021.


93

Precious Metals Investigations and Litigations. Deutsche Bank received inquiries from certain regulatory and law enforcement authorities, including requests for information and documents, pertaining to investigations of precious metals trading and related conduct. Deutsche Bank has cooperated with these investigations. On January 29, 2018, Deutsche Bank entered into a US$U.S.$ 30 million settlement with the USU.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) concerning spoofing, and manipulation and attempted manipulation in precious metals futures and of stop loss orders. On January 8, 2021, Deutsche Bank entered into a deferred prosecution agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice concerning spoofing and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act conduct as mentioned in the Note 27 “Provisions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As part of its obligations in the deferred prosecution agreement, Deutsche Bank agreed to pay approximately U.S.$ 8 million, of which approximately U.S.$ 6 million would be credited by virtue of the aforementioned CFTC resolution.

Deutsche Bank is a defendant in two consolidated class action lawsuits pending in the USU.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The suits allege violations of USU.S. antitrust law, the USU.S. Commodity Exchange Act and related state law arising out of the alleged manipulation of gold and silver prices through participation in the Gold and Silver Fixes. Deutsche Bank has reached agreements to settle the Gold action for US$U.S.$ 60 million and the Silver action for US U.S.$ 38 million, which remain subject to final court approval.

In addition, Deutsche Bank was a defendant in Canadian class action proceedings in the provinces of Ontario and Quebec concerning gold and silver. Each of the proceedings seeks damages for alleged violations of the Canadian Competition Act and other causes of action. Deutsche Bank reached agreements to settle these actions which were approved by the Ontario court on May 29, 2019 and the Quebec court on June 17, 2019, and the actions have been dismissed against Deutsche Bank. The amounts are not material to the Bank.

Pre-Release ADRs. Deutsche Bank and certain affiliates have received inquiries from certain European regulatory, tax and law enforcement authorities, including requests for documents and information, with respect to American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), including ADRs that have been issued on a "pre-release" basis (“pre-release ADRs”). Deutsche Bank is cooperating with these inquiries. On March 5, 2020, the German local tax authorities issued a liability notice in the amount of € 10.7 million related to withholding tax certificates issued by Deutsche Bank AG, which Deutsche Bank AG will not contest.

On July 20, 2018, the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) announced that it had reached civil settlements with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (“DBTCA”) and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (“DBSI”) in this matter. The settlements resolved SEC claims that DBTCA was negligent in issuing pre-release ADRs under certain circumstances, and that DBSI failed reasonably to supervise employees who were negligent in borrowing and lending pre-release ADRs. The settlements required DBTCA and DBSI to pay a combined financial sanction of approximately US$ 75 million, and the SEC ordered DBTCA to cease and desist from committing or causing any violations and any future violations of Section 17(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933.

Regula Ltd. Clients AML Investigations. On November 29, 2018, based on a search warrant issued by the Local Court (Amtsgericht)in Frankfurt, Deutsche Bank’s offices in Frankfurt were searched by German law enforcement authorities on the suspicion that two employees – and as-yet unidentified further individuals – deliberately abstained from issuing suspicious activity reports (SARs) in a timely manner and aided and abetted money laundering in connection with our offshore trust business. The Bank has cooperated in the investigation, as has been publicly acknowledged by the Frankfurt Public Prosecutor’s Office. The Bank has also cooperated with other requests for information from regulatory and law enforcement agencies that followed on the November 29, 2018 search warrant in Frankfurt.

In December 2019, the Frankfurt public prosecutor's office closed investigations into the two employees due to lack of sufficient suspicion in accordance with paragraph 170 (2) of the German Code of Criminal Procedure. This step means that the allegations of aiding and abetting tax evasion and of money laundering that were made against the employees and the bank have been dropped. At the same time, we accepted in a separate regulatory fining proceeding a fine of € 5 million as well as the confiscation of avoided expenses in the amount of € 10 million, payable as a result of shortcomings in our control environment in the past.

Transfer of Lease Assets. In December 2017, a claim for damages was filed with the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main against Deutsche Bank AG in the amount of approximately € 155 million (excluding interest). In 2006, Deutsche Bank AG (indirectly, through a special-purpose vehicle) entered into transactions according to which the plaintiff transferred certain lease assets to the special-purpose vehicle against, among others things, receipt of a preference dividend. The plaintiff alleges that Deutsche Bank had entered into an agreement with it under which Deutsche Bank provided flawed contractual documentation as a result of which the German tax authorities have disallowed the plaintiff’s expected tax savings. The Regional Court Frankfurt am Main fully dismissed the claim on July 26, 2019. The plaintiff has appealed this decision to the Higher Regional Court Frankfurt am Main. A date for an oral hearing has not yet been set.


9497

Vestia. In December 2016, Stichting Vestia, a Dutch housing association, commenced proceedings against Deutsche Bank in England. The proceedings relate to derivatives entered into between Stichting Vestia and Deutsche Bank between 2005 and 2012. Stichting Vestia alleges that certain of the transactions entered into by it with Deutsche Bank should be set aside on the grounds that they were not within its capacity and/or were induced by the bribery of Vestia's treasurer by an intermediary involved in those transactions. The amount claimed ranged between € 757 million and € 837 million, plus compound interest. The trial commenced on May 8, 2019 and was scheduled to finish on July 18, 2019. On July 12, 2019, the parties agreed a full and final settlement of all claims between them, which included a payment from Deutsche Bank of € 175 million to Vestia on a no-admissions basis.

Dividend Policy

For 2019,2020, the Management Board will propose to the General Meeting that we do not pay a dividend. In each of 2017 andFor 2019, we also did not pay a dividend. For 2018, we paid a dividend of € 0.11 per share. Historically, we have paid dividends at higher levels.levels, and we aim to free up capital for distribution from 2022 with the goal of returning € 5 billion of capital to shareholders over time. However, we cannot assure investors that we will pay dividends as we did in previous years, nor at any other level, or at all, in any future period. If the company is not profitable, we may not pay dividends at all.

Furthermore, if Deutsche Bank AG fails to meet the regulatory capital adequacy requirements under CRR/CRD (including individually imposed capital requirements (so-called “Pillar 2” requirements) and the combined buffer requirement), it may be prohibited from making, and the ECB or the BaFin may suspend or limit, the payment of dividends. In addition, the ECB expects banks to meet “Pillar 2” guidance. If Deutsche Bank AG operates or expects to operate below “Pillar 2” guidance, the ECB will review the reasons why the Bank’s capital level has fallen or is expected to fall and may take appropriate and proportionate measures in connection with such shortfall. Any such measures might have an impact on Deutsche Bank AG’s willingness or ability to pay dividends. For further information on regulatory capital adequacy requirements and the powers of Deutsche Bank AG’s regulators to suspend dividend payments, see “Item 4: Information on the Company – Regulation and Supervision – Capital Adequacy Requirements” and “– Investigative and Enforcement Powers.”

Under German law, Deutsche Bank AG’s dividends are based on the unconsolidated results of Deutsche Bank AG as prepared in accordance with German accounting rules. Deutsche Bank AG’s Management Board, which prepares the annual financial statements of Deutsche Bank AG on an unconsolidated basis, and its Supervisory Board, which reviews them, first allocate part of Deutsche Bank AG’s annual surplus (if any) to Deutsche Bank AG’s statutory reserves and to any losses carried forward, as it is legally required to do. They then allocate the remainder between other revenue reserves (or retained earnings) and balance sheet profit. They may allocate up to one-half of this remainder to other revenue reserves, and must allocate at least one-half to balance sheet profit. A profit distribution from balance sheet profit is only permitted to the extent that the balance sheet profit plus distributable earnings exceeds potential dividend blocking items, which consist primarily of deferred tax assets, self-developed software and unrealized gains on plan assets, all net of respective deferred tax liabilities.

Deutsche Bank AG then distributes up to the full amount of the balance sheet profit not subject to dividend blocking of Deutsche Bank AG if the annual General Meeting so resolves. The annual General Meeting may resolve a non-cash distribution instead of, or in addition to, a cash dividend. However, Deutsche Bank AG is not legally required to distribute its balance sheet profit to its shareholders to the extent that it has issued participatory rights (Genussrechte)( Genussrechte) or granted a silent participation (stille Beteiligung) that accord their holders the right to a portion of Deutsche Bank AG’s distributable profit.

Deutsche Bank AG declares dividends by resolution of the annual General Meeting and pays them (if any) once a year. Dividends approved at a General Meeting are payable on the third business day after that meeting, unless a later date has been determined at that meeting or by the Articles of Association. In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act, the record date for determining which holders of Deutsche Bank AG’s ordinary shares are entitled to the payment of dividends, if any, or other distributions whether cash, stock or property, is the date of the General Meeting at which such dividends or other distributions are declared.

Significant Changes

Except as otherwise stated in this document, there have been no significant changes subsequent to December 31, 2019.2020.

9598

Item 9: The Offer and Listing

Offer and Listing Details and Markets

Our share capital consists of ordinary shares issued in registered form without par value. Under German law, shares without par value are deemed to have a “nominal” value equal to the total amount of share capital divided by the number of shares. Our shares have a nominal value in this sense of €   2.56 per share.

The principal trading market for our shares is the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, where it trades under the symbol DBK. Our shares are also traded on the six other German stock exchanges (Berlin, Duesseldorf, Hamburg, Hanover, Munich and Stuttgart, where on each exchange it also trades under the symbol DBK), on the Eurex and the New York Stock Exchange, where it trades under the symbol DB.

We maintain a share register in Frankfurt am Main and, for the purposes of trading our shares on the New York Stock Exchange, a share register in New York.

All shares on German stock exchanges trade in euros, and all shares on the New York Stock Exchange trade in U.S. dollars.

You should not rely on our past share performance as a guide to our future share performance.

Plan of Distribution

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Selling Shareholders

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Dilution

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Expenses of the Issue

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

9699

Item 10: Additional Information

Share Capital

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

The following is a summary of certain information relating to certain provisions of our Articles of Association, our share capital and German law. This summary is not complete and is qualified by reference to our Articles of Association and German law in effect at the date of this filing. Copies of our Articles of Association are publicly available at the Commercial Register (Handelsregister)( Handelsregister) in Frankfurt am Main, and an English translation is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Annual Report.

Our Business Objectives

Section 2 of our Articles of Association sets out the objectives of our business:

Our Articles of Association permit us to pursue these objectives directly or through subsidiaries and affiliated companies.

Our Articles of Association also provide that, to the extent permitted by law, we may transact all business and take all steps that appear likely to promote our business objectives. In particular, we may:

Supervisory Board and Management Board

For more information on our Supervisory Board and Management Board, see “Item   6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees.��

Voting Rights and Shareholders' Meetings

Each of our shares entitles its registered holder to one vote at our General Meeting. Our Annual General Meeting takes place within the first eight months of our fiscal year. Pursuant to our Articles of Association, we may hold the meeting in Frankfurt am Main, Düsseldorf or any other German city with over 500,000250,000 inhabitants. Unless a shorter period is permitted by law, we must give the notice convening the General Meeting at least 30 days before the last day on which shareholders can register their attendance of the General Meeting (which is the fifth day immediately preceding that General Meeting). Shorter periods apply if the General Meeting is called to adopt a resolution on a capital increase in the context of early intervention measures pursuant to the Act on the Recovery and Resolution of Institutions and Financial Groups (Gesetz zur Sanierung und Abwicklung von Instituten und Finanzgruppen). We are required to include details regarding the shareholder attendance registration process and the issuance of admission cards in our invitation to the General Meeting.

The Management Board or the Supervisory Board may also call an extraordinary General Meeting. Shareholders holding in the aggregate at least 5 % of the nominal value of our share capital may also request that such a meeting be called.


97100

According to our Articles of Association our shares are issued in the form of registered shares. For purposes of registration in the share register, all shareholders are required to notify us of the number of shares they hold and, in the case of natural persons, of their name, address and date of birth and, in the case of legal persons, of their registered name, business address and registered domicile. Both being registered in our share register and the timely registration for attendance of the General Meeting constitute prerequisite conditions for any shareholder’s attendance and exercise of voting rights at the General Meeting. Shareholders may register their attendance of a General Meeting with the Management Board (or as otherwise designated in the invitation) by written notice or electronically, no later than the fifth day immediately preceding the date of that General Meeting. Any shareholders who have failed to comply with certain notification requirements summarized under “Notification Requirements” below are precluded from exercising any rights attached to their shares, including voting rights.

Under German law, upon our request a registered shareholder must inform us whether that shareholder owns the shares registered in its name or whether that shareholder holds the shares for any other person as a nominee shareholder. Both the nominee shareholder and the person for whom the shares are held have an obligation to provide the same personal data as required for registration in the share register with respect to the person for whom the shares are held. For so long as a registered shareholder does not provide the requested information as to its holding of the shares or, in the case of nominee shareholding, the required information about the person for whom the shares are held has not been provided, the shares held by the registered shareholder carry no voting rights.

Shareholders may appoint proxies to represent them at General Meetings. As a matter of German law, a proxy relating to voting rights granted by shares may be revoked at any time.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to file a proxy statement under USU.S. securities law. The proxy voting process for our shareholders in the United States is substantially similar to the process for publicly held companies incorporated in the United States.

The Annual General Meeting normally adopts resolutions on the following matters:

A simple majority of votes cast is generally sufficient to approve a measure, except in cases where a greater majority is otherwise required by our Articles of Association or by law. Under the German Stock Corporation Act and the German Transformation Act (Umwandlungsgesetz)(Umwandlungsgesetz), certain resolutions of fundamental importance require a majority of at least 75 % of the share capital represented at the General Meeting adopting the resolution, in addition to a majority of the votes cast. Such resolutions include the following matters, among others:

Under certain circumstances, such as when a resolution violates our Articles of Association or the German Stock Corporation Act, shareholders may file a shareholder action with the appropriate Regional Court (Landgericht)(Landgericht) in Germany to set aside resolutions adopted at the General Meeting.

Under German law, the rights of shareholders as a group can be changed by amendment of the company's articles of association. Any amendment of our Articles of Association requires a resolution of the General Meeting. The authority to amend our Articles of Association, insofar as such amendments merely relate to the wording, such as changes of the share capital as a result of the issuance of shares from authorized capital, has been assigned to our Supervisory Board by our Articles of Association. Pursuant to our Articles of Association, the resolutions of the General Meeting are taken by a simple majority of votes and, insofar as a majority of capital stock is required, by a simple majority of capital stock, except where law or our Articles of Association determine otherwise. The rights of individual shareholders can only be changed with their consent. Amendments to the Articles of Association become effective upon their registration in the Commercial Register.

98101

Share Register

We maintain a share register with Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent, pursuant to an agency agreement between us and Link Market Services GmbH and a sub-agency agreement between Link Market Services GmbH and the New York transfer agent.

Our share register will be open for inspection by shareholders during normal business hours at our offices at Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany. The share register generally contains each shareholder's surname, first name, date of birth, address and the number or the quantity of our shares held. Shareholders may prevent their personal information from appearing in the share register by holding their securities through a bank or custodian. Although the shareholder would remain the beneficial owner of the securities, only the bank's or custodian's name would appear in the share register.

Dividend Rights

For a summary of our dividend policy and legal basis for dividends under German law, see “Item   8: Financial Information – Dividend Policy.”

Increases in Share Capital

German law and our Articles of Association permit us to increase our share capital in any of three ways:

The issuance of new ordinary shares by resolution of the General Meeting requires the simple majority of the votes cast and of the share capital represented at the General Meeting. Resolutions of the General Meeting concerning the creation of authorized or conditional capital require the simple majority of the votes cast and a majority of at least 75 % of the share capital represented at the General Meeting.

Liquidation Rights

The German Stock Corporation Act requires that if we are liquidated, any liquidation proceeds remaining after the payment of all our liabilities will be distributed to our shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings.

Preemptive Rights

In principle, holders of our shares have preemptive rights allowing them to subscribe any shares, bonds convertible into, or attached warrants to subscribe for, our shares or participatory certificates we issue. Such preemptive rights exist in proportion to the number of shares currently held by the shareholder. Preemptive rights of shareholders may be excluded with respect to any capital increase, however, as part of the resolution by the General Meeting on such capital increase. Such a resolution by the General Meeting on a capital increase that excludes the shareholders’ preemptive rights with respect thereto requires both a majority of the votes cast and a majority of at least 75 % of the share capital represented at the General Meeting.
A resolution to exclude preemptive rights requires that the proposed exclusion is expressly disclosed in the agenda to the General Meeting and that the Management Board presents the reasons for the exclusion to the shareholders in a written report. Under the German Stock Corporation Act, preemptive rights may in particular be excluded with respect to capital increases not exceeding 10 % of the existing share capital with an issue price payable in cash not significantly below the stock exchange price at the time of issuance. In addition, shareholders may, in a resolution by the General Meeting on authorized capital, authorize the Management Board to exclude the preemptive rights with respect to newly issued shares from authorized capital in specific circumstances set forth in the resolution.

Shareholders are generally permitted to transfer their preemptive rights. Preemptive rights may be traded on one or more German stock exchanges for a limited number of days prior to the final day the preemptive rights can be exercised.

99102

Notices and Reports

We publish notices pertaining to our shares and the General Meeting in the electronic German Federal Gazette (Bundes-
anzeiger) and, when so required, in at least one national newspaper designated for exchange notices.

We send our New York transfer agent, through publication or otherwise, a copy of each of our notices pertaining to any General Meeting, any adjourned General Meeting or our actions with respect to any cash or other distributions or the offering of any rights. We provide such notices in the form given or to be given to our shareholders. Our New York transfer agent is requested to arrange for the mailing of such notices to all shareholders registered in the New York registry.

We will make all notices we send to shareholders available at our principal office for inspection by shareholders. Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent will send copies of all notices pertaining to General Meetings to all registered shareholders. Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent will send copies of other notices or information material, such as quarterly reports or shareholder letters, to those registered shareholders who have requested to receive such notices or information material.

Charges of Transfer Agents

We pay Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent customary fees for their services as transfer agents and registrars. Our shareholders will not be required to pay Link Market Services GmbH or our New York transfer agent any fees or charges in connection with their transfers of shares in the share register. Our shareholders will also not be required to pay any fees in connection with the conversion of dividends from euros to USU.S. dollars.

Liability of Transfer Agents

Neither Link Market Services GmbH nor our New York transfer agent will be liable to shareholders if prevented or delayed by law, or any circumstances beyond their control, from performing their obligations as transfer agents and registrars.

Notification Requirements

Disclosure of Interests in a Listed Stock Corporation

Disclosure Obligations under the German Securities Trading Act

Deutsche Bank AG, as a listed company, and its shareholders are subject to the shareholding disclosure obligations under the German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz)( Wertpapierhandelsgesetz). Pursuant to the German Securities Trading Act, any shareholder whose voting interest in a listed company like Deutsche Bank AG, through acquisition, sale or by other means, reaches, exceeds or falls below a 3 %, 5 %, 10 %, 15 %, 20 %, 25 %, 30 %, 50 % or 75 % threshold must notify us and the BaFin of its current aggregate voting interest in writing and without undue delay, but at the latest within four trading days. In connection with this requirement, the German Securities Trading Act contains various provisions regarding the attribution of voting rights to the person who actually controls the voting rights attached to the shares.

Furthermore, the voting rights attached to a third party’s shares are attributed to a shareholder if the shareholder coordinates its conduct concerning the listed company with the third party (so-called “acting in concert”) either through an agreement or other means. Acting in concert is deemed to exist if the parties coordinate their voting at the listed company’s general meeting or, outside the general meeting, coordinate their actions with the goal of significantly and permanently modifying the listed company’s corporate strategy. Each party’s voting rights are attributed to each of the other parties acting in concert.


100103

Shareholders failing to comply with their notification obligations are prevented from exercising any rights attached to their shares (including voting rights and the right to receive dividends) until they have complied with the notification requirements. If the failure to comply with the notification obligations specifically relates to the size of the voting interest in the Deutsche Bank AG and is the result of willful or grossly negligent conduct, the suspension of shareholder rights is – subject to certain exceptions in case of an incorrect notification deviating no more than 10 % from the actual percentage of voting rights – extended by a six-month period commencing upon the submission of the required notification.

Except for the 3 % threshold, similar notification obligations exist for reaching, exceeding or falling below the thresholds described above when a person holds, directly or indirectly, certain instruments other than shares. This applies to instruments which grant upon maturity an unconditional right to acquire existing voting shares of Deutsche Bank AG, a discretionary right to acquire such shares, as well as to instruments that refer to such shares and have an economic effect similar to that of the aforementioned instruments, irrespective of whether such instruments are physically or cash-settled. These instruments include, for example, transferable securities, options, futures contracts and swaps. Voting rights to be attributed to a person based on any such instrument will generally be aggregated with the person’s other voting rights deriving from shares or other instruments.

Notice must be given without undue delay, but within four trading days at the latest. The notice period commences as soon as the person obliged to notify knows, or, under the circumstances should know, that his or her voting rights reach, exceed or fall below any of the abovementioned relevant thresholds, but in any event no later than two trading days after reaching, exceeding or falling below the threshold. Only in case that the voting rights reach, exceed or fall below any of the thresholds as a result of an event affecting all voting rights, the notice period might commence at a later stage. Deutsche Bank AG must publish the foregoing notifications without undue delay, but no later than within three trading days after their receipt, and report such publication to the BaFin. Furthermore, the Deutsche Bank AG must publish a notification in case of any increase or decrease of the total number of voting rights without undue delay, but within two trading days at the latest, and such notification must be reported to the BaFin and forwarded to the German Company Register (Unternehmensregister)( Unternehmensregister). An exception applies where the increase of the total number of voting rights is due to the issue of new shares from conditional capital. In this case, Deutsche Bank AG must publish the increase at the end of the month in which it occurred. However, such increase must also be notified without undue delay, but within two trading days at the latest, where any other increase or decrease of the total number of voting rights triggers the aforementioned notification requirement.

Non-compliance with the disclosure requirements regarding shareholdings and holdings of other instruments may result in a significant fine imposed by the BaFin. In addition, the BaFin publishes, on its website, sanctions imposed and measures taken indicating the person or entity responsible and the nature of the breach (so-called “naming and shaming”).

Shareholders whose voting rights reach or exceed thresholds of 10 % of the voting rights in a listed company, or higher thresholds, are obliged to inform the company within 20 trading days of the purpose of their investment and the origin of the funds used for such investment, unless the articles of association of the listed company provide otherwise. Our Articles of Association do not contain such a provision.

Disclosure Obligations under the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act

Pursuant to the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act (Wertpapiererwerbs-( Wertpapiererwerbs- und Übernahmegesetz)Übernahmegesetz), any person whose voting interest reaches or exceeds 30 % of the voting shares of a listed stock corporation must, within seven calendar days, publish this fact (including the percentage of its voting rights) on the Internet and by means of an electronically operated financial information dissemination system. In addition, the person must subsequently make a mandatory public tender offer within four weeks to all shareholders of the listed company unless an exemption has been granted. The German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act contains a number of provisions intended to ensure that shareholdings are attributed to those persons who actually control the voting rights attached to the shares. The provisions regarding coordinated conduct as part of the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act (so-called “acting in concert”) and the rules on the attribution of voting rights attached to shares of third parties are the same as the statutory securities trading provisions described above under “Disclosure Obligations under the German Securities Trading Act” except with respect to voting rights of shares underlying instruments whose holders are vested with the right to unilaterally acquire existing voting shares of the listed company or voting rights which may be acquired on the basis of instruments with similar economic effect. If a shareholder fails to provide notice on reaching or exceeding the 30 % threshold, or fails to make a public tender offer, the shareholder will be precluded from exercising any rights associated with its shares (including voting and dividend rights) until it has complied with the requirements under the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act. In addition, non-compliance with the disclosure requirement may result in a fine.

101104

Disclosure of Participations in a Credit Institution

The German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz)( Kreditwesengesetz) requires any person intending to acquire, alone or acting in concert with another person, directly or indirectly, a qualifying holding (bedeutende Beteiligung)( bedeutende Beteiligung) in a credit or financial services institution to notify the BaFin and the Bundesbank without undue delay and in writing of the intended acquisition. A qualifying holding is a direct or indirect holding in an undertaking which represents 10 % or more of the capital or voting rights or which makes it possible to exercise a significant influence over the management of such undertaking. The required notice must contain information demonstrating, among other things, the reliability of the person or, in the case of a corporation or other legal entity, the reliability of its directors and officers.

A person holding a qualifying holding shall also notify the BaFin and the Bundesbank without undue delay and in writing if he intends to increase the amount of the qualifying holding up to or beyond the thresholds of 20 %, 30 % or 50 % of the voting rights or capital or in such way that the institution comes under such person’s control or if such person intends to reduce the participation below 10 % or below one of the other thresholds described above.

The BaFin will have to confirm the receipt of a complete notification within two working days in writing to the proposed acquirer. Within a period of 60 working days from the BaFin’s written confirmation that a complete notification has been received (assessment period), the BaFin will review and, in accordance with Council Regulation (EU) No 1024/2013 of October 15, 2013 conferring specific tasks on the European Central Bank concerning policies relating to the prudential supervision of credit institutions, forward the notification and a proposal for a decision whether or not to object to the acquisition to the ECB. The ECB will decide whether or not to object to the acquisition on the basis of the applicable assessment criteria. Within the assessment period the ECB may prohibit the intended acquisition in particular if there appears to be reason to assume that the acquirer or its directors and officers are not reliable or that the acquirer is not financially sound, that the participation would impair the effective supervision of the relevant credit institution, that a prospective managing director (Geschäftsleiter)( Geschäftsleiter) is not reliable or not qualified, that money laundering or financing of terrorism has occurred or been attempted in connection with the intended acquisition, or that there would be an increased risk of such illegal acts as a result of the intended acquisition. During the assessment period the BaFin may request further information necessary for its or the ECB’s assessment. Generally, such a request delays the expiration of the assessment period by up to 30 business days. If the information submitted is incomplete or incorrect the ECB may prohibit the intended acquisition.

If a person acquires a qualifying holding despite such prohibition or without making the required notification, the competent authority may prohibit the person from exercising the voting rights attached to the shares. In addition, non-compliance with the disclosure requirement may result in the imposition of a fine in accordance with statutory provisions. Moreover, the competent authority may order that any disposition of the shares requires its approval and may ultimately appoint a trustee to exercise the voting rights attached to the shares or to sell the shares to the extent they constitute a qualifying holding.

Review of Acquisition of 2510 % of voting rights or more by the German Federal Ministry of Economics and TechnologyEnergy

105

Pursuant to the German Foreign Trade Act (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz)( Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) and the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung)( Außenwirtschaftsverordnung), the direct or indirect acquisition of 25 % or more of the voting rights in a German company by investors from outside the European Union and the European Free Trade Association (Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway and Switzerland) or by entities which are owned by 25 % or more by investors from outside the aforementioned region may be reviewed by the German Federal Ministry of Economics and Technology.Energy (the “Ministry”). If the Ministry determines that the acquisition poses a threat towill likely affect the public policy or public security of Germany, it may impose conditions on or suspendprohibit the acquisition or require that it is unwound. The acquirer may seek pre-clearance of a proposed acquisition from the Ministry. The Ministry must be notified in writing regarding the conclusion of a contract pertaining to the direct or indirect acquisition by an investor from outside the European Union and the European Free Trade Association of 10% or more of the voting rights in a German company which operates certain critical infrastructure or operates in other certain sensitive sectors (including inter alia certain technologies, IT, telecommunication, healthcare or the media). The Ministry must also be notified in writing regarding the conclusion of a contract pertaining to the direct or indirect acquisition by an investor from outside Germany of 10% or more of the voting rights in a German company operating in the defense or cryptology sector. If Deutsche Bank is considered to be a company which operates in any such critical infrastructure or sensitive sector, the Ministry would need to be notified of an acquisition contract for critical infrastructureof voting rights in Deutsche Bank that meets the abovementioned threshold. Pending clearance by the Ministry, an acquisition subject to this reporting requirement is legally void and security-related technologies hasmay not be consummated. Consummating such an acquisition without clearance may result in monetary fines of up to be notified€ 500,000 or up to five years imprisonment. If the Ministry determines that the acquisition likely affects the German Federal Ministrypublic order or security, or in case of Economics and Technologyan acquisition of voting rights in writing.a German company active in the defense or cryptology sector determines that the acquisition poses a threat to essential security interests of Germany, it may impose conditions on or prohibit the acquisition or require that it is unwound in case it is implemented. The Ministry’s decision to review an acquisition must be made within threetwo months following the Ministry’s knowledge of the conclusion of the acquisition contract, of the publication of the decision to launch a take-over bid or of the publication of the acquisition of control. The review must be completed within four months following receipt of the complete acquisition documents.documents and any additional information requested by the Ministry. The Ministry can extend its review period up to an additional four months. A review is precluded if more than 5five years have passed since the acquisition. The acquirerOn January 22, 2021 the Ministry published a draft revision of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) may seek pre-clearance of a proposed acquisition from the Federal Ministry of Economics and Technology.


result in further restrictions.

102

EU Short Selling Regulation (ban on naked short selling)

Regulation (EU) No 236/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of March 14, 2012 on short selling and certain aspects of credit default swaps (the “EU Short Selling Regulation”) came into force on November 1, 2012. The EU Short Selling Regulation, the regulations adopted by the EU Commission implementing it, and the German act implementing the EU Short Selling Regulation replace the previously applicable German federal provisions governing the ban on naked short selling of shares and certain debt securities. (Short sales are sales of securities that the seller does not own, with the intention of buying back an identical security at a later point in time in order to be able to deliver the security. A short sale is “naked” when the seller has not borrowed the securities at the time of the short sale, or ensured they can be borrowed.borrowed or obtained under a similar arrangement.) Under the EU Short Selling Regulation, except for certain exemptions, naked short sales of listed shares are permitted only under certain conditions.not permitted. Short sales of listed shares that are covered by borrowing or similar arrangements are subject to the following transparency requirements. Significant net short positions in shares must be reported to the BaFin and, if a certain threshold is exceeded, they must also be publicly disclosed. Net short positions are calculated by netting the long and short positions held by a natural or legal person in the issued capital of the company concerned. The details are set forth in the EU Short Selling Regulation and the regulations adopted by the EU Commission implementing it. In certain situations described in greater detail in the EU Short Selling Regulation, the BaFin is permitted to limit short selling and comparable transactions.

Disclosure of Transactions of Managers

Art. 19 of Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of April 16, 2014 on market abuse (the “EU Market Abuse Regulation”) requires persons with management responsibilities (“Managers”) in a listed company like Deutsche Bank AG to notify the company and the BaFin of their own transactions in shares or debt instruments of the company or financial instruments based thereon, in particular derivatives. Such notifications must be made promptly and no later than three business days after the date of the transaction. The notification obligation also applies to persons who are closely associated with a Manager. The obligation does not apply if the aggregate annual transactions by a Manager or persons with whom he or she is closely associated do not, individually, exceed ana certain threshold amount of € 5,000.00 through the end of a calendar year. The BaFin may decidehas made use of its authority to increase thisthe threshold upof € 5,000 set forth in the EU Marked Abuse Regulation to the maximum possible amount of € 20,000.00.20,000.

Deutsche Bank AG is required to promptly publish any notification received but in any case no later than threetwo business days after the transaction.receipt of such notification. The publication must be made in a manner which enables fast access to this information on a non-discriminatory basis in accordance with the implementing standards published by the European Securities and Markets Authority. Furthermore, Deutsche Bank AG must without undue delay notify the BaFin and forward the notification to the Company Register (Unternehmensregister). For the purposes of the EU Market Abuse Regulation, the following persons are deemed to be a Manager: members of management, administrative or supervisory bodies of Deutsche Bank AG as well as senior executives who are not such members but who have regular access to inside information relating directly or indirectly to the Company and who have power to take managerial decisions affecting the future developments and business prospects of the Company. The following persons are deemed to be closely associated with a Manager: spouses, registered civil partners (eingetragene Lebenspartner)( eingetragene Lebenspartner), dependent children and other relatives who at the time of the transaction requiring notification have lived in the same household with the Manager for at least one year. Legal entities for which the aforementioned persons have management responsibilities are also subject to the notification requirement. The aforementioned provisions also apply to legal entities, companies and institutions directly or indirectly controlled by a Manager or by a person closely associated with a Manager, which have been founded to the benefit of such a person, or whose economic interests correspond to a considerable extent to those of such a person. Non-compliance with the notification requirements may result in a fine.

Material Contracts

In the usual course of our business, we enter into numerous contracts with various other entities. We have not, however, entered into any material contracts outside the ordinary course of our business within the past two years.


103106

Exchange Controls

As in other member states of the European Union, regulations issued by the competent European Union authorities to comply with United Nations resolutions have caused freeze orders on assets of certain legal and natural persons designated in such regulations. In addition, the European Union maintained a wide range of autonomous economic and financial sanctions on Iran. While all nuclear-related economic and financial EU sanctions against Iran were repealed on January   16, 2016, some restrictions remain in force.

With some exceptions, corporations or individuals residing in Germany are required to report to the Bundesbank any payment received from, or made to or for the account of, a nonresident corporation or individual that exceeds € 12,500 (or the equivalent in a foreign currency). This reporting requirement is for statistical purposes.

Subject to the above-mentioned exceptions, there are currently no German laws, decrees or regulations that would prevent the transfer of capital or remittance of dividends or other payments to our shareholders who are not residents or citizens of Germany.

There are also no restrictions under German law or our Articles of Association concerning the right of nonresident or foreign shareholders to hold our shares or to exercise any applicable voting rights. Where the investment reaches or exceeds certain thresholds, however, certain reporting obligations apply and the investment may become subject to review by the BaFin, the European Central Bank and other competent authorities. For more information see “Item 10: Additional Information – Notification Requirements”.

Taxation

The following is a general summary of material German and United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares for a resident of the United States for purposes of the income tax convention between the United States and Germany (the “Treaty”) who is fully eligible for benefits under the Treaty. A U.S. resident will generally be entitled to Treaty benefits if it is:

The Treaty benefits discussed below generally are not available to shareholders who hold shares in connection with the conduct of business through a permanent establishment in Germany. The summary does not discuss the treatment of those
shareholders.

The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to any particular shareholder, including tax considerations that arise from rules of general application or that are generally assumed to be known by shareholders. In particular, the summary deals only with shareholders that will hold shares as capital assets and does not address the tax treatment of shareholders that are subject to special rules, such as fiduciaries of pension (e.g. U.S. pension funds), profit-sharing or other employee benefit plans, banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that hold shares as a position in a straddle, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated financial transaction, persons that elect mark-to-market treatment, persons that own, directly or indirectly, 10 % or more of our stock, measured by vote or value, persons that hold shares through a partnership or hybrid entity and persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar. The summary is based on German and U.S. laws, treaties and regulatory interpretations, including in the United States current and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect).

Shareholders should consult their own advisors regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares in light of their particular circumstances, as well as the effect of any state, local or other national laws.


104107

Taxation of Dividends

In general, dividends that we pay are subject to German withholding tax at an aggregate rate of 26.375 % (consisting of a 25 % withholding tax and a 1.375 % surcharge). Under the Treaty, a U.S. resident will be entitled to receive a refund from the German tax authorities of 11.375 in respect of a declared dividend of 100. For example, for a declared dividend of 100, a U.S. resident initially will receive 73.625 and may claim a refund from the German tax authorities of 11.375 and, therefore, receive a total cash payment of 85 (i.e., 85 % of the declared dividend). According to an amendment of the German Investment Tax Act dividends received by a fund within the meaning of the German Investment Tax Act are generally subject to 15 % German withholding tax equal to the Treaty tax rate. U.S. residents who are entitled to a refund of more than 11.375 % (e.g. U.S. pension funds) have to fulfil further requirements according to para. 50j German Income Tax Act, in particular certain holding requirements.

For U.S. tax purposes, a U.S. resident will be deemed to have received total dividends of 100. The gross amount of dividends that a U.S. resident receives (which includes amounts withheld in respect of German withholding tax) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as foreign source dividend income, and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations. German withholding tax at the 15 % rate provided under the Treaty will be treated as a foreign income tax that, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. tax law, is eligible for credit against a U.S. resident’s U.S. federal income tax liability or, at its election, may be deducted in computing taxable income. Thus, for a declared dividend of 100, a U.S. resident will be deemed to have paid German taxes of 15. A U.S. resident cannot claim credits for German taxes that would have been refunded to it if it had filed a claim for refund. Foreign tax credits will not be allowed for withholding taxes imposed in respect of certain short-term or hedged positions. The creditability of foreign withholding taxes may be limited in certain situations, including where the burden of foreign taxes is separated inappropriately from the related foreign income.

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, “qualified dividends” received by certain non-corporate U.S. shareholders will generally be subject to taxation in the United States at a lower rate than other ordinary income. Dividends received will be qualified dividends if we (i) are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has approved for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and (ii) were not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”). The Treaty has been approved for purposes of the qualified dividend rules, and we believe we qualify for benefits under the Treaty. The determination of whether we are a PFIC must be made annually and is dependent on the particular facts and circumstances at the time. It requires an analysis of our income and valuation of our assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets. Based on our audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe that we were not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to our taxable years ended December   31, 20172018 or December   31, 2018.2019. In addition, based on our current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets, the sources and nature of our income, and relevant market and shareholder data, we do not currently anticipate becoming a PFIC for our taxable year ending December   31, 2019,2020, or for the foreseeable future. However, the PFIC rules are complex and their application to financial services companies is unclear. Each U.S. shareholder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the potential applicability of the PFIC regime to us and its implications for their particular circumstances.

If a U.S. resident receives a dividend paid in euros, it will recognize income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If dividends are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. resident generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income but may be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of a refund in respect of German withholding tax to the extent the U.S. dollar value of the refund differs from the U.S. dollar equivalent of that amount on the date of receipt of the underlying dividend.

Refund Procedures

To claim a refund, a U.S. resident must submit, within four years from the end of the calendar year in which the dividend is received, a claim for refund to the German tax authorities. The claim for refund must be accompanied by a withholding tax certificate (Kapitalertragsteuerbescheinigung) on an officially prescribed form and issued by the institution that withheld the tax.


108

105

Claims for refunds are made on a German claim for refund form, which must be filed with the German tax authorities: Bundeszentralamt für Steuern, An der Küppe 1, D-53225 Bonn, Germany. The German claim for refund forms can be downloaded from the homepage of the Bundeszentralamt für Steuern ( www.bzst.de)(www.bzst.de). A special form is available in cases para. 50j German Income Tax Act is applicable. A U.S. resident must also submit to the German tax authorities a certification (on IRS Form 6166) with respect to its last filed U.S. federal income tax return. Requests for IRS Form 6166 are made on IRS Form 8802, which requires payment of a user fee. IRS Form 8802 and its instructions can be obtained from the IRS website at www.irs.gov. Instead of the individual refund procedure described above, a U.S. resident may use an IT-supported quick-refund procedure (“Datenträgerverfahren – DTV”/“Data Medium Procedure – DMP”). If the U.S. resident’s bank or broker elects to participate in the DMP, it will perform administrative functions necessary to claim the Treaty refund for the beneficiaries. The refund beneficiaries must provide specified information to the DMP participant and confirm to the DMP participant that they meet the conditions of the Treaty provisions and that they authorize the DMP participant to file applications and receive notices and payments on their behalf.

The refund beneficiaries also must provide a “certification of filing a tax return” on IRS Form 6166 with the DMP participant. In addition, if the individual refund procedure requires a withholding tax certificate (see above), such certificate is generally also necessary under the DMP.

The German tax authorities reserve the right to audit the entitlement to tax refunds for several years following their payment pursuant to the Treaty in individual cases. The DMP participant must assist with the audit by providing the necessary details or by forwarding the queries to the respective refund beneficiaries/shareholders. Presently the DMP cannot be used if the Treaty tax rate is below 15 % or if a holder of Depository Receipts claims for a refund.

The German tax authorities will issue refunds denominated in euros. In the case of shares held through banks or brokers participating in the Depository Trust Company, the refunds will be issued to the Depository Trust Company, which will convert the refunds to U.S. dollars. The resulting amounts will be paid to banks or brokers for the account of holders.

If a U.S. resident holds its shares through a bank or broker who elects to participate in the DMP, it could take at least three weeks for it to receive a refund after a combined claim for refund has been filed with the German tax authorities. If a U.S. resident files a claim for refund directly with the German tax authorities, it could take at least eight months for it to receive a refund. The length of time between filing a claim for refund and receipt of that refund is uncertain and we can give no assurances as to when any refund will be received.

Germany recently initiated a reform of the refund procedures. If implemented, such reform would, among other elements, retire DMP and paper-based refund systems. A U.S. resident holder would generally have to file a claim for refund electronically after 2022. For dividends received by a U.S. holder after 2023 withholding tax certificates would be replaced by electronic submission of data directly to the tax authorities by the institution that withheld the tax. Such reform proposals may change in the course of the legislative procedure.

Taxation of Capital Gains

Under the Treaty, a U.S. resident will generally not be subject to German capital gains tax in respect of a sale or other disposition of shares. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of shares in an amount equal to the difference between such holder’s tax basis in the shares and the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from their sale or other disposition. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for more than one year. The net amount of long-term capital gain realized by an individual generally is subject to taxation at a lower rate than ordinary income. Any such gain generally would be treated as income arising from sources within the United States; any such loss would generally be allocated against U.S. source income. The ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income is subject to limitations.

Shareholders whose shares are held in an account with a German bank or financial services institution (including a German branch of a non-German bank or financial services institution) are urged to consult their own advisors. This summary does not discuss their particular tax situation.

United States Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividends and payments of the proceeds on a sale of shares, paid within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding unless the U.S. resident (i) is a corporation (other than an S corporation) or other exempt recipient or (ii) provides a taxpayer identification number and certifies (on IRS Form W-9) that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. Shareholders that are not U.S. persons generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding.


106

However, a non-U.S. person may be required to provide a certification (generally on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) of its non-U.S. status in connection with payments received in the United States or through a U.S.-related financial intermediary.


109

Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Shareholders may be subject to other U.S. information reporting requirements. Shareholders should consult their own advisors regarding the application of U.S. information reporting rules in light of their particular circumstances.

German Gift and Inheritance Taxes

Under the current estate, inheritance and gift tax treaty between the United States and Germany (the “Estate Tax Treaty”), a transfer of shares generally will not be subject to German gift or inheritance tax so long as the donor or decedent, and the heir, donee or other beneficiary, were not domiciled in Germany for purposes of the Estate Tax Treaty at the time the gift was made, or at the time of the decedent’s death, and the shares were not held in connection with a permanent establishment or fixed base in Germany.

The Estate Tax Treaty provides a credit against U.S. federal estate and gift tax liability for the amount of inheritance and gift tax paid in Germany, subject to certain limitations, where shares are subject to German inheritance or gift tax and United States federal estate or gift tax.

Other German Taxes

There are currently no German net wealth, transfer, stamp or other similar taxes that would apply to a U.S. resident as a result of the receipt, purchase, ownership or sale of shares.

Dividends and Paying Agents

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Statement by Experts

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Documents on Display

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You may inspect and copy these materials, including this document and its exhibits, at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the materials from the Public Reference Room at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the Commission’s Public Reference Room by calling the Commission in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our Securities and Exchange Commission filings are also available over the Internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov under File Number 001-15242.

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

107

110

Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk

For Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk, please see “Management Report: Risk Report” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

Please see pages S-1 through S-19S-18 of the Supplemental Financial Information, which pages are incorporated by reference herein, for information required by SEC Industry Guide 3.

Item 12: Description of Securities other than Equity Securities

Our ordinary shares are not represented by American Depositary Receipts and accordingly no information is required to be provided pursuant to Item 12.D.3 and Item 12.D.4. The remainder of the information required by this Item 12 and by Instruction 2(d) under the Instructions as to Exhibits of Form 20-F is provided as Exhibit 2.2 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

108111

PART II

Item 13: Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Not applicable.

Item 14: Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

The Bank has outstanding several issuancesAccording to recent changes to the German Banking Act ( Kreditwesengesetz) and the German Recovery and Resolution Act ( Sanierungs- und Abwicklungsgesetz), additional restrictions on distributions may apply or will apply, as the case may be, when we are in breach of notes qualifying as Additional Tier 1 capital – sometimes referred to as capital securities –, some of which are governed by German law and issued in transactions exempt from registrationrequirements. In particular, under the U.S. Securities Actnew regime, a credit institution, such as us, will be considered as failing to meet the combined buffer requirement where it does not have sufficient own funds in an amount and of 1933 and some of which are governed by New York law (except for the provisions thereof relatingquality needed to ranking and status, which are governed by German law) and issued in transactions registeredmeet at the same time (i) its minimum capital requirements under the U.S. Securities ActCRR, (ii) certain “Pillar 2” capital requirements, and (iii) the sum of 1933. The terms of these notes restrict us from making interest payments on them in certain circumstances when the distributions that are simultaneously planned or made or that have been made by us on our other Tier 1 Instruments duringcapital buffers applicable to the relevant financial yearcredit institution. In calculating the respective amounts that may be distributed (so-called “Maximum Distributable Amount” or “MDA”), we will have to take certain “Pillar 2” capital requirements into account. We would exceedalso be subject to MDA restrictions in instances of non-compliance with our "Available Distributable Items". The term "Available Distributed Items" is defined by reference to the term "distributable items" set forthleverage ratio buffer introduced in the CRR (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of(so-called “L-MDA”) from January 2022 onwards. In addition, we are subject to additional restrictions on distributions (so-called “M-MDA”) if we breach the European Parliament and the Council of June 26, 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms). The CRR was amended by EU Regulation 2019/876 effective June 27, 2019, including to amend the definition of “distributable items” so that it includes capital reserves, and so that distribution restrictions pursuant to Sections 253 (6) and 268 (8) of the German Commercial Code (HGB) do not apply. As a result, the amount of Available Distributable Items – and thus the circumstancesharmonized minimum TLAC requirement under which we would be permitted to make interest payments on the notes – was significantly increased. The amendment to the CRR was automatically effective as toand our institution-specific minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities set by the German law-governed notes and became effective with respect to the then-outstanding and subsequently issued New York law-governed notes pursuant to an amendment to the indenture under which they were issued.Single Resolution Board.

Item 15: Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule   13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of December 31, 2019.2020. There are, as described below, inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any control system, including disclosure controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2019.


1092020.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our principal executive officerChief Executive Officer and our principal financial officerChief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the firm’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and endorsed by the European Union (EU). As of December 31, 2019,2020, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the assessment performed, management has determined that our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20192020 was effective based on the COSO framework (2013).

KPMG AG112

Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, the registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this document, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting, which is set forth below.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Supervisory Board
of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft:

Opinion on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

We have audited Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, the CompanyDeutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.COSO criteria.

We also have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheetssheet of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018,2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year periodyear then ended, December 31, 2019, and the related notes, and the specific disclosures described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements as being part of the financial statements (collectively, the consolidated financial statements) and our report dated March 13, 20208, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying ‘Management’sManagement’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting’.Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also includedrisk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.


110

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

113


/s/ Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

Eschborn/
Frankfurt am Main, Germany

March 13, 2020

KPMG AG WirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaftMarch 8, 2021

Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation referred to above that occurred during the year ended December 31, 20192020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. As such, disclosure controls and procedures or systems for internal control over financial reporting may not prevent all error and all fraud. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and any design may not succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Item 16A: Audit Committee Financial Expert

Please see “Corporate Governance Statement/Corporate Governance Report:Statement according to Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code: Auditing and Controlling: Audit Committee Financial Expert” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

Item 16B: Code of Ethics

Please see “Corporate Governance Statement/Corporate Governance Report:Statement according to Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code: Values and Leadership Principles of Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group: Deutsche Bank Group Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers” in the Annual Report 2019.

1112020.

Item 16C: Principal accountant fees and services

Please see “Management Report: Corporate Governance Statement/Corporate Governance Report: Auditing and Controlling: Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

Item 16D: Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

114

Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the corporate governance rules of which require a foreign private issuer such as us to have an audit committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These requirements include a requirement that the audit committee be composed of members that are “independent” of the issuer, as defined in the Rule, subject to certain exemptions, including an exemption for employees who are not executive officers of the issuer if the employees are elected or named to the board of directors or audit committee pursuant to the issuer’s governing law or documents, an employee collective bargaining or similar agreement or other home country legal or listing requirements. The German Co-Determination Act of 1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz)( Mitbestimmungsgesetz) requires that the shareholders elect half of the members of the supervisory board of large German companies, such as us, and that employees in Germany elect the other half. Employee-elected members are typically themselves employees or representatives of labor unions representing employees. Pursuant to law and practice, committees of the Supervisory Board are typically composed of both shareholder- and employee-elected members. Of the current members of our Audit Committee, four – Henriette Mark, Gabriele Platscher, Detlef Polaschek and Bernd Rose – are current employees of Deutsche Bank who have been elected as Supervisory Board members by the employees. None of them is an executive officer. Accordingly, their service on the Audit Committee is permissible pursuant to the exemption from the independence requirements provided for by paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(C) of the Rule. We do not believe the reliance on such exemption would materially adversely affect the ability of the Audit Committee to act independently and to satisfy the other requirements of the Rule.

Item 16E: Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

In 2019,2020, we repurchased a total of 23,300,00125,499,999 shares, of which none via derivatives, for group purposes pursuant to share buybacks authorized by the General Meeting. None were via derivatives. During the period from January 1, 20192020 until the 20192020 Annual General Meeting on May 23, 2019,20, 2020 we repurchased 15,000,00025,499,999 shares, of which none were via derivatives, of our ordinary shares pursuant to the authorization granted by the Annual General Meeting on May 24, 2018,23, 2019, at an average price of € 7.547.98 and for a total consideration of € 113204 million. This authorization was replaced by a new authorization to buy back shares approved by the Annual General Meeting on May 23, 2019.20, 2020. Under the new authorization, up to 206,677,313 shares may be repurchased through April 30, 2024.2025. Of these, 103,338,656 shares may be purchased by using derivatives. During the period from the 20192020 Annual General Meeting until December 31, 2019, we repurchased 8,300,0012020, no shares at an average price of € 7.06 and for a total consideration of € 59 million (excluding option premium).were brought back. At December 31, 2019,2020, the number of shares held in Treasury from buybacks totaled one share.1.3 million. This figure stems from one thousand sharesshare at the beginning of the year, plus 23.325.5 million shares from buybacks in 2019,2020, less 23.324.2 million shares which were used to fulfill delivery obligations in the course of share-based compensation of employees. We did not cancel any shares in 2019.2020.

In addition to these share buybacks for group purposes, pursuant to a shareholder authorization approved at our 20192020 Annual General Meeting, we are authorized to buy and sell, for the purpose of securities trading, our ordinary shares through April 30, 2024,2025, provided that number of shares held for this purpose may not at any time exceed 10 % of the company’s share capital. The shares may be bought through the stock exchange or by means of a public purchase offer to all shareholders. The gross volume of these securities trading transactions is often large, and even the net amount of such repurchases or sales may, in a given month, be large, though over longer periods of time such transactions tend to offset and are in any event constrained by the 10   % of share capital limit. These securities trading transactions consist predominantly of transactions on major non-US securities exchanges. We also enter into derivative contracts with respect to our shares and limited to shares in a maximum volume of 5   % of the actual share capital.


112

The following table sets forth, for each month in 20192020 and for the year as a whole, the total gross number of our shares repurchased by us and our affiliated purchasers (pursuant to both activities described above), the total gross number of shares sold, the net number of shares purchased or sold, the average price paid per share (based on the gross shares repurchased), the number of shares that were purchased for group purposes mentioned above and the maximum number of shares that at that date remained eligible for purchase under such programs.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities in 20192020

Month

Total number of shares purchased

Total number of shares sold

Net number of shares purchased or (sold)

Average price paid per share (in €)

Number of shares purchased for group purposes

Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under plans or programs

Total number of shares purchased

Total number of shares sold

Net number of shares purchased or (sold)

Average price paid per share (in €)

Number of shares purchased for group purposes

Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under plans or programs

January

51,805,171

36,836,461

14,968,710

7.55

15,000,000

197,336,313

4,041,854

3,851,518

190,336

7.67

3,399,999

194,977,313

February

7,126,211

11,817,012

(4,690,801)

7.68

0

182,336,313

14,192,512

1,590,564

12,601,948

9.75

12,600,000

182,377,313

March

8,723,282

16,705,604

(7,982,322)

7.85

0

182,336,313

2,214,770

13,608,544

(11,393,774)

6.93

0

182,377,313

April

5,283,842

6,933,222

(1,649,380)

7.51

0

182,336,313

10,386,862

1,981,839

8,405,023

5.65

9,500,000

172,877,313

May

47,272,668

47,394,099

(121,431)

6.58

0

182,336,313

825,470

832,196

(6,726)

6.79

0

206,677,313

June

11,098,662

11,134,252

(35,590)

6.19

0

206,677,313

633,735

1,248,135

(614,400)

9.86

0

206,677,313

July

23,064,523

14,855,637

8,208,886

7.01

8,300,000

206,677,313

98,916

(96,007)

194,923

8.65

0

206,677,313

August

334,928

97,425

237,503

6.34

0

198,377,313

76,580

1,515,953

(1,439,373)

8.02

0

206,677,313

September

5,851,562

14,956,067

(9,104,505)

7.14

0

198,377,313

1,121,058

7,473,550

(6,352,492)

7.94

0

206,677,313

October

29,303,436

29,279,026

24,410

6.62

0

198,377,313

67,929

119,738

(51,809)

7.71

0

206,677,313

November

1,769,790

2,102,846

(333,056)

6.75

0

198,377,313

1,069,386

1,259,090

(189,704)

8.96

0

206,677,313

December

2,032,080

2,227,291

(195,211)

6.75

1

198,377,313

329,633

998,776

(669,143)

9.17

0

206,677,313

Total 2019

193,666,155

194,338,942

(672,787)

7.02

23,300,001

198,377,312

Total 2020

35,058,705

34,383,896

674,809

7.95

25,499,999

206,677,313

115

At December 31, 2019,2020, the number of shares held by us in treasury totaled 671,357.1,346,166. This figure stems from 1,344,144671,357 shares at the beginning of the year, plus 672,787674,809 net shares soldpurchased in 2019.2020. At December 31, 2019,2020, our issued share capital consisted of 2,066,773,131 ordinary shares, of which 2,066,101,7742,065,426,965 were outstanding.

Item 16F: Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Our long-time external auditor, KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (“KPMG”), has acted as our auditor for the 2019 financial year covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F and the consolidated financial statements contained herein.

NewRecent European and national regulations however, require a rotation of the external auditor at regular intervals. The Bank’s tender process for a new external auditor was announced in February 2018. An extensive and rigorous evaluation process held over seven months was run independently by the Audit Committee of the Bank’s Supervisory Board. As a result of thisthe required rotation, the Bank did not request KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (“KPMG”), the Bank’s previous external auditor, to submit a tender proposal to stand for re-election as auditor.auditor, and the engagement of KPMG terminated as of March 23, 2020.

The Bank’s Supervisory Board decided to recommend the appointment of Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungs-gesellschaftfungs- gesellschaft (“EY”) as external auditor. This recommendation was approved by the Bank’s shareholders at the 2019 Annual General Meeting on May 23, 2019.

The newappointment of EY as external auditor will review the presentation of the Group’s financial results for the first quarter offiscal year 2020 and will be recommendedinterim periods through the 2021 Annual General Meeting was approved by the Bank’s shareholders at the 2020 Annual General Meeting as external auditor for the full financial yearon May 20, 2020.

The current audit engagement of KPMG will terminate as of March 24, 2020.

Neither of KPMG’s reports on the Group’s consolidated financial statementsdisclosure called for the two preceding fiscal years – 2018 and 2019 – contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of an opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, except that KPMG’s reports on the consolidated financial statements of the Group, which reports appear in the 2018 and 2019 Annual Reports on Form 20-F, contained separate paragraphs stating that the Group changed its method of accounting for financial instruments in 2018 due to the adoption of International Financial Reporting Standard 9, Financial Instruments.


113

During the two most recent fiscal years – 2018 and 2019 – and through the date of filingby paragraph (a) of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, there has not been any disagreement between the Bank and KPMG on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreement, if not resolved to the satisfaction of KPMG, would have caused KPMG to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report, nor have there been any “reportable events”Item 16F was previously reported, as that term is defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F.

DuringRule 12b-2 under the two most recent fiscal years – 2018 and 2019 – and throughExchange Act, in the date of filing of thisBank’s Annual Report on Form 20-F neither the Bank nor anyonefiled on its behalf has consulted EY regarding either the application of accounting principles to a specific transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Group’s consolidated financial statements, and either a written report was provided to the Bank or oral advice was provided that the new external auditor concluded was an important factor considered by the Bank in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue, or regarding any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement (as defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(iv)) or a reportable event (as defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(v)).

As required by Item 16F, the Bank has provided KPMG with a copy of the foregoing disclosures and requested KPMG to furnish the Bank with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether KPMG agrees with the statements made by the Bank in response to this Item 16F and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. The letter from KPMG, dated March 20, 2020, in which KPMG states that it agrees with the statements made by the Bank in response to this Item 16F, is provided as Exhibit 15.2 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.2020.

Item 16G: Corporate Governance

Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as well as on all seven German stock exchanges. Set forth below is a description of the significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those applicable to USU.S. domestic companies under the New York Stock Exchange’s listing standards as set forth in its Listed Company Manual (the “NYSE Manual”).

The Legal Framework. Corporate governance principles for German stock corporations (Aktiengesellschaften)( Aktiengesellschaften) are set forth in the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz)( Aktiengesetz), the German Co-Determination Act of 1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz)( Mitbestimmungsgesetz) and the German Corporate Governance Code (Deutscher( Deutscher Corporate Governance Kodex, referred to as the Code).

The Two-Tier Board System of a German Stock Corporation. The German Stock Corporation Act provides for a clear separation of management and oversight functions. It therefore requires German stock corporations to have both a supervisory board (Aufsichtsrat)(Aufsichtsrat) and a management board (Vorstand)(Vorstand). These boards are separate; no individual may be a member of both. Both the members of the management board and the members of the supervisory board must exercise the standard of care of a diligent business person to the company. In complying with this standard of care they are required to take into account a broad range of considerations, including the interests of the company and those of its shareholders, employees and creditors.

The management board is responsible for managing the company and representing the company in its dealings with third parties. The management board is also required to ensure appropriate risk management within the corporation and to establish an internal monitoring system. The members of the management board, including its chairperson or speaker, are regarded as peers and share a collective responsibility for all management decisions.

116

The supervisory board appoints and removes the members of the management board. It also may appoint a chairman (CEO) and one or more deputy chairmen (“Presidents”) of the management board. Although it is not permitted to make management decisions, the supervisory board has comprehensive monitoring functions with respect to the activities of the management board, including advising the management board and participating in decisions of fundamental importance to the company. To ensure that these monitoring functions are carried out properly, the management board must, among other things, regularly report to the supervisory board with regard to current business operations and business planning, including any deviation of actual developments from concrete and material targets previously presented to the supervisory board. The supervisory board may also request special reports from the management board at any time. Transactions of fundamental importance to the company, such as major strategic decisions or other actions that may have a fundamental impact on the company’s assets and liabilities, financial condition or results of operations, may be subject to the consent of the supervisory board. Pursuant to our Articles of Association (Satzung)(Satzung), such transactions include the granting of general powers of attorney, without limitation to the affairsgranting of a specific office,credits, including the acquisition of participations in other companies for which the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) requires approval by the Supervisory Board, as well as major acquisitions or disposals of real estate or other participations and granting of loans, including the acquisition of participations in other companies if the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) requires approval by the Supervisory Board.


participations.

114

Pursuant to the German Co-Determination Act, our Supervisory Board consists of representatives elected by the shareholders and representatives elected by the employees in Germany. Based on the total number of Deutsche Bank employees in Germany these employees have the right to elect one-half of the total of twenty Supervisory Board members. The chairperson of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank is a shareholder representative who has the deciding vote in the event of a tie.

This two-tier board system contrasts with the unitary board of directors envisaged by the relevant laws of all USU.S. states and the New York Stock Exchange listing standards for USU.S. companies.

German companies which have their shares listed on a stock exchange must report each year issue a statement on the company’s corporate governance and either include such statement in their annual management report to shareholders.or publish it separately on their website.

The Recommendations of the Code. The Code was issued in 2002 by a commission composed of German corporate governance experts appointed by the German Federal Ministry of Justice in 2001. The Code was last amended in [February] 2020December 2019 with effect of March 20, 2020. It describes and summarizes the basic mandatory statutory corporate governance principles found in the provisions of German law. In addition, it contains supplemental recommendations and suggestions for standards on responsible corporate governance intended to reflect generally accepted best practice.

The Code is structured from a task perspective and addresses seven core areas of corporate governance. These are the tasks of (a) management and supervision, (b) appointment of candidates to the management board, (c) composition of the supervisory board, (d) supervisory board procedures, (e) conflicts of interest, (f) transparency and external reporting as well as (g) the remuneration forof the members of the management board and the supervisory board. The Code contains three types of provisions. First, the Code contains principles which reflect material legal requirements for responsible governance, and are used in the Code to inform investors and other stakeholders. The second type of provisions is recommendations. While these are not legally binding, Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act requires that any German exchange-listed company declare annually that the company complies with the recommendations of the Code or, if not, which recommendations the company does not comply with and the reasons for the non-compliance (“comply or explain”). The third type of Code provisions comprises suggestions which companies may choose not to comply with without disclosure. The Code contains a significant number of such suggestions, covering almost all of the core areas of corporate governance it addresses.

In their last Declaration of Conformity of October 30, 2019,2020, the Management Board and the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank stated that, since the last Declaration of Conformity issued on October 25, 2018,30, 2019, they have acted and will act in the future in conformity with the recommendations of the Code, with certain specified exceptions. The Declaration of Conformity is available on Deutsche Bank’s internet website at www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm.

Supervisory Board Committees. The supervisory board may form committees. Pursuant to the German Stock Corporation Act, any supervisory board committee must regularly report to the supervisory board.

The German Co-Determination Act requires that the supervisory board form a mediation committee to propose candidates for the management board in the event that the two-thirds majority of the members of the supervisory board needed to appoint members of the management board is not met.

The German Stock Corporation Act specifically mentions the possibility to establish an “audit committee” to deal with the supervision of accounting processes, the efficiency of the internal control system the risk management system and the internal revision system as well as with the annual auditing, in particular with the selection and the independence of the external auditor and the additional services rendered by the external auditor. The Code recommends establishing such an “audit committee”. The Code also recommends establishing a “nomination committee” comprised only of shareholder-elected supervisory board members to prepare the supervisory board’s proposals for the election or appointment of new shareholder representatives to the supervisory board. In general the Code recommends that the supervisory board shall form – depending on the specific circumstances of the enterprise and the number of supervisory board members – committees of members with relevant specialist expertise which can handle subjects, such as corporate strategy, compensation of the members of the management board, investments and financing. Under the German Stock Corporation Act, any supervisory board committee must regularly report to the supervisory board.

117

Sections 25d (7) to (12) of the German Banking Act require, depending on size and complexity of the respective credit institution, the establishment of supervisory board committees with specific tasks to be performed as follows: risk committee, audit committee, nomination committee (with different tasks and composition requirements than underdifferent from those set out in the Code) and compensation control committee. The Code’s recommendation that the nomination committee shall only comprise shareholder representatives is not complied with by Deutsche Bank AG because of mandatory special rules set forth in the German Banking Act, which assign further tasks to the nomination committee in addition to the preparation of proposals for the appointment of new shareholder representatives to the supervisory board. These further tasks do not justify the exclusion of employee representatives from the nomination committee. Based on the previous version of the Code, which was applicable until March 20, 2020, this non-compliance had to be disclosed and justified in the annual Declaration of Conformity. The current version of the Code provides that credit institutions and insurance companies are exempt from recommendations of the Code which conflict with special rules or regulations applicable to them. However, the Code recommends that in the case of such conflicts, companies indicate in their annual corporate governance statement what recommendations of the Code were not applicable to them.


115

The Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank has established a Chairman’s Committee (Präsidialausschuss)( Präsidialausschuss) which is inter alia responsible for conclusion, amendment and termination of employment and pension contracts in considerationwith members of the plenaryManagement Board, taking into account the responsibility of the Supervisory Board’s sole authority to decide onBoard as a whole for the remuneration of the members of the Management Board, a Nomination Committee (Nominierungsausschuss)( Nominierungsausschuss), an Audit Committee (Prüfungsausschuss)( Prüfungsausschuss), a Risk Committee (Risikoausschuss)( Risikoausschuss), an Integrity Committee (Integritätsausschuss)( Integritätsausschuss), a Compensation Control Committee (Vergütungskontrollausschuss)( Vergütungskontrollausschuss), a Strategy Committee (Strategieausschuss)( Strategieausschuss), a Technology, Data and Innovation Committee (Technologie-( Technologie-, Daten- und Innovationsausschuss)Innovationsausschuss) and a Mediation Committee (Vermittlungsausschuss)( Vermittlungsausschuss). The functions of a nominating/corporate governance committee and of a compensation committee required by the NYSE Manual for USU.S. companies listed on the NYSE are therefore performed by the Supervisory Board or one of its committees, in particular the Chairman’s Committee, the Compensation Control Committee and the Mediation Committee.

Independent Board Members. The NYSE Manual requires that a majority of the members of the board of directors of a NYSE listed USU.S. company and each member of its nominating/corporate governance, compensation and audit committees be “independent” according to strict criteria and that the board of directors determines that such member has no material direct or indirect relationship with the company.

As a foreign private issuer, Deutsche Bank is not subject to these requirements. However, its audit committee must meet the more lenient independence requirement of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. German corporate law does not require an affirmative independence determination, meaning that the Supervisory Board need not make affirmative findings that audit committee members are independent. However, the German Stock Corporation Act and the Code, containsas the case may be, contain several rules, recommendations and suggestions to ensure the supervisory board’s independent advice to, and supervision of, the management board. As noted above, no member of the management board may serve on the supervisory board (and vice versa). Supervisory board members will not be bound by directions or instructions from third parties. Any advisory, service or similar contract between a member of the supervisory board and the company is subject to the supervisory board’s approval. A similar requirement applies to loans granted by the company to a supervisory board member or other persons, such as certain members of a supervisory board member’s family. In addition, the German Stock Corporation Act prohibits a person who within the last two years was a member of the management board from becoming a member of the supervisory board of the same company unless he or she is elected upon the proposal of shareholders holding more than 25 % of the voting rights of the company.

The Code also recommends that each member of the supervisory board inform the supervisory board of any conflicts of interest. In the case of material conflicts of interest or ongoing conflicts, the Code recommends that the mandate of the Supervisory Board member be removedshall end either as a result of such supervisory board member’s withdrawal or, failing that, based on his or her removal from office by the shareholders’ meeting. The Code further recommends that any conflicts of interest that have occurred be reported by the supervisory board at the annual general meeting, together with the action taken, and that potential conflicts of interest also be taken into account in the nomination process for the election of supervisory board members.

Audit Committee Procedures. Pursuant to the NYSE Manual the audit committee of a USU.S. company listed on the NYSE must have a written charter addressing its purpose, an annual performance evaluation, and the review of an auditor’s report describing internal quality control issues and procedures and all relationships between the auditor and the company. The Audit Committee of Deutsche Bank operates under written terms of reference and reviews the efficiency of its activities regularly.

Disclosure of Corporate Governance Guidelines. Deutsche Bank discloses its Articles of Association, the Terms of Reference of its Management Board, its Supervisory Board, the Chairman’s Committee, the Audit Committee, the Risk Committee, the Integrity Committee, the Compensation Control Committee, the Nomination Committee, the Strategy Committee and the Technology, Data and Innovation Committee, its Declaration of Conformity under the Code pursuant to Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act and other documents pertaining to its corporate governance on its internet website at www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm.

118

Item 16H: Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.


116

Disclosures Under Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012

Under Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13(r) of the USU.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, an issuer of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is required to disclose in its periodic reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 certain of its activities and those of its affiliates relating to Iran and to other persons sanctioned by the USU.S. under programs relating to terrorism and proliferation of weapons of mass destruction that occurred during the period covered by the report. We describe below a number of potentially disclosable activities of Deutsche Bank AG and its affiliates. Disclosure is generally required regardless of whether the activities, transactions or dealings were conducted in compliance with applicable law. Deutsche Bank also reports transactions in which other Iranian persons or entities listed on OFAC sanctions lists were involved, whether or not they are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Iranian government.

Legacy Contractual Obligations Related to Guarantees and Letters of Credit . Prior to 2007, we provided guarantees to a number of Iranian entities. In almost all of these cases, we issued counter-indemnities in support of guarantees issued by Iranian banks because the Iranian beneficiaries of the guarantees required that they be backed directly by Iranian banks. In 2007, we made a decision to discontinue issuing new guarantees to Iranian or Iran-related beneficiaries. Although the pre-existing guarantees stipulate that they must be either extended or honored if we receive such a demand and we are legally not able to terminate these guarantees, we decided to reject any “extend or pay” demands under such guarantees. Even though we had exited, where possible, many of these guarantees, guarantees with an aggregate face amount of approximately € 7.0 million are still outstanding as of year-end 2019.2020. The gross revenues from this business in 20192020 which we received from non-Iranian parties were approximately € 21,00031,000 and the net profit we derived from these activities was less than this amount.

We also have outstanding legacy guarantees in relation to a Syrian bank sanctioned by the USU.S. under its non-proliferation program. The aggregate face amount of these legacy guarantees was approximately € 9.8 million as of December 31, 2019,2020, the gross revenues received from non-Syrian parties for these guarantees were approximately € 69,00065,000 in 20182020 and the net profit we derived from these activities was less than this amount. We intend to exit these guarantee arrangements.

Payments Executed. Deutsche Bank continuous to severely restrict its policy on Iran and consequently the execution of such payments.

Incoming Payments. In 2019,2020, we received 105 payments from Iranian government parties or persons sanctioned by the United States under its programs relating to terrorism or weapons of mass destruction, adding up to approximately € 2.0 million12,000 in favor of non-Iranian clients of which the majority were channeled through Iranian intermediary banks. Revenues for these incoming payments were less than € 100.50. These figures include relevant transactions for Iranian Embassy-related offices not included in the section on Iranian Consulates and Embassies below and in favor of our non-Iranian clients.

Outgoing Payments. In 2019, we2020, no outgoing payments were executed 1 payment with an amount of € 100, in favor of an Iranian Embassy-related office not includedparties outside of Germany; with regards to the Iranian Embassy in the section on Iranian Consulates and EmbassiesGermany, see below. Revenues for this outgoing payment were less than € 10.

Operations of Iranian Bank Branches and Subsidiaries in Germany. Several Iranian banks, including Bank Melli Iran, Bank Saderat, Bank Sepah, and Europäisch-Iranische Handelsbank, have branches or offices in Germany, even though their funds and other economic resources had been frozen earlier under European law. As part of the payment clearing system in Germany and other European countries, when these branches or offices needed to make payments in Germany or Europe to cover their day-to-day operations such as rent, taxes, insurance premiapremiums and salaries for their remaining staff, or for any other kind of banking-related operations, fund transfers from these Iranian banks had been accepted through Target2.

In 2019,2020, we executed approximately € 4.23.5 million in (almost only in-coming) transfers through Target2 across approximately 9001,000 transactions and credited the relevant amounts to our non-Iranian clients. The gross revenues derived from these payments were approximately € 4,500.5,000.

We do not consider the execution of such transactions to be significant and we expect that we will continue to execute such transactions in the future.


117119

Maintaining of Accounts for Iranian Consulates and Embassies. In 2019,2020, Iranian embassies and consulates in Germany held accounts with us. The purpose of these accounts is the funding of day-to-day operational costs of the embassies and consulates, such as salaries, rent and electricity. In 2019,2020, the total volume of outgoing payments from these accounts was approximately € 9.65.8 million which have been funded through € 9.14.5 million of incoming payments. From these activities, we derived gross revenues of approximately € 25,0002,700 and net profits which were less than this amount. The German government has requested that we provide these services to enable the government of Iran to conduct its diplomatic relations and we intend to continue such maintenance.

Activities of Entities in Which We Have Interests. Section 13(r) requires us to provide the specified disclosure with respect to ourselves and our “affiliates,” as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. Although we have minority equity interests in certain entities that could arguably result in these entities being deemed “affiliates,” we do not have the authority or the legal ability to acquire in every instance the information from these entities that would be necessary to determine whether they are engaged in any disclosable activities under Section 13(r). In some cases, legally independent entities are not permitted to disclose the details of their activities to us because of German privacy and data protection laws or the applicable banking laws and regulations. In such cases, voluntary disclosure of such details could violate such legal and/or regulatory requirements and subject the relevant entities to criminal prosecution or regulatory investigations.

118120

PART III

Item 17: Financial Statements

Not applicable.

Item 18: Financial Statements

The Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 20-F consist of the Consolidated Financial Statements including Notes 1 to 4443 thereto, which are set forth as Part 2 of the Annual Report 2019,2020, and, as described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates” thereto in the third paragraph under “Basis of Accounting”accounting – IFRS 7 disclosures”, certain parts of the Management Report set forth as Part 1 of the Annual Report 2019. Such2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 have been audited by Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been audited by KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

Item 19: Exhibits

We have filed the following documents as exhibits to this document.

Exhibit number

Description of Exhibit

1.1

English translation of the Articles of Association of Deutsche Bank AG, furnished as Exhibit 3.2 to our Report on Form 6-K dated December 1, 2017January 11, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.

2.1

The total amount of long-term debt securities of us or our subsidiaries authorized under any instrument does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of our Group on a consolidated basis. We hereby agree to furnish to the Commission, upon its request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of us or of our subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed.

2.2

Descriptions of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

4.1

Equity Plan Rules 2016, furnished as Exhibit 4.6 to our 2015 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.2

Equity Plan Rules 2017, furnished as Exhibit 4.6 to our 2016 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.34.2

Equity Plan Rules 2018, furnished as Exhibit 4.6 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 No. 333-223301 and incorporated by reference herein.

4.44.3

Equity Plan Rules 2019, furnished as Exhibit 4.5 to our 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.4

Equity Plan Rules 2020, furnished as Exhibit 4.5 to our 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.5

Equity Plan Rules 2020.2021.

4.6

Key Retention Plan Equity Plan Rules 2017, furnished as Exhibit 4.7 to our 2016 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.7

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2018, furnished as Exhibit 4.8 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 No. 333-223301 and incorporated by reference herein.

4.8

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2019, furnished as Exhibit 4.8 to our 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.9

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2020.2020, furnished as Exhibit 4.9 to our 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.10

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2021.

8.1

List of Subsidiaries.

12.1

Principal Executive Officer Certifications Required by 17 C.F.R. 240.13a-14(a).

12.2

Principal Financial Officer Certifications Required by 17 C.F.R. 240.13a-14(a).

13.1

Chief Executive Officer Certification Required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

13.2

Chief Financial Officer Certification Required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

14.1

Legal Opinion regarding confidentiality of related party customers.

15.1

Consent of KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft.Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftspruefungsgesellschaft .

15.2

Letter, dated March 20, 2020, fromConsent of KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft to the Securities and Exchange Commission.Wirtschaftspruefungsgesellschaft.

101.1

Interactive Data File.

119121

Signatures

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Date: March 20, 202012, 2021

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft

/s/CHRISTIAN SEWING

Christian Sewing

Chairman of the Management Board

Chief Executive Officer

/s/JAMES VON MOLTKE

James von Moltke

Member of the Management Board

Chief Financial Officer

120122

Annual Report

Deutsche Bank

The Group at a glance

2019

2018

Group financial targets

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders' equity1

(10.9) %

(0.1) %

Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges, in € bn.2

21.6

22.8

Cost/income ratio3

108.2 %

92.7 %

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

13.6 %

13.6 %

Leverage ratio (fully loaded)

4.2 %

4.1 %

Statement of Income

Total net revenues, in € bn.

23.2

25.3

Provision for credit losses, in € bn.

0.7

0.5

Total noninterest expenses, in € bn.

25.1

23.5

Profit (loss) before tax, in € bn.

(2.6)

1.3

Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders, in € bn.

(5.7)

(0.1)

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Balance Sheet

Total assets, in € bn.

1,298

1,348

Net assets (adjusted), in € bn.

946

1,010

Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses), in € bn.

434

405

Deposits, in € bn.

572

564

Allowance for loan losses, in € bn.

4

4

Shareholders’ equity, in € bn.

56

62

Resources

Risk-weighted assets, in € bn.

324

350

Thereof: Operational Risk RWA, in € bn.

73

92

Leverage exposure, in € bn.

1,168

1,273

Tangible shareholders' equity (Tangible book value), in € bn.

50

54

Liquidity reserves in € bn.

222

259

Employees (full-time equivalent)

87,597

91,737

Branches

1,931

2,064

Ratios

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity

(9.5) %

(0.1) %

Provision for credit losses as % of loans, in bps

17

13

Loan-to-deposit ratio

75.8 %

71.7 %

Leverage ratio (phase-in)

4.3 %

4.3 %

Liquidity coverage ratio

141 %

140 %

Per Share information

Basic earnings per share

€ (2.71)

€ (0.01)

Diluted earnings per share

€ (2.71)

€ (0.01)

Book value per share outstanding

€ 26.37

€ 29.69

Tangible book value per share outstanding

€ 23.41

€ 25.71

1Based on profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after AT1 coupon assumed accruals. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this report.2The reconciliation of adjusted costs is provided in section “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures: Adjusted costs” of this document.
3Total noninterest expenses as a percentage of net interest income before provision for credit losses, plus noninterest income.

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this document may not sum precisely to the totals provided and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

3

Content

1 –

Combined Management Report

24

Operating and Financial Reviewfinancial review

3534

Outlook

4241

Risks and Opportunitiesopportunities

4952

Risk Reportreport

162166

Compensation Reportreport

205214

Corporate ResponsibilitySustainability

206215

Employees

210219

Internal Controlcontrol over Financial Reportingfinancial reporting

212221

Information pursuant to Sectionsection 315a (1)(1) of the German Commercial Code and Explanatory Reportexplanatory report

215225

Corporate Governance Statementgovernance statement pursuant to Sectionssections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code

217225

Standalone parent company information(HGB)information (HGB)

2 –

Consolidated Financial Statements

224233

Consolidated Statementstatement of Incomeincome

225234

Consolidated Statementstatement of Comprehensive Income

226

Consolidated Balance Sheet

227

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

233

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flowscomprehensive income

235

Consolidated balance sheet

236

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

238

Consolidated statement of cash flows

240

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

274

Notes to the consolidated income statement

281

Notes to the consolidated balance sheet

337333

Additional Notesnotes

396391

ConfirmationsReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

3 –

Corporate Governance Statement/ Corporate Governance Report

406402

Management Board and Supervisory Board

421417

Reporting and Transparencytransparency

421417

Related Party Transactionsparty transactions

422418

Auditing and Controllingcontrolling

425421

Compliance with the German Corporate Governance Code

4 –

Supplementary Information

431427

Non-GAAP Financial Measuresfinancial measures

440435

Declaration of Backingbacking

442436

Imprint / PublicationsGroup five-year record

437

Imprint/ Publications

II2

[Pages III to XXIII intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

III

3

1-

Combined Management Report

24

Operating and Financial Reviewfinancial review

24

Executive Summarysummary

57

Deutsche Bank Group

1112

Results of Operationsoperations

3130

Financial Positionposition

3332

Liquidity and Capital Resourcescapital resources

3534

Outlook

4241

Risks and Opportunitiesopportunities

4952

Risk Reportreport

5154

Risk and capital overview

5558

Risk and capital framework

6568

Risk and Capital Managementcapital management

97111

Risk and capital performance

162166

Compensation Reportreport

164168

Management Board Compensationcompensation report

190199

Employee Compensation Reportcompensation report

202211

Compensation Systemsystem for Supervisory Board Membersmembers

205214

Corporate ResponsibilitySustainability

206215

Employees

210219

Internal Controlcontrol over Financial Reportingfinancial reporting

212221

Information pursuant to Sectionsection 315a (1)(1) of the German Commercial Code and Explanatory Reportexplanatory report

215225

Corporate Governance Statementgovernance statement pursuant to Sectionssections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code

217225

Standalone parent company information(HGB)information (HGB)

14

Operating and Financial Reviewfinancial review

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statementsConsolidated Financial Statements and the related notes to them. Our Operating and Financial Reviewfinancial review includes qualitative and quantitative disclosures on Segmental Resultsresults of Operationsoperations and Entity Wideentity wide disclosures on Net Revenue Components as required by International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) 8, “Operating Segments”. For additional Business Segment disclosure under IFRS 8 please refer to Note 4 “Business Segments and Related Information” of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Forward-looking statements are disclosed in our Outlook section.

Executive Summarysummary

The Global Economy

Economic growth (in %)¹

2019²

2018

Main driver

2020²

2019

Main driver

Global Economy

3.1

3.8

Due to trade-related and geopolitical uncertainty, international trade and global industrial production weakened noticeably. Although trade policy and Brexit issues moved towards resolution by year-end, in the course of the year trade policy in particular undoubtedly slowed economic growth in both industrialized countries and emerging markets

(3.3)

3.0

The COVID-19 pandemic led to unprecedented GDP declines in almost all countries in 2020 with few historical precedents though recovery in many regions progressed faster than expected. In spite of this, the historic economic disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic will still have lingering effects in the months ahead, and this may be protracted by widespread vaccination delays. By the end of 2020 resurgence of COVID-19 cases has been observed in some regions, and several countries have moved to re-impose containment measures.

Of which:

Industrialized countries

1.6

2.2

Slowing momentum of global trade adversely affected industrialized countries. The realignment of global value chains weighed on economic activity, while domestic demand remained a solid pillar of growth

(5.1)

1.6

Industrialized countries responded to the COVID-19 pandemic with extensive fiscal and monetary support measures. They benefited from comparatively low borrowing costs. Economic activity improved faster than expected after the slump in the first half of the year, although second wave of infections slowed the recovery.

Emerging markets

4.0

4.9

Emerging markets were also negatively affected by trade tensions and the related slowdown of world trade. As a result, economic growth decelerated markedly in major emerging market regions

(2.1)

4.0

Emerging markets had a demanding and fairly divergent entry point into the COVID-19 crisis, in terms of policy capacity and medical infrastructure. As a result and as expected, the growth shock in some countries was more pronounced and persistent. However, the slump was followed by a strong recovery, albeit divergent across regions.

Eurozone Economy

1.2

1.9

Trade tensions and the lingering Brexit as well as regional political uncertainties weighed on Eurozone economic activity. Domestic demand was the driver of growth. Nevertheless, there were initial signs of negative spillovers from the externally driven weakness of the industrial sector. The European Central Bank (ECB) reinitiated net asset purchases and lowered the deposit rate, thereby further easing monetary conditions

(6.8)

1.3

Following a sharp contraction in the first half of 2020, the Eurozone economy rebounded strongly. Households and businesses were supported by expanded fiscal policy measures and the European Central Bank’s expansionary monetary policy, which provided favorable financial conditions. At the beginning of the fourth quarter, a second wave of COVID-19 infections gained momentum and required renewed containment measures. A trade deal between the EU and the UK was finally agreed in December.

Of which: German economy

0.6

1.5

The German manufacturing industry has fallen into recession. The slowing world trade, and idiosyncratic factors, e.g. auto sector, led to a slowdown in production and order intake. In contrast, the construction and the more domestic oriented services industries continued to expand. Private consumption was supported by a strong labor market

(5.0)

0.6

The economic slump in the first half of 2020 was historic, but the end of most lockdown restrictions in the second quarter resulted in a stronger-than-expected recovery. In the wake of massive fiscal support measures, the short-time work scheme helped to curb the rise in unemployment and strengthened household incomes. Nevertheless, rising COVID-19 infections created headwinds for economic momentum in the last quarter of 2020.

U.S. Economy

2.3

2.9

The U.S. economy was supported by robust private consumption and easy financial conditions. Nevertheless, trade uncertainty weighed on manufacturing output and thus reduced capex investments. The labor market remained strong, with the unemployment rate reaching a fifty-year low. The Federal Reserve Bank supported economic activity by lowering its policy rate three times in 2019

(3.5)

2.2

The U.S. economy experienced a massive contraction in the second quarter, followed by a stronger than expected recovery. The unemployment rate climbed to new record highs, but the labor market improved again as the recovery progressed. A strong second wave of COVID-19 in combination with delayed additional fiscal stimulus constrained the recovery. The Federal Reserve Bank (the “Fed”) acted quickly and aggressively to keep funds flowing freely in money and credit markets.

Japanese Economy

0.7

0.3

Economic activity in the manufacturing sector has weakened due to the slowdown in overseas economies. Non-manufacturing sectors remained stable. Consumption has been firm, despite an increase in the consumption tax rate by 2 percentage points in October 2019

(4.9)

0.3

Economic activity recovered faster than expected in the third quarter. During a second wave of COVID-19 infections in summer, the government did not declare a nationwide state of emergency and instead tried to support economic activity. The Bank of Japan kept an accommodative policy stance, while paying attention to policy side effects. With maintained fiscal stimulus, there was less pressure on the Bank of Japan to ease.

Asian Economy³

5.2

6.2

Growth in the region has clearly been hit by the trade conflict, especially the smaller, more open economies, where investments growth declined as well

(1.0)

5.2

The rebound from the COVID-19-driven plunge in economic activity has been stronger than anticipated. China, Japan and other north Asian economies have been relatively successful in controlling the virus and returning to or toward pre-virus levels of activity. Asian central banks have reached the limits of conventional stimulus through interest rate cuts.

Of which: Chinese Economy

6.1

6.7

In China, growth slowed due to adverse impacts of US tariffs and weaker world trade in general, but tax cuts and infrastructure spending supported economic activity. Domestic demand growth has bottomed during the year

2.3

6.0

The continued V-shaped recovery led to an expansion of the Chinese economy in 2020, reflecting the robust industrial sector and a faster-than-expected recovery in services activity, with real estate and transport services outperforming. This mainly contributed to the global recovery.

1 Annual Real GDP Growth (% YoY). Sources: National Authorities unless stated otherwise.

2 Sources: Deutsche Bank Research.

3 Including China, India, Indonesia, Republic of Korea, and Taiwan, ex Japan.

25

The Banking Industry

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2020

Growth year-over-year (in %)

Corporate Lending

Retail Lending

Corporate Deposits

Retail Deposits

Main driver

Corporate Lending

Retail Lending

Corporate Deposits

Retail Deposits

Main driver

Eurozone

1.5

3.3

6.0

5.4

Stable loan growth; deposit growth has accelerated and is now the highest since the financial crisis.

5.5

3.2

18.6

7.5

Corporate loan growth was sharply higher year over year due to the recession, but has stabilized in recent months. Retail lending maintains momentum. The pandemic triggered a dramatic acceleration in corporate deposit growth, the strongest since the start of the monetary union in 1999, household deposits also expanded at the fastest pace since the financial crisis.

Of which: Germany

5.7

4.5

4.2

4.8

Due to record-low and partly negative interest rates, strongest loan expansion since the financial crisis. Nevertheless, similar growth in deposits.

4.1

4.7

13.3

6.1

After an initial spike, corporate loan growth has slowed to its lowest level in three years as companies are flush with liquidity, and the strongest expansion in corporate deposits on record. Growth in retail loans overall and in mortgages particularly has plateaued at the highest level on record, while consumer lending is stagnating. Household deposits are rising the most since the financial crisis.

US

3.4

4.2

5.91

5.91

Significant slowdown in corporate lending, but pickup on the retail side. Strong deposit momentum.

U.S.

7.4

(2.9)

21.4 1

21.4 1

Following an exceptional surge in corporate loans at the beginning of the pandemic, volumes are shrinking now and year over year growth has come down to near the pre-crisis pace. Over the course of the crisis, household lending turned from robust growth to the sharpest contraction since the aftermath of the financial crisis. The current crisis has also caused momentum in total deposits to accelerate from a substantial increase to extraordinary speed, where it has recently stabilized.

China

9.4

15.5

5.4

13.4

Slight cooling in household lending. Private-sector loans now essentially equal private-sector deposits.

13.0

14.2

10.8

13.8

Retail lending (and deposit-taking) have maintained their dynamic expansion, while corporate lending (and deposit-taking) have picked up to a similar level.

1 Total USU.S. deposits as segment breakdown is not available.

2020 was a very strong year for investment banking. Debt issuance volumes reached a recordcapital markets broke previous records across the board, including with regard to investment grade, high in 2019 whereasyield and sovereign issuances. Similarly, equity issuance was weak. Mergers and acquisitions activity showed strong momentum, even though the volume of announced transactions was slightly lower than in the prior year. Corporate finance revenues as a whole were solid, albeit modestly lower than in 2018. Fees from debt issuancecapital markets reached an all-time high, driven by follow-on transactions and convertibles, while the Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) market was also very strong. Mergers & acquisitions (M&A) activity slumped in the first half of 2020 but fellposted the strongest second half of 2020 on record, leading to only modestly lower announced deal volumes in all other product segments. Revenues declinedthe full year compared to 2019 and still a solid result in all regions except Asia-Pacific. Similartotal. Investment banking fee income surged to issuance dynamics,a new record, driven by the U.S. and China, whereas Europe lagged behind slightly. Equity trading volumes were far higher than a year ago, especially in the U.S., while fixed income trading performed well, in contrast to shrinking equity trading volumes, whilesaw a moderate uptick and derivatives trading was flat year-over-year.were flat.

Deutsche Bank Performanceperformance

On July 7, 2019, Deutsche Bank announcedreported a profit before tax of € 1 billion for the full year 2020, remained on track to achieve key milestones in its transformation journey, including a significant strategic transformationreduction in costs, and to improve long termbuild a firm foundation for sustainable profitability and returns to shareholders. In accordance withdespite significant strains of the strategy, our business operations were reorganizedglobal COVID-19 pandemic. Significant profit growth in the third quarterre-focused Core Bank more than offset the costs of 2019 under the divisional structure comprising Corporatetransformation-related effects together with elevated provisions for credit losses. Our businesses made considerable progress against its strategic objectives driving visible franchise improvements and revenue growth while maintaining strict cost and risk discipline. Strong capital and liquidity reserves enabled Deutsche Bank (CB), Investment Bank (IB), Private Bank (PB), Asset Management (AM), Capital Release Unit (CRU) and Corporate & Other (C&O). The key changes compared to Deutsche Bank’s previously reported segmental information are outlined in Note 4 “Business segments and related information” of our Consolidated Financial Statements. As part of our longer-term strategic targets we also set new near-term objectives for 2019 on adjusted costs excluding transformation charges, CET1 capital ratio and Leverage ratio, which replace the former objectives and are discussed below.resolutely support clients during 2020.

Results were in line with, or ahead of, all 2019 near-term objectives. Deutsche Bank reported a net lossprofit of € 5.3612 million in 2020. Pre-tax profit was € 1 billion in 2019, entirely driven by transformation-related effects. Pre-tax loss was € 2.6 billion in 20192020 after absorbing transformation charges of € 1.1 billion, goodwill impairments of € 1.0 billion490 million and restructuring and severance expenses of € 805688 million. The Core Bank, which excludes the Capital Release Unit, reported a pre-tax profit of € 5433.2 billion in 2020 versus € 536 million in 2019. Adjusting for transformation charges of € 635328 million, goodwill impairments of € 1.0 billion, restructuring and severance expenses of € 649671 million and specific revenue items of negative € 10838 million, pre-tax profit in the Core Bank would have been € 2.84.2 billion, up 751 % versus 20182019 on a comparable basis.

Revenues excluding specific items, Adjusted costs, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges and the impact of the Globalexpenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance, transfer to BNP Paribas, Adjusted profit (loss) before tax, and Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and Net Assets (adjusted) are non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report for the definitions of such measures and reconciliations to the IFRS measures on which they are based.

6

Group Key Performance Indicators

Near-term operating performance

Status end of 2019

Status end of 2018

Status end of 2020

Status end of 2019

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity ¹

(10.9) %

(0.1) %

Adjusted costs excl. transformation charges²

€ 21.6 bn

€ 22.8 bn

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity¹

0.2 %

(10.9) %

Adjusted costs excl. transformation charges2

€ 19.9 bn

€ 21.6 bn

Employees3

87,597

91,737

84,659

87,597

Capital performance

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio4

13.6 %

13.6 %

13.6 %

13.6 %

Leverage ratio (fully loaded)4

4.2 %

4.1 %

4.7 %

4.2 %

1 Based on profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after AT1 coupon assumed accruals.coupon. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report.

2Excluding transformation charges but including expenses of € 360 million eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report.
2Excluding transformation charges but including expenses of € 102 million incurred in the fourth quarter of 2019 associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas and which are consistent with those eligible for reimbursement under the terms of the transfer agreement. Reimbursement is effective from December 1, 2019, and as a result approximately one third of the aforementioned fourth-quarter cost has been recorded as reimbursable in revenues for the month of December. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report.

3 Internal full-time equivalents.

4 Further detail on the calculation of this ratio is provided in the Risk Report.Report..


3

Net revenues in 2019 were € 23.224 billion a declinein 2020, an increase of € 2.2 billion,846 million, or 84 % from 2018.compared to 2019. The main drivers for the decreaseincrease were significantly higher revenues in Investment Bank (IB) driven by benefits of underlying market activity and strong client engagement following our strategic re-positioning which more than offset the non-recurrence of revenues associated with discontinued business activities, negative mark-to-market impacts as well as hedgingcontribution from valuation and timing differences in Corporate and Others (C&O) and de-risking costsimpacts in the Capital Release Unit (CRU). Net revenues in the Core Bank decreasedincreased by 26 % to € 23.024.2 billion on a reported basis. Excluding the impact from specific revenue items, revenues in the Core Bank were stable year-on-year. Net revenues in the Corporate Bank (CB) of € 5.35.1 billion were flatdecreased 2 % year-on-year despitedriven by interest rate headwinds mainly drivenpartially offset by loan growth, improved flow business and repricing measures.positive effects from deposit repricing. Net revenues in the Investment Bank (IB) decreasedincreased by 732 % to € 7.09.3 billion in 2019, impacted2020, driven by lowerhigher revenues in Equity Origination and AdvisoryFixed Income & Currency (FIC) Sales & Trading as well as negative Debt Valuation Adjustments (DVA) on certain derivative liabilities, while revenuesOrigination & Advisory business reflecting supportive market conditions and market share gains in Debt Origination and FIC Sales & Trading were essentially flat.key areas. Full-year net revenues in the Private Bank (PB) were € 8.28.1 billion, down 51 % year-on-year primarily reflecting a negative impact related to the absencesale of a gain from a property sale in 2018 and lower positive impacts from workout activities in Sal. Oppenheim.Postbank Systems AG. Excluding thesespecific items, net revenues in the Private Bank remained essentially flat as growth in loan volumes and fee income, including benefits of deposit repricing measures partly compensated for the negative impacts from COVID-19 and interest rate headwinds. Net revenues in Asset Management (AM) of € 2.32.2 billion increaseddecreased by 74 % compared to the prior year driven by significantly higherdue to absence of performance fees from Multi Asset and Alternatives recognized in Multi-Asset2019. Management fees remained stable as positive impacts of client flows and Alternatives.market development offset the industry-wide margin compression. Revenues in Corporate and Other (C&O) were negative 155548 million compared to negativepositive120147 million in the prior year reflecting a favorablean unfavorable impact from valuation and timing differences driven by the positivenegative mark-to-market impact of hedging activities in connection with the bank’s funding arrangements, partly offset by higher funding and liquidity charges.arrangements.

Provision for credit losses was € 723 million1.8 billion in 2019,2020, an increase of € 199 million,1.1 billion, or 38148 %, compared to an exceptionally low level of provisions in 2018. The year-on-year increase was mainly a result of a small number of specific events across all segments and lower releases and recoveries compared to the prior year. At 172019, 41 basis points of average loans, for the level of provisioning remains low, reflectingfull year. The increase was largely due to the bank’s strong underwriting standards and the low risk profileeffects of the underlying loan portfolio.COVID-19 pandemic on the economy.

Noninterest expenses were € 25.121.2 billion in 2019, an increase2020, a decrease of € 1.63.9 billion or 715 %, from 2018 mainly driven by transformation charges2019. The decrease includes absence of € 1.1 billion,2019 transformation-related goodwill impairments of € 1.0 billion as well as decreases in transformation charges by € 655 million, litigation expenses by € 315 million and restructuring and severance expenses ofby805118 million. Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 21.619.9 billion, down 58 % compared to the prior year and in line with our target of € 21.519.5 billion for 20192020 if adjusted for expenses of 102360 million incurred in the fourth quarter of 2019 associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas and which are consistent with thoseexpenses eligible for reimbursement under the terms of the transfer agreement (reimbursement is effective from December 1, 2019, and as a result approximately one third of the aforementioned fourth-quarter cost has been recorded as reimbursable in revenues for the month of December). Compensation and benefits expenses declinedrelated to Prime Finance. The year-on-year reflectingdecrease reflects workforce reductions of over 4,1002,900 full-time equivalents during 2019. Reductions in non-compensation costs driven by2020 as well as disciplined costexpense management were achieved across all major categories except IT expenses, which remained essentially stable during 2019, reflecting Deutsche Bank’s commitment to continue spending on technology and controls in line with its transformation strategy.positive impact of currency translation effects.

LossProfit before tax was € 1.0 billion in 2020 compared to a loss of € 2.6 billion in 2019, compared to a profit of € 1.3 billion in 2018, mainly driven by lowersignificant higher revenues in the Capital Release Unit and the aforementionedInvestment Bank in 2020, absence of 2019 transformation-related goodwill impairments as well as decreases in transformation charges, goodwill impairments andlitigation expenses, restructuring and severance expenses.expenses and in adjusted costs excluding transformation charges reflecting workforce reductions, disciplined expense management and positive impact of currency translation effects. These were partly offset by increased levels of provision for credit losses largely due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the economy.

Income tax expense was € 391 million in 2020, compared to € 2.6 billion in 2019, compared to € 989 million in the prior year as 2019 included transformation related deferredyear. The effective tax asset valuation adjustments of € 2.8 billion.rate in 2020 was 39 %.

The bankBank reported a net profit of € 612 million in 2020, compared to a loss of € 5.3 billion in 2019, entirely2019. This was driven by the aforementionedabovementioned strong revenue performance in Investment Bank, absence of 2019 transformation-related effects, comparedgoodwill impairments as well as decreases in transformation charges, litigation expenses, restructuring and severance expenses and in adjusted costs excluding transformation charges reflecting workforce reductions, disciplined expense management and positive impact of currency translation effects. Valuation adjustments on deferred tax assets decreased from € 2.8 billion in 2019 to a profit of 34137 million in 2018.2020. These positive effects were partly offset by increased levels of provision for credit losses.

The Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital ratio was 13.6 % at the end of 2019,2020, unchanged compared to 2018.2019. The leverage ratio improved from 4.14.2 % in 20182019 to 4.2 %4.7% at the end of 20192020 on a fully loaded basis. The leverage ratio on a phase-in basis wasimproved from 4.3 % in 2019 unchanged compared to the prior year.4.8 % in 2020.


47

Deutsche Bank Group

Deutsche Bank: Our Organizationorganization

Headquartered in Frankfurt am Main, Germany, we are the largest bank in Germany and one of the largest financial institutions in Europe and the world, as measured by total assets of € 1,2981,325 billion as of December 31, 2019.2020. As of that date, we employed 87,597had 84,659 full-time equivalent internal employees and operated in 59 countries out of 1,931with 1,891 branches, worldwide, of which 6968 % were located in Germany. We offer a wide variety of investment, financial and related products and services to private individuals, corporate entities and institutional clients around the world.

As of December 31, 2019,2020, we were organized into the following segments:

We refer to CB, IB, PB, AM and C&O as our Core Bank.

In addition, Deutsche Bank has a country and regional organizational layer to facilitate a consistent implementation of global strategies.

We have operations or dealings with existing and potential customers in most countries in the world. These operations and dealings include working through:

We have madeIn 2018, we successfully completed the following significant capital expenditures or divestitures since January 1, 2017 that are not allocated to the capital expenditures or divestituresmerger of corporate divisions:

In August 2016, Deutsche Bank Group enteredPrivat- und Geschäftskunden AG and Deutsche Postbank AG to form DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG. Subsequently, in 2020, DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG was merged into an agreement to sell Deutsche Bank S.A., its subsidiaryAG. The mergers are an important step towards significant cost reductions, mainly from eliminating infrastructure functions and governance tasks that were executed specifically for the individual legal entity. With this step, refinancing and administrative expenses will be reduced and corporate governance simplified. The mergers also lay the foundation for integrated technology solutions, including the migration of Postbank’s systems to Deutsche Bank’s IT infrastructure in Argentina,2022 and the decommissioning of legacy applications is planned for 2023. The aim is to Banco Comafi S.A. The transaction is part of the Group’s plan to rationalize its global footprint. In June 2017, the transaction was successfully completed.simplify what has been a complex IT environment, resulting in greater efficiency and improved technology for a more seamless client experience.

Capital expenditures or divestitures related to the divisions are included in the respective Corporate Division Overview.

5

Management Structure

The Management Board has structured the Group as a matrix organization, comprising Corporate Divisions and Infrastructure Functions operating in legal entities and branches and across geographic locations.

The Management Board is responsible for the management of the company in accordance with the law, the Articles of Association and the Terms of Reference for the Management Board with the objective of creating sustainable value in the interests of the company. It considers the interests of shareholders, employees and other company-related stakeholders. The Management Board manages Deutsche Bank Group in accordance with uniform guidelines; it exercises general control over all Group companies.

The Management Board decides on all matters prescribed by law and the Articles of Association and ensures compliance with the legal requirements and internal guidelines (compliance). It also takes the necessary measures to ensure that adequate internal guidelines are developed and implemented. The Management Board's responsibilities include, in particular, the bank’s strategic management and direction, the allocation of resources, financial accounting and reporting, control and risk management, as well as corporate control and a properly functioning business organization. The members of the Management Board are collectively responsible for managing the bank’s business.


8

The allocation of functional responsibilities to the individual members of the Management Board is described in the Business Allocation Plan for the Management Board, which sets the framework for the delegation of responsibilities to senior management below the Management Board. The Management Board endorses individual accountability of senior position holders as opposed to joint decision-taking in committees. At the same time, the Management Board recognizes the importance of having comprehensive and robust information across all businesses in order to take well informed decisions and established, in addition to Infrastructure Committees, Business Executive Committees and Regional Committees, the “Group Management Committee” which aims to improve the information flow across the corporate divisions and between the Corporate Divisionscorporate divisions and the Management Board.Board along with the Infrastructure Committees, Business Executive Committees and Regional Committees. The Group Management Committee asis a senior platform, which is not required by the German Stock Corporation Act, and is composed of all Management Board members, as well asthe most senior business representatives as well as the Head of Group Planning & Performance Management to exchange information and discuss business, growth and profitability.

Corporate Bank

Corporate Division Overview

The Corporate Bank (CB) comprises Global Transaction Banking as well as Commercial Banking in Germany. The division is primarily focused on serving corporate clients, including the German “Mittelstand”, larger and smaller sized commercial and business banking clients in Germany as well as multinational companies. It is also a partner to financial institutions with regards to certain Transaction Banking services. Global Transaction Banking consists of the four businesses Cash Management, Trade Finance & Lending, Trust & Agency Services and Securities Services. Commercial Banking provides integrated expertise and a holistic product offering across the Deutsche Bank and Postbank brands in Germany.

Commencing from first quarter of 2021, the Corporate Bank will report revenues based on three client segments: Institutional Client Services, Corporate Treasury Services and Business Banking. Institutional Client Services comprises of Cash Management for Institutional clients, Trust and Agency Services, as well as Securities Services. Corporate Treasury Services provides the full suite of Trade Finance and Lending, as well as Corporate Cash Management for large and mid-sized corporate clients. Business Banking covers small corporates and entrepreneur clients and offers a largely standardized product suite.

In CB, we have made the followingone significant capital divestiture since January 1, 2017:

2018. In early October 2017, Deutsche Bank Group signed a binding agreement to sell its Alternative Fund Services business, a unit of the Global Transaction Banking division, to Apex Group Limited. The transaction was completed in the second quarter of 2018.

There2018.There have been no significant capital expenditures since January 1, 2017.2018.

Products and Services

The Corporate Bank is a global provider of risk management solutions, cash management, lending, trade finance, trust and agency services as well as securities services. Focusing on the finance departments of corporate and commercial clients and financial institutions in Germany and across the globe, our holistic expertise and global network allows us to offer integrated solutions.

In addition to the Corporate Bank product suite, our Coverage teams provide clients with access to the expertise of the Investment Bank.

Distribution Channels and Marketing

The global coverageCoverage function inof the Corporate Bank brings together the Corporate Banking Coverage unit, focusingfocuses on international Large Corporate clients, Global SubsidiaryClients and is organized into two units: Coverage and Risk Management Solutions. Coverage includes multi-product generalists covering headquarter level and subsidiaries of multinational clientsvia global, regional and Financelocal coverage teams. Risk Management Solutions Group providing treasury solutions. Theincludes Foreign Exchange, Emerging Markets and Rates product specialists. This unit is managed regionally in APAC, Americas and EMEA to ensure close coverage ofconnectivity to our clients. Commercial Banking coverage provides products and services to German Small and Mid-Caps.

6Commencing from the first quarter 2021, Corporate clients in Germany will be served out of two units: Corporate Treasury Services and Business Banking. Corporate Treasury Services covers mid and large corporate clients across two brands, Deutsche Bank and Postbank, and offers the whole range of solutions across cash, trade financing, lending and risk management for the corporate treasurer. Business Banking covers small corporates and entrepreneur clients and offers a largely standardized product suite and selected contextual-banking partner offerings (e.g. accounting solutions).


9

Investment Bank

Corporate Division Overview

The Investment Bank (IB) combines Deutsche Bank’s Fixed Income, Currency (FIC) Sales & Trading and, Origination & Advisory, as well as Deutsche Bank Research. It focuses on its traditional strengths in financing, advisory, fixed income and currencies, bringing together wholesale banking expertise across coverage, risk management, sales and trading, investment bankingInvestment Banking and infrastructure. This enables IB to align resourcing and capital across our client and product perimeter to effectively serve the bank’sBank’s clients.

In IB we made the followingone significant capital divestiture since January 1, 2017:

2018. In April 2019, Tradeweb closed its initial public offering. Tradeweb is a financial services company that builds and operates over-the-counter (OTC) marketplaces for trading fixed income products and derivatives. Deutsche Bank Group has had an economic interest in Tradeweb since 2007 and participated in the initial public offering and several subsequent secondary offerings, alongside other large bank shareholders by selling a portion of its holdings.

There have been no significant capital expenditures since January 1, 2017.2018.

Products and Services

FIC Sales & Trading brings together an institutional sales force and research with trading and structuring expertise across Foreign Exchange, Rates, Credit and Emerging Markets. The FIC Sales & Trading business are positioned strategicallyenables Deutsche Bank to respond to increasing automation, regulatory expectations andas well as client demand for standardisationstandardization and transparency in transaction execution across credit, fixed income and currency products in industrialized countries and emerging markets.currencies.

Origination and Advisory is responsible for our debt origination business, mergers and acquisitions (M&A), and a focused equity advisory and origination platform. It is comprised of regional and industry-focused coverage teams, co-led from the bank’s hubs in Europe, the U.S. and Asia Pacific, that facilitatefacilitates the delivery of a range of financial products and services to the bank’s corporate clients.

Distribution Channels and Marketing

Coverage of the IB’s clients is provided by the Institutional Client Group, which houses our debt sales team, and worksthe Investment Banking Coverage team within Origination & Advisory. Both teams work in conjunction with our FinanceRisk Management Solutions Groupteam in the Corporate Bank, covering capital markets and Treasury solutions. The close cooperation between these groups help to create enhanced synergies leading to increased cross selling of products/solutions to our clients. Both groups work closely with the Investment Banking Coverage team within Origination & Advisory.

7

Private Bank

Corporate Division Overview

In the Private Bank (PB), we serve personal and private clients, wealthy individuals, entrepreneurs and families. In our international businesses we also focus on business and commercial clients. We are organized along three coretwo business divisions: Private Bank Germany and International Private & Commercial Business International and Wealth Management.Bank. Our product range includes payment and account services, credit and deposit products as well as investment advice including a range of Environmental, Social and selected digital offerings. With these products, weGovernance (ESG) products. We offer our customers both the coverage of all basic financial needs as well as individual, tailor-made solutions.

PB made the followingone significant capital divestituresdivestiture since January 1, 2017:

2018. In March 2017,November 2020, Deutsche Bank GroupAG signed a definitivean agreement to sell its share in Concardis GmbH, a leading German payment service provider established in form of a joint venture of the German banking sector,Postbank Systems AG to a consortium of Advent International and Bain Capital Private Equity. In July 2017, theTata Consultancy Services (TCS). The transaction was successfully completed.

closed after regulatory and governmental approvals on December 31, 2020. There have been no significant capital expenditures since January 1, 2017.2018.

Products and Services

In our Private Bank Germany division, we pursue a differentiated, customer-focused approach with two strong and complementary brands – “Deutsche Bank”main brands: Deutsche Bank and “Postbank”.Postbank. With our “Deutsche Bank”Deutsche Bank brand we focus on providing our private customers with banking and financial products and services that include sophisticated and individual advisory solutions. The focus of our “Postbank”Postbank brand remains on providing our retail customers with standard products and daily retail banking services. In cooperation with Deutsche Post DHL AG, we also offer postal and parcel services in the Postbank brand branches.

OurIn the International Private & Commercial Business International division providesBank we also have a differentiated, customer-focused approach with two client segments. The “IPB Personal Banking” client segment covers the retail and affluent customers as well as small businesses in Italy, Spain, Belgium and India, providing them with banking and other financial services toservices. The client segment “Private Banking and Wealth Management” covers high-net-worth and ultra-high-net-worth clients globally as well as small and medium-sized corporate clients and private and commercialbanking clients in Italy, Spain, Belgium and India with some variations in the product offering among countries that are driven by local market, regulatory and customer requirements.

Our Wealth Management division serves wealthy individuals and families as well as entrepreneurs and foundations.India. We support our clients in planning, managing and investing their wealth, financing their personal and business interests and servicing their institutional and corporate needs. In addition, we offer a range of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) products across our discretionary portfolio management and advisory platform. These products enable our clients to invest in line with their values and according to specified ESG strategies, scores and exclusionary criteria. We also provide institutional-type services for sophisticated clients and complement our offerings by closely collaborating with the Investment Bank, the Corporate Bank and Asset Management.

We also have established a Digital Ventures unit to holistically steer PB’s digital agenda across businesses and brands, focusing on new platform-based digital business models, venture capital investments as well as end-to-end process digitalization and appropriate data architecture as a basis for structured data analysis and application of Artificial Intelligence.10

Distribution Channels and Marketing

We pursue an omni-channel approach and our customers can flexibly choose between different possibilities to access our services and products, such as branches, advisory centers, mobile networks of independent consultants and online/mobile banking. The expansion of digital capabilities remains a strong focus across all our businesses. We will continue to optimize our omni-channel mix in the future in order to provide our customers with the most convenient access to our products and services.products.

InOur distribution channels include our branch networks in Private Bank Germany business and in ourInternational Private & Commercial Business International we have similar distribution channels. Those include our branch network,Bank, supported by customer call centers and self-service terminals;terminals as well as advisory centers of the Deutsche Bank brand in Germany, Italy and Spain, which connectsupplement our branch network withand our digital offerings;offerings. We also offer online and mobile banking including our Digital Platform, through which we provide a transaction platform for banking, brokerage and self-services, combined with a multi-mobile offering for smartphones and tablets; and lastly, financial advisors, as an additional service channel in collaborationtablets. We also have collaborations with self-employed financial advisors as well asand other sales and cooperation partners.

Our Wealth Management business division has For our private banking and wealth management client segment we have a distinct client coverage team approach with Relationship and Investment Managers supported by Client Service Executives assisting clients with wealth management services and open-architecture products. In addition, in Germany, Deutsche Oppenheim Family Offices AG provides family office services, discretionary funds and advisory solutions.


8The expansion of digital capabilities remains a strong focus across our businesses. We will continue to optimize our omni-channel mix in the future in order to provide our customers with the most convenient access to our products and services.

Asset Management

Corporate Division Overview

With over 768790 billion of assets under management as of December 31, 2019, Asset Management (AM)2020, the asset management division (DWS) is one of the world’s leading asset management organizations. AMDWS serves a diverse client base of retail and institutional investors worldwide, with a strong presence in our home market in Germany. These clients include largegovernment institutions, governments, corporations and foundations as well as individual investors.

In March 2018, Deutsche Bank completedretains 79.49% ownership interest in DWS and asset management remains a core business for the partial initial public offering (IPO) of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA (“DWS”), the holding company for AM. Since March 23, 2018,group. The shares of DWS are listed on the Frankfurt stock exchange. We retain an 79.49 % ownership interest in DWS and AM remains a core business for Deutsche Bank.

There have been no significant capital expenditures or divestitures since January 1, 2017.2018, other than the partial initial public offering (IPO) of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA.

Products and Services

AM’sDWS’s investment offerings span all major asset classes including equity, fixed income, cash and multi asset as well as alternative investments. Our alternative investments include real estate, infrastructure, private equity, liquid real assets and sustainable investments. We also offer a range of passive investments. In addition, AM’sDWS’s solution strategies are targeted to client needs that cannot be addressed by traditional asset classes alone. Such services include insurance and pension solutions, asset-liability management, portfolio management solutions, asset allocation advisory, structuring and overlay. Our deep environmental, social and governance focus complement each other when creating targeted solutions for our clients.

Distribution Channels and Marketing

AM’sDWS’s product offerings are distributed across EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa), the Americas and Asia Pacific through a single global distribution network comprising of investment professionals and sales professionals across 15 countries. AMnetwork. DWS also leverages third-party distribution channels, including Deutsche Bank Group.

Capital Release Unit

By establishing our newThe Capital Release Unit (CRU), we plan was created in July 2019. The CRU’s principal objectives are to liberate capital currently consumed by low return assets businesses with low profitability and businesses that earn insufficient returns or activities that are no longer deemed strategic. This includes substantially all ofcore to our Equities Sales & Trading business, lower yielding fixed income positions, particularlystrategy by liberating capital in Rates, our former CIB Non-Strategic portfolio as well asan economically rational manner. In addition, the exited businesses from our Private & Commercial Bank which include our retail operations in Portugal and Poland.

CRU made the following significant capital divestitures since January 1, 2017:

On December 28, 2015, we agreed to sell our entire 19.99 % stake in Hua Xia Bank Company Limited to PICC Property and Casualty Company Limited. The share transfer was completed in the fourth quarter 2016 and all remaining closing formalities were completed in the first quarter of 2017.

In December 2017, the Group entered into an agreement to sell its Polish Private & Commercial Banking business, excluding its foreign currency denominated retail mortgage portfolio, together with DB Securities S.A., to Santander Bank Polska. The transaction was successfully completed in the fourth quarter 2018.

In March 2018, Deutsche Bank Group entered into an agreement to sell the retail banking business in Portugal to ABANCA Corporación Bancaria S.A. The parties closed the transaction in the first half of 2019.is focused on reducing costs.

BNP Paribas and Deutsche Bank have signed a master transaction agreement to provide continuity of service to Deutsche Bank’s Prime Finance and Electronic Equities clients. Under the agreement Deutsche Bank will continue to operate the platform until clients can be migrated to BNP Paribas, which is expected to occur by the end of 2021.

In addition, in the restated financials of the CRU division, we recorded the following significant capital divestitures since January 1, 2018:

In December 2017, the Group entered into an agreement to sell its Polish Private & Commercial Banking business, excluding its foreign currency denominated retail mortgage portfolio, together with DB Securities S.A., to Santander Bank Polska. The transaction was successfully completed in the fourth quarter 2018.


In March 2018, Deutsche Bank Group entered into an agreement to sell the retail banking business in Portugal to ABANCA Corporación Bancaria S.A. The parties closed the transaction in the first half of 2019
.

911

Infrastructure

The Infrastructure functions perform control and service functions and, in particular,activities for the businesses, including tasks relating to Group-wide, supra- divisionalcross-divisional resource-planning, steering and control, as well as tasks relating to risk, liquidity and capital management.

The infrastructureInfrastructure functions are organized into the following areas of responsibility of our senior management:

Each such function is allocated to a member of the Management Board who does not have primary responsibility for a business division. Infrastructure also includes Communications & Corporate Social Responsibility Research,and Group Audit which report to the Chief Executive Officer.

Costs originating in the Infrastructure functions are currently allocated to the corporate divisions based on planned allocations, with the exception of technology development costs which will be charged to Divisions based on actual expenditures during 2021. The current cost allocation methodology is being replaced with a Driver based cost management (DBCM) framework. This new methodology links the services provided by the Infrastructure functions to the businesses which consume them thereby creating enhanced transparency regarding the drivers for the costs which are being charged and facilitate the identification of cost reduction opportunities.

Significant Capital Expenditures and Divestitures

Information on each Corporate Division’s significant capital expenditures and divestitures for the last three financial years has been included in the above descriptions of the Corporate Divisions.

Since January 1, 2019,2020, there have been no public takeover offers by third parties with respect to our shares and we have not made any public takeover offers for our own account in respect of any other company’s shares.

1012

Results of Operations operations

Consolidated Resultsresults of Operationsoperations

On January 1, 2018, the Group adopted IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”, which replaced IAS 39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”. The adoption resulted in changes with regard to impairment as well as classification and measurement, leading to changes regarding the presentation of the financial statements. These changes included the introduction of specific line items in the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated income statement, respectively, for Financial Assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income and the discontinuation of specific line items for Financial Assets Available for Sale and Securities Held to Maturity for financial years commencing January 1, 2018.

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements.Consolidated Financial Statements.

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

in € m.

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net interest income

13,749

13,192

12,378

557

4

814

7

11,548

13,749

13,316

(2,201)

(16)

433

3

Provision for credit losses

723

525

525

199

38

(0)

(0)

1,792

723

525

1,068

148

199

38

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

13,026

12,667

11,853

359

3

815

7

9,756

13,026

12,791

(3,269)

(25)

235

2

Commissions and fee income¹

9,520

10,039

11,002

(519)

(5)

(963)

(9)

9,424

9,520

10,039

(96)

(1)

(519)

(5)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss¹

193

1,332

2,926

(1,139)

(85)

(1,593)

(54)

2,332

193

1,209

2,139

N/M

(1,015)

(84)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

260

317

N/A

(57)

(18)

317

N/M

323

260

317

63

24

(57)

(18)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost

0

2

N/A

(2)

(78)

2

N/M

324

0

2

324

N/M

(2)

(78)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale

N/A

N/A

479

N/M

N/M

(479)

N/M

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

110

219

137

(109)

(50)

82

60

120

110

219

10

9

(109)

(50)

Other income (loss)

(669)

215

(475)

(883)

N/M

689

N/M

(61)

(668)

215

607

(91)

(883)

N/M

Total noninterest income

9,416

12,124

14,070

(2,709)

(22)

(1,945)

(14)

12,463

9,416

12,000

3,047

32

(2,585)

(22)

Total net revenues²

22,441

24,791

25,922

(2,350)

(9)

(1,131)

(4)

22,219

22,441

24,791

(222)

(1)

(2,350)

(9)

Compensation and benefits

11,142

11,814

12,253

(672)

(6)

(439)

(4)

10,471

11,142

11,814

(671)

(6)

(672)

(6)

General and administrative expenses

12,253

11,286

11,973

966

9

(687)

(6)

10,259

12,253

11,286

(1,993)

(16)

966

9

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

1,037

0

21

1,037

N/M

(21)

N/M

0

1,037

0

(1,037)

(100)

1,037

N/M

Restructuring activities

644

360

447

283

79

(86)

(19)

485

644

360

(159)

(25)

283

79

Total noninterest expenses

25,076

23,461

24,695

1,615

7

(1,234)

(5)

21,216

25,076

23,461

(3,860)

(15)

1,615

7

Profit (loss) before tax

(2,634)

1,330

1,228

(3,965)

N/M

103

8

1,003

(2,634)

1,330

3,637

N/M

(3,965)

N/M

Income tax expense (benefit)

2,630

989

1,963

1,641

166

(974)

(50)

391

2,630

989

(2,239)

(85)

1,641

166

Profit (loss)

(5,265)

341

(735)

(5,606)

N/M

1,077

N/M

612

(5,265)

341

5,876

N/M

(5,606)

N/M

Profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

125

75

15

50

68

59

N/M

129

125

75

4

3

50

68

Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

(5,390)

267

(751)

(5,657)

N/M

1,017

N/M

483

(5,390)

267

5,873

N/M

(5,657)

N/M

Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components

328

319

325

9

3

(6)

(2)

382

328

319

53

16

9

3

Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders

(5,718)

(52)

(1,076)

(5,666)

N/M

1,024

(95)

101

(5,718)

(52)

5,820

N/M

(5,666)

N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

1 For further detail please refer to Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates” of this annual report.

2 After provision for credit losses.

11

Net Interest Income

in € m.

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Total interest and similar income

25,149

24,793

23,542

356

1

1,251

5

17,954

25,208

24,718

(7,254)

(29)

489

2

Total interest expenses

11,400

11,601

11,164

(201)

(2)

437

4

6,405

11,458

11,402

(5,053)

(44)

56

0

Net interest income

13,749

13,192

12,378

557

4

814

7

11,548

13,749

13,316

(2,201)

(16)

433

3

Average interest-earning assets1

951,287

990,670

1,021,697

(39,383)

(4)

(31,028)

(3)

920,259

956,362

990,670

(36,104)

(4)

(34,307)

(3)

Average interest-bearing liabilities1

711,574

745,904

790,488

(34,330)

(5)

(44,584)

(6)

685,772

714,716

745,904

(28,944)

(4)

(31,188)

(4)

Gross interest yield2

2.54 %

2.39 %

2.18 %

0.15 ppt

6

0.21 ppt

10

1.83 %

2.53 %

2.39 %

(0.70) ppt

(28)

0.14 ppt

6

Gross interest rate paid3

1.47 %

1.41 %

1.25 %

0.06 ppt

4

0.16 ppt

13

0.78 %

1.47 %

1.38 %

(0.69) ppt

(47)

0.09 ppt

6

Net interest spread4

1.08 %

0.98 %

0.93 %

0.09 ppt

9

0.05 ppt

6

1.06 %

1.07 %

1.00 %

(0.01) ppt

(1)

0.06 ppt

6

Net interest margin5

1.45 %

1.33 %

1.21 %

0.11 ppt

9

0.12 ppt

10

1.25 %

1.44 %

1.34 %

(0.18) ppt

(13)

0.09 ppt

7

ppt – Percentage points

Prior period comparatives for gross interest income and gross interest expense have been restated. € 59 million and € 75 million for year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were restated. Additionally, € 124 million was reclassified from trading Income to interest expense for year ended December 31, 2018.

1 Average balances for each year are calculated in general based upon month-end balances. Prior period comparatives for 2019 have been restated.

2 Gross interest yield is the average interest rate earned on our average interest-earning assets.

3 Gross interest rate paid is the average interest rate paid on our average interest-bearing liabilities.

4 Net interest spread is the difference between the average interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets and the average interest rate paid on average interest-bearing liabilities.

5 Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

13

2020

Net interest income was € 11.5 billion in 2020 compared to € 13.7 billion in 2019, a decrease of € 2.2 billion, or 16 %. The decrease was primarily driven by lower interest rates and unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates. These negative effects were partly offset by improved volumes and client flows in Investment Bank as well as positive effects from deposit repricing in Corporate Bank. Interest income included € 43 million related to EU government grants under the Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations II (TLTRO II) program in 2020, whereas 2019 included € 93 million under this program. In addition, interest income for the year 2020 included € 86 million, which were related to EU government grants under the Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations III (TLTRO III) program. Overall, the bank’s net interest margin declined by 18 basis points compared to the prior year to 1.25 % in 2020.

2019

Net interest income was € 13.7 billion in 2019 compared to € 13.213.3 billion in 2018, an increase of € 557433 million, or 43 %. The increase was primarily driven by a € 24 billion, or 6%, growth in average loan volumes, lower volumes of negative yielding deposits with banks and central banks, mainly in Germany, as well as a favorable interest rate development in the U.S. in the first half of 2019. These positive effects were partly offset by lower interest income associated with discontinued business activities following the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy announced in July 2019. Interest income included € 93 million related to EU government grants under the Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations II (TLTRO II) program, which remained unchanged compared to 2018. Overall, the bank’s net interest margin improved by 119 basis points compared to the prior year to 1.45 %,1.44 % in 2019.

2018

Net interest income was € 13.2 billion in 2018 compared to € 12.4 billion in 2017, an increase of € 814 million, or 7 %. The increase in net interest income was primarily driven by higher average rates, resulting in an improved net interest spread compared to 2017. Interest income increased primarily due to higher average rates on loans and deposits with banks, mainly in the U.S. and Asia, while total interest expenses also increased, but to a lesser extent. Also contributing to the increase in net interest income was a more pronounced reduction of average interest-bearing liabilities than average interest-earning assets. The decline in balance sheet volume occurred mostly in IB reflecting the division’s strategic repositioning. Interest income included € 93 million related to EU government grants under the TLTRO II program, compared to € 116 million in 2017. Overall, the bank’s net interest margin improved by 12 basis points compared to the prior year to 1.33 % in 2018.

Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

in € m.

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Trading income

197

52

3,374

145

N/M

(3,322)

(98)

2,097

197

(72)

1,900

N/M

269

N/M

Net gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

377

212

N/A

165

78

212

N/M

276

377

212

(102)

(27)

165

78

Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

(381)

1,069

(448)

(1,449)

N/M

1,517

N/M

(40)

(381)

1,069

341

(89)

(1,449)

N/M

Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

193

1,332

2,926

(1,139)

(85)

(1,593)

(54)

2,332

193

1,209

2,139

N/M

(1,015)

(84)

N/M – Not meaningful

€ 124 million was reclassified from trading income to net interest income for year ended December 31, 2018.

2020

Net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 2.3 billion in 2020, compared to € 193 million in 2019. The increase of € 2.1 billion was primarily driven by mark-to-market impacts on derivatives as well as positive impacts from overall strategic repositioning in IB resulting in strong client flows and benefits from increased market volatility. This was further benefited by positive effects from interest rate hedges in C&O, which did not fully compensate the negative effects of the lower interest rates in Net Interest Income. This overall increase was partly offset by a negative impact from de-risking in Capital Release Unit (CRU).

2019

Net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 193 million in 2019, compared to € 1.31.2 billion in 2018. The decrease of € 1.11.0 billion, or 8584 %, was primarily driven by the non-recurrence of revenues associated with discontinued business activities following the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy announced in July 2019, negative mark-to-market impacts as well as de-risking costs in the Capital Release Unit (CRU).

12

2018

Net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 1.3 billion in 2018, compared to € 2.9 billion in 2017. The decrease of € 1.6 billion, or 54 %, was primarily driven by mark-to-market losses due to higher U.S. interest rates. These losses were partly offset by related positive effects in net interest income. Net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss in 2018 were also impacted by lower deal volumes resulting from challenging market conditions.

Net Interest Income and Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Our trading and risk management businessesactivities include significant activities in interest rate instruments and related derivatives. Under IFRS, interest and similar income earned from trading instruments and financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss (i.e., coupon and dividend income) and the costs of funding net trading positions are part of net interest income. Our trading activities can periodically shift income between net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss depending on a variety of factors, including risk management strategies.

In order to provide a more business-focused discussion, the following table presents net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss by corporate division.

in € m.

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

(unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net interest income

13,749

13,192

12,378

557

4

814

7

Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

193

1,332

2,926

(1,139)

(85)

(1,593)

(54)

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

13,943

14,524

15,304

(582)

(4)

(779)

(5)

Breakdown by Corporate Division:1

Corporate Bank

2,660

2,480

2,498

180

7

(18)

(1)

Investment Bank

5,421

5,202

5,886

219

4

(684)

(12)

Private Bank

4,094

4,859

5,422

(765)

(16)

(562)

(10)

Asset Management

87

(88)

31

175

N/M

(119)

N/M

Capital Release Unit

146

1,409

1,405

(1,263)

(90)

4

0

Corporate & Other

1,535

662

63

873

132

599

N/M

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

13,943

14,524

15,304

(582)

(4)

(779)

(5)

14

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net interest income

11,548

13,749

13,316

(2,201)

(16)

433

3

Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

2,332

193

1,209

2,139

N/M

(1,015)

(84)

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

13,880

13,942

14,524

(62)

(0)

(582)

(4)

Breakdown by Corporate Division:1

Corporate Bank

2,935

2,709

2,562

226

8

147

6

Investment Bank

7,196

5,444

5,273

1,751

32

171

3

Private Bank

4,623

4,946

5,017

(323)

(7)

(71)

(1)

Asset Management

(98)

87

(88)

(185)

N/M

175

N/M

Capital Release Unit

(33)

155

1,442

(188)

N/M

(1,287)

(89)

Corporate & Other

(742)

602

318

(1,343)

N/M

284

89

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

13,880

13,942

14,524

(62)

(0)

(582)

(4)

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure.

€ 124 million was reclassified from trading income to net interest income for year ended December 31, 2018.

1 This breakdown reflects net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss only. For a discussion of the corporate divisions’ total revenues by product please refer to Note 4 “Business Segments and Related Information”.

2020

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 13.9 billion in 2020, which remained stable compared to 2019. This was primarily due to mark-to-market impacts on derivatives as well as positive impacts from overall strategic repositioning in IB resulting in strong client flows and benefits from increased market volatility, deposit repricing measures in CB and PB and growth in loan volumes in PB. In C&O, mark-to-market impacts from interest rate hedging activities did not fully compensate the negative effects of the lower interest rates. This was further offset by continued negative impact of the low interest rate environment on deposit margins in PB and de-risking costs in CRU. Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss in AM also decreased compared to the prior year reflecting an unfavorable impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds which has a corresponding offset in Other Income.

2019

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 13.9 billion in 2019, compared to € 14.5 billion in 2018, a decrease of € 582 million, or 4 %. The decrease was primarily driven by the CRU reflecting the non-recurrence of revenues associated with discontinued business activities, negative mark-to-market impacts as well as de-risking costs. In PB, total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss decreased versus the prior year mainly due to the continued negative impact of the low interest rate environment on deposit margins and negative mark-to-market impacts from interest rate hedging activities. This iswas offset by positive mark-to-market impacts in C&O and by growth in loan volumes in IB, CB and PB. Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss in AM also increased compared to the prior year reflecting a favorable impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds which has a corresponding offset in Other Income.

2018

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 14.5 billion in 2018, compared to € 15.3 billion in 2017, a decrease of € 779 million, or 5 %. The decrease was primarily driven by IB mainly reflecting the strategic repositioning, muted client activity and geo-political uncertainty across a number of regions. In addition, total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss in PB decreased versus the prior year driven by the negative impact from a low interest rate environment on deposits and lower income from interest rate risk hedges partly offset by growth in loan revenues, positive valuation effects from home savings liabilities and positive year-on-year impact from mortgage loans previously measured at fair value and measured at amortized cost basis since the adoption of IFRS 9. Further, decreases in AM were mainly driven by the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds which has a related offset in Other Income.

13

Provision for Credit Losses

2020

Provision for credit losses was € 1.8 billion in 2020, an increase of € 1.1 billion, or 148% compared to 2019. This increase was primarily driven by negative impacts from COVID-19 related impairments. The net increase of provisions for credit losses on performing assets includes a management overlay to flatten the high amplitudes of the standard model on forward looking information in the COVID-19 crisis and an additional management overlay to account for remaining uncertainties in the macro-economic outlook. Provision for credit losses was 41 basis points of average loans reflecting the high quality of the bank’s loan book. Please refer to the sections “Segment Results of Operations” and “Risk Report” for further details on provision for credit losses.

2019

Provision for credit losses was €   723   million in 2019, an increase of €   199   million, or 38   %, compared to 2018. The return to a more normalized level was a result of the overall weakened macroeconomic environment with a number of specific events across all segments as well as lower releases and recoveries compared to the prior year. Provision for credit losses in 2019 included a net positive effect of €   18   million arising from changes in estimates of €   183   million, stemming from model refinements and the annual recalibration of the forward looking information in our IFRS   9 model, which offset a negative impact of €   165   million from the update of macroeconomic variables. Provision for credit losses was 17   basis points of average loans reflecting the bank’s strong underwriting standards and risk management as well as the low-risk nature of our portfolios. Please refer to the sections “Segment Results of Operations” and “Risk Report” for further details on provision for credit losses.

2018

Provision for credit losses was € 525 million in 2018, same level as in the prior year. Provision for credit losses in CB increased by € 104 million reflecting the non-recurrence of a provision release related to a single credit exposure in the Commercial Client portfolio in 2017 and an adjustment to the calculation methodology for certain loans on which we hold insurance protection. Provision for credit losses in PB slightly increased by € 22 million, reflecting loan growth and higher releases in the prior year. The CRU reported a release of € 36 million in 2018 compared to a € 110 million charge in the prior year, mainly from de-risking activities in the shipping portfolio. The low level of provisions for credit losses at 13 basis points of loans reflected our strong underwriting standards, the low risk nature of our portfolios and the benign operating environment.15

Remaining Noninterest Income

in € m.

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Commissions and fee income1

9,520

10,039

11,002

(519)

(5)

(963)

(9)

9,424

9,520

10,039

(96)

(1)

(519)

(5)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

260

317

N/A

(57)

(18)

317

N/M

323

260

317

63

24

(57)

(18)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost

0

2

N/A

(2)

(78)

2

N/M

324

0

2

324

N/M

(2)

(78)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale

N/A

N/A

479

N/M

N/M

(479)

N/M

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

110

219

137

(109)

(50)

82

60

120

110

219

10

9

(109)

(50)

Other income (loss)

(669)

215

(475)

(883)

N/M

689

N/M

(61)

(668)

215

607

(91)

(883)

N/M

Total remaining noninterest income

9,222

10,792

11,144

(1,570)

(15)

(352)

(3)

10,130

9,222

10,792

908

10

(1,570)

(15)

1 includes:

Commissions and fees from fiduciary activities:

Commissions for administration

327

303

338

24

8

(35)

(10)

347

327

303

19

6

24

8

Commissions for assets under management

3,298

3,130

3,603

168

5

(473)

(13)

3,208

3,298

3,130

(90)

(3)

168

5

Commissions for other securities business

317

290

379

27

9

(88)

(23)

341

317

290

24

7

27

9

Total

3,943

3,724

4,320

219

6

(596)

(14)

3,896

3,943

3,724

(47)

(1)

219

6

Commissions, broker’s fees, mark-ups on securities underwriting and other securities activities:

Underwriting and advisory fees

1,501

1,629

1,825

(128)

(8)

(196)

(11)

1,625

1,501

1,629

125

8

(128)

(8)

Brokerage fees

637

936

1,160

(299)

(32)

(224)

(19)

637

637

936

0

0

(299)

(32)

Total

2,137

2,565

2,985

(427)

(17)

(420)

(14)

2,262

2,137

2,565

125

6

(427)

(17)

Fees for other customer services

3,440

3,751

3,698

(311)

(8)

53

1

3,266

3,440

3,751

(174)

(5)

(311)

(8)

Total commissions and fee income

9,520

10,039

11,002

(519)

(5)

(963)

(9)

9,424

9,520

10,039

(96)

(1)

(519)

(5)

N/M – Not meaningful

Commissions and fee income
2020

Commissions and fee income was € 9.4 billion in 2020, a decrease of € 96 million, or 1 %, compared to 2019. The decrease included € 174 million lower fees for other customer services in Corporate Bank mainly driven by reduced economic activities. Commissions for assets under management decreased by € 90 million in AM mainly due to absence of performance fees from Multi Asset and Alternatives recognized in 2019. Underwriting and advisory fees increased by € 125 million mainly driven by increased activity and market share gains in debt market as well as an increase in global fee pool and issuances in equities. Brokerage fees have remained flat year-over-year mainly as the negative impact from discontinued business activities in CRU following the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy announced in July 2019 was fully compensated by higher commission and fee income in PB from investment and insurance products including benefits form re-pricing measures.

2019

Commissions and fee income was € 9.5 billion in 2019, a decrease of € 519 million, or 5 %, compared to the prior year. The decrease included € 427 million lower underwriting and advisory fees as well as brokerage fees, primarily in the CRU, associated with discontinued business activities following the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy announced in July 2019. Fees for other customer services declined by € 311 million primarily driven by a reduction in the global fee pool and issuances, lower leveraged loan fees and capital markets fees. These decreases were partly offset by higher commissions for assets under management in AM, mainly driven by a non-recurring alternatives and multi asset performance fee recognized in 2019.


14

2018

Commissions and fee income was € 10.0 billion in 2018, a decrease of € 963 million, or 9 %, compared to the prior year. The decrease included € 473 million lower commissions for assets under management, primarily in AM due to lower fees from actively managed funds following net outflows and management fee margin compression as well as the absence of fees for a specific Alternatives fund received in 2017, partly offset by higher fees from passively managed funds due to higher Assets under Management. Underwriting and advisory fees as well as brokerage fees declined by € 420 million primarily driven by lower market volumes and lower level of client activities in IB as well as lower revenues from investment products in PB following the implementation of the MiFID II regulations.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
2020

Net gains on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income were € 323 million in 2020, an increase of € 63 million, or 24 % compared to 2019 driven mainly by higher gains from the sale of bonds and securities from our strategic liquidity reserve.

2019

Net gains on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income were € 260 million in 2019, a decrease of € 57 million, or 18 % compared to 2018 driven mainly by lower gains from sale of municipal bonds in the U.S., government bonds and securities from our strategic liquidity reserve.

2018

Total Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, introduced as new income category in 2018, following the adoption of IFRS 9 were € 317 million, primarily related to a realized gain on salessale of municipal bonds in the U.S., government bonds and securities from our strategic liquidity reserve.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost
2020

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost were € 324 million in 2020 and nil in 2019, driven by sale of assets out of Hold-to-collect portfolio in 2020 as part of our strategy for managing the interest rate risk in the banking book.

16

2019

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost were nil in 2019 and € 2 million in 2018, which primarily included primarily anthe impact offrom the early redemption of certain bonds.

2018

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost, introduced as new income category in 2018, following the adoption of IFRS 9, were € 2 million in 2018, primarily reflecting the impact of an early redemption of certain bonds.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale
2019

Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale ceased to exist in 2018, following the adoption of IFRS 9.

2018

Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale ceased to exist in 2018, following the adoption of IFRS 9. Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale in 2017 were € 479 million.

Net income (loss) from equity method investments
2020

Net gains from equity method investments were € 120 million in 2020 compared to € 110 million in 2019, an increase of € 10 million, or 9 %.

2019

Net gains from equity method investments were € 110 million in 2019 compared to € 219 million in 2018, a decrease of € 109 million, or 50 %, primarily due to the absence of a prior year gain from the valuation of an investment and lower equity pickup from Huarong Rongde Asset Management Company Limited.

2018

Net gains from equity method investments were € 219 million in 2018 compared to € 137 million in 2017, an increase of € 82 million, or 60 %, primarily due to the valuation of an investment.

Other income (loss)
2020

Other income (loss) was € (61) million in 2020 compared to € (668) million in 2019. The improvement was driven by positive impacts associated with hedge ineffectiveness along with fair value hedge accounting adjustments. Furthermore, other income includes a positive impact from a valuation adjustment on liabilities of guaranteed mutual funds in AM that offsets a negative impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

2019

Other income (loss) was € (669)(668) million in 2019 compared to € 215 million in 2018. The decrease was driven by the impact of hedge ineffectiveness together with bond sales and fair value hedge accounting adjustments following the unwinding of the municipal bond portfolio in the U.S. in 2018. The decrease was also impacted by the absence of a prior year gain from the sale of real estate assets in 2018 and lower positive impacts from workout activities related to legacy positions in Sal. Oppenheim in 2019. Furthermore, other income includes a negative impact from a valuation adjustment on liabilities of guaranteed mutual funds in AM that offsets thea positive impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.


15

2018

Other income (loss) was € 215 million in 2018 compared to a loss of € 475 million in 2017. The increase was primarily driven by de-designation in fair value hedge accounting, gains from property sales in PB, interest rate hedges and the termination of certain swaps. Additionally, other income included a positive impact from a valuation adjustment on liabilities of guaranteed mutual funds in AM, which offset the negative effect from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Other income also benefitted from the absence of negative prior year effects related to the termination of a legacy trust preferred security and the realization of a negative currency translation adjustment associated with the sale of our non-strategic subsidiary in Argentina as well as a lower negative impacts from the sales transactions in Poland and Portugal compared to the prior year. These effects were partly offset by a lower income from workout activities related to legacy positions in Sal. Oppenheim in 2018.

Noninterest Expenses

in € m.

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Compensation and benefits

11,142

11,814

12,253

(672)

(6)

(439)

(4)

10,471

11,142

11,814

(671)

(6)

(672)

(6)

General and administrative expenses¹

12,253

11,286

11,973

966

9

(687)

(6)

10,259

12,253

11,286

(1,993)

(16)

966

9

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

1,037

0

21

1,037

N/M

(21)

N/M

0

1,037

0

(1,037)

(100)

1,037

N/M

Restructuring activities

644

360

447

283

79

(86)

(19)

485

644

360

(159)

(25)

283

79

Total noninterest expenses

25,076

23,461

24,695

1,615

7

(1,234)

(5)

21,216

25,076

23,461

(3,860)

(15)

1,615

7

N/M – Not meaningful

1 includes:

IT costs

4,814

3,822

3,816

992

26

6

0

Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses

1,720

1,723

1,849

(4)

(0)

(126)

(7)

Regulatory, tax & insurance2

1,413

1,545

1,489

(132)

(9)

57

4

Professional service fees

1,324

1,530

1,750

(207)

(14)

(220)

(13)

Banking and transaction charges

786

753

744

32

4

9

1

Communication and data services

619

636

686

(17)

(3)

(50)

(7)

Travel expenses3

256

288

334

(32)

(11)

(46)

(14)

Marketing expenses3

251

299

329

(48)

(16)

(30)

(9)

Other expenses3,4

1,071

690

975

381

55

(285)

(29)

Information Technology2

3,862

5,011

4,043

(1,150)

(23)

968

24

Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses3

1,724

1,693

1,698

31

2

(5)

(0)

Regulatory, tax & insurance3,4

1,407

1,440

1,570

(33)

(2)

(130)

(8)

Professional services5

982

1,143

1,323

(161)

(14)

(180)

(14)

Banking Services and outsourced operations5

962

967

960

(5)

(0)

6

1

Market Data and Research services2

376

421

415

(46)

(11)

7

2

Travel expenses

76

256

288

(180)

(70)

(32)

(11)

Marketing expenses

174

251

299

(77)

(31)

(48)

(16)

Other expenses6

696

1,071

690

(374)

(35)

381

55

Total general and administrative expenses

12,253

11,286

11,973

966

9

(687)

(6)

10,259

12,253

11,286

(1,993)

(16)

966

9

2 Includes bank levyPrior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of € 622 million in 2019, € 690 million in 2018telecommunications expenses from (communications) and € 596 million in 2017. market data & research services expenses to information technology expenses

3 Prior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of representationinsurance premium expenses from traveloccupancy, furniture and equipment expenses to marketing and other expenses. regulatory, tax & insurance expenses

4 Includes bank levy of € 633 million in 2020, € 622 million in 2019 and € 690 million in 2018.

5 Prior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of other outsourced operations expenses from professional services expenses to banking services and outsourced operations expenses

6Includes litigation related expenses of € 158 million in 2020, € 473 million in 2019 and € 88 million in 2018 and € 213 million in 2017.2018. See Note 27 “Provisions”, for more detail on litigation


17

Compensation and benefits
2020

Compensation and benefits decreased by € 671 million, or 6 %, to € 10.5 billion in 2020 compared to € 11.1 billion in 2019. The decrease was primarily driven by lower fixed compensation expenses resulting from workforce reductions.

2019

Compensation and benefits decreased by € 672 million, or 6 %, to € 11.1 billion in 2019 compared to € 11.8 billion in 2018. The decrease was primarily driven by lower fixed and variable compensation expenses which reflects overall affordability and performance at the Group level and the reduction in headcount.

General and administrative expenses
20182020

CompensationGeneral and benefitsadministrative expenses decreased by € 439 million,2 billion, or 416 %, to € 11.810.3 billion in 20182020 compared to € 12.3 billion in 2017.2019. The decrease was primarily driven by the reduction in headcount€ 655 million lower transformation charges as 2019 included higher software impairments and related compensationhigher litigation expenses.

General Apart from these, general and administrative expenses
further decreased compared to the prior year following a disciplined cost management with reductions across all major cost categories including IT expenses due to lower software amortization and a reduction of IT service expenses, professional service fees mainly reflecting a reduction in external workforce expenses as well as travel and marketing expenses.

2019

General and administrative expenses increased by € 966 million, or 9 %, to € 12.3 billion in 2019 compared to € 11.3 billion in 2018. The increase was driven by € 1.1 billion transformation charges mainly related to the impairment of software and real estate assets, as well as higher litigation expenses. Excluding these effects, general and administrative expenses decreased compared to the prior year following a disciplined cost management with reductions across all major cost categories except IT expenses, which remained essentially stable during 2019, reflecting Deutsche Bank’s commitment to continue spending on technology and controls in line with its transformation strategy.

2018

General and administrative expenses decreased by € 687 million, or 6 %, to € 11.3 billion in 2018 compared to € 12.0 billion in 2017. The decrease was across most expense categories primarily reflecting management actions to optimize spending.


16

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
20192020

No impairment charges were reported for 2020. Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets wasof € 1.0 billion was reported in 2019. The announcement of the strategic transformation in July 2019 triggered the impairment review of Deutsche Bank’s goodwill. A worsening macro-economic outlook, including interest rate curves, industry-specific market growth corrections, as well as the impact related to the implementation of the transformation strategy resulted in the full impairment of the Wealth Management goodwill of € 545 million in PB and the GTB & CF goodwill of € 492 million in CB in the second quarter 2019.

20182019

No impairment charges were reported for 2018. ImpairmentsImpairment of goodwill and other intangible assets ofwas € 21 million were reported for 2017.1.0 billion in 2019 as aforementioned.

Restructuring
2020

Expenses for restructuring activities were € 485 million in 2020 compared to € 644 million in 2019. The decrease was primarily due to higher costs related to the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy in 2019.

2019

Expenses for restructuring activities were € 644 million in 2019 compared to € 360 million in 2018. The increase was primarily related to the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy which led to new provisions in all segments in 2019.

2018

Expenses for restructuring activities were € 360 million in 2018 compared to € 447 million in 2017. The decrease was mainly driven by lower restructuring expenses in PB related to the strategy execution including the reorganization and integration measures in Germany in 2017 partially offset by higher expenses in IB reflecting the higher spend from strategic repositioning.

Income Tax ExpenseLiquidity and Capital Resources

2019

Income tax expense in 2019 was € 2.6 billion compared to € 989 million in 2018. The effective tax rateFor a detailed discussion of (100) % (2018: 74 %) mainly resulted from € 2.8 billion transformation related deferred tax assets valuation adjustments and non-deductible goodwill impairments.

2018

Income tax expense in 2018 was € 989 million compared to € 2.0 billion in 2017. The effective tax rate of 74 % (2017: 160 %) was mainly impacted by changes in recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets and share based payment related tax effects.

Net income (loss)
2019

The net loss was € 5.3 billion in 2019, compared to a net income of € 341 millionour liquidity risk management, see “Management Report: Risk Report: Liquidity Risk” in the prior year, primarily driven byAnnual Report 2020.

For a detailed discussion of our capital management, see “Management Report: Risk Report: Capital Management” in the aforementioned € 2.8 billion transformation related deferred tax assets valuation adjustments, € 1.0 billion impairment of goodwill, € 1.1 billion of transformation charges, mainly impairments of software and real estate assets, as well as restructuring and severance expenses of € 805 million. The loss attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders was € 5.7 billion, compared to a loss of € 52 million in 2018.

2018

The net income was € 341 million in 2018, compared to a net loss of € 735 million in 2017, primarily driven by the non-recurrence of a one-time tax charge resulting from the U.S. tax reform in 2017 and lower noninterest expenses. The loss attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders was € 52 million in 2018, compared to a loss of € 1.1 billion in 2017.Annual Report 2020.


1787

Post-Employment Benefit Plans

Please see “Management Report: Employees: Post-Employment Benefit Plans” in the Annual Report 2020.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

For information on the nature, purpose and extent of our off-balance sheet arrangements, please see Note 38 “Structured Entities” to the consolidated financial statements. For further information on off-balance sheet arrangements, including allowances for off-balance sheet positions, please refer to “Management Report: Risk Report: Asset Quality: Allowance for Credit Losses” in the Annual Report 2020 and Note 19 “Allowance for Credit Losses” to the consolidated financial statements. For information on irrevocable lending commitments and contingent liabilities with respect to third parties, please see Note 28 “Credit related Commitments” to the consolidated financial statements.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations” in the Annual Report 2020.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

Not applicable.

Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Directors and Senior Management

In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz), we have a Management Board (Vorstand) and a Supervisory Board (Aufsichtsrat). The German Stock Corporation Act prohibits simultaneous membership on both the Management Board and the Supervisory Board. The members of the Management Board are the executive officers of our company. The Management Board is responsible for managing our company and representing us in dealings with third parties. The Supervisory Board oversees the Management Board, appoints and removes its members and determines their remuneration and other compensation components, including pension benefits. According to German law, our Supervisory Board represents us in dealings with members of the Management Board. Therefore, no members of the Management Board may enter into any agreement with us without the prior consent of our Supervisory Board.

German law does not require the members of the Management Board nor the members of the Supervisory Board to own any of our shares to be qualified. In addition, German law has no requirement that members of the Management Board retire based on an age limit. However, age limits for members of the Management Board are defined contractually. Accordingly, a Management Board member should not be older at the end of his or her appointment period than the regular retirement age according to the rules of the statutory pension insurance scheme applicable in Germany for the long-term insured to claim an early retirement pension, which is currently 65 years of age. Age limits also exist for the members of the Supervisory Board according to the Terms of Reference (Geschäftsordnung) for our Supervisory Board. There is a maximum age limit of 70 years for members of the Supervisory Board. In exceptional cases, a Supervisory Board member can be elected or appointed for a period that extends no longer than until the end of the fourth Ordinary General Meeting that takes place after he/she has reached the age of 70.


88

The Supervisory Board may not make management decisions. However, German law and our Articles of Association (Satzung) require the Management Board to obtain the approval of the Supervisory Board for certain actions. The most important of these actions are:

The Management Board must submit regular reports or ad-hoc reports, as the case may be, to the Supervisory Board on our current operations and future business planning as well as on our risk situation. The Supervisory Board may also request special reports from the Management Board at any time.

With respect to voting powers, a member of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board may not vote on resolutions open to a vote at a board meeting if the proposed resolution concerns:

A member of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board may not directly or indirectly exercise voting rights on resolutions open to a vote at a shareholders’ meeting (Hauptversammlung, which we refer to as the General Meeting) if the proposed resolution concerns:

Supervisory Board and Management Board

In carrying out their duties, members of both the Management Board and Supervisory Board must exercise the standard of care of a prudent and diligent business person, and they are liable to us for damages if they fail to do so.

The liability of the members of the Management Board or the Supervisory Board under the German Stock Corporation Act for breach of their fiduciary duties is to the company rather than individual shareholders. However, individual shareholders that hold at least 1 % or € 100,000 of the subscribed capital and are granted standing by the court may also invoke such liability to the company. The underlying concept is that all shareholders should benefit equally from amounts received under this liability by adding such amounts to the company’s assets rather than disbursing them to plaintiff shareholders. We may waive the right to claim damages or settle these claims if at least three years have passed since the alleged breach and if the shareholders approve the waiver or settlement at the General Meeting with a simple majority of the votes cast, and provided that opposing shareholders do not hold, in the aggregate, one tenth or more of our share capital and do not have their opposition formally noted in the minutes maintained by a German notary.

Segment ResultsSupervisory Board

The German Co-Determination Act of Operations1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz) requires our Supervisory Board to have twenty members, which is also reflected in the Articles of Association. In the event that the number of members of our Supervisory Board falls below twenty, upon application to a competent court, the court must appoint replacement members to serve on the board until official appointments are made by the general meeting of shareholders (with respect to shareholder representatives) or the employees and their representatives (with respect to employee representatives).

The German Co-Determination Act of 1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz) requires that the shareholders elect half of the members of the supervisory board of large German companies, such as Deutsche Bank, and that employees in Germany elect the other half. None of the current members of either of our boards were selected pursuant to any arrangement or understandings with major shareholders, customers or others.

89

Each member of the Supervisory Board generally serves for a fixed term of approximately five years. For the election of shareholder representatives, the General Meeting may establish that the terms of office of up to five members may begin or end on differing dates. Pursuant to German law, the term expires at the latest at the end of the Annual General Meeting that approves and ratifies such member’s actions in the fourth fiscal year after the year in which the Supervisory Board member was elected. Supervisory Board members may also be re-elected. The shareholders may, by a majority of the votes cast in a General Meeting, remove any member of the Supervisory Board they have elected in a General Meeting. The employees may remove any member they have elected by a vote of three-quarters of the employee votes cast.

The members of the Supervisory Board elect the chairperson and the deputy chairperson of the Supervisory Board. Traditionally, the chairperson is a representative of the shareholders, and the deputy chairperson is a representative of the employees. At least half of the members of the Supervisory Board must be present at a meeting or must have submitted their vote in writing to constitute a quorum. In general, approval by a simple majority of the members of the Supervisory Board present and voting is required to pass a resolution. In the case of a deadlock, the resolution is put to a second vote. In the case of a second deadlock, the chairperson has the deciding vote.

For additional information on our Supervisory Board, including a table providing the names of and biographical information for the current members, see “Corporate Governance Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Supervisory Board” in the Annual Report 2020.

Standing Committees

For information on the standing committees of our Supervisory Board, please see “Corporate Governance Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Standing Committees” in the Annual Report 2020.

The business address of the members of the Supervisory Board is the same as our business address, Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany.

Management Board

Our Articles of Association require the Management Board to have at least three members. Our Management Board currently has ten members. The Supervisory Board has also appointed a Chairman (CEO) and one Deputy Chairman (President) of the Management Board.

The Supervisory Board appoints the members of the Management Board for a maximum term of five years and oversees them. They may be re-appointed or have their term extended for one or more terms of up to a maximum of five years each. The Supervisory Board may remove a member of the Management Board prior to the expiration of his or her term for good cause.

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, two members of the Management Board, or one member of the Management Board together with a holder of procuration, may represent us for legal purposes. A holder of procuration is an attorney-in-fact who holds a legally defined power under German law, which cannot be restricted with respect to third parties. However, pursuant to German law, the Management Board itself must resolve on certain matters as a whole and may not delegate the decision to one or more individual members. In particular, it may not delegate the determination of our business and risk strategies, and the coordinating or controlling responsibilities. The Management Board is required to ensure that shareholders are treated on an equal basis and receive equal information. The Management Board is also responsible for ensuring our proper business organization, which includes appropriate and effective risk management as well as compliance with legal requirements and internal guidelines, and for taking the necessary measures to ensure that adequate internal guidelines are developed and implemented.

Other selected responsibilities of the Management Board in accordance with the Terms of Reference for the Management Board and/or German law are:

90

For additional information on our Management Board, including the names of and biographical information for the current members, see “Corporate Governance Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Management Board” in the Annual Report 2020. The Terms of Reference of the Management Board are published on our website www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm.

Board Practices of the Management Board

The Terms of Reference for the Management Board are in accordance with the Supervisory Board resolution of July 7, 2019. These Terms of Reference provide that the members of the Management Board have the collective responsibility for managing Deutsche Bank. Notwithstanding this principle, the allocation of functional responsibilities to the individual members of the Management Board and their substitution (in case of temporary absence) are set out in the Business Allocation Plan for the Management Board in accordance with the Supervisory Board resolution of December 17, 2020. The allocation of functional responsibilities does not exempt any member of the Management Board from collective responsibility for the management of the business. The members of the Management Board are responsible for the proper performance and/or delegation of their duties and the clear allocation of accountabilities and responsibilities within the area of own functional responsibility (so-called “Ressort”) in accordance with the Business Allocation Plan.

Members of the Management Board are bound to the corporate interest of Deutsche Bank. No member of the Management Board may pursue personal interests in his/her decisions or use business opportunities intended for the company for himself/herself. To the extent permitted by German law, individual members of the Management Board may assume Deutsche Bank Group-external mandates, honorary offices or special assignments. In order to effectively prevent any conflicts of interest, the members of the Management Board may accept such positions only upon the approval of the other members of the Management Board and the Chairman’s Committee of the Supervisory Board. Management Board members generally do not accept the role of chair of supervisory boards of Group-external companies.

Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act requires that the management board and supervisory board of any German stock exchange-listed company declare annually that the company complies with the recommendations of the German Corporate Governance Code or, if not, which recommendations the company does not comply with and why it does not comply with these recommendations (so-called “comply or explain”-principle). On some points, these recommendations go beyond the requirements of the German Stock Corporation Act. The Management Board and Supervisory Board issued a new Declaration of Conformity in accordance with Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act in October 2020, which is available on our internet website at www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm under the heading “Declaration of Conformity pursuant to Section 161 German Stock Corporation Act (AktG), Oct 2020”.

For information on the Management Board’s terms of office, please see “Corporate Governance Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Management Board” in the Annual Report 2020. For details of the Management Board’s service contracts providing benefits upon termination, please see “Compensation Report: Pension Benefits” and “Compensation Report: Other Benefits upon Early Termination” in the Management Report of the Annual Report 2020.

The allocation of functional responsibilities to the individual members of the Management Board is described in the Business Allocation Plan for the Management Board, which sets the framework for the delegation of responsibilities to senior management below the Management Board. The Management Board endorses individual accountability of senior position holders as opposed to joint decision-taking in committees. At the same time, the Management Board recognizes the importance of having comprehensive and robust information across all businesses in order to take well informed decisions and established, in addition to Infrastructure Committees, Business Executive Committees and Regional Committees, the “Group Management Committee” which aims to improve the information flow across the Corporate Divisions and between the Corporate Divisions and the Management Board. The Group Management Committee as a senior platform, which is not required by the German Stock Corporation Act, is composed of all Management Board members as well as most senior business representatives to exchange information and discuss business, growth and profitability.

91

Compensation

For information on the compensation of the members of our Management Board, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Management Board Compensation Report” in the Annual Report 2020.

For information on the compensation of the members of our Employees, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Employee Compensation Report” in the Annual Report 2020.

For information on the compensation of the members of our Supervisory Board, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Compensation System for Supervisory Board Members” in the Annual Report 2020.

Employees

Labor Relations

In Germany, labor unions and employers’ associations generally negotiate collective bargaining agreements on salaries and benefits for employees below the management level. Many companies in Germany, including ourselves and our material German subsidiaries, are members of employers’ associations and are bound by collective bargaining agreements.

Accordingly, our employers’ association, the “Arbeitgeberverband des privaten Bankgewerbes e.V.”, regularly renegotiates the collective bargaining agreements that cover many of our employees. The current agreement was reached in July 2019. As part of the final package, salaries were increased in two stages by a total of 4.0 %: 2.0 % from September 2019 and a further 2.0 % from November 2020. In addition to salary increases, the final result also includes mutual negotiation obligations regarding new collective bargaining agreements on qualification, working hours, training and prevention as well as the start of a further modernization of the collective bargaining agreements. The existing collective wage agreement lasts until end of June 2021, negotiations on a renewal are likely to begin in autumn 2021.

Our employers’ association negotiates with the following unions:

As German law prohibits us from asking our employees whether they are members of labor unions, there is no record of how many of the bank’s employees are union members.

On the basis of the agreement on cross-border information and consultation of Deutsche Bank employees in the EU concluded on September 10, 1996, all employees in the EU are represented by the European Works Council. This adds up to around two thirds of the Group's total workforce.

For further information on our employees, see “Management Report: Employees” in the Annual Report 2020.

Share Ownership

For the share ownership of the Management Board, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Management Board Share Ownership” in the Annual Report 2020.

For the share ownership of the members of the Supervisory Board, see “Corporate Governance Statement/ Corporate Governance Report: Reporting and Transparency: Directors’ Share Ownership” in the Annual Report 2020.

For a description of our employee share programs, please see Note 33 “Employee Benefits” to the consolidated financial statements.

92

Item 7: Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

Major Shareholders

On December 31, 2020, our issued share capital amounted to € 5,290,939,215.36 divided into 2,066,773,131 no par value ordinary registered shares.

On December 31, 2020, we had 604,997 registered shareholders 946,450,284 of our shares were registered in the names of 594,082 shareholders resident in Germany, representing 45.79   % of our share capital. 363,580,475 of our shares were registered in the names of 573 shareholders resident in the United States, representing 17.59   % of our share capital.

The German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz) requires investors in publicly-traded corporations whose investments reach certain thresholds to notify both the corporation and the BaFin of such change within four trading days. The minimum disclosure threshold is 3 % of the corporation’s issued voting share capital.

BlackRock, Inc., Wilmington, DE, has notified us that as of December 31, 2020 it held 5.23 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by BlackRock, Inc., Wilmington, DE, through February 2, 2021.

The Capital Group Companies, Inc., Los Angeles, California, has notified us that as of March 31, 2020 it held 3.74 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by The Capital Group Companies, Inc., Los Angeles, California, through February 2, 2021.

Euro Pacific Growth Fund, Boston, Massachusetts (part of the Capital Group shareholding), has notified us that as of October 6, 2020 it held 3.61 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Euro Pacific Growth Fund, Boston, Massachusetts (part of the Capital Group shareholding), through February 2, 2021.

Douglas L. Braunstein ( Hudson Executive Capital LP ), has notified us that as of November 20, 2020 he held 3.18 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Douglas L. Braunstein ( Hudson Executive Capital LP ), through February 2, 2021.

Paramount Services Holdings Ltd., British Virgin Islands, has notified us that as of August 20, 2015 it held 3.05 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Paramount Services Holdings Ltd., British Virgin Islands, through February 2, 2021.

Supreme Universal Holdings Ltd., Cayman Islands, has notified us that as of August 20, 2015 it held 3.05 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Supreme Universal Holdings Ltd., Cayman Islands, through February 2, 2021.

Stephen A. Feinberg (Cerberus), has notified us that as of November 14, 2017 he held 3.001 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Stephen A. Feinberg (Cerberus), through February 2, 2021.

We are neither directly nor indirectly owned nor controlled by any other corporation, by any government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly.

Pursuant to German law and our Articles of Association, to the extent that we may have major shareholders at any time, we may not give them different voting rights from any of our other shareholders.

We are aware of no arrangements which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of our company.

93

Related Party Transactions

We have business relationships with a number of the companies in which we own significant equity interests. We also have business relationships with a number of companies where members of our Management Board also hold positions on boards of directors. Our business relationships with these companies cover many of the financial services we provide to our clients generally. For more detailed information, refer to Note 36 “Related Party Transactions” to the consolidated financial statements.

We conduct our business with these companies on terms equivalent to those that would prevail if we did not have equity holdings in them or management members in common, and we have conducted business with these companies on that basis in 2020 and prior years. None of these transactions is or was material to us.

Among our business with related party companies in 2020, there have been and currently are loans, guarantees and commitments, which totaled € 212 million (including loans amounting to € 169 million) as of December 31, 2020, compared to € 199 million (including loans amounting to € 187 million) as of December 31, 2019.

All these credit exposures

Related Party Impaired Loans

In addition to our other shareholdings, we hold acquired equity interests in some of our clients arising from our efforts to protect our then-outstanding lending exposures to them.

Impaired loans to related parties which may exhibit more than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features compared to performing loans to related parties decreased by € 11 million to € 0 million, from December 31, 2019. The following table presents an overview of the impaired loans we hold of our related parties as of December 31, 2020.

in € m.

Amount outstanding as of Decem- ber 31, 2020

Largest amount outstanding January 1, to December 31, 2020

Provision for loan losses in 2020¹

Allowance for loan losses as of Decem- ber 31, 2020¹

Nature of the loan and transaction in which incurred

Customer A

0

11

0

0

Company was put into a court-supervised debt moratorium process in 2016. This triggered a debt to equity swap for 70 % of our loans and a € 25 million write-off in 2017. The company has informed lenders of inability to service the debt. No recoveries expected. DB sold exposure in April 2020 sales price € 0.3 million triggered additional € 9.8 million final write off.

Total

0

11

0

0

1The allowance for loan losses is calculated by subtracting the net present value of future expected cash flows from the current outstanding. The year-end balance of the loan loss allowance is in most cases lower than the amount of provision for credit losses required for the recognition due to unwinding effects based upon passage of time which are recognized in interest income.

2Provision of € 0.5 million in 2020 driven by FX effect of € 0.5 million.

In the above table, customer A is a company in which we held a minority share and which is not consolidated at equity.

We have not disclosed the name of the related party customer described above because we have concluded that such disclosure would violate applicable privacy laws, such as customer confidentiality and data protection laws, and this customer has not waived application of these privacy laws. A legal opinion regarding the applicable privacy laws is filed as Exhibit   14.1 hereto.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

94

Item 8: Financial Information

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Consolidated Financial Statements

The Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 20-F consist of the Consolidated Financial Statements including Notes 1 to 43 thereto, which are set forth as Part 2 of the Annual Report 2020, and, as described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates” thereto under “Basis of accounting – IFRS 7 disclosures”, certain parts of the Management Report set forth as Part 1 of the Annual Report 2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 have been audited by Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been audited by KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2020.

Legal Proceedings

General. We and our subsidiaries operate in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes us to significant litigation risks. As a result, we are involved in litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings and investigations in Germany and in a number of jurisdictions outside Germany, including the United States. Please refer to Note 27 “Provisions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for descriptions of certain significant legal proceedings. Additional legal proceedings that may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on our financial position or profitability are described below.

Australian Antitrust Proceedings. In June 2018, the Australian Commonwealth Director of Public Prosecutions (CDPP) filed charges against Deutsche Bank for alleged criminal cartel offenses following a referral by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission. CDPP alleges that the cartel conduct took place in connection with an institutional share placement by Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited in August 2015, on which Deutsche Bank acted as joint underwriter with other banks. CDPP has also charged other banks and individuals, including two former Deutsche Bank employees. Deutsche Bank AG and its former employees have been charged with six offences of making, and giving effect to, anti-competitive arrangements. Deutsche Bank AG and its former employees are defending these charges. The criminal trial in this matter has been scheduled to commence on April 4, 2022 before the Federal Court of Australia.

Bank Bill Swap Rate Claims. On August 16, 2016, a putative class action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Deutsche Bank and other defendants, bringing claims based on alleged collusion and manipulation in connection with the Australian Bank Bill Swap Rate (“BBSW”) on behalf of persons and entities that engaged in U.S.-based transactions in BBSW-linked financial instruments from 2003 through the date on which the effects of the alleged unlawful conduct ceased. The complaint alleged that the defendants, among other things, engaged in money market transactions intended to influence the BBSW fixing, made false BBSW submissions, and used their control over BBSW rules to further the alleged misconduct. An amended complaint was filed on December 16, 2016. On November 26, 2018, the court partially granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the amended complaint, dismissing all claims against Deutsche Bank. On April 3, 2019, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, which the defendants moved to dismiss. On February 13, 2020, the court partially granted the motion to dismiss the second amended complaint, with certain claims against Deutsche Bank remaining. On June 16, 2020, Deutsche Bank served an answer denying all allegations of misconduct. Discovery is ongoing.

Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan) Foreign Exchange Sanction. On February 5, 2021, the Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan) (CBC) sanctioned Deutsche Bank AG, Taipei Branch (DBTP) and three other banks for engaging in foreign exchange forward transactions with international commodities trading clients in violation of the CBC’s Regulations Governing Foreign Exchange Business of Banking Enterprises. While no fine was imposed on DBTP, CBC revoked DBTP’s business permission to conduct Taiwan dollar deliverable forward and Taiwan dollar non-deliverable forward business and suspended DBTP’s business permission for all foreign exchange related derivatives business for two years. The sanction does not affect performance and settlement of existing trades, nor does it affect DBTP’s interbank swap funding transactions. The sanctions take effect from February 8, 2021. DBTP may apply to CBC to reinstate the affected business upon demonstrating concrete remediation measures.

95

Challenge of the General Meeting’s Resolution Not to Pay a Dividend for the 2015 Fiscal Year. In May 2016, Deutsche Bank AG’s General Meeting resolved that no dividend was to be paid to Deutsche Bank’s shareholders for the 2015 fiscal year. Some shareholders filed a lawsuit with the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main (Landgericht), challenging (among other things) the resolution on the grounds that Deutsche Bank was required by law to pay a minimum dividend in an amount equal to 4 % of Deutsche Bank’s share capital. In December 2016, the Regional Court ruled in favor of the plaintiffs. Deutsche Bank initially appealed the court’s decision. However, Deutsche Bank withdrew its appeal prior to Deutsche Bank’s 2017 General Meeting, as a result of which the challenged resolution became void. Deutsche Bank’s General Meeting in May 2017 resolved the payment of a dividend of approximately € 400 million from Deutsche Bank’s distributable profit for 2016 which amount contained a component reflecting the distributable profit carried forward from 2015 of approximately € 165 million. Such dividend was paid to the shareholders shortly after the annual General Meeting. The resolution was also challenged in court based on the allegation that the way the decision was taken was not correct. On January 18, 2018, the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main dismissed the shareholder actions as regards the dividend resolution taken in May 2017. The plaintiffs appealed to the Higher Regional Court Frankfurt am Main. On March 26, 2019, the Higher Regional Court Frankfurt am Main confirmed the decision of the Regional Court and dismissed the appeal. The plaintiffs filed an appeal against the denial of leave to appeal with the Federal Court of Justice. On May 5, 2020 the Federal Court of Justice dismissed the appeal of the plaintiff against the denial of leave to appeal. This decision is final.

FX derivatives products investigations and litigation. Deutsche Bank has received requests for information from certain regulators in connection with its internal investigation into the historical sales of certain FX derivatives products with a limited number of clients. Deutsche Bank is providing information to and otherwise cooperating with these regulators. Separately, a related claim has been filed in the High Courts of England and Wales by one of the Bank’s clients but proceedings have yet to formally commence.

KOSPI Index Unwind Matters. Following the decline of the Korea Composite Stock Price Index 200 (the “KOSPI 200”) in the closing auction on November 11, 2010 by approximately 2.7 %, the Korean Financial Supervisory Service (“FSS”) commenced an investigation and expressed concerns that the fall in the KOSPI 200 was attributable to a sale by Deutsche Bank of a basket of stocks, worth approximately € 1.6 billion, that was held as part of an index arbitrage position on the KOSPI 200. On February 23, 2011, the Korean Financial Services Commission, which oversees the work of the FSS, reviewed the FSS’ findings and recommendations and resolved to take the following actions: (i) to file a criminal complaint to the Korean Prosecutor’s Office for alleged market manipulation against five employees of Deutsche Bank group and Deutsche Bank’s subsidiary Deutsche Securities Korea Co. (DSK) for vicarious corporate criminal liability; and (ii) to impose a suspension of six months, commencing April 1, 2011 and ending September 30, 2011, of DSK’s business for proprietary trading of cash equities and listed derivatives and DMA (direct market access) cash equities trading, and the requirement that DSK suspend the employment of one named employee for six months. On August 19, 2011, the Korean Prosecutor’s Office announced its decision to indict DSK and four employees of Deutsche Bank group on charges of spot/futures-linked market manipulation. The criminal trial commenced in January 2012. On January 25, 2016, the Seoul Central District Court rendered guilty verdicts against a DSK trader and DSK. A criminal fine of KRW 1.5 billion (less than € 2.0 million) was imposed on DSK. The Court also ordered forfeiture of the profits generated on the underlying trading activity. The Group disgorged the profits on the underlying trading activity in 2011. The criminal trial verdicts against both the DSK trader and against DSK were overturned on appeal in a decision rendered by the Seoul High Court on December 12, 2018. The Korean Prosecutor’s Office has appealed the Seoul High Court decision.

In addition, a number of civil actions have been filed in Korean courts against Deutsche Bank and DSK by certain parties who allege they incurred losses as a consequence of the fall in the KOSPI 200 on November 11, 2010. First instance court decisions were rendered against the Bank and DSK in some of these cases starting in the fourth quarter of 2015. The outstanding claims known to Deutsche Bank have an aggregate claim amount of less than € 60 million (at present exchange rates).

Monte Dei Paschi. In March 2013, Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena (“MPS”) initiated civil proceedings in Italy against Deutsche Bank alleging that Deutsche Bank assisted former MPS senior management in an accounting fraud on MPS, by undertaking repo transactions with MPS and “Santorini”, a wholly owned special-purpose vehicle of MPS, which helped MPS defer losses on a previous transaction undertaken with Deutsche Bank. Subsequently, in July 2013, the Fondazione Monte dei Paschi di Siena (“FMPS”), MPS’ largest shareholder, also commenced civil proceedings in Italy for damages based on substantially the same facts. In December 2013, Deutsche Bank reached an agreement with MPS to settle the civil proceedings and the transactions were unwound. The civil proceedings initiated by FMPS, in which damages of between € 220 million and € 381 million were claimed, were also settled in December 2018 upon payment by Deutsche Bank of € 17.5 million. FMPS’s separate claim filed in July 2014 against FMPS’s former administrators and a syndicate of 12 banks including Deutsche Bank S.p.A. for € 286 million continues to be pending before the first instance Florence courts.

96

A criminal investigation was launched by the Siena Public Prosecutor into the transactions entered into by MPS with Deutsche Bank and certain unrelated transactions entered into by MPS with other parties. Such investigation was moved in summer 2014 from Siena to the Milan Public Prosecutors as a result of a change in the alleged charges being investigated. On February 16, 2016, the Milan Public Prosecutors issued a request of committal to trial against Deutsche Bank and six current and former employees. The committal process concluded with a hearing on October 1, 2016, during which the Milan court committed all defendants in the criminal proceedings to trial. Deutsche Bank’s potential exposure was for administrative liability under Italian Legislative Decree n. 231/2001 and for civil vicarious liability as an employer of current and former Deutsche Bank employees who are being criminally prosecuted.

On November 8, 2019, the Milan court issued its verdicts, finding five former employees and one current employee of Deutsche Bank guilty and sentencing them to either 3 years and 6 months or 4 years and 8 months. Deutsche Bank was found liable under Italian Legislative Decree n. 231/2001 and the court ordered the seizure of alleged profits of € 64.9 million and a fine of € 3 million. The Court also found Deutsche Bank has civil vicarious liability for damages (to be quantified by the civil court) as an employer of the current and former employees who were convicted. The sentences and fines are not due until the conclusion of any appeal process. The final judgment was issued by the Court on May 13, 2020. Deutsche Bank and the six former or current employees filed an appeal to the Milan Court of Appeal on September 22, 2020.

On May 22, 2018, CONSOB, the authority responsible for regulating the Italian financial markets, issued fines of € 100,000 each against the six current and former employees of Deutsche Bank who are defendants in the criminal proceedings. The six individuals were also banned from performing management functions in Italy and for Italian based institutions for three to six months each. No separate fine or sanction was imposed on Deutsche Bank but it is jointly and severally liable for the six current/former Deutsche Bank employees’ fines. On June 14, 2018, Deutsche Bank and the six individuals filed an appeal in the Milan Court of Appeal challenging CONSOB’s decision and one of the individuals sought a stay of enforcement of the fine against that individual. On December 17, 2020, the Milan Court of Appeal allowed the appeals filed by Deutsche Bank and the six current and former employees and annulled the resolution sanctioning them. CONSOB may appeal the decision.

Pension Plan Assets. The Group sponsors a number of post-employment benefit plans on behalf of its employees. In Germany, the pension assets that fund the obligations under these pension plans are held by Benefit Trust GmbH. The German tax authorities are challenging the tax treatment of certain income received by Benefit Trust GmbH in the years 2010 to 2013 with respect to its pension plan assets. For the year 2010 Benefit Trust GmbH paid the amount of tax and interest assessed of € 160 million to the tax authorities and is seeking a refund of the amounts paid in litigation. For 2011 to 2013 the matter is stayed pending the outcome of the 2010 tax litigation. The amount of tax and interest under dispute for years 2011 to 2013, which also has been paid to the tax authorities, amounts to € 456 million. In March 2017, the lower fiscal court ruled in favor of Benefit Trust GmbH and in September 2017 the tax authorities appealed the decision to the German supreme fiscal court ( Bundesfinanzhof). A court hearing is scheduled for March 15, 2021.

Precious Metals Investigations and Litigations. Deutsche Bank received inquiries from certain regulatory and law enforcement authorities, including requests for information and documents, pertaining to investigations of precious metals trading and related conduct. Deutsche Bank has cooperated with these investigations. On January 29, 2018, Deutsche Bank entered into a U.S.$ 30 million settlement with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) concerning spoofing, and manipulation and attempted manipulation in precious metals futures and of stop loss orders. On January 8, 2021, Deutsche Bank entered into a deferred prosecution agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice concerning spoofing and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act conduct as mentioned in the Note 27 “Provisions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As part of its obligations in the deferred prosecution agreement, Deutsche Bank agreed to pay approximately U.S.$ 8 million, of which approximately U.S.$ 6 million would be credited by virtue of the aforementioned CFTC resolution.

Deutsche Bank is a defendant in two consolidated class action lawsuits pending in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The suits allege violations of U.S. antitrust law, the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act and related state law arising out of the alleged manipulation of gold and silver prices through participation in the Gold and Silver Fixes. Deutsche Bank has reached agreements to settle the Gold action for U.S.$ 60 million and the Silver action for U.S.$ 38 million, which remain subject to final court approval.

Pre-Release ADRs. Deutsche Bank and certain affiliates have received inquiries from certain European regulatory, tax and law enforcement authorities, including requests for documents and information, with respect to American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), including ADRs that have been issued on a "pre-release" basis (“pre-release ADRs”). Deutsche Bank is cooperating with these inquiries.

Transfer of Lease Assets.In December 2017, a claim for damages was filed with the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main against Deutsche Bank AG in the amount of approximately € 155 million (excluding interest). In 2006, Deutsche Bank AG (indirectly, through a special-purpose vehicle) entered into transactions according to which the plaintiff transferred certain lease assets to the special-purpose vehicle against, among others things, receipt of a preference dividend. The plaintiff alleges that Deutsche Bank had entered into an agreement with it under which Deutsche Bank provided flawed contractual documentation as a result of which the German tax authorities have disallowed the plaintiff’s expected tax savings. The Regional Court Frankfurt am Main fully dismissed the claim on July 26, 2019. The plaintiff has appealed this decision to the Higher Regional Court Frankfurt am Main. A date for an oral hearing has not yet been set.

97

Dividend Policy

For 2020, the Management Board will propose to the General Meeting that we do not pay a dividend. For 2019, we also did not pay a dividend. For 2018, we paid a dividend of € 0.11 per share. Historically, we have paid dividends at higher levels, and we aim to free up capital for distribution from 2022 with the goal of returning € 5 billion of capital to shareholders over time. However, we cannot assure investors that we will pay dividends as we did in previous years, nor at any other level, or at all, in any future period. If the company is not profitable, we may not pay dividends at all.

Furthermore, if Deutsche Bank AG fails to meet the regulatory capital adequacy requirements under CRR/CRD (including individually imposed capital requirements (so-called “Pillar 2” requirements) and the combined buffer requirement), it may be prohibited from making, and the ECB or the BaFin may suspend or limit, the payment of dividends. In addition, the ECB expects banks to meet “Pillar 2” guidance. If Deutsche Bank AG operates or expects to operate below “Pillar 2” guidance, the ECB will review the reasons why the Bank’s capital level has fallen or is expected to fall and may take appropriate and proportionate measures in connection with such shortfall. Any such measures might have an impact on Deutsche Bank AG’s willingness or ability to pay dividends. For further information on regulatory capital adequacy requirements and the powers of Deutsche Bank AG’s regulators to suspend dividend payments, see “Item 4: Information on the Company – Regulation and Supervision – Capital Adequacy Requirements” and “– Investigative and Enforcement Powers.”

Under German law, Deutsche Bank AG’s dividends are based on the unconsolidated results of Deutsche Bank AG as prepared in accordance with German accounting rules. Deutsche Bank AG’s Management Board, which prepares the annual financial statements of Deutsche Bank AG on an unconsolidated basis, and its Supervisory Board, which reviews them, first allocate part of Deutsche Bank AG’s annual surplus (if any) to Deutsche Bank AG’s statutory reserves and to any losses carried forward, as it is legally required to do. They then allocate the remainder between other revenue reserves (or retained earnings) and balance sheet profit. They may allocate up to one-half of this remainder to other revenue reserves, and must allocate at least one-half to balance sheet profit. A profit distribution from balance sheet profit is only permitted to the extent that the balance sheet profit plus distributable earnings exceeds potential dividend blocking items, which consist primarily of deferred tax assets, self-developed software and unrealized gains on plan assets, all net of respective deferred tax liabilities.

Deutsche Bank AG then distributes up to the full amount of the balance sheet profit not subject to dividend blocking of Deutsche Bank AG if the annual General Meeting so resolves. The annual General Meeting may resolve a non-cash distribution instead of, or in addition to, a cash dividend. However, Deutsche Bank AG is not legally required to distribute its balance sheet profit to its shareholders to the extent that it has issued participatory rights ( Genussrechte) or granted a silent participation (stille Beteiligung) that accord their holders the right to a portion of Deutsche Bank AG’s distributable profit.

Deutsche Bank AG declares dividends by resolution of the annual General Meeting and pays them (if any) once a year. Dividends approved at a General Meeting are payable on the third business day after that meeting, unless a later date has been determined at that meeting or by the Articles of Association. In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act, the record date for determining which holders of Deutsche Bank AG’s ordinary shares are entitled to the payment of dividends, if any, or other distributions whether cash, stock or property, is the date of the General Meeting at which such dividends or other distributions are declared.

Significant Changes

Except as otherwise stated in this document, there have been no significant changes subsequent to December 31, 2020.

98

Item 9: The Offer and Listing

Offer and Listing Details and Markets

Our share capital consists of ordinary shares issued in registered form without par value. Under German law, shares without par value are deemed to have a “nominal” value equal to the total amount of share capital divided by the number of shares. Our shares have a nominal value in this sense of €   2.56 per share.

The principal trading market for our shares is the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, where it trades under the symbol DBK. Our shares are also traded on the six other German stock exchanges (Berlin, Duesseldorf, Hamburg, Hanover, Munich and Stuttgart, where on each exchange it also trades under the symbol DBK), on the Eurex and the New York Stock Exchange, where it trades under the symbol DB.

We maintain a share register in Frankfurt am Main and, for the purposes of trading our shares on the New York Stock Exchange, a share register in New York.

All shares on German stock exchanges trade in euros, and all shares on the New York Stock Exchange trade in U.S. dollars.

You should not rely on our past share performance as a guide to our future share performance.

Plan of Distribution

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Selling Shareholders

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Dilution

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Expenses of the Issue

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

99

Item 10: Additional Information

Share Capital

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

The following is a summary of certain information relating to certain provisions of our Articles of Association, our share capital and German law. This summary is not complete and is qualified by reference to our Articles of Association and German law in effect at the date of this filing. Copies of our Articles of Association are publicly available at the Commercial Register ( Handelsregister) in Frankfurt am Main, and an English translation is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Annual Report.

Our Business Objectives

Section 2 of our Articles of Association sets out the objectives of our business:

Our Articles of Association permit us to pursue these objectives directly or through subsidiaries and affiliated companies.

Our Articles of Association also provide that, to the extent permitted by law, we may transact all business and take all steps that appear likely to promote our business objectives. In particular, we may:

Supervisory Board and Management Board

For more information on our Supervisory Board and Management Board, see “Item   6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees.��

Voting Rights and Shareholders' Meetings

Each of our shares entitles its registered holder to one vote at our General Meeting. Our Annual General Meeting takes place within the first eight months of our fiscal year. Pursuant to our Articles of Association, we may hold the meeting in Frankfurt am Main, Düsseldorf or any other German city with over 250,000 inhabitants. Unless a shorter period is permitted by law, we must give the notice convening the General Meeting at least 30 days before the last day on which shareholders can register their attendance of the General Meeting (which is the fifth day immediately preceding that General Meeting). Shorter periods apply if the General Meeting is called to adopt a resolution on a capital increase in the context of early intervention measures pursuant to the Act on the Recovery and Resolution of Institutions and Financial Groups (Gesetz zur Sanierung und Abwicklung von Instituten und Finanzgruppen). We are required to include details regarding the shareholder attendance registration process and the issuance of admission cards in our invitation to the General Meeting.

The Management Board or the Supervisory Board may also call an extraordinary General Meeting. Shareholders holding in the aggregate at least 5 % of the nominal value of our share capital may also request that such a meeting be called.


100

According to our Articles of Association our shares are issued in the form of registered shares. For purposes of registration in the share register, all shareholders are required to notify us of the number of shares they hold and, in the case of natural persons, of their name, address and date of birth and, in the case of legal persons, of their registered name, business address and registered domicile. Both being registered in our share register and the timely registration for attendance of the General Meeting constitute prerequisite conditions for any shareholder’s attendance and exercise of voting rights at the General Meeting. Shareholders may register their attendance of a General Meeting with the Management Board (or as otherwise designated in the invitation) by written notice or electronically, no later than the fifth day immediately preceding the date of that General Meeting. Any shareholders who have failed to comply with certain notification requirements summarized under “Notification Requirements” below are precluded from exercising any rights attached to their shares, including voting rights.

Under German law, upon our request a registered shareholder must inform us whether that shareholder owns the shares registered in its name or whether that shareholder holds the shares for any other person as a nominee shareholder. Both the nominee shareholder and the person for whom the shares are held have an obligation to provide the same personal data as required for registration in the share register with respect to the person for whom the shares are held. For so long as a registered shareholder does not provide the requested information as to its holding of the shares or, in the case of nominee shareholding, the required information about the person for whom the shares are held has not been provided, the shares held by the registered shareholder carry no voting rights.

Shareholders may appoint proxies to represent them at General Meetings. As a matter of German law, a proxy relating to voting rights granted by shares may be revoked at any time.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to file a proxy statement under U.S. securities law. The proxy voting process for our shareholders in the United States is substantially similar to the process for publicly held companies incorporated in the United States.

The Annual General Meeting normally adopts resolutions on the following matters:

A simple majority of votes cast is generally sufficient to approve a measure, except in cases where a greater majority is otherwise required by our Articles of Association or by law. Under the German Stock Corporation Act and the German Transformation Act (Umwandlungsgesetz), certain resolutions of fundamental importance require a majority of at least 75 % of the share capital represented at the General Meeting adopting the resolution, in addition to a majority of the votes cast. Such resolutions include the following matters, among others:

Under certain circumstances, such as when a resolution violates our Articles of Association or the German Stock Corporation Act, shareholders may file a shareholder action with the appropriate Regional Court (Landgericht) in Germany to set aside resolutions adopted at the General Meeting.

Under German law, the rights of shareholders as a group can be changed by amendment of the company's articles of association. Any amendment of our Articles of Association requires a resolution of the General Meeting. The authority to amend our Articles of Association, insofar as such amendments merely relate to the wording, such as changes of the share capital as a result of the issuance of shares from authorized capital, has been assigned to our Supervisory Board by our Articles of Association. Pursuant to our Articles of Association, the resolutions of the General Meeting are taken by a simple majority of votes and, insofar as a majority of capital stock is required, by a simple majority of capital stock, except where law or our Articles of Association determine otherwise. The rights of individual shareholders can only be changed with their consent. Amendments to the Articles of Association become effective upon their registration in the Commercial Register.

101

Share Register

We maintain a share register with Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent, pursuant to an agency agreement between us and Link Market Services GmbH and a sub-agency agreement between Link Market Services GmbH and the New York transfer agent.

Our share register will be open for inspection by shareholders during normal business hours at our offices at Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany. The share register generally contains each shareholder's surname, first name, date of birth, address and the number or the quantity of our shares held. Shareholders may prevent their personal information from appearing in the share register by holding their securities through a bank or custodian. Although the shareholder would remain the beneficial owner of the securities, only the bank's or custodian's name would appear in the share register.

Dividend Rights

For a summary of our dividend policy and legal basis for dividends under German law, see “Item   8: Financial Information – Dividend Policy.”

Increases in Share Capital

German law and our Articles of Association permit us to increase our share capital in any of three ways:

The issuance of new ordinary shares by resolution of the General Meeting requires the simple majority of the votes cast and of the share capital represented at the General Meeting. Resolutions of the General Meeting concerning the creation of authorized or conditional capital require the simple majority of the votes cast and a majority of at least 75 % of the share capital represented at the General Meeting.

Liquidation Rights

The German Stock Corporation Act requires that if we are liquidated, any liquidation proceeds remaining after the payment of all our liabilities will be distributed to our shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings.

Preemptive Rights

In principle, holders of our shares have preemptive rights allowing them to subscribe any shares, bonds convertible into, or attached warrants to subscribe for, our shares or participatory certificates we issue. Such preemptive rights exist in proportion to the number of shares currently held by the shareholder. Preemptive rights of shareholders may be excluded with respect to any capital increase, however, as part of the resolution by the General Meeting on such capital increase. Such a resolution by the General Meeting on a capital increase that excludes the shareholders’ preemptive rights with respect thereto requires both a majority of the votes cast and a majority of at least 75 % of the share capital represented at the General Meeting.
A resolution to exclude preemptive rights requires that the proposed exclusion is expressly disclosed in the agenda to the General Meeting and that the Management Board presents the reasons for the exclusion to the shareholders in a written report. Under the German Stock Corporation Act, preemptive rights may in particular be excluded with respect to capital increases not exceeding 10 % of the existing share capital with an issue price payable in cash not significantly below the stock exchange price at the time of issuance. In addition, shareholders may, in a resolution by the General Meeting on authorized capital, authorize the Management Board to exclude the preemptive rights with respect to newly issued shares from authorized capital in specific circumstances set forth in the resolution.

Shareholders are generally permitted to transfer their preemptive rights. Preemptive rights may be traded on one or more German stock exchanges for a limited number of days prior to the final day the preemptive rights can be exercised.

102

Notices and Reports

We publish notices pertaining to our shares and the General Meeting in the electronic German Federal Gazette (Bundes-
anzeiger) and, when so required, in at least one national newspaper designated for exchange notices.

We send our New York transfer agent, through publication or otherwise, a copy of each of our notices pertaining to any General Meeting, any adjourned General Meeting or our actions with respect to any cash or other distributions or the offering of any rights. We provide such notices in the form given or to be given to our shareholders. Our New York transfer agent is requested to arrange for the mailing of such notices to all shareholders registered in the New York registry.

We will make all notices we send to shareholders available at our principal office for inspection by shareholders. Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent will send copies of all notices pertaining to General Meetings to all registered shareholders. Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent will send copies of other notices or information material, such as quarterly reports or shareholder letters, to those registered shareholders who have requested to receive such notices or information material.

Charges of Transfer Agents

We pay Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent customary fees for their services as transfer agents and registrars. Our shareholders will not be required to pay Link Market Services GmbH or our New York transfer agent any fees or charges in connection with their transfers of shares in the share register. Our shareholders will also not be required to pay any fees in connection with the conversion of dividends from euros to U.S. dollars.

Liability of Transfer Agents

Neither Link Market Services GmbH nor our New York transfer agent will be liable to shareholders if prevented or delayed by law, or any circumstances beyond their control, from performing their obligations as transfer agents and registrars.

Notification Requirements

Disclosure of Interests in a Listed Stock Corporation

Disclosure Obligations under the German Securities Trading Act

Deutsche Bank AG, as a listed company, and its shareholders are subject to the shareholding disclosure obligations under the German Securities Trading Act ( Wertpapierhandelsgesetz). Pursuant to the German Securities Trading Act, any shareholder whose voting interest in a listed company like Deutsche Bank AG, through acquisition, sale or by other means, reaches, exceeds or falls below a 3 %, 5 %, 10 %, 15 %, 20 %, 25 %, 30 %, 50 % or 75 % threshold must notify us and the BaFin of its current aggregate voting interest in writing and without undue delay, but at the latest within four trading days. In connection with this requirement, the German Securities Trading Act contains various provisions regarding the attribution of voting rights to the person who actually controls the voting rights attached to the shares.

Furthermore, the voting rights attached to a third party’s shares are attributed to a shareholder if the shareholder coordinates its conduct concerning the listed company with the third party (so-called “acting in concert”) either through an agreement or other means. Acting in concert is deemed to exist if the parties coordinate their voting at the listed company’s general meeting or, outside the general meeting, coordinate their actions with the goal of significantly and permanently modifying the listed company’s corporate strategy. Each party’s voting rights are attributed to each of the other parties acting in concert.


103

Shareholders failing to comply with their notification obligations are prevented from exercising any rights attached to their shares (including voting rights and the right to receive dividends) until they have complied with the notification requirements. If the failure to comply with the notification obligations specifically relates to the size of the voting interest in the Deutsche Bank AG and is the result of willful or grossly negligent conduct, the suspension of shareholder rights is – subject to certain exceptions in case of an incorrect notification deviating no more than 10 % from the actual percentage of voting rights – extended by a six-month period commencing upon the submission of the required notification.

Except for the 3 % threshold, similar notification obligations exist for reaching, exceeding or falling below the thresholds described above when a person holds, directly or indirectly, certain instruments other than shares. This applies to instruments which grant upon maturity an unconditional right to acquire existing voting shares of Deutsche Bank AG, a discretionary right to acquire such shares, as well as to instruments that refer to such shares and have an economic effect similar to that of the aforementioned instruments, irrespective of whether such instruments are physically or cash-settled. These instruments include, for example, transferable securities, options, futures contracts and swaps. Voting rights to be attributed to a person based on any such instrument will generally be aggregated with the person’s other voting rights deriving from shares or other instruments.

Notice must be given without undue delay, but within four trading days at the latest. The notice period commences as soon as the person obliged to notify knows, or, under the circumstances should know, that his or her voting rights reach, exceed or fall below any of the abovementioned relevant thresholds, but in any event no later than two trading days after reaching, exceeding or falling below the threshold. Only in case that the voting rights reach, exceed or fall below any of the thresholds as a result of an event affecting all voting rights, the notice period might commence at a later stage. Deutsche Bank AG must publish the foregoing notifications without undue delay, but no later than within three trading days after their receipt, and report such publication to the BaFin. Furthermore, the Deutsche Bank AG must publish a notification in case of any increase or decrease of the total number of voting rights without undue delay, but within two trading days at the latest, and such notification must be reported to the BaFin and forwarded to the German Company Register ( Unternehmensregister). An exception applies where the increase of the total number of voting rights is due to the issue of new shares from conditional capital. In this case, Deutsche Bank AG must publish the increase at the end of the month in which it occurred. However, such increase must also be notified without undue delay, but within two trading days at the latest, where any other increase or decrease of the total number of voting rights triggers the aforementioned notification requirement.

Non-compliance with the disclosure requirements regarding shareholdings and holdings of other instruments may result in a significant fine imposed by the BaFin. In addition, the BaFin publishes, on its website, sanctions imposed and measures taken indicating the person or entity responsible and the nature of the breach (so-called “naming and shaming”).

Shareholders whose voting rights reach or exceed thresholds of 10 % of the voting rights in a listed company, or higher thresholds, are obliged to inform the company within 20 trading days of the purpose of their investment and the origin of the funds used for such investment, unless the articles of association of the listed company provide otherwise. Our Articles of Association do not contain such a provision.

Disclosure Obligations under the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act

Pursuant to the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act ( Wertpapiererwerbs- und Übernahmegesetz), any person whose voting interest reaches or exceeds 30 % of the voting shares of a listed stock corporation must, within seven calendar days, publish this fact (including the percentage of its voting rights) on the Internet and by means of an electronically operated financial information dissemination system. In addition, the person must subsequently make a mandatory public tender offer within four weeks to all shareholders of the listed company unless an exemption has been granted. The German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act contains a number of provisions intended to ensure that shareholdings are attributed to those persons who actually control the voting rights attached to the shares. The provisions regarding coordinated conduct as part of the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act (so-called “acting in concert”) and the rules on the attribution of voting rights attached to shares of third parties are the same as the statutory securities trading provisions described above under “Disclosure Obligations under the German Securities Trading Act” except with respect to voting rights of shares underlying instruments whose holders are vested with the right to unilaterally acquire existing voting shares of the listed company or voting rights which may be acquired on the basis of instruments with similar economic effect. If a shareholder fails to provide notice on reaching or exceeding the 30 % threshold, or fails to make a public tender offer, the shareholder will be precluded from exercising any rights associated with its shares (including voting and dividend rights) until it has complied with the requirements under the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act. In addition, non-compliance with the disclosure requirement may result in a fine.

104

Disclosure of Participations in a Credit Institution

The German Banking Act ( Kreditwesengesetz) requires any person intending to acquire, alone or acting in concert with another person, directly or indirectly, a qualifying holding ( bedeutende Beteiligung) in a credit or financial services institution to notify the BaFin and the Bundesbank without undue delay and in writing of the intended acquisition. A qualifying holding is a direct or indirect holding in an undertaking which represents 10 % or more of the capital or voting rights or which makes it possible to exercise a significant influence over the management of such undertaking. The required notice must contain information demonstrating, among other things, the reliability of the person or, in the case of a corporation or other legal entity, the reliability of its directors and officers.

A person holding a qualifying holding shall also notify the BaFin and the Bundesbank without undue delay and in writing if he intends to increase the amount of the qualifying holding up to or beyond the thresholds of 20 %, 30 % or 50 % of the voting rights or capital or in such way that the institution comes under such person’s control or if such person intends to reduce the participation below 10 % or below one of the other thresholds described above.

The BaFin will have to confirm the receipt of a complete notification within two working days in writing to the proposed acquirer. Within a period of 60 working days from the BaFin’s written confirmation that a complete notification has been received (assessment period), the BaFin will review and, in accordance with Council Regulation (EU) No 1024/2013 of October 15, 2013 conferring specific tasks on the European Central Bank concerning policies relating to the prudential supervision of credit institutions, forward the notification and a proposal for a decision whether or not to object to the acquisition to the ECB. The ECB will decide whether or not to object to the acquisition on the basis of the applicable assessment criteria. Within the assessment period the ECB may prohibit the intended acquisition in particular if there appears to be reason to assume that the acquirer or its directors and officers are not reliable or that the acquirer is not financially sound, that the participation would impair the effective supervision of the relevant credit institution, that a prospective managing director ( Geschäftsleiter) is not reliable or not qualified, that money laundering or financing of terrorism has occurred or been attempted in connection with the intended acquisition, or that there would be an increased risk of such illegal acts as a result of the intended acquisition. During the assessment period the BaFin may request further information necessary for its or the ECB’s assessment. Generally, such a request delays the expiration of the assessment period by up to 30 business days. If the information submitted is incomplete or incorrect the ECB may prohibit the intended acquisition.

If a person acquires a qualifying holding despite such prohibition or without making the required notification, the competent authority may prohibit the person from exercising the voting rights attached to the shares. In addition, non-compliance with the disclosure requirement may result in the imposition of a fine in accordance with statutory provisions. Moreover, the competent authority may order that any disposition of the shares requires its approval and may ultimately appoint a trustee to exercise the voting rights attached to the shares or to sell the shares to the extent they constitute a qualifying holding.

Review of Acquisition of 10 % of voting rights or more by the German Federal Ministry of Economics and Energy

105

Pursuant to the German Foreign Trade Act ( Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) and the German Foreign Trade Regulation ( Außenwirtschaftsverordnung), the direct or indirect acquisition of 25 % or more of the voting rights in a German company by investors from outside the European Union and the European Free Trade Association (Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway and Switzerland) or by entities which are owned by 25 % or more by investors from outside the aforementioned region may be reviewed by the German Federal Ministry of Economics and Energy (the “Ministry”). If the Ministry determines that the acquisition will likely affect the public policy or public security of Germany, it may impose conditions on or prohibit the acquisition or require that it is unwound. The acquirer may seek pre-clearance of a proposed acquisition from the Ministry. The Ministry must be notified in writing regarding the conclusion of a contract pertaining to the direct or indirect acquisition by an investor from outside the European Union and the European Free Trade Association of 10% or more of the voting rights in a German company which operates certain critical infrastructure or operates in other certain sensitive sectors (including inter alia certain technologies, IT, telecommunication, healthcare or the media). The Ministry must also be notified in writing regarding the conclusion of a contract pertaining to the direct or indirect acquisition by an investor from outside Germany of 10% or more of the voting rights in a German company operating in the defense or cryptology sector. If Deutsche Bank is considered to be a company which operates in any such critical infrastructure or sensitive sector, the Ministry would need to be notified of an acquisition of voting rights in Deutsche Bank that meets the abovementioned threshold. Pending clearance by the Ministry, an acquisition subject to this reporting requirement is legally void and may not be consummated. Consummating such an acquisition without clearance may result in monetary fines of up to € 500,000 or up to five years imprisonment. If the Ministry determines that the acquisition likely affects the German public order or security, or in case of an acquisition of voting rights in a German company active in the defense or cryptology sector determines that the acquisition poses a threat to essential security interests of Germany, it may impose conditions on or prohibit the acquisition or require that it is unwound in case it is implemented. The Ministry’s decision to review an acquisition must be made within two months following the Ministry’s knowledge of the conclusion of the acquisition contract, of the publication of the decision to launch a take-over bid or of the publication of the acquisition of control. The review must be completed within four months following receipt of the complete acquisition documents and any additional information requested by the Ministry. The Ministry can extend its review period up to an additional four months. A review is precluded if more than five years have passed since the acquisition. On January 22, 2021 the Ministry published a draft revision of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) may result in further restrictions.

EU Short Selling Regulation (ban on naked short selling)

Regulation (EU) No 236/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of March 14, 2012 on short selling and certain aspects of credit default swaps (the “EU Short Selling Regulation”) came into force on November 1, 2012. The EU Short Selling Regulation, the regulations adopted by the EU Commission implementing it, and the German act implementing the EU Short Selling Regulation replace the previously applicable German federal provisions governing the ban on naked short selling of shares and certain debt securities. (Short sales are sales of securities that the seller does not own, with the intention of buying back an identical security at a later point in time in order to be able to deliver the security. A short sale is “naked” when the seller has not borrowed the securities at the time of the short sale, or ensured they can be borrowed or obtained under a similar arrangement.) Under the EU Short Selling Regulation, except for certain exemptions, naked short sales of listed shares are not permitted. Short sales of listed shares that are covered by borrowing or similar arrangements are subject to the following transparency requirements. Significant net short positions in shares must be reported to the BaFin and, if a certain threshold is exceeded, they must also be publicly disclosed. Net short positions are calculated by netting the long and short positions held by a natural or legal person in the issued capital of the company concerned. The details are set forth in the EU Short Selling Regulation and the regulations adopted by the EU Commission implementing it. In certain situations described in greater detail in the EU Short Selling Regulation, the BaFin is permitted to limit short selling and comparable transactions.

Disclosure of Transactions of Managers

Art. 19 of Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of April 16, 2014 on market abuse (the “EU Market Abuse Regulation”) requires persons with management responsibilities (“Managers”) in a listed company like Deutsche Bank AG to notify the company and the BaFin of their own transactions in shares or debt instruments of the company or financial instruments based thereon, in particular derivatives. Such notifications must be made promptly and no later than three business days after the date of the transaction. The notification obligation also applies to persons who are closely associated with a Manager. The obligation does not apply if the aggregate annual transactions by a Manager or persons with whom he or she is closely associated do not, individually, exceed a certain threshold amount through the end of a calendar year. The BaFin has made use of its authority to increase the threshold of € 5,000 set forth in the EU Marked Abuse Regulation to the maximum possible amount of € 20,000.

Deutsche Bank AG is required to promptly publish any notification received but in any case no later than two business days after receipt of such notification. The publication must be made in a manner which enables fast access to this information on a non-discriminatory basis in accordance with the implementing standards published by the European Securities and Markets Authority. Furthermore, Deutsche Bank AG must without undue delay notify the BaFin and forward the notification to the Company Register (Unternehmensregister). For the purposes of the EU Market Abuse Regulation, the following persons are deemed to be a Manager: members of management, administrative or supervisory bodies of Deutsche Bank AG as well as senior executives who are not such members but who have regular access to inside information relating directly or indirectly to the Company and who have power to take managerial decisions affecting the future developments and business prospects of the Company. The following persons are deemed to be closely associated with a Manager: spouses, registered civil partners ( eingetragene Lebenspartner), dependent children and other relatives who at the time of the transaction requiring notification have lived in the same household with the Manager for at least one year. Legal entities for which the aforementioned persons have management responsibilities are also subject to the notification requirement. The aforementioned provisions also apply to legal entities, companies and institutions directly or indirectly controlled by a Manager or by a person closely associated with a Manager, which have been founded to the benefit of such a person, or whose economic interests correspond to a considerable extent to those of such a person. Non-compliance with the notification requirements may result in a fine.

Material Contracts

In the usual course of our business, we enter into numerous contracts with various other entities. We have not, however, entered into any material contracts outside the ordinary course of our business within the past two years.


106

Exchange Controls

As in other member states of the European Union, regulations issued by the competent European Union authorities to comply with United Nations resolutions have caused freeze orders on assets of certain legal and natural persons designated in such regulations. In addition, the European Union maintained a wide range of autonomous economic and financial sanctions on Iran. While all nuclear-related economic and financial EU sanctions against Iran were repealed on January   16, 2016, some restrictions remain in force.

With some exceptions, corporations or individuals residing in Germany are required to report to the Bundesbank any payment received from, or made to or for the account of, a nonresident corporation or individual that exceeds € 12,500 (or the equivalent in a foreign currency). This reporting requirement is for statistical purposes.

Subject to the above-mentioned exceptions, there are currently no German laws, decrees or regulations that would prevent the transfer of capital or remittance of dividends or other payments to our shareholders who are not residents or citizens of Germany.

There are also no restrictions under German law or our Articles of Association concerning the right of nonresident or foreign shareholders to hold our shares or to exercise any applicable voting rights. Where the investment reaches or exceeds certain thresholds, however, certain reporting obligations apply and the investment may become subject to review by the BaFin, the European Central Bank and other competent authorities. For more information see “Item 10: Additional Information – Notification Requirements”.

Taxation

The following is a discussiongeneral summary of material German and United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares for a resident of the United States for purposes of the income tax convention between the United States and Germany (the “Treaty”) who is fully eligible for benefits under the Treaty. A U.S. resident will generally be entitled to Treaty benefits if it is:

The Treaty benefits discussed below generally are not available to shareholders who hold shares in connection with the conduct of business through a permanent establishment in Germany. The summary does not discuss the treatment of those
shareholders.

The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to any particular shareholder, including tax considerations that arise from rules of general application or that are generally assumed to be known by shareholders. In particular, the summary deals only with shareholders that will hold shares as capital assets and does not address the tax treatment of shareholders that are subject to special rules, such as fiduciaries of pension (e.g. U.S. pension funds), profit-sharing or other employee benefit plans, banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that hold shares as a position in a straddle, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated financial transaction, persons that elect mark-to-market treatment, persons that own, directly or indirectly, 10 % or more of our stock, measured by vote or value, persons that hold shares through a partnership or hybrid entity and persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar. The summary is based on German and U.S. laws, treaties and regulatory interpretations, including in the United States current and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect).

Shareholders should consult their own advisors regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares in light of their particular circumstances, as well as the effect of any state, local or other national laws.


107

Taxation of Dividends

In general, dividends that we pay are subject to German withholding tax at an aggregate rate of 26.375 % (consisting of a 25 % withholding tax and a 1.375 % surcharge). Under the Treaty, a U.S. resident will be entitled to receive a refund from the German tax authorities of 11.375 in respect of a declared dividend of 100. For example, for a declared dividend of 100, a U.S. resident initially will receive 73.625 and may claim a refund from the German tax authorities of 11.375 and, therefore, receive a total cash payment of 85 (i.e., 85 % of the declared dividend). According to an amendment of the German Investment Tax Act dividends received by a fund within the meaning of the German Investment Tax Act are generally subject to 15 % German withholding tax equal to the Treaty tax rate. U.S. residents who are entitled to a refund of more than 11.375 % (e.g. U.S. pension funds) have to fulfil further requirements according to para. 50j German Income Tax Act, in particular certain holding requirements.

For U.S. tax purposes, a U.S. resident will be deemed to have received total dividends of 100. The gross amount of dividends that a U.S. resident receives (which includes amounts withheld in respect of German withholding tax) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as foreign source dividend income, and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations. German withholding tax at the 15 % rate provided under the Treaty will be treated as a foreign income tax that, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. tax law, is eligible for credit against a U.S. resident’s U.S. federal income tax liability or, at its election, may be deducted in computing taxable income. Thus, for a declared dividend of 100, a U.S. resident will be deemed to have paid German taxes of 15. A U.S. resident cannot claim credits for German taxes that would have been refunded to it if it had filed a claim for refund. Foreign tax credits will not be allowed for withholding taxes imposed in respect of certain short-term or hedged positions. The creditability of foreign withholding taxes may be limited in certain situations, including where the burden of foreign taxes is separated inappropriately from the related foreign income.

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, “qualified dividends” received by certain non-corporate U.S. shareholders will generally be subject to taxation in the United States at a lower rate than other ordinary income. Dividends received will be qualified dividends if we (i) are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has approved for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and (ii) were not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”). The Treaty has been approved for purposes of the qualified dividend rules, and we believe we qualify for benefits under the Treaty. The determination of whether we are a PFIC must be made annually and is dependent on the particular facts and circumstances at the time. It requires an analysis of our income and valuation of our assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets. Based on our audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe that we were not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to our taxable years ended December   31, 2018 or December   31, 2019. In addition, based on our current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets, the sources and nature of our income, and relevant market and shareholder data, we do not currently anticipate becoming a PFIC for our taxable year ending December   31, 2020, or for the foreseeable future. However, the PFIC rules are complex and their application to financial services companies is unclear. Each U.S. shareholder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the potential applicability of the PFIC regime to us and its implications for their particular circumstances.

If a U.S. resident receives a dividend paid in euros, it will recognize income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If dividends are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. resident generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income but may be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of a refund in respect of German withholding tax to the extent the U.S. dollar value of the refund differs from the U.S. dollar equivalent of that amount on the date of receipt of the underlying dividend.

Refund Procedures

To claim a refund, a U.S. resident must submit, within four years from the end of the calendar year in which the dividend is received, a claim for refund to the German tax authorities. The claim for refund must be accompanied by a withholding tax certificate (Kapitalertragsteuerbescheinigung) on an officially prescribed form and issued by the institution that withheld the tax.

108

Claims for refunds are made on a German claim for refund form, which must be filed with the German tax authorities: Bundeszentralamt für Steuern, An der Küppe 1, D-53225 Bonn, Germany. The German claim for refund forms can be downloaded from the homepage of the Bundeszentralamt für Steuern (www.bzst.de). A special form is available in cases para. 50j German Income Tax Act is applicable. A U.S. resident must also submit to the German tax authorities a certification (on IRS Form 6166) with respect to its last filed U.S. federal income tax return. Requests for IRS Form 6166 are made on IRS Form 8802, which requires payment of a user fee. IRS Form 8802 and its instructions can be obtained from the IRS website at www.irs.gov. Instead of the individual refund procedure described above, a U.S. resident may use an IT-supported quick-refund procedure (“Datenträgerverfahren – DTV”/“Data Medium Procedure – DMP”). If the U.S. resident’s bank or broker elects to participate in the DMP, it will perform administrative functions necessary to claim the Treaty refund for the beneficiaries. The refund beneficiaries must provide specified information to the DMP participant and confirm to the DMP participant that they meet the conditions of the Treaty provisions and that they authorize the DMP participant to file applications and receive notices and payments on their behalf.

The refund beneficiaries also must provide a “certification of filing a tax return” on IRS Form 6166 with the DMP participant. In addition, if the individual refund procedure requires a withholding tax certificate (see above), such certificate is generally also necessary under the DMP.

The German tax authorities reserve the right to audit the entitlement to tax refunds for several years following their payment pursuant to the Treaty in individual cases. The DMP participant must assist with the audit by providing the necessary details or by forwarding the queries to the respective refund beneficiaries/shareholders. Presently the DMP cannot be used if the Treaty tax rate is below 15 % or if a holder of Depository Receipts claims a refund.

The German tax authorities will issue refunds denominated in euros. In the case of shares held through banks or brokers participating in the Depository Trust Company, the refunds will be issued to the Depository Trust Company, which will convert the refunds to U.S. dollars. The resulting amounts will be paid to banks or brokers for the account of holders.

If a U.S. resident holds its shares through a bank or broker who elects to participate in the DMP, it could take at least three weeks for it to receive a refund after a combined claim for refund has been filed with the German tax authorities. If a U.S. resident files a claim for refund directly with the German tax authorities, it could take at least eight months for it to receive a refund. The length of time between filing a claim for refund and receipt of that refund is uncertain and we can give no assurances as to when any refund will be received.

Germany recently initiated a reform of the refund procedures. If implemented, such reform would, among other elements, retire DMP and paper-based refund systems. A U.S. resident holder would generally have to file a claim for refund electronically after 2022. For dividends received by a U.S. holder after 2023 withholding tax certificates would be replaced by electronic submission of data directly to the tax authorities by the institution that withheld the tax. Such reform proposals may change in the course of the legislative procedure.

Taxation of Capital Gains

Under the Treaty, a U.S. resident will generally not be subject to German capital gains tax in respect of a sale or other disposition of shares. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of shares in an amount equal to the difference between such holder’s tax basis in the shares and the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from their sale or other disposition. Such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for more than one year. The net amount of long-term capital gain realized by an individual generally is subject to taxation at a lower rate than ordinary income. Any such gain generally would be treated as income arising from sources within the United States; any such loss would generally be allocated against U.S. source income. The ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income is subject to limitations.

Shareholders whose shares are held in an account with a German bank or financial services institution (including a German branch of a non-German bank or financial services institution) are urged to consult their own advisors. This summary does not discuss their particular tax situation.

United States Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividends and payments of the proceeds on a sale of shares, paid within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding unless the U.S. resident (i) is a corporation (other than an S corporation) or other exempt recipient or (ii) provides a taxpayer identification number and certifies (on IRS Form W-9) that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. Shareholders that are not U.S. persons generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding.

However, a non-U.S. person may be required to provide a certification (generally on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) of its non-U.S. status in connection with payments received in the United States or through a U.S.-related financial intermediary.


109

Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Shareholders may be subject to other U.S. information reporting requirements. Shareholders should consult their own advisors regarding the application of U.S. information reporting rules in light of their particular circumstances.

German Gift and Inheritance Taxes

Under the current estate, inheritance and gift tax treaty between the United States and Germany (the “Estate Tax Treaty”), a transfer of shares generally will not be subject to German gift or inheritance tax so long as the donor or decedent, and the heir, donee or other beneficiary, were not domiciled in Germany for purposes of the Estate Tax Treaty at the time the gift was made, or at the time of the decedent’s death, and the shares were not held in connection with a permanent establishment or fixed base in Germany.

The Estate Tax Treaty provides a credit against U.S. federal estate and gift tax liability for the amount of inheritance and gift tax paid in Germany, subject to certain limitations, where shares are subject to German inheritance or gift tax and United States federal estate or gift tax.

Other German Taxes

There are currently no German net wealth, transfer, stamp or other similar taxes that would apply to a U.S. resident as a result of the receipt, purchase, ownership or sale of shares.

Dividends and Paying Agents

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Statement by Experts

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Documents on Display

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You may inspect and copy these materials, including this document and its exhibits, at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the materials from the Public Reference Room at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the Commission’s Public Reference Room by calling the Commission in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our Securities and Exchange Commission filings are also available over the Internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov under File Number 001-15242.

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.


110

Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk

For Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk, please see “Management Report: Risk Report” in the Annual Report 2020.

Please see pages S-1 through S-18 of the Supplemental Financial Information, which pages are incorporated by reference herein, for information required by SEC Industry Guide 3.

Item 12: Description of Securities other than Equity Securities

Our ordinary shares are not represented by American Depositary Receipts and accordingly no information is required to be provided pursuant to Item 12.D.3 and Item 12.D.4. The remainder of the information required by this Item 12 and by Instruction 2(d) under the Instructions as to Exhibits of Form 20-F is provided as Exhibit 2.2 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

111

PART II

Item 13: Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Not applicable.

Item 14: Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

According to recent changes to the German Banking Act ( Kreditwesengesetz) and the German Recovery and Resolution Act ( Sanierungs- und Abwicklungsgesetz), additional restrictions on distributions may apply or will apply, as the case may be, when we are in breach of capital requirements. In particular, under the new regime, a credit institution, such as us, will be considered as failing to meet the combined buffer requirement where it does not have sufficient own funds in an amount and of the quality needed to meet at the same time (i) its minimum capital requirements under the CRR, (ii) certain “Pillar 2” capital requirements, and (iii) the sum of the capital buffers applicable to the relevant credit institution. In calculating the respective amounts that may be distributed (so-called “Maximum Distributable Amount” or “MDA”), we will have to take certain “Pillar 2” capital requirements into account. We would also be subject to MDA restrictions in instances of non-compliance with our leverage ratio buffer introduced in the CRR (so-called “L-MDA”) from January 2022 onwards. In addition, we are subject to additional restrictions on distributions (so-called “M-MDA”) if we breach the harmonized minimum TLAC requirement under the CRR and our institution-specific minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities set by the Single Resolution Board.

Item 15: Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule   13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of December 31, 2020. There are, as described below, inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any control system, including disclosure controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the firm’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). As of December 31, 2020, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the assessment performed, management has determined that our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 was effective based on the COSO framework (2013).

112

Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, the registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this document, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting, which is set forth below.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes, and our report dated March 8, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

113


/s/ Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

Eschborn/Frankfurt am Main, Germany

March 8, 2021

Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation referred to above that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. As such, disclosure controls and procedures or systems for internal control over financial reporting may not prevent all error and all fraud. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and any design may not succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Item 16A: Audit Committee Financial Expert

Please see “Corporate Governance Statement according to Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code: Auditing and Controlling: Audit Committee Financial Expert” in the Annual Report 2020.

Item 16B: Code of Ethics

Please see “Corporate Governance Statement according to Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code: Values and Leadership Principles of Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group: Deutsche Bank Group Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers” in the Annual Report 2020.

Item 16C: Principal accountant fees and services

Please see “Management Report: Corporate Governance Statement/Corporate Governance Report: Auditing and Controlling: Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in the Annual Report 2020.

Item 16D: Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

114

Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the corporate governance rules of which require a foreign private issuer such as us to have an audit committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These requirements include a requirement that the audit committee be composed of members that are “independent” of the issuer, as defined in the Rule, subject to certain exemptions, including an exemption for employees who are not executive officers of the issuer if the employees are elected or named to the board of directors or audit committee pursuant to the issuer’s governing law or documents, an employee collective bargaining or similar agreement or other home country legal or listing requirements. The German Co-Determination Act of 1976 ( Mitbestimmungsgesetz) requires that the shareholders elect half of the members of the supervisory board of large German companies, such as us, and that employees in Germany elect the other half. Employee-elected members are typically themselves employees or representatives of labor unions representing employees. Pursuant to law and practice, committees of the Supervisory Board are typically composed of both shareholder- and employee-elected members. Of the current members of our Audit Committee, four – Henriette Mark, Gabriele Platscher, Detlef Polaschek and Bernd Rose – are current employees of Deutsche Bank who have been elected as Supervisory Board members by the employees. None of them is an executive officer. Accordingly, their service on the Audit Committee is permissible pursuant to the exemption from the independence requirements provided for by paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(C) of the Rule. We do not believe the reliance on such exemption would materially adversely affect the ability of the Audit Committee to act independently and to satisfy the other requirements of the Rule.

Item 16E: Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

In 2020, we repurchased a total of 25,499,999 shares, for group purposes pursuant to share buybacks authorized by the General Meeting. None were via derivatives. During the period from January 1, 2020 until the 2020 Annual General Meeting on May 20, 2020 we repurchased 25,499,999 shares, of which none were via derivatives, of our ordinary shares pursuant to the authorization granted by the Annual General Meeting on May 23, 2019, at an average price of € 7.98 and for a total consideration of € 204 million. This authorization was replaced by a new authorization to buy back shares approved by the Annual General Meeting on May 20, 2020. Under the new authorization, up to 206,677,313 shares may be repurchased through April 30, 2025. Of these, 103,338,656 shares may be purchased by using derivatives. During the period from the 2020 Annual General Meeting until December 31, 2020, no shares were brought back. At December 31, 2020, the number of shares held in Treasury from buybacks totaled 1.3 million. This figure stems from one share at the beginning of the year, plus 25.5 million shares from buybacks in 2020, less 24.2 million shares which were used to fulfill delivery obligations in the course of share-based compensation of employees. We did not cancel any shares in 2020.

In addition to these share buybacks for group purposes, pursuant to a shareholder authorization approved at our 2020 Annual General Meeting, we are authorized to buy and sell, for the purpose of securities trading, our ordinary shares through April 30, 2025, provided that number of shares held for this purpose may not at any time exceed 10 % of the company’s share capital. The shares may be bought through the stock exchange or by means of a public purchase offer to all shareholders. The gross volume of these securities trading transactions is often large, and even the net amount of such repurchases or sales may, in a given month, be large, though over longer periods of time such transactions tend to offset and are in any event constrained by the 10   % of share capital limit. These securities trading transactions consist predominantly of transactions on major non-US securities exchanges. We also enter into derivative contracts with respect to our shares and limited to shares in a maximum volume of 5   % of the actual share capital.

The following table sets forth, for each month in 2020 and for the year as a whole, the total gross number of our shares repurchased by us and our affiliated purchasers (pursuant to both activities described above), the total gross number of shares sold, the net number of shares purchased or sold, the average price paid per share (based on the gross shares repurchased), the number of shares that were purchased for group purposes mentioned above and the maximum number of shares that at that date remained eligible for purchase under such programs.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities in 2020

Month

Total number of shares purchased

Total number of shares sold

Net number of shares purchased or (sold)

Average price paid per share (in €)

Number of shares purchased for group purposes

Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under plans or programs

January

4,041,854

3,851,518

190,336

7.67

3,399,999

194,977,313

February

14,192,512

1,590,564

12,601,948

9.75

12,600,000

182,377,313

March

2,214,770

13,608,544

(11,393,774)

6.93

0

182,377,313

April

10,386,862

1,981,839

8,405,023

5.65

9,500,000

172,877,313

May

825,470

832,196

(6,726)

6.79

0

206,677,313

June

633,735

1,248,135

(614,400)

9.86

0

206,677,313

July

98,916

(96,007)

194,923

8.65

0

206,677,313

August

76,580

1,515,953

(1,439,373)

8.02

0

206,677,313

September

1,121,058

7,473,550

(6,352,492)

7.94

0

206,677,313

October

67,929

119,738

(51,809)

7.71

0

206,677,313

November

1,069,386

1,259,090

(189,704)

8.96

0

206,677,313

December

329,633

998,776

(669,143)

9.17

0

206,677,313

Total 2020

35,058,705

34,383,896

674,809

7.95

25,499,999

206,677,313

115

At December 31, 2020, the number of shares held by us in treasury totaled 1,346,166. This figure stems from 671,357 shares at the beginning of the year, plus 674,809 net shares purchased in 2020. At December 31, 2020, our issued share capital consisted of 2,066,773,131 ordinary shares, of which 2,065,426,965 were outstanding.

Item 16F: Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Recent European and national regulations require a rotation of the external auditor at regular intervals. The Bank’s tender process for a new external auditor was announced in February 2018. An extensive and rigorous evaluation process held over seven months was run independently by the Audit Committee of the Bank’s Supervisory Board. As a result of the required rotation, the Bank did not request KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (“KPMG”), the Bank’s previous external auditor, to submit a tender proposal to stand for re-election as auditor, and the engagement of KPMG terminated as of March 23, 2020.

The Bank’s Supervisory Board decided to recommend the appointment of Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungs- gesellschaft (“EY”) as external auditor. This recommendation was approved by the Bank’s shareholders at the 2019 Annual General Meeting on May 23, 2019. The appointment of EY as external auditor for fiscal year 2020 and interim periods through the 2021 Annual General Meeting was approved by the Bank’s shareholders at the 2020 Annual General Meeting on May 20, 2020.

The disclosure called for by paragraph (a) of this Item 16F was previously reported, as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, in the Bank’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 20, 2020.

Item 16G: Corporate Governance

Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as well as on all seven German stock exchanges. Set forth below is a description of the significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those applicable to U.S. domestic companies under the New York Stock Exchange’s listing standards as set forth in its Listed Company Manual (the “NYSE Manual”).

The Legal Framework. Corporate governance principles for German stock corporations ( Aktiengesellschaften) are set forth in the German Stock Corporation Act ( Aktiengesetz), the German Co-Determination Act of 1976 ( Mitbestimmungsgesetz) and the German Corporate Governance Code ( Deutscher Corporate Governance Kodex, referred to as the Code).

The Two-Tier Board System of a German Stock Corporation. The German Stock Corporation Act provides for a clear separation of management and oversight functions. It therefore requires German stock corporations to have both a supervisory board (Aufsichtsrat) and a management board (Vorstand). These boards are separate; no individual may be a member of both. Both the members of the management board and the members of the supervisory board must exercise the standard of care of a diligent business person to the company. In complying with this standard of care they are required to take into account a broad range of considerations, including the interests of the company and those of its shareholders, employees and creditors.

The management board is responsible for managing the company and representing the company in its dealings with third parties. The management board is also required to ensure appropriate risk management within the corporation and to establish an internal monitoring system. The members of the management board, including its chairperson or speaker, are regarded as peers and share a collective responsibility for all management decisions.

116

The supervisory board appoints and removes the members of the management board. It also may appoint a chairman (CEO) and one or more deputy chairmen of the management board. Although it is not permitted to make management decisions, the supervisory board has comprehensive monitoring functions with respect to the activities of the management board, including advising the management board and participating in decisions of fundamental importance to the company. To ensure that these monitoring functions are carried out properly, the management board must, among other things, regularly report to the supervisory board with regard to current business operations and business planning, including any deviation of actual developments from concrete and material targets previously presented to the supervisory board. The supervisory board may also request special reports from the management board at any time. Transactions of fundamental importance to the company, such as major strategic decisions or other actions that may have a fundamental impact on the company’s assets and liabilities, financial condition or results of operations, may be subject to the consent of the supervisory board. Pursuant to our Articles of Association (Satzung), such transactions include the granting of general powers of attorney, the granting of credits, including the acquisition of participations in other companies for which the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) requires approval by the Supervisory Board, as well as major acquisitions or disposals of real estate or other participations.

Pursuant to the German Co-Determination Act, our Supervisory Board consists of representatives elected by the shareholders and representatives elected by the employees in Germany. Based on the total number of Deutsche Bank employees in Germany these employees have the right to elect one-half of the total of twenty Supervisory Board members. The chairperson of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank is a shareholder representative who has the deciding vote in the event of a tie.

This two-tier board system contrasts with the unitary board of directors envisaged by the relevant laws of all U.S. states and the New York Stock Exchange listing standards for U.S. companies.

German companies which have their shares listed on a stock exchange must each year issue a statement on the company’s corporate governance and either include such statement in their annual management report or publish it separately on their website.

The Recommendations of the Code. The Code was issued in 2002 by a commission composed of German corporate governance experts appointed by the German Federal Ministry of Justice in 2001. The Code was last amended in December 2019 with effect of March 20, 2020. It describes and summarizes the basic mandatory statutory corporate governance principles found in the provisions of German law. In addition, it contains supplemental recommendations and suggestions for standards on responsible corporate governance intended to reflect generally accepted best practice.

The Code is structured from a task perspective and addresses seven core areas of corporate governance. These are the tasks of (a) management and supervision, (b) appointment of candidates to the management board, (c) composition of the supervisory board, (d) supervisory board procedures, (e) conflicts of interest, (f) transparency and external reporting as well as (g) the remuneration of the members of the management board and the supervisory board. The Code contains three types of provisions. First, the Code contains principles which reflect material legal requirements for responsible governance, and are used in the Code to inform investors and other stakeholders. The second type of provisions is recommendations. While these are not legally binding, Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act requires that any German exchange-listed company declare annually that the company complies with the recommendations of the Code or, if not, which recommendations the company does not comply with and the reasons for the non-compliance (“comply or explain”). The third type of Code provisions comprises suggestions which companies may choose not to comply with without disclosure. The Code contains a significant number of such suggestions, covering almost all of the core areas of corporate governance it addresses.

In their last Declaration of Conformity of October 30, 2020, the Management Board and the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank stated that, since the last Declaration of Conformity issued on October 30, 2019, they have acted and will act in the future in conformity with the recommendations of the Code, with certain specified exceptions. The Declaration of Conformity is available on Deutsche Bank’s internet website at www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm.

Supervisory Board Committees. The supervisory board may form committees. Pursuant to the German Stock Corporation Act, any supervisory board committee must regularly report to the supervisory board.

The German Co-Determination Act requires that the supervisory board form a mediation committee to propose candidates for the management board in the event that the two-thirds majority of the members of the supervisory board needed to appoint members of the management board is not met.

The German Stock Corporation Act specifically mentions the possibility to establish an “audit committee” to deal with the supervision of accounting processes, the efficiency of the internal control system the risk management system and the internal revision system as well as with the annual auditing, in particular with the selection and the independence of the external auditor and the additional services rendered by the external auditor. The Code recommends establishing such an “audit committee”. The Code also recommends establishing a “nomination committee” comprised only of shareholder-elected supervisory board members to prepare the supervisory board’s proposals for the election or appointment of new shareholder representatives to the supervisory board. In general the Code recommends that the supervisory board shall form – depending on the specific circumstances of the enterprise and the number of supervisory board members – committees of members with relevant specialist expertise which can handle subjects, such as corporate strategy, compensation of the members of the management board, investments and financing.

117

Sections 25d (7) to (12) of the German Banking Act require, depending on size and complexity of the respective credit institution, the establishment of supervisory board committees with specific tasks to be performed as follows: risk committee, audit committee, nomination committee (with tasks and composition requirements different from those set out in the Code) and compensation control committee. The Code’s recommendation that the nomination committee shall only comprise shareholder representatives is not complied with by Deutsche Bank AG because of mandatory special rules set forth in the German Banking Act, which assign further tasks to the nomination committee in addition to the preparation of proposals for the appointment of new shareholder representatives to the supervisory board. These further tasks do not justify the exclusion of employee representatives from the nomination committee. Based on the previous version of the Code, which was applicable until March 20, 2020, this non-compliance had to be disclosed and justified in the annual Declaration of Conformity. The current version of the Code provides that credit institutions and insurance companies are exempt from recommendations of the Code which conflict with special rules or regulations applicable to them. However, the Code recommends that in the case of such conflicts, companies indicate in their annual corporate governance statement what recommendations of the Code were not applicable to them.

The Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank has established a Chairman’s Committee ( Präsidialausschuss) which is inter alia responsible for conclusion, amendment and termination of employment and pension contracts with members of the Management Board, taking into account the responsibility of the Supervisory Board as a whole for the remuneration of the members of the Management Board, a Nomination Committee ( Nominierungsausschuss), an Audit Committee ( Prüfungsausschuss), a Risk Committee ( Risikoausschuss), an Integrity Committee ( Integritätsausschuss), a Compensation Control Committee ( Vergütungskontrollausschuss), a Strategy Committee ( Strategieausschuss), a Technology, Data and Innovation Committee ( Technologie-, Daten- und Innovationsausschuss) and a Mediation Committee ( Vermittlungsausschuss). The functions of a nominating/corporate governance committee and of a compensation committee required by the NYSE Manual for U.S. companies listed on the NYSE are therefore performed by the Supervisory Board or one of its committees, in particular the Chairman’s Committee, the Compensation Control Committee and the Mediation Committee.

Independent Board Members. The NYSE Manual requires that a majority of the members of the board of directors of a NYSE listed U.S. company and each member of its nominating/corporate governance, compensation and audit committees be “independent” according to strict criteria and that the board of directors determines that such member has no material direct or indirect relationship with the company.

As a foreign private issuer, Deutsche Bank is not subject to these requirements. However, its audit committee must meet the more lenient independence requirement of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. German corporate law does not require an affirmative independence determination, meaning that the Supervisory Board need not make affirmative findings that audit committee members are independent. However, the German Stock Corporation Act and the Code, as the case may be, contain several rules, recommendations and suggestions to ensure the supervisory board’s independent advice to, and supervision of, the management board. As noted above, no member of the management board may serve on the supervisory board (and vice versa). Supervisory board members will not be bound by directions or instructions from third parties. Any advisory, service or similar contract between a member of the supervisory board and the company is subject to the supervisory board’s approval. A similar requirement applies to loans granted by the company to a supervisory board member or other persons, such as certain members of a supervisory board member’s family. In addition, the German Stock Corporation Act prohibits a person who within the last two years was a member of the management board from becoming a member of the supervisory board of the same company unless he or she is elected upon the proposal of shareholders holding more than 25 % of the voting rights of the company.

The Code also recommends that each member of the supervisory board inform the supervisory board of any conflicts of interest. In the case of material conflicts of interest or ongoing conflicts, the Code recommends that the mandate of the Supervisory Board member shall end either as a result of such supervisory board member’s withdrawal or, failing that, based on his or her removal from office by the shareholders’ meeting. The Code further recommends that any conflicts of interest that have occurred be reported by the supervisory board at the annual general meeting, together with the action taken, and that potential conflicts of interest also be taken into account in the nomination process for the election of supervisory board members.

Audit Committee Procedures. Pursuant to the NYSE Manual the audit committee of a U.S. company listed on the NYSE must have a written charter addressing its purpose, an annual performance evaluation, and the review of an auditor’s report describing internal quality control issues and procedures and all relationships between the auditor and the company. The Audit Committee of Deutsche Bank operates under written terms of reference and reviews the efficiency of its activities regularly.

Disclosure of Corporate Governance Guidelines. Deutsche Bank discloses its Articles of Association, the Terms of Reference of its Management Board, its Supervisory Board, the Chairman’s Committee, the Audit Committee, the Risk Committee, the Integrity Committee, the Compensation Control Committee, the Nomination Committee, the Strategy Committee and the Technology, Data and Innovation Committee, its Declaration of Conformity under the Code pursuant to Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act and other documents pertaining to its corporate governance on its internet website at www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm.

118

Item 16H: Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

Disclosures Under Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012

Under Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13(r) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, an issuer of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is required to disclose in its periodic reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 certain of its activities and those of its affiliates relating to Iran and to other persons sanctioned by the U.S. under programs relating to terrorism and proliferation of weapons of mass destruction that occurred during the period covered by the report. We describe below a number of potentially disclosable activities of Deutsche Bank AG and its affiliates. Disclosure is generally required regardless of whether the activities, transactions or dealings were conducted in compliance with applicable law. Deutsche Bank also reports transactions in which other Iranian persons or entities listed on OFAC sanctions lists were involved, whether or not they are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Iranian government.

Legacy Contractual Obligations Related to Guarantees and Letters of Credit . Prior to 2007, we provided guarantees to a number of Iranian entities. In almost all of these cases, we issued counter-indemnities in support of guarantees issued by Iranian banks because the Iranian beneficiaries of the guarantees required that they be backed directly by Iranian banks. In 2007, we made a decision to discontinue issuing new guarantees to Iranian or Iran-related beneficiaries. Although the pre-existing guarantees stipulate that they must be either extended or honored if we receive such a demand and we are legally not able to terminate these guarantees, we decided to reject any “extend or pay” demands under such guarantees. Even though we had exited, where possible, many of these guarantees, guarantees with an aggregate face amount of approximately € 7.0 million are still outstanding as of year-end 2020. The gross revenues from this business segments. Seein 2020 which we received from non-Iranian parties were approximately € 31,000 and the net profit we derived from these activities was less than this amount.

We also have outstanding legacy guarantees in relation to a Syrian bank sanctioned by the U.S. under its non-proliferation program. The aggregate face amount of these legacy guarantees was approximately € 9.8 million as of December 31, 2020, the gross revenues received from non-Syrian parties for these guarantees were approximately € 65,000 in 2020 and the net profit we derived from these activities was less than this amount. We intend to exit these guarantee arrangements.

Payments Executed. Deutsche Bank continuous to severely restrict its policy on Iran and consequently the execution of such payments.

Incoming Payments.In 2020, we received 5 payments from Iranian government parties or persons sanctioned by the United States under its programs relating to terrorism or weapons of mass destruction, adding up to approximately € 12,000 in favor of non-Iranian clients Revenues for these incoming payments were less than € 50. These figures include relevant transactions for Iranian Embassy-related offices not included in the section on Iranian Consulates and Embassies below and in favor of our non-Iranian clients.

Outgoing Payments. In 2020, no outgoing payments were executed in favor of Iranian parties outside of Germany; with regards to the Iranian Embassy in Germany, see below.

Operations of Iranian Bank Branches and Subsidiaries in Germany. Several Iranian banks, including Bank Melli Iran, Bank Saderat, Bank Sepah, and Europäisch-Iranische Handelsbank, have branches or offices in Germany, even though their funds and other economic resources had been frozen earlier under European law. As part of the payment clearing system in Germany and other European countries, when these branches or offices needed to make payments in Germany or Europe to cover their day-to-day operations such as rent, taxes, insurance premiums and salaries for their remaining staff, or for any other kind of banking-related operations, fund transfers from these Iranian banks had been accepted through Target2.

In 2020, we executed approximately € 3.5 million in (almost only in-coming) transfers through Target2 across approximately 1,000 transactions and credited the relevant amounts to our non-Iranian clients. The gross revenues derived from these payments were approximately € 5,000.

We do not consider the execution of such transactions to be significant and we expect that we will continue to execute such transactions in the future.

119

Maintaining of Accounts for Iranian Consulates and Embassies. In 2020, Iranian embassies and consulates in Germany held accounts with us. The purpose of these accounts is the funding of day-to-day operational costs of the embassies and consulates, such as salaries, rent and electricity. In 2020, the total volume of outgoing payments from these accounts was approximately € 5.8 million which have been funded through € 4.5 million of incoming payments. From these activities, we derived gross revenues of approximately € 2,700 and net profits which were less than this amount. The German government has requested that we provide these services to enable the government of Iran to conduct its diplomatic relations and we intend to continue such maintenance.

Activities of Entities in Which We Have Interests. Section 13(r) requires us to provide the specified disclosure with respect to ourselves and our “affiliates,” as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. Although we have minority equity interests in certain entities that could arguably result in these entities being deemed “affiliates,” we do not have the authority or the legal ability to acquire in every instance the information from these entities that would be necessary to determine whether they are engaged in any disclosable activities under Section 13(r). In some cases, legally independent entities are not permitted to disclose the details of their activities to us because of German privacy and data protection laws or the applicable banking laws and regulations. In such cases, voluntary disclosure of such details could violate such legal and/or regulatory requirements and subject the relevant entities to criminal prosecution or regulatory investigations.

120

PART III

Item 17: Financial Statements

Not applicable.

Item 18: Financial Statements

The Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 20-F consist of the Consolidated Financial Statements including Notes 1 to 43 thereto, which are set forth as Part 2 of the Annual Report 2020, and, as described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates” thereto under “Basis of accounting – IFRS 7 disclosures”, certain parts of the Management Report set forth as Part 1 of the Annual Report 2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 have been audited by Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been audited by KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2020.

Item 19: Exhibits

We have filed the following documents as exhibits to this document.

Exhibit number

Description of Exhibit

1.1

English translation of the Articles of Association of Deutsche Bank AG, furnished as Exhibit 3.2 to our Report on Form 6-K dated January 11, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.

2.1

The total amount of long-term debt securities of us or our subsidiaries authorized under any instrument does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of our Group on a consolidated basis. We hereby agree to furnish to the Commission, upon its request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of us or of our subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed.

2.2

Descriptions of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

4.1

Equity Plan Rules 2017, furnished as Exhibit 4.6 to our 2016 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.2

Equity Plan Rules 2018, furnished as Exhibit 4.6 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 No. 333-223301 and incorporated by reference herein.

4.3

Equity Plan Rules 2019, furnished as Exhibit 4.5 to our 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.4

Equity Plan Rules 2020, furnished as Exhibit 4.5 to our 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.5

Equity Plan Rules 2021.

4.6

Key Retention Plan Equity Plan Rules 2017, furnished as Exhibit 4.7 to our 2016 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.7

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2018, furnished as Exhibit 4.8 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 No. 333-223301 and incorporated by reference herein.

4.8

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2019, furnished as Exhibit 4.8 to our 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.9

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2020, furnished as Exhibit 4.9 to our 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.10

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2021.

8.1

List of Subsidiaries.

12.1

Principal Executive Officer Certifications Required by 17 C.F.R. 240.13a-14(a).

12.2

Principal Financial Officer Certifications Required by 17 C.F.R. 240.13a-14(a).

13.1

Chief Executive Officer Certification Required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

13.2

Chief Financial Officer Certification Required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

14.1

Legal Opinion regarding confidentiality of related party customers.

15.1

Consent of Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftspruefungsgesellschaft .

15.2

Consent of KPMG AG Wirtschaftspruefungsgesellschaft.

101.1

Interactive Data File.

121

Signatures

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Date: March 12, 2021

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft

/s/CHRISTIAN SEWING

Christian Sewing

Chairman of the Management Board

Chief Executive Officer

/s/JAMES VON MOLTKE

James von Moltke

Member of the Management Board

Chief Financial Officer

122

Annual Report

2

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

3

Content

1 –

Combined Management Report

4

Operating and financial review

34

Outlook

41

Risks and opportunities

52

Risk report

166

Compensation report

214

Sustainability

215

Employees

219

Internal control over financial reporting

221

Information pursuant to section 315a (1) of the German Commercial Code and explanatory report

225

Corporate governance statement pursuant to sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code

225

Standalone parent company information (HGB)

2 –

Consolidated Financial Statements

233

Consolidated statement of income

234

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

235

Consolidated balance sheet

236

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

238

Consolidated statement of cash flows

240

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

274

Notes to the consolidated income statement

281

Notes to the consolidated balance sheet

333

Additional notes

391

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

3 –

Corporate Governance Statement/ Corporate Governance Report

402

Management Board and Supervisory Board

417

Reporting and transparency

417

Related party transactions

418

Auditing and controlling

421

Compliance with the German Corporate Governance Code

4 –

Supplementary Information

427

Non-GAAP financial measures

435

Declaration of backing

436

Group five-year record

437

Imprint/ Publications

2

[Pages III to XXIII intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


3

1-

Combined Management Report

4

Operating and financial review

4

Executive summary

7

Deutsche Bank Group

12

Results of operations

30

Financial position

32

Liquidity and capital resources

34

Outlook

41

Risks and opportunities

52

Risk report

54

Risk and capital overview

58

Risk and capital framework

68

Risk and capital management

111

Risk and capital performance

166

Compensation report

168

Management Board compensation report

199

Employee compensation report

211

Compensation system for Supervisory Board members

214

Sustainability

215

Employees

219

Internal control over financial reporting

221

Information pursuant to section 315a (1) of the German Commercial Code and explanatory report

225

Corporate governance statement pursuant to sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code

225

Standalone parent company information (HGB)

4

Operating and financial review

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes to them. Our Operating and financial review includes qualitative and quantitative disclosures on Segmental results of operations and entity wide disclosures on Net Revenue Components as required by International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) 8, “Operating Segments”. For additional Business Segment disclosure under IFRS 8 please refer to Note 4 “Business Segments and Related Information” to the consolidated financial statements for information regarding:

The Group’s segment reporting follows the organizational structure as reflected in its internal management reporting systems, which are the basis for assessing the financial performance of the business segments and for allocating resources to the business segments. The criterion for segmentation into divisions isConsolidated Financial Statements. Forward-looking statements are disclosed in our organizational structure as it existed at December 31, 2019. Prior period comparables were restated due to changes in the divisional structure.Outlook section.

2019

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total Consolidated

Net revenues1

5,264

6,961

8,245

2,332

208

155

23,165

Provision for credit losses

286

109

342

1

(14)

0

723

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

1,044

2,468

3,519

832

443

2,836

11,142

General and administrative expenses

3,169

3,763

3,978

851

2,811

(2,320)

12,253

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

492

0

545

0

0

0

1,037

Restructuring activities

137

169

126

29

143

40

644

Total noninterest expenses

4,842

6,401

8,168

1,711

3,397

556

25,076

Noncontrolling interests

0

20

(0)

152

1

(173)

0

Profit (loss) before tax

137

433

(265)

468

(3,177)

(229)

(2,634)

Cost/income ratio

92 %

92 %

99 %

73 %

N/M

N/M

108 %

Assets2

227,703

502,821

282,773

9,936

259,224

15,217

1,297,674

Additions to non-current assets

9

497

405

27

2

381

1,322

Risk-weighted assets

56,522

118,622

75,442

9,527

45,874

18,029

324,015

Leverage exposure (fully loaded)

262,505

439,354

292,028

4,643

126,905

42,605

1,168,040

Average allocated shareholders' equity

9,280

23,639

12,241

4,836

10,174

0

60,170

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity3

0 %

1 %

(2) %

7 %

(23)%

N/M

(10) %

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity3

0 %

1 %

(2) %

18 %

(23)%

N/M

(11) %

1 includes:

Net interest income

2,579

2,685

5,133

(39)

76

3,315

13,749

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

3

32

14

49

12

1

110

2 includes:

Equity method investments

66

412

82

276

90

4

929

Executive summary

The Global Economy

Economic growth (in %)¹

2020²

2019

Main driver

Global Economy

(3.3)

3.0

The COVID-19 pandemic led to unprecedented GDP declines in almost all countries in 2020 with few historical precedents though recovery in many regions progressed faster than expected. In spite of this, the historic economic disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic will still have lingering effects in the months ahead, and this may be protracted by widespread vaccination delays. By the end of 2020 resurgence of COVID-19 cases has been observed in some regions, and several countries have moved to re-impose containment measures.

Of which:

Industrialized countries

(5.1)

1.6

Industrialized countries responded to the COVID-19 pandemic with extensive fiscal and monetary support measures. They benefited from comparatively low borrowing costs. Economic activity improved faster than expected after the slump in the first half of the year, although second wave of infections slowed the recovery.

Emerging markets

(2.1)

4.0

Emerging markets had a demanding and fairly divergent entry point into the COVID-19 crisis, in terms of policy capacity and medical infrastructure. As a result and as expected, the growth shock in some countries was more pronounced and persistent. However, the slump was followed by a strong recovery, albeit divergent across regions.

Eurozone Economy

(6.8)

1.3

Following a sharp contraction in the first half of 2020, the Eurozone economy rebounded strongly. Households and businesses were supported by expanded fiscal policy measures and the European Central Bank’s expansionary monetary policy, which provided favorable financial conditions. At the beginning of the fourth quarter, a second wave of COVID-19 infections gained momentum and required renewed containment measures. A trade deal between the EU and the UK was finally agreed in December.

Of which: German economy

(5.0)

0.6

The economic slump in the first half of 2020 was historic, but the end of most lockdown restrictions in the second quarter resulted in a stronger-than-expected recovery. In the wake of massive fiscal support measures, the short-time work scheme helped to curb the rise in unemployment and strengthened household incomes. Nevertheless, rising COVID-19 infections created headwinds for economic momentum in the last quarter of 2020.

U.S. Economy

(3.5)

2.2

The U.S. economy experienced a massive contraction in the second quarter, followed by a stronger than expected recovery. The unemployment rate climbed to new record highs, but the labor market improved again as the recovery progressed. A strong second wave of COVID-19 in combination with delayed additional fiscal stimulus constrained the recovery. The Federal Reserve Bank (the “Fed”) acted quickly and aggressively to keep funds flowing freely in money and credit markets.

Japanese Economy

(4.9)

0.3

Economic activity recovered faster than expected in the third quarter. During a second wave of COVID-19 infections in summer, the government did not declare a nationwide state of emergency and instead tried to support economic activity. The Bank of Japan kept an accommodative policy stance, while paying attention to policy side effects. With maintained fiscal stimulus, there was less pressure on the Bank of Japan to ease.

Asian Economy³

(1.0)

5.2

The rebound from the COVID-19-driven plunge in economic activity has been stronger than anticipated. China, Japan and other north Asian economies have been relatively successful in controlling the virus and returning to or toward pre-virus levels of activity. Asian central banks have reached the limits of conventional stimulus through interest rate cuts.

Of which: Chinese Economy

2.3

6.0

The continued V-shaped recovery led to an expansion of the Chinese economy in 2020, reflecting the robust industrial sector and a faster-than-expected recovery in services activity, with real estate and transport services outperforming. This mainly contributed to the global recovery.

N/M – Not meaningful1
Annual Real GDP Growth (% YoY). Sources: National Authorities unless stated otherwise.

2Sources: Deutsche Bank Research.

3 Including China, India, Indonesia, Republic of Korea, and Taiwan, ex Japan.

5

The post-taxBanking Industry

Dec 31, 2020

Growth year-over-year (in %)

Corporate Lending

Retail Lending

Corporate Deposits

Retail Deposits

Main driver

Eurozone

5.5

3.2

18.6

7.5

Corporate loan growth was sharply higher year over year due to the recession, but has stabilized in recent months. Retail lending maintains momentum. The pandemic triggered a dramatic acceleration in corporate deposit growth, the strongest since the start of the monetary union in 1999, household deposits also expanded at the fastest pace since the financial crisis.

Of which: Germany

4.1

4.7

13.3

6.1

After an initial spike, corporate loan growth has slowed to its lowest level in three years as companies are flush with liquidity, and the strongest expansion in corporate deposits on record. Growth in retail loans overall and in mortgages particularly has plateaued at the highest level on record, while consumer lending is stagnating. Household deposits are rising the most since the financial crisis.

U.S.

7.4

(2.9)

21.4 1

21.4 1

Following an exceptional surge in corporate loans at the beginning of the pandemic, volumes are shrinking now and year over year growth has come down to near the pre-crisis pace. Over the course of the crisis, household lending turned from robust growth to the sharpest contraction since the aftermath of the financial crisis. The current crisis has also caused momentum in total deposits to accelerate from a substantial increase to extraordinary speed, where it has recently stabilized.

China

13.0

14.2

10.8

13.8

Retail lending (and deposit-taking) have maintained their dynamic expansion, while corporate lending (and deposit-taking) have picked up to a similar level.

1Total U.S. deposits as segment breakdown is not available.

2020 was a very strong year for investment banking. Debt capital markets broke previous records across the board, including with regard to investment grade, high yield and sovereign issuances. Similarly, equity capital markets reached an all-time high, driven by follow-on transactions and convertibles, while the Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) market was also very strong. Mergers & acquisitions (M&A) activity slumped in the first half of 2020 but posted the strongest second half of 2020 on record, leading to only modestly lower announced deal volumes in the full year compared to 2019 and still a solid result in total. Investment banking fee income surged to a new record, driven by the U.S. and China, whereas Europe lagged behind slightly. Equity trading volumes were far higher than a year ago, especially in the U.S., while fixed income trading saw a moderate uptick and derivatives were flat.

Deutsche Bank performance

Deutsche Bank reported a profit before tax of € 1 billion for the full year 2020, remained on track to achieve key milestones in its transformation journey, including a significant reduction in costs, and to build a firm foundation for sustainable profitability despite significant strains of the global COVID-19 pandemic. Significant profit growth in the re-focused Core Bank more than offset the costs of transformation-related effects together with elevated provisions for credit losses. Our businesses made considerable progress against its strategic objectives driving visible franchise improvements and revenue growth while maintaining strict cost and risk discipline. Strong capital and liquidity reserves enabled Deutsche Bank to resolutely support clients during 2020.

Deutsche Bank reported a net profit of € 612 million in 2020. Pre-tax profit was € 1 billion in 2020 after absorbing transformation charges of € 490 million and restructuring and severance expenses of € 688 million. The Core Bank, which excludes the Capital Release Unit, reported a pre-tax profit of € 3.2 billion in 2020 versus € 536 million in 2019. Adjusting for transformation charges of € 328 million, restructuring and severance expenses of € 671 million and specific revenue items of negative € 38 million, pre-tax profit in the Core Bank would have been € 4.2 billion, up 51 % versus 2019 on a comparable basis.

Revenues excluding specific items, Adjusted costs, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges and expenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance, Adjusted profit (loss) before tax, Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rateNet Assets (adjusted) are non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report for the Group, which was (100) % for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equitydefinitions of such measures and average shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributedreconciliations to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28 % for the year ended December 31, 2019.IFRS measures on which they are based.

6

Group Key Performance Indicators

Near-term operating performance

Status end of 2020

Status end of 2019

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity¹

0.2 %

(10.9) %

Adjusted costs excl. transformation charges2

€ 19.9 bn

€ 21.6 bn

Employees3

84,659

87,597

Capital performance

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio4

13.6 %

13.6 %

Leverage ratio (fully loaded)4

4.7 %

4.2 %

1Based on profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after AT1 coupon. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report.

182Excluding transformation charges but including expenses of € 360 million eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report.

2018

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total Consolidated

Net revenues1

5,263

7,467

8,641

2,187

1,878

(120)

25,316

Provision for credit losses

145

70

347

(1)

(36)

1

525

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

1,035

2,666

3,613

787

635

3,079

11,814

General and administrative expenses

2,780

3,650

3,932

929

2,652

(2,656)

11,286

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Restructuring activities

31

200

49

19

62

(1)

360

Total noninterest expenses

3,846

6,517

7,593

1,735

3,349

421

23,461

Noncontrolling interests

0

24

(0)

85

1

(109)

0

Profit (loss) before tax

1,273

856

701

368

(1,435)

(433)

1,330

Cost/income ratio

73 %

87 %

88 %

79 %

N/M

N/M

93 %

Assets2

215,177

458,191

288,513

10,030

370,363

5,864

1,348,137

Additions to non-current assets

13

500

584

43

1

506

1,647

Risk-weighted assets

58,162

124,410

69,308

10,365

72,144

16,045

350,432

Leverage exposure (fully loaded)

247,137

419,313

299,577

5,044

281,109

20,746

1,272,926

Average allocated shareholders' equity

9,987

23,155

12,231

4,659

12,577

0

62,610

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity3

9 %

2 %

4 %

6 %

(9)%

N/M

(0) %

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity3

9 %

2 %

4 %

17 %

(9)%

N/M

(0) %

1 includes:

Net interest income

2,327

2,138

5,217

(51)

259

3,302

13,192

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

3

157

2

41

10

6

219

2 includes:

Equity method investments

63

406

78

240

87

5

879

N/M – Not meaningful
3 The post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group, which was 74 % for the year ended December 31, 2018. For the post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28 % for the year ended December 31, 2018.Internal full-time equivalents.

2017

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total Consolidated

Net revenues1

5,376

8,303

8,732

2,532

2,044

(539)

26,447

Provision for credit losses

41

51

325

(1)

110

(0)

525

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

1,104

2,866

3,635

812

758

3,078

12,253

General and administrative expenses

2,746

3,821

4,138

978

2,788

(2,497)

11,973

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

6

0

12

3

0

0

21

Restructuring activities

20

40

358

6

21

1

447

Total noninterest expenses

3,876

6,727

8,143

1,799

3,567

582

24,695

Noncontrolling interests

0

26

(12)

1

0

(16)

0

Profit (loss) before tax

1,459

1,498

275

732

(1,633)

(1,105)

1,228

Cost/income ratio

72 %

81 %

93 %

71%

N/M

N/M

93 %

Assets2

248,335

471,539

278,014

8,050

462,212

6,582

1,474,732

Additions to non-current assets

2

124

655

60

3

960

1,803

Risk-weighted assets3

57,760

120,316

70,138

8,432

72,243

15,322

344,212

Leverage exposure (fully loaded)

275,580

426,311

289,314

2,870

384,435

16,378

1,394,886

Average allocated shareholders' equity

10,143

22,553

11,886

4,505

14,087

752

63,926

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity4

9 %

4 %

1 %

11 %

(8)%

N/M

(2) %

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity4

10 %

4 %

1 %

59 %

(9)%

N/M

(2) %

1 includes:

Net interest income

2,433

2,122

5,120

(19)

667

2,055

12,378

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

6

70

3

44

5

9

137

2 includes:

Equity method investments

62

409

91

211

82

10

866

N/M – Not meaningful
3Risk-weighted assets are based upon CRR/CRD 4 fully-loaded.
4 The post-tax returnFurther detail on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group, which was 160 % for the year ended December 31, 2017. For the post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equitycalculation of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 33 % for the year ended December 31, 2017.

19

Corporate Bank

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues

Global Transaction Banking

3,842

3,901

4,030

(59)

(2)

(129)

(3)

Commercial Banking

1,422

1,362

1,346

60

4

16

1

Total net revenues

5,264

5,263

5,376

1

0

(113)

(2)

Provision for credit losses

286

145

41

141

97

104

N/M

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

1,044

1,035

1,104

9

1

(69)

(6)

General and administrative expenses

3,169

2,780

2,746

389

14

34

1

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

492

0

6

492

N/M

(6)

N/M

Restructuring activities

137

31

20

106

N/M

11

53

Total noninterest expenses

4,842

3,846

3,876

996

26

(30)

(1)

Noncontrolling interests

0

0

0

0

N/M

0

N/M

Profit (loss) before tax

137

1,273

1,459

(1,136)

(89)

(186)

(13)

Total assets (in € bn)1

228

215

248

13

6

(33)

(13)

Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)

118

113

112

5

5

1

1

Employees (full-time equivalent)

7,428

7,353

7,649

75

1

(296)

(4)

N/M – Not meaningful
1Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

2019

Profit before tax of the Corporate Bank was € 137 million for the full year 2019, a decrease of 89 % compared to € 1.3 billionthis ratio is provided in the prior year. The year-on-year decrease was driven by higher general and administrative expenses, including transformation charges, an impairment of goodwill as well as higher restructuring costs. Adjusted for transformation charges, restructuring and severance expenses, goodwill impairments and specific revenue items, profit before tax was € 939 million in 2019, versus € 1.3 billion in 2018.Risk Report..

Net revenues for the full year 2019 were € 5.3 billion, stable compared to the prior year.

Global Transaction Banking reported net revenues of € 3.824 billion in 2019, a decrease of € 59 million, or 2 %, compared to €   3.9   billion in the prior year. Cash Management revenues were essentially flat as the negative impact from a lower interest rate environment was largely compensated by the positive effects from a shift in the currency mix of deposits from Euro to higher-yielding US dollar deposits as well as the implementation of ECB tiering in the fourth quarter of 2019. Trade Finance revenues increased slightly as growth in the flow business following a good performance specifically in Asia and Germany offset a slowdown in structured products. Revenues in Trust & Agency Services slightly increased driven by higher net interest revenues and commissions and fees. Securities Services revenues were significantly lower as a result of a change in business perimeter following the disposal of the Alternative Funds Services business including a related gain on disposal in 2018, further non-recurring items in 2018 and the exit of the Equities business in 2019.

Net revenues in Commercial Banking were € 1.4 billion,2020, an increase of € 60846 million, or 4 % compared to 2019. The main drivers for the increase were significantly higher revenues in Investment Bank (IB) driven by benefits of underlying market activity and strong client engagement following our strategic re-positioning which more than offset the negative contribution from valuation and timing differences in Corporate and Others (C&O) and de-risking impacts in the Capital Release Unit (CRU). Net revenues in the Core Bank increased by 6 % to € 24.2 billion on a reported basis. Net revenues in the Corporate Bank (CB) of € 5.1 billion decreased 2 % year-on-year driven by interest rate headwinds partially offset by positive effects from deposit repricing. Net revenues in the Investment Bank (IB) increased by 32 % to € 9.3 billion in 2020, driven by higher revenues in Fixed Income & Currency (FIC) Sales & Trading as well as Origination & Advisory business reflecting supportive market conditions and market share gains in key areas. Full-year net revenues in the Private Bank (PB) were € 8.1 billion, down 1 % year-on-year reflecting a negative impact related to the sale of Postbank Systems AG. Excluding specific items, net revenues in the Private Bank remained essentially flat as growth in loan volumes and fee income, including benefits of deposit repricing measures partly compensated for the negative impacts from COVID-19 and interest rate headwinds. Net revenues in Asset Management (AM) of € 2.2 billion decreased by 4 % compared to the prior year driven by a slightly higher net interest income following growthdue to absence of performance fees from Multi Asset and Alternatives recognized in loan volume2019. Management fees remained stable as positive impacts of client flows and higher commission and fee income mainly as a result of repricing measures. These effects more thanmarket development offset the adverse impact of the low interest rate environment.

Provision for credit losses wasindustry-wide margin compression. Revenues in Corporate and Other (C&O) were negative286 million, an increase from € 145 million in 2018, a year with an exceptionally low level of provisions by historical standards. The increase reflects the weakened macroeconomic environment and geopolitical uncertainties with a small number of specific events and lower releases and recoveries. The overall level of provisioning remains low at 24 basis points of loans, reflecting the bank’s strong underwriting standards and the low risk profile of the portfolio.

Noninterest expenses in 2019 were € 4.8 billion, an increase of € 996 million or 26 % compared to € 3.8 billon in the prior year, driven by the execution of the transformation strategy, which triggered an impairment of goodwill, higher restructuring costs and € 160 million transformation charges mainly related to IT impairments in the current year. Furthermore, costs were negatively impacted by changes in internal cost allocations following the resegmentation in 2019.

Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 4 billion, up 7 % year-on-year. The increase reflects higher spend on controls and technology, as well as the aforementioned changes in allocation of costs of internal services.


20

2018

Profit before tax for the full year 2018 was € 1.3 billion or 13 % lower compared to € 1.5 billion in the prior year. The decrease was mainly driven by lower revenues and an increase in provision for credit losses. Higher restructuring costs and general and administrative expenses were offset by lower compensation and benefits.

Net revenues for the full year 2018 were € 5.3 billion, a decrease of € 113 million or 2 % compared to € 5.4 billion in full year 2017.

Net revenues in Global Transaction Banking were € 3.9 billion, a decrease of € 129 million or 3 % compared to € 4.0 billion in 2017. Cash Management revenues were slightly lower, as a result of client perimeter reductions in 2017 and continued negative interest rates in Europe. However the business saw sequential revenue growth quarter-on-quarter through 2018. Trade Finance revenues were essentially flat with decreases specifically in structured products due to ongoing margin compression, while the underlying flow business showed a positive development. Trust & Agency Services and Securities Services revenues were higher driven by a gain from sale of the Alternative Funds Services business in the second quarter of 2018 and benefitted from higher interest rates in the U.S.

Net revenues in Commercial Banking was € 1.4 billion, a slight increase of € 16 million or 1 % compared to € 1.3 billion in the prior year mainly due to a slight increase in net interest income compared to 2017, driven by growth in loan revenues.

Provision for credit losses were € 145548 million compared to positive 41 million in 2017, reflecting the non-recurrence of prior year’s release of provisions related to a single credit exposure and a one-off adjustment to the calculation methodology on certain loans on which we hold insurance protection in 2018.

Noninterest expenses in 2018 were € 3.8 billion, a decrease of € 30 million or 1 % compared to € 3.9 billion in the prior year. The decrease was driven by lower compensation and benefits costs across both fixed and variable compensation reflecting strategic headcount reductions. General and administrative expenses were almost stable compared to 2017 as lower non-compensation costs resulting from a continued cost discipline were offset by higher litigation expenses following provision releases in 2017.

Adjusted costs were € 3.8 billion in 2018, a decrease of € 213 million or 5 % compared to € 4.0 billion in 2017. The decrease mainly resulted from lower compensation and non-compensation costs following strategic headcount reductions and a continued cost discipline.


21

Investment Bank

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues

Fixed Income, Currency (FIC) Sales & Trading

5,534

5,646

6,679

(111)

(2)

(1,033)

(15)

Equity Origination

123

184

178

(61)

(33)

6

3

Debt Origination

1,117

1,145

1,407

(27)

(2)

(262)

(19)

Advisory

366

456

477

(90)

(20)

(21)

(4)

Origination & Advisory

1,606

1,784

2,061

(178)

(10)

(277)

(13)

Other

(179)

37

(438)

(217)

N/M

475

N/M

Total net revenues

6,961

7,467

8,303

(506)

(7)

(836)

(10)

Provision for credit losses

109

70

51

38

54

19

37

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

2,468

2,666

2,866

(199)

(7)

(200)

(7)

General and administrative expenses

3,763

3,650

3,821

113

3

(171)

(4)

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

0

0

0

N/M

0

N/M

Restructuring activities

169

200

40

(31)

(15)

160

N/M

Total noninterest expenses

6,401

6,517

6,727

(116)

(2)

(210)

(3)

Noncontrolling interests

20

24

26

(4)

(18)

(2)

(8)

Profit (loss) before tax

433

856

1,498

(423)

(49)

(642)

(43)

Total assets (in € bn)1

503

458

472

45

10

(13)

(3)

Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)

75

65

53

10

16

12

23

Employees (full-time equivalent)

10,095

9,960

10,674

135

1

(714)

(7)

N/M – Not meaningful
1Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

2019

Profit before tax was € 433 million in 2019, a decrease of € 423 million or 49 % compared to € 856 million in the prior year. The decrease was mainly driven by lower revenues, a higher provision for credit losses as well as higher general and administrative expenses, partly offset by lower compensation and benefits. The setup of the division during the second half of 2019 following Deutsche Bank’s strategic transformation announcement created a short-term negative revenue impact and drove transformation charges that impacted the full year profitability. Adjusted for transformation charges, restructuring and severance expenses as well as specific revenue items, profit before tax in 2019 was € 863 million, compared to € 823 million in 2018.

Net revenues were € 7.0 billion in 2019, a decrease of € 506 million or 7 % compared to 2018.

Revenues in FIC Sales & Trading were € 5.5 billion, a decrease of € 111 million or 2 %. Rates revenues were slightly lower, with the business impacted in the short term by the operational set up of the division. Foreign Exchange revenues were lower, largely driven by the continued low market volatility. Credit revenues were higher driven by a strong performance in flow trading and increased net interest income due to higher loan balances, partially offset by lower revenues in distressed debt. Revenues in Emerging Markets were higher as a result of significantly improved performance in flow trading.

Origination and Advisory net revenues were € 1.6 billion, a € 178 million or 10 % decrease compared to the prior year. Debt Origination revenues were € 1.1 billion, essentially flat compared to the prior year as higher revenues in both High Yield and Investment Grade bonds were offset by a decline in leveraged loans. Advisory revenues of € 366 million were lower in a reduced fee pool environment. Equity Origination revenues of € 123 million were significantly lower, reflecting our repositioned franchise.

Other revenues were negative € 179 million, compared to a gain of € 37 million in 2018. The year–on-year decrease was driven by a loss of € 140 million (2018: a gain of € 126 million) relating to the impact of DVA on certain derivative liabilities.

Provision for credit losses was € 109 million, an increase of € 38 million compared to the prior year, however, provisions remained at 14 basis points of loans, or relatively low levels, reflecting the bank’s strong underwriting standards and risk management.

Noninterest expenses in 2019 were € 6.4 billion, a decrease of € 116 million or 2 % compared to the prior year, despite € 214 million of transformation charges. Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges decreased by 6 % driven by reduction in front office employees and related compensation, lower service cost allocations and disciplined management of non-compensation costs.

22

2018

Profit before tax for the full year 2018 was € 856 million, a decrease of € 642 million or 43 % compared to € 1.5 billion in the prior year. The decrease was mainly driven by lower revenues and higher restructuring costs, partly offset by lower compensation and benefits as well as reduced general and administrative expenses.

Net revenues for the full year 2018 were € 7.5 billion, a decrease of € 836 million or 10 % compared to € 8.3 billion in 2017.

Net revenues in FIC Sales & Trading were € 5.6 billion, a decrease of € 1 billion or 15 %. Rates revenues were significantly lower compared to the prior year, in particular in Europe with lower levels of client activity and the impact of the strategic reshaping in the U.S. Credit revenues were lower compared to a strong prior year. In Foreign Exchange revenues were slightly lower. Revenues in Emerging Markets were lower due to underperformance in Latin America, specifically in the flow business, in addition to lower revenues in Japan and Australia. These were partly offset by improved revenues in Asia, Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa.

Net revenues in Origination and Advisory were € 1.8 billion, a decrease of € 277 million or 13 % compared to the prior year. Debt Origination revenues were € 262 million or 19 % lower in a significantly reduced fee pool environment, despite significant market share gains in leveraged loans. Equity Origination revenues were essentially flat, while Advisory revenues were slightly lower compared to 2017.

Other revenues were € 37 million, compared to negative € 438 million in 2017. The year-on-year improvement was driven by a gain of € 126 million (2017: a loss of € 348 million) relating to the impact of DVA on certain derivative liabilities.

Provision for credit losses was € 70 million compared to € 51 million in the prior year.

Noninterest expenses in 2018 were € 6.5 billion, a decrease of € 210 million or 3 % compared to € 6.7 billion in the prior year. The decrease was driven by lower compensation and benefits costs across both fixed and variable compensation reflecting lower headcount. General and administrative expenses were also lower due to continued cost discipline. These cost reductions were partially offset by increased restructuring costs.

Adjusted costs were € 6.2 billion in 2018, a decrease of € 279 million or 4 % compared to € 6.5 billion in 2017 reflecting lower compensation and non-compensation costs following the headcount reduction and a continued cost discipline.

Private Bank

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues:

Private Bank Germany

5,116

5,453

5,253

(337)

(6)

200

4

Private & Commercial Business International1

1,442

1,441

1,457

1

0

(16)

(1)

Wealth Management

1,687

1,748

2,022

(61)

(3)

(274)

(14)

Total net revenues

8,245

8,641

8,732

(396)

(5)

(91)

(1)

Of which:

Net interest income

5,133

5,217

5,120

(84)

(2)

97

2

Commissions and fee income

2,925

2,826

2,994

99

4

(169)

(6)

Remaining income

187

598

617

(411)

(69)

(19)

(3)

Provision for credit losses

342

347

325

(5)

(1)

22

7

Noninterest expenses:

Compensation and benefits

3,519

3,613

3,635

(93)

(3)

(23)

(1)

General and administrative expenses

3,978

3,932

4,138

46

1

(206)

(5)

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

545

0

12

545

N/M

(12)

N/M

Restructuring activities

126

49

358

77

155

(309)

(86)

Total noninterest expenses

8,168

7,593

8,143

575

8

(550)

(7)

Noncontrolling interests

(0)

(0)

(12)

(0)

N/M

12

(100)

Profit (loss) before tax

(265)

701

275

(966)

N/M

426

155

Total assets (in € bn)2

283

289

278

(6)

(2)

10

4

Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)

230

221

215

9

4

6

3

Assets under Management (in € bn)3

487

451

480

36

8

(29)

(6)

Net flows (in € bn)

4

(2)

3

7

N/M

(5)

N/M

Employees (full-time equivalent)

37,266

38,415

39,272

(1,149)

(3)

(857)

(2)

N/M – Not meaningful
1Covers operations in Italy, Spain, Belgium and India.
2Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances.
3We define assets under management as (a) assets we hold on behalf of customers for investment purposes and/or (b) client assets that are managed by us. We manage assets under management on a discretionary or advisory basis, or these assets are deposited with us. Deposits are considered assets under management if they serve investment purposes. In our Private Bank Germany and Private & Commercial Business International, this includes all time deposits and savings deposits. In Wealth Management, we assume that all customer deposits are held with us primarily for investment purposes.

23

2019

In 2019, Private Bank reported a loss before tax of € 265 million, compared to a profit before tax of € 701 million in the prior year. The decrease was attributable to lower gains from asset sales as well as an aggregate impact of approximately € 900 million related to the execution of the transformation strategy in 2019. This included an impairment of € 545 million for the full write-down of Wealth Management‘s goodwill, transformation charges of € 191 million, comprised mainly of software and real estate impairments as well as restructuring and severance costs. Adjusted for these charges as well as specific revenue items, profit before tax improved, despite ongoing headwinds from the low interest rate environment, from € 445 million in 2018 to € 524 million in 2019, supported by volume growth in loans and assets under management as well as incremental cost synergies from the integration of our German businesses.

Net revenues were € 8.2 billion in 2019 a decrease of € 396 million or 5 % compared to the prior year driven by the absence of a € 156 million gain from a property sale in 2018 and lower positive impacts from workout activities in Sal. Oppenheim. Excluding these items, revenues remained essentially flat compared to the prior year as growth in volumes and fee income partly compensated the headwinds from the low interest rate environment.

Net revenues in the Private Bank Germany of € 5.1 billion declined by € 337 million, or 6 %, compared to the prior year period mainly following lower asset sale gains including a € 156 million gain from a property sale in 2018. The ongoing headwinds from the low interest rate environment were partly offset by growth in loan revenues, resulting in an essentially flat net interest income compared to 2018. Lower revenues from postal services subsequent to a contract alignment were more than offset by higher revenues from investment products as well as higher fee income from current accounts reflecting repricing measures. Commission and fee income therefore slightly increased year-on-year.

In the Private & Commercial Business International, net revenues of € 1.4 billion remained essentially flat compared to the prior year period. Net interest income was essentially flat with higher loan revenues compensating the negative impact from the ongoing low interest rate environment. Commission and fee income was also essentially flat year-on-year with revenue growth in investment products and repricing measures related to current accounts largely offsetting the negative impact of a change in the treatment of loan fees in Italy. Remaining income declined, as revenues in 2018 benefitted from smaller asset sales.

Net revenues in Wealth Management (WM) were € 1.7 billion, a decrease of € 61 million, or 3 %, driven by a € 107 million lower impact from workout activities related to legacy positions in Sal. Oppenheim. Excluding this effect, net revenues remained essentially flat compared to the prior year period. Net interest income remained essentially flat as higher loan revenues mainly in WM Americas and WM Europe compensated the negative impact from the ongoing low interest rate environment on deposits. Commission and fee income increased slightly year-on-year following higher assets under management.

Provision for credit losses of € 342 million, or 15 basis points of loans, remained essentially flat compared to the prior year period reflecting the conservative nature of our portfolios, strong underwriting standards and also a positive impact from portfolio sales and model refinements. These positive impacts offset the increase in provision for credit losses in line with the growth in our loan businesses.

Noninterest expenses were € 8.2 billion an increase of € 575 million, or 8 %, compared to 2018. The increase included the aforementioned aggregated impact of approximately € 900 million related to the impairment of goodwill, transformation related charges as well as restructuring and severance expenses.

Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 7.3 billion, a decrease of 4% compared to the prior year, reflecting strict cost discipline as well as executed reorganization measures including incremental cost synergies related to the merger of the German businesses completed in 2018.

Assets under Management of € 487 billion increased by € 36 billion compared to December 31, 2018. The increase was mainly attributable to € 31 billion of market appreciation, € 4 billion net inflows and € 2 billion of foreign exchange rate movements. Net inflows of € 4 billion during 2019 were primarily in investment products mainly in the Private Bank Germany and in the Wealth Management businesses.


24

2018

In 2018, the Private Bank had successfully completed the legal merger of Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden AG and Postbank, the integration of Sal. Oppenheim and further optimized its branch network. The Private Bank generated a profit before tax of € 701 million in 2018, an increase of € 426 million, or 155 %, compared to a profit before tax of € 275147 million in the prior year which was achieved while sustaining continued investment in our strategic initiatives and despite the ongoing headwinds from low interest rate environment. The increase was primarily driven by a decline in noninterest expenses as well as loan growth in 2018.

Net revenues of € 8.6 billion remained essentially flat compared to the prior year period.

Net revenues in the Private Bank Germany of € 5.5 billion increased by € 200 million, or 4 %, compared to the prior year period. Net interest income remained essentially flat compared to 2017, driven by growth in loan revenues, positive valuation effects from home savings liabilities and a positive year-on-yearreflecting an unfavorable impact from mortgage loans previously measured at fair value and measured at amortized cost basis since the adoption of the reporting standard IFRS 9. These effects more than offset the impact of the low interest rate environment on deposit margins. Deposit revenues also included a positive impact from the growth in volumes. Remaining income increased significantly mainly reflecting higher asset sales including a € 156 million gain from a property sale, partly offset by lower income from interest-rate-risk hedges. The prior year period included a negative impact of € 118 million from the termination of a legacy Trust Preferred Security, which largely offset a positive impact of € 108 million from the sale of shares in Concardis GmbH. Commission and fee income slightly decreased year-on-year. Lower revenues from postal services subsequent to a contract alignment as well as lower revenues from investment products, in part impacted by MiFID II implementation, were partly offset by higher fee income from current accounts reflecting repricing actions.

In the Private & Commercial Business International, net revenues decreased by € 16 million, or 1 %, compared to the prior year period. The decrease was mainly driven by positive effects related to an asset sale transaction in 2017, reported in remaining income. Net interest income remained essentially flat compared to the prior year period, with negative impacts from the ongoing low interest rate environment on deposit revenues offset by higher loan revenues. Commission and fee income was essentially flat compared to the prior year as growth in commercial product revenues offset the decline in investment product revenues due to the challenging market environment.

Net revenues in Wealth Management were € 1.7 billion in 2018, a decrease of € 274 million, or 14 %, compared to the prior year, driven by a € 197 million lower impact from workout activities related to legacy positions in Sal. Oppenheim. Net revenues were also impacted by unfavorable foreign exchange rate movements. Excluding these effects, net revenues were essentially flat compared to the prior year period. Revenue growth in the Emerging Markets was offset by lower client revenues in Europe partly impacted by the MiFID II implementation and strategic business decisions as well as volatile capital markets and lower client activity.

Provision for credit losses was € 347 million, an increase of € 22 million, or 7 %, compared to the prior year period. This increase reflected higher releases in the prior year period as well as loan growth. Both periods included positive impacts from portfolio sales.

Noninterest expenses were € 7.6 billion in 2018, a decrease of € 550 million, or 7 %, compared to 2017. The decrease was mainly driven by € 309 million lower restructuring expenses related to the strategy execution, including the reorganization and integration measures in Germany, as well as lower litigation costs.

Adjusted costs were € 7.6 billion in 2018 a decrease of € 124 million or 2 % from € 7.7 billion in 2017. The reduction was mainly driven by savings following a strict cost discipline as well as executed reorganization measures, partly offset by incremental investment spending related to the merger of Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden AG and Postbank as well as investments in our businesses in Italy and Spain.

Assets under Management of € 451 billion decreased by € 29 billion compared to December 31, 2017. The decline was mainly attributable to € 29 billion market depreciation, and € 2 billion net outflows partly compensated by positive € 4 billion foreign exchange rate movements. Net inflows in the Private Bank Germany primarily in deposits were offset by net outflows in Wealth Management, primarily in Europe and Americas while Wealth Management in Emerging Markets reported net inflows.

25

Asset Management

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues

Management Fees

2,141

2,115

2,247

26

1

(132)

(6)

Performance and transaction fees

201

91

199

111

122

(109)

(55)

Other

(10)

(19)

86

9

(48)

(104)

N/M

Total net revenues

2,332

2,187

2,532

146

7

(346)

(14)

Provision for credit losses

1

(1)

(1)

2

N/M

(0)

67

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

832

787

812

45

6

(25)

(3)

General and administrative expenses

851

929

978

(78)

(8)

(49)

(5)

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

0

3

0

N/M

(3)

N/M

Restructuring activities

29

19

6

10

51

13

N/M

Total noninterest expenses

1,711

1,735

1,799

(23)

(1)

(64)

(4)

Noncontrolling interests

152

85

1

68

80

83

N/M

Profit (loss) before tax

468

368

732

99

27

(364)

(50)

Total assets (in € bn)1

10

10

8

(0)

(1)

2

25

Assets under Management (in € bn)

768

664

702

103

16

(37)

(5)

Net flows (in € bn)

25

(23)

16

48

N/M

(38)

N/M

Employees (full-time equivalent)

3,924

4,013

4,002

(88)

(2)

11

0

N/M – Not meaningful
1Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances.

2019

In 2019 the market conditions were less volatile compared to 2018, helping to improve investor risk appetite. All major equity indices traded at higher levels in 2019 and the U.S. dollar appreciated against the Euro. Overall market conditions were more favourable compared to 2018, with positive effects on net inflows and significant growth in Assets under Management.

In 2019 AM reported a profit before tax of € 468 million, an increase of € 99 million or 27 % compared to € 368 million in the prior year, primarily driven by significantly higher performance fees. Adjusted for transformation charges as well as restructuring and severance expenses, profit before tax was € 539 million in 2019 compared to € 413 million in 2018.

Net revenues were € 2.3 billion, an increase of € 146 million or 7 % compared to the prior year.

Management fees were € 2.1 billion in 2019, essentially flat compared to the prior year as effects from the positive market performance and growth in Passive and Alternatives were partly offset by declining management fee margins.

Performance and transaction fees of € 201 million in 2019 significantly increased by € 111 million or 122 % compared to the full year 2018, mainly driven by a non-recurring Alternatives and a Multi Asset performance fee recognized in 2019.

Other revenues were € 10 million negative compared to negative € 19 million in 2018 with both years impacted by the fair value of guarantees for the guaranteed products.

Noninterest expenses were € 1.7 billion, a decrease of € 23 million, or 1 % compared to the prior year. General and administrative expenses were lower driven by a significant decline in professional service fees, marketing cost and the absence of litigation expenses relating to a sold legacy business, partially offset by transformation charges relating to a real estate impairment. Compensation and benefits were higher mainly driven by performance related compensation.

Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 1.6 billion in 2019, a slight decrease of € 13 million, or 1 % compared to € 1.7 billion in 2018 as higher compensation expenses were offset by savings in professional service fees and marketing expenses.

Assets under Management were € 768 billion, an increase of € 103 billion, or 16 %, versus December 31, 2018. The increase was driven by € 74 billion related to favorable market development, € 25 billion net inflows and € 7 billion resulting from positive foreign exchange effects. The net inflows were primarily in the targeted growth areas of Passive, Alternatives and Multi Asset products. The development in Assets under Management was also impacted by the outperformance of flagship funds and targeted strategies, an increase in the number of funds rated 4 or 5 stars by Morningstar and product innovations.


26

The following table provides the development of Assets under Management during 2019, broken down by product type as well as the respective management fee margins:

in € bn.

Active Equity

Active Fixed Income

Active Multi Asset

Active SQI

Active Cash

Passive

Alternatives

Assets under Management

Balance as of December 31, 2018

77

227

46

63

58

112

81

664

Inflows

15

58

16

20

447

65

20

642

Outflows

(17)

(66)

(9)

(18)

(449)

(46)

(11)

(617)

Net Flows

(2)

(8)

7

2

(2)

19

9

25

FX impact

0

3

0

0

1

1

1

7

Performance

20

13

5

8

1

23

4

74

Other

(1)

(1)

(0)

(2)

(0)

1

1

(3)

Balance as of December 31, 2019

96

234

58

71

57

156

96

768

Management fee margin (in bps)

76

12

35

27

4

21

54

30

2018

The initial public offering of DWS was successfully completed during the first quarter of 2018. Market conditions were challenging in 2018 with the impact of the U.S. tax reform and lower demand for European retail funds posing challenges to AM and the wider asset management industry. In 2018 AM reported a profit before tax of € 368 million, a decrease of € 364 million or 50 % compared to € 732 million in 2017. The decline was principally driven by lower revenues which were negatively impacted by unfavorable net flows and lower performance fees. Higher noncontrolling interest attributable to minority shareholders for nine months in 2018 following the initial public offering of DWS, which did not arise in the prior year, were partially offset by lower noninterest expenses.

Net revenues were € 2.2 billion, a decrease of € 346 million or 14 % compared to the prior year.

Management fees were € 132 million, or 6 % lower compared to the prior year, driven by net outflows and management fee margin compression in actively managed products, decreased fees in Alternatives following lower Assets under Management and the absence of revenues from sold and discontinued businesses. The decline was partly compensated by the strong performance of Passive business from higher Assets under Management.

Performance and transaction fees of € 91 million were significantly lower by € 109 million or 55 % in comparison with 2017, due to the absence of fees for a specific Alternatives fund received in 2017 and lower performance fees from Active products.

Other revenues were negative € 19 million compared to € 86 million in the prior year. The decline was primarily due to the impact of sold and discontinued businesses in both 2017 and 2018 and the absence of a non-recurring recovery relating to a real-estate fund legal matter recorded in 2017.

Noninterest expenses of € 1.7 billion were € 64 million, or 4 % lower compared to the prior year. Compensation and benefits were essentially flat with lower variable compensation costs offset by higher severance payments. General and administrative expenses were slightly lower driven by a significant decline in cost of services provided by Deutsche Bank Group to DWS, partially offset by litigation expenses relating to a sold legacy business, higher MiFID II driven external research costs and higher costs for DWS operating as a stand-alone company.

Adjusted costs were € 1.7 billion in 2018, a decrease of € 117 million, or 7 % compared to € 1.8 billion in 2017. The decrease was mainly driven by lower variable compensation costs and a significant decline in cost of services provided by Deutsche Bank Group to DWS. This was partly offset by MiFID II driven external research costs and higher costs for DWS operating as a stand-alone company.

Assets under Management were € 664 billion, a decrease of € 37 billion, or 5 %, versus December 31, 2017. The decrease was driven by € 28 billion unfavorable market development and € 23 billion net outflows, partly offset by € 13 billion positive foreign exchange effects. The outflows were primarily driven by outsourced insurance assets and the impact of U.S. companies repatriating assets following U.S. tax reforms. The development in Assets under Management was also impacted by volatile markets and weaker investor sentiment together with underperformance in some flagship funds. Passive had strong inflows particularly in European Exchange Traded Products and mandates.


27

The following table provides the development of Assets under Management during 2018, broken down by product type as well as the respective management fee margins:

in € bn.

Active Equity

Active Fixed Income

Active Multi Asset

Active SQI

Active Cash

Passive

Alternatives

Assets under Management

Balance as of December 31, 2017

94

239

54

67

59

112

76

702

Inflows

14

59

8

18

490

55

11

655

Outflows

(21)

(75)

(12)

(18)

(493)

(47)

(11)

(678)

Net Flows

(7)

(17)

(4)

0

(3)

8

0

(23)

FX impact

1

6

0

0

1

3

1

13

Performance

(10)

(2)

(3)

(3)

0

(10)

0

(28)

Other

(0)

0

(1)

(1)

(0)

0

3

1

Balance as of December 31, 2018

77

227

46

63

58

112

81

664

Management fee margin (in bps)

76

13

36

30

6

23

54

31

Capital Release Unit

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues

208

1,878

2,044

(1,670)

(89)

(166)

(8)

Provision for credit losses

(14)

(36)

110

22

(61)

(146)

N/M

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

443

635

758

(192)

(30)

(123)

(16)

General and administrative expenses

2,811

2,652

2,788

159

6

(135)

(5)

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

0

0

0

N/M

0

N/M

Restructuring activities

143

62

21

81

132

40

189

Total noninterest expenses

3,397

3,349

3,567

49

1

(218)

(6)

Noncontrolling interests

1

1

0

1

136

0

58

Profit (loss) before tax

(3,177)

(1,435)

(1,633)

(1,742)

121

198

(12)

Total assets (in € bn)1

259

370

462

(111)

(30)

(92)

(20)

Employees (full-time equivalent)

1,205

2,534

4,348

(1,329)

(52)

(1,814)

(42)

N/M – Not meaningful
1Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

2019

By establishing our new Capital Release Unit (CRU), we plan to liberate capital currently consumed by low return assets, businesses with low profitability and businesses no longer deemed strategic. This includes substantially all of our Equities Sales & Trading business, lower yielding fixed income positions, particularly in Rates, our former CIB Non-Strategic portfolio as well as the exited businesses from our Private & Commercial Bank which include our retail operations in Portugal and Poland. CRU incurred a loss before tax of € 3.2 billion in 2019, compared to a loss before tax of € 1.4 billion in prior year. However, management actions enabled the division to significantly reduce risk-weighted assets and leverage exposure in line with the strategic intent in 2019. The increase in loss over the prior year was mainly driven by lower revenues, higher restructuring costs and higher general and administrative expenses partly offset by lower compensation and benefits and provision for credit losses.

Net revenues were € 208 million, a decrease of € 1.7 billion or 89 % compared to 2018. Revenues were impacted by the decision in the third quarter to exit Equities, the closing of the transaction in the first half of 2019 to sell the retail banking business in Portugal and costs associated with de-risking of assets. Revenues in Prime Finance were significantly lower compared to the prior year reflecting lower average balances during the year and reduced margins. Revenues included a loss of € 116 million from specific items relating to the model parameter updates and DVA.

Provision for credit losses was a € 14 million release in 2019 compared to a release of € 36 million in the prior year. While the net release in 2018 was mainly driven by sales activities in our retail and shipping business, 2019 was dominated by a small number of specific events across several portfolios.

Noninterest expenses were € 3.4 billion, an increase of € 49 million or 1 % compared to the prior year. 2019 included restructuring expenses of € 143 million, an increase of € 81 million compared to the prior year and transformation charges of € 510 million, mainly related to impairments of software.


28

Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 2.6 billion, a decrease of € 725 million, or 22 % compared to the prior year following lower compensation and benefits costs across both fixed and variable compensation and reduced non-compensation costs mainly driven by lower professional fees as well as communication and data services.

Leverage exposure was € 127 billion at the end of 2019, € 13 billion ahead of the 2019 target. This represents a full-year reduction of 55% versus € 281 billion at the end of 2018.

Risk weighted assets (RWAs) were € 46 billion at the end of 2019, € 6 billion below the year-end target of € 52 billion, and down by 36% versus € 72 billion at the end of 2018.

2018

Loss before tax in 2018 was € 1.4 billion compared to a loss before tax of € 1.6 billion in the prior year. A reduction in revenues was partly offset by reduced noninterest expenses and a lower provision for credit losses.

Net revenues were € 1.9 billion, a decrease of € 166 million or 8 % compared to the prior year. Revenues in Prime Finance were slightly lower. Equity Derivatives revenues were slightly lower due to reduced client flow across both Europe and Asia Pacific, partly offset by a solid performance in the U.S., which benefited from increased volatility in the first quarter of 2018. Cash Equity revenues were lower due to facilitation losses in the U.S. and the non-recurrence of gains on asset sales in the previous year. Revenues in Legacy FIC were higher than the previous year due to the absence of valuation losses.

Provision for credit losses was a net release of € 36 million in 2018 compared to a charge of € 110 million in 2017. The lower level of provisions for credit losses mainly benefited from successful de-risking activities in the shipping portfolio.

Noninterest expenses were € 3.3 billion, a decrease of € 218 million or 6 % compared to € 3.6 billion in the prior year. The decrease was driven by lower compensation and benefits costs across both fixed and variable compensation reflecting headcount reductions. General and administrative expenses were also reduced mainly driven by lower professional service fees, communication and data services and travel costs due to continued cost discipline. The cost reductions were partially offset by higher restructuring expenses.

Adjusted costs were € 3.3 billion, a decrease of € 190 million, or 5 % compared to € 3.5 billion in the prior year, mainly driven by lower compensation and benefits costs following the headcount reductions, lower professional service fees and costs for communication and data services as well as lower travel costs due to continued cost discipline.

Leverage exposure was € 281 billion at the end of 2018, a reduction of € 103 billion, or 27 % compared to € 384 billion at the end of 2017.

Risk weighted assets (RWAs) were € 72 billion at the end of 2018, stable compared to 2017.


29

Corporate & Other (C&O)

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2019

2018

2017

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues

155

(120)

(539)

274

N/M

420

(78)

Provision for credit losses

0

1

(0)

(0)

(84)

1

N/M

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

2,836

3,079

3,078

(242)

(8)

1

0

General and administrative expenses

(2,320)

(2,656)

(2,497)

336

(13)

(159)

6

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

0

0

0

N/M

0

N/M

Restructuring activities

40

(1)

1

41

N/M

(2)

N/M

Total noninterest expenses

556

421

582

135

32

(161)

(28)

Noncontrolling interests

(173)

(109)

(16)

(64)

58

(93)

N/M

Profit (loss) before tax

(229)

(433)

(1,105)

204

(47)

672

(61)

Employees (full-time equivalent)

27,679

29,463

31,590

(1,784)

(6)

(2,127)

(7)

N/M – Not meaningful

2019

C&O reported a loss before tax of € 229 million in 2019 compared to a loss before tax of € 433 million in the prior year, a decrease of 47 %, mainly driven by higher positive effects from valuation and timing differences and by higher reversals of noncontrolling interests, mainly related to DWS, deducted from profit before tax of the divisions in 2019.

Net revenues were € 155 million in 2019, compared to negative € 120 million in 2018. Revenues related to valuation and timing differences were € 573 million in 2019, compared to € 107 million in 2018 driven by the positivenegative mark-to-market impact of hedging activities in connection with the bank’s funding arrangements. Net revenues relating

Provision for credit losses was € 1.8 billion in 2020, an increase of € 1.1 billion, or 148 %, compared to funding and liquidity were negative € 186 million in 2019, down from negative € 59 million in41 basis points of average loans, for the prior year mainlyfull year. The increase was largely due to the implementation of a new internal Funds Transfer Pricing framework in the third quarter of 2019. Costs related to the introductioneffects of the new framework were held in C&O whileCOVID-19 pandemic on the new framework is phased in. These costs will be amortized over time reflecting the long-dated nature of our liabilities.economy.

Noninterest expenses were € 556 million21.2 billion in 2019, an increase2020, a decrease of € 1353.9 billion or 15 %, from 2019. The decrease includes absence of 2019 transformation-related goodwill impairments of € 1.0 billion as well as decreases in transformation charges by € 655 million, or 32 %,litigation expenses by € 315 million and restructuring and severance expenses by € 118 million. Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 19.9 billion, down 8 % compared to the prior year mainly driven by litigation expensesand in line with our target of € 23819.5 billion for 2020 if adjusted for € 360 million in 2019, comparedexpenses eligible for reimbursement related to € 51 million in 2018. Expenses associated with shareholder activitiesPrime Finance. The year-on-year decrease reflects workforce reductions of over 2,900 full-time equivalents during 2020 as defined in the OECD Transfer Pricing guidelines not allocated to the business divisions increased from € 422 million in 2018 to € 476 million in 2019. Positive effects from the releasewell as disciplined expense management and positive impact of legacy balances were also recognized in the third quarter of 2019.currency translation effects.

Noncontrolling interests are deducted from the profitProfit before tax of the divisions and reversedwas € 1.0 billion in C&O. The increase from € 109 million in 2018 to € 173 million in 2019 was mainly related to higher profits in DWS.

2018

C&O reported a loss before tax of € 433 million in 20182020 compared to a loss before tax of € 1.12.6 billion in 2019, mainly driven by significant higher revenues in Investment Bank in 2020, absence of 2019 transformation-related goodwill impairments as well as decreases in transformation charges, litigation expenses, restructuring and severance expenses and in adjusted costs excluding transformation charges reflecting workforce reductions, disciplined expense management and positive impact of currency translation effects. These were partly offset by increased levels of provision for credit losses largely due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the economy.

Income tax expense was € 391 million in 2020, compared to € 2.6 billion in the prior year,year. The effective tax rate in 2020 was 39 %.

The Bank reported a decreasenet profit of 61 %, mainly€ 612 million in 2020, compared to a loss of € 5.3 billion in 2019. This was driven by the realisationabovementioned strong revenue performance in Investment Bank, absence of a negative currency translation adjustment in 2017, lower noninterest expenses2019 transformation-related goodwill impairments as well as higher reversalsdecreases in transformation charges, litigation expenses, restructuring and severance expenses and in adjusted costs excluding transformation charges reflecting workforce reductions, disciplined expense management and positive impact of noncontrollingcurrency translation effects. Valuation adjustments on deferred tax assets decreased from € 2.8 billion in 2019 to € 37 million in 2020. These positive effects were partly offset by increased levels of provision for credit losses.

The Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital ratio was 13.6 % at the end of 2020, unchanged compared to 2019. The leverage ratio improved from 4.2 % in 2019 to 4.7% at the end of 2020 on a fully loaded basis. The leverage ratio on a phase-in basis improved from 4.3 % in 2019 to 4.8 % in 2020.

7

Deutsche Bank Group

Deutsche Bank: Our organization

Headquartered in Frankfurt am Main, Germany, we are the largest bank in Germany and one of the largest financial institutions in the world, as measured by total assets of € 1,325 billion as of December 31, 2020. As of that date, we had 84,659 full-time equivalent internal employees and operated in 59 countries with 1,891 branches, of which 68 % were located in Germany. We offer a wide variety of investment, financial and related products and services to private individuals, corporate entities and institutional clients around the world.

As of December 31, 2020, we were organized into the following segments:

We refer to CB, IB, PB, AM and C&O as our Core Bank.

In addition, Deutsche Bank has a country and regional organizational layer to facilitate a consistent implementation of global strategies.

We have operations or dealings with existing and potential customers in most countries in the world. These operations and dealings include working through:

In 2018, we successfully completed the merger of Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden AG and Deutsche Postbank AG to form DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG. Subsequently, in 2020, DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG was merged into Deutsche Bank AG. The mergers are an important step towards significant cost reductions, mainly from eliminating infrastructure functions and governance tasks that were executed specifically for the individual legal entity. With this step, refinancing and administrative expenses will be reduced and corporate governance simplified. The mergers also lay the foundation for integrated technology solutions, including the migration of Postbank’s systems to Deutsche Bank’s IT infrastructure in 2022 and the decommissioning of legacy applications is planned for 2023. The aim is to simplify what has been a complex IT environment, resulting in greater efficiency and improved technology for a more seamless client experience.

Management Structure

The Management Board has structured the Group as a matrix organization, comprising Corporate Divisions and Infrastructure Functions operating in legal entities and branches across geographic locations.

The Management Board is responsible for the management of the company in accordance with the law, the Articles of Association and the Terms of Reference for the Management Board with the objective of creating sustainable value in the interests of the company. It considers the interests of shareholders, employees and other company-related stakeholders. The Management Board manages Deutsche Bank Group in 2018accordance with uniform guidelines; it exercises general control over all Group companies.

The Management Board decides on all matters prescribed by law and the Articles of Association and ensures compliance with the legal requirements and internal guidelines (compliance). It also takes the necessary measures to ensure that adequate internal guidelines are developed and implemented. The Management Board's responsibilities include, in particular, the bank’s strategic management and direction, the allocation of resources, financial accounting and reporting, control and risk management, as well as corporate control and a properly functioning business organization. The members of the Management Board are collectively responsible for managing the bank’s business.


8

The allocation of functional responsibilities to the individual members of the Management Board is described in the Business Allocation Plan for the Management Board, which sets the framework for the delegation of responsibilities to senior management below the Management Board. The Management Board endorses individual accountability of senior position holders as opposed to joint decision-taking in committees. At the same time, the Management Board recognizes the importance of having comprehensive and robust information across all businesses in order to take well informed decisions and established, the “Group Management Committee” which aims to improve the information flow across the corporate divisions and between the corporate divisions and the Management Board along with the Infrastructure Committees, Business Executive Committees and Regional Committees. The Group Management Committee is a senior platform, which is not required by the German Stock Corporation Act, and is composed of all Management Board members, the most senior business representatives as well as the Head of Group Planning & Performance Management to exchange information and discuss business, growth and profitability.

Corporate Bank

Corporate Division Overview

The Corporate Bank (CB) comprises Global Transaction Banking as well as Commercial Banking in Germany. The division is primarily resultingfocused on serving corporate clients, including the German “Mittelstand”, larger and smaller sized commercial and business banking clients in Germany as well as multinational companies. It is also a partner to financial institutions with regards to certain Transaction Banking services. Global Transaction Banking consists of four businesses Cash Management, Trade Finance & Lending, Trust & Agency Services and Securities Services. Commercial Banking provides integrated expertise and a holistic product offering across the Deutsche Bank and Postbank brands in Germany.

Commencing from first quarter of 2021, the Corporate Bank will report revenues based on three client segments: Institutional Client Services, Corporate Treasury Services and Business Banking. Institutional Client Services comprises of Cash Management for Institutional clients, Trust and Agency Services, as well as Securities Services. Corporate Treasury Services provides the full suite of Trade Finance and Lending, as well as Corporate Cash Management for large and mid-sized corporate clients. Business Banking covers small corporates and entrepreneur clients and offers a largely standardized product suite.

In CB, we have made one significant capital divestiture since January 1, 2018. In early October 2017, Deutsche Bank Group signed a binding agreement to sell its Alternative Fund Services business, a unit of the Global Transaction Banking division, to Apex Group Limited. The transaction was completed in the second quarter of 2018.There have been no significant capital expenditures since January 1, 2018.

Products and Services

The Corporate Bank is a global provider of risk management solutions, cash management, lending, trade finance, trust and agency services as well as securities services. Focusing on the finance departments of corporate and commercial clients and financial institutions in Germany and across the globe, our holistic expertise and global network allows us to offer integrated solutions.

In addition to the Corporate Bank product suite, our Coverage teams provide clients with access to the expertise of the Investment Bank.

Distribution Channels and Marketing

The global Coverage function of the Corporate Bank focuses on international Large Corporate Clients and is organized into two units: Coverage and Risk Management Solutions. Coverage includes multi-product generalists covering headquarter level and subsidiaries via global, regional and local coverage teams. Risk Management Solutions includes Foreign Exchange, Emerging Markets and Rates product specialists. This unit is managed regionally in APAC, Americas and EMEA to ensure close connectivity to our clients.

Commencing from the first quarter 2021, Corporate clients in Germany will be served out of two units: Corporate Treasury Services and Business Banking. Corporate Treasury Services covers mid and large corporate clients across two brands, Deutsche Bank and Postbank, and offers the whole range of solutions across cash, trade financing, lending and risk management for the corporate treasurer. Business Banking covers small corporates and entrepreneur clients and offers a largely standardized product suite and selected contextual-banking partner offerings (e.g. accounting solutions).


9

Investment Bank

Corporate Division Overview

The Investment Bank (IB) combines Deutsche Bank’s Fixed Income, Currency (FIC) Sales & Trading and, Origination & Advisory, as well as Deutsche Bank Research. It focuses on its traditional strengths in financing, advisory, fixed income and currencies, bringing together wholesale banking expertise across coverage, risk management, sales and trading, Investment Banking and infrastructure. This enables IB to align resourcing and capital across our client and product perimeter to effectively serve the Bank’s clients.

In IB we made one significant capital divestiture since January 1, 2018. In April 2019, Tradeweb closed its initial public offering. Tradeweb is a financial services company that builds and operates over-the-counter (OTC) marketplaces for trading fixed income products and derivatives. Deutsche Bank Group has had an economic interest in Tradeweb since 2007 and participated in the initial public offering and several subsequent secondary offerings, alongside other large bank shareholders by selling a portion of DWS.its holdings. There have been no significant capital expenditures since January 1, 2018.

Products and Services

FIC Sales & Trading brings together an institutional sales force and research with trading and structuring expertise across Foreign Exchange, Rates, Credit and Emerging Markets. The FIC Sales & Trading business enables Deutsche Bank to respond to increasing automation, regulatory expectations as well as client demand for standardization and transparency in transaction execution across fixed income and currencies.

Net revenues were negative € 120 millionOrigination and Advisory is responsible for our debt origination business, mergers and acquisitions (M&A), and a focused equity advisory and origination platform. It is comprised of regional and industry-focused coverage teams, co-led from the bank’s hubs in 2018, comparedEurope, the U.S. and Asia Pacific, that facilitates the delivery of a range of financial products and services to negative € 539 million in 2017. Net revenues in 2017 were impactedthe bank’s corporate clients.

Distribution Channels and Marketing

Coverage of the IB’s clients is provided by the realizationInstitutional Client Group, which houses our debt sales team, and the Investment Banking Coverage team within Origination & Advisory. Both teams work in conjunction with our Risk Management Solutions team in the Corporate Bank, covering capital markets and Treasury solutions. The close cooperation between these groups help to create enhanced synergies leading to increased cross selling of products/solutions to our clients.

Private Bank

Corporate Division Overview

In the Private Bank (PB), we serve personal and private clients, wealthy individuals, entrepreneurs and families. In our international businesses we also focus on commercial clients. We are organized along two business divisions: Private Bank Germany and International Private Bank. Our product range includes payment and account services, credit and deposit products as well as investment advice including a currency translation adjustmentrange of negative € 164 million associatedEnvironmental, Social and Governance (ESG) products. We offer our customers both the coverage of all basic financial needs as well as individual, tailor-made solutions.

PB made one significant capital divestiture since January 1, 2018. In November 2020, Deutsche Bank AG signed an agreement to sell its share in Postbank Systems AG to Tata Consultancy Services (TCS). The transaction was closed after regulatory and governmental approvals on December 31, 2020. There have been no significant capital expenditures since January 1, 2018.

Products and Services

In our Private Bank Germany division, we pursue a differentiated, customer-focused approach with two strong and complementary main brands: Deutsche Bank and Postbank. With our Deutsche Bank brand we focus on providing our private customers with banking and financial products and services that include sophisticated and individual advisory solutions. The focus of our Postbank brand remains on providing our retail customers with standard products and daily retail banking services. In cooperation with Deutsche Post DHL AG, we also offer postal and parcel services in the Postbank brand branches.

In the International Private Bank we also have a differentiated, customer-focused approach with two client segments. The “IPB Personal Banking” client segment covers the retail and affluent customers as well as small businesses in Italy, Spain, Belgium and India, providing them with banking and other financial services. The client segment “Private Banking and Wealth Management” covers high-net-worth and ultra-high-net-worth clients globally as well as small and medium-sized corporate clients and private banking clients in Italy, Spain, Belgium and India. We support our clients in planning, managing and investing their wealth, financing their personal and business interests and servicing their institutional and corporate needs. In addition, we offer a range of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) products across our discretionary portfolio management and advisory platform. These products enable our clients to invest in line with their values and according to specified ESG strategies, scores and exclusionary criteria. We also provide institutional-type services for sophisticated clients and complement our offerings by closely collaborating with the disposalInvestment Bank, the Corporate Bank and Asset Management.

10

Distribution Channels and Marketing

We pursue an omni-channel approach and our customers can flexibly choose between different possibilities to access our services and products.

Our distribution channels include our branch networks in Private Bank Germany and International Private Bank, supported by customer call centers and self-service terminals as well as advisory centers of the Deutsche Bank brand in Germany, Italy and Spain, which supplement our branch network and our digital offerings. We also offer online and mobile banking including our Digital Platform, through which we provide a non-strategic subsidiarytransaction platform for banking, brokerage and self-services, combined with a multi-mobile offering for smartphones and tablets. We also have collaborations with self-employed financial advisors and other sales and cooperation partners. For our private banking and wealth management client segment we have a distinct client coverage team approach with Relationship and Investment Managers supported by Client Service Executives assisting clients with wealth management services and open-architecture products. In addition, in Argentina. Revenues relatedGermany, Deutsche Oppenheim Family Offices AG provides family office services, discretionary funds and advisory solutions.

The expansion of digital capabilities remains a strong focus across our businesses. We will continue to maintaining funding and liquidity buffers in excess of business-based liquidity requirements amounted to negative € 59 million in 2018, compared to negative € 119 millionoptimize our omni-channel mix in the prior year. Revenues from valuationfuture in order to provide our customers with the most convenient access to our products and timing differences wereservices.

Asset Management

Corporate Division Overview

With over107 million790 billion of assets under management as of December 31, 2020, the asset management division (DWS) is one of the world’s leading asset management organizations. DWS serves a diverse client base of retail and institutional investors worldwide, with a strong presence in 2018, compared to € 51 millionour home market in 2017.Germany. These clients include government institutions, corporations and foundations as well as individual investors.

Noninterest expenses were € 421 millionDeutsche Bank retains 79.49% ownership interest in DWS and asset management remains a core business for the group. The shares of DWS are listed on the Frankfurt stock exchange.

There have been no significant capital expenditures or divestitures since January 1, 2018, other than the partial initial public offering (IPO) of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA.

Products and Services

DWS’s investment offerings span all major asset classes including equity, fixed income, cash and multi asset as well as alternative investments. Our alternative investments include real estate, infrastructure, private equity, liquid real assets and sustainable investments. We also offer a decreaserange of € 161 million,passive investments. In addition, DWS’s solution strategies are targeted to client needs that cannot be addressed by traditional asset classes alone. Such services include insurance and pension solutions, asset-liability management, portfolio management solutions, asset allocation advisory, structuring and overlay. Our deep environmental, social and governance focus complement each other when creating targeted solutions for our clients.

Distribution Channels and Marketing

DWS’s product offerings are distributed across EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa), the Americas and Asia Pacific through a single global distribution network. DWS also leverages third-party distribution channels, including Deutsche Bank Group.

Capital Release Unit

The Capital Release Unit (CRU) was created in July 2019. The CRU’s principal objectives are to liberate capital consumed by low return assets and businesses that earn insufficient returns or 28 %, comparedactivities that are no longer core to prior year, drivenour strategy by lower than plannedliberating capital in an economically rational manner. In addition, the CRU is focused on reducing costs.

BNP Paribas and Deutsche Bank have signed a master transaction agreement to provide continuity of service to Deutsche Bank’s Prime Finance and Electronic Equities clients. Under the agreement Deutsche Bank will continue to operate the platform until clients can be migrated to BNP Paribas, which is expected to occur by the end of 2021.

In addition, in the restated financials of the CRU division, we recorded the following significant capital divestitures since January 1, 2018:

In December 2017, the Group entered into an agreement to sell its Polish Private & Commercial Banking business, excluding its foreign currency denominated retail mortgage portfolio, together with DB Securities S.A., to Santander Bank Polska. The transaction was successfully completed in the fourth quarter 2018.

In March 2018, Deutsche Bank Group entered into an agreement to sell the retail banking business in Portugal to ABANCA Corporación Bancaria S.A. The parties closed the transaction in the first half of 2019 .

11

Infrastructure

The Infrastructure expensesfunctions perform control and service activities for the businesses, including tasks relating to Group-wide, cross-divisional resource-planning, steering and control, as well as tasks relating to risk, liquidity and capital management.

The Infrastructure functions are organized into the following areas of responsibility of our senior management:

Infrastructure also includes Communications & Corporate Social Responsibility and Group Audit which report to the Chief Executive Officer.

Costs originating in 2018. From 2018 onwards,the Infrastructure expensesfunctions are currently allocated to the corporate divisions based on planned allocations, with the planned allocations. Anyexception of technology development costs which will be charged to Divisions based on actual expenditures during 2021. The current cost allocation methodology is being replaced with a Driver based cost management (DBCM) framework. This new methodology links the services provided by the Infrastructure functions to the businesses which consume them thereby creating enhanced transparency regarding the drivers for the costs which are being charged and facilitate the identification of cost reduction opportunities.

Significant Capital Expenditures and Divestitures

Information on each Corporate Division’s significant capital expenditures and divestitures for the last three financial years has been included in the above descriptions of the Corporate Divisions.

Since January 1, 2020, there have been no public takeover offers by third parties with respect to our shares and we have not made any public takeover offers for our own account in respect of any other company’s shares.

12

Results of operations

Consolidated results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net interest income

11,548

13,749

13,316

(2,201)

(16)

433

3

Provision for credit losses

1,792

723

525

1,068

148

199

38

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

9,756

13,026

12,791

(3,269)

(25)

235

2

Commissions and fee income¹

9,424

9,520

10,039

(96)

(1)

(519)

(5)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss¹

2,332

193

1,209

2,139

N/M

(1,015)

(84)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

323

260

317

63

24

(57)

(18)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost

324

0

2

324

N/M

(2)

(78)

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

120

110

219

10

9

(109)

(50)

Other income (loss)

(61)

(668)

215

607

(91)

(883)

N/M

Total noninterest income

12,463

9,416

12,000

3,047

32

(2,585)

(22)

Total net revenues²

22,219

22,441

24,791

(222)

(1)

(2,350)

(9)

Compensation and benefits

10,471

11,142

11,814

(671)

(6)

(672)

(6)

General and administrative expenses

10,259

12,253

11,286

(1,993)

(16)

966

9

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

1,037

0

(1,037)

(100)

1,037

N/M

Restructuring activities

485

644

360

(159)

(25)

283

79

Total noninterest expenses

21,216

25,076

23,461

(3,860)

(15)

1,615

7

Profit (loss) before tax

1,003

(2,634)

1,330

3,637

N/M

(3,965)

N/M

Income tax expense (benefit)

391

2,630

989

(2,239)

(85)

1,641

166

Profit (loss)

612

(5,265)

341

5,876

N/M

(5,606)

N/M

Profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

129

125

75

4

3

50

68

Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

483

(5,390)

267

5,873

N/M

(5,657)

N/M

Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components

382

328

319

53

16

9

3

Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders

101

(5,718)

(52)

5,820

N/M

(5,666)

N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

1For further detail please refer to Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates” of this annual report.

2After provision for credit losses.

Net Interest Income

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Total interest and similar income

17,954

25,208

24,718

(7,254)

(29)

489

2

Total interest expenses

6,405

11,458

11,402

(5,053)

(44)

56

0

Net interest income

11,548

13,749

13,316

(2,201)

(16)

433

3

Average interest-earning assets1

920,259

956,362

990,670

(36,104)

(4)

(34,307)

(3)

Average interest-bearing liabilities1

685,772

714,716

745,904

(28,944)

(4)

(31,188)

(4)

Gross interest yield2

1.83 %

2.53 %

2.39 %

(0.70) ppt

(28)

0.14 ppt

6

Gross interest rate paid3

0.78 %

1.47 %

1.38 %

(0.69) ppt

(47)

0.09 ppt

6

Net interest spread4

1.06 %

1.07 %

1.00 %

(0.01) ppt

(1)

0.06 ppt

6

Net interest margin5

1.25 %

1.44 %

1.34 %

(0.18) ppt

(13)

0.09 ppt

7

ppt – Percentage points

Prior period comparatives for gross interest income and gross interest expense have been restated. € 59 million and € 75 million for year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were restated. Additionally, € 124 million was reclassified from trading Income to interest expense for year ended December 31, 2018.

1Average balances for each year are calculated in general based upon month-end balances. Prior period comparatives for 2019 have been restated.

2Gross interest yield is the average interest rate earned on our average interest-earning assets.

3Gross interest rate paid is the average interest rate paid on our average interest-bearing liabilities.

4Net interest spread is the difference between plannedthe average interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets and actual allocationsthe average interest rate paid on average interest-bearing liabilities.

5Net interest margin is captured withinnet interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

13

2020

Net interest income was € 11.5 billion in 2020 compared to € 13.7 billion in 2019, a decrease of € 2.2 billion, or 16 %. The decrease was primarily driven by lower interest rates and unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates. These negative effects were partly offset by improved volumes and client flows in Investment Bank as well as positive effects from deposit repricing in Corporate Bank. Interest income included € 43 million related to EU government grants under the Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations II (TLTRO II) program in 2020, whereas 2019 included € 93 million under this program. In addition, interest income for the year 2020 included € 86 million, which were related to EU government grants under the Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations III (TLTRO III) program. Overall, the bank’s net interest margin declined by 18 basis points compared to the prior year to 1.25 % in 2020.

2019

Net interest income was € 13.7 billion in 2019 compared to € 13.3 billion in 2018, an increase of € 433 million, or 3 %. The increase was primarily driven by a € 24 billion, or 6%, growth in average loan volumes, lower volumes of negative yielding deposits with banks and central banks, mainly in Germany, as well as a favorable interest rate development in the U.S. in the first half of 2019. These positive effects were partly offset by lower interest income associated with discontinued business activities following the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy announced in July 2019. Interest income included € 93 million related to EU government grants under the Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations II (TLTRO II) program, which remained unchanged compared to 2018. Overall, the bank’s net interest margin improved by 9 basis points compared to the prior year to 1.44 % in 2019.

Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Trading income

2,097

197

(72)

1,900

N/M

269

N/M

Net gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

276

377

212

(102)

(27)

165

78

Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

(40)

(381)

1,069

341

(89)

(1,449)

N/M

Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

2,332

193

1,209

2,139

N/M

(1,015)

(84)

N/M – Not meaningful

€ 124 million was reclassified from trading income to net interest income for year ended December 31, 2018.

2020

Net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 2.3 billion in 2020, compared to € 193 million in 2019. The increase of € 2.1 billion was primarily driven by mark-to-market impacts on derivatives as well as positive impacts from overall strategic repositioning in IB resulting in strong client flows and benefits from increased market volatility. This was further benefited by positive effects from interest rate hedges in C&O.&O, which did not fully compensate the negative effects of the lower interest rates in Net Interest Income. This overall increase was partly offset by expenses associated with shareholder activities as defineda negative impact from de-risking in the OECD Transfer Pricing guidelines not allocated to the business divisions ofCapital Release Unit (CRU).

2019

Net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were422193 million in 2018,2019, compared to € 371 million1.2 billion in the prior year.

Noncontrolling interests are deducted from the profit before tax2018. The decrease of the divisions and reversed in C&O. The increase from 16 million in 2017 to € 109 million in 20181.0 billion, or 84 %, was primarily a resultdriven by the non-recurrence of revenues associated with discontinued business activities following the aforementioned IPO of DWS.

30

Financial Position

Assets

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Absolute Change

Change in %

Cash, central bank and interbank balances

147,228

197,613

(50,385)

(25)

Central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

14,229

11,618

2,611

22

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

530,713

573,344

(42,630)

(7)

Of which: Trading assets

110,875

152,738

(41,863)

(27)

Of which: Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

332,931

320,058

12,873

4

Of which: Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss

86,901

100,444

(13,543)

(13)

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

45,503

51,182

(5,678)

(11)

Loans at amortized cost

429,841

400,297

29,544

7

Remaining assets

130,161

114,085

16,076

14

Of which: Brokerage and securities related receivables

63,401

66,675

(3,273)

(5)

Total assets

1,297,674

1,348,137

(50,463)

(4)

Liabilities and Equity

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Absolute Change

Change in %

Deposits

572,208

564,405

7,803

1

Central bank funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned

3,374

8,226

(4,852)

(59)

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

404,448

415,680

(11,232)

(3)

Of which: Trading liabilities

37,065

59,924

(22,858)

(38)

Of which: Negative market values from derivative financial instruments

316,506

301,487

15,019

5

Of which: Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

50,332

53,757

(3,425)

(6)

Other short-term borrowings

5,218

14,158

(8,940)

(63)

Long-term debt

136,473

152,083

(15,611)

(10)

Remaining liabilities

113,795

124,848

(11,054)

(9)

Of which: Brokerage and securities related payables

71,287

90,708

(19,421)

(21)

Total liabilities

1,235,515

1,279,400

(43,885)

(3)

Total equity

62,160

68,737

(6,578)

(10)

Total liabilities and equity

1,297,674

1,348,137

(50,463)

(4)

Movements in Assets and Liabilities

As of December 31, 2019, the total balance sheet decreased by € 50.5 billion (or 4 %) compared to year-end 2018. Several strategic decisions had considerable repercussions on our balance sheet.

As a result of the continued optimizationexecution of the bank’s funding, cash and central bank balances decreased by € 50.4 billion, reflecting our previouslytransformation strategy announced plans to reduce surplus liquidity and shift of liquidity reserves from cash to securities. Long-term debt decreased by € 15.6 billion, largely driven by a partial repayment of funds received as part of the TLTRO program and net maturities in our issuance book consistent with our deleveraging and announced intention to reduce surplus liquidity.

Our strategic decision to exit the Equities business represented the main driver for decreases in trading assets and trading liabilities of € 41.9 billion and € 22.9 billion, respectively,July 2019, negative mark-to-market impacts as well as decreasesde-risking in brokeragethe Capital Release Unit (CRU).

Net Interest Income and securitiesNet Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Our trading and risk management activities include interest rate instruments and related payablesderivatives. Under IFRS, interest and receivablessimilar income earned from trading instruments and financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss (i.e., coupon and dividend income) and the costs of funding net trading positions are part of net interest income. Our trading activities can periodically shift income between net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss depending on a variety of factors, including risk management strategies.

In order to provide a more business-focused discussion, the following table presents net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss by corporate division.

14

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net interest income

11,548

13,749

13,316

(2,201)

(16)

433

3

Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

2,332

193

1,209

2,139

N/M

(1,015)

(84)

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

13,880

13,942

14,524

(62)

(0)

(582)

(4)

Breakdown by Corporate Division:1

Corporate Bank

2,935

2,709

2,562

226

8

147

6

Investment Bank

7,196

5,444

5,273

1,751

32

171

3

Private Bank

4,623

4,946

5,017

(323)

(7)

(71)

(1)

Asset Management

(98)

87

(88)

(185)

N/M

175

N/M

Capital Release Unit

(33)

155

1,442

(188)

N/M

(1,287)

(89)

Corporate & Other

(742)

602

318

(1,343)

N/M

284

89

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

13,880

13,942

14,524

(62)

(0)

(582)

(4)

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure.

€ 124 million was reclassified from trading income to net interest income for year ended December 31, 2018.

1This breakdown reflects net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss only. For a discussion of the corporate divisions’ total revenues by product please refer to Note 4 “Business Segments and Related Information”.

2020

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 13.9 billion in 2020, which remained stable compared to 2019. This was primarily due to mark-to-market impacts on derivatives as well as positive impacts from overall strategic repositioning in IB resulting in strong client flows and benefits from increased market volatility, deposit repricing measures in CB and PB and growth in loan volumes in PB. In C&O, mark-to-market impacts from interest rate hedging activities did not fully compensate the negative effects of the lower interest rates. This was further offset by continued negative impact of the low interest rate environment on deposit margins in PB and de-risking costs in CRU. Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss in AM also decreased compared to the prior year reflecting an unfavorable impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds which has a corresponding offset in Other Income.

2019

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 13.9 billion in 2019, compared to € 14.5 billion in 2018, a decrease of € 19.4 billion582 million, or 4 %. The decrease was primarily driven by the CRU reflecting the non-recurrence of revenues associated with discontinued business activities, negative mark-to-market impacts as well as de-risking costs. In PB, total net interest income and € 3.3 billion, respectively.

Non-tradingnet gains (losses) on financial assets mandatoryassets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss decreased versus the prior year mainly due to the continued negative impact of the low interest rate environment on deposit margins and negative mark-to-market impacts from interest rate hedging activities. This was offset by positive mark-to-market impacts in C&O and by growth in loan volumes in IB, CB and PB. Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss in AM also increased compared to the prior year reflecting a favorable impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds which has a corresponding offset in Other Income.

Provision for Credit Losses

2020

Provision for credit losses was 13.51.8 billion in 2020, an increase of € 1.1 billion, or 148% compared to 2019. This increase was primarily driven by negative impacts from COVID-19 related impairments. The net increase of provisions for credit losses on performing assets includes a management overlay to flatten the high amplitudes of the standard model on forward looking information in the COVID-19 crisis and an additional management overlay to account for remaining uncertainties in the macro-economic outlook. Provision for credit losses was 41 basis points of average loans reflecting the high quality of the bank’s loan book. Please refer to the sections “Segment Results of Operations” and “Risk Report” for further details on provision for credit losses.

2019

Provision for credit losses was €   723   million in 2019, an increase of €   199   million, or 38   %, compared to 2018. The return to a more normalized level was a result of the overall weakened macroeconomic environment with a number of specific events across all segments as well as lower releases and recoveries compared to the prior year. Provision for credit losses in 2019 included a net positive effect of €   18   million arising from changes in estimates of €   183   million, stemming from model refinements and the annual recalibration of the forward looking information in our IFRS   9 model, which offset a negative impact of €   165   million from the update of macroeconomic variables. Provision for credit losses was 17   basis points of average loans reflecting the bank’s strong underwriting standards and risk management as well as the low-risk nature of our portfolios. Please refer to the sections “Segment Results of Operations” and “Risk Report” for further details on provision for credit losses.

15

Remaining Noninterest Income

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Commissions and fee income1

9,424

9,520

10,039

(96)

(1)

(519)

(5)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

323

260

317

63

24

(57)

(18)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost

324

0

2

324

N/M

(2)

(78)

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

120

110

219

10

9

(109)

(50)

Other income (loss)

(61)

(668)

215

607

(91)

(883)

N/M

Total remaining noninterest income

10,130

9,222

10,792

908

10

(1,570)

(15)

1 includes:

Commissions and fees from fiduciary activities:

Commissions for administration

347

327

303

19

6

24

8

Commissions for assets under management

3,208

3,298

3,130

(90)

(3)

168

5

Commissions for other securities business

341

317

290

24

7

27

9

Total

3,896

3,943

3,724

(47)

(1)

219

6

Commissions, broker’s fees, mark-ups on securities underwriting and other securities activities:

Underwriting and advisory fees

1,625

1,501

1,629

125

8

(128)

(8)

Brokerage fees

637

637

936

0

0

(299)

(32)

Total

2,262

2,137

2,565

125

6

(427)

(17)

Fees for other customer services

3,266

3,440

3,751

(174)

(5)

(311)

(8)

Total commissions and fee income

9,424

9,520

10,039

(96)

(1)

(519)

(5)

N/M – Not meaningful

Commissions and fee income
2020

Commissions and fee income was € 9.4 billion in 2020, a decrease of € 96 million, or 1 %, compared to 2019. The decrease included € 174 million lower fees for other customer services in Corporate Bank mainly driven by positions sold during the year.

Following the decision to sell our Global Prime Finance business, other short-term borrowingsreduced economic activities. Commissions for assets under management decreased by € 8.9 billion, predominantly90 million in AM mainly due to unwindingabsence of positions, whilst remaining liabilities excluding brokerageperformance fees from Multi Asset and securities related payablesAlternatives recognized in 2019. Underwriting and advisory fees increased by € 8.4125 million mainly driven by increased activity and market share gains in debt market as well as an increase in global fee pool and issuances in equities. Brokerage fees have remained flat year-over-year mainly as the negative impact from discontinued business activities in CRU following the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy announced in July 2019 was fully compensated by higher commission and fee income in PB from investment and insurance products including benefits form re-pricing measures.

2019

Commissions and fee income was € 9.5 billion primarily duein 2019, a decrease of € 519 million, or 5 %, compared to the reclassificationprior year. The decrease included € 427 million lower underwriting and advisory fees as well as brokerage fees, primarily in the CRU, associated with discontinued business activities following the execution of certain items into held-for-sale (associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas).


31

bank’s transformation strategy announced in July 2019. Fees for other customer services declined by € 311 million primarily driven by a reduction in the global fee pool and issuances, lower leveraged loan fees and capital markets fees. These decreases were partly offset by increaseshigher commissions for assets under management in loans at amortized cost by € 29.5 billion, mainly contributed by new deals and increased drawdowns in our core businesses, and deposits by € 7.8 billion. Deposit movement was driven by growth primarily in our Private Bank, partially offset by reductions late in the year following the introduction of negative interest charged on select customer deposits in the Corporate Bank and Private Bank.

Remaining assets excluding brokerage and securities related receivables were up by € 19.3 billion, primarily driven by increase in held-to-collect securities used for interest rate risk management purposes.

In addition to the above, positive market value of derivative financial instruments increased by € 12.9 billion, with a corresponding increase of € 15.0 billion in negative market value of derivative financial instruments due to market movements, primarily in interest rates.

The overall movement of the balance sheet included an increase of € 18.0 billion due to foreign exchange rate movements,AM, mainly driven by strengthening of the U.S. Dollar versus the Euro. The effects from foreign exchange rate movements are embeddeda non-recurring alternatives and multi asset performance fee recognized in the movement of the balance sheet line items discussed in this section.2019.

LiquidityNet gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
2020

Liquidity reserves amounted to € 222 billion as of December 31, 2019 (compared to € 259 billion as of December 31, 2018). We maintained a positive liquidity stress result as of December 31, 2019 (under the combined scenario).

Equity

Total equity as of December 31, 2019 decreased by € 6.6 billion compared to December 31, 2018. The decline in equity was driven by a net loss attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components of € 5.4 billion, primarily related to transformation-related effects. Total equity was also impacted by remeasurement losses related to defined benefit plans of € 987 million, net of tax, coupons paidNet gains on additional equity components of € 330 million, as well as cash dividends paid to Deutsche Bank shareholders of € 227 million and a negative impact due to the adoption of IFRS 16 of € 137 million, net of tax. The declines in equity were partly offset by a positive net change in share awards of € 118 million in additional paid-in capital and gains from foreign currency translation of € 108 million, net of tax, mainly resulting from the strengthening of the US dollar against the euro, as well as unrealized net gains of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income were € 323 million in 2020, an increase of € 7963 million, netor 24 % compared to 2019 driven mainly by higher gains from the sale of tax.bonds and securities from our strategic liquidity reserve.

Own Funds2019

Our Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capitalNet gains on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income were € 260 million in 2019, a decrease of € 57 million, or 18 % compared to 2018 driven mainly by lower gains from the sale of municipal bonds in the U.S., government bonds and Risk weightedsecurities from our strategic liquidity reserve.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets (RWA) underat amortized cost
2020

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost were € 324 million in 2020 and nil in 2019, driven by sale of assets out of Hold-to-collect portfolio in 2020 as part of our strategy for managing the CRR/CRDinterest rate risk in the banking book.

16

2019

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost were nil in 2019 and € 2 million in 2018, which have been lastly amendedprimarily included the impact from the early redemption of certain bonds.

Net income (loss) from equity method investments
2020

Net gains from equity method investments were € 120 million in June 2019 show no difference between CRR/CRD and fully loaded CRR/CRD. Our CET 1 capital as of December 31, 2019 decreased by € 3.3 billion to € 44.1 billion,2020 compared to € 47.5 billion as110 million in 2019, an increase of December 31, 2018. The RWA decreased by 26.4 billion to10 million, or 9 %.

2019

Net gains from equity method investments were € 324.0 billion as of December 31,110 million in 2019 compared to € 350.4 billion as219 million in 2018, a decrease of December 31, 2018. Due€ 109 million, or 50 %, primarily due to the decreased CET 1 capitalabsence of a prior year gain from the valuation of an investment and RWA, the CET 1 capital ratio as of December 31, 2019 remains unchanged at 13.6%lower equity pickup from Huarong Rongde Asset Management Company Limited.

Other income (loss)
2020

Other income (loss) was € (61) million in 2020 compared to December 31,€ (668) million in 2019. The improvement was driven by positive impacts associated with hedge ineffectiveness along with fair value hedge accounting adjustments. Furthermore, other income includes a positive impact from a valuation adjustment on liabilities of guaranteed mutual funds in AM that offsets a negative impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

2019

Other income (loss) was € (668) million in 2019 compared to € 215 million in 2018. The decrease was driven by the impact of hedge ineffectiveness together with bond sales and fair value hedge accounting adjustments following the unwinding of the municipal bond portfolio in the U.S. in 2018. The decrease was also impacted by the absence of a prior year gain from the sale of real estate assets in 2018 and lower positive impacts from workout activities related to legacy positions in Sal. Oppenheim in 2019. Furthermore, other income includes a negative impact from a valuation adjustment on liabilities of guaranteed mutual funds in AM that offsets a positive impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

Noninterest Expenses

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Compensation and benefits

10,471

11,142

11,814

(671)

(6)

(672)

(6)

General and administrative expenses¹

10,259

12,253

11,286

(1,993)

(16)

966

9

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

1,037

0

(1,037)

(100)

1,037

N/M

Restructuring activities

485

644

360

(159)

(25)

283

79

Total noninterest expenses

21,216

25,076

23,461

(3,860)

(15)

1,615

7

N/M – Not meaningful

1 includes:

Information Technology2

3,862

5,011

4,043

(1,150)

(23)

968

24

Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses3

1,724

1,693

1,698

31

2

(5)

(0)

Regulatory, tax & insurance3,4

1,407

1,440

1,570

(33)

(2)

(130)

(8)

Professional services5

982

1,143

1,323

(161)

(14)

(180)

(14)

Banking Services and outsourced operations5

962

967

960

(5)

(0)

6

1

Market Data and Research services2

376

421

415

(46)

(11)

7

2

Travel expenses

76

256

288

(180)

(70)

(32)

(11)

Marketing expenses

174

251

299

(77)

(31)

(48)

(16)

Other expenses6

696

1,071

690

(374)

(35)

381

55

Total general and administrative expenses

10,259

12,253

11,286

(1,993)

(16)

966

9

2Prior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of telecommunications expenses from (communications) and market data & research services expenses to information technology expenses

323Prior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of insurance premium expenses from occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses to regulatory, tax & insurance expenses

4Includes bank levy of € 633 million in 2020, € 622 million in 2019 and € 690 million in 2018.

5Prior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of other outsourced operations expenses from professional services expenses to banking services and outsourced operations expenses

6Includes litigation related expenses of € 158 million in 2020, € 473 million in 2019 and € 88 million in 2018. See Note 27 “Provisions”, for more detail on litigation


17

Compensation and benefits
2020

Compensation and benefits decreased by € 671 million, or 6 %, to € 10.5 billion in 2020 compared to € 11.1 billion in 2019. The decrease was primarily driven by lower fixed compensation expenses resulting from workforce reductions.

2019

Compensation and benefits decreased by € 672 million, or 6 %, to € 11.1 billion in 2019 compared to € 11.8 billion in 2018. The decrease was primarily driven by lower fixed and variable compensation expenses which reflects overall affordability and performance at the Group level and the reduction in headcount.

General and administrative expenses
2020

General and administrative expenses decreased by € 2 billion, or 16 %, to € 10.3 billion in 2020 compared to € 12.3 billion in 2019. The decrease was driven by € 655 million lower transformation charges as 2019 included higher software impairments and higher litigation expenses. Apart from these, general and administrative expenses further decreased compared to the prior year following a disciplined cost management with reductions across all major cost categories including IT expenses due to lower software amortization and a reduction of IT service expenses, professional service fees mainly reflecting a reduction in external workforce expenses as well as travel and marketing expenses.

2019

General and administrative expenses increased by € 966 million, or 9 %, to € 12.3 billion in 2019 compared to € 11.3 billion in 2018. The increase was driven by € 1.1 billion transformation charges mainly related to the impairment of software and real estate assets, as well as higher litigation expenses. Excluding these effects, general and administrative expenses decreased compared to the prior year following a disciplined cost management with reductions across all major cost categories except IT expenses, which remained essentially stable during 2019, reflecting Deutsche Bank’s commitment to continue spending on technology and controls in line with its transformation strategy.

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
2020

No impairment charges were reported for 2020. Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets of € 1.0 billion was reported in 2019. The announcement of the strategic transformation in July 2019 triggered the impairment review of Deutsche Bank’s goodwill. A worsening macro-economic outlook, including interest rate curves, industry-specific market growth corrections, as well as the impact related to the implementation of the transformation strategy resulted in the full impairment of the Wealth Management goodwill of € 545 million in PB and the GTB & CF goodwill of € 492 million in CB in the second quarter 2019.

2019

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets was € 1.0 billion in 2019 as aforementioned.

Restructuring
2020

Expenses for restructuring activities were € 485 million in 2020 compared to € 644 million in 2019. The decrease was primarily due to higher costs related to the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy in 2019.

2019

Expenses for restructuring activities were € 644 million in 2019 compared to € 360 million in 2018. The increase was primarily related to the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy which led to new provisions in all segments in 2019.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

[PageFor a detailed discussion of our liquidity risk management, see “Management Report: Risk Report: Liquidity Risk” in the Annual Report 2020.

For a detailed discussion of our capital management, see “Management Report: Risk Report: Capital Management” in the Annual Report 2020.


87

Post-Employment Benefit Plans

Please see “Management Report: Employees: Post-Employment Benefit Plans” in the Annual Report 2020.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

For information on the nature, purpose and extent of our off-balance sheet arrangements, please see Note 38 “Structured Entities” to the consolidated financial statements. For further information on off-balance sheet arrangements, including allowances for off-balance sheet positions, please refer to “Management Report: Risk Report: Asset Quality: Allowance for Credit Losses” in the Annual Report 2020 and Note 19 “Allowance for Credit Losses” to the consolidated financial statements. For information on irrevocable lending commitments and contingent liabilities with respect to third parties, please see Note 28 “Credit related Commitments” to the consolidated financial statements.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations” in the Annual Report 2020.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

Not applicable.

Item 6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Directors and Senior Management

In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz), we have a Management Board (Vorstand) and a Supervisory Board (Aufsichtsrat). The German Stock Corporation Act prohibits simultaneous membership on both the Management Board and the Supervisory Board. The members of the Management Board are the executive officers of our company. The Management Board is responsible for managing our company and representing us in dealings with third parties. The Supervisory Board oversees the Management Board, appoints and removes its members and determines their remuneration and other compensation components, including pension benefits. According to German law, our Supervisory Board represents us in dealings with members of the Management Board. Therefore, no members of the Management Board may enter into any agreement with us without the prior consent of our Supervisory Board.

German law does not require the members of the Management Board nor the members of the Supervisory Board to own any of our shares to be qualified. In addition, German law has no requirement that members of the Management Board retire based on an age limit. However, age limits for members of the Management Board are defined contractually. Accordingly, a Management Board member should not be older at the end of his or her appointment period than the regular retirement age according to the rules of the statutory pension insurance scheme applicable in Germany for the long-term insured to claim an early retirement pension, which is currently 65 years of age. Age limits also exist for the members of the Supervisory Board according to the Terms of Reference (Geschäftsordnung) for our Supervisory Board. There is a maximum age limit of 70 years for members of the Supervisory Board. In exceptional cases, a Supervisory Board member can be elected or appointed for a period that extends no longer than until the end of the fourth Ordinary General Meeting that takes place after he/she has reached the age of 70.


88

The Supervisory Board may not make management decisions. However, German law and our Articles of Association (Satzung) require the Management Board to obtain the approval of the Supervisory Board for certain actions. The most important of these actions are:

The Management Board must submit regular reports or ad-hoc reports, as the case may be, to the Supervisory Board on our current operations and future business planning as well as on our risk situation. The Supervisory Board may also request special reports from the Management Board at any time.

With respect to voting powers, a member of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board may not vote on resolutions open to a vote at a board meeting if the proposed resolution concerns:

A member of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board may not directly or indirectly exercise voting rights on resolutions open to a vote at a shareholders’ meeting (Hauptversammlung, which we refer to as the General Meeting) if the proposed resolution concerns:

Supervisory Board and Management Board

In carrying out their duties, members of both the Management Board and Supervisory Board must exercise the standard of care of a prudent and diligent business person, and they are liable to us for damages if they fail to do so.

The liability of the members of the Management Board or the Supervisory Board under the German Stock Corporation Act for breach of their fiduciary duties is to the company rather than individual shareholders. However, individual shareholders that hold at least 1 % or € 100,000 of the subscribed capital and are granted standing by the court may also invoke such liability to the company. The underlying concept is that all shareholders should benefit equally from amounts received under this liability by adding such amounts to the company’s assets rather than disbursing them to plaintiff shareholders. We may waive the right to claim damages or settle these claims if at least three years have passed since the alleged breach and if the shareholders approve the waiver or settlement at the General Meeting with a simple majority of the votes cast, and provided that opposing shareholders do not hold, in the aggregate, one tenth or more of our share capital and do not have their opposition formally noted in the minutes maintained by a German notary.

Supervisory Board

The German Co-Determination Act of 1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz) requires our Supervisory Board to have twenty members, which is also reflected in the Articles of Association. In the event that the number of members of our Supervisory Board falls below twenty, upon application to a competent court, the court must appoint replacement members to serve on the board until official appointments are made by the general meeting of shareholders (with respect to shareholder representatives) or the employees and their representatives (with respect to employee representatives).

The German Co-Determination Act of 1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz) requires that the shareholders elect half of the members of the supervisory board of large German companies, such as Deutsche Bank, and that employees in Germany elect the other half. None of the current members of either of our boards were selected pursuant to any arrangement or understandings with major shareholders, customers or others.

89

Each member of the Supervisory Board generally serves for a fixed term of approximately five years. For the election of shareholder representatives, the General Meeting may establish that the terms of office of up to five members may begin or end on differing dates. Pursuant to German law, the term expires at the latest at the end of the Annual General Meeting that approves and ratifies such member’s actions in the fourth fiscal year after the year in which the Supervisory Board member was elected. Supervisory Board members may also be re-elected. The shareholders may, by a majority of the votes cast in a General Meeting, remove any member of the Supervisory Board they have elected in a General Meeting. The employees may remove any member they have elected by a vote of three-quarters of the employee votes cast.

The members of the Supervisory Board elect the chairperson and the deputy chairperson of the Supervisory Board. Traditionally, the chairperson is a representative of the shareholders, and the deputy chairperson is a representative of the employees. At least half of the members of the Supervisory Board must be present at a meeting or must have submitted their vote in writing to constitute a quorum. In general, approval by a simple majority of the members of the Supervisory Board present and voting is required to pass a resolution. In the case of a deadlock, the resolution is put to a second vote. In the case of a second deadlock, the chairperson has the deciding vote.

For additional information on our Supervisory Board, including a table providing the names of and biographical information for the current members, see “Corporate Governance Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Supervisory Board” in the Annual Report 2020.

Standing Committees

For information on the standing committees of our Supervisory Board, please see “Corporate Governance Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Standing Committees” in the Annual Report 2020.

The business address of the members of the Supervisory Board is the same as our business address, Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany.

Management Board

Our Articles of Association require the Management Board to have at least three members. Our Management Board currently has ten members. The Supervisory Board has also appointed a Chairman (CEO) and one Deputy Chairman (President) of the Management Board.

The Supervisory Board appoints the members of the Management Board for a maximum term of five years and oversees them. They may be re-appointed or have their term extended for one or more terms of up to a maximum of five years each. The Supervisory Board may remove a member of the Management Board prior to the expiration of his or her term for good cause.

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, two members of the Management Board, or one member of the Management Board together with a holder of procuration, may represent us for legal purposes. A holder of procuration is an attorney-in-fact who holds a legally defined power under German law, which cannot be restricted with respect to third parties. However, pursuant to German law, the Management Board itself must resolve on certain matters as a whole and may not delegate the decision to one or more individual members. In particular, it may not delegate the determination of our business and risk strategies, and the coordinating or controlling responsibilities. The Management Board is required to ensure that shareholders are treated on an equal basis and receive equal information. The Management Board is also responsible for ensuring our proper business organization, which includes appropriate and effective risk management as well as compliance with legal requirements and internal guidelines, and for taking the necessary measures to ensure that adequate internal guidelines are developed and implemented.

Other selected responsibilities of the Management Board in accordance with the Terms of Reference for the Management Board and/or German law are:

90

For additional information on our Management Board, including the names of and biographical information for the current members, see “Corporate Governance Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Management Board” in the Annual Report 2020. The Terms of Reference of the Management Board are published on our website www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm.

Board Practices of the Management Board

The Terms of Reference for the Management Board are in accordance with the Supervisory Board resolution of July 7, 2019. These Terms of Reference provide that the members of the Management Board have the collective responsibility for managing Deutsche Bank. Notwithstanding this principle, the allocation of functional responsibilities to the individual members of the Management Board and their substitution (in case of temporary absence) are set out in the Business Allocation Plan for the Management Board in accordance with the Supervisory Board resolution of December 17, 2020. The allocation of functional responsibilities does not exempt any member of the Management Board from collective responsibility for the management of the business. The members of the Management Board are responsible for the proper performance and/or delegation of their duties and the clear allocation of accountabilities and responsibilities within the area of own functional responsibility (so-called “Ressort”) in accordance with the Business Allocation Plan.

Members of the Management Board are bound to the corporate interest of Deutsche Bank. No member of the Management Board may pursue personal interests in his/her decisions or use business opportunities intended for the company for himself/herself. To the extent permitted by German law, individual members of the Management Board may assume Deutsche Bank Group-external mandates, honorary offices or special assignments. In order to effectively prevent any conflicts of interest, the members of the Management Board may accept such positions only upon the approval of the other members of the Management Board and the Chairman’s Committee of the Supervisory Board. Management Board members generally do not accept the role of chair of supervisory boards of Group-external companies.

Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act requires that the management board and supervisory board of any German stock exchange-listed company declare annually that the company complies with the recommendations of the German Corporate Governance Code or, if not, which recommendations the company does not comply with and why it does not comply with these recommendations (so-called “comply or explain”-principle). On some points, these recommendations go beyond the requirements of the German Stock Corporation Act. The Management Board and Supervisory Board issued a new Declaration of Conformity in accordance with Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act in October 2020, which is available on our internet website at www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm under the heading “Declaration of Conformity pursuant to Section 161 German Stock Corporation Act (AktG), Oct 2020”.

For information on the Management Board’s terms of office, please see “Corporate Governance Statement: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Management Board” in the Annual Report 2020. For details of the Management Board’s service contracts providing benefits upon termination, please see “Compensation Report: Pension Benefits” and “Compensation Report: Other Benefits upon Early Termination” in the Management Report of the Annual Report 2020.

The allocation of functional responsibilities to the individual members of the Management Board is described in the Business Allocation Plan for the Management Board, which sets the framework for the delegation of responsibilities to senior management below the Management Board. The Management Board endorses individual accountability of senior position holders as opposed to joint decision-taking in committees. At the same time, the Management Board recognizes the importance of having comprehensive and robust information across all businesses in order to take well informed decisions and established, in addition to Infrastructure Committees, Business Executive Committees and Regional Committees, the “Group Management Committee” which aims to improve the information flow across the Corporate Divisions and between the Corporate Divisions and the Management Board. The Group Management Committee as a senior platform, which is not required by the German Stock Corporation Act, is composed of all Management Board members as well as most senior business representatives to exchange information and discuss business, growth and profitability.

91

Compensation

For information on the compensation of the members of our Management Board, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Management Board Compensation Report” in the Annual Report 2020.

For information on the compensation of the members of our Employees, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Employee Compensation Report” in the Annual Report 2020.

For information on the compensation of the members of our Supervisory Board, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Compensation System for Supervisory Board Members” in the Annual Report 2020.

Employees

Labor Relations

In Germany, labor unions and employers’ associations generally negotiate collective bargaining agreements on salaries and benefits for employees below the management level. Many companies in Germany, including ourselves and our material German subsidiaries, are members of employers’ associations and are bound by collective bargaining agreements.

Accordingly, our employers’ association, the “Arbeitgeberverband des privaten Bankgewerbes e.V.”, regularly renegotiates the collective bargaining agreements that cover many of our employees. The current agreement was reached in July 2019. As part of the final package, salaries were increased in two stages by a total of 4.0 %: 2.0 % from September 2019 and a further 2.0 % from November 2020. In addition to salary increases, the final result also includes mutual negotiation obligations regarding new collective bargaining agreements on qualification, working hours, training and prevention as well as the start of a further modernization of the collective bargaining agreements. The existing collective wage agreement lasts until end of June 2021, negotiations on a renewal are likely to begin in autumn 2021.

Our employers’ association negotiates with the following unions:

As German law prohibits us from asking our employees whether they are members of labor unions, there is no record of how many of the bank’s employees are union members.

On the basis of the agreement on cross-border information and consultation of Deutsche Bank employees in the EU concluded on September 10, 1996, all employees in the EU are represented by the European Works Council. This adds up to around two thirds of the Group's total workforce.

For further information on our employees, see “Management Report: Employees” in the Annual Report 2020.

Share Ownership

For the share ownership of the Management Board, see “Management Report: Compensation Report: Management Board Share Ownership” in the Annual Report 2020.

For the share ownership of the members of the Supervisory Board, see “Corporate Governance Statement/ Corporate Governance Report: Reporting and Transparency: Directors’ Share Ownership” in the Annual Report 2020.

For a description of our employee share programs, please see Note 33 “Employee Benefits” to the consolidated financial statements.

92

Item 7: Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

Major Shareholders

On December 31, 2020, our issued share capital amounted to € 5,290,939,215.36 divided into 2,066,773,131 no par value ordinary registered shares.

On December 31, 2020, we had 604,997 registered shareholders 946,450,284 of our shares were registered in the names of 594,082 shareholders resident in Germany, representing 45.79   % of our share capital. 363,580,475 of our shares were registered in the names of 573 shareholders resident in the United States, representing 17.59   % of our share capital.

The German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz) requires investors in publicly-traded corporations whose investments reach certain thresholds to notify both the corporation and the BaFin of such change within four trading days. The minimum disclosure threshold is 3 % of the corporation’s issued voting share capital.

BlackRock, Inc., Wilmington, DE, has notified us that as of December 31, 2020 it held 5.23 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by BlackRock, Inc., Wilmington, DE, through February 2, 2021.

The Capital Group Companies, Inc., Los Angeles, California, has notified us that as of March 31, 2020 it held 3.74 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by The Capital Group Companies, Inc., Los Angeles, California, through February 2, 2021.

Euro Pacific Growth Fund, Boston, Massachusetts (part of the Capital Group shareholding), has notified us that as of October 6, 2020 it held 3.61 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Euro Pacific Growth Fund, Boston, Massachusetts (part of the Capital Group shareholding), through February 2, 2021.

Douglas L. Braunstein ( Hudson Executive Capital LP ), has notified us that as of November 20, 2020 he held 3.18 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Douglas L. Braunstein ( Hudson Executive Capital LP ), through February 2, 2021.

Paramount Services Holdings Ltd., British Virgin Islands, has notified us that as of August 20, 2015 it held 3.05 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Paramount Services Holdings Ltd., British Virgin Islands, through February 2, 2021.

Supreme Universal Holdings Ltd., Cayman Islands, has notified us that as of August 20, 2015 it held 3.05 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Supreme Universal Holdings Ltd., Cayman Islands, through February 2, 2021.

Stephen A. Feinberg (Cerberus), has notified us that as of November 14, 2017 he held 3.001 % of our shares. We have received no further notification by Stephen A. Feinberg (Cerberus), through February 2, 2021.

We are neither directly nor indirectly owned nor controlled by any other corporation, by any government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly.

Pursuant to German law and our Articles of Association, to the extent that we may have major shareholders at any time, we may not give them different voting rights from any of our other shareholders.

We are aware of no arrangements which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of our company.

93

Related Party Transactions

We have business relationships with a number of the companies in which we own significant equity interests. We also have business relationships with a number of companies where members of our Management Board also hold positions on boards of directors. Our business relationships with these companies cover many of the financial services we provide to our clients generally. For more detailed information, refer to Note 36 “Related Party Transactions” to the consolidated financial statements.

We conduct our business with these companies on terms equivalent to those that would prevail if we did not have equity holdings in them or management members in common, and we have conducted business with these companies on that basis in 2020 and prior years. None of these transactions is or was material to us.

Among our business with related party companies in 2020, there have been and currently are loans, guarantees and commitments, which totaled € 212 million (including loans amounting to € 169 million) as of December 31, 2020, compared to € 199 million (including loans amounting to € 187 million) as of December 31, 2019.

All these credit exposures

Related Party Impaired Loans

In addition to our other shareholdings, we hold acquired equity interests in some of our clients arising from our efforts to protect our then-outstanding lending exposures to them.

Impaired loans to related parties which may exhibit more than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features compared to performing loans to related parties decreased by € 11 million to € 0 million, from December 31, 2019. The following table presents an overview of the impaired loans we hold of our related parties as of December 31, 2020.

in € m.

Amount outstanding as of Decem- ber 31, 2020

Largest amount outstanding January 1, to December 31, 2020

Provision for loan losses in 2020¹

Allowance for loan losses as of Decem- ber 31, 2020¹

Nature of the loan and transaction in which incurred

Customer A

0

11

0

0

Company was put into a court-supervised debt moratorium process in 2016. This triggered a debt to equity swap for 70 % of our loans and a € 25 million write-off in 2017. The company has informed lenders of inability to service the debt. No recoveries expected. DB sold exposure in April 2020 sales price € 0.3 million triggered additional € 9.8 million final write off.

Total

0

11

0

0

1The allowance for loan losses is calculated by subtracting the net present value of future expected cash flows from the current outstanding. The year-end balance of the loan loss allowance is in most cases lower than the amount of provision for credit losses required for the recognition due to unwinding effects based upon passage of time which are recognized in interest income.

2Provision of € 0.5 million in 2020 driven by FX effect of € 0.5 million.

In the above table, customer A is a company in which we held a minority share and which is not consolidated at equity.

We have not disclosed the name of the related party customer described above because we have concluded that such disclosure would violate applicable privacy laws, such as customer confidentiality and data protection laws, and this customer has not waived application of these privacy laws. A legal opinion regarding the applicable privacy laws is filed as Exhibit   14.1 hereto.

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

94

Item 8: Financial Information

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Consolidated Financial Statements

The Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 20-F consist of the Consolidated Financial Statements including Notes 1 to 43 thereto, which are set forth as Part 2 of the Annual Report 2020, and, as described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates” thereto under “Basis of accounting – IFRS 7 disclosures”, certain parts of the Management Report set forth as Part 1 of the Annual Report 2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 have been audited by Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2019 and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been audited by KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2020.

Legal Proceedings

General. We and our subsidiaries operate in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes us to significant litigation risks. As a result, we are involved in litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings and investigations in Germany and in a number of jurisdictions outside Germany, including the United States. Please refer to Note 27 “Provisions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for descriptions of certain significant legal proceedings. Additional legal proceedings that may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on our financial position or profitability are described below.

Australian Antitrust Proceedings. In June 2018, the Australian Commonwealth Director of Public Prosecutions (CDPP) filed charges against Deutsche Bank for alleged criminal cartel offenses following a referral by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission. CDPP alleges that the cartel conduct took place in connection with an institutional share placement by Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited in August 2015, on which Deutsche Bank acted as joint underwriter with other banks. CDPP has also charged other banks and individuals, including two former Deutsche Bank employees. Deutsche Bank AG and its former employees have been charged with six offences of making, and giving effect to, anti-competitive arrangements. Deutsche Bank AG and its former employees are defending these charges. The criminal trial in this matter has been scheduled to commence on April 4, 2022 before the Federal Court of Australia.

Bank Bill Swap Rate Claims. On August 16, 2016, a putative class action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Deutsche Bank and other defendants, bringing claims based on alleged collusion and manipulation in connection with the Australian Bank Bill Swap Rate (“BBSW”) on behalf of persons and entities that engaged in U.S.-based transactions in BBSW-linked financial instruments from 2003 through the date on which the effects of the alleged unlawful conduct ceased. The complaint alleged that the defendants, among other things, engaged in money market transactions intended to influence the BBSW fixing, made false BBSW submissions, and used their control over BBSW rules to further the alleged misconduct. An amended complaint was filed on December 16, 2016. On November 26, 2018, the court partially granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the amended complaint, dismissing all claims against Deutsche Bank. On April 3, 2019, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, which the defendants moved to dismiss. On February 13, 2020, the court partially granted the motion to dismiss the second amended complaint, with certain claims against Deutsche Bank remaining. On June 16, 2020, Deutsche Bank served an answer denying all allegations of misconduct. Discovery is ongoing.

Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan) Foreign Exchange Sanction. On February 5, 2021, the Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan) (CBC) sanctioned Deutsche Bank AG, Taipei Branch (DBTP) and three other banks for engaging in foreign exchange forward transactions with international commodities trading clients in violation of the CBC’s Regulations Governing Foreign Exchange Business of Banking Enterprises. While no fine was imposed on DBTP, CBC revoked DBTP’s business permission to conduct Taiwan dollar deliverable forward and Taiwan dollar non-deliverable forward business and suspended DBTP’s business permission for all foreign exchange related derivatives business for two years. The sanction does not affect performance and settlement of existing trades, nor does it affect DBTP’s interbank swap funding transactions. The sanctions take effect from February 8, 2021. DBTP may apply to CBC to reinstate the affected business upon demonstrating concrete remediation measures.

95

Challenge of the General Meeting’s Resolution Not to Pay a Dividend for the 2015 Fiscal Year. In May 2016, Deutsche Bank AG’s General Meeting resolved that no dividend was to be paid to Deutsche Bank’s shareholders for the 2015 fiscal year. Some shareholders filed a lawsuit with the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main (Landgericht), challenging (among other things) the resolution on the grounds that Deutsche Bank was required by law to pay a minimum dividend in an amount equal to 4 % of Deutsche Bank’s share capital. In December 2016, the Regional Court ruled in favor of the plaintiffs. Deutsche Bank initially appealed the court’s decision. However, Deutsche Bank withdrew its appeal prior to Deutsche Bank’s 2017 General Meeting, as a result of which the challenged resolution became void. Deutsche Bank’s General Meeting in May 2017 resolved the payment of a dividend of approximately € 400 million from Deutsche Bank’s distributable profit for 2016 which amount contained a component reflecting the distributable profit carried forward from 2015 of approximately € 165 million. Such dividend was paid to the shareholders shortly after the annual General Meeting. The resolution was also challenged in court based on the allegation that the way the decision was taken was not correct. On January 18, 2018, the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main dismissed the shareholder actions as regards the dividend resolution taken in May 2017. The plaintiffs appealed to the Higher Regional Court Frankfurt am Main. On March 26, 2019, the Higher Regional Court Frankfurt am Main confirmed the decision of the Regional Court and dismissed the appeal. The plaintiffs filed an appeal against the denial of leave to appeal with the Federal Court of Justice. On May 5, 2020 the Federal Court of Justice dismissed the appeal of the plaintiff against the denial of leave to appeal. This decision is final.

FX derivatives products investigations and litigation. Deutsche Bank has received requests for information from certain regulators in connection with its internal investigation into the historical sales of certain FX derivatives products with a limited number of clients. Deutsche Bank is providing information to and otherwise cooperating with these regulators. Separately, a related claim has been filed in the High Courts of England and Wales by one of the Bank’s clients but proceedings have yet to formally commence.

KOSPI Index Unwind Matters. Following the decline of the Korea Composite Stock Price Index 200 (the “KOSPI 200”) in the closing auction on November 11, 2010 by approximately 2.7 %, the Korean Financial Supervisory Service (“FSS”) commenced an investigation and expressed concerns that the fall in the KOSPI 200 was attributable to a sale by Deutsche Bank of a basket of stocks, worth approximately € 1.6 billion, that was held as part of an index arbitrage position on the KOSPI 200. On February 23, 2011, the Korean Financial Services Commission, which oversees the work of the FSS, reviewed the FSS’ findings and recommendations and resolved to take the following actions: (i) to file a criminal complaint to the Korean Prosecutor’s Office for alleged market manipulation against five employees of Deutsche Bank group and Deutsche Bank’s subsidiary Deutsche Securities Korea Co. (DSK) for vicarious corporate criminal liability; and (ii) to impose a suspension of six months, commencing April 1, 2011 and ending September 30, 2011, of DSK’s business for proprietary trading of cash equities and listed derivatives and DMA (direct market access) cash equities trading, and the requirement that DSK suspend the employment of one named employee for six months. On August 19, 2011, the Korean Prosecutor’s Office announced its decision to indict DSK and four employees of Deutsche Bank group on charges of spot/futures-linked market manipulation. The criminal trial commenced in January 2012. On January 25, 2016, the Seoul Central District Court rendered guilty verdicts against a DSK trader and DSK. A criminal fine of KRW 1.5 billion (less than € 2.0 million) was imposed on DSK. The Court also ordered forfeiture of the profits generated on the underlying trading activity. The Group disgorged the profits on the underlying trading activity in 2011. The criminal trial verdicts against both the DSK trader and against DSK were overturned on appeal in a decision rendered by the Seoul High Court on December 12, 2018. The Korean Prosecutor’s Office has appealed the Seoul High Court decision.

In addition, a number of civil actions have been filed in Korean courts against Deutsche Bank and DSK by certain parties who allege they incurred losses as a consequence of the fall in the KOSPI 200 on November 11, 2010. First instance court decisions were rendered against the Bank and DSK in some of these cases starting in the fourth quarter of 2015. The outstanding claims known to Deutsche Bank have an aggregate claim amount of less than € 60 million (at present exchange rates).

Monte Dei Paschi. In March 2013, Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena (“MPS”) initiated civil proceedings in Italy against Deutsche Bank alleging that Deutsche Bank assisted former MPS senior management in an accounting fraud on MPS, by undertaking repo transactions with MPS and “Santorini”, a wholly owned special-purpose vehicle of MPS, which helped MPS defer losses on a previous transaction undertaken with Deutsche Bank. Subsequently, in July 2013, the Fondazione Monte dei Paschi di Siena (“FMPS”), MPS’ largest shareholder, also commenced civil proceedings in Italy for damages based on substantially the same facts. In December 2013, Deutsche Bank reached an agreement with MPS to settle the civil proceedings and the transactions were unwound. The civil proceedings initiated by FMPS, in which damages of between € 220 million and € 381 million were claimed, were also settled in December 2018 upon payment by Deutsche Bank of € 17.5 million. FMPS’s separate claim filed in July 2014 against FMPS’s former administrators and a syndicate of 12 banks including Deutsche Bank S.p.A. for € 286 million continues to be pending before the first instance Florence courts.

96

A criminal investigation was launched by the Siena Public Prosecutor into the transactions entered into by MPS with Deutsche Bank and certain unrelated transactions entered into by MPS with other parties. Such investigation was moved in summer 2014 from Siena to the Milan Public Prosecutors as a result of a change in the alleged charges being investigated. On February 16, 2016, the Milan Public Prosecutors issued a request of committal to trial against Deutsche Bank and six current and former employees. The committal process concluded with a hearing on October 1, 2016, during which the Milan court committed all defendants in the criminal proceedings to trial. Deutsche Bank’s potential exposure was for administrative liability under Italian Legislative Decree n. 231/2001 and for civil vicarious liability as an employer of current and former Deutsche Bank employees who are being criminally prosecuted.

On November 8, 2019, the Milan court issued its verdicts, finding five former employees and one current employee of Deutsche Bank guilty and sentencing them to either 3 years and 6 months or 4 years and 8 months. Deutsche Bank was found liable under Italian Legislative Decree n. 231/2001 and the court ordered the seizure of alleged profits of € 64.9 million and a fine of € 3 million. The Court also found Deutsche Bank has civil vicarious liability for damages (to be quantified by the civil court) as an employer of the current and former employees who were convicted. The sentences and fines are not due until the conclusion of any appeal process. The final judgment was issued by the Court on May 13, 2020. Deutsche Bank and the six former or current employees filed an appeal to the Milan Court of Appeal on September 22, 2020.

On May 22, 2018, CONSOB, the authority responsible for regulating the Italian financial markets, issued fines of € 100,000 each against the six current and former employees of Deutsche Bank who are defendants in the criminal proceedings. The six individuals were also banned from performing management functions in Italy and for Italian based institutions for three to six months each. No separate fine or sanction was imposed on Deutsche Bank but it is jointly and severally liable for the six current/former Deutsche Bank employees’ fines. On June 14, 2018, Deutsche Bank and the six individuals filed an appeal in the Milan Court of Appeal challenging CONSOB’s decision and one of the individuals sought a stay of enforcement of the fine against that individual. On December 17, 2020, the Milan Court of Appeal allowed the appeals filed by Deutsche Bank and the six current and former employees and annulled the resolution sanctioning them. CONSOB may appeal the decision.

Pension Plan Assets. The Group sponsors a number of post-employment benefit plans on behalf of its employees. In Germany, the pension assets that fund the obligations under these pension plans are held by Benefit Trust GmbH. The German tax authorities are challenging the tax treatment of certain income received by Benefit Trust GmbH in the years 2010 to 2013 with respect to its pension plan assets. For the year 2010 Benefit Trust GmbH paid the amount of tax and interest assessed of € 160 million to the tax authorities and is seeking a refund of the amounts paid in litigation. For 2011 to 2013 the matter is stayed pending the outcome of the 2010 tax litigation. The amount of tax and interest under dispute for years 2011 to 2013, which also has been paid to the tax authorities, amounts to € 456 million. In March 2017, the lower fiscal court ruled in favor of Benefit Trust GmbH and in September 2017 the tax authorities appealed the decision to the German supreme fiscal court ( Bundesfinanzhof). A court hearing is scheduled for March 15, 2021.

Precious Metals Investigations and Litigations. Deutsche Bank received inquiries from certain regulatory and law enforcement authorities, including requests for information and documents, pertaining to investigations of precious metals trading and related conduct. Deutsche Bank has cooperated with these investigations. On January 29, 2018, Deutsche Bank entered into a U.S.$ 30 million settlement with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) concerning spoofing, and manipulation and attempted manipulation in precious metals futures and of stop loss orders. On January 8, 2021, Deutsche Bank entered into a deferred prosecution agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice concerning spoofing and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act conduct as mentioned in the Note 27 “Provisions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As part of its obligations in the deferred prosecution agreement, Deutsche Bank agreed to pay approximately U.S.$ 8 million, of which approximately U.S.$ 6 million would be credited by virtue of the aforementioned CFTC resolution.

Deutsche Bank is a defendant in two consolidated class action lawsuits pending in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The suits allege violations of U.S. antitrust law, the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act and related state law arising out of the alleged manipulation of gold and silver prices through participation in the Gold and Silver Fixes. Deutsche Bank has reached agreements to settle the Gold action for U.S.$ 60 million and the Silver action for U.S.$ 38 million, which remain subject to final court approval.

Pre-Release ADRs. Deutsche Bank and certain affiliates have received inquiries from certain European regulatory, tax and law enforcement authorities, including requests for documents and information, with respect to American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), including ADRs that have been issued on a "pre-release" basis (“pre-release ADRs”). Deutsche Bank is cooperating with these inquiries.

Transfer of Lease Assets.In December 2017, a claim for damages was filed with the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main against Deutsche Bank AG in the amount of approximately € 155 million (excluding interest). In 2006, Deutsche Bank AG (indirectly, through a special-purpose vehicle) entered into transactions according to which the plaintiff transferred certain lease assets to the special-purpose vehicle against, among others things, receipt of a preference dividend. The plaintiff alleges that Deutsche Bank had entered into an agreement with it under which Deutsche Bank provided flawed contractual documentation as a result of which the German tax authorities have disallowed the plaintiff’s expected tax savings. The Regional Court Frankfurt am Main fully dismissed the claim on July 26, 2019. The plaintiff has appealed this decision to the Higher Regional Court Frankfurt am Main. A date for an oral hearing has not yet been set.

97

Dividend Policy

For 2020, the Management Board will propose to the General Meeting that we do not pay a dividend. For 2019, we also did not pay a dividend. For 2018, we paid a dividend of € 0.11 per share. Historically, we have paid dividends at higher levels, and we aim to free up capital for distribution from 2022 with the goal of returning € 5 billion of capital to shareholders over time. However, we cannot assure investors that we will pay dividends as we did in previous years, nor at any other level, or at all, in any future period. If the company is not profitable, we may not pay dividends at all.

Furthermore, if Deutsche Bank AG fails to meet the regulatory capital adequacy requirements under CRR/CRD (including individually imposed capital requirements (so-called “Pillar 2” requirements) and the combined buffer requirement), it may be prohibited from making, and the ECB or the BaFin may suspend or limit, the payment of dividends. In addition, the ECB expects banks to meet “Pillar 2” guidance. If Deutsche Bank AG operates or expects to operate below “Pillar 2” guidance, the ECB will review the reasons why the Bank’s capital level has fallen or is expected to fall and may take appropriate and proportionate measures in connection with such shortfall. Any such measures might have an impact on Deutsche Bank AG’s willingness or ability to pay dividends. For further information on regulatory capital adequacy requirements and the powers of Deutsche Bank AG’s regulators to suspend dividend payments, see “Item 4: Information on the Company – Regulation and Supervision – Capital Adequacy Requirements” and “– Investigative and Enforcement Powers.”

Under German law, Deutsche Bank AG’s dividends are based on the unconsolidated results of Deutsche Bank AG as prepared in accordance with German accounting rules. Deutsche Bank AG’s Management Board, which prepares the annual financial statements of Deutsche Bank AG on an unconsolidated basis, and its Supervisory Board, which reviews them, first allocate part of Deutsche Bank AG’s annual surplus (if any) to Deutsche Bank AG’s statutory reserves and to any losses carried forward, as it is legally required to do. They then allocate the remainder between other revenue reserves (or retained earnings) and balance sheet profit. They may allocate up to one-half of this remainder to other revenue reserves, and must allocate at least one-half to balance sheet profit. A profit distribution from balance sheet profit is only permitted to the extent that the balance sheet profit plus distributable earnings exceeds potential dividend blocking items, which consist primarily of deferred tax assets, self-developed software and unrealized gains on plan assets, all net of respective deferred tax liabilities.

Deutsche Bank AG then distributes up to the full amount of the balance sheet profit not subject to dividend blocking of Deutsche Bank AG if the annual General Meeting so resolves. The annual General Meeting may resolve a non-cash distribution instead of, or in addition to, a cash dividend. However, Deutsche Bank AG is not legally required to distribute its balance sheet profit to its shareholders to the extent that it has issued participatory rights ( Genussrechte) or granted a silent participation (stille Beteiligung) that accord their holders the right to a portion of Deutsche Bank AG’s distributable profit.

Deutsche Bank AG declares dividends by resolution of the annual General Meeting and pays them (if any) once a year. Dividends approved at a General Meeting are payable on the third business day after that meeting, unless a later date has been determined at that meeting or by the Articles of Association. In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act, the record date for determining which holders of Deutsche Bank AG’s ordinary shares are entitled to the payment of dividends, if any, or other distributions whether cash, stock or property, is the date of the General Meeting at which such dividends or other distributions are declared.

Significant Changes

Except as otherwise stated in this document, there have been no significant changes subsequent to December 31, 2020.

98

Item 9: The Offer and Listing

Offer and Listing Details and Markets

Our share capital consists of ordinary shares issued in registered form without par value. Under German law, shares without par value are deemed to have a “nominal” value equal to the total amount of share capital divided by the number of shares. Our shares have a nominal value in this sense of €   2.56 per share.

The principal trading market for our shares is the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, where it trades under the symbol DBK. Our shares are also traded on the six other German stock exchanges (Berlin, Duesseldorf, Hamburg, Hanover, Munich and Stuttgart, where on each exchange it also trades under the symbol DBK), on the Eurex and the New York Stock Exchange, where it trades under the symbol DB.

We maintain a share register in Frankfurt am Main and, for the purposes of trading our shares on the New York Stock Exchange, a share register in New York.

All shares on German stock exchanges trade in euros, and all shares on the New York Stock Exchange trade in U.S. dollars.

You should not rely on our past share performance as a guide to our future share performance.

Plan of Distribution

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Selling Shareholders

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Dilution

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Expenses of the Issue

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

99

Item 10: Additional Information

Share Capital

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

The following is a summary of certain information relating to certain provisions of our Articles of Association, our share capital and German law. This summary is not complete and is qualified by reference to our Articles of Association and German law in effect at the date of this filing. Copies of our Articles of Association are publicly available at the Commercial Register ( Handelsregister) in Frankfurt am Main, and an English translation is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Annual Report.

Our Business Objectives

Section 2 of our Articles of Association sets out the objectives of our business:

Our Articles of Association permit us to pursue these objectives directly or through subsidiaries and affiliated companies.

Our Articles of Association also provide that, to the extent permitted by law, we may transact all business and take all steps that appear likely to promote our business objectives. In particular, we may:

Supervisory Board and Management Board

For more information on our Supervisory Board and Management Board, see “Item   6: Directors, Senior Management and Employees.��

Voting Rights and Shareholders' Meetings

Each of our shares entitles its registered holder to one vote at our General Meeting. Our Annual General Meeting takes place within the first eight months of our fiscal year. Pursuant to our Articles of Association, we may hold the meeting in Frankfurt am Main, Düsseldorf or any other German city with over 250,000 inhabitants. Unless a shorter period is permitted by law, we must give the notice convening the General Meeting at least 30 days before the last day on which shareholders can register their attendance of the General Meeting (which is the fifth day immediately preceding that General Meeting). Shorter periods apply if the General Meeting is called to adopt a resolution on a capital increase in the context of early intervention measures pursuant to the Act on the Recovery and Resolution of Institutions and Financial Groups (Gesetz zur Sanierung und Abwicklung von Instituten und Finanzgruppen). We are required to include details regarding the shareholder attendance registration process and the issuance of admission cards in our invitation to the General Meeting.

The Management Board or the Supervisory Board may also call an extraordinary General Meeting. Shareholders holding in the aggregate at least 5 % of the nominal value of our share capital may also request that such a meeting be called.


100

According to our Articles of Association our shares are issued in the form of registered shares. For purposes of registration in the share register, all shareholders are required to notify us of the number of shares they hold and, in the case of natural persons, of their name, address and date of birth and, in the case of legal persons, of their registered name, business address and registered domicile. Both being registered in our share register and the timely registration for attendance of the General Meeting constitute prerequisite conditions for any shareholder’s attendance and exercise of voting rights at the General Meeting. Shareholders may register their attendance of a General Meeting with the Management Board (or as otherwise designated in the invitation) by written notice or electronically, no later than the fifth day immediately preceding the date of that General Meeting. Any shareholders who have failed to comply with certain notification requirements summarized under “Notification Requirements” below are precluded from exercising any rights attached to their shares, including voting rights.

Under German law, upon our request a registered shareholder must inform us whether that shareholder owns the shares registered in its name or whether that shareholder holds the shares for any other person as a nominee shareholder. Both the nominee shareholder and the person for whom the shares are held have an obligation to provide the same personal data as required for registration in the share register with respect to the person for whom the shares are held. For so long as a registered shareholder does not provide the requested information as to its holding of the shares or, in the case of nominee shareholding, the required information about the person for whom the shares are held has not been provided, the shares held by the registered shareholder carry no voting rights.

Shareholders may appoint proxies to represent them at General Meetings. As a matter of German law, a proxy relating to voting rights granted by shares may be revoked at any time.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to file a proxy statement under U.S. securities law. The proxy voting process for our shareholders in the United States is substantially similar to the process for publicly held companies incorporated in the United States.

The Annual General Meeting normally adopts resolutions on the following matters:

A simple majority of votes cast is generally sufficient to approve a measure, except in cases where a greater majority is otherwise required by our Articles of Association or by law. Under the German Stock Corporation Act and the German Transformation Act (Umwandlungsgesetz), certain resolutions of fundamental importance require a majority of at least 75 % of the share capital represented at the General Meeting adopting the resolution, in addition to a majority of the votes cast. Such resolutions include the following matters, among others:

Under certain circumstances, such as when a resolution violates our Articles of Association or the German Stock Corporation Act, shareholders may file a shareholder action with the appropriate Regional Court (Landgericht) in Germany to set aside resolutions adopted at the General Meeting.

Under German law, the rights of shareholders as a group can be changed by amendment of the company's articles of association. Any amendment of our Articles of Association requires a resolution of the General Meeting. The authority to amend our Articles of Association, insofar as such amendments merely relate to the wording, such as changes of the share capital as a result of the issuance of shares from authorized capital, has been assigned to our Supervisory Board by our Articles of Association. Pursuant to our Articles of Association, the resolutions of the General Meeting are taken by a simple majority of votes and, insofar as a majority of capital stock is required, by a simple majority of capital stock, except where law or our Articles of Association determine otherwise. The rights of individual shareholders can only be changed with their consent. Amendments to the Articles of Association become effective upon their registration in the Commercial Register.

101

Share Register

We maintain a share register with Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent, pursuant to an agency agreement between us and Link Market Services GmbH and a sub-agency agreement between Link Market Services GmbH and the New York transfer agent.

Our share register will be open for inspection by shareholders during normal business hours at our offices at Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany. The share register generally contains each shareholder's surname, first name, date of birth, address and the number or the quantity of our shares held. Shareholders may prevent their personal information from appearing in the share register by holding their securities through a bank or custodian. Although the shareholder would remain the beneficial owner of the securities, only the bank's or custodian's name would appear in the share register.

Dividend Rights

For a summary of our dividend policy and legal basis for dividends under German law, see “Item   8: Financial Information – Dividend Policy.”

Increases in Share Capital

German law and our Articles of Association permit us to increase our share capital in any of three ways:

The issuance of new ordinary shares by resolution of the General Meeting requires the simple majority of the votes cast and of the share capital represented at the General Meeting. Resolutions of the General Meeting concerning the creation of authorized or conditional capital require the simple majority of the votes cast and a majority of at least 75 % of the share capital represented at the General Meeting.

Liquidation Rights

The German Stock Corporation Act requires that if we are liquidated, any liquidation proceeds remaining after the payment of all our liabilities will be distributed to our shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings.

Preemptive Rights

In principle, holders of our shares have preemptive rights allowing them to subscribe any shares, bonds convertible into, or attached warrants to subscribe for, our shares or participatory certificates we issue. Such preemptive rights exist in proportion to the number of shares currently held by the shareholder. Preemptive rights of shareholders may be excluded with respect to any capital increase, however, as part of the resolution by the General Meeting on such capital increase. Such a resolution by the General Meeting on a capital increase that excludes the shareholders’ preemptive rights with respect thereto requires both a majority of the votes cast and a majority of at least 75 % of the share capital represented at the General Meeting.
A resolution to exclude preemptive rights requires that the proposed exclusion is expressly disclosed in the agenda to the General Meeting and that the Management Board presents the reasons for the exclusion to the shareholders in a written report. Under the German Stock Corporation Act, preemptive rights may in particular be excluded with respect to capital increases not exceeding 10 % of the existing share capital with an issue price payable in cash not significantly below the stock exchange price at the time of issuance. In addition, shareholders may, in a resolution by the General Meeting on authorized capital, authorize the Management Board to exclude the preemptive rights with respect to newly issued shares from authorized capital in specific circumstances set forth in the resolution.

Shareholders are generally permitted to transfer their preemptive rights. Preemptive rights may be traded on one or more German stock exchanges for a limited number of days prior to the final day the preemptive rights can be exercised.

102

Notices and Reports

We publish notices pertaining to our shares and the General Meeting in the electronic German Federal Gazette (Bundes-
anzeiger) and, when so required, in at least one national newspaper designated for exchange notices.

We send our New York transfer agent, through publication or otherwise, a copy of each of our notices pertaining to any General Meeting, any adjourned General Meeting or our actions with respect to any cash or other distributions or the offering of any rights. We provide such notices in the form given or to be given to our shareholders. Our New York transfer agent is requested to arrange for the mailing of such notices to all shareholders registered in the New York registry.

We will make all notices we send to shareholders available at our principal office for inspection by shareholders. Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent will send copies of all notices pertaining to General Meetings to all registered shareholders. Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent will send copies of other notices or information material, such as quarterly reports or shareholder letters, to those registered shareholders who have requested to receive such notices or information material.

Charges of Transfer Agents

We pay Link Market Services GmbH and our New York transfer agent customary fees for their services as transfer agents and registrars. Our shareholders will not be required to pay Link Market Services GmbH or our New York transfer agent any fees or charges in connection with their transfers of shares in the share register. Our shareholders will also not be required to pay any fees in connection with the conversion of dividends from euros to U.S. dollars.

Liability of Transfer Agents

Neither Link Market Services GmbH nor our New York transfer agent will be liable to shareholders if prevented or delayed by law, or any circumstances beyond their control, from performing their obligations as transfer agents and registrars.

Notification Requirements

Disclosure of Interests in a Listed Stock Corporation

Disclosure Obligations under the German Securities Trading Act

Deutsche Bank AG, as a listed company, and its shareholders are subject to the shareholding disclosure obligations under the German Securities Trading Act ( Wertpapierhandelsgesetz). Pursuant to the German Securities Trading Act, any shareholder whose voting interest in a listed company like Deutsche Bank AG, through acquisition, sale or by other means, reaches, exceeds or falls below a 3 %, 5 %, 10 %, 15 %, 20 %, 25 %, 30 %, 50 % or 75 % threshold must notify us and the BaFin of its current aggregate voting interest in writing and without undue delay, but at the latest within four trading days. In connection with this requirement, the German Securities Trading Act contains various provisions regarding the attribution of voting rights to the person who actually controls the voting rights attached to the shares.

Furthermore, the voting rights attached to a third party’s shares are attributed to a shareholder if the shareholder coordinates its conduct concerning the listed company with the third party (so-called “acting in concert”) either through an agreement or other means. Acting in concert is deemed to exist if the parties coordinate their voting at the listed company’s general meeting or, outside the general meeting, coordinate their actions with the goal of significantly and permanently modifying the listed company’s corporate strategy. Each party’s voting rights are attributed to each of the other parties acting in concert.


103

Shareholders failing to comply with their notification obligations are prevented from exercising any rights attached to their shares (including voting rights and the right to receive dividends) until they have complied with the notification requirements. If the failure to comply with the notification obligations specifically relates to the size of the voting interest in the Deutsche Bank AG and is the result of willful or grossly negligent conduct, the suspension of shareholder rights is – subject to certain exceptions in case of an incorrect notification deviating no more than 10 % from the actual percentage of voting rights – extended by a six-month period commencing upon the submission of the required notification.

Except for the 3 % threshold, similar notification obligations exist for reaching, exceeding or falling below the thresholds described above when a person holds, directly or indirectly, certain instruments other than shares. This applies to instruments which grant upon maturity an unconditional right to acquire existing voting shares of Deutsche Bank AG, a discretionary right to acquire such shares, as well as to instruments that refer to such shares and have an economic effect similar to that of the aforementioned instruments, irrespective of whether such instruments are physically or cash-settled. These instruments include, for example, transferable securities, options, futures contracts and swaps. Voting rights to be attributed to a person based on any such instrument will generally be aggregated with the person’s other voting rights deriving from shares or other instruments.

Notice must be given without undue delay, but within four trading days at the latest. The notice period commences as soon as the person obliged to notify knows, or, under the circumstances should know, that his or her voting rights reach, exceed or fall below any of the abovementioned relevant thresholds, but in any event no later than two trading days after reaching, exceeding or falling below the threshold. Only in case that the voting rights reach, exceed or fall below any of the thresholds as a result of an event affecting all voting rights, the notice period might commence at a later stage. Deutsche Bank AG must publish the foregoing notifications without undue delay, but no later than within three trading days after their receipt, and report such publication to the BaFin. Furthermore, the Deutsche Bank AG must publish a notification in case of any increase or decrease of the total number of voting rights without undue delay, but within two trading days at the latest, and such notification must be reported to the BaFin and forwarded to the German Company Register ( Unternehmensregister). An exception applies where the increase of the total number of voting rights is due to the issue of new shares from conditional capital. In this case, Deutsche Bank AG must publish the increase at the end of the month in which it occurred. However, such increase must also be notified without undue delay, but within two trading days at the latest, where any other increase or decrease of the total number of voting rights triggers the aforementioned notification requirement.

Non-compliance with the disclosure requirements regarding shareholdings and holdings of other instruments may result in a significant fine imposed by the BaFin. In addition, the BaFin publishes, on its website, sanctions imposed and measures taken indicating the person or entity responsible and the nature of the breach (so-called “naming and shaming”).

Shareholders whose voting rights reach or exceed thresholds of 10 % of the voting rights in a listed company, or higher thresholds, are obliged to inform the company within 20 trading days of the purpose of their investment and the origin of the funds used for such investment, unless the articles of association of the listed company provide otherwise. Our Articles of Association do not contain such a provision.

Disclosure Obligations under the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act

Pursuant to the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act ( Wertpapiererwerbs- und Übernahmegesetz), any person whose voting interest reaches or exceeds 30 % of the voting shares of a listed stock corporation must, within seven calendar days, publish this fact (including the percentage of its voting rights) on the Internet and by means of an electronically operated financial information dissemination system. In addition, the person must subsequently make a mandatory public tender offer within four weeks to all shareholders of the listed company unless an exemption has been granted. The German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act contains a number of provisions intended to ensure that shareholdings are attributed to those persons who actually control the voting rights attached to the shares. The provisions regarding coordinated conduct as part of the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act (so-called “acting in concert”) and the rules on the attribution of voting rights attached to shares of third parties are the same as the statutory securities trading provisions described above under “Disclosure Obligations under the German Securities Trading Act” except with respect to voting rights of shares underlying instruments whose holders are vested with the right to unilaterally acquire existing voting shares of the listed company or voting rights which may be acquired on the basis of instruments with similar economic effect. If a shareholder fails to provide notice on reaching or exceeding the 30 % threshold, or fails to make a public tender offer, the shareholder will be precluded from exercising any rights associated with its shares (including voting and dividend rights) until it has complied with the requirements under the German Securities Acquisition and Takeover Act. In addition, non-compliance with the disclosure requirement may result in a fine.

104

Disclosure of Participations in a Credit Institution

The German Banking Act ( Kreditwesengesetz) requires any person intending to acquire, alone or acting in concert with another person, directly or indirectly, a qualifying holding ( bedeutende Beteiligung) in a credit or financial services institution to notify the BaFin and the Bundesbank without undue delay and in writing of the intended acquisition. A qualifying holding is a direct or indirect holding in an undertaking which represents 10 % or more of the capital or voting rights or which makes it possible to exercise a significant influence over the management of such undertaking. The required notice must contain information demonstrating, among other things, the reliability of the person or, in the case of a corporation or other legal entity, the reliability of its directors and officers.

A person holding a qualifying holding shall also notify the BaFin and the Bundesbank without undue delay and in writing if he intends to increase the amount of the qualifying holding up to or beyond the thresholds of 20 %, 30 % or 50 % of the voting rights or capital or in such way that the institution comes under such person’s control or if such person intends to reduce the participation below 10 % or below one of the other thresholds described above.

The BaFin will have to confirm the receipt of a complete notification within two working days in writing to the proposed acquirer. Within a period of 60 working days from the BaFin’s written confirmation that a complete notification has been received (assessment period), the BaFin will review and, in accordance with Council Regulation (EU) No 1024/2013 of October 15, 2013 conferring specific tasks on the European Central Bank concerning policies relating to the prudential supervision of credit institutions, forward the notification and a proposal for a decision whether or not to object to the acquisition to the ECB. The ECB will decide whether or not to object to the acquisition on the basis of the applicable assessment criteria. Within the assessment period the ECB may prohibit the intended acquisition in particular if there appears to be reason to assume that the acquirer or its directors and officers are not reliable or that the acquirer is not financially sound, that the participation would impair the effective supervision of the relevant credit institution, that a prospective managing director ( Geschäftsleiter) is not reliable or not qualified, that money laundering or financing of terrorism has occurred or been attempted in connection with the intended acquisition, or that there would be an increased risk of such illegal acts as a result of the intended acquisition. During the assessment period the BaFin may request further information necessary for its or the ECB’s assessment. Generally, such a request delays the expiration of the assessment period by up to 30 business days. If the information submitted is incomplete or incorrect the ECB may prohibit the intended acquisition.

If a person acquires a qualifying holding despite such prohibition or without making the required notification, the competent authority may prohibit the person from exercising the voting rights attached to the shares. In addition, non-compliance with the disclosure requirement may result in the imposition of a fine in accordance with statutory provisions. Moreover, the competent authority may order that any disposition of the shares requires its approval and may ultimately appoint a trustee to exercise the voting rights attached to the shares or to sell the shares to the extent they constitute a qualifying holding.

Review of Acquisition of 10 % of voting rights or more by the German Federal Ministry of Economics and Energy

105

Pursuant to the German Foreign Trade Act ( Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) and the German Foreign Trade Regulation ( Außenwirtschaftsverordnung), the direct or indirect acquisition of 25 % or more of the voting rights in a German company by investors from outside the European Union and the European Free Trade Association (Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway and Switzerland) or by entities which are owned by 25 % or more by investors from outside the aforementioned region may be reviewed by the German Federal Ministry of Economics and Energy (the “Ministry”). If the Ministry determines that the acquisition will likely affect the public policy or public security of Germany, it may impose conditions on or prohibit the acquisition or require that it is unwound. The acquirer may seek pre-clearance of a proposed acquisition from the Ministry. The Ministry must be notified in writing regarding the conclusion of a contract pertaining to the direct or indirect acquisition by an investor from outside the European Union and the European Free Trade Association of 10% or more of the voting rights in a German company which operates certain critical infrastructure or operates in other certain sensitive sectors (including inter alia certain technologies, IT, telecommunication, healthcare or the media). The Ministry must also be notified in writing regarding the conclusion of a contract pertaining to the direct or indirect acquisition by an investor from outside Germany of 10% or more of the voting rights in a German company operating in the defense or cryptology sector. If Deutsche Bank is considered to be a company which operates in any such critical infrastructure or sensitive sector, the Ministry would need to be notified of an acquisition of voting rights in Deutsche Bank that meets the abovementioned threshold. Pending clearance by the Ministry, an acquisition subject to this reporting requirement is legally void and may not be consummated. Consummating such an acquisition without clearance may result in monetary fines of up to € 500,000 or up to five years imprisonment. If the Ministry determines that the acquisition likely affects the German public order or security, or in case of an acquisition of voting rights in a German company active in the defense or cryptology sector determines that the acquisition poses a threat to essential security interests of Germany, it may impose conditions on or prohibit the acquisition or require that it is unwound in case it is implemented. The Ministry’s decision to review an acquisition must be made within two months following the Ministry’s knowledge of the conclusion of the acquisition contract, of the publication of the decision to launch a take-over bid or of the publication of the acquisition of control. The review must be completed within four months following receipt of the complete acquisition documents and any additional information requested by the Ministry. The Ministry can extend its review period up to an additional four months. A review is precluded if more than five years have passed since the acquisition. On January 22, 2021 the Ministry published a draft revision of the German Foreign Trade Regulation (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) may result in further restrictions.

EU Short Selling Regulation (ban on naked short selling)

Regulation (EU) No 236/2012 of the European Parliament and of the Council of March 14, 2012 on short selling and certain aspects of credit default swaps (the “EU Short Selling Regulation”) came into force on November 1, 2012. The EU Short Selling Regulation, the regulations adopted by the EU Commission implementing it, and the German act implementing the EU Short Selling Regulation replace the previously applicable German federal provisions governing the ban on naked short selling of shares and certain debt securities. (Short sales are sales of securities that the seller does not own, with the intention of buying back an identical security at a later point in time in order to be able to deliver the security. A short sale is “naked” when the seller has not borrowed the securities at the time of the short sale, or ensured they can be borrowed or obtained under a similar arrangement.) Under the EU Short Selling Regulation, except for certain exemptions, naked short sales of listed shares are not permitted. Short sales of listed shares that are covered by borrowing or similar arrangements are subject to the following transparency requirements. Significant net short positions in shares must be reported to the BaFin and, if a certain threshold is exceeded, they must also be publicly disclosed. Net short positions are calculated by netting the long and short positions held by a natural or legal person in the issued capital of the company concerned. The details are set forth in the EU Short Selling Regulation and the regulations adopted by the EU Commission implementing it. In certain situations described in greater detail in the EU Short Selling Regulation, the BaFin is permitted to limit short selling and comparable transactions.

Disclosure of Transactions of Managers

Art. 19 of Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of April 16, 2014 on market abuse (the “EU Market Abuse Regulation”) requires persons with management responsibilities (“Managers”) in a listed company like Deutsche Bank AG to notify the company and the BaFin of their own transactions in shares or debt instruments of the company or financial instruments based thereon, in particular derivatives. Such notifications must be made promptly and no later than three business days after the date of the transaction. The notification obligation also applies to persons who are closely associated with a Manager. The obligation does not apply if the aggregate annual transactions by a Manager or persons with whom he or she is closely associated do not, individually, exceed a certain threshold amount through the end of a calendar year. The BaFin has made use of its authority to increase the threshold of € 5,000 set forth in the EU Marked Abuse Regulation to the maximum possible amount of € 20,000.

Deutsche Bank AG is required to promptly publish any notification received but in any case no later than two business days after receipt of such notification. The publication must be made in a manner which enables fast access to this information on a non-discriminatory basis in accordance with the implementing standards published by the European Securities and Markets Authority. Furthermore, Deutsche Bank AG must without undue delay notify the BaFin and forward the notification to the Company Register (Unternehmensregister). For the purposes of the EU Market Abuse Regulation, the following persons are deemed to be a Manager: members of management, administrative or supervisory bodies of Deutsche Bank AG as well as senior executives who are not such members but who have regular access to inside information relating directly or indirectly to the Company and who have power to take managerial decisions affecting the future developments and business prospects of the Company. The following persons are deemed to be closely associated with a Manager: spouses, registered civil partners ( eingetragene Lebenspartner), dependent children and other relatives who at the time of the transaction requiring notification have lived in the same household with the Manager for at least one year. Legal entities for which the aforementioned persons have management responsibilities are also subject to the notification requirement. The aforementioned provisions also apply to legal entities, companies and institutions directly or indirectly controlled by a Manager or by a person closely associated with a Manager, which have been founded to the benefit of such a person, or whose economic interests correspond to a considerable extent to those of such a person. Non-compliance with the notification requirements may result in a fine.

Material Contracts

In the usual course of our business, we enter into numerous contracts with various other entities. We have not, however, entered into any material contracts outside the ordinary course of our business within the past two years.


106

Exchange Controls

As in other member states of the European Union, regulations issued by the competent European Union authorities to comply with United Nations resolutions have caused freeze orders on assets of certain legal and natural persons designated in such regulations. In addition, the European Union maintained a wide range of autonomous economic and financial sanctions on Iran. While all nuclear-related economic and financial EU sanctions against Iran were repealed on January   16, 2016, some restrictions remain in force.

With some exceptions, corporations or individuals residing in Germany are required to report to the Bundesbank any payment received from, or made to or for the account of, a nonresident corporation or individual that exceeds € 12,500 (or the equivalent in a foreign currency). This reporting requirement is for statistical purposes.

Subject to the above-mentioned exceptions, there are currently no German laws, decrees or regulations that would prevent the transfer of capital or remittance of dividends or other payments to our shareholders who are not residents or citizens of Germany.

There are also no restrictions under German law or our Articles of Association concerning the right of nonresident or foreign shareholders to hold our shares or to exercise any applicable voting rights. Where the investment reaches or exceeds certain thresholds, however, certain reporting obligations apply and the investment may become subject to review by the BaFin, the European Central Bank and other competent authorities. For more information see “Item 10: Additional Information – Notification Requirements”.

Taxation

The following is a general summary of material German and United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares for a resident of the United States for purposes of the income tax convention between the United States and Germany (the “Treaty”) who is fully eligible for benefits under the Treaty. A U.S. resident will generally be entitled to Treaty benefits if it is:

The Treaty benefits discussed below generally are not available to shareholders who hold shares in connection with the conduct of business through a permanent establishment in Germany. The summary does not discuss the treatment of those
shareholders.

The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to any particular shareholder, including tax considerations that arise from rules of general application or that are generally assumed to be known by shareholders. In particular, the summary deals only with shareholders that will hold shares as capital assets and does not address the tax treatment of shareholders that are subject to special rules, such as fiduciaries of pension (e.g. U.S. pension funds), profit-sharing or other employee benefit plans, banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that hold shares as a position in a straddle, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated financial transaction, persons that elect mark-to-market treatment, persons that own, directly or indirectly, 10 % or more of our stock, measured by vote or value, persons that hold shares through a partnership or hybrid entity and persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar. The summary is based on German and U.S. laws, treaties and regulatory interpretations, including in the United States current and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect).

Shareholders should consult their own advisors regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares in light of their particular circumstances, as well as the effect of any state, local or other national laws.


107

Taxation of Dividends

In general, dividends that we pay are subject to German withholding tax at an aggregate rate of 26.375 % (consisting of a 25 % withholding tax and a 1.375 % surcharge). Under the Treaty, a U.S. resident will be entitled to receive a refund from the German tax authorities of 11.375 in respect of a declared dividend of 100. For example, for a declared dividend of 100, a U.S. resident initially will receive 73.625 and may claim a refund from the German tax authorities of 11.375 and, therefore, receive a total cash payment of 85 (i.e., 85 % of the declared dividend). According to an amendment of the German Investment Tax Act dividends received by a fund within the meaning of the German Investment Tax Act are generally subject to 15 % German withholding tax equal to the Treaty tax rate. U.S. residents who are entitled to a refund of more than 11.375 % (e.g. U.S. pension funds) have to fulfil further requirements according to para. 50j German Income Tax Act, in particular certain holding requirements.

For U.S. tax purposes, a U.S. resident will be deemed to have received total dividends of 100. The gross amount of dividends that a U.S. resident receives (which includes amounts withheld in respect of German withholding tax) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation as foreign source dividend income, and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations. German withholding tax at the 15 % rate provided under the Treaty will be treated as a foreign income tax that, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. tax law, is eligible for credit against a U.S. resident’s U.S. federal income tax liability or, at its election, may be deducted in computing taxable income. Thus, for a declared dividend of 100, a U.S. resident will be deemed to have paid German taxes of 15. A U.S. resident cannot claim credits for German taxes that would have been refunded to it if it had filed a claim for refund. Foreign tax credits will not be allowed for withholding taxes imposed in respect of certain short-term or hedged positions. The creditability of foreign withholding taxes may be limited in certain situations, including where the burden of foreign taxes is separated inappropriately from the related foreign income.

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, “qualified dividends” received by certain non-corporate U.S. shareholders will generally be subject to taxation in the United States at a lower rate than other ordinary income. Dividends received will be qualified dividends if we (i) are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has approved for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and (ii) were not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”). The Treaty has been approved for purposes of the qualified dividend rules, and we believe we qualify for benefits under the Treaty. The determination of whether we are a PFIC must be made annually and is dependent on the particular facts and circumstances at the time. It requires an analysis of our income and valuation of our assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets. Based on our audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe that we were not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to our taxable years ended December   31, 2018 or December   31, 2019. In addition, based on our current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets, the sources and nature of our income, and relevant market and shareholder data, we do not currently anticipate becoming a PFIC for our taxable year ending December   31, 2020, or for the foreseeable future. However, the PFIC rules are complex and their application to financial services companies is unclear. Each U.S. shareholder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the potential applicability of the PFIC regime to us and its implications for their particular circumstances.

If a U.S. resident receives a dividend paid in euros, it will recognize income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If dividends are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. resident generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income but may be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of a refund in respect of German withholding tax to the extent the U.S. dollar value of the refund differs from the U.S. dollar equivalent of that amount on the date of receipt of the underlying dividend.

Refund Procedures

To claim a refund, a U.S. resident must submit, within four years from the end of the calendar year in which the dividend is received, a claim for refund to the German tax authorities. The claim for refund must be accompanied by a withholding tax certificate (Kapitalertragsteuerbescheinigung) on an officially prescribed form and issued by the institution that withheld the tax.

108

Claims for refunds are made on a German claim for refund form, which must be filed with the German tax authorities: Bundeszentralamt für Steuern, An der Küppe 1, D-53225 Bonn, Germany. The German claim for refund forms can be downloaded from the homepage of the Bundeszentralamt für Steuern (www.bzst.de). A special form is available in cases para. 50j German Income Tax Act is applicable. A U.S. resident must also submit to the German tax authorities a certification (on IRS Form 6166) with respect to its last filed U.S. federal income tax return. Requests for IRS Form 6166 are made on IRS Form 8802, which requires payment of a user fee. IRS Form 8802 and its instructions can be obtained from the IRS website at www.irs.gov. Instead of the individual refund procedure described above, a U.S. resident may use an IT-supported quick-refund procedure (“Datenträgerverfahren – DTV”/“Data Medium Procedure – DMP”). If the U.S. resident’s bank or broker elects to participate in the DMP, it will perform administrative functions necessary to claim the Treaty refund for the beneficiaries. The refund beneficiaries must provide specified information to the DMP participant and confirm to the DMP participant that they meet the conditions of the Treaty provisions and that they authorize the DMP participant to file applications and receive notices and payments on their behalf.

The refund beneficiaries also must provide a “certification of filing a tax return” on IRS Form 6166 with the DMP participant. In addition, if the individual refund procedure requires a withholding tax certificate (see above), such certificate is generally also necessary under the DMP.

The German tax authorities reserve the right to audit the entitlement to tax refunds for several years following their payment pursuant to the Treaty in individual cases. The DMP participant must assist with the audit by providing the necessary details or by forwarding the queries to the respective refund beneficiaries/shareholders. Presently the DMP cannot be used if the Treaty tax rate is below 15 % or if a holder of Depository Receipts claims a refund.

The German tax authorities will issue refunds denominated in euros. In the case of shares held through banks or brokers participating in the Depository Trust Company, the refunds will be issued to the Depository Trust Company, which will convert the refunds to U.S. dollars. The resulting amounts will be paid to banks or brokers for the account of holders.

If a U.S. resident holds its shares through a bank or broker who elects to participate in the DMP, it could take at least three weeks for it to receive a refund after a combined claim for refund has been filed with the German tax authorities. If a U.S. resident files a claim for refund directly with the German tax authorities, it could take at least eight months for it to receive a refund. The length of time between filing a claim for refund and receipt of that refund is uncertain and we can give no assurances as to when any refund will be received.

Germany recently initiated a reform of the refund procedures. If implemented, such reform would, among other elements, retire DMP and paper-based refund systems. A U.S. resident holder would generally have to file a claim for refund electronically after 2022. For dividends received by a U.S. holder after 2023 withholding tax certificates would be replaced by electronic submission of data directly to the tax authorities by the institution that withheld the tax. Such reform proposals may change in the course of the legislative procedure.

Taxation of Capital Gains

Under the Treaty, a U.S. resident will generally not be subject to German capital gains tax in respect of a sale or other disposition of shares. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of shares in an amount equal to the difference between such holder’s tax basis in the shares and the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from their sale or other disposition. Such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for more than one year. The net amount of long-term capital gain realized by an individual generally is subject to taxation at a lower rate than ordinary income. Any such gain generally would be treated as income arising from sources within the United States; any such loss would generally be allocated against U.S. source income. The ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income is subject to limitations.

Shareholders whose shares are held in an account with a German bank or financial services institution (including a German branch of a non-German bank or financial services institution) are urged to consult their own advisors. This summary does not discuss their particular tax situation.

United States Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividends and payments of the proceeds on a sale of shares, paid within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries are subject to information reporting and may be subject to backup withholding unless the U.S. resident (i) is a corporation (other than an S corporation) or other exempt recipient or (ii) provides a taxpayer identification number and certifies (on IRS Form W-9) that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred. Shareholders that are not U.S. persons generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding.

However, a non-U.S. person may be required to provide a certification (generally on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) of its non-U.S. status in connection with payments received in the United States or through a U.S.-related financial intermediary.


109

Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Shareholders may be subject to other U.S. information reporting requirements. Shareholders should consult their own advisors regarding the application of U.S. information reporting rules in light of their particular circumstances.

German Gift and Inheritance Taxes

Under the current estate, inheritance and gift tax treaty between the United States and Germany (the “Estate Tax Treaty”), a transfer of shares generally will not be subject to German gift or inheritance tax so long as the donor or decedent, and the heir, donee or other beneficiary, were not domiciled in Germany for purposes of the Estate Tax Treaty at the time the gift was made, or at the time of the decedent’s death, and the shares were not held in connection with a permanent establishment or fixed base in Germany.

The Estate Tax Treaty provides a credit against U.S. federal estate and gift tax liability for the amount of inheritance and gift tax paid in Germany, subject to certain limitations, where shares are subject to German inheritance or gift tax and United States federal estate or gift tax.

Other German Taxes

There are currently no German net wealth, transfer, stamp or other similar taxes that would apply to a U.S. resident as a result of the receipt, purchase, ownership or sale of shares.

Dividends and Paying Agents

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Statement by Experts

Not required because this document is filed as an annual report.

Documents on Display

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You may inspect and copy these materials, including this document and its exhibits, at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the materials from the Public Reference Room at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the Commission’s Public Reference Room by calling the Commission in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our Securities and Exchange Commission filings are also available over the Internet at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov under File Number 001-15242.

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.


110

Item 11: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk

For Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Credit, Market and Other Risk, please see “Management Report: Risk Report” in the Annual Report 2020.

Please see pages S-1 through S-18 of the Supplemental Financial Information, which pages are incorporated by reference herein, for information required by SEC Industry Guide 3.

Item 12: Description of Securities other than Equity Securities

Our ordinary shares are not represented by American Depositary Receipts and accordingly no information is required to be provided pursuant to Item 12.D.3 and Item 12.D.4. The remainder of the information required by this Item 12 and by Instruction 2(d) under the Instructions as to Exhibits of Form 20-F is provided as Exhibit 2.2 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

111

PART II

Item 13: Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Not applicable.

Item 14: Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

According to recent changes to the German Banking Act ( Kreditwesengesetz) and the German Recovery and Resolution Act ( Sanierungs- und Abwicklungsgesetz), additional restrictions on distributions may apply or will apply, as the case may be, when we are in breach of capital requirements. In particular, under the new regime, a credit institution, such as us, will be considered as failing to meet the combined buffer requirement where it does not have sufficient own funds in an amount and of the quality needed to meet at the same time (i) its minimum capital requirements under the CRR, (ii) certain “Pillar 2” capital requirements, and (iii) the sum of the capital buffers applicable to the relevant credit institution. In calculating the respective amounts that may be distributed (so-called “Maximum Distributable Amount” or “MDA”), we will have to take certain “Pillar 2” capital requirements into account. We would also be subject to MDA restrictions in instances of non-compliance with our leverage ratio buffer introduced in the CRR (so-called “L-MDA”) from January 2022 onwards. In addition, we are subject to additional restrictions on distributions (so-called “M-MDA”) if we breach the harmonized minimum TLAC requirement under the CRR and our institution-specific minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities set by the Single Resolution Board.

Item 15: Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule   13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of December 31, 2020. There are, as described below, inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any control system, including disclosure controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2020.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the firm’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). As of December 31, 2020, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the assessment performed, management has determined that our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 was effective based on the COSO framework (2013).

112

Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, the registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in this document, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting, which is set forth below.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft:

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes, and our report dated March 8, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

113


/s/ Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

Eschborn/Frankfurt am Main, Germany

March 8, 2021

Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation referred to above that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. As such, disclosure controls and procedures or systems for internal control over financial reporting may not prevent all error and all fraud. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and any design may not succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Item 16A: Audit Committee Financial Expert

Please see “Corporate Governance Statement according to Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code: Auditing and Controlling: Audit Committee Financial Expert” in the Annual Report 2020.

Item 16B: Code of Ethics

Please see “Corporate Governance Statement according to Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code: Values and Leadership Principles of Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group: Deutsche Bank Group Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers” in the Annual Report 2020.

Item 16C: Principal accountant fees and services

Please see “Management Report: Corporate Governance Statement/Corporate Governance Report: Auditing and Controlling: Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in the Annual Report 2020.

Item 16D: Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

114

Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the corporate governance rules of which require a foreign private issuer such as us to have an audit committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These requirements include a requirement that the audit committee be composed of members that are “independent” of the issuer, as defined in the Rule, subject to certain exemptions, including an exemption for employees who are not executive officers of the issuer if the employees are elected or named to the board of directors or audit committee pursuant to the issuer’s governing law or documents, an employee collective bargaining or similar agreement or other home country legal or listing requirements. The German Co-Determination Act of 1976 ( Mitbestimmungsgesetz) requires that the shareholders elect half of the members of the supervisory board of large German companies, such as us, and that employees in Germany elect the other half. Employee-elected members are typically themselves employees or representatives of labor unions representing employees. Pursuant to law and practice, committees of the Supervisory Board are typically composed of both shareholder- and employee-elected members. Of the current members of our Audit Committee, four – Henriette Mark, Gabriele Platscher, Detlef Polaschek and Bernd Rose – are current employees of Deutsche Bank who have been elected as Supervisory Board members by the employees. None of them is an executive officer. Accordingly, their service on the Audit Committee is permissible pursuant to the exemption from the independence requirements provided for by paragraph (b)(1)(iv)(C) of the Rule. We do not believe the reliance on such exemption would materially adversely affect the ability of the Audit Committee to act independently and to satisfy the other requirements of the Rule.

Item 16E: Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

In 2020, we repurchased a total of 25,499,999 shares, for group purposes pursuant to share buybacks authorized by the General Meeting. None were via derivatives. During the period from January 1, 2020 until the 2020 Annual General Meeting on May 20, 2020 we repurchased 25,499,999 shares, of which none were via derivatives, of our ordinary shares pursuant to the authorization granted by the Annual General Meeting on May 23, 2019, at an average price of € 7.98 and for a total consideration of € 204 million. This authorization was replaced by a new authorization to buy back shares approved by the Annual General Meeting on May 20, 2020. Under the new authorization, up to 206,677,313 shares may be repurchased through April 30, 2025. Of these, 103,338,656 shares may be purchased by using derivatives. During the period from the 2020 Annual General Meeting until December 31, 2020, no shares were brought back. At December 31, 2020, the number of shares held in Treasury from buybacks totaled 1.3 million. This figure stems from one share at the beginning of the year, plus 25.5 million shares from buybacks in 2020, less 24.2 million shares which were used to fulfill delivery obligations in the course of share-based compensation of employees. We did not cancel any shares in 2020.

In addition to these share buybacks for group purposes, pursuant to a shareholder authorization approved at our 2020 Annual General Meeting, we are authorized to buy and sell, for the purpose of securities trading, our ordinary shares through April 30, 2025, provided that number of shares held for this purpose may not at any time exceed 10 % of the company’s share capital. The shares may be bought through the stock exchange or by means of a public purchase offer to all shareholders. The gross volume of these securities trading transactions is often large, and even the net amount of such repurchases or sales may, in a given month, be large, though over longer periods of time such transactions tend to offset and are in any event constrained by the 10   % of share capital limit. These securities trading transactions consist predominantly of transactions on major non-US securities exchanges. We also enter into derivative contracts with respect to our shares and limited to shares in a maximum volume of 5   % of the actual share capital.

The following table sets forth, for each month in 2020 and for the year as a whole, the total gross number of our shares repurchased by us and our affiliated purchasers (pursuant to both activities described above), the total gross number of shares sold, the net number of shares purchased or sold, the average price paid per share (based on the gross shares repurchased), the number of shares that were purchased for group purposes mentioned above and the maximum number of shares that at that date remained eligible for purchase under such programs.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities in 2020

Month

Total number of shares purchased

Total number of shares sold

Net number of shares purchased or (sold)

Average price paid per share (in €)

Number of shares purchased for group purposes

Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under plans or programs

January

4,041,854

3,851,518

190,336

7.67

3,399,999

194,977,313

February

14,192,512

1,590,564

12,601,948

9.75

12,600,000

182,377,313

March

2,214,770

13,608,544

(11,393,774)

6.93

0

182,377,313

April

10,386,862

1,981,839

8,405,023

5.65

9,500,000

172,877,313

May

825,470

832,196

(6,726)

6.79

0

206,677,313

June

633,735

1,248,135

(614,400)

9.86

0

206,677,313

July

98,916

(96,007)

194,923

8.65

0

206,677,313

August

76,580

1,515,953

(1,439,373)

8.02

0

206,677,313

September

1,121,058

7,473,550

(6,352,492)

7.94

0

206,677,313

October

67,929

119,738

(51,809)

7.71

0

206,677,313

November

1,069,386

1,259,090

(189,704)

8.96

0

206,677,313

December

329,633

998,776

(669,143)

9.17

0

206,677,313

Total 2020

35,058,705

34,383,896

674,809

7.95

25,499,999

206,677,313

115

At December 31, 2020, the number of shares held by us in treasury totaled 1,346,166. This figure stems from 671,357 shares at the beginning of the year, plus 674,809 net shares purchased in 2020. At December 31, 2020, our issued share capital consisted of 2,066,773,131 ordinary shares, of which 2,065,426,965 were outstanding.

Item 16F: Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Recent European and national regulations require a rotation of the external auditor at regular intervals. The Bank’s tender process for a new external auditor was announced in February 2018. An extensive and rigorous evaluation process held over seven months was run independently by the Audit Committee of the Bank’s Supervisory Board. As a result of the required rotation, the Bank did not request KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (“KPMG”), the Bank’s previous external auditor, to submit a tender proposal to stand for re-election as auditor, and the engagement of KPMG terminated as of March 23, 2020.

The Bank’s Supervisory Board decided to recommend the appointment of Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungs- gesellschaft (“EY”) as external auditor. This recommendation was approved by the Bank’s shareholders at the 2019 Annual General Meeting on May 23, 2019. The appointment of EY as external auditor for fiscal year 2020 and interim periods through the 2021 Annual General Meeting was approved by the Bank’s shareholders at the 2020 Annual General Meeting on May 20, 2020.

The disclosure called for by paragraph (a) of this Item 16F was previously reported, as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, in the Bank’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed on March 20, 2020.

Item 16G: Corporate Governance

Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as well as on all seven German stock exchanges. Set forth below is a description of the significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those applicable to U.S. domestic companies under the New York Stock Exchange’s listing standards as set forth in its Listed Company Manual (the “NYSE Manual”).

The Legal Framework. Corporate governance principles for German stock corporations ( Aktiengesellschaften) are set forth in the German Stock Corporation Act ( Aktiengesetz), the German Co-Determination Act of 1976 ( Mitbestimmungsgesetz) and the German Corporate Governance Code ( Deutscher Corporate Governance Kodex, referred to as the Code).

The Two-Tier Board System of a German Stock Corporation. The German Stock Corporation Act provides for a clear separation of management and oversight functions. It therefore requires German stock corporations to have both a supervisory board (Aufsichtsrat) and a management board (Vorstand). These boards are separate; no individual may be a member of both. Both the members of the management board and the members of the supervisory board must exercise the standard of care of a diligent business person to the company. In complying with this standard of care they are required to take into account a broad range of considerations, including the interests of the company and those of its shareholders, employees and creditors.

The management board is responsible for managing the company and representing the company in its dealings with third parties. The management board is also required to ensure appropriate risk management within the corporation and to establish an internal monitoring system. The members of the management board, including its chairperson or speaker, are regarded as peers and share a collective responsibility for all management decisions.

116

The supervisory board appoints and removes the members of the management board. It also may appoint a chairman (CEO) and one or more deputy chairmen of the management board. Although it is not permitted to make management decisions, the supervisory board has comprehensive monitoring functions with respect to the activities of the management board, including advising the management board and participating in decisions of fundamental importance to the company. To ensure that these monitoring functions are carried out properly, the management board must, among other things, regularly report to the supervisory board with regard to current business operations and business planning, including any deviation of actual developments from concrete and material targets previously presented to the supervisory board. The supervisory board may also request special reports from the management board at any time. Transactions of fundamental importance to the company, such as major strategic decisions or other actions that may have a fundamental impact on the company’s assets and liabilities, financial condition or results of operations, may be subject to the consent of the supervisory board. Pursuant to our Articles of Association (Satzung), such transactions include the granting of general powers of attorney, the granting of credits, including the acquisition of participations in other companies for which the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) requires approval by the Supervisory Board, as well as major acquisitions or disposals of real estate or other participations.

Pursuant to the German Co-Determination Act, our Supervisory Board consists of representatives elected by the shareholders and representatives elected by the employees in Germany. Based on the total number of Deutsche Bank employees in Germany these employees have the right to elect one-half of the total of twenty Supervisory Board members. The chairperson of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank is a shareholder representative who has the deciding vote in the event of a tie.

This two-tier board system contrasts with the unitary board of directors envisaged by the relevant laws of all U.S. states and the New York Stock Exchange listing standards for U.S. companies.

German companies which have their shares listed on a stock exchange must each year issue a statement on the company’s corporate governance and either include such statement in their annual management report or publish it separately on their website.

The Recommendations of the Code. The Code was issued in 2002 by a commission composed of German corporate governance experts appointed by the German Federal Ministry of Justice in 2001. The Code was last amended in December 2019 with effect of March 20, 2020. It describes and summarizes the basic mandatory statutory corporate governance principles found in the provisions of German law. In addition, it contains supplemental recommendations and suggestions for standards on responsible corporate governance intended to reflect generally accepted best practice.

The Code is structured from a task perspective and addresses seven core areas of corporate governance. These are the tasks of (a) management and supervision, (b) appointment of candidates to the management board, (c) composition of the supervisory board, (d) supervisory board procedures, (e) conflicts of interest, (f) transparency and external reporting as well as (g) the remuneration of the members of the management board and the supervisory board. The Code contains three types of provisions. First, the Code contains principles which reflect material legal requirements for responsible governance, and are used in the Code to inform investors and other stakeholders. The second type of provisions is recommendations. While these are not legally binding, Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act requires that any German exchange-listed company declare annually that the company complies with the recommendations of the Code or, if not, which recommendations the company does not comply with and the reasons for the non-compliance (“comply or explain”). The third type of Code provisions comprises suggestions which companies may choose not to comply with without disclosure. The Code contains a significant number of such suggestions, covering almost all of the core areas of corporate governance it addresses.

In their last Declaration of Conformity of October 30, 2020, the Management Board and the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank stated that, since the last Declaration of Conformity issued on October 30, 2019, they have acted and will act in the future in conformity with the recommendations of the Code, with certain specified exceptions. The Declaration of Conformity is available on Deutsche Bank’s internet website at www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm.

Supervisory Board Committees. The supervisory board may form committees. Pursuant to the German Stock Corporation Act, any supervisory board committee must regularly report to the supervisory board.

The German Co-Determination Act requires that the supervisory board form a mediation committee to propose candidates for the management board in the event that the two-thirds majority of the members of the supervisory board needed to appoint members of the management board is not met.

The German Stock Corporation Act specifically mentions the possibility to establish an “audit committee” to deal with the supervision of accounting processes, the efficiency of the internal control system the risk management system and the internal revision system as well as with the annual auditing, in particular with the selection and the independence of the external auditor and the additional services rendered by the external auditor. The Code recommends establishing such an “audit committee”. The Code also recommends establishing a “nomination committee” comprised only of shareholder-elected supervisory board members to prepare the supervisory board’s proposals for the election or appointment of new shareholder representatives to the supervisory board. In general the Code recommends that the supervisory board shall form – depending on the specific circumstances of the enterprise and the number of supervisory board members – committees of members with relevant specialist expertise which can handle subjects, such as corporate strategy, compensation of the members of the management board, investments and financing.

117

Sections 25d (7) to (12) of the German Banking Act require, depending on size and complexity of the respective credit institution, the establishment of supervisory board committees with specific tasks to be performed as follows: risk committee, audit committee, nomination committee (with tasks and composition requirements different from those set out in the Code) and compensation control committee. The Code’s recommendation that the nomination committee shall only comprise shareholder representatives is not complied with by Deutsche Bank AG because of mandatory special rules set forth in the German Banking Act, which assign further tasks to the nomination committee in addition to the preparation of proposals for the appointment of new shareholder representatives to the supervisory board. These further tasks do not justify the exclusion of employee representatives from the nomination committee. Based on the previous version of the Code, which was applicable until March 20, 2020, this non-compliance had to be disclosed and justified in the annual Declaration of Conformity. The current version of the Code provides that credit institutions and insurance companies are exempt from recommendations of the Code which conflict with special rules or regulations applicable to them. However, the Code recommends that in the case of such conflicts, companies indicate in their annual corporate governance statement what recommendations of the Code were not applicable to them.

The Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank has established a Chairman’s Committee ( Präsidialausschuss) which is inter alia responsible for conclusion, amendment and termination of employment and pension contracts with members of the Management Board, taking into account the responsibility of the Supervisory Board as a whole for the remuneration of the members of the Management Board, a Nomination Committee ( Nominierungsausschuss), an Audit Committee ( Prüfungsausschuss), a Risk Committee ( Risikoausschuss), an Integrity Committee ( Integritätsausschuss), a Compensation Control Committee ( Vergütungskontrollausschuss), a Strategy Committee ( Strategieausschuss), a Technology, Data and Innovation Committee ( Technologie-, Daten- und Innovationsausschuss) and a Mediation Committee ( Vermittlungsausschuss). The functions of a nominating/corporate governance committee and of a compensation committee required by the NYSE Manual for U.S. companies listed on the NYSE are therefore performed by the Supervisory Board or one of its committees, in particular the Chairman’s Committee, the Compensation Control Committee and the Mediation Committee.

Independent Board Members. The NYSE Manual requires that a majority of the members of the board of directors of a NYSE listed U.S. company and each member of its nominating/corporate governance, compensation and audit committees be “independent” according to strict criteria and that the board of directors determines that such member has no material direct or indirect relationship with the company.

As a foreign private issuer, Deutsche Bank is not subject to these requirements. However, its audit committee must meet the more lenient independence requirement of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. German corporate law does not require an affirmative independence determination, meaning that the Supervisory Board need not make affirmative findings that audit committee members are independent. However, the German Stock Corporation Act and the Code, as the case may be, contain several rules, recommendations and suggestions to ensure the supervisory board’s independent advice to, and supervision of, the management board. As noted above, no member of the management board may serve on the supervisory board (and vice versa). Supervisory board members will not be bound by directions or instructions from third parties. Any advisory, service or similar contract between a member of the supervisory board and the company is subject to the supervisory board’s approval. A similar requirement applies to loans granted by the company to a supervisory board member or other persons, such as certain members of a supervisory board member’s family. In addition, the German Stock Corporation Act prohibits a person who within the last two years was a member of the management board from becoming a member of the supervisory board of the same company unless he or she is elected upon the proposal of shareholders holding more than 25 % of the voting rights of the company.

The Code also recommends that each member of the supervisory board inform the supervisory board of any conflicts of interest. In the case of material conflicts of interest or ongoing conflicts, the Code recommends that the mandate of the Supervisory Board member shall end either as a result of such supervisory board member’s withdrawal or, failing that, based on his or her removal from office by the shareholders’ meeting. The Code further recommends that any conflicts of interest that have occurred be reported by the supervisory board at the annual general meeting, together with the action taken, and that potential conflicts of interest also be taken into account in the nomination process for the election of supervisory board members.

Audit Committee Procedures. Pursuant to the NYSE Manual the audit committee of a U.S. company listed on the NYSE must have a written charter addressing its purpose, an annual performance evaluation, and the review of an auditor’s report describing internal quality control issues and procedures and all relationships between the auditor and the company. The Audit Committee of Deutsche Bank operates under written terms of reference and reviews the efficiency of its activities regularly.

Disclosure of Corporate Governance Guidelines. Deutsche Bank discloses its Articles of Association, the Terms of Reference of its Management Board, its Supervisory Board, the Chairman’s Committee, the Audit Committee, the Risk Committee, the Integrity Committee, the Compensation Control Committee, the Nomination Committee, the Strategy Committee and the Technology, Data and Innovation Committee, its Declaration of Conformity under the Code pursuant to Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act and other documents pertaining to its corporate governance on its internet website at www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm.

118

Item 16H: Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

Disclosures Under Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012

Under Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13(r) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, an issuer of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is required to disclose in its periodic reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 certain of its activities and those of its affiliates relating to Iran and to other persons sanctioned by the U.S. under programs relating to terrorism and proliferation of weapons of mass destruction that occurred during the period covered by the report. We describe below a number of potentially disclosable activities of Deutsche Bank AG and its affiliates. Disclosure is generally required regardless of whether the activities, transactions or dealings were conducted in compliance with applicable law. Deutsche Bank also reports transactions in which other Iranian persons or entities listed on OFAC sanctions lists were involved, whether or not they are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Iranian government.

Legacy Contractual Obligations Related to Guarantees and Letters of Credit . Prior to 2007, we provided guarantees to a number of Iranian entities. In almost all of these cases, we issued counter-indemnities in support of guarantees issued by Iranian banks because the Iranian beneficiaries of the guarantees required that they be backed directly by Iranian banks. In 2007, we made a decision to discontinue issuing new guarantees to Iranian or Iran-related beneficiaries. Although the pre-existing guarantees stipulate that they must be either extended or honored if we receive such a demand and we are legally not able to terminate these guarantees, we decided to reject any “extend or pay” demands under such guarantees. Even though we had exited, where possible, many of these guarantees, guarantees with an aggregate face amount of approximately € 7.0 million are still outstanding as of year-end 2020. The gross revenues from this business in 2020 which we received from non-Iranian parties were approximately € 31,000 and the net profit we derived from these activities was less than this amount.

We also have outstanding legacy guarantees in relation to a Syrian bank sanctioned by the U.S. under its non-proliferation program. The aggregate face amount of these legacy guarantees was approximately € 9.8 million as of December 31, 2020, the gross revenues received from non-Syrian parties for these guarantees were approximately € 65,000 in 2020 and the net profit we derived from these activities was less than this amount. We intend to exit these guarantee arrangements.

Payments Executed. Deutsche Bank continuous to severely restrict its policy on Iran and consequently the execution of such payments.

Incoming Payments.In 2020, we received 5 payments from Iranian government parties or persons sanctioned by the United States under its programs relating to terrorism or weapons of mass destruction, adding up to approximately € 12,000 in favor of non-Iranian clients Revenues for these incoming payments were less than € 50. These figures include relevant transactions for Iranian Embassy-related offices not included in the section on Iranian Consulates and Embassies below and in favor of our non-Iranian clients.

Outgoing Payments. In 2020, no outgoing payments were executed in favor of Iranian parties outside of Germany; with regards to the Iranian Embassy in Germany, see below.

Operations of Iranian Bank Branches and Subsidiaries in Germany. Several Iranian banks, including Bank Melli Iran, Bank Saderat, Bank Sepah, and Europäisch-Iranische Handelsbank, have branches or offices in Germany, even though their funds and other economic resources had been frozen earlier under European law. As part of the payment clearing system in Germany and other European countries, when these branches or offices needed to make payments in Germany or Europe to cover their day-to-day operations such as rent, taxes, insurance premiums and salaries for their remaining staff, or for any other kind of banking-related operations, fund transfers from these Iranian banks had been accepted through Target2.

In 2020, we executed approximately € 3.5 million in (almost only in-coming) transfers through Target2 across approximately 1,000 transactions and credited the relevant amounts to our non-Iranian clients. The gross revenues derived from these payments were approximately € 5,000.

We do not consider the execution of such transactions to be significant and we expect that we will continue to execute such transactions in the future.

119

Maintaining of Accounts for Iranian Consulates and Embassies. In 2020, Iranian embassies and consulates in Germany held accounts with us. The purpose of these accounts is the funding of day-to-day operational costs of the embassies and consulates, such as salaries, rent and electricity. In 2020, the total volume of outgoing payments from these accounts was approximately € 5.8 million which have been funded through € 4.5 million of incoming payments. From these activities, we derived gross revenues of approximately € 2,700 and net profits which were less than this amount. The German government has requested that we provide these services to enable the government of Iran to conduct its diplomatic relations and we intend to continue such maintenance.

Activities of Entities in Which We Have Interests. Section 13(r) requires us to provide the specified disclosure with respect to ourselves and our “affiliates,” as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. Although we have minority equity interests in certain entities that could arguably result in these entities being deemed “affiliates,” we do not have the authority or the legal ability to acquire in every instance the information from these entities that would be necessary to determine whether they are engaged in any disclosable activities under Section 13(r). In some cases, legally independent entities are not permitted to disclose the details of their activities to us because of German privacy and data protection laws or the applicable banking laws and regulations. In such cases, voluntary disclosure of such details could violate such legal and/or regulatory requirements and subject the relevant entities to criminal prosecution or regulatory investigations.

120

PART III

Item 17: Financial Statements

Not applicable.

Item 18: Financial Statements

The Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 20-F consist of the Consolidated Financial Statements including Notes 1 to 43 thereto, which are set forth as Part 2 of the Annual Report 2020, and, as described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates” thereto under “Basis of accounting – IFRS 7 disclosures”, certain parts of the Management Report set forth as Part 1 of the Annual Report 2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 have been audited by Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2020.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been audited by KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, as described in their “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” included in the Annual Report 2020.

Item 19: Exhibits

We have filed the following documents as exhibits to this document.

Exhibit number

Description of Exhibit

1.1

English translation of the Articles of Association of Deutsche Bank AG, furnished as Exhibit 3.2 to our Report on Form 6-K dated January 11, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.

2.1

The total amount of long-term debt securities of us or our subsidiaries authorized under any instrument does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of our Group on a consolidated basis. We hereby agree to furnish to the Commission, upon its request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of us or of our subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed.

2.2

Descriptions of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

4.1

Equity Plan Rules 2017, furnished as Exhibit 4.6 to our 2016 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.2

Equity Plan Rules 2018, furnished as Exhibit 4.6 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 No. 333-223301 and incorporated by reference herein.

4.3

Equity Plan Rules 2019, furnished as Exhibit 4.5 to our 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.4

Equity Plan Rules 2020, furnished as Exhibit 4.5 to our 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.5

Equity Plan Rules 2021.

4.6

Key Retention Plan Equity Plan Rules 2017, furnished as Exhibit 4.7 to our 2016 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.7

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2018, furnished as Exhibit 4.8 to our Registration Statement on Form S-8 No. 333-223301 and incorporated by reference herein.

4.8

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2019, furnished as Exhibit 4.8 to our 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.9

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2020, furnished as Exhibit 4.9 to our 2019 Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated by reference herein.

4.10

Restricted Share Plan Rules 2021.

8.1

List of Subsidiaries.

12.1

Principal Executive Officer Certifications Required by 17 C.F.R. 240.13a-14(a).

12.2

Principal Financial Officer Certifications Required by 17 C.F.R. 240.13a-14(a).

13.1

Chief Executive Officer Certification Required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

13.2

Chief Financial Officer Certification Required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

14.1

Legal Opinion regarding confidentiality of related party customers.

15.1

Consent of Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftspruefungsgesellschaft .

15.2

Consent of KPMG AG Wirtschaftspruefungsgesellschaft.

101.1

Interactive Data File.

121

Signatures

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Date: March 12, 2021

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft

/s/CHRISTIAN SEWING

Christian Sewing

Chairman of the Management Board

Chief Executive Officer

/s/JAMES VON MOLTKE

James von Moltke

Member of the Management Board

Chief Financial Officer

122

Annual Report

2

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

3

Content

1 –

Combined Management Report

4

Operating and financial review

34

Outlook

41

Risks and opportunities

52

Risk report

166

Compensation report

214

Sustainability

215

Employees

219

Internal control over financial reporting

221

Information pursuant to section 315a (1) of the German Commercial Code and explanatory report

225

Corporate governance statement pursuant to sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code

225

Standalone parent company information (HGB)

2 –

Consolidated Financial Statements

233

Consolidated statement of income

234

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

235

Consolidated balance sheet

236

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

238

Consolidated statement of cash flows

240

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

274

Notes to the consolidated income statement

281

Notes to the consolidated balance sheet

333

Additional notes

391

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

3 –

Corporate Governance Statement/ Corporate Governance Report

402

Management Board and Supervisory Board

417

Reporting and transparency

417

Related party transactions

418

Auditing and controlling

421

Compliance with the German Corporate Governance Code

4 –

Supplementary Information

427

Non-GAAP financial measures

435

Declaration of backing

436

Group five-year record

437

Imprint/ Publications

2

[Pages III to XXIII intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


3

1-

Combined Management Report

4

Operating and financial review

4

Executive summary

7

Deutsche Bank Group

12

Results of operations

30

Financial position

32

Liquidity and capital resources

34

Outlook

41

Risks and opportunities

52

Risk report

54

Risk and capital overview

58

Risk and capital framework

68

Risk and capital management

111

Risk and capital performance

166

Compensation report

168

Management Board compensation report

199

Employee compensation report

211

Compensation system for Supervisory Board members

214

Sustainability

215

Employees

219

Internal control over financial reporting

221

Information pursuant to section 315a (1) of the German Commercial Code and explanatory report

225

Corporate governance statement pursuant to sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code

225

Standalone parent company information (HGB)

4

Operating and financial review

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes to them. Our Operating and financial review includes qualitative and quantitative disclosures on Segmental results of operations and entity wide disclosures on Net Revenue Components as required by International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) 8, “Operating Segments”. For additional Business Segment disclosure under IFRS 8 please refer to Note 4 “Business Segments and Related Information” of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Forward-looking statements are disclosed in our Outlook section.

Executive summary

The Global Economy

Economic growth (in %)¹

2020²

2019

Main driver

Global Economy

(3.3)

3.0

The COVID-19 pandemic led to unprecedented GDP declines in almost all countries in 2020 with few historical precedents though recovery in many regions progressed faster than expected. In spite of this, the historic economic disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic will still have lingering effects in the months ahead, and this may be protracted by widespread vaccination delays. By the end of 2020 resurgence of COVID-19 cases has been observed in some regions, and several countries have moved to re-impose containment measures.

Of which:

Industrialized countries

(5.1)

1.6

Industrialized countries responded to the COVID-19 pandemic with extensive fiscal and monetary support measures. They benefited from comparatively low borrowing costs. Economic activity improved faster than expected after the slump in the first half of the year, although second wave of infections slowed the recovery.

Emerging markets

(2.1)

4.0

Emerging markets had a demanding and fairly divergent entry point into the COVID-19 crisis, in terms of policy capacity and medical infrastructure. As a result and as expected, the growth shock in some countries was more pronounced and persistent. However, the slump was followed by a strong recovery, albeit divergent across regions.

Eurozone Economy

(6.8)

1.3

Following a sharp contraction in the first half of 2020, the Eurozone economy rebounded strongly. Households and businesses were supported by expanded fiscal policy measures and the European Central Bank’s expansionary monetary policy, which provided favorable financial conditions. At the beginning of the fourth quarter, a second wave of COVID-19 infections gained momentum and required renewed containment measures. A trade deal between the EU and the UK was finally agreed in December.

Of which: German economy

(5.0)

0.6

The economic slump in the first half of 2020 was historic, but the end of most lockdown restrictions in the second quarter resulted in a stronger-than-expected recovery. In the wake of massive fiscal support measures, the short-time work scheme helped to curb the rise in unemployment and strengthened household incomes. Nevertheless, rising COVID-19 infections created headwinds for economic momentum in the last quarter of 2020.

U.S. Economy

(3.5)

2.2

The U.S. economy experienced a massive contraction in the second quarter, followed by a stronger than expected recovery. The unemployment rate climbed to new record highs, but the labor market improved again as the recovery progressed. A strong second wave of COVID-19 in combination with delayed additional fiscal stimulus constrained the recovery. The Federal Reserve Bank (the “Fed”) acted quickly and aggressively to keep funds flowing freely in money and credit markets.

Japanese Economy

(4.9)

0.3

Economic activity recovered faster than expected in the third quarter. During a second wave of COVID-19 infections in summer, the government did not declare a nationwide state of emergency and instead tried to support economic activity. The Bank of Japan kept an accommodative policy stance, while paying attention to policy side effects. With maintained fiscal stimulus, there was less pressure on the Bank of Japan to ease.

Asian Economy³

(1.0)

5.2

The rebound from the COVID-19-driven plunge in economic activity has been stronger than anticipated. China, Japan and other north Asian economies have been relatively successful in controlling the virus and returning to or toward pre-virus levels of activity. Asian central banks have reached the limits of conventional stimulus through interest rate cuts.

Of which: Chinese Economy

2.3

6.0

The continued V-shaped recovery led to an expansion of the Chinese economy in 2020, reflecting the robust industrial sector and a faster-than-expected recovery in services activity, with real estate and transport services outperforming. This mainly contributed to the global recovery.

1Annual Real GDP Growth (% YoY). Sources: National Authorities unless stated otherwise.

2Sources: Deutsche Bank Research.

3Including China, India, Indonesia, Republic of Korea, and Taiwan, ex Japan.

5

The Banking Industry

Dec 31, 2020

Growth year-over-year (in %)

Corporate Lending

Retail Lending

Corporate Deposits

Retail Deposits

Main driver

Eurozone

5.5

3.2

18.6

7.5

Corporate loan growth was sharply higher year over year due to the recession, but has stabilized in recent months. Retail lending maintains momentum. The pandemic triggered a dramatic acceleration in corporate deposit growth, the strongest since the start of the monetary union in 1999, household deposits also expanded at the fastest pace since the financial crisis.

Of which: Germany

4.1

4.7

13.3

6.1

After an initial spike, corporate loan growth has slowed to its lowest level in three years as companies are flush with liquidity, and the strongest expansion in corporate deposits on record. Growth in retail loans overall and in mortgages particularly has plateaued at the highest level on record, while consumer lending is stagnating. Household deposits are rising the most since the financial crisis.

U.S.

7.4

(2.9)

21.4 1

21.4 1

Following an exceptional surge in corporate loans at the beginning of the pandemic, volumes are shrinking now and year over year growth has come down to near the pre-crisis pace. Over the course of the crisis, household lending turned from robust growth to the sharpest contraction since the aftermath of the financial crisis. The current crisis has also caused momentum in total deposits to accelerate from a substantial increase to extraordinary speed, where it has recently stabilized.

China

13.0

14.2

10.8

13.8

Retail lending (and deposit-taking) have maintained their dynamic expansion, while corporate lending (and deposit-taking) have picked up to a similar level.

1Total U.S. deposits as segment breakdown is not available.

2020 was a very strong year for investment banking. Debt capital markets broke previous records across the board, including with regard to investment grade, high yield and sovereign issuances. Similarly, equity capital markets reached an all-time high, driven by follow-on transactions and convertibles, while the Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) market was also very strong. Mergers & acquisitions (M&A) activity slumped in the first half of 2020 but posted the strongest second half of 2020 on record, leading to only modestly lower announced deal volumes in the full year compared to 2019 and still a solid result in total. Investment banking fee income surged to a new record, driven by the U.S. and China, whereas Europe lagged behind slightly. Equity trading volumes were far higher than a year ago, especially in the U.S., while fixed income trading saw a moderate uptick and derivatives were flat.

Deutsche Bank performance

Deutsche Bank reported a profit before tax of € 1 billion for the full year 2020, remained on track to achieve key milestones in its transformation journey, including a significant reduction in costs, and to build a firm foundation for sustainable profitability despite significant strains of the global COVID-19 pandemic. Significant profit growth in the re-focused Core Bank more than offset the costs of transformation-related effects together with elevated provisions for credit losses. Our businesses made considerable progress against its strategic objectives driving visible franchise improvements and revenue growth while maintaining strict cost and risk discipline. Strong capital and liquidity reserves enabled Deutsche Bank to resolutely support clients during 2020.

Deutsche Bank reported a net profit of € 612 million in 2020. Pre-tax profit was € 1 billion in 2020 after absorbing transformation charges of € 490 million and restructuring and severance expenses of € 688 million. The Core Bank, which excludes the Capital Release Unit, reported a pre-tax profit of € 3.2 billion in 2020 versus € 536 million in 2019. Adjusting for transformation charges of € 328 million, restructuring and severance expenses of € 671 million and specific revenue items of negative € 38 million, pre-tax profit in the Core Bank would have been € 4.2 billion, up 51 % versus 2019 on a comparable basis.

Revenues excluding specific items, Adjusted costs, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges and expenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance, Adjusted profit (loss) before tax, Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and Net Assets (adjusted) are non-GAAP financial measures. Please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report for the definitions of such measures and reconciliations to the IFRS measures on which they are based.

6

Group Key Performance Indicators

Near-term operating performance

Status end of 2020

Status end of 2019

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity¹

0.2 %

(10.9) %

Adjusted costs excl. transformation charges2

€ 19.9 bn

€ 21.6 bn

Employees3

84,659

87,597

Capital performance

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio4

13.6 %

13.6 %

Leverage ratio (fully loaded)4

4.7 %

4.2 %

1Based on profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after AT1 coupon. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information: Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report.

2Excluding transformation charges but including expenses of € 360 million eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report.

3Internal full-time equivalents.

4Further detail on the calculation of this ratio is provided in the Risk Report..

Net revenues were € 24 billion in 2020, an increase of € 846 million, or 4 % compared to 2019. The main drivers for the increase were significantly higher revenues in Investment Bank (IB) driven by benefits of underlying market activity and strong client engagement following our strategic re-positioning which more than offset the negative contribution from valuation and timing differences in Corporate and Others (C&O) and de-risking impacts in the Capital Release Unit (CRU). Net revenues in the Core Bank increased by 6 % to € 24.2 billion on a reported basis. Net revenues in the Corporate Bank (CB) of € 5.1 billion decreased 2 % year-on-year driven by interest rate headwinds partially offset by positive effects from deposit repricing. Net revenues in the Investment Bank (IB) increased by 32 % to € 9.3 billion in 2020, driven by higher revenues in Fixed Income & Currency (FIC) Sales & Trading as well as Origination & Advisory business reflecting supportive market conditions and market share gains in key areas. Full-year net revenues in the Private Bank (PB) were € 8.1 billion, down 1 % year-on-year reflecting a negative impact related to the sale of Postbank Systems AG. Excluding specific items, net revenues in the Private Bank remained essentially flat as growth in loan volumes and fee income, including benefits of deposit repricing measures partly compensated for the negative impacts from COVID-19 and interest rate headwinds. Net revenues in Asset Management (AM) of € 2.2 billion decreased by 4 % compared to the prior year due to absence of performance fees from Multi Asset and Alternatives recognized in 2019. Management fees remained stable as positive impacts of client flows and market development offset the industry-wide margin compression. Revenues in Corporate and Other (C&O) were negative € 548 million compared to positive € 147 million in the prior year reflecting an unfavorable impact from valuation and timing differences driven by the negative mark-to-market impact of hedging activities in connection with the bank’s funding arrangements.

Provision for credit losses was € 1.8 billion in 2020, an increase of € 1.1 billion, or 148 %, compared to 2019, 41 basis points of average loans, for the full year. The increase was largely due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the economy.

Noninterest expenses were € 21.2 billion in 2020, a decrease of € 3.9 billion or 15 %, from 2019. The decrease includes absence of 2019 transformation-related goodwill impairments of € 1.0 billion as well as decreases in transformation charges by € 655 million, litigation expenses by € 315 million and restructuring and severance expenses by € 118 million. Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 19.9 billion, down 8 % compared to the prior year and in line with our target of € 19.5 billion for 2020 if adjusted for € 360 million expenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance. The year-on-year decrease reflects workforce reductions of over 2,900 full-time equivalents during 2020 as well as disciplined expense management and positive impact of currency translation effects.

Profit before tax was € 1.0 billion in 2020 compared to a loss of € 2.6 billion in 2019, mainly driven by significant higher revenues in Investment Bank in 2020, absence of 2019 transformation-related goodwill impairments as well as decreases in transformation charges, litigation expenses, restructuring and severance expenses and in adjusted costs excluding transformation charges reflecting workforce reductions, disciplined expense management and positive impact of currency translation effects. These were partly offset by increased levels of provision for credit losses largely due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the economy.

Income tax expense was € 391 million in 2020, compared to € 2.6 billion in the prior year. The effective tax rate in 2020 was 39 %.

The Bank reported a net profit of € 612 million in 2020, compared to a loss of € 5.3 billion in 2019. This was driven by the abovementioned strong revenue performance in Investment Bank, absence of 2019 transformation-related goodwill impairments as well as decreases in transformation charges, litigation expenses, restructuring and severance expenses and in adjusted costs excluding transformation charges reflecting workforce reductions, disciplined expense management and positive impact of currency translation effects. Valuation adjustments on deferred tax assets decreased from € 2.8 billion in 2019 to € 37 million in 2020. These positive effects were partly offset by increased levels of provision for credit losses.

The Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital ratio was 13.6 % at the end of 2020, unchanged compared to 2019. The leverage ratio improved from 4.2 % in 2019 to 4.7% at the end of 2020 on a fully loaded basis. The leverage ratio on a phase-in basis improved from 4.3 % in 2019 to 4.8 % in 2020.

7

Deutsche Bank Group

Deutsche Bank: Our organization

Headquartered in Frankfurt am Main, Germany, we are the largest bank in Germany and one of the largest financial institutions in the world, as measured by total assets of € 1,325 billion as of December 31, 2020. As of that date, we had 84,659 full-time equivalent internal employees and operated in 59 countries with 1,891 branches, of which 68 % were located in Germany. We offer a wide variety of investment, financial and related products and services to private individuals, corporate entities and institutional clients around the world.

As of December 31, 2020, we were organized into the following segments:

We refer to CB, IB, PB, AM and C&O as our Core Bank.

In addition, Deutsche Bank has a country and regional organizational layer to facilitate a consistent implementation of global strategies.

We have operations or dealings with existing and potential customers in most countries in the world. These operations and dealings include working through:

In 2018, we successfully completed the merger of Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden AG and Deutsche Postbank AG to form DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG. Subsequently, in 2020, DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG was merged into Deutsche Bank AG. The mergers are an important step towards significant cost reductions, mainly from eliminating infrastructure functions and governance tasks that were executed specifically for the individual legal entity. With this step, refinancing and administrative expenses will be reduced and corporate governance simplified. The mergers also lay the foundation for integrated technology solutions, including the migration of Postbank’s systems to Deutsche Bank’s IT infrastructure in 2022 and the decommissioning of legacy applications is planned for 2023. The aim is to simplify what has been a complex IT environment, resulting in greater efficiency and improved technology for a more seamless client experience.

Management Structure

The Management Board has structured the Group as a matrix organization, comprising Corporate Divisions and Infrastructure Functions operating in legal entities and branches across geographic locations.

The Management Board is responsible for the management of the company in accordance with the law, the Articles of Association and the Terms of Reference for the Management Board with the objective of creating sustainable value in the interests of the company. It considers the interests of shareholders, employees and other company-related stakeholders. The Management Board manages Deutsche Bank Group in accordance with uniform guidelines; it exercises general control over all Group companies.

The Management Board decides on all matters prescribed by law and the Articles of Association and ensures compliance with the legal requirements and internal guidelines (compliance). It also takes the necessary measures to ensure that adequate internal guidelines are developed and implemented. The Management Board's responsibilities include, in particular, the bank’s strategic management and direction, the allocation of resources, financial accounting and reporting, control and risk management, as well as corporate control and a properly functioning business organization. The members of the Management Board are collectively responsible for managing the bank’s business.


8

The allocation of functional responsibilities to the individual members of the Management Board is described in the Business Allocation Plan for the Management Board, which sets the framework for the delegation of responsibilities to senior management below the Management Board. The Management Board endorses individual accountability of senior position holders as opposed to joint decision-taking in committees. At the same time, the Management Board recognizes the importance of having comprehensive and robust information across all businesses in order to take well informed decisions and established, the “Group Management Committee” which aims to improve the information flow across the corporate divisions and between the corporate divisions and the Management Board along with the Infrastructure Committees, Business Executive Committees and Regional Committees. The Group Management Committee is a senior platform, which is not required by the German Stock Corporation Act, and is composed of all Management Board members, the most senior business representatives as well as the Head of Group Planning & Performance Management to exchange information and discuss business, growth and profitability.

Corporate Bank

Corporate Division Overview

The Corporate Bank (CB) comprises Global Transaction Banking as well as Commercial Banking in Germany. The division is primarily focused on serving corporate clients, including the German “Mittelstand”, larger and smaller sized commercial and business banking clients in Germany as well as multinational companies. It is also a partner to financial institutions with regards to certain Transaction Banking services. Global Transaction Banking consists of four businesses Cash Management, Trade Finance & Lending, Trust & Agency Services and Securities Services. Commercial Banking provides integrated expertise and a holistic product offering across the Deutsche Bank and Postbank brands in Germany.

Commencing from first quarter of 2021, the Corporate Bank will report revenues based on three client segments: Institutional Client Services, Corporate Treasury Services and Business Banking. Institutional Client Services comprises of Cash Management for Institutional clients, Trust and Agency Services, as well as Securities Services. Corporate Treasury Services provides the full suite of Trade Finance and Lending, as well as Corporate Cash Management for large and mid-sized corporate clients. Business Banking covers small corporates and entrepreneur clients and offers a largely standardized product suite.

In CB, we have made one significant capital divestiture since January 1, 2018. In early October 2017, Deutsche Bank Group signed a binding agreement to sell its Alternative Fund Services business, a unit of the Global Transaction Banking division, to Apex Group Limited. The transaction was completed in the second quarter of 2018.There have been no significant capital expenditures since January 1, 2018.

Products and Services

The Corporate Bank is a global provider of risk management solutions, cash management, lending, trade finance, trust and agency services as well as securities services. Focusing on the finance departments of corporate and commercial clients and financial institutions in Germany and across the globe, our holistic expertise and global network allows us to offer integrated solutions.

In addition to the Corporate Bank product suite, our Coverage teams provide clients with access to the expertise of the Investment Bank.

Distribution Channels and Marketing

The global Coverage function of the Corporate Bank focuses on international Large Corporate Clients and is organized into two units: Coverage and Risk Management Solutions. Coverage includes multi-product generalists covering headquarter level and subsidiaries via global, regional and local coverage teams. Risk Management Solutions includes Foreign Exchange, Emerging Markets and Rates product specialists. This unit is managed regionally in APAC, Americas and EMEA to ensure close connectivity to our clients.

Commencing from the first quarter 2021, Corporate clients in Germany will be served out of two units: Corporate Treasury Services and Business Banking. Corporate Treasury Services covers mid and large corporate clients across two brands, Deutsche Bank and Postbank, and offers the whole range of solutions across cash, trade financing, lending and risk management for the corporate treasurer. Business Banking covers small corporates and entrepreneur clients and offers a largely standardized product suite and selected contextual-banking partner offerings (e.g. accounting solutions).


9

Investment Bank

Corporate Division Overview

The Investment Bank (IB) combines Deutsche Bank’s Fixed Income, Currency (FIC) Sales & Trading and, Origination & Advisory, as well as Deutsche Bank Research. It focuses on its traditional strengths in financing, advisory, fixed income and currencies, bringing together wholesale banking expertise across coverage, risk management, sales and trading, Investment Banking and infrastructure. This enables IB to align resourcing and capital across our client and product perimeter to effectively serve the Bank’s clients.

In IB we made one significant capital divestiture since January 1, 2018. In April 2019, Tradeweb closed its initial public offering. Tradeweb is a financial services company that builds and operates over-the-counter (OTC) marketplaces for trading fixed income products and derivatives. Deutsche Bank Group has had an economic interest in Tradeweb since 2007 and participated in the initial public offering and several subsequent secondary offerings, alongside other large bank shareholders by selling a portion of its holdings. There have been no significant capital expenditures since January 1, 2018.

Products and Services

FIC Sales & Trading brings together an institutional sales force and research with trading and structuring expertise across Foreign Exchange, Rates, Credit and Emerging Markets. The FIC Sales & Trading business enables Deutsche Bank to respond to increasing automation, regulatory expectations as well as client demand for standardization and transparency in transaction execution across fixed income and currencies.

Origination and Advisory is responsible for our debt origination business, mergers and acquisitions (M&A), and a focused equity advisory and origination platform. It is comprised of regional and industry-focused coverage teams, co-led from the bank’s hubs in Europe, the U.S. and Asia Pacific, that facilitates the delivery of a range of financial products and services to the bank’s corporate clients.

Distribution Channels and Marketing

Coverage of the IB’s clients is provided by the Institutional Client Group, which houses our debt sales team, and the Investment Banking Coverage team within Origination & Advisory. Both teams work in conjunction with our Risk Management Solutions team in the Corporate Bank, covering capital markets and Treasury solutions. The close cooperation between these groups help to create enhanced synergies leading to increased cross selling of products/solutions to our clients.

Private Bank

Corporate Division Overview

In the Private Bank (PB), we serve personal and private clients, wealthy individuals, entrepreneurs and families. In our international businesses we also focus on commercial clients. We are organized along two business divisions: Private Bank Germany and International Private Bank. Our product range includes payment and account services, credit and deposit products as well as investment advice including a range of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) products. We offer our customers both the coverage of all basic financial needs as well as individual, tailor-made solutions.

PB made one significant capital divestiture since January 1, 2018. In November 2020, Deutsche Bank AG signed an agreement to sell its share in Postbank Systems AG to Tata Consultancy Services (TCS). The transaction was closed after regulatory and governmental approvals on December 31, 2020. There have been no significant capital expenditures since January 1, 2018.

Products and Services

In our Private Bank Germany division, we pursue a differentiated, customer-focused approach with two strong and complementary main brands: Deutsche Bank and Postbank. With our Deutsche Bank brand we focus on providing our private customers with banking and financial products and services that include sophisticated and individual advisory solutions. The focus of our Postbank brand remains on providing our retail customers with standard products and daily retail banking services. In cooperation with Deutsche Post DHL AG, we also offer postal and parcel services in the Postbank brand branches.

In the International Private Bank we also have a differentiated, customer-focused approach with two client segments. The “IPB Personal Banking” client segment covers the retail and affluent customers as well as small businesses in Italy, Spain, Belgium and India, providing them with banking and other financial services. The client segment “Private Banking and Wealth Management” covers high-net-worth and ultra-high-net-worth clients globally as well as small and medium-sized corporate clients and private banking clients in Italy, Spain, Belgium and India. We support our clients in planning, managing and investing their wealth, financing their personal and business interests and servicing their institutional and corporate needs. In addition, we offer a range of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) products across our discretionary portfolio management and advisory platform. These products enable our clients to invest in line with their values and according to specified ESG strategies, scores and exclusionary criteria. We also provide institutional-type services for sophisticated clients and complement our offerings by closely collaborating with the Investment Bank, the Corporate Bank and Asset Management.

10

Distribution Channels and Marketing

We pursue an omni-channel approach and our customers can flexibly choose between different possibilities to access our services and products.

Our distribution channels include our branch networks in Private Bank Germany and International Private Bank, supported by customer call centers and self-service terminals as well as advisory centers of the Deutsche Bank brand in Germany, Italy and Spain, which supplement our branch network and our digital offerings. We also offer online and mobile banking including our Digital Platform, through which we provide a transaction platform for banking, brokerage and self-services, combined with a multi-mobile offering for smartphones and tablets. We also have collaborations with self-employed financial advisors and other sales and cooperation partners. For our private banking and wealth management client segment we have a distinct client coverage team approach with Relationship and Investment Managers supported by Client Service Executives assisting clients with wealth management services and open-architecture products. In addition, in Germany, Deutsche Oppenheim Family Offices AG provides family office services, discretionary funds and advisory solutions.

The expansion of digital capabilities remains a strong focus across our businesses. We will continue to optimize our omni-channel mix in the future in order to provide our customers with the most convenient access to our products and services.

Asset Management

Corporate Division Overview

With over € 790 billion of assets under management as of December 31, 2020, the asset management division (DWS) is one of the world’s leading asset management organizations. DWS serves a diverse client base of retail and institutional investors worldwide, with a strong presence in our home market in Germany. These clients include government institutions, corporations and foundations as well as individual investors.

Deutsche Bank retains 79.49% ownership interest in DWS and asset management remains a core business for the group. The shares of DWS are listed on the Frankfurt stock exchange.

There have been no significant capital expenditures or divestitures since January 1, 2018, other than the partial initial public offering (IPO) of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA.

Products and Services

DWS’s investment offerings span all major asset classes including equity, fixed income, cash and multi asset as well as alternative investments. Our alternative investments include real estate, infrastructure, private equity, liquid real assets and sustainable investments. We also offer a range of passive investments. In addition, DWS’s solution strategies are targeted to client needs that cannot be addressed by traditional asset classes alone. Such services include insurance and pension solutions, asset-liability management, portfolio management solutions, asset allocation advisory, structuring and overlay. Our deep environmental, social and governance focus complement each other when creating targeted solutions for our clients.

Distribution Channels and Marketing

DWS’s product offerings are distributed across EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa), the Americas and Asia Pacific through a single global distribution network. DWS also leverages third-party distribution channels, including Deutsche Bank Group.

Capital Release Unit

The Capital Release Unit (CRU) was created in July 2019. The CRU’s principal objectives are to liberate capital consumed by low return assets and businesses that earn insufficient returns or activities that are no longer core to our strategy by liberating capital in an economically rational manner. In addition, the CRU is focused on reducing costs.

BNP Paribas and Deutsche Bank have signed a master transaction agreement to provide continuity of service to Deutsche Bank’s Prime Finance and Electronic Equities clients. Under the agreement Deutsche Bank will continue to operate the platform until clients can be migrated to BNP Paribas, which is expected to occur by the end of 2021.

In addition, in the restated financials of the CRU division, we recorded the following significant capital divestitures since January 1, 2018:

In December 2017, the Group entered into an agreement to sell its Polish Private & Commercial Banking business, excluding its foreign currency denominated retail mortgage portfolio, together with DB Securities S.A., to Santander Bank Polska. The transaction was successfully completed in the fourth quarter 2018.

In March 2018, Deutsche Bank Group entered into an agreement to sell the retail banking business in Portugal to ABANCA Corporación Bancaria S.A. The parties closed the transaction in the first half of 2019 .

11

Infrastructure

The Infrastructure functions perform control and service activities for the businesses, including tasks relating to Group-wide, cross-divisional resource-planning, steering and control, as well as tasks relating to risk, liquidity and capital management.

The Infrastructure functions are organized into the following areas of responsibility of our senior management:

Infrastructure also includes Communications & Corporate Social Responsibility and Group Audit which report to the Chief Executive Officer.

Costs originating in the Infrastructure functions are currently allocated to the corporate divisions based on planned allocations, with the exception of technology development costs which will be charged to Divisions based on actual expenditures during 2021. The current cost allocation methodology is being replaced with a Driver based cost management (DBCM) framework. This new methodology links the services provided by the Infrastructure functions to the businesses which consume them thereby creating enhanced transparency regarding the drivers for the costs which are being charged and facilitate the identification of cost reduction opportunities.

Significant Capital Expenditures and Divestitures

Information on each Corporate Division’s significant capital expenditures and divestitures for the last three financial years has been included in the above descriptions of the Corporate Divisions.

Since January 1, 2020, there have been no public takeover offers by third parties with respect to our shares and we have not made any public takeover offers for our own account in respect of any other company’s shares.

12

Results of operations

Consolidated results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net interest income

11,548

13,749

13,316

(2,201)

(16)

433

3

Provision for credit losses

1,792

723

525

1,068

148

199

38

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

9,756

13,026

12,791

(3,269)

(25)

235

2

Commissions and fee income¹

9,424

9,520

10,039

(96)

(1)

(519)

(5)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss¹

2,332

193

1,209

2,139

N/M

(1,015)

(84)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

323

260

317

63

24

(57)

(18)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost

324

0

2

324

N/M

(2)

(78)

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

120

110

219

10

9

(109)

(50)

Other income (loss)

(61)

(668)

215

607

(91)

(883)

N/M

Total noninterest income

12,463

9,416

12,000

3,047

32

(2,585)

(22)

Total net revenues²

22,219

22,441

24,791

(222)

(1)

(2,350)

(9)

Compensation and benefits

10,471

11,142

11,814

(671)

(6)

(672)

(6)

General and administrative expenses

10,259

12,253

11,286

(1,993)

(16)

966

9

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

1,037

0

(1,037)

(100)

1,037

N/M

Restructuring activities

485

644

360

(159)

(25)

283

79

Total noninterest expenses

21,216

25,076

23,461

(3,860)

(15)

1,615

7

Profit (loss) before tax

1,003

(2,634)

1,330

3,637

N/M

(3,965)

N/M

Income tax expense (benefit)

391

2,630

989

(2,239)

(85)

1,641

166

Profit (loss)

612

(5,265)

341

5,876

N/M

(5,606)

N/M

Profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

129

125

75

4

3

50

68

Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

483

(5,390)

267

5,873

N/M

(5,657)

N/M

Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components

382

328

319

53

16

9

3

Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders

101

(5,718)

(52)

5,820

N/M

(5,666)

N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

1For further detail please refer to Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates” of this annual report.

2After provision for credit losses.

Net Interest Income

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Total interest and similar income

17,954

25,208

24,718

(7,254)

(29)

489

2

Total interest expenses

6,405

11,458

11,402

(5,053)

(44)

56

0

Net interest income

11,548

13,749

13,316

(2,201)

(16)

433

3

Average interest-earning assets1

920,259

956,362

990,670

(36,104)

(4)

(34,307)

(3)

Average interest-bearing liabilities1

685,772

714,716

745,904

(28,944)

(4)

(31,188)

(4)

Gross interest yield2

1.83 %

2.53 %

2.39 %

(0.70) ppt

(28)

0.14 ppt

6

Gross interest rate paid3

0.78 %

1.47 %

1.38 %

(0.69) ppt

(47)

0.09 ppt

6

Net interest spread4

1.06 %

1.07 %

1.00 %

(0.01) ppt

(1)

0.06 ppt

6

Net interest margin5

1.25 %

1.44 %

1.34 %

(0.18) ppt

(13)

0.09 ppt

7

ppt – Percentage points

Prior period comparatives for gross interest income and gross interest expense have been restated. € 59 million and € 75 million for year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were restated. Additionally, € 124 million was reclassified from trading Income to interest expense for year ended December 31, 2018.

1Average balances for each year are calculated in general based upon month-end balances. Prior period comparatives for 2019 have been restated.

2Gross interest yield is the average interest rate earned on our average interest-earning assets.

3Gross interest rate paid is the average interest rate paid on our average interest-bearing liabilities.

4Net interest spread is the difference between the average interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets and the average interest rate paid on average interest-bearing liabilities.

5Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

13

2020

Net interest income was € 11.5 billion in 2020 compared to € 13.7 billion in 2019, a decrease of € 2.2 billion, or 16 %. The decrease was primarily driven by lower interest rates and unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates. These negative effects were partly offset by improved volumes and client flows in Investment Bank as well as positive effects from deposit repricing in Corporate Bank. Interest income included € 43 million related to EU government grants under the Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations II (TLTRO II) program in 2020, whereas 2019 included € 93 million under this program. In addition, interest income for the year 2020 included € 86 million, which were related to EU government grants under the Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations III (TLTRO III) program. Overall, the bank’s net interest margin declined by 18 basis points compared to the prior year to 1.25 % in 2020.

2019

Net interest income was € 13.7 billion in 2019 compared to € 13.3 billion in 2018, an increase of € 433 million, or 3 %. The increase was primarily driven by a € 24 billion, or 6%, growth in average loan volumes, lower volumes of negative yielding deposits with banks and central banks, mainly in Germany, as well as a favorable interest rate development in the U.S. in the first half of 2019. These positive effects were partly offset by lower interest income associated with discontinued business activities following the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy announced in July 2019. Interest income included € 93 million related to EU government grants under the Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations II (TLTRO II) program, which remained unchanged compared to 2018. Overall, the bank’s net interest margin improved by 9 basis points compared to the prior year to 1.44 % in 2019.

Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Trading income

2,097

197

(72)

1,900

N/M

269

N/M

Net gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

276

377

212

(102)

(27)

165

78

Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

(40)

(381)

1,069

341

(89)

(1,449)

N/M

Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

2,332

193

1,209

2,139

N/M

(1,015)

(84)

N/M – Not meaningful

€ 124 million was reclassified from trading income to net interest income for year ended December 31, 2018.

2020

Net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 2.3 billion in 2020, compared to € 193 million in 2019. The increase of € 2.1 billion was primarily driven by mark-to-market impacts on derivatives as well as positive impacts from overall strategic repositioning in IB resulting in strong client flows and benefits from increased market volatility. This was further benefited by positive effects from interest rate hedges in C&O, which did not fully compensate the negative effects of the lower interest rates in Net Interest Income. This overall increase was partly offset by a negative impact from de-risking in Capital Release Unit (CRU).

2019

Net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 193 million in 2019, compared to € 1.2 billion in 2018. The decrease of € 1.0 billion, or 84 %, was primarily driven by the non-recurrence of revenues associated with discontinued business activities following the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy announced in July 2019, negative mark-to-market impacts as well as de-risking in the Capital Release Unit (CRU).

Net Interest Income and Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Our trading and risk management activities include interest rate instruments and related derivatives. Under IFRS, interest and similar income earned from trading instruments and financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss (i.e., coupon and dividend income) and the costs of funding net trading positions are part of net interest income. Our trading activities can periodically shift income between net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss depending on a variety of factors, including risk management strategies.

In order to provide a more business-focused discussion, the following table presents net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss by corporate division.

14

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net interest income

11,548

13,749

13,316

(2,201)

(16)

433

3

Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

2,332

193

1,209

2,139

N/M

(1,015)

(84)

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

13,880

13,942

14,524

(62)

(0)

(582)

(4)

Breakdown by Corporate Division:1

Corporate Bank

2,935

2,709

2,562

226

8

147

6

Investment Bank

7,196

5,444

5,273

1,751

32

171

3

Private Bank

4,623

4,946

5,017

(323)

(7)

(71)

(1)

Asset Management

(98)

87

(88)

(185)

N/M

175

N/M

Capital Release Unit

(33)

155

1,442

(188)

N/M

(1,287)

(89)

Corporate & Other

(742)

602

318

(1,343)

N/M

284

89

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

13,880

13,942

14,524

(62)

(0)

(582)

(4)

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure.

€ 124 million was reclassified from trading income to net interest income for year ended December 31, 2018.

1This breakdown reflects net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss only. For a discussion of the corporate divisions’ total revenues by product please refer to Note 4 “Business Segments and Related Information”.

2020

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 13.9 billion in 2020, which remained stable compared to 2019. This was primarily due to mark-to-market impacts on derivatives as well as positive impacts from overall strategic repositioning in IB resulting in strong client flows and benefits from increased market volatility, deposit repricing measures in CB and PB and growth in loan volumes in PB. In C&O, mark-to-market impacts from interest rate hedging activities did not fully compensate the negative effects of the lower interest rates. This was further offset by continued negative impact of the low interest rate environment on deposit margins in PB and de-risking costs in CRU. Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss in AM also decreased compared to the prior year reflecting an unfavorable impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds which has a corresponding offset in Other Income.

2019

Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss were € 13.9 billion in 2019, compared to € 14.5 billion in 2018, a decrease of € 582 million, or 4 %. The decrease was primarily driven by the CRU reflecting the non-recurrence of revenues associated with discontinued business activities, negative mark-to-market impacts as well as de-risking costs. In PB, total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss decreased versus the prior year mainly due to the continued negative impact of the low interest rate environment on deposit margins and negative mark-to-market impacts from interest rate hedging activities. This was offset by positive mark-to-market impacts in C&O and by growth in loan volumes in IB, CB and PB. Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss in AM also increased compared to the prior year reflecting a favorable impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds which has a corresponding offset in Other Income.

Provision for Credit Losses

2020

Provision for credit losses was € 1.8 billion in 2020, an increase of € 1.1 billion, or 148% compared to 2019. This increase was primarily driven by negative impacts from COVID-19 related impairments. The net increase of provisions for credit losses on performing assets includes a management overlay to flatten the high amplitudes of the standard model on forward looking information in the COVID-19 crisis and an additional management overlay to account for remaining uncertainties in the macro-economic outlook. Provision for credit losses was 41 basis points of average loans reflecting the high quality of the bank’s loan book. Please refer to the sections “Segment Results of Operations” and “Risk Report” for further details on provision for credit losses.

2019

Provision for credit losses was €   723   million in 2019, an increase of €   199   million, or 38   %, compared to 2018. The return to a more normalized level was a result of the overall weakened macroeconomic environment with a number of specific events across all segments as well as lower releases and recoveries compared to the prior year. Provision for credit losses in 2019 included a net positive effect of €   18   million arising from changes in estimates of €   183   million, stemming from model refinements and the annual recalibration of the forward looking information in our IFRS   9 model, which offset a negative impact of €   165   million from the update of macroeconomic variables. Provision for credit losses was 17   basis points of average loans reflecting the bank’s strong underwriting standards and risk management as well as the low-risk nature of our portfolios. Please refer to the sections “Segment Results of Operations” and “Risk Report” for further details on provision for credit losses.

15

Remaining Noninterest Income

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Commissions and fee income1

9,424

9,520

10,039

(96)

(1)

(519)

(5)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

323

260

317

63

24

(57)

(18)

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost

324

0

2

324

N/M

(2)

(78)

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

120

110

219

10

9

(109)

(50)

Other income (loss)

(61)

(668)

215

607

(91)

(883)

N/M

Total remaining noninterest income

10,130

9,222

10,792

908

10

(1,570)

(15)

1 includes:

Commissions and fees from fiduciary activities:

Commissions for administration

347

327

303

19

6

24

8

Commissions for assets under management

3,208

3,298

3,130

(90)

(3)

168

5

Commissions for other securities business

341

317

290

24

7

27

9

Total

3,896

3,943

3,724

(47)

(1)

219

6

Commissions, broker’s fees, mark-ups on securities underwriting and other securities activities:

Underwriting and advisory fees

1,625

1,501

1,629

125

8

(128)

(8)

Brokerage fees

637

637

936

0

0

(299)

(32)

Total

2,262

2,137

2,565

125

6

(427)

(17)

Fees for other customer services

3,266

3,440

3,751

(174)

(5)

(311)

(8)

Total commissions and fee income

9,424

9,520

10,039

(96)

(1)

(519)

(5)

N/M – Not meaningful

Commissions and fee income
2020

Commissions and fee income was € 9.4 billion in 2020, a decrease of € 96 million, or 1 %, compared to 2019. The decrease included € 174 million lower fees for other customer services in Corporate Bank mainly driven by reduced economic activities. Commissions for assets under management decreased by € 90 million in AM mainly due to absence of performance fees from Multi Asset and Alternatives recognized in 2019. Underwriting and advisory fees increased by € 125 million mainly driven by increased activity and market share gains in debt market as well as an increase in global fee pool and issuances in equities. Brokerage fees have remained flat year-over-year mainly as the negative impact from discontinued business activities in CRU following the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy announced in July 2019 was fully compensated by higher commission and fee income in PB from investment and insurance products including benefits form re-pricing measures.

2019

Commissions and fee income was € 9.5 billion in 2019, a decrease of € 519 million, or 5 %, compared to the prior year. The decrease included € 427 million lower underwriting and advisory fees as well as brokerage fees, primarily in the CRU, associated with discontinued business activities following the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy announced in July 2019. Fees for other customer services declined by € 311 million primarily driven by a reduction in the global fee pool and issuances, lower leveraged loan fees and capital markets fees. These decreases were partly offset by higher commissions for assets under management in AM, mainly driven by a non-recurring alternatives and multi asset performance fee recognized in 2019.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
2020

Net gains on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income were € 323 million in 2020, an increase of € 63 million, or 24 % compared to 2019 driven mainly by higher gains from the sale of bonds and securities from our strategic liquidity reserve.

2019

Net gains on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income were € 260 million in 2019, a decrease of € 57 million, or 18 % compared to 2018 driven mainly by lower gains from the sale of municipal bonds in the U.S., government bonds and securities from our strategic liquidity reserve.

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost
2020

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost were € 324 million in 2020 and nil in 2019, driven by sale of assets out of Hold-to-collect portfolio in 2020 as part of our strategy for managing the interest rate risk in the banking book.

16

2019

Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost were nil in 2019 and € 2 million in 2018, which primarily included the impact from the early redemption of certain bonds.

Net income (loss) from equity method investments
2020

Net gains from equity method investments were € 120 million in 2020 compared to € 110 million in 2019, an increase of € 10 million, or 9 %.

2019

Net gains from equity method investments were € 110 million in 2019 compared to € 219 million in 2018, a decrease of € 109 million, or 50 %, primarily due to the absence of a prior year gain from the valuation of an investment and lower equity pickup from Huarong Rongde Asset Management Company Limited.

Other income (loss)
2020

Other income (loss) was € (61) million in 2020 compared to € (668) million in 2019. The improvement was driven by positive impacts associated with hedge ineffectiveness along with fair value hedge accounting adjustments. Furthermore, other income includes a positive impact from a valuation adjustment on liabilities of guaranteed mutual funds in AM that offsets a negative impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

2019

Other income (loss) was € (668) million in 2019 compared to € 215 million in 2018. The decrease was driven by the impact of hedge ineffectiveness together with bond sales and fair value hedge accounting adjustments following the unwinding of the municipal bond portfolio in the U.S. in 2018. The decrease was also impacted by the absence of a prior year gain from the sale of real estate assets in 2018 and lower positive impacts from workout activities related to legacy positions in Sal. Oppenheim in 2019. Furthermore, other income includes a negative impact from a valuation adjustment on liabilities of guaranteed mutual funds in AM that offsets a positive impact from the valuation of consolidated guaranteed mutual funds in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

Noninterest Expenses

in € m.

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

(unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Compensation and benefits

10,471

11,142

11,814

(671)

(6)

(672)

(6)

General and administrative expenses¹

10,259

12,253

11,286

(1,993)

(16)

966

9

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

1,037

0

(1,037)

(100)

1,037

N/M

Restructuring activities

485

644

360

(159)

(25)

283

79

Total noninterest expenses

21,216

25,076

23,461

(3,860)

(15)

1,615

7

N/M – Not meaningful

1 includes:

Information Technology2

3,862

5,011

4,043

(1,150)

(23)

968

24

Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses3

1,724

1,693

1,698

31

2

(5)

(0)

Regulatory, tax & insurance3,4

1,407

1,440

1,570

(33)

(2)

(130)

(8)

Professional services5

982

1,143

1,323

(161)

(14)

(180)

(14)

Banking Services and outsourced operations5

962

967

960

(5)

(0)

6

1

Market Data and Research services2

376

421

415

(46)

(11)

7

2

Travel expenses

76

256

288

(180)

(70)

(32)

(11)

Marketing expenses

174

251

299

(77)

(31)

(48)

(16)

Other expenses6

696

1,071

690

(374)

(35)

381

55

Total general and administrative expenses

10,259

12,253

11,286

(1,993)

(16)

966

9

2Prior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of telecommunications expenses from (communications) and market data & research services expenses to information technology expenses

3Prior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of insurance premium expenses from occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses to regulatory, tax & insurance expenses

4Includes bank levy of € 633 million in 2020, € 622 million in 2019 and € 690 million in 2018.

5Prior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of other outsourced operations expenses from professional services expenses to banking services and outsourced operations expenses

6Includes litigation related expenses of € 158 million in 2020, € 473 million in 2019 and € 88 million in 2018. See Note 27 “Provisions”, for more detail on litigation


17

Compensation and benefits
2020

Compensation and benefits decreased by € 671 million, or 6 %, to € 10.5 billion in 2020 compared to € 11.1 billion in 2019. The decrease was primarily driven by lower fixed compensation expenses resulting from workforce reductions.

2019

Compensation and benefits decreased by € 672 million, or 6 %, to € 11.1 billion in 2019 compared to € 11.8 billion in 2018. The decrease was primarily driven by lower fixed and variable compensation expenses which reflects overall affordability and performance at the Group level and the reduction in headcount.

General and administrative expenses
2020

General and administrative expenses decreased by € 2 billion, or 16 %, to € 10.3 billion in 2020 compared to € 12.3 billion in 2019. The decrease was driven by € 655 million lower transformation charges as 2019 included higher software impairments and higher litigation expenses. Apart from these, general and administrative expenses further decreased compared to the prior year following a disciplined cost management with reductions across all major cost categories including IT expenses due to lower software amortization and a reduction of IT service expenses, professional service fees mainly reflecting a reduction in external workforce expenses as well as travel and marketing expenses.

2019

General and administrative expenses increased by € 966 million, or 9 %, to € 12.3 billion in 2019 compared to € 11.3 billion in 2018. The increase was driven by € 1.1 billion transformation charges mainly related to the impairment of software and real estate assets, as well as higher litigation expenses. Excluding these effects, general and administrative expenses decreased compared to the prior year following a disciplined cost management with reductions across all major cost categories except IT expenses, which remained essentially stable during 2019, reflecting Deutsche Bank’s commitment to continue spending on technology and controls in line with its transformation strategy.

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
2020

No impairment charges were reported for 2020. Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets of € 1.0 billion was reported in 2019. The announcement of the strategic transformation in July 2019 triggered the impairment review of Deutsche Bank’s goodwill. A worsening macro-economic outlook, including interest rate curves, industry-specific market growth corrections, as well as the impact related to the implementation of the transformation strategy resulted in the full impairment of the Wealth Management goodwill of € 545 million in PB and the GTB & CF goodwill of € 492 million in CB in the second quarter 2019.

2019

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets was € 1.0 billion in 2019 as aforementioned.

Restructuring
2020

Expenses for restructuring activities were € 485 million in 2020 compared to € 644 million in 2019. The decrease was primarily due to higher costs related to the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy in 2019.

2019

Expenses for restructuring activities were € 644 million in 2019 compared to € 360 million in 2018. The increase was primarily related to the execution of the bank’s transformation strategy which led to new provisions in all segments in 2019.

Income Tax Expense
2020

Income tax expense in 2020 was € 391 million compared to € 2.6 billion in 2019. The effective tax rate in 2020 was 39 %.

2019

Income tax expense in 2019 was € 2.6 billion compared to € 989 million in 2018. The effective tax rate of (100) % (2018: 74 %) mainly resulted from € 2.8 billion transformation related deferred tax assets valuation adjustments and non-deductible goodwill impairments.


18

Net profit (loss)
2020

The net profit in 2020 was € 612 million, compared to a net loss of € 5.3 billion in the prior year. The increase in net profit was primarily driven by strong revenue performance in Investment Bank, absence of 2019 transformation-related goodwill impairments as well as decreases in transformation charges, litigation expenses, restructuring and severance expenses and in adjusted costs excluding transformation charges reflecting workforce reductions, disciplined expense management and positive impact of currency translation effects. Valuation adjustments on deferred tax assets decreased from € 2.8 billion in 2019 to € 37 million in 2020. These positive effects were partly offset by increased levels of provision for credit losses.

2019

The net loss was € 5.3 billion in 2019, compared to a net income of € 341 million in the prior year, primarily driven by the aforementioned € 2.8 billion transformation related deferred tax assets valuation adjustments, € 1.0 billion impairment of goodwill, € 1.1 billion of transformation charges, mainly impairments of software and real estate assets, as well as restructuring and severance expenses of € 805 million.

Segment Results of operations

The following is a discussion of the results of our business segments. See Note 4 “Business Segments and Related Information” to the consolidated financial statements for information regarding:

The Group’s segment reporting follows the organizational structure as reflected in its internal management reporting systems, which are the basis for assessing the financial performance of the business segments and for allocating resources to the business segments. The criterion for segmentation into divisions is our organizational structure as it existed at December 31, 2020. Prior period comparables were restated due to changes in the divisional structure.

2020

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total Consolidated

Net revenues1

5,145

9,283

8,126

2,229

(225)

(548)

24,011

Provision for credit losses

366

688

711

2

29

(3)

1,792

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

1,064

1,906

2,884

740

168

3,709

10,471

General and administrative expenses

3,126

3,493

4,242

764

1,774

(3,140)

10,259

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Restructuring activities

28

14

413

22

5

3

485

Total noninterest expenses

4,218

5,413

7,539

1,527

1,947

572

21,216

Noncontrolling interests

0

11

0

157

(0)

(169)

0

Profit (loss) before tax

561

3,171

(124)

544

(2,201)

(948)

1,003

Cost/income ratio

82%

58%

93%

68%

N/M

N/M

88%

Assets2

237,497

573,673

296,637

9,453

197,667

10,035

1,324,961

Additions to non-current assets

10

4

485

32

0

2,891

3,423

Risk-weighted assets

57,288

128,487

77,074

9,997

34,415

21,690

328,951

Leverage exposure (fully loaded)3

273,795

476,261

307,746

4,695

71,726

29,243

1,078,268

Average allocated shareholders' equity

9,904

22,943

11,521

4,760

6,205

(23)

55,308

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity4

3 %

9 %

(1) %

8 %

(26) %

N/M

0 %

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity4

4 %

10 %

(2) %

21 %

(27) %

N/M

0 %

1 includes:

Net interest income

2,882

3,325

4,475

1

61

804

11,548

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

3

22

23

63

9

1

120

2 includes:

Equity method investments

69

399

60

304

67

4

901

N/M – Not meaningful

3 The Group leverage exposure is presented excluding certain Euro-based exposures facing Eurosystem central banks based on the ECB-decision (EU) 2020/1306 and after having obtained permission from the ECB. The segmental leverage exposures are presented without that deduction.

4The post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group, which was 39 % for the year ended December 31, 2020. For the post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28 % for the year ended December 31, 2020. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report.

19

2019

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total Consolidated

Net revenues1

5,244

7,019

8,206

2,332

217

147

23,165

Provision for credit losses

284

109

344

1

(14)

0

723

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

1,073

1,983

2,990

832

359

3,906

11,142

General and administrative expenses

3,165

4,237

4,481

851

2,898

(3,380)

12,253

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

492

0

545

0

0

0

1,037

Restructuring activities

137

169

126

29

143

40

644

Total noninterest expenses

4,867

6,389

8,142

1,711

3,400

566

25,076

Noncontrolling interests

0

20

(0)

152

1

(173)

0

Profit (loss) before tax

92

502

(279)

468

(3,170)

(247)

(2,634)

Cost/income ratio

93 %

91 %

99 %

73 %

N/M

N/M

108 %

Assets2

228,663

501,774

270,334

9,936

259,224

27,743

1,297,674

Additions to non-current assets

9

1

215

27

0

1,069

1,322

Risk-weighted assets

58,808

116,552

74,032

9,527

45,874

19,223

324,015

Leverage exposure (fully loaded)

270,647

432,254

282,575

4,643

126,905

51,016

1,168,040

Average allocated shareholders' equity

10,464

23,052

11,729

4,821

10,105

0

60,170

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity3

0 %

1 %

(2) %

7 %

(23) %

N/M

(10) %

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity3

0 %

1 %

(3) %

18 %

(24) %

N/M

(11) %

1 includes:

Net interest income

2,633

2,707

4,804

(39)

85

3,559

13,749

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

3

32

14

49

12

1

110

2 includes:

Equity method investments

66

412

82

276

90

4

929

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

3The post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group, which was (100) % for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28 % for the year ended December 31, 2019. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report.

2018

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total Consolidated

Net revenues1

5,278

7,561

8,520

2,187

1,911

(142)

25,316

Provision for credit losses

142

70

349

(1)

(36)

1

525

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

1,063

2,175

3,059

787

547

4,183

11,814

General and administrative expenses

2,787

4,134

4,448

929

2,742

(3,754)

11,286

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Restructuring activities

32

199

49

19

62

(1)

360

Total noninterest expenses

3,882

6,509

7,556

1,735

3,351

428

23,461

Noncontrolling interests

0

24

(0)

85

1

(109)

0

Profit (loss) before tax

1,254

958

616

368

(1,404)

(461)

1,330

Cost/income ratio

74 %

86 %

89 %

79 %

N/M

N/M

93 %

Assets2

216,163

458,464

270,150

10,030

370,090

23,240

1,348,137

Additions to non-current assets

13

2

303

43

1

1,286

1,647

Risk-weighted assets3

60,305

122,662

67,180

10,365

72,133

17,789

350,432

Leverage exposure (fully loaded)

257,921

413,631

287,760

5,044

280,638

27,933

1,272,926

Average allocated shareholders' equity

10,927

22,629

12,397

4,837

11,704

115

62,610

Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity4

8 %

2 %

3 %

5 %

(9) %

N/M

(0) %

Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity4

9 %

3 %

4 %

14 %

(9) %

N/M

(0) %

1 includes:

Net interest income

2,419

2,209

4,905

(51)

416

3,417

13,316

Net income (loss) from equity method investments

3

157

2

41

10

6

219

2 includes:

Equity method investments

63

406

78

240

87

5

879

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

3Risk-weighted assets are based upon CRR/CRD   4 fully-loaded.

4The post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group, which was 74 % for the year ended December 31, 2018. For the post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28 % for the year ended December 31, 2018. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report

20

Corporate Bank

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues

Global Transaction Banking

3,698

3,810

3,908

(112)

(3)

(98)

(3)

Commercial Banking

1,447

1,433

1,370

14

1

63

5

Total net revenues

5,145

5,244

5,278

(98)

(2)

(34)

(1)

Provision for credit losses

366

284

142

82

29

142

100

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

1,064

1,073

1,063

(9)

(1)

10

1

General and administrative expenses

3,126

3,165

2,787

(40)

(1)

378

14

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

492

0

(492)

N/M

492

N/M

Restructuring activities

28

137

32

(108)

(79)

105

N/M

Total noninterest expenses

4,218

4,867

3,882

(649)

(13)

986

25

Noncontrolling interests

0

0

0

0

N/M

0

N/M

Profit (loss) before tax

561

92

1,254

469

N/M

(1,162)

(93)

Total assets (in € bn)1

237

229

216

9

4

13

6

Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)

114

119

114

(5)

(4)

5

5

Employees (full-time equivalent)

7,368

7,712

7,653

(345)

(4)

60

1

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

1Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

2020

Profit before tax of the Corporate Bank was € 561 million for the full year 2020, up from € 92 million in 2019. This increase was mainly driven by the non-recurrence of an impairment of goodwill in the prior year and lower restructuring activities. Adjusted for transformation charges, restructuring and severance expenses, goodwill impairments and specific revenue items, profit before tax was € 714 million, 20% below the prior year, mainly driven by lower revenues and higher credit loss provisions in 2020.

Full year net revenues were € 5.1 billion, or € 5.2 billion excluding a loss on sale of Postbank Systems AG, 2% lower year-over-year despite a challenging interest rate environment and other macro-economic headwinds.

Global Transaction Banking net revenues of € 3.7 billion were €112 million or 3% lower compared to € 3.8 billion in the prior year, as interest rate headwinds were partly offset by deposit repricing, balance sheet management initiatives and ECB tiering as well as portfolio rebalancing actions. Cash Management revenues were slightly lower, as interest rate and currency translation headwinds were partly offset by deposit repricing, ECB tiering and balance sheet management initiatives. Trade Finance and Lending revenues were essentially flat year-on-year. Securities Services and Trust and Agency Services revenues were significantly lower, mainly due to interest rate reductions in the U.S. and in Asia.

Commercial Banking net revenues of € 1.4 billion increased by 1% or 2% excluding a € 16 million loss on sale of Postbank Systems AG compared to 2019, as interest rate headwinds were offset, mainly from deposit re-pricing.

Provision for credit losses was €366 million, up € 82 million year-on-year, mainly as a result of idiosyncratic events.

Non-interest expenses were € 4.2 billion, 13% lower compared to € 4.9 billion in the prior year, which included an impairment of goodwill in the second quarter and higher restructuring charges. Adjusted costs ex-transformation charges of € 4.0 billion were down 2% year-on-year, reflecting non-compensation cost reduction initiatives, workforce reduction and the positive impact of currency translation effects.

2019

Profit before tax of the Corporate Bank was € 92 million for the full year 2019, compared to € 1.3 billion in the prior year. The year-on-year decrease was driven by higher general and administrative expenses, including transformation charges, an impairment of goodwill as well as higher restructuring costs. Adjusted for transformation charges, restructuring and severance expenses, goodwill impairments and specific revenue items, profit before tax was € 894 million in 2019.

Net revenues for the full year 2019 were € 5.2 billion, 1% lower compared to the prior year.

21

Global Transaction Banking reported net revenues of € 3.8 billion in 2019, a decrease of € 98 million, or 3 %, compared to € 3.9 billion in the prior year. Cash Management revenues were essentially flat as the negative impact from a lower interest rate environment was largely compensated by the positive effects from a shift in the currency mix of deposits from Euro to higher-yielding US dollar deposits as well as the implementation of ECB tiering in the fourth quarter of 2019. Trade Finance revenues increased slightly as growth in the flow business following a good performance specifically in Asia and Germany offset a slowdown in structured products. Revenues in Trust & Agency Services slightly increased driven by higher net interest revenues and commissions and fees. Securities Services revenues were significantly lower as a result of a change in business perimeter following the disposal of the Alternative Funds Services business including a related gain on disposal in 2018, further non-recurring items in 2018 and the exit of the Equities business in 2019.

Net revenues in Commercial Banking were € 1.4 billion, an increase of € 63 million or 5 % compared to the prior year driven by a slightly higher net interest income following growth in loan volume and higher commission and fee income mainly as a result of repricing measures. These effects more than offset the adverse impact of the low interest rate environment.

Provision for credit losses was € 284 million, an increase from € 142 million in 2018, a year with an exceptionally low level of provisions by historical standards. The increase reflects the weakened macroeconomic environment and geopolitical uncertainties with a small number of specific events and lower releases and recoveries.

Noninterest expenses in 2019 were € 4.9 billion, an increase of € 986 million or 25 % compared to € 3.9 billon in the prior year, driven by the execution of the transformation strategy, which triggered an impairment of goodwill, higher restructuring costs and transformation charges mainly related to IT impairments in 2019. Furthermore, costs were negatively impacted by changes in internal cost allocations following the resegmentation in 2019.

Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 4.1 billion, up 7 % year-on-year. The increase reflects higher spend on controls and technology, as well as the aforementioned changes in allocation of costs of internal services.

Investment Bank

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues

Fixed Income, Currency (FIC) Sales & Trading

7,088

5,525

5,644

1,563

28

(119)

(2)

Debt Origination

1,542

1,119

1,146

423

38

(27)

(2)

Equity Origination

379

149

197

231

155

(48)

(24)

Advisory

277

370

458

(93)

(25)

(88)

(19)

Origination & Advisory

2,198

1,638

1,801

560

34

(163)

(9)

Other

(3)

(144)

117

142

(98)

(261)

N/M

Total net revenues

9,283

7,019

7,561

2,265

32

(542)

(7)

Provision for credit losses

688

109

70

579

N/M

38

54

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

1,906

1,983

2,175

(76)

(4)

(192)

(9)

General and administrative expenses

3,493

4,237

4,134

(744)

(18)

103

2

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

0

0

0

N/M

0

N/M

Restructuring activities

14

169

199

(155)

(92)

(30)

(15)

Total noninterest expenses

5,413

6,389

6,509

(975)

(15)

(121)

(2)

Noncontrolling interests

11

20

24

(8)

(41)

(4)

(18)

Profit (loss) before tax

3,171

502

958

2,669

N/M

(456)

(48)

Total assets (in € bn)1

574

502

458

72

14

43

9

Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)

69

75

65

(6)

(8)

10

16

Employees (full-time equivalent)

4,258

4,351

4,623

(93)

(2)

(273)

(6)

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

1Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

2020

Profit before tax was € 3.2 billion in 2020, an increase of € 2.7 billion compared to the prior year. The increase was mainly driven by significantly higher revenues, as well as lower general and administrative expenses and restructuring, partly offset by significantly higher provisions for credit losses.

Net revenues were € 9.3 billion in 2020, an increase of € 2.3 billion or 32 % compared to 2019.

Revenues in FIC Sales & Trading were € 7.1 billion, an increase of € 1.6 billion or 28 %. Rates revenues were significantly higher, with the business benefitting from the impact of strategic repositioning, in addition to strong client flows and market conditions. Foreign Exchange revenues were significantly higher, driven by the increased market volatility, specifically in the first half of the year and strength in derivatives. Revenues from Credit Trading were lower driven by the adverse credit market conditions in the first quarter, though the business recovered well in the second half of the year. Revenues in Emerging Markets were significantly higher, with all three regions up versus the prior year. Revenues in Financing were lower, with the business also affected by the adverse credit market in the first quarter, in addition to lower revenues from sectors impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

22

Origination and Advisory net revenues were € 2.2 billion, a € 560 million or 34 % increase compared to the prior year. Debt Origination revenues were € 1.5 billion, significantly higher than the prior year driven principally by increased activity and market share gains in Investment Grade Debt. Equity Origination revenues of € 379 million were also significantly higher, reflecting a record industry fee pool and DB’s strength in the Special Purpose Acquisition Company market. Advisory revenues of € 277 million were significantly lower in a reduced fee pool environment which was impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Other revenues were negative € 3 million, compared to negative € 144 million in 2019. The year–on-year increase was materially driven by a small gain of € 6 million relating to the impact of DVA on certain derivative liabilities versus a loss of € 140 million in 2019.

Provision for credit losses was € 688 million or 89 basis points of average loans, an increase of € 579 million or 74 basis points primarily driven by COVID-19 related impairments.

Noninterest expenses in 2020 were € 5.4 billion, a decrease of € 975 million or 15 % compared to the prior year, reflecting lower adjusted costs, reduced restructuring and severance and lower litigation. Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges decreased by 9 % driven by disciplined expense management and lower service cost allocations.

2019

Profit before tax was € 502 million in 2019, a decrease of € 456 million or 48 % compared to the prior year. The decrease was mainly driven by lower revenues, higher provisions for credit losses as well as higher general and administrative expenses, partly offset by lower compensation and benefits. The setup of the division during the second half of 2019 following Deutsche Bank’s strategic transformation announcement created a short-term negative revenue impact and drove transformation charges that impacted the full year profitability. Adjusted for transformation charges, restructuring and severance expenses as well as specific revenue items, profit before tax in 2019 was € 929 million, compared to € 924 million in 2018.

Net revenues were € 7.0 billion in 2019, a decrease of € 543 million or 7 % compared to 2018.

Revenues in FIC Sales & Trading were € 5.5 billion, a decrease of € 119 million or 2 %. Rates revenues were slightly lower, with the business impacted in the short term by the operational set up of the division. Foreign Exchange revenues were lower, largely driven by the continued low market volatility. Credit revenues were higher driven by a strong performance in flow trading and increased net interest income due to higher loan balances, partially offset by lower revenues in distressed debt. Revenues in Emerging Markets were higher as a result of significantly improved performance in flow trading.

Origination and Advisory net revenues were € 1.6 billion, a € 163 million or 9 % decrease compared to the prior year. Debt Origination revenues were € 1.1 billion, essentially flat compared to the prior year as higher revenues in both High Yield and Investment Grade bonds were offset by a decline in leveraged loans. Advisory revenues of € 370 million were lower in a reduced fee pool environment. Equity Origination revenues of € 149 million were significantly lower, reflecting our repositioned franchise.

Other revenues were negative € 144 million, compared to a gain of € 117 million in 2018. The year–on-year decrease was driven by a loss of € 140 million (2018: a gain of € 126 million) relating to the impact of DVA on certain derivative liabilities.

Provision for credit losses was € 109 million, an increase of € 38 million compared to the prior year, however, provisions remained at 15 basis points of average loans, or relatively low levels, reflecting the bank’s strong underwriting standards and risk management.

Noninterest expenses in 2019 were € 6.4 billion, a decrease of € 121 million or 2 % compared to the prior year, despite € 211 million of transformation charges. Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges decreased by 6 % driven by reduction in front office employees and related compensation, lower service cost allocations and disciplined management of non-compensation costs.

23

Private Bank

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues:

Private Bank Germany

4,992

5,070

5,320

(78)

(2)

(251)

(5)

International Private Bank

3,134

3,137

3,200

(3)

(0)

(64)

(2)

IPB Personal Banking1

830

869

888

(39)

(5)

(19)

(2)

IPB Private Banking2 and Wealth Management

2,304

2,267

2,312

37

2

(44)

(2)

Total net revenues

8,126

8,206

8,520

(80)

(1)

(314)

(4)

Of which:

Net interest income

4,475

4,804

4,905

(329)

(7)

(101)

(2)

Commissions and fee income

3,048

2,865

2,788

183

6

77

3

Remaining income

603

537

827

66

12

(290)

(35)

Provision for credit losses

711

344

349

367

107

(5)

(2)

Noninterest expenses:

Compensation and benefits

2,884

2,990

3,059

(106)

(4)

(69)

(2)

General and administrative expenses

4,242

4,481

4,448

(240)

(5)

34

1

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

545

0

(545)

N/M

545

N/M

Restructuring activities

413

126

49

287

N/M

76

155

Total noninterest expenses

7,539

8,142

7,556

(603)

(7)

586

8

Noncontrolling interests

0

(0)

(0)

1

N/M

(0)

N/M

Profit (loss) before tax

(124)

(279)

616

155

(56)

(895)

N/M

Total assets (in € bn)3

297

270

270

26

10

0

0

Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)

237

227

216

10

5

11

5

Assets under Management (in € bn)4

493

482

446

11

2

36

8

Net flows (in € bn)

16

4

(2)

12

N/M

7

N/M

Employees (full-time equivalent)

29,945

31,599

32,437

(1,654)

(5)

(838)

(3)

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

1Including small businesses in Italy, Spain and India.

2Including small & mid caps in Italy, Spain and India.

3Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances.

4We define assets under management as (a) assets we hold on behalf of customers for investment purposes and/or (b) client assets that are managed by us. We manage assets under management on a discretionary or advisory basis, or these assets are deposited with us. Deposits are considered assets under management if they serve investment purposes. In the Private Bank Germany, IPB Personal Banking and IPB Private Banking, this includes time deposits and savings deposits. In IPB Wealth Management, it is assumed that all customer deposits are held with us primarily for investment purposes.

2020

In 2020, the Private Bank continued the implementation of its strategic agenda. Results were impacted by transformation-related effects of € 642 million including € 520 million restructuring and severance expenses as well as € 122 million transformation charges, which were the main reason for a reported pre-tax loss of € 124 million in 2020. Adjusted for these transformation-related effects and for specific revenue items as mentioned in the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of this report, profit before tax was € 493 million in 2020 compared to adjusted profit before tax of € 507 million in the prior year. Higher provision for credit losses and higher litigation charges were largely offset by cost reductions.

Net revenues of € 8.1 billion in 2020 declined by € 80 million, or 1 %, compared to 2019, mainly reflecting lower positive contributions from specific revenue items which included in 2020 a negative impact of € 88 million euros related to the sale of Postbank Systems AG. Excluding specific revenue items, revenues remained at prior year level as growth in volumes and higher commission and fee income compensated headwinds from the low interest rate environment and the COVID-19 pandemic.

In the Private Bank Germany, net revenues of € 5.0 billion declined by € 78 million, or 2 %, year-on-year. Revenues excluding the impact related to Postbank Systems AG were stable compared to 2019. Ongoing headwinds from lower interest rates and COVID-19 were offset by growth in loan revenues and higher commission and fee income from investment products, insurance products and from repricing measures.

Net revenues in the International Private Bank (IPB) of € 3.1 billion remained essentially flat compared to the prior year. IPB’s client segment Private Banking and Wealth Management achieved net revenues of € 2.3 billion in 2020, an increase of € 37 million, or 2 %, compared to 2019. Headwinds from lower interest rates and COVID-19 and negative impacts from foreign currency translation were more than offset by business growth in investment products and lending reflecting benefits from previous hiring. Net revenues in the Personal Banking client segment declined by € 39 million, or 5 %, to € 830 million in 2020. The decline was mainly due to negative impacts from deposit margin compression and COVID-19.

Provision for credit losses amounted to € 711 million in 2020 compared to € 344 million in 2019. The increase was mainly due to negative impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic as well as higher benefits in 2019 from portfolio sales and model refinements. Furthermore the increase was also related to the growth in the loan business.

24

Noninterest expenses of € 7.5 billion declined by € 603 million, or 7 %, compared to 2019. The positive year-on-year impact from the non-recurrence of a goodwill impairment of € 545 million in 2019 was largely offset by € 296 million higher transformation-related effects driven by higher restructuring and severance expenses reflecting initiatives related to the execution of the strategic agenda as well as € 104 million higher litigation charges.

Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges of € 6.8 billion reduced by € 459 million, or 6 %, compared to 2019. The decline was mainly attributable to cost reduction initiatives and synergies from efficiency measures including workforce reductions. PB’s internal workforce declined to below 30,000 at year end 2020.

Assets under Management of € 493 billion increased by € 11 billion compared to December 31, 2019. The increase was mainly attributable to € 16 billion net inflows and € 6 billion market appreciation, in part offset by a € 9 billion negative impact from foreign exchange rate movements. Net inflows of € 16 billion during 2020 were almost entirely in investment products.

2019

In 2019, Private Bank reported a loss before tax of € 279 million, compared to a profit before tax of € 616 million in 2018. The decrease was attributable to lower gains from asset sales as well as an aggregate impact of approximately € 900 million related to the execution of the transformation strategy in 2019. This included an impairment of € 545 million for the full write-down of Wealth Management‘s goodwill, transformation charges of € 190 million, comprised mainly of software and real estate impairments as well as restructuring and severance costs. Adjusted for these charges as well as specific revenue items, profit before tax improved, despite ongoing headwinds from the low interest rate environment, from € 360 million in 2018 to € 507 million in 2019, supported by volume growth in loans and assets under management as well as incremental cost synergies related to the merger of the German businesses completed in 2018.

Net revenues were € 8.2 billion in 2019 a decrease of € 314 million, or 4 %, compared to 2018 driven by the absence of a € 156 million gain from a property sale in 2018 and lower positive impacts from workout activities in Sal. Oppenheim. Excluding these items, revenues remained essentially flat compared to 2018 as growth in volumes and fee income partly compensated the headwinds from the low interest rate environment.

Net revenues in the Private Bank Germany of € 5.1 billion declined by € 251 million, or 5 %, year-on-year mainly following lower asset sale gains including a € 156 million gain from a property sale in 2018. The ongoing headwinds from the low interest rate environment were partly offset by growth in loan revenues. Lower revenues from postal services subsequent to a contract alignment were more than offset by higher revenues from investment products as well as higher fee income from current accounts reflecting repricing measures.

In the International Private Bank (IPB), net revenues of € 3.1 billion declined by € 64 million, or 2 %, compared to 2018 driven by a € 107 million lower impact from workout activities related to legacy positions in Sal. Oppenheim. Net revenues in IPB Private Banking and Wealth Management of € 2.3 billion declined by € 44 million, or 2 %, driven by the aforementioned lower impact from net revenues relating to Sal. Oppenheim workout activities. Excluding this effect, net revenues remained essentially flat compared to the prior year period. Higher loan revenues as well as higher fee income following higher assets under management compensated the negative impact from the ongoing low interest rate environment on deposits. Net revenues in IPB Personal Banking of € 869 million declined by € 19 million, or 2 %. Higher loan revenues compensated the negative impact from the ongoing low interest rate environment. Revenue growth in investment products and repricing measures related to current accounts largely offset the negative impact of a change in the treatment of loan fees in Italy and the non-recurrence of benefits from smaller asset sales.

Provision for credit losses of € 344 million, or 15 basis points of loans, remained essentially flat compared to 2018 reflecting the conservative nature of our portfolios, strong underwriting standards and also a positive impact from portfolio sales and model refinements. These positive impacts offset the increase in provision for credit losses in line with the growth in our loan businesses.

Noninterest expenses were € 8.1 billion, an increase of € 586 million, or 8 %, compared to 2018. The increase included the aforementioned aggregated impact of approximately € 900 million related to the impairment of goodwill, transformation related charges as well as restructuring and severance expenses.

Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 7.3 billion, a decrease of 3 % compared to 2018, reflecting strict cost discipline as well as executed reorganization measures including incremental cost synergies related to the merger of the German businesses.

Assets under Management of € 482 billion increased by € 36 billion compared to December 31, 2018. The increase was mainly attributable to € 31 billion of market appreciation, € 4 billion net inflows and € 2 billion of foreign exchange rate movements. Net inflows of € 4 billion during 2019 were primarily in investment products.

25

Asset Management

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues

Management Fees

2,136

2,141

2,115

(5)

(0)

26

1

Performance and transaction fees

90

201

91

(111)

(55)

111

122

Other

3

(10)

(19)

13

N/M

9

(48)

Total net revenues

2,229

2,332

2,187

(103)

(4)

146

7

Provision for credit losses

2

1

(1)

1

59

2

N/M

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

740

832

787

(92)

(11)

45

6

General and administrative expenses

764

851

929

(87)

(10)

(78)

(8)

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

0

0

0

N/M

0

N/M

Restructuring activities

22

29

19

(6)

(22)

10

51

Total noninterest expenses

1,527

1,711

1,735

(185)

(11)

(23)

(1)

Noncontrolling interests

157

152

85

5

4

68

80

Profit (loss) before tax

544

468

368

76

16

99

27

Total assets (in € bn)1

9

10

10

(0)

(5)

(0)

(1)

Assets under Management (in € bn)

793

768

664

25

3

103

16

Net flows (in € bn)

30

25

(23)

5

N/M

48

N/M

Employees (full-time equivalent)

3,926

3,925

4,022

1

0

(97)

(2)

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

1Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances.

2020

In 2020 the market conditions were impacted by the global COVID-19 pandemic. All major equity indices traded at significantly lower levels in the second quarter, with a recovery in most markets by year end, and with the U.S. dollar depreciating against the Euro. Overall net flows were positive combined with a growth in Assets under Management.

In 2020 AM reported a profit before tax of € 544 million, an increase of € 76 million or 16 % compared to € 468 million in the prior year, primarily driven by lower expenses. Adjusted for transformation charges as well as restructuring and severance expenses, profit before tax was € 586 million in 2020 compared to € 539 million in 2019.

Net revenues were € 2.2 billion, a decrease of € 103 million or 4 % compared to the prior year.

Management fees were € 2.1 billion in 2020, essentially flat compared to the prior year as effects from the positive market performance and growth in Passive were partly offset by declining management fee margins.

Performance and transaction fees of € 90 million in 2020 were significantly lower by € 111 million or 55 % compared to the full year 2019, predominantly due a non-recurring Alternatives and a Multi Asset performance fee recognized in 2019.

Other revenues were € 3 million compared to negative € 10 million in 2019 with both years negatively impacted by the fair value of guaranteed products, combined with lower investment income, higher contribution from investment in Harvest Fund Management Co Limited and lower treasury funding charges in 2020.

Noninterest expenses were € 1.5 billion, a decrease of € 185 million, or 11 % compared to the prior year, driven by a decline in variable compensation, and efficiency initiatives combined with pandemic related savings such as travel and entertainment and marketing costs. Noninterest expenses were also lower as the prior year included transformation charges relating to a real estate impairment.

Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 1.5 billion in 2020, a decrease of € 159 million, or 10 % compared to € 1.6 billion in 2019 as lower compensation expenses were supported by lower non-compensation costs.

Assets under Management were € 793 billion, an increase of € 25 billion, or 3 %, versus December 31, 2019. The increase was driven by € 30 billion net inflows and € 24 billion related to favorable market development, mainly coming from the second half of 2020, partly offset by negative € 26 billion foreign exchange effects. The net inflows were primarily driven by Passive and Cash, and further supported by Alternatives. ESG dedicated funds continued to attract strong net inflows.

The following table provides the development of Assets under Management during 2020, broken down by product type as well as the respective management fee margins:

26

in € bn.

Active Equity

Active Fixed Income

Active Multi Asset

Active SQI

Active Cash

Passive

Alternatives

Assets under Management

Balance as of December 31, 2019

96

234

58

71

57

156

96

768

Inflows

21

47

16

19

503

85

12

703

Outflows

(19)

(54)

(18)

(22)

(483)

(68)

(8)

(673)

Net Flows

2

(7)

(2)

(3)

20

17

4

30

FX impact

(2)

(9)

(0)

(0)

(4)

(7)

(3)

(26)

Performance

3

7

1

1

0

13

(2)

24

Other

(1)

(6)

1

1

2

0

(1)

(3)

Balance as of December 31, 2020

97

220

59

69

75

179

93

793

Management fee margin (in bps)

72

13

34

28

4

19

50

28

2019

In 2019 the market conditions were less volatile compared to 2018, helping to improve investor risk appetite. All major equity indices traded at higher levels in 2019 and the U.S. dollar appreciated against the Euro. Overall market conditions were more favorable compared to 2018, with positive effects on net inflows and significant growth in Assets under Management.

In 2019 AM reported a profit before tax of € 468 million, an increase of € 99 million or 27 % compared to € 368 million in the prior year, primarily driven by significantly higher performance fees. Adjusted for transformation charges as well as restructuring and severance expenses, profit before tax was € 539 million in 2019 compared to € 413 million in 2018.

Net revenues were € 2.3 billion, an increase of € 146 million or 7 % compared to the prior year.

Management fees were € 2.1 billion in 2019, essentially flat compared to the prior year as effects from the positive market performance and growth in Passive and Alternatives were partly offset by declining management fee margins.

Performance and transaction fees of € 201 million in 2019 significantly increased by € 111 million or 122 % compared to the full year 2018, mainly driven by a non-recurring Alternatives and a Multi Asset performance fee recognized in 2019.

Other revenues were € 10 million negative compared to negative € 19 million in 2018 with both years impacted by the fair value of guarantees for the guaranteed products.

Noninterest expenses were € 1.7 billion, a decrease of € 23 million, or 1 % compared to the prior year. General and administrative expenses were lower driven by a significant decline in professional service fees, marketing cost and the absence of litigation expenses relating to a sold legacy business, partially offset by transformation charges relating to a real estate impairment. Compensation and benefits were higher mainly driven by performance related compensation.

Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 1.6 billion in 2019, a slight decrease of € 13 million, or 1 % compared to € 1.7 billion in 2018 as higher compensation expenses were offset by savings in professional service fees and marketing expenses.

Assets under Management were € 768 billion, an increase of € 103 billion, or 16 %, versus December 31, 2018. The increase was driven by € 74 billion related to favorable market development, € 25 billion net inflows and € 7 billion resulting from positive foreign exchange effects. The net inflows were primarily in the targeted growth areas of Passive, Alternatives and Multi Asset products. The development in Assets under Management was also impacted by the outperformance of flagship funds and targeted strategies, an increase in the number of funds rated 4 or 5 stars by Morningstar and product innovations.

The following table provides the development of Assets under Management during 2019, broken down by product type as well as the respective management fee margins:

in € bn.

Active Equity

Active Fixed Income

Active Multi Asset

Active SQI

Active Cash

Passive

Alternatives

Assets under Management

Balance as of December 31, 2018

77

227

46

63

58

112

81

664

Inflows

15

58

16

20

447

65

20

642

Outflows

(17)

(66)

(9)

(18)

(449)

(46)

(11)

(617)

Net Flows

(2)

(8)

7

2

(2)

19

9

25

FX impact

0

3

0

0

1

1

1

7

Performance

20

13

5

8

1

23

4

74

Other

(1)

(1)

(0)

(2)

(0)

1

1

(3)

Balance as of December 31, 2019

96

234

58

71

57

156

96

768

Management fee margin (in bps)

76

12

35

27

4

22

54

30

27

Capital Release Unit

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues

(225)

217

1,911

(442)

N/M

(1,694)

(89)

Provision for credit losses

29

(14)

(36)

43

N/M

22

(61)

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

168

359

547

(191)

(53)

(188)

(34)

General and administrative expenses

1,774

2,898

2,742

(1,124)

(39)

156

6

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

0

0

0

N/M

0

N/M

Restructuring activities

5

143

62

(139)

(97)

81

131

Total noninterest expenses

1,947

3,400

3,351

(1,453)

(43)

49

1

Noncontrolling interests

(0)

1

1

(1)

N/M

1

136

Profit (loss) before tax

(2,201)

(3,170)

(1,404)

970

(31)

(1,766)

126

Total assets (in € bn)1

198

259

370

(62)

(24)

(111)

(30)

Employees (full-time equivalent)

482

621

1,540

(139)

(22)

(919)

(60)

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

1Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances

2020

CRU incurred a loss before tax of € 2.2 billion in 2020, compared to a loss before tax of € 3.2 billion in 2019. This improvement versus the prior year was mainly driven by lower general and administrative expenses, lower compensation and benefits, lower restructuring costs that more than offset the loss of revenues from the exit of the equities trading business.

Net revenues were negative € 225 million, a decrease of € 442 million compared to 2019. Negative revenues in 2020 represent a full year of executing the strategy and were driven by de-risking, funding and hedging costs, partly offset by Prime Finance cost recovery. The prior year included six months of operating revenue before the CRU formation.

Provision for credit losses were € 29 million, compared to a release of € 14 million in 2019. While the net release in 2019 was dominated by a small number of specific events across several portfolios, 2020 saw additional provisions driven by the legacy shipping portfolio.

Noninterest expenses were € 1.9 billion, a reduction of € 1.5 billion or 43 % compared to the prior year. Consistent with our strategy, 2020 saw significantly lower restructuring costs of € 5 million compared to € 143 million incurred in the prior year. Similarly, CRU incurred significantly lower transformation costs, with € 162 million incurred in 2020, compared to transformation charges of € 510 million in 2019, mainly related to impairments of software.

Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 1.7 billion, a decrease of € 861 million, or 33 % compared to 2019 following lower compensation and benefits costs across both fixed and variable compensation and reduced non-compensation costs mainly driven by lower professional fees as well as communication and data services.

Leverage exposure was € 72 billion, € 8 billion ahead of the euro year-end target of € 80 billion. This represents a full-year reduction of 43% versus € 127 billion at the end of 2019.

Risk weighted assets (RWAs) were € 34 billion at the end of 2020, € 4 billion below the year-end target of € 38 billion. This represents a full year reduction of € 11 billion, of which € 10 billion from Credit and Market Risk or a 48 % reduction from the prior year period.


28

2019

CRU incurred a loss before tax of € 3.2 billion in 2019, compared to a loss before tax of € 1.4 billion in 2018. However, management actions enabled the division to significantly reduce risk-weighted assets and leverage exposure in line with the strategy. The increase in loss over the prior year was mainly driven by lower revenues, higher restructuring costs and higher general and administrative expenses partly offset by lower compensation and benefits and provision for credit losses.

Net revenues were € 217 million, a decrease of € 1.7 billion or 89 % compared to 2018. Revenues were impacted by the decision in the third quarter to exit Equity trading, the closing of the transaction in the first half of 2019 to sell the retail banking business in Portugal and costs associated with de-risking of assets. Revenues in Prime Finance were significantly lower compared to the prior year reflecting lower average balances during the year and reduced margins. Revenues included a loss of € 116 million from specific items relating to model parameter updates and DVA.

Provision for credit losses was a € 14 million release in 2019 compared to a release of € 36 million in the prior year. While the net release in 2018 was mainly driven by sales activities in our retail and shipping business, 2019 was dominated by a small number of specific events across several portfolios.

Noninterest expenses were € 3.4 billion, an increase of € 49 million or 1 % compared to the prior year. 2019 included restructuring expenses of € 143 million, an increase of € 81 million compared to the prior year and transformation charges of € 510 million, mainly related to impairments of software.

Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges were € 2.6 billion, a decrease of € 725 million, or 22 % compared to the prior year following lower compensation and benefits costs across both fixed and variable compensation and reduced non-compensation costs mainly driven by lower professional fees as well as communication and data services.

Leverage exposure was € 127 billion at the end of 2019, € 13 billion ahead of the 2019 target. This represents a full-year reduction of 55% versus € 281 billion at the end of 2018.

Risk weighted assets (RWAs) were € 46 billion at the end of 2019, € 6 billion below the year-end target of € 52 billion, and down by 36% versus € 72 billion at the end of 2018.


29

Corporate & Other (C&O)

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

2020

2019

2018

in € m.

in %

in € m.

in %

Net revenues

(548)

147

(142)

(695)

N/M

289

N/M

Provision for credit losses

(3)

0

1

(4)

N/M

(0)

(84)

Noninterest expenses

Compensation and benefits

3,709

3,906

4,183

(197)

(5)

(277)

(7)

General and administrative expenses

(3,140)

(3,380)

(3,754)

240

(7)

374

(10)

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

0

0

0

0

N/M

0

N/M

Restructuring activities

3

40

(1)

(38)

(93)

41

N/M

Total noninterest expenses

572

566

428

6

1

138

32

Noncontrolling interests

(169)

(173)

(109)

3

(2)

(64)

58

Profit (loss) before tax

(948)

(247)

(461)

(701)

N/M

215

(47)

Employees (full-time equivalent)

38,680

39,389

41,463

(709)

(2)

(2,074)

(5)

N/M – Not meaningful

Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

2020

C&O reported a loss before tax of € 948 million in 2020 compared to a loss before tax of € 247 million in 2019, a loss increase of € 701 million, mainly driven by a negative contribution from valuation and timing differences in 2020 after gains in the prior year.

Net revenues were negative € 548 million in 2020, compared to € 147 million in 2019. Revenues related to valuation and timing differences were negative € 103 million in 2020, compared to € 573 million in 2019. This was driven by the negative mark-to-market impact of hedging activities in connection with the bank’s funding arrangements, against the backdrop of tightening spreads on Deutsche Bank funding issuances leading to lower funding costs. Net revenues relating to funding and liquidity were negative € 235 million in 2020, versus negative € 204 million in 2019.

Noninterest expenses were € 572 million in 2020, an increase of € 6 million, or 1 %, compared to 2019. 2020 noninterest expenses included € 168 million higher than planned infrastructure expenses where the difference is retained in C&O, compared to € 65 million lower than planned infrastructure expenses in prior year as well as transformation charges primarily reflecting the bank’s accelerated rationalisation of its real estate footprint. Litigation expenses amounted to a credit of € 67 million in 2020 reflecting a net provision release, compared to expenses of € 238 million in 2019. Expenses associated with shareholder activities as defined in the OECD Transfer Pricing guidelines not allocated to the business divisions were € 403 million in 2020, down 15 % compared to 2019. In 2019 positive effects were recognized from the release of legacy balances.

Noncontrolling interests are deducted from the profit before tax of the divisions and reversed in C&O. These amounted to € 169 million in 2020, compared to € 173 million in 2019, mainly related to DWS.

2019

C&O reported a loss before tax of € 247 million in 2019 compared to a loss before tax of € 461 million in 2018, a decrease of 47 %, mainly driven by higher positive effects from valuation and timing differences and by higher reversals of noncontrolling interests, mainly related to DWS, deducted from profit before tax of the divisions in 2019.

Net revenues were € 147 million in 2019, compared to negative € 142 million in 2018. Revenues related to valuation and timing differences were € 573 million in 2019, compared to € 107 million in 2018 driven by the positive mark-to-market impact of hedging activities in connection with the bank’s funding arrangements. Net revenues relating to funding and liquidity were negative € 204 million in 2019, down from negative € 87 million in 2018 mainly due to the implementation of a new internal Funds Transfer Pricing framework in the third quarter of 2019. Costs related to the introduction of the new framework are held in C&O while the new framework is phased in.

Noninterest expenses were € 566 million in 2019, an increase of € 138 million, or 32 %, compared to 2018, mainly driven by litigation expenses of € 238 million in 2019, compared to € 52 million in 2018. Expenses associated with shareholder activities as defined in the OECD Transfer Pricing guidelines not allocated to the business divisions increased from € 422 million in 2018 to € 476 million in 2019. In addition positive effects from the release of legacy balances were also recognized in the third quarter of 2019 in noninterest expenses.

Noncontrolling interests are deducted from the profit before tax of the divisions and reversed in C&O. The increase from € 109 million reversed noncontrolling interests in 2018 to € 173 million in 2019 was mainly related to higher profits in DWS.

30

Financial position

Assets

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Absolute Change

Change in %

Cash, central bank and interbank balances

175,339

147,228

28,111

19

Central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

8,533

14,229

(5,696)

(40)

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

527,980

530,713

(2,733)

(1)

Of which: Trading assets

107,929

110,875

(2,946)

(3)

Of which: Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

343,493

332,931

10,563

3

Of which: Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss

76,121

86,901

(10,779)

(12)

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

55,834

45,503

10,331

23

Loans at amortized cost

426,691

429,841

(3,149)

(1)

Remaining assets

130,584

130,161

424

0

Of which: Brokerage and securities related receivables

74,564

63,401

11,163

18

Total assets

1,324,961

1,297,674

27,287

2

Liabilities and Equity

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Absolute Change

Change in %

Deposits

567,745

572,208

(4,463)

(1)

Central bank funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned

4,023

3,374

649

19

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

419,199

404,448

14,751

4

Of which: Trading liabilities

44,316

37,065

7,250

20

Of which: Negative market values from derivative financial instruments

327,775

316,506

11,269

4

Of which: Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

46,582

50,332

(3,750)

(7)

Other short-term borrowings

3,553

5,218

(1,665)

(32)

Long-term debt

149,163

136,473

12,690

9

Remaining liabilities

119,094

113,795

5,299

5

Of which: Brokerage and securities related payables

79,810

71,287

8,524

12

Total liabilities

1,262,777

1,235,515

27,262

2

Total equity

62,184

62,160

25

0

Total liabilities and equity

1,324,961

1,297,674

27,287

2

Movements in assets and liabilities

As of December 31, 2020, the total balance sheet of € 1.3 trillion slightly increased by € 27.3 billion (or 2.1 %) compared to year-end 2019.

Key drivers for the overall movement were increases in cash, central bank and interbank balances by € 28.1 billion, primarily driven by funds received from the third TLTRO refinancing program of the ECB recognized in long-term debt, the sale of selected hold-to-collect assets and a decrease in securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

Brokerage and securities related receivables increased by € 11.2 billion, largely by an increase in cash margin receivables of € 9.6 billion resulting primarily from higher derivative positions. This increase in remaining assets was largely offset by a decrease of € 10.7 billion from the sale of hold-to-collect assets. Brokerage and securities related payables similarly increased by € 8.5 billion primarily from cash margin payables as a result of higher derivative positions, contributing to the overall increase of € 5.3 billion in remaining liabilities.

Positive and negative market values of derivative financial instruments increased by € 10.6 billion and € 11.3 billion, respectively, primarily in foreign exchange products in the U.S.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income increased by € 10.3 billion, mainly driven by sovereign bond purchases as part of managing our strategic liquidity reserve.

Central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed measured at amortized costs and under non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss decreased by € 13.8 billion, driven by managed reductions in the wake of unfavourable market conditions as well as matured trades. Corresponding liabilities decreased by € 1.3 billion.

31

Trading liabilities increased by € 7.3 billion, mainly attributable to support market making activities in cash and derivative products. Trading assets decreased by € 2.9 billion, primarily driven from the wind-down of positions in the Capital Release Unit.

Deposits decreased by € 4.5 billion, primarily driven by a reduction in Corporate Bank deposits reflecting our targeted initiatives to pro-actively manage liabilities, partially offset by a modest increase in Private Bank sight deposits.

Loans at amortized cost decreased by € 3.1 billion, primarily driven by foreign exchange movements, partially offset by loan growth in Germany.

The overall movement of the balance sheet included a decrease of € 47.6 billion due to foreign exchange rate movements, mainly driven by a weakening of the U.S. Dollar versus the Euro. The effects from foreign exchange rate movements are embedded in the movement of the balance sheet line items discussed in this section.

Liquidity

Liquidity reserves amounted to € 243 billion as of December 31, 2020 (compared to € 222 billion as of December 31, 2019). We maintained a positive liquidity stress result as of December 31, 2020 (under the combined scenario).

Equity

Total equity as of December 31, 2020, was up by € 25 million compared to December 31, 2019. This change was driven by a number of factors which altogether had an offsetting effect, including the issuance of new additional equity components (Additional Tier 1 securities, treated as equity according to IFRS) of € 1.2 billion on February 11, 2020, the net income attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders of € 483 million, unrealized net gains of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income of € 233 million, as well as remeasurement gains related to defined benefit plans of € 223 million, net of tax. These factors were almost offset by a negative impact from foreign currency translation of € 1.7 billion, net of tax, mainly resulting from the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro and coupons paid on additional equity components of € 349 million.

Own Funds

Our CRR/CRD Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital as of December 31, 2020 increased by € 0.6 billion to € 44.7 billion, compared to € 44.1 billion as of December 31, 2019. The CRR/CRD Risk-weighted assets ( RWA) increased by € 4.9 billion to € 329.0 billion as of December 31, 2020, compared to € 324.0 billion as of December 31, 2019. Due to the increased CRR/CRD CET 1 capital and CRR/CRD RWA, the CRR/CRD CET 1 capital ratio as of December 31, 2020 remains unchanged at 13.6% compared to December 31, 2019.

Our CRR/CRD Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2020 amounted to € 51.5 billion, consisting of a CRR/CRD CET 1 capital of € 44.7 billion and CRR/CRD Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital of € 6.8 billion. The CRR/CRD Tier 1 capital was € 1.0 billion higher than at the end of December 31, 2019, driven by an increase in CRR/CRD CET 1 capital of € 0.6 billion and an increase in CRR/CRD AT1 capital of € 0.5 billion since year end 2019. The CRR/CRD Tier 1 capital ratio as of December 31, 2020 increased to 15.7% compared to 15.6% as of December 31, 2019.

Our CRR/CRD Total Regulatory capital as of December 31, 2020 amounted to € 58.5 billion compared to € 56.5 billion at the end of December 31, 2019. The CRR/CRD Total capital increase was driven by an increase in CRR/CRD Tier 1 capital of € 1.0 billion and an increase in CRR/CRD Tier 2 capital of € 1.0 billion since year end 2019. The CRR/CRD Total capital ratio as of December 31, 2020 increased to 17.8% compared to 17.4% as of December 31, 2019.


32

Liquidity and capital resources

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


33

[Portion[Portion of page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

Cash payment requirements outstanding as of December 31, 2019.2020.

Contractual obligations

Payment due by period

Payment due by period

in € m.

Total

Less than 1 year

1–3 years

3–5 years

More than 5 years

Total

Less than 1 year

1–3 years

3–5 years

More than 5 years

Long-term debt obligations¹

148,052

40,706

45,686

26,033

35,626

159,425

61,783

36,206

30,366

31,070

Trust preferred securities1,2

2,085

2,085

0

0

0

1,345

1,345

0

0

0

Long-term financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss3

4,916

976

484

643

2,813

3,501

367

727

1,090

1,316

Future cash outflows not reflected in the measurement of Lease liabilities4

5,662

17

291

525

4,830

5,971

50

330

461

5,130

Lease liabilities1

3,609

730

961

961

957

4,566

699

902

902

2,064

Purchase obligations

3,106

502

1,670

331

603

4,209

500

1,825

899

985

Long-term deposits¹

26,708

0

11,059

5,199

10,450

24,018

0

8,585

5,223

10,210

Other long-term liabilities

1,431

532

181

374

343

1,279

419

117

202

541

Total

195,568

45,548

60,332

34,065

55,623

204,313

65,163

48,692

39,141

51,316

1Includes1Includes interest payments.

2Contractual payment date or first call date.

3 Long-term debt and long-term deposits designated at fair value through profit or loss.

4 For further detail please refer to Note 22 “Leases”.

Purchase obligations for goods and services include future payments for, among other things, information technology services and facility management. Some figures above for purchase obligations represent minimum contractual payments and actual future payments may be higher. Long-term deposits exclude contracts with a remaining maturity of less than one year. Under certain conditions future payments for some long-term financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss may occur earlier. See the following notes to the consolidated financial statements for further information: Note 5 “Net Interest Income and Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss”, Note 22 “Leases”, Note 26 “Deposits” and Note 30 “Long-Term Debt and Trust Preferred Securities”.


34

Outlook

The Global Economy

[Page

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


35

The Banking Industry

[Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


36

The Deutsche Bank Group

[Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


37

Our Business Segments

[Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


38

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

39

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

40

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

41

Risks and opportunities

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

42

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

43

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

44

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

45

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

46

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

47

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

48

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


3949

[Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


4050

[Page

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


4151

Risks and Opportunities

Risks

[Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


42

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


43

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


44

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


45

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


46

Opportunities

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


47

[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


4852

Risk Reportreport

Introduction – 5053

5154

Risk and capital overview

Key risk metrics – 5154

Overall risk assessment – 5255

Risk profile – 5356

5558

Risk and capital framework

Risk management principles – 5558

Risk governance – 5659

Risk appetite and capacity – 5962

Risk and capital plan – 5962

Stress testing – 6164

Risk measurement and reporting systems – 6265

Recovery and resolution planning – 6367

6568

Risk and Capital Managementcapital management

Capital management – 6568

Resource limit setting – 6568

Risk Identificationidentification and Assessmentassessment6669

Credit Risk Managementrisk management and asset quality6669

Market Risk Managementrisk management7993

Operational risk management – 85100

Liquidity Risk Managementrisk management90104

Business (Strategic) Risk Management(strategic) risk management94108

Model Risk Managementrisk management94109

Reputational Risk Managementrisk management95109

Risk Concentrationconcentration and Risk Diversificationrisk diversification96110

97111

Risk and capital performance

Capital, Leverage Ratio,ratio, TLAC and MREL – 97

Credit Risk Exposure – 111

Asset QualityCredit risk exposure133127

Trading Market Risk Exposuresmarket risk exposures144149

Nontrading Market Risk Exposuresmarket risk exposures148152

Operational risk exposure – 150154

Liquidity Risk Exposurerisk exposure151155

4953

Introduction

Disclosures in line with IFRS 7

The following Risk Report provides qualitative and quantitative disclosures about credit, market and other risks in line with the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standard 7 (IFRS 7) Financial Instruments: Disclosures. It also considers the underlying classification and measurement and impairment requirements in IFRS 9 with further details to be found in the “Credit Risk Management and Model” section, in the “Credit risk mitigation”“Asset quality” section, in the “Asset quality”“Credit risk mitigation” section and in Note   1 “Significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates” to the consolidated financial statements. Information which forms part of and is incorporated by reference into the financial statements of this report is marked by a bracket in the marginsgrey shading throughout this Risk Report.report.

Disclosures according to Pillar 3 of the Basel 3 Capital Framework

Most disclosures according to Pillar 3 of the Basel 3 Capital Framework, which are implemented in the European Union by the Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms (Capital Requirements Regulation or CRR), including recent amendments; and supported by EBA Implementing Technical Standards or the “Final Report on the Guidelines on Disclosure Requirements under Part Eight of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013” (“EBA Guideline”, EBA/GL/2016/11, version 2*) and related guidelines applicable to Pillar 3 disclosures, are published in our additional Pillar 3 report,Report, which can be found on our website. In cases where disclosures in this Risk Report also support Pillar 3 disclosure requirements these are highlighted by references from the Pillar   3 Report into the Risk Report.

For year-end 2020, we introduced for the first time a framework to determine the prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures as a Pillar 2 measure in accordance with ECB guidance. Furthermore, Regulation (EU) 2019/876 introduces that certain software assets do not have to be deducted from CET1 items, instead the concept of a prudential amortization is applied. In addition Regulation (EU) 2019/876 introduces a different treatment of subsidiaries and participations that are only consolidated under IFRS. For these entities we now apply an at-equity treatment, instead of an at-cost treatment.

Disclosures according to principles and recommendations of the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF)

In 2012 the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (“EDTF”) was established as a private sector initiative under the auspices of the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”), with the primary objective to develop fundamental principles for enhanced risk disclosures and to recommend improvements to existing risk disclosures. As a member of the EDTF we adhere to the disclosure recommendations in this Risk Report and also in our additional Pillar 3 report.

5054

Risk and capital overview

Key risk metrics

The following selected key risk ratios and corresponding metrics form part of our holistic risk management across individual risk types. The Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio (CET 1), Economic Capital Adequacy Ratio (ECA), Leverage Ratio (LR), Total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC), Minimum Requirement for Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL), Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), and Stressed Net Liquidity Position (sNLP) serve as high level metrics and are fully integrated across strategic planning, risk appetite framework, stress testing (except LCR, TLAC and MREL), and recovery and resolution planning practices, which are reviewed and approved by our Management Board at least annually. The CET 1, LR, Leverage Exposure, TLAC, MREL, LCR and Risk-Weighted-Assets ratios and metrics, which are regulatory defined, are based on the Regulation (EU) No   575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms (Capital Requirements Regulation or “CRR”) and the directive 2013/36/EU on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms (Capital Requirements Directive or “CRD”), including recent amendments. MREL is based on the Single Resolution Mechanism (SRM) regulation as well as respective communication by the Single Resolution Board (SRB). ECA, Economic Capital and sNLP are Deutsche Bank-specific internal risk metrics in addition to the above described regulatory metrics.

Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio

31.12.2020

13.6 %

31.12.2019

13.6 %

13.6 %

31.12.2018

13.6 %

Economic Capital Adequacy Ratio

31.12.2020

179 %

31.12.2019

163 %

163 %

31.12.2018

196 %

Leverage Ratio (fully-loaded)

31.12.2020

4.7 %

31.12.2019

4.2 %

4.2 %

31.12.2018

4.1 %

Total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC)

31.12.2020 (Risk Weighted Asset based)

31.94 %

31.12.2020 (Leverage Exposure based)

9.74 %

31.12.2019 (Risk Weighted Asset based)

34.67 %

34.67 %

31.12.2019 (Leverage Exposure based)

9.62 %

9.62 %

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

31.12.2020

145 %

31.12.2019

141 %

141 %

31.12.2018

140 %

Total Risk-Weighted Assets

31.12.2020

€ 329.0 bn

31.12.2019

€ 324.0 bn

Total Economic Capital

31.12.2020

€ 28.6 bn

31.12.2019

€ 29.2 bn

Leverage Exposure

31.12.2020

€ 1,078 bn

31.12.2019

€ 1,168 bn

Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL)

31.12.2020

10.67 %

31.12.2019

11.57 %

Stressed Net Liquidity Position (sNLP)

31.12.2020

€ 43.0 bn

31.12.2019

€ 24.3 bn

Total Risk-Weighted Assets

31.12.2019

€ 324.0 bn

31.12.2018

€ 350.4 bn

Total Economic Capital

31.12.2019

€ 29.2 bn

31.12.2018

€ 26.1 bn

Leverage Exposure

31.12.2019

€ 1,168 bn

31.12.2018

€ 1,273 bn

Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL)

31.12.2019

11.57 %

31.12.2018

11.14 %

Stressed Net Liquidity Position (sNLP)

31.12.2019

€ 24.3 bn

31.12.2018

€ 48.1 bn

1Formerly reported as "Internal Capital Adequacy Ratio". The definition of capital supply for the purpose of calculating the economic capital adequacy ratio aims at maintaining the continuity of Deutsche Bank on an ongoing basis. More information is provided in section “Economic Capital Adequacy”.

For further details please refer to sections “Risk profile”, “Risk appetite and capacity”, “Risk and capital plan”, “Stress testing”, “Recovery and resolution planning”, “Risk and capital management”, “Capital, leverage ratio, TLAC and MREL” (for phase-in and fully loaded figures), “Liquidity coverage ratio”, and “Stress testing and scenario analysis”.

5155

Overall risk assessment

Key risk types as reflected in Deutsche Bank’s risk type taxonomy include credit risk (including default, migration, transaction, settlement, exposure, country, mitigation and concentration risks), market risk (including interest rate, foreign exchange, equity, credit spread, commodity and cross-asset risks), liquidity risk (including short term liquidity and funding risk), business risk (including strategic and tax risk), cross risk, reputational risk and operational risk (with important sub-categories like compliance, legal, model, information security & technology, fraud, and money laundering risks). We manage the identification, assessment and mitigation of top and emerging risks through an internal governance process and the use of risk management tools and processes. Our approach to identification and impact assessment aims to ensure that we mitigate the impact of these risks on our financial results, long-term strategic goals and reputation. Please refer to the section "Risk and capital management" for detailed information on the management of our material risks.

As part of our regular analysis, sensitivities of the key portfolio risks are reviewed using bottom-up risk assessment, complemented by top-down macro-economic and political scenario analysis. This two-pronged approach allows us to capture risk drivers that have an impact across our risk portfolios and business divisions as well as those relevant to specific portfolios.

Global economic activity slowed significantly in 2019 primarily due to the drag from rising protectionism on international trade, manufacturing activitySince early 2020 our macroeconomic business and business sentiment and despite highly accommodative monetary policy and overall easy monetary conditions. World real GDP growth declined from 3.8 % in 2018 to 3.1 % in 2019. Over the turn of the year market concerns about a potential recession in the U.S. or Europe have diminished and the global macro outlookoperating environment has improved as major downside risks have not materialized. Most notably the “Phase One” trade deal between the U.S. and China has reduced the risk of further trade war escalation for now, and political developments in the UK have partly removed the Brexit-related uncertainty. However, the economic disruption caused by the rapid spread of the novel coronavirus (COVID 19) is likely to weigh at least temporarily on global GDP growth .

Key macroeconomic downside risks are stillbeen dominated by the potential escalationcoronavirus pandemic, and the associated downside risks remained elevated over year-end. Following the severe GDP contractions observed across major advanced economies in 2020, we expect economic recovery to unfold in the course of 2021 as effective COVID-19 vaccination becomes widely available and additional fiscal stimulus is provided in the US and EU economies in particular. However, for the short-term economic outlook, we continue to see significant downside risks rippling through the global economy from elevated levels of COVID-19 infections, lockdown restrictions and deeper risk aversion.

Due to the largely unprecedented nature of the global trade conflict, as important trade negotiationsCOVID-19 crisis, the forecast uncertainty is expected to remain unusually high for quite some time. As a bank, our working assumption remains that lagging effects of the COVID-19 recession will likely continue to take center-stage in 2020. Failure to start further (“Phase Two”) U.S.-China trade negotiations, an unwinding ofunfold and that the existing deal or an escalating trade conflict with Europe including higher U.S. import tariffs on autos would add to the damage already done to global trade and growth.

Brexit uncertainty has declined as the UK left EU at the end of January 2020, starting a short transition period which the new UK government has ruled out to prolong until after the end-2020 deadline. Without sufficient time to negotiate a comprehensive trade deal, the future UK-EU relationship may still revert to a “no-deal” Brexit, weighing on the economic and trade outlook for Europe overall.

Political uncertainty is elevated in a number of other countries, for instance in the run-up to the presidential elections in the U.S., or in Italy where the incumbent coalition government faces increasing pressure from opposition parties. Geopolitical risk also remains elevated, as recently demonstrated by the military escalation between the U.S. and Iran or the protests in Hong Kong. Furthermore, the COVID 19 outbreak is likely to result in a sharp slowdown in global GDP growth in the first half of 2020. If the outbreak is prolonged this could lead to negative demand and supply chain effects and a more pronounced impact on global growth.

Negative (geo) political events could trigger rapid market corrections. Particularly in developed markets’ equity markets which are trading close to record highs, or other highly valued risk asset markets which are continuously supported by the very low interest rate environment. Major central bank policy rates are seen on hold and long-term benchmark yields have picked up only slightly from the cyclical or even record lows observedenvironment in the third quarter 2019, posing the risk of an upside shock to interest rates e.g. if inflationary pressure increased substantially more and/or faster than expected.

In addition to the “lowEurozone will persist for several quarters at least. The intensified “lower for longer” interest rate environment, whichas key central banks provide abundant additional liquidity in support of their economies, can impact our net interest income and other rate sensitive businesses activitiesactivities. Lower for longer rates have also supported elevated market valuations as investors search for yield. This raises the risk of a significant price correction, potentially triggering wider market instability.

Higher corporate and sovereign debt will be a legacy of the pandemic. Currently, risks of credit problems and defaults are partially mitigated by generous fiscal and monetary policy support but the eventual withdrawal of such support may increase credit pressures over time.

If the COVID-19 vaccine roll-out continues successfully, and continues to be boosted by massive monetary and fiscal policy support, the expected economic recovery and reflation may be subject to significant upside over the medium term. This could in turn lead consumer price and asset price inflation in major advanced economies to accelerate substantially faster than anticipated. Whilst this could create some upside potential for our business activity levels and net interest income, a disorderly sharp increase in bond yields could trigger a downward correction to equities and other highly valued risk asset markets as well as other macroincreased credit risks on highly leveraged clients.

Political uncertainty has arguably declined towards the end of 2020, with the new US President Joseph R. Biden elected in November, the EU agreeing on its multi-year budget plan and the associated European Recovery Fund (“RRF”) in mid-December, and a Brexit trade deal agreed between the UK and the EU shortly before the end of the transition period at year end. However, geopolitical risks remain elevated and need to be monitored closely, e.g. with regard to the deep divide in US society, the tense US-China relations in international trade and following the passing of the new national security law in Hong Kong, populist movements in various EU countries, or the ongoing negotiations between the UK and the EU on their future relationship. Other geopolitical risks which could negatively impact our business environment include tensions in the South China Sea and between the US and China over Taiwan as well as the potential for escalation in the Middle East over Iran’s nuclear program following recent steps towards higher uranium enrichment levels.

In addition to the risks described above, we are exposed to a variety of financial risks, including but not limited to counterparty default risks or sudden market shocks impacting our credit and market risk profiles and non-financial risks including but not limited to operational and IT infrastructure, transaction processing and third party vendor risks.

The potential impacts of these risks on our balance sheet and profitability are assessed through portfolio reviews and stress tests. Stress tests are also used to test the resilience of Deutsche Bank’s strategic plans. The results of these tests indicate that the currently available capital and liquidity reserves, in combination with available mitigation measures, would allow us to absorb the impact of these risks if they were to materialize as envisaged. Information about risk and capital positions for our portfolios can be found in the “Risk and capital performance” section.

5256

Risk profile

The table below shows our overall risk position as measured by the economic capital demand calculated for credit, market, operational and business risk for the dates specified. To determine our overall economic risk position, we generally consider diversification benefits across risk types.

Overall risk position as measured by economic capital demand by risk type

2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

in € m.

in %

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

in %

Credit risk

10,757

10,610

147

1

11,636

10,757

879

8

Market risk

11,767

10,341

1,426

14

10,894

11,767

(874)

(7)

Trading market risk

3,592

4,046

(454)

(11)

2,198

3,592

(1,394)

(39)

Nontrading market risk

8,175

6,295

1,880

30

8,696

8,175

521

6

Operational risk

5,813

7,359

(1,546)

(21)

5,512

5,813

(301)

(5)

Business risk

6,374

4,758

1,616

34

5,949

6,374

(425)

(7)

Diversification benefit¹

(5,535)

(6,960)

1,425

(20)

(5,429)

(5,535)

106

(2)

Total economic capital demand

29,176

26,108

3,068

12

28,560

29,176

(616)

(2)

1Diversification1Diversification benefit across credit, market, operational and strategic risk (largest part of business risk).

As of December 31, 2019,2020, our economic capital demand amounted to € 29.228.6 billion, which was € 3.10.6 billion or 122 % higherlower than € 26.129.2 billion economic capital demand as of December 31, 2018.2019.

The economic capital demand for credit risk as of December 31, 20192020 was € 0.10.9 billion or 18 % higher compared to year-end 20182019 mainly due to higher transferrating migrations related to the COVID-19 pandemic and settlement risk components with offsetting effects from a lower counterparty risk component.model enhancement for recovery risk.

The economic capital demand for trading market risk decreased to € 3.62.2 billion as of December 31, 2019,2020, compared to € 4.03.6 billion at year-end 2018. The decrease was2019 primarily driven by a lower level of credit inventory in the de-risking of portfolios that were moved to the business division Capital Release Unit,Investment Bank, most notably from Equities and also Emerging Market Debt businesses.Commercial Real Estate business. The economic capital demand for nontrading market risk increased by € 1.90.5 billion or 306   % compared to December 31, 2018. The increase in economic capital demand was2019 mainly driven by increasedthe increase in market risk exposures in the liquidity reserves portfolio and in equity compensation plans. Market risk economic value interest rate risk exposure built-upcapital remains on the Monte Carlo methodology at present and will be migrated to reduce earnings risk exposure.historical simulation in due course.

The operational risk economic capital demandusage totaled € 5.85.5 billion as of December 31, 2019,2020, which was € 1.50.3 billion or 215 % lower than the € 7.45.8 billion economic capital demandusage as of December 31, 2018.2019. In line with the development of our RWA for operational risk, the decrease was mainlylargely driven by a lighter loss profile feeding into our capital model, as well aswhich was partly offset by a numberreduction of model improvements driventhe expected loss deductible and by new regulations, such as the Advanced Measurement Approach Regulatory Technical Standards, de-risking beforeslightly weaker risk appetite metrics and during the Group’s transformation, and an improved capture of our risk profile.assessment scores. For a detailed description see the section “Operational Risk Management”risk management”.

Our business risk economic capital methodology captures strategic risk, which also implicitly includes elements of non-standardnonstandard risks including refinancing and reputational risk, a tax risk, component and a capital charge for risk related to IFRS deferred tax assets on temporary differences.differences and a newly introduced capital charge for risk related to software assets. The business risk increaseddecreased to € 5.9 billion as of December 31, 2020 which was € 0.4 billion or 7 % lower compared to € 6.4 billion as of December 31, 2019 which2019. The decrease was € 1.6 billion or 34 % higher compared to € 4.8 billion as of December 31, 2018. The increase was due to a highermainly driven by lower economic capital demand for the strategic risk component of € 1.52.1 billion, mainly due to impacts fromwhich primarily reflects the execution of Deutsche Bank’s transformation and the revisedassociated improvement in the earnings outlookoutlook. This decrease was partially offset by the introduction of a capital charge of € 1.8 billion to account for the bank. Compared to previous year-end,risk associated with the software assets recognized in economic capital supply. The economic capital demand fromfor tax risk and the capital charge for IFRS deferred tax assets on temporary differences was € 0.1 billion higher than as of December 31, 2018.remained stable during the year.

The inter-risk diversification benefit of the economic capital demand across credit, market, operational and strategic risk decreased by € 1.40.1 billion mainly due to model recalibration and shiftsreflecting changes in the strategicunderlying risk profile related to our bank’s transformation.type profile.

Our mix of business activities results in diverse risk taking by our business divisions. We also measure the key risks inherent in their respective business models through the total economic capital metric, which mirrors each business division’s risk profile and takes into account cross-risk effects at group level.

5357

Risk profile of our business divisions as measured by economic capital

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2020

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total

Total (in %)

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total

Total (in %)

Credit Risk

2,417

4,064

2,190

71

859

1,155

10,757

37

2,588

4,675

2,404

60

648

1,262

11,636

41

Market Risk

539

3,563

1,863

456

464

4,883

11,767

40

822

2,369

1,170

420

235

5,877

10,894

38

Operational Risk

585

2,122

666

366

2,074

0

5,813

20

482

2,169

646

284

1,930

0

5,512

19

Business Risk

195

4,914

71

0

20

1,174

6,374

22

193

2,767

80

0

0

2,909

5,949

21

Diversification Benefit¹

(510)

(2,460)

(654)

(224)

(1,075)

(612)

(5,535)

(19)

(469)

(2,457)

(534)

(180)

(982)

(808)

(5,429)

(19)

Total EC

3,226

12,203

4,137

668

2,343

6,599

29,176

100

3,617

9,523

3,766

584

1,831

9,239

28,560

100

Total EC in %

11

42

14

2

8

23

100

N/M

13

33

13

2

6

32

100

N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

1
1DiversificationDiversification benefit across credit, market, operational and strategic risk (largest part of business risk).

Dec 31, 2018¹

Dec 31, 2019¹

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total

Total (in %)

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total

Total (in %)

Credit Risk

1,861

3,804

3,214

52

1,007

672

10,610

41

2,417

4,064

2,181

71

859

1,164

10,757

37

Market Risk

269

3,605

1,132

370

930

4,035

10,341

40

539

3,563

1,827

456

464

4,920

11,767

40

Operational Risk

771

2,386

711

401

3,090

0

7,359

28

585

2,122

666

366

2,074

0

5,813

20

Business Risk

141

2,315

29

0

1,065

1,208

4,758

18

195

4,914

71

0

20

1,174

6,374

22

Diversification Benefit²

(577)

(3,021)

(833)

(231)

(1,882)

(416)

(6,960)

(27)

(510)

(2,460)

(647)

(224)

(1,075)

(619)

(5,535)

(19)

Total EC

2,465

9,089

4,253

592

4,211

5,499

26,108

100

3,226

12,203

4,097

668

2,343

6,639

29,176

100

Total EC in %

9

35

16

2

16

21

100

N/M

11

42

14

2

8

23

100

N/M

N/M – Not meaningful

1Risks amounts allocated to the business segments have been restated to reflect comparatives according to the structure as of December 31, 2019.2020.

2
2DiversificationDiversification benefit across credit, market, operational and strategic risk (largest part of business risk).

The Corporate Bank’s risk profile is dominated by its trade finance, commercial bankingTrade Finance, Commercial Banking and cash managementCash Management products and services offered. CreditEconomic capital demand largely arises from credit risk in Corporate Bankand is predominantly driven by the Trade Finance and Commercial Clients businesses. The economic capital demand for the Corporate Bank increased by € 0.4 billion in comparison to year-end 2019 as a result of higher market and credit risks. The economic capital demand for market risk increased by € 0.3 billion compared to December 31, 2019 mainly driven by increased exposures in the liquidity reserves portfolio and in equity compensation plans. The economic capital demand for credit risk as of December 31, 20192020 was € 0.60.2 billion or 30 % higher compared to year-end 2018 as there was a portfolio transfer of German small and medium sized enterprises from Private Bank to Corporate Bank. The increase2019 mainly driven by higher counterparty risk in market riskGlobal Transaction Banking. Aforementioned increases were offset by lower economic capital demand for Corporate Bank year-on-year was driven by lower diversification effects with other business divisions. The decrease in operational risk economic capital demand wasof € 0.1 billion compared to the year-end 2019, mainly due to the full roll-out of a model improvements and lighter loss profile feeding into our capital model.enhancement resulting in an improved capture of divisional risk profiles. The economic capital demand for strategicbusiness risk in the Corporate Bank is broadlyremained flat compared to the year-end 2018.2019.

The Investment Bank’s risk profile is dominated by its trading activities to support origination, structuring and market making activities, which give rise to all major risk types. Credit risk in Investment Bank is broadly distributed across business units but most prominent in Global Credit Trading, Rates and Leveraged Debt Capital Markets. Market risk arises mainly from trading and market making activities. The remainder of Investment Bank’s risk profile is largely derived from business risk reflecting earnings volatility risk. The economic capital demand for the Investment Bank decreased by € 2.7 billion in comparison to year-end 2019 mainly driven by lower business and market risks. Business risk economic capital demand decreased by € 2.1 billion year-on-year mainly due to an improvement in the bank’s earnings outlook. The economic capital demand for market risk decreased by € 1.2 billion over the year driven by a lower level of credit inventory, most notably from Commercial Real Estate business. The increases in business and market risks were partially offset by higher credit risk and operational risk. The economic capital demand for credit risk as of December 31, 20192020 was € 0.20.6 billion or 7 % higher compared to year-end 20182019 mainly due to strong fixed income trading activity in the second half of the year, resulting in higher economic capital demand for counterparty risk and settlement risk. Operationalduring 2020. The operational risk economic capital demand decreased by € 0.3 billion or 11% compared to the year-end 2018,slightly increased driven by a lighter loss profile feeding into our capital modelweaker risk appetite metrics and a model enhancement driven by Improved capture of our risk profile. Market risk arises mainly from its trading and market making activities, and was materially unchanged year-on-year. The remainder of Investment Bank’s risk profile is derived from business risk reflecting earnings volatility risk. Business risk economic capital demand increased by € 2.6 billion year-on-year primarily due to an updated strategic plan, which was driven by the bank’s transformation and the revised earnings outlook.assessment scores as well as cross-divisional reallocation effects.

The Private Bank’s risk profile comprises business with German retail, international retail and business clients as well as wealth management clients generating credit risks as well as nontradingnon-trading market risks from investment risk, modelling of client deposits and credit spread risk. The economic capital demand for the Private Bank decreased by € 0.3 billion in comparison to year-end 2019. The decrease was mainly driven by lower market risk due to the transfer of the liquidity reserve portfolio of DB PFK to Group Treasury part of the business division Corporate & Other, in the context of the merger of DB PFK AG on DB AG. This was partially offset by higher credit risk as of December 31, 2019 decreased compared to year-end 2018 as there was a portfolio transferresult of German small and medium-sized enterprises from the Private Bank to the Corporate Bank. Additional changes were due to portfolio growth, rating deteriorations in the current market environment and model re-parametrization to reflect the granularity of the retail lending portfolio. Market risk increased by € 0.7 billion compared to 2018 due to lower diversification effects with other divisions. There was no significant change formethodology changes. The economic capital demand for operational and strategic risk compared tobusiness risks remained stable over the prior year-end.year.


5458

Asset Management, as a fiduciary asset manager, invests money on behalf of clients. As such, risksIts corporate activities are generally of a fiduciary natureexposed to movements in the market, flows and hence operationally driven. The economicforeign exchange rates. Economic capital demand for market risk is mainly driven bylargely arises from nontrading market risk component, which arises ondue to guarantee products and co-investments in our funds. Of particular note in 2019 was the volatility of Euro long term interest rates where the reduction adversely impacted the guarantee products. Overall,funds and from operational risk events. The economic capital demand remained relatively stable over 2019.for Asset Management decreased by € 0.1 billion in comparison to year-end 2019 mainly driven by lower operational risk due to a lighter loss profile.

The Capital Release Unit’s risk profile is driven by its trading activityUnit continued to manage riskexit and ultimately run down the non-strategic assets and businesses transferred into the unit in third quarter of 2019. In line with the de-risking achieved through the year,throughout 2020, the economic capital demand declined significantlyof the unit decreased by € 0.5 billion over the course of 2020 compared to year-end 2018 contribution of the assets and businesses subsequently transferred into this unit.2019.

Corporate & OtherOther’s risk profile mainly comprises non-trading market risk forfrom structural foreign exchange risk, pension risk and equity compensation risk.risk, and business risk from a new capital charge for software assets. The economic capital demand for nontrading market riskCorporate & Other increased comparedby € 2.6 billion in comparison to year-end 20182019 mainly due to increased economic value interest ratethe introduction of aforementioned capital charge to account for the risk exposures and IFRS deferred tax assets from temporary differences.associated with software assets.

Risk and capital framework

Risk management principles

The diversity of ourOur business model requires us to identify, assess, measure, aggregateinherently involves taking risks. Risks can be financial and manage our risks,non-financial and to allocate our capital among our businesses.include on and off-balance sheet risks. Our aimobjective is to help reinforcecreate sustainable value in the interests of the company taking into consideration shareholders, employees and other company related stakeholders. The risk management framework contributes to this by aligning our resilience by encouraging a holistic approach to the management ofplanned and actual risk and return throughout our organization as well as the effective management oftaking with our risk capital, liquidity and reputational profile. We actively take risksappetite as expressed by the Management Board, while being in connectionline with our business.available capital and liquidity.

Risks are actively monitoredOur risk management framework consists of various components. Principles and managed to balance risk and reward and stay within risk appetite. Risk and capital are managed via a framework of principles, organizational structures and measurement and monitoring processes that are closely aligned with the activities of the divisions and business units:standards were set for each component:

55

We promote a strong risk culture where employees at all levels are responsible forevery employee must fully understand and take a holistic view of the managementrisks which could result from their actions, understand the consequences and escalation of risks and are empowered and encouraged to act asmanage them appropriately against our risk managers.appetite. We expect employees to exhibit behaviors that support a strong risk culture in line with our Code of Conduct. To promote this, our policies require that risk-related behavior isrisks taken (including against risk appetite) must be taken into account during our performance assessment and compensation processes. This expectation continues to be reinforced through communications campaigns and mandatory training courses for all DB employees. In addition, our Management Board members and senior management frequently communicate the importance of a strong risk culture to support a consistent tone from the top.

59

Risk governance

Our operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by relevant authorities in each of the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Such regulation focuses on licensing, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk concentration, conduct of business as well as organizational and reporting requirements. The European Central Bank (the “ECB”) in connection with the competent authorities of EU countries which joined the Single Supervisory Mechanism via the Joint Supervisory Team act in cooperation as our primary supervisors to monitor our compliance with the German Banking Act and other applicable laws and regulations.

Several layers of management provide cohesive risk governance:

5660

Risk management governance structure of the Deutsche Bank Group

The following functional committees are central to the management of risk at Deutsche Bank: 

5761

Our Chief Risk Officer (CRO), who is a member of the Management Board, has Group-wide, supra-divisional responsibility for theestablishing a risk management framework with appropriate identification, measurement, monitoring, mitigation and reporting of allliquidity, credit, market, liquiditybusiness and operationalnon-financial risks (including reputational, IT, legal, conduct, compliance as well as regulatory risks), however frameworks for certain risks are established by other divisions as per the continuing development and enhancement of methods for risk measurement. In addition, the CRO is responsible for monitoring, analyzing and reporting risk on a comprehensive basis.business allocation plan.

The CRO has direct management responsibility for the Chief Risk Office.CRO function. Risk management & control duties in the Chief Risk OfficeCRO function are generally assigned to specialized risk management units focusing on the management of

These specialized risk management units generally handle the following core tasks:

Chief Risk Officers for each corporatebusiness division, having a holistic view of the respective business, challenge and influence the divisions’ strategies, risk awareness and ownership as well as their adherence to risk appetite.

The Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) function sets a bank-wide risk management framework seeking to ensure that all risks at the Group and Divisional level are identified, owned and assessed for materiality. ERM is also responsible for aggregating and analyzing enterprise-wide risk information and concentrations, including review of the risk/return profiles of portfolios to support informed strategic decision-making regarding the effective application of the Bank’s resources. ERM has the mandate to:

Compliance protects the Bank’s licenses to operate by establishing a framework to promote and enforce adherence with rules and regulations. They provide an independent and objective assurance to the Management Board on the adequacy of the design and effectiveness of the Compliance Risk control framework for the areas for which they have been allocated responsibility.

Anti-Financial-Crime (AFC) sets the framework to prevent money laundering, countering terrorist financing and other criminal activities (including but not limited to fraud, and bribery and corruption activities) and to ensure compliance with financial and trade sanctions.

The functions described above have a reporting line to the CRO.

While operating independently from each other and the business divisions, our Finance and Risk functions have the joint responsibility to quantify and verify the risk that we assume.

5862

Risk appetite and capacity

Risk appetite expresses the aggregate level and types of risk that we are willing to assume to achieve our strategic objectives, as defined by a set of quantitative metrics and qualitative statements. Risk capacity is defined as the maximum level of risk we can assume given our capital and liquidity base, risk management and control capabilities, and our regulatory constraints.

Risk appetite is an integral element in our business planning processes via our risk strategy and plan, to promote the appropriate alignment of risk, capital and performance targets, while at the same time considering risk capacity and appetite constraints from both financial and non-financial risks. Compliance of the plan with our risk appetite and capacity is also tested under stressed market conditions. Top-down risk appetite serves as the limit for risk-taking for the bottom-up planning from the business functions.

The Management Board reviews and approves our risk appetite and capacity on an annual basis, or more frequently in the event of unexpected changes to the risk environment, with the aim of ensuring that they are consistent with our Group’s strategy, business and regulatory environment and stakeholders’ requirements.

In order to determine our risk appetite and capacity, we set different group level triggers and thresholds on a forward looking basis and define the escalation requirements for further action. We assign risk metrics that are sensitive to the material risks to which we are exposed and which are able to function as key indicators of financial health. In addition to that, we link our risk and recovery management governance framework with the risk appetite framework.

Reports relating to our risk profile as compared to our risk appetite and strategy and our monitoring thereof are presented regularly up to the Management Board. In the event that our desired risk appetite is breached, a predefined escalation governance matrix is applied so these breaches are highlighted to the respective committees.

Risk and capital plan

Strategic and capital plan

We conduct annually an integrated strategic planning process which lays out the development of our future strategic direction for us as a Group and for our business areas. The strategic plan aims to create a holistic perspective on capital, funding and risk under risk-return considerations. This process translates our long-term strategic targets into measurable short- to medium-term financial targets and enables intra-year performance monitoring and management. Thereby we aim to identify growth options by considering the risks involved and the allocation of available capital resources to drive sustainable performance. Risk-specific portfolio strategies complement this framework and allow for an in-depth implementation of the risk strategy on portfolio level, addressing risk specifics including risk concentrations.

The strategic planning process consists of two phases: a top-down target setting and a bottom-up substantiation.

In a first phase – the top-down target setting – our key targets for profit and loss (including revenues and costs), capital supply, capital demand as well as leverage, funding and liquidity are discussed for the group and the key business areas. In this process, the targets for the next five years are based on our global macro-economic outlook and the expected regulatory framework. Subsequently, the targets are approved by the Management Board.

In a second phase, the top-down objectives are substantiated bottom-up by detailed business unit plans, which consist of a month by month operative plan; years two and three are planned per quarter and years four and five are annual plans. The proposed bottom-up plans are reviewed and challenged by Finance and Risk and are discussed individually with the business heads. Thereby, the specifics of the business are considered and concrete targets decided in line with our strategic direction. The bottom-up plans include targets for key legal entities to review local risk and capitalization levels. Stress tests complement the strategic plan to also consider stressed market conditions.

The resulting Strategic and Capital Plan is presented to the Management Board for discussion and approval. The final plan is presented to the Supervisory Board.

The Strategic and Capital Plan is designed to support our vision of being a leading German bank with strong European roots and a global network and aims to ensure:

5963

The Strategic and Capital Planning process allows us to:

All externally communicated financial targets are monitored on an ongoing basis in appropriate management committees. Any projected shortfall versus targets is discussed together with potential mitigating strategies with the aim to ensure that we remain on track to achieve our targets. Amendments to the strategic and capital plan must be approved by the Management Board. Achieving our externally communicated solvency targets ensures that we also comply with the solvency ratio-related Group Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) requirements as articulated by our home supervisor.

On December 9, 2019, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision regarding prudential minimum capital requirements for 2020 that applyapplied from January 1, 2020 onwards, following the results of the 2019 SREP. The decision requiresacknowledges the progress Deutsche Bank has made since the first SREP assessment in 2016, leading to a decrease in the ECB’s Pillar 2 Requirement (P2R) from 2.75   % to 2.50   % of RWA, effective as of January 1, 2020. As a result, Deutsche Bank was required to maintain a CET 1 ratio of at least 11.58 % on a consolidated basis. This CET 1 capital requirement comprisescomprised the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.50 %, the lowered Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) of 2.50 %, the capital conservation buffer of 2.50 %, the countercyclical buffer of 0.08 % as of January 1, 2020 (subject to changes throughout the year) of 0.08 % and the G-SII buffer requirement of 2.00 %. The new CET 1 capital requirement of 11.58 % for 2020 is lower than the CET 1 capital requirement of 11.83 %, which was applicable to Deutsche Bank in 2019, reflecting the lowered Pillar 2 requirement. Correspondingly, 2020 requirements for Deutsche Bank's Tier 1 capital ratio arewere at 13.08 % and for its total capital ratio at 15.08 %.

On March 12, 2020, the ECB announced various supervisory measures in reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic. Related to that, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision to implement Article 104a of the Directive (EU) 2019/878 of the European Parliament (CRDV) with effect from March 12, 2020. The decision requires Deutsche Bank to fulfill its unchanged 2.50   % Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) with at least 56.25 % CET 1, 18.75 % Additional Tier 1 and 25 % Tier 2 capital. As of December 31, 2020, Deutsche Bank needs to maintain on a consolidated basis a CET 1 ratio of at least 10.42 %, a Tier   1 ratio of at least 12.39 % and a Total Capital ratio of at least 15.02 %. The CET 1 requirement comprises the Pillar   1 minimum capital requirement of 4.50 %, the Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) of 1.41 %, the capital conservation buffer of 2.50 %, the countercyclical buffer (subject to changes throughout the year) of 0.02 % and the higher of our G-SII/O-SII buffer of 2.00   %. Correspondingly, the Tier 1 capital requirement includes additionally a Tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 1.50   % plus a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.47 %, and the Total Capital requirement includes further a Tier 2 minimum capital requirement of 2.00 % and a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.63 %. Also, the ECB communicated to Deutsche Bank anthat its individual expectation to hold a further “Pillar 2”Pillar 2 CET 1 capital add-on, commonly referred to as ‘Pillar 2 guidance’ will be seen as guidance only and – until further notice – a breach of this guidance will not trigger the ‘“Pillar 2” guidance’. The capital add-on pursuantneed to the “Pillar 2” guidance is separate from and in addition to the Pillar 2 requirement. The ECB has stated that it expects banks to meet the “Pillar 2” guidance although it is not legally binding, and failure to meet the “Pillar 2” guidance does not lead to automatic restrictions of capital distributions. In addition, the ECB has defined a level within the Pillar 2 guidance at which the bank must provide a capital restoration plan andor a need to execute measures to re-build CET 1 capital. The ECB has further communicated that once this period of financial distress is over, banks will be granted sufficient time to build up the buffers again.

In December 2020 the ECB informed Deutsche Bank that these capital requirements will remain unchanged in 2021 with no update of requirements as part of the 2020 SREP, for which, in light of the pandemic and the unique economic and financial situation it has generated, and in line with EBA’s statement of April 22, 2020, the ECB has adopted a “pragmatic approach”, based on which in principle no new decisions are issued in the 2020 cycle with the 2019 SREP decisions continuing to apply, amended by the above mentioned additional supervisory measures announced on March 12, 2020

In 2021, Deutsche Bank will participate in the EBA Stress Test 2021 which was postponed from 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. By its standard procedures, the ECB will consider our quantitative performance in the adverse scenario as an input when reconsidering the level of the Pillar 2 Guidance in its 2021 SREP assessment and our qualitative performance as one aspect when holistically reviewing the Pillar 2 Requirement. As can be seen from the published adverse macro-economic scenario and market shock, the banking sector will be tested against the most severe scenario of all European regulatory stress tests conducted so far.

It should be noted that the Financial Stability Board announced in 2019 that our G-SII buffer will be reduced to 1.5   % effective from January 1, 2021. This however does not change the Banks’ capital requirements as the O-SII buffer remains at 2.0   %.

64

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Processcapital adequacy assessment process

Deutsche Bank’s internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) consists of several well-established components which ensure that Deutsche Bank maintains sufficient capital to cover the risks to which the bank is exposed on an ongoing basis:

60

As part of its ICAAP, Deutsche Bank distinguishes between a normative and economic internal perspective. The normative internal perspective refers to a multi-year assessment of the ability to fulfil all capital-related legal requirements and supervisory demands on an ongoing basis under a baseline and adverse scenario. The economic internal perspective refers to an internal process aimed at capital adequacy using internal economic capital demand models and an internal economic capital supply definition. Both perspectives focus on maintaining the continuity of Deutsche Bank on an ongoing basis.

Stress testing

Deutsche Bank has implemented a stress test framework to satisfy internal as well as external stress test requirements. The internal stress tests are based on in-house developed methods and inform a variety of risk management use cases (risk type specific as well as cross risk). Internal stress tests form an integral part of our risk management framework complementing traditional risk measures. The cross-risk stress test framework, the Group Wide Stress Test Framework (GWST), serves a variety of bank management processes, in particular the strategic planning process, the ICAAP, the risk appetite framework and capital allocation. Capital plan stress testing is performed to assess the viability of our capital plan in adverse circumstances and to demonstrate a clear link between risk appetite, business strategy, capital plan and stress testing. The regulatory stress tests, e.g. the EBA stress test and the US-based CCAR (Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review) stress tests, are strictly following the processes and methodologies as prescribed by the regulatory authorities.

Our internal stress tests are performed on a regular basis in order to assess the impact of a severe economic downturn as well as adverse bank-specific events on our risk profile and financial position. Our stress testing framework comprises regular sensitivity-based and scenario-based approaches addressing different severities and localizations. We include all material risk types into our stress testing activities. These activities are complemented by portfolio- and country-specific downside analysis as well as further regulatory requirements, such as annual reverse stress tests and additional stress tests requested by our regulators on group or legal entity level. Our methodologies undergo regular scrutiny from Deutsche Bank’s internal validation team (Model Risk Management) whether they correctly capture the impact of a given stress scenario.

65

The initial phase of our cross-risk stress test (GWST) consists of defining a macroeconomic downturn scenario by ERM Risk Research in cooperation with business specialists. ERM Risk Research monitors the political and economic development around the world and maintains a macro-economic heat map that identifies potentially harmful scenarios. Based on quantitative models and expert judgments, economic parameters such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, GDP growth or unemployment rates are set accordingly to reflect the impact on our business. The scenario parameters are translated into specific risk drivers by subject matter experts in the risk units. Based on our internal models framework for stress testing, the following major metrics are calculated under stress: risk-weighted assets, impacts on profit and loss and economic capital by risk type. These results are aggregated at the Group level, and key metrics such as the CET 1 ratio, ECA ratio, MREL ratio and Leverage Ratio under stress are derived. Stress impacts on the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and the Liquidity Reserve are also considered. In the reporting year, we have introduced an assessment of impacts against the MREL ratio. The time-horizon of internal stress tests is between one and five years, depending on the use case and scenario assumptions. In 2019, we have further strengthened our framework to calculate the stress impacts of a multi-year stress horizon. The Enterprise Risk Committee (ERC) reviews the final stress results. After comparing these results against our defined risk appetite, the ERC also discusses specific mitigation actions to remediate the stress impact in alignment with the overall strategic and capital plan if certain limits are breached. The results also feed into the recovery planning which is crucial for the recoverability of the Bank in times of crisis. The outcome is presented to senior management up to the Management Board to raise awareness on the highest level as it provides key insights into specific business vulnerabilities and contributes to the overall risk profile assessment of the bank.

The group wide stress tests performed in 20192020 indicated that the bank’s capitalization together with available mitigation measures as defined in the Group Recovery Plan allow it to reach the internally set stress exit level.

The cross-risk reverse stress test leverages the GWST framework and is typically performed annually in order to challenge our business model by determining scenarios which would cause us to become unviable. Such a reverse stress test is based on a hypothetical macroeconomic scenario enriched by idiosyncratic events based on the top risks monitored by each risk type. Comparing thesuch a hypothetical scenario resulting in the Bank’s non-viability to the current economic environment, we consider the probability of occurrence of such a hypothetical stress scenario as extremely low. Given this, we do not believe that our business continuity is at risk.

In 2020, we have further strengthened our framework through the following initiatives:

In addition to the GWST that includes all material risk types and major revenue streams, for the use cases as indicated above, we have individual stress test programs in place for all relevant risk metrics in line with regulatory requirements. For the relevant stress test programs we refer to the sections describing the individual risk management methods.


61

Deutsche Bank also took part in two major regulatory stress tests performed in 2019, i.e. the ECB's liquidityUS-based CCAR stress test, exercise as well asimplemented pursuant to the U.S.-based CCAR stress test.US Dodd-Frank Act. The ECB Liquidity Stress Test 2019 (LiST) is a sensitivity analysis of the Bank’s liquidity profile based on two idiosyncratic liquidity scenarios over a 6-month horizon defined by the ECB and was successfully completed. In the U.S., the Federal Reserve (FRB) publicly indicateddisclosed that it did not object to the capital plans submitted by DB USA Corporation and DWS USA Corporation.

GWST framework of Deutsche Bank Group

Risk measurement and reporting systems

66

Our risk measurement systems support regulatory reporting and external disclosures, as well as internal management reporting across credit, market, liquidity, cross, business, operational and reputational risks. The risk infrastructure incorporates the relevant legal entities and business divisions and provides the basis for reporting on risk positions, capital adequacy and limit, threshold or target utilization to the relevant functions on a regular and ad-hoc basis. Established units within Finance and the Risk-Function assume responsibility for measurement, analysis and reporting of risk while promoting sufficient quality and integrity of risk-related data. Our risk management systems are reviewed by Group Audit following a risk-based audit approach.

Deutsche Bank’s reporting is an integral part of Deutsche Bank’s risk management approach and as such aligns with the organizational setup by delivering consistent information on Group level and for material legal entities as well as breakdowns by risk types, business division and material business units.

The following principles guide Deutsche Bank’s “risk reportingmeasurement and monitoring”reporting” practices:

In applying the previously mentioned principles, Deutsche Bank maintains a common basis for all risk reports and aims to minimize segregated reporting efforts to allow Deutsche Bank to provide consistent information, which only differs by granularity and audience focus.


62

The Bank identifies a large number of metrics within its risk measurement systems which support regulatory reporting and external disclosures, as well as internal management reporting across risks and for material risk types. Deutsche Bank designates a subset of those as “Key Risk Metrics” that represent the most critical ones for which the Bank places an appetite, limit, threshold or target at Group level and / or are reported routinely to senior management for discussion or decision making. The identified Key Risk Metrics include Capital Adequacy and Liquidity metrics; further details can be found in the section “Key risk metrics” .

While a large number of reports are used across the Bank, Deutsche Bank designates a subset of these as “Key Risk Reports” that are critical to support Deutsche Bank’s Risk Management Framework through the provision of risk information to senior management and therefore enable the relevant governing bodies to monitor, steer and control the Bank’s risk taking activities effectively.

The main reports on risk and capital management that are used to provide Deutsche Bank’s central governance bodies with information relating to the Group risk profile are the following:

While the above reports are used at a Group level to monitor and review the risk profile of Deutsche Bank holistically, there are other, supplementing standard and ad-hoc management reports, thatincluding for Risk TypeTypes or Business Aligned Risk Management functions useFocus Portfolios, which are used to monitor and control the risk profile.

67

Recovery and resolution planning

The BankingBank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD) was introduced in 2014 and updated in 2019 to reduce the likelihood of another financial crisis, enhance the resilience of institutions under stress, and eventually support the long term stability of the financial systems without exposing taxpayers’ money to losses.

In line with the BRRD and relevant German law MaSan (BaFin circular on minimum requirements for the contents of recovery plans)Sanierungs- und Abwicklungsgesetz (SAG), we developedintroduce and maintaincontinuously improve a recovery and resolution planning framework designed to anticipate, identify, mitigate and manage in a timely and coordinated manner the impact of adverse events on the Group and its ability to continue as a going concern.

The 2020 refresh of our Group recovery plan lays out a set of tools and actions available to restore our financial strength and viability during an extreme stress situation and it builds on four key pillars:


63

The 2019 recovery plan is the eighth annual iteration and builds onshows a well-established recovery planning framework withand reflects targeted enhancements to: reflectto address the new strategy announcedlatest regulatory feedback. Updates in July 2019, provide an update onthis iteration of the countermeasure capacity and address regulatory feedback and developments. The key outcomes of this iterationplan include the following:

Similarly to previous years, the 2019 Recovery Plan2020 Group recovery plan has been prepared with the joint effort of Risk, Finance and the business Divisions teams, with the oversight of the Management Board who is responsible for its approval and submission to the authority.

The Group resolution plan on the other hand is prepared by the resolution authorities, rather than by the bank itself. We work closely with the Single Resolution Board (SRB) and the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (“BaFin”) who establish the Group resolution plan for Deutsche Bank, which is currently based on a single point of entry (SPE) bail-in as the preferred resolution strategy. Under the SPE bail-in strategy, the parent entity Deutsche Bank AG would be recapitalized through a write-down and/or conversion to equity of capital instruments (Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1, Tier 2) and other eligible liabilities in order to stabilize the Group. Within one month after the application of the bail-in tool to recapitalize an institution, the BRRD (as implemented in the SAG) requires such institution to establishprepare a business reorganization plan, addressing the causes of failure and aiming to restore the institution's long-term viability. To further support and improve operational continuity of the bank for resolution planning purposes, DB takeshas largely completed additional ex-ante preparations, inter alia, bysuch as adding termination stay clauses into client financial agreements governed by non-EU law and including continuity provisions into key service agreements. Financial contracts and service agreements governed by EU law are already covered by statutory laws which prevent termination solely due to any resolution measure.

The BRRD requires banks in EU member states to maintain minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) to make resolution credible by establishing sufficient loss absorption and recapitalization capacity. Apart from MREL-requirements, Deutsche Bank, as a global systemically important bank, is subject to global minimum standards for Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (TLAC), which set out strict requirements for the amount and eligibility of instruments to be maintained for bail-in purposes. In particular, TLAC instruments must be subordinated (including so-called senior “non-preferred” debt, but also in the form of regulatory capital instruments) to other senior liabilities. This ensures that a bail-in would be applied first to equity and TLAC instruments, which must be exhausted before a bail-in may affect other senior (“preferred”) liabilities such as deposits, derivatives, debt instruments that are “structured” and senior preferred plain vanilla bonds.

In the United States, Deutsche Bank AG is required under Title I of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), as amended, to prepare and submit periodically to the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) either a full or targeted resolution plan (the “U.S. Resolution Plan”) on a timeline prescribed by such agencies. The U.S. Resolution Plan must demonstrate that Deutsche Bank AG has the ability to execute and implement a strategy for the orderly resolution of its subsidiariesdesignated material U.S. entities and operations in the event of future material financial distress or failure (the “U.S. Resolution Plan”).operations. For foreign-based companies subject to these resolution planning requirements such as Deutsche Bank AG, the U.S. Resolution Plan relates only to subsidiaries, branches, agencies and businesses that are domiciled in or whose activities are carried out in whole or in material part in the United States.

68

Deutsche Bank AG filed its most recent full U.S. Resolution Plan in JulyJune 2018. The 2018 U.S. Resolution Plan describesdescribed the single point of entry strategy for ourDeutsche Bank’s U.S. operations and prescribes thatprescribed how DB USA Corporation our single U.S. IHC as of December 31, 2017, would provide liquidity and capital support to its U.S. Material Entitymaterial entity subsidiaries and ensure their solvent wind-down outside of applicable resolution proceedings. In December 2018, Deutsche Bank received regulatory feedback from the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC, which found that Deutsche Bank’s U.S. Resolution Plan had no deficiencies but identified one shortcoming in the plan, associated with governance mechanisms and related escalation triggers. Subsequent to the aforementioned feedback, Deutsche Bank submitted a response to its December 2018 feedback letter on April 1, 2019, in which Deutsche Bank discussed its proposed remediation of the shortcoming as well as enhancements of its resolution capabilities. Deutsche Bank iswas required to make a submission toby the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC by July 1, 2020 explaining how it remediatedto demonstrate in a targeted submission that the shortcoming had been remediated. In accordance with Federal Reserve Board and providing an update onFDIC requirements, Deutsche Bank AG filed this targeted submission in September 2020. In December 2020, the enhancement of its resolutions capabilities.Federal Reserve Board and FDIC confirmed that the shortcoming had been remediated. Following this submission, Deutsche Bank’s next targeted and full U.S. Resolution Plan isPlans are due on or before July 1, 2021.

64in 2021 and 2024, respectively.

Risk and Capital Managementcapital management

Capital management

Our Treasury function manages solvency, capital adequacy, leverage and bail-in capacity ratios at Group level and locally in each region, as applicable. Treasury implements our capital strategy, which itself is developed by the Group Risk Committee and approved by the Management Board. Treasury, directly or through the Group Asset and Liability Committee, which was established in 2018, manages, among other things, issuance and repurchase of shares and capital instruments, hedging of capital ratios against foreign exchange swings, setting capacities for key financial resources, design of shareholders’ equity allocation, and regional capital planning. We are fully committed to maintaining our sound capitalization both from an economic and regulatory perspective. We continuously monitor and adjust our overall capital demand and supply in an effort to achieve an appropriate balance of the economic and regulatory considerations at all times and from all perspectives. These perspectives include book equity based on IFRS accounting standards, regulatory and economic capital as well as specific capital requirements from rating agencies.

Treasury manages the issuance and repurchase of capital instruments, namely Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments as well as TLAC/MREL eligible debt instruments. Treasury constantly monitors the market for liability management trades. Such trades represent a countercyclical opportunity to create Common Equity Tier 1 capital by buying back our issuances below par.

Our core currencies are Euro, US Dollar, Chinese Renminbi and Pound Sterling. Treasury manages the sensitivity of our capital ratios against swings in core currencies. The capital invested into our foreign subsidiaries and branches in the other non-core currencies is largely hedged against foreign exchange swings.For this purpose, Treasury determines which currencies are to be hedged, develops suitable hedging strategies in close cooperation with Risk Management and finally executes these hedges. The capital invested into our foreign subsidiaries and branches in our core currencies Euro, US Dollar, Chinese Renminbi and Pound Sterling is not hedged in order to balance respective effects from movements in capital deduction items and risk weighted assets. The capital invested in non-core currencies is either partly hedged taking capital demand into account or fully hedged.

Resource limit setting

Usage of key financial resources is influenced through the following governance processes and incentives.

Target resource capacities are reviewed in our annual strategic plan in line with our CET 1 and Leverage Ratio ambitions. InAs a part of our quarterly process, the Group Asset and Liability Committee which insofar as it replaced the Group Risk Committee as decision body, approves divisional resource limits for Totaltotal capital demand (defined as the sum of Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) and certain RWA equivalents of Capital DemandDeduction Items) and leverage exposure that are based on the strategic plan but adjusted for market conditions and the short-term outlook. Limits are enforced through a close monitoring process and an excess charging mechanism.

Overall regulatory capital requirements are principally driven by either our CET 1 ratio (solvency) or leverage ratio (leverage) requirements, whichever is the more binding constraint. For the internal capital allocation, the combined contribution of each segment to the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio, the Group’s Leverage ratio and the Group’s Capital Loss under Stress are weighted to reflect their relative importance and level of constraint to the Group. Contributions to the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio and the Leverage ratio are measured through Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA)RWA and Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE). The Group’s Capital Loss under Stress is a measure of the Group’s overall economic risk exposure under a defined stress scenario. Goodwill and other intangible assets are directly allocated to the respective segments, supporting the calculation of the allocated tangible shareholders equity and the respective rate of return. In our performance measurement, our methodology also applies different rates for the cost of equity for each of the business segments, reflecting in a more differentiated way the earnings volatility of the individual business models. This enables improved performance management and investment decisions.

Regional capital plans covering the capital needs of our branches and subsidiaries across the globe are prepared on an annual basis and presented to the Group Investment Committee. Most of our subsidiaries and a number of our branches are subject to legal and regulatory capital requirements. In developing, implementing and testing our capital and liquidity, we fully take such legal and regulatory requirements into account. Any material capital requests of our branches and subsidiaries across the globe are presented to and approved by the Group Investment Committee prior to execution.

69

Further, Treasury is represented on the Investment Committee of the largest Deutsche Bank pension fund which sets the investment guidelines for this fund. This representation is intended to ensure that pension assets are aligned with pension liabilities, thus protecting our capital base.

65

Risk Identificationidentification and Assessmentassessment

Our business activities generate credit risks, market risks, business risks, liquidity risks, cross risks, operational risks and reputational risks. We regularly identify risks to our business’ and infrastructure’s operations, also under stressed conditions, and assess the materiality of identified risks with respect to their severity and likelihood of materialization. The process incorporates input from both first line and second line of defense. The assessment of current risks is complemented by a view on emerging risks applying a forward-looking perspective. This risk identification and assessment process results in our risk inventory which captures the material risks across relevant businesses and entities. Regular updates to the risk inventory are reported to senior management together with the risk profile and inform our risk management processes.

This framework provides the basis, on which we can aggregate risks for the Group across businesses and entities. The resulting inventory of risks, after review and challenge by senior management, informs key risk management processes including the development of stress scenarios tailored to Deutsche Bank’s risk profile, the calibration of risk appetite and the risk profile monitoring and reporting. Risks in the inventory are also mapped to the following risk types as part of the risk type taxonomy: credit risk, market risk, operational risk, liquidity risk, business risk, reputational risk and cross risk.

Credit Risk Managementrisk management and asset quality

Credit Riskrisk framework

Credit Risk arises from all transactions where actual, contingent or potential claims against any counterparty, borrower, obligor or issuer (which we refer to collectively as “counterparties”) exist, including those claims that we plan to distribute. These transactions are typically part of our non-trading lending activities (such as loans and contingent liabilities) as well as our direct trading activity with clients (such as OTC derivatives). These also include traded bonds and debt securities. Carrying values of equity investments are also disclosed in our Credit Risk section. We manage the respective positions within our market risk and credit risk frameworks.

Based on the annual risk identification and materiality assessment,Risk Type Taxonomy, Credit Risk is grouped into five categories, namely default/ migration risk, country risk, transaction/settlement risk (exposure risk), mitigation (failure) risk and concentration risk. This is complemented by a regular risk identification and materiality assessment.


66

0WeWe manage our credit risk using the following philosophy and principles:

70

Measuring Credit Riskcredit risk

Credit Risk is measured by credit rating, regulatory and internal capital demand and key credit metrics mentioned below.

The credit rating is an essential part of the Bank’s underwriting and credit process and builds the basis for risk appetite determination on a counterparty and portfolio level, credit decision and transaction pricing as well the determination of regulatory capital demand for credit risk. Each counterparty must be rated and each rating has to be reviewed at least annually. Ongoing monitoring of counterparties helps keep ratings up-to-date. There must be no credit limit without a credit rating. For each credit rating the appropriate rating approach has to be applied and the derived credit rating has to be established in the relevant systems. Different rating approaches have been established to best reflect the specific characteristics of exposure classes, including central governments and central banks, institutions, corporates and retail.

Counterparties in our non-homogenous portfolios are rated by our independent Credit Risk Management function. Country risk related ratings are provided by ERM Risk Research.

Our rating analysis is based on a combination of qualitative and quantitative factors. When rating a counterparty we apply in-house assessment methodologies, scorecards and our 21-grade rating scale for evaluating the credit-worthiness of our counterparties.

Changes to existing credit models and introduction of new models are approved by the Regulatory Credit Risk Model Committee (RCRMC) chaired by the Head of CRM before the models are used for credit decisions and capital calculation for the first time or before they are significantly changed. Separately, an approval by the Head of Model Risk Management is required. Where appropriate, less significant changes can be approved by a delegate of either function under a delegated authority. Proposals with high impact are recommended for approval to the Group Risk Committee. Regulatory approval may also be required. The model validation is performed independently of model development by Model Risk Management. The results of the regular validation processes as stipulated by internal policies have to beare brought to the attention of the Regulatory Credit Risk Model Forum (RCRMF) and the RCRMC, even if the validation results do not lead to a change. The validation plan for rating methodologies is presented to RCRMC at the beginning of the calendar year.

For DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG (PFK AG), the responsibility for implementation and monitoring of effectiveness of the internal rating systems is with DB PFK AG’s Risk Controlling function with validation by the Non-Financial Risk & Validation function. The Model and Validation committee, chaired by DB PFK AG’s Head of Non-Financial Risk & Validation monitors this. In addition, all major rating systems are subject to approval by DB PFK AG’s Bank Risk Committee chaired by the Chief Risk Officer. Furthermore, DB Group’s IRBA Governance will be extended to all DB PFK AG models as part of the merger and the granted capital waiver. The effectiveness of rating systems and rating results is reported to the DB PFK AG Management Board on a regular basis. Joint governance is ensured by mutual committee membership within the framework of integrated risk management.

67

We measure risk-weighted assets to determine the regulatory capital demand for credit risk using “advanced”, “foundation” and “standard” approaches of which advanced and foundation are approved by our regulator.

The advanced Internal Ratings Based Approach (IRBA) is the most sophisticated approach available under the regulatory framework for credit risk and allows us to make use of our internal credit rating methodologies as well as internal estimates of specific further risk parameters. These methods and parameters represent long-used key components of the internal risk measurement and management process supporting the credit approval process, the economic capital and expected loss calculation and the internal monitoring and reporting of credit risk. The relevant parameters include the probability of default (PD), the loss given default (LGD) and the maturity (M) driving the regulatory risk-weight and the credit conversion factor (CCF) as part of the regulatory exposure at default (EAD) estimation. For the majority of derivative counterparty exposures as well as securities financing transactions (SFT), we make use of the internal model method (IMM) in accordance with CRR and SolvV to calculate EAD. For most of our internal rating systems more than seven years of historical information is available to assess these parameters. Our internal rating methodologies aim at point-in-time rather than a through-the-cycle rating, but in line with regulatory solvency requirements, they are calibrated based on long-term averages of observed default rates.

The foundation IRBA is an approach available under the regulatory framework for credit risk allowing institutions to make use of their internal rating methodologies while using pre-defined regulatory values for all other risk parameters. Parameters subject to internal estimates include the PD while the LGD and the CCF are defined in the regulatory framework. Foundation IRBA remains in place for some exposures stemming from ex-Postbank; in the course of the on-going integration programs it is planned to further reduce the number of these credit exposures eligible under foundation IRBA and move them to advanced IRBA.ex-Postbank.

71

We apply the standardized approach to a subset of our credit risk exposures. The standardized approach measures credit risk either pursuant to fixed risk weights, which are predefined by the regulator, or through the application of external ratings. We assign certain credit exposures permanently to the standardized approach in accordance with Article 150 CRR. These are predominantly exposures to the Federal Republic of Germany and other German public sector entities as well as exposures to central governments of other European Member States that meet the required conditions. These exposures make up the majority of the exposures carried in the standardized approach and receive predominantly a risk weight of zero percent. For internal purposes, however, these exposures are subject to an internal credit assessment and fully integrated in the risk management and economic capital processes.

In addition to the above described regulatory capital demand, we determine the internal capital demand for credit risk via an economic capital model.

We calculate economic capital for the default risk, country risk and settlement risk as elements of credit risk. In line with our economic capital framework, economic capital for credit risk is set at a level to absorb with a probability of 99.9 % very severe aggregate unexpected losses within one year. Our economic capital for credit risk is derived from the loss distribution of a portfolio via Monte Carlo Simulation of correlated rating migrations. The loss distribution is modeled in two steps. First, individual credit exposures are specified based on parameters for the probability of default, exposure at default and loss given default. In a second step, the probability of joint defaults is modeled through the introduction of economic factors, which correspond to geographic regions and industries. The simulation of portfolio losses is then performed by an internally developed model, which takes rating migration and maturity effects into account. Effects due to wrong-way derivatives risk (i.e., the credit exposure of a derivative in the default case is higher than in non-default scenarios) are modeled by applying our own alpha factor when deriving the exposure at default for derivatives and securities financing transactions under the CRR. We allocate expected losses and economic capital derived from loss distributions down to transaction level to enable management on transaction, customer and business level.

Besides the credit rating which is the key credit risk metric we apply for managing our credit portfolio, including transaction approval and the setting of risk appetite, we establish internal credit limits for all credit exposures. Credit limits set forth maximum credit exposures we are willing to assume over specified periods. In determining the credit limit for a counterparty, we consider the counterparty’s credit quality by reference to our internal credit rating. Credit limits and credit exposures are both measured on a gross and net basis where net is derived by deducting hedges and certain collateral from respective gross figures. For derivatives, we look at current market values and the potential future exposure over the relevant time horizon which is based upon our legal agreements with the counterparty. We generally also take into consideration the risk-return characteristics of individual transactions and portfolios. Risk-Return metrics explain the development of client revenues as well as capital consumption. In this regard we also look at the client revenues in relation to the balance sheet consumption.


68

IFRS 9 impairment approachImpairment Approach

We determineThe impairment requirements of IFRS 9 apply to all credit exposures that are measured at amortized cost or fair value through other comprehensive income and to off balance sheet lending commitments, such as loan commitments and financial guarantees. For purposes of our impairment approach, we refer to these instruments as financial assets.

The Group determines its credit loss allowances in accordance with IFRS 9 as follows:

The IFRS 9 impairment approach is an integral part of the Group’s Credit Risk Management. The estimation of ECL (Expected Credit Loss) which is the basis for the Group’s credit loss allowance is either doneperformed via the automated ECL calculation using the Group’s ECL engine or determined by Credit Officers on a case-by-case basis.Officers. In both cases, the calculation takes place for each financial asset individually. Similarly, the determination of the need to transfer between stages is made on an individual asset basis. The Group ECL engine is used to calculate the credit loss allowance for all financial assets in the homogeneous portfolio, as well as for all financial assets in the non-homogenous portfolios in Stage 1 and Stage 2. TheFor every individual financial asset the credit loss allowance for our financial assets in our non-homogeneous portfolio in Stage 3 and for POCI assets is determined by Credit Officers on a case by case basis.Officers.

72

The Group uses three main components to measure ECL. These are Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The Group leveraged existing parameters used for determination of capital demand under the Basel Internal Ratings Based Approach and internal risk management practices as much as possible to calculate ECL. These parameters are adjusted where necessary to comply with IFRS 9 requirements (e.g. use of point in time ratings and removal of downturn elements in the regulatory parameters). Incorporating forecasts of future economic conditions into the measurement of expected credit losses influences the allowance for credit losses in Stage 1 and 2. In order to calculate lifetime expected credit losses, the Group’s calculation includes deriving the corresponding lifetime PDs from migration matrices that reflect economic forecasts.

For a more detailed description of these expressions anddetails on the approach,Group’s accounting policy related to IFRS 9 Impairment, please refer to Note 1 - Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates of the Consolidated Financial Statements and in the following sections.Statements.

Stage Determination

At initial recognition, financial assets which are not POCI are reflected in Stage 1. If there is a significant increase in credit risk, the financial asset is transferred to Stage 2. SignificantA significant increase in credit risk is determined by using rating-related and process-related indicators. In contrast, the assignment of a financial instrumentassets to Stage 3 is based on the status of the obligor being in default (i.e. in case of default, all financial assets of the obligor are transferred to Stage 3). The Group has not changed existing stage trigger mechanics and rules due to COVID-19 with following exceptions: EBA compliant moratoria and concessions granted to clients whose credit standing would not be significantly affected by COVID-19. In accordance with the EBA guidance, delayed payments of interest and principle to such clients would not trigger stage migration or a default. Forbearance measures granted to clients with financial difficulties triggered by COVID-19 assuming that the respective business model and the financial situation will allow a rapid stabilization after the crisis, would not trigger a stage migration.

Rating-related indicators: Based on a dynamic change in counterparty PDs that is linked to all transactions with the counterparty, the Group compares lifetime PD at the reporting date, with lifetime PD expectations at the date of initial recognition. Based on historically observed migration behavior and available forward-looking information, an expected forward ratinga sampling of different economic scenarios, a lifetime PD distribution is obtained. A quantile of this distribution, which is defined for each counterparty class, is chosen as the lifetime PD threshold. If the remaining lifetime PD of a transaction according to current expectations exceeds the PD of the relevantthis threshold, rating, the financial asset experienced a significant increase in credit risk.risk and is transferred to Stage 2. The thresholdsquantiles used to determinedefine Stage 2 indicatorsthresholds are determined using expert judgment, are validated annually and validated annually.have not changed as a result of COVID-19. The threshold applied varies depending on the original credit quality of the borrower, past lifetime, remaining lifetime and counterparty class.

Process-related Indicators: Process-related indicators are derived via usagethe use of existing risk management indicators, which allow the Group to identify whether the credit risk of financial assets has significantly increased. These include obligors being added mandatorily to a credit watchlist, being mandatorily transferred to workout status, payments being 30 days or more overdue or in forbearance. Aligned to the Group, former Postbank indicators consist of credit watchlist, which include clients with workout status and forbearance measures, and payments being 30 days or more overdue.

On an ongoing basis, asAs long as the conditionconditions for one or more of the process-related or rating-related indicators is fulfilled and the obligor of the financial asset ishas not recognized as defaulted,met the definition of default, the asset will remain in Stage 2. If none of the indicator conditions is anyindicators are no longer fulfilled and the financial asset is not defaulted, the financial asset transfers back to Stage 1. In caseIf the obligor defaults, all financial assets of a default, the financial asset isobligor are allocated to Stage 3. In the case thatIf at a later date a previously defaulted financial asset ceases to be classified as defaulted, it transfers back to Stage 2 or Stage 1.


69

Expected Lifetime

The expected lifetime of a financial asset is a key factor in determining the lifetime expected credit losses (LTECL). Lifetime expected credit losses represent default events over the expected life of a financial asset. The Group measures expected credit losses considering the risk of default over the maximum contractual period (including any borrower’s extension options) over which it is exposed to credit risk.

Retail overdrafts, credit card facilities and certain corporate revolving facilities typically include both a loan and an undrawn commitment component. The expected lifetime of such on-demand facilities exceeds their contractual life as they1, when probation periods defined by regulatory guidance are typically cancelled only when the Group becomes aware of an increase in credit risk. The expected lifetime is estimated by taking into consideration historical information and the Group’s Credit Risk Management actions such as credit limit reductions and facility cancellation. Where such facilities are subject to an individual review by Credit Risk Management, the lifetime for calculating expected credit losses is 12 months. For facilities not subject to individual review by Credit Risk Management, Deutsche Bank applies a lifetime for calculating expected credit losses of 24 months.

Forward-looking information

Under IFRS 9, the allowance for credit losses is based on reasonable and supportable forward looking information obtainable without undue cost or effort, which takes into consideration past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.

To incorporate forward-looking information into Deutsche Bank’s allowance for credit losses, the Group uses two key elements:

The general use of forward-looking information, including macro-economic factors, as well as adjustments taking into account extraordinary factors, are monitored by the Group's Risk and Finance Credit Loss Provision Forum. In certain situations, Credit Risk officers and senior management may have additional information in relation to specific portfolios to indicate that the statistical distribution used in the ECL calculation is not appropriate. In such situations, the Group would apply a judgmental overlay.

The following table provides an overview of forward-looking information used to determine Deutsche Bank’s allowance for credit losses in the fourth quarter of 2019.

IFRS 9 – Forward Looking Information applied for year end 2019

Current

Year 1 (average)

Year 2 (average)

Credit - ITX Europe 125

65.34

56.85

FX - EUR/USD

1.13

1.11

GDP - Eurozone

1.17 %

0.93 %

1.19 %

GDP - Germany

0.58 %

0.48 %

1.19 %

GDP - Italy

0.01 %

0.39 %

0.63 %

GDP - USA

2.35 %

1.70 %

1.70 %

Rate - US Treasury 2y

2.28 %

1.55 %

Unemployment - Eurozone

7.71 %

7.53 %

7.45 %

Unemployment - Germany

3.15 %

2.92 %

2.75 %

Unemployment - Italy

10.15 %

10.06 %

10.06 %

Unemployment - Spain

14.20 %

13.33 %

12.72 %

Unemployment - USA

3.75 %

3.74 %

3.93 %


70

The sensitivity of our model with respect to future changes in macroeconomic variables (MEVs) is illustrated in the following table, which provides the ECL impact for stages 1 and 2 in a Downward and Upward shift across all scenarios used in the ECL calculation. Both shifts are applied in addition to the baseline ECL as of December 31, 2019, by specifying Downward and Upward MEV values that are all either one standard deviation above or below the baseline forecasts, e.g. reducing forecasted GDP rates by 2 percentage points on average.

IFRS 9 – Sensitivities of Forward Looking Information applied for year end 2019

in € m.

Downward shift

ECL per Dec 31, 2019

Upward shift

Corporate Bank

374

241

170

Investment Bank

438

288

198

Private Bank

890

697

572

Asset Management

4

3

2

Capital Release Unit

13

10

7

Corporate & Other

29

12

6

Total

1,747

1,250

955

Basis of inputs and assumptions and the estimation techniques

The Group calculates expected credit losses for each financial asset individually. Similarly, the determination of the need to transfer between stages is made on an individual asset basis.

The Group uses three main components to measure ECL. These are PD, Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD). The Group has leveraged existing parameters used for determination of capital demand under the Basel Internal Ratings Based Approach and internal risk management practices as much as possible to calculate ECL. These parameters are adjusted where necessary to comply with IFRS 9 requirements (e.g. use of point in time ratings and removal of downturn elements in the regulatory parameters). Incorporating forecasts of future economic conditions into the measurement of expected credit losses influences the allowance for credit losses for each stage. In order to calculate lifetime expected credit losses, the Group’s calculation includes deriving the corresponding lifetime PDs from migration matrices that reflect economic forecasts.met.

The expected credit loss calculation for Stage 3 distinguishes between transactions in homogeneous and non-homogenous portfolios, and purchased or originated credit-impaired transactions.POCI financial assets. For transactions that are in Stage 3 and in a homogeneous portfolio, a similar approachthe Group uses the ECL engine to determine the credit loss allowance. Whereas the credit loss allowance for non-homogeneous portfolios in Stage 3, as well as for Stage 1 and 2 transactions is taken.POCI assets are determined by Credit Officers. Since a Stage 3 transaction is defaulted, the probability of default is equal to 100 %. To incorporate the currently available information, the LGD parameters are modelled to be time-dependent, thus capture the time dependency of recovery expectation after default.

The estimation techniques

Estimation Techniques for the input factors are described in more detail below.

Input Factors

The one-year PD for counterparties is derived from our internal rating systems. The Group assigns a PD to each relevant counterparty credit exposure based at theon a 21-grade master rating scale for all of our exposure.

The counterparty ratings assigned are derived based on internally developed rating models which specify consistent and distinct customer-relevant criteria and assign a rating grade based on a specific set of criteria as given for a certain customer. The set of criteria is generated from information sets relevant for the respective customer segments including general customer behavior, financial and external data. The methods in use range from statistical scoring models to expert-based models taking into account the relevant available quantitative and qualitative information. Expert-based models are usually applied for counterparties in the exposure classes “Central governments and central banks”, “Institutions” and “Corporates” with the exception of those “Corporates” segments for which sufficient data basis is available for statistical scoring models. For the latter as well as for the retail segment statistical scoring or hybrid models combining both approaches are commonly used. Quantitative rating methodologies are developed based on applicable statistical modelling techniques, such as logistic regression.


7173

One-year PDs are extended to multi-year PD curves using through-the-cycle (TTC) matrices and macroeconomic forecasts. Based on these forecasts, TTC matrices are transformed into point-in-time (PIT) rating migration matrices, typically for a two year period. The calculation of the PIT matrices is performed by specifying a direct link between macroeconomic variables and the default and rating behavior of counterparties. The macroeconomic forecasts adjust the distribution of the respective macroeconomic factors and consequently, the rating migration matrices that define migration and default probabilities. The actual calculation is based onThis approach can be interpreted as a Monte-Carlo simulation of multiple scenarios orscenarios. However, for reasons of efficiency, the actual calculation is based on equivalent analytical techniques. Multi-year PDs and rating migration matrices are thus derived and applied to portfolios in scope for IFRS 9 which are categorized according to the following counterparty classes: retail Germany, retail Spain, retail Italy, financial institutions, midcaps, corporates, and sovereigns.

LGD is defined as the likely loss intensity in case of a counterparty default. It provides an estimation of the exposure that cannot be recovered in a default event and therefore captures the severity of a loss. Conceptually, LGD estimates are independent of a customer’s probability of default. The LGD models ensure that the main drivers for losses (i.e., different levels and quality of collateralization and customer or product types or seniority of facility) are reflected in specific LGD factors. In our LGD models we assign collateral type specific LGD parameters to the collateralized exposure (collateral value after application of haircuts). In our LGD models used outside of former Postbank we assign collateral type specific LGD parameters to the collateralized exposure (collateral value after application of haircuts).

The EADExposure at Default (EAD) over the lifetime of a financial asset is modelled taking into account expected repayment profiles. We apply specific Credit Conversion Factors (CCFs) in order to calculate an EAD value. Conceptually, the EAD is defined as the expected amount of the credit exposure to a counterparty at the time of its default. In instances where a transaction involves an unused limit, a percentage share of this unused limit is added to the outstanding amount in order to appropriately reflect the expected outstanding amount in case of a counterparty default. This reflects the assumption that for commitments, the utilization at the time of default might be higher than the current utilization under IAS 39.outstanding balance. In case a transaction involves an additional contingent component (i.e., guarantees) a further percentage share is applied as part of the CCF model in order to estimate the amount of guarantees drawn in case of default. The calibrations of such parameters are based on statistical experience as well as internal historical data and consider counterparty and product type specifics.

Expected Lifetime

The expected lifetime of a financial asset is a key factor in determining the lifetime expected credit losses (LTECL). Lifetime expected credit losses represent default events over the expected life of a financial asset. The Group measures expected credit losses considering the risk of default over the maximum contractual period (including any borrower’s extension options) over which the Group is exposed to credit risk.

Retail overdrafts, credit card facilities and certain corporate revolving facilities typically include both a loan and an undrawn commitment component. The expected lifetime of such on-demand facilities exceeds their contractual life as they are typically cancelled only when the Group becomes aware of an increase in credit risk. The expected lifetime is estimated by taking into consideration historical information and the Group’s Credit Risk Management actions such as credit limit reductions and facility cancellation. Where such facilities are subject to an individual review by Credit Risk Management, the lifetime for calculating expected credit losses is 12 months. For facilities not subject to individual review by Credit Risk Management, we apply a lifetime for calculating expected credit losses of 24 months.

Consideration of Collateralization in IFRS 9 Expected Credit Loss calculationCalculation

The LTECLECL engine projects the level of collateralization for each point in time in the life of a financial asset. For the reporting date, the engine uses the existing collateral distribution process applied for the DB’s Economic Capital model. In this model, the liquidation value of each eligible collateral is allocated to relevant financial assets to distinguish between collateralized and uncollateralized parts of each exposure.

For personal collateral (e.g. guarantees), the LTECLECL engine assumes that the relative level of collateralization remains stable over time. In case of an amortizing loan the absolute exposure and collateral values decrease together over time. For impersonalphysical collateral (e.g. residential property), the LTECLECL shall assume that the absolute collateral value remains constant. In case of an amortizing loan, the collateralized part of the exposure increases over time and consequently the exposure is likely to be fully collateralized at some point.

Certain financial guarantee contracts are integral to the financial assets guaranteed. In such cases, the financial guarantee is considered as collateral for the financial asset and the benefit of the guarantee is used to mitigate the ECL of the guaranteed financial asset.

For further details on how we determine the liquidation value of our collaterals please refer to section “Managing and Mitigation of Credit Risk”

74

Forward Looking Information

Under IFRS 9, the allowance for credit losses is based on reasonable and supportable forward looking information available without undue cost or effort, which takes into consideration past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.

To incorporate forward looking information into the Group’s allowance for credit losses, we use two key elements:

‒ As its base scenario, the Group uses external survey-based macroeconomic forecasts (e.g. consensus view on GDP and unemployment rates) supplemented by market-implied projections of interest and FX rates. In addition, our scenario expansion model, which has been initially developed for stress testing, is used for forecasting macroeconomic variables that are not covered by external consensus data or market sources to determine lifetime PD’s. All forecasts are assumed to reflect the most likely development of the respective variables and are updated at least once per quarter.

The general use of forward looking information, including macro-economic factors, as well as adjustments taking into account extraordinary factors (e.g. COVID-19), are monitored by the Group's Risk and Finance Credit Loss Provision Forum. In certain situations, Credit Risk officers and senior management may have additional information in general or in relation to specific portfolios that are not taken into account by the statistical model. In such situations, the Group would apply a judgmental overlay.

The Group’s standard approach to incorporating macroeconomic variables into the calculation of the ECL estimate is to incorporate forecasts for the next two years, using eight discrete quarterly observations. This methodology, which reflects the historical relationship between movements in those macroeconomic variables and default rates, was developed during the implementation of IFRS 9 and applied as of December 31, 2019.

Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Forward Looking Information

To fight the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, many countries imposed strict lockdowns of economic activity – particularly with regards to travel, hospitality and events. The lockdowns together with the collapse in consumer and business sentiment caused one of the most severe recessions in recent history. As the pandemic unfolded, economists slashed their forecasts for variables such as Gross Domestic Product and employment.

Downward revisions of economic forecasts accelerated in late March 2020 as it became clear that the pandemic could not be contained and countries around the world went into lockdown. The consensus data improved moderately since May 2020 when many businesses were allowed to re-open again. Moreover, many countries provided support and stimulus packages to firms, workers and to those unemployed that helped to mitigate the impact of COVID-19, which was initially not fully reflected in the consensus forecasts. Later forecasts increasingly took these stimulus packages into account which contributed to further improvements of economic forecasts.

Economists estimated another GDP contraction in the fourth quarter of 2020 of e.g. around 2-3   % Quarter-on-Quarter in the European Monetary Union (EMU) because business activity and consumer sentiment suffer from a second wave of COVID-19 infections. The aggregated medium-term outlook for 2021 and beyond is so far mitigated by better-than-expected economic data in the third quarter of 2020 and the prospect of effective vaccines against COVID-19.

Based on Management’s opinion that the standard methodology did not provide a reliable indicator for future credit losses as it took a very short term view of the development of those variables and considering regulatory guidance provided, Management determined that the most representative approach in 2020 for estimating expected credit losses was to reduce the weight of some of the short-term data (as it had lost relevance since it did not take into account the unprecedented levels of government support and fiscal stimulus being provided across the global economy) and derive adjusted inputs based on longer term averages. This approach better reflected underlying credit conditions in 2020 and avoided the build-up of unrealistically high credit reserves in the first half of the year and their subsequent release in the third and fourth quarter of 2020. As a result, the Group viewed it more appropriate to apply an overlay during 2020 to ensure its ECL provision was adequate.

The overlay is based on averaging forecasts for GDP and unemployment rates over the next three years in its ECL estimation, which is the basis for the bank’s year end 2020 Credit Loss Allowance.

The following table provides an overview of the three year forward looking information, which determines the three year average used as input for calculating and the Group’s allowance for credit losses for the year end 2020.

75

Please note that the economic data used in the forward-looking information for the calculation of the allowance for credit losses may differ from forecasts used in the economic outlook section. The reason is that the economic outlook is based on the specific views of DB Research economists whereas forward-looking information is derived from broader consensus and market-implied projections as aggregated, expanded and quality-assured within Risk Management.

IFRS 9 – Forward Looking Information applied for the year end 2020

December 20201,2

Year 1 (4 quarter avg)

Year 2 (4 quarter avg)

Year 3 (4 quarter avg)

Credit - ITX Europe 125

52.81

FX - EUR/USD

1.20

GDP Eurozone

1.38 %

4.37 %

2.32 %

GDP Germany

1.54 %

4.01 %

2.08 %

GDP Italy

1.92 %

3.80 %

1.93 %

GDP USA

2.80 %

3.35 %

2.29 %

Rate - US Treasury 2y

0.17 %

Unemployment - Eurozone

8.86 %

8.35 %

7.94 %

Unemployment - Germany

4.30 %

3.95 %

3.72 %

Unemployment - Italy

10.65 %

10.38 %

9.85 %

Unemployment - Spain

17.89 %

16.32 %

15.49 %

Unemployment - USA

6.40 %

5.19 %

4.46 %

1Rates, FX and credit spreads as per December 7 release; GDP, unemployment forecasts updated per December 16,2020.

2 Year 1 equals Q4 2020 to Q3 2021, Year 2 equals Q4 2021 to Q3 2022 and Year 3 equals Q4 2022 to Q3 2023

In the third quarter 2020, the Group introduced an additional overlay and retained the overlay for the year end 2020 due to the fact that the level of uncertainty remains high, in particular as the COVID-19 pandemic, related lock-down measures and associated economic support measures offered by central governments will further hamper the ability to assess the true state of borrowers’ capacity to repay their financial obligations, also taking into account the emerging downsides expected in particular as moratoria are fading out (although partially extended, e.g. in Spain and Italy) and a second wave of lockdown measures started in December 2020.

Taking into account the above mentioned overlays, the Group reported a provision for credit losses of €1.8 billion for the year ended 2020, which is a significant increase compared to € 723 million for the year ended 2019. This is primarily driven by a significant increase in Stage 3 credit loss allowances due to client defaults following the COVID-19 pandemic, predominantly in the Investment Bank and Private Bank. Provisions for performing assets were mainly driven by the impact from including the forward looking element based on consensus forecast with charges in the first half of the year and subsequent releases in the second half. The accumulated full year impact with net releases in Stage 1 and Stage 2 was fully compensated by the additional overlay recorded in 2020.

Model sensitivitySensitivity

There are two main sources of ECL volatility for Stage 1 and 2 assets. Similarly to traditional risk measures like Risk Weighted Assets or Economic Capital, our ECL is sensitive toFirstly, changes in the portfolio relevant for IFRS 9. Changes to the portfolio composition, the exposure profile or counterparty ratings, which are particularly important due to potential implications on stage determination, influence the level of ECL and thus the level of our Credit Loss Allowance.

InSecondly, in addition to portfolio changes, ECL is also impacted by macroeconomic forecasts. The selection process forAs the relevant macroeconomic variables combines expert assessment and statistical tests and reflects the characteristics of the individual portfolios. As a consequence,vary by counterparty class, ECL sensitivities to macroeconomic forecasts are portfolio-specific with GDP growth rates and unemployment rates in the Eurozone and the US as dominant factors.factors overall.

The sensitivity of our model with respect to future changes in macroeconomic variables (MEVs) is illustrated in the following table, which provides the ECL impact for Stages 1 and 2 from a Downward and Upward shift across all scenarios used in the ECL calculation. Both shifts are applied in addition to the baseline ECL as of December 31, 2020, by specifying Downward and Upward MEV values that are all either one standard deviation above or below the baseline forecasts, e.g. shifting forecasted GDP rates by 2 percentage points on average.

ECL for Stage 3 is not affected and not reflected in the following tables as its modelling is independent of the macroeconomic scenarios.

76

IFRS 9 – Sensitivities of Forward Looking Information applied on Stage 1 and Stage 2

Downward shift

ECL per Dec 31, 2020

Upward shift

Corporate Bank

425

293

213

Investment Bank

462

330

244

Private Bank

1,014

788

701

Asset Management

2

2

1

Capital Release Unit

10

8

6

Corporate & Other

17

9

5

Total

1,929

1,429

1,171

Downward shift

ECL per Dec 31, 2019

Upward shift

Corporate Bank

374

241

170

Investment Bank

438

288

198

Private Bank

890

697

572

Asset Management

4

3

2

Capital Release Unit

13

10

7

Corporate & Other

29

12

6

Total

1,747

1,250

955

Focus Industries in light of COVID-19 Pandemic

While the negative implications of the COVID-19 pandemic are materializing across economies and sectors globally, certain industries are seeing particularly severe direct or indirect impacts. These sectors accounted for approximately 30   % of group credit loss provisions in the year 2020. The information below is based on an internal risk view that is not fully congruent with the NACE (Nomenclature des Activities Economiques dans la Communate Europeenne, which is the statistical classification of economic activities in the European Union) applied elsewhere in this report, e.g. in the Asset Quality section.


77

IFRS 9 - Application of EBA guidance regarding Default, Forbearance and IFRS 9 in light of COVID-19 measures

EBA’s “Statement on the application of the prudential framework regarding Default, Forbearance and IFRS 9 in light of COVID-19 measures” published on March 25, 2020 states that institutions are expected to use a degree of judgement and distinguish between borrowers whose credit standing would not be significantly affected by the current situation in the long term, and those who would be unlikely to restore their creditworthiness. The Bank performed portfolio reviews and applied this regulatory guidance to a number of clients mainly in the Investment Bank and Corporate Bank.

EBA is further of the view that the public and private moratoria, as a response to COVID-19 pandemic, do not have to be automatically classified as forbearance if the moratoria are not borrower specific, based on the applicable national law or on an industry or sector-wide private initiative agreed and applied broadly by relevant credit institutions. Deutsche Bank has introduced this guidance into its internal risk management processes.

Legislative and non-legislative moratoria and public guarantee schemes in light of COVID-19 pandemic

After the breakout of the COVID-19 pandemic, a number of governments issued programs offering legislative moratoria and guarantee schemes. Non-legislative moratoria programs have been developed to support our clients as well as individual measures have been agreed with our clients.

On April 2, 2020 and June 25, 2020 EBA published its Guidelines on legislative and non-legislative moratoria on loan repayments applied in light of the COVID-19 pandemic. These guidelines provide clarity on the treatment of legislative and non-legislative moratoria applied before September 30, 2020 and supplement the EBA Guidelines on the application of the definition of default in regards to the treatment of a distressed restructuring. On September 21, 2020, EBA announced that it “will phase out its Guidelines on legislative and non-legislative payment moratoria in accordance with its end of September deadline. The regulatory treatment set out in the Guidelines will continue to apply to all payment holidays granted under eligible payment moratoria prior to September 30, 2020”.

On December 2, 2020 after closely monitoring the developments of the COVID-19 pandemic and, in particular, the impact of the second COVID-19 wave and the related government restrictions taken in many EU countries, the EBA has decided to reactivate its Guidelines on legislative and non-legislative moratoria.

The following table provides an overview of active and expired loans and advances subject to EBA-compliant moratoria, loans and advances subject to COVID-19 related forbearance measures and newly originated loans and advances subject to a public guarantee scheme in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic as of December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2020.

Overview of active and expired moratoria, forbearance measures and guarantee schemes in light of COVID-19 pandemic

April 1 to Dec 31, 2020

April 1 to Sep 30, 2020

in € m.

Loans and advances subject to EBA-compliant moratoria

Loans and advances subject to COVID-19-related forbearance measures

Newly originated loans and advances subject to public guarantee schemes in the context of the COVID-19 crisis1

Loans and advances subject to EBA-compliant moratoria

Other loans and advances subject to COVID-19-related forbearance measures

Newly originated loans and advances subject to public guarantee schemes in the context of the COVID-19 crisis

Corporate Bank

610

2,956

2,362

651

2,716

1,974

Investment Bank

107

4,353

60

222

4,449

60

Private Bank

7,499

1,114

1,124

7,747

1,514

928

Capital Release Unit

433

0

0

430

20

0

Total

8,649

8,424

3,546

9,050

8,699

2,962

1Excluding € 0.3 billion as of December 31, 2020 and € 0.2 billion as of September 30, 2020 which qualify for derecognition as these loans meet the pass-through criteria for financial instruments under IFRS 9

EBA-compliant moratoria can be divided into legislative moratoria, which are instituted by the Government and non-legislative moratoria granted by (group of) financial institutions. The loans and advances subject to EBA-compliant moratoria shown are mainly legislative moratoria instituted by the German, Italian, Indian and Spanish governments and non-legislative moratoria in Germany, Italy and Spain.

78

Under the legislative moratoria, the Group has granted a postponement of interest and/or principal payments depending on the requirements defined by each individual government. The postponement of principal payments led to an extension of the loan maturity date. The German legislative moratoria were granted to consumer loan agreements and mortgages and only postponed principal payments with interest being waived during the holiday period. Whereas the Italian, Spanish and Indian moratoria deferred both principal and interest to households and financial intermediaries in Italy and Spain and to standard term and working capital loans in India. The ability to utilize the legislative German moratoria ended for all borrowers at the end of June 2020 and the legislative Indian moratoria ended at the end of August 2020. Italy has two legislative moratoria one for private households which ended December 16, 2020 and a second one for Small and Medium Sized Entities (SME) and Corporates. The moratorium for SMEs and Corporates was originally scheduled to end on September 30, 2020, but has been further extended until June 2021. Also, the Spanish government extended the legislative Spanish moratoria for SMEs and Corporates up and to 2021.

Under the non-legislative moratoria, the Group has granted a postponement of interest and/or principal payments depending on the requirements defined by local banking groups setting up the local moratoria in Germany, Italy and Spain. The non-legislative moratoria were granted to consumer loan agreements and mortgages with Private Clients only. All non-legislative moratoria were originally planned to end by yearend 2020. However, due to the development of COVID-19 a new non-legislative moratorium was launched in Italy to support consumer finance clients from January 2021 until end of March 2021.

Overall the majority of loans affected by the moratoria relate to the Private Bank. Upon granting the moratoria the carrying value of the loan was amended by scheduling out the new expected cash flows and discounting at the original effective interest rate. The difference in carrying value was taken as a loss to interest income in the Profit and Loss account (P&L). The amount was not material to the Group.

During the second half of 2020, the number of clients under moratoria has significantly reduced, from peak levels in the second quarter 2020. As of December 31, 2020, € 6 billion of moratoria already expired. More than 95% of these clients, who took advantage of moratoria have now resumed payments. The transition is actively managed whereby DB contacts each private client in order to ensure the clients are aware and able to resume payments before leaving moratoria.

COVID-19 related forbearance measures were also granted to clients which did not fulfill the EBA compliant moratoria criteria, but the Bank decided on an individual customer basis to amend the conditions of the loan. Individual COVID-19 forbearance measures were granted for borrowers in several business lines and portfolios. For the Investment Bank a significant amount of modifications were granted to Commercial Real Estate Clients, in the Private Bank to clients in the Lending business and in the Corporate Banking to Trade Finance Clients. Upon granting the modifications to the borrowers, the carrying value of the loan was amended by scheduling out the new expected cash flows and discounting at the original effective interest rate. The difference in carrying value was taken as a loss to interest income in the P&L. The amount was not material to the Group. As of December 31, 2020 forbearance measures have been granted for € 8.4 billion loans reflecting a broad range from modifications of selected covenants in the respective loan contract to payment deferrals. Also, to further strengthen credit oversight, forbearance measure flagging is now considered an additional criterion to add the exposure on a “watchlist”.

Newly originated loans and advances subject to a public guarantee scheme include loans and advances mainly guaranteed by KfW (Kreditanstalt für Wiederaufbau, a government-owned promotional). These loans were granted by the bank mainly to European clients in the Corporate Business across all industries. Similar Guarantees were also offered by the Luxembourg Public Investment Bank and by the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Digital Transformation (MINECO) of Spain. Less than 1 % of the loan population has an EBA forborne or non-performing status.

The Group has originated approximately € 3.8 billion of loans under the public guarantee scheme during 2020 and in most cases the terms of the new originated loans and advances are between two and five years. Approximately € 2.1 billion of loans were granted in Germany via programs sponsored by KfW, of which, € 0.3 billion were derecognized as the terms of the loan and guarantee met the criteria for derecognition under IFRS 9, and € 1.2 billion were originated in Spain and € 0.5 billion in Luxembourg. As of December 31, 2020, 98.7   % of the loans that were granted public guarantees in 2020 continue to make regular repayments.

Breakdown of COVID-19 related measures by stages

Dec 31, 2020

Legislative and non-legislative Moratoria

COVID-19 related forbearance measures

Public guarantee schemes

in € m.

Gross Carrying Amount

Expected Credit Losses

Gross Carrying Amount

Expected Credit Losses

Gross Carrying Amount

Expected Credit Losses

Stage 1

6,464

(23)

5,746

(18)

3,135

(3)

Stage 2

1,872

(63)

1,994

(54)

360

(4)

Stage 3

313

(69)

684

(80)

51

(4)

Total

8,649

(155)

8,424

(152)

3,546

(11)

79

The Group continues to manage and monitor the current and future COVID-19 situation. Of the € 8.6 billion legislative and non-legislative moratoria circa € 1.5 billion exposure is still active mainly due to extensions in Italy with modest increases in Stage 3 from expired moratoria. There have been no material economic losses to date regarding voluntary forbearance where Deutsche Bank provides a range of measures not only extension of grace periods. Of those loans in forbearance, only circa 8 % of the € 8.4 billion exposures have defaulted after forbearance measures were taken. As COVID-19 forbearance measures are applied to clients with a positive post-crisis outlook, we expect no significant stage moves of these assets under the assumption of a normalized economic recovery. Additionally economic recovery regarding Deutsche Bank’s participation in public guarantee schemes remains low as at December 31, 2020.

Asset quality

The Asset Quality section under IFRS 9 describes the quality of debt instruments subject to impairment, which under IFRS 9 consist of debt instruments measured at amortized cost, financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) as well as off balance sheet lending commitments such as loan commitments and financial guarantees (hereafter collectively referred to as “Financial Assets”).

Overview of financial assets subject to impairment

The following tables provide an overview of the exposure amount and allowance for credit losses by financial asset class broken down into stages as per IFRS 9 requirements.

Overview of financial assets subject to impairment

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Amortized cost¹

Gross carrying amount

651,637

35,372

10,655

1,729

699,393

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

Allowance for credit losses²

544

648

3,614

139

4,946

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

of which Loans

Gross carrying amount

385,117

34,537

10,138

1,710

431,501

400,434

23,832

7,437

2,130

433,833

Allowance for credit losses²

522

647

3,506

133

4,808

537

488

2,932

33

3,990

Fair value through OCI

Fair value

55,566

163

105

0

55,834

45,083

397

23

0

45,503

Allowance for credit losses

12

6

2

0

20

16

9

10

0

35

Off-balance sheet

Notional amount

251,545

8,723

2,587

1

262,856

251,930

5,864

1,424

0

259,218

Allowance for credit losses³

144

74

200

0

419

128

48

166

0

342

1Financial Assets at Amortized Cost consist of: Loans at Amortized Cost, Cash and central bank balances, Interbank balances (w/o central banks), Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, Securities borrowed and certain subcategories of Other assets.

2 Allowance for credit losses do not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 5 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 3 million as of December 31, 2019.

3 Allowance for credit losses do not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 4 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 4 million as of December 31, 2019.

Financial assets at amortized cost

The following tables provide an overview of the gross carrying amount and credit loss allowance by financial asset class broken down into stages as per IFRS 9 requirements.

Development of exposures and allowance for credit losses in the reporting period

Dec 31, 2020

Gross carrying amount

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

Movements in financial assets including new business

79,284

8,215

3,304

(166)

90,637

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

(7,462)

5,543

1,919

0

0

Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

(0)

(3)

(31)

0

(34)

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period

(48,990)

(2,268)

(1,910)

(263)

(53,430)

Recovery of written off amounts

0

0

58

0

58

Foreign exchange and other changes

(17,162)

(795)

(216)

7

(18,165)

Balance, end of reporting period

651,637

35,372

10,655

1,729

699,393

80

Financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment remained increased by € 19 billion or 3 % in 2020, which was primarily driven by Stage 2:

Stage 1 exposures slightly increased by € 6 billion or 1 %.

Stage 2 exposures increased by € 11 billion or 43 % driven by Loans at Amortized Cost in Private Bank and Corporate Bank due to the update of the macroeconomic outlook.

Stage 3 exposures increased by € 2,703 million or 28 % in 2020 driven by new defaults across business divisions, partly offset by a reduction in the POCI loan portfolio.

Dec 31, 2019

Gross carrying amount

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

637,037

32,335

7,452

1,963

678,787

Movements in financial assets including new business

86,882

(6,503)

1,022

418

81,819

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

(1,652)

327

1,325

0

0

Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

(4)

(0)

(40)

0

(45)

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period

(81,545)

(1,691)

(2,343)

(272)

(85,852)

Recovery of written off amounts

0

0

70

0

70

Foreign exchange and other changes

5,249

213

45

41

5,548

Balance, end of reporting period

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

Financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment remained roughly stable with a slight increase of € 2 billion in 2019 across all stages:

Stage 1 exposures decreased by € 9 billion or 1 %.

Stage 2 exposures decreased by € 8 billion or 24 % driven by Brokerage cash / margin receivables in Investment Bank as well as Loans at Amortized Cost in Corporate Bank.

Stage 3 exposures decreased by € 266 million or 3 % in 2019 driven by new defaults across business divisions, partly offset by write-offs in shipping.

Dec 31, 2020

Allowance for Credit Losses³

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

Movements in financial assets including new business

(44)

309

1,348

72 4

1,686

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

77

(125)

49

N/M

0

Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period²

0

0

(781)

0

(781)

Recovery of written off amounts

0

0

58

0

58

Foreign exchange and other changes

(38)

(28)

(75)

31

(110)

Balance, end of reporting period

544

648

3,614

139

4,946

Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk¹

33

184

1,397

72

1,686

1Movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk.

2This position includes charge offs of allowance for credit losses.

3Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 5 million as of December 31, 2020.

4The total amount of undiscounted expected credit losses at initial recognition on financial assets that are purchased or originated credit-impaired initially recognized during the reporting period was € 50 million in 2020 and € 0 million in 2019.

Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment increased by € 853 million or 21 % in 2020 mainly driven by Stage 3:

Stage 1 allowances remained roughly stable with a slight decrease of by € 5 million or 1 %.

Stage 2 allowances increased by € 156 million or 32 % due to the update of the macroeconomic outlook.

Stage 3 allowances increased by € 702 million or 23 % driven by new defaults across business divisions and the increase against the existing POCI loan portfolio.

81

Our Stage 3 coverage ratio (defined as Allowance for credit losses in Stage 3 (excluding POCI) divided by Financial assets at amortized cost in Stage 3 (excluding POCI)) amounted to 34 % in the current fiscal year, compared to 40 % in the prior year.

Dec 31, 2019

Allowance for Credit Losses³

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

509

501

3,247

3

4,259

Movements in financial assets including new business

(57)

102

550

40

636

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

120

(106)

(14)

0

0

Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period²

0

0

(872)

(26)

(898)

Recovery of written off amounts

0

0

96

0

96

Foreign exchange and other changes

(22)

(4)

8

18

0

Balance, end of reporting period

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk¹

62

(4)

536

40

636

1 Movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk.

2 This position includes charge offs of allowance for credit losses.

3 Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 3 million as of December 31, 2019.

Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment dropped by € 166 million or 4 % in 2019 mainly driven by Stage 3:

Stage 1 allowances increased by € 40 million or 8 % driven by an increase in Loans at Amortized Cost in Investment Bank and Private Bank.

Stage 2 allowances remained roughly stable with a slight decrease of € 8 million or 2%.

Stage 3 allowances decreased by € 198 million or 6 % driven by NPL sales in Private Bank as well as write-offs in shipping in Capital Release Unit, which were partly offset by new defaults in Corporate Bank and Investment Bank.

Financial assets at amortized cost by business division

Dec 31, 2020

Gross Carrying Amount1

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Corporate Bank

109,484

7,747

2,305

0

119,537

85

106

1,052

0

1,244

Investment Bank

134,634

5,832

2,023

1,459

143,948

139

92

290

139

659

Private Bank

216,412

21,328

5,954

270

243,964

311

446

2,098

0

2,855

Asset Management

2,131

57

0

0

2,188

1

1

0

0

1

Capital Release Unit

4,463

303

372

0

5,138

4

4

174

0

182

Corporate & Other

184,512

105

1

0

184,618

5

(0)

0

0

5

Total

651,637

35,372

10,655

1,729

699,393

544

648

3,614

139

4,946

1Gross Carrying Amount numbers per business division are reported after a reallocation of cash balances from business divisions to Corporate & Other.

Dec 31, 2019

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Corporate Bank

174,685

4,769

1,921

0

181,375

82

63

843

0

988

Investment Bank

159,301

4,894

575

1,830

166,600

146

60

117

36

358

Private Bank

251,699

14,376

4,520

321

270,915

313

360

1,834

0

2,508

Asset Management

1,965

101

0

0

2,066

1

1

0

0

2

Capital Release Unit

16,051

378

502

0

16,930

1

7

221

0

230

Corporate & Other

42,266

163

13

0

42,442

5

2

1

0

8

Total

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

549

492

3,015

36

4,093


7282

Financial assets at amortized cost by industry sector

The below table gives an overview of our asset quality by industry, and is based on the NACE code of the counterparty. NACE (Nomenclature des Activités Économiques dans la Communauté Européenne) is a standard European industry classification system. The information below is not fully congruent to the internal risk view applied in the section “Focus industries in light of COVID-19 pandemic”.

Dec 31, 2020

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

538

69

39

0

646

1

1

12

0

14

Mining and quarrying

2,808

115

162

0

3,085

4

4

98

0

106

Manufacturing

23,245

2,518

1,024

138

26,925

32

42

479

3

557

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

3,268

276

117

0

3,661

3

2

35

0

40

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

573

52

57

0

681

1

2

9

0

12

Construction

3,706

304

271

169

4,450

6

7

193

6

212

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

19,049

1,066

830

46

20,991

21

20

516

2

558

Transport and storage

4,760

710

387

12

5,869

20

18

93

0

131

Accommodation and food service activities

1,871

445

90

24

2,429

5

8

22

0

35

Information and communication

5,482

207

131

0

5,820

12

4

95

0

111

Financial and insurance activities

316,950

6,336

1,159

551

324,996

88

64

285

37

474

Real estate activities

38,993

2,089

824

293

42,200

32

22

94

42

190

Professional, scientific and technical activities

6,295

1,049

223

198

7,765

8

15

97

5

125

Administrative and support service activities

8,966

1,365

409

47

10,787

14

22

88

1

125

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

16,648

593

229

0

17,469

8

5

11

0

24

Education

179

23

3

0

205

0

1

1

0

2

Human health services and social work activities

3,104

347

15

1

3,468

4

6

7

0

17

Arts, entertainment and recreation

874

78

9

1

961

3

1

3

0

8

Other service activities

10,548

823

180

215

11,766

13

12

21

40

86

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

183,728

16,906

4,496

34

205,164

270

393

1,453

2

2,120

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

52

0

1

0

53

0

0

1

0

1

Total

651,637

35,372

10,655

1,729

699,393

544

648

3,614

139

4,946

83

Dec 31, 2019

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

613

43

42

1

699

1

2

10

0

12

Mining and quarrying

2,647

4

141

1

2,793

4

0

15

0

19

Manufacturing

26,784

1,498

923

122

29,327

32

33

481

0

546

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

4,609

160

70

0

4,839

4

5

4

0

13

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

708

11

64

0

783

1

0

10

0

11

Construction

2,987

208

307

144

3,646

4

4

227

1

235

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

19,404

978

653

11

21,046

19

18

389

(0)

426

Transport and storage

4,259

488

249

0

4,995

6

6

64

0

76

Accommodation and food service activities

2,240

93

31

74

2,437

5

2

15

0

22

Information and communication

5,633

472

32

0

6,138

10

17

16

0

43

Financial and insurance activities

299,108

3,756

431

824

304,119

95

30

189

2

317

Real estate activities

42,868

1,831

311

399

45,410

43

13

80

15

152

Professional, scientific and technical activities

9,253

512

195

232

10,193

8

8

98

4

117

Administrative and support service activities

5,909

400

189

25

6,523

6

6

52

(5)

59

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

20,972

794

43

0

21,809

3

5

5

0

13

Education

354

18

2

0

373

0

0

1

0

2

Human health services and social work activities

3,264

187

15

2

3,469

5

6

7

0

18

Arts, entertainment and recreation

837

24

10

0

872

3

0

4

0

7

Other service activities

8,707

387

74

210

9,378

10

8

39

19

75

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services- producing activities of households for own use

182,912

12,817

3,748

106

199,583

290

330

1,310

(0)

1,930

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

1,895

0

1

0

1,896

0

0

1

0

1

Total

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

Financial assets at amortized cost by region

Dec 31, 2020

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Germany

293,760

17,709

3,840

270

315,580

252

356

1,438

52

2,098

Western Europe (excluding Germany)

130,592

7,639

3,188

1,103

142,522

152

215

1,603

77

2,048

Eastern Europe

5,175

214

90

0

5,480

7

2

42

0

51

North America

144,876

6,303

2,079

105

153,362

77

57

225

7

366

Central and South America

3,731

146

374

7

4,258

4

4

32

0

40

Asia/Pacific

57,197

2,691

973

219

61,081

31

13

273

2

318

Africa

2,617

218

11

0

2,845

5

1

1

0

7

Other

13,689

453

99

24

14,265

15

1

0

(0)

16

Total

651,637

35,372

10,655

1,729

699,393

544

648

3,614

139

4,946

84

Dec 31, 2019

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Germany

262,104

12,872

3,259

321

278,556

266

279

1,311

(0)

1,857

Western Europe (excluding Germany)

131,432

5,516

2,979

1,631

141,558

152

150

1,418

39

1,760

Eastern Europe

5,929

230

75

0

6,234

2

5

39

0

45

North America

166,357

3,467

612

71

170,507

83

39

32

3

156

Central and South America

3,952

532

103

9

4,595

2

7

29

(1)

38

Asia/Pacific

65,128

1,862

489

119

67,597

34

10

186

(5)

225

Africa

2,637

172

13

0

2,823

7

2

1

0

10

Other

8,429

30

0

0

8,458

2

0

0

0

2

Total

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

Financial assets at amortized cost by rating class

Dec 31, 2020

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

225,226

538

0

0

225,764

1

0

0

0

1

iA

88,250

734

0

0

88,983

5

0

0

0

5

iBBB

150,519

2,662

0

0

153,181

43

9

0

0

52

iBB

146,701

11,891

0

0

158,592

202

76

0

0

279

iB

36,167

13,674

0

0

49,841

240

251

0

0

492

iCCC and below

4,774

5,874

10,655

1,729

23,032

54

310

3,614

139

4,117

Total

651,637

35,372

10,655

1,729

699,393

544

648

3,614

139

4,946

Dec 31, 2019

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

209,611

380

0

0

209,992

2

0

0

0

2

iA

93,098

259

0

0

93,357

7

0

0

0

7

iBBB

150,213

1,922

0

0

152,135

39

7

0

0

46

iBB

146,655

6,695

1

0

153,351

191

58

0

0

249

iB

40,495

10,625

1

1

51,122

263

192

0

0

455

iCCC and below

5,894

4,799

7,529

2,149

20,371

49

236

3,015

36

3,335

Total

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

Our existing commitments to lend additional funds to debtors with Stage 3 financial assets at amortized cost amounted to € 446 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 279 million as of December 31, 2019.

Collateral held against financial assets at amortized cost in stage 3

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Gross Carrying Amount

Collateral

Guarantees

Gross Carrying Amount

Collateral

Guarantees

Financial Assets at Amortized Cost (Stage 3)

10,655

3,753

558

7,531

2,855

243

1 Stage 3 consists here only of non-POCI assets

In 2020, collateral and guarantees held against financial assets at amortized cost in stage 3 increased by € 1,213 million, or 39 %, driven by Private Bank.

Due to full collateralization we did not recognize an allowance for credit losses against Financial assets at amortized cost in Stage 3 for € 625 million in 2020 and € 832 million in 2019.

Modified Assets at Amortized Cost

A financial asset is considered modified when its contractual cash flows are renegotiated or otherwise modified. Renegotiation or modification may or may not lead to derecognition of the old and recognition of the new financial instrument. This section covers modified financial assets that have not been derecognized.


85

Under IFRS 9, when the terms of a Financial Asset are renegotiated or modified and the modification does not result in derecognition, a gain or loss is recognized in the income statement as the difference between the original contractual cash flows and the modified cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate (EIR). For modified financial assets the determination of whether the asset’s credit risk has increased significantly reflects the comparison of:

Modified Assets Amortized Cost

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Amortized cost carrying amount prior to modification

0

81

73

0

153

4

1

42

0

47

Net modification gain/losses recognized

0

2

(30)

0

(29)

(4)

(0)

(40)

0

(45)

In 2020, we have observed the increase of € 107 million, or 228 %, in modified assets at amortized cost due to client related modifications, which were granted with no modification loss. We did not include any COVID-19 driven modifications into the above table. For further details to COVID-19 related modifications, please refer to “Legislative and non-legislative moratoria and public guarantee schemes in light of COVID-19 pandemic”

We have observed immaterial amounts of modified assets that have been upgraded to stage 1. We have not observed any subsequent re-deterioration of those assets into stages 2 and 3.

In 2019, we have observed immaterial amounts of modified assets that have been upgraded to stage 1. We have not observed any subsequent re-deterioration of those assets into stages 2 and 3.

Financial Assets at Fair value through Other Comprehensive Income

The fair value of financial assets at Fair value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) subject to impairment was € 56 billion at December 31, 2020, compared to € 46 billion at December 31, 2019. Allowance for credit losses against these assets remained at very low levels (€ 20 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 35 million as of December 31, 2019). Due to immateriality no further breakdown is provided for financial assets at FVOCI.

Off-balance sheet lending commitments and guarantee business

The following tables provide an overview of the nominal amount and credit loss allowance for our off-balance sheet financial asset class broken down into stages as per IFRS 9 requirements.

Development of nominal amount and allowance for credit losses

Dec 31, 2020

Nominal Amount

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

251,930

5,864

1,424

0

259,218

Movements including new business

16,918

(2,786)

126

1

14,259

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

(7,247)

6,101

1,146

0

0

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange and other changes

(10,056)

(455)

(110)

0

(10,622)

Balance, end of reporting period

251,545

8,723

2,587

1

262,856

Dec 31, 2019

Nominal Amount

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

252,039

10,021

599

0

262,659

Movements including new business

(507)

(3,256)

(213)

0

(3,976)

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

(99)

(933)

1,032

0

0

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange and other changes

496

33

6

0

535

Balance, end of reporting period

251,930

5,864

1,424

0

259,218

86

Dec 31, 2020

Allowance for Credit Losses2

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

128

48

166

0

342

Movements including new business

13

21

41

0

75

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

0

0

(1)

0

0

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange and other changes

3

4

(6)

0

1

Balance, end of reporting period

144

74

200

0

419

Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1

13

22

40

0

75

1The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models.

2Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 4 million as of December 31, 2020.

Dec 31, 2019

Allowance for Credit Losses2

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

132

73

84

0

289

Movements including new business

(13)

(5)

88

0

70

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

9

(12)

3

0

0

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange and other changes

(1)

(7)

(9)

0

(17)

Balance, end of reporting period

128

48

166

0

342

Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1

(4)

(17)

90

0

70

1The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models.

2Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 4 million as of December 31, 2019.

Legal Claims

Assets subject to enforcement activity consist of assets, which have been fully or partially written off and the Group still continues to pursue recovery of the asset. Such enforcement activity comprises for example cases where the bank continues to devote resources (e.g. our Legal Department/CRM workout unit) towards recovery, either via legal channels or third party recovery agents. Enforcement activity also applies to cases where the Bank maintains outstanding and unsettled legal claims. This is irrespective of whether amounts are expected to be recovered and the recovery timeframe. It may be common practice in certain jurisdictions for recovery cases to span several years.

Amounts outstanding on financial assets that were written off during the reporting period and are still subject to enforcement activity amounted to € 295 million in fiscal year 2020, mainly in Corporate Bank, Investment Bank and Private Bank. In 2019, legal claims amounted to € 152 million, mainly in Corporate Bank and Private Bank.

Renegotiated and forborne assets at amortized costs

For economic or legal reasons we might enter into a forbearance agreement with a borrower who faces or will face financial difficulties in order to ease the contractual obligation for a limited period of time. A case-by-case approach is applied for our corporate clients considering each transaction and client -specific facts and circumstances. For consumer loans we offer forbearances for a limited period of time, in which the total or partial outstanding or future instalments are deferred to a later point of time. However, the amount not paid including accrued interest during this period must be re-compensated at a later point of time. Repayment options include distribution over residual tenor, a one-off payment or a tenor extension. Forbearances are restricted and depending on the economic situation of the client, our risk management strategies and the local legislation. In case a forbearance agreement is entered into, an impairment measurement is conducted as described below, an impairment charge is taken if necessary and the loan is subsequently recorded as impaired.

In our management and reporting of forborne assets at amortized costs, we are following the EBA definition for forbearances and non-performing loans (Implementing Technical Standards (ITS) on Supervisory reporting on forbearance and non-performing exposures under article 99(4) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013). Once the conditions mentioned in the ITS are met, we report the loan as being forborne; we remove the asset from our forbearance reporting, once the discontinuance criteria in the ITS are met (i.e., the contract is considered as performing, a minimum two year probation period has passed, regular payments of more than an insignificant aggregate amount of principal or interest have been made during at least half of the probation period, and none of the exposures to the debtor is more than 30 days past-due at the end of the probation period).

In 2020, forbearance measures granted as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic have been added to the above regulations and are included in the following table, even if these measures, in accordance with EBA guidance, do in general not trigger a stage transition. COVID-19 related moratoria in contrast are not relevant for the below table. For further details please refer to the section “Legislative and non-legislative moratoria and public guarantee schemes in light of COVID-19 pandemic”.

87

Forborne financial assets at amortized cost

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Performing

Non-performing

Total forborne loans at amortized cost

Performing

Non-performing

Total forborne loans at amortized cost

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 2

Stage 2

Stage 3

German

1,014

1,404

2

18

1,297

3,735

985

31

1,227

2,243

Non-German

4,515

2,388

10

35

2,775

9,723

780

59

1,714

2,552

Total

5,529

3,792

12

53

4,072

13,459

1,765

90

2,940

4,796

Development of forborne financial assets at amortized cost

in € m.

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Balance beginning of period

4,796

4,841

Classified as forborne during the year

10,141

1,702

Transferred to non-forborne during the year (including repayments)

(1,371)

(1,408)

Charge-offs

(35)

(342)

Exchange rate and other movements

(72)

1

Balance end of period

13,459

4,796

Forborne assets at amortized cost increased by € 8.7 billion, predominantly due to the inclusion of Forbearance measures granted as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Forborne assets at amortized cost slightly decreased by € 45 million, or 1 % in 2019.

Collateral Obtained

We obtain collateral on the balance sheet only in certain cases by either taking possession of collateral held as security or by calling upon other credit enhancements. Collateral obtained is made available for sale in an orderly fashion or through public auctions, with the proceeds used to repay or reduce outstanding indebtedness. Generally we do not occupy obtained properties for our business use. The residential real estate collateral obtained in 2020 refers predominantly to our exposures in Spain.

Collateral Obtained during the reporting period

in € m.

2020

2019²

Commercial real estate

0

0

Residential real estate1

3

3

Other

0

0

Total collateral obtained during the reporting period

3

3

1Carrying amount of foreclosed residential real estate properties amounted to € 27 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 29 million as of December 31, 2019 (restated compared to prior year disclosure).

2Numbers have been restated compared to prior year disclosure.

The collateral obtained, as shown in the table above, excludes collateral recorded as a result of consolidating securitization trusts under IFRS 10. In 2020 as well as in 2019 the Group did not obtain any collateral related to these trusts.

Derivatives – Credit Valuation Adjustment

We establish counterparty Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) for OTC derivative transactions to cover expected credit losses. The adjustment amount is determined by assessing the potential credit exposure to a given counterparty and taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any relevant netting arrangements, expected loss given default and the credit risk, based on available market information, including CDS spreads.

Treatment of default situations under derivatives

Unlike standard loan assets, we generally have more options to manage the credit risk in our derivatives transactions when movement in the current replacement costs or the behavior of our counterparty indicate that there is the risk that upcoming payment obligations under the transactions might not be honored. In these situations, we are frequently able under the relevant derivatives agreements to obtain additional collateral or to terminate and close-out the derivative transactions at short notice.

The master agreements and associated collateralization agreements for OTC derivative transactions executed with our clients typically result in the majority of our credit exposure being secured by collateral. It also provides for a broad set of standard or bespoke termination rights, which allow us to respond swiftly to a counterparty’s default or to other circumstances which indicate a high probability of failure.

88

Our contractual termination rights are supported by internal policies and procedures with defined roles and responsibilities which ensure that potential counterparty defaults are identified and addressed in a timely fashion. These procedures include necessary settlement and trading restrictions. When our decision to terminate derivative transactions results in a residual net obligation owed by the counterparty, we restructure the obligation into a non-derivative claim and manage it through our regular work-out process. As a consequence, for accounting purposes we typically do not show any nonperforming derivatives.

Wrong-way risk occurs when exposure to a counterparty is adversely correlated with the credit quality of that counterparty. In compliance with Article 291(2) and (4) CRR we have a monthly process to monitor several layers of wrong-way risk (specific wrong-way risk, general explicit wrong-way risk at country/industry/region levels and general implicit wrong-way risk, whereby relevant exposures arising from transactions subject to wrong-way risk are automatically selected and presented for comment to the responsible credit officer). A wrong-way risk report is then sent to Credit Risk senior management on a monthly basis. In addition, we utilized our established process for calibrating our own alpha factor (as defined in Article 284 (9) CRR) to estimate the overall wrong-way risk in our derivatives and securities financing transaction portfolio. The Private Bank Germany’s derivative counterparty risk is immaterial to the Group and collateral held is typically in the form of cash.

Managing and mitigation of Credit Risk

Managing Credit Risk on counterparty level

Credit-related counterparties are principally allocated to credit officers within credit teams which are organized by types of counterparty (such as financial institutions, corporates or private individuals) or economic area (e.g., emerging markets) and supported by dedicated rating analyst teams.teams where deemed necessary. The individual credit officers have the relevant expertise and experience to manage the credit risks associated with these counterparties and their associated credit related transactions. For retail clients, credit decision making and credit monitoring is highly automated for efficiency reasons. Credit Risk Management has full oversight of the respective processes and tools used in these highly automated retail credit processes. It is the responsibility of each credit officer to undertake ongoing credit monitoring for their allocated portfolio of counterparties. We also have procedures in place intended to identify at an early stage credit exposures for which there may be an increased risk of loss.

In instances where we have identified counterparties where there is a concern that the credit quality has deteriorated or appears likely to deteriorate to the point where they present a heightened risk of loss in default, the respective exposure is generally placed on a “watchlist”. We aim to identify counterparties that, on the basis of the application of our risk management tools, demonstrate the likelihood of problems well in advance in order to effectively manage the credit exposure and minimize potential losses. The objective of this early warning system is to address potential problems while adequate options for action are still available. This early risk detection is a tenet of our credit culture and is intended to ensure that greater attention is paid to such exposures.

Credit limits are established by the Credit Risk Management function via the execution of assigned credit authorities. This also applies to settlement risk that must fall within limits pre-approved by Credit Risk Management considering risk appetite and in a manner that reflects expected settlement patterns for the subject counterparty. Credit approvals are documented by the signing of the credit report by the respective credit authority holders and retained for future reference.

Credit authority is generally assigned to individuals as personal credit authority according to the individual’s professional qualification, experience and training. All assigned credit authorities are reviewed on a periodic basis to help ensure that they are commensurate with the individual performance of the authority holder.

Where an individual’s personal authority is insufficient to establish required credit limits, the transaction is referred to a higher credit authority holder or where necessary to an appropriate credit committee. Where personal and committee authorities are insufficient to establish appropriate limits, the case is referred to the Management Board for approval.

Mitigation of Credit Risk on counterparty level

In addition to determining counterparty credit quality and our risk appetite, we also use various credit risk mitigation techniques to optimize credit exposure and reduce potential credit losses. Credit risk mitigants are applied in the following forms:

89


73

Collateral

We regularly agree on collateral to be received from or to be provided to customers in contracts that are subject to credit risk. Collateral is security in the form of an asset or third-party obligation that serves to mitigate the inherent risk of credit loss in an exposure, by either substituting the counterparty default risk or improving recoveries in the event of a default. While collateral can be an alternative source of repayment, it does not replace the necessity of high quality underwriting standards and a thorough assessment of the debt service ability of the counterparty in line with CRR Article 194 (9).

We segregate collateral received into the following two types:

Our processes seek to ensure that the collateral we accept for risk mitigation purposes is of high quality. This includes seeking to have in place legally effective and enforceable documentation for realizable and measureable collateral assets which are evaluated regularly by dedicated teams. The assessment of the suitability of collateral for a specific transaction is part of the credit decision and must be undertaken in a conservative way, including collateral haircuts that are applied. We have collateral type specific haircuts in place which are regularly reviewed and approved. In this regard, we strive to avoid “wrong-way” risk characteristics where the counterparty’s risk is positively correlated with the risk of deterioration in the collateral value. For guarantee collateral, the process for the analysis of the guarantor’s creditworthiness is aligned to the credit assessment process for counterparties.

The valuation of collateral is considered under a liquidation scenario. Liquidation value is equal to the expected proceeds of collateral monetization / realization in a base case scenario, wherein a fair price is achieved through careful preparation and orderly liquidation of the collateral. Collateral can either move in value over time (dynamic value) or not (static value). The dynamic liquidation value generally includes a safety margin or haircut over realizable value to address liquidity and marketability aspects.

The Group assigns a liquidation value to eligible collateral, based on, among other things:

Collateral haircut settings are typically based on available historic internal and/or external recovery data (expert opinions may also be used, where appropriate). They also incorporate a forward-looking component in the form of collection and valuation forecast provided by experts within Risk Management. When data is not sufficiently available or inconclusive, more conservative haircuts than otherwise used must be applied. Haircut settings are reviewed at least annually.


74

Risk transfers

Risk transfers to third parties form a key part of our overall risk management process and are executed in various forms, including outright sales, single name and portfolio hedging, and securitizations. Risk transfers are conducted by the respective business units and by our Credit Portfolio Strategies Group (CPSG)Strategic Corporate Lending (“SCL”), in accordance with specifically approved mandates.

CPSGSCL manages the residual credit risk of loans and lending-related commitments of the institutional and corporate credit portfolio, the leveraged portfolio and the medium-sized German companies’ portfolio across our CB and IB divisions.

90

Acting as a central pricing reference, CPSGSCL provides the businesses with an observed or derived capital market rate for loan applications; however, the decision of whether or not the business can enter into the credit risk remains exclusively with Credit Risk Management.

CPSGSCL is concentrating on two primary objectives within the credit risk framework to enhance risk management discipline, improve returns and use capital more efficiently:

Netting and collateral arrangements for derivatives and Securities Financing Transactions

Netting is applicable to both exchange traded derivatives and OTC derivatives. Netting is also applied to securities financing transactions (e.g. repurchase, securities lending and margin lending transactions) as far as documentation, structure and nature of the risk mitigation allow netting with the underlying credit risk.

All exchange traded derivatives are cleared through central counterparties (CCPs), which interpose themselves between the trading entities by becoming the counterparty to each of the entities. Where legally required or where available and to the extent agreed with our counterparties, we also use CCP clearing for our OTC derivative transactions.

The Dodd-Frank Act and related Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) rules introduced in 2013 mandatoryrequire CCP clearing in the United States for certain standardized OTC derivative transactions, including certain interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps. Additionally, the CFTC adopted final rules in 2016 that require additional interest rate swaps, subject to be cleared on a phased implementation schedule that ended in October 2018.limited exceptions when facing certain counterparties. The European Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 on OTC Derivatives, Central Counterparties and Trade Repositories (EMIR) and the Commission Delegated Regulations (EU) 2015/2205, (EU) 2015/592 and (EU) 2016/1178 based thereupon introduced mandatory CCP clearing in the EU clearing for certain standardized OTC derivatives transactions. Mandatory CCP clearing in the EU began for certain interest rate derivatives on June 21, 2016 and for certain iTraxx-based credit derivatives and additional interest rate derivatives on February 9, 2017. Article 4 (2) of EMIR authorizes competent authorities to exempt intragroup transactions from mandatory CCP clearing, provided certain requirements, such as full consolidation of the intragroup transactions and the application of an appropriate centralized risk evaluation, measurement and control procedure are met. The Bank successfully applied for the clearing exemption for a number of its regulatory-consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup derivatives, including e.g., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. As of December 31, 2019,2020, the Bank is allowed to make use of has obtained intragroup exemptions from the EMIR clearing obligation for 6857 bilateral intragroup relationships. The extent of the exemptions differs as not all entities enter into relevant transaction types subject to the clearing obligation. Of the 6857 intragroup relationships, 1714 are relationships where both entities are established in the Union (EU) for which a full exemption has been granted, and 5143 are relationships where one is established in a third country (“Third Country Relationship”). Third Country Relationships required repeat applications for each new asset class being subject to the clearing obligation; the process took place in the course of 2017. Such repeat applications, haveat the time, were been filed for 39 of the Third Country Relationships, with onea number of those entities having been liquidated in the meantime. Due to “Brexit”, the status of some group entities will change from an EU entity to a third country entity. There are two affected UK group entities, but we have not applied for any EMIR clearing exemption for those entities.

The rules and regulations of CCPs typically provide for the bilateral set off of all amounts payable on the same day and in the same currency (“payment netting”) thereby reducing our settlement risk. Depending on the business model applied by the CCP, this payment netting applies either to all of our derivatives cleared by the CCP or at least to those that form part of the same class of derivatives. Many CCPCCPs’ rules and regulations also provide for the termination, close-out and netting of all cleared transactions upon the CCP’s default (“close-out netting”), which reducedreduces our credit risk. In our risk measurement and risk assessment processes we apply close-out netting only to the extent we have satisfied ourselves of the legal validity and enforceability ofbelieve that the relevant CCP’s close-out netting provisions.provisions are legally valid and enforceable.


75

In order to reduce the credit risk resulting from OTC derivative transactions, where CCP clearing is not available, we regularly seek the execution of standard master agreements (such as master agreements for derivatives published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) or the German Master Agreement for Financial Derivative Transactions) with our counterparts.counterparties. A master agreement allows for the close-out netting of rights and obligations arising under derivative transactions that have been entered into under such a master agreement upon the counterparty’s default, resulting in a single net claim owed by or to the counterparty. For certain parts of the derivatives business (e.g., foreign exchange transactions), we also enter into master agreements under which payment netting applies inwith respect to transactions covered by such master agreements, reducing our settlement risk. In our risk measurement and risk assessment processes we apply close-out netting only to the extent we have satisfied ourselves of the legal validity and enforceability ofbelieve that the master agreement is legally valid and enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions.

Also, we91

We also enter into credit support annexes (CSA)(CSAs) to master agreements in order to further reduce our derivatives-related credit risk. These annexes generally provide risk mitigation through periodic, usually daily, margining of the covered exposure. The CSAs also provide for the right to terminate the related derivative transactions upon the counterparty’s failure to honor a margin call. As with netting, when we believe the annex is enforceable, we reflect this in our exposure measurement.

The Dodd-Frank Act and CFTC rules thereunder, including CFTC rule § 23.504, as well as EMIR and Commission Delegated Regulation based thereupon, namely Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, introduced the mandatory use of master agreements and related CSAs, which must be executed prior to or contemporaneously with entering into an uncleared OTC derivative transaction. Similar documentation requirements can be found inis required by the U.S. margin rules adopted by U.S. prudential regulators.regulators, and will be required under SEC rules for security based swaps scheduled to become effective in 2021. Under thosethe U.S. margin rules, we are required to post and collect initial margin and variation margin for our derivatives exposures with other derivatives dealers, as well as with our counterparties that (a) are “financial end users,” as that term is defined in the U.S. margin rules, and (b) have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards and foreign exchange swaps exceeding U.S.$ 8 billion in June, July and August of the previous calendar year. The U.S. margin rules additionally require us to post and collect variation margin for our derivatives with other derivatives dealers and certain financial end user counterparties. These margin requirements are subject to a U.S.$ 50 million threshold for initial margin, and a zerobut no threshold for variation margin, with a combined U.S.$ 500,000 minimum transfer amount. The U.S. margin requirements have been in effect for large banks since September 2016, with additional variation margin requirements having come into effect March 1, 2017 and additional initial margin requirements are being phased in on an annual basis from September 2017 through September 2020.2022, with the relevant compliance dates depending in each case on the transactional volume of the parties and their affiliates. Compliance with SEC margin requirements will not be required prior to the compliance date for registration of security-based swap dealers in November 2021 at the latest.

Under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, which implements the EMIR margin requirements, the CSA must provide for daily valuation and daily variation margining based on a zero threshold and a minimum transfer amount of not more than € 500,000. For large derivative exposures exceeding € 8 billion, initial margin has to be posted as well. The variation margin requirements under EMIR apply as of March 1, 2017; the initial margin requirements will be subject to a staged phase-in until September 1, 2021. However, legislative changes have been published on February 17, 2021 that, among others, will extend deadlines into 2022. Under Article 31 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, an EU party may decide to not exchange margin with counterparties in certain non-netting jurisdictions provided certain requirements are met. Pursuant to Article 11 (5) to (10) of EMIR competent authorities are authorized to exempt intragroup transactions from the margining obligation, provided certain requirements are met. While some of those requirements are the same as for the EMIR clearing exemptions (see above), there are additional requirements such as the absence of any current or foreseen practical or legal impediment to the prompt transfer of funds or repayment of liabilities between intragroup counterparties. The Bank plans to makeis making use of this exemption. The Bank has successfully applied for the collateral exemption for some of its regulatory-consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup derivatives, including, e.g., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. As of December 31, 2019,2020, the Bank has obtained intragroup exemptions from the EMIR collateral obligation for 14a number of bilateral intragroup relationships which are published under https://www.db.com/company/en/intra-group-exemptions--margining.htm. For third country subsidiaries, the intragroup exemption is currently limited until the earlier of December 21, December 2020 and four months after the publication of an equivalence decision by the EU Commission under Article 13(2) EMIR, unless, in the case of an equivalence decision being applicable, a follow-up exemption application is made and granted. Such follow-up application has been filedThe pending legislative changes mentioned above extend that deadline to June 30, 2022, but re-application will be necessary also for Deutsche Securities Inc. (our Japanese subsidiary) and is currently pending regulatory approval.third countries without equivalence decision. For further 10some bilateral intragroup relationships, the EMIR margining exemption may be used based on Article 11 (5) of EMIR, i.e. without the need for any application, because both entities are established in the same EU Member State. Due to “Brexit”, the status of twothe one intragroup entitiesentity contained in the published list will change from an EU entity to that of a third country entity. ThisThat entity has been taken off the exemption list as per December 31, 2020 and no margin exemption will triggerbe used for the need for a new application as agreed with the national competent authority.


76

time being. Certain CSAs to master agreements provide for rating-dependent triggers, where additional collateral must be pledged if a party’s rating is downgraded. We also enter into master agreements that provide for an additional termination event upon a party’s rating downgrade. These downgrade provisions in CSAs and master agreements usually apply to both parties but in some agreements may apply to us only. We analyze and monitor our potential contingent payment obligations resulting from a rating downgrade in our stress testing approach for liquidity risk on an ongoing basis. For an assessment of the quantitative impact of a downgrading of our credit rating please refer to table “Stress Testing Results” in the section “Liquidity Risk”.

Concentrations within Credit Risk mitigation

Concentrations within credit risk mitigations taken may occur if a number of guarantors and credit derivative providers with similar economic characteristics are engaged in comparable activities with changes in economic or industry conditions affecting their ability to meet contractual obligations. We use a range of tools and metrics to monitor our credit risk mitigating activities.

For more qualitative and quantitative details in relation to the application of credit risk mitigation and potential concentration effects please refer to the section “Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk”.

92

Managing Credit Risk on portfolio level

On a portfolio level, significant concentrations of credit risk could result from having material exposures to a number of counterparties with similar economic characteristics, or who are engaged in comparable activities, where these similarities may cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be affected in the same manner by changes in economic or industry conditions.

Our portfolio management framework supports a comprehensive assessment of concentrations within our credit risk portfolio in order to keep concentrations within acceptable levels.

Industry risk management

To manage industry risk, we have grouped our corporate and financial institutions counterparties into various industry sub-portfolios. Portfolios are regularly reviewed with the frequency of review according to portfolio size and risk profile as well as risk developments. Larger / riskier portfolios are reviewed at least on an annual basis. Reviews highlight industry developments and risks to our credit portfolio, review cross-risk concentration risks, analyze the risk/reward profile of the portfolio and incorporate the results of an economic downside stress test. Finally, this analysis is used to define the credit strategies for the portfolio in question.

In our Industry Limit framework, thresholds are established for aggregate credit limits to counterparties within each industry sub-portfolio. For risk management purposes, the aggregation of limits across industry sectors follows an internal risk view that does not have to be congruent with NACE (Nomenclature des Activities Economiques dans la Communate Europeenne) code based view applied elsewhere in this report. Regular overviews are prepared for the Enterprise Risk Committee to discuss recent developments and to agree on actions where necessarynecessary.

Beyond credit risk, our Industry Risk Framework comprises of thresholds for Traded Credit Positions while key non-financial risks are closely monitored.

Country risk management

Avoiding undue concentrations from a regional perspective is also an integral part of our credit risk management framework. In order to achieve this, country risk limitsthresholds are applied to Emerging Markets as well as selected Developed Markets countries (based on internal country risk ratings). Emerging Markets are divided into regions. Similar to industry risk, country portfolios are regularly reviewed with the frequency of review according to portfolio size and risk profile as well as risk developments. Larger / riskier portfolios are reviewed at least on an annual basis. These reviews assess key macroeconomic developments and outlook, review portfolio composition and cross-risk concentration risks and analyze the risk/reward profile of the portfolio. Based on this, thresholdscountry risk appetite and strategies are set for countries and, where relevant, for the region as a whole.set.

In our Country Limit framework,Risk Framework, thresholds are established for counterparty credit risk exposures in a given country to manage the aggregated credit risk subject to country-specific economic and political events. These thresholds includecover exposures to entities incorporated locally as well asincluding subsidiaries of foreign multinational corporations. Also,corporations as well as companies with significant economic or operational dependence on a specific country even though they are incorporated externally. In addition, gap risk thresholds are set to control the risk of loss due to intra-country wrong-way risk exposure.

As such, for risk management purposes, the aggregation of exposures across countries follows an internal risk view that may differ from the geographical exposure view applied elsewhere in this report. Beyond credit risk, our Country Risk Framework comprises thresholds for trading positions in emerging marketsEmerging Markets and selective Developed Markets that measure the aggregate market value of traded credit risk positions. For Emerging Markets, thresholds are also set to measure the Profit and Loss impact of potential market eventsunder specific country stress scenarios on trading positions within a specific country vs. a threshold structure.across the Bank’s portfolio. Furthermore we take into consideration treasury risk comprising thresholds are set for capital positions and intra-group funding exposure of Deutsche Bank entities in above countries given the transfer risk inherent in these cross-border positions. Key non-financial risks are closely monitored.


77

Our country risk ratings represent a key tool in our management of country risk. They include:

All sovereign and transfer risk ratings are reviewed, at least on an annual basis.

Product/Asset class specific risk management

93

Complementary to our counterparty, industry and country risk approach, we focus on product/asset class specific risk concentrations and selectively set limits thresholds or indicatorsthresholds where required for risk management purposes. Specific risk limits are set in particular if a concentration of transactions of a specific type might lead to significant losses under certain conditions. In this respect, correlated losses might result from disruptions of the functioning of financial markets, significant moves in market parameters to which the respective product is sensitive, macroeconomic default scenarios or other factors. Specific focus is put on concentrations of transactions with underwriting risks where we underwrite commitments with the intention to sell down or distribute part of the risk to third parties. These commitments include the undertaking to fundprovide bank loans for syndication into the debt capital market and to provide bridge loans for the issuance of public bonds.notes. The risk is that we may not be successfulinherent risks of being unsuccessful in the distribution of the facilities meaning that we would have to hold moreor the placement of the notes, comprise of a delayed distribution, funding of the underlying loans as well as a pricing risk for longer periods of time than originally intended. Theseas some underwriting commitments are additionally exposed to market risk in the form of widening credit spreads. WeWhere applicable, we dynamically hedge this credit spread risk to be within the approved market risk limit framework.

A major asset class, in which DBDeutsche Bank is active in underwriting, is leverage lending, which we mainly execute through our Leveraged Debt Capital Markets (LDCM) business unit. The business model is a fee-based‚ originate to distribute‘distribute approach basedfocused on the distribution of largely unfunded underwriting commitments into the capital market. The aforementioned risks regarding distribution and credit spread movement apply to this business unit, however, are managed under a range of specific notional as well as market risk limits. The latter require the business to also hedge its underwriting pipeline against market dislocations. The fee-based model of our LDCM business unit includes a restrictive approach to related credit exposuressingle-name risk concentrations retained on Deutsche Bank‘s balance sheet, which results in low hold levels for individual clients leading to a diversified overall portfolio without any material concentration risks.concentrations. The resulting longer-term on-balance sheet portfolio is also subject to a comprehensive credit limit and hedging framework.

Deutsche Bank also assumes underwriting risk with respect to Commercial Real Estate (CRE) loans, primarily in the CRE business unit in the Investment Bank where loans may be originated with the intent to securitize in the capital markets or syndicate to other lenders. The aforementioned inherent underwriting risks such as delayed distribution and pricing risk are managed through notional caps, market risk limits and hedging against the risk of market dislocations.

In addition to underwriting risk, we also focus on concentration of transactions with specific risk dynamics (including risk to commercial real estate and risk from securitization positions).

Furthermore, inDB defines its risk appetite on division, asset class (product) and business unit level. In addition, our PB and certain CB businesses we applyare managed via product-specific strategies setting our risk appetite for sufficiently homogeneous portfolios, such as the retail portfolios of mortgages and business and consumer finance products.products as well as products for business clients. Here individual risk analyses are performed on portfolio level. Analysis for individual clients are of secondary importance. In Wealth Management, target levels are set for global concentrations along products as well as based on type and liquidity of collateral.


78

Market Risk Managementrisk management

Market Riskrisk framework

The vast majority of our businesses are subject to market risk, defined as the potential for change in the market value of our trading and invested positions. Risk can arise from changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and other relevant parameters, such as market volatility and market implied default probabilities. The market risk can affect accounting, economic and regulatory views of our exposure.

Market Risk Management is part of our independent Risk function and sits within the Market and Valuations Risk Management group. One of the primary objectives of Market Risk Management is to ensure that our business units’ risk exposure is within the approved risk appetite commensurate with its defined strategy. To achieve this objective, Market Risk Management works closely together with risk takers (“the business units”) and other control and support groups.

We distinguish between three substantially different types of market risk:

Market Risk Management governance is designed and established to promote oversight of all market risks, effective decision-making and timely escalation to senior management.

94

Market Risk Management defines and implements a framework to systematically identify, assess, monitor and report our market risk. Market risk managers identify market risks through active portfolio analysis and engagement with the business units.

Market Riskrisk measurement

We aim to accurately measure all types of market risks by a comprehensive set of risk metrics embedding accounting, economic and regulatory considerations.

We measure market risks by several internally developed key risk metrics and regulatory defined market risk approaches.

Trading Market Riskmarket risk

Our primary mechanism to manage trading market risk is the application of our risk appetite framework of which the limit framework is a key component. Our Management Board, supported by Market Risk Management, sets group-wide value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits for market risk in the trading book. Market Risk Management allocates this overall appetite to our Corporate Divisions and their individual business units based on established and agreed business plans. We also have business aligned heads within Market Risk Management who establish business unit limits, by allocating the limit down to individual portfolios, geographical regions and types of market risks.

Value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits are used for managing all types of market risk at an overall portfolio level. As an additional and important complementary tool for managing certain portfolios or risk types, Market Risk Management performs risk analysis and business specific stress testing. Limits are also set on sensitivity and concentration/liquidity, exposure, business-level stress testing and event risk scenarios, taking into consideration business plans and the risk vs return assessment.

Business units are responsible for adhering to the limits against which exposures are monitored and reported. The market risk limits set by Market Risk Management are monitored on a daily, weekly and monthly basis, dependent on the risk management tool being used.

79

Internally developed Market Risk Modelsmarket risk models

Value-at-Risk (VaR)

VaR is a quantitative measure of the potential loss (in value) of Fair Value positions due to market movements that should not be exceeded in a defined period of time and with a defined confidence level.

Our value-at-risk for the trading businesses is based on our own internal model. In October 1998, the German Banking Supervisory Authority (now the BaFin) approved our internal model for calculating the regulatory market risk capital for our general and specific market risks. Since thenrisks based on a sensitivity based Monte Carlo approach. In October 2020, the ECB approved a significant change to our VaR model, has been continually refinednow a Historical Simulation approach predominantly utilizing full revaluation, although some portfolios remain on a sensitivity based approach. The new approach is used for both Risk Management and approval has been maintained.Capital Requirements.

We calculateThe new approach provides more accurate modelling of our risks, enhances our analysis capabilities and provides a more effective tool for risk management. Aside from enabling a more accurate view of market risk, the implementation of Historical Simulation VaR usinghas brought about an even closer alignment of our market risk systems and models to our end of day pricing.

Risk management VaR is calibrated to a 99 % confidence level and a one day holding period. This means we estimate there is a 1 in 100 chance that a mark-to-market loss from our trading positions will be at least as large as the reported VaR. For regulatory capital purposes, which include the calculation of our risk-weighted assets, theVaR model is calibrated to a 99% confidence interval and a ten day holding period is ten days.period.

We useThe calculation employs a Historical Simulation technique that uses one year of historical market data as input to calculate VaR. The calculation employs a Monte Carlo Simulation technique, and we assume that changes in risk factors follow a well-defined distribution, e.g. normal or non-normal (t, skew-t, Skew-Normal). To determine our aggregated VaR, we use observed correlations between the risk factors during this one year period.

Our VaR model is designed to take into account a comprehensive set of risk factors across all asset classes. Key risk factors are swap/government curves, index and issuer-specific credit curves, funding spreads, single equity and index prices, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices as well as their implied volatilities. To help ensure completeness in the risk coverage, second order risk factors, e.g. CDS index vs. constituent basis, money market basis, implied dividends, option-adjusted spreads and precious metals lease rates are also considered in the VaR calculation. The list of risk factors include in the VaR model is reviewed regularly and enhanced as part of ongoing model performance reviews.

95

The model incorporates both linear and, especially for derivatives, nonlinear impacts predominantly through a full revaluation approach but it also utilizes a sensitivity-based approach for certain portfolios. The full revaluation approach uses the historical changes to risk factors as input to pricing functions. Whilst this approach is computationally expensive, it does yield a more accurate view of market risk for nonlinear positions, especially under stressed scenarios. The sensitivity based approach uses sensitivities to underlying risk factors in combination with historical changes to those risk factors.

For each business unit a separate VaR is calculated for each risk type, e.g. interest rate risk, credit spread risk, equity risk, foreign exchange risk and commodity risk. For each risk type this is achieved by deriving the sensitivities to the relevant risk type and then simulating changes in the associated risk drivers. For foreign exchange risk there is an additional component using a revaluation approach for non-linear exposures. “Diversification effect” reflects the fact that the total VaR on a given day will be lower than the sum of the VaR relating to the individual risk types. Simply adding the VaR figures of the individual risk types to arrive at an aggregate VaR would imply the assumption that the losses in all risk types occur simultaneously.

The model incorporates both linear and, especially for derivatives, nonlinear impacts through a combination of sensitivity-based and revaluation approaches.simultaneously

The VaR enables us to apply a consistent measure across our fair value exposures. It allows a comparison of risk in different businesses, and also provides a means of aggregating and netting positions within a portfolio to reflect correlations and offsets between different asset classes. Furthermore, it facilitates comparisons of our market risk both over time and against our daily trading results.

When using VaR results a number of considerations should be taken into account. These include:

Our process of systematically capturing and evaluating risks currently not captured in our VaR modemodel has been further developed and improved. An assessment is made to determine the level of materiality of these risks and material risks are prioritized for inclusion in our internal model. Risks not in VaR are monitored and assessed on a regular basis through our Risk Not In VaR (RNIV) framework. This framework has also undergone a significant overhaul in 2020. This includes aligning the methodologies with the Historical Simulation approach which in turn yields a more accurate estimate of the contribution of these missing items and their potential capitalization.

We are committed to the ongoing development of our internal risk models, and we allocate substantial resources to reviewing, validating and improving them. We are currently in transition of the process to move to a calculation using a historical simulation approach predominantly based on full revaluation.

80

Stressed Value-at-Risk

Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVaR) calculates a stressed value-at-risk measure based on a one year period of significant market stress. We calculate a stressed value-at-risk measure using a 99 % confidence level. TheStressed VaR is calculated with a holding period is one day for internal purposes andof ten days for regulatory purposes.days. Our SVaR calculation utilizes the same systems, trade information and processes as those used for the calculation of value-at-risk. The only difference is that historical market data and observed correlations from a period of significant financial stress (i.e., characterized by high volatilities) is used as an input for the Monte CarloHistorical Simulation.

The time window selection process for the stressed value-at-risk calculation is based on the identification of a time window characterized by high levels of volatility in the top value-at-risk contributors. The identified window is then further validated by comparing the SVaR results to neighboring windows using the complete Group portfolio.

Under the Historical Simulation model introduced in fourth quarter of 2020, the capital calculation for VaR has been higher than that for Stressed VaR which would normally lead to a change in the time window used for Stressed VaR. Following guidance from our regulators, the assessment of this stressed period window has been delayed until 2021 as the current VaR is already based on this more stressed period driven by COVID-19.

Incremental Risk Charge

Incremental Risk Charge captures default and credit rating migration risks for credit-sensitive positions in the trading book. It applies to credit products over a one-year capital horizon at a 99.9 % confidence level, employing a constant position approach. We use a Monte Carlo Simulation for calculating incremental risk charge as the 99.9 % quantile of the portfolio loss distribution over a one-year capital horizon under a constant position approach and for allocating contributory incremental risk charge to individual positions.

96

The model captures the default and migration risk in an accurate and consistent quantitative approach for all portfolios. Important parameters for the incremental risk charge calculation are exposures, recovery rates, maturity, ratings with corresponding default and migration probabilities and parameters specifying issuer correlations.

Market Risk Standardized Approachrisk standardized approach

The Market Risk Standardized Approach (“MRSA”) is used to determine the regulatory capital charge for the specific market risk of trading book securitizations, for certain types of investment funds and for longevity risk as set out in CRR/CRD regulations.

Longevity risk is the risk of adverse changes in life expectancies resulting in a loss in value on longevity linked policies and transactions. For risk management purposes, stress testing and economic capital allocations are also used to monitor and manage longevity risk.

Market Risk Stress Testingrisk stress testing

Stress testing is a key risk management technique, which evaluates the potential effects of extreme market events and movements in individual risk factors. It is one of the core quantitative tools used to assess the market risk of Deutsche Bank’s positions and complements VaR and Economic Capital. Market Risk Management performs several types of stress testing to capture the variety of risks (Portfolio Stress Testing, individual specific stress tests and Event Risk Scenarios) and also contributes to Group-wide stress testing. These stress tests cover a wide range of severities designed to test the earnings stability and capital adequacy of the bank.

Trading Market Risk Economic Capitalmarket risk economic capital (TMR EC)

Our trading market risk economic capital model-scaled Stressed VaR based EC (SVaR based EC) - comprises two core components, the “common risk” component covering risk drivers across all businesses and the “business-specific risk” component, which enriches the Common Risk via a suite of Business Specific Stress Tests (BSSTs). Both components are calibrated to historically observed severe market shocks. Common risk is calculated using a scaled version of the Regulatory SVaR framework while BSSTs are designed to capture more product/business-related bespoke risks (e.g. complex basis risks) as well as higher order risks not captured in the common risk component.


81 The SVaR based EC uses the Monte Carlo SVaR framework.

Traded Default Risk Economic Capitaldefault risk economic capital (TDR EC)

TDR EC captures the relevant credit exposures across our trading and fair value banking books. Trading book exposures are monitored by MRM via single name concentration and portfolio thresholds which are set based upon rating, size and liquidity. Single name concentration risk thresholds are set for two key metrics: Default Exposure, i.e., the P&L impact of an instantaneous default at the current recovery rate (RR), and bond equivalent Market Value (MV), i.e. default exposure at 0 % recovery. In order to capture diversification and concentration effects we perform a joint calculation for traded default risk economic capital and credit risk economic capital. Important parameters for the calculation of traded default risk are exposures, recovery rates and default probabilities as well as maturities. The probability of joint rating downgrades and defaults is determined by the default and rating correlations of the portfolio model. These correlations are specified through systematic factors that represent countries, geographical regions and industries.

Trading Market Risk Reportingmarket risk reporting

Market Risk Management reporting creates transparency on the risk profile and facilitates the understanding of core market risk drivers to all levels of the organization. The Management Board and Senior Governance Committees receive regular reporting, as well as ad hoc reporting as required, on market risk, regulatory capital and stress testing. Senior Risk Committees receive risk information at a number of frequencies, including weekly or monthly.

Additionally, Market Risk Management produces daily and weekly Market Risk specific reports and daily limit utilization reports for each business owner.


97

Regulatory prudent valuation of assets carried at fair value

Pursuant to Article 34 CRR institutions shall apply the prudent valuation requirements of Article 105 CRR to all assets measured at fair value and shall deduct from CET 1 capital the amount of any additional value adjustments necessary.

We determined the amount of the additional value adjustments based on the methodology defined in the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/101.101 including the amendment via Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/866 providing for a revised aggregation factor to apply for duration of the extreme market volatility due to the COVID-19 pandemic until December 31, 2020.

As of December 31, 20192020 the amount of the additional value adjustments was € 1.71.4 billion. The December 31, 20182019 amount was € 1.51.7 billion. The increaseimpact of the revised aggregation factor as at December 31, 2020 was predominantly driven by exposure changes and methodology enhancements throughout the year.€ 0.5 billion.

As of December 31, 20192020 the reduction of the expected loss from subtracting the additional value adjustments was €   128121   million, which partly mitigated the negative impact of the additional value adjustments on our CET 1 capital.

Nontrading Market Riskmarket risk

Nontrading market risk arises primarily from activities outside of our trading units, in our banking book, and from certain off-balance sheet items, and embedding considerations of different accounting treatment of transactions. Significant market risk factors the Group is exposed to and are overseen by risk management groups in that area are:


82As for trading market risks our risk appetite & limit framework is also applied to manage our exposure to nontrading market risk. On group level those are captured by the management board set limits for market risk economic capital capturing exposures to all market risks across asset classes as well as earnings & economic value based limits for interest rate risk in the banking books. Those limits are cascaded down by market risk management to the divisional or portfolio level. The limit framework for nontrading market risk exposure is further complemented by a set of business specific stress tests, value-at-risk & sensitivity limits monitored on a daily or monthly basis dependent on the risk measure being used.

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) is the current or prospective risk, to both the Group's capital and earnings, arising from movements in interest rates, which affect the Group's banking book exposures. This includes gap risk, which arises from the term structure of banking book instruments, basis risk, which describes the impact of relative changes in interest rates for financial instruments that are priced using different interest rate curves, as well as option risk, which arises from option derivative positions or from optional elements embedded in financial instruments.

The Group manages its IRRBB exposures using economic value as well as earnings based measures. Our Group Treasury function is mandated to manage the interest rate risk centrally, with Market Risk Management acting as an independent oversight function.

Economic value based measures look at the change in economic value of banking book assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures resulting from interest rate movements, independent of the accounting treatment. Thereby the Group measures the change in Economic Value of Equity (∆EVE) as the maximum decrease of the banking book economic value under the six standard scenarios defined by Basel Committee onthe European Banking Supervision (BCBS)Authority (EBA) in addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes.

Earnings-based measures look at the expected change in Net Interest Income (NII) resulting from interest rate movements over a defined time horizon, compared to a defined benchmark scenario. Thereby the Group measures ∆NII as the maximum reduction in NII under the six standard scenarios defined Basel Committee onby the European Banking Supervision (BCBS)Authority (EBA) in addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes, compared to a market implied curve scenario, over a period of 12 months.

The Group employs mitigation techniques to hedge the interest rate risk arising from nontrading positions within given limits. The interest rate risk arising from nontrading asset and liability positions is managed through Treasury Markets & Investments, with the most notable exception of DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG, where the interest rate risk is managed by a dedicated risk management function.Investments. The residual interest rate risk positions are hedged with Deutsche Bank’s trading books within the IB division. The treatment of interest rate risk in our trading portfolios and the application of the value-at-risk model is discussed in the “Trading Market Risk” section of this document.

98

Positions in our banking books as well as the hedges described in the aforementioned paragraph follow the accounting principles as detailed in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” section of this document.

The Model Risk Management function performs independent validation of models used for IRRBB measurement, as per all market risk models, in line with Deutsche Bank’s group-wide risk governance framework.

The calculation of VaR and sensitivities of interest rate risk is performed daily, whereas the measurement and reporting of economic value interest rate and earnings risk is performed on a monthly basis. The Group generally uses the same metrics in its internal management systems as it applies for the disclosure in this report. This is applicable to both the methodology as well as the modelling assumptions used when calculating the metrics.

Deutsche Bank’s key modelling assumptions are applied to the positions in our PB division and parts of our CB division.divisions. Those positions are subject to risk of changes in our client’s behavior with regard to their deposits as well as loan products.

The Group manages the interest rate risk exposure of its Non-Maturity Deposits (NMDs) through a replicating portfolio approach to determine the average repricing maturity of the portfolio. For the purpose of constructing the replicating portfolio, the portfolio of NMDs is clustered by dimensions such as Business Unit, Currency, Productbusiness unit, currency, product and Geographical Location.geographical location. The main dimensions influencing the repricing maturity are elasticity of deposit rates to market interest rates, volatility of deposit balances and observable client behavior. For the reporting period the average repricing maturity assigned across all such replicating portfolios is 2.02.14 years and Deutsche Bank uses 15 years as the longest repricing maturity.

In the Loanloan and some of the Termterm deposit products Deutsche Bank considers early prepayment/withdrawal behavior of its customers. The parameters are based on historical observations, statistical analyses and expert assessments.

Furthermore, the Group generally calculates IRRBB related metrics in contractual currencies and aggregates the resulting metrics for reporting purposes. When calculating economic value based metrics the commercial margin is excluded for material parts of the balance sheet.


83

Credit Spread Risk in the Banking Book

Deutsche Bank is exposed to credit spread risk of bonds held in the banking book, mainly as part of the Treasury Liquidity Reserves portfolio and in DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG.portfolio. The credit spread risk in the banking book is managed by the businesses, with Market Risk Management acting as an independent oversight function ensuring that the exposure is within the approved risk appetite. This risk category is closely associated with interest rate risk in the banking book as changes in the perceived credit quality of individual instruments may result in fluctuations in spreads relative to underlying interest rates. The calculation of credit spread sensitivities and value-at-risk for credit spread exposure is in general performed on a daily basis, the measurement and reporting of economic capital and stress tests are performed on a monthly basis.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk arises from our nontrading asset and liability positions that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the respective entity. The majority of this foreign exchange risk is transferred through internal hedges to trading books within the IB division and is therefore reflected and managed via the value-at-risk figures in the trading books. The remaining foreign exchange risks that have not been transferred are mitigated through match funding the investment in the same currency, so that only residual risk remains in the portfolios. Small exceptions to above approach follow the general Market Risk Management monitoring and reporting process, as outlined for the trading portfolio.

The bulk of nontrading foreign exchange risk is related to unhedged structural foreign exchange exposure, mainly in our U.S., U.K. and China entities. Structural foreign exchange exposure arises from local capital (including retained earnings) held in the Group’s consolidated subsidiaries and branches and from investments accounted for at equity. Change in foreign exchange rates of the underlying functional currencies are booked as Currency Translation Adjustments (CTA).

The primary objective for managing our structural foreign exchange exposure is to stabilize consolidated capital ratios from the effects of fluctuations in exchange rates. Therefore the exposure remains unhedged or partially hedged for a number of currencies with considerable amounts of risk-weighted assets denominated in that currency in order to avoid volatility in the capital ratio for the specific entity and the Group as a whole.


99

Equity and investment risk

Nontrading equity risk arising predominantly from our non-consolidated investment holdings in the banking book and from our equity compensation plans.

Our non-consolidated equity investment holdings in the banking book are categorized into strategic and alternative investment assets. Strategic investments typically relate to acquisitions made to support our business franchise and are undertaken with a medium to long-term investment horizon. Alternative assets are comprised of principal investments and other non-strategic investment assets. Principal investments are direct investments in private equity, real estate, venture capital, hedge or mutual funds whereas assets recovered in the workout of distressed positions or other legacy investment assets in private equity and real estate are of a non-strategic nature.

Investment proposals for strategic investments as well as monitoring of progress and performance against committed targets are evaluated by the Group Investment Committee. Depending on size, strategic investments may require approval from the Group Investment Committee, the Management Board or the Supervisory Board.

CRM Principal Investments is responsible for the risk-related governance and monitoring of our alternative asset activities. The review of new or increased principal investment commitments is the task of the Principal Investment Commitment Approval Group (PICAG), established by the Enterprise Risk Committee (ERC) as a risk management forum for alternative asset investments. The PICAG approves investments under its authority or recommends decisions above its authority to the Management Board for approval. The Management Board also sets investment limits for business divisions and various portfolios of risk upon recommendation by the ERC.

The equity investment holdings are included in regular group wide stress tests and the monthly market risk economic capital calculations.

Pension risk

We are exposed to market risk from a number of defined benefit pension schemes for past and current employees. The ability of the pension schemes to meet the projected pension payments is maintained through investments and ongoing plan contributions. Market risk materializes due to a potential decline in the market value of the assets or an increase in the liability of each of the pension plans. Market Risk Management monitors and reports all market risks both on the asset and liability side of our defined benefit pension plans including interest rate risk, inflation risk, credit spread risk, equity risk and longevity risk. Overall, the Group seeks to minimize the impact of adverse market movements to key financial metric, with the primary objective on protecting the overall IFRS funded status, however in selected markets with the aim to balance competing key financial metrics. The investment managers manage the pension assets in line with investment mandates or guidelines as agreed with the pension plans’ trustees and investment committees. For key defined benefit plans for which the Bank aims to protect the IFRS funded status, the Group applies a liability driven investment (LDI) approach. Risks from mismatches between fluctuations in the present value of the defined benefit obligations and plan assets due to capital market movements are minimized, subject to balancing relevant trade-offs.

For details on our defined benefit pension obligation see Note 3533 “Employee Benefits” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” section.


84

Other risks in the Banking Book

Market risks in our Asset Management business primarily result from principal guaranteed funds or accounts, but also from co-investments in our funds.

Nontrading Market Risk Economic Capitalmarket risk economic capital

Nontrading market risk economic capital is calculated either by applying the standard traded market risk EC methodology or through the use of non-traded market risk models that are specific to each risk class and which consider, among other factors, historically observed market moves, the liquidity of each asset class, and changes in client’s behavior in relation to products with behavioral optionalities.


100

Operational risk management

Operational risk management framework

Deutsche Bank applies the European Banking Authority’s Single Rulebook definition of operational risk: “Operational risk means the risk of losses stemming from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk includes legal risks, but excludes business and reputational risk and is embedded in all banking products and activities.” Operational risk forms a subset of the bank’s non-financial risks (NFR).

Deutsche Bank’s operational risk appetite sets out the amount of operational risk we are willing to accept as a consequence of doing business. We take on operational risks consciously, both strategically as well as in day-to-day business. While the bank may have no appetite for certain types of operational risk events (such as violations of laws or regulations and misconduct), in other cases a certain amount of operational risk must be accepted if the bank is to achieve its business objectives. In case a residual risk is assessed to be outside our risk appetite, risk reducing actions must be undertaken, including remediating the risks, insuring risks or ceasing business.

The Operational risk management framework (ORMF) is a set of interrelated tools and processes that are used to identify, assess, measure, monitor and remediatemitigate the bank’s operational risks. Its components have been designed to operate together to provide a comprehensive but risk-based approach to managing the bank’s most material operational risks. ORMF components include the Group’s approach to setting and adhering to operational risk appetite, the operational risk type and control taxonomies, the minimum standards for operational risk management processes including tools, and the bank’s operational risk capital model.

Organizational & governance structure

While the day-to-day management of operational risk is the primary responsibility of our business divisions and infrastructure functions, as risk owners,where these risks are generated, Non-Financial Risk Management (NFRM) oversees the Group-wide management of operational risks, identifies and reports risk concentrations, and promotes a consistent application of the ORMF across the bank. NFRM is part of the Group risk function, the Chief Risk Office, which is headed by the Chief Risk Officer.

The Chief Risk Officer appoints the Head of NFRM, who is accountable for the design implementationoversight and maintenance of an effective, efficient and regulatory compliant ORMF, including the operational risk capital model. The Head of NFRM monitors and challenges the ORMF’s Group wide implementation and monitors overall risk levels against the bank’s operational risk appetite.

The Non-Financial Risk Committee (NFRC), which is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of operational risk in the Group on behalf of the Management Board by establishing a cross-risk perspective of the key operational risks of the Group. Its decision-making and policy related authorities include the review, advice and management of all operational risk issues that may impact the risk profile of our business divisions and infrastructure functions. Several sub-fora with an oversight and alignment function attendees from both the 1st and 2nd LoDs support the NFRC to effectively fulfil its mandate. In addition to the Group level NFRC, business divisions have established 1st LoD governanceNFR fora for the oversight and management of operational risks on various levels of the organization.


85

The governance of our operational risks follows the bank’s Three Lines of Defence (3LoD) approach to managing all of its financial and non-financial risks. The ORMF establishes the operational risk governance standards including the core 1st and 2nd LoD roles and their responsibilities, to ensure effective risk management and appropriate independent challenge:

Operational risk governance standardrequirements for the first line of defence (1st LoD):Risk owners as the 1st LoD have full accountability for their operational risks and manage these against a defined risk specific appetite.

RiskOperational risk owners are those roles in the bank whose (business) activities generate – or who are exposed to – operational risks. As heads of business divisions and infrastructure functions, they must determine the appropriate organizational structure to identify their organizations’ operational risk profile, implement risk management and control standardsactively manage these risks within their organization, take business decisions on the mitigation or acceptance of operational risks to ensure they remain within risk appetite and establish and maintain 1st LoD controls.

Operational risk governance standardrequirements for the second line of defenceDefence (2nd LoD): Risk Type Controllers (RTCs) act as the 2nd LoD control functions for all sub-risk types under the overarching risk type “operational risk”.

101

RTCs establish the framework and define Group level risk appetite statements for the specific operational risk type they oversee. RTCs define the fundamentalminimum risk management and control standards and independently overseemonitor and challenge risk owners’ implementation of these standards in their day-to-day processes, as well as their risk-taking and management activities. RTCs establishprovide independent operational risk governanceoversight and prepare aggregated risk type profile reporting. RTCs monitor the risk type’s profile against risk appetite and exercisehave a right to veto on risk decisions leading to foreseeable risk appetite breaches. As risk type experts, RTCs define the risk type and its taxonomy and support and facilitate the implementation of the risk type framework in the 1st LoD. To maintain their independence, RTC roles are located only in infrastructure functions.

Operational risk governance standardrequirements for NFRM as the RTC for the overarching risk type operational risk:As the RTC / risk control function for operational risk, NFRM establishes and maintains the overarching ORMF and determines the appropriate level of capital to underpin the Group’s operational risk.

Managing our operational risk

In order to manage the broad range of sub-risk types underlying operational risk, the ORMF provides a set of tools and processes that apply to all operational risk types across the bank. These enable us to determine our operational risk profile in relation to our risk appetite for operational risk, to systematically identify operational risk themes and concentrations, and to define risk mitigating measures and priorities.

In 2019,2020, we further enhanced the management of operational risks by integrating and simplifying our risk management processes, by promoting an active and continuous dialogue between the 1st and 2nd LoDs on operational risks, by strengthening our controls, and by making the management of operational risks more transparent, meaningful and embedded in day-to-day business decisions:


86

Loss data collection: We collect, categorize and analyze data on internal and relevant external operational risk events (with a P&L impact ≥ €10,000) in a timely manner. Material operational risk events trigger clearly defined lessons learned and read-across analyses, which are performed in close collaboration between business partners, risk control and other infrastructure functions. Lessons learned reviews analyze the reasons for significant operational risk events, identify their root causes, and document appropriate remediation actions to reduce the likelihood of their reoccurrence. Read across reviews take the conclusions of the lessons learned process and seek to analyze whether similar risks and control weaknesses identified in a lessons learned review exist in other areas of the bank, even if they have not yet resulted in problems. This allows preventative actions to be undertaken. In 2019,2020, we further simplified the event management processes to improve data qualityby integrating the review of external events into our scenario analysis framework and startedcontinued the development of a new, convenient to use, event management platform.

We complement our operational risk profile by using a set of scenarios including internal scenarios and relevant external operational risk events provided by an industry database. We thereby systematically utilize information on external loss events occurring in the banking industry to reduce the likelihood of similar incidents happening to us, for example through particular deep dive analyses or risk profile reviews. At the end of 2019,In 2020, we revised ourimplemented a redesigned approach in this area to useintegrate scenario analysis more effectively forclosely into day-to-day risk management purposes.processes. Scenario analysis has played an important role in assessing impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic onto our operating environment and helped us to prepare adequate crisis management decisions.

102

The Risk & Control Assessment process (RCA) comprises of a series of bottom-up assessments of the risks generated by business divisions and infrastructure functions (1st LoDs), the effectiveness of the controls in place to manage them, and the remediation actions required to bring the risks outside of risk appetite back into risk appetite. This enables both the 1st and 2nd LoDs to have a clear view of the bank’s material operational risks. In 2019,2020, we launched an integratedbegan implementing a dynamic trigger based approach to RCA to permit risk changes to be reflected throughout the year, thereby providing a more real time risk profile for the organization. To support this dynamic approach, we improved our reporting capabilities for greater information transparency and control assessment that combinedstrengthened the risk assessments led by Anti-Financial Crime (AFC), Compliance and NFRM in a coordinated way. The coordinated approach aimsusage of NFR contextual data (e.g. scenarios or controls assurance data) to improve visibility across various risk types and to streamline risk assessment processes, tools and reporting acrossinform the three risk control functions, creating efficiencies and improving engagement. Alongside the integration of risk assessments, weassessments. We further enhanced the bank’s central control inventory and started the development of a newintroduced risk-based control assurance framework to enhance theplanning across both 1st LoD and 2nd LoD functions for a subset of risk types. This improves transparency of control assurance activities across various levels of the bank.bank, and provides useful information on the effectiveness of the controls the bank relies on to mitigate its operational risks.

We regularly report and perform analyses on our top risks to establish that they are appropriately mitigated. As all risks, top risks are rated in terms of both the likelihood that they could occur and the impact on the bank should they do so, and through this assessment they are identified to be particularly material for the bank. The reporting provides a forward-looking perspective on the impact of planned remediation and control enhancements. It also contains emerging risks and themes that have the potential to evolve as a top riskrisks in the future. Top risk reduction programs comprise the most significant risk reduction activities that are key to bringing our operational top risk themes back within risk appetite. In 2019,2020, we launchedimproved the criteria and process for adopting or retiring divisional and Group level top risks, in addition to a new reporting platform, which providesregional top risk managers with greater visibility on the operational risk management data from multiple framework components, thus improving oversight and decision-making capability.concept.

To appropriately identify and manage risks from material change initiatives within the bank, a Transformation Risk Assessment (TRA) process is in place to assess the impact of transformation on the bank’s risk profile and control environment. This process considers impacts to both financial and non-financial risk types and is applicable to initiatives including strategicregulatory initiatives, technology migrations, risk remediation projects, strategy changes, large technology programmesorganisational changes and regulatory projectsreal estate moves within the bank. For instance, throughIn 2020, we expanded the scope of change initiatives that require a mandatory TRA process,to include all key deliverables on the bank prepared in advance for anticipated risks arising fromtransformation roadmap of the strategy announcement published in July 2019. This included detailed consideration of risks and mitigants across the bank, their documentation and monitoring, to proactively manage these risks.bank.

NFR appetite is the amount of non-financial risk the bank is willing to accept as a consequence of doing business. The NFR appetite framework provides a common approach to measure and monitor the level of risk appetite across the firm. NFR appetite metrics are used to monitor the operational risk profile against the bank’s defined risk appetite, and to alert the organization to impending problems in a timely fashion. In 2019 work was undertaken to further embed2020, we clarified the linkage between risk appetite by standardizingand tolerance and increased the granularity and depth of risk appetite statementsplanning and enhancing metrics at group, divisionalmonitoring in legal entities, branches and business unit levels. Further work is underway to cascade adequate metrics down to the appropriate level of the organisation.units risk appetite statements.

The findings and issue management process allows the bank to mitigate the risks associated with known control weaknesses and deficiencies, and enables management to make risk-based decisions over the need for further remediation or risk acceptance. Outputs from the findings management process must be able to demonstrate to internal and external stakeholders that the bank is actively identifying its control weaknesses and taking steps to manage associated risks within acceptable levels of risk appetite.


87 In 2020, we enabled multiple risk types to be linked to each finding, enhancing our ability to monitor risk appetite by risk type concentration. This approach also allows the 2nd LoD to review, with greater precision, the potential portfolio impact of risk acceptances on risk appetite, thus strengthening the role of the 2nd LoD in risk acceptance decisions.

Operational risk type frameworks

The ORMF provides the overarching set of standards, tools and processes that apply to the management of all operational sub-risk types. It is complemented by the operational risk type frameworks, risk management and control standards and tools set up by the respective RTCs for the operational sub-risk types they control. These operational sub-risk types are controlled by various infrastructure functions and include the following:

103

88

Measuring our operational risks

We calculate and measure the regulatory and economic capital requirements for operational risk using the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) methodology. Our AMA capital calculation is based upon the loss distribution approach. Gross losses from historical internal and external loss data (Operational Riskdata eXchange Association consortium data) and external scenarios from a public database (IBM OpData) complemented by internal scenario data are used to estimate the risk profile (i.e., a loss frequency and a loss severity distribution). Our loss distribution approach model includes conservatism by recognizing losses on events that arise over multiple years as single events in our historical loss profile.

Within the loss distribution approach model, the frequency and severity distributions are combined in a Monte Carlo simulation to generate potential losses over a one year time horizon. Finally, the risk mitigating benefits of insurance are applied to each loss generated in the Monte Carlo simulation. Correlation and diversification benefits are applied to the net losses in a manner compatible with regulatory requirements to arrive at a net loss distribution at Group level, covering expected and unexpected losses. Capital is then allocated to each of the business divisions after considering qualitative adjustments and expected loss.

The regulatory and economic capital requirementrequirements for operational risk isare derived from the 99.9 % percentile. Since Q4 2017, the economic capital is also set at 99.9 % percentile; see the section “Economic“Internal Capital Adequacy” for details. Both regulatory and economic capital requirements are calculated for a time horizon of one year.

The regulatory and economic capital demand calculations are performed on a quarterly basis. NFRM aims to ensure that forestablishes and maintains the approach for capital demand quantification and ensures that appropriate development, validation and change governance processes are in place, whereby the validation is performed by an independent validation function and in line with the Group’s model risk management process.


104

Drivers for operational risk capital development

In 2019,2020, our total operational risk losses increaseddecreased by 358 % compared with 2018, though they remained well below previous years’ levels and continued to be2019. They were predominantly driven by losses and provisions arising from civil litigation and regulatory enforcement. Such losses still make up 8473 % of operational risk losses and account for the majority of operational risk regulatory and economic capital demand, which isbeing more heavily reliant on our long-term loss history. For a description of our current legal and regulatory proceedings, please see section “Current Individual Proceedings” in Note 2927 “Provisions” to the consolidated financial statements. The operational risk losses from civil litigation and regulatory enforcement increaseddecreased by € 13174 million or 7321 % while our non-legal operational risk losses decreasedincreased by € 3442 million or 35%63 % compared to 2018.2019, primarily as a result of COVID-19 related expenses. Excluding the effects of COVID-19, non-legal operational risk losses were broadly flat.

In view of the relevance of legal risks within our operational risk profile, we dedicate specific attention to the management and measurement of our open civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters where the bankBank relies both on information from internal as well as external data sources to consider developments in legal matters that affect the bankBank specifically but also the banking industry as a whole. Reflecting the multi-year nature of legal proceedings the measurement of these risks furthermore takes into account changing levels of certainty by capturing the risks at various stages throughout the lifecycle of a legal matter.

Conceptually, the bankBank measures operational risk including legal risk by determining the maximum loss that will not be exceeded with a given probability. This maximum loss amount includes a component that due to the IFRS criteria is reflected in our financial statements and a component that is expressed as regulatory or economic capital demand beyond the amount reflected as provisions within our financial statements.

The legal losses which the bankBank expects with a likelihood of more than 50 % are already reflected in our IFRS group financial statements. These losses include net changes in provisions for existing and new cases in a specific period where the loss is deemed probable and is reliably measurable in accordance with IAS 37. The development of our legal provisions for civil litigations and regulatory enforcement is outlined in detail in Note 29 “Provisions” to the consolidated financial statements.

Uncertain legal losses which are not reflected in our financial statements as provisions because they do not meet the recognition criteria under IAS 37 are expressed as “regulatory or economic capital demand”.

To quantify the litigation losses in the AMA model, the bank takes into account historical losses, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal forecasts. Legal forecasts are generally comprised of ranges of potential losses from legal matters that are not deemed probable but are reasonably possible. Reasonably possible losses may result from ongoing and new legal matters which are reviewed at least quarterly by the attorneys handling the legal matters.

We include the legal forecasts in the “relevant loss data” used in our AMA model. The projection range of the legal forecasts is not restricted to the one year capital time horizon but goes beyond and conservatively assumes early settlement of the underlying losses in the reporting period - thus considering the multi-year nature of legal matters.

89

Liquidity Risk Managementrisk management

Liquidity risk is the risk arisingarises from our potential inability to meet all payment obligations when they come due or only being able to meet these obligations at excessive costs. The objective of the Group’s liquidity risk management framework is to ensure that the Group can fulfill its payment obligations at all times and can manage liquidity and funding risks within its risk appetite. The framework considers relevant and significant drivers of liquidity risk, whether on-balance sheet or off-balance sheet.

Liquidity Risk Managementrisk management framework

In accordance with the ECB’s Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP),SREP, Deutsche Bank has implemented an annual Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP), which is reviewed at least annually and approved by the Management Board. The ILAAP provides comprehensive documentation and assessment of the Bank’s Liquidity Risk Management framework, including: identifying the key liquidity and funding risks to which the Group is exposed; describing how these risks are identified, monitored and measured and describing the techniques and resources used to manage and mitigate these risks.

The Management Board defines the liquidity and funding risk strategy for the Bank as well as the risk appetite, based on recommendations made by the Group Risk Committee (GRC). At least annually theThe Management Board reviews and approves the risk appetite whichat least annually. The risk appetite is applied to the Group to monitor and control liquidity risk as well as our long-term funding and issuance plan.

105

Treasury is mandated to manage the overall liquidity and funding position of the Bank, with Liquidity Risk Management (LRM) acting as an independent control function. LRM is responsible for reviewing the liquidity risk framework, proposing the risk appetite, limits and stress test scenarios to GRC and the validation of Liquidity Risk models which are developed by Treasury, to measure and manage the Group’s liquidity risk profile.

Deutsche Banks has a dedicated Stress Testing and Risk Appetite Framework set by LRM, which ensures the Bank’s liquidity position is balanced throughout the Group and across currencies. Treasury manages liquidity and funding, in accordance with the Management Board-approved risk appetite across a range of relevant metrics, and implements a number of tools including business level risk appetites, to monitor these and ensure compliance. In addition,As such, Treasury works closely with LRM and business divisions, to identify, analyze and understandmonitor underlying liquidity risk characteristics within business portfolios. These parties are engaged in regular dialogue regarding changes in the Bank’s position arising from business activities and market circumstances. Dedicated business and material legal entity targets are allocated to ensure the Group operates within its overall liquidity and funding risk appetite.

The Management Board is informed about the performance against the key liquidity metrics for both internal and market indicators for which limits and thresholds are approved by either GRC or Management Board, via a weekly Liquidity Dashboard. Liquidity & Treasury Reporting & Analysis (LTRA) has overall accountability for the accurate and timely delivery of both external regulatory liquidity reporting and the internal management reporting of liquidity risk for DB Group. In addition LTRA ensure the development of management information systems (MIS) and analysis to support the liquidity risk framework and its governance for both Treasury and LRM.

Treasury, LRM and LTRA maintain a Liquidity policy landscape which articulates the overarching guiding principles for the robust and rigorous management of the Bank’s liquidity. The landscape outlines approaches to liquidity risk management and practices and is reviewed on an annual basis.

As part of the annual strategic planning process, weTreasury project the development of the key liquidity and funding metrics including the USD currency exposure based on the underlyinganticipated business plansconsumption to ensure that the plan is in compliance with our risk appetite.

Deutsche Bank has a wide range of funding sources, including retail and institutional deposits, unsecured and secured wholesale funding and debt issuance in the capital markets. Group ALCo is the Bank’s decisive Governance body that has been mandated by Management Board to optimize the sourcing and deployment of the Bank’s balance sheet and financial resources in line with the Management Board risk appetite and strategy. As such, it has the overarching responsibilities to define, approve and optimize the Bank`s funding strategy.

Short-term liquidity and wholesale funding

Deutsche Bank tracks all contractual cash flows from wholesale funding sources, on a daily basis, over a 12-month horizon. For this purpose, we consider wholesale funding to include unsecured liabilities largely raised primarily by Treasury Markets Pool, as well as secured liabilities primarily raised by our Investment Bank Division. Our wholesale funding counterparties typically include corporates, banks and other financial institutions, governments and sovereigns.

The Group has implemented a set of GRC-approved limits to restrict the Bank’s exposure to wholesale counterparties, which have historically shown to be the most susceptible to market stress. The wholesale funding limits are monitored daily, and apply to the total combined currency amount of all wholesale funding currently outstanding, both secured and unsecured with specific tenor limits. Our Liquidity Reserves are the primary mitigants against potential stress in the short-term.

The tables in section “Liquidity Risk Exposure: Funding Diversification” show the contractual maturity of our short-term wholesale funding and capital markets issuance.

90

Liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis

Global internal liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis is one of the key toolsused for measuring liquidity risk and evaluating the Group’s short-term liquidity position within the liquidity framework. ItThis complements the daily operational cash management process. The long-term liquidity strategy based on contractual and behavioral modelled cash flow information is represented by a long term funding analysis known as the Funding Matrix.Matrix (refer to Funding Risk Management below).

Our global liquidity stress testing process is managed by Treasury in accordance with the Management Board approved risk appetite. Treasury is responsible for the design of the overall methodology, the choice of liquidity risk drivers and the determination of appropriate assumptions (parameters) to translate input data into stress testing output. Liquidity Risk ManagementLRM is responsible for the definition of the stress scenarios and the independent validation of liquidity risk models. Liquidity and Treasury Reporting & Analysis (LTRA)LTRA is responsible for implementing these methodologies and performing the stress test calculation in conjunction with Treasury, LRM and IT as well as for the stress test calculation.IT.

106

We use stress testing and scenario analysis to evaluate the impact of sudden and severe stress events on our liquidity position. Deutsche Bank has selected four scenarios to calculate the Group’s stressed Net Liquidity Position (“sNLP”). These scenarios capture the historical experience of Deutsche Bank during periods of idiosyncratic and/or market-wide stress and are assumed to be both plausible and sufficiently severe as to materially impact the Group’s liquidity position. The most severe scenario assesses the potential consequences of a combined market-wide and idiosyncratic stress event, including downgrades of our credit rating. Under each of the scenarios we consider the impact of a liquidity stress event over different time horizons and across multiple liquidity risk drivers, covering all of our business, and product areas and balance sheet. The output from scenario analysis feeds the Group Wide Stress Test, which considers the impact of scenarios on all risk stripes.

In addition, we include the potential funding requirements from contingent liquidity risks which might arise, including drawdowns on credit facilities, increased collateral requirements under derivative agreements, and outflows from deposits with a contractual rating linked trigger. We then take into consideration Countermeasures which are the actions we would take to counterbalance the outflows incurred. Countermeasures include utilizing the Liquidity Reserve and generating liquidity from unencumbered, marketable assets.

Stress testing is conducted at a global level and for defined material legal entities covering an eight-weekseight-week stress horizon. In addition to the consolidated currency stress test, stress tests for material currencies (EUR, USD and GBP) are performed. In U.S., weWe also perform stress testing out to 12 months period. We review our stress-testingin the U.S. Ad-hoc analysis may be conducted to reflect the impact of potential downside events that could affect the Bank’s liquidity for instance the COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit. Our suite of stress testing scenarios and assumptions are reviewed on a regular basis and haveare updated when enhancements are made further enhancements to the methodology and severity of certain parameters through the course of 2019. This includes a reverse stress testing scenario to assess drivers which, under extreme events, could precipitate a failure.methodologies.

On a daily basis we run the liquidity stress test is calculated over an eight-week horizon, which we considera 12 month period however the initial eight-weeks, is considered the most critical time span induring a liquidity crisis, and apply the relevantcrisis. Relevant stress assumptions are applied to reflect liquidity flows from risk drivers fromand on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet products. Beyond the eight week time horizon, we analyze the impact of a more prolonged stress period, extending to twelve months. This

Complementing daily liquidity stress testing, analysis isthe Bank also performed on a daily basis.conducts regular Group Wide Stress Testing (GWST) run by Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) analyzing liquidity risks in conjunction with the other defined risk types and evaluating their impact to both capital and liquidity positions as described in Risk and Capital Framework chapter.

The tables in section “Liquidity Risk Exposure: Stress Testing and Scenario Analysis” show the results of our internal global liquidity stress test under the various different scenarios.

Liquidity Coverage Ratiocoverage ratio

In addition to our internal stress test result, the Group has a Management Board-approved risk appetite for the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR). The LCR is intended to promote the short-term resilience of a bank’sBank’s liquidity risk profile over a 30 day stress scenario. The ratio is defined as the amount of High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) that could be used to raise liquidity in a stressed scenario, measured against the total volume of net cash outflows, arising from both contractual and modelled exposures.

This requirement has been implemented into European law, via the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61, adopted in October 2014. Compliance with the LCR was required in the EU from October 1, 2015.

The LCR complements the internal stress testing framework. By maintaining a ratio in excess of minimum regulatory requirements, the LCR seeks to ensure that the Group holds adequate liquidity resources to mitigate a short-term liquidity stress.

Key differences between the internal liquidity stress test and LCR include the time horizon (eight weeks versus 30 days), classification and haircut differences between Liquidity Reserves and the LCR HQLA, outflow rates for various categories of funding, and inflow assumption for various assets (for example, loan repayments). Our liquidity stress test also includes outflows related to intraday liquidity assumptions, which are not explicitly captured in the LCR.

91

Funding Risk Managementrisk management

Deutsche Bank’s primary tool for monitoring and managing longer term funding risk is the Funding Matrix. The Funding Matrix assesses the Group’s structural funding profile for the greater than one year time horizon. To produce the Funding Matrix, all funding-relevant assets and liabilities are mapped into time buckets corresponding to their contractual or modeled maturities. This allows the Group to identify expected excesses and shortfalls in term liabilities over assets in each time bucket, facilitating the management of potential liquidity exposures.

107

The liquidity profile is based on contractual cash flow information. If the contractual maturity profile of a product does not adequately reflect the liquidity profile, it is replaced by modeling assumptions. Short-term balance sheet items (<1yr) or matched funded structures (asset and liabilities directly matched with no liquidity risk) are excluded from the term analysis.

The bottom-up assessment by individual business line is combined with a top-down reconciliation against the Group’s IFRS balance sheet. From the cumulative term profile of assets and liabilities beyond 1 year, long-funded surpluses or short-funded gaps in the Group’s maturity structure can be identified. The cumulative profile is thereby built up starting from the greater than 10 year bucket down to the greater than 1 year bucket.

The strategic liquidity planning process, which incorporates the development of funding supply and demand across business units, together with the bank’sBank’s targeted key liquidity and funding metrics, provides the key input parameter for our annual capital markets issuance plan. Upon approval by the Management Board the capital markets issuance plan establishes issuance targets for securities by tenor, volume, currency and instrument.

Capital Markets Issuancemarkets issuance

Debt issuance, encompassing senior unsecured bonds, covered bonds as well as capital securities, is a key source of term funding for the Bank and is managed directly by Treasury. At least once a year Treasury, after endorsement at ALCo, submits an annual long-term Funding Plan to the GRC for recommendation and then to the Management Board for approval. This plan is driven by global and local funding and liquidity requirements based on expected business development. Our capital markets issuance portfolio is dynamically managed through our yearly issuance plans to avoid excessive maturity concentrations.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) was proposed as part of Basel 3, as theis a regulatory metric (effective from June 2021) for assessing a bank’sBank’s structural funding profile. The NSFR is intended to reduce medium to long-term funding risks by requiring banks to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to their on- and off-balance sheet activities. The ratio is defined as the amount of Available Stable Funding (the portion of capital and liabilities expected to be a stable source of funding), relative to the amount of Required Stable Funding (a function of the liquidity characteristics of various assets held).

In October 2019, EBA published draft Implementing Technical Standard (ITS) with regards to supervisory reporting, andAn NFSR limit has launched a consultation onbeen set for Group as well as for DBAG in anticipation of this regulatory requirement. The NSFR will come into effect as of June 28, 2021, after which the templates. The consultation process will run through to January 16, 2020 and includes the NSFR templates too. Deutsche Bank is currently preparing for certain clarifications and proposals to be raised as part of the consultation process which will be submitted through industry bodies. The metric will be embedded into our overall liquidityrequired to maintain a 100 % ratio. Therefore NSFR risk management framework, once NSFR compliance becomes effective onappetite levels shall serve as a threshold until then and as a limit from June 28, 2021.2021 onwards.

Funding Diversificationdiversification

Diversification of our funding profile in terms of investor types, regions and products is an important element of our liquidity risk management framework. Our most stable funding sources for which the bankBank has introduced a minimum risk appetite stem from capital markets issuances and equity, as well as from retail, and transaction banking clients. Other customer deposits and secured funding and short positions are additional sources of funding. Unsecured wholesale funding represents unsecured wholesale liabilities sourced primarily by our Treasury Pool Management.Management team. Given the relatively short-term nature of these liabilities, they are primarilypredominantly used to fund liquid trading assets.

To promote the additional diversification of our refinancing activities, we hold a license allowing us to issue mortgage Pfandbriefe. In addition, weWe continue to run a program for the purpose of issuing Covered Bonds under Spanish law (Cedulas) and participate in the TLTRO IIIII program.


92 Additionally, we expanded in 2020 our potential investor base by introducing our Sustainable Finance Framework and issued a Green Bond in June 2020.

Unsecured wholesale funding comprises a range of unsecuredinstitutional products, such as Certificate of Deposits (CDs), Commercial Papers (CPs) as well as term, call and overnight deposits across tenors primarily up to one year.Money Market deposits.

To avoid any unwanted reliance on these short-term funding sources, and to promote a sound funding profile which complies with the defined risk appetite, we have implemented limits (across tenors) on these funding sources which are derived from our daily stress testing analysis. In addition, we limit the total volume of unsecured wholesale funding to manage the reliance on this funding source as part of the overall funding diversification.

The chart “Liquidity Risk Exposure: Funding Diversification” shows the composition of our external funding sources that contribute to the liquidity risk position, both in EUR billion and as a percentage of our total external funding sources.

108

Funds Transfer Pricingtransfer pricing

The funds transfer pricing framework applies to all businesses/regions and promotes pricing of (i) assets in accordance with their underlying liquidity risk, (ii) liabilities in accordance with their liquidity value and (iii) contingent liquidity exposures in accordance with the cost of providing for appropriate liquidity reserves.

Within this framework funding and liquidity risk costs and benefits are allocated to the firm’s business units based on rates which reflect the economic costs of liquidity for Deutsche Bank. Treasury might set further financial incentives in line with the Bank’s liquidity risk guidelines. While the framework promotes a diligent group-wide allocation of the Bank's funding costs to the liquidity users, it also provides an incentive-based framework for businesses generating stable long-term and stress compliant funding.

In the third quarter of 2019, the internal funds transfer pricing (“FTP”)FTP framework was changed in order to enhance its effectiveness as a management tool, as well as to better support funding cost optimization. Additional details are included in Note 4 “Business„Business segments and related information“ of the consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity reserves

Liquidity reserves comprise available cash and cash equivalents, unencumbered highly liquid securities (includes(including government and agency bonds and government guarantees) as well asand other unencumbered central bank eligible assets.

The volume of our liquidity reserves is a function of our expected daily stress result, both at an aggregate level as well as at an individual currency level. To the extent we receive incremental short-term wholesale liabilities which attract a high stress roll-off, we will largely keep the proceeds of such liabilities in cash or highly liquid securities as a stress mitigant. Accordingly, the total volume of our liquidity reserves will fluctuate as a function of the level of short-term wholesale liabilities held, although this has no material impact on our overall liquidity position under stress. Our liquidity reserves include only assets that are freely transferable or that can be utilized after taking into consideration local liquidity demands within the Group, including local limits on free transferability within the Group, or that can be applied against local entity stress outflows. As a result, our liquidity reserves exclude surplus liquidity held in Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas due to requirements pursuant to Section 23A of the U.S. Federal Reserve Act and also exclude the surplus liquidity held in other non-fungible entities. Certain intraday requirements and Mandatory Minimum Reserves are directly deducted in the calculation of the Liquidity Reserves while othersother intraday outflows are represented as outflows in our internal liquidity model.

We hold the vast majority of our liquidity reserves centrally across the major currencies at the central bank accounts of our parent and our foreign branch central bank accounts with further reserves held atbranches in the key locations in which we are active.active and in a dedicated Treasury-owned Strategic Liquidity Reserve (SLR), set up exclusively to serve as a mitigant during periods of stress. To ensure a prudent composition of liquidity reserves across asset classes, we maintain minimum cash levelsthresholds for the material currencies.

Asset Encumbranceencumbrance

Encumbered assets primarily comprise those on- and off-balance sheet assets that are pledged as collateral against secured funding, collateral swaps, and other collateralized obligations. We generally encumber loans to support long-term capital markets secured issuance such as covered bonds or other self-securitization structures, while financing debt and equity inventory on a secured basis is a regular activity for our Investment Bank business. Additionally, in line with the EBA technical standards on regulatory asset encumbrance reporting, we consider as encumbered assets pledged with settlement systems are considered encumbered assets, including default funds and initial margins, as well as other assets pledged which cannot be freely withdrawn such as mandatory minimum reserves at central banks. We also include derivative margin receivable assets as encumbered under these EBA guidelines.

93

Business (Strategic) Risk Management (strategic) risk management

Strategic risk is the risk of a shortfall in earnings (excluding other material risks) due to incorrect business plans (owing to flawed assumptions), ineffective plan execution or a lack of responsiveness to material plan deviations. Strategic risk arises from the exposure of the bank to the macroeconomic environment, changes in the competitive landscape, and regulatory and technological developments. Additionally, it could occur due to errors in strategic positioning, the bank’s failure to execute its planned strategy and/or a failure to effectively address under-performance versus plan targets.

A Strategic and Capital plan is developed annually and presented to the Management Board for discussion and approval. The final plan is then presented to the Supervisory Board. During the year, execution of business strategies is regularly monitored to assess the performance against strategic objectives and to seek to ensure we remain on track to achieve targets. A more comprehensive description of this process is detailed in the section ‘Strategic and Capital Plan’.

The risk type controller for strategic risk is Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) in Risk. Finance, together with the Divisions, are the key risk managers of the associated risk.


109

Model Risk Managementrisk management

Model Risk Management FrameworkIntroduction

Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to: financial loss, poor business or strategic decision making, or damage to our reputation.

Deutsche Bank uses models for a broad range of decision making activities, such as: underwriting credits; valuing exposures, instruments and positions; measuring risk; managing and safeguarding client assets, and determining capital and reserve adequacy. The term ‘model’ refers to a quantitative method, system, or approach that applies statistical, economic, financial, or mathematical theories, techniques, and assumptions to process input data into quantitative estimates. Models are simplified representations of real-world relationships, and are based on assumptions and judgment. The use of models exposesAccordingly, the bank is exposed to model risk, which must be identified, measured and managed across the lifecycle of the model.controlled appropriately.

Model risk management oversight is provided by all levels of management, including the Management Board. Management of model risk is underpinned by a framework designed and monitored by 2nd Line of Defence, including components across the lifecycle of a model. The model risk management framework is formalized within policies and procedures, and overseen by a robust governance structure.

Model Risk Management Governance and Structure

The managementModel risk is one of modelthe bank’s five main risk includes:types, overseen by the Chief Risk Officer through the setting of a qualitative risk appetite statement and managed through:

Developments during the reporting period:

In 2019, significant improvements were made2020, a new bank-wide ‘Group Model Risk Council’ has been established to theimprove oversight, monitoring and governance on model risk. The model risk management framework including:

In addition, enhancement effort continues to improve the modeldevelopment, validation as well as risk management framework in order to instill a robust and consistent framework that effectively identifies, assesses, monitors and measures model risk. Focus ofapproaches across the effort has spanned across model identification and model inventory, a single coherent policy and governance framework, model development practices, and effective model validation, in order to achieve compliance of regulatory requirements or to meet regulatory expectations.

94bank.

Reputational Risk Managementrisk management

Within our risk management process, reputational risk is defined as the risk of possible damage to Deutsche Bank’s brand and reputation, and the associated risk to earnings, capital or liquidity arising from any association, action or inaction which could be perceived by stakeholders to be inappropriate, unethical or inconsistent with the Bank’sDB’s values and beliefs.

Deutsche Bank seeks to ensure that reputational risk is as low as reasonably possible. Reputational risk cannot be precluded as it can be driven by unforeseeable changes in perception of our practices by our various stakeholders (e.g. public, clients, shareholders and regulators). Deutsche Bank strives to promote sustainable standards that will enhance profitability and minimize reputational risk.


110

The Reputational Risk Framework (the Framework) is in place to manage the process through which active decisions are taken on matters which may pose a reputational risk, before the event, and in doing so to prevent damage to Deutsche Bank’s reputation wherever possible. The Framework provides consistent standards for the identification, assessment and management of reputational risk issues. Reputational impacts which may arise as a consequence of a failure from another risk type, control or process are addressed separately via the associated risk type framework.framework and are therefore not addressed in this section. The reputational risk could arise from multiple sources including, but not limited to, potential issues with the profile of the counterparty, the business purpose / economic substance of the transaction or product, high risk industries, environmental and social considerations, and the nature of the transaction or product or its structure and terms.

The modelling and quantitative measurement of reputational risk internal capital is implicitly covered in our economic capital framework primarily within operational and strategic risk.

Governance and Organizational Structureorganizational structure

The Framework is applicable across all Business Divisions and Regions. DWS-specific matters are reviewed by a DWS-dedicated reputational risk committee and escalated to the DWS Executive Board where required.

Whilst every employee has a responsibility to protect our reputation, the primary responsibility for the identification, assessment, management, monitoring and, if necessary, referring or reporting of reputational risk matters lies with Deutsche Bank’s Business Divisions as the primary risk owners. Each Business Division has an established process through which matters, which are deemed to be a moderate or greater reputational risk are assessed, the Unit Reputational Risk Assessment Process (Unit RRAP).

The Unit RRAP is required to refer any material reputational risk matters to the respective Regional Reputational Risk Committee (RRRC). The Framework also sets out a number of matters which are considered inherently higher risk from a reputational risk perspective and are therefore mandatory referrals to the RRRCs. The RRRCs, which are 2nd LoD Committees, are responsible for ensuring the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of reputational risk in the respective region of Deutsche Bank. The RRRCs meet, as a minimum, on a quarterly basis with ad hoc meetings as required. The Group Reputational Risk Committee (GRRC) is responsible for ensuring the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of reputational risk at Deutsche Bank on behalf of the Group Risk Committee and the Management Board. Additionally, the GRRC reviews cases with a Group wide impact and in exceptional circumstances, those that could not be resolved at a regional level.


95

Risk Concentrationconcentration and Risk Diversificationrisk diversification

Risk Concentrationsconcentrations

Risk concentrations refer to clusters of the same or similar risk drivers within specific risk types (intra-risk concentrations in credit, market, operational, liquidity and business risks) as well as across different risk types (inter-risk concentrations). They occur within and across counterparties, businesses, regions/countries, industries and products. The management and monitoring of risk concentrations is achieved through a quantitative and qualitative approach, as follows:

The most senior governance body for the oversight of risk concentrations throughout 20192020 was the Enterprise Risk Committee (ERC), which is a subcommittee of the Group Risk Committee (GRC).

Risk Type Diversification Benefittype diversification benefit

The risk type diversification benefit quantifies diversification effects between credit, market, operational and strategic risk in the economic capital calculation. To the extentcaused by non-perfect correlations between these risk types fall below 1.0, a risk type diversification benefit results.types. The calculation of the risk type diversification benefit is intended to ensure that the standalone economic capital figures for the individual risk types are aggregated in an economically meaningful way.

96111

Risk and capital performance

Capital, Leverage Ratio,ratio, TLAC and MREL

Own Fundsfunds

The calculation of our own funds incorporates the capital requirements following the “Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms” (Capital Requirements Regulation or “CRR”) and the “Directive 2013/36/EU on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms” (Capital Requirements Directive or “CRD”) which have been further amended with subsequent Regulations and Directives. The CRD has been implemented into German law. The information in this section as well as in the section “Development of risk-weighted Assets” is based on the regulatory principles of consolidation.

This section refers to the capital adequacy of the group of entities consolidated for banking regulatory purposes pursuant to the CRR and the German Banking Act (“Kreditwesengesetz” or “KWG”). Therein not included are insurance companies or companies outside the finance sector.

The total own funds pursuant to the effective regulations as of year-end 20192020 comprises Tier 1 and Tier 2 (T2) capital. Tier 1 capital is subdivided into Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital.

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital consists primarily of common share capital (reduced by own holdings) including related share premium accounts, retained earnings (including losses for the financial year, if any) and accumulated other comprehensive income, subject to regulatory adjustments (i.e. prudential filters and deductions), as well as minority interests qualifying for inclusion in consolidated CET1 capital. Prudential filters for CET 1 capital, according to Articles 32 to 35 CRR, include (i) securitization gains on sale, (ii) cash flow hedges and changes in the value of own liabilities, and (iii) additional value adjustments. CET 1 capital deductions for instance includes (i) intangible assets, (ii) deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability, (iii) negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts, (iv) net defined benefit pension fund assets, (v) reciprocal cross holdings in the capital of financial sector entities and, (vi) significant and non-significant investments in the capital (CET 1, AT1, T2) of financial sector entities above certain thresholds. All items not deducted (i.e., amounts below the threshold) are subject to risk-weighting.

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital consists of AT1 capital instruments and related share premium accounts as well as noncontrolling interests qualifying for inclusion in consolidated AT1 capital and during the transitional period grandfathered instruments. To qualify as AT1 capital under CRR/CRD, instruments must have principal loss absorption through a conversion to common shares or a write-down mechanism allocating losses at a trigger point and must also meet further requirements (perpetual with no incentive to redeem; institution must have full dividend/coupon discretion at all times, etc.).

Tier 2 (T2) capital comprises eligible capital instruments, the related share premium accounts and subordinated long-term debt, certain loan loss provisions and noncontrolling interests that qualify for inclusion in consolidated T2 capital. To qualify as T2 capital, capital instruments or subordinated debt must have an original maturity of at least five years. Moreover, eligible capital instruments may inter alia not contain an incentive to redeem, a right of investors to accelerate repayment, or a credit sensitive dividend feature.feature

We present in this report certain figures based on the CRR definition of own fund instruments applicable for Additional Tier 1

(AT1) capital and Tier 2 (T2) capital and figures based thereon, including Tier 1, Total Capital and Leverage Ratio) on a “fully loaded” basis. We calculate such “fully loaded” figures excluding the transitional arrangements for own fund instruments as provided in the currently applicable CRR/CRD. For CET 1 instruments there are no transitional provisions.

Transitional arrangements are applicable for AT1 and T2 instruments. Capital instruments issued on or prior to December 31, 2011, that no longer qualify as AT1 or T2 capital under the fully loaded CRR/CRD as currently applicable until June 26, 2019 are subject to grandfathering rules during the transitional period and are being phased out from 2013 to 2022 with their recognition capped at 4020 % in 2018, 302020 and 10 % in 2021 (in relation to the portfolio eligible for grandfathering which was still in issue on December   31, 2012). The current CRR as applicable since June 27, 2019 provides further grandfathering rules for AT1 and T2 instruments issued prior to June 27, 2019. Thereunder, AT1 and T2 instruments issued through special purpose entities are grandfathered until December 31, 2021, and AT1 and T2 instruments that do not meet certain new requirements that apply since June 27, 2019 continue to qualify until June 26, 2025. Instruments issued under UK law which do not fulfill all CRR requirements after the cap decreasing by ten percentage points every year thereafter.

We present certainUK has left the European Union are also excluded from our fully loaded definition. Our CET 1 and RWA figures in this reportshow no difference between CRR/CRD as currently applicable and fully loaded CRR/CRD based on our definition of own funds on a “fully loaded” basis. This relates to.

112

For the comparative numbers as per year-end 2019 we still applied our Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital and figures based thereon, including Tier 1 capital and Leverage Ratio. The term “fully loaded” isearlier concept of fully loaded, defined as excluding the transitional arrangements for own funds instruments introduced by the CRR/CRD applicable until June 26, 2019. However, it reflects2019, but reflecting the latest transitional arrangements introduced by the amendments to the CRR/CRD applicable from June 27, 2019. 2019 and further amendments thereafter.

We believe that these “fully loaded” calculations provide useful information to investors as they reflect our progress against the regulatory capital standards and as many of our competitors have been describing calculations on a “fully loaded” basis. As our competitors’ assumptions and estimates regarding “fully loaded” calculations may vary, however, our “fully loaded” measures may not be comparable with similarly labelled measures used by our competitors.


97

Capital instruments

Our Management Board received approval from the 20182019 Annual General Meeting to buy back up to 206.7 million shares before the end of April 2023.2024. Thereof 103.3 million shares can be purchased by using derivatives, this includes 41.3 million derivatives with a maturity exceeding 18 months. During the period from the 20182019 Annual General Meeting until the 20192020 Annual General Meeting (May 23, 2019)20, 2020), 24.333.8 million shares were purchased. The shares purchased were used for equity compensation purposes in the same period or are to be used in the upcoming period so that the number of shares held in Treasury from buybacks was 1.710.5 million as of the 20192020 Annual General Meeting.

The 20192020 Annual General Meeting granted our Management Board the approval to buy back up to 206.7 million shares before the end of April 2024.2025. Thereof 103.3 million shares can be purchased by using derivatives, this includes 41.3 million derivatives with a maturity exceeding 18 months. These authorizations substitute the authorizations of the previous year. During the period from the 20192020 Annual General Meeting until December 31, 2019, 8.3 million2020, there were not any shares were purchased. The shares purchasedin inventory are to be used in this period or the upcoming period so thatfor equity compensation purposes; the number of shares held in Treasury from buybacks was 0.71.3 million as of December 31, 2019.2020.

Since the 2017 Annual General Meeting, and as of December 31, 2019,2020, authorized capital available to the Management Board is € 2,560 million (1,000 million shares). As of December 31, 2019,2020, the conditional capital against cash stands at € 512 million (200 million shares). Additional conditional capital for equity compensation amounts to € 51.2 million (20 million shares). Further, the 2018 Annual General Meeting authorized the issuance of participatory notes and other Hybrid Debt Securities that fulfillfulfil the regulatory requirements to qualify as Additional Tier 1 capital with an equivalent value of € 8.0 billion.

Our legacy Hybrid Tier 1 capital instruments (substantially all noncumulative trust preferred securities) are not recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules as Additional Tier 1 capital, mainly because they have no write-down or equity conversion feature. However, they are recognized as Additional Tier 1 capital under CRR/CRD transitional provisions and can still be recognized as Tier 2 capital under the fully loaded CRR/CRD rules. During the transitional phase-out period the maximum recognizable amount of Additional Tier 1 instruments from Basel 2.5 compliant issuances as of December 31, 2012 will be reduced at the beginning of each financial year by 10 % or € 1.3 billion, through 2022. For December 31, 2019,2020, this resulted in eligible Additional Tier 1 instruments of € 6.46.8 billion (i.e. € 4.65.7 billion newly issued AT1 Notes plus € 1.81.1 billion of legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instruments recognizable during the transition period). € 1.8 billion of the legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instruments can still be recognized as Tier 2 capital under the fully loaded CRR/CRD rules. Additional Tier 1 instruments recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules amounted to € 4.65.7 billion as of December 31, 2019.2020. In 2019,2020, the bank issued AT1 notes amounting to U.S.$ 1.3 billion or an equivalent amount of € 1.2 billion. Furthermore, the bank redeemed one legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instrumentinstruments with a notional of U.S.$ 1.40.8 billion and an eligible equivalent amount of € 1.20.7 billion.

The total of our Tier 2 capital instruments as of December 31, 20192020 recognized during the transition period under CRR/CRD was € 6.0 billion. As of December 31, 2019, there were no legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instruments that are counted as Tier 2 capital under transitional rules. The gross notional6.9 billion (nominal value of the Tier 2 capital instruments was 7.4 billion.7.7 billion). Tier 2 instruments recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules amounted to € 7.86.6 billion as(nominal value of December 31, 2019 (including€ 7.4 billion). In 2020, the € 1.8 billion legacy Hybridbank issued Tier 12 capital instruments only recognizable as Additional Tier 1 capital during the transitional period).with a nominal value of U.S.$ 0.5 billion (equivalent amount of € 0.4 billion) and € 1.3 billion.

Minimum capital requirements and additional capital buffers

The Pillar 1 CET 1 minimum capital requirement applicable to the Group is 4.50 % of risk-weighted assets (RWA). The Pillar 1 total capital requirement of 8.00 % demands further resources that may be met with up to 1.50 % Additional Tier 1 capital and up to 2.00 % Tier 2 capital.

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in supervisory measures such as restrictions of profit distributions or limitations on certain businesses such as lending. We complied with the regulatory capital adequacy requirements in 2019.2020.

In addition to these minimum capital requirements, the following combined capital buffer requirements arewere fully effective beginning 20192020 onwards. The buffer requirements must be met in addition to the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirements, but can be drawn down in times of economic stress.


98

Deutsche Bank continues to be designated as a global systemically important institution (G-SII) by the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin) in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank, resulting in a G-SII buffer requirement of 2.00 % CET 1 capital of RWA in 2019. This is in line with the FSB assessment of systemic importance based on the indicators as published in 2018. According to the recent FSB assessment based on the indicators as published in 2019, the G-SII buffer requirement for Deutsche Bank is reduced to 1.50 %, which will become effective from January 1, 2021. We will continue to publish our indicators on our website.113

The capital conservation buffer is implemented in Section 10c German Banking Act, based on Article 129 CRD and equals a requirement of 2.50 % CET 1 capital of RWA in 20192020 and onwards.

The countercyclical capital buffer is deployed in a jurisdiction when excess credit growth is associated with an increase in system-wide risk. It may vary between 0 % and 2.50 % CET 1 capital of RWA by 2020. In exceptional cases, it could also be higher than 2.50 %. The institution-specific countercyclical buffer that applies to Deutsche Bank is the weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffers that apply in the jurisdictions where our relevant credit exposures are located. As per December 31, 2019,2020, the institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer was at 0.080.02 %.

In addition to the aforementioned buffers, national authorities, such as the BaFin, may require a systemic risk buffer to prevent and mitigate long-term non-cyclical systemic or macro-prudential risks that are not covered by the CRR. They can require an additional buffer of up to 5.00 % CET 1 capital of RWA. As of the year-end 2019,2020, no systemic risk buffer applied to Deutsche Bank.

Deutsche Bank continues to be designated as a global systemically important institution (G-SII) by the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin) in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank, resulting in a G-SII buffer requirement of 2.00 % CET 1 capital of RWA in 2020. This is in line with the FSB assessment of systemic importance based on the indicators as published in 2017. According to the recent FSB assessment based on the indicators as published in 2019, the G-SII buffer requirement for Deutsche Bank is reduced to 1.50 %, which will become effective from January 1, 2021. This assessment has been confirmed by the FSB in 2020. We will continue to publish our indicators on our website.

Additionally, Deutsche Bank AG has been classified by BaFin in agreement with the BaFinDeutsche Bundesbank as an Other Systemically Important Institution“other systemically important institution” (O-SII) with an additional capital buffer requirement of 2.00 % in 2020 that has to be met on a consolidated level. For Deutsche Bank, the O-SII buffer amounts to 2.00 % in 2019. Unless certain exceptions apply, only the higher of the systemic risk buffer, (as of December 31, 2019, not applicable), G-SII buffer and O-SII buffer must be applied.

In addition, pursuant to the Pillar 2 Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP), the European Central Bank (ECB) may impose capital requirements on individual banks which are more stringent than statutory requirements (so-called Pillar 2 requirement). On February 8, 2019, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision regarding prudential minimum capital requirements for 2019, following the results of the 2018 SREP. Beginning from January 1, 2019, the decision requires Deutsche Bank to maintain a CET 1 ratio, which as of December 31, 2019 is at least 11.83 % on a consolidated basis. This requirement on CET 1 capital comprises the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.50 %, the Pillar 2 requirement (SREP Add-on) of 2.75 %, the combined capital buffer requirement comprising of capital conservation buffer of 2.50 %, the countercyclical buffer of 0.08 % (as per December 31, 2019) and the G-SII capital buffer of 2.00 %. Correspondingly the requirements for Deutsche Bank's Tier 1 capital ratio were at 13.33 % and total capital ratio at 15.33 % as of December 31, 2019.

On December 9, 2019, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision regarding prudential minimum capital requirements for 2020 that applied from January 1, 2020 onwards, following the results of the 2019 SREP. The decision acknowledges the progress Deutsche Bank has made since the first SREP assessment in 2016, and requiresleading to a decrease in the ECB’s Pillar 2 Requirement (P2R) from 2.75   % to 2.50   % CET 1 capital of RWA, effective as of January 1, 2020. As a result, Deutsche Bank was required to maintain a CET1CET 1 ratio of at least 11.58 % on a consolidated basis, beginning on January 1, 2020. The decrease is attributable to the reduction in the ECB’s Pillar 2 requirement (SREP Add-on) from 2.75% to 2.50% which will become effective January 1, 2020. Thebasis. This CET 1 capital requirement comprisescomprised the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.50 %, the reducedlowered Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) of 2.50 %, the combined capital buffer requirement comprising of capital conservation buffer of 2.50 %, the countercyclical buffer (0.08of 0.08 % expected for beginningas of 2020)January 1 2020 (subject to changes throughout the year) and the G-SII buffer of 2.00 %. Correspondingly, 2020 requirements for Deutsche Bank's Tier 1 capital ratio arewere at 13.08 % and for its total capital ratio at 15.08 %. Also, following

On March 12, 2020, the resultsECB announced various supervisory measures in reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic. Related to that, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision to implement Article 104a of the 2019 SREP,Directive (EU) 2019/878 of the European Parliament (CRDV) with effect from March 12, 2020. The decision requires Deutsche Bank to fulfil its unchanged 2.50 % Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) with at least 56.25 % CET 1, 18.75 % Additional Tier 1 and 25 % Tier 2 capital. As of December 31, 2020, Deutsche Bank needs to maintain on a consolidated basis a CET 1 ratio of at least 10.42 %, a Tier 1 ratio of at least 12.39 % and a Total Capital ratio of at least 15.02 %. The CET 1 requirement comprises the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.50 %, the Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) of 1.41 %, the capital conservation buffer of 2.50 %, the countercyclical buffer (subject to changes throughout the year) of 0.02 % and the higher of our G-SII/O-SII buffer of 2.00 %. Correspondingly, the Tier 1 capital requirement includes additionally a Tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 1.50 % plus a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.47 %, and the Total Capital requirement includes further a Tier 2 minimum capital requirement of 2.00 % and a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.63 %. Also, the ECB communicated to Deutsche Bank anthat its individual expectation to hold a further Pillar 2 CET 1 capital add-on, commonly referred to as ‘Pillar 2 guidance’ will be seen as guidance only and until further notice a breach of this guidance will not trigger the Pillar 2 guidance. Theneed to provide a capital add-on pursuantrestoration plan or a need to the Pillar 2 guidance is separate from and in additionexecute measures to the Pillar 2 requirement.re-build CET 1 capital. The ECB has statedfurther communicated that once this period of financial distress is over, banks will be granted sufficient time to build up the buffers again.

In December 2020 the ECB informed Deutsche Bank that these capital requirements will remain unchanged in 2021 with no update of requirements as part of the 2020 SREP, for which, in light of the pandemic and the unique economic and financial situation it expects bankshas generated, and in line with the European Banking Authority’s (EBA’s) statement of April 22, 2020, the ECB has adopted a “pragmatic approach”, based on which in principle no new decisions are issued in the 2020 cycle with the 2019 SREP decisions continuing to meetapply, amended by the Pillar 2 guidance although it is not legally binding, and failureabove mentioned additional supervisory measures announced on March 12, 2020.

114

It should be noted that the Financial Stability Board has announced in 2019 that our G-SII buffer will be reduced to meet the Pillar 2 guidance1.5   % starting January 1, 2021. This does not lead to automatic restrictionschange the capital requirements as the O-SII buffer remains at 2.0   % as the higher of capital distributions.


99the G-SII, O-SII, and systemic risk buffer.

The following table gives an overview of the different Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 minimum capital requirements (but excluding the Pillar 2 guidance) as well as capital buffer requirements applicable to Deutsche Bank in thefor years 20192020 and 2020:2021:

Overview total capital requirements and capital buffers

2019

2020

2020

2021

Pillar 1

Minimum CET 1 requirement

4.50 %

4.50 %

4.50 %

4.50 %

Combined buffer requirement

4.58 %

4.58 %

4.52 %

4.52 %

Capital Conservation Buffer

2.50 %

2.50 %

2.50 %

2.50 %

Countercyclical Buffer

0.08 %

0.08 %1

0.02 %

0.02 %

Maximum of:

2.00 %

2.00 %

2.00 %

2.00 %

G-SII Buffer

2.00 %

2.00 %

2.00 %

1.50 %

O-SII Buffer

2.00 %

2.00 %

2.00 %

2.00 %

Systemic Risk Buffer

0.00 %

0.00 %

0.00 %

0.00 %

Pillar 2

Pillar 2 SREP Add-on of CET 1 capital (excluding the "Pillar 2" guidance)

2.75 %

2.50 %

2.50 %

2.50 %

of which covered by CET 1 capital

1.41 %

1.41 %

of which covered by Tier 1 capital

1.88 %

1.88 %

of which covered by Tier 2 capital

0.63 %

0.63 %

Total CET 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2³

11.83 %

11.58 %

10.42 %

10.42 %

Total Tier 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2

13.33 %

13.08 %

12.39 %

12.39 %

Total capital requirement from Pillar 1 and 2

15.33 %

15.08 %

15.02 %

15.02 %

1Deutsche Bank’s countercyclical buffer requirement is subject to country-specific buffer rates decreed by EBA and the Basel Committee of Banking Supervision (BCBS) as well as Deutsche Bank’s relevant credit exposures as per respective reporting date. The countercyclical buffer rate for 20202021 has been assumed to be 0.080.02 % as per beginning of the year 2020.2021. The countercyclical buffer is subject to changes throughout the year depending on its constituents.

2The systemic risk buffer has been assumed to remain at 0 % for the projected year 2020,2021, subject to changes based on further directives.

3 The total Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 CET 1 requirement (excluding the “Pillar 2” guidance) is calculated as the sum of the SREP requirement, the higher of the G-SII, O-SII and systemic risk buffer requirement as well as the countercyclical buffer requirement.

Further, assuming an unchanged regional portfolio structure of Deutsche Bank’s risk weighted assets, already known countercyclical buffer requirements as announced for Germany (0.25% as of July 1, 2020) and for United Kingdom (increasing from 1.0% to 2.0 % as of December 16, 2020), will increase our weighted countercyclical buffer requirement to approximately 0.23% by year end 2020. We note that the announced countercyclical buffer requirement is subject to changes throughout the year.

Development of Own Fundsown funds

Our CRR/CRD Tier 1Total Regulatory capital amounted to € 50.5 billion as of December 31, 2019,2020 amounted to € 58.5 billion compared to € 56.5 billion at the end of December 31, 2019. Our Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2020 amounted to € 51.5 billion, consisting of CETa Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital of € 44.144.7 billion and AT1Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital of € 6.46.8 billion. The Tier 1 capital was € 4.51.0 billion lowerhigher than at the end of 2018,December 31, 2019, driven by decreasean increase in CET 1 capital of € 3.30.6 billion and decreasean increase in AT1 capital of € 1.20.5 billion since year end 2018.2019.

The CET 1 capital decreaseincrease of € 3.30.6 billion was primarily driven by € 5.4 billion net loss attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components aslargely the result of December 31, 2019. The € 5.4 billion net loss was largely attributable to transformation-related deferred tax asset valuation adjustments andbenefits from the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets and these resulted in an offsetting positive counter-effect of € 3.4 billion in capital-termsregulatory changes. Our capital increased as respective deductions of goodwill and other intangible assets lowered by € 2.1 billion and for deferred tax assets by € 1.6 billion partly offset with negative effectdue to regulatory changes from 10% threshold related deductionsoftware assets due to an amended Art. 36 (1) (b) CRR. An additional increase of € 0.4 billion resulted from the regulatory requirement of valuing subsidiaries and participations that are only consolidated under IFRS at-equity rather than at-cost and a further increase of € 0.1 billion as of year-end 2020 as we make use of the IFRS 9 transitional provision as per Article 473a of the CRR. Our decreased regulatory adjustment of € 0.3 billion.billion from prudential filters (mainly additional value adjustments) were the result of a temporary change of the EBA technical standard on the aggregation methodology of prudential valuations following the disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and markets normalizing in the second half of 2020. Further decrease in our CET1 capital resulted fromincrease of € 0.3 billion was driven by re-measurement lossesgains related to defined benefit pension plan and unrealized gains from financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income of € 0.2 billion driven mainly by falling interest rates and narrowing credit spreads compared to 2019.

These positive impacts were partly offset by negative effects from Currency Translation Adjustments of € 1.7 billion with some positive foreign exchange counter-effects in capital deduction items of € 0.4 billion. Furthermore our CET 1 capital decreased by € 0.7 billion from a deduction as per ECB’s supervisory recommendation for prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures and capital deduction related€ 0.3 billion due to regular ECB review, which aspayment of December 31, 2019 was € 0.4 billion. Inour AT1 coupon in the second quarter of 2019, our CET 1 capital was reduced by € 0.6 billion due to the payment of our common share dividends for the financial year 2018 (€ 0.11/share following the Annual General Meeting) and the yearly AT1 coupon payment,2020 which was partially offset by year end 2018 dividend and AT1 accruals of € 0.3 billion following Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and as per ECB decision (EU) 2015/4. Since we did not include an interim profitaccrued in our CET   1 capital as a consequence of the negative net income in financial year 2019 no AT1 coupons were accrued in CET 1 capital in accordance withfollowing Article 26 (2) CRR.26(2) of Regulation (EU) No   575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

The € 1.20.5 billion decreaseincrease in AT1 capital was mainly the result of an issued AT1 capital instruments with a notional amount of U.S.$ 1.3 billion (€ 1.2 billion) during the first quarter of 2020 partially offset by call and redemption of one Legacy Hybridlegacy hybrid Tier   1 instrument, recognizable as AT1 capital during the transition period, with a notional amount of € 1.20.7 billion in the fourthsecond quarter of 2019.2020.

115

Our fully loaded CRR/CRDTotal Regulatory capital as of December 31, 2020 was € 57.1 billion, compared to € 56.5 billion at the end of December 31, 2019. Our fully loaded Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 20192020 was € 48.750.4 billion, compared to € 52.148.7 billion at the end of 2018.December 31, 2019. Our fully loaded Additional Tier 1AT1 capital amounted to € 5.7 billion as of December 31, 2020 which increased compared to € 4.6 billion as perat the end of December 31, 2019 unchanged compareddue to year end 2018.the above mentioned issuance. Our CET 1 capital amounted to € 44.144.7 billion as of December 31, 2019,2020, compared to € 47.544.1 billion asat the end of December 31, 2018.2019.

100Please note: In our CET 1 capital amounting to € 44.7 billion at December 31, 2020, we reflected a full year profit of € 84   million in line with ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 and Article 26(2) CRR. If we would have considered a dividend payment of zero, which is expected for the financial year 2020, our CET   1 capital would have amounted to €   44.9 billion. On the basis of this revised CET1 capital our key regulatory metrics would have amounted to the following: CET   1 ratio 13.6   %, Tier 1 ratio 15.7   %, Total Capital ratio 17.8   %, fully loaded Leverage Ratio 4.7   %, TLAC ratio 32.0   % and MREL 10.3   %. In order to comply with recent EBA/ECB guidance we will provide an updated Pillar 3 Report in 2021.

116

Own Funds Template (incl. RWA and capital ratios)

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

CRR/CRD fully-loaded

CRR/CRD

CRR/CRD fully loaded

CRR/CRD

CRR/CRD fully-loaded3

CRR/CRD

CRR/CRD fully loaded3

CRR/CRD

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: instruments and reserves

Capital instruments, related share premium accounts and other reserves

45,780

45,780

45,515

45,515

45,890

45,890

45,780

45,780

Retained earnings

14,814

14,814

16,297

16,297

9,784

9,784

14,814

14,814

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

537

537

382

382

(1,118)

(1,118)

537

537

Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend1

(5,390)

(5,390)

0

0

84

84

(5,390)

(5,390)

Other

837

837

846

846

805

805

837

837

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments

56,579

56,579

63,041

63,041

55,444

55,444

56,579

56,579

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: regulatory adjustments

Additional value adjustments (negative amount)

(1,738)

(1,738)

(1,504)

(1,504)

(1,430)

(1,430)

(1,738)

(1,738)

Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments)

(150)

(150)

(329)

(329)

(112)

(112)

(150)

(150)

Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

(6,515)

(6,515)

(8,566)

(8,566)

(4,635)

(4,635)

(6,515)

(6,515)

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (negative amount)

(1,126)

(1,126)

(2,758)

(2,758)

(1,353)

(1,353)

(1,126)

(1,126)

Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts

(259)

(259)

(367)

(367)

(99)

(99)

(259)

(259)

Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

(892)

(892)

(1,111)

(1,111)

(772)

(772)

(892)

(892)

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own CET 1 instruments (negative amount)

(15)

(15)

(25)

(25)

0

0

(15)

(15)

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10 % / 15 % thresholds and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (amount above the 10 % / 15 % thresholds) (negative amount)

(319)

(319)

0

0

(92)

(92)

(319)

(319)

Other regulatory adjustments2

(1,417)

(1,417)

(895)

(895)

(2,252)

(2,252)

(1,417)

(1,417)

Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital

(12,430)

(12,430)

(15,555)

(15,555)

(10,745)

(10,745)

(12,430)

(12,430)

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital

44,148

44,148

47,486

47,486

44,700

44,700

44,148

44,148

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments

Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

4,676

4,676

4,676

4,676

5,828

5,828

4,676

4,676

Amount of qualifying items referred to in Art. 484 (4) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1

N/M

1,813

N/M

3,009

N/M

1,100

N/M

1,813

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments

4,676

6,489

4,676

7,685

5,828

6,928

4,676

6,489

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative amount)

(91)

(91)

(80)

(80)

(80)

(80)

(91)

(91)

Residual amounts deducted from AT1 capital with regard to deduction from CET 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to Art. 472 CRR

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

Other regulatory adjustments

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

(91)

(91)

(80)

(80)

(80)

(80)

(91)

(91)

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

4,584

6,397

4,595

7,604

5,748

6,848

4,584

6,397

Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET 1 + AT1)

48,733

50,546

52,082

55,091

50,448

51,548

48,733

50,546

Tier 2 (T2) capital

7,7703

5,957

9,211

6,202

6,623

6,944

7,770

5,957

Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)

56,5033

56,503

61,292

61,292

57,071

58,492

56,503

56,503

Total risk-weighted assets

324,015

324,015

350,432

350,432

328,951

328,951

324,015

324,015


Capital ratios

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

13.6

13.6

13.6

13.6

13.6

13.6

13.6

13.6

Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

15.0

15.6

14.9

15.7

15.3

15.7

15.0

15.6

Total capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

17.43

17.4

17.5

17.5

17.3

17.8

17.4

17.4

N/M – Not meaningful

1 No interim profits to beFull year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

2 Includes € 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review, and 0.80.9 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards. onwards and € 0.7 billion capital deduction effective from December 2020 based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures. Effective June 30, 2020, we make use of the IFRS 9 transitional provision as per Article 473a of the CRR resulting in CET 1 increase of € 0.1 billion as of December 31, 2020.

3 TheFor the understanding of the term “fully loaded” is defined“fully-loaded” please refer to our definition as excluding the transitional arrangements for own funds introduced by the CRR/CRD applicable until June 26, 2019. The grandfathered instruments are recognized under AT1 instruments under transitional rule until endprovided in section “Own Funds” of 2021. However starting 2022 these instruments will be de-recognized from regulatory capital based on CRR/CRD regulations which is effective from June 27, 2019 and which will reduce the “fully loaded” Tier2 capital by € 2.1 billion.this report.

101117

Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity to Own Funds

CRR/CRD

CRR/CRD

in € m.

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet

55,857

62,495

Deconsolidation/Consolidation of entities

(116)

(33)

Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet (IASB IFRS)

54,774

55,857

Difference between equity per IASB IFRS / EU IFRS4

12

0

Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet (EU IFRS)

54,786

55,857

Deconsolidation/Consolidation of entities3

265

(116)

Of which:

Additional paid-in capital

(12)

(12)

0

(12)

Retained earnings

(220)

(150)

265

(220)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

116

130

0

116

Total shareholders' equity per regulatory balance sheet

55,741

62,462

55,050

55,741

Minority Interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET 1)

837

846

805

837

Accrual for dividend and AT1 coupons1

0

(267)

(411)

0

Reversal of deconsolidation/consolidation of the position Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, during transitional period

0

0

0

0

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments

56,579

63,041

55,444

56,579

Additional value adjustments

(1,738)

(1,504)

(1,430)

(1,738)

Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments)

(150)

(329)

(112)

(150)

Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealized gains and losses pursuant to Art. 467 and 468 CRR

0

0

0

0

Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

(6,515)

(8,566)

(4,635)

(6,515)

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability

(1,445)

(2,758)

(1,445)

(1,445)

Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

(892)

(1,111)

(772)

(892)

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities

0

0

0

0

Other regulatory adjustments2

(1,692)

(1,287)

(2,351)

(1,692)

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

44,148

47,486

44,700

44,148

1 No interim profits to beFull year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

2 Includes € 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review, € 0.80.9 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards, € 0.30.1 billion negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts and € 15 million0.7 billion capital deduction effective from Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institutionDecember 2020 based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential provisioning of own CET1 instruments.non-performing exposures. Effective June 30, 2020, we make use of the IFRS 9 transitional provision as per Article 473a of the CRR resulting in CET 1 increase of € 0.1 billion as of December 31, 2020.

3 Includes € 0.4 billion increase due to regulatory changes from cost to at-equity treatment of subsidiaries and participations that are only consolidated under IFRS.

4Differences in “equity per balance sheet” result entirely from deviations in profit (loss) after taxes due to the application of EU carve-out rules as set forth in the chapter "Basis of preparation/impact of changes in accounting principles". These rules were initially applied in the first quarter 2020.

Development of Own Funds

CRR/CRD

CRR/CRD

in € m.

twelve months ended Dec 31, 2019

twelve months ended Dec 31, 2018

twelve months ended Dec 31, 2020

twelve months ended Dec 31, 2019

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital - opening amount

47,486

50,808

44,148

47,486

Common shares, net effect

0

0

0

0

Additional paid-in capital

253

327

113

253

Retained earnings

(6,873)

(662)

854

(6,873)

Common shares in treasury, net effect/(+) sales (–) purchase

11

(6)

(3)

11

Movements in accumulated other comprehensive income

155

(134)

(1,655)

155

Accrual for dividend and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) coupons ¹

0

(267)

(411)

0

Additional value adjustments

(234)

(299)

308

(234)

Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

2,051

(1,850)

1,880

2,051

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excluding those arising from temporary differences)

1,632

(355)

(227)

1,632

Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts

108

41

160

108

Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

219

(211)

119

219

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities

0

0

0

0

Securitization positions not included in risk-weighted assets

0

0

0

0

Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10 % and 15 % threshold, net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met)

(319)

0

227

(319)

Other, including regulatory adjustments

(341)

95

(814)

(341)

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital - closing amount

44,148

47,486

44,700

44,148

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) Capital – opening amount

7,604

6,823

6,397

7,604

New Additional Tier 1 eligible capital issues

0

0

1,134

0

Matured and called instruments

(1,210)

(1,008)

(713)

(1,210)

Transitional arrangements

0

1,730

0

0

Of which:

Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities)

0

1,679

0

0

Other, including regulatory adjustments

3

59

30

3

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) Capital – closing amount

6,397

7,604

6,848

6,397

Tier 1 capital

50,546

55,091

51,548

50,546

Tier 2 (T2) capital – closing amount

5,957

6,202

6,944

5,957

Total regulatory capital

56,503

61,292

58,492

56,503

1 No interim profits to beFull year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

102118

Minimum loss coverage for Non Performing Exposure (NPE)

In April 2019, the EU published final regulations for a prudential backstop reserve for non-performing exposure (NPE), which will result in a Pillar 1 deduction from CET 1 capital when a minimum loss coverage requirement is not met. It is applied to exposures originated and defaulted after April 26, 2019

In addition, in March 2018, the ECB published its “Addendum to the ECB Guidance to banks on non-performing loans: supervisory expectations for prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures” and in August 2019, its “Communication on supervisory coverage expectations for NPEs”.

The ECB guidance issued is applicable to all newly defaulted loans after April 1, 2018 and, similar to the EU rules, it requires banks to take measures in case a minimum impairment coverage requirement is not met. Within the annual SREP discussions ECB may impose Pillar 2 measures on banks in case ECB is not confident with measure taken by the individual bank.

For the year end 2020, we introduced a framework to determine the prudential provisioning of non-performing exposure as a Pillar   2 measure as requested in the before mentioned ECB’s guidance and SREP recommendation.

The shortfall between the minimum loss coverage requirements for non-performing exposure and the risk reserves recorded in line with the IFRS   9 for defaulted (Stage   3) assets amounted to € 740 million as of December 31, 2020 and was deducted from CET   1. This additional CET   1 charge can be considered as additional loss reserve and leads to a € 499 million RWA relief.

Non-performing exposure loss coverage

Dec 31, 2020

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Exposure value

Total minimum coverage requirement

Available coverage

Applicable amount of insufficient coverage

Corporate Bank

2,852

377

1,058

63

Investment Bank

13,510

7,816

10,574

255

Private Bank

6,123

1,269

2,011

361

Asset Management

0

0

0

0

Capital Release Unit

422

183

182

60

Corporate & Other

1

1

0

1

Total

22,907

9,646

13,825

740

Development of risk-weighted assets

The table below provides an overview of RWA broken down by risk type and business division. They includeIt includes the aggregated effects of the segmental reallocation of infrastructure related positions, if applicable, as well as reallocations between the segments.

Risk-weighted assets by risk type and business division

Dec 31, 2020

in € m.

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total

Credit Risk

50,799

70,746

68,353

6,224

7,214

19,371

222,708

Settlement Risk

0

0

0

0

1

54

56

Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)

75

6,302

92

198

1,599

125

8,392

Market Risk

385

24,323

548

31

1,470

2,139

28,897

Operational Risk

6,029

27,115

8,081

3,544

24,130

0

68,899

Total

57,288

128,487

77,074

9,997

34,415

21,690

328,951

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total

Credit Risk

48,633

69,507

66,925

4,873

13,155

17,967

221,060

Settlement Risk

0

192

0

0

6

44

242

Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)

48

2,009

103

56

2,450

17

4,683

Market Risk

530

20,390

89

28

4,331

0

25,368

Operational Risk

7,312

26,525

8,325

4,570

25,931

0

72,662

Total

56,522

118,622

75,442

9,527

45,874

18,029

324,015

Dec 31, 2018

in € m.

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total

Credit Risk

48,059

63,981

59,564

5,236

20,028

15,958

212,827

Settlement Risk

0

2

0

0

37

47

86

Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)

33

3,363

195

111

4,254

40

7,997

Market Risk

438

24,923

89

0

12,085

0

37,535

Operational Risk

9,632

32,141

9,460

5,017

35,739

0

91,989

Total

58,162

124,410

69,308

10,365

72,144

16,045

350,432

119

Our RWA were € 324.0329.0 billion as of December 31, 2019,2020, compared to € 350.4324.0 billion at the end of 2018.2019. The decreaseincrease of € 26.44.9 billion was primarily driven by lowerhigher RWA for credit valuation adjustment, market risk and credit risk, partially offset by decreased RWA for operational risk. CVA RWA increased by € 3.7 billion as a result of model-related changes. Market risk RWA increased by € 3.5 billion and marketwas primarily driven by the incremental risk charge and the model change from a Monte Carlo simulation to a historical simulation for VaR and SVaR components. The increase in credit risk RWA by € 1.6 billion was driven by the introduction of the new framework for securitization positions, impacts on rating migrations on the back of the repercussion of the prevailing COVID-19 pandemic, method changes for software assets and certain equity investments as well as exposure increases across all businesses. This is partly offset by increased RWA for credit risk.positive impacts due to application of the “quick fix” amendment of the CRR (Regulation (EU) 2020/873) in relation to certain small or medium-sized enterprise (SME) exposures, where risk weight-reducing scaling factors were applied. Moreover, the decommissioning of our dilution risk model, benefits from the non-performing loan (NPL) backstop implementation as well as de-risking initiatives contributed to this offset. The operational risk RWA reduction byof19.33.8 billion was mainly driven by a more favourable development of our internal loss profile feeding into our capital model refinements as well as better internal anda model change roll-out of the external loss profiles. The market risk RWA reduction of € 12.2 billion primarily resulted from decreasesdata classification in risk exposures withinalignment with recent regulatory requirements. This was partially offset by the different components stemming from de-risking activities acrossreduced expected loss deductible and the year. Furthermore CVA RWA decreased by € 3.3 billion as a result of methodology-related changes and decreases in risk exposures. The credit risk RWA increased by € 8.2 billion from business growth in our core businesses as well asadverse impact on the introduction of IFRS 16 and FX related movements of € 2.1 billion. Additionally, the credit risk RWA increase reflects methodology and regulatory updates along with parameter recalibrations. forward looking component.

The tables below provide an analysis of key drivers for risk-weighted asset movements observed for credit risk, credit valuation adjustments as well as market and operational risk in the reporting period. They also show the corresponding movements in capital requirements, derived from the RWA by an 8 % capital ratio.

Development of risk-weighted assets for Credit Risk including Counterparty Credit Risk

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Credit risk RWA balance, beginning of year

212,827

17,026

214,142

17,131

221,060

17,685

212,827

17,026

Book size

3,192

255

4,086

327

4,659

373

3,192

255

Book quality

(4,700)

(376)

(3,314)

(265)

1,160

93

(4,700)

(376)

Model updates

4,867

389

(1,357)

(109)

(2,072)

(166)

4,867

389

Methodology and policy

2,693

215

(976)

(78)

6,542

523

2,693

215

Acquisition and disposals

(300)

(24)

(1,653)

(132)

(1,672)

(134)

(300)

(24)

Foreign exchange movements

2,069

166

2,536

203

(7,237)

(579)

2,069

166

Other

413

33

(637)

(51)

268

21

413

33

Credit risk RWA balance, end of year

221,060

17,685

212,827

17,026

222,708

17,817

221,060

17,685

103

Of which: Development of risk-weighted assets for Counterparty Credit Risk

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Counterparty credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Counterparty credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Counterparty credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Counterparty credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Counterparty credit risk RWA balance, beginning of year

25,282

2,023

33,924

2,714

23,698

1,896

25,282

2,023

Book size

(1,708)

(137)

(8,235)

(659)

1,784

143

(1,708)

(137)

Book quality

(12)

(1)

104

8

(594)

(48)

(12)

(1)

Model updates

318

25

(850)

(68)

(643)

(51)

318

25

Methodology and policy

(507)

(41)

0

0

669

54

(507)

(41)

Acquisition and disposals

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange movements

326

26

339

27

(1,100)

(88)

326

26

Other

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Counterparty credit risk RWA balance, end of year

23,698

1,896

25,282

2,023

23,814

1,905

23,698

1,896

The classifications of key drivers for the RWA credit risk development table are fully aligned with the recommendations of the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF). Organic changes in our portfolio size and composition are considered in the category “Book“book size”. The category “Book“book quality” mainly represents the effects from portfolio rating migrations, loss given default, model parameter recalibrations as well as collateral and netting coverage activities. “Model updates” include model refinements and advanced model roll out. RWA movements resulting from externally, regulatory-driven changes, e.g. applying new regulations, are considered in the “Methodology“methodology and policy” section. “Acquisition and disposals” is reserved to show significant exposure movements which can be clearly assigned to new businesses or disposal-related activities. Changes that cannot be attributed to the above categories are reflected in the category “Other”“other”.

120

The increase in RWA for credit risk by 3.90.7 % or € 8.21.6 billion since December 31, 20182019 is mainly driven by methodologythe categories “methodology and policypolicy”, “book size” as well as model“book quality” related changes offset by FX related movements, changes shown in the categories “model updates” and book size.“acquisition and disposals”. The category “Methodology“methodology and policy” reflects mainly updates to the impactframework for securitization positions, regulatory prudent valuation of software assets and the introductionchanged treatment of IFRS 16. The category “Model updates” reflectsequity investments. This was partly offset by the outcome ofbenefit from the Asset Quality Review and refinements to our risk model methods based on regulatory updates.non-performing loan (NPL) backstop implementation. The increase in the category “Book“book size” reflects business growth in our core Business segments, in addition to an increase resulting from foreign exchange movements. Thesebusiness segments. The category “book quality” includes increases were partly offset by the category “Book quality” which includes reductions resulting from parameter recalibrations and data enhancements. These increases were partly offset by a decrease resulting from foreign exchange movements. The category “model updates” reflects the decommissioning of our dilution risk model and further refinements to our risk models based on regulatory parameter updates. Furthermore, “Acquisition“acquisition and disposals” provides thefor a reduction in credit risk RWA which is related to the partial sale ofparticularly within Private Bank and our Portugal retail business.Capital Release Unit.

The decreaseincrease in counterparty credit risk is mainly driven by trade terminations“book size” reflecting growth across core businesses as well as data“methodology and collateral enhancements across the businesses.policy”-related updates for collateral. This was offset by changes to “model updates” particularly on concentration risk as well as “book quality”. In addition the category “Methodology and policy”foreign exchange movements contributed to the overall decrease which includes the impact from refinements in the accounting treatment for derivatives.offset.

Based on the CRR/CRD regulatory framework, we are required to calculate RWA using the CVA which takes into account the credit quality of our counterparties. RWA for CVA covers the risk of mark-to-market losses on the expected counterparty risk in connection with OTC derivative exposures. We calculate the majority of the CVA based on our own internal model as approved by the BaFin.

Development of risk-weighted assets for Credit Valuation Adjustment

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

CVA RWA

Capital requirements

CVA RWA

Capital requirements

CVA RWA

Capital requirements

CVA RWA

Capital requirements

CVA RWA balance, beginning of year

7,997

640

6,451

516

4,683

374

7,997

640

Movement in risk levels

(1,423)

(114)

(770)

(62)

(3,338)

(267)

(1,423)

(114)

Market data changes and recalibrations

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Model updates

0

0

0

0

5,787

463

0

0

Methodology and policy

(1,891)

(151)

2,028

162

1,260

101

(1,891)

(151)

Acquisitions and disposals

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange movements

0

0

288

23

0

0

0

0

CVA RWA balance, end of year

4,683

374

7,997

640

8,392

671

4,683

374

The development of CVA RWA is broken down into a number of categories: “Movement in risk levels”, which includes changes to the portfolio size and composition; “Market data changes and calibrations”, which includes changes in market data levels and volatilities as well as recalibrations; “Model updates” refers to changes to either the IMM credit exposure models or the value-at-risk models that are used for CVA RWA; “Methodology and policy” relates to changes to the regulation. Any significant business acquisitions or disposals would be presented in the category with that name.


104

As of December 31, 2019,2020, the RWA for CVA amounted to € 4.78.4 billion, representing a decreasean increase of € 3.33.7 billion (41(79 %) compared with € 8.04.7 billion for December 31, 2018.2019. The overall decreaseincrease was primarily driven by methodology/policy changes and de-riskingmodel enhancements linked to the introduction of the portfolio.Historical Simulation VaR in 2020, and increased volatility observed due to the COVID-19 market turbulence and additional hedging activity.

Development of risk-weighted assets for Market Risk

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2020

in € m.

VaR

SVaR

IRC

CRM

Other

Total RWA

Total capital requirements

VaR

SVaR

IRC

Other

Total RWA

Total capital requirements

Market risk RWA balance, beginning of year

5,368

16,426

10,068

0

5,673

37,535

3,003

4,273

13,734

4,868

2,493

25,368

2,029

Movement in risk levels

(1,021)

(1,879)

(5,222)

0

(2,973)

(11,095)

(888)

(4,775)

(2,397)

2,698

570

(3,902)

(311)

Market data changes and recalibrations

(81)

0

0

0

(315)

(396)

(32)

4,237

0

0

(131)

4,105

328

Model updates/changes

7

(813)

22

0

0

(784)

(63)

(107)

547

(561)

0

(121)

(10)

Methodology and policy

0

0

0

0

120

120

10

8,481

(4,901)

0

(15)

3,565

285

Acquisitions and disposals

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange movements

0

0

0

0

(11)

(11)

(1)

0

0

0

(118)

(118)

(9)

Other

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Market risk RWA balance, end of year

4,273

13,734

4,868

0

2,493

25,368

2,029

12,109

6,983

7,005

2,799

28,897

2,312

Dec 31, 2018

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

VaR

SVaR

IRC

CRM

Other

Total RWA

Total capital requirements

VaR

SVaR

IRC

Other

Total RWA

Total capital requirements

Market risk RWA balance, beginning of year

4,380

10,896

9,871

56

5,763

30,966

2,477

5,368

16,426

10,068

5,673

37,535

3,003

Movement in risk levels

799

4,562

1,174

(3)

903

7,435

595

(1,021)

(1,879)

(5,222)

(2,973)

(11,095)

(888)

Market data changes and recalibrations

(51)

0

0

0

(165)

(215)

(17)

(81)

0

0

(315)

(396)

(32)

Model updates/changes

108

431

80

0

(200)

420

34

7

(813)

22

0

(784)

(63)

Methodology and policy

131

537

(1,057)

(53)

(500)

(941)

(75)

0

0

0

120

120

10

Acquisitions and disposals

0

0

0

0

(223)

(223)

(18)

0

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange movements

0

0

0

0

94

94

8

0

0

0

(11)

(11)

(1)

Other

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Market risk RWA balance, end of year

5,368

16,426

10,068

0

5,673

37,535

3,003

4,273

13,734

4,868

2,493

25,368

2,029

121

The analysis for market risk covers movements in our internal models for value-at-risk (VaR), stressed value-at-risk (SvaR)(SVaR), incremental risk charge (IRC) and comprehensive risk measure (CRM) as well as results from the market risk standardized approach (MRSA), which areis captured in the table under the category “Other”. TheMRSA is used to determine the regulatory capital charge for the specific market risk standardized approach coversof trading book securitizations, for certain types of investment funds and nth-to-default derivatives,for longevity exposures, relevant Collective Investment Undertakings and market risk RWA from Postbank.as set out in CRR/CRD regulations.

The market risk RWA movements due to changes in market data levels, volatilities, correlations, liquidity and ratings are included under the “Market data changes and recalibrations” category. Changes to our market risk RWA internal models, such as methodology enhancements or risk scope extensions, are included in the category of “Model updates”. In the “Methodology and policy” category we reflect regulatory driven changes to our market risk RWA models and calculations. Significant new businesses and disposals would be assigned to the line item “Acquisition and disposals”. The impacts of “Foreign exchange movements” are only calculated for the CRM and Standardized approach methods.

As of December 31, 20192020 the RWA for market risk was € 25.428.9 billion which has decreasedincreased by €12.2€ 3.5 billion (-32(+14 %) since December 31, 2018.2019. The reductionincrease was driven by the “Market data changes and recalibrations” category across value-at-risk driven by the COVID-19 related market volatility and by the “Methodology and policy” category driven by the go-live of Historical Simulation model. The offset from the "Movement in risk levels" category. De-risking activity, particularly followingcategory across value-at-risk and stressed value-at-risk reflect the changeportfolio de-risking activities over 2020; while an increase in strategy in the second half of the year, led to lower levels of exposure that can be seen across of all the Market Risk components. Incrementalincremental risk charge has the greatest reduction, partly impactedwas driven by a high level at the end of December 2018 due to Asianincreases in sovereign exposures that were soon exited. Large reductions were also seen in stressed value-at-risk and the market risk standardized component for securitization positions.exposures.

Development of risk-weighted assets for operational risk

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Operational risk RWA

Capital requirements

Operational risk RWA

Capital requirements

Operational risk RWA

Capital requirements

Operational risk RWA

Capital requirements

Operational risk RWA balance, beginning of year

91,989

7,359

91,610

7,329

72,662

5,813

91,989

7,359

Loss profile changes (internal and external)

(8,185)

(655)

(2,847)

(228)

(4,677)

(374)

(8,185)

(655)

Expected loss development

1,747

140

5,407

433

1,164

93

1,747

140

Forward looking risk component

1,879

150

484

39

533

43

1,879

150

Model updates

(14,768)

(1,181)

(2,666)

(213)

(784)

(63)

(14,768)

(1,181)

Methodology and policy

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Acquisitions and disposals

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Operational risk RWA balance, end of year

72,662

5,813

91,989

7,359

68,899

5,512

72,662

5,813

105

Changes in internal and external loss events are reflected in the category “Loss profile changes”. The category “Expected loss development” is based on divisional business plans as well as historical losses and is deducted from the AMA capital figure within certain constraints. The category “Forward looking risk component” reflects qualitative adjustments and, as such, the effectiveness and performance of the day-to-day operational risk management activities via NFR appetite metrics and RCA scores, focusing on the business environment and internal control factors. The category “Model updates” covers model refinements, such as the implementation of model changes. The category “Methodology and policy” represents externally driven changes such as regulatory add-ons. The category “Acquisition and disposals” represents significant exposure movements which can be clearly assigned to new or disposed businesses.

The overall RWA decrease of € 19.33.8 billion was driven by several effects. A reduced litigation intensity throughout the industry as well as provision and legal forecast levels below previous years for Deutsche Bank led to a lighter loss profile feeding into our capital model. These loss profile changes (internal and external) reduced our RWA for Operational Risk by € 8.24.7 billion.

Moreover, three main drivers necessitated model updates: new regulations, such as the AMA Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS), de-risking before and during the Group’s transformation, as well as improved capture of risk profile (including improved model inputs related to financial planning, the risk appetite framework, and the risk and control assessments). These resulted in an overallThe RWA decrease of € 14.8 billion. Specifically, the0.8 billion from model updates aligned our expected loss deductible withwas largely driven by the AMA RTS and more granular financial planning, adjusted ourfull roll-out of the external loss data selectionclassification process, which we had started to introduce in 2019. Two other model updates with smaller capital impact enhanced and simplified our methodology for the Group’s reducedsub-allocation of OR RWA within business footprintdivisions and aligned the application of inflation adjustment with theour OR event frequency dependence modelling to AMA RTS.EBA Regulatory Technical Standard requirements.

The decreases outlined above lead to a related reduction in the capital reducing components, in particular the expected loss deductible and the forward looking component. The expected loss deductible reduction was additionally driven by a positive outlook of operational risk loss development, leading to an RWA increase of € 1.71.2 billion. The forward looking component was additionally adversely impacted by slightly weaker riskNFR appetite metrics and risk assessmentRCA scores, resulting in an RWA increase of € 1.90.5 billion.

Economic Capital

Economic Capital Adequacy

Our internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) aims at maintaining the continuity of Deutsche Bank on an ongoing basis. We assess our internal capital adequacy from an economic perspective as the ratio of our economic capital supply divided by our internal economic capital demand as shown in the table below.

122

Total economic capital supply and demand

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Components of economic capital supply

Shareholders' equity

55,857

62,495

54,786

55,857

Noncontrolling interests¹

953

900

880

953

AT1 coupons accruals

(222)

(218)

(242)

(222)

Gain on sale of securitisations, cash flow hedges

(23)

(26)

(11)

(23)

Fair value gains on own debt and debt valuation adjustments, subject to own credit risk

(127)

(304)

(100)

(127)

Additional valuation adjustments

(1,738)

(1,504)

(1,430)

(1,738)

Intangible assets

(7,029)

(9,141)

(3,463)

(7,029)

IFRS deferred tax assets excl. temporary differences

(1,254)

(3,090)

(1,503)

(1,254)

Expected loss shortfall

(259)

(367)

(99)

(259)

Defined benefit pension fund assets2

(892)

(1,111)

Defined benefit pension fund assets

(772)

(892)

Holdings of own common equity tier 1 capital instruments

(0)

(11)

0

(0)

Other adjustments3

(1,417)

(1,122)

Additional tier 1 equity instruments4

3,732

4,675

Other adjustments²

(1,566)

(1,417)

Additional tier 1 equity instruments³

4,659

3,732

Economic capital supply

47,581

51,176

51,138

47,581

Components of economic capital demand

Credit risk

10,757

10,610

11,636

10,757

Market risk

11,767

10,341

10,894

11,767

Operational risk

5,813

7,359

5,512

5,813

Business risk

6,374

4,758

5,949

6,374

Diversification benefit

(5,535)

(6,960)

(5,429)

(5,535)

Total economic capital demand

29,176

26,108

28,560

29,176

Economic capital adequacy ratio

163 %

196 %

179 %

163 %

1 Includes noncontrolling interest up to the economic capital requirement for each subsidiary.

2Reported as net assets (assets minus liabilities) of pension funds with overfunding.
3 Includes € 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review and € 0.80.9 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards.

43 Decrease in additional tierDe-recognition of Additional Tier 1 equity instruments reflects methodology change to phase out their recognition infrom economic capital supply.supply temporarily paused during 2020.

106

The economic capital adequacy ratio was 179 % as of December 31, 2020, compared with 163 % as of December 31, 2019, compared with 196 % as of December 31, 2018.2019. The change in the ratio was mainly due to an increase in capital demandsupply and a decrease in capital supply.demand. The economic capital supply decreasedincreased by € 3.6 billion mainlyand was primarily driven by the net losslower capital deductions of intangible assets of € 5.43.6 billion attributablewhich mainly reflects the methodology decision to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components as of December 31, 2019. The € 5.4 billion net loss was largely attributable to transformation-related deferred tax asset valuation adjustments and the impairment of goodwill and other intangiblerecognize software assets and these resulted in an offsetting positive counter-effect of € 3.9 billion in capital-terms as respective deduction items for goodwill and other intangible assets decreased by € 2.1 billion and for deferred tax assets by € 1.8 billion. Further decrease in our economic capital supply resulted fromand the decrease in prudential filters (additional valuation adjustment) of € 0.3 billion which were the result of a temporary change of the EBA technical standard on the aggregation methodology changeof prudential valuations following the disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and markets normalizing in the fourth quartersecond half of 2019 to gradually phase out2020. Additionally, capital increased from the recognition of additional tiernewly issued Additional Tier 1 equitycapital instruments of € 0.9 billion re-measurement losses related to defined benefit pension plansduring the first quarter of 2020. These positive impacts were partly offset by reduction of € 0.81.1 billion and additional capital deductionfrom our IFRS shareholders’ equity mainly due to negative effects from Currency Translation Adjustments of € 0.41.7 billion related to regular ECB review. In the second quarterwith some positive offset from our net income of 2019, shareholder’s dividend for the financial year 2018 (€ 0.11/share following the Annual General Meeting) and the yearly AT1 coupon payment were paid out which were offset by corresponding accruals.€ 0.5 billion. The increasedecrease in capital demand was driven by higherlower economic capital demand as explained in the section “Risk Profile”.

The above capital adequacy measures apply to the consolidated Deutsche Bank Group as a whole and form an integral part of our risk and capital management framework.

Leverage Ratioratio

We manage our balance sheet on a Group level and, where applicable, locally in each region. In the allocation of financial resources we favor business portfolios with the highest positive impact on our profitability and shareholder value. We monitor and analyze balance sheet developments and track certain market-observed balance sheet ratios. Based on this we trigger discussion and management action by the Group Risk Committee (GRC).

Leverage Ratio according to CRR/CRD framework

The non-risk based leverage ratio is intended to act as a supplementary measure to the risk based capital requirements. Its objectives are to constrain the build-up of leverage in the banking sector, helping avoid destabilizing deleveraging processes which can damage the broader financial system and the economy, and to reinforce the risk based requirements with a simple, non-risk based “backstop” measure.

A minimum leverage ratio requirement of 3 % was introduced that will be effective starting with June 28, 2021. From January 1, 20222023 an additional leverage ratio buffer requirement of 50 % of the applicable G-SIB buffer rate will apply. It is currently expected that this additional requirement will equal 0.75 %.

123

We calculate our leverage ratio exposure in accordance with Article 429 of the CRR as per Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/62 of October 10, 2014 published in the Official Journal of the European Union on January 17, 2015.2015 and amended by Regulation (EU) 2020/873 published in the Official Journal of the European Union on June 24, 2020.

Our total leverage ratio exposure includes derivatives, securities financing transactions (SFTs), off-balance sheet exposure and other on-balance sheet exposure (excluding derivatives and SFTs).

The leverage exposure for derivatives is calculated by using the regulatory mark-to-market method for derivatives comprising the current replacement cost plus a regulatory defined add-on for the potential future exposure. Variation margin received in cash from counterparties is deducted from the current replacement cost portion of the leverage ratio exposure measure and variation margin paid to counterparties is deducted from the leverage ratio exposure measure related to receivables recognized as an asset on the balance sheet, provided certain conditions are met. Deductions of receivables for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions are shown under derivative exposure in the table “Leverage ratio common disclosure” below. The effective notional amount of written credit derivatives, i.e., the notional reduced by any negative fair value changes that have been incorporated in Tier 1 capital is included in the leverage ratio exposure measure; the resulting exposure measure is further reduced by the effective notional amount of purchased credit derivative protection on the same reference name provided certain conditions are met.

The securities financing transaction (SFT) component includes the gross receivables for SFTs, which are netted with SFT payables if specific conditions are met. In addition to the gross exposure a regulatory add-on for the counterparty credit risk is included.

The off-balance sheet exposure component follows the credit risk conversion factors (CCF) of the standardized approach for credit risk (0 %, 20 %, 50 %, or 100 %), which depend on the risk category subject to a floor of 10 %.

The other on-balance sheet exposure componentexposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) component reflects the accounting values of the assets (excluding derivatives, SFTs and SFTs)regular-way purchases and sales awaiting settlement) as well as regulatory adjustments for asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital. The exposure value of regular-way purchases and sales awaiting settlement is determined as offset between those cash receivables and cash payables where the related regular-way sales and purchases are both settlement on a delivery-versus payment basis.

107The Group excludes certain Euro-based exposures to Eurosystem central banks from the leverage exposure having obtained permission from the European Central Bank in accordance with ECB’s Decision (EU) 2020/1306. This temporary exclusion was firstly introduced in the third quarter of 2020 and currently applies until June 27, 2021.

The following tables show the leverage ratio exposure and the leverage ratio. The Leverage ratio common disclosure table provides the leverage ratio on a fully-loaded and phase-in basis with the fully-loaded and phase-in Tier 1 Capital, respectively, in the numerator. For further details on Tier 1 capital please also refer to the “Regulatory capital composition, prudential filters and deduction items” section in chapter “Own funds” in this report.“Development of Own Funds”.

Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures

in € bn.

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Total assets as per published financial statements

1,298

1,348

1,325

1,298

Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

(1)

0

1

(1)

Adjustments for derivative financial instruments

(188)

(140)

(206)

(188)

Adjustment for securities financing transactions (SFTs)

6

14

10

6

Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (i.e. conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures)

103

99

101

103

Other adjustments

(50)

(49)

(153)

(50)

Leverage ratio total exposure measure

1,168

1,273

1,078

1,168

124

Leverage ratio common disclosure

in € bn. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Total derivative exposures

113

159

99

113

Total securities financing transaction exposures

93

103

83

93

Total off-balance sheet exposures

103

99

101

103

Other Assets

869

925

803

869

Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital

(10)

(13)

(8)

(10)

Tier 1 capital (fully loaded)

48.7

52.1

50.4

48.7

Leverage ratio total exposure measure

1,168

1,273

1,078

1,168

Leverage ratio (fully loaded, in %)

4.2

4.1

4.7

4.2

Tier 1 capital (phase-in)

50.5

55.1

51.5

50.5

Leverage ratio total exposure measure

1,168

1,273

1,078

1,168

Leverage ratio (phase-in, in %)

4.3

4.3

4.8

4.3

Description of the factors that had an impact on the leverage ratio in 20192020

As of December 31, 2019,2020, our fully loaded leverage ratio was 4.24.7 % compared to 4.14.2 % as of December 31, 2018, taking2019. This takes, into account as of December 31, 2019 a fully loaded Tier 1 capital of € 48.750.4 billion over an applicable exposure measure of € 1,168 billion (€ 52.1 billion and € 1,2731,078 billion as of December 31, 2018,2020 (€ 48.7 billion and € 1,168 billion as of December 31, 2019, respectively).

Our leverage ratio according to transitional provisions was 4.34.8 % as of December 31, 20192020 (4.3 % as of December 31, 2018)2019), calculated as Tier 1 capital according to transitional rules of € 50.551.5 billion over an applicable exposure measure of € 1,1681,078 billion (€ 55.150.5 billion and € 1,2731,168 billion as of December 31, 2018,2019, respectively).

Over the year 2019,2020, our leverage exposure decreased by € 10590 billion to € 1,1681,078 billion, mainly driven by the application of the “quick fix” amendment of the CRR (Regulation (EU) 2020/873, Article 500b) approved by ECB-Decision (EU) 2020/1306, allowing the temporary exclusion of certain central bank exposures contributing a reduction of € 85 billion. On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs, but including asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital)Without this temporary exclusion, our Leverage exposure decreased by € 525 billion reflectingin the development of our balance sheet: cash and central bank / interbank balances decreasedyear 2020, primarily driven by € 50 billion, non-derivative trading assets decreased by € 44 billion and pending settlements were € 8 billion lower. This was partly offset by loans which grew by € 29 billion and remaining asset items which increased by € 20 billion (related to a large extent to a shift of liquidity reserves from cash into securities as part of the continued optimization of the bank’s funding). Furthermore, the leverage exposure related to derivatives which decreased by € 4614 billion (€ 357 billion excluding deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions) mainly driven byfrom lower add-ons for potential future exposureexposure. The movements in the securities financing transactions (SFT) and effective notional amountsother assets categories largely reflect the development of written credit derivatives as well as higher deductions of receivablesour balance sheet (for additional information please refer to section “Movements in assets for cash variation margin providedand liabilities” in derivatives transactions. SFT relatedthis report): Cash and central bank/interbank balances increased by € 28 billion and Financial assets at fair value through OCI grew by € 11 billion. This was partly offset by decreases in SFT-related items (securities(Securities purchased under resale agreements, securitiesSecurities borrowed and receivablesReceivables from prime brokerage) decreased by € 10 billion. Off-balance sheet exposures increasedbillion, Non-derivative trading assets by € 4 billion and Loans by € 3 billion. The remaining asset items decreased by € 5 billion, largely related to Held-to-collect debt securities. Pending settlements decreased by € 7 billion - despite being almost unchanged on a gross basis - due to application of the “quick fix” amendment of the CRR (Regulation (EU) 2020/873, Article 500d), allowing the netting of cash receivables and cash payables where the related regular-way sales and purchases are both settled on a delivery-versus-payment basis. Furthermore, Off-balance sheet exposures decreased by € 1 billion corresponding to lower notional amounts for irrevocable lending commitments.

The decrease in leverage exposure in 20192020 included a positivenegative foreign exchange impact of € 1743 billion mainly due to the depreciationweakening of the Euro againstU.S. Dollar versus the U.S. dollar.Euro. The effects from foreign exchange rate movements are embedded in the movement of the leverage exposure items discussed in this section.

For main drivers of the Tier 1 capital development please refer to section “Own funds” in this report.“Development of Own Funds”.

108

125

Minimum Requirement of Own Fundsown funds and Eligible Liabilities (“MREL”) and Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”)

MREL Requirements

The minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”) requirement was introduced by the European Union’s regulation establishing uniform rules and a uniform procedure for the resolution of credit institutions (Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation or “SRM Regulation”) and the European Union’s Directive establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions (Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive or “BRRD”) as implemented into German law by the German Recovery and Resolution Act.

The currently required level of MREL is determined by the competent resolution authorities for each supervised bank individually on a case-by-case basis, depending on the respective preferred resolution strategy. In the case of Deutsche Bank AG, MREL is determined by the Single Resolution Board (“SRB”). While there is no statutory minimum level of MREL, the SRM Regulation, BRRD and a delegated regulation set out criteria which the resolution authority must consider when determining the relevant required level of MREL. Guidance is provided through an MREL policy published annually by the SRB. Any binding MREL ratio determined by the SRB is communicated to Deutsche Bank via the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin).

In the second quarter of 2018, Deutsche Bank AG’s binding MREL ratio requirement on a consolidated basis has been set at 9.14 % of Total Liabilities and Own Funds (“TLOF”) applicable immediately. TLOF principally consists of total liabilities after derivatives netting, plus own funds, i.e. regulatory capital.

As a results of its regular annual review, the SRB has revised Deutsche Bank AG’s binding MREL ratio requirement in the last quarter of 2019 applicable immediately. The MREL ratio requirement on a consolidated basis has been lowered to 8.58 % of TLOF of which 6.11 % of TLOF now have to be met with own funds and subordinated instruments as an additional requirement.

As announced by the SRB the next update of Deutsche Bank AG’s binding MREL and subordinated MREL requirement is expected in the first half of 2021 and will for the first time reflect the legal changes of the banking reform package via amendments to the Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation and the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive provided in June 2019 with the publication of Regulation (EU) 2019/877 and Directive (EU) 2019/879. As a result the MREL and subordinated MREL requirement will no longer be expressed as a percentage of TLOF but as a percentage of Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) and Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE). This will lead to a higher MREL and subordinated MREL requirement in 2021 compared to 2020.

TLAC Requirements

Since June 27, 2019, Deutsche Bank, as a global systemically important bank, has also become subject to global minimum standards for its Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”). The TLAC requirement has been implemented with the banking reform package via amendments to the Capital Requirements Regulation and the Capital Requirements Directive provided in June 2019 with the publication of Regulation (EU) 2019/876 and Directive (EU) 2019/878.

This TLAC requirement is based on both risk-based and non-risk-based denominators and set at the higher-of 16 % of risk weighted assets plus the combined buffer requirements and 6.00 % of the leverage exposure for a transition period until December 31, 2021. Thereafter, the higher-of 18 % of risk weighted assets plus the combined buffer requirements and 6.75%6.75   % of the leverage exposure are to be met.

MREL ratio development

As of December 31, 2019,2020, TLOF were € 9961,019 billion and available MREL were € 115109 billion, corresponding to a ratio of 11.5710.67 %. This means that Deutsche Bank has a comfortable MREL surplus of € 3021 billion above our MREL requirement of € 8587 billion (i.e. 8.58 % of TLOF). € 112105 billion of our available MREL were own funds and subordinated liabilities, corresponding to a MREL subordination ratio of 11.2810.31 %, a buffer of € 5143 billion over our subordination requirement of € 6162 billion (i.e. 6.11 % of TLOF). Compared to December 31, 2019 the surpluses above both our MREL requirement and our subordinated MREL requirement have been reduced to more moderate levels. This was achieved through new issuances not fully replacing eligible liabilities falling below the one year maturity threshold for MREL eligibility. This also impacted the development of the TLAC ratio.

126

TLAC ratio development

As of December 31, 2019,2020, TLAC was € 112105 billion and the corresponding TLAC ratios were 34.731.9 % (RWA based) and 9.69.7 % (Leverage exposure based). This means that Deutsche Bank has a comfortable TLAC surplus of € 4238 billion over its total loss absorbing capacity minimum requirement of € 7067 billion (6.00(20.52 % Leverage exposureRWA based).

109

MREL and TLAC disclosure

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Regulatory capital elements of TLAC/MREL

Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET 1)

44,148

47,486

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

6,397

7,604

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments before TLAC/MREL adjustments

5,957

6,202

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments adjustments for TLAC/MREL

16

745

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

5,973

6,947

Total regulatory capital elements of TLAC/MREL

56,519

62,037

Other elements of TLAC/MREL

Senior non-preferred plain vanilla

55,803

54,852

Holdings of eligible liabilities instruments of other G-SIIs (TLAC only)

0

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)

112,322

116,890

Add back of holdings of eligible liabilities instruments of other G-SIIs (TLAC only)

0

0

Available Own Funds and subordinated Eligible Liabilities (subordinated MREL)

112,322

116,890

Senior preferred plain vanilla

2,856

1,020

Available Minimum Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL)

115,178

117,910

Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)

324,015

350,432

Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE)

1,168,040

1,272,930

Total liabilities and own funds after prudential netting (TLOF)

995,513

1,058,484

TLAC ratio1

TLAC ratio (as percentage of RWA)

34.67

N/M

TLAC requirement (as percentage of RWA)

20.58

N/M

TLAC ratio (as percentage of Leverage Exposure)

9.62

N/M

TLAC requirement (as percentage of Leverage Exposure)

6.00

N/M

TLAC surplus over RWA requirement

45,639

N/M

TLAC surplus over LRE requirement

42,239

N/M

MREL subordination1

MREL subordination ratio (as percentage of TLOF)

11.28

N/M

MREL subordination requirement (as percentage of TLOF)

6.11

N/M

Surplus over MREL subordination requirement

51,496

N/M

MREL ratio

MREL ratio (as percentage of TLOF)

11.57

11.14

MREL requirement (as percentage of TLOF)

8.58

9.14

MREL surplus over requirement

29,763

21,164

1No disclosure requirements as of December 31, 2018.

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Regulatory capital elements of TLAC/MREL

Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET 1)

44,700

44,148

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

6,848

6,397

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments before TLAC/MREL adjustments

6,944

5,957

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments adjustments for TLAC/MREL

518

16

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

7,462

5,973

Total regulatory capital elements of TLAC/MREL

59,010

56,519

Other elements of TLAC/MREL

Senior non-preferred plain vanilla

46,048

55,803

Holdings of eligible liabilities instruments of other G-SIIs (TLAC only)

0

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)

105,058

112,322

Add back of holdings of eligible liabilities instruments of other G-SIIs (TLAC only)

0

0

Available Own Funds and subordinated Eligible Liabilities (subordinated MREL)

105,058

112,322

Senior preferred plain vanilla

3,658

2,856

Available Minimum Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL)

108,716

115,178

Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)

328,951

324,015

Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE)

1,078,268

1,168,040

Total liabilities and own funds after prudential netting (TLOF)

1,018,558

995,513

TLAC ratio

TLAC ratio (as percentage of RWA)

31.94

34.67

TLAC requirement (as percentage of RWA)

20.52

20.58

TLAC ratio (as percentage of Leverage Exposure)

9.74

9.62

TLAC requirement (as percentage of Leverage Exposure)

6.00

6.00

TLAC surplus over RWA requirement

37,562

45,639

TLAC surplus over LRE requirement

40,362

42,239

MREL subordination

MREL subordination ratio (as percentage of TLOF)

10.31

11.28

MREL subordination requirement (as percentage of TLOF)

6.11

6.11

Surplus over MREL subordination requirement

42,824

51,496

MREL ratio

MREL ratio (as percentage of TLOF)

10.67

11.57

MREL requirement (as percentage of TLOF)

8.58

8.58

MREL surplus over requirement

21,323

29,763

Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities

In order to meet the MREL and TLAC requirement, Deutsche Bank needs to ensure that a sufficient amount of eligible instruments is maintained. Instruments eligible for MREL and TLAC are regulatory capital instruments (“own funds”) and liabilities that meet certain criteria, which are referred to as eligible liabilities.

Own funds used for MREL and TLAC include the full amount of T2Tier 2 capital instruments with a remaining maturity of greater than 1 year and less than 5 years which are reflected in regulatory capital on a pro-rata basis only.

127

Eligible liabilities are liabilities issued out of the resolution entity Deutsche Bank AG that meet eligibility criteria which are supposed to ensure that they are structurally suited as loss-absorbing capital. As a result, eligible liabilities exclude deposits which are covered by an insurance deposit protection scheme or which are preferred under German insolvency law (e.g., deposits from private individuals as well as small and medium-size enterprises). Among other things, secured liabilities, derivatives liabilities and debt instruments with embedded derivatives (e.g. structured notes) are generally excluded as well. In addition, eligible liabilities must have a remaining time to maturity of at least one year and must either be issued under the law of a Member State of the European Union or must include a bail-in clause in their contractual terms to make write-down or conversion effective.


110 As a consequence, € 4 bn eligible liabilities issued under UK law will lose recognition for MREL after Brexit starting January 2021 in case they are issued after January 1, 2015 (the effective date of the German transposition of the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive) and do not include an enforceable and effective bail-in clause

In addition, eligible liabilities need to be subordinated in order to be counted against the TLAC and new MREL subordination requirements. Effective January 1, 2017, the German Banking Act provided for a new class of statutorily subordinated debt securities that rank as “senior non-preferred” below the bank’s other senior liabilities (but in priority to the bank’s contractually subordinated liabilities, such as those qualifying as Tier 2 instruments). Following a harmonization effort by the European Union implemented in Germany effective July 21, 2018, banks are permitted to now decide if a specific issuance of eligible senior debt will be in the non-preferred or in the preferred category. Any such “senior non-preferred” debt instruments issued by Deutsche Bank AG under such new rules rank on parity with its outstanding debt instruments that were classified as “senior non-preferred” under the prior rules. All of these “senior non-preferred” issuances meet the TLAC and new MREL subordination criteria.

Credit Risk Exposurerisk exposure

We define our credit exposure by taking into account all transactions where losses might occur due to the fact that counterparties may not fulfill their contractual payment obligations as defined under ‘Credit Risk Framework’.

Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk

The maximum exposure to credit risk table shows the direct exposure before consideration of associated collateral held and other credit enhancements (netting and hedges) that do not qualify for offset in our financial statements for the periods specified. The netting credit enhancement component includes the effects of legally enforceable netting agreements as well as the offset of negative mark-to-markets from derivatives against pledged cash collateral. The collateral credit enhancement component mainly includes real estate, collateral in the form of cash as well as securities-related collateral. In relation to collateral we apply internally determined haircuts and additionally cap all collateral values at the level of the respective collateralized exposure.

111128

Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk

Dec 31, 2020

Credit Enhancements

in € m.

Maximum exposure to credit risk1

Subject to impairment

Netting

Collateral

Guarantees and Credit derivatives2

Total credit enhancements

Financial assets at amortized cost3

Cash and central bank balances

166,211

166,211

0

0

Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

9,132

9,132

0

0

0

Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

8,535

8,535

8,173

8,173

Securities borrowed

0

0

0

0

Loans

431,503

431,503

228,513

30,119

258,632

Other assets subject to credit risk4,5

96,355

85,106

43,277

902

55

44,234

Total financial assets at amortized cost3

711,736

700,487

43,277

237,588

30,174

311,039

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss6

Trading assets

94,757

2,998

1,248

4,246

Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

343,493

262,525

52,329

83

314,937

Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

75,116

993

62,036

244

63,273

Of which:

Securities purchased under resale agreement

46,057

993

44,967

0

45,960

Securities borrowed

17,009

16,730

0

16,730

Loans

2,192

272

244

516

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

437

0

0

0

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

513,803

263,518

117,363

1,575

382,456

Financial assets at fair value through OCI

55,834

55,834

0

1,581

1,153

2,734

Of which:

Securities purchased under resale agreement

1,543

1,543

0

0

0

Securities borrowed

0

0

0

0

0

Loans

4,635

4,635

1,581

1,153

2,734

Total financial assets at fair value through OCI

55,834

55,834

1,581

1,153

2,734

Financial guarantees and other credit related contingent liabilities7

47,978

47,978

2,327

6,157

8,484

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments and other credit related commitments7

215,877

214,898

15,345

5,779

21,124

Total off-balance sheet

263,855

262,876

17,672

11,936

29,608

Maximum exposure to credit risk

1,545,228

1,019,197

306,795

374,204

44,838

725,837

1Does not include credit derivative notional sold (€ 395,636 million) and credit derivative notional bought protection.

2Bought Credit protection is reflected with the notional of the underlying.

3All amounts at gross value before deductions of allowance for credit losses.

4All amounts at amortized cost (gross) except for qualifying hedge derivatives, which are reflected at Fair value through P&L.

5Includes Asset Held for Sale regardless of accounting classification.

6Excludes equities, other equity interests and commodities.

7Figures are reflected at notional amounts.

129

Dec 31, 2019

Credit Enhancements

in € m.

Maximum exposure to credit risk1

Subject to impairment

Netting

Collateral

Guarantees and Credit derivatives2

Total credit enhancements

Financial assets at amortized cost3

Cash and central bank balances

137,596

137,596

0

0

Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

9,642

9,642

0

0

0

Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

13,800

13,800

13,650

13,650

Securities borrowed

428

428

303

303

Loans

433,834

433,834

228,620

27,984

256,605

Other assets subject to credit risk4,5

96,779

85,028

37,267

1,524

42

38,833

Total financial assets at amortized cost3

692,079

680,328

37,267

244,098

28,026

309,392

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss6

Trading assets

93,369

1,480

861

2,340

Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

332,931

262,326

48,608

134

311,068

Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

84,359

853

69,645

259

70,757

Of which:

Securities purchased under resale agreement

53,366

853

51,659

0

52,512

Securities borrowed

17,918

17,599

0

17,599

Loans

3,174

290

259

550

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

7

0

0

0

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

510,665

263,180

119,732

1,254

384,166

Financial assets at fair value through OCI

45,503

45,503

0

1,622

1,267

2,889

Of which:

Securities purchased under resale agreement

1,415

1,415

0

0

0

Securities borrowed

0

0

0

0

0

Loans

4,874

4,874

1,622

1,267

2,889

Total financial assets at fair value through OCI

45,503

45,503

1,622

1,267

2,889

Financial guarantees and other credit related contingent liabilities7

49,232

49,232

2,994

6,138

9,132

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments and other credit related commitments7

211,440

209,986

15,217

4,984

20,202

Total off-balance sheet

260,672

259,218

18,211

11,122

29,333

Maximum exposure to credit risk

1,508,920

985,049

300,447

383,663

41,670

725,780

1 Does not include credit derivative notional sold (€ 356,362 million) and credit derivative notional bought protection.


2
2BoughtBought Credit protection is reflected with the notional of the underlying.


3
3AllAll amounts at gross value before deductions of allowance for credit losses.


4
4AllAll amounts at amortized cost (gross) except for qualifying hedge derivatives, which are reflected at Fair value through P&L.


5
5IncludesIncludes Asset Held for Sale regardless of accounting classification.


6
6ExcludesExcludes equities, other equity interests and commodities.


7
7FiguresFigures are reflected at notional amounts.

112

Dec 31, 2018

Credit Enhancements

in € m.

Maximum exposure to credit risk1

Subject to impairment

Netting

Collateral

Guarantees and Credit derivatives2

Total credit enhancements

Financial assets at amortized cost3

Cash and central bank balances

188,736

188,736

0

0

Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

8,885

8,885

4

0

4

Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

8,222

8,222

7,734

7,734

Securities borrowed

3,396

3,396

0

0

Loans

404,537

404,537

224,353

16,582

240,934

Other assets subject to credit risk4,5

71,899

65,010

29,073

3,199

79

32,352

Total financial assets at amortized cost3

685,676

678,787

29,073

235,290

16,661

281,024

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss6

Trading assets

96,966

677

155

831

Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

320,058

250,231

48,548

82

298,861

Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

97,771

245

67,385

0

67,630

Of which:

Securities purchased under resale agreement

44,543

245

43,258

0

43,503

Securities borrowed

24,210

24,003

0

24,003

Loans

12,741

125

0

125

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

104

0

0

0

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

514,899

250,476

116,610

237

367,323

Financial assets at fair value through OCI

51,182

51,182

0

1,488

520

2,008

Of which:

Securities purchased under resale agreement

1,097

1,097

621

0

621

Securities borrowed

0

0

0

0

0

Loans

5,092

5,092

450

104

554

Total financial assets at fair value through OCI

51,182

51,182

1,488

520

2,008

Financial guarantees and other credit related contingent liabilities7

51,605

51,605

3,375

5,291

8,666

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments and other credit related commitments7

212,049

211,055

16,418

4,734

21,152

Total off-balance sheet

263,654

262,659

19,793

10,025

29,818

Maximum exposure to credit risk

1,515,410

992,628

279,550

373,181

27,443

680,173

1Does not include credit derivative notional sold (€ 415,967 million) and credit derivative notional bought protection.
2Bought Credit protection is reflected with the notional of the underlying.
3All amounts at gross value before deductions of allowance for credit losses.
4All amounts at amortized cost (gross) except for qualifying hedge derivatives, which are reflected at Fair value through P&L.
5Includes Asset Held for Sale regardless of accounting classification.
6Excludes equities, other equity interests and commodities.
7Figures are reflected at notional amounts.

The overall decreaseincrease in maximum exposure to credit risk for December 31, 2019 is2020 was € 6.536.6 billion mainly driven by aan increase of € 51.128.6 billion decrease in Cashcash and central bank balances, € 10.5 billion in positive market values from derivatives and loans mandatory€ 10.3 billion in financial assets at fair value through profit and loss by € 9.6 billion,other comprehensive income, mainly in debt securities. These increases were offset by an increasereductions in loans at amortized cost by € 29.3 billion, debt securities hold to collect, part of other assets by € 19.1 billion, positive market value from derivatives by € 12.9 billion and central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and securities loanedborrowed across all applicable measurement categories by € 5.513.8 billion and loans at amortized cost by € 2.3 billion.

Included in the category of trading assets as of December 31, 2019,2020, were traded bonds of € 83.5 billion(€ 80.7 billion (€ 85.2 billion as of December 31, 2018)2019) of which over 8184 % were investment-grade (over 7981 % as of December 31, 2018)2019).

Credit Enhancements are split into three categories: netting, collateral and guarantees / credit derivatives. Haircuts, parameter setting for regular margin calls as well as expert judgments for collateral valuation are employed to prevent market developments from leading to a build-up of uncollateralized exposures. All categories are monitored and reviewed regularly. Overall credit enhancements received are diversified and of adequate quality being largely cash, highly rated government bonds and third-party guarantees mostly from well rated banks and insurance companies. These financial institutions are domiciled mainly in European countries and the United States. Furthermore we have collateral pools of highly liquid assets and mortgages (principally consisting of residential properties mainly in Germany) for the homogeneous retail portfolio.

113130

Main Credit Exposure Categoriescredit exposure categories

The tables in this section show details about several of our main credit exposure categories, namely Loans, Revocable and Irrevocable Lending Commitments, Contingent Liabilities Over-The-Counter (“OTC”) Derivatives, Debt Securities and Repo and repo-style transactions:

Although considered in the monitoring of maximum credit exposures, the following are not included in the details of our main credit exposure: brokerage and securities related receivables, cash and central bank balances, interbank balances (without central banks), assets held for sale, accrued interest receivables, traditional securitization positions. Consequently, the gross exposure of OTC derivatives (prior to netting and cash collateral) as of December 31, 2020 of € 1.771.4 billion (€ 1.8 billion as of December 31, 2019) which is part of the “asset held for sale” classification is not included in our main credit exposure. This exposure is associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas. For further information please refer to Note 24 “Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale” to the consolidated financial statement.


114

Main Credit Exposure Categories by Business Divisions

Dec 31, 2020

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Corporate Bank

114,491

621

784

4,393

130,690

44,293

299

Investment Bank

69,309

6,366

1,618

220

45,053

1,889

22,533

Private Bank

237,194

0

7

0

37,315

1,625

440

Asset Management

20

0

0

0

121

9

0

Capital Release Unit

2,807

1,352

220

22

1,592

38

9,388

Corporate & Other

7,682

0

0

0

1,106

123

268

Total

431,503

8,339

2,629

4,635

215,877

47,978

32,928

Dec 31, 2020

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Corporate Bank

733

68

0

345

0

0

296,717

Investment Bank

2,078

86,579

980

7,356

59,974

0

303,956

Private Bank

521

2

1

10

0

0

277,115

Asset Management

0

2,850

198

0

0

0

3,198

Capital Release Unit

0

1,404

0

1

3,091

0

19,915

Corporate & Other

9,294

4,443

48,476

824

0

1,543

73,760

Total

12,625

95,347

49,656

8,535

63,066

1,543

974,661

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 11.9 billion as of December 31, 2020.

2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 90.3 million as of December 31, 2020

3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.6 billion as of December 31, 2020.

4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 360.4 million as of December 31, 2020.

6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 15.1 million as of December 31, 2020.

7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

131

Dec 31, 2019

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Corporate Bank

118,311

427

480

4,549

120,073

44,917

216

Investment Bank

75,145

10,091

1,597

174

51,701

2,005

13,506

Private Bank

229,746

(0)

7

0

35,550

1,996

262

Asset Management

57

0

0

0

121

10

2

Capital Release Unit

3,555

1,827

1,096

150

2,901

51

13,904

Corporate & Other

7,020

0

0

0

1,094

253

148

Total

433,834

12,346

3,181

4,874

211,440

49,232

28,039

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2019

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost8

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI9

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Corporate Bank

859

14

0

583

0

0

290,429

859

14

0

583

0

0

290,429

Investment Bank

2,242

83,039

543

7,842

68,199

0

316,085

2,242

83,039

543

7,842

68,199

0

316,085

Private Bank

4,019

18

2,951

4,082

0

0

278,632

4,019

18

2,951

4,082

0

0

278,632

Asset Management

0

556

0

0

0

0

746

0

556

0

0

0

0

746

Capital Release Unit

61

1,440

9

521

3,085

0

28,601

61

1,440

9

521

3,085

0

28,601

Corporate & Other

17,119

4,767

35,712

1,201

0

1,415

68,728

17,119

4,767

35,712

1,201

0

1,415

68,728

Total

24,300

89,835

39,214

14,228

71,284

1,415

983,222

24,300

89,835

39,214

14,228

71,284

1,415

983,222

1 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.6 billion as of December 31, 2019.

2 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 22.022 million as of December 31, 2019

3 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 1.4 billion as of December 31, 2019.

4 Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 96 million as of December 31, 2019.

6 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1.4 million as of December 31, 2019.

7 Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.
8Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at amortized cost amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2019.
9Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at fair value through OCI amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2019.

Dec 31, 2018

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Corporate & Investment Bank

135,078

11,462

12,532

5,092

168,332

48,871

27,028

Private & Commercial Bank

269,175

0

209

0

43,331

2,638

353

Asset Management

68

0

0

0

117

14

0

Corporate & Other

216

0

0

0

269

81

37

Total

404,537

11,462

12,741

5,092

212,049

51,605

27,417

Dec 31, 2018

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost8

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI9

Corporate & Investment Bank

579

88,451

1,032

11,348

64,684

0

574,488

Private & Commercial Bank

4,569

19

7,799

260

0

0

328,353

Asset Management

0

419

0

0

0

0

618

Corporate & Other

51

3,776

36,162

11

4,068

1,097

45,768

Total

5,199

92,664

44,993

11,618

68,752

1,097

949,227

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.1 billion as of December 31, 2018.
2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1 million as of December 31, 2018
3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 599 million as of December 31, 2018.
4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.
5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 73 million as of December 31, 2018.
6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 2 million as of December 31, 2018.
7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.
8Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at amortized cost amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2018.
9Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at fair value through OCI amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2018.


115

As part of our re-segmentation in 2019, we have six business segments for 2019 when compared to the four segments in 2018. The exposures are not entirely comparable on business division lines, due to fragmentation of the previous years’ business segments and clustering as per the new strategic requirements. Our total credit exposure of the current year when compared with previous year increaseddecreased by € 33.4 billion. As per8.6 billion year-on-year.

132

Main Credit Exposure Categories by Industry Sectors

Dec 31, 2019

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

676

0

0

0

874

39

1

Mining and quarrying

2,537

274

135

80

4,606

1,223

22

Manufacturing

28,412

418

84

1,285

51,627

12,180

1,169

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

4,115

401

60

0

5,774

1,630

589

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

833

10

0

0

486

136

68

Construction

3,810

259

27

14

2,876

2,174

364

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

20,990

624

97

858

12,669

5,087

306

Transport and storage

4,872

534

54

150

5,066

996

1,213

Accommodation and food service activities

2,565

40

0

29

1,935

191

49

Information and communication

5,783

434

1

358

14,460

2,640

919

Financial and insurance activities

90,962

4,015

2,521

936

57,295

19,036

17,286

Real estate activities

41,670

3,236

49

198

5,600

306

1,516

Professional, scientific and technical activities

7,307

91

0

32

4,429

1,890

48

Administrative and support service activities

6,833

102

106

22

4,070

373

502

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

6,437

1,071

15

489

2,650

109

2,586

Education

327

0

0

0

95

18

397

Human health services and social work activities

3,503

63

2

63

2,476

124

352

Arts, entertainment and recreation

843

24

0

0

1,309

44

23

Other service activities

4,677

707

24

358

3,428

733

130

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

196,680

45

5

2

29,713

301

324

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

3

0

0

0

3

4

176

Total

433,834

12,346

3,181

4,874

211,440

49,232

28,039

The below tables give an overview of our credit exposure by industry based on the NACE code of the counterparty. NACE (Nomenclature des Activités Économiques dans la Communauté Européenne) is a standard European industry classification system and does not have to be congruent with an internal risk based view applied elsewhere in this report.

Dec 31, 2020

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

637

0

0

0

544

40

3

Mining and quarrying

2,871

250

8

15

5,148

1,370

34

Manufacturing

26,050

525

354

1,111

52,722

10,314

4,677

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

3,419

295

51

0

5,080

1,783

614

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

681

0

0

0

396

156

80

Construction

4,440

243

2

22

2,672

2,490

438

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

20,697

330

83

913

15,672

5,025

614

Transport and storage

5,575

427

69

312

5,235

978

715

Accommodation and food service activities

2,427

60

0

27

1,203

158

27

Information and communication

5,525

308

3

404

14,030

2,072

887

Financial and insurance activities

84,724

2,860

1,823

813

56,024

19,467

18,042

Real estate activities

36,571

989

46

339

5,776

312

1,401

Professional, scientific and technical activities

7,707

228

0

12

4,919

1,915

147

Administrative and support service activities

9,112

333

66

56

4,266

453

672

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

6,139

828

13

433

2,983

93

3,094

Education

205

0

0

0

126

14

459

Human health services and social work activities

3,436

68

26

0

2,373

127

484

Arts, entertainment and recreation

929

22

0

0

1,105

59

30

Other service activities

5,353

551

84

177

4,305

877

131

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

205,004

22

0

2

31,298

272

325

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

1

0

0

0

0

2

54

Total

431,503

8,339

2,629

4,635

215,877

47,978

32,928

116133

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2020

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost8

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI9

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

0

4

0

0

0

0

1,593

0

6

0

0

0

0

1,230

Mining and quarrying

115

369

7

0

0

0

9,369

0

354

2

0

0

0

10,053

Manufacturing

371

1,029

51

0

0

0

96,626

0

995

39

0

0

0

96,788

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

420

668

1

0

0

0

13,659

0

437

1

0

0

0

11,679

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

5

27

0

0

0

0

1,565

0

40

0

0

0

0

1,354

Construction

26

263

68

0

0

0

9,880

0

565

70

0

0

0

10,944

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

68

226

15

0

0

0

40,938

0

213

2

0

0

0

43,548

Transport and storage

194

431

47

0

0

0

13,557

203

811

26

0

0

0

14,351

Accommodation and food service activities

21

33

0

0

0

0

4,863

0

63

0

0

0

0

3,964

Information and communication

126

478

36

0

9

0

25,244

8

514

5

0

0

0

23,756

Financial and insurance activities

7,915

18,296

11,118

14,228

70,224

1,415

315,247

3,167

20,866

8,114

8,428

61,801

1,543

287,672

Real estate activities

387

2,327

81

0

0

0

55,371

333

3,047

109

0

0

0

48,924

Professional, scientific and technical activities

10

194

10

0

0

0

14,009

25

105

25

8

0

0

15,091

Administrative and support service activities

59

133

3

0

0

0

12,203

36

270

3

99

0

0

15,367

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

12,492

59,381

24,814

0

948

0

110,992

8,670

61,459

40,574

0

1,089

0

125,374

Education

0

194

0

0

0

0

1,032

0

120

21

0

0

0

945

Human health services and social work activities

0

461

0

0

0

0

7,044

0

473

0

0

0

0

6,987

Arts, entertainment and recreation

55

125

0

0

0

0

2,423

31

83

0

0

0

0

2,258

Other service activities

143

3,421

246

0

5

0

13,871

110

3,654

162

0

176

0

15,580

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

0

0

0

0

0

0

227,071

0

0

0

0

0

0

236,923

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

1,893

1,772

2,718

0

96

0

6,665

40

1,272

503

0

0

0

1,873

Total

24,300

89,835

39,214

14,228

71,284

1,415

983,222

12,625

95,347

49,656

8,535

63,066

1,543

974,661

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 11.9 billion as of December 31, 2020.

2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 90.3 million as of December 31, 2020

3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.6 billion as of December 31, 2020.

4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 360.4 million as of December 31, 2020.

6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 15.1 million as of December 31, 2020.

7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

134

Dec 31, 2019

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

676

0

0

0

874

39

1

Mining and quarrying

2,537

274

135

80

4,606

1,223

22

Manufacturing

28,412

418

84

1,285

51,627

12,180

1,169

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

4,115

401

60

0

5,774

1,630

589

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

833

10

0

0

486

136

68

Construction

3,810

259

27

14

2,876

2,174

364

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

20,990

624

97

858

12,669

5,087

306

Transport and storage

4,872

534

54

150

5,066

996

1,213

Accommodation and food service activities

2,565

40

0

29

1,935

191

49

Information and communication

5,783

434

1

358

14,460

2,640

919

Financial and insurance activities

90,962

4,015

2,521

936

57,295

19,036

17,286

Real estate activities

41,670

3,236

49

198

5,600

306

1,516

Professional, scientific and technical activities

7,307

91

0

32

4,429

1,890

48

Administrative and support service activities

6,833

102

106

22

4,070

373

502

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

6,437

1,071

15

489

2,650

109

2,586

Education

327

0

0

0

95

18

397

Human health services and social work activities

3,503

63

2

63

2,476

124

352

Arts, entertainment and recreation

843

24

0

0

1,309

44

23

Other service activities

4,677

707

24

358

3,428

733

130

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

196,680

45

5

2

29,713

301

324

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

3

0

0

0

3

4

176

Total

433,834

12,346

3,181

4,874

211,440

49,232

28,039

135

Dec 31, 2019

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

0

4

0

0

0

0

1,593

Mining and quarrying

115

369

7

0

0

0

9,369

Manufacturing

371

1,029

51

0

0

0

96,626

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

420

668

1

0

0

0

13,659

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

5

27

0

0

0

0

1,565

Construction

26

263

68

0

0

0

9,880

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

68

226

15

0

0

0

40,938

Transport and storage

194

431

47

0

0

0

13,557

Accommodation and food service activities

21

33

0

0

0

0

4,863

Information and communication

126

478

36

0

9

0

25,244

Financial and insurance activities

7,915

18,296

11,118

14,228

70,224

1,415

315,247

Real estate activities

387

2,327

81

0

0

0

55,371

Professional, scientific and technical activities

10

194

10

0

0

0

14,009

Administrative and support service activities

59

133

3

0

0

0

12,203

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

12,492

59,381

24,814

0

948

0

110,992

Education

0

194

0

0

0

0

1,032

Human health services and social work activities

0

461

0

0

0

0

7,044

Arts, entertainment and recreation

55

125

0

0

0

0

2,423

Other service activities

143

3,421

246

0

5

0

13,871

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

0

0

0

0

0

0

227,071

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

1,893

1,772

2,718

0

96

0

6,665

Total

24,300

89,835

39,214

14,228

71,284

1,415

983,222

1 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.6 billion as of December 31, 2019.

2 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 22 million as of December 31, 2019

3 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 1.4 billion as of December 31, 2019.

4 Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 96 million as of December 31, 2019.

6 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1.4 million as of December 31, 2019.

7 Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.
8Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at amortized cost amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2019.
9Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at fair value through OCI amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2019.

117

Dec 31, 2018

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

640

15

0

0

541

40

5

Mining and quarrying

2,995

563

0

141

6,094

1,505

210

Manufacturing

28,342

786

7

1,831

45,296

11,985

1,378

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

3,210

284

57

3

4,908

1,563

452

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

867

28

0

0

399

155

181

Construction

3,902

495

0

25

3,638

2,089

338

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

20,293

488

215

875

14,380

5,058

317

Transport and storage

5,774

647

48

79

5,059

920

1,017

Accommodation and food service activities

2,026

40

0

28

1,761

195

158

Information and communication

4,372

505

29

374

17,277

2,061

793

Financial and insurance activities

77,628

3,530

11,845

882

62,739

22,191

17,415

Real estate activities

33,432

1,538

88

95

5,375

221

1,084

Professional, scientific and technical activities

6,590

239

0

190

4,172

1,708

47

Administrative and support service activities

7,381

338

169

34

4,835

451

628

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

8,917

1,160

203

472

978

48

2,088

Education

698

1

0

0

76

18

362

Human health services and social work activities

3,483

104

0

31

1,862

124

239

Arts, entertainment and recreation

859

71

0

21

873

38

13

Other service activities

4,720

520

77

10

2,406

708

157

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

188,407

85

2

0

29,372

522

347

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

1

25

0

0

7

6

188

Total

404,537

11,462

12,741

5,092

212,049

51,605

27,417

118

Dec 31, 2018

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost8

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI9

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

0

9

0

0

0

0

1,251

Mining and quarrying

119

481

5

0

0

0

12,113

Manufacturing

472

1,245

47

0

0

0

91,389

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

374

631

45

0

0

0

11,527

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

5

36

0

0

0

0

1,670

Construction

35

585

59

0

0

0

11,165

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

87

224

1

0

0

0

41,938

Transport and storage

100

608

55

0

0

0

14,308

Accommodation and food service activities

21

25

0

0

0

0

4,254

Information and communication

168

724

505

0

0

0

26,810

Financial and insurance activities

2,771

18,102

16,219

10,668

66,949

1,097

312,035

Real estate activities

84

1,928

23

6

28

0

43,903

Professional, scientific and technical activities

23

306

0

0

0

0

13,275

Administrative and support service activities

38

160

0

434

131

0

14,599

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

797

63,468

27,892

510

1,631

0

108,165

Education

0

121

0

0

0

0

1,275

Human health services and social work activities

0

474

63

0

0

0

6,381

Arts, entertainment and recreation

0

398

0

0

0

0

2,273

Other service activities

43

2,691

26

0

13

0

11,371

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

0

0

0

0

0

0

218,735

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

62

448

54

0

0

0

790

Total

5,199

92,664

44,993

11,618

68,752

1,097

949,227

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.1 billion as of December 31, 2018.
2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1 million as of December 31, 2018
3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 599 million as of December 31, 2018.
4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.
5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 73 million as of December 31, 2018.
6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 2 million as of December 31, 2018.
7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.
8Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at amortized cost amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2018.
9Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at fair value through OCI amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2018.

The above tables give an overview of our credit exposure by industry, allocated based on the NACE code of the counterparty. NACE (Nomenclature des Activities Economiques dans la Communate Europeenne) is a standard European industry classification system.

The portfolio is subject to the same credit underwriting requirements stipulated in our “Principles for Managing Credit Risk”, including various controls according to single name, country, industry and product-specificproduct/asset class-specific concentration.

Material transactions, such as loans underwritten with the intention to syndicate,sell down or distribute part of the risk to third parties, are subject to review and approval by senior credit risk management professionals and (depending upon size) an underwriting credit committee and/or the Management Board. High emphasis is placed on structuring and pricing such transactions so that de-risking iscan be achieved in a timely manner and cost-effective manner. Exposures– where DB takes market price risk – to mitigate such market risk.

Our amortized cost loan exposure within theseabove categories areis mostly to good quality borrowersborrowers. Moreover, with the focus on the Corporate Bank and alsoInvestment Bank, loan exposure is subject to further risk mitigation as outlined in the description ofthrough our Credit Portfolio Strategies Group’s activities.


119Strategic Corporate Lending unit (“SCL”).

Our household loans exposure is principally associated with our Private Bank portfolios.

136

Our amortized cost loan exposure of € 36.5 billion to Real Estate activities above is based on NACE code classification. We also provide an understanding of our Commercial Real Estate exposures across the Commercial Real Estate Group, APAC CRE exposures in the Investment Bank and non-recourse CRE business in the Corporate Bank. Please refer to the chapter “Focus Industries in light of COVID-19 Pandemic” for further information on Commercial Real Estate exposures.

Our commercial real estate loans, primarily originated in the U.S. and Europe, are generally secured by first mortgages on the underlying real estate property. Deutsche Bank originates fixed and floating rate loans and selectively acquires (generally at substantial discount) sub- /non-performing loans sold by financial institutions. The underwriting process is stringent and the exposure is managed under separate portfolio limits. Credit underwriting policy guidelines provide that LTV ratios of generally less than 75 % are maintained. Additionally, given the significance of the underlying collateral, independent external appraisals are commissioned for all secured loans by a valuation team (part of the independent Credit Risk Management function) which is also responsible for reviewing and challenging the reported real estate values regularly. Deutsche Bank originates loans for distribution in the banking market or via securitization. In this context Deutsche Bank frequently retains a portion of the syndicated loans butwhile securitized positions may be entirely sells securitized positionssold (except where regulation requires retention of economic risk). Mezzanine or other junior tranches of debt are retained only in exceptional cases. The bank also participates in conservatively underwritten unsecured lines of credit to well-capitalized real estate investment trusts and other publicreal estate operating companies.

Commercial real estate property valuations and rental incomes can be significantly impacted by macro-economic conditions and idiosyncratic events affecting the underlying properties to idiosyncratic events.properties. Accordingly, the portfolio is categorized as higher risk and hence subject to the aforementioned tight restrictions on concentration.

Our credit exposure to our ten largest counterparties accounted for 89 % of our aggregated total credit exposure in these categories as of December 31, 20192020 compared with 8 % as of December 31, 2018.2019. Our top ten counterparty exposures were with well-rated counterparties or otherwise related to structured trades which show high levels of risk mitigation.

Overall credit exposure to the industry sector Financial and Insurance Activities comprises of predominantly investment-grade exposures. The total Loans across all applicable measurement categories amounts to € 98.490.2 billion, Total Repo and repo style transaction across all applicable measurement categories amounts to € 85.971.8 billion and Commitmentoff balance sheet activities amounts to € 57.375.5 billion as of December 31, 20192020 within Financial and Insurance activities and is principally associated with Investment Bank and PrivateCorporate Bank Portfolios, the same are majorly held in Europe and North America and Europe region.

Main credit exposure categories by geographical region

Dec 31, 2020

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Europe

317,281

3,092

1,519

1,615

128,440

29,529

20,283

Of which:

Germany

224,274

340

57

347

75,531

12,195

1,715

United Kingdom

5,796

160

341

64

9,820

2,327

7,102

France

3,460

65

33

187

6,103

1,383

1,331

Luxembourg

10,097

546

252

0

4,839

1,251

701

Italy

23,442

340

66

0

3,600

3,888

1,854

Netherlands

9,679

79

222

554

9,890

1,727

1,942

Spain

17,134

304

0

28

3,755

2,763

1,094

Ireland

4,173

190

200

127

2,023

200

465

Switzerland

6,817

39

19

150

4,518

1,762

268

Poland

2,421

0

1

0

374

128

17

Belgium

1,133

4

0

53

1,566

679

295

Other Europe

8,856

1,025

327

103

6,420

1,226

3,497

North America

73,742

3,266

841

1,896

78,079

7,430

9,420

Of which:

U.S.

61,137

2,926

784

1,792

73,215

7,033

8,496

Cayman Islands

3,790

113

3

0

2,131

25

246

Canada

887

37

0

91

1,790

47

303

Other North America

7,928

191

54

13

943

326

374

Asia/Pacific

34,194

1,248

237

992

7,813

9,960

2,766

Of which:

Japan

1,385

17

0

89

415

483

312

Australia

1,525

258

36

35

1,785

367

542

India

6,355

54

21

32

1,110

2,253

149

China

4,764

6

149

46

684

1,780

658

Singapore

5,309

210

30

28

918

685

248

Hong Kong

2,872

109

0

61

986

671

186

Other Asia/Pacific

11,984

593

0

702

1,914

3,721

670

Other geographical areas

6,285

734

31

133

1,545

1,059

460

Total

431,503

8,339

2,629

4,635

215,877

47,978

32,928

137

Dec 31, 2020

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Europe

2,468

46,446

31,868

2,180

21,696

498

606,915

Of which:

Germany

544

8,257

10,467

263

1,078

10

335,078

United Kingdom

890

7,980

2,776

0

11,352

0

48,607

France

2

8,136

5,216

0

5,981

0

31,898

Luxembourg

41

2,509

1,412

0

819

0

22,466

Italy

117

5,908

1,496

108

478

0

41,297

Netherlands

112

3,486

118

0

33

0

27,843

Spain

0

3,053

3,088

1,077

500

0

32,796

Ireland

680

1,415

136

0

396

0

10,004

Switzerland

4

637

4

0

79

0

14,299

Poland

0

112

1,993

0

0

0

5,047

Belgium

40

1,575

1,616

0

5

0

6,966

Other Europe

38

3,380

3,546

731

975

488

30,612

North America

7,727

27,547

11,798

2,780

31,907

0

256,433

Of which:

U.S.

7,351

26,408

11,197

1,814

29,370

0

231,523

Cayman Islands

359

567

0

885

2,086

0

10,206

Canada

0

417

543

0

451

0

4,567

Other North America

16

155

58

81

0

0

10,137

Asia/Pacific

2,431

19,246

5,740

3,353

9,426

646

98,052

Of which:

Japan

64

2,807

25

0

6,283

0

11,881

Australia

1,545

2,535

860

0

659

0

10,149

India

349

3,284

2,047

0

128

396

16,177

China

0

3,012

309

0

421

0

11,830

Singapore

78

2,067

472

0

105

0

10,152

Hong Kong

207

725

286

60

12

0

6,175

Other Asia/Pacific

188

4,816

1,740

3,293

1,817

250

31,689

Other geographical areas

0

2,107

250

223

37

399

13,262

Total

12,625

95,347

49,656

8,535

63,066

1,543

974,661

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 11.9 billion as of December 31, 2020.

2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 90.3 million as of December 31, 2020

3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.6 billion as of December 31, 2020.

4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 360.4 million as of December 31, 2020.

6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 15.1 million as of December 31, 2020.

7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

138

Dec 31, 2019

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Europe

307,871

4,469

2,435

1,778

114,586

29,836

18,964

Of which:

Germany

214,155

316

5

245

65,468

12,078

1,572

United Kingdom

7,927

607

373

230

7,960

2,587

6,337

France

3,106

70

0

209

5,905

1,322

1,264

Luxembourg

8,320

1,193

1,084

46

4,374

652

859

Italy

22,347

298

109

0

3,127

3,721

1,389

Netherlands

9,679

83

162

457

9,015

1,805

2,123

Spain

17,265

257

54

59

2,262

3,246

916

Ireland

4,783

157

280

124

2,241

172

545

Switzerland

6,818

30

85

262

5,880

2,213

194

Poland

2,771

0

5

0

316

130

60

Belgium

1,347

0

0

67

1,773

421

285

Other Europe

9,352

1,458

279

78

6,267

1,489

3,420

North America

79,522

4,543

483

2,155

88,260

8,332

6,628

Of which:

U.S.

66,991

3,891

389

2,016

83,894

7,842

4,943

Cayman Islands

3,560

318

30

0

764

20

481

Canada

1,155

23

0

116

2,230

81

1,007

Other North America

7,816

310

64

22

1,371

389

197

Asia/Pacific

39,584

1,780

248

820

6,962

9,652

1,946

Of which:

Japan

1,752

16

0

112

599

333

405

Australia

1,577

320

63

0

1,587

104

357

India

7,717

126

149

0

646

2,392

128

China

4,816

38

0

45

725

1,503

308

Singapore

5,722

185

37

30

761

833

210

Hong Kong

4,315

380

0

18

1,182

628

146

Other Asia/Pacific

13,685

714

0

614

1,461

3,860

392

Other geographical areas

6,857

1,554

14

122

1,632

1,412

501

Total

433,834

12,346

3,181

4,874

211,440

49,232

28,039

120139

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2019

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost8

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI9

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Europe

11,267

37,936

24,791

7,884

15,046

390

577,251

11,267

37,936

24,791

7,884

15,046

390

577,251

Of which:

Germany

3,986

5,353

6,864

4,488

661

28

315,219

3,986

5,353

6,864

4,488

661

28

315,219

United Kingdom

2,647

9,712

2,273

604

6,522

0

47,778

2,647

9,712

2,273

604

6,522

0

47,778

France

705

4,714

6,302

319

2,748

0

26,664

705

4,714

6,302

319

2,748

0

26,664

Luxembourg

969

3,094

3,099

121

861

0

24,673

969

3,094

3,099

121

861

0

24,673

Italy

288

5,388

916

144

679

0

38,406

288

5,388

916

144

679

0

38,406

Netherlands

726

2,051

584

297

100

0

27,082

726

2,051

584

297

100

0

27,082

Spain

139

2,010

513

1,082

501

0

28,303

139

2,010

513

1,082

501

0

28,303

Ireland

636

1,321

19

0

1,140

0

11,418

636

1,321

19

0

1,140

0

11,418

Switzerland

51

679

101

0

69

0

16,382

51

679

101

0

69

0

16,382

Poland

0

30

1,988

0

0

0

5,301

0

30

1,988

0

0

0

5,301

Belgium

204

854

577

0

0

0

5,528

204

854

577

0

0

0

5,528

Other Europe

917

2,730

1,554

829

1,765

362

30,499

917

2,730

1,554

829

1,765

362

30,499

North America

9,985

31,654

8,325

3,140

42,038

0

285,065

9,985

31,654

8,325

3,140

42,038

0

285,065

Of which:

U.S.

9,574

30,600

7,718

1,750

19,661

0

239,267

9,574

30,600

7,718

1,750

19,661

0

239,267

Cayman Islands

393

509

9

1,293

22,132

0

29,510

393

509

9

1,293

22,132

0

29,510

Canada

0

277

599

0

240

0

5,730

0

277

599

0

240

0

5,730

Other North America

18

268

0

97

5

0

10,558

18

268

0

97

5

0

10,558

Asia/Pacific

3,048

18,130

5,471

3,114

13,980

659

105,394

3,048

18,130

5,471

3,114

13,980

659

105,394

Of which:

Japan

69

2,582

9

173

9,451

0

15,500

69

2,582

9

173

9,451

0

15,500

Australia

1,906

3,867

653

155

331

94

11,014

1,906

3,867

653

155

331

94

11,014

India

656

1,862

1,998

0

202

306

16,182

656

1,862

1,998

0

202

306

16,182

China

0

1,345

0

0

983

0

9,763

0

1,345

0

0

983

0

9,763

Singapore

11

1,305

874

0

290

0

10,260

11

1,305

874

0

290

0

10,260

Hong Kong

224

517

287

0

1

0

7,699

224

517

287

0

1

0

7,699

Other Asia/Pacific

182

6,653

1,649

2,786

2,721

258

34,977

182

6,653

1,649

2,786

2,721

258

34,977

Other geographical areas

0

2,115

627

90

220

367

15,512

0

2,115

627

90

220

367

15,512

Total

24,300

89,835

39,214

14,228

71,284

1,415

983,222

24,300

89,835

39,214

14,228

71,284

1,415

983,222

1 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.6 billion as of December 31, 2019.

2 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 22 million as of December 31, 2019

3 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 1.4 billion as of December 31, 2019.

4 Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 96 million as of December 31, 2019.

6 Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1.4 million as of December 31, 2019.

7 Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.
8Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at amortized cost amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2019.
9Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at fair value through OCI amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2019.

121

Dec 31, 2018

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Europe

293,979

3,829

9,905

1,785

111,675

31,174

16,390

Of which:

Germany

207,429

497

304

390

61,587

12,193

1,403

United Kingdom

5,553

671

1,331

278

7,304

3,127

5,766

France

2,415

123

212

81

5,025

2,460

826

Luxembourg

7,543

533

6,920

41

6,682

875

933

Italy

21,363

373

99

0

3,417

3,416

1,174

Netherlands

7,968

125

41

384

9,384

1,470

1,984

Spain

16,729

320

57

67

2,507

3,167

931

Ireland

5,792

230

324

166

3,430

153

772

Switzerland

5,960

31

127

208

3,996

2,419

251

Poland

3,135

0

5

0

301

132

53

Belgium

988

2

53

84

1,986

395

264

Other Europe

9,104

924

431

85

6,057

1,366

2,033

North America

65,716

4,383

2,365

2,311

91,672

9,274

8,011

Of which:

U.S.

53,195

4,036

2,358

2,209

85,445

8,797

6,196

Cayman Islands

2,562

55

7

0

2,151

17

756

Canada

2,181

48

0

102

2,649

76

828

Other North America

7,778

244

0

0

1,427

384

232

Asia/Pacific

38,176

1,794

471

863

7,052

9,591

2,391

Of which:

Japan

1,682

37

0

123

334

236

362

Australia

1,224

177

417

11

2,016

135

358

India

7,355

188

18

3

782

2,061

115

China

4,530

60

0

18

346

1,101

399

Singapore

6,136

238

0

109

1,063

992

192

Hong Kong

4,026

203

0

17

1,023

586

138

Other Asia/Pacific

13,223

893

37

582

1,489

4,480

827

Other geographical areas

6,667

1,456

0

132

1,651

1,566

625

Total

404,537

11,462

12,741

5,092

212,049

51,605

27,417


122

Dec 31, 2018

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in �� m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost8

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI9

Europe

4,467

36,459

24,922

4,394

14,342

316

553,638

Of which:

Germany

1,443

6,685

9,597

925

899

2

303,352

United Kingdom

182

14,552

2,499

966

4,379

0

46,608

France

714

3,061

1,559

0

3,681

0

20,157

Luxembourg

167

1,332

3,474

89

1,206

0

29,796

Italy

249

2,707

1,146

578

1,040

0

35,563

Netherlands

592

1,785

1,219

0

179

0

25,130

Spain

168

2,146

504

379

529

0

27,504

Ireland

91

920

215

0

1,277

0

13,370

Switzerland

40

560

119

112

316

0

14,139

Poland

0

130

2,387

0

0

0

6,144

Belgium

139

542

481

0

0

0

4,935

Other Europe

682

2,038

1,724

1,344

836

315

26,938

North America

237

34,356

14,491

1,942

45,548

0

280,306

Of which:

U.S.

220

33,112

13,915

1,275

30,428

0

241,186

Cayman Islands

0

631

9

655

14,094

0

20,937

Canada

0

419

556

0

847

0

7,707

Other North America

17

194

10

12

178

0

10,476

Asia/Pacific

495

19,343

5,037

4,567

8,625

226

98,632

Of which:

Japan

63

3,142

8

2,752

5,808

0

14,545

Australia

0

3,977

510

19

523

0

9,366

India

267

2,172

1,849

0

79

61

14,948

China

0

2,124

0

0

614

0

9,192

Singapore

114

1,403

671

0

325

0

11,242

Hong Kong

0

520

222

0

11

0

6,746

Other Asia/Pacific

51

6,006

1,777

1,797

1,266

165

32,594

Other geographical areas

0

2,506

543

714

237

555

16,651

Total

5,199

92,664

44,993

11,618

68,752

1,097

949,227

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.1 billion as of December 31, 2018.
2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1 million as of December 31, 2018
3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 599 million as of December 31, 2018.
4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.
5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 73 million as of December 31, 2018.
6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 2 million as of December 31, 2018.
7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.
8Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at amortized cost amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2018.
9Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI repo and repo-style transactions at fair value through OCI amounting to € 0 million as of December 31, 2018.

The tables above tables give an overview of our credit exposure by geographical region, allocated based on the counterparty’s country of domicile, see also section “Credit Exposure to Certain Eurozone Countries” of this report for a detailed discussion of the “country of domicile view”. Aforementioned domicile view does not have to be congruent with an internal risk based view applied elsewhere in this report

Our largest concentration of credit risk within loans from a regional perspective is in our home market Germany, with a significant share in households, which includes the majority of our mortgage lending and home loan business.

Within OTC derivatives, tradable assets as well as repo and repo-style transactions, our largest concentrations from a regional perspective were in Europe and North America .


123140

Credit Exposureexposure to Certaincertain Eurozone Countriescountries

Certain eurozoneEurozone countries are presented within the table below due to concernsprevious focus relating to sovereign risk.

In our “country of domicile view” we aggregate credit risk exposures to counterparties by allocating them to the domicile of the primary counterparty, irrespective of any link to other counterparties, or in relation to credit default swaps underlying reference assets from these eurozoneEurozone countries. Hence we also include counterparties whose group parent is located outside of these countries and exposures to special purpose entities whose underlying assets are from entities domiciled in other countries.

The following table, which is based on the country of domicile view, presents our gross position, the included amount thereof of undrawn / contingent exposure and our net exposure to these eurozoneEurozone countries. The gross exposure reflects our net credit risk exposure grossed up for net credit derivative protection purchased with underlying reference assets domiciled in one of these countries, guarantees received and collateral. Such collateral is particularly held with respect to the retail portfolio, but also for financial institutions predominantly based on derivative margining arrangements, as well as for corporates. In addition, the amounts also reflect the allowance for credit losses. In some cases, our counterparties’ ability to draw on undrawn commitments is limited by terms included in the specific contractual documentation. Net credit exposures are presented after effects of collateral held, guarantees received and further risk mitigation, including net notional amounts of credit derivatives for protection sold/bought. The provided gross and net exposures to certain European countries do not include credit derivative tranches and credit derivatives in relation to our correlation business which, by design, isare structured to be credit risk neutral. Additionally, the tranche and correlated nature of these positions does not allow a meaningful disaggregated notional presentation by country, e.g., as identical notional exposures represent different levels of risk for different tranche levels.

Gross position, included undrawn exposure and net exposure to certain eurozoneEurozone countries – Country of Domicile View

Sovereign

Financial Institutions

Corporates

Retail

Other

Total

Sovereign

Financial Institutions

Corporates

Retail

Other

Total

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

in € m.

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019¹

2018

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020¹

2019

Greece

Gross

437

53

1,342

821

464

406

4

5

0

1

2,248

1,286

1,055

437

2,023

1,342

337

464

4

4

11

0

3,429

2,248

Undrawn / contingent

0

0

42

35

7

4

1

1

0

0

51

41

0

0

61

42

2

7

2

1

0

0

64

51

Net

437

35

323

277

14

(5)

2

2

0

1

776

311

1,055

437

360

323

8

14

2

2

11

0

1,437

776

Ireland

Gross

302

418

1,280

662

7,256

9,016

26

26

3,501

3,8752

12,364

13,998

197

302

194

1,280

6,089

7,256

21

26

3,610

3,501

10,111

12,364

Undrawn / contingent

0

0

16

23

2,439

3,279

2

1

531

8022

2,988

4,105

0

0

45

16

1,807

2,439

2

2

613

531

2,467

2,988

Net

270

339

649

198

4,156

6,186

6

6

3,397

3,7772

8,478

10,506

217

270

135

649

3,787

4,156

5

6

3,501

3,397

7,646

8,478

Italy

Gross

6,260

3,628

3,805

3,188

13,331

11,893

18,451

18,449

95

264

41,941

37,422

5,726

6,260

4,501

3,805

14,514

13,331

17,639

18,451

262

95

42,641

41,941

Undrawn / contingent

0

1

38

34

5,384

5,211

1,733

1,790

0

0

7,154

7,035

0

0

62

38

5,935

5,384

1,739

1,733

0

0

7,737

7,154

Net

5,341

2,538

487

634

8,209

7,864

10,715

9,997

95

264

24,848

21,296

4,133

5,341

403

487

8,666

8,209

10,379

10,715

261

95

23,841

24,848

Portugal

Gross

228

(204)

84

64

860

888

11

14

208

27

1,390

789

212

228

83

84

689

860

12

11

93

208

1,088

1,390

Undrawn / contingent

0

0

26

32

342

382

2

5

0

0

370

419

0

0

20

26

303

342

2

2

0

0

325

370

Net

281

(122)

85

61

638

832

4

7

208

27

1,217

805

186

281

90

85

628

638

4

4

93

208

1,001

1,217

Spain

Gross

1,226

1,779

1,513

1,575

12,942

12,597

9,948

9,990

258

167

25,888

26,108

4,448

1,226

1,921

1,513

14,250

12,942

10,039

9,948

249

258

30,907

25,888

Undrawn / contingent

0

0

112

184

4,611

4,890

523

533

3

18

5,249

5,625

1

0

91

112

5,831

4,611

732

523

0

3

6,655

5,249

Net

1,191

1,766

467

910

8,514

10,257

2,536

2,668

310

256

13,019

15,857

4,332

1,191

726

467

10,038

8,514

2,529

2,536

287

310

17,912

13,019

Total gross

8,452

5,674

8,023

6,310

34,853

34,800

28,440

28,484

4,063

4,335

83,832

79,603

11,637

8,452

8,722

8,023

35,879

34,853

27,715

28,440

4,224

4,063

88,177

83,832

Total Undrawn / contingent

1

1

233

307

12,783

13,767

2,260

2,331

534

819

15,811

17,225

1

1

280

233

13,877

12,783

2,476

2,260

614

534

17,248

15,811

Total net³

7,521

4,555

2,011

2,080

21,532

25,134

13,264

12,680

4,010

4,325

48,338

48,775

9,922

7,521

1,714

2,011

23,126

21,532

12,920

13,264

4,153

4,010

51,836

48,338

1 Approximately 7274 % of the overall exposure as per December 31, 20192020 will mature within the next 5 years.

2 Other exposures to Ireland include exposures to counterparties where the domicile of the group parent is located outside of Ireland as well as exposures to special purpose entities whose underlying assets are from entities domiciled in other countries.

3 Total net exposure excludes credit valuation reserves for derivatives amounting to € 45.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 49.8 million as of December 31, 2019 and € 86.3 million as of December 31, 2018.2019.

Net exposure to the above selected eurozoneEurozone countries decreasedincreased by € 437 million3.5 billion in 20192020 driven by decreasedincreased exposure in Spain and Ireland,Greece that is partly offset by an increasea decrease in Italy.Italy and Ireland.


124141

Sovereign Credit Risk Exposurecredit risk exposure to Certaincertain Eurozone Countriescountries

The amounts below reflect a net “country of domicile view” of our sovereign exposure.

Sovereign credit risk exposure to certain eurozoneEurozone countries

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Direct Sovereign exposure¹

Net Notional of CDS referencing sovereign debt

Net sovereign exposure

Memo Item: Net fair value of CDS referencing sovereign debt²

Direct Sovereign exposure¹

Net Notional of CDS referencing sovereign debt

Net sovereign exposure

Memo Item: Net fair value of CDS referencing sovereign debt²

Direct Sovereign exposure¹

Net Notional of CDS referencing sovereign debt

Net sovereign exposure

Memo Item: Net fair value of CDS referencing sovereign debt²

Direct Sovereign exposure¹

Net Notional of CDS referencing sovereign debt

Net sovereign exposure

Memo Item: Net fair value of CDS referencing sovereign debt²

Greece

437

0

437

0

53

(18)

35

0

1,055

0

1,055

0

437

0

437

0

Ireland

265

4

270

2

334

5

339

(0)

189

28

217

0

265

4

270

2

Italy

6,170

(828)

5,341

334

3,627

(1,089)

2,538

58

5,501

(1,369)

4,133

718

6,170

(828)

5,341

334

Portugal

228

54

281

6

(204)

82

(122)

5

212

(26)

186

0

228

54

281

6

Spain

1,222

(31)

1,191

112

1,773

(8)

1,766

27

4,447

(115)

4,332

163

1,222

(31)

1,191

112

Total

8,322

(801)

7,521

454

5,583

(1,028)

4,555

90

11,404

(1,481)

9,922

881

8,322

(801)

7,521

454

1 Includes sovereign debt classified as financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and loans carried at amortized cost. Direct Sovereign exposure is net of guarantees received and collateral.

2 The amounts reflect the net fair value in relation to credit default swaps referencing sovereign debt of the respective country representing the counterparty credit risk.

The increase of € 3.02.4 billion in net sovereign exposure compared with year-end   20182019 mainly reflects increases in debt securities in ItalySpain within Central Investment Office and Investment Bank portfolio.portfolios.

Credit Exposure Classificationexposure classification

We also classify our credit exposure along our business divisions, which is in line with the divisionally aligned chief risk officer mandates. In the section below, we show the credit exposure of the Corporate Bank and Investment bank together. The classification is presented on major products such as, loans, off-balance sheet, derivatives, debt securities and reverse repo transactions.

Following the business resegmentation in 2019, there was a split in the business divisions of the former Corporate & Investment Bank group division and such businesses were grouped separately intogether. In the new Corporate Bank and Investment Bank group divisions. Accordingly,subsequent section, we provide the balances betweencredit exposure for the current year for Corporate Bank and Investment Bank and previous year for Corporate and Investment Bank are not fully comparable. For further information please refer to the “Main Credit Exposure categories by Business Division” provided earlier in this section.


125Private Bank.

Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure

The tables below show our main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank Credit Exposure by product types and internal rating bands. Please refer to section "Measuring Credit Risk" for more details about our internal ratings.

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – gross

Dec 31, 2020

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

Ratingband

Probability of default in %1

at amortized cost

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L2

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

13,679  

44  

446  

114  

20,168  

1,911  

4,230

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

29,365  

436  

347  

641  

47,835  

11,794  

6,414

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

55,845  

1,047  

672  

2,149  

57,941  

22,069  

4,395

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

48,063  

2,470  

500  

1,458  

26,476  

5,566  

3,202

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

26,885  

1,813  

76  

160  

18,789  

2,864  

4,477

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

9,962  

1,177  

361  

92  

4,535  

1,978  

113

Total

183,800  

6,987  

2,401  

4,614  

175,743  

46,182  

22,832

Dec 31, 2020

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions

Ratingband

Probability of default in %1

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

1,183  

50,886  

103  

298  

27,745  

120,806

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

527  

7,762  

82  

827  

8,504  

114,533

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

307  

12,569  

87  

1,425  

8,346  

166,851

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

174  

13,062  

400  

2,239  

15,004  

118,616

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

239  

1,607  

293  

2,311  

375  

59,889

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

382  

762  

15  

600  

0  

19,978

Total

2,811  

86,647  

980  

7,700  

59,974  

600,672

1Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

2Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable.

142

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – net

Dec 31, 2020¹

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

Ratingband

Probability of default in %2

at amortized cost

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

8,684  

44  

446  

0  

19,088  

1,618  

3,381

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

22,618  

131  

347  

621  

46,384  

9,837  

4,957

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

31,266  

889  

625  

1,602  

54,626  

19,365  

4,190

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

22,984  

1,887  

407  

955  

23,947  

3,995  

3,100

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

8,853  

824  

6  

140  

17,614  

2,244  

4,432

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

4,823  

759  

207  

92  

4,263  

1,269  

113

Total

99,228  

4,534  

2,038  

3,410  

165,922  

38,330  

20,175

Dec 31, 2020¹

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions

Ratingband

Probability of default in %2

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

1,183  

50,886  

103  

0  

27  

85,460

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

527  

7,762  

82  

0  

1  

93,268

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

307  

12,569  

87  

23  

3  

125,551

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

171  

13,017  

400  

71  

3  

70,939

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

239  

1,607  

293  

0  

0  

36,253

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

311  

727  

15  

0  

0  

12,579

Total

2,737  

86,567  

980  

95  

34  

424,049

1Net of eligible collateral, guarantees and hedges based on IFRS requirements.

2Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

The tables below show our main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank Credit Exposure for 2019 by product types and internal rating bands.

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – gross

Dec 31, 2019

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

Ratingband

Probability of default in %1

at amortized cost

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L2

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

18,508

184

20

237

23,850

3,364

3,234

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

31,859

868

599

754

45,040

11,706

4,144

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

58,139

1,380

234

2,447

55,361

22,441

3,199

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

47,505

4,595

643

1,002

26,160

4,642

2,261

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

25,967

2,525

275

283

17,913

3,207

844

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

11,477

967

305

2

3,450

1,563

40

Total

193,456

10,519

2,077

4,724

171,774

46,922

13,722

Dec 31, 2019

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions

Ratingband

Probability of default in %1

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

1,422

48,992

0

847

30,382

131,040

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

392

5,864

8

1,522

8,745

111,501

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

366

11,414

76

408

7,320

162,785

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

373

14,525

233

3,265

20,498

125,701

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

449

1,700

225

1,344

1,101

55,833

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

99

558

0

1,039

153

19,654

Total

3,102

83,053

543

8,425

68,199

606,514

1 Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

2 Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable.

143

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – net

Dec 31, 2019¹

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

Ratingband

Probability of default in %2

at amortized cost

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

12,575

184

20

237

22,566

2,535

2,840

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

25,249

318

190

754

43,953

9,814

3,098

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

33,115

751

234

1,489

52,334

19,470

3,005

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

21,734

2,305

408

600

23,497

4,071

2,089

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

6,610

287

52

175

16,348

2,104

821

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

4,053

543

204

2

3,066

1,115

40

Total

103,336

4,388

1,109

3,257

161,764

39,108

11,893

Dec 31, 2019¹

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions

Ratingband

Probability of default in %2

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

1,422

48,992

0

2

1,169

92,540

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

392

5,864

8

0

13

89,653

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

366

11,414

76

6

100

122,362

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

220

14,152

225

90

12

69,402

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

443

1,672

229

0

0

28,742

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

96

523

0

439

0

10,081

Total

2,939

82,618

538

537

1,293

412,781

1 Net of eligible collateral, guarantees and hedges based on IFRS requirements.

2 Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

126

The above table shows an overall decrease in our Corporate Bank and Investment Bank Credit Exposure

gross exposure in 2020 of € 5.8 

The tables below showbillion or 1   %. Loans at amortized cost decreased by € 9.7 billion mainly due to prepayments across businesses as well as by the strengthening of the Euro in comparison to the U.S. Dollar. From a regional perspective the decrease is primarily attributable to counterparties domiciled in the United States and United Kingdom. This decrease is partly offset by an increase in trading debt securities of € 3.6 billion mainly due to increased trading activities on the back of volatile market conditions in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic.

We use risk mitigation techniques as described above to optimize our Corporate and Investment Bank Credit Exposure for 2018 by product types and internal rating bands.

Main Corporate and Investment Bank credit exposures and reduce potential credit losses. The tables for “net” exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categoriesdiscloses the development of our counterparties – gross

Dec 31, 2018

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

Ratingband

Probability of default in %1

at amortized cost

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L2

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

12,632

25

7,879

164

20,043

4,398

9,926

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

29,455

266

518

775

44,927

10,104

7,113

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

29,761

1,061

519

2,734

54,477

23,743

5,789

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

31,393

5,384

1,587

1,333

27,754

5,888

3,006

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

19,828

3,522

1,665

84

16,263

3,504

996

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

12,009

1,204

364

1

4,868

1,234

197

Total

135,078

11,462

12,532

5,092

168,332

48,871

27,028

Dec 31, 2018

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions

Ratingband

Probability of default in %1

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

87

54,365

8

2,929

33,339

145,795

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

38

6,885

122

1,279

9,967

111,448

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

112

8,686

114

275

6,190

133,459

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

189

16,657

639

3,775

14,236

111,841

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

105

1,365

149

2,704

891

51,078

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

49

492

0

387

61

20,867

Total

579

88,451

1,032

11,348

64,684

574,488

1Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.
2Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable.

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categoriesexposure’s net of our counterparties – net

Dec 31, 2018¹

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

Ratingband

Probability of default in %2

at amortized cost

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

10,064

25

7,755

164

18,804

3,872

3,890

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

25,535

266

518

775

43,491

8,444

3,292

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

22,151

729

518

2,641

52,159

21,321

3,637

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

18,076

4,066

1,018

1,302

26,568

4,630

2,351

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

6,434

2,880

655

9

15,083

2,262

776

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

3,571

1,049

364

1

4,172

701

69

Total

85,831

9,014

10,828

4,892

160,277

41,229

14,015

Dec 31, 2018¹

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions

Ratingband

Probability of default in %2

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

87

54,365

8

1,863

359

101,256

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

38

6,885

122

51

269

89,686

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

112

8,686

114

115

112

112,294

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

132

16,519

640

1,331

602

77,236

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

105

1,365

150

0

25

29,742

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

49

492

0

367

0

10,837

Total

523

88,313

1,033

3,728

1,367

421,050

1Net of eligible collateral, guarantees and hedges based on IFRS requirements.
2Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

127hedges.

SCL Risk Mitigation for Credit Exposure

Our Strategic Corporate Lending (“SCL”) unit helps mitigate the risk of our corporate credit exposures. The notional amount of SCL’s risk reduction activities increased from € 31.1 billion as of December 31, 2018, to € 31.3 billion as of December 31, 2019.2019, to € 34.0 billion as of December 31, 2020.

As of year-end 2019,2020, SCL mitigated the credit risk of € 30.330.9 billion of loans and lending-related commitments through synthetic collateralized loan obligations supported predominantly by financial guarantees. This position totalledtotaled30.930.3 billion as of December 31, 2018.2019.

SCL also held credit derivatives with an underlying notional amount of € 3.1 billion as of December 31, 2020. The position totaled € 1.0 billion as of December 31, 2019. The position totalled € 0.2 billion as of December 31, 2018. The credit derivatives used for our portfolio management activities are accounted for at fair value.

144

Private Bank Creditcredit exposure

Due to the re-segmentation in 2019, the balances between the current year for Private Bank (PB) and previous year for Private and Commercial Bank (PCB) are not fully comparable. For further information please refer to the “Main Credit Exposure categories by Business Division” provided earlier in this section.

Private Bank credit exposure, credit exposure stage 3 and net credit costs

Dec 31, 2019

Total exposure in € m.

of which loan book in € m.

Credit exposure stage 3 in € m.

Net credit costs as a % of total exposure¹

Total exposure in € m.

of which loan book in € m.

Credit exposure stage 3 in € m.

Net credit costs as a % of total exposure1

Dec 31, 2020

 

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2020

 

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2020

 

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2020

 

Dec 31, 2019

PB Germany (excl. WM)2

190,038

153,954

2,289

0.08%

PB Germany

185,959

190,038

160,683

153,954

2,798

2,289

0.17%

0.08%

Consumer Finance

31,130

15,913

914

0.53%

29,352

31,130

15,240

15,913

1,277

914

0.77%

0.53%

Mortgage

144,455

135,164

1,343

(0.01%

153,165

144,455

143,368

135,164

1,481

1,343

0.06%

(0.01%)

Business Finance

1,576

926

17

0.08%

1,246

1,576

870

926

6

17

0.15%

0.08%

Financial Markets

12,984

2,121

14

(0.02%

0

12,984

0

2,121

0

14

N/M

(0.02%)

Other3

(107)

(170)

2

(0.19%

PCB International

36,660

32,467

1,586

0.48%

Other

2,196

(107)

1,206

(170)

35

2

0.05%

(0.19%)

International Private Bank

91,156

88,594 2

76,511

75,800 2

3,484

2,624 2

0.43%

0.20%2

Consumer Finance

11,693

9,020

243

0.67%

11,162

11,693

8,937

9,020

350

243

1.50%

0.67%

Mortgage

14,413

14,334

682

(0.17%

13,611

14,413

13,520

14,334

668

682

(0.08%)

(0.17%)

Business Finance

9,821

9,059

660

1.24%

12,151

9,821

9,914

9,059

728

660

1.16%

1.24%

Wealth Management

53,928

51,934

44,072

43,333

1,739

1,038

0.17%

0.02%

Other

734

54

1

(0.03%

303

734

68

54

0

1

1.41%

(0.03%)

Wealth Management

51,934

43,333

1,038

0.02%

Total

278,632

229,754

4,913

0.12%

277,115

 

278,632

 

237,194

 

229,754

 

6,282

 

4,913

 

0.26%

 

0.12%

1 Net credit costs for the twelve months period ended at the respective balance sheet date divided by the total exposure at that balance sheet date.

2 including Digital Ventures.

3The total has small reconciling breaks, primarily driven from few minor positions like hedge accounting etc.

PrivatePCB international and Commercial Bank (PCB) credit exposure, credit exposure stage 3 and net credit costs

Dec 31, 2018

Total exposure in € m.

of which loan book in € m.

Credit exposure stage 3 in € m.

Net credit costs as a % of total exposure1

PCB Germany (excl. WM)

242,277

195,435

2,737

0.09%

Consumer Finance

33,392

16,029

905

0.66%

Mortgage

153,040

143,985

1,397

(0.01%

Business Finance

28,039

20,582

357

0.14%

Commercial Mortgage

10,102

9,660

67

(0.09%)

Financial Markets

17,099

4,574

10

(0.01%)

Other

605

605

0

0%

PCC International

38,598

34,119

1,825

0.44%

Consumer Finance

11,056

8,342

381

0.86%

Mortgage

17,419

17,333

835

0%

Business Finance

9,119

8,400

608

0.82%

Other

1,005

44

2

0%

Wealth Management

47,479

39,830

853

0.02%

Total PCB credit exposure

328,353

269,384

5,415

0.12%

1Wealth management were reported separately in 2019.Net credit costs for the twelve months period ended at the respective balance sheet date divided by the total exposure at that balance sheet date.

128

Consumer finance is divided into personal instalment loans, credit lines and credit cards. Consumer finance business is uncollateralized, loan risk depends on client quality. Various lending requirements are stipulated, including (but not limited to) client rating, maximum loan amounts and maximum tenors, and are adapted to regional conditions and/or circumstances of the borrower (i.e., for consumer loans a maximum loan amount taking into account customer net income). Given the largely homogeneous nature of this portfolio, counterparty credit-worthiness and ratings are predominately derived by utilizing an automated decision engine.

Mortgage business is the financing of residential properties (principally owner-occupied, but also buy-to-let and commercial properties)(primarily owner-occupied) sold by various business channels in Europe, primarily in Germany but also in Spain and Italy. The level of credit risk of the mortgage loan portfolio is determined by assessing the quality of the client and the underlying collateral. The loan amounts are generally larger than consumer finance loans and they are extended for longer time horizons. Based on our underwriting criteria and processes and the diversified portfolio (customers/properties) with respective collateralization, the mortgage portfolio is categorized as lower risk, while consumer finance is categorized as mediumhigh risk.

Business finance represents credit products for small businesses, SME up to large corporates. Products range from current accounts and credit lines to investment loans or revolving facilities, factoring, leasing and derivatives. Smaller clients below a turnover of € 2.5 million are limited to current accounts and loans. Clients are located primarily in Germany,Italy and Spain, but credit can also be extended to subsidiaries abroad, mostly in Europe. The debtors of factoring clients may be located worldwide. The respective credit exposure is usually insured through Hermes guarantees or trade insurance.

Commercial mortgage business is the financing of commercial properties, mostly office, retail, hotels and residential properties. Financing is made via SPV, through investment funds or directly. Focus locations are prime real estate locations primarily in Western Europe with Germany as the most important market.

Financial Market represents treasury investments in corporates, banks and financial institutions as well as sovereigns. Products are mostly covered and uncovered bonds, in loan exposure the majority represents Bundesbank exposure as well as loans to German sub-sovereigns and public institutions.

The reported financials for year-end 2019 in Financial Markets belong to a portfolio of DB PFK AG, that was transferred to Group Treasury in 2020 in the context of the merger of DB PFK AG on DB AG and is therefore no longer part of Private Bank.

Wealth Management Business Unit offers customized wealth management solutions and private banking services including discretionary portfolio management and traditional and alternative investment solutions, complemented by structured risk management, wealth planning, lending and family office services for wealth, high-net-worth (HNW) and ultra-high-net-worth (UHNW) individuals and family offices. Wealth Management’s total exposure is divided into Lombard Lending (against readily marketable liquid collateral / securities) and Structured Lending (against less liquid collateral). While the level of credit risk for the Lombard portfolio is determined by assessing the quality of the underlying collateral, the level of credit risk for the structured portfolio is determined by assessing both the quality of the client and the collateral. Products range from secured Lombard and mortgage loans to current accounts (Europe only), credit lines and other loans; to a lesser extent derivatives and contingencies. Clients are located globally.


145

PB mortgage loan-to-value 1

Dec 31, 2019

≤ 50 %

67 %

> 50 ≤ 70 %

16 %

> 70 ≤ 90 %

9 %

> 90 ≤ 100 %

3 %

> 100 ≤ 110 %

2 %

> 110 ≤ 130 %

2 %

> 130 %

1 %

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

≤ 50 %

65 %

67 %

> 50 ≤ 70 %

16 %

16 %

> 70 ≤ 90 %

10 %

9 %

> 90 ≤ 100 %

3 %

3 %

> 100 ≤ 110 %

2 %

2 %

> 110 ≤ 130 %

2 %

2 %

> 130 %

1 %

1 %

1 When assigning the exposure to the corresponding LTV buckets, the exposure amounts are distributed according to their relative share of the underlying assessed real estate value.

The table below shows the Private and Commercial Bank mortgage lending exposure grouped by loan-to-value buckets for 2018.

PCB mortgage loan-to-value 1

Dec 31, 2018

≤ 50 %

67 %

> 50 ≤ 70 %

16 %

> 70 ≤ 90 %

9 %

> 90 ≤ 100 %

3 %

> 100 ≤ 110 %

2 %

> 110 ≤ 130 %

2 %

> 130 %

1 %

1When assigning the exposure to the corresponding LTV buckets, the exposure amounts are distributed according to their relative share of the underlying assessed real estate value.


129

The LTV expresses the amount of exposure as a percentage of the underlying real estate value.

Our LTV ratios are calculated using the total exposure divided by the current determined value of the respective properties. These values are monitored and updated if necessary on a regular basis. The exposure of transactions that are additionally backed by liquid collateral is reduced by the respective collateral values, whereas any prior charges increase the corresponding total exposure. The LTV calculation includes exposure which is secured by real estate collateral. Any mortgage lending exposure that is collateralized exclusively by any other type of collateral is not included in the LTV calculation.

The creditor’s creditworthiness, the LTV and the quality of collateral is an integral part of our risk management when originating loans and when monitoring and steering our credit risks. In general, we are willing to accept higher LTV’s, the better the creditor’s creditworthiness is. Nevertheless, restrictions of LTV apply e.g. for countries with negative economic outlook or expected declines of real estate values.

As of December 31, 2019, 672020, 65   % of our exposure related to the mortgage lending portfolio had a LTV ratio below or equal to 50   %, unchangedcompared to 67   % in the prior year.

Credit Exposure from Derivatives

All exchange traded derivatives are cleared through central counterparties (“CCPs”), the rules and regulations of which provide for daily margining of all current and future credit risk positions emerging out of such transactions. To the extent possible, we also use CCP services for OTC derivative transactions (“OTC clearing”); we thereby benefit from the credit risk mitigation achieved through the CCP’s settlement system.

The Dodd-Frank Act provides for an extensive framework for the regulation of OTC derivatives, including mandatory clearing, platform trading and transaction reporting of certain OTC derivatives, as well as rules regarding the registration of, and capital, margin and business conduct standards for, swap dealers, security-based swap dealers, major swap participants and major security-based swap participants. The Dodd-Frank Act and related CFTC rules introduced in 2013require mandatory OTC clearing in the United States for certain standardized OTC derivative transactions, including certain interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps. Margin requirements for non-cleared derivative transactions in the US started in September 2016. The European Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 on OTC Derivatives, Central Counterparties and Trade Repositories (“EMIR”) introduced a number of risk mitigation techniques for non-centrally cleared OTC derivatives in 2013 and the reporting of OTC and exchange traded derivatives in 2014. Mandatory clearing for certain standardized OTC derivatives transactions in the EU began in June 2016, and margin requirements for unclearedun-cleared OTC derivative transactions in the EU started in February 2017. Deutsche Bank implemented the exchange of both initial and variation margin in the EU from February 2017 for the first category of counterparties subject to the EMIR margin for unclearedun-cleared derivatives requirements. All other in-scope entities followed the variation margin requirements from March 1, 2017. Deutsche Bank further implemented the exchange of initial margin with the second, third and fourth categories of counterparties beginning in September 2017, September 2018 and September 2019, respectively. Initial margin requirements are subject to a phased implementation schedule which will be fully applied by September 2020.

The CFTC adopted final rules in 2016 that require additional interest rate swaps to be cleared, with a phased implementation schedule ending in October 2018. Deutsche Bank implemented the CFTC’s expanded clearing requirements for the relevant interest rate swaps subject to the passed compliance, covering identified instruments denominated in AUD, CAD, CHF, HKD, MXN, NOK, PLN, SEK and SGD. In September, 2020, the CFTC issued a final rule on the cross-border application of certain U.S. swap rules, which builds on and, in some cases supersedes the CFTC’s cross-border guidance from 2013 and related no-action relief letters. In January 2020,2021, also pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFTC re-proposedfinalized regulations to impose position limits on certain commodities and economically equivalent swaps, futures and options. In December 2019, the CFTC issued a proposal on the cross-border application of U.S. swap rules, building on the CFTC’s cross-border guidance from 2013 and related no-action relief letters. These rules have not been finalized.

146

The SEC has also finalized rules regarding registration, reporting, capital, risk mitigation techniques, business conduct standards and trade acknowledgement and verification requirements for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. Compliance with most of these requirements will be required starting in October 2021, when entities will be required to register as security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. The SEC adopted in December 2019 supplemental guidance and rule amendments addressing the cross-border application of certain rules regulating security-based swaps which also establishes a firm timeline for security-based swap (SBS) dealer registration. The compliance date for Deutsche Bank to register with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer will be October 6, 2021.


130

Finally, U.S. prudential regulators (the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Farm Credit Administration and the Federal Housing Finance Agency) have adopted final rules establishing margin requirements for non-cleared swaps and security-based swaps between non-prudentiallyprudentially regulated swap dealers and certain counterparties, and the CFTC has adopted final rules establishing margin requirements for non-cleared swaps between non-prudentially regulated swap dealers and certain counterparties. The final non-cleared margin rules follow a phased implementation schedule, with certain initial margin and variation margin requirements in effect as of September 2016 and additional variation margin requirements in effect as of March 1, 2017 for all covered counterparties. Deutsche Bank implemented the exchange of both initial and variation margin for unclearedun-cleared derivatives in the U.S. from September 2016, for the first category of counterparties subject to the U.S. prudential regulators’ margin requirements. Additional initial margin requirements for smaller counterparties arehave been phased in on an annual basis from September 2017 through September 2020,2022, with the relevant compliance dates depending in each case on the transactional volume of the parties and their affiliates. The U.S. regulatory agencies have proposed delayingprudential regulators delayed the initial margin compliance date from September 2020 until September 2021 or September 2022 for swaps with certain swap dealerscounterparties with lower levels of transactional volume.volume as a result of the impact of COVID-19. The SEC has also established margin requirements for non-cleared security-based swaps.swaps and compliance will be required starting in October 2021 for security based swaps dealers required to register with the SEC.

The following table shows a breakdown of notional amounts and gross market valuevalues for assets and liabilities of derivative transactions along with a breakdown of notional amounts ofexchange traded and OTC derivative assets and liabilitiestransactions on the basis of clearing channel.

147

Notional amounts of derivatives on basis of clearing channel and type of derivative

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2020

Notional amount maturity distribution

Notional amount maturity distribution

in € m.

Within 1 year

> 1 and ≤ 5 years

After 5 years

Total

Positive market value

Negative market value

Net market value

Within 1 year

> 1 and ≤ 5 years

After 5 years

Total

Positive market value

Negative market value

Net market value

Interest rate related:

OTC

11,116,114

8,622,042

5,377,422

25,115,579

244,738

226,854

17,884

11,299,988

8,076,426

5,241,008

24,617,422

230,512

215,795

14,717

Bilateral (Amt)

2,453,120

2,496,053

1,757,652

6,706,825

200,701

184,611

16,090

1,476,276

1,977,542

1,598,819

5,052,637

220,704

206,192

14,512

CCP (Amt)

8,662,994

6,125,989

3,619,770

18,408,754

44,037

42,243

1,794

9,823,712

6,098,884

3,642,189

19,564,785

9,808

9,602

206

Exchange-traded

4,050,938

1,142,410

372

5,193,720

631

590

42

605,924

215,611

66

821,601

347

154

193

Total Interest rate related

15,167,052

9,764,453

5,377,794

30,309,299

245,369

227,444

17,925

11,905,912

8,292,037

5,241,074

25,439,023

230,859

215,948

14,911

Currency related:

OTC

4,345,697

913,352

431,769

5,690,818

70,947

67,033

3,914

4,351,809

791,671

401,111

5,544,590

91,241

87,177

4,063

Bilateral (Amt)

4,250,460

912,881

431,769

5,595,110

70,524

66,543

3,981

4,255,560

788,132

401,012

5,444,704

90,297

85,830

4,466

CCP (Amt)

95,237

471

0

95,708

423

490

(67)

96,249

3,539

98

99,886

944

1,347

(403)

Exchange-traded

17,169

0

0

17,169

3

22

(19)

43,601

8

0

43,608

5

24

(19)

Total Currency related

4,362,866

913,352

431,769

5,707,987

70,949

67,055

3,894

4,395,409

791,679

401,111

5,588,199

91,246

87,202

4,044

Equity/index related:

OTC

98,330

56,328

7,985

162,642

6,478

8,607

(2,129)

28,938

32,164

7,186

68,288

5,700

5,692

8

Bilateral (Amt)

98,330

56,328

7,985

162,642

6,478

8,607

(2,129)

28,938

32,164

7,186

68,288

5,700

5,692

8

CCP (Amt)

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Exchange-traded

183,700

37,390

5,884

226,974

1,883

2,252

(368)

126,825

36,818

1,634

165,277

3,772

4,902

(1,130)

Total Equity/index related

282,030

93,718

13,869

389,617

8,362

10,859

(2,497)

155,763

68,982

8,821

233,565

9,473

10,594

(1,122)

Credit derivatives related

OTC

102,131

558,757

82,345

743,233

10,245

11,229

(984)

61,552

689,031

86,593

837,176

13,557

13,272

285

Bilateral (Amt)

38,651

157,306

35,102

231,058

2,062

2,667

(605)

23,672

124,373

32,647

180,692

3,043

2,628

415

CCP (Amt)

63,480

401,452

47,243

512,175

8,183

8,562

(379)

37,880

564,658

53,947

656,484

10,515

10,645

(130)

Exchange-traded

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Total Credit derivatives related

102,131

558,757

82,345

743,233

10,245

11,229

(984)

61,552

689,031

86,593

837,176

13,557

13,272

285

Commodity related:

OTC

2,743

5,640

1,194

9,577

20

501

(481)

3,716

2,857

1,341

7,913

142

993

(851)

Bilateral (Amt)

2,743

5,640

1,194

9,577

18

495

(477)

3,716

2,857

1,341

7,913

138

661

(522)

CCP (Amt)

0

0

0

0

2

6

(4)

0

0

0

0

4

332

(328)

Exchange-traded

18,502

570

7

19,080

30

36

(5)

15,446

744

0

16,190

409

55

353

Total Commodity related

21,246

6,210

1,201

28,657

51

537

(486)

19,162

3,600

1,341

24,103

551

1,048

(497)

Other:

OTC

45,811

2,530

109

48,449

666

706

(40)

376,256

3,438

154

379,848

1,043

936

108

Bilateral (Amt)

45,811

2,530

109

48,449

666

706

(40)

376,256

3,438

154

379,848

1,043

936

108

CCP (Amt)

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Exchange-traded

31,868

153

0

32,020

70

107

(37)

9,411

0

0

9,411

29

53

(24)

Total Other

77,678

2,682

109

80,470

736

813

(77)

385,667

3,438

154

389,259

1,072

989

84

Total OTC business

15,710,826

10,158,649

5,900,824

31,770,299

333,094

314,930

18,164

16,122,259

9,595,586

5,737,393

31,455,237

342,196

323,866

18,331

Total bilateral business

6,889,114

3,630,737

2,233,811

12,753,662

280,449

263,628

16,820

6,164,418

2,928,505

2,041,159

11,134,082

320,925

301,939

18,986

Total CCP business

8,821,711

6,527,912

3,667,013

19,016,636

52,645

51,302

1,343

9,957,840

6,667,081

3,696,234

20,321,155

21,271

21,926

(656)

Total exchange-traded business

4,302,177

1,180,523

6,263

5,488,963

2,617

3,006

(389)

801,207

253,181

1,701

1,056,088

4,562

5,188

(626)

Total

20,013,003

11,339,172

5,907,087

37,259,262

335,711

317,936

17,775

16,923,465

9,848,767

5,739,094

32,511,325

346,758

329,054

17,704

Positive market values after netting and cash collateral received

28,615

35,161

131148

Dec 31, 2019

Notional amount maturity distribution

in € m.

Within 1 year

> 1 and ≤ 5 years

After 5 years

Total

Positive market value

Negative market value

Net market value

Interest rate related:

OTC

11,116,114

8,622,042

5,377,422

25,115,579

244,738

226,854

17,884

Bilateral (Amt)

2,453,120

2,496,053

1,757,652

6,706,825

200,701

184,611

16,090

CCP (Amt)

8,662,994

6,125,989

3,619,770

18,408,754

44,037

42,243

1,794

Exchange-traded

4,050,938

1,142,410

372

5,193,720

631

590

42

Total Interest rate related

15,167,052

9,764,453

5,377,794

30,309,299

245,369

227,444

17,925

Currency related:

OTC

4,345,697

913,352

431,769

5,690,818

70,947

67,033

3,914

Bilateral (Amt)

4,250,460

912,881

431,769

5,595,110

70,524

66,543

3,981

CCP (Amt)

95,237

471

0

95,708

423

490

(67)

Exchange-traded

17,169

0

0

17,169

3

22

(19)

Total Currency related

4,362,866

913,352

431,769

5,707,987

70,949

67,055

3,894

Equity/index related:

OTC

98,330

56,328

7,985

162,642

6,478

8,607

(2,129)

Bilateral (Amt)

98,330

56,328

7,985

162,642

6,478

8,607

(2,129)

CCP (Amt)

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Exchange-traded

183,700

37,390

5,884

226,974

1,883

2,252

(368)

Total Equity/index related

282,030

93,718

13,869

389,617

8,362

10,859

(2,497)

Credit derivatives related

OTC

102,131

558,757

82,345

743,233

10,245

11,229

(984)

Bilateral (Amt)

38,651

157,306

35,102

231,058

2,062

2,667

(605)

CCP (Amt)

63,480

401,452

47,243

512,175

8,183

8,562

(379)

Exchange-traded

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Total Credit derivatives related

102,131

558,757

82,345

743,233

10,245

11,229

(984)

Commodity related:

OTC

2,743

5,640

1,194

9,577

20

501

(481)

Bilateral (Amt)

2,743

5,640

1,194

9,577

18

495

(477)

CCP (Amt)

0

0

0

0

2

6

(4)

Exchange-traded

18,502

570

7

19,080

30

36

(5)

Total Commodity related

21,246

6,210

1,201

28,657

51

537

(486)

Other:

OTC

45,811

2,530

109

48,449

666

706

(40)

Bilateral (Amt)

45,811

2,530

109

48,449

666

706

(40)

CCP (Amt)

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Exchange-traded

31,868

153

0

32,020

70

107

(37)

Total Other

77,678

2,682

109

80,470

736

813

(77)

Total OTC business

15,710,826

10,158,649

5,900,824

31,770,299

333,094

314,930

18,164

Total bilateral business

6,889,114

3,630,737

2,233,811

12,753,662

280,449

263,628

16,820

Total CCP business

8,821,711

6,527,912

3,667,013

19,016,636

52,645

51,302

1,343

Total exchange-traded business

4,302,177

1,180,523

6,263

5,488,963

2,617

3,006

(389)

Total

20,013,003

11,339,172

5,907,087

37,259,262

335,711

317,936

17,775

Positive market values after netting and cash collateral received

28,615

The gross exposure of OTC derivative prior to netting and cash collateral as of December 31, 2020 of € 1.771.4 billion (€ 1.8 billion as of December 31, 2019), which is part of the “asset held for sale” classification is not included in our disclosure for credit exposure from derivative. This exposure is associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas. For further information please refer to Note 2224 “Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale” to the consolidated financial statement.

Dec 31, 2018

Notional amount maturity distribution

in € m.

Within 1 year

> 1 and ≤ 5 years

After 5 years

Total

Positive market value

Negative market value

Net market value

Interest rate related:

OTC

12,741,035

9,791,856

5,605,269

28,138,160

202,480

181,453

21,028

Bilateral (Amt)

2,511,405

2,706,991

1,871,607

7,090,004

176,248

156,339

19,909

CCP (Amt)

10,229,630

7,084,865

3,733,661

21,048,156

26,233

25,114

1,119

Exchange-traded

5,643,533

1,813,582

367

7,457,483

560

357

203

Total Interest rate related

18,384,569

11,605,439

5,605,636

35,595,643

203,040

181,809

21,231

Currency related:

OTC

4,277,488

1,063,548

440,037

5,781,073

85,221

81,555

3,666

Bilateral (Amt)

4,217,941

1,063,386

440,037

5,721,364

84,592

80,765

3,827

CCP (Amt)

59,547

162

0

59,709

629

790

(161)

Exchange-traded

23,137

0

0

23,137

5

7

(2)

Total Currency related

4,300,625

1,063,548

440,037

5,804,211

85,226

81,562

3,664

Equity/index related:

OTC

265,587

145,152

16,391

427,130

15,645

19,925

(4,280)

Bilateral (Amt)

265,587

145,152

16,391

427,130

15,645

19,925

(4,280)

CCP (Amt)

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Exchange-traded

605,254

110,450

10,974

726,678

10,407

9,969

438

Total Equity/index related

870,841

255,602

27,365

1,153,808

26,052

29,894

(3,843)

Credit derivatives related

OTC

115,256

615,668

123,651

854,575

8,197

8,382

(184)

Bilateral (Amt)

71,996

175,015

49,365

296,375

3,138

3,142

(3)

CCP (Amt)

43,260

440,653

74,287

558,200

5,059

5,240

(181)

Exchange-traded

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Total Credit derivatives related

115,256

615,668

123,651

854,575

8,197

8,382

(184)

Commodity related:

OTC

5,028

1,015

1,432

7,476

99

1,090

(991)

Bilateral (Amt)

5,028

1,015

1,432

7,476

99

1,090

(991)

CCP (Amt)

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Exchange-traded

22,727

1,333

0

24,060

246

289

(43)

Total Commodity related

27,755

2,348

1,432

31,535

345

1,379

(1,034)

Other:

OTC

11,854

2,555

86

14,494

213

337

(124)

Bilateral (Amt)

11,853

2,555

86

14,493

213

336

(124)

CCP (Amt)

1

0

0

1

0

0

0

Exchange-traded

5,244

3

0

5,247

13

46

(33)

Total Other

17,098

2,558

86

19,741

226

383

(157)

Total OTC business

17,416,248

11,619,795

6,186,866

35,222,909

311,855

292,741

19,115

Total bilateral business

7,083,810

4,094,114

2,378,919

13,556,843

279,935

261,597

18,338

Total CCP business

10,332,438

7,525,680

3,807,948

21,666,066

31,921

31,144

777

Total exchange-traded business

6,299,896

1,925,368

11,341

8,236,605

11,231

10,668

563

Total

23,716,144

13,545,163

6,198,208

43,459,514

323,086

303,409

19,678

Positive market values after netting and cash collateral received

29,393


132

Equity Exposure

The table below presents the carrying values of our equity investments according to IFRS definition split by trading and nontrading for the respective reporting dates. We manage our respective positions within our market risk and other appropriate risk frameworks.

CompositionModified Assets Amortized Cost

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Amortized cost carrying amount prior to modification

0

81

73

0

153

4

1

42

0

47

Net modification gain/losses recognized

0

2

(30)

0

(29)

(4)

(0)

(40)

0

(45)

In 2020, we have observed the increase of our Equity Exposure€ 107 million, or 228 %, in modified assets at amortized cost due to client related modifications, which were granted with no modification loss. We did not include any COVID-19 driven modifications into the above table. For further details to COVID-19 related modifications, please refer to “Legislative and non-legislative moratoria and public guarantee schemes in light of COVID-19 pandemic”

in € m.

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

Trading Equities

18,640

56,673

Nontrading Equities¹

2,660

2,835

Total Equity Exposure

21,300

59,507

We have observed immaterial amounts of modified assets that have been upgraded to stage 1. We have not observed any subsequent re-deterioration of those assets into stages 2 and 3.

In 2019, we have observed immaterial amounts of modified assets that have been upgraded to stage 1. We have not observed any subsequent re-deterioration of those assets into stages 2 and 3.

1Financial Assets at Fair value through Other Comprehensive IncomeIncludes equity investment funds amounting

The fair value of financial assets at Fair value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) subject to impairment was € 56 billion at December 31, 2020, compared to € 58646 billion at December 31, 2019. Allowance for credit losses against these assets remained at very low levels (€ 20 million as of December 31, 20192020 and € 60535 million as of December 31, 2018.2019). Due to immateriality no further breakdown is provided for financial assets at FVOCI.

As of December 31, 2019, our Trading Equities exposure was mainly composed of € 11.8 billion from Capital Release Unit activities and € 4.2 billion from Investment Bank. Overall trading equities decreased by € 38.0 billion year on year driven mainly by unwinding of trades in the Equities business along with lower client positions .

Asset Quality

The Asset Quality section under IFRS 9 describes the quality of debt instruments subject to impairment, which under IFRS 9 consist of debt instruments measured at amortized cost, financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) as well as off balanceOff-balance sheet lending commitments such as loan commitments and financial guarantees (hereafter collectively referred to as “Financial Assets”).

Overview of financial assets subject to impairmentguarantee business

The following tables provide an overview of the exposurenominal amount and credit loss allowance for credit losses byour off-balance sheet financial asset class broken down into stages as per IFRS 9 requirements.

OverviewDevelopment of nominal amount and allowance for credit losses

Dec 31, 2020

Nominal Amount

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

251,930

5,864

1,424

0

259,218

Movements including new business

16,918

(2,786)

126

1

14,259

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

(7,247)

6,101

1,146

0

0

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange and other changes

(10,056)

(455)

(110)

0

(10,622)

Balance, end of reporting period

251,545

8,723

2,587

1

262,856

Dec 31, 2019

Nominal Amount

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

252,039

10,021

599

0

262,659

Movements including new business

(507)

(3,256)

(213)

0

(3,976)

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

(99)

(933)

1,032

0

0

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange and other changes

496

33

6

0

535

Balance, end of reporting period

251,930

5,864

1,424

0

259,218

86

Dec 31, 2020

Allowance for Credit Losses2

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

128

48

166

0

342

Movements including new business

13

21

41

0

75

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

0

0

(1)

0

0

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange and other changes

3

4

(6)

0

1

Balance, end of reporting period

144

74

200

0

419

Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1

13

22

40

0

75

1The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets subjectincluding new business, transfers due to impairmentchanges in creditworthiness and changes in models.

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Amortized cost¹

Gross carrying amount

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

637,037

32,335

7,452

1,963

678,787

Allowance for credit losses²

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

509

501

3,247

3

4,259

Fair value through OCI

Fair value

45,083

397

23

0

45,503

50,932

247

2

1

51,182

Allowance for credit losses

16

9

10

0

35

11

1

0

(0)

13

Off-balance sheet

Notional amount

251,930

5,864

1,424

0

259,218

252,039

10,021

599

0

262,659

Allowance for credit losses³

128

48

166

0

342

132

73

84

0

289

1 Financial Assets at Amortized Cost consist of: Loans at Amortized Cost, Cash and central bank balances, Interbank balances (w/o central banks), Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, Securities borrowed and certain subcategories of Other assets.
2
2 Allowance for credit losses do not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 3 million as of December 31, 2019 and € 6 million as of December 31, 2018.
3 Allowance for credit losses dodoes not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 4 million as of December 31, 2019 and € 5 million as of December 31, 2018.2020.


133

Financial assets at amortized cost

The following tables provide an overview of the gross carrying amount and credit loss allowance by financial asset class broken down into stages as per IFRS 9 requirements.

Development of exposures and allowance for credit losses in the reporting period

Dec 31, 2019

Gross carrying amount

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

637,037

32,335

7,452

1,963

678,787

Movements in financial assets including new business

86,882

(6,503)

1,022

418

81,819

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

(1,652)

327

1,325

N/M

0

Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

(4)

(0)

(40)

0

(45)

Changes in models

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period

(81,545)

(1,691)

(2,343)

(272)

(85,852)

Recovery of written off amounts

0

0

70

0

70

Foreign exchange and other changes

5,249

213

45

41

5,548

Balance, end of reporting period

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

Financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment remained roughly stable with a slight increase of € 2 billion in 2019 across all stages:

Stage 1 exposures increased by € 9 billion or 1 %.

Stage 2 exposures decreased by € 8 billion or 24 % driven by Brokerage cash / margin receivables in Investment Bank as well as Loans at Amortized Cost in Corporate Bank.

Stage 3 exposures increased by € 266 million or 3 % in 2019 driven by new defaults across business divisions, partly offset by write-offs in shipping.

Dec 31, 2018

Gross carrying amount

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

663,707

30,305

7,726

2,019

703,756

Movements in financial assets including new business

29,175

5,743

1,058

(61)

35,914

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

1,240

(2,344)

1,104

0

0

Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

(11)

(8)

(208)

0

(227)

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period

(65,682)

(1,766)

(2,411)

(4)

(69,863)

Recovery of written off amounts

0

0

146

0

146

Foreign exchange and other changes

8,608

405

37

10

9,060

Balance, end of reporting period

637,037

32,335

7,452

1,963

678,787

Financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment dropped by € 25 billion or 4 % in 2018 mainly driven by Stage 1:

Stage 1 exposures decreased by € 27 billion or 4 % driven by Cash and central bank balances due to reductions in deposits and short-term borrowings.

Stage 2 exposures increased by € 2 billion or 7 % driven by Loans at amortized cost in former CIB.

Stage 3 exposures decreased by € 274 million or 4 % in 2018 driven by former CIB, mainly reflecting de-risking activities in our shipping portfolio. This reduction was partly offset by an increase in former PCB driven by the former Postbank business, partly as a result of non-recurring effects.

134

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2019

Allowance for Credit Losses³

Allowance for Credit Losses2

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

509

501

3,247

3

4,259

132

73

84

0

289

Movements in financial assets including new business

(57)

102

550

40

636

Movements including new business

(13)

(5)

88

0

70

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

120

(106)

(14)

N/M

0

9

(12)

3

0

0

Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period²

0

0

(872)

(26)

(898)

Recovery of written off amounts

0

0

96

0

96

Foreign exchange and other changes

(22)

(4)

8

18

0

(1)

(7)

(9)

0

(17)

Balance, end of reporting period

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

128

48

166

0

342

Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk¹

62

(4)

536

40

636

Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1

(4)

(17)

90

0

70

1 MovementsThe above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk. models.

2 This position includes charge offs of allowance for credit losses.
3Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 3 million as of December 31, 2019.

Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment dropped by € 166 million or 4 % in 2019 mainly driven by Stage 3:

Stage 1 allowances increased by € 40 million or 8 % driven by an increase in Loans at Amortized Cost in Investment Bank and Private Bank.

Stage 2 allowances remained roughly stable with a slight decrease of € 8 million or 2 %.

Stage 3 allowances decreased by € 198 million or 6 % driven by NPL sales in Private Bank as well as write-offs in shipping in Capital Release Unit, which were partly offset by new defaults in Corporate Bank and Investment Bank.

Our Stage 3 coverage ratio (defined as Allowance for credit losses in Stage 3 (excluding POCI) divided by Financial assets at amortized cost in Stage 3 (excluding POCI)) amounted to 40 % in the current fiscal year, compared to 44 % in the prior year.

Dec 31, 2018

Allowance for Credit Losses³

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Balance, beginning of year

462

494

3,638

3

4,596

Movements in financial assets including new business

(132)

215

440

(17)

507

Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

199

(137)

(62)

N/M

0

Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

Changes in models

0

0

0

0

0

Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period²

(6)

(17)

(972)

0

(995)

Recovery of written off amounts

0

0

172

0

172

Foreign exchange and other changes

(14)

(54)

30

17

(21)

Balance, end of reporting period

509

501

3,247

3

4,259

Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk¹

66

78

379

(17)

507

1 Movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk.
2 This position includes charge offs of allowance for credit losses.
3 Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 64 million as of December 31, 2018.2019.

Legal Claims

AllowanceAssets subject to enforcement activity consist of assets, which have been fully or partially written off and the Group still continues to pursue recovery of the asset. Such enforcement activity comprises for credit losses againstexample cases where the bank continues to devote resources (e.g. our Legal Department/CRM workout unit) towards recovery, either via legal channels or third party recovery agents. Enforcement activity also applies to cases where the Bank maintains outstanding and unsettled legal claims. This is irrespective of whether amounts are expected to be recovered and the recovery timeframe. It may be common practice in certain jurisdictions for recovery cases to span several years.

Amounts outstanding on financial assets that were written off during the reporting period and are still subject to enforcement activity amounted to € 295 million in fiscal year 2020, mainly in Corporate Bank, Investment Bank and Private Bank. In 2019, legal claims amounted to € 152 million, mainly in Corporate Bank and Private Bank.

Renegotiated and forborne assets at amortized costs

For economic or legal reasons we might enter into a forbearance agreement with a borrower who faces or will face financial difficulties in order to ease the contractual obligation for a limited period of time. A case-by-case approach is applied for our corporate clients considering each transaction and client -specific facts and circumstances. For consumer loans we offer forbearances for a limited period of time, in which the total or partial outstanding or future instalments are deferred to a later point of time. However, the amount not paid including accrued interest during this period must be re-compensated at a later point of time. Repayment options include distribution over residual tenor, a one-off payment or a tenor extension. Forbearances are restricted and depending on the economic situation of the client, our risk management strategies and the local legislation. In case a forbearance agreement is entered into, an impairment measurement is conducted as described below, an impairment charge is taken if necessary and the loan is subsequently recorded as impaired.

In our management and reporting of forborne assets at amortized costs, we are following the EBA definition for forbearances and non-performing loans (Implementing Technical Standards (ITS) on Supervisory reporting on forbearance and non-performing exposures under article 99(4) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013). Once the conditions mentioned in the ITS are met, we report the loan as being forborne; we remove the asset from our forbearance reporting, once the discontinuance criteria in the ITS are met (i.e., the contract is considered as performing, a minimum two year probation period has passed, regular payments of more than an insignificant aggregate amount of principal or interest have been made during at least half of the probation period, and none of the exposures to the debtor is more than 30 days past-due at the end of the probation period).

In 2020, forbearance measures granted as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic have been added to the above regulations and are included in the following table, even if these measures, in accordance with EBA guidance, do in general not trigger a stage transition. COVID-19 related moratoria in contrast are not relevant for the below table. For further details please refer to the section “Legislative and non-legislative moratoria and public guarantee schemes in light of COVID-19 pandemic”.

87

Forborne financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment dropped by € 338 million or 7 % in 2018 mainly driven by Stage 3:

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Performing

Non-performing

Total forborne loans at amortized cost

Performing

Non-performing

Total forborne loans at amortized cost

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 2

Stage 2

Stage 3

German

1,014

1,404

2

18

1,297

3,735

985

31

1,227

2,243

Non-German

4,515

2,388

10

35

2,775

9,723

780

59

1,714

2,552

Total

5,529

3,792

12

53

4,072

13,459

1,765

90

2,940

4,796

Stage 1 allowances increased by € 47 million or 10 % driven by additional provisions in former CIB to reflect for a weakening macroeconomic outlook as well as a one-off adjustment to the calculation methodology on certain loans on which we hold insurance protection.Development of forborne financial assets at amortized cost

in € m.

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Balance beginning of period

4,796

4,841

Classified as forborne during the year

10,141

1,702

Transferred to non-forborne during the year (including repayments)

(1,371)

(1,408)

Charge-offs

(35)

(342)

Exchange rate and other movements

(72)

1

Balance end of period

13,459

4,796

Stage 2 allowances remained almost stable.

Stage 3 allowances decreased by € 391 million or 11 % driven by former CIB, where charge offs partly related to de-risking activities in our shipping portfolio overcompensated additional provisions.

135

FinancialForborne assets at amortized cost increased by business division

Dec 31, 2019

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Corporate Bank

174,685

4,769

1,921

0

181,375

82

63

843

0

988

Investment Bank

159,301

4,894

575

1,830

166,600

146

60

117

36

358

Private Bank

251,699

14,376

4,520

321

270,915

313

360

1,834

0

2,508

Asset Management

1,965

101

0

0

2,066

1

1

0

0

2

Capital Release Unit

16,051

378

502

0

16,930

1

7

221

0

230

Corporate & Other

42,266

163

13

0

42,442

5

2

1

0

8

Total

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

Dec 31, 2018

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Corporate Bank

178,822

6,120

1,544

0

186,487

77

66

793

0

935

Investment Bank

154,309

9,880

461

1,613

166,263

124

56

41

(3)

218

Private Bank

253,548

14,376

4,413

271

272,608

298

366

2,049

0

2,712

Asset Management

1,998

304

2

0

2,303

0

0

0

0

1

Capital Release Unit

39,311

1,096

1,031

79

41,517

6

12

364

6

388

Corporate & Other

9,050

559

1

0

9,609

3

1

1

0

5

Total

637,037

32,335

7,452

1,963

678,787

509

501

3,247

3

4,259

€ 8.7 billion, predominantly due to the inclusion of Forbearance measures granted as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic.

136

FinancialForborne assets at amortized cost slightly decreased by industry sector€ 45 million, or 1 % in 2019.

Dec 31, 2019

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

613

43

42

1

699

1

2

10

0

12

Mining and quarrying

2,647

4

141

1

2,793

4

0

15

0

19

Manufacturing

26,784

1,498

923

122

29,327

32

33

481

0

546

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

4,609

160

70

0

4,839

4

5

4

0

13

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

708

11

64

0

783

1

0

10

0

11

Construction

2,987

208

307

144

3,646

4

4

227

1

235

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

19,404

978

653

11

21,046

19

18

389

(0)

426

Transport and storage

4,259

488

249

0

4,995

6

6

64

0

76

Accommodation and food service activities

2,240

93

31

74

2,437

5

2

15

0

22

Information and communication

5,633

472

32

0

6,138

10

17

16

0

43

Financial and insurance activities

299,108

3,756

431

824

304,119

95

30

189

2

317

Real estate activities

42,868

1,831

311

399

45,410

43

13

80

15

152

Professional, scientific and technical activities

9,253

512

195

232

10,193

8

8

98

4

117

Administrative and support service activities

5,909

400

189

25

6,523

6

6

52

(5)

59

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

20,972

794

43

0

21,809

3

5

5

0

13

Education

354

18

2

0

373

0

0

1

0

2

Human health services and social work activities

3,264

187

15

2

3,469

5

6

7

0

18

Arts, entertainment and recreation

837

24

10

0

872

3

0

4

0

7

Other service activities

8,707

387

74

210

9,378

10

8

39

19

75

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

182,912

12,817

3,748

106

199,583

290

330

1,310

(0)

1,930

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

1,895

0

1

0

1,896

0

0

1

0

1

Total

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

Collateral Obtained

We obtain collateral on the balance sheet only in certain cases by either taking possession of collateral held as security or by calling upon other credit enhancements. Collateral obtained is made available for sale in an orderly fashion or through public auctions, with the proceeds used to repay or reduce outstanding indebtedness. Generally we do not occupy obtained properties for our business use. The residential real estate collateral obtained in 2020 refers predominantly to our exposures in Spain.

137Collateral Obtained during the reporting period

Dec 31, 2018

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

533

38

60

0

631

1

2

21

0

24

Mining and quarrying

2,970

273

147

0

3,390

8

1

5

0

15

Manufacturing

26,695

1,291

783

66

28,836

25

24

449

1

498

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

3,476

286

77

0

3,839

3

16

5

0

24

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

777

10

10

0

796

0

0

7

0

7

Construction

3,108

289

338

88

3,823

4

4

244

1

254

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

19,119

859

593

0

20,572

19

18

403

(0)

440

Transport and storage

4,314

875

539

0

5,728

7

6

201

0

214

Accommodation and food service activities

1,692

166

35

121

2,014

3

2

17

0

23

Information and communication

4,443

286

46

0

4,774

8

13

27

0

48

Financial and insurance activities

318,867

10,526

373

633

330,400

81

33

153

7

274

Real estate activities

33,166

2,801

380

401

36,748

35

17

84

(9)

128

Professional, scientific and technical activities

8,169

498

151

190

9,008

7

8

83

0

98

Administrative and support service activities

7,091

189

62

32

7,374

8

3

19

(4)

25

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

12,054

1,089

81

1

13,224

4

7

5

0

16

Education

612

19

8

0

638

1

0

7

0

9

Human health services and social work activities

3,246

209

12

2

3,468

7

5

5

0

18

Arts, entertainment and recreation

818

24

14

0

856

2

0

5

0

7

Other service activities

7,788

486

104

239

8,617

9

4

34

4

51

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services- producing activities of households for own use

177,927

12,121

3,639

191

193,878

276

336

1,473

4

2,088

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

173

0

1

0

173

0

0

0

0

0

Total

637,037

32,335

7,452

1,963

678,787

509

501

3,247

3

4,259

Financial assets at amortized cost by region

Dec 31, 2019

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Germany

262,104

12,872

3,259

321

278,556

266

279

1,311

(0)

1,857

Western Europe (excluding Germany)

131,432

5,516

2,979

1,631

141,558

152

150

1,418

39

1,760

Eastern Europe

5,929

230

75

0

6,234

2

5

39

0

45

North America

166,357

3,467

612

71

170,507

83

39

32

3

156

Central and South America

3,952

532

103

9

4,595

2

7

29

(1)

38

Asia/Pacific

65,128

1,862

489

119

67,597

34

10

186

(5)

225

Africa

2,637

172

13

0

2,823

7

2

1

0

10

Other

8,429

30

0

0

8,458

2

0

0

0

2

Total

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

in € m.

2020

2019²

Commercial real estate

0

0

Residential real estate1

3

3

Other

0

0

Total collateral obtained during the reporting period

3

3


1

138

Dec 31, 2018

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Germany

291,850

12,247

3,088

303

307,488

247

275

1,303

0

1,825

Western Europe (excluding Germany)

119,622

7,499

3,072

1,543

131,736

122

175

1,604

5

1,907

Eastern Europe

6,309

401

88

0

6,798

5

4

38

0

47

North America

147,300

7,572

554

20

155,446

66

32

48

1

147

Central and South America

4,717

558

155

0

5,430

7

2

22

0

31

Asia/Pacific

55,490

3,353

374

98

59,315

32

9

200

(4)

237

Africa

1,996

470

78

0

2,544

7

4

31

0

42

Other

9,753

234

43

0

10,031

22

0

1

0

24

Total

637,037

32,335

7,452

1,963

678,787

509

501

3,247

3

4,259

Financial assets at amortized cost by rating class

Dec 31, 2019

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

209,611

380

0

0

209,992

2

0

0

0

2

iA

93,098

259

0

0

93,357

7

0

0

0

7

iBBB

150,213

1,922

0

0

152,135

39

7

0

0

46

iBB

146,655

6,695

1

0

153,351

191

58

0

0

249

iB

40,495

10,625

1

1

51,122

263

192

0

0

455

iCCC and below

5,894

4,799

7,529

2,149

20,371

49

236

3,015

36

3,335

Total

645,967

24,680

7,531

2,150

680,328

549

492

3,015

36

4,093

Dec 31, 2018

Gross Carrying Amount

Allowance for Credit Losses

in € m.

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 3 POCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

235,913

2,315

0

0

238,229

2

0

0

0

3

iA

81,579

3,027

0

0

84,606

6

1

0

0

7

iBBB

138,596

2,508

0

0

141,104

36

8

0

0

43

iBB

137,768

8,318

0

232

146,318

177

61

0

0

238

iB

35,725

10,378

0

11

46,114

239

187

0

0

426

iCCC and below

7,456

5,788

7,452

1,720

22,416

49

243

3,247

3

3,542

Total

637,037

32,335

7,452

1,963

678,787

509

501

3,247

3

4,259

Our existing commitments to lend additional funds to debtors with Stage 3 financial assets at amortized costCarrying amount of foreclosed residential real estate properties amounted to € 27927 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 29 million as of December 31, 2019 (restated compared to prior year disclosure).

2Numbers have been restated compared to prior year disclosure.

The collateral obtained, as shown in the table above, excludes collateral recorded as a result of consolidating securitization trusts under IFRS 10. In 2020 as well as in 2019 the Group did not obtain any collateral related to these trusts.

Derivatives – Credit Valuation Adjustment

We establish counterparty Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) for OTC derivative transactions to cover expected credit losses. The adjustment amount is determined by assessing the potential credit exposure to a given counterparty and taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any relevant netting arrangements, expected loss given default and the credit risk, based on available market information, including CDS spreads.

Treatment of default situations under derivatives

Unlike standard loan assets, we generally have more options to manage the credit risk in our derivatives transactions when movement in the current replacement costs or the behavior of our counterparty indicate that there is the risk that upcoming payment obligations under the transactions might not be honored. In these situations, we are frequently able under the relevant derivatives agreements to obtain additional collateral or to terminate and close-out the derivative transactions at short notice.

The master agreements and associated collateralization agreements for OTC derivative transactions executed with our clients typically result in the majority of our credit exposure being secured by collateral. It also provides for a broad set of standard or bespoke termination rights, which allow us to respond swiftly to a counterparty’s default or to other circumstances which indicate a high probability of failure.

88

Our contractual termination rights are supported by internal policies and procedures with defined roles and responsibilities which ensure that potential counterparty defaults are identified and addressed in a timely fashion. These procedures include necessary settlement and trading restrictions. When our decision to terminate derivative transactions results in a residual net obligation owed by the counterparty, we restructure the obligation into a non-derivative claim and manage it through our regular work-out process. As a consequence, for accounting purposes we typically do not show any nonperforming derivatives.

Wrong-way risk occurs when exposure to a counterparty is adversely correlated with the credit quality of that counterparty. In compliance with Article 291(2) and (4) CRR we have a monthly process to monitor several layers of wrong-way risk (specific wrong-way risk, general explicit wrong-way risk at country/industry/region levels and general implicit wrong-way risk, whereby relevant exposures arising from transactions subject to wrong-way risk are automatically selected and presented for comment to the responsible credit officer). A wrong-way risk report is then sent to Credit Risk senior management on a monthly basis. In addition, we utilized our established process for calibrating our own alpha factor (as defined in Article 284 (9) CRR) to estimate the overall wrong-way risk in our derivatives and securities financing transaction portfolio. The Private Bank Germany’s derivative counterparty risk is immaterial to the Group and collateral held is typically in the form of cash.

Managing and mitigation of Credit Risk

Managing Credit Risk on counterparty level

Credit-related counterparties are principally allocated to credit officers within credit teams which are organized by types of counterparty (such as financial institutions, corporates or private individuals) or economic area (e.g., emerging markets) and supported by dedicated rating analyst teams where deemed necessary. The individual credit officers have the relevant expertise and experience to manage the credit risks associated with these counterparties and their associated credit related transactions. For retail clients, credit decision making and credit monitoring is highly automated for efficiency reasons. Credit Risk Management has full oversight of the respective processes and tools used in these highly automated retail credit processes. It is the responsibility of each credit officer to undertake ongoing credit monitoring for their allocated portfolio of counterparties. We also have procedures in place intended to identify at an early stage credit exposures for which there may be an increased risk of loss.

In instances where we have identified counterparties where there is a concern that the credit quality has deteriorated or appears likely to deteriorate to the point where they present a heightened risk of loss in default, the respective exposure is generally placed on a “watchlist”. We aim to identify counterparties that, on the basis of the application of our risk management tools, demonstrate the likelihood of problems well in advance in order to effectively manage the credit exposure and minimize potential losses. The objective of this early warning system is to address potential problems while adequate options for action are still available. This early risk detection is a tenet of our credit culture and is intended to ensure that greater attention is paid to such exposures.

Credit limits are established by the Credit Risk Management function via the execution of assigned credit authorities. This also applies to settlement risk that must fall within limits pre-approved by Credit Risk Management considering risk appetite and in a manner that reflects expected settlement patterns for the subject counterparty. Credit approvals are documented by the signing of the credit report by the respective credit authority holders and retained for future reference.

Credit authority is generally assigned to individuals as personal credit authority according to the individual’s professional qualification, experience and training. All assigned credit authorities are reviewed on a periodic basis to help ensure that they are commensurate with the individual performance of the authority holder.

Where an individual’s personal authority is insufficient to establish required credit limits, the transaction is referred to a higher credit authority holder or where necessary to an appropriate credit committee. Where personal and committee authorities are insufficient to establish appropriate limits, the case is referred to the Management Board for approval.

Mitigation of Credit Risk on counterparty level

In addition to determining counterparty credit quality and our risk appetite, we also use various credit risk mitigation techniques to optimize credit exposure and reduce potential credit losses. Credit risk mitigants are applied in the following forms:

89

Collateral

We regularly agree on collateral to be received from or to be provided to customers in contracts that are subject to credit risk. Collateral is security in the form of an asset or third-party obligation that serves to mitigate the inherent risk of credit loss in an exposure, by either substituting the counterparty default risk or improving recoveries in the event of a default. While collateral can be an alternative source of repayment, it does not replace the necessity of high quality underwriting standards and a thorough assessment of the debt service ability of the counterparty in line with CRR Article 194 (9).

We segregate collateral received into the following two types:

Our processes seek to ensure that the collateral we accept for risk mitigation purposes is of high quality. This includes seeking to have in place legally effective and enforceable documentation for realizable and measureable collateral assets which are evaluated regularly by dedicated teams. The assessment of the suitability of collateral for a specific transaction is part of the credit decision and must be undertaken in a conservative way, including collateral haircuts that are applied. We have collateral type specific haircuts in place which are regularly reviewed and approved. In this regard, we strive to avoid “wrong-way” risk characteristics where the counterparty’s risk is positively correlated with the risk of deterioration in the collateral value. For guarantee collateral, the process for the analysis of the guarantor’s creditworthiness is aligned to the credit assessment process for counterparties.

The valuation of collateral is considered under a liquidation scenario. Liquidation value is equal to the expected proceeds of collateral monetization / realization in a base case scenario, wherein a fair price is achieved through careful preparation and orderly liquidation of the collateral. Collateral can either move in value over time (dynamic value) or not (static value). The dynamic liquidation value generally includes a safety margin or haircut over realizable value to address liquidity and marketability aspects.

The Group assigns a liquidation value to eligible collateral, based on, among other things:

Collateral haircut settings are typically based on available historic internal and/or external recovery data (expert opinions may also be used, where appropriate). They also incorporate a forward-looking component in the form of collection and valuation forecast provided by experts within Risk Management. When data is not sufficiently available or inconclusive, more conservative haircuts than otherwise used must be applied. Haircut settings are reviewed at least annually.

Risk transfers

Risk transfers to third parties form a key part of our overall risk management process and are executed in various forms, including outright sales, single name and portfolio hedging, and securitizations. Risk transfers are conducted by the respective business units and by Strategic Corporate Lending (“SCL”), in accordance with specifically approved mandates.

SCL manages the residual credit risk of loans and lending-related commitments of the institutional and corporate credit portfolio, the leveraged portfolio and the medium-sized German companies’ portfolio across our CB and IB divisions.

90

Acting as a central pricing reference, SCL provides the businesses with an observed or derived capital market rate for loan applications; however, the decision of whether or not the business can enter into the credit risk remains exclusively with Credit Risk Management.

SCL is concentrating on two primary objectives within the credit risk framework to enhance risk management discipline, improve returns and use capital more efficiently:

Netting and collateral arrangements for derivatives and Securities Financing Transactions

Netting is applicable to both exchange traded derivatives and OTC derivatives. Netting is also applied to securities financing transactions (e.g. repurchase, securities lending and margin lending transactions) as far as documentation, structure and nature of the risk mitigation allow netting with the underlying credit risk.

All exchange traded derivatives are cleared through central counterparties (CCPs), which interpose themselves between the trading entities by becoming the counterparty to each of the entities. Where legally required or where available and to the extent agreed with our counterparties, we also use CCP clearing for our OTC derivative transactions.

The Dodd-Frank Act and related Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) rules require CCP clearing in the United States for certain standardized OTC derivative transactions, including certain interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps, subject to limited exceptions when facing certain counterparties. The European Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 on OTC Derivatives, Central Counterparties and Trade Repositories (EMIR) and the Commission Delegated Regulations (EU) 2015/2205, (EU) 2015/592 and (EU) 2016/1178 based thereupon introduced mandatory CCP clearing in the EU for certain standardized OTC derivatives transactions. Mandatory CCP clearing in the EU began for certain interest rate derivatives on June 21, 2016 and for certain iTraxx-based credit derivatives and additional interest rate derivatives on February 9, 2017. Article 4 (2) of EMIR authorizes competent authorities to exempt intragroup transactions from mandatory CCP clearing, provided certain requirements, such as full consolidation of the intragroup transactions and the application of an appropriate centralized risk evaluation, measurement and control procedure are met. The Bank successfully applied for the clearing exemption for a number of its regulatory-consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup derivatives, including e.g., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank is allowed to make use of has obtained intragroup exemptions from the EMIR clearing obligation for 57 bilateral intragroup relationships. The extent of the exemptions differs as not all entities enter into relevant transaction types subject to the clearing obligation. Of the 57 intragroup relationships, 14 are relationships where both entities are established in the Union (EU) for which a full exemption has been granted, and 43 are relationships where one is established in a third country (“Third Country Relationship”). Third Country Relationships required repeat applications for each new asset class being subject to the clearing obligation; the process took place in the course of 2017. Such repeat applications, at the time, were been filed for 39 of the Third Country Relationships, with a number of those entities having been liquidated in the meantime. Due to “Brexit”, the status of some group entities will change from an EU entity to a third country entity. There are two affected UK group entities, but we have not applied for any EMIR clearing exemption for those entities.

The rules and regulations of CCPs typically provide for the bilateral set off of all amounts payable on the same day and in the same currency (“payment netting”) thereby reducing our settlement risk. Depending on the business model applied by the CCP, this payment netting applies either to all of our derivatives cleared by the CCP or at least to those that form part of the same class of derivatives. Many CCPs’ rules and regulations also provide for the termination, close-out and netting of all cleared transactions upon the CCP’s default (“close-out netting”), which reduces our credit risk. In our risk measurement and risk assessment processes we apply close-out netting only to the extent we believe that the relevant CCP’s close-out netting provisions are legally valid and enforceable.

In order to reduce the credit risk resulting from OTC derivative transactions, where CCP clearing is not available, we regularly seek the execution of standard master agreements (such as master agreements for derivatives published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) or the German Master Agreement for Financial Derivative Transactions) with our counterparties. A master agreement allows for the close-out netting of rights and obligations arising under derivative transactions that have been entered into under such a master agreement upon the counterparty’s default, resulting in a single net claim owed by or to the counterparty. For certain parts of the derivatives business (e.g., foreign exchange transactions), we also enter into master agreements under which payment netting applies with respect to transactions covered by such master agreements, reducing our settlement risk. In our risk measurement and risk assessment processes we apply close-out netting only to the extent we believe that the master agreement is legally valid and enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions.

91

We also enter into credit support annexes (CSAs) to master agreements in order to further reduce our derivatives-related credit risk. These annexes generally provide risk mitigation through periodic, usually daily, margining of the covered exposure. The CSAs also provide for the right to terminate the related derivative transactions upon the counterparty’s failure to honor a margin call. As with netting, when we believe the annex is enforceable, we reflect this in our exposure measurement.

The Dodd-Frank Act and CFTC rules thereunder, including CFTC rule § 23.504, as well as EMIR and Commission Delegated Regulation based thereupon, namely Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, introduced the mandatory use of master agreements and related CSAs, which must be executed prior to or contemporaneously with entering into an uncleared OTC derivative transaction. Similar documentation is required by the U.S. margin rules adopted by U.S. prudential regulators, and will be required under SEC rules for security based swaps scheduled to become effective in 2021. Under the U.S. margin rules, we are required to post and collect initial margin for our derivatives exposures with other derivatives dealers, as well as with our counterparties that (a) are “financial end users,” as that term is defined in the U.S. margin rules, and (b) have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards and foreign exchange swaps exceeding U.S.$ 8 billion in June, July and August of the previous calendar year. The U.S. margin rules additionally require us to post and collect variation margin for our derivatives with other derivatives dealers and certain financial end user counterparties. These margin requirements are subject to a U.S.$ 50 million threshold for initial margin, but no threshold for variation margin, with a combined U.S.$ 500,000 minimum transfer amount. The U.S. margin requirements have been in effect for large banks since September 2016, with additional variation margin requirements having come into effect March 1, 2017 and additional initial margin requirements are being phased in from September 2017 through September 2022, with the relevant compliance dates depending in each case on the transactional volume of the parties and their affiliates. Compliance with SEC margin requirements will not be required prior to the compliance date for registration of security-based swap dealers in November 2021 at the latest.

Under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, which implements the EMIR margin requirements, the CSA must provide for daily valuation and daily variation margining based on a zero threshold and a minimum transfer amount of not more than € 500,000. For large derivative exposures exceeding € 8 billion, initial margin has to be posted as well. The variation margin requirements under EMIR apply as of March 1, 2017; the initial margin requirements will be subject to a staged phase-in until September 1, 2021. However, legislative changes have been published on February 17, 2021 that, among others, will extend deadlines into 2022. Under Article 31 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, an EU party may decide to not exchange margin with counterparties in certain non-netting jurisdictions provided certain requirements are met. Pursuant to Article 11 (5) to (10) of EMIR competent authorities are authorized to exempt intragroup transactions from the margining obligation, provided certain requirements are met. While some of those requirements are the same as for the EMIR clearing exemptions (see above), there are additional requirements such as the absence of any current or foreseen practical or legal impediment to the prompt transfer of funds or repayment of liabilities between intragroup counterparties. The Bank is making use of this exemption. The Bank has successfully applied for the collateral exemption for some of its regulatory-consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup derivatives, including, e.g., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank has obtained intragroup exemptions from the EMIR collateral obligation for a number of bilateral intragroup relationships which are published under https://www.db.com/company/en/intra-group-exemptions--margining.htm. For third country subsidiaries, the intragroup exemption is currently limited until the earlier of December 21, 2020 and four months after the publication of an equivalence decision by the EU Commission under Article 13(2) EMIR, unless, in the case of an equivalence decision being applicable, a follow-up exemption application is made and granted. The pending legislative changes mentioned above extend that deadline to June 30, 2022, but re-application will be necessary also for third countries without equivalence decision. For some bilateral intragroup relationships, the EMIR margining exemption may be used based on Article 11 (5) of EMIR, i.e. without the need for any application, because both entities are established in the same EU Member State. Due to “Brexit”, the status of the one intragroup entity contained in the published list will change from an EU entity to that of a third country entity. That entity has been taken off the exemption list as per December 31, 2020 and no margin exemption will be used for the time being. Certain CSAs to master agreements provide for rating-dependent triggers, where additional collateral must be pledged if a party’s rating is downgraded. We also enter into master agreements that provide for an additional termination event upon a party’s rating downgrade. These downgrade provisions in CSAs and master agreements usually apply to both parties but in some agreements may apply to us only. We analyze and monitor our potential contingent payment obligations resulting from a rating downgrade in our stress testing approach for liquidity risk on an ongoing basis. For an assessment of the quantitative impact of a downgrading of our credit rating please refer to table “Stress Testing Results” in the section “Liquidity Risk”.

Concentrations within Credit Risk mitigation

Concentrations within credit risk mitigations taken may occur if a number of guarantors and credit derivative providers with similar economic characteristics are engaged in comparable activities with changes in economic or industry conditions affecting their ability to meet contractual obligations. We use a range of tools and metrics to monitor our credit risk mitigating activities.

For more qualitative and quantitative details in relation to the application of credit risk mitigation and potential concentration effects please refer to the section “Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk”.

92

Managing Credit Risk on portfolio level

On a portfolio level, significant concentrations of credit risk could result from having material exposures to a number of counterparties with similar economic characteristics, or who are engaged in comparable activities, where these similarities may cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be affected in the same manner by changes in economic or industry conditions.

Our portfolio management framework supports a comprehensive assessment of concentrations within our credit risk portfolio in order to keep concentrations within acceptable levels.

Industry risk management

To manage industry risk, we have grouped our corporate and financial institutions counterparties into various industry sub-portfolios. Portfolios are regularly reviewed with the frequency of review according to portfolio size and risk profile as well as risk developments. Larger / riskier portfolios are reviewed at least on an annual basis. Reviews highlight industry developments and risks to our credit portfolio, review cross-risk concentration risks, analyze the risk/reward profile of the portfolio and incorporate the results of an economic downside stress test. Finally, this analysis is used to define the credit strategies for the portfolio in question.

In our Industry Limit framework, thresholds are established for aggregate credit limits to counterparties within each industry sub-portfolio. For risk management purposes, the aggregation of limits across industry sectors follows an internal risk view that does not have to be congruent with NACE (Nomenclature des Activities Economiques dans la Communate Europeenne) code based view applied elsewhere in this report. Regular overviews are prepared for the Enterprise Risk Committee to discuss recent developments and to agree on actions where necessary.

Beyond credit risk, our Industry Risk Framework comprises of thresholds for Traded Credit Positions while key non-financial risks are closely monitored.

Country risk management

Avoiding undue concentrations from a regional perspective is also an integral part of our credit risk management framework. In order to achieve this, country risk thresholds are applied to Emerging Markets as well as selected Developed Markets countries (based on internal country risk ratings). Emerging Markets are divided into regions. Similar to industry risk, country portfolios are regularly reviewed with the frequency of review according to portfolio size and risk profile as well as risk developments. Larger / riskier portfolios are reviewed at least on an annual basis. These reviews assess key macroeconomic developments and outlook, review portfolio composition and cross-risk concentration risks and analyze the risk/reward profile of the portfolio. Based on this, country risk appetite and strategies are set.

In our Country Risk Framework, thresholds are established for counterparty credit risk exposures in a given country to manage the aggregated credit risk subject to country-specific economic and political events. These thresholds cover exposures to entities incorporated locally including subsidiaries of foreign multinational corporations as well as companies with significant economic or operational dependence on a specific country even though they are incorporated externally. In addition, gap risk thresholds are set to control the risk of loss due to intra-country wrong-way risk exposure. As such, for risk management purposes, the aggregation of exposures across countries follows an internal risk view that may differ from the geographical exposure view applied elsewhere in this report. Beyond credit risk, our Country Risk Framework comprises thresholds for trading positions in Emerging Markets and selective Developed Markets that measure the aggregate market value of traded credit risk positions. For Emerging Markets, thresholds are also set to measure the Profit and Loss impact under specific country stress scenarios on trading positions across the Bank’s portfolio. Furthermore thresholds are set for capital positions and intra-group funding exposure of Deutsche Bank entities in above countries given the transfer risk inherent in these cross-border positions. Key non-financial risks are closely monitored. Our country risk ratings represent a key tool in our management of country risk. They include:

All sovereign and transfer risk ratings are reviewed, at least on an annual basis.

Product/Asset class specific risk management

93

Complementary to our counterparty, industry and country risk approach, we focus on product/asset class specific risk concentrations and set limits or thresholds where required for risk management purposes. Specific risk limits are set in particular if a concentration of transactions of a specific type might lead to significant losses under certain conditions. In this respect, correlated losses might result from disruptions of the functioning of financial markets, significant moves in market parameters to which the respective product is sensitive, macroeconomic default scenarios or other factors. Specific focus is put on transactions with underwriting risks where we underwrite commitments with the intention to sell down or distribute part of the risk to third parties. These commitments include the undertaking to provide bank loans for syndication into the debt capital market and bridge loans for the issuance of notes. The inherent risks of being unsuccessful in the distribution of the facilities or the placement of the notes, comprise of a delayed distribution, funding of the underlying loans as well as a pricing risk as some underwriting commitments are additionally exposed to market risk in the form of widening credit spreads. Where applicable, we dynamically hedge this credit spread risk to be within the approved market risk limit framework.

A major asset class, in which Deutsche Bank is active in underwriting, is leverage lending, which we mainly execute through our Leveraged Debt Capital Markets (LDCM) business unit. The business model is a fee-based‚ originate to distribute approach focused on the distribution of largely unfunded underwriting commitments into the capital market. The aforementioned risks regarding distribution and credit spread movement apply to this business unit, however, are managed under a range of specific notional as well as market risk limits. The latter require the business to also hedge its underwriting pipeline against market dislocations. The fee-based model of our LDCM business unit includes a restrictive approach to single-name risk concentrations retained on Deutsche Bank‘s balance sheet, which results in a diversified overall portfolio without any material concentrations. The resulting longer-term on-balance sheet portfolio is also subject to a comprehensive credit limit and hedging framework.

Deutsche Bank also assumes underwriting risk with respect to Commercial Real Estate (CRE) loans, primarily in the CRE business unit in the Investment Bank where loans may be originated with the intent to securitize in the capital markets or syndicate to other lenders. The aforementioned inherent underwriting risks such as delayed distribution and pricing risk are managed through notional caps, market risk limits and hedging against the risk of market dislocations.

In addition to underwriting risk, we also focus on concentration of transactions with specific risk dynamics (including risk to commercial real estate and risk from securitization positions).

Furthermore, DB defines its risk appetite on division, asset class (product) and business unit level. In addition, our PB and certain CB businesses are managed via product-specific strategies setting our risk appetite for sufficiently homogeneous portfolios, such as the retail portfolios of mortgages and consumer finance products as well as products for business clients. Here risk analyses are performed on portfolio level. Analysis for individual clients are of secondary importance. In Wealth Management, target levels are set for global concentrations along products as well as based on type and liquidity of collateral.

Market risk management

Market risk framework

The vast majority of our businesses are subject to market risk, defined as the potential for change in the market value of our trading and invested positions. Risk can arise from changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and other relevant parameters, such as market volatility and market implied default probabilities. The market risk can affect accounting, economic and regulatory views of our exposure.

Market Risk Management is part of our independent Risk function and sits within the Market and Valuations Risk Management group. One of the primary objectives of Market Risk Management is to ensure that our business units’ risk exposure is within the approved risk appetite commensurate with its defined strategy. To achieve this objective, Market Risk Management works closely together with risk takers (“the business units”) and other control and support groups.

We distinguish between three substantially different types of market risk:

Market Risk Management governance is designed and established to promote oversight of all market risks, effective decision-making and timely escalation to senior management.

94

Market Risk Management defines and implements a framework to systematically identify, assess, monitor and report our market risk. Market risk managers identify market risks through active portfolio analysis and engagement with the business units.

Market risk measurement

We aim to accurately measure all types of market risks by a comprehensive set of risk metrics embedding accounting, economic and regulatory considerations.

We measure market risks by several internally developed key risk metrics and regulatory defined market risk approaches.

Trading market risk

Our primary mechanism to manage trading market risk is the application of our risk appetite framework of which the limit framework is a key component. Our Management Board, supported by Market Risk Management, sets group-wide value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits for market risk in the trading book. Market Risk Management allocates this overall appetite to our Corporate Divisions and their individual business units based on established and agreed business plans. We also have business aligned heads within Market Risk Management who establish business unit limits, by allocating the limit down to individual portfolios, geographical regions and types of market risks.

Value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits are used for managing all types of market risk at an overall portfolio level. As an additional and important complementary tool for managing certain portfolios or risk types, Market Risk Management performs risk analysis and business specific stress testing. Limits are also set on sensitivity and concentration/liquidity, exposure, business-level stress testing and event risk scenarios, taking into consideration business plans and the risk vs return assessment.

Business units are responsible for adhering to the limits against which exposures are monitored and reported. The market risk limits set by Market Risk Management are monitored on a daily, weekly and monthly basis, dependent on the risk management tool being used.

Internally developed market risk models

Value-at-Risk (VaR)

VaR is a quantitative measure of the potential loss (in value) of Fair Value positions due to market movements that should not be exceeded in a defined period of time and with a defined confidence level.

Our value-at-risk for the trading businesses is based on our own internal model. In October 1998, the German Banking Supervisory Authority (now the BaFin) approved our internal model for calculating the regulatory market risk capital for our general and specific market risks based on a sensitivity based Monte Carlo approach. In October 2020, the ECB approved a significant change to our VaR model, now a Historical Simulation approach predominantly utilizing full revaluation, although some portfolios remain on a sensitivity based approach. The new approach is used for both Risk Management and Capital Requirements.

The new approach provides more accurate modelling of our risks, enhances our analysis capabilities and provides a more effective tool for risk management. Aside from enabling a more accurate view of market risk, the implementation of Historical Simulation VaR has brought about an even closer alignment of our market risk systems and models to our end of day pricing.

Risk management VaR is calibrated to a 99 % confidence level and a one day holding period. This means we estimate there is a 1 in 100 chance that a mark-to-market loss from our trading positions will be at least as large as the reported VaR. For regulatory capital purposes, our VaR model is calibrated to a 99% confidence interval and a ten day holding period.

The calculation employs a Historical Simulation technique that uses one year of historical market data as input and observed correlations between the risk factors during this one year period.

Our VaR model is designed to take into account a comprehensive set of risk factors across all asset classes. Key risk factors are swap/government curves, index and issuer-specific credit curves, single equity and index prices, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices as well as their implied volatilities. To help ensure completeness in the risk coverage, second order risk factors, e.g. money market basis, implied dividends, option-adjusted spreads and precious metals lease rates are also considered in the VaR calculation. The list of risk factors include in the VaR model is reviewed regularly and enhanced as part of ongoing model performance reviews.

95

The model incorporates both linear and, especially for derivatives, nonlinear impacts predominantly through a full revaluation approach but it also utilizes a sensitivity-based approach for certain portfolios. The full revaluation approach uses the historical changes to risk factors as input to pricing functions. Whilst this approach is computationally expensive, it does yield a more accurate view of market risk for nonlinear positions, especially under stressed scenarios. The sensitivity based approach uses sensitivities to underlying risk factors in combination with historical changes to those risk factors.

For each business unit a separate VaR is calculated for each risk type, e.g. interest rate risk, credit spread risk, equity risk, foreign exchange risk and commodity risk. “Diversification effect” reflects the fact that the total VaR on a given day will be lower than the sum of the VaR relating to the individual risk types. Simply adding the VaR figures of the individual risk types to arrive at an aggregate VaR would imply the assumption that the losses in all risk types occur simultaneously

The VaR enables us to apply a consistent measure across our fair value exposures. It allows a comparison of risk in different businesses, and also provides a means of aggregating and netting positions within a portfolio to reflect correlations and offsets between different asset classes. Furthermore, it facilitates comparisons of our market risk both over time and against our daily trading results.

When using VaR results a number of considerations should be taken into account. These include:

Our process of systematically capturing and evaluating risks currently not captured in our VaR model has been further developed and improved. An assessment is made to determine the level of materiality of these risks and material risks are prioritized for inclusion in our internal model. Risks not in VaR are monitored and assessed on a regular basis through our Risk Not In VaR (RNIV) framework. This framework has also undergone a significant overhaul in 2020. This includes aligning the methodologies with the Historical Simulation approach which in turn yields a more accurate estimate of the contribution of these missing items and their potential capitalization.

We are committed to the ongoing development of our internal risk models, and we allocate substantial resources to reviewing, validating and improving them.

Stressed Value-at-Risk

Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVaR) calculates a stressed value-at-risk measure based on a one year period of significant market stress. We calculate a stressed value-at-risk measure using a 99 % confidence level. Stressed VaR is calculated with a holding period of ten days. Our SVaR calculation utilizes the same systems, trade information and processes as those used for the calculation of value-at-risk. The only difference is that historical market data and observed correlations from a period of significant financial stress (i.e., characterized by high volatilities) is used as an input for the Historical Simulation.

The time window selection process for the stressed value-at-risk calculation is based on the identification of a time window characterized by high levels of volatility in the top value-at-risk contributors. The identified window is then further validated by comparing the SVaR results to neighboring windows using the complete Group portfolio.

Under the Historical Simulation model introduced in fourth quarter of 2020, the capital calculation for VaR has been higher than that for Stressed VaR which would normally lead to a change in the time window used for Stressed VaR. Following guidance from our regulators, the assessment of this stressed period window has been delayed until 2021 as the current VaR is already based on this more stressed period driven by COVID-19.

Incremental Risk Charge

Incremental Risk Charge captures default and credit rating migration risks for credit-sensitive positions in the trading book. We use a Monte Carlo Simulation for calculating incremental risk charge as the 99.9 % quantile of the portfolio loss distribution over a one-year capital horizon under a constant position approach and for allocating contributory incremental risk charge to individual positions.

96

The model captures the default and migration risk in an accurate and consistent quantitative approach for all portfolios. Important parameters for the incremental risk charge calculation are exposures, recovery rates, maturity, ratings with corresponding default and migration probabilities and parameters specifying issuer correlations.

Market risk standardized approach

The Market Risk Standardized Approach (“MRSA”) is used to determine the regulatory capital charge for the specific market risk of trading book securitizations, for certain types of investment funds and for longevity risk as set out in CRR/CRD regulations.

Longevity risk is the risk of adverse changes in life expectancies resulting in a loss in value on longevity linked policies and transactions. For risk management purposes, stress testing and economic capital allocations are also used to monitor and manage longevity risk.

Market risk stress testing

Stress testing is a key risk management technique, which evaluates the potential effects of extreme market events and movements in individual risk factors. It is one of the core quantitative tools used to assess the market risk of Deutsche Bank’s positions and complements VaR and Economic Capital. Market Risk Management performs several types of stress testing to capture the variety of risks (Portfolio Stress Testing, individual specific stress tests and Event Risk Scenarios) and also contributes to Group-wide stress testing. These stress tests cover a wide range of severities designed to test the earnings stability and capital adequacy of the bank.

Trading market risk economic capital (TMR EC)

Our trading market risk economic capital model-scaled Stressed VaR based EC (SVaR based EC) - comprises two core components, the “common risk” component covering risk drivers across all businesses and the “business-specific risk” component, which enriches the Common Risk via a suite of Business Specific Stress Tests (BSSTs). Both components are calibrated to historically observed severe market shocks. Common risk is calculated using a scaled version of the SVaR framework while BSSTs are designed to capture more product/business-related bespoke risks (e.g. complex basis risks) as well as higher order risks not captured in the common risk component. The SVaR based EC uses the Monte Carlo SVaR framework.

Traded default risk economic capital (TDR EC)

TDR EC captures the relevant credit exposures across our trading and fair value banking books. Trading book exposures are monitored by MRM via single name concentration and portfolio thresholds which are set based upon rating, size and liquidity. Single name concentration risk thresholds are set for two key metrics: Default Exposure, i.e., the P&L impact of an instantaneous default at the current recovery rate (RR), and bond equivalent Market Value (MV), i.e. default exposure at 0 % recovery. In order to capture diversification and concentration effects we perform a joint calculation for traded default risk economic capital and credit risk economic capital. Important parameters for the calculation of traded default risk are exposures, recovery rates and default probabilities as well as maturities. The probability of joint rating downgrades and defaults is determined by the default and rating correlations of the portfolio model. These correlations are specified through systematic factors that represent countries, geographical regions and industries.

Trading market risk reporting

Market Risk Management reporting creates transparency on the risk profile and facilitates the understanding of core market risk drivers to all levels of the organization. The Management Board and Senior Governance Committees receive regular reporting, as well as ad hoc reporting as required, on market risk, regulatory capital and stress testing. Senior Risk Committees receive risk information at a number of frequencies, including weekly or monthly.

Additionally, Market Risk Management produces daily and weekly Market Risk specific reports and daily limit utilization reports for each business owner.


97

Regulatory prudent valuation of assets carried at fair value

We determined the amount of the additional value adjustments based on the methodology defined in the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/101 including the amendment via Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/866 providing for a revised aggregation factor to apply for duration of the extreme market volatility due to the COVID-19 pandemic until December 31, 2020.

As of December 31, 2020 the amount of the additional value adjustments was 1171.4 billion. The December 31, 2019 amount was € 1.7 billion. The impact of the revised aggregation factor as at December 31, 2020 was € 0.5 billion.

As of December 31, 2020 the reduction of the expected loss from subtracting the additional value adjustments was €   121   million, which partly mitigated the negative impact of the additional value adjustments on our CET 1 capital.

Nontrading market risk

Nontrading market risk arises primarily from activities outside of our trading units, in our banking book, and from certain off-balance sheet items, and embedding considerations of different accounting treatment of transactions. Significant market risk factors the Group is exposed to and are overseen by risk management groups in that area are:

As for trading market risks our risk appetite & limit framework is also applied to manage our exposure to nontrading market risk. On group level those are captured by the management board set limits for market risk economic capital capturing exposures to all market risks across asset classes as well as earnings & economic value based limits for interest rate risk in the banking books. Those limits are cascaded down by market risk management to the divisional or portfolio level. The limit framework for nontrading market risk exposure is further complemented by a set of business specific stress tests, value-at-risk & sensitivity limits monitored on a daily or monthly basis dependent on the risk measure being used.

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) is the current or prospective risk, to both the Group's capital and earnings, arising from movements in interest rates, which affect the Group's banking book exposures. This includes gap risk, which arises from the term structure of banking book instruments, basis risk, which describes the impact of relative changes in interest rates for financial instruments that are priced using different interest rate curves, as well as option risk, which arises from option derivative positions or from optional elements embedded in financial instruments.

The Group manages its IRRBB exposures using economic value as well as earnings based measures. Our Group Treasury function is mandated to manage the interest rate risk centrally, with Market Risk Management acting as an independent oversight function.

Economic value based measures look at the change in economic value of banking book assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures resulting from interest rate movements, independent of the accounting treatment. Thereby the Group measures the change in Economic Value of Equity (∆EVE) as the maximum decrease of the banking book economic value under the six standard scenarios defined by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes.

Earnings-based measures look at the expected change in Net Interest Income (NII) resulting from interest rate movements over a defined time horizon, compared to a defined benchmark scenario. Thereby the Group measures ∆NII as the maximum reduction in NII under the six standard scenarios defined by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes, compared to a market implied curve scenario, over a period of 12 months.

The Group employs mitigation techniques to hedge the interest rate risk arising from nontrading positions within given limits. The interest rate risk arising from nontrading asset and liability positions is managed through Treasury Markets & Investments. The residual interest rate risk positions are hedged with Deutsche Bank’s trading books within the IB division. The treatment of interest rate risk in our trading portfolios and the application of the value-at-risk model is discussed in the “Trading Market Risk” section of this document.

98

Positions in our banking books as well as the hedges described in the aforementioned paragraph follow the accounting principles as detailed in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” section of this document.

The Model Risk Management function performs independent validation of models used for IRRBB measurement, as per all market risk models, in line with Deutsche Bank’s group-wide risk governance framework.

The calculation of VaR and sensitivities of interest rate risk is performed daily, whereas the measurement and reporting of economic value interest rate and earnings risk is performed on a monthly basis. The Group generally uses the same metrics in its internal management systems as it applies for the disclosure in this report. This is applicable to both the methodology as well as the modelling assumptions used when calculating the metrics.

Deutsche Bank’s key modelling assumptions are applied to the positions in our PB and CB divisions. Those positions are subject to risk of changes in our client’s behavior with regard to their deposits as well as loan products.

The Group manages the interest rate risk exposure of its Non-Maturity Deposits (NMDs) through a replicating portfolio approach to determine the average repricing maturity of the portfolio. For the purpose of constructing the replicating portfolio, the portfolio of NMDs is clustered by dimensions such as business unit, currency, product and geographical location. The main dimensions influencing the repricing maturity are elasticity of deposit rates to market interest rates, volatility of deposit balances and observable client behavior. For the reporting period the average repricing maturity assigned across all such replicating portfolios is 2.14 years and Deutsche Bank uses 15 years as the longest repricing maturity.

In the loan and some of the term deposit products Deutsche Bank considers early prepayment/withdrawal behavior of its customers. The parameters are based on historical observations, statistical analyses and expert assessments.

Furthermore, the Group generally calculates IRRBB related metrics in contractual currencies and aggregates the resulting metrics for reporting purposes. When calculating economic value based metrics the commercial margin is excluded for material parts of the balance sheet.

Credit Spread Risk in the Banking Book

Deutsche Bank is exposed to credit spread risk of bonds held in the banking book, mainly as part of the Treasury Liquidity Reserves portfolio. The credit spread risk in the banking book is managed by the businesses, with Market Risk Management acting as an independent oversight function ensuring that the exposure is within the approved risk appetite. This risk category is closely associated with interest rate risk in the banking book as changes in the perceived credit quality of individual instruments may result in fluctuations in spreads relative to underlying interest rates. The calculation of credit spread sensitivities and value-at-risk for credit spread exposure is in general performed on a daily basis, the measurement and reporting of economic capital and stress tests are performed on a monthly basis.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk arises from our nontrading asset and liability positions that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the respective entity. The majority of this foreign exchange risk is transferred through internal hedges to trading books within the IB division and is therefore reflected and managed via the value-at-risk figures in the trading books. The remaining foreign exchange risks that have not been transferred are mitigated through match funding the investment in the same currency, so that only residual risk remains in the portfolios. Small exceptions to above approach follow the general Market Risk Management monitoring and reporting process, as outlined for the trading portfolio.

The bulk of nontrading foreign exchange risk is related to unhedged structural foreign exchange exposure, mainly in our U.S., U.K. and China entities. Structural foreign exchange exposure arises from local capital (including retained earnings) held in the Group’s consolidated subsidiaries and branches and from investments accounted for at equity. Change in foreign exchange rates of the underlying functional currencies are booked as Currency Translation Adjustments (CTA).

The primary objective for managing our structural foreign exchange exposure is to stabilize consolidated capital ratios from the effects of fluctuations in exchange rates. Therefore the exposure remains unhedged or partially hedged for a number of currencies with considerable amounts of risk-weighted assets denominated in that currency in order to avoid volatility in the capital ratio for the specific entity and the Group as a whole.


99

Equity and investment risk

Nontrading equity risk arising predominantly from our non-consolidated investment holdings in the banking book and from our equity compensation plans.

Our non-consolidated equity investment holdings in the banking book are categorized into strategic and alternative investment assets. Strategic investments typically relate to acquisitions made to support our business franchise and are undertaken with a medium to long-term investment horizon. Alternative assets are comprised of principal investments and other non-strategic investment assets. Principal investments are direct investments in private equity, real estate, venture capital, hedge or mutual funds whereas assets recovered in the workout of distressed positions or other legacy investment assets in private equity and real estate are of a non-strategic nature.

Investment proposals for strategic investments as well as monitoring of progress and performance against committed targets are evaluated by the Group Investment Committee. Depending on size, strategic investments may require approval from the Group Investment Committee, the Management Board or the Supervisory Board.

CRM Principal Investments is responsible for the risk-related governance and monitoring of our alternative asset activities. The review of new or increased principal investment commitments is the task of the Principal Investment Commitment Approval Group (PICAG), established by the Enterprise Risk Committee (ERC) as a risk management forum for alternative asset investments. The PICAG approves investments under its authority or recommends decisions above its authority to the Management Board for approval. The Management Board also sets investment limits for business divisions and various portfolios of risk upon recommendation by the ERC.

The equity investment holdings are included in regular group wide stress tests and the monthly market risk economic capital calculations.

Pension risk

We are exposed to market risk from a number of defined benefit pension schemes for past and current employees. The ability of the pension schemes to meet the projected pension payments is maintained through investments and ongoing plan contributions. Market risk materializes due to a potential decline in the market value of the assets or an increase in the liability of each of the pension plans. Market Risk Management monitors and reports all market risks both on the asset and liability side of our defined benefit pension plans including interest rate risk, inflation risk, credit spread risk, equity risk and longevity risk. Overall, the Group seeks to minimize the impact of adverse market movements to key financial metric, with the primary objective on protecting the overall IFRS funded status, however in selected markets with the aim to balance competing key financial metrics. The investment managers manage the pension assets in line with investment mandates or guidelines as agreed with the pension plans’ trustees and investment committees. For key defined benefit plans for which the Bank aims to protect the IFRS funded status, the Group applies a liability driven investment (LDI) approach. Risks from mismatches between fluctuations in the present value of the defined benefit obligations and plan assets due to capital market movements are minimized, subject to balancing relevant trade-offs.

For details on our defined benefit pension obligation see Note 33 “Employee Benefits” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” section.

Other risks in the Banking Book

Market risks in our Asset Management business primarily result from principal guaranteed funds or accounts, but also from co-investments in our funds.

Nontrading market risk economic capital

Nontrading market risk economic capital is calculated either by applying the standard traded market risk EC methodology or through the use of non-traded market risk models that are specific to each risk class and which consider, among other factors, historically observed market moves, the liquidity of each asset class, and changes in client’s behavior in relation to products with behavioral optionalities.


100

Operational risk management

Operational risk management framework

Deutsche Bank applies the European Banking Authority’s Single Rulebook definition of operational risk: “Operational risk means the risk of losses stemming from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk includes legal risks, but excludes business and reputational risk and is embedded in all banking products and activities.” Operational risk forms a subset of the bank’s non-financial risks (NFR).

Deutsche Bank’s operational risk appetite sets out the amount of operational risk we are willing to accept as a consequence of doing business. We take on operational risks consciously, both strategically as well as in day-to-day business. While the bank may have no appetite for certain types of operational risk events (such as violations of laws or regulations and misconduct), in other cases a certain amount of operational risk must be accepted if the bank is to achieve its business objectives. In case a residual risk is assessed to be outside our risk appetite, risk reducing actions must be undertaken, including remediating the risks, insuring risks or ceasing business.

The Operational risk management framework (ORMF) is a set of interrelated tools and processes that are used to identify, assess, measure, monitor and mitigate the bank’s operational risks. Its components have been designed to operate together to provide a comprehensive but risk-based approach to managing the bank’s most material operational risks. ORMF components include the Group’s approach to setting and adhering to operational risk appetite, the operational risk type and control taxonomies, the minimum standards for operational risk management processes including tools, and the bank’s operational risk capital model.

Organizational & governance structure

While the day-to-day management of operational risk is the primary responsibility of our business divisions and infrastructure functions, where these risks are generated, Non-Financial Risk Management (NFRM) oversees the Group-wide management of operational risks, identifies and reports risk concentrations, and promotes a consistent application of the ORMF across the bank. NFRM is part of the Group risk function, the Chief Risk Office, which is headed by the Chief Risk Officer.

The Chief Risk Officer appoints the Head of NFRM, who is accountable for the design oversight and maintenance of an effective, efficient and regulatory compliant ORMF, including the operational risk capital model. The Head of NFRM monitors and challenges the ORMF’s Group wide implementation and monitors overall risk levels against the bank’s operational risk appetite.

The Non-Financial Risk Committee (NFRC), which is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of operational risk in the Group on behalf of the Management Board by establishing a cross-risk perspective of the key operational risks of the Group. Its decision-making authorities include the review, advice and management of all operational risk issues that may impact the risk profile of our business divisions and infrastructure functions. Several sub-fora with an oversight and alignment function attendees from both the 1st and 2nd LoDs support the NFRC to effectively fulfil its mandate. In addition to the Group level NFRC, business divisions have established 1st LoD NFR fora for the oversight and management of operational risks on various levels of the organization.

The governance of our operational risks follows the bank’s Three Lines of Defence (3LoD) approach to managing all of its financial and non-financial risks. The ORMF establishes the operational risk governance standards including the core 1st and 2nd LoD roles and their responsibilities, to ensure effective risk management and appropriate independent challenge:

Operational risk requirements for the first line of defence (1st LoD): Risk owners as the 1st LoD have full accountability for their operational risks and manage these against a defined risk specific appetite.

Operational risk owners are those roles in the bank whose activities generate – or who are exposed to – operational risks. As heads of business divisions and infrastructure functions, they must determine the appropriate organizational structure to identify their operational risk profile, actively manage these risks within their organization, take business decisions on the mitigation or acceptance of operational risks to ensure they remain within risk appetite and establish and maintain 1st LoD controls.

Operational risk requirements for the second line of Defence (2nd LoD): Risk Type Controllers (RTCs) act as the 2nd LoD control functions for all sub-risk types under the overarching risk type “operational risk”.

101

RTCs establish the framework and define Group level risk appetite statements for the specific operational risk type they oversee. RTCs define the minimum risk management and control standards and independently monitor and challenge risk owners’ implementation of these standards in their day-to-day processes, as well as their risk-taking and management activities. RTCs provide independent operational risk oversight and prepare aggregated risk type profile reporting. RTCs monitor the risk type’s profile against risk appetite and have a right to veto risk decisions leading to foreseeable risk appetite breaches. As risk type experts, RTCs define the risk type and its taxonomy and support and facilitate the implementation of the risk type framework in the 1st LoD. To maintain their independence, RTC roles are located only in infrastructure functions.

Operational risk requirements for NFRM as the RTC for the overarching risk type operational risk: As the RTC / risk control function for operational risk, NFRM establishes and maintains the overarching ORMF and determines the appropriate level of capital to underpin the Group’s operational risk.

Managing our operational risk

In order to manage the broad range of sub-risk types underlying operational risk, the ORMF provides a set of tools and processes that apply to all operational risk types across the bank. These enable us to determine our operational risk profile in relation to our risk appetite for operational risk, to systematically identify operational risk themes and concentrations, and to define risk mitigating measures and priorities.

In 2020, we further enhanced the management of operational risks by integrating and simplifying our risk management processes, by promoting an active and continuous dialogue between the 1st and 2nd LoDs on operational risks, by strengthening our controls, and by making the management of operational risks more transparent, meaningful and embedded in day-to-day business decisions:

Loss data collection: We collect, categorize and analyze data on internal and relevant external operational risk events (with a P&L impact ≥ €10,000) in a timely manner. Material operational risk events trigger clearly defined lessons learned and read-across analyses, which are performed in close collaboration between business partners, risk control and other infrastructure functions. Lessons learned reviews analyze the reasons for significant operational risk events, identify their root causes, and document appropriate remediation actions to reduce the likelihood of their reoccurrence. Read across reviews take the conclusions of the lessons learned process and seek to analyze whether similar risks and control weaknesses identified in a lessons learned review exist in other areas of the bank, even if they have not yet resulted in problems. This allows preventative actions to be undertaken. In 2020, we further simplified the event management processes by integrating the review of external events into our scenario analysis framework and continued the development of a new, convenient to use, event management platform.

We complement our operational risk profile by using a set of scenarios including internal scenarios and relevant external operational risk events provided by an industry database. We thereby systematically utilize information on external loss events occurring in the industry to reduce the likelihood of similar incidents happening to us, for example through particular deep dive analyses or risk profile reviews. In 2020, we implemented a redesigned approach to integrate scenario analysis more closely into day-to-day risk management processes. Scenario analysis has played an important role in assessing impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic onto our operating environment and helped us to prepare adequate crisis management decisions.

102

The Risk & Control Assessment process (RCA) comprises of a series of bottom-up assessments of the risks generated by business divisions and infrastructure functions (1st LoDs), the effectiveness of the controls in place to manage them, and the remediation actions required to bring the risks outside of risk appetite back into risk appetite. This enables both the 1st and 2nd LoDs to have a clear view of the bank’s material operational risks. In 2020, we began implementing a dynamic trigger based approach to RCA to permit risk changes to be reflected throughout the year, thereby providing a more real time risk profile for the organization. To support this dynamic approach, we improved our reporting capabilities for greater information transparency and strengthened the usage of NFR contextual data (e.g. scenarios or controls assurance data) to inform the assessments. We further enhanced the bank’s central control inventory and introduced risk-based control assurance planning across both 1st LoD and 2nd LoD functions for a subset of risk types. This improves transparency of control assurance activities across various levels of the bank, and provides useful information on the effectiveness of the controls the bank relies on to mitigate its operational risks.

We regularly report and perform analyses on our top risks to establish that they are appropriately mitigated. As all risks, top risks are rated in terms of both the likelihood that they could occur and the impact on the bank should they do so, and through this assessment they are identified to be particularly material for the bank. The reporting provides a forward-looking perspective on the impact of planned remediation and control enhancements. It also contains emerging risks and themes that have the potential to evolve as top risks in the future. Top risk reduction programs comprise the most significant risk reduction activities that are key to bringing our operational top risk themes back within risk appetite. In 2020, we improved the criteria and process for adopting or retiring divisional and Group level top risks, in addition to a regional top risk concept.

To appropriately identify and manage risks from material change initiatives within the bank, a Transformation Risk Assessment (TRA) process is in place to assess the impact of transformation on the bank’s risk profile and control environment. This process considers impacts to both financial and non-financial risk types and is applicable to initiatives including regulatory initiatives, technology migrations, risk remediation projects, strategy changes, organisational changes and real estate moves within the bank. In 2020, we expanded the scope of change initiatives that require a mandatory TRA to include all key deliverables on the transformation roadmap of the bank.

NFR appetite is the amount of non-financial risk the bank is willing to accept as a consequence of doing business. The NFR appetite framework provides a common approach to measure and monitor the level of risk appetite across the firm. NFR appetite metrics are used to monitor the operational risk profile against the bank’s defined risk appetite, and to alert the organization to impending problems in a timely fashion. In 2020, we clarified the linkage between risk appetite and tolerance and increased the granularity and depth of risk appetite planning and monitoring in legal entities, branches and business units risk appetite statements.

The findings and issue management process allows the bank to mitigate the risks associated with known control weaknesses and deficiencies, and enables management to make risk-based decisions over the need for further remediation or risk acceptance. Outputs from the findings management process must be able to demonstrate to internal and external stakeholders that the bank is actively identifying its control weaknesses and taking steps to manage associated risks within acceptable levels of risk appetite. In 2020, we enabled multiple risk types to be linked to each finding, enhancing our ability to monitor risk appetite by risk type concentration. This approach also allows the 2nd LoD to review, with greater precision, the potential portfolio impact of risk acceptances on risk appetite, thus strengthening the role of the 2nd LoD in risk acceptance decisions.

Operational risk type frameworks

The ORMF provides the overarching set of standards, tools and processes that apply to the management of all operational sub-risk types. It is complemented by the operational risk type frameworks, risk management and control standards and tools set up by the respective RTCs for the operational sub-risk types they control. These operational sub-risk types are controlled by various infrastructure functions and include the following:

103

Measuring our operational risks

We calculate and measure the regulatory and economic capital requirements for operational risk using the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) methodology. Our AMA capital calculation is based upon the loss distribution approach. Gross losses from historical internal and external loss data (Operational Riskdata eXchange Association consortium data) and external scenarios from a public database (IBM OpData) complemented by internal scenario data are used to estimate the risk profile (i.e., a loss frequency and a loss severity distribution). Our loss distribution approach model includes conservatism by recognizing losses on events that arise over multiple years as single events in our historical loss profile.

Within the loss distribution approach model, the frequency and severity distributions are combined in a Monte Carlo simulation to generate potential losses over a one year time horizon. Finally, the risk mitigating benefits of insurance are applied to each loss generated in the Monte Carlo simulation. Correlation and diversification benefits are applied to the net losses in a manner compatible with regulatory requirements to arrive at a net loss distribution at Group level, covering expected and unexpected losses. Capital is then allocated to each of the business divisions after considering qualitative adjustments and expected loss.

The regulatory and economic capital requirements for operational risk are derived from the 99.9 % percentile; see the section “Internal Capital Adequacy” for details. Both regulatory and economic capital requirements are calculated for a time horizon of one year.

The regulatory and economic capital demand calculations are performed on a quarterly basis. NFRM establishes and maintains the approach for capital demand quantification and ensures that appropriate development, validation and change governance processes are in place, whereby the validation is performed by an independent validation function and in line with the Group’s model risk management process.


104

Drivers for operational risk capital development

In 2020, our total operational risk losses decreased by 8 % compared with 2019. They were predominantly driven by losses and provisions arising from civil litigation and regulatory enforcement. Such losses still make up 73 % of operational risk losses and account for the majority of operational risk regulatory and economic capital demand, being more heavily reliant on our long-term loss history. For a description of our current legal and regulatory proceedings, please see section “Current Individual Proceedings” in Note 27 “Provisions” to the consolidated financial statements. The operational risk losses from civil litigation and regulatory enforcement decreased by € 74 million or 21 % while our non-legal operational risk losses increased by € 42 million or 63 % compared to 2019, primarily as a result of COVID-19 related expenses. Excluding the effects of COVID-19, non-legal operational risk losses were broadly flat.

In view of the relevance of legal risks within our operational risk profile, we dedicate specific attention to the management and measurement of our open civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters where the Bank relies both on information from internal as well as external data sources to consider developments in legal matters that affect the Bank specifically but also the banking industry as a whole. Reflecting the multi-year nature of legal proceedings the measurement of these risks furthermore takes into account changing levels of certainty by capturing the risks at various stages throughout the lifecycle of a legal matter.

Conceptually, the Bank measures operational risk including legal risk by determining the maximum loss that will not be exceeded with a given probability. This maximum loss amount includes a component that due to the IFRS criteria is reflected in our financial statements and a component that is expressed as regulatory or economic capital demand beyond the amount reflected as provisions within our financial statements.

The legal losses which the Bank expects with a likelihood of more than 50 % are already reflected in our IFRS group financial statements. These losses include net changes in provisions for existing and new cases in a specific period where the loss is deemed probable and is reliably measurable in accordance with IAS 37. The development of our legal provisions for civil litigations and regulatory enforcement is outlined in detail in Note 29 “Provisions” to the consolidated financial statements.

Uncertain legal losses which are not reflected in our financial statements as provisions because they do not meet the recognition criteria under IAS 37 are expressed as “regulatory or economic capital demand”.

To quantify the litigation losses in the AMA model, the bank takes into account historical losses, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal forecasts. Legal forecasts are generally comprised of ranges of potential losses from legal matters that are not deemed probable but are reasonably possible. Reasonably possible losses may result from ongoing and new legal matters which are reviewed at least quarterly by the attorneys handling the legal matters.

We include the legal forecasts in the “relevant loss data” used in our AMA model. The projection range of the legal forecasts is not restricted to the one year capital time horizon but goes beyond and conservatively assumes early settlement of the underlying losses in the reporting period - thus considering the multi-year nature of legal matters.

Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk arises from our potential inability to meet payment obligations when they come due or only being able to meet these obligations at excessive costs. The objective of the Group’s liquidity risk management framework is to ensure that the Group can fulfill its payment obligations at all times and can manage liquidity and funding risks within its risk appetite. The framework considers relevant and significant drivers of liquidity risk, whether on-balance sheet or off-balance sheet.

Liquidity risk management framework

In accordance with the ECB’s SREP, Deutsche Bank has implemented an Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP), which is reviewed at least annually and approved by the Management Board. The ILAAP provides comprehensive documentation and assessment of the Bank’s Liquidity Risk Management framework, including: identifying the key liquidity and funding risks to which the Group is exposed; describing how these risks are identified, monitored and measured and describing the techniques and resources used to manage and mitigate these risks.

The Management Board defines the liquidity and funding risk strategy for the Bank as well as the risk appetite, based on recommendations made by the Group Risk Committee (GRC). The Management Board reviews and approves the risk appetite at least annually. The risk appetite is applied to the Group to monitor and control liquidity risk as well as our long-term funding and issuance plan.

105

Treasury is mandated to manage the overall liquidity and funding position of the Bank, with Liquidity Risk Management (LRM) acting as an independent control function. LRM is responsible for reviewing the liquidity risk framework, proposing the risk appetite, limits and stress test scenarios to GRC and the validation of Liquidity Risk models which are developed by Treasury, to measure and manage the Group’s liquidity risk profile.

Deutsche Banks has a dedicated Stress Testing and Risk Appetite Framework set by LRM, which ensures the Bank’s liquidity position is balanced throughout the Group and across currencies. Treasury manages liquidity and funding, in accordance with the Management Board-approved risk appetite across a range of relevant metrics, and implements a number of tools including business level risk appetites, to ensure compliance. As such, Treasury works closely with LRM and business divisions, to identify, analyze and monitor underlying liquidity risk characteristics within business portfolios. These parties are engaged in regular dialogue regarding changes in the Bank’s position arising from business activities and market circumstances.

The Management Board is informed about the performance against the key liquidity metrics for both internal and market indicators for which limits and thresholds are approved by either GRC or Management Board, via a weekly Liquidity Dashboard. Liquidity & Treasury Reporting & Analysis (LTRA) has overall accountability for the accurate and timely delivery of both external regulatory liquidity reporting and the internal management reporting of liquidity risk for DB Group. In addition LTRA ensure the development of management information systems (MIS) and analysis to support the liquidity risk framework and its governance for both Treasury and LRM.

Treasury, LRM and LTRA maintain a Liquidity policy landscape which articulates the overarching guiding principles for the robust and rigorous management of the Bank’s liquidity. The landscape outlines approaches to liquidity risk management and practices and is reviewed on an annual basis.

As part of the annual strategic planning process, Treasury project the development of the key liquidity and funding metrics including the USD currency exposure based on anticipated business consumption to ensure that the plan is in compliance with our risk appetite.

Deutsche Bank has a wide range of funding sources, including retail and institutional deposits, unsecured and secured wholesale funding and debt issuance in the capital markets. Group ALCo is the Bank’s decisive Governance body that has been mandated by Management Board to optimize the sourcing and deployment of the Bank’s balance sheet and financial resources in line with the Management Board risk appetite and strategy. As such, it has the overarching responsibilities to define, approve and optimize the Bank`s funding strategy.

Short-term liquidity and wholesale funding

Deutsche Bank tracks all contractual cash flows from wholesale funding sources, on a daily basis, over a 12-month horizon. For this purpose, we consider wholesale funding to include unsecured liabilities largely raised by Treasury Markets Pool, as well as secured liabilities primarily raised by our Investment Bank Division. Our wholesale funding counterparties typically include corporates, banks and other financial institutions, governments and sovereigns.

The Group has implemented a set of limits to restrict the Bank’s exposure to wholesale counterparties, which have historically shown to be the most susceptible to market stress. The wholesale funding limits are monitored daily, and apply to the total combined currency amount of all wholesale funding currently outstanding, both secured and unsecured with specific tenor limits. Our Liquidity Reserves are the primary mitigants against potential stress in the short-term.

The tables in section “Liquidity Risk Exposure: Funding Diversification” show the contractual maturity of our short-term wholesale funding and capital markets issuance.

Liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis

Global internal liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis is used for measuring liquidity risk and evaluating the Group’s short-term liquidity position within the liquidity framework. This complements the daily operational cash management process. The long-term liquidity strategy based on contractual and behavioral modelled cash flow information is represented by a long term funding analysis known as the Funding Matrix (refer to Funding Risk Management below).

Our global liquidity stress testing process is managed by Treasury in accordance with the Management Board approved risk appetite. Treasury is responsible for the design of the overall methodology, the choice of liquidity risk drivers and the determination of appropriate assumptions (parameters) to translate input data into stress testing output. LRM is responsible for the definition of the stress scenarios and the independent validation of liquidity risk models. LTRA is responsible for implementing these methodologies and performing the stress test calculation in conjunction with Treasury, LRM and IT.

106

We use stress testing and scenario analysis to evaluate the impact of sudden and severe stress events on our liquidity position. Deutsche Bank has selected four scenarios to calculate the Group’s stressed Net Liquidity Position (“sNLP”). These scenarios capture the historical experience of Deutsche Bank during periods of idiosyncratic and/or market-wide stress and are assumed to be both plausible and sufficiently severe as to materially impact the Group’s liquidity position. The most severe scenario assesses the potential consequences of a combined market-wide and idiosyncratic stress event, including downgrades of our credit rating. Under each of the scenarios we consider the impact of a liquidity stress event over different time horizons and across multiple liquidity risk drivers, covering all of our business, product areas and balance sheet. The output from scenario analysis feeds the Group Wide Stress Test, which considers the impact of scenarios on all risk stripes.

In addition, we include the potential funding requirements from contingent liquidity risks which might arise, including drawdowns on credit facilities, increased collateral requirements under derivative agreements, and outflows from deposits with a contractual rating linked trigger. We then take into consideration Countermeasures which are the actions we would take to counterbalance the outflows incurred. Countermeasures include utilizing the Liquidity Reserve and generating liquidity from unencumbered, marketable assets.

Stress testing is conducted at a global level and for defined material legal entities covering an eight-week stress horizon. In addition to the consolidated currency stress test, stress tests for material currencies (EUR, USD and GBP) are performed. We also perform stress testing out to 12 months in the U.S. Ad-hoc analysis may be conducted to reflect the impact of potential downside events that could affect the Bank’s liquidity for instance the COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit. Our suite of stress testing scenarios and assumptions are reviewed on a regular basis and are updated when enhancements are made to stress testing methodologies.

On a daily basis the liquidity stress test is calculated over a 12 month period however the initial eight-weeks, is considered the most critical time span during a liquidity crisis. Relevant stress assumptions are applied to reflect liquidity flows from risk drivers and on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet products.

Complementing daily liquidity stress testing, the Bank also conducts regular Group Wide Stress Testing (GWST) run by Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) analyzing liquidity risks in conjunction with the other defined risk types and evaluating their impact to both capital and liquidity positions as described in Risk and Capital Framework chapter.

The tables in section “Liquidity Risk Exposure: Stress Testing and Scenario Analysis” show the results of our internal global liquidity stress test under the various different scenarios.

Liquidity coverage ratio

In addition to our internal stress test result, the Group has a Management Board-approved risk appetite for the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR). The LCR is intended to promote the short-term resilience of a Bank’s liquidity risk profile over a 30 day stress scenario. The ratio is defined as the amount of High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) that could be used to raise liquidity in a stressed scenario, measured against the total volume of net cash outflows, arising from both contractual and modelled exposures.

This requirement has been implemented into European law, via the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61, adopted in October 2014. Compliance with the LCR was required in the EU from October 1, 2015.

The LCR complements the internal stress testing framework. By maintaining a ratio in excess of minimum regulatory requirements, the LCR seeks to ensure that the Group holds adequate liquidity resources to mitigate a short-term liquidity stress.

Key differences between the internal liquidity stress test and LCR include the time horizon (eight weeks versus 30 days), classification and haircut differences between Liquidity Reserves and the LCR HQLA, outflow rates for various categories of funding, and inflow assumption for various assets (for example, loan repayments). Our liquidity stress test also includes outflows related to intraday liquidity assumptions, which are not explicitly captured in the LCR.

Funding risk management

Deutsche Bank’s primary tool for monitoring and managing longer term funding risk is the Funding Matrix. The Funding Matrix assesses the Group’s structural funding profile for the greater than one year time horizon. To produce the Funding Matrix, all funding-relevant assets and liabilities are mapped into time buckets corresponding to their contractual or modeled maturities. This allows the Group to identify expected excesses and shortfalls in term liabilities over assets in each time bucket, facilitating the management of potential liquidity exposures.

107

The liquidity profile is based on contractual cash flow information. If the contractual maturity profile of a product does not adequately reflect the liquidity profile, it is replaced by modeling assumptions. Short-term balance sheet items (<1yr) or matched funded structures (asset and liabilities directly matched with no liquidity risk) are excluded from the term analysis.

The bottom-up assessment by individual business line is combined with a top-down reconciliation against the Group’s IFRS balance sheet. From the cumulative term profile of assets and liabilities beyond 1 year, long-funded surpluses or short-funded gaps in the Group’s maturity structure can be identified. The cumulative profile is thereby built up starting from the greater than 10 year bucket down to the greater than 1 year bucket.

The strategic liquidity planning process, which incorporates the development of funding supply and demand across business units, together with the Bank’s targeted key liquidity and funding metrics, provides the key input parameter for our annual capital markets issuance plan. Upon approval by the Management Board the capital markets issuance plan establishes issuance targets for securities by tenor, volume, currency and instrument.

Capital markets issuance

Debt issuance, encompassing senior unsecured bonds, covered bonds as well as capital securities, is a key source of term funding for the Bank and is managed directly by Treasury. At least once a year Treasury, after endorsement at ALCo, submits an annual long-term Funding Plan to the GRC for recommendation and then to the Management Board for approval. This plan is driven by global and local funding and liquidity requirements based on expected business development. Our capital markets issuance portfolio is dynamically managed through our yearly issuance plans to avoid excessive maturity concentrations.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) is a regulatory metric for assessing a Bank’s structural funding profile. The NSFR is intended to reduce medium to long-term funding risks by requiring banks to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to their on- and off-balance sheet activities. The ratio is defined as the amount of Available Stable Funding (the portion of capital and liabilities expected to be a stable source of funding), relative to the amount of Required Stable Funding (a function of the liquidity characteristics of various assets held).

An NFSR limit has been set for Group as well as for DBAG in anticipation of this regulatory requirement. The NSFR will come into effect as of June 28, 2021, after which the Bank will be required to maintain a 100 % ratio. Therefore NSFR risk appetite levels shall serve as a threshold until then and as a limit from June 28, 2021 onwards.

Funding diversification

Diversification of our funding profile in terms of investor types, regions and products is an important element of our liquidity risk management framework. Our most stable funding sources for which the Bank has introduced a minimum risk appetite stem from capital markets issuances and equity, as well as from retail, and transaction banking clients. Other customer deposits and secured funding and short positions are additional sources of funding. Unsecured wholesale funding represents unsecured wholesale liabilities sourced primarily by our Treasury Pool Management team. Given the relatively short-term nature of these liabilities, they are predominantly used to fund liquid trading assets.

To promote the additional diversification of our refinancing activities, we hold a license to issue mortgage Pfandbriefe. We continue to run a program for the purpose of issuing Covered Bonds under Spanish law (Cedulas) and participate in the TLTRO III program. Additionally, we expanded in 2020 our potential investor base by introducing our Sustainable Finance Framework and issued a Green Bond in June 2020.

Unsecured wholesale funding comprises a range of institutional products, such as Certificate of Deposits (CDs), Commercial Papers (CPs) as well as Money Market deposits.

To avoid any unwanted reliance on these short-term funding sources, and to promote a sound funding profile which complies with the defined risk appetite, we have implemented limits (across tenors) on these funding sources which are derived from our daily stress testing analysis. In addition, we limit the total volume of unsecured wholesale funding to manage the reliance on this funding source as part of the overall funding diversification.

The chart “Liquidity Risk Exposure: Funding Diversification” shows the composition of our external funding sources that contribute to the liquidity risk position, both in EUR billion and as a percentage of our total external funding sources.

108

Funds transfer pricing

The funds transfer pricing framework applies to all businesses/regions and promotes pricing of (i) assets in accordance with their underlying liquidity risk, (ii) liabilities in accordance with their liquidity value and (iii) contingent liquidity exposures in accordance with the cost of providing for appropriate liquidity reserves.

Within this framework funding and liquidity risk costs and benefits are allocated to the firm’s business units based on rates which reflect the economic costs of liquidity for Deutsche Bank. Treasury might set further financial incentives in line with the Bank’s liquidity risk guidelines. While the framework promotes a diligent group-wide allocation of the Bank's funding costs to the liquidity users, it also provides an incentive-based framework for businesses generating stable long-term and stress compliant funding.

In the third quarter of 2019, the internal FTP framework was changed in order to enhance its effectiveness as a management tool, as well as to better support funding cost optimization. Additional details are included in Note 4 „Business segments and related information“ of the consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity reserves

Liquidity reserves comprise available cash and cash equivalents, unencumbered highly liquid securities (including government and agency bonds and government guarantees) and other unencumbered central bank eligible assets. Certain intraday requirements and Mandatory Minimum Reserves are directly deducted in the calculation of the Liquidity Reserves while other intraday outflows are represented in our internal liquidity model.

We hold the vast majority of our liquidity reserves centrally across major currencies at the central bank accounts of our parent and our foreign branches in the key locations in which we are active and in a dedicated Treasury-owned Strategic Liquidity Reserve (SLR), set up exclusively to serve as a mitigant during periods of stress. To ensure a prudent composition of liquidity reserves across asset classes, we maintain minimum cash thresholds for the material currencies.

Asset encumbrance

Encumbered assets primarily comprise those on- and off-balance sheet assets that are pledged as collateral against secured funding, collateral swaps, and other collateralized obligations. We generally encumber loans to support long-term capital markets secured issuance such as covered bonds or other self-securitization structures, while financing debt and equity inventory on a secured basis is a regular activity for our Investment Bank business. Additionally, in line with the EBA technical standards on regulatory asset encumbrance reporting, assets pledged with settlement systems are considered encumbered assets, including default funds and initial margins, as well as other assets pledged which cannot be freely withdrawn such as mandatory minimum reserves at central banks. We also include derivative margin receivable assets as encumbered under these EBA guidelines.

Business (strategic) risk management

Strategic risk is the risk of a shortfall in earnings (excluding other material risks) due to incorrect business plans (owing to flawed assumptions), ineffective plan execution or a lack of responsiveness to material plan deviations. Strategic risk arises from the exposure of the bank to the macroeconomic environment, changes in the competitive landscape, and regulatory and technological developments. Additionally, it could occur due to errors in strategic positioning, the bank’s failure to execute its planned strategy and/or a failure to effectively address under-performance versus plan targets.

A Strategic and Capital plan is developed annually and presented to the Management Board for discussion and approval. The final plan is then presented to the Supervisory Board. During the year, execution of business strategies is regularly monitored to assess the performance against strategic objectives and to seek to ensure we remain on track to achieve targets. A more comprehensive description of this process is detailed in the section ‘Strategic and Capital Plan’.

The risk type controller for strategic risk is Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) in Risk. Finance, together with the Divisions, are the key risk managers of the associated risk.


109

Model risk management

Introduction

Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to: financial loss, poor business or strategic decision making, or damage to our reputation.

Deutsche Bank uses models for a broad range of decision making activities, such as: underwriting credits; valuing exposures, instruments and positions; measuring risk; managing and safeguarding client assets, and determining capital and reserve adequacy. The term ‘model’ refers to a quantitative method, system, or approach that applies statistical, economic, financial, or mathematical theories, techniques, and assumptions to process input data into quantitative estimates. Models are simplified representations of real-world relationships, and are based on assumptions and judgment. Accordingly, the bank is exposed to model risk, which must be identified, measured and controlled appropriately.

Model risk management oversight is provided by all levels of management, including the Management Board. Management of model risk is underpinned by a framework designed and monitored by 2nd Line of Defence, including components across the lifecycle of a model. The model risk management framework is formalized within policies and procedures, and overseen by a robust governance structure.

Model Risk Management Governance and Structure

Model risk is one of the bank’s five main risk types, overseen by the Chief Risk Officer through the setting of a qualitative risk appetite statement and managed through:

Developments during the reporting period:

In 2020, a new bank-wide ‘Group Model Risk Council’ has been established to improve oversight, monitoring and governance on model risk. The model risk framework has been further improved to drive consistency of model development, validation as well as risk management approaches across the bank.

Reputational risk management

Within our risk management process, reputational risk is defined as the risk of possible damage to Deutsche Bank’s brand and reputation, and the associated risk to earnings, capital or liquidity arising from any association, action or inaction which could be perceived by stakeholders to be inappropriate, unethical or inconsistent with the DB’s values and beliefs.

Deutsche Bank seeks to ensure that reputational risk is as low as reasonably possible. Reputational risk cannot be precluded as it can be driven by unforeseeable changes in perception of our practices by our various stakeholders (e.g. public, clients, shareholders and regulators). Deutsche Bank strives to promote sustainable standards that will enhance profitability and minimize reputational risk.


110

The Reputational Risk Framework (the Framework) is in place to manage the process through which active decisions are taken on matters which may pose a reputational risk, before the event, and in doing so to prevent damage to Deutsche Bank’s reputation wherever possible. The Framework provides consistent standards for the identification, assessment and management of reputational risk issues. Reputational impacts which may arise as a consequence of a failure from another risk type, control or process are addressed separately via the associated risk type framework and are therefore not addressed in this section. The reputational risk could arise from multiple sources including, but not limited to, potential issues with the profile of the counterparty, the business purpose / economic substance of the transaction or product, high risk industries, environmental and social considerations, and the nature of the transaction or product or its structure and terms.

The modelling and quantitative measurement of reputational risk internal capital is implicitly covered in our economic capital framework primarily within operational and strategic risk.

Governance and organizational structure

The Framework is applicable across all Business Divisions and Regions. DWS-specific matters are reviewed by a DWS-dedicated reputational risk committee and escalated to the DWS Executive Board where required.

Whilst every employee has a responsibility to protect our reputation, the primary responsibility for the identification, assessment, management, monitoring and, if necessary, referring or reporting of reputational risk matters lies with Deutsche Bank’s Business Divisions as the primary risk owners. Each Business Division has an established process through which matters, which are deemed to be a moderate or greater reputational risk are assessed, the Unit Reputational Risk Assessment Process (Unit RRAP).

The Unit RRAP is required to refer any material reputational risk matters to the respective Regional Reputational Risk Committee (RRRC). The Framework also sets out a number of matters which are considered inherently higher risk from a reputational risk perspective and are therefore mandatory referrals to the RRRCs. The RRRCs, which are 2nd LoD Committees, are responsible for ensuring the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of reputational risk in the respective region of Deutsche Bank. The RRRCs meet, as a minimum, on a quarterly basis with ad hoc meetings as required. The Group Reputational Risk Committee (GRRC) is responsible for ensuring the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of reputational risk at Deutsche Bank on behalf of the Group Risk Committee and the Management Board. Additionally, the GRRC reviews cases with a Group wide impact and in exceptional circumstances, those that could not be resolved at a regional level.

Risk concentration and risk diversification

Risk concentrations

Risk concentrations refer to clusters of the same or similar risk drivers within specific risk types (intra-risk concentrations in credit, market, operational, liquidity and business risks) as well as across different risk types (inter-risk concentrations). They occur within and across counterparties, businesses, regions/countries, industries and products. The management and monitoring of risk concentrations is achieved through a quantitative and qualitative approach, as follows:

The most senior governance body for the oversight of risk concentrations throughout 2020 was the Enterprise Risk Committee (ERC), which is a subcommittee of the Group Risk Committee (GRC).

Risk type diversification benefit

The risk type diversification benefit quantifies diversification effects between credit, market, operational and strategic risk in economic capital caused by non-perfect correlations between these risk types. The calculation of the risk type diversification benefit is intended to ensure that the standalone economic capital figures for the individual risk types are aggregated in an economically meaningful way.

111

Risk and capital performance

Capital, Leverage ratio, TLAC and MREL

Own funds

The calculation of our own funds incorporates the capital requirements following the “Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms” (Capital Requirements Regulation or “CRR”) and the “Directive 2013/36/EU on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms” (Capital Requirements Directive or “CRD”) which have been further amended with subsequent Regulations and Directives. The CRD has been implemented into German law. The information in this section as well as in the section “Development of risk-weighted Assets” is based on the regulatory principles of consolidation.

This section refers to the capital adequacy of the group of entities consolidated for banking regulatory purposes pursuant to the CRR and the German Banking Act (“Kreditwesengesetz” or “KWG”). Therein not included are insurance companies or companies outside the finance sector.

The total own funds pursuant to the effective regulations as of year-end 2020 comprises Tier 1 and Tier 2 (T2) capital. Tier 1 capital is subdivided into Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital.

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital consists primarily of common share capital (reduced by own holdings) including related share premium accounts, retained earnings (including losses for the financial year, if any) and accumulated other comprehensive income, subject to regulatory adjustments (i.e. prudential filters and deductions), as well as minority interests qualifying for inclusion in consolidated CET1 capital. Prudential filters for CET 1 capital, according to Articles 32 to 35 CRR, include (i) securitization gains on sale, (ii) cash flow hedges and changes in the value of own liabilities, and (iii) additional value adjustments. CET 1 capital deductions for instance includes (i) intangible assets, (ii) deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability, (iii) negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts, (iv) net defined benefit pension fund assets, (v) reciprocal cross holdings in the capital of financial sector entities and, (vi) significant and non-significant investments in the capital (CET 1, AT1, T2) of financial sector entities above certain thresholds. All items not deducted (i.e., amounts below the threshold) are subject to risk-weighting.

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital consists of AT1 capital instruments and related share premium accounts as well as noncontrolling interests qualifying for inclusion in consolidated AT1 capital and during the transitional period grandfathered instruments. To qualify as AT1 capital under CRR/CRD, instruments must have principal loss absorption through a conversion to common shares or a write-down mechanism allocating losses at a trigger point and must also meet further requirements (perpetual with no incentive to redeem; institution must have full dividend/coupon discretion at all times, etc.).

Tier 2 (T2) capital comprises eligible capital instruments, the related share premium accounts and subordinated long-term debt, certain loan loss provisions and noncontrolling interests that qualify for inclusion in consolidated T2 capital. To qualify as T2 capital, capital instruments or subordinated debt must have an original maturity of at least five years. Moreover, eligible capital instruments may inter alia not contain an incentive to redeem, a right of investors to accelerate repayment, or a credit sensitive dividend feature

We present in this report certain figures based on the CRR definition of own fund instruments applicable for Additional Tier 1

(AT1) capital and Tier 2 (T2) capital and figures based thereon, including Tier 1, Total Capital and Leverage Ratio) on a “fully loaded” basis. We calculate such “fully loaded” figures excluding the transitional arrangements for own fund instruments as provided in the currently applicable CRR/CRD. For CET 1 instruments there are no transitional provisions.

Transitional arrangements are applicable for AT1 and T2 instruments. Capital instruments issued on or prior to December 31, 2011, that no longer qualify as AT1 or T2 capital under the fully loaded CRR/CRD as currently applicable are subject to grandfathering rules during the transitional period and are being phased out from 2013 to 2022 with their recognition capped at 20 % in 2020 and 10 % in 2021 (in relation to the portfolio eligible for grandfathering which was still in issue on December   31, 2012). The current CRR as applicable since June 27, 2019 provides further grandfathering rules for AT1 and T2 instruments issued prior to June 27, 2019. Thereunder, AT1 and T2 instruments issued through special purpose entities are grandfathered until December 31, 2021, and AT1 and T2 instruments that do not meet certain new requirements that apply since June 27, 2019 continue to qualify until June 26, 2025. Instruments issued under UK law which do not fulfill all CRR requirements after the UK has left the European Union are also excluded from our fully loaded definition. Our CET 1 and RWA figures show no difference between CRR/CRD as currently applicable and fully loaded CRR/CRD based on our definition of “fully loaded”.

112

For the comparative numbers as per year-end 2019 we still applied our earlier concept of fully loaded, defined as excluding the transitional arrangements for own funds instruments introduced by the CRR/CRD applicable until June 26, 2019, but reflecting the transitional arrangements introduced by the amendments to the CRR/CRD applicable from June 27, 2019 and further amendments thereafter.

We believe that these “fully loaded” calculations provide useful information to investors as they reflect our progress against the regulatory capital standards and as many of our competitors have been describing calculations on a “fully loaded” basis. As our competitors’ assumptions and estimates regarding “fully loaded” calculations may vary, however, our “fully loaded” measures may not be comparable with similarly labelled measures used by our competitors.

Capital instruments

Our Management Board received approval from the 2019 Annual General Meeting to buy back up to 206.7 million shares before the end of April 2024. Thereof 103.3 million shares can be purchased by using derivatives, this includes 41.3 million derivatives with a maturity exceeding 18 months. During the period from the 2019 Annual General Meeting until the 2020 Annual General Meeting (May 20, 2020), 33.8 million shares were purchased. The shares purchased were used for equity compensation purposes in the same period or are to be used in the upcoming period so that the number of shares held in Treasury from buybacks was 10.5 million as of the 2020 Annual General Meeting.

The 2020 Annual General Meeting granted our Management Board the approval to buy back up to 206.7 million shares before the end of April 2025. Thereof 103.3 million shares can be purchased by using derivatives, this includes 41.3 million derivatives with a maturity exceeding 18 months. These authorizations substitute the authorizations of the previous year. During the period from the 2020 Annual General Meeting until December 31, 2020, there were not any shares purchased. The shares in inventory are to be used in this period or the upcoming period for equity compensation purposes; the number of shares held in Treasury from buybacks was 1.3 million as of December 31, 2018.2020.

Collateral heldSince the 2017 Annual General Meeting, and as of December 31, 2020, authorized capital available to the Management Board is € 2,560 million (1,000 million shares). As of December 31, 2020, the conditional capital against financial assetscash stands at amortized cost in stage 3€ 512 million (200 million shares). Additional conditional capital for equity compensation amounts to € 51.2 million (20 million shares). Further, the 2018 Annual General Meeting authorized the issuance of participatory notes and other Hybrid Debt Securities that fulfil the regulatory requirements to qualify as Additional Tier 1 capital with an equivalent value of € 8.0 billion.

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2018

in € m.

Gross Carrying Amount

Collateral

Guarantees

Gross Carrying Amount

Collateral

Guarantees

Financial Assets at Amortized Cost (Stage 3)

7,531

2,855

243

7,452

2,714

221

Our legacy Hybrid Tier 1 capital instruments (substantially all noncumulative trust preferred securities) are not recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules as Additional Tier 1 capital, mainly because they have no write-down or equity conversion feature. During the transitional phase-out period the maximum recognizable amount of Additional Tier 1 instruments from Basel 2.5 compliant issuances as of December 31, 2012 will be reduced at the beginning of each financial year by 10 % or € 1.3 billion, through 2022. For December 31, 2020, this resulted in eligible Additional Tier 1 instruments of € 6.8 billion (i.e. € 5.7 billion newly issued AT1 Notes plus € 1.1 billion of legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instruments recognizable during the transition period). Additional Tier 1 instruments recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules amounted to € 5.7 billion as of December 31, 2020. In 2020, the bank issued AT1 notes amounting to U.S.$ 1.3 billion or an equivalent amount of € 1.2 billion. Furthermore, the bank redeemed legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instruments with a notional of U.S.$ 0.8 billion and an eligible equivalent amount of € 0.7 billion.

The total of our Tier 2 capital instruments as of December 31, 2020 recognized during the transition period under CRR/CRD was € 6.9 billion (nominal value of € 7.7 billion). Tier 2 instruments recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules amounted to € 6.6 billion (nominal value of € 7.4 billion). In 2020, the bank issued Tier 2 capital instruments with a nominal value of U.S.$ 0.5 billion (equivalent amount of € 0.4 billion) and € 1.3 billion.

Minimum capital requirements and additional capital buffers

The Pillar 1 Stage 3 consists here onlyCET 1 minimum capital requirement applicable to the Group is 4.50 % of non-POCIrisk-weighted assets (RWA). The Pillar 1 total capital requirement of 8.00 % demands further resources that may be met with up to 1.50 % Additional Tier 1 capital and up to 2.00 % Tier 2 capital.

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in supervisory measures such as restrictions of profit distributions or limitations on certain businesses such as lending. We complied with the regulatory capital adequacy requirements in 2020.

In addition to these minimum capital requirements, the following combined capital buffer requirements were fully effective beginning 2020 onwards. The buffer requirements must be met in addition to the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirements, but can be drawn down in times of economic stress.

113

The capital conservation buffer is implemented in Section 10c German Banking Act, based on Article 129 CRD and equals a requirement of 2.50 % CET 1 capital of RWA in 2020 and onwards.

The countercyclical capital buffer is deployed in a jurisdiction when excess credit growth is associated with an increase in system-wide risk. It may vary between 0 % and 2.50 % CET 1 capital of RWA by 2020. In exceptional cases, it could also be higher than 2.50 %. The institution-specific countercyclical buffer that applies to Deutsche Bank is the weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffers that apply in the jurisdictions where our relevant credit exposures are located. As per December 31, 2020, the institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer was at 0.02 %.

In addition to the aforementioned buffers, national authorities, such as the BaFin, may require a systemic risk buffer to prevent and mitigate long-term non-cyclical systemic or macro-prudential risks that are not covered by the CRR. They can require an additional buffer of up to 5.00 % CET 1 capital of RWA. As of the year-end 2020, no systemic risk buffer applied to Deutsche Bank.

Deutsche Bank continues to be designated as a global systemically important institution (G-SII) by the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin) in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank, resulting in a G-SII buffer requirement of 2.00 % CET 1 capital of RWA in 2020. This is in line with the FSB assessment of systemic importance based on the indicators as published in 2017. According to the recent FSB assessment based on the indicators as published in 2019, collateralthe G-SII buffer requirement for Deutsche Bank is reduced to 1.50 %, which will become effective from January 1, 2021. This assessment has been confirmed by the FSB in 2020. We will continue to publish our indicators on our website.

Additionally, Deutsche Bank AG has been classified by BaFin in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank as an “other systemically important institution” (O-SII) with an additional capital buffer requirement of 2.00 % in 2020 that has to be met on a consolidated level. Unless certain exceptions apply, only the higher of the systemic risk buffer, G-SII buffer and guarantees held againstO-SII buffer must be applied.

In addition, pursuant to the Pillar 2 Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP), the European Central Bank (ECB) may impose capital requirements on individual banks which are more stringent than statutory requirements (so-called Pillar 2 requirement).

On December 9, 2019, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision regarding prudential minimum capital requirements for 2020 that applied from January 1, 2020 onwards, following the results of the 2019 SREP. The decision acknowledges the progress Deutsche Bank has made since the first SREP assessment in 2016, leading to a decrease in the ECB’s Pillar 2 Requirement (P2R) from 2.75   % to 2.50   % CET 1 capital of RWA, effective as of January 1, 2020. As a result, Deutsche Bank was required to maintain a CET 1 ratio of at least 11.58 % on a consolidated basis. This CET 1 capital requirement comprised the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.50 %, the lowered Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) of 2.50 %, the capital conservation buffer of 2.50 %, the countercyclical buffer of 0.08 % as of January 1 2020 (subject to changes throughout the year) and the G-SII buffer of 2.00 %. Correspondingly, 2020 requirements for Deutsche Bank's Tier 1 capital ratio were at 13.08 % and for its total capital ratio at 15.08 %.

On March 12, 2020, the ECB announced various supervisory measures in reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic. Related to that, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision to implement Article 104a of the Directive (EU) 2019/878 of the European Parliament (CRDV) with effect from March 12, 2020. The decision requires Deutsche Bank to fulfil its unchanged 2.50 % Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) with at least 56.25 % CET 1, 18.75 % Additional Tier 1 and 25 % Tier 2 capital. As of December 31, 2020, Deutsche Bank needs to maintain on a consolidated basis a CET 1 ratio of at least 10.42 %, a Tier 1 ratio of at least 12.39 % and a Total Capital ratio of at least 15.02 %. The CET 1 requirement comprises the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.50 %, the Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) of 1.41 %, the capital conservation buffer of 2.50 %, the countercyclical buffer (subject to changes throughout the year) of 0.02 % and the higher of our G-SII/O-SII buffer of 2.00 %. Correspondingly, the Tier 1 capital requirement includes additionally a Tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 1.50 % plus a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.47 %, and the Total Capital requirement includes further a Tier 2 minimum capital requirement of 2.00 % and a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.63 %. Also, the ECB communicated to Deutsche Bank that its individual expectation to hold a further Pillar 2 CET 1 capital add-on, commonly referred to as ‘Pillar 2 guidance’ will be seen as guidance only and until further notice a breach of this guidance will not trigger the need to provide a capital restoration plan or a need to execute measures to re-build CET 1 capital. The ECB has further communicated that once this period of financial distress is over, banks will be granted sufficient time to build up the buffers again.

In December 2020 the ECB informed Deutsche Bank that these capital requirements will remain unchanged in 2021 with no update of requirements as part of the 2020 SREP, for which, in light of the pandemic and the unique economic and financial situation it has generated, and in line with the European Banking Authority’s (EBA’s) statement of April 22, 2020, the ECB has adopted a “pragmatic approach”, based on which in principle no new decisions are issued in the 2020 cycle with the 2019 SREP decisions continuing to apply, amended by the above mentioned additional supervisory measures announced on March 12, 2020.

114

It should be noted that the Financial Stability Board has announced in 2019 that our G-SII buffer will be reduced to 1.5   % starting January 1, 2021. This does not change the capital requirements as the O-SII buffer remains at 2.0   % as the higher of the G-SII, O-SII, and systemic risk buffer.

The following table gives an overview of the different Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 minimum capital requirements (but excluding the Pillar 2 guidance) as well as capital buffer requirements applicable to Deutsche Bank for years 2020 and 2021:

Overview total capital requirements and capital buffers

2020

2021

Pillar 1

Minimum CET 1 requirement

4.50 %

4.50 %

Combined buffer requirement

4.52 %

4.52 %

Capital Conservation Buffer

2.50 %

2.50 %

Countercyclical Buffer

0.02 %

0.02 %

Maximum of:

2.00 %

2.00 %

G-SII Buffer

2.00 %

1.50 %

O-SII Buffer

2.00 %

2.00 %

Systemic Risk Buffer

0.00 %

0.00 %

Pillar 2

Pillar 2 SREP Add-on of CET 1 capital (excluding the "Pillar 2" guidance)

2.50 %

2.50 %

of which covered by CET 1 capital

1.41 %

1.41 %

of which covered by Tier 1 capital

1.88 %

1.88 %

of which covered by Tier 2 capital

0.63 %

0.63 %

Total CET 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2³

10.42 %

10.42 %

Total Tier 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2

12.39 %

12.39 %

Total capital requirement from Pillar 1 and 2

15.02 %

15.02 %

1Deutsche Bank’s countercyclical buffer requirement is subject to country-specific buffer rates decreed by EBA and the Basel Committee of Banking Supervision (BCBS) as well as Deutsche Bank’s relevant credit exposures as per respective reporting date. The countercyclical buffer rate for 2021 has been assumed to be 0.02 % as per beginning of the year 2021. The countercyclical buffer is subject to changes throughout the year depending on its constituents.

2The systemic risk buffer has been assumed to remain at 0 % for the projected year 2021, subject to changes based on further directives.

3The total Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 CET 1 requirement (excluding the “Pillar 2” guidance) is calculated as the sum of the SREP requirement, the higher of the G-SII, O-SII and systemic risk buffer requirement as well as the countercyclical buffer requirement.

Development of own funds

Our Total Regulatory capital as of December 31, 2020 amounted to € 58.5 billion compared to € 56.5 billion at the end of December 31, 2019. Our Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2020 amounted to € 51.5 billion, consisting of a Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital of € 44.7 billion and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital of € 6.8 billion. The Tier 1 capital was € 1.0 billion higher than at the end of December 31, 2019, driven by an increase in CET 1 capital of € 0.6 billion and an increase in AT1 capital of € 0.5 billion since year end 2019.

The CET 1 capital increase of € 0.6 billion was largely the result of benefits from the regulatory changes. Our capital increased as respective deductions of goodwill and other intangible assets lowered by € 1.6 billion due to regulatory changes from software assets due to an amended Art. 36 (1) (b) CRR. An additional increase of € 0.4 billion resulted from the regulatory requirement of valuing subsidiaries and participations that are only consolidated under IFRS at-equity rather than at-cost and a further increase of € 0.1 billion as amortizedof year-end 2020 as we make use of the IFRS 9 transitional provision as per Article 473a of the CRR. Our decreased regulatory adjustment of € 0.3 billion from prudential filters (mainly additional value adjustments) were the result of a temporary change of the EBA technical standard on the aggregation methodology of prudential valuations following the disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and markets normalizing in the second half of 2020. Further increase of € 0.3 billion was driven by re-measurement gains related to defined benefit pension plan and unrealized gains from financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income of € 0.2 billion driven mainly by falling interest rates and narrowing credit spreads compared to 2019.

These positive impacts were partly offset by negative effects from Currency Translation Adjustments of € 1.7 billion with some positive foreign exchange counter-effects in capital deduction items of € 0.4 billion. Furthermore our CET 1 capital decreased by € 0.7 billion from a deduction as per ECB’s supervisory recommendation for prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures and € 0.3 billion due to payment of our AT1 coupon in the second quarter of 2020 which was not accrued in CET   1 capital as a consequence of the negative net income in financial year 2019 following Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No   575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

The € 0.5 billion increase in AT1 capital was mainly the result of an issued AT1 capital instruments with a notional amount of U.S.$ 1.3 billion (€ 1.2 billion) during the first quarter of 2020 partially offset by call and redemption of one legacy hybrid Tier   1 instrument, recognizable as AT1 capital during the transition period, with a notional amount of € 0.7 billion in the second quarter of 2020.

115

Our fully loaded Total Regulatory capital as of December 31, 2020 was € 57.1 billion, compared to € 56.5 billion at the end of December 31, 2019. Our fully loaded Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2020 was € 50.4 billion, compared to € 48.7 billion at the end of December 31, 2019. Our fully loaded AT1 capital amounted to € 5.7 billion as of December 31, 2020 which increased compared to € 4.6 billion at the end of December 31, 2019 due to the above mentioned issuance. Our CET 1 capital amounted to € 44.7 billion as of December 31, 2020, compared to € 44.1 billion at the end of December 31, 2019.

Please note: In our CET 1 capital amounting to € 44.7 billion at December 31, 2020, we reflected a full year profit of € 84   million in line with ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 and Article 26(2) CRR. If we would have considered a dividend payment of zero, which is expected for the financial year 2020, our CET   1 capital would have amounted to €   44.9 billion. On the basis of this revised CET1 capital our key regulatory metrics would have amounted to the following: CET   1 ratio 13.6   %, Tier 1 ratio 15.7   %, Total Capital ratio 17.8   %, fully loaded Leverage Ratio 4.7   %, TLAC ratio 32.0   % and MREL 10.3   %. In order to comply with recent EBA/ECB guidance we will provide an updated Pillar 3 Report in 2021.

116

Own Funds Template (incl. RWA and capital ratios)

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

CRR/CRD fully-loaded3

CRR/CRD

CRR/CRD fully loaded3

CRR/CRD

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: instruments and reserves

Capital instruments, related share premium accounts and other reserves

45,890

45,890

45,780

45,780

Retained earnings

9,784

9,784

14,814

14,814

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

(1,118)

(1,118)

537

537

Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend1

84

84

(5,390)

(5,390)

Other

805

805

837

837

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments

55,444

55,444

56,579

56,579

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: regulatory adjustments

Additional value adjustments (negative amount)

(1,430)

(1,430)

(1,738)

(1,738)

Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments)

(112)

(112)

(150)

(150)

Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

(4,635)

(4,635)

(6,515)

(6,515)

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (negative amount)

(1,353)

(1,353)

(1,126)

(1,126)

Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts

(99)

(99)

(259)

(259)

Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

(772)

(772)

(892)

(892)

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own CET 1 instruments (negative amount)

0

0

(15)

(15)

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10 % / 15 % thresholds and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

0

0

0

0

Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (amount above the 10 % / 15 % thresholds) (negative amount)

(92)

(92)

(319)

(319)

Other regulatory adjustments2

(2,252)

(2,252)

(1,417)

(1,417)

Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital

(10,745)

(10,745)

(12,430)

(12,430)

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital

44,700

44,700

44,148

44,148

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments

Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

5,828

5,828

4,676

4,676

Amount of qualifying items referred to in Art. 484 (4) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1

N/M

1,100

N/M

1,813

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments

5,828

6,928

4,676

6,489

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative amount)

(80)

(80)

(91)

(91)

Residual amounts deducted from AT1 capital with regard to deduction from CET 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to Art. 472 CRR

N/M

N/M

N/M

N/M

Other regulatory adjustments

0

0

0

0

Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

(80)

(80)

(91)

(91)

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

5,748

6,848

4,584

6,397

Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET 1 + AT1)

50,448

51,548

48,733

50,546

Tier 2 (T2) capital

6,623

6,944

7,770

5,957

Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)

57,071

58,492

56,503

56,503

Total risk-weighted assets

328,951

328,951

324,015

324,015


Capital ratios

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

13.6

13.6

13.6

13.6

Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

15.3

15.7

15.0

15.6

Total capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

17.3

17.8

17.4

17.4

N/M – Not meaningful

1Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

2 Includes € 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review, € 0.9 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards and € 0.7 billion capital deduction effective from December 2020 based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures. Effective June 30, 2020, we make use of the IFRS 9 transitional provision as per Article 473a of the CRR resulting in CET 1 increase of € 0.1 billion as of December 31, 2020.

3 For the understanding of the term “fully-loaded” please refer to our definition as provided in section “Own Funds” of this report.

117

Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity to Own Funds

CRR/CRD

in € m.

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet (IASB IFRS)

54,774

55,857

Difference between equity per IASB IFRS / EU IFRS4

12

0

Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet (EU IFRS)

54,786

55,857

Deconsolidation/Consolidation of entities3

265

(116)

Of which:

Additional paid-in capital

0

(12)

Retained earnings

265

(220)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

0

116

Total shareholders' equity per regulatory balance sheet

55,050

55,741

Minority Interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET 1)

805

837

Accrual for dividend and AT1 coupons1

(411)

0

Reversal of deconsolidation/consolidation of the position Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, during transitional period

0

0

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments

55,444

56,579

Additional value adjustments

(1,430)

(1,738)

Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments)

(112)

(150)

Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealized gains and losses pursuant to Art. 467 and 468 CRR

0

0

Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

(4,635)

(6,515)

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability

(1,445)

(1,445)

Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

(772)

(892)

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities

0

0

Other regulatory adjustments2

(2,351)

(1,692)

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

44,700

44,148

1Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

2Includes € 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review, € 0.9 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards, € 0.1 billion negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts and € 0.7 billion capital deduction effective from December 2020 based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures. Effective June 30, 2020, we make use of the IFRS 9 transitional provision as per Article 473a of the CRR resulting in CET 1 increase of € 0.1 billion as of December 31, 2020.

3 Includes € 0.4 billion increase due to regulatory changes from cost to at-equity treatment of subsidiaries and participations that are only consolidated under IFRS.

4Differences in stage 3“equity per balance sheet” result entirely from deviations in profit (loss) after taxes due to the application of EU carve-out rules as set forth in the chapter "Basis of preparation/impact of changes in accounting principles". These rules were initially applied in the first quarter 2020.

Development of Own Funds

CRR/CRD

in € m.

twelve months ended Dec 31, 2020

twelve months ended Dec 31, 2019

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital - opening amount

44,148

47,486

Common shares, net effect

0

0

Additional paid-in capital

113

253

Retained earnings

854

(6,873)

Common shares in treasury, net effect/(+) sales (–) purchase

(3)

11

Movements in accumulated other comprehensive income

(1,655)

155

Accrual for dividend and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) coupons ¹

(411)

0

Additional value adjustments

308

(234)

Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

1,880

2,051

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excluding those arising from temporary differences)

(227)

1,632

Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts

160

108

Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

119

219

Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities

0

0

Securitization positions not included in risk-weighted assets

0

0

Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10 % and 15 % threshold, net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met)

227

(319)

Other, including regulatory adjustments

(814)

(341)

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital - closing amount

44,700

44,148

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) Capital – opening amount

6,397

7,604

New Additional Tier 1 eligible capital issues

1,134

0

Matured and called instruments

(713)

(1,210)

Transitional arrangements

0

0

Of which:

Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities)

0

0

Other, including regulatory adjustments

30

3

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) Capital – closing amount

6,848

6,397

Tier 1 capital

51,548

50,546

Tier 2 (T2) capital – closing amount

6,944

5,957

Total regulatory capital

58,492

56,503

1Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

118

Minimum loss coverage for Non Performing Exposure (NPE)

In April 2019, the EU published final regulations for a prudential backstop reserve for non-performing exposure (NPE), which will result in a Pillar 1 deduction from CET 1 capital when a minimum loss coverage requirement is not met. It is applied to exposures originated and defaulted after April 26, 2019

In addition, in March 2018, the ECB published its “Addendum to the ECB Guidance to banks on non-performing loans: supervisory expectations for prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures” and in August 2019, its “Communication on supervisory coverage expectations for NPEs”.

The ECB guidance issued is applicable to all newly defaulted loans after April 1, 2018 and, similar to the EU rules, it requires banks to take measures in case a minimum impairment coverage requirement is not met. Within the annual SREP discussions ECB may impose Pillar 2 measures on banks in case ECB is not confident with measure taken by the individual bank.

For the year end 2020, we introduced a framework to determine the prudential provisioning of non-performing exposure as a Pillar   2 measure as requested in the before mentioned ECB’s guidance and SREP recommendation.

The shortfall between the minimum loss coverage requirements for non-performing exposure and the risk reserves recorded in line with the IFRS   9 for defaulted (Stage   3) assets amounted to € 740 million as of December 31, 2020 and was deducted from CET   1. This additional CET   1 charge can be considered as additional loss reserve and leads to a € 499 million RWA relief.

Non-performing exposure loss coverage

Dec 31, 2020

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Exposure value

Total minimum coverage requirement

Available coverage

Applicable amount of insufficient coverage

Corporate Bank

2,852

377

1,058

63

Investment Bank

13,510

7,816

10,574

255

Private Bank

6,123

1,269

2,011

361

Asset Management

0

0

0

0

Capital Release Unit

422

183

182

60

Corporate & Other

1

1

0

1

Total

22,907

9,646

13,825

740

Development of risk-weighted assets

The table below provides an overview of RWA broken down by risk type and business division. It includes the aggregated effects of the segmental reallocation of infrastructure related positions, if applicable, as well as reallocations between the segments.

Risk-weighted assets by risk type and business division

Dec 31, 2020

in € m.

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total

Credit Risk

50,799

70,746

68,353

6,224

7,214

19,371

222,708

Settlement Risk

0

0

0

0

1

54

56

Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)

75

6,302

92

198

1,599

125

8,392

Market Risk

385

24,323

548

31

1,470

2,139

28,897

Operational Risk

6,029

27,115

8,081

3,544

24,130

0

68,899

Total

57,288

128,487

77,074

9,997

34,415

21,690

328,951

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Corporate Bank

Investment Bank

Private Bank

Asset Management

Capital Release Unit

Corporate & Other

Total

Credit Risk

48,633

69,507

66,925

4,873

13,155

17,967

221,060

Settlement Risk

0

192

0

0

6

44

242

Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)

48

2,009

103

56

2,450

17

4,683

Market Risk

530

20,390

89

28

4,331

0

25,368

Operational Risk

7,312

26,525

8,325

4,570

25,931

0

72,662

Total

56,522

118,622

75,442

9,527

45,874

18,029

324,015

119

Our RWA were € 329.0 billion as of December 31, 2020, compared to € 324.0 billion at the end of 2019. The increase of € 4.9 billion was primarily driven by higher RWA for credit valuation adjustment, market risk and credit risk, partially offset by decreased RWA for operational risk. CVA RWA increased by € 163 million, or 6 %,3.7 billion as a result of model-related changes. Market risk RWA increased by € 3.5 billion and was primarily driven by Private Bank.the incremental risk charge and the model change from a Monte Carlo simulation to a historical simulation for VaR and SVaR components. The increase in credit risk RWA by € 1.6 billion was driven by the introduction of the new framework for securitization positions, impacts on rating migrations on the back of the repercussion of the prevailing COVID-19 pandemic, method changes for software assets and certain equity investments as well as exposure increases across all businesses. This is partly offset by positive impacts due to application of the “quick fix” amendment of the CRR (Regulation (EU) 2020/873) in relation to certain small or medium-sized enterprise (SME) exposures, where risk weight-reducing scaling factors were applied. Moreover, the decommissioning of our dilution risk model, benefits from the non-performing loan (NPL) backstop implementation as well as de-risking initiatives contributed to this offset. The operational risk RWA reduction of € 3.8 billion was mainly driven by a more favourable development of our internal loss profile feeding into our capital model as well as a model change roll-out of the external loss data classification in alignment with recent regulatory requirements. This was partially offset by the reduced expected loss deductible and the adverse impact on the forward looking component.

Due to full collateralization we did not recognizeThe tables below provide an allowanceanalysis of key drivers for risk-weighted asset movements observed for credit risk, credit valuation adjustments as well as market and operational risk in the reporting period. They also show the corresponding movements in capital requirements, derived from the RWA by an 8 % capital ratio.

Development of risk-weighted assets for Credit Risk including Counterparty Credit Risk

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Credit risk RWA balance, beginning of year

221,060

17,685

212,827

17,026

Book size

4,659

373

3,192

255

Book quality

1,160

93

(4,700)

(376)

Model updates

(2,072)

(166)

4,867

389

Methodology and policy

6,542

523

2,693

215

Acquisition and disposals

(1,672)

(134)

(300)

(24)

Foreign exchange movements

(7,237)

(579)

2,069

166

Other

268

21

413

33

Credit risk RWA balance, end of year

222,708

17,817

221,060

17,685

Of which: Development of risk-weighted assets for Counterparty Credit Risk

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Counterparty credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Counterparty credit risk RWA

Capital requirements

Counterparty credit risk RWA balance, beginning of year

23,698

1,896

25,282

2,023

Book size

1,784

143

(1,708)

(137)

Book quality

(594)

(48)

(12)

(1)

Model updates

(643)

(51)

318

25

Methodology and policy

669

54

(507)

(41)

Acquisition and disposals

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange movements

(1,100)

(88)

326

26

Other

0

0

0

0

Counterparty credit risk RWA balance, end of year

23,814

1,905

23,698

1,896

The classifications of key drivers for the RWA credit risk development table are fully aligned with the recommendations of the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF). Organic changes in our portfolio size and composition are considered in the category “book size”. The category “book quality” mainly represents the effects from portfolio rating migrations, loss given default, model parameter recalibrations as well as collateral and netting coverage activities. “Model updates” include model refinements and advanced model roll out. RWA movements resulting from externally, regulatory-driven changes, e.g. applying new regulations, are considered in the “methodology and policy” section. “Acquisition and disposals” is reserved to show significant exposure movements which can be clearly assigned to new businesses or disposal-related activities. Changes that cannot be attributed to the above categories are reflected in the category “other”.

120

The increase in RWA for credit risk by 0.7 % or € 1.6 billion since December 31, 2019 is mainly driven by the categories “methodology and policy”, “book size” as well as “book quality” related changes offset by FX related movements, changes shown in the categories “model updates” and “acquisition and disposals”. The category “methodology and policy” reflects mainly updates to the framework for securitization positions, regulatory prudent valuation of software assets and the changed treatment of equity investments. This was partly offset by the benefit from the non-performing loan (NPL) backstop implementation. The increase in the category “book size” reflects business growth in our core business segments. The category “book quality” includes increases resulting from parameter recalibrations and data enhancements. These increases were partly offset by a decrease resulting from foreign exchange movements. The category “model updates” reflects the decommissioning of our dilution risk model and further refinements to our risk models based on regulatory parameter updates. Furthermore, “acquisition and disposals” provides for a reduction in credit risk RWA particularly within Private Bank and our Capital Release Unit.

The increase in counterparty credit risk is mainly driven by “book size” reflecting growth across core businesses as well as “methodology and policy”-related updates for collateral. This was offset by changes to “model updates” particularly on concentration risk as well as “book quality”. In addition the category foreign exchange movements contributed to the offset.

Based on the CRR/CRD regulatory framework, we are required to calculate RWA using the CVA which takes into account the credit quality of our counterparties. RWA for CVA covers the risk of mark-to-market losses againston the expected counterparty risk in connection with OTC derivative exposures. We calculate the majority of the CVA based on our own internal model as approved by the BaFin.

Development of risk-weighted assets for Credit Valuation Adjustment

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

CVA RWA

Capital requirements

CVA RWA

Capital requirements

CVA RWA balance, beginning of year

4,683

374

7,997

640

Movement in risk levels

(3,338)

(267)

(1,423)

(114)

Market data changes and recalibrations

0

0

0

0

Model updates

5,787

463

0

0

Methodology and policy

1,260

101

(1,891)

(151)

Acquisitions and disposals

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange movements

0

0

0

0

CVA RWA balance, end of year

8,392

671

4,683

374

The development of CVA RWA is broken down into a number of categories: “Movement in risk levels”, which includes changes to the portfolio size and composition; “Market data changes and calibrations”, which includes changes in market data levels and volatilities as well as recalibrations; “Model updates” refers to changes to either the IMM credit exposure models or the value-at-risk models that are used for CVA RWA; “Methodology and policy” relates to changes to the regulation. Any significant business acquisitions or disposals would be presented in the category with that name.

As of December 31, 2020, the RWA for CVA amounted to € 8.4 billion, representing an increase of € 3.7 billion (79 %) compared with € 4.7 billion for December 31, 2019. The overall increase was primarily driven by model enhancements linked to the introduction of the Historical Simulation VaR in 2020, and increased volatility observed due to the COVID-19 market turbulence and additional hedging activity.

Development of risk-weighted assets for Market Risk

Dec 31, 2020

in € m.

VaR

SVaR

IRC

Other

Total RWA

Total capital requirements

Market risk RWA balance, beginning of year

4,273

13,734

4,868

2,493

25,368

2,029

Movement in risk levels

(4,775)

(2,397)

2,698

570

(3,902)

(311)

Market data changes and recalibrations

4,237

0

0

(131)

4,105

328

Model updates/changes

(107)

547

(561)

0

(121)

(10)

Methodology and policy

8,481

(4,901)

0

(15)

3,565

285

Acquisitions and disposals

0

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange movements

0

0

0

(118)

(118)

(9)

Other

0

0

0

0

0

0

Market risk RWA balance, end of year

12,109

6,983

7,005

2,799

28,897

2,312

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

VaR

SVaR

IRC

Other

Total RWA

Total capital requirements

Market risk RWA balance, beginning of year

5,368

16,426

10,068

5,673

37,535

3,003

Movement in risk levels

(1,021)

(1,879)

(5,222)

(2,973)

(11,095)

(888)

Market data changes and recalibrations

(81)

0

0

(315)

(396)

(32)

Model updates/changes

7

(813)

22

0

(784)

(63)

Methodology and policy

0

0

0

120

120

10

Acquisitions and disposals

0

0

0

0

0

0

Foreign exchange movements

0

0

0

(11)

(11)

(1)

Other

0

0

0

0

0

0

Market risk RWA balance, end of year

4,273

13,734

4,868

2,493

25,368

2,029

121

The analysis for market risk covers movements in our internal models for value-at-risk (VaR), stressed value-at-risk (SVaR), incremental risk charge (IRC) as well as results from the market risk standardized approach (MRSA), which is captured in the table under the category “Other”. MRSA is used to determine the regulatory capital charge for the specific market risk of trading book securitizations, for certain types of investment funds and for longevity risk as set out in CRR/CRD regulations.

The market risk RWA movements due to changes in market data levels, volatilities, correlations, liquidity and ratings are included under the “Market data changes and recalibrations” category. Changes to our market risk RWA internal models, such as methodology enhancements or risk scope extensions, are included in the category of “Model updates”. In the “Methodology and policy” category we reflect regulatory driven changes to our market risk RWA models and calculations. Significant new businesses and disposals would be assigned to the line item “Acquisition and disposals”. The impacts of “Foreign exchange movements” are only calculated for the CRM and Standardized approach methods.

As of December 31, 2020 the RWA for market risk was € 28.9 billion which has increased by € 3.5 billion (+14 %) since December 31, 2019. The increase was driven by the “Market data changes and recalibrations” category across value-at-risk driven by the COVID-19 related market volatility and by the “Methodology and policy” category driven by the go-live of Historical Simulation model. The offset from the "Movement in risk levels" category across value-at-risk and stressed value-at-risk reflect the portfolio de-risking activities over 2020; while an increase in incremental risk charge was driven by increases in sovereign exposures.

Development of risk-weighted assets for operational risk

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Operational risk RWA

Capital requirements

Operational risk RWA

Capital requirements

Operational risk RWA balance, beginning of year

72,662

5,813

91,989

7,359

Loss profile changes (internal and external)

(4,677)

(374)

(8,185)

(655)

Expected loss development

1,164

93

1,747

140

Forward looking risk component

533

43

1,879

150

Model updates

(784)

(63)

(14,768)

(1,181)

Methodology and policy

0

0

0

0

Acquisitions and disposals

0

0

0

0

Operational risk RWA balance, end of year

68,899

5,512

72,662

5,813

Changes in internal and external loss events are reflected in the category “Loss profile changes”. The category “Expected loss development” is based on divisional business plans as well as historical losses and is deducted from the AMA capital figure within certain constraints. The category “Forward looking risk component” reflects qualitative adjustments and, as such, the effectiveness and performance of the day-to-day operational risk management activities via NFR appetite metrics and RCA scores, focusing on the business environment and internal control factors. The category “Model updates” covers model refinements, such as the implementation of model changes. The category “Methodology and policy” represents externally driven changes such as regulatory add-ons. The category “Acquisition and disposals” represents significant exposure movements which can be clearly assigned to new or disposed businesses.

The overall RWA decrease of € 3.8 billion was driven by several effects. A reduced litigation intensity throughout the industry as well as provision and legal forecast levels below previous years for Deutsche Bank led to a lighter loss profile feeding into our capital model. These loss profile changes (internal and external) reduced our RWA for Operational Risk by € 4.7 billion.

The RWA decrease of € 0.8 billion from model updates was largely driven by the full roll-out of the external loss data classification process, which we had started to introduce in 2019. Two other model updates with smaller capital impact enhanced and simplified our methodology for the sub-allocation of OR RWA within business divisions and aligned our OR event frequency dependence modelling to AMA EBA Regulatory Technical Standard requirements.

The expected loss deductible reduction was driven by a positive outlook of operational risk loss development, leading to an RWA increase of € 1.2 billion. The forward looking component was adversely impacted by slightly weaker NFR appetite metrics and RCA scores, resulting in an RWA increase of € 0.5 billion.

Economic Capital

Economic Capital Adequacy

Our internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) aims at maintaining the continuity of Deutsche Bank on an ongoing basis. We assess our internal capital adequacy from an economic perspective as the ratio of our economic capital supply divided by our internal economic capital demand as shown in the table below.

122

Total economic capital supply and demand

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Components of economic capital supply

Shareholders' equity

54,786

55,857

Noncontrolling interests¹

880

953

AT1 coupons accruals

(242)

(222)

Gain on sale of securitisations, cash flow hedges

(11)

(23)

Fair value gains on own debt and debt valuation adjustments, subject to own credit risk

(100)

(127)

Additional valuation adjustments

(1,430)

(1,738)

Intangible assets

(3,463)

(7,029)

IFRS deferred tax assets excl. temporary differences

(1,503)

(1,254)

Expected loss shortfall

(99)

(259)

Defined benefit pension fund assets

(772)

(892)

Holdings of own common equity tier 1 capital instruments

0

(0)

Other adjustments²

(1,566)

(1,417)

Additional tier 1 equity instruments³

4,659

3,732

Economic capital supply

51,138

47,581

Components of economic capital demand

Credit risk

11,636

10,757

Market risk

10,894

11,767

Operational risk

5,512

5,813

Business risk

5,949

6,374

Diversification benefit

(5,429)

(5,535)

Total economic capital demand

28,560

29,176

Economic capital adequacy ratio

179 %

163 %

1Includes noncontrolling interest up to the economic capital requirement for each subsidiary.

2Includes € 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review and € 0.9 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards.

3De-recognition of Additional Tier 1 equity instruments from economic capital supply temporarily paused during 2020.

The economic capital adequacy ratio was 179 % as of December 31, 2020, compared with 163 % as of December 31, 2019. The change in the ratio was mainly due to an increase in capital supply and a decrease in capital demand. The economic capital supply increased by € 3.6 billion and was primarily driven by lower capital deductions of intangible assets of € 3.6 billion which mainly reflects the methodology decision to recognize software assets in economic capital supply and the decrease in prudential filters (additional valuation adjustment) of € 0.3 billion which were the result of a temporary change of the EBA technical standard on the aggregation methodology of prudential valuations following the disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and markets normalizing in the second half of 2020. Additionally, capital increased from the recognition of newly issued Additional Tier 1 capital instruments of € 0.9 billion during the first quarter of 2020. These positive impacts were partly offset by reduction of € 1.1 billion from our IFRS shareholders’ equity mainly due to negative effects from Currency Translation Adjustments of € 1.7 billion with some positive offset from our net income of € 0.5 billion. The decrease in capital demand was driven by lower economic capital demand as explained in the section “Risk Profile”.

The above capital adequacy measures apply to the consolidated Deutsche Bank Group as a whole and form an integral part of our risk and capital management framework.

Leverage ratio

We manage our balance sheet on a Group level and, where applicable, locally in each region. In the allocation of financial resources we favor business portfolios with the highest positive impact on our profitability and shareholder value. We monitor and analyze balance sheet developments and track certain market-observed balance sheet ratios. Based on this we trigger discussion and management action by the Group Risk Committee (GRC).

Leverage Ratio according to CRR/CRD framework

The non-risk based leverage ratio is intended to act as a supplementary measure to the risk based capital requirements. Its objectives are to constrain the build-up of leverage in the banking sector, helping avoid destabilizing deleveraging processes which can damage the broader financial system and the economy, and to reinforce the risk based requirements with a simple, non-risk based “backstop” measure.

A minimum leverage ratio requirement of 3 % was introduced that will be effective starting with June 28, 2021. From January 1, 2023 an additional leverage ratio buffer requirement of 50 % of the applicable G-SIB buffer rate will apply. It is currently expected that this additional requirement will equal 0.75 %.

123

We calculate our leverage ratio exposure in accordance with Article 429 of the CRR as per Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/62 of October 10, 2014 published in the Official Journal of the European Union on January 17, 2015 and amended by Regulation (EU) 2020/873 published in the Official Journal of the European Union on June 24, 2020.

Our total leverage ratio exposure includes derivatives, securities financing transactions (SFTs), off-balance sheet exposure and other on-balance sheet exposure (excluding derivatives and SFTs).

The leverage exposure for derivatives is calculated by using the regulatory mark-to-market method for derivatives comprising the current replacement cost plus a regulatory defined add-on for the potential future exposure. Variation margin received in cash from counterparties is deducted from the current replacement cost portion of the leverage ratio exposure measure and variation margin paid to counterparties is deducted from the leverage ratio exposure measure related to receivables recognized as an asset on the balance sheet, provided certain conditions are met. Deductions of receivables for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions are shown under derivative exposure in the table “Leverage ratio common disclosure” below. The effective notional amount of written credit derivatives, i.e., the notional reduced by any negative fair value changes that have been incorporated in Tier 1 capital is included in the leverage ratio exposure measure; the resulting exposure measure is further reduced by the effective notional amount of purchased credit derivative protection on the same reference name provided certain conditions are met.

The securities financing transaction (SFT) component includes the gross receivables for SFTs, which are netted with SFT payables if specific conditions are met. In addition to the gross exposure a regulatory add-on for the counterparty credit risk is included.

The off-balance sheet exposure component follows the credit risk conversion factors (CCF) of the standardized approach for credit risk (0 %, 20 %, 50 %, or 100 %), which depend on the risk category subject to a floor of 10 %.

The on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) component reflects the accounting values of the assets (excluding derivatives, SFTs and regular-way purchases and sales awaiting settlement) as well as regulatory adjustments for asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital. The exposure value of regular-way purchases and sales awaiting settlement is determined as offset between those cash receivables and cash payables where the related regular-way sales and purchases are both settlement on a delivery-versus payment basis.

The Group excludes certain Euro-based exposures to Eurosystem central banks from the leverage exposure having obtained permission from the European Central Bank in accordance with ECB’s Decision (EU) 2020/1306. This temporary exclusion was firstly introduced in the third quarter of 2020 and currently applies until June 27, 2021.

The following tables show the leverage ratio exposure and the leverage ratio. The Leverage ratio common disclosure table provides the leverage ratio on a fully-loaded and phase-in basis with the fully-loaded and phase-in Tier 1 Capital, respectively, in the numerator. For further details on Tier 1 capital please also refer to the section “Development of Own Funds”.

Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures

in € bn.

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Total assets as per published financial statements

1,325

1,298

Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

1

(1)

Adjustments for derivative financial instruments

(206)

(188)

Adjustment for securities financing transactions (SFTs)

10

6

Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (i.e. conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures)

101

103

Other adjustments

(153)

(50)

Leverage ratio total exposure measure

1,078

1,168

124

Leverage ratio common disclosure

in € bn. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Total derivative exposures

99

113

Total securities financing transaction exposures

83

93

Total off-balance sheet exposures

101

103

Other Assets

803

869

Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital

(8)

(10)

Tier 1 capital (fully loaded)

50.4

48.7

Leverage ratio total exposure measure

1,078

1,168

Leverage ratio (fully loaded, in %)

4.7

4.2

Tier 1 capital (phase-in)

51.5

50.5

Leverage ratio total exposure measure

1,078

1,168

Leverage ratio (phase-in, in %)

4.8

4.3

Description of the factors that had an impact on the leverage ratio in 2020

As of December 31, 2020, our fully loaded leverage ratio was 4.7 % compared to 4.2 % as of December 31, 2019. This takes, into account a fully loaded Tier 1 capital of € 50.4 billion over an applicable exposure measure of € 1,078 billion as of December 31, 2020 (€ 48.7 billion and € 1,168 billion as of December 31, 2019, respectively).

Our leverage ratio according to transitional provisions was 4.8 % as of December 31, 2020 (4.3 % as of December 31, 2019), calculated as Tier 1 capital according to transitional rules of € 51.5 billion over an applicable exposure measure of € 1,078 billion (€ 50.5 billion and € 1,168 billion as of December 31, 2019, respectively).

Over the year 2020, our leverage exposure decreased by € 90 billion to € 1,078 billion, mainly driven by the application of the “quick fix” amendment of the CRR (Regulation (EU) 2020/873, Article 500b) approved by ECB-Decision (EU) 2020/1306, allowing the temporary exclusion of certain central bank exposures contributing a reduction of € 85 billion. Without this temporary exclusion, our Leverage exposure decreased by € 5 billion in the year 2020, primarily driven by the leverage exposure related to derivatives which decreased by € 14 billion (€ 7 billion excluding deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions) mainly from lower add-ons for potential future exposure. The movements in the securities financing transactions (SFT) and other assets categories largely reflect the development of our balance sheet (for additional information please refer to section “Movements in assets and liabilities” in this report): Cash and central bank/interbank balances increased by € 28 billion and Financial assets at amortized costfair value through OCI grew by € 11 billion. This was partly offset by decreases in StageSFT-related items (Securities purchased under resale agreements, Securities borrowed and Receivables from prime brokerage) by € 10 billion, Non-derivative trading assets by € 4 billion and Loans by € 3 billion. The remaining asset items decreased by € 5 billion, largely related to Held-to-collect debt securities. Pending settlements decreased by € 7 billion - despite being almost unchanged on a gross basis - due to application of the “quick fix” amendment of the CRR (Regulation (EU) 2020/873, Article 500d), allowing the netting of cash receivables and cash payables where the related regular-way sales and purchases are both settled on a delivery-versus-payment basis. Furthermore, Off-balance sheet exposures decreased by € 1 billion corresponding to lower notional amounts for irrevocable lending commitments.

The decrease in leverage exposure in 2020 included a negative foreign exchange impact of 832 million43 billion mainly due to the weakening of the U.S. Dollar versus the Euro. The effects from foreign exchange rate movements are embedded in 2019 and € 642 millionthe movement of the leverage exposure items discussed in 2018.this section.

For main drivers of the Tier 1 capital development please refer to section “Development of Own Funds”.


139125

ModifiedMinimum Requirement of own funds and Eligible Liabilities (“MREL”) and Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”)

MREL Requirements

The minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”) requirement was introduced by the European Union’s regulation establishing uniform rules and a uniform procedure for the resolution of credit institutions (Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation or “SRM Regulation”) and the European Union’s Directive establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions (Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive or “BRRD”) as implemented into German law by the German Recovery and Resolution Act.

The currently required level of MREL is determined by the competent resolution authorities for each supervised bank individually on a case-by-case basis, depending on the respective preferred resolution strategy. In the case of Deutsche Bank AG, MREL is determined by the Single Resolution Board (“SRB”). While there is no statutory minimum level of MREL, the SRM Regulation, BRRD and a delegated regulation set out criteria which the resolution authority must consider when determining the relevant required level of MREL. Guidance is provided through an MREL policy published annually by the SRB. Any binding MREL ratio determined by the SRB is communicated to Deutsche Bank via the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin).

In the second quarter of 2018, Deutsche Bank AG’s binding MREL ratio requirement on a consolidated basis has been set at 9.14 % of Total Liabilities and Own Funds (“TLOF”) applicable immediately. TLOF principally consists of total liabilities after derivatives netting, plus own funds, i.e. regulatory capital.

As a results of its regular annual review, the SRB has revised Deutsche Bank AG’s binding MREL ratio requirement in the last quarter of 2019 applicable immediately. The MREL ratio requirement on a consolidated basis has been lowered to 8.58 % of TLOF of which 6.11 % of TLOF now have to be met with own funds and subordinated instruments as an additional requirement.

As announced by the SRB the next update of Deutsche Bank AG’s binding MREL and subordinated MREL requirement is expected in the first half of 2021 and will for the first time reflect the legal changes of the banking reform package via amendments to the Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation and the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive provided in June 2019 with the publication of Regulation (EU) 2019/877 and Directive (EU) 2019/879. As a result the MREL and subordinated MREL requirement will no longer be expressed as a percentage of TLOF but as a percentage of Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) and Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE). This will lead to a higher MREL and subordinated MREL requirement in 2021 compared to 2020.

TLAC Requirements

Since June 27, 2019, Deutsche Bank, as a global systemically important bank, has also become subject to global minimum standards for its Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”). The TLAC requirement has been implemented with the banking reform package via amendments to the Capital Requirements Regulation and the Capital Requirements Directive provided in June 2019 with the publication of Regulation (EU) 2019/876 and Directive (EU) 2019/878.

This TLAC requirement is based on both risk-based and non-risk-based denominators and set at Amortized Costthe higher-of 16 % of risk weighted assets plus the combined buffer requirements and 6.00 % of the leverage exposure for a transition period until December 31, 2021. Thereafter, the higher-of 18 % of risk weighted assets plus the combined buffer requirements and 6.75   % of the leverage exposure are to be met.

MREL ratio development

As of December 31, 2020, TLOF were € 1,019 billion and available MREL were € 109 billion, corresponding to a ratio of 10.67 %. This means that Deutsche Bank has a comfortable MREL surplus of € 21 billion above our MREL requirement of € 87 billion (i.e. 8.58 % of TLOF). € 105 billion of our available MREL were own funds and subordinated liabilities, corresponding to a MREL subordination ratio of 10.31 %, a buffer of € 43 billion over our subordination requirement of € 62 billion (i.e. 6.11 % of TLOF). Compared to December 31, 2019 the surpluses above both our MREL requirement and our subordinated MREL requirement have been reduced to more moderate levels. This was achieved through new issuances not fully replacing eligible liabilities falling below the one year maturity threshold for MREL eligibility. This also impacted the development of the TLAC ratio.

126

TLAC ratio development

As of December 31, 2020, TLAC was € 105 billion and the corresponding TLAC ratios were 31.9 % (RWA based) and 9.7 % (Leverage exposure based). This means that Deutsche Bank has a comfortable TLAC surplus of € 38 billion over its total loss absorbing capacity minimum requirement of € 67 billion (20.52 % RWA based).

MREL and TLAC disclosure

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

Regulatory capital elements of TLAC/MREL

Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET 1)

44,700

44,148

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

6,848

6,397

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments before TLAC/MREL adjustments

6,944

5,957

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments adjustments for TLAC/MREL

518

16

Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

7,462

5,973

Total regulatory capital elements of TLAC/MREL

59,010

56,519

Other elements of TLAC/MREL

Senior non-preferred plain vanilla

46,048

55,803

Holdings of eligible liabilities instruments of other G-SIIs (TLAC only)

0

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)

105,058

112,322

Add back of holdings of eligible liabilities instruments of other G-SIIs (TLAC only)

0

0

Available Own Funds and subordinated Eligible Liabilities (subordinated MREL)

105,058

112,322

Senior preferred plain vanilla

3,658

2,856

Available Minimum Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL)

108,716

115,178

Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)

328,951

324,015

Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE)

1,078,268

1,168,040

Total liabilities and own funds after prudential netting (TLOF)

1,018,558

995,513

TLAC ratio

TLAC ratio (as percentage of RWA)

31.94

34.67

TLAC requirement (as percentage of RWA)

20.52

20.58

TLAC ratio (as percentage of Leverage Exposure)

9.74

9.62

TLAC requirement (as percentage of Leverage Exposure)

6.00

6.00

TLAC surplus over RWA requirement

37,562

45,639

TLAC surplus over LRE requirement

40,362

42,239

MREL subordination

MREL subordination ratio (as percentage of TLOF)

10.31

11.28

MREL subordination requirement (as percentage of TLOF)

6.11

6.11

Surplus over MREL subordination requirement

42,824

51,496

MREL ratio

MREL ratio (as percentage of TLOF)

10.67

11.57

MREL requirement (as percentage of TLOF)

8.58

8.58

MREL surplus over requirement

21,323

29,763

Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities

In order to meet the MREL and TLAC requirement, Deutsche Bank needs to ensure that a sufficient amount of eligible instruments is maintained. Instruments eligible for MREL and TLAC are regulatory capital instruments (“own funds”) and liabilities that meet certain criteria, which are referred to as eligible liabilities.

Own funds used for MREL and TLAC include the full amount of Tier 2 capital instruments with a remaining maturity of greater than 1 year and less than 5 years which are reflected in regulatory capital on a pro-rata basis only.

127

Eligible liabilities are liabilities issued out of the resolution entity Deutsche Bank AG that meet eligibility criteria which are supposed to ensure that they are structurally suited as loss-absorbing capital. As a result, eligible liabilities exclude deposits which are covered by an deposit protection scheme or which are preferred under German insolvency law (e.g., deposits from private individuals as well as small and medium-size enterprises). Among other things, secured liabilities, derivatives liabilities and debt instruments with embedded derivatives (e.g. structured notes) are generally excluded as well. In addition, eligible liabilities must have a remaining time to maturity of at least one year and must either be issued under the law of a Member State of the European Union or must include a bail-in clause in their contractual terms to make write-down or conversion effective. As a consequence, € 4 bn eligible liabilities issued under UK law will lose recognition for MREL after Brexit starting January 2021 in case they are issued after January 1, 2015 (the effective date of the German transposition of the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive) and do not include an enforceable and effective bail-in clause

In addition, eligible liabilities need to be subordinated in order to be counted against the TLAC and new MREL subordination requirements. Effective January 1, 2017, the German Banking Act provided for a new class of statutorily subordinated debt securities that rank as “senior non-preferred” below the bank’s other senior liabilities (but in priority to the bank’s contractually subordinated liabilities, such as those qualifying as Tier 2 instruments). Following a harmonization effort by the European Union implemented in Germany effective July 21, 2018, banks are permitted to now decide if a specific issuance of eligible senior debt will be in the non-preferred or in the preferred category. Any such “senior non-preferred” debt instruments issued by Deutsche Bank AG under such new rules rank on parity with its outstanding debt instruments that were classified as “senior non-preferred” under the prior rules. All of these “senior non-preferred” issuances meet the TLAC and MREL subordination criteria.

Credit risk exposure

We define our credit exposure by taking into account all transactions where losses might occur due to the fact that counterparties may not fulfill their contractual payment obligations as defined under ‘Credit Risk Framework’.

Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk

AThe maximum exposure to credit risk table shows the direct exposure before consideration of associated collateral held and other credit enhancements (netting and hedges) that do not qualify for offset in our financial asset is considered modified when its contractualstatements for the periods specified. The netting credit enhancement component includes the effects of legally enforceable netting agreements as well as the offset of negative mark-to-markets from derivatives against pledged cash flows are renegotiated or otherwise modified. Renegotiation or modification may or may not leadcollateral. The collateral credit enhancement component mainly includes real estate, collateral in the form of cash as well as securities-related collateral. In relation to derecognitioncollateral we apply internally determined haircuts and additionally cap all collateral values at the level of the oldrespective collateralized exposure.

128

Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk

Dec 31, 2020

Credit Enhancements

in € m.

Maximum exposure to credit risk1

Subject to impairment

Netting

Collateral

Guarantees and Credit derivatives2

Total credit enhancements

Financial assets at amortized cost3

Cash and central bank balances

166,211

166,211

0

0

Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

9,132

9,132

0

0

0

Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

8,535

8,535

8,173

8,173

Securities borrowed

0

0

0

0

Loans

431,503

431,503

228,513

30,119

258,632

Other assets subject to credit risk4,5

96,355

85,106

43,277

902

55

44,234

Total financial assets at amortized cost3

711,736

700,487

43,277

237,588

30,174

311,039

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss6

Trading assets

94,757

2,998

1,248

4,246

Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

343,493

262,525

52,329

83

314,937

Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

75,116

993

62,036

244

63,273

Of which:

Securities purchased under resale agreement

46,057

993

44,967

0

45,960

Securities borrowed

17,009

16,730

0

16,730

Loans

2,192

272

244

516

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

437

0

0

0

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

513,803

263,518

117,363

1,575

382,456

Financial assets at fair value through OCI

55,834

55,834

0

1,581

1,153

2,734

Of which:

Securities purchased under resale agreement

1,543

1,543

0

0

0

Securities borrowed

0

0

0

0

0

Loans

4,635

4,635

1,581

1,153

2,734

Total financial assets at fair value through OCI

55,834

55,834

1,581

1,153

2,734

Financial guarantees and other credit related contingent liabilities7

47,978

47,978

2,327

6,157

8,484

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments and other credit related commitments7

215,877

214,898

15,345

5,779

21,124

Total off-balance sheet

263,855

262,876

17,672

11,936

29,608

Maximum exposure to credit risk

1,545,228

1,019,197

306,795

374,204

44,838

725,837

1Does not include credit derivative notional sold (€ 395,636 million) and recognitioncredit derivative notional bought protection.

2Bought Credit protection is reflected with the notional of the new financial instrument. This section covers modifiedunderlying.

3All amounts at gross value before deductions of allowance for credit losses.

4All amounts at amortized cost (gross) except for qualifying hedge derivatives, which are reflected at Fair value through P&L.

5Includes Asset Held for Sale regardless of accounting classification.

6Excludes equities, other equity interests and commodities.

7Figures are reflected at notional amounts.

129

Dec 31, 2019

Credit Enhancements

in € m.

Maximum exposure to credit risk1

Subject to impairment

Netting

Collateral

Guarantees and Credit derivatives2

Total credit enhancements

Financial assets at amortized cost3

Cash and central bank balances

137,596

137,596

0

0

Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

9,642

9,642

0

0

0

Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

13,800

13,800

13,650

13,650

Securities borrowed

428

428

303

303

Loans

433,834

433,834

228,620

27,984

256,605

Other assets subject to credit risk4,5

96,779

85,028

37,267

1,524

42

38,833

Total financial assets at amortized cost3

692,079

680,328

37,267

244,098

28,026

309,392

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss6

Trading assets

93,369

1,480

861

2,340

Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

332,931

262,326

48,608

134

311,068

Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

84,359

853

69,645

259

70,757

Of which:

Securities purchased under resale agreement

53,366

853

51,659

0

52,512

Securities borrowed

17,918

17,599

0

17,599

Loans

3,174

290

259

550

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

7

0

0

0

Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

510,665

263,180

119,732

1,254

384,166

Financial assets at fair value through OCI

45,503

45,503

0

1,622

1,267

2,889

Of which:

Securities purchased under resale agreement

1,415

1,415

0

0

0

Securities borrowed

0

0

0

0

0

Loans

4,874

4,874

1,622

1,267

2,889

Total financial assets at fair value through OCI

45,503

45,503

1,622

1,267

2,889

Financial guarantees and other credit related contingent liabilities7

49,232

49,232

2,994

6,138

9,132

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments and other credit related commitments7

211,440

209,986

15,217

4,984

20,202

Total off-balance sheet

260,672

259,218

18,211

11,122

29,333

Maximum exposure to credit risk

1,508,920

985,049

300,447

383,663

41,670

725,780

1Does not include credit derivative notional sold (€ 356,362 million) and credit derivative notional bought protection.

2Bought Credit protection is reflected with the notional of the underlying.

3All amounts at gross value before deductions of allowance for credit losses.

4All amounts at amortized cost (gross) except for qualifying hedge derivatives, which are reflected at Fair value through P&L.

5Includes Asset Held for Sale regardless of accounting classification.

6Excludes equities, other equity interests and commodities.

7Figures are reflected at notional amounts.

The overall increase in maximum exposure to credit risk for December 31, 2020 was € 36.6 billion mainly driven by an increase of € 28.6 billion in cash and central bank balances, € 10.5 billion in positive market values from derivatives and € 10.3 billion in financial assets that have not been derecognized.at fair value through other comprehensive income, mainly in debt securities. These increases were offset by reductions in central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed across all applicable measurement categories by € 13.8 billion and loans at amortized cost by € 2.3 billion.

Included in the category of trading assets as of December 31, 2020, were traded bonds of € 83.5 billion(€ 80.7 billion as of December 31, 2019) of which over 84 % were investment-grade (over 81 % as of December 31, 2019).

Under IFRS 9, when the termsCredit Enhancements are split into three categories: netting, collateral and guarantees / credit derivatives. Haircuts, parameter setting for regular margin calls as well as expert judgments for collateral valuation are employed to prevent market developments from leading to a build-up of a Financial Assetuncollateralized exposures. All categories are renegotiated or modifiedmonitored and reviewed regularly. Overall credit enhancements received are diversified and of adequate quality being largely cash, highly rated government bonds and third-party guarantees mostly from well rated banks and insurance companies. These financial institutions are domiciled mainly in European countries and the modification does not resultUnited States. Furthermore we have collateral pools of highly liquid assets and mortgages (principally consisting of residential properties mainly in derecognition, a gain or loss is recognizedGermany) for the homogeneous retail portfolio.

130

Main credit exposure categories

The tables in the income statement as the difference between the original contractual cash flowsthis section show details about several of our main credit exposure categories, namely Loans, Revocable and the modified cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate (EIR). For modified financial assets the determination of whether the asset’s credit risk has increased significantly reflects the comparison of:Irrevocable Lending Commitments, Contingent Liabilities Over-The-Counter (“OTC”) Derivatives, Debt Securities and Repo and repo-style transactions:

Although considered in the monitoring of maximum credit exposures, the following are not included in the details of our main credit exposure: brokerage and securities related receivables, cash and central bank balances, interbank balances (without central banks), assets held for sale, accrued interest receivables, traditional securitization positions. Consequently, the gross exposure of OTC derivatives (prior to netting and cash collateral) as of December 31, 2020 of € 1.4 billion (€ 1.8 billion as of December 31, 2019) which is part of the “asset held for sale” classification is not included in our main credit exposure. This exposure is associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas. For further information please refer to Note 24 “Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale” to the consolidated financial statement.

Main Credit Exposure Categories by Business Divisions

Dec 31, 2020

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Corporate Bank

114,491

621

784

4,393

130,690

44,293

299

Investment Bank

69,309

6,366

1,618

220

45,053

1,889

22,533

Private Bank

237,194

0

7

0

37,315

1,625

440

Asset Management

20

0

0

0

121

9

0

Capital Release Unit

2,807

1,352

220

22

1,592

38

9,388

Corporate & Other

7,682

0

0

0

1,106

123

268

Total

431,503

8,339

2,629

4,635

215,877

47,978

32,928

Dec 31, 2020

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Corporate Bank

733

68

0

345

0

0

296,717

Investment Bank

2,078

86,579

980

7,356

59,974

0

303,956

Private Bank

521

2

1

10

0

0

277,115

Asset Management

0

2,850

198

0

0

0

3,198

Capital Release Unit

0

1,404

0

1

3,091

0

19,915

Corporate & Other

9,294

4,443

48,476

824

0

1,543

73,760

Total

12,625

95,347

49,656

8,535

63,066

1,543

974,661

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 11.9 billion as of December 31, 2020.

2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 90.3 million as of December 31, 2020

3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.6 billion as of December 31, 2020.

4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 360.4 million as of December 31, 2020.

6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 15.1 million as of December 31, 2020.

7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

131

Dec 31, 2019

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Corporate Bank

118,311

427

480

4,549

120,073

44,917

216

Investment Bank

75,145

10,091

1,597

174

51,701

2,005

13,506

Private Bank

229,746

(0)

7

0

35,550

1,996

262

Asset Management

57

0

0

0

121

10

2

Capital Release Unit

3,555

1,827

1,096

150

2,901

51

13,904

Corporate & Other

7,020

0

0

0

1,094

253

148

Total

433,834

12,346

3,181

4,874

211,440

49,232

28,039

Dec 31, 2019

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Corporate Bank

859

14

0

583

0

0

290,429

Investment Bank

2,242

83,039

543

7,842

68,199

0

316,085

Private Bank

4,019

18

2,951

4,082

0

0

278,632

Asset Management

0

556

0

0

0

0

746

Capital Release Unit

61

1,440

9

521

3,085

0

28,601

Corporate & Other

17,119

4,767

35,712

1,201

0

1,415

68,728

Total

24,300

89,835

39,214

14,228

71,284

1,415

983,222

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.6 billion as of December 31, 2019.

2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 22 million as of December 31, 2019

3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 1.4 billion as of December 31, 2019.

4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 96 million as of December 31, 2019.

6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1.4 million as of December 31, 2019.

7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

Our total credit exposure decreased by € 8.6 billion year-on-year.

132

Main Credit Exposure Categories by Industry Sectors

The below tables give an overview of our credit exposure by industry based on the NACE code of the counterparty. NACE (Nomenclature des Activités Économiques dans la Communauté Européenne) is a standard European industry classification system and does not have to be congruent with an internal risk based view applied elsewhere in this report.

Dec 31, 2020

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

637

0

0

0

544

40

3

Mining and quarrying

2,871

250

8

15

5,148

1,370

34

Manufacturing

26,050

525

354

1,111

52,722

10,314

4,677

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

3,419

295

51

0

5,080

1,783

614

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

681

0

0

0

396

156

80

Construction

4,440

243

2

22

2,672

2,490

438

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

20,697

330

83

913

15,672

5,025

614

Transport and storage

5,575

427

69

312

5,235

978

715

Accommodation and food service activities

2,427

60

0

27

1,203

158

27

Information and communication

5,525

308

3

404

14,030

2,072

887

Financial and insurance activities

84,724

2,860

1,823

813

56,024

19,467

18,042

Real estate activities

36,571

989

46

339

5,776

312

1,401

Professional, scientific and technical activities

7,707

228

0

12

4,919

1,915

147

Administrative and support service activities

9,112

333

66

56

4,266

453

672

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

6,139

828

13

433

2,983

93

3,094

Education

205

0

0

0

126

14

459

Human health services and social work activities

3,436

68

26

0

2,373

127

484

Arts, entertainment and recreation

929

22

0

0

1,105

59

30

Other service activities

5,353

551

84

177

4,305

877

131

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

205,004

22

0

2

31,298

272

325

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

1

0

0

0

0

2

54

Total

431,503

8,339

2,629

4,635

215,877

47,978

32,928

133

Dec 31, 2020

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

0

6

0

0

0

0

1,230

Mining and quarrying

0

354

2

0

0

0

10,053

Manufacturing

0

995

39

0

0

0

96,788

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

0

437

1

0

0

0

11,679

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

0

40

0

0

0

0

1,354

Construction

0

565

70

0

0

0

10,944

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

0

213

2

0

0

0

43,548

Transport and storage

203

811

26

0

0

0

14,351

Accommodation and food service activities

0

63

0

0

0

0

3,964

Information and communication

8

514

5

0

0

0

23,756

Financial and insurance activities

3,167

20,866

8,114

8,428

61,801

1,543

287,672

Real estate activities

333

3,047

109

0

0

0

48,924

Professional, scientific and technical activities

25

105

25

8

0

0

15,091

Administrative and support service activities

36

270

3

99

0

0

15,367

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

8,670

61,459

40,574

0

1,089

0

125,374

Education

0

120

21

0

0

0

945

Human health services and social work activities

0

473

0

0

0

0

6,987

Arts, entertainment and recreation

31

83

0

0

0

0

2,258

Other service activities

110

3,654

162

0

176

0

15,580

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

0

0

0

0

0

0

236,923

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

40

1,272

503

0

0

0

1,873

Total

12,625

95,347

49,656

8,535

63,066

1,543

974,661

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 11.9 billion as of December 31, 2020.

2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 90.3 million as of December 31, 2020

3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.6 billion as of December 31, 2020.

4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 360.4 million as of December 31, 2020.

6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 15.1 million as of December 31, 2020.

7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

134

Dec 31, 2019

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

676

0

0

0

874

39

1

Mining and quarrying

2,537

274

135

80

4,606

1,223

22

Manufacturing

28,412

418

84

1,285

51,627

12,180

1,169

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

4,115

401

60

0

5,774

1,630

589

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

833

10

0

0

486

136

68

Construction

3,810

259

27

14

2,876

2,174

364

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

20,990

624

97

858

12,669

5,087

306

Transport and storage

4,872

534

54

150

5,066

996

1,213

Accommodation and food service activities

2,565

40

0

29

1,935

191

49

Information and communication

5,783

434

1

358

14,460

2,640

919

Financial and insurance activities

90,962

4,015

2,521

936

57,295

19,036

17,286

Real estate activities

41,670

3,236

49

198

5,600

306

1,516

Professional, scientific and technical activities

7,307

91

0

32

4,429

1,890

48

Administrative and support service activities

6,833

102

106

22

4,070

373

502

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

6,437

1,071

15

489

2,650

109

2,586

Education

327

0

0

0

95

18

397

Human health services and social work activities

3,503

63

2

63

2,476

124

352

Arts, entertainment and recreation

843

24

0

0

1,309

44

23

Other service activities

4,677

707

24

358

3,428

733

130

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

196,680

45

5

2

29,713

301

324

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

3

0

0

0

3

4

176

Total

433,834

12,346

3,181

4,874

211,440

49,232

28,039

135

Dec 31, 2019

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Agriculture, forestry and fishing

0

4

0

0

0

0

1,593

Mining and quarrying

115

369

7

0

0

0

9,369

Manufacturing

371

1,029

51

0

0

0

96,626

Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

420

668

1

0

0

0

13,659

Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

5

27

0

0

0

0

1,565

Construction

26

263

68

0

0

0

9,880

Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

68

226

15

0

0

0

40,938

Transport and storage

194

431

47

0

0

0

13,557

Accommodation and food service activities

21

33

0

0

0

0

4,863

Information and communication

126

478

36

0

9

0

25,244

Financial and insurance activities

7,915

18,296

11,118

14,228

70,224

1,415

315,247

Real estate activities

387

2,327

81

0

0

0

55,371

Professional, scientific and technical activities

10

194

10

0

0

0

14,009

Administrative and support service activities

59

133

3

0

0

0

12,203

Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

12,492

59,381

24,814

0

948

0

110,992

Education

0

194

0

0

0

0

1,032

Human health services and social work activities

0

461

0

0

0

0

7,044

Arts, entertainment and recreation

55

125

0

0

0

0

2,423

Other service activities

143

3,421

246

0

5

0

13,871

Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

0

0

0

0

0

0

227,071

Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

1,893

1,772

2,718

0

96

0

6,665

Total

24,300

89,835

39,214

14,228

71,284

1,415

983,222

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.6 billion as of December 31, 2019.

2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 22 million as of December 31, 2019

3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 1.4 billion as of December 31, 2019.

4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 96 million as of December 31, 2019.

6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1.4 million as of December 31, 2019.

7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

The portfolio is subject to the same credit underwriting requirements stipulated in our “Principles for Managing Credit Risk”, including various controls according to single name, country, industry and product/asset class-specific concentration.

Material transactions, such as loans underwritten with the intention to sell down or distribute part of the risk to third parties, are subject to review and approval by senior credit risk management professionals and (depending upon size) an underwriting committee and/or the Management Board. High emphasis is placed on structuring and pricing such transactions so that de-risking can be achieved in a timely manner and – where DB takes market price risk – to mitigate such market risk.

Our amortized cost loan exposure within above categories is mostly to good quality borrowers. Moreover, with the focus on the Corporate Bank and Investment Bank, loan exposure is subject to further risk mitigation through our Strategic Corporate Lending unit (“SCL”).

Our household loans exposure is principally associated with our Private Bank portfolios.

136

Our amortized cost loan exposure of € 36.5 billion to Real Estate activities above is based on NACE code classification. We also provide an understanding of our Commercial Real Estate exposures across the Commercial Real Estate Group, APAC CRE exposures in the Investment Bank and non-recourse CRE business in the Corporate Bank. Please refer to the chapter “Focus Industries in light of COVID-19 Pandemic” for further information on Commercial Real Estate exposures.

Our commercial real estate loans, primarily originated in the U.S. and Europe, are generally secured by first mortgages on the underlying real estate property. Deutsche Bank originates fixed and floating rate loans and selectively acquires (generally at substantial discount) sub- /non-performing loans sold by financial institutions. The underwriting process is stringent and the exposure is managed under separate portfolio limits. Credit underwriting policy guidelines provide that LTV ratios of generally less than 75 % are maintained. Additionally, given the significance of the underlying collateral, independent external appraisals are commissioned for all secured loans by a valuation team (part of the independent Credit Risk Management function) which is also responsible for reviewing and challenging the reported real estate values regularly. Deutsche Bank originates loans for distribution in the banking market or via securitization. In this context Deutsche Bank frequently retains a portion of the syndicated loans while securitized positions may be entirely sold (except where regulation requires retention of economic risk). Mezzanine or other junior tranches of debt are retained only in exceptional cases. The bank also participates in conservatively underwritten unsecured lines of credit to well-capitalized real estate investment trusts and other real estate operating companies.

Commercial real estate property valuations and rental incomes can be significantly impacted by macro-economic conditions and idiosyncratic events affecting the underlying properties. Accordingly, the portfolio is categorized as higher risk and hence subject to the aforementioned tight restrictions on concentration.

Our credit exposure to our ten largest counterparties accounted for 9 % of our aggregated total credit exposure in these categories as of December 31, 2020 compared with 8 % as of December 31, 2019. Our top ten counterparty exposures were with well-rated counterparties or otherwise related to structured trades which show high levels of risk mitigation.

Overall credit exposure to the industry sector Financial and Insurance Activities comprises of predominantly investment-grade exposures. The total Loans across all applicable measurement categories amounts to € 90.2 billion, Total Repo and repo style transaction across all applicable measurement categories amounts to € 71.8 billion and off balance sheet activities amounts to € 75.5 billion as of December 31, 2020 within Financial and Insurance activities and is principally associated with Investment Bank and Corporate Bank Portfolios, the same are majorly held in North America and Europe region.

Main credit exposure categories by geographical region

Dec 31, 2020

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Europe

317,281

3,092

1,519

1,615

128,440

29,529

20,283

Of which:

Germany

224,274

340

57

347

75,531

12,195

1,715

United Kingdom

5,796

160

341

64

9,820

2,327

7,102

France

3,460

65

33

187

6,103

1,383

1,331

Luxembourg

10,097

546

252

0

4,839

1,251

701

Italy

23,442

340

66

0

3,600

3,888

1,854

Netherlands

9,679

79

222

554

9,890

1,727

1,942

Spain

17,134

304

0

28

3,755

2,763

1,094

Ireland

4,173

190

200

127

2,023

200

465

Switzerland

6,817

39

19

150

4,518

1,762

268

Poland

2,421

0

1

0

374

128

17

Belgium

1,133

4

0

53

1,566

679

295

Other Europe

8,856

1,025

327

103

6,420

1,226

3,497

North America

73,742

3,266

841

1,896

78,079

7,430

9,420

Of which:

U.S.

61,137

2,926

784

1,792

73,215

7,033

8,496

Cayman Islands

3,790

113

3

0

2,131

25

246

Canada

887

37

0

91

1,790

47

303

Other North America

7,928

191

54

13

943

326

374

Asia/Pacific

34,194

1,248

237

992

7,813

9,960

2,766

Of which:

Japan

1,385

17

0

89

415

483

312

Australia

1,525

258

36

35

1,785

367

542

India

6,355

54

21

32

1,110

2,253

149

China

4,764

6

149

46

684

1,780

658

Singapore

5,309

210

30

28

918

685

248

Hong Kong

2,872

109

0

61

986

671

186

Other Asia/Pacific

11,984

593

0

702

1,914

3,721

670

Other geographical areas

6,285

734

31

133

1,545

1,059

460

Total

431,503

8,339

2,629

4,635

215,877

47,978

32,928

137

Dec 31, 2020

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Europe

2,468

46,446

31,868

2,180

21,696

498

606,915

Of which:

Germany

544

8,257

10,467

263

1,078

10

335,078

United Kingdom

890

7,980

2,776

0

11,352

0

48,607

France

2

8,136

5,216

0

5,981

0

31,898

Luxembourg

41

2,509

1,412

0

819

0

22,466

Italy

117

5,908

1,496

108

478

0

41,297

Netherlands

112

3,486

118

0

33

0

27,843

Spain

0

3,053

3,088

1,077

500

0

32,796

Ireland

680

1,415

136

0

396

0

10,004

Switzerland

4

637

4

0

79

0

14,299

Poland

0

112

1,993

0

0

0

5,047

Belgium

40

1,575

1,616

0

5

0

6,966

Other Europe

38

3,380

3,546

731

975

488

30,612

North America

7,727

27,547

11,798

2,780

31,907

0

256,433

Of which:

U.S.

7,351

26,408

11,197

1,814

29,370

0

231,523

Cayman Islands

359

567

0

885

2,086

0

10,206

Canada

0

417

543

0

451

0

4,567

Other North America

16

155

58

81

0

0

10,137

Asia/Pacific

2,431

19,246

5,740

3,353

9,426

646

98,052

Of which:

Japan

64

2,807

25

0

6,283

0

11,881

Australia

1,545

2,535

860

0

659

0

10,149

India

349

3,284

2,047

0

128

396

16,177

China

0

3,012

309

0

421

0

11,830

Singapore

78

2,067

472

0

105

0

10,152

Hong Kong

207

725

286

60

12

0

6,175

Other Asia/Pacific

188

4,816

1,740

3,293

1,817

250

31,689

Other geographical areas

0

2,107

250

223

37

399

13,262

Total

12,625

95,347

49,656

8,535

63,066

1,543

974,661

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 11.9 billion as of December 31, 2020.

2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 90.3 million as of December 31, 2020

3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.6 billion as of December 31, 2020.

4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 360.4 million as of December 31, 2020.

6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 15.1 million as of December 31, 2020.

7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

138

Dec 31, 2019

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

in € m.

at amortized cost1

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI2

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments3

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L4

Europe

307,871

4,469

2,435

1,778

114,586

29,836

18,964

Of which:

Germany

214,155

316

5

245

65,468

12,078

1,572

United Kingdom

7,927

607

373

230

7,960

2,587

6,337

France

3,106

70

0

209

5,905

1,322

1,264

Luxembourg

8,320

1,193

1,084

46

4,374

652

859

Italy

22,347

298

109

0

3,127

3,721

1,389

Netherlands

9,679

83

162

457

9,015

1,805

2,123

Spain

17,265

257

54

59

2,262

3,246

916

Ireland

4,783

157

280

124

2,241

172

545

Switzerland

6,818

30

85

262

5,880

2,213

194

Poland

2,771

0

5

0

316

130

60

Belgium

1,347

0

0

67

1,773

421

285

Other Europe

9,352

1,458

279

78

6,267

1,489

3,420

North America

79,522

4,543

483

2,155

88,260

8,332

6,628

Of which:

U.S.

66,991

3,891

389

2,016

83,894

7,842

4,943

Cayman Islands

3,560

318

30

0

764

20

481

Canada

1,155

23

0

116

2,230

81

1,007

Other North America

7,816

310

64

22

1,371

389

197

Asia/Pacific

39,584

1,780

248

820

6,962

9,652

1,946

Of which:

Japan

1,752

16

0

112

599

333

405

Australia

1,577

320

63

0

1,587

104

357

India

7,717

126

149

0

646

2,392

128

China

4,816

38

0

45

725

1,503

308

Singapore

5,722

185

37

30

761

833

210

Hong Kong

4,315

380

0

18

1,182

628

146

Other Asia/Pacific

13,685

714

0

614

1,461

3,860

392

Other geographical areas

6,857

1,554

14

122

1,632

1,412

501

Total

433,834

12,346

3,181

4,874

211,440

49,232

28,039

139

Dec 31, 2019

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions7

Total

in € m.

at amortized cost5

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI6

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Europe

11,267

37,936

24,791

7,884

15,046

390

577,251

Of which:

Germany

3,986

5,353

6,864

4,488

661

28

315,219

United Kingdom

2,647

9,712

2,273

604

6,522

0

47,778

France

705

4,714

6,302

319

2,748

0

26,664

Luxembourg

969

3,094

3,099

121

861

0

24,673

Italy

288

5,388

916

144

679

0

38,406

Netherlands

726

2,051

584

297

100

0

27,082

Spain

139

2,010

513

1,082

501

0

28,303

Ireland

636

1,321

19

0

1,140

0

11,418

Switzerland

51

679

101

0

69

0

16,382

Poland

0

30

1,988

0

0

0

5,301

Belgium

204

854

577

0

0

0

5,528

Other Europe

917

2,730

1,554

829

1,765

362

30,499

North America

9,985

31,654

8,325

3,140

42,038

0

285,065

Of which:

U.S.

9,574

30,600

7,718

1,750

19,661

0

239,267

Cayman Islands

393

509

9

1,293

22,132

0

29,510

Canada

0

277

599

0

240

0

5,730

Other North America

18

268

0

97

5

0

10,558

Asia/Pacific

3,048

18,130

5,471

3,114

13,980

659

105,394

Of which:

Japan

69

2,582

9

173

9,451

0

15,500

Australia

1,906

3,867

653

155

331

94

11,014

India

656

1,862

1,998

0

202

306

16,182

China

0

1,345

0

0

983

0

9,763

Singapore

11

1,305

874

0

290

0

10,260

Hong Kong

224

517

287

0

1

0

7,699

Other Asia/Pacific

182

6,653

1,649

2,786

2,721

258

34,977

Other geographical areas

0

2,115

627

90

220

367

15,512

Total

24,300

89,835

39,214

14,228

71,284

1,415

983,222

1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.6 billion as of December 31, 2019.

2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 22 million as of December 31, 2019

3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 1.4 billion as of December 31, 2019.

4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 96 million as of December 31, 2019.

6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1.4 million as of December 31, 2019.

7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

The tables above give an overview of our credit exposure by geographical region, allocated based on the counterparty’s country of domicile, see also section “Credit Exposure to Certain Eurozone Countries” of this report for a detailed discussion of the “country of domicile view”. Aforementioned domicile view does not have to be congruent with an internal risk based view applied elsewhere in this report

Our largest concentration of credit risk within loans from a regional perspective is in our home market Germany, with a significant share in households, which includes the majority of our mortgage lending and home loan business.

Within OTC derivatives, tradable assets as well as repo and repo-style transactions, our largest concentrations from a regional perspective were in Europe and North America .


140

Credit exposure to certain Eurozone countries

Certain Eurozone countries are presented within the table below due to previous focus relating to sovereign risk.

In our “country of domicile view” we aggregate credit risk exposures to counterparties by allocating them to the domicile of the primary counterparty, irrespective of any link to other counterparties, or in relation to credit default swaps underlying reference assets from these Eurozone countries. Hence we also include counterparties whose group parent is located outside of these countries and exposures to special purpose entities whose underlying assets are from entities domiciled in other countries.

The following table, which is based on the country of domicile view, presents our gross position, the included amount thereof of undrawn / contingent exposure and our net exposure to these Eurozone countries. The gross exposure reflects our net credit risk exposure grossed up for net credit derivative protection purchased with underlying reference assets domiciled in one of these countries, guarantees received and collateral. Such collateral is particularly held with respect to the retail portfolio, but also for financial institutions predominantly based on derivative margining arrangements, as well as for corporates. In addition, the amounts also reflect the allowance for credit losses. In some cases, our counterparties’ ability to draw on undrawn commitments is limited by terms included in the specific contractual documentation. Net credit exposures are presented after effects of collateral held, guarantees received and further risk mitigation, including net notional amounts of credit derivatives for protection sold/bought. The provided gross and net exposures to certain European countries do not include credit derivative tranches which, by design, are structured to be credit risk neutral. Additionally, the tranche and correlated nature of these positions does not allow a meaningful disaggregated notional presentation by country, e.g., as identical notional exposures represent different levels of risk for different tranche levels.

Gross position, included undrawn exposure and net exposure to certain Eurozone countries – Country of Domicile View

Sovereign

Financial Institutions

Corporates

Retail

Other

Total

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

Dec 31,

in € m.

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020¹

2019

Greece

Gross

1,055

437

2,023

1,342

337

464

4

4

11

0

3,429

2,248

Undrawn / contingent

0

0

61

42

2

7

2

1

0

0

64

51

Net

1,055

437

360

323

8

14

2

2

11

0

1,437

776

Ireland

Gross

197

302

194

1,280

6,089

7,256

21

26

3,610

3,501

10,111

12,364

Undrawn / contingent

0

0

45

16

1,807

2,439

2

2

613

531

2,467

2,988

Net

217

270

135

649

3,787

4,156

5

6

3,501

3,397

7,646

8,478

Italy

Gross

5,726

6,260

4,501

3,805

14,514

13,331

17,639

18,451

262

95

42,641

41,941

Undrawn / contingent

0

0

62

38

5,935

5,384

1,739

1,733

0

0

7,737

7,154

Net

4,133

5,341

403

487

8,666

8,209

10,379

10,715

261

95

23,841

24,848

Portugal

Gross

212

228

83

84

689

860

12

11

93

208

1,088

1,390

Undrawn / contingent

0

0

20

26

303

342

2

2

0

0

325

370

Net

186

281

90

85

628

638

4

4

93

208

1,001

1,217

Spain

Gross

4,448

1,226

1,921

1,513

14,250

12,942

10,039

9,948

249

258

30,907

25,888

Undrawn / contingent

1

0

91

112

5,831

4,611

732

523

0

3

6,655

5,249

Net

4,332

1,191

726

467

10,038

8,514

2,529

2,536

287

310

17,912

13,019

Total gross

11,637

8,452

8,722

8,023

35,879

34,853

27,715

28,440

4,224

4,063

88,177

83,832

Total Undrawn / contingent

1

1

280

233

13,877

12,783

2,476

2,260

614

534

17,248

15,811

Total net³

9,922

7,521

1,714

2,011

23,126

21,532

12,920

13,264

4,153

4,010

51,836

48,338

1Approximately 74 % of the overall exposure as per December 31, 2020 will mature within the next 5 years.

2Other exposures to Ireland include exposures to counterparties where the domicile of the group parent is located outside of Ireland as well as exposures to special purpose entities whose underlying assets are from entities domiciled in other countries.

3Total net exposure excludes credit valuation reserves for derivatives amounting to € 45.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 49.8 million as of December 31, 2019.

Net exposure to the above selected Eurozone countries increased by € 3.5 billion in 2020 driven by increased exposure in Spain and Greece that is partly offset by a decrease in Italy and Ireland.


141

Sovereign credit risk exposure to certain Eurozone countries

The amounts below reflect a net “country of domicile view” of our sovereign exposure.

Sovereign credit risk exposure to certain Eurozone countries

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

in € m.

Direct Sovereign exposure¹

Net Notional of CDS referencing sovereign debt

Net sovereign exposure

Memo Item: Net fair value of CDS referencing sovereign debt²

Direct Sovereign exposure¹

Net Notional of CDS referencing sovereign debt

Net sovereign exposure

Memo Item: Net fair value of CDS referencing sovereign debt²

Greece

1,055

0

1,055

0

437

0

437

0

Ireland

189

28

217

0

265

4

270

2

Italy

5,501

(1,369)

4,133

718

6,170

(828)

5,341

334

Portugal

212

(26)

186

0

228

54

281

6

Spain

4,447

(115)

4,332

163

1,222

(31)

1,191

112

Total

11,404

(1,481)

9,922

881

8,322

(801)

7,521

454

1Includes sovereign debt classified as financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and loans carried at amortized cost. Direct Sovereign exposure is net of guarantees received and collateral.

2The amounts reflect the net fair value in relation to credit default swaps referencing sovereign debt of the respective country representing the counterparty credit risk.

The increase of € 2.4 billion in net sovereign exposure compared with year-end   2019 mainly reflects increases in debt securities in Spain within Central Investment Office and Investment Bank portfolios.

Credit exposure classification

We also classify our credit exposure along our business divisions, which is in line with the divisionally aligned chief risk officer mandates. In the section below, we show the credit exposure of the Corporate Bank and the Investment Bank together. In the subsequent section, we provide the credit exposure for the Private Bank.

Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure

The tables below show our main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank Credit Exposure by product types and internal rating bands. Please refer to section "Measuring Credit Risk" for more details about our internal ratings.

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – gross

Dec 31, 2020

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

Ratingband

Probability of default in %1

at amortized cost

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L2

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

13,679  

44  

446  

114  

20,168  

1,911  

4,230

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

29,365  

436  

347  

641  

47,835  

11,794  

6,414

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

55,845  

1,047  

672  

2,149  

57,941  

22,069  

4,395

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

48,063  

2,470  

500  

1,458  

26,476  

5,566  

3,202

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

26,885  

1,813  

76  

160  

18,789  

2,864  

4,477

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

9,962  

1,177  

361  

92  

4,535  

1,978  

113

Total

183,800  

6,987  

2,401  

4,614  

175,743  

46,182  

22,832

Dec 31, 2020

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions

Ratingband

Probability of default in %1

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

1,183  

50,886  

103  

298  

27,745  

120,806

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

527  

7,762  

82  

827  

8,504  

114,533

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

307  

12,569  

87  

1,425  

8,346  

166,851

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

174  

13,062  

400  

2,239  

15,004  

118,616

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

239  

1,607  

293  

2,311  

375  

59,889

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

382  

762  

15  

600  

0  

19,978

Total

2,811  

86,647  

980  

7,700  

59,974  

600,672

1Reflects the probability of default (PD)for a one year time horizon.

2Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable.

142

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – net

Dec 31, 2020¹

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

Ratingband

Probability of default in %2

at amortized cost

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

8,684  

44  

446  

0  

19,088  

1,618  

3,381

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

22,618  

131  

347  

621  

46,384  

9,837  

4,957

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

31,266  

889  

625  

1,602  

54,626  

19,365  

4,190

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

22,984  

1,887  

407  

955  

23,947  

3,995  

3,100

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

8,853  

824  

6  

140  

17,614  

2,244  

4,432

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

4,823  

759  

207  

92  

4,263  

1,269  

113

Total

99,228  

4,534  

2,038  

3,410  

165,922  

38,330  

20,175

Dec 31, 2020¹

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions

Ratingband

Probability of default in %2

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

1,183  

50,886  

103  

0  

27  

85,460

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

527  

7,762  

82  

0  

1  

93,268

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

307  

12,569  

87  

23  

3  

125,551

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

171  

13,017  

400  

71  

3  

70,939

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

239  

1,607  

293  

0  

0  

36,253

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

311  

727  

15  

0  

0  

12,579

Total

2,737  

86,567  

980  

95  

34  

424,049

1Net of eligible collateral, guarantees and hedges based on IFRS requirements.

2Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

The tables below show our main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank Credit Exposure for 2019 by product types and internal rating bands.

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – gross

Dec 31, 2019

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

Ratingband

Probability of default in %1

at amortized cost

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L2

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

18,508

184

20

237

23,850

3,364

3,234

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

31,859

868

599

754

45,040

11,706

4,144

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

58,139

1,380

234

2,447

55,361

22,441

3,199

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

47,505

4,595

643

1,002

26,160

4,642

2,261

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

25,967

2,525

275

283

17,913

3,207

844

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

11,477

967

305

2

3,450

1,563

40

Total

193,456

10,519

2,077

4,724

171,774

46,922

13,722

Dec 31, 2019

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions

Ratingband

Probability of default in %1

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

1,422

48,992

0

847

30,382

131,040

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

392

5,864

8

1,522

8,745

111,501

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

366

11,414

76

408

7,320

162,785

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

373

14,525

233

3,265

20,498

125,701

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

449

1,700

225

1,344

1,101

55,833

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

99

558

0

1,039

153

19,654

Total

3,102

83,053

543

8,425

68,199

606,514

1Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

2Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable.

143

Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – net

Dec 31, 2019¹

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Loans

Off-balance sheet

OTC derivatives

Ratingband

Probability of default in %2

at amortized cost

trading - at fair value through P&L

Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

Contingent liabilities

at fair value through P&L

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

12,575

184

20

237

22,566

2,535

2,840

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

25,249

318

190

754

43,953

9,814

3,098

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

33,115

751

234

1,489

52,334

19,470

3,005

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

21,734

2,305

408

600

23,497

4,071

2,089

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

6,610

287

52

175

16,348

2,104

821

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

4,053

543

204

2

3,066

1,115

40

Total

103,336

4,388

1,109

3,257

161,764

39,108

11,893

Dec 31, 2019¹

in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

Debt Securities

Repo and repo-style transactions

Ratingband

Probability of default in %2

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

at amortized cost

at fair value through P&L

at fair value through OCI

Total

iAAA–iAA

> 0.00 ≤ 0.04

1,422

48,992

0

2

1,169

92,540

iA

> 0.04 ≤ 0.11

392

5,864

8

0

13

89,653

iBBB

> 0.11 ≤ 0.5

366

11,414

76

6

100

122,362

iBB

> 0.5 ≤ 2.27

220

14,152

225

90

12

69,402

iB

> 2.27 ≤ 10.22

443

1,672

229

0

0

28,742

iCCC and below

> 10.22 ≤ 100

96

523

0

439

0

10,081

Total

2,939

82,618

538

537

1,293

412,781

1Net of eligible collateral, guarantees and hedges based on IFRS requirements.

2Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

The above table shows an overall decrease in our Corporate Bank and Investment Bank gross exposure in 2020 of € 5.8 

billion or 1   %. Loans at amortized cost decreased by € 9.7 billion mainly due to prepayments across businesses as well as by the strengthening of the Euro in comparison to the U.S. Dollar. From a regional perspective the decrease is primarily attributable to counterparties domiciled in the United States and United Kingdom. This decrease is partly offset by an increase in trading debt securities of € 3.6 billion mainly due to increased trading activities on the back of volatile market conditions in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic.

We use risk mitigation techniques as described above to optimize our Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposures and reduce potential credit losses. The tables for “net” exposure discloses the development of our Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure’s net of collateral, guarantees and hedges.

SCL Risk Mitigation for Credit Exposure

Our Strategic Corporate Lending (“SCL”) unit helps mitigate the risk of our corporate credit exposures. The notional amount of SCL’s risk reduction activities increased from € 31.3 billion as of December 31, 2019, to € 34.0 billion as of December 31, 2020.

As of year-end 2020, SCL mitigated the credit risk of € 30.9 billion of loans and lending-related commitments through synthetic collateralized loan obligations supported predominantly by financial guarantees. This position totaled € 30.3 billion as of December 31, 2019.

SCL also held credit derivatives with an underlying notional amount of € 3.1 billion as of December 31, 2020. The position totaled € 1.0 billion as of December 31, 2019. The credit derivatives used for our portfolio management activities are accounted for at fair value.

144

Private Bank credit exposure

Private Bank credit exposure, credit exposure stage 3 and net credit costs

Total exposure in € m.

of which loan book in € m.

Credit exposure stage 3 in € m.

Net credit costs as a % of total exposure¹

 

Dec 31, 2020

 

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2020

 

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2020

 

Dec 31, 2019

Dec 31, 2020

 

Dec 31, 2019

PB Germany

185,959

190,038

160,683

153,954

2,798

2,289

0.17%

0.08%

Consumer Finance

29,352

31,130

15,240

15,913

1,277

914

0.77%

0.53%

Mortgage

153,165

144,455

143,368

135,164

1,481

1,343

0.06%

(0.01%)

Business Finance

1,246

1,576

870

926

6

17

0.15%

0.08%

Financial Markets

0

12,984

0

2,121

0

14

N/M

(0.02%)

Other

2,196

(107)

1,206

(170)

35

2

0.05%

(0.19%)

International Private Bank

91,156

88,594 2

76,511

75,800 2

3,484

2,624 2

0.43%

0.20%2

Consumer Finance

11,162

11,693

8,937

9,020

350

243

1.50%

0.67%

Mortgage

13,611

14,413

13,520

14,334

668

682

(0.08%)

(0.17%)

Business Finance

12,151

9,821

9,914

9,059

728

660

1.16%

1.24%

Wealth Management

53,928

51,934

44,072

43,333

1,739

1,038

0.17%

0.02%

Other

303

734

68

54

0

1

1.41%

(0.03%)

Total

277,115

 

278,632

 

237,194

 

229,754

 

6,282

 

4,913

 

0.26%

 

0.12%

1Net credit costs for the twelve months period ended at the respective balance sheet date divided by the total exposure at that balance sheet date.

2PCB international and Wealth management were reported separately in 2019.

Consumer finance is divided into personal instalment loans, credit lines and credit cards. Consumer finance business is uncollateralized, loan risk depends on client quality. Various lending requirements are stipulated, including (but not limited to) client rating, maximum loan amounts and maximum tenors, and are adapted to regional conditions and/or circumstances of the borrower (i.e., for consumer loans a maximum loan amount taking into account customer net income). Given the largely homogeneous nature of this portfolio, counterparty credit-worthiness and ratings are predominately derived by utilizing an automated decision engine.

Mortgage business is the financing of residential properties (primarily owner-occupied) sold by various business channels in Europe, primarily in Germany but also in Spain and Italy. The level of credit risk of the mortgage loan portfolio is determined by assessing the quality of the client and the underlying collateral. The loan amounts are generally larger than consumer finance loans and they are extended for longer time horizons. Based on our underwriting criteria and processes and the diversified portfolio (customers/properties) with respective collateralization, the mortgage portfolio is categorized as lower risk, while consumer finance is categorized as high risk.

Business finance represents credit products for small businesses, SME up to large corporates. Products range from current accounts and credit lines to investment loans or revolving facilities, factoring, leasing and derivatives. Smaller clients below a turnover of € 2.5 million are limited to current accounts and loans. Clients are located primarily in Italy and Spain, but credit can also be extended to subsidiaries abroad, mostly in Europe.

The reported financials for year-end 2019 in Financial Markets belong to a portfolio of DB PFK AG, that was transferred to Group Treasury in 2020 in the context of the merger of DB PFK AG on DB AG and is therefore no longer part of Private Bank.

Wealth Management offers customized wealth management solutions and private banking services including discretionary portfolio management and traditional and alternative investment solutions, complemented by structured risk management, wealth planning, lending and family office services for wealth, high-net-worth (HNW) and ultra-high-net-worth (UHNW) individuals and family offices. Wealth Management’s total exposure is divided into Lombard Lending (against readily marketable liquid collateral / securities) and Structured Lending (against less liquid collateral). While the level of credit risk for the Lombard portfolio is determined by assessing the quality of the underlying collateral, the level of credit risk for the structured portfolio is determined by assessing both the quality of the client and the collateral. Products range from secured Lombard and mortgage loans to current accounts (Europe only), credit lines and other loans; to a lesser extent derivatives and contingencies. Clients are located globally.


145

PB mortgage loan-to-value 1

Dec 31, 2020

Dec 31, 2019

≤ 50 %

65 %

67 %

> 50 ≤ 70 %

16 %

16 %

> 70 ≤ 90 %

10 %

9 %

> 90 ≤ 100 %

3 %

3 %

> 100 ≤ 110 %

2 %

2 %

> 110 ≤ 130 %

2 %

2 %

> 130 %

1 %

1 %

1When assigning the exposure to the corresponding LTV buckets, the exposure amounts are distributed according to their relative share of the underlying assessed real estate value.

The LTV expresses the amount of exposure as a percentage of the underlying real estate value.

Our LTV ratios are calculated using the total exposure divided by the current determined value of the respective properties. These values are monitored and updated if necessary on a regular basis. The exposure of transactions that are additionally backed by liquid collateral is reduced by the respective collateral values, whereas any prior charges increase the corresponding total exposure. The LTV calculation includes exposure which is secured by real estate collateral. Any mortgage lending exposure that is collateralized exclusively by any other type of collateral is not included in the LTV calculation.

The creditor’s creditworthiness, the LTV and the quality of collateral is an integral part of our risk management when originating loans and when monitoring and steering our credit risks. In general, we are willing to accept higher LTV’s, the better the creditor’s creditworthiness is. Nevertheless, restrictions of LTV apply e.g. for countries with negative economic outlook or expected declines of real estate values.

As of December 31, 2020, 65   % of our exposure related to the mortgage lending portfolio had a LTV ratio below or equal to 50   %, compared to 67   % in the prior year.

Credit Exposure from Derivatives

All exchange traded derivatives are cleared through central counterparties (“CCPs”), the rules and regulations of which provide for daily margining of all current and future credit risk positions emerging out of such transactions. To the extent possible, we also use CCP services for OTC derivative transactions (“OTC clearing”); we thereby benefit from the credit risk mitigation achieved through the CCP’s settlement system.

The Dodd-Frank Act provides for an extensive framework for the regulation of OTC derivatives, including mandatory clearing, platform trading and transaction reporting date basedof certain OTC derivatives, as well as rules regarding the registration of, and capital, margin and business conduct standards for, swap dealers, security-based swap dealers, major swap participants and major security-based swap participants. The Dodd-Frank Act and related CFTC rules require mandatory OTC clearing in the United States for certain standardized OTC derivative transactions, including certain interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps. Margin requirements for non-cleared derivative transactions in the US started in September 2016. The European Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 on OTC Derivatives, Central Counterparties and Trade Repositories (“EMIR”) introduced a number of risk mitigation techniques for non-centrally cleared OTC derivatives in 2013 and the reporting of OTC and exchange traded derivatives in 2014. Mandatory clearing for certain standardized OTC derivatives transactions in the EU began in June 2016, and margin requirements for un-cleared OTC derivative transactions in the EU started in February 2017. Deutsche Bank implemented the exchange of both initial and variation margin in the EU from February 2017 for the first category of counterparties subject to the EMIR margin for un-cleared derivatives requirements.

The CFTC adopted final rules in 2016 that require additional interest rate swaps to be cleared, with a phased implementation schedule ending in October 2018. Deutsche Bank implemented the CFTC’s expanded clearing requirements for the relevant interest rate swaps subject to the passed compliance, covering identified instruments denominated in AUD, CAD, CHF, HKD, MXN, NOK, PLN, SEK and SGD. In September, 2020, the CFTC issued a final rule on the modified terms;cross-border application of certain U.S. swap rules, which builds on and, in some cases supersedes the CFTC’s cross-border guidance from 2013 and related no-action relief letters. In January 2021, also pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFTC finalized regulations to impose position limits on certain commodities and economically equivalent swaps, futures and options.

146

The SEC has also finalized rules regarding registration, reporting, capital, risk mitigation techniques, business conduct standards and trade acknowledgement and verification requirements for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. Compliance with

  • most of these requirements will be required starting in October 2021, when entities will be required to register as security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. The remaining lifetime PD estimated based on data atSEC adopted in December 2019 supplemental guidance and rule amendments addressing the cross-border application of certain rules regulating security-based swaps which also establishes a firm timeline for security-based swap (SBS) dealer registration. The compliance date for Deutsche Bank to register with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer will be October 6, 2021.

  • Finally, U.S. prudential regulators (the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Farm Credit Administration and the Federal Housing Finance Agency) have adopted final rules establishing margin requirements for non-cleared swaps and security-based swaps between prudentially regulated swap dealers and certain counterparties, and the CFTC has adopted final rules establishing margin requirements for non-cleared swaps between non-prudentially regulated swap dealers and certain counterparties. Deutsche Bank implemented the exchange of both initial recognition and basedvariation margin for un-cleared derivatives in the U.S. from September 2016, for the first category of counterparties subject to the U.S. prudential regulators’ margin requirements. Additional initial margin requirements for smaller counterparties have been phased in from September 2017 through September 2022, with the relevant compliance dates depending in each case on the original contractual terms.transactional volume of the parties and their affiliates. The U.S. prudential regulators delayed the initial margin compliance date from September 2020 until September 2021 or September 2022 for swaps with certain counterparties with lower levels of transactional volume as a result of the impact of COVID-19. The SEC has also established margin requirements for non-cleared security-based swaps and compliance will be required starting in October 2021 for security based swaps dealers required to register with the SEC.

    The following table shows a breakdown of notional amounts and gross market values for assets and liabilities of exchange traded and OTC derivative transactions on the basis of clearing channel.

    147

    Notional amounts of derivatives on basis of clearing channel and type of derivative

    Dec 31, 2020

    Notional amount maturity distribution

    in € m.

    Within 1 year

    > 1 and ≤ 5 years

    After 5 years

    Total

    Positive market value

    Negative market value

    Net market value

    Interest rate related:

    OTC

    11,299,988

    8,076,426

    5,241,008

    24,617,422

    230,512

    215,795

    14,717

    Bilateral (Amt)

    1,476,276

    1,977,542

    1,598,819

    5,052,637

    220,704

    206,192

    14,512

    CCP (Amt)

    9,823,712

    6,098,884

    3,642,189

    19,564,785

    9,808

    9,602

    206

    Exchange-traded

    605,924

    215,611

    66

    821,601

    347

    154

    193

    Total Interest rate related

    11,905,912

    8,292,037

    5,241,074

    25,439,023

    230,859

    215,948

    14,911

    Currency related:

    OTC

    4,351,809

    791,671

    401,111

    5,544,590

    91,241

    87,177

    4,063

    Bilateral (Amt)

    4,255,560

    788,132

    401,012

    5,444,704

    90,297

    85,830

    4,466

    CCP (Amt)

    96,249

    3,539

    98

    99,886

    944

    1,347

    (403)

    Exchange-traded

    43,601

    8

    0

    43,608

    5

    24

    (19)

    Total Currency related

    4,395,409

    791,679

    401,111

    5,588,199

    91,246

    87,202

    4,044

    Equity/index related:

    OTC

    28,938

    32,164

    7,186

    68,288

    5,700

    5,692

    8

    Bilateral (Amt)

    28,938

    32,164

    7,186

    68,288

    5,700

    5,692

    8

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange-traded

    126,825

    36,818

    1,634

    165,277

    3,772

    4,902

    (1,130)

    Total Equity/index related

    155,763

    68,982

    8,821

    233,565

    9,473

    10,594

    (1,122)

    Credit derivatives related

    OTC

    61,552

    689,031

    86,593

    837,176

    13,557

    13,272

    285

    Bilateral (Amt)

    23,672

    124,373

    32,647

    180,692

    3,043

    2,628

    415

    CCP (Amt)

    37,880

    564,658

    53,947

    656,484

    10,515

    10,645

    (130)

    Exchange-traded

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total Credit derivatives related

    61,552

    689,031

    86,593

    837,176

    13,557

    13,272

    285

    Commodity related:

    OTC

    3,716

    2,857

    1,341

    7,913

    142

    993

    (851)

    Bilateral (Amt)

    3,716

    2,857

    1,341

    7,913

    138

    661

    (522)

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    4

    332

    (328)

    Exchange-traded

    15,446

    744

    0

    16,190

    409

    55

    353

    Total Commodity related

    19,162

    3,600

    1,341

    24,103

    551

    1,048

    (497)

    Other:

    OTC

    376,256

    3,438

    154

    379,848

    1,043

    936

    108

    Bilateral (Amt)

    376,256

    3,438

    154

    379,848

    1,043

    936

    108

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange-traded

    9,411

    0

    0

    9,411

    29

    53

    (24)

    Total Other

    385,667

    3,438

    154

    389,259

    1,072

    989

    84

    Total OTC business

    16,122,259

    9,595,586

    5,737,393

    31,455,237

    342,196

    323,866

    18,331

    Total bilateral business

    6,164,418

    2,928,505

    2,041,159

    11,134,082

    320,925

    301,939

    18,986

    Total CCP business

    9,957,840

    6,667,081

    3,696,234

    20,321,155

    21,271

    21,926

    (656)

    Total exchange-traded business

    801,207

    253,181

    1,701

    1,056,088

    4,562

    5,188

    (626)

    Total

    16,923,465

    9,848,767

    5,739,094

    32,511,325

    346,758

    329,054

    17,704

    Positive market values after netting and cash collateral received

    35,161

    148

    Dec 31, 2019

    Notional amount maturity distribution

    in € m.

    Within 1 year

    > 1 and ≤ 5 years

    After 5 years

    Total

    Positive market value

    Negative market value

    Net market value

    Interest rate related:

    OTC

    11,116,114

    8,622,042

    5,377,422

    25,115,579

    244,738

    226,854

    17,884

    Bilateral (Amt)

    2,453,120

    2,496,053

    1,757,652

    6,706,825

    200,701

    184,611

    16,090

    CCP (Amt)

    8,662,994

    6,125,989

    3,619,770

    18,408,754

    44,037

    42,243

    1,794

    Exchange-traded

    4,050,938

    1,142,410

    372

    5,193,720

    631

    590

    42

    Total Interest rate related

    15,167,052

    9,764,453

    5,377,794

    30,309,299

    245,369

    227,444

    17,925

    Currency related:

    OTC

    4,345,697

    913,352

    431,769

    5,690,818

    70,947

    67,033

    3,914

    Bilateral (Amt)

    4,250,460

    912,881

    431,769

    5,595,110

    70,524

    66,543

    3,981

    CCP (Amt)

    95,237

    471

    0

    95,708

    423

    490

    (67)

    Exchange-traded

    17,169

    0

    0

    17,169

    3

    22

    (19)

    Total Currency related

    4,362,866

    913,352

    431,769

    5,707,987

    70,949

    67,055

    3,894

    Equity/index related:

    OTC

    98,330

    56,328

    7,985

    162,642

    6,478

    8,607

    (2,129)

    Bilateral (Amt)

    98,330

    56,328

    7,985

    162,642

    6,478

    8,607

    (2,129)

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange-traded

    183,700

    37,390

    5,884

    226,974

    1,883

    2,252

    (368)

    Total Equity/index related

    282,030

    93,718

    13,869

    389,617

    8,362

    10,859

    (2,497)

    Credit derivatives related

    OTC

    102,131

    558,757

    82,345

    743,233

    10,245

    11,229

    (984)

    Bilateral (Amt)

    38,651

    157,306

    35,102

    231,058

    2,062

    2,667

    (605)

    CCP (Amt)

    63,480

    401,452

    47,243

    512,175

    8,183

    8,562

    (379)

    Exchange-traded

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total Credit derivatives related

    102,131

    558,757

    82,345

    743,233

    10,245

    11,229

    (984)

    Commodity related:

    OTC

    2,743

    5,640

    1,194

    9,577

    20

    501

    (481)

    Bilateral (Amt)

    2,743

    5,640

    1,194

    9,577

    18

    495

    (477)

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2

    6

    (4)

    Exchange-traded

    18,502

    570

    7

    19,080

    30

    36

    (5)

    Total Commodity related

    21,246

    6,210

    1,201

    28,657

    51

    537

    (486)

    Other:

    OTC

    45,811

    2,530

    109

    48,449

    666

    706

    (40)

    Bilateral (Amt)

    45,811

    2,530

    109

    48,449

    666

    706

    (40)

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange-traded

    31,868

    153

    0

    32,020

    70

    107

    (37)

    Total Other

    77,678

    2,682

    109

    80,470

    736

    813

    (77)

    Total OTC business

    15,710,826

    10,158,649

    5,900,824

    31,770,299

    333,094

    314,930

    18,164

    Total bilateral business

    6,889,114

    3,630,737

    2,233,811

    12,753,662

    280,449

    263,628

    16,820

    Total CCP business

    8,821,711

    6,527,912

    3,667,013

    19,016,636

    52,645

    51,302

    1,343

    Total exchange-traded business

    4,302,177

    1,180,523

    6,263

    5,488,963

    2,617

    3,006

    (389)

    Total

    20,013,003

    11,339,172

    5,907,087

    37,259,262

    335,711

    317,936

    17,775

    Positive market values after netting and cash collateral received

    28,615

    The gross exposure of OTC derivative prior to netting and cash collateral as of December 31, 2020 of € 1.4 billion (€ 1.8 billion as of December 31, 2019), which is part of the “asset held for sale” classification is not included in our disclosure for credit exposure from derivative. This exposure is associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas. For further information please refer to Note 24 “Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale” to the consolidated financial statement.

    Equity Exposure

    The table below presents the carrying values of our equity investments according to IFRS definition split by trading and nontrading for the respective reporting dates. We manage our respective positions within our market risk and other appropriate risk frameworks.

    Modified Assets Amortized Cost

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Amortized cost carrying amount prior to modification

    4

    1

    42

    0

    47

    11

    8

    222

    0

    241

    0

    81

    73

    0

    153

    4

    1

    42

    0

    47

    Net modification gain/losses recognized

    (4)

    (0)

    (40)

    0

    (45)

    (11)

    (8)

    (208)

    0

    (227)

    0

    2

    (30)

    0

    (29)

    (4)

    (0)

    (40)

    0

    (45)

    In 20192020, we have observed the decreaseincrease of € 194107 million, or 80228 %, in modified assets at amortized cost due to a large disposalclient related modifications, which were granted with no modification loss. We did not include any COVID-19 driven modifications into the above table. For further details to COVID-19 related modifications, please refer to “Legislative and non-legislative moratoria and public guarantee schemes in the shipping portfolio and the completionlight of the respective financing agreements without a debt waiver.COVID-19 pandemic”

    We have observed immaterial amounts of modified assets that have been upgraded to stage 1. We have not observed any subsequent re-deterioration of those assets into stages 2 and 3.

    In 2018, the first year after the implementation of the IFRS 9 requirements,2019, we have observed immaterial amounts of modified assets that have been upgraded to stage 1. We have not observed any subsequent re-deterioration of those assets into stages 2 and 3.

    Financial Assets at Fair value through Other Comprehensive Income

    The fair value of financial assets at Fair value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) subject to impairment was € 56 billion at December 31, 2020, compared to € 46 billion at December 31, 2019, compared to € 51 billion at December 31, 2018.2019. Allowance for credit losses against these assets remained at very low levels (€ 20 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 35 million as of December 31, 2019 and € 13 million as of December 31, 2018)2019). Due to immateriality no further breakdown will beis provided for financial assets at FVOCI.


    140

    Off-balance sheet lending commitments and guarantee business

    The following tables provide an overview of the nominal amount and credit loss allowance for our off-balance sheet financial asset class broken down into stages as per IFRS 9 requirements.

    Development of nominal amount and allowance for credit losses

    Dec 31, 2020

    Nominal Amount

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    251,930

    5,864

    1,424

    0

    259,218

    Movements including new business

    16,918

    (2,786)

    126

    1

    14,259

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    (7,247)

    6,101

    1,146

    0

    0

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    (10,056)

    (455)

    (110)

    0

    (10,622)

    Balance, end of reporting period

    251,545

    8,723

    2,587

    1

    262,856

    Dec 31, 2019

    Nominal Amount

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    252,039

    10,021

    599

    0

    262,659

    Movements including new business

    (507)

    (3,256)

    (213)

    0

    (3,976)

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    (99)

    (933)

    1,032

    0

    0

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    496

    33

    6

    0

    535

    Balance, end of reporting period

    251,930

    5,864

    1,424

    0

    259,218

    Dec 31, 2018

    Nominal Amount

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year1

    243,566

    7,114

    1,448

    0

    252,129

    Movements including new business

    6,765

    3,923

    (1,191)

    0

    9,496

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    752

    (1,089)

    338

    0

    0

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    957

    73

    4

    0

    1,035

    Balance, end of reporting period

    252,039

    10,021

    599

    0

    262,659

    86

    Dec 31, 2020

    Allowance for Credit Losses2

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    128

    48

    166

    0

    342

    Movements including new business

    13

    21

    41

    0

    75

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    0

    0

    (1)

    0

    0

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    3

    4

    (6)

    0

    1

    Balance, end of reporting period

    144

    74

    200

    0

    419

    Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1

    13

    22

    40

    0

    75

    1 Revocable commitments were includedThe above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in impairment relevant exposuresfinancial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in Q4 2018. As a consequence, Balance, beginningcreditworthiness and changes in models.

    2Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 4 million as of year was restated compared to our interim reports 2018.December 31, 2020.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Allowance for Credit Losses2

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    132

    73

    84

    0

    289

    Movements including new business

    (13)

    (5)

    88

    0

    70

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    9

    (12)

    3

    0

    0

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    (1)

    (7)

    (9)

    0

    (17)

    Balance, end of reporting period

    128

    48

    166

    0

    342

    Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1

    (4)

    (17)

    90

    0

    70

    1 The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models.

    2 Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 4 million as of December 31, 2019.

    Dec 31, 2018

    Allowance for Credit Losses2

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    117

    36

    119

    0

    272

    Movements including new business

    (0)

    31

    (13)

    0

    18

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    2

    (0)

    (2)

    0

    0

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    14

    6

    (20)

    0

    (0)

    Balance, end of reporting period

    132

    73

    84

    0

    289

    Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1

    1

    31

    (15)

    0

    18

    1The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models.
    2Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 5 million as of December 31, 2018.


    141

    Legal Claims

    Assets subject to enforcement activity consist of assets, which have been fully or partially written off and the Group still continues to pursue recovery of the asset. Such enforcement activity comprises for example cases where the bank continues to devote resources (e.g. our Legal Department/CRM workout unit) towards recovery, either via legal channels or third party recovery agents. Enforcement activity also applies to cases where the Bank maintains outstanding and unsettled legal claims. This is irrespective of whether amounts are expected to be recovered and the recovery timeframe. It may be common practice in certain jurisdictions for recovery cases to span several years.

    Amounts outstanding on financial assets that were written off during the reporting period and are still subject to enforcement activity amounted to € 152295 million in fiscal year 2019,2020, mainly in CBCorporate Bank, Investment Bank and PB.Private Bank. In 2018,2019, legal claims amounted to € 224152 million, mainly related to the former CIB.in Corporate Bank and Private Bank.

    Renegotiated and forborne assets at amortized costs

    For economic or legal reasons we might enter into a forbearance agreement with a borrower who faces or will face financial difficulties in order to ease the contractual obligation for a limited period of time. A case-by-case approach is applied for our corporate clients considering each transaction and client -specific facts and circumstances. For consumer loans we offer forbearances for a limited period of time, in which the total or partial outstanding or future instalments are deferred to a later point of time. However, the amount not paid including accrued interest during this period must be re-compensated at a later point of time. Repayment options include distribution over residual tenor, a one-off payment or a tenor extension. Forbearances are restricted and depending on the economic situation of the client, our risk management strategies and the local legislation. In case a forbearance agreement is entered into, an impairment measurement is conducted as described below, an impairment charge is taken if necessary and the loan is subsequently recorded as impaired.

    In our management and reporting of forborne assets at amortized costs, we are following the EBA definition for forbearances and non-performing loans (Implementing Technical Standards (ITS) on Supervisory reporting on forbearance and non-performing exposures under article 99(4) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013). Once the conditions mentioned in the ITS are met, we report the loan as being forborne; we remove the asset from our forbearance reporting, once the discontinuance criteria in the ITS are met (i.e., the contract is considered as performing, a minimum two year probation period has passed, regular payments of more than an insignificant aggregate amount of principal or interest have been made during at least half of the probation period, and none of the exposures to the debtor is more than 30 days past-due at the end of the probation period).

    In 2020, forbearance measures granted as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic have been added to the above regulations and are included in the following table, even if these measures, in accordance with EBA guidance, do in general not trigger a stage transition. COVID-19 related moratoria in contrast are not relevant for the below table. For further details please refer to the section “Legislative and non-legislative moratoria and public guarantee schemes in light of COVID-19 pandemic”.

    87

    Forborne financial assets at amortized cost

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Performing

    Non-performing

    Total forborne loans at amortized cost

    Performing

    Non-performing

    Total forborne loans at amortized cost

    Performing

    Non-performing

    Total forborne loans at amortized cost

    Performing

    Non-performing

    Total forborne loans at amortized cost

    in € m.

    Stage 2

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Nonimpaired

    Nonimpaired

    Impaired

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 2

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    German

    985

    31

    1,227

    2,243

    1,046

    49

    1,200

    2,295

    1,014

    1,404

    2

    18

    1,297

    3,735

    985

    31

    1,227

    2,243

    Non-German

    780

    59

    1,714

    2,552

    741

    55

    1,750

    2,546

    4,515

    2,388

    10

    35

    2,775

    9,723

    780

    59

    1,714

    2,552

    Total

    1,765

    90

    2,940

    4,796

    1,787

    104

    2,950

    4,841

    5,529

    3,792

    12

    53

    4,072

    13,459

    1,765

    90

    2,940

    4,796

    Development of forborne financial assets at amortized cost

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Balance beginning of period

    4,841

    5,089

    4,796

    4,841

    Classified as forborne during the year

    1,702

    1,679

    10,141

    1,702

    Transferred to non forborne during the year (including repayments)

    (1,408)

    (1,574)

    Transferred to non-forborne during the year (including repayments)

    (1,371)

    (1,408)

    Charge-offs

    (342)

    (386)

    (35)

    (342)

    Exchange rate and other movements

    1

    33

    (72)

    1

    Balance end of period

    4,796

    4,841

    13,459

    4,796

    Forborne assets at amortized cost increased by € 8.7 billion, predominantly due to the inclusion of Forbearance measures granted as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic.

    Forborne assets at amortized cost slightly decreased by € 45 million, or 1 % in 2019.

    In 2018 the reduction in forborne assets at amortized cost was € 248 million or 5 %, mainly driven by non-performing exposures in the former CIB mainly reflecting the ongoing de-risking of our shipping portfolio as well as in former PCB, among others caused by disposals.

    142

    Collateral Obtained

    We obtain collateral on the balance sheet only in certain cases by either taking possession of collateral held as security or by calling upon other credit enhancements. Collateral obtained is made available for sale in an orderly fashion or through public auctions, with the proceeds used to repay or reduce outstanding indebtedness. Generally we do not occupy obtained properties for our business use. The commercial and residential real estate collateral obtained in 20192020 refers predominantly to our exposures in Spain.

    Collateral Obtained during the reporting period

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019²

    Commercial real estate

    8

    7

    0

    0

    Residential real estate1

    46

    57

    3

    3

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total collateral obtained during the reporting period

    55

    64

    3

    3

    1Carrying1Carrying amount of foreclosed residential real estate properties amounted to € 5127 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 29 million as of December 31, 2019 and € 62 million as of December 31, 2018.(restated compared to prior year disclosure).

    2Numbers have been restated compared to prior year disclosure.

    The collateral obtained, as shown in the table above, excludes collateral recorded as a result of consolidating securitization trusts under IFRS 10. In 20192020 as well as in 20182019 the Group did not obtain any collateral related to these trusts.

    Derivatives – Credit Valuation Adjustment

    We establish counterparty Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) for OTC derivative transactions to cover expected credit losses. The adjustment amount is determined by assessing the potential credit exposure to a given counterparty and taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any relevant netting arrangements, expected loss given default and the credit risk, based on available market information, including CDS spreads.

    Treatment of default situations under derivatives

    Unlike standard loan assets, we generally have more options to manage the credit risk in our derivatives transactions when movement in the current replacement costs or the behavior of our counterparty indicate that there is the risk that upcoming payment obligations under the transactions might not be honored. In these situations, we are frequently able under the relevant derivatives agreements to obtain additional collateral or to terminate and close-out the derivative transactions at short notice.

    The master agreements and associated collateralization agreements for OTC derivative transactions executed with our clients usually providetypically result in the majority of our credit exposure being secured by collateral. It also provides for a broad set of standard or bespoke termination rights, which allow us to respond swiftly to a counterparty’s default or to other circumstances which indicate a high probability of failure. Considering the severe systemic disruptions to the financial system, that could be caused by a disorderly failure of a CCP, the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) has recommended to subject CCPs to resolution regimes that apply the same objectives and provisions that apply to global systematically important banks (G-SIBs).

    88

    Our contractual termination rights are supported by internal policies and procedures with defined roles and responsibilities which ensure that potential counterparty defaults are identified and addressed in a timely fashion. These procedures include necessary settlement and trading restrictions. When our decision to terminate derivative transactions results in a residual net obligation owed by the counterparty, we restructure the obligation into a non-derivative claim and manage it through our regular work-out process. As a consequence, for accounting purposes we typically do not show any nonperforming derivatives.

    Wrong-way risk occurs when exposure to a counterparty is adversely correlated with the credit quality of that counterparty. In compliance with Article 291(2) and (4) CRR we excluding DB PFK AG, had establishedhave a monthly process to monitor several layers of wrong-way risk (specific wrong-way risk, general explicit wrong-way risk at country/industry/region levels and general implicit wrong-way risk, whereby relevant exposures arising from transactions subject to wrong-way risk are automatically selected and presented for comment to the responsible credit officer). A wrong-way risk report is then sent to Credit Risk senior management on a monthly basis. In addition, we excluding DB PFK AG, utilized our established process for calibrating our own alpha factor (as defined in Article 284 (9) CRR) to estimate the overall wrong-way risk in our derivatives and securities financing transaction portfolio. DB PFK AGThe Private Bank Germany’s derivative counterparty risk is immaterial to the Group and collateral held is typically in the form of cash.

    Managing and mitigation of Credit Risk

    Managing Credit Risk on counterparty level

    Credit-related counterparties are principally allocated to credit officers within credit teams which are organized by types of counterparty (such as financial institutions, corporates or private individuals) or economic area (e.g., emerging markets) and supported by dedicated rating analyst teams where deemed necessary. The individual credit officers have the relevant expertise and experience to manage the credit risks associated with these counterparties and their associated credit related transactions. For retail clients, credit decision making and credit monitoring is highly automated for efficiency reasons. Credit Risk Management has full oversight of the respective processes and tools used in these highly automated retail credit processes. It is the responsibility of each credit officer to undertake ongoing credit monitoring for their allocated portfolio of counterparties. We also have procedures in place intended to identify at an early stage credit exposures for which there may be an increased risk of loss.

    In instances where we have identified counterparties where there is a concern that the credit quality has deteriorated or appears likely to deteriorate to the point where they present a heightened risk of loss in default, the respective exposure is generally placed on a “watchlist”. We aim to identify counterparties that, on the basis of the application of our risk management tools, demonstrate the likelihood of problems well in advance in order to effectively manage the credit exposure and minimize potential losses. The objective of this early warning system is to address potential problems while adequate options for action are still available. This early risk detection is a tenet of our credit culture and is intended to ensure that greater attention is paid to such exposures.

    Credit limits are established by the Credit Risk Management function via the execution of assigned credit authorities. This also applies to settlement risk that must fall within limits pre-approved by Credit Risk Management considering risk appetite and in a manner that reflects expected settlement patterns for the subject counterparty. Credit approvals are documented by the signing of the credit report by the respective credit authority holders and retained for future reference.

    Credit authority is generally assigned to individuals as personal credit authority according to the individual’s professional qualification, experience and training. All assigned credit authorities are reviewed on a periodic basis to help ensure that they are commensurate with the individual performance of the authority holder.

    Where an individual’s personal authority is insufficient to establish required credit limits, the transaction is referred to a higher credit authority holder or where necessary to an appropriate credit committee. Where personal and committee authorities are insufficient to establish appropriate limits, the case is referred to the Management Board for approval.

    Mitigation of Credit Risk on counterparty level

    In addition to determining counterparty credit quality and our risk appetite, we also use various credit risk mitigation techniques to optimize credit exposure and reduce potential credit losses. Credit risk mitigants are applied in the following forms:

    89

    Collateral

    We regularly agree on collateral to be received from or to be provided to customers in contracts that are subject to credit risk. Collateral is security in the form of an asset or third-party obligation that serves to mitigate the inherent risk of credit loss in an exposure, by either substituting the counterparty default risk or improving recoveries in the event of a default. While collateral can be an alternative source of repayment, it does not replace the necessity of high quality underwriting standards and a thorough assessment of the debt service ability of the counterparty in line with CRR Article 194 (9).

    We segregate collateral received into the following two types:

    Our processes seek to ensure that the collateral we accept for risk mitigation purposes is of high quality. This includes seeking to have in place legally effective and enforceable documentation for realizable and measureable collateral assets which are evaluated regularly by dedicated teams. The assessment of the suitability of collateral for a specific transaction is part of the credit decision and must be undertaken in a conservative way, including collateral haircuts that are applied. We have collateral type specific haircuts in place which are regularly reviewed and approved. In this regard, we strive to avoid “wrong-way” risk characteristics where the counterparty’s risk is positively correlated with the risk of deterioration in the collateral value. For guarantee collateral, the process for the analysis of the guarantor’s creditworthiness is aligned to the credit assessment process for counterparties.

    The valuation of collateral is considered under a liquidation scenario. Liquidation value is equal to the expected proceeds of collateral monetization / realization in a base case scenario, wherein a fair price is achieved through careful preparation and orderly liquidation of the collateral. Collateral can either move in value over time (dynamic value) or not (static value). The dynamic liquidation value generally includes a safety margin or haircut over realizable value to address liquidity and marketability aspects.

    The Group assigns a liquidation value to eligible collateral, based on, among other things:

    Collateral haircut settings are typically based on available historic internal and/or external recovery data (expert opinions may also be used, where appropriate). They also incorporate a forward-looking component in the form of collection and valuation forecast provided by experts within Risk Management. When data is not sufficiently available or inconclusive, more conservative haircuts than otherwise used must be applied. Haircut settings are reviewed at least annually.

    Risk transfers

    Risk transfers to third parties form a key part of our overall risk management process and are executed in various forms, including outright sales, single name and portfolio hedging, and securitizations. Risk transfers are conducted by the respective business units and by Strategic Corporate Lending (“SCL”), in accordance with specifically approved mandates.

    SCL manages the residual credit risk of loans and lending-related commitments of the institutional and corporate credit portfolio, the leveraged portfolio and the medium-sized German companies’ portfolio across our CB and IB divisions.

    90

    Acting as a central pricing reference, SCL provides the businesses with an observed or derived capital market rate for loan applications; however, the decision of whether or not the business can enter into the credit risk remains exclusively with Credit Risk Management.

    SCL is concentrating on two primary objectives within the credit risk framework to enhance risk management discipline, improve returns and use capital more efficiently:

    Netting and collateral arrangements for derivatives and Securities Financing Transactions

    Netting is applicable to both exchange traded derivatives and OTC derivatives. Netting is also applied to securities financing transactions (e.g. repurchase, securities lending and margin lending transactions) as far as documentation, structure and nature of the risk mitigation allow netting with the underlying credit risk.

    All exchange traded derivatives are cleared through central counterparties (CCPs), which interpose themselves between the trading entities by becoming the counterparty to each of the entities. Where legally required or where available and to the extent agreed with our counterparties, we also use CCP clearing for our OTC derivative transactions.

    The Dodd-Frank Act and related Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) rules require CCP clearing in the United States for certain standardized OTC derivative transactions, including certain interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps, subject to limited exceptions when facing certain counterparties. The European Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 on OTC Derivatives, Central Counterparties and Trade Repositories (EMIR) and the Commission Delegated Regulations (EU) 2015/2205, (EU) 2015/592 and (EU) 2016/1178 based thereupon introduced mandatory CCP clearing in the EU for certain standardized OTC derivatives transactions. Mandatory CCP clearing in the EU began for certain interest rate derivatives on June 21, 2016 and for certain iTraxx-based credit derivatives and additional interest rate derivatives on February 9, 2017. Article 4 (2) of EMIR authorizes competent authorities to exempt intragroup transactions from mandatory CCP clearing, provided certain requirements, such as full consolidation of the intragroup transactions and the application of an appropriate centralized risk evaluation, measurement and control procedure are met. The Bank successfully applied for the clearing exemption for a number of its regulatory-consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup derivatives, including e.g., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank is allowed to make use of has obtained intragroup exemptions from the EMIR clearing obligation for 57 bilateral intragroup relationships. The extent of the exemptions differs as not all entities enter into relevant transaction types subject to the clearing obligation. Of the 57 intragroup relationships, 14 are relationships where both entities are established in the Union (EU) for which a full exemption has been granted, and 43 are relationships where one is established in a third country (“Third Country Relationship”). Third Country Relationships required repeat applications for each new asset class being subject to the clearing obligation; the process took place in the course of 2017. Such repeat applications, at the time, were been filed for 39 of the Third Country Relationships, with a number of those entities having been liquidated in the meantime. Due to “Brexit”, the status of some group entities will change from an EU entity to a third country entity. There are two affected UK group entities, but we have not applied for any EMIR clearing exemption for those entities.

    The rules and regulations of CCPs typically provide for the bilateral set off of all amounts payable on the same day and in the same currency (“payment netting”) thereby reducing our settlement risk. Depending on the business model applied by the CCP, this payment netting applies either to all of our derivatives cleared by the CCP or at least to those that form part of the same class of derivatives. Many CCPs’ rules and regulations also provide for the termination, close-out and netting of all cleared transactions upon the CCP’s default (“close-out netting”), which reduces our credit risk. In our risk measurement and risk assessment processes we apply close-out netting only to the extent we believe that the relevant CCP’s close-out netting provisions are legally valid and enforceable.

    In order to reduce the credit risk resulting from OTC derivative transactions, where CCP clearing is not available, we regularly seek the execution of standard master agreements (such as master agreements for derivatives published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) or the German Master Agreement for Financial Derivative Transactions) with our counterparties. A master agreement allows for the close-out netting of rights and obligations arising under derivative transactions that have been entered into under such a master agreement upon the counterparty’s default, resulting in a single net claim owed by or to the counterparty. For certain parts of the derivatives business (e.g., foreign exchange transactions), we also enter into master agreements under which payment netting applies with respect to transactions covered by such master agreements, reducing our settlement risk. In our risk measurement and risk assessment processes we apply close-out netting only to the extent we believe that the master agreement is legally valid and enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions.

    91

    We also enter into credit support annexes (CSAs) to master agreements in order to further reduce our derivatives-related credit risk. These annexes generally provide risk mitigation through periodic, usually daily, margining of the covered exposure. The CSAs also provide for the right to terminate the related derivative transactions upon the counterparty’s failure to honor a margin call. As with netting, when we believe the annex is enforceable, we reflect this in our exposure measurement.

    The Dodd-Frank Act and CFTC rules thereunder, including CFTC rule § 23.504, as well as EMIR and Commission Delegated Regulation based thereupon, namely Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, introduced the mandatory use of master agreements and related CSAs, which must be executed prior to or contemporaneously with entering into an uncleared OTC derivative transaction. Similar documentation is required by the U.S. margin rules adopted by U.S. prudential regulators, and will be required under SEC rules for security based swaps scheduled to become effective in 2021. Under the U.S. margin rules, we are required to post and collect initial margin for our derivatives exposures with other derivatives dealers, as well as with our counterparties that (a) are “financial end users,” as that term is defined in the U.S. margin rules, and (b) have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards and foreign exchange swaps exceeding U.S.$ 8 billion in June, July and August of the previous calendar year. The U.S. margin rules additionally require us to post and collect variation margin for our derivatives with other derivatives dealers and certain financial end user counterparties. These margin requirements are subject to a U.S.$ 50 million threshold for initial margin, but no threshold for variation margin, with a combined U.S.$ 500,000 minimum transfer amount. The U.S. margin requirements have been in effect for large banks since September 2016, with additional variation margin requirements having come into effect March 1, 2017 and additional initial margin requirements are being phased in from September 2017 through September 2022, with the relevant compliance dates depending in each case on the transactional volume of the parties and their affiliates. Compliance with SEC margin requirements will not be required prior to the compliance date for registration of security-based swap dealers in November 2021 at the latest.

    Under Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, which implements the EMIR margin requirements, the CSA must provide for daily valuation and daily variation margining based on a zero threshold and a minimum transfer amount of not more than € 500,000. For large derivative exposures exceeding € 8 billion, initial margin has to be posted as well. The variation margin requirements under EMIR apply as of March 1, 2017; the initial margin requirements will be subject to a staged phase-in until September 1, 2021. However, legislative changes have been published on February 17, 2021 that, among others, will extend deadlines into 2022. Under Article 31 of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/2251, an EU party may decide to not exchange margin with counterparties in certain non-netting jurisdictions provided certain requirements are met. Pursuant to Article 11 (5) to (10) of EMIR competent authorities are authorized to exempt intragroup transactions from the margining obligation, provided certain requirements are met. While some of those requirements are the same as for the EMIR clearing exemptions (see above), there are additional requirements such as the absence of any current or foreseen practical or legal impediment to the prompt transfer of funds or repayment of liabilities between intragroup counterparties. The Bank is making use of this exemption. The Bank has successfully applied for the collateral exemption for some of its regulatory-consolidated subsidiaries with intragroup derivatives, including, e.g., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. As of December 31, 2020, the Bank has obtained intragroup exemptions from the EMIR collateral obligation for a number of bilateral intragroup relationships which are published under https://www.db.com/company/en/intra-group-exemptions--margining.htm. For third country subsidiaries, the intragroup exemption is currently limited until the earlier of December 21, 2020 and four months after the publication of an equivalence decision by the EU Commission under Article 13(2) EMIR, unless, in the case of an equivalence decision being applicable, a follow-up exemption application is made and granted. The pending legislative changes mentioned above extend that deadline to June 30, 2022, but re-application will be necessary also for third countries without equivalence decision. For some bilateral intragroup relationships, the EMIR margining exemption may be used based on Article 11 (5) of EMIR, i.e. without the need for any application, because both entities are established in the same EU Member State. Due to “Brexit”, the status of the one intragroup entity contained in the published list will change from an EU entity to that of a third country entity. That entity has been taken off the exemption list as per December 31, 2020 and no margin exemption will be used for the time being. Certain CSAs to master agreements provide for rating-dependent triggers, where additional collateral must be pledged if a party’s rating is downgraded. We also enter into master agreements that provide for an additional termination event upon a party’s rating downgrade. These downgrade provisions in CSAs and master agreements usually apply to both parties but in some agreements may apply to us only. We analyze and monitor our potential contingent payment obligations resulting from a rating downgrade in our stress testing approach for liquidity risk on an ongoing basis. For an assessment of the quantitative impact of a downgrading of our credit rating please refer to table “Stress Testing Results” in the section “Liquidity Risk”.

    Concentrations within Credit Risk mitigation

    Concentrations within credit risk mitigations taken may occur if a number of guarantors and credit derivative providers with similar economic characteristics are engaged in comparable activities with changes in economic or industry conditions affecting their ability to meet contractual obligations. We use a range of tools and metrics to monitor our credit risk mitigating activities.

    For more qualitative and quantitative details in relation to the application of credit risk mitigation and potential concentration effects please refer to the section “Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk”.

    92

    Managing Credit Risk on portfolio level

    On a portfolio level, significant concentrations of credit risk could result from having material exposures to a number of counterparties with similar economic characteristics, or who are engaged in comparable activities, where these similarities may cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be affected in the same manner by changes in economic or industry conditions.

    Our portfolio management framework supports a comprehensive assessment of concentrations within our credit risk portfolio in order to keep concentrations within acceptable levels.

    Industry risk management

    To manage industry risk, we have grouped our corporate and financial institutions counterparties into various industry sub-portfolios. Portfolios are regularly reviewed with the frequency of review according to portfolio size and risk profile as well as risk developments. Larger / riskier portfolios are reviewed at least on an annual basis. Reviews highlight industry developments and risks to our credit portfolio, review cross-risk concentration risks, analyze the risk/reward profile of the portfolio and incorporate the results of an economic downside stress test. Finally, this analysis is used to define the credit strategies for the portfolio in question.

    In our Industry Limit framework, thresholds are established for aggregate credit limits to counterparties within each industry sub-portfolio. For risk management purposes, the aggregation of limits across industry sectors follows an internal risk view that does not have to be congruent with NACE (Nomenclature des Activities Economiques dans la Communate Europeenne) code based view applied elsewhere in this report. Regular overviews are prepared for the Enterprise Risk Committee to discuss recent developments and to agree on actions where necessary.

    Beyond credit risk, our Industry Risk Framework comprises of thresholds for Traded Credit Positions while key non-financial risks are closely monitored.

    Country risk management

    Avoiding undue concentrations from a regional perspective is also an integral part of our credit risk management framework. In order to achieve this, country risk thresholds are applied to Emerging Markets as well as selected Developed Markets countries (based on internal country risk ratings). Emerging Markets are divided into regions. Similar to industry risk, country portfolios are regularly reviewed with the frequency of review according to portfolio size and risk profile as well as risk developments. Larger / riskier portfolios are reviewed at least on an annual basis. These reviews assess key macroeconomic developments and outlook, review portfolio composition and cross-risk concentration risks and analyze the risk/reward profile of the portfolio. Based on this, country risk appetite and strategies are set.

    In our Country Risk Framework, thresholds are established for counterparty credit risk exposures in a given country to manage the aggregated credit risk subject to country-specific economic and political events. These thresholds cover exposures to entities incorporated locally including subsidiaries of foreign multinational corporations as well as companies with significant economic or operational dependence on a specific country even though they are incorporated externally. In addition, gap risk thresholds are set to control the risk of loss due to intra-country wrong-way risk exposure. As such, for risk management purposes, the aggregation of exposures across countries follows an internal risk view that may differ from the geographical exposure view applied elsewhere in this report. Beyond credit risk, our Country Risk Framework comprises thresholds for trading positions in Emerging Markets and selective Developed Markets that measure the aggregate market value of traded credit risk positions. For Emerging Markets, thresholds are also set to measure the Profit and Loss impact under specific country stress scenarios on trading positions across the Bank’s portfolio. Furthermore thresholds are set for capital positions and intra-group funding exposure of Deutsche Bank entities in above countries given the transfer risk inherent in these cross-border positions. Key non-financial risks are closely monitored. Our country risk ratings represent a key tool in our management of country risk. They include:

    All sovereign and transfer risk ratings are reviewed, at least on an annual basis.

    Product/Asset class specific risk management

    93

    Complementary to our counterparty, industry and country risk approach, we focus on product/asset class specific risk concentrations and set limits or thresholds where required for risk management purposes. Specific risk limits are set in particular if a concentration of transactions of a specific type might lead to significant losses under certain conditions. In this respect, correlated losses might result from disruptions of the functioning of financial markets, significant moves in market parameters to which the respective product is sensitive, macroeconomic default scenarios or other factors. Specific focus is put on transactions with underwriting risks where we underwrite commitments with the intention to sell down or distribute part of the risk to third parties. These commitments include the undertaking to provide bank loans for syndication into the debt capital market and bridge loans for the issuance of notes. The inherent risks of being unsuccessful in the distribution of the facilities or the placement of the notes, comprise of a delayed distribution, funding of the underlying loans as well as a pricing risk as some underwriting commitments are additionally exposed to market risk in the form of widening credit spreads. Where applicable, we dynamically hedge this credit spread risk to be within the approved market risk limit framework.

    A major asset class, in which Deutsche Bank is active in underwriting, is leverage lending, which we mainly execute through our Leveraged Debt Capital Markets (LDCM) business unit. The business model is a fee-based‚ originate to distribute approach focused on the distribution of largely unfunded underwriting commitments into the capital market. The aforementioned risks regarding distribution and credit spread movement apply to this business unit, however, are managed under a range of specific notional as well as market risk limits. The latter require the business to also hedge its underwriting pipeline against market dislocations. The fee-based model of our LDCM business unit includes a restrictive approach to single-name risk concentrations retained on Deutsche Bank‘s balance sheet, which results in a diversified overall portfolio without any material concentrations. The resulting longer-term on-balance sheet portfolio is also subject to a comprehensive credit limit and hedging framework.

    Deutsche Bank also assumes underwriting risk with respect to Commercial Real Estate (CRE) loans, primarily in the CRE business unit in the Investment Bank where loans may be originated with the intent to securitize in the capital markets or syndicate to other lenders. The aforementioned inherent underwriting risks such as delayed distribution and pricing risk are managed through notional caps, market risk limits and hedging against the risk of market dislocations.

    In addition to underwriting risk, we also focus on concentration of transactions with specific risk dynamics (including risk to commercial real estate and risk from securitization positions).

    Furthermore, DB defines its risk appetite on division, asset class (product) and business unit level. In addition, our PB and certain CB businesses are managed via product-specific strategies setting our risk appetite for sufficiently homogeneous portfolios, such as the retail portfolios of mortgages and consumer finance products as well as products for business clients. Here risk analyses are performed on portfolio level. Analysis for individual clients are of secondary importance. In Wealth Management, target levels are set for global concentrations along products as well as based on type and liquidity of collateral.

    Market risk management

    Market risk framework

    The vast majority of our businesses are subject to market risk, defined as the potential for change in the market value of our trading and invested positions. Risk can arise from changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices and other relevant parameters, such as market volatility and market implied default probabilities. The market risk can affect accounting, economic and regulatory views of our exposure.

    Market Risk Management is part of our independent Risk function and sits within the Market and Valuations Risk Management group. One of the primary objectives of Market Risk Management is to ensure that our business units’ risk exposure is within the approved risk appetite commensurate with its defined strategy. To achieve this objective, Market Risk Management works closely together with risk takers (“the business units”) and other control and support groups.

    We distinguish between three substantially different types of market risk:

    Market Risk Management governance is designed and established to promote oversight of all market risks, effective decision-making and timely escalation to senior management.

    94

    Market Risk Management defines and implements a framework to systematically identify, assess, monitor and report our market risk. Market risk managers identify market risks through active portfolio analysis and engagement with the business units.

    Market risk measurement

    We aim to accurately measure all types of market risks by a comprehensive set of risk metrics embedding accounting, economic and regulatory considerations.

    We measure market risks by several internally developed key risk metrics and regulatory defined market risk approaches.

    Trading market risk

    Our primary mechanism to manage trading market risk is the application of our risk appetite framework of which the limit framework is a key component. Our Management Board, supported by Market Risk Management, sets group-wide value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits for market risk in the trading book. Market Risk Management allocates this overall appetite to our Corporate Divisions and their individual business units based on established and agreed business plans. We also have business aligned heads within Market Risk Management who establish business unit limits, by allocating the limit down to individual portfolios, geographical regions and types of market risks.

    Value-at-risk, economic capital and portfolio stress testing limits are used for managing all types of market risk at an overall portfolio level. As an additional and important complementary tool for managing certain portfolios or risk types, Market Risk Management performs risk analysis and business specific stress testing. Limits are also set on sensitivity and concentration/liquidity, exposure, business-level stress testing and event risk scenarios, taking into consideration business plans and the risk vs return assessment.

    Business units are responsible for adhering to the limits against which exposures are monitored and reported. The market risk limits set by Market Risk Management are monitored on a daily, weekly and monthly basis, dependent on the risk management tool being used.

    Internally developed market risk models

    Value-at-Risk (VaR)

    VaR is a quantitative measure of the potential loss (in value) of Fair Value positions due to market movements that should not be exceeded in a defined period of time and with a defined confidence level.

    Our value-at-risk for the trading businesses is based on our own internal model. In October 1998, the German Banking Supervisory Authority (now the BaFin) approved our internal model for calculating the regulatory market risk capital for our general and specific market risks based on a sensitivity based Monte Carlo approach. In October 2020, the ECB approved a significant change to our VaR model, now a Historical Simulation approach predominantly utilizing full revaluation, although some portfolios remain on a sensitivity based approach. The new approach is used for both Risk Management and Capital Requirements.

    The new approach provides more accurate modelling of our risks, enhances our analysis capabilities and provides a more effective tool for risk management. Aside from enabling a more accurate view of market risk, the implementation of Historical Simulation VaR has brought about an even closer alignment of our market risk systems and models to our end of day pricing.

    Risk management VaR is calibrated to a 99 % confidence level and a one day holding period. This means we estimate there is a 1 in 100 chance that a mark-to-market loss from our trading positions will be at least as large as the reported VaR. For regulatory capital purposes, our VaR model is calibrated to a 99% confidence interval and a ten day holding period.

    The calculation employs a Historical Simulation technique that uses one year of historical market data as input and observed correlations between the risk factors during this one year period.

    Our VaR model is designed to take into account a comprehensive set of risk factors across all asset classes. Key risk factors are swap/government curves, index and issuer-specific credit curves, single equity and index prices, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices as well as their implied volatilities. To help ensure completeness in the risk coverage, second order risk factors, e.g. money market basis, implied dividends, option-adjusted spreads and precious metals lease rates are also considered in the VaR calculation. The list of risk factors include in the VaR model is reviewed regularly and enhanced as part of ongoing model performance reviews.

    95

    The model incorporates both linear and, especially for derivatives, nonlinear impacts predominantly through a full revaluation approach but it also utilizes a sensitivity-based approach for certain portfolios. The full revaluation approach uses the historical changes to risk factors as input to pricing functions. Whilst this approach is computationally expensive, it does yield a more accurate view of market risk for nonlinear positions, especially under stressed scenarios. The sensitivity based approach uses sensitivities to underlying risk factors in combination with historical changes to those risk factors.

    For each business unit a separate VaR is calculated for each risk type, e.g. interest rate risk, credit spread risk, equity risk, foreign exchange risk and commodity risk. “Diversification effect” reflects the fact that the total VaR on a given day will be lower than the sum of the VaR relating to the individual risk types. Simply adding the VaR figures of the individual risk types to arrive at an aggregate VaR would imply the assumption that the losses in all risk types occur simultaneously

    The VaR enables us to apply a consistent measure across our fair value exposures. It allows a comparison of risk in different businesses, and also provides a means of aggregating and netting positions within a portfolio to reflect correlations and offsets between different asset classes. Furthermore, it facilitates comparisons of our market risk both over time and against our daily trading results.

    When using VaR results a number of considerations should be taken into account. These include:

    Our process of systematically capturing and evaluating risks currently not captured in our VaR model has been further developed and improved. An assessment is made to determine the level of materiality of these risks and material risks are prioritized for inclusion in our internal model. Risks not in VaR are monitored and assessed on a regular basis through our Risk Not In VaR (RNIV) framework. This framework has also undergone a significant overhaul in 2020. This includes aligning the methodologies with the Historical Simulation approach which in turn yields a more accurate estimate of the contribution of these missing items and their potential capitalization.

    We are committed to the ongoing development of our internal risk models, and we allocate substantial resources to reviewing, validating and improving them.

    Stressed Value-at-Risk

    Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVaR) calculates a stressed value-at-risk measure based on a one year period of significant market stress. We calculate a stressed value-at-risk measure using a 99 % confidence level. Stressed VaR is calculated with a holding period of ten days. Our SVaR calculation utilizes the same systems, trade information and processes as those used for the calculation of value-at-risk. The only difference is that historical market data and observed correlations from a period of significant financial stress (i.e., characterized by high volatilities) is used as an input for the Historical Simulation.

    The time window selection process for the stressed value-at-risk calculation is based on the identification of a time window characterized by high levels of volatility in the top value-at-risk contributors. The identified window is then further validated by comparing the SVaR results to neighboring windows using the complete Group portfolio.

    Under the Historical Simulation model introduced in fourth quarter of 2020, the capital calculation for VaR has been higher than that for Stressed VaR which would normally lead to a change in the time window used for Stressed VaR. Following guidance from our regulators, the assessment of this stressed period window has been delayed until 2021 as the current VaR is already based on this more stressed period driven by COVID-19.

    Incremental Risk Charge

    Incremental Risk Charge captures default and credit rating migration risks for credit-sensitive positions in the trading book. We use a Monte Carlo Simulation for calculating incremental risk charge as the 99.9 % quantile of the portfolio loss distribution over a one-year capital horizon under a constant position approach and for allocating contributory incremental risk charge to individual positions.

    96

    The model captures the default and migration risk in an accurate and consistent quantitative approach for all portfolios. Important parameters for the incremental risk charge calculation are exposures, recovery rates, maturity, ratings with corresponding default and migration probabilities and parameters specifying issuer correlations.

    Market risk standardized approach

    The Market Risk Standardized Approach (“MRSA”) is used to determine the regulatory capital charge for the specific market risk of trading book securitizations, for certain types of investment funds and for longevity risk as set out in CRR/CRD regulations.

    Longevity risk is the risk of adverse changes in life expectancies resulting in a loss in value on longevity linked policies and transactions. For risk management purposes, stress testing and economic capital allocations are also used to monitor and manage longevity risk.

    Market risk stress testing

    Stress testing is a key risk management technique, which evaluates the potential effects of extreme market events and movements in individual risk factors. It is one of the core quantitative tools used to assess the market risk of Deutsche Bank’s positions and complements VaR and Economic Capital. Market Risk Management performs several types of stress testing to capture the variety of risks (Portfolio Stress Testing, individual specific stress tests and Event Risk Scenarios) and also contributes to Group-wide stress testing. These stress tests cover a wide range of severities designed to test the earnings stability and capital adequacy of the bank.

    Trading market risk economic capital (TMR EC)

    Our trading market risk economic capital model-scaled Stressed VaR based EC (SVaR based EC) - comprises two core components, the “common risk” component covering risk drivers across all businesses and the “business-specific risk” component, which enriches the Common Risk via a suite of Business Specific Stress Tests (BSSTs). Both components are calibrated to historically observed severe market shocks. Common risk is calculated using a scaled version of the SVaR framework while BSSTs are designed to capture more product/business-related bespoke risks (e.g. complex basis risks) as well as higher order risks not captured in the common risk component. The SVaR based EC uses the Monte Carlo SVaR framework.

    Traded default risk economic capital (TDR EC)

    TDR EC captures the relevant credit exposures across our trading and fair value banking books. Trading book exposures are monitored by MRM via single name concentration and portfolio thresholds which are set based upon rating, size and liquidity. Single name concentration risk thresholds are set for two key metrics: Default Exposure, i.e., the P&L impact of an instantaneous default at the current recovery rate (RR), and bond equivalent Market Value (MV), i.e. default exposure at 0 % recovery. In order to capture diversification and concentration effects we perform a joint calculation for traded default risk economic capital and credit risk economic capital. Important parameters for the calculation of traded default risk are exposures, recovery rates and default probabilities as well as maturities. The probability of joint rating downgrades and defaults is determined by the default and rating correlations of the portfolio model. These correlations are specified through systematic factors that represent countries, geographical regions and industries.

    Trading market risk reporting

    Market Risk Management reporting creates transparency on the risk profile and facilitates the understanding of core market risk drivers to all levels of the organization. The Management Board and Senior Governance Committees receive regular reporting, as well as ad hoc reporting as required, on market risk, regulatory capital and stress testing. Senior Risk Committees receive risk information at a number of frequencies, including weekly or monthly.

    Additionally, Market Risk Management produces daily and weekly Market Risk specific reports and daily limit utilization reports for each business owner.


    97

    Regulatory prudent valuation of assets carried at fair value

    We determined the amount of the additional value adjustments based on the methodology defined in the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/101 including the amendment via Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2020/866 providing for a revised aggregation factor to apply for duration of the extreme market volatility due to the COVID-19 pandemic until December 31, 2020.

    As of December 31, 2020 the amount of the additional value adjustments was € 1.4 billion. The December 31, 2019 amount was € 1.7 billion. The impact of the revised aggregation factor as at December 31, 2020 was € 0.5 billion.

    As of December 31, 2020 the reduction of the expected loss from subtracting the additional value adjustments was €   121   million, which partly mitigated the negative impact of the additional value adjustments on our CET 1 capital.

    Nontrading market risk

    Nontrading market risk arises primarily from activities outside of our trading units, in our banking book, and from certain off-balance sheet items, and embedding considerations of different accounting treatment of transactions. Significant market risk factors the Group is exposed to and are overseen by risk management groups in that area are:

    As for trading market risks our risk appetite & limit framework is also applied to manage our exposure to nontrading market risk. On group level those are captured by the management board set limits for market risk economic capital capturing exposures to all market risks across asset classes as well as earnings & economic value based limits for interest rate risk in the banking books. Those limits are cascaded down by market risk management to the divisional or portfolio level. The limit framework for nontrading market risk exposure is further complemented by a set of business specific stress tests, value-at-risk & sensitivity limits monitored on a daily or monthly basis dependent on the risk measure being used.

    Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

    Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) is the current or prospective risk, to both the Group's capital and earnings, arising from movements in interest rates, which affect the Group's banking book exposures. This includes gap risk, which arises from the term structure of banking book instruments, basis risk, which describes the impact of relative changes in interest rates for financial instruments that are priced using different interest rate curves, as well as option risk, which arises from option derivative positions or from optional elements embedded in financial instruments.

    The Group manages its IRRBB exposures using economic value as well as earnings based measures. Our Group Treasury function is mandated to manage the interest rate risk centrally, with Market Risk Management acting as an independent oversight function.

    Economic value based measures look at the change in economic value of banking book assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures resulting from interest rate movements, independent of the accounting treatment. Thereby the Group measures the change in Economic Value of Equity (∆EVE) as the maximum decrease of the banking book economic value under the six standard scenarios defined by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes.

    Earnings-based measures look at the expected change in Net Interest Income (NII) resulting from interest rate movements over a defined time horizon, compared to a defined benchmark scenario. Thereby the Group measures ∆NII as the maximum reduction in NII under the six standard scenarios defined by the European Banking Authority (EBA) in addition to internal stress scenarios for risk steering purposes, compared to a market implied curve scenario, over a period of 12 months.

    The Group employs mitigation techniques to hedge the interest rate risk arising from nontrading positions within given limits. The interest rate risk arising from nontrading asset and liability positions is managed through Treasury Markets & Investments. The residual interest rate risk positions are hedged with Deutsche Bank’s trading books within the IB division. The treatment of interest rate risk in our trading portfolios and the application of the value-at-risk model is discussed in the “Trading Market Risk” section of this document.

    98

    Positions in our banking books as well as the hedges described in the aforementioned paragraph follow the accounting principles as detailed in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” section of this document.

    The Model Risk Management function performs independent validation of models used for IRRBB measurement, as per all market risk models, in line with Deutsche Bank’s group-wide risk governance framework.

    The calculation of VaR and sensitivities of interest rate risk is performed daily, whereas the measurement and reporting of economic value interest rate and earnings risk is performed on a monthly basis. The Group generally uses the same metrics in its internal management systems as it applies for the disclosure in this report. This is applicable to both the methodology as well as the modelling assumptions used when calculating the metrics.

    Deutsche Bank’s key modelling assumptions are applied to the positions in our PB and CB divisions. Those positions are subject to risk of changes in our client’s behavior with regard to their deposits as well as loan products.

    The Group manages the interest rate risk exposure of its Non-Maturity Deposits (NMDs) through a replicating portfolio approach to determine the average repricing maturity of the portfolio. For the purpose of constructing the replicating portfolio, the portfolio of NMDs is clustered by dimensions such as business unit, currency, product and geographical location. The main dimensions influencing the repricing maturity are elasticity of deposit rates to market interest rates, volatility of deposit balances and observable client behavior. For the reporting period the average repricing maturity assigned across all such replicating portfolios is 2.14 years and Deutsche Bank uses 15 years as the longest repricing maturity.

    In the loan and some of the term deposit products Deutsche Bank considers early prepayment/withdrawal behavior of its customers. The parameters are based on historical observations, statistical analyses and expert assessments.

    Furthermore, the Group generally calculates IRRBB related metrics in contractual currencies and aggregates the resulting metrics for reporting purposes. When calculating economic value based metrics the commercial margin is excluded for material parts of the balance sheet.

    Credit Spread Risk in the Banking Book

    Deutsche Bank is exposed to credit spread risk of bonds held in the banking book, mainly as part of the Treasury Liquidity Reserves portfolio. The credit spread risk in the banking book is managed by the businesses, with Market Risk Management acting as an independent oversight function ensuring that the exposure is within the approved risk appetite. This risk category is closely associated with interest rate risk in the banking book as changes in the perceived credit quality of individual instruments may result in fluctuations in spreads relative to underlying interest rates. The calculation of credit spread sensitivities and value-at-risk for credit spread exposure is in general performed on a daily basis, the measurement and reporting of economic capital and stress tests are performed on a monthly basis.

    Foreign exchange risk

    Foreign exchange risk arises from our nontrading asset and liability positions that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the respective entity. The majority of this foreign exchange risk is transferred through internal hedges to trading books within the IB division and is therefore reflected and managed via the value-at-risk figures in the trading books. The remaining foreign exchange risks that have not been transferred are mitigated through match funding the investment in the same currency, so that only residual risk remains in the portfolios. Small exceptions to above approach follow the general Market Risk Management monitoring and reporting process, as outlined for the trading portfolio.

    The bulk of nontrading foreign exchange risk is related to unhedged structural foreign exchange exposure, mainly in our U.S., U.K. and China entities. Structural foreign exchange exposure arises from local capital (including retained earnings) held in the Group’s consolidated subsidiaries and branches and from investments accounted for at equity. Change in foreign exchange rates of the underlying functional currencies are booked as Currency Translation Adjustments (CTA).

    The primary objective for managing our structural foreign exchange exposure is to stabilize consolidated capital ratios from the effects of fluctuations in exchange rates. Therefore the exposure remains unhedged or partially hedged for a number of currencies with considerable amounts of risk-weighted assets denominated in that currency in order to avoid volatility in the capital ratio for the specific entity and the Group as a whole.


    99

    Equity and investment risk

    Nontrading equity risk arising predominantly from our non-consolidated investment holdings in the banking book and from our equity compensation plans.

    Our non-consolidated equity investment holdings in the banking book are categorized into strategic and alternative investment assets. Strategic investments typically relate to acquisitions made to support our business franchise and are undertaken with a medium to long-term investment horizon. Alternative assets are comprised of principal investments and other non-strategic investment assets. Principal investments are direct investments in private equity, real estate, venture capital, hedge or mutual funds whereas assets recovered in the workout of distressed positions or other legacy investment assets in private equity and real estate are of a non-strategic nature.

    Investment proposals for strategic investments as well as monitoring of progress and performance against committed targets are evaluated by the Group Investment Committee. Depending on size, strategic investments may require approval from the Group Investment Committee, the Management Board or the Supervisory Board.

    CRM Principal Investments is responsible for the risk-related governance and monitoring of our alternative asset activities. The review of new or increased principal investment commitments is the task of the Principal Investment Commitment Approval Group (PICAG), established by the Enterprise Risk Committee (ERC) as a risk management forum for alternative asset investments. The PICAG approves investments under its authority or recommends decisions above its authority to the Management Board for approval. The Management Board also sets investment limits for business divisions and various portfolios of risk upon recommendation by the ERC.

    The equity investment holdings are included in regular group wide stress tests and the monthly market risk economic capital calculations.

    Pension risk

    We are exposed to market risk from a number of defined benefit pension schemes for past and current employees. The ability of the pension schemes to meet the projected pension payments is maintained through investments and ongoing plan contributions. Market risk materializes due to a potential decline in the market value of the assets or an increase in the liability of each of the pension plans. Market Risk Management monitors and reports all market risks both on the asset and liability side of our defined benefit pension plans including interest rate risk, inflation risk, credit spread risk, equity risk and longevity risk. Overall, the Group seeks to minimize the impact of adverse market movements to key financial metric, with the primary objective on protecting the overall IFRS funded status, however in selected markets with the aim to balance competing key financial metrics. The investment managers manage the pension assets in line with investment mandates or guidelines as agreed with the pension plans’ trustees and investment committees. For key defined benefit plans for which the Bank aims to protect the IFRS funded status, the Group applies a liability driven investment (LDI) approach. Risks from mismatches between fluctuations in the present value of the defined benefit obligations and plan assets due to capital market movements are minimized, subject to balancing relevant trade-offs.

    For details on our defined benefit pension obligation see Note 33 “Employee Benefits” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” section.

    Other risks in the Banking Book

    Market risks in our Asset Management business primarily result from principal guaranteed funds or accounts, but also from co-investments in our funds.

    Nontrading market risk economic capital

    Nontrading market risk economic capital is calculated either by applying the standard traded market risk EC methodology or through the use of non-traded market risk models that are specific to each risk class and which consider, among other factors, historically observed market moves, the liquidity of each asset class, and changes in client’s behavior in relation to products with behavioral optionalities.


    100

    Operational risk management

    Operational risk management framework

    Deutsche Bank applies the European Banking Authority’s Single Rulebook definition of operational risk: “Operational risk means the risk of losses stemming from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk includes legal risks, but excludes business and reputational risk and is embedded in all banking products and activities.” Operational risk forms a subset of the bank’s non-financial risks (NFR).

    Deutsche Bank’s operational risk appetite sets out the amount of operational risk we are willing to accept as a consequence of doing business. We take on operational risks consciously, both strategically as well as in day-to-day business. While the bank may have no appetite for certain types of operational risk events (such as violations of laws or regulations and misconduct), in other cases a certain amount of operational risk must be accepted if the bank is to achieve its business objectives. In case a residual risk is assessed to be outside our risk appetite, risk reducing actions must be undertaken, including remediating the risks, insuring risks or ceasing business.

    The Operational risk management framework (ORMF) is a set of interrelated tools and processes that are used to identify, assess, measure, monitor and mitigate the bank’s operational risks. Its components have been designed to operate together to provide a comprehensive but risk-based approach to managing the bank’s most material operational risks. ORMF components include the Group’s approach to setting and adhering to operational risk appetite, the operational risk type and control taxonomies, the minimum standards for operational risk management processes including tools, and the bank’s operational risk capital model.

    Organizational & governance structure

    While the day-to-day management of operational risk is the primary responsibility of our business divisions and infrastructure functions, where these risks are generated, Non-Financial Risk Management (NFRM) oversees the Group-wide management of operational risks, identifies and reports risk concentrations, and promotes a consistent application of the ORMF across the bank. NFRM is part of the Group risk function, the Chief Risk Office, which is headed by the Chief Risk Officer.

    The Chief Risk Officer appoints the Head of NFRM, who is accountable for the design oversight and maintenance of an effective, efficient and regulatory compliant ORMF, including the operational risk capital model. The Head of NFRM monitors and challenges the ORMF’s Group wide implementation and monitors overall risk levels against the bank’s operational risk appetite.

    The Non-Financial Risk Committee (NFRC), which is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, is responsible for the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of operational risk in the Group on behalf of the Management Board by establishing a cross-risk perspective of the key operational risks of the Group. Its decision-making authorities include the review, advice and management of all operational risk issues that may impact the risk profile of our business divisions and infrastructure functions. Several sub-fora with an oversight and alignment function attendees from both the 1st and 2nd LoDs support the NFRC to effectively fulfil its mandate. In addition to the Group level NFRC, business divisions have established 1st LoD NFR fora for the oversight and management of operational risks on various levels of the organization.

    The governance of our operational risks follows the bank’s Three Lines of Defence (3LoD) approach to managing all of its financial and non-financial risks. The ORMF establishes the operational risk governance standards including the core 1st and 2nd LoD roles and their responsibilities, to ensure effective risk management and appropriate independent challenge:

    Operational risk requirements for the first line of defence (1st LoD): Risk owners as the 1st LoD have full accountability for their operational risks and manage these against a defined risk specific appetite.

    Operational risk owners are those roles in the bank whose activities generate – or who are exposed to – operational risks. As heads of business divisions and infrastructure functions, they must determine the appropriate organizational structure to identify their operational risk profile, actively manage these risks within their organization, take business decisions on the mitigation or acceptance of operational risks to ensure they remain within risk appetite and establish and maintain 1st LoD controls.

    Operational risk requirements for the second line of Defence (2nd LoD): Risk Type Controllers (RTCs) act as the 2nd LoD control functions for all sub-risk types under the overarching risk type “operational risk”.

    101

    RTCs establish the framework and define Group level risk appetite statements for the specific operational risk type they oversee. RTCs define the minimum risk management and control standards and independently monitor and challenge risk owners’ implementation of these standards in their day-to-day processes, as well as their risk-taking and management activities. RTCs provide independent operational risk oversight and prepare aggregated risk type profile reporting. RTCs monitor the risk type’s profile against risk appetite and have a right to veto risk decisions leading to foreseeable risk appetite breaches. As risk type experts, RTCs define the risk type and its taxonomy and support and facilitate the implementation of the risk type framework in the 1st LoD. To maintain their independence, RTC roles are located only in infrastructure functions.

    Operational risk requirements for NFRM as the RTC for the overarching risk type operational risk: As the RTC / risk control function for operational risk, NFRM establishes and maintains the overarching ORMF and determines the appropriate level of capital to underpin the Group’s operational risk.

    Managing our operational risk

    In order to manage the broad range of sub-risk types underlying operational risk, the ORMF provides a set of tools and processes that apply to all operational risk types across the bank. These enable us to determine our operational risk profile in relation to our risk appetite for operational risk, to systematically identify operational risk themes and concentrations, and to define risk mitigating measures and priorities.

    In 2020, we further enhanced the management of operational risks by integrating and simplifying our risk management processes, by promoting an active and continuous dialogue between the 1st and 2nd LoDs on operational risks, by strengthening our controls, and by making the management of operational risks more transparent, meaningful and embedded in day-to-day business decisions:

    Loss data collection: We collect, categorize and analyze data on internal and relevant external operational risk events (with a P&L impact ≥ €10,000) in a timely manner. Material operational risk events trigger clearly defined lessons learned and read-across analyses, which are performed in close collaboration between business partners, risk control and other infrastructure functions. Lessons learned reviews analyze the reasons for significant operational risk events, identify their root causes, and document appropriate remediation actions to reduce the likelihood of their reoccurrence. Read across reviews take the conclusions of the lessons learned process and seek to analyze whether similar risks and control weaknesses identified in a lessons learned review exist in other areas of the bank, even if they have not yet resulted in problems. This allows preventative actions to be undertaken. In 2020, we further simplified the event management processes by integrating the review of external events into our scenario analysis framework and continued the development of a new, convenient to use, event management platform.

    We complement our operational risk profile by using a set of scenarios including internal scenarios and relevant external operational risk events provided by an industry database. We thereby systematically utilize information on external loss events occurring in the industry to reduce the likelihood of similar incidents happening to us, for example through particular deep dive analyses or risk profile reviews. In 2020, we implemented a redesigned approach to integrate scenario analysis more closely into day-to-day risk management processes. Scenario analysis has played an important role in assessing impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic onto our operating environment and helped us to prepare adequate crisis management decisions.

    102

    The Risk & Control Assessment process (RCA) comprises of a series of bottom-up assessments of the risks generated by business divisions and infrastructure functions (1st LoDs), the effectiveness of the controls in place to manage them, and the remediation actions required to bring the risks outside of risk appetite back into risk appetite. This enables both the 1st and 2nd LoDs to have a clear view of the bank’s material operational risks. In 2020, we began implementing a dynamic trigger based approach to RCA to permit risk changes to be reflected throughout the year, thereby providing a more real time risk profile for the organization. To support this dynamic approach, we improved our reporting capabilities for greater information transparency and strengthened the usage of NFR contextual data (e.g. scenarios or controls assurance data) to inform the assessments. We further enhanced the bank’s central control inventory and introduced risk-based control assurance planning across both 1st LoD and 2nd LoD functions for a subset of risk types. This improves transparency of control assurance activities across various levels of the bank, and provides useful information on the effectiveness of the controls the bank relies on to mitigate its operational risks.

    We regularly report and perform analyses on our top risks to establish that they are appropriately mitigated. As all risks, top risks are rated in terms of both the likelihood that they could occur and the impact on the bank should they do so, and through this assessment they are identified to be particularly material for the bank. The reporting provides a forward-looking perspective on the impact of planned remediation and control enhancements. It also contains emerging risks and themes that have the potential to evolve as top risks in the future. Top risk reduction programs comprise the most significant risk reduction activities that are key to bringing our operational top risk themes back within risk appetite. In 2020, we improved the criteria and process for adopting or retiring divisional and Group level top risks, in addition to a regional top risk concept.

    To appropriately identify and manage risks from material change initiatives within the bank, a Transformation Risk Assessment (TRA) process is in place to assess the impact of transformation on the bank’s risk profile and control environment. This process considers impacts to both financial and non-financial risk types and is applicable to initiatives including regulatory initiatives, technology migrations, risk remediation projects, strategy changes, organisational changes and real estate moves within the bank. In 2020, we expanded the scope of change initiatives that require a mandatory TRA to include all key deliverables on the transformation roadmap of the bank.

    NFR appetite is the amount of non-financial risk the bank is willing to accept as a consequence of doing business. The NFR appetite framework provides a common approach to measure and monitor the level of risk appetite across the firm. NFR appetite metrics are used to monitor the operational risk profile against the bank’s defined risk appetite, and to alert the organization to impending problems in a timely fashion. In 2020, we clarified the linkage between risk appetite and tolerance and increased the granularity and depth of risk appetite planning and monitoring in legal entities, branches and business units risk appetite statements.

    The findings and issue management process allows the bank to mitigate the risks associated with known control weaknesses and deficiencies, and enables management to make risk-based decisions over the need for further remediation or risk acceptance. Outputs from the findings management process must be able to demonstrate to internal and external stakeholders that the bank is actively identifying its control weaknesses and taking steps to manage associated risks within acceptable levels of risk appetite. In 2020, we enabled multiple risk types to be linked to each finding, enhancing our ability to monitor risk appetite by risk type concentration. This approach also allows the 2nd LoD to review, with greater precision, the potential portfolio impact of risk acceptances on risk appetite, thus strengthening the role of the 2nd LoD in risk acceptance decisions.

    Operational risk type frameworks

    The ORMF provides the overarching set of standards, tools and processes that apply to the management of all operational sub-risk types. It is complemented by the operational risk type frameworks, risk management and control standards and tools set up by the respective RTCs for the operational sub-risk types they control. These operational sub-risk types are controlled by various infrastructure functions and include the following:

    103

    Measuring our operational risks

    We calculate and measure the regulatory and economic capital requirements for operational risk using the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) methodology. Our AMA capital calculation is based upon the loss distribution approach. Gross losses from historical internal and external loss data (Operational Riskdata eXchange Association consortium data) and external scenarios from a public database (IBM OpData) complemented by internal scenario data are used to estimate the risk profile (i.e., a loss frequency and a loss severity distribution). Our loss distribution approach model includes conservatism by recognizing losses on events that arise over multiple years as single events in our historical loss profile.

    Within the loss distribution approach model, the frequency and severity distributions are combined in a Monte Carlo simulation to generate potential losses over a one year time horizon. Finally, the risk mitigating benefits of insurance are applied to each loss generated in the Monte Carlo simulation. Correlation and diversification benefits are applied to the net losses in a manner compatible with regulatory requirements to arrive at a net loss distribution at Group level, covering expected and unexpected losses. Capital is then allocated to each of the business divisions after considering qualitative adjustments and expected loss.

    The regulatory and economic capital requirements for operational risk are derived from the 99.9 % percentile; see the section “Internal Capital Adequacy” for details. Both regulatory and economic capital requirements are calculated for a time horizon of one year.

    The regulatory and economic capital demand calculations are performed on a quarterly basis. NFRM establishes and maintains the approach for capital demand quantification and ensures that appropriate development, validation and change governance processes are in place, whereby the validation is performed by an independent validation function and in line with the Group’s model risk management process.


    104

    Drivers for operational risk capital development

    In 2020, our total operational risk losses decreased by 8 % compared with 2019. They were predominantly driven by losses and provisions arising from civil litigation and regulatory enforcement. Such losses still make up 73 % of operational risk losses and account for the majority of operational risk regulatory and economic capital demand, being more heavily reliant on our long-term loss history. For a description of our current legal and regulatory proceedings, please see section “Current Individual Proceedings” in Note 27 “Provisions” to the consolidated financial statements. The operational risk losses from civil litigation and regulatory enforcement decreased by € 74 million or 21 % while our non-legal operational risk losses increased by € 42 million or 63 % compared to 2019, primarily as a result of COVID-19 related expenses. Excluding the effects of COVID-19, non-legal operational risk losses were broadly flat.

    In view of the relevance of legal risks within our operational risk profile, we dedicate specific attention to the management and measurement of our open civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters where the Bank relies both on information from internal as well as external data sources to consider developments in legal matters that affect the Bank specifically but also the banking industry as a whole. Reflecting the multi-year nature of legal proceedings the measurement of these risks furthermore takes into account changing levels of certainty by capturing the risks at various stages throughout the lifecycle of a legal matter.

    Conceptually, the Bank measures operational risk including legal risk by determining the maximum loss that will not be exceeded with a given probability. This maximum loss amount includes a component that due to the IFRS criteria is reflected in our financial statements and a component that is expressed as regulatory or economic capital demand beyond the amount reflected as provisions within our financial statements.

    The legal losses which the Bank expects with a likelihood of more than 50 % are already reflected in our IFRS group financial statements. These losses include net changes in provisions for existing and new cases in a specific period where the loss is deemed probable and is reliably measurable in accordance with IAS 37. The development of our legal provisions for civil litigations and regulatory enforcement is outlined in detail in Note 29 “Provisions” to the consolidated financial statements.

    Uncertain legal losses which are not reflected in our financial statements as provisions because they do not meet the recognition criteria under IAS 37 are expressed as “regulatory or economic capital demand”.

    To quantify the litigation losses in the AMA model, the bank takes into account historical losses, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal forecasts. Legal forecasts are generally comprised of ranges of potential losses from legal matters that are not deemed probable but are reasonably possible. Reasonably possible losses may result from ongoing and new legal matters which are reviewed at least quarterly by the attorneys handling the legal matters.

    We include the legal forecasts in the “relevant loss data” used in our AMA model. The projection range of the legal forecasts is not restricted to the one year capital time horizon but goes beyond and conservatively assumes early settlement of the underlying losses in the reporting period - thus considering the multi-year nature of legal matters.

    Liquidity risk management

    Liquidity risk arises from our potential inability to meet payment obligations when they come due or only being able to meet these obligations at excessive costs. The objective of the Group’s liquidity risk management framework is to ensure that the Group can fulfill its payment obligations at all times and can manage liquidity and funding risks within its risk appetite. The framework considers relevant and significant drivers of liquidity risk, whether on-balance sheet or off-balance sheet.

    Liquidity risk management framework

    In accordance with the ECB’s SREP, Deutsche Bank has implemented an Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP), which is reviewed at least annually and approved by the Management Board. The ILAAP provides comprehensive documentation and assessment of the Bank’s Liquidity Risk Management framework, including: identifying the key liquidity and funding risks to which the Group is exposed; describing how these risks are identified, monitored and measured and describing the techniques and resources used to manage and mitigate these risks.

    The Management Board defines the liquidity and funding risk strategy for the Bank as well as the risk appetite, based on recommendations made by the Group Risk Committee (GRC). The Management Board reviews and approves the risk appetite at least annually. The risk appetite is applied to the Group to monitor and control liquidity risk as well as our long-term funding and issuance plan.

    105

    Treasury is mandated to manage the overall liquidity and funding position of the Bank, with Liquidity Risk Management (LRM) acting as an independent control function. LRM is responsible for reviewing the liquidity risk framework, proposing the risk appetite, limits and stress test scenarios to GRC and the validation of Liquidity Risk models which are developed by Treasury, to measure and manage the Group’s liquidity risk profile.

    Deutsche Banks has a dedicated Stress Testing and Risk Appetite Framework set by LRM, which ensures the Bank’s liquidity position is balanced throughout the Group and across currencies. Treasury manages liquidity and funding, in accordance with the Management Board-approved risk appetite across a range of relevant metrics, and implements a number of tools including business level risk appetites, to ensure compliance. As such, Treasury works closely with LRM and business divisions, to identify, analyze and monitor underlying liquidity risk characteristics within business portfolios. These parties are engaged in regular dialogue regarding changes in the Bank’s position arising from business activities and market circumstances.

    The Management Board is informed about the performance against the key liquidity metrics for both internal and market indicators for which limits and thresholds are approved by either GRC or Management Board, via a weekly Liquidity Dashboard. Liquidity & Treasury Reporting & Analysis (LTRA) has overall accountability for the accurate and timely delivery of both external regulatory liquidity reporting and the internal management reporting of liquidity risk for DB Group. In addition LTRA ensure the development of management information systems (MIS) and analysis to support the liquidity risk framework and its governance for both Treasury and LRM.

    Treasury, LRM and LTRA maintain a Liquidity policy landscape which articulates the overarching guiding principles for the robust and rigorous management of the Bank’s liquidity. The landscape outlines approaches to liquidity risk management and practices and is reviewed on an annual basis.

    As part of the annual strategic planning process, Treasury project the development of the key liquidity and funding metrics including the USD currency exposure based on anticipated business consumption to ensure that the plan is in compliance with our risk appetite.

    Deutsche Bank has a wide range of funding sources, including retail and institutional deposits, unsecured and secured wholesale funding and debt issuance in the capital markets. Group ALCo is the Bank’s decisive Governance body that has been mandated by Management Board to optimize the sourcing and deployment of the Bank’s balance sheet and financial resources in line with the Management Board risk appetite and strategy. As such, it has the overarching responsibilities to define, approve and optimize the Bank`s funding strategy.

    Short-term liquidity and wholesale funding

    Deutsche Bank tracks all contractual cash flows from wholesale funding sources, on a daily basis, over a 12-month horizon. For this purpose, we consider wholesale funding to include unsecured liabilities largely raised by Treasury Markets Pool, as well as secured liabilities primarily raised by our Investment Bank Division. Our wholesale funding counterparties typically include corporates, banks and other financial institutions, governments and sovereigns.

    The Group has implemented a set of limits to restrict the Bank’s exposure to wholesale counterparties, which have historically shown to be the most susceptible to market stress. The wholesale funding limits are monitored daily, and apply to the total combined currency amount of all wholesale funding currently outstanding, both secured and unsecured with specific tenor limits. Our Liquidity Reserves are the primary mitigants against potential stress in the short-term.

    The tables in section “Liquidity Risk Exposure: Funding Diversification” show the contractual maturity of our short-term wholesale funding and capital markets issuance.

    Liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis

    Global internal liquidity stress testing and scenario analysis is used for measuring liquidity risk and evaluating the Group’s short-term liquidity position within the liquidity framework. This complements the daily operational cash management process. The long-term liquidity strategy based on contractual and behavioral modelled cash flow information is represented by a long term funding analysis known as the Funding Matrix (refer to Funding Risk Management below).

    Our global liquidity stress testing process is managed by Treasury in accordance with the Management Board approved risk appetite. Treasury is responsible for the design of the overall methodology, the choice of liquidity risk drivers and the determination of appropriate assumptions (parameters) to translate input data into stress testing output. LRM is responsible for the definition of the stress scenarios and the independent validation of liquidity risk models. LTRA is responsible for implementing these methodologies and performing the stress test calculation in conjunction with Treasury, LRM and IT.

    106

    We use stress testing and scenario analysis to evaluate the impact of sudden and severe stress events on our liquidity position. Deutsche Bank has selected four scenarios to calculate the Group’s stressed Net Liquidity Position (“sNLP”). These scenarios capture the historical experience of Deutsche Bank during periods of idiosyncratic and/or market-wide stress and are assumed to be both plausible and sufficiently severe as to materially impact the Group’s liquidity position. The most severe scenario assesses the potential consequences of a combined market-wide and idiosyncratic stress event, including downgrades of our credit rating. Under each of the scenarios we consider the impact of a liquidity stress event over different time horizons and across multiple liquidity risk drivers, covering all of our business, product areas and balance sheet. The output from scenario analysis feeds the Group Wide Stress Test, which considers the impact of scenarios on all risk stripes.

    In addition, we include the potential funding requirements from contingent liquidity risks which might arise, including drawdowns on credit facilities, increased collateral requirements under derivative agreements, and outflows from deposits with a contractual rating linked trigger. We then take into consideration Countermeasures which are the actions we would take to counterbalance the outflows incurred. Countermeasures include utilizing the Liquidity Reserve and generating liquidity from unencumbered, marketable assets.

    Stress testing is conducted at a global level and for defined material legal entities covering an eight-week stress horizon. In addition to the consolidated currency stress test, stress tests for material currencies (EUR, USD and GBP) are performed. We also perform stress testing out to 12 months in the U.S. Ad-hoc analysis may be conducted to reflect the impact of potential downside events that could affect the Bank’s liquidity for instance the COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit. Our suite of stress testing scenarios and assumptions are reviewed on a regular basis and are updated when enhancements are made to stress testing methodologies.

    On a daily basis the liquidity stress test is calculated over a 12 month period however the initial eight-weeks, is considered the most critical time span during a liquidity crisis. Relevant stress assumptions are applied to reflect liquidity flows from risk drivers and on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet products.

    Complementing daily liquidity stress testing, the Bank also conducts regular Group Wide Stress Testing (GWST) run by Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) analyzing liquidity risks in conjunction with the other defined risk types and evaluating their impact to both capital and liquidity positions as described in Risk and Capital Framework chapter.

    The tables in section “Liquidity Risk Exposure: Stress Testing and Scenario Analysis” show the results of our internal global liquidity stress test under the various different scenarios.

    Liquidity coverage ratio

    In addition to our internal stress test result, the Group has a Management Board-approved risk appetite for the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR). The LCR is intended to promote the short-term resilience of a Bank’s liquidity risk profile over a 30 day stress scenario. The ratio is defined as the amount of High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) that could be used to raise liquidity in a stressed scenario, measured against the total volume of net cash outflows, arising from both contractual and modelled exposures.

    This requirement has been implemented into European law, via the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61, adopted in October 2014. Compliance with the LCR was required in the EU from October 1, 2015.

    The LCR complements the internal stress testing framework. By maintaining a ratio in excess of minimum regulatory requirements, the LCR seeks to ensure that the Group holds adequate liquidity resources to mitigate a short-term liquidity stress.

    Key differences between the internal liquidity stress test and LCR include the time horizon (eight weeks versus 30 days), classification and haircut differences between Liquidity Reserves and the LCR HQLA, outflow rates for various categories of funding, and inflow assumption for various assets (for example, loan repayments). Our liquidity stress test also includes outflows related to intraday liquidity assumptions, which are not explicitly captured in the LCR.

    Funding risk management

    Deutsche Bank’s primary tool for monitoring and managing longer term funding risk is the Funding Matrix. The Funding Matrix assesses the Group’s structural funding profile for the greater than one year time horizon. To produce the Funding Matrix, all funding-relevant assets and liabilities are mapped into time buckets corresponding to their contractual or modeled maturities. This allows the Group to identify expected excesses and shortfalls in term liabilities over assets in each time bucket, facilitating the management of potential liquidity exposures.

    107

    The liquidity profile is based on contractual cash flow information. If the contractual maturity profile of a product does not adequately reflect the liquidity profile, it is replaced by modeling assumptions. Short-term balance sheet items (<1yr) or matched funded structures (asset and liabilities directly matched with no liquidity risk) are excluded from the term analysis.

    The bottom-up assessment by individual business line is combined with a top-down reconciliation against the Group’s IFRS balance sheet. From the cumulative term profile of assets and liabilities beyond 1 year, long-funded surpluses or short-funded gaps in the Group’s maturity structure can be identified. The cumulative profile is thereby built up starting from the greater than 10 year bucket down to the greater than 1 year bucket.

    The strategic liquidity planning process, which incorporates the development of funding supply and demand across business units, together with the Bank’s targeted key liquidity and funding metrics, provides the key input parameter for our annual capital markets issuance plan. Upon approval by the Management Board the capital markets issuance plan establishes issuance targets for securities by tenor, volume, currency and instrument.

    Capital markets issuance

    Debt issuance, encompassing senior unsecured bonds, covered bonds as well as capital securities, is a key source of term funding for the Bank and is managed directly by Treasury. At least once a year Treasury, after endorsement at ALCo, submits an annual long-term Funding Plan to the GRC for recommendation and then to the Management Board for approval. This plan is driven by global and local funding and liquidity requirements based on expected business development. Our capital markets issuance portfolio is dynamically managed through our yearly issuance plans to avoid excessive maturity concentrations.

    Net Stable Funding Ratio

    The Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) is a regulatory metric for assessing a Bank’s structural funding profile. The NSFR is intended to reduce medium to long-term funding risks by requiring banks to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to their on- and off-balance sheet activities. The ratio is defined as the amount of Available Stable Funding (the portion of capital and liabilities expected to be a stable source of funding), relative to the amount of Required Stable Funding (a function of the liquidity characteristics of various assets held).

    An NFSR limit has been set for Group as well as for DBAG in anticipation of this regulatory requirement. The NSFR will come into effect as of June 28, 2021, after which the Bank will be required to maintain a 100 % ratio. Therefore NSFR risk appetite levels shall serve as a threshold until then and as a limit from June 28, 2021 onwards.

    Funding diversification

    Diversification of our funding profile in terms of investor types, regions and products is an important element of our liquidity risk management framework. Our most stable funding sources for which the Bank has introduced a minimum risk appetite stem from capital markets issuances and equity, as well as from retail, and transaction banking clients. Other customer deposits and secured funding and short positions are additional sources of funding. Unsecured wholesale funding represents unsecured wholesale liabilities sourced primarily by our Treasury Pool Management team. Given the relatively short-term nature of these liabilities, they are predominantly used to fund liquid trading assets.

    To promote the additional diversification of our refinancing activities, we hold a license to issue mortgage Pfandbriefe. We continue to run a program for the purpose of issuing Covered Bonds under Spanish law (Cedulas) and participate in the TLTRO III program. Additionally, we expanded in 2020 our potential investor base by introducing our Sustainable Finance Framework and issued a Green Bond in June 2020.

    Unsecured wholesale funding comprises a range of institutional products, such as Certificate of Deposits (CDs), Commercial Papers (CPs) as well as Money Market deposits.

    To avoid any unwanted reliance on these short-term funding sources, and to promote a sound funding profile which complies with the defined risk appetite, we have implemented limits (across tenors) on these funding sources which are derived from our daily stress testing analysis. In addition, we limit the total volume of unsecured wholesale funding to manage the reliance on this funding source as part of the overall funding diversification.

    The chart “Liquidity Risk Exposure: Funding Diversification” shows the composition of our external funding sources that contribute to the liquidity risk position, both in EUR billion and as a percentage of our total external funding sources.

    108

    Funds transfer pricing

    The funds transfer pricing framework applies to all businesses/regions and promotes pricing of (i) assets in accordance with their underlying liquidity risk, (ii) liabilities in accordance with their liquidity value and (iii) contingent liquidity exposures in accordance with the cost of providing for appropriate liquidity reserves.

    Within this framework funding and liquidity risk costs and benefits are allocated to the firm’s business units based on rates which reflect the economic costs of liquidity for Deutsche Bank. Treasury might set further financial incentives in line with the Bank’s liquidity risk guidelines. While the framework promotes a diligent group-wide allocation of the Bank's funding costs to the liquidity users, it also provides an incentive-based framework for businesses generating stable long-term and stress compliant funding.

    In the third quarter of 2019, the internal FTP framework was changed in order to enhance its effectiveness as a management tool, as well as to better support funding cost optimization. Additional details are included in Note 4 „Business segments and related information“ of the consolidated financial statements.

    Liquidity reserves

    Liquidity reserves comprise available cash and cash equivalents, unencumbered highly liquid securities (including government and agency bonds and government guarantees) and other unencumbered central bank eligible assets. Certain intraday requirements and Mandatory Minimum Reserves are directly deducted in the calculation of the Liquidity Reserves while other intraday outflows are represented in our internal liquidity model.

    We hold the vast majority of our liquidity reserves centrally across major currencies at the central bank accounts of our parent and our foreign branches in the key locations in which we are active and in a dedicated Treasury-owned Strategic Liquidity Reserve (SLR), set up exclusively to serve as a mitigant during periods of stress. To ensure a prudent composition of liquidity reserves across asset classes, we maintain minimum cash thresholds for the material currencies.

    Asset encumbrance

    Encumbered assets primarily comprise those on- and off-balance sheet assets that are pledged as collateral against secured funding, collateral swaps, and other collateralized obligations. We generally encumber loans to support long-term capital markets secured issuance such as covered bonds or other self-securitization structures, while financing debt and equity inventory on a secured basis is a regular activity for our Investment Bank business. Additionally, in line with the EBA technical standards on regulatory asset encumbrance reporting, assets pledged with settlement systems are considered encumbered assets, including default funds and initial margins, as well as other assets pledged which cannot be freely withdrawn such as mandatory minimum reserves at central banks. We also include derivative margin receivable assets as encumbered under these EBA guidelines.

    Business (strategic) risk management

    Strategic risk is the risk of a shortfall in earnings (excluding other material risks) due to incorrect business plans (owing to flawed assumptions), ineffective plan execution or a lack of responsiveness to material plan deviations. Strategic risk arises from the exposure of the bank to the macroeconomic environment, changes in the competitive landscape, and regulatory and technological developments. Additionally, it could occur due to errors in strategic positioning, the bank’s failure to execute its planned strategy and/or a failure to effectively address under-performance versus plan targets.

    A Strategic and Capital plan is developed annually and presented to the Management Board for discussion and approval. The final plan is then presented to the Supervisory Board. During the year, execution of business strategies is regularly monitored to assess the performance against strategic objectives and to seek to ensure we remain on track to achieve targets. A more comprehensive description of this process is detailed in the section ‘Strategic and Capital Plan’.

    The risk type controller for strategic risk is Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) in Risk. Finance, together with the Divisions, are the key risk managers of the associated risk.


    109

    Model risk management

    Introduction

    Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to: financial loss, poor business or strategic decision making, or damage to our reputation.

    Deutsche Bank uses models for a broad range of decision making activities, such as: underwriting credits; valuing exposures, instruments and positions; measuring risk; managing and safeguarding client assets, and determining capital and reserve adequacy. The term ‘model’ refers to a quantitative method, system, or approach that applies statistical, economic, financial, or mathematical theories, techniques, and assumptions to process input data into quantitative estimates. Models are simplified representations of real-world relationships, and are based on assumptions and judgment. Accordingly, the bank is exposed to model risk, which must be identified, measured and controlled appropriately.

    Model risk management oversight is provided by all levels of management, including the Management Board. Management of model risk is underpinned by a framework designed and monitored by 2nd Line of Defence, including components across the lifecycle of a model. The model risk management framework is formalized within policies and procedures, and overseen by a robust governance structure.

    Model Risk Management Governance and Structure

    Model risk is one of the bank’s five main risk types, overseen by the Chief Risk Officer through the setting of a qualitative risk appetite statement and managed through:

    Developments during the reporting period:

    In 2020, a new bank-wide ‘Group Model Risk Council’ has been established to improve oversight, monitoring and governance on model risk. The model risk framework has been further improved to drive consistency of model development, validation as well as risk management approaches across the bank.

    Reputational risk management

    Within our risk management process, reputational risk is defined as the risk of possible damage to Deutsche Bank’s brand and reputation, and the associated risk to earnings, capital or liquidity arising from any association, action or inaction which could be perceived by stakeholders to be inappropriate, unethical or inconsistent with the DB’s values and beliefs.

    Deutsche Bank seeks to ensure that reputational risk is as low as reasonably possible. Reputational risk cannot be precluded as it can be driven by unforeseeable changes in perception of our practices by our various stakeholders (e.g. public, clients, shareholders and regulators). Deutsche Bank strives to promote sustainable standards that will enhance profitability and minimize reputational risk.


    110

    The Reputational Risk Framework (the Framework) is in place to manage the process through which active decisions are taken on matters which may pose a reputational risk, before the event, and in doing so to prevent damage to Deutsche Bank’s reputation wherever possible. The Framework provides consistent standards for the identification, assessment and management of reputational risk issues. Reputational impacts which may arise as a consequence of a failure from another risk type, control or process are addressed separately via the associated risk type framework and are therefore not addressed in this section. The reputational risk could arise from multiple sources including, but not limited to, potential issues with the profile of the counterparty, the business purpose / economic substance of the transaction or product, high risk industries, environmental and social considerations, and the nature of the transaction or product or its structure and terms.

    The modelling and quantitative measurement of reputational risk internal capital is implicitly covered in our economic capital framework primarily within operational and strategic risk.

    Governance and organizational structure

    The Framework is applicable across all Business Divisions and Regions. DWS-specific matters are reviewed by a DWS-dedicated reputational risk committee and escalated to the DWS Executive Board where required.

    Whilst every employee has a responsibility to protect our reputation, the primary responsibility for the identification, assessment, management, monitoring and, if necessary, referring or reporting of reputational risk matters lies with Deutsche Bank’s Business Divisions as the primary risk owners. Each Business Division has an established process through which matters, which are deemed to be a moderate or greater reputational risk are assessed, the Unit Reputational Risk Assessment Process (Unit RRAP).

    The Unit RRAP is required to refer any material reputational risk matters to the respective Regional Reputational Risk Committee (RRRC). The Framework also sets out a number of matters which are considered inherently higher risk from a reputational risk perspective and are therefore mandatory referrals to the RRRCs. The RRRCs, which are 2nd LoD Committees, are responsible for ensuring the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of reputational risk in the respective region of Deutsche Bank. The RRRCs meet, as a minimum, on a quarterly basis with ad hoc meetings as required. The Group Reputational Risk Committee (GRRC) is responsible for ensuring the oversight, governance and coordination of the management of reputational risk at Deutsche Bank on behalf of the Group Risk Committee and the Management Board. Additionally, the GRRC reviews cases with a Group wide impact and in exceptional circumstances, those that could not be resolved at a regional level.

    Risk concentration and risk diversification

    Risk concentrations

    Risk concentrations refer to clusters of the same or similar risk drivers within specific risk types (intra-risk concentrations in credit, market, operational, liquidity and business risks) as well as across different risk types (inter-risk concentrations). They occur within and across counterparties, businesses, regions/countries, industries and products. The management and monitoring of risk concentrations is achieved through a quantitative and qualitative approach, as follows:

    The most senior governance body for the oversight of risk concentrations throughout 2020 was the Enterprise Risk Committee (ERC), which is a subcommittee of the Group Risk Committee (GRC).

    Risk type diversification benefit

    The risk type diversification benefit quantifies diversification effects between credit, market, operational and strategic risk in economic capital caused by non-perfect correlations between these risk types. The calculation of the risk type diversification benefit is intended to ensure that the standalone economic capital figures for the individual risk types are aggregated in an economically meaningful way.

    111

    Risk and capital performance

    Capital, Leverage ratio, TLAC and MREL

    Own funds

    The calculation of our own funds incorporates the capital requirements following the “Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms” (Capital Requirements Regulation or “CRR”) and the “Directive 2013/36/EU on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms” (Capital Requirements Directive or “CRD”) which have been further amended with subsequent Regulations and Directives. The CRD has been implemented into German law. The information in this section as well as in the section “Development of risk-weighted Assets” is based on the regulatory principles of consolidation.

    This section refers to the capital adequacy of the group of entities consolidated for banking regulatory purposes pursuant to the CRR and the German Banking Act (“Kreditwesengesetz” or “KWG”). Therein not included are insurance companies or companies outside the finance sector.

    The total own funds pursuant to the effective regulations as of year-end 2020 comprises Tier 1 and Tier 2 (T2) capital. Tier 1 capital is subdivided into Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital.

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital consists primarily of common share capital (reduced by own holdings) including related share premium accounts, retained earnings (including losses for the financial year, if any) and accumulated other comprehensive income, subject to regulatory adjustments (i.e. prudential filters and deductions), as well as minority interests qualifying for inclusion in consolidated CET1 capital. Prudential filters for CET 1 capital, according to Articles 32 to 35 CRR, include (i) securitization gains on sale, (ii) cash flow hedges and changes in the value of own liabilities, and (iii) additional value adjustments. CET 1 capital deductions for instance includes (i) intangible assets, (ii) deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability, (iii) negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts, (iv) net defined benefit pension fund assets, (v) reciprocal cross holdings in the capital of financial sector entities and, (vi) significant and non-significant investments in the capital (CET 1, AT1, T2) of financial sector entities above certain thresholds. All items not deducted (i.e., amounts below the threshold) are subject to risk-weighting.

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital consists of AT1 capital instruments and related share premium accounts as well as noncontrolling interests qualifying for inclusion in consolidated AT1 capital and during the transitional period grandfathered instruments. To qualify as AT1 capital under CRR/CRD, instruments must have principal loss absorption through a conversion to common shares or a write-down mechanism allocating losses at a trigger point and must also meet further requirements (perpetual with no incentive to redeem; institution must have full dividend/coupon discretion at all times, etc.).

    Tier 2 (T2) capital comprises eligible capital instruments, the related share premium accounts and subordinated long-term debt, certain loan loss provisions and noncontrolling interests that qualify for inclusion in consolidated T2 capital. To qualify as T2 capital, capital instruments or subordinated debt must have an original maturity of at least five years. Moreover, eligible capital instruments may inter alia not contain an incentive to redeem, a right of investors to accelerate repayment, or a credit sensitive dividend feature

    We present in this report certain figures based on the CRR definition of own fund instruments applicable for Additional Tier 1

    (AT1) capital and Tier 2 (T2) capital and figures based thereon, including Tier 1, Total Capital and Leverage Ratio) on a “fully loaded” basis. We calculate such “fully loaded” figures excluding the transitional arrangements for own fund instruments as provided in the currently applicable CRR/CRD. For CET 1 instruments there are no transitional provisions.

    Transitional arrangements are applicable for AT1 and T2 instruments. Capital instruments issued on or prior to December 31, 2011, that no longer qualify as AT1 or T2 capital under the fully loaded CRR/CRD as currently applicable are subject to grandfathering rules during the transitional period and are being phased out from 2013 to 2022 with their recognition capped at 20 % in 2020 and 10 % in 2021 (in relation to the portfolio eligible for grandfathering which was still in issue on December   31, 2012). The current CRR as applicable since June 27, 2019 provides further grandfathering rules for AT1 and T2 instruments issued prior to June 27, 2019. Thereunder, AT1 and T2 instruments issued through special purpose entities are grandfathered until December 31, 2021, and AT1 and T2 instruments that do not meet certain new requirements that apply since June 27, 2019 continue to qualify until June 26, 2025. Instruments issued under UK law which do not fulfill all CRR requirements after the UK has left the European Union are also excluded from our fully loaded definition. Our CET 1 and RWA figures show no difference between CRR/CRD as currently applicable and fully loaded CRR/CRD based on our definition of “fully loaded”.

    112

    For the comparative numbers as per year-end 2019 we still applied our earlier concept of fully loaded, defined as excluding the transitional arrangements for own funds instruments introduced by the CRR/CRD applicable until June 26, 2019, but reflecting the transitional arrangements introduced by the amendments to the CRR/CRD applicable from June 27, 2019 and further amendments thereafter.

    We believe that these “fully loaded” calculations provide useful information to investors as they reflect our progress against the regulatory capital standards and as many of our competitors have been describing calculations on a “fully loaded” basis. As our competitors’ assumptions and estimates regarding “fully loaded” calculations may vary, however, our “fully loaded” measures may not be comparable with similarly labelled measures used by our competitors.

    Capital instruments

    Our Management Board received approval from the 2019 Annual General Meeting to buy back up to 206.7 million shares before the end of April 2024. Thereof 103.3 million shares can be purchased by using derivatives, this includes 41.3 million derivatives with a maturity exceeding 18 months. During the period from the 2019 Annual General Meeting until the 2020 Annual General Meeting (May 20, 2020), 33.8 million shares were purchased. The shares purchased were used for equity compensation purposes in the same period or are to be used in the upcoming period so that the number of shares held in Treasury from buybacks was 10.5 million as of the 2020 Annual General Meeting.

    The 2020 Annual General Meeting granted our Management Board the approval to buy back up to 206.7 million shares before the end of April 2025. Thereof 103.3 million shares can be purchased by using derivatives, this includes 41.3 million derivatives with a maturity exceeding 18 months. These authorizations substitute the authorizations of the previous year. During the period from the 2020 Annual General Meeting until December 31, 2020, there were not any shares purchased. The shares in inventory are to be used in this period or the upcoming period for equity compensation purposes; the number of shares held in Treasury from buybacks was 1.3 million as of December 31, 2020.

    Since the 2017 Annual General Meeting, and as of December 31, 2020, authorized capital available to the Management Board is € 2,560 million (1,000 million shares). As of December 31, 2020, the conditional capital against cash stands at € 512 million (200 million shares). Additional conditional capital for equity compensation amounts to € 51.2 million (20 million shares). Further, the 2018 Annual General Meeting authorized the issuance of participatory notes and other Hybrid Debt Securities that fulfil the regulatory requirements to qualify as Additional Tier 1 capital with an equivalent value of € 8.0 billion.

    Our legacy Hybrid Tier 1 capital instruments (substantially all noncumulative trust preferred securities) are not recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules as Additional Tier 1 capital, mainly because they have no write-down or equity conversion feature. During the transitional phase-out period the maximum recognizable amount of Additional Tier 1 instruments from Basel 2.5 compliant issuances as of December 31, 2012 will be reduced at the beginning of each financial year by 10 % or € 1.3 billion, through 2022. For December 31, 2020, this resulted in eligible Additional Tier 1 instruments of € 6.8 billion (i.e. € 5.7 billion newly issued AT1 Notes plus € 1.1 billion of legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instruments recognizable during the transition period). Additional Tier 1 instruments recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules amounted to € 5.7 billion as of December 31, 2020. In 2020, the bank issued AT1 notes amounting to U.S.$ 1.3 billion or an equivalent amount of € 1.2 billion. Furthermore, the bank redeemed legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instruments with a notional of U.S.$ 0.8 billion and an eligible equivalent amount of € 0.7 billion.

    The total of our Tier 2 capital instruments as of December 31, 2020 recognized during the transition period under CRR/CRD was € 6.9 billion (nominal value of € 7.7 billion). Tier 2 instruments recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules amounted to € 6.6 billion (nominal value of € 7.4 billion). In 2020, the bank issued Tier 2 capital instruments with a nominal value of U.S.$ 0.5 billion (equivalent amount of € 0.4 billion) and € 1.3 billion.

    Minimum capital requirements and additional capital buffers

    The Pillar 1 CET 1 minimum capital requirement applicable to the Group is 4.50 % of risk-weighted assets (RWA). The Pillar 1 total capital requirement of 8.00 % demands further resources that may be met with up to 1.50 % Additional Tier 1 capital and up to 2.00 % Tier 2 capital.

    Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in supervisory measures such as restrictions of profit distributions or limitations on certain businesses such as lending. We complied with the regulatory capital adequacy requirements in 2020.

    In addition to these minimum capital requirements, the following combined capital buffer requirements were fully effective beginning 2020 onwards. The buffer requirements must be met in addition to the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirements, but can be drawn down in times of economic stress.

    113

    The capital conservation buffer is implemented in Section 10c German Banking Act, based on Article 129 CRD and equals a requirement of 2.50 % CET 1 capital of RWA in 2020 and onwards.

    The countercyclical capital buffer is deployed in a jurisdiction when excess credit growth is associated with an increase in system-wide risk. It may vary between 0 % and 2.50 % CET 1 capital of RWA by 2020. In exceptional cases, it could also be higher than 2.50 %. The institution-specific countercyclical buffer that applies to Deutsche Bank is the weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffers that apply in the jurisdictions where our relevant credit exposures are located. As per December 31, 2020, the institution-specific countercyclical capital buffer was at 0.02 %.

    In addition to the aforementioned buffers, national authorities, such as the BaFin, may require a systemic risk buffer to prevent and mitigate long-term non-cyclical systemic or macro-prudential risks that are not covered by the CRR. They can require an additional buffer of up to 5.00 % CET 1 capital of RWA. As of the year-end 2020, no systemic risk buffer applied to Deutsche Bank.

    Deutsche Bank continues to be designated as a global systemically important institution (G-SII) by the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin) in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank, resulting in a G-SII buffer requirement of 2.00 % CET 1 capital of RWA in 2020. This is in line with the FSB assessment of systemic importance based on the indicators as published in 2017. According to the recent FSB assessment based on the indicators as published in 2019, the G-SII buffer requirement for Deutsche Bank is reduced to 1.50 %, which will become effective from January 1, 2021. This assessment has been confirmed by the FSB in 2020. We will continue to publish our indicators on our website.

    Additionally, Deutsche Bank AG has been classified by BaFin in agreement with the Deutsche Bundesbank as an “other systemically important institution” (O-SII) with an additional capital buffer requirement of 2.00 % in 2020 that has to be met on a consolidated level. Unless certain exceptions apply, only the higher of the systemic risk buffer, G-SII buffer and O-SII buffer must be applied.

    In addition, pursuant to the Pillar 2 Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP), the European Central Bank (ECB) may impose capital requirements on individual banks which are more stringent than statutory requirements (so-called Pillar 2 requirement).

    On December 9, 2019, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision regarding prudential minimum capital requirements for 2020 that applied from January 1, 2020 onwards, following the results of the 2019 SREP. The decision acknowledges the progress Deutsche Bank has made since the first SREP assessment in 2016, leading to a decrease in the ECB’s Pillar 2 Requirement (P2R) from 2.75   % to 2.50   % CET 1 capital of RWA, effective as of January 1, 2020. As a result, Deutsche Bank was required to maintain a CET 1 ratio of at least 11.58 % on a consolidated basis. This CET 1 capital requirement comprised the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.50 %, the lowered Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) of 2.50 %, the capital conservation buffer of 2.50 %, the countercyclical buffer of 0.08 % as of January 1 2020 (subject to changes throughout the year) and the G-SII buffer of 2.00 %. Correspondingly, 2020 requirements for Deutsche Bank's Tier 1 capital ratio were at 13.08 % and for its total capital ratio at 15.08 %.

    On March 12, 2020, the ECB announced various supervisory measures in reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic. Related to that, Deutsche Bank was informed by the ECB of its decision to implement Article 104a of the Directive (EU) 2019/878 of the European Parliament (CRDV) with effect from March 12, 2020. The decision requires Deutsche Bank to fulfil its unchanged 2.50 % Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) with at least 56.25 % CET 1, 18.75 % Additional Tier 1 and 25 % Tier 2 capital. As of December 31, 2020, Deutsche Bank needs to maintain on a consolidated basis a CET 1 ratio of at least 10.42 %, a Tier 1 ratio of at least 12.39 % and a Total Capital ratio of at least 15.02 %. The CET 1 requirement comprises the Pillar 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.50 %, the Pillar 2 requirement (SREP add-on) of 1.41 %, the capital conservation buffer of 2.50 %, the countercyclical buffer (subject to changes throughout the year) of 0.02 % and the higher of our G-SII/O-SII buffer of 2.00 %. Correspondingly, the Tier 1 capital requirement includes additionally a Tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 1.50 % plus a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.47 %, and the Total Capital requirement includes further a Tier 2 minimum capital requirement of 2.00 % and a Pillar 2 requirement of 0.63 %. Also, the ECB communicated to Deutsche Bank that its individual expectation to hold a further Pillar 2 CET 1 capital add-on, commonly referred to as ‘Pillar 2 guidance’ will be seen as guidance only and until further notice a breach of this guidance will not trigger the need to provide a capital restoration plan or a need to execute measures to re-build CET 1 capital. The ECB has further communicated that once this period of financial distress is over, banks will be granted sufficient time to build up the buffers again.

    In December 2020 the ECB informed Deutsche Bank that these capital requirements will remain unchanged in 2021 with no update of requirements as part of the 2020 SREP, for which, in light of the pandemic and the unique economic and financial situation it has generated, and in line with the European Banking Authority’s (EBA’s) statement of April 22, 2020, the ECB has adopted a “pragmatic approach”, based on which in principle no new decisions are issued in the 2020 cycle with the 2019 SREP decisions continuing to apply, amended by the above mentioned additional supervisory measures announced on March 12, 2020.

    114

    It should be noted that the Financial Stability Board has announced in 2019 that our G-SII buffer will be reduced to 1.5   % starting January 1, 2021. This does not change the capital requirements as the O-SII buffer remains at 2.0   % as the higher of the G-SII, O-SII, and systemic risk buffer.

    The following table gives an overview of the different Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 minimum capital requirements (but excluding the Pillar 2 guidance) as well as capital buffer requirements applicable to Deutsche Bank for years 2020 and 2021:

    Overview total capital requirements and capital buffers

    2020

    2021

    Pillar 1

    Minimum CET 1 requirement

    4.50 %

    4.50 %

    Combined buffer requirement

    4.52 %

    4.52 %

    Capital Conservation Buffer

    2.50 %

    2.50 %

    Countercyclical Buffer

    0.02 %

    0.02 %

    Maximum of:

    2.00 %

    2.00 %

    G-SII Buffer

    2.00 %

    1.50 %

    O-SII Buffer

    2.00 %

    2.00 %

    Systemic Risk Buffer

    0.00 %

    0.00 %

    Pillar 2

    Pillar 2 SREP Add-on of CET 1 capital (excluding the "Pillar 2" guidance)

    2.50 %

    2.50 %

    of which covered by CET 1 capital

    1.41 %

    1.41 %

    of which covered by Tier 1 capital

    1.88 %

    1.88 %

    of which covered by Tier 2 capital

    0.63 %

    0.63 %

    Total CET 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2³

    10.42 %

    10.42 %

    Total Tier 1 requirement from Pillar 1 and 2

    12.39 %

    12.39 %

    Total capital requirement from Pillar 1 and 2

    15.02 %

    15.02 %

    1Deutsche Bank’s countercyclical buffer requirement is subject to country-specific buffer rates decreed by EBA and the Basel Committee of Banking Supervision (BCBS) as well as Deutsche Bank’s relevant credit exposures as per respective reporting date. The countercyclical buffer rate for 2021 has been assumed to be 0.02 % as per beginning of the year 2021. The countercyclical buffer is subject to changes throughout the year depending on its constituents.

    2The systemic risk buffer has been assumed to remain at 0 % for the projected year 2021, subject to changes based on further directives.

    3The total Pillar 1 and Pillar 2 CET 1 requirement (excluding the “Pillar 2” guidance) is calculated as the sum of the SREP requirement, the higher of the G-SII, O-SII and systemic risk buffer requirement as well as the countercyclical buffer requirement.

    Development of own funds

    Our Total Regulatory capital as of December 31, 2020 amounted to € 58.5 billion compared to € 56.5 billion at the end of December 31, 2019. Our Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2020 amounted to € 51.5 billion, consisting of a Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital of € 44.7 billion and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital of € 6.8 billion. The Tier 1 capital was € 1.0 billion higher than at the end of December 31, 2019, driven by an increase in CET 1 capital of € 0.6 billion and an increase in AT1 capital of € 0.5 billion since year end 2019.

    The CET 1 capital increase of € 0.6 billion was largely the result of benefits from the regulatory changes. Our capital increased as respective deductions of goodwill and other intangible assets lowered by € 1.6 billion due to regulatory changes from software assets due to an amended Art. 36 (1) (b) CRR. An additional increase of € 0.4 billion resulted from the regulatory requirement of valuing subsidiaries and participations that are only consolidated under IFRS at-equity rather than at-cost and a further increase of € 0.1 billion as of year-end 2020 as we make use of the IFRS 9 transitional provision as per Article 473a of the CRR. Our decreased regulatory adjustment of € 0.3 billion from prudential filters (mainly additional value adjustments) were the result of a temporary change of the EBA technical standard on the aggregation methodology of prudential valuations following the disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and markets normalizing in the second half of 2020. Further increase of € 0.3 billion was driven by re-measurement gains related to defined benefit pension plan and unrealized gains from financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income of € 0.2 billion driven mainly by falling interest rates and narrowing credit spreads compared to 2019.

    These positive impacts were partly offset by negative effects from Currency Translation Adjustments of € 1.7 billion with some positive foreign exchange counter-effects in capital deduction items of € 0.4 billion. Furthermore our CET 1 capital decreased by € 0.7 billion from a deduction as per ECB’s supervisory recommendation for prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures and € 0.3 billion due to payment of our AT1 coupon in the second quarter of 2020 which was not accrued in CET   1 capital as a consequence of the negative net income in financial year 2019 following Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No   575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

    The € 0.5 billion increase in AT1 capital was mainly the result of an issued AT1 capital instruments with a notional amount of U.S.$ 1.3 billion (€ 1.2 billion) during the first quarter of 2020 partially offset by call and redemption of one legacy hybrid Tier   1 instrument, recognizable as AT1 capital during the transition period, with a notional amount of € 0.7 billion in the second quarter of 2020.

    115

    Our fully loaded Total Regulatory capital as of December 31, 2020 was € 57.1 billion, compared to € 56.5 billion at the end of December 31, 2019. Our fully loaded Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2020 was € 50.4 billion, compared to € 48.7 billion at the end of December 31, 2019. Our fully loaded AT1 capital amounted to € 5.7 billion as of December 31, 2020 which increased compared to € 4.6 billion at the end of December 31, 2019 due to the above mentioned issuance. Our CET 1 capital amounted to € 44.7 billion as of December 31, 2020, compared to € 44.1 billion at the end of December 31, 2019.

    Please note: In our CET 1 capital amounting to € 44.7 billion at December 31, 2020, we reflected a full year profit of € 84   million in line with ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 and Article 26(2) CRR. If we would have considered a dividend payment of zero, which is expected for the financial year 2020, our CET   1 capital would have amounted to €   44.9 billion. On the basis of this revised CET1 capital our key regulatory metrics would have amounted to the following: CET   1 ratio 13.6   %, Tier 1 ratio 15.7   %, Total Capital ratio 17.8   %, fully loaded Leverage Ratio 4.7   %, TLAC ratio 32.0   % and MREL 10.3   %. In order to comply with recent EBA/ECB guidance we will provide an updated Pillar 3 Report in 2021.

    116

    Own Funds Template (incl. RWA and capital ratios)

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    CRR/CRD fully-loaded3

    CRR/CRD

    CRR/CRD fully loaded3

    CRR/CRD

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: instruments and reserves

    Capital instruments, related share premium accounts and other reserves

    45,890

    45,890

    45,780

    45,780

    Retained earnings

    9,784

    9,784

    14,814

    14,814

    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (1,118)

    (1,118)

    537

    537

    Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend1

    84

    84

    (5,390)

    (5,390)

    Other

    805

    805

    837

    837

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments

    55,444

    55,444

    56,579

    56,579

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: regulatory adjustments

    Additional value adjustments (negative amount)

    (1,430)

    (1,430)

    (1,738)

    (1,738)

    Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments)

    (112)

    (112)

    (150)

    (150)

    Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    (4,635)

    (4,635)

    (6,515)

    (6,515)

    Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (negative amount)

    (1,353)

    (1,353)

    (1,126)

    (1,126)

    Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts

    (99)

    (99)

    (259)

    (259)

    Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    (772)

    (772)

    (892)

    (892)

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own CET 1 instruments (negative amount)

    0

    0

    (15)

    (15)

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10 % / 15 % thresholds and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (amount above the 10 % / 15 % thresholds) (negative amount)

    (92)

    (92)

    (319)

    (319)

    Other regulatory adjustments2

    (2,252)

    (2,252)

    (1,417)

    (1,417)

    Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital

    (10,745)

    (10,745)

    (12,430)

    (12,430)

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital

    44,700

    44,700

    44,148

    44,148

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments

    Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

    5,828

    5,828

    4,676

    4,676

    Amount of qualifying items referred to in Art. 484 (4) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1

    N/M

    1,100

    N/M

    1,813

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments

    5,828

    6,928

    4,676

    6,489

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative amount)

    (80)

    (80)

    (91)

    (91)

    Residual amounts deducted from AT1 capital with regard to deduction from CET 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to Art. 472 CRR

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    Other regulatory adjustments

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

    (80)

    (80)

    (91)

    (91)

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

    5,748

    6,848

    4,584

    6,397

    Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET 1 + AT1)

    50,448

    51,548

    48,733

    50,546

    Tier 2 (T2) capital

    6,623

    6,944

    7,770

    5,957

    Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)

    57,071

    58,492

    56,503

    56,503

    Total risk-weighted assets

    328,951

    328,951

    324,015

    324,015


    Capital ratios

    Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    13.6

    13.6

    13.6

    13.6

    Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    15.3

    15.7

    15.0

    15.6

    Total capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    17.3

    17.8

    17.4

    17.4

    N/M – Not meaningful

    1Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

    2 Includes € 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review, € 0.9 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards and € 0.7 billion capital deduction effective from December 2020 based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures. Effective June 30, 2020, we make use of the IFRS 9 transitional provision as per Article 473a of the CRR resulting in CET 1 increase of € 0.1 billion as of December 31, 2020.

    3 For the understanding of the term “fully-loaded” please refer to our definition as provided in section “Own Funds” of this report.

    117

    Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity to Own Funds

    CRR/CRD

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet (IASB IFRS)

    54,774

    55,857

    Difference between equity per IASB IFRS / EU IFRS4

    12

    0

    Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet (EU IFRS)

    54,786

    55,857

    Deconsolidation/Consolidation of entities3

    265

    (116)

    Of which:

    Additional paid-in capital

    0

    (12)

    Retained earnings

    265

    (220)

    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    0

    116

    Total shareholders' equity per regulatory balance sheet

    55,050

    55,741

    Minority Interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET 1)

    805

    837

    Accrual for dividend and AT1 coupons1

    (411)

    0

    Reversal of deconsolidation/consolidation of the position Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, during transitional period

    0

    0

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments

    55,444

    56,579

    Additional value adjustments

    (1,430)

    (1,738)

    Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments)

    (112)

    (150)

    Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealized gains and losses pursuant to Art. 467 and 468 CRR

    0

    0

    Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    (4,635)

    (6,515)

    Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability

    (1,445)

    (1,445)

    Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    (772)

    (892)

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities

    0

    0

    Other regulatory adjustments2

    (2,351)

    (1,692)

    Common Equity Tier 1 capital

    44,700

    44,148

    1Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

    2Includes € 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review, € 0.9 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards, € 0.1 billion negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts and € 0.7 billion capital deduction effective from December 2020 based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures. Effective June 30, 2020, we make use of the IFRS 9 transitional provision as per Article 473a of the CRR resulting in CET 1 increase of € 0.1 billion as of December 31, 2020.

    3 Includes € 0.4 billion increase due to regulatory changes from cost to at-equity treatment of subsidiaries and participations that are only consolidated under IFRS.

    4Differences in “equity per balance sheet” result entirely from deviations in profit (loss) after taxes due to the application of EU carve-out rules as set forth in the chapter "Basis of preparation/impact of changes in accounting principles". These rules were initially applied in the first quarter 2020.

    Development of Own Funds

    CRR/CRD

    in € m.

    twelve months ended Dec 31, 2020

    twelve months ended Dec 31, 2019

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital - opening amount

    44,148

    47,486

    Common shares, net effect

    0

    0

    Additional paid-in capital

    113

    253

    Retained earnings

    854

    (6,873)

    Common shares in treasury, net effect/(+) sales (–) purchase

    (3)

    11

    Movements in accumulated other comprehensive income

    (1,655)

    155

    Accrual for dividend and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) coupons ¹

    (411)

    0

    Additional value adjustments

    308

    (234)

    Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    1,880

    2,051

    Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excluding those arising from temporary differences)

    (227)

    1,632

    Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts

    160

    108

    Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    119

    219

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities

    0

    0

    Securitization positions not included in risk-weighted assets

    0

    0

    Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10 % and 15 % threshold, net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met)

    227

    (319)

    Other, including regulatory adjustments

    (814)

    (341)

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital - closing amount

    44,700

    44,148

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) Capital – opening amount

    6,397

    7,604

    New Additional Tier 1 eligible capital issues

    1,134

    0

    Matured and called instruments

    (713)

    (1,210)

    Transitional arrangements

    0

    0

    Of which:

    Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities)

    0

    0

    Other, including regulatory adjustments

    30

    3

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) Capital – closing amount

    6,848

    6,397

    Tier 1 capital

    51,548

    50,546

    Tier 2 (T2) capital – closing amount

    6,944

    5,957

    Total regulatory capital

    58,492

    56,503

    1Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

    118

    Minimum loss coverage for Non Performing Exposure (NPE)

    In April 2019, the EU published final regulations for a prudential backstop reserve for non-performing exposure (NPE), which will result in a Pillar 1 deduction from CET 1 capital when a minimum loss coverage requirement is not met. It is applied to exposures originated and defaulted after April 26, 2019

    In addition, in March 2018, the ECB published its “Addendum to the ECB Guidance to banks on non-performing loans: supervisory expectations for prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures” and in August 2019, its “Communication on supervisory coverage expectations for NPEs”.

    The ECB guidance issued is applicable to all newly defaulted loans after April 1, 2018 and, similar to the EU rules, it requires banks to take measures in case a minimum impairment coverage requirement is not met. Within the annual SREP discussions ECB may impose Pillar 2 measures on banks in case ECB is not confident with measure taken by the individual bank.

    For the year end 2020, we introduced a framework to determine the prudential provisioning of non-performing exposure as a Pillar   2 measure as requested in the before mentioned ECB’s guidance and SREP recommendation.

    The shortfall between the minimum loss coverage requirements for non-performing exposure and the risk reserves recorded in line with the IFRS   9 for defaulted (Stage   3) assets amounted to € 740 million as of December 31, 2020 and was deducted from CET   1. This additional CET   1 charge can be considered as additional loss reserve and leads to a € 499 million RWA relief.

    Non-performing exposure loss coverage

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Exposure value

    Total minimum coverage requirement

    Available coverage

    Applicable amount of insufficient coverage

    Corporate Bank

    2,852

    377

    1,058

    63

    Investment Bank

    13,510

    7,816

    10,574

    255

    Private Bank

    6,123

    1,269

    2,011

    361

    Asset Management

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Capital Release Unit

    422

    183

    182

    60

    Corporate & Other

    1

    1

    0

    1

    Total

    22,907

    9,646

    13,825

    740

    Development of risk-weighted assets

    The table below provides an overview of RWA broken down by risk type and business division. It includes the aggregated effects of the segmental reallocation of infrastructure related positions, if applicable, as well as reallocations between the segments.

    Risk-weighted assets by risk type and business division

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total

    Credit Risk

    50,799

    70,746

    68,353

    6,224

    7,214

    19,371

    222,708

    Settlement Risk

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1

    54

    56

    Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)

    75

    6,302

    92

    198

    1,599

    125

    8,392

    Market Risk

    385

    24,323

    548

    31

    1,470

    2,139

    28,897

    Operational Risk

    6,029

    27,115

    8,081

    3,544

    24,130

    0

    68,899

    Total

    57,288

    128,487

    77,074

    9,997

    34,415

    21,690

    328,951

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total

    Credit Risk

    48,633

    69,507

    66,925

    4,873

    13,155

    17,967

    221,060

    Settlement Risk

    0

    192

    0

    0

    6

    44

    242

    Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)

    48

    2,009

    103

    56

    2,450

    17

    4,683

    Market Risk

    530

    20,390

    89

    28

    4,331

    0

    25,368

    Operational Risk

    7,312

    26,525

    8,325

    4,570

    25,931

    0

    72,662

    Total

    56,522

    118,622

    75,442

    9,527

    45,874

    18,029

    324,015

    119

    Our RWA were € 329.0 billion as of December 31, 2020, compared to € 324.0 billion at the end of 2019. The increase of € 4.9 billion was primarily driven by higher RWA for credit valuation adjustment, market risk and credit risk, partially offset by decreased RWA for operational risk. CVA RWA increased by € 3.7 billion as a result of model-related changes. Market risk RWA increased by € 3.5 billion and was primarily driven by the incremental risk charge and the model change from a Monte Carlo simulation to a historical simulation for VaR and SVaR components. The increase in credit risk RWA by € 1.6 billion was driven by the introduction of the new framework for securitization positions, impacts on rating migrations on the back of the repercussion of the prevailing COVID-19 pandemic, method changes for software assets and certain equity investments as well as exposure increases across all businesses. This is partly offset by positive impacts due to application of the “quick fix” amendment of the CRR (Regulation (EU) 2020/873) in relation to certain small or medium-sized enterprise (SME) exposures, where risk weight-reducing scaling factors were applied. Moreover, the decommissioning of our dilution risk model, benefits from the non-performing loan (NPL) backstop implementation as well as de-risking initiatives contributed to this offset. The operational risk RWA reduction of € 3.8 billion was mainly driven by a more favourable development of our internal loss profile feeding into our capital model as well as a model change roll-out of the external loss data classification in alignment with recent regulatory requirements. This was partially offset by the reduced expected loss deductible and the adverse impact on the forward looking component.

    The tables below provide an analysis of key drivers for risk-weighted asset movements observed for credit risk, credit valuation adjustments as well as market and operational risk in the reporting period. They also show the corresponding movements in capital requirements, derived from the RWA by an 8 % capital ratio.

    Development of risk-weighted assets for Credit Risk including Counterparty Credit Risk

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Credit risk RWA

    Capital requirements

    Credit risk RWA

    Capital requirements

    Credit risk RWA balance, beginning of year

    221,060

    17,685

    212,827

    17,026

    Book size

    4,659

    373

    3,192

    255

    Book quality

    1,160

    93

    (4,700)

    (376)

    Model updates

    (2,072)

    (166)

    4,867

    389

    Methodology and policy

    6,542

    523

    2,693

    215

    Acquisition and disposals

    (1,672)

    (134)

    (300)

    (24)

    Foreign exchange movements

    (7,237)

    (579)

    2,069

    166

    Other

    268

    21

    413

    33

    Credit risk RWA balance, end of year

    222,708

    17,817

    221,060

    17,685

    Of which: Development of risk-weighted assets for Counterparty Credit Risk

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Counterparty credit risk RWA

    Capital requirements

    Counterparty credit risk RWA

    Capital requirements

    Counterparty credit risk RWA balance, beginning of year

    23,698

    1,896

    25,282

    2,023

    Book size

    1,784

    143

    (1,708)

    (137)

    Book quality

    (594)

    (48)

    (12)

    (1)

    Model updates

    (643)

    (51)

    318

    25

    Methodology and policy

    669

    54

    (507)

    (41)

    Acquisition and disposals

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange movements

    (1,100)

    (88)

    326

    26

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Counterparty credit risk RWA balance, end of year

    23,814

    1,905

    23,698

    1,896

    The classifications of key drivers for the RWA credit risk development table are fully aligned with the recommendations of the Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF). Organic changes in our portfolio size and composition are considered in the category “book size”. The category “book quality” mainly represents the effects from portfolio rating migrations, loss given default, model parameter recalibrations as well as collateral and netting coverage activities. “Model updates” include model refinements and advanced model roll out. RWA movements resulting from externally, regulatory-driven changes, e.g. applying new regulations, are considered in the “methodology and policy” section. “Acquisition and disposals” is reserved to show significant exposure movements which can be clearly assigned to new businesses or disposal-related activities. Changes that cannot be attributed to the above categories are reflected in the category “other”.

    120

    The increase in RWA for credit risk by 0.7 % or € 1.6 billion since December 31, 2019 is mainly driven by the categories “methodology and policy”, “book size” as well as “book quality” related changes offset by FX related movements, changes shown in the categories “model updates” and “acquisition and disposals”. The category “methodology and policy” reflects mainly updates to the framework for securitization positions, regulatory prudent valuation of software assets and the changed treatment of equity investments. This was partly offset by the benefit from the non-performing loan (NPL) backstop implementation. The increase in the category “book size” reflects business growth in our core business segments. The category “book quality” includes increases resulting from parameter recalibrations and data enhancements. These increases were partly offset by a decrease resulting from foreign exchange movements. The category “model updates” reflects the decommissioning of our dilution risk model and further refinements to our risk models based on regulatory parameter updates. Furthermore, “acquisition and disposals” provides for a reduction in credit risk RWA particularly within Private Bank and our Capital Release Unit.

    The increase in counterparty credit risk is mainly driven by “book size” reflecting growth across core businesses as well as “methodology and policy”-related updates for collateral. This was offset by changes to “model updates” particularly on concentration risk as well as “book quality”. In addition the category foreign exchange movements contributed to the offset.

    Based on the CRR/CRD regulatory framework, we are required to calculate RWA using the CVA which takes into account the credit quality of our counterparties. RWA for CVA covers the risk of mark-to-market losses on the expected counterparty risk in connection with OTC derivative exposures. We calculate the majority of the CVA based on our own internal model as approved by the BaFin.

    Development of risk-weighted assets for Credit Valuation Adjustment

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    CVA RWA

    Capital requirements

    CVA RWA

    Capital requirements

    CVA RWA balance, beginning of year

    4,683

    374

    7,997

    640

    Movement in risk levels

    (3,338)

    (267)

    (1,423)

    (114)

    Market data changes and recalibrations

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Model updates

    5,787

    463

    0

    0

    Methodology and policy

    1,260

    101

    (1,891)

    (151)

    Acquisitions and disposals

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange movements

    0

    0

    0

    0

    CVA RWA balance, end of year

    8,392

    671

    4,683

    374

    The development of CVA RWA is broken down into a number of categories: “Movement in risk levels”, which includes changes to the portfolio size and composition; “Market data changes and calibrations”, which includes changes in market data levels and volatilities as well as recalibrations; “Model updates” refers to changes to either the IMM credit exposure models or the value-at-risk models that are used for CVA RWA; “Methodology and policy” relates to changes to the regulation. Any significant business acquisitions or disposals would be presented in the category with that name.

    As of December 31, 2020, the RWA for CVA amounted to € 8.4 billion, representing an increase of € 3.7 billion (79 %) compared with € 4.7 billion for December 31, 2019. The overall increase was primarily driven by model enhancements linked to the introduction of the Historical Simulation VaR in 2020, and increased volatility observed due to the COVID-19 market turbulence and additional hedging activity.

    Development of risk-weighted assets for Market Risk

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m.

    VaR

    SVaR

    IRC

    Other

    Total RWA

    Total capital requirements

    Market risk RWA balance, beginning of year

    4,273

    13,734

    4,868

    2,493

    25,368

    2,029

    Movement in risk levels

    (4,775)

    (2,397)

    2,698

    570

    (3,902)

    (311)

    Market data changes and recalibrations

    4,237

    0

    0

    (131)

    4,105

    328

    Model updates/changes

    (107)

    547

    (561)

    0

    (121)

    (10)

    Methodology and policy

    8,481

    (4,901)

    0

    (15)

    3,565

    285

    Acquisitions and disposals

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange movements

    0

    0

    0

    (118)

    (118)

    (9)

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Market risk RWA balance, end of year

    12,109

    6,983

    7,005

    2,799

    28,897

    2,312

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    VaR

    SVaR

    IRC

    Other

    Total RWA

    Total capital requirements

    Market risk RWA balance, beginning of year

    5,368

    16,426

    10,068

    5,673

    37,535

    3,003

    Movement in risk levels

    (1,021)

    (1,879)

    (5,222)

    (2,973)

    (11,095)

    (888)

    Market data changes and recalibrations

    (81)

    0

    0

    (315)

    (396)

    (32)

    Model updates/changes

    7

    (813)

    22

    0

    (784)

    (63)

    Methodology and policy

    0

    0

    0

    120

    120

    10

    Acquisitions and disposals

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange movements

    0

    0

    0

    (11)

    (11)

    (1)

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Market risk RWA balance, end of year

    4,273

    13,734

    4,868

    2,493

    25,368

    2,029

    121

    The analysis for market risk covers movements in our internal models for value-at-risk (VaR), stressed value-at-risk (SVaR), incremental risk charge (IRC) as well as results from the market risk standardized approach (MRSA), which is captured in the table under the category “Other”. MRSA is used to determine the regulatory capital charge for the specific market risk of trading book securitizations, for certain types of investment funds and for longevity risk as set out in CRR/CRD regulations.

    The market risk RWA movements due to changes in market data levels, volatilities, correlations, liquidity and ratings are included under the “Market data changes and recalibrations” category. Changes to our market risk RWA internal models, such as methodology enhancements or risk scope extensions, are included in the category of “Model updates”. In the “Methodology and policy” category we reflect regulatory driven changes to our market risk RWA models and calculations. Significant new businesses and disposals would be assigned to the line item “Acquisition and disposals”. The impacts of “Foreign exchange movements” are only calculated for the CRM and Standardized approach methods.

    As of December 31, 2020 the RWA for market risk was € 28.9 billion which has increased by € 3.5 billion (+14 %) since December 31, 2019. The increase was driven by the “Market data changes and recalibrations” category across value-at-risk driven by the COVID-19 related market volatility and by the “Methodology and policy” category driven by the go-live of Historical Simulation model. The offset from the "Movement in risk levels" category across value-at-risk and stressed value-at-risk reflect the portfolio de-risking activities over 2020; while an increase in incremental risk charge was driven by increases in sovereign exposures.

    Development of risk-weighted assets for operational risk

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Operational risk RWA

    Capital requirements

    Operational risk RWA

    Capital requirements

    Operational risk RWA balance, beginning of year

    72,662

    5,813

    91,989

    7,359

    Loss profile changes (internal and external)

    (4,677)

    (374)

    (8,185)

    (655)

    Expected loss development

    1,164

    93

    1,747

    140

    Forward looking risk component

    533

    43

    1,879

    150

    Model updates

    (784)

    (63)

    (14,768)

    (1,181)

    Methodology and policy

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Acquisitions and disposals

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Operational risk RWA balance, end of year

    68,899

    5,512

    72,662

    5,813

    Changes in internal and external loss events are reflected in the category “Loss profile changes”. The category “Expected loss development” is based on divisional business plans as well as historical losses and is deducted from the AMA capital figure within certain constraints. The category “Forward looking risk component” reflects qualitative adjustments and, as such, the effectiveness and performance of the day-to-day operational risk management activities via NFR appetite metrics and RCA scores, focusing on the business environment and internal control factors. The category “Model updates” covers model refinements, such as the implementation of model changes. The category “Methodology and policy” represents externally driven changes such as regulatory add-ons. The category “Acquisition and disposals” represents significant exposure movements which can be clearly assigned to new or disposed businesses.

    The overall RWA decrease of € 3.8 billion was driven by several effects. A reduced litigation intensity throughout the industry as well as provision and legal forecast levels below previous years for Deutsche Bank led to a lighter loss profile feeding into our capital model. These loss profile changes (internal and external) reduced our RWA for Operational Risk by € 4.7 billion.

    The RWA decrease of € 0.8 billion from model updates was largely driven by the full roll-out of the external loss data classification process, which we had started to introduce in 2019. Two other model updates with smaller capital impact enhanced and simplified our methodology for the sub-allocation of OR RWA within business divisions and aligned our OR event frequency dependence modelling to AMA EBA Regulatory Technical Standard requirements.

    The expected loss deductible reduction was driven by a positive outlook of operational risk loss development, leading to an RWA increase of € 1.2 billion. The forward looking component was adversely impacted by slightly weaker NFR appetite metrics and RCA scores, resulting in an RWA increase of € 0.5 billion.

    Economic Capital

    Economic Capital Adequacy

    Our internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) aims at maintaining the continuity of Deutsche Bank on an ongoing basis. We assess our internal capital adequacy from an economic perspective as the ratio of our economic capital supply divided by our internal economic capital demand as shown in the table below.

    122

    Total economic capital supply and demand

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Components of economic capital supply

    Shareholders' equity

    54,786

    55,857

    Noncontrolling interests¹

    880

    953

    AT1 coupons accruals

    (242)

    (222)

    Gain on sale of securitisations, cash flow hedges

    (11)

    (23)

    Fair value gains on own debt and debt valuation adjustments, subject to own credit risk

    (100)

    (127)

    Additional valuation adjustments

    (1,430)

    (1,738)

    Intangible assets

    (3,463)

    (7,029)

    IFRS deferred tax assets excl. temporary differences

    (1,503)

    (1,254)

    Expected loss shortfall

    (99)

    (259)

    Defined benefit pension fund assets

    (772)

    (892)

    Holdings of own common equity tier 1 capital instruments

    0

    (0)

    Other adjustments²

    (1,566)

    (1,417)

    Additional tier 1 equity instruments³

    4,659

    3,732

    Economic capital supply

    51,138

    47,581

    Components of economic capital demand

    Credit risk

    11,636

    10,757

    Market risk

    10,894

    11,767

    Operational risk

    5,512

    5,813

    Business risk

    5,949

    6,374

    Diversification benefit

    (5,429)

    (5,535)

    Total economic capital demand

    28,560

    29,176

    Economic capital adequacy ratio

    179 %

    163 %

    1Includes noncontrolling interest up to the economic capital requirement for each subsidiary.

    2Includes € 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review and € 0.9 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards.

    3De-recognition of Additional Tier 1 equity instruments from economic capital supply temporarily paused during 2020.

    The economic capital adequacy ratio was 179 % as of December 31, 2020, compared with 163 % as of December 31, 2019. The change in the ratio was mainly due to an increase in capital supply and a decrease in capital demand. The economic capital supply increased by € 3.6 billion and was primarily driven by lower capital deductions of intangible assets of € 3.6 billion which mainly reflects the methodology decision to recognize software assets in economic capital supply and the decrease in prudential filters (additional valuation adjustment) of € 0.3 billion which were the result of a temporary change of the EBA technical standard on the aggregation methodology of prudential valuations following the disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and markets normalizing in the second half of 2020. Additionally, capital increased from the recognition of newly issued Additional Tier 1 capital instruments of € 0.9 billion during the first quarter of 2020. These positive impacts were partly offset by reduction of € 1.1 billion from our IFRS shareholders’ equity mainly due to negative effects from Currency Translation Adjustments of € 1.7 billion with some positive offset from our net income of € 0.5 billion. The decrease in capital demand was driven by lower economic capital demand as explained in the section “Risk Profile”.

    The above capital adequacy measures apply to the consolidated Deutsche Bank Group as a whole and form an integral part of our risk and capital management framework.

    Leverage ratio

    We manage our balance sheet on a Group level and, where applicable, locally in each region. In the allocation of financial resources we favor business portfolios with the highest positive impact on our profitability and shareholder value. We monitor and analyze balance sheet developments and track certain market-observed balance sheet ratios. Based on this we trigger discussion and management action by the Group Risk Committee (GRC).

    Leverage Ratio according to CRR/CRD framework

    The non-risk based leverage ratio is intended to act as a supplementary measure to the risk based capital requirements. Its objectives are to constrain the build-up of leverage in the banking sector, helping avoid destabilizing deleveraging processes which can damage the broader financial system and the economy, and to reinforce the risk based requirements with a simple, non-risk based “backstop” measure.

    A minimum leverage ratio requirement of 3 % was introduced that will be effective starting with June 28, 2021. From January 1, 2023 an additional leverage ratio buffer requirement of 50 % of the applicable G-SIB buffer rate will apply. It is currently expected that this additional requirement will equal 0.75 %.

    123

    We calculate our leverage ratio exposure in accordance with Article 429 of the CRR as per Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/62 of October 10, 2014 published in the Official Journal of the European Union on January 17, 2015 and amended by Regulation (EU) 2020/873 published in the Official Journal of the European Union on June 24, 2020.

    Our total leverage ratio exposure includes derivatives, securities financing transactions (SFTs), off-balance sheet exposure and other on-balance sheet exposure (excluding derivatives and SFTs).

    The leverage exposure for derivatives is calculated by using the regulatory mark-to-market method for derivatives comprising the current replacement cost plus a regulatory defined add-on for the potential future exposure. Variation margin received in cash from counterparties is deducted from the current replacement cost portion of the leverage ratio exposure measure and variation margin paid to counterparties is deducted from the leverage ratio exposure measure related to receivables recognized as an asset on the balance sheet, provided certain conditions are met. Deductions of receivables for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions are shown under derivative exposure in the table “Leverage ratio common disclosure” below. The effective notional amount of written credit derivatives, i.e., the notional reduced by any negative fair value changes that have been incorporated in Tier 1 capital is included in the leverage ratio exposure measure; the resulting exposure measure is further reduced by the effective notional amount of purchased credit derivative protection on the same reference name provided certain conditions are met.

    The securities financing transaction (SFT) component includes the gross receivables for SFTs, which are netted with SFT payables if specific conditions are met. In addition to the gross exposure a regulatory add-on for the counterparty credit risk is included.

    The off-balance sheet exposure component follows the credit risk conversion factors (CCF) of the standardized approach for credit risk (0 %, 20 %, 50 %, or 100 %), which depend on the risk category subject to a floor of 10 %.

    The on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) component reflects the accounting values of the assets (excluding derivatives, SFTs and regular-way purchases and sales awaiting settlement) as well as regulatory adjustments for asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital. The exposure value of regular-way purchases and sales awaiting settlement is determined as offset between those cash receivables and cash payables where the related regular-way sales and purchases are both settlement on a delivery-versus payment basis.

    The Group excludes certain Euro-based exposures to Eurosystem central banks from the leverage exposure having obtained permission from the European Central Bank in accordance with ECB’s Decision (EU) 2020/1306. This temporary exclusion was firstly introduced in the third quarter of 2020 and currently applies until June 27, 2021.

    The following tables show the leverage ratio exposure and the leverage ratio. The Leverage ratio common disclosure table provides the leverage ratio on a fully-loaded and phase-in basis with the fully-loaded and phase-in Tier 1 Capital, respectively, in the numerator. For further details on Tier 1 capital please also refer to the section “Development of Own Funds”.

    Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures

    in € bn.

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Total assets as per published financial statements

    1,325

    1,298

    Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation

    1

    (1)

    Adjustments for derivative financial instruments

    (206)

    (188)

    Adjustment for securities financing transactions (SFTs)

    10

    6

    Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (i.e. conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures)

    101

    103

    Other adjustments

    (153)

    (50)

    Leverage ratio total exposure measure

    1,078

    1,168

    124

    Leverage ratio common disclosure

    in € bn. (unless stated otherwise)

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Total derivative exposures

    99

    113

    Total securities financing transaction exposures

    83

    93

    Total off-balance sheet exposures

    101

    103

    Other Assets

    803

    869

    Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital

    (8)

    (10)

    Tier 1 capital (fully loaded)

    50.4

    48.7

    Leverage ratio total exposure measure

    1,078

    1,168

    Leverage ratio (fully loaded, in %)

    4.7

    4.2

    Tier 1 capital (phase-in)

    51.5

    50.5

    Leverage ratio total exposure measure

    1,078

    1,168

    Leverage ratio (phase-in, in %)

    4.8

    4.3

    Description of the factors that had an impact on the leverage ratio in 2020

    As of December 31, 2020, our fully loaded leverage ratio was 4.7 % compared to 4.2 % as of December 31, 2019. This takes, into account a fully loaded Tier 1 capital of € 50.4 billion over an applicable exposure measure of € 1,078 billion as of December 31, 2020 (€ 48.7 billion and € 1,168 billion as of December 31, 2019, respectively).

    Our leverage ratio according to transitional provisions was 4.8 % as of December 31, 2020 (4.3 % as of December 31, 2019), calculated as Tier 1 capital according to transitional rules of € 51.5 billion over an applicable exposure measure of € 1,078 billion (€ 50.5 billion and € 1,168 billion as of December 31, 2019, respectively).

    Over the year 2020, our leverage exposure decreased by € 90 billion to € 1,078 billion, mainly driven by the application of the “quick fix” amendment of the CRR (Regulation (EU) 2020/873, Article 500b) approved by ECB-Decision (EU) 2020/1306, allowing the temporary exclusion of certain central bank exposures contributing a reduction of € 85 billion. Without this temporary exclusion, our Leverage exposure decreased by € 5 billion in the year 2020, primarily driven by the leverage exposure related to derivatives which decreased by € 14 billion (€ 7 billion excluding deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions) mainly from lower add-ons for potential future exposure. The movements in the securities financing transactions (SFT) and other assets categories largely reflect the development of our balance sheet (for additional information please refer to section “Movements in assets and liabilities” in this report): Cash and central bank/interbank balances increased by € 28 billion and Financial assets at fair value through OCI grew by € 11 billion. This was partly offset by decreases in SFT-related items (Securities purchased under resale agreements, Securities borrowed and Receivables from prime brokerage) by € 10 billion, Non-derivative trading assets by € 4 billion and Loans by € 3 billion. The remaining asset items decreased by € 5 billion, largely related to Held-to-collect debt securities. Pending settlements decreased by € 7 billion - despite being almost unchanged on a gross basis - due to application of the “quick fix” amendment of the CRR (Regulation (EU) 2020/873, Article 500d), allowing the netting of cash receivables and cash payables where the related regular-way sales and purchases are both settled on a delivery-versus-payment basis. Furthermore, Off-balance sheet exposures decreased by € 1 billion corresponding to lower notional amounts for irrevocable lending commitments.

    The decrease in leverage exposure in 2020 included a negative foreign exchange impact of € 43 billion mainly due to the weakening of the U.S. Dollar versus the Euro. The effects from foreign exchange rate movements are embedded in the movement of the leverage exposure items discussed in this section.

    For main drivers of the Tier 1 capital development please refer to section “Development of Own Funds”.


    125

    Minimum Requirement of own funds and Eligible Liabilities (“MREL”) and Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”)

    MREL Requirements

    The minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”) requirement was introduced by the European Union’s regulation establishing uniform rules and a uniform procedure for the resolution of credit institutions (Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation or “SRM Regulation”) and the European Union’s Directive establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions (Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive or “BRRD”) as implemented into German law by the German Recovery and Resolution Act.

    The currently required level of MREL is determined by the competent resolution authorities for each supervised bank individually on a case-by-case basis, depending on the respective preferred resolution strategy. In the case of Deutsche Bank AG, MREL is determined by the Single Resolution Board (“SRB”). While there is no statutory minimum level of MREL, the SRM Regulation, BRRD and a delegated regulation set out criteria which the resolution authority must consider when determining the relevant required level of MREL. Guidance is provided through an MREL policy published annually by the SRB. Any binding MREL ratio determined by the SRB is communicated to Deutsche Bank via the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin).

    In the second quarter of 2018, Deutsche Bank AG’s binding MREL ratio requirement on a consolidated basis has been set at 9.14 % of Total Liabilities and Own Funds (“TLOF”) applicable immediately. TLOF principally consists of total liabilities after derivatives netting, plus own funds, i.e. regulatory capital.

    As a results of its regular annual review, the SRB has revised Deutsche Bank AG’s binding MREL ratio requirement in the last quarter of 2019 applicable immediately. The MREL ratio requirement on a consolidated basis has been lowered to 8.58 % of TLOF of which 6.11 % of TLOF now have to be met with own funds and subordinated instruments as an additional requirement.

    As announced by the SRB the next update of Deutsche Bank AG’s binding MREL and subordinated MREL requirement is expected in the first half of 2021 and will for the first time reflect the legal changes of the banking reform package via amendments to the Single Resolution Mechanism Regulation and the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive provided in June 2019 with the publication of Regulation (EU) 2019/877 and Directive (EU) 2019/879. As a result the MREL and subordinated MREL requirement will no longer be expressed as a percentage of TLOF but as a percentage of Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) and Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE). This will lead to a higher MREL and subordinated MREL requirement in 2021 compared to 2020.

    TLAC Requirements

    Since June 27, 2019, Deutsche Bank, as a global systemically important bank, has also become subject to global minimum standards for its Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”). The TLAC requirement has been implemented with the banking reform package via amendments to the Capital Requirements Regulation and the Capital Requirements Directive provided in June 2019 with the publication of Regulation (EU) 2019/876 and Directive (EU) 2019/878.

    This TLAC requirement is based on both risk-based and non-risk-based denominators and set at the higher-of 16 % of risk weighted assets plus the combined buffer requirements and 6.00 % of the leverage exposure for a transition period until December 31, 2021. Thereafter, the higher-of 18 % of risk weighted assets plus the combined buffer requirements and 6.75   % of the leverage exposure are to be met.

    MREL ratio development

    As of December 31, 2020, TLOF were € 1,019 billion and available MREL were € 109 billion, corresponding to a ratio of 10.67 %. This means that Deutsche Bank has a comfortable MREL surplus of € 21 billion above our MREL requirement of € 87 billion (i.e. 8.58 % of TLOF). € 105 billion of our available MREL were own funds and subordinated liabilities, corresponding to a MREL subordination ratio of 10.31 %, a buffer of € 43 billion over our subordination requirement of € 62 billion (i.e. 6.11 % of TLOF). Compared to December 31, 2019 the surpluses above both our MREL requirement and our subordinated MREL requirement have been reduced to more moderate levels. This was achieved through new issuances not fully replacing eligible liabilities falling below the one year maturity threshold for MREL eligibility. This also impacted the development of the TLAC ratio.

    126

    TLAC ratio development

    As of December 31, 2020, TLAC was € 105 billion and the corresponding TLAC ratios were 31.9 % (RWA based) and 9.7 % (Leverage exposure based). This means that Deutsche Bank has a comfortable TLAC surplus of € 38 billion over its total loss absorbing capacity minimum requirement of € 67 billion (20.52 % RWA based).

    MREL and TLAC disclosure

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Regulatory capital elements of TLAC/MREL

    Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET 1)

    44,700

    44,148

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

    6,848

    6,397

    Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

    Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments before TLAC/MREL adjustments

    6,944

    5,957

    Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments adjustments for TLAC/MREL

    518

    16

    Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments eligible under TLAC/MREL

    7,462

    5,973

    Total regulatory capital elements of TLAC/MREL

    59,010

    56,519

    Other elements of TLAC/MREL

    Senior non-preferred plain vanilla

    46,048

    55,803

    Holdings of eligible liabilities instruments of other G-SIIs (TLAC only)

    0

    Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)

    105,058

    112,322

    Add back of holdings of eligible liabilities instruments of other G-SIIs (TLAC only)

    0

    0

    Available Own Funds and subordinated Eligible Liabilities (subordinated MREL)

    105,058

    112,322

    Senior preferred plain vanilla

    3,658

    2,856

    Available Minimum Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL)

    108,716

    115,178

    Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)

    328,951

    324,015

    Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE)

    1,078,268

    1,168,040

    Total liabilities and own funds after prudential netting (TLOF)

    1,018,558

    995,513

    TLAC ratio

    TLAC ratio (as percentage of RWA)

    31.94

    34.67

    TLAC requirement (as percentage of RWA)

    20.52

    20.58

    TLAC ratio (as percentage of Leverage Exposure)

    9.74

    9.62

    TLAC requirement (as percentage of Leverage Exposure)

    6.00

    6.00

    TLAC surplus over RWA requirement

    37,562

    45,639

    TLAC surplus over LRE requirement

    40,362

    42,239

    MREL subordination

    MREL subordination ratio (as percentage of TLOF)

    10.31

    11.28

    MREL subordination requirement (as percentage of TLOF)

    6.11

    6.11

    Surplus over MREL subordination requirement

    42,824

    51,496

    MREL ratio

    MREL ratio (as percentage of TLOF)

    10.67

    11.57

    MREL requirement (as percentage of TLOF)

    8.58

    8.58

    MREL surplus over requirement

    21,323

    29,763

    Own Funds and Eligible Liabilities

    In order to meet the MREL and TLAC requirement, Deutsche Bank needs to ensure that a sufficient amount of eligible instruments is maintained. Instruments eligible for MREL and TLAC are regulatory capital instruments (“own funds”) and liabilities that meet certain criteria, which are referred to as eligible liabilities.

    Own funds used for MREL and TLAC include the full amount of Tier 2 capital instruments with a remaining maturity of greater than 1 year and less than 5 years which are reflected in regulatory capital on a pro-rata basis only.

    127

    Eligible liabilities are liabilities issued out of the resolution entity Deutsche Bank AG that meet eligibility criteria which are supposed to ensure that they are structurally suited as loss-absorbing capital. As a result, eligible liabilities exclude deposits which are covered by an deposit protection scheme or which are preferred under German insolvency law (e.g., deposits from private individuals as well as small and medium-size enterprises). Among other things, secured liabilities, derivatives liabilities and debt instruments with embedded derivatives (e.g. structured notes) are generally excluded as well. In addition, eligible liabilities must have a remaining time to maturity of at least one year and must either be issued under the law of a Member State of the European Union or must include a bail-in clause in their contractual terms to make write-down or conversion effective. As a consequence, € 4 bn eligible liabilities issued under UK law will lose recognition for MREL after Brexit starting January 2021 in case they are issued after January 1, 2015 (the effective date of the German transposition of the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive) and do not include an enforceable and effective bail-in clause

    In addition, eligible liabilities need to be subordinated in order to be counted against the TLAC and new MREL subordination requirements. Effective January 1, 2017, the German Banking Act provided for a new class of statutorily subordinated debt securities that rank as “senior non-preferred” below the bank’s other senior liabilities (but in priority to the bank’s contractually subordinated liabilities, such as those qualifying as Tier 2 instruments). Following a harmonization effort by the European Union implemented in Germany effective July 21, 2018, banks are permitted to now decide if a specific issuance of eligible senior debt will be in the non-preferred or in the preferred category. Any such “senior non-preferred” debt instruments issued by Deutsche Bank AG under such new rules rank on parity with its outstanding debt instruments that were classified as “senior non-preferred” under the prior rules. All of these “senior non-preferred” issuances meet the TLAC and MREL subordination criteria.

    Credit risk exposure

    We define our credit exposure by taking into account all transactions where losses might occur due to the fact that counterparties may not fulfill their contractual payment obligations as defined under ‘Credit Risk Framework’.

    Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk

    The maximum exposure to credit risk table shows the direct exposure before consideration of associated collateral held and other credit enhancements (netting and hedges) that do not qualify for offset in our financial statements for the periods specified. The netting credit enhancement component includes the effects of legally enforceable netting agreements as well as the offset of negative mark-to-markets from derivatives against pledged cash collateral. The collateral credit enhancement component mainly includes real estate, collateral in the form of cash as well as securities-related collateral. In relation to collateral we apply internally determined haircuts and additionally cap all collateral values at the level of the respective collateralized exposure.

    128

    Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk

    Dec 31, 2020

    Credit Enhancements

    in € m.

    Maximum exposure to credit risk1

    Subject to impairment

    Netting

    Collateral

    Guarantees and Credit derivatives2

    Total credit enhancements

    Financial assets at amortized cost3

    Cash and central bank balances

    166,211

    166,211

    0

    0

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    9,132

    9,132

    0

    0

    0

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    8,535

    8,535

    8,173

    8,173

    Securities borrowed

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Loans

    431,503

    431,503

    228,513

    30,119

    258,632

    Other assets subject to credit risk4,5

    96,355

    85,106

    43,277

    902

    55

    44,234

    Total financial assets at amortized cost3

    711,736

    700,487

    43,277

    237,588

    30,174

    311,039

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss6

    Trading assets

    94,757

    2,998

    1,248

    4,246

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    343,493

    262,525

    52,329

    83

    314,937

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    75,116

    993

    62,036

    244

    63,273

    Of which:

    Securities purchased under resale agreement

    46,057

    993

    44,967

    0

    45,960

    Securities borrowed

    17,009

    16,730

    0

    16,730

    Loans

    2,192

    272

    244

    516

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    437

    0

    0

    0

    Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    513,803

    263,518

    117,363

    1,575

    382,456

    Financial assets at fair value through OCI

    55,834

    55,834

    0

    1,581

    1,153

    2,734

    Of which:

    Securities purchased under resale agreement

    1,543

    1,543

    0

    0

    0

    Securities borrowed

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Loans

    4,635

    4,635

    1,581

    1,153

    2,734

    Total financial assets at fair value through OCI

    55,834

    55,834

    1,581

    1,153

    2,734

    Financial guarantees and other credit related contingent liabilities7

    47,978

    47,978

    2,327

    6,157

    8,484

    Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments and other credit related commitments7

    215,877

    214,898

    15,345

    5,779

    21,124

    Total off-balance sheet

    263,855

    262,876

    17,672

    11,936

    29,608

    Maximum exposure to credit risk

    1,545,228

    1,019,197

    306,795

    374,204

    44,838

    725,837

    1Does not include credit derivative notional sold (€ 395,636 million) and credit derivative notional bought protection.

    2Bought Credit protection is reflected with the notional of the underlying.

    3All amounts at gross value before deductions of allowance for credit losses.

    4All amounts at amortized cost (gross) except for qualifying hedge derivatives, which are reflected at Fair value through P&L.

    5Includes Asset Held for Sale regardless of accounting classification.

    6Excludes equities, other equity interests and commodities.

    7Figures are reflected at notional amounts.

    129

    Dec 31, 2019

    Credit Enhancements

    in € m.

    Maximum exposure to credit risk1

    Subject to impairment

    Netting

    Collateral

    Guarantees and Credit derivatives2

    Total credit enhancements

    Financial assets at amortized cost3

    Cash and central bank balances

    137,596

    137,596

    0

    0

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    9,642

    9,642

    0

    0

    0

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    13,800

    13,800

    13,650

    13,650

    Securities borrowed

    428

    428

    303

    303

    Loans

    433,834

    433,834

    228,620

    27,984

    256,605

    Other assets subject to credit risk4,5

    96,779

    85,028

    37,267

    1,524

    42

    38,833

    Total financial assets at amortized cost3

    692,079

    680,328

    37,267

    244,098

    28,026

    309,392

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss6

    Trading assets

    93,369

    1,480

    861

    2,340

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    332,931

    262,326

    48,608

    134

    311,068

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    84,359

    853

    69,645

    259

    70,757

    Of which:

    Securities purchased under resale agreement

    53,366

    853

    51,659

    0

    52,512

    Securities borrowed

    17,918

    17,599

    0

    17,599

    Loans

    3,174

    290

    259

    550

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    7

    0

    0

    0

    Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    510,665

    263,180

    119,732

    1,254

    384,166

    Financial assets at fair value through OCI

    45,503

    45,503

    0

    1,622

    1,267

    2,889

    Of which:

    Securities purchased under resale agreement

    1,415

    1,415

    0

    0

    0

    Securities borrowed

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Loans

    4,874

    4,874

    1,622

    1,267

    2,889

    Total financial assets at fair value through OCI

    45,503

    45,503

    1,622

    1,267

    2,889

    Financial guarantees and other credit related contingent liabilities7

    49,232

    49,232

    2,994

    6,138

    9,132

    Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments and other credit related commitments7

    211,440

    209,986

    15,217

    4,984

    20,202

    Total off-balance sheet

    260,672

    259,218

    18,211

    11,122

    29,333

    Maximum exposure to credit risk

    1,508,920

    985,049

    300,447

    383,663

    41,670

    725,780

    1Does not include credit derivative notional sold (€ 356,362 million) and credit derivative notional bought protection.

    2Bought Credit protection is reflected with the notional of the underlying.

    3All amounts at gross value before deductions of allowance for credit losses.

    4All amounts at amortized cost (gross) except for qualifying hedge derivatives, which are reflected at Fair value through P&L.

    5Includes Asset Held for Sale regardless of accounting classification.

    6Excludes equities, other equity interests and commodities.

    7Figures are reflected at notional amounts.

    The overall increase in maximum exposure to credit risk for December 31, 2020 was € 36.6 billion mainly driven by an increase of € 28.6 billion in cash and central bank balances, € 10.5 billion in positive market values from derivatives and € 10.3 billion in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, mainly in debt securities. These increases were offset by reductions in central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed across all applicable measurement categories by € 13.8 billion and loans at amortized cost by € 2.3 billion.

    Included in the category of trading assets as of December 31, 2020, were traded bonds of € 83.5 billion(€ 80.7 billion as of December 31, 2019) of which over 84 % were investment-grade (over 81 % as of December 31, 2019).

    Credit Enhancements are split into three categories: netting, collateral and guarantees / credit derivatives. Haircuts, parameter setting for regular margin calls as well as expert judgments for collateral valuation are employed to prevent market developments from leading to a build-up of uncollateralized exposures. All categories are monitored and reviewed regularly. Overall credit enhancements received are diversified and of adequate quality being largely cash, highly rated government bonds and third-party guarantees mostly from well rated banks and insurance companies. These financial institutions are domiciled mainly in European countries and the United States. Furthermore we have collateral pools of highly liquid assets and mortgages (principally consisting of residential properties mainly in Germany) for the homogeneous retail portfolio.

    130

    Main credit exposure categories

    The tables in this section show details about several of our main credit exposure categories, namely Loans, Revocable and Irrevocable Lending Commitments, Contingent Liabilities Over-The-Counter (“OTC”) Derivatives, Debt Securities and Repo and repo-style transactions:

    Although considered in the monitoring of maximum credit exposures, the following are not included in the details of our main credit exposure: brokerage and securities related receivables, cash and central bank balances, interbank balances (without central banks), assets held for sale, accrued interest receivables, traditional securitization positions. Consequently, the gross exposure of OTC derivatives (prior to netting and cash collateral) as of December 31, 2020 of € 1.4 billion (€ 1.8 billion as of December 31, 2019) which is part of the “asset held for sale” classification is not included in our main credit exposure. This exposure is associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas. For further information please refer to Note 24 “Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale” to the consolidated financial statement.

    Main Credit Exposure Categories by Business Divisions

    Dec 31, 2020

    Loans

    Off-balance sheet

    OTC derivatives

    in € m.

    at amortized cost1

    trading - at fair value through P&L

    Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI2

    Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

    Contingent liabilities

    at fair value through P&L4

    Corporate Bank

    114,491

    621

    784

    4,393

    130,690

    44,293

    299

    Investment Bank

    69,309

    6,366

    1,618

    220

    45,053

    1,889

    22,533

    Private Bank

    237,194

    0

    7

    0

    37,315

    1,625

    440

    Asset Management

    20

    0

    0

    0

    121

    9

    0

    Capital Release Unit

    2,807

    1,352

    220

    22

    1,592

    38

    9,388

    Corporate & Other

    7,682

    0

    0

    0

    1,106

    123

    268

    Total

    431,503

    8,339

    2,629

    4,635

    215,877

    47,978

    32,928

    Dec 31, 2020

    Debt Securities

    Repo and repo-style transactions7

    Total

    in € m.

    at amortized cost5

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI6

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Corporate Bank

    733

    68

    0

    345

    0

    0

    296,717

    Investment Bank

    2,078

    86,579

    980

    7,356

    59,974

    0

    303,956

    Private Bank

    521

    2

    1

    10

    0

    0

    277,115

    Asset Management

    0

    2,850

    198

    0

    0

    0

    3,198

    Capital Release Unit

    0

    1,404

    0

    1

    3,091

    0

    19,915

    Corporate & Other

    9,294

    4,443

    48,476

    824

    0

    1,543

    73,760

    Total

    12,625

    95,347

    49,656

    8,535

    63,066

    1,543

    974,661

    1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 11.9 billion as of December 31, 2020.

    2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 90.3 million as of December 31, 2020

    3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.6 billion as of December 31, 2020.

    4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

    5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 360.4 million as of December 31, 2020.

    6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 15.1 million as of December 31, 2020.

    7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

    131

    Dec 31, 2019

    Loans

    Off-balance sheet

    OTC derivatives

    in € m.

    at amortized cost1

    trading - at fair value through P&L

    Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI2

    Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

    Contingent liabilities

    at fair value through P&L4

    Corporate Bank

    118,311

    427

    480

    4,549

    120,073

    44,917

    216

    Investment Bank

    75,145

    10,091

    1,597

    174

    51,701

    2,005

    13,506

    Private Bank

    229,746

    (0)

    7

    0

    35,550

    1,996

    262

    Asset Management

    57

    0

    0

    0

    121

    10

    2

    Capital Release Unit

    3,555

    1,827

    1,096

    150

    2,901

    51

    13,904

    Corporate & Other

    7,020

    0

    0

    0

    1,094

    253

    148

    Total

    433,834

    12,346

    3,181

    4,874

    211,440

    49,232

    28,039

    Dec 31, 2019

    Debt Securities

    Repo and repo-style transactions7

    Total

    in € m.

    at amortized cost5

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI6

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Corporate Bank

    859

    14

    0

    583

    0

    0

    290,429

    Investment Bank

    2,242

    83,039

    543

    7,842

    68,199

    0

    316,085

    Private Bank

    4,019

    18

    2,951

    4,082

    0

    0

    278,632

    Asset Management

    0

    556

    0

    0

    0

    0

    746

    Capital Release Unit

    61

    1,440

    9

    521

    3,085

    0

    28,601

    Corporate & Other

    17,119

    4,767

    35,712

    1,201

    0

    1,415

    68,728

    Total

    24,300

    89,835

    39,214

    14,228

    71,284

    1,415

    983,222

    1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.6 billion as of December 31, 2019.

    2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 22 million as of December 31, 2019

    3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 1.4 billion as of December 31, 2019.

    4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

    5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 96 million as of December 31, 2019.

    6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1.4 million as of December 31, 2019.

    7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

    Our total credit exposure decreased by € 8.6 billion year-on-year.

    132

    Main Credit Exposure Categories by Industry Sectors

    The below tables give an overview of our credit exposure by industry based on the NACE code of the counterparty. NACE (Nomenclature des Activités Économiques dans la Communauté Européenne) is a standard European industry classification system and does not have to be congruent with an internal risk based view applied elsewhere in this report.

    Dec 31, 2020

    Loans

    Off-balance sheet

    OTC derivatives

    in € m.

    at amortized cost1

    trading - at fair value through P&L

    Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI2

    Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

    Contingent liabilities

    at fair value through P&L4

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    637

    0

    0

    0

    544

    40

    3

    Mining and quarrying

    2,871

    250

    8

    15

    5,148

    1,370

    34

    Manufacturing

    26,050

    525

    354

    1,111

    52,722

    10,314

    4,677

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    3,419

    295

    51

    0

    5,080

    1,783

    614

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    681

    0

    0

    0

    396

    156

    80

    Construction

    4,440

    243

    2

    22

    2,672

    2,490

    438

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    20,697

    330

    83

    913

    15,672

    5,025

    614

    Transport and storage

    5,575

    427

    69

    312

    5,235

    978

    715

    Accommodation and food service activities

    2,427

    60

    0

    27

    1,203

    158

    27

    Information and communication

    5,525

    308

    3

    404

    14,030

    2,072

    887

    Financial and insurance activities

    84,724

    2,860

    1,823

    813

    56,024

    19,467

    18,042

    Real estate activities

    36,571

    989

    46

    339

    5,776

    312

    1,401

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    7,707

    228

    0

    12

    4,919

    1,915

    147

    Administrative and support service activities

    9,112

    333

    66

    56

    4,266

    453

    672

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    6,139

    828

    13

    433

    2,983

    93

    3,094

    Education

    205

    0

    0

    0

    126

    14

    459

    Human health services and social work activities

    3,436

    68

    26

    0

    2,373

    127

    484

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    929

    22

    0

    0

    1,105

    59

    30

    Other service activities

    5,353

    551

    84

    177

    4,305

    877

    131

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    205,004

    22

    0

    2

    31,298

    272

    325

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2

    54

    Total

    431,503

    8,339

    2,629

    4,635

    215,877

    47,978

    32,928

    133

    Dec 31, 2020

    Debt Securities

    Repo and repo-style transactions7

    Total

    in € m.

    at amortized cost5

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI6

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    0

    6

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,230

    Mining and quarrying

    0

    354

    2

    0

    0

    0

    10,053

    Manufacturing

    0

    995

    39

    0

    0

    0

    96,788

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    0

    437

    1

    0

    0

    0

    11,679

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    0

    40

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,354

    Construction

    0

    565

    70

    0

    0

    0

    10,944

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    0

    213

    2

    0

    0

    0

    43,548

    Transport and storage

    203

    811

    26

    0

    0

    0

    14,351

    Accommodation and food service activities

    0

    63

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,964

    Information and communication

    8

    514

    5

    0

    0

    0

    23,756

    Financial and insurance activities

    3,167

    20,866

    8,114

    8,428

    61,801

    1,543

    287,672

    Real estate activities

    333

    3,047

    109

    0

    0

    0

    48,924

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    25

    105

    25

    8

    0

    0

    15,091

    Administrative and support service activities

    36

    270

    3

    99

    0

    0

    15,367

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    8,670

    61,459

    40,574

    0

    1,089

    0

    125,374

    Education

    0

    120

    21

    0

    0

    0

    945

    Human health services and social work activities

    0

    473

    0

    0

    0

    0

    6,987

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    31

    83

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,258

    Other service activities

    110

    3,654

    162

    0

    176

    0

    15,580

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    236,923

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    40

    1,272

    503

    0

    0

    0

    1,873

    Total

    12,625

    95,347

    49,656

    8,535

    63,066

    1,543

    974,661

    1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 11.9 billion as of December 31, 2020.

    2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 90.3 million as of December 31, 2020

    3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.6 billion as of December 31, 2020.

    4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

    5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 360.4 million as of December 31, 2020.

    6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 15.1 million as of December 31, 2020.

    7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

    134

    Dec 31, 2019

    Loans

    Off-balance sheet

    OTC derivatives

    in € m.

    at amortized cost1

    trading - at fair value through P&L

    Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI2

    Revocable and irrevocable lending commitments3

    Contingent liabilities

    at fair value through P&L4

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    676

    0

    0

    0

    874

    39

    1

    Mining and quarrying

    2,537

    274

    135

    80

    4,606

    1,223

    22

    Manufacturing

    28,412

    418

    84

    1,285

    51,627

    12,180

    1,169

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    4,115

    401

    60

    0

    5,774

    1,630

    589

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    833

    10

    0

    0

    486

    136

    68

    Construction

    3,810

    259

    27

    14

    2,876

    2,174

    364

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    20,990

    624

    97

    858

    12,669

    5,087

    306

    Transport and storage

    4,872

    534

    54

    150

    5,066

    996

    1,213

    Accommodation and food service activities

    2,565

    40

    0

    29

    1,935

    191

    49

    Information and communication

    5,783

    434

    1

    358

    14,460

    2,640

    919

    Financial and insurance activities

    90,962

    4,015

    2,521

    936

    57,295

    19,036

    17,286

    Real estate activities

    41,670

    3,236

    49

    198

    5,600

    306

    1,516

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    7,307

    91

    0

    32

    4,429

    1,890

    48

    Administrative and support service activities

    6,833

    102

    106

    22

    4,070

    373

    502

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    6,437

    1,071

    15

    489

    2,650

    109

    2,586

    Education

    327

    0

    0

    0

    95

    18

    397

    Human health services and social work activities

    3,503

    63

    2

    63

    2,476

    124

    352

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    843

    24

    0

    0

    1,309

    44

    23

    Other service activities

    4,677

    707

    24

    358

    3,428

    733

    130

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    196,680

    45

    5

    2

    29,713

    301

    324

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    3

    0

    0

    0

    3

    4

    176

    Total

    433,834

    12,346

    3,181

    4,874

    211,440

    49,232

    28,039

    135

    Dec 31, 2019

    Debt Securities

    Repo and repo-style transactions7

    Total

    in € m.

    at amortized cost5

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI6

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    0

    4

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,593

    Mining and quarrying

    115

    369

    7

    0

    0

    0

    9,369

    Manufacturing

    371

    1,029

    51

    0

    0

    0

    96,626

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    420

    668

    1

    0

    0

    0

    13,659

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    5

    27

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,565

    Construction

    26

    263

    68

    0

    0

    0

    9,880

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    68

    226

    15

    0

    0

    0

    40,938

    Transport and storage

    194

    431

    47

    0

    0

    0

    13,557

    Accommodation and food service activities

    21

    33

    0

    0

    0

    0

    4,863

    Information and communication

    126

    478

    36

    0

    9

    0

    25,244

    Financial and insurance activities

    7,915

    18,296

    11,118

    14,228

    70,224

    1,415

    315,247

    Real estate activities

    387

    2,327

    81

    0

    0

    0

    55,371

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    10

    194

    10

    0

    0

    0

    14,009

    Administrative and support service activities

    59

    133

    3

    0

    0

    0

    12,203

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    12,492

    59,381

    24,814

    0

    948

    0

    110,992

    Education

    0

    194

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,032

    Human health services and social work activities

    0

    461

    0

    0

    0

    0

    7,044

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    55

    125

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,423

    Other service activities

    143

    3,421

    246

    0

    5

    0

    13,871

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    227,071

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    1,893

    1,772

    2,718

    0

    96

    0

    6,665

    Total

    24,300

    89,835

    39,214

    14,228

    71,284

    1,415

    983,222

    1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.6 billion as of December 31, 2019.

    2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 22 million as of December 31, 2019

    3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 1.4 billion as of December 31, 2019.

    4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

    5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 96 million as of December 31, 2019.

    6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1.4 million as of December 31, 2019.

    7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

    The portfolio is subject to the same credit underwriting requirements stipulated in our “Principles for Managing Credit Risk”, including various controls according to single name, country, industry and product/asset class-specific concentration.

    Material transactions, such as loans underwritten with the intention to sell down or distribute part of the risk to third parties, are subject to review and approval by senior credit risk management professionals and (depending upon size) an underwriting committee and/or the Management Board. High emphasis is placed on structuring and pricing such transactions so that de-risking can be achieved in a timely manner and – where DB takes market price risk – to mitigate such market risk.

    Our amortized cost loan exposure within above categories is mostly to good quality borrowers. Moreover, with the focus on the Corporate Bank and Investment Bank, loan exposure is subject to further risk mitigation through our Strategic Corporate Lending unit (“SCL”).

    Our household loans exposure is principally associated with our Private Bank portfolios.

    136

    Our amortized cost loan exposure of € 36.5 billion to Real Estate activities above is based on NACE code classification. We also provide an understanding of our Commercial Real Estate exposures across the Commercial Real Estate Group, APAC CRE exposures in the Investment Bank and non-recourse CRE business in the Corporate Bank. Please refer to the chapter “Focus Industries in light of COVID-19 Pandemic” for further information on Commercial Real Estate exposures.

    Our commercial real estate loans, primarily originated in the U.S. and Europe, are generally secured by first mortgages on the underlying real estate property. Deutsche Bank originates fixed and floating rate loans and selectively acquires (generally at substantial discount) sub- /non-performing loans sold by financial institutions. The underwriting process is stringent and the exposure is managed under separate portfolio limits. Credit underwriting policy guidelines provide that LTV ratios of generally less than 75 % are maintained. Additionally, given the significance of the underlying collateral, independent external appraisals are commissioned for all secured loans by a valuation team (part of the independent Credit Risk Management function) which is also responsible for reviewing and challenging the reported real estate values regularly. Deutsche Bank originates loans for distribution in the banking market or via securitization. In this context Deutsche Bank frequently retains a portion of the syndicated loans while securitized positions may be entirely sold (except where regulation requires retention of economic risk). Mezzanine or other junior tranches of debt are retained only in exceptional cases. The bank also participates in conservatively underwritten unsecured lines of credit to well-capitalized real estate investment trusts and other real estate operating companies.

    Commercial real estate property valuations and rental incomes can be significantly impacted by macro-economic conditions and idiosyncratic events affecting the underlying properties. Accordingly, the portfolio is categorized as higher risk and hence subject to the aforementioned tight restrictions on concentration.

    Our credit exposure to our ten largest counterparties accounted for 9 % of our aggregated total credit exposure in these categories as of December 31, 2020 compared with 8 % as of December 31, 2019. Our top ten counterparty exposures were with well-rated counterparties or otherwise related to structured trades which show high levels of risk mitigation.

    Overall credit exposure to the industry sector Financial and Insurance Activities comprises of predominantly investment-grade exposures. The total Loans across all applicable measurement categories amounts to € 90.2 billion, Total Repo and repo style transaction across all applicable measurement categories amounts to € 71.8 billion and off balance sheet activities amounts to € 75.5 billion as of December 31, 2020 within Financial and Insurance activities and is principally associated with Investment Bank and Corporate Bank Portfolios, the same are majorly held in North America and Europe region.

    Main credit exposure categories by geographical region

    Dec 31, 2020

    Loans

    Off-balance sheet

    OTC derivatives

    in € m.

    at amortized cost1

    trading - at fair value through P&L

    Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI2

    Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments3

    Contingent liabilities

    at fair value through P&L4

    Europe

    317,281

    3,092

    1,519

    1,615

    128,440

    29,529

    20,283

    Of which:

    Germany

    224,274

    340

    57

    347

    75,531

    12,195

    1,715

    United Kingdom

    5,796

    160

    341

    64

    9,820

    2,327

    7,102

    France

    3,460

    65

    33

    187

    6,103

    1,383

    1,331

    Luxembourg

    10,097

    546

    252

    0

    4,839

    1,251

    701

    Italy

    23,442

    340

    66

    0

    3,600

    3,888

    1,854

    Netherlands

    9,679

    79

    222

    554

    9,890

    1,727

    1,942

    Spain

    17,134

    304

    0

    28

    3,755

    2,763

    1,094

    Ireland

    4,173

    190

    200

    127

    2,023

    200

    465

    Switzerland

    6,817

    39

    19

    150

    4,518

    1,762

    268

    Poland

    2,421

    0

    1

    0

    374

    128

    17

    Belgium

    1,133

    4

    0

    53

    1,566

    679

    295

    Other Europe

    8,856

    1,025

    327

    103

    6,420

    1,226

    3,497

    North America

    73,742

    3,266

    841

    1,896

    78,079

    7,430

    9,420

    Of which:

    U.S.

    61,137

    2,926

    784

    1,792

    73,215

    7,033

    8,496

    Cayman Islands

    3,790

    113

    3

    0

    2,131

    25

    246

    Canada

    887

    37

    0

    91

    1,790

    47

    303

    Other North America

    7,928

    191

    54

    13

    943

    326

    374

    Asia/Pacific

    34,194

    1,248

    237

    992

    7,813

    9,960

    2,766

    Of which:

    Japan

    1,385

    17

    0

    89

    415

    483

    312

    Australia

    1,525

    258

    36

    35

    1,785

    367

    542

    India

    6,355

    54

    21

    32

    1,110

    2,253

    149

    China

    4,764

    6

    149

    46

    684

    1,780

    658

    Singapore

    5,309

    210

    30

    28

    918

    685

    248

    Hong Kong

    2,872

    109

    0

    61

    986

    671

    186

    Other Asia/Pacific

    11,984

    593

    0

    702

    1,914

    3,721

    670

    Other geographical areas

    6,285

    734

    31

    133

    1,545

    1,059

    460

    Total

    431,503

    8,339

    2,629

    4,635

    215,877

    47,978

    32,928

    137

    Dec 31, 2020

    Debt Securities

    Repo and repo-style transactions7

    Total

    in € m.

    at amortized cost5

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI6

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Europe

    2,468

    46,446

    31,868

    2,180

    21,696

    498

    606,915

    Of which:

    Germany

    544

    8,257

    10,467

    263

    1,078

    10

    335,078

    United Kingdom

    890

    7,980

    2,776

    0

    11,352

    0

    48,607

    France

    2

    8,136

    5,216

    0

    5,981

    0

    31,898

    Luxembourg

    41

    2,509

    1,412

    0

    819

    0

    22,466

    Italy

    117

    5,908

    1,496

    108

    478

    0

    41,297

    Netherlands

    112

    3,486

    118

    0

    33

    0

    27,843

    Spain

    0

    3,053

    3,088

    1,077

    500

    0

    32,796

    Ireland

    680

    1,415

    136

    0

    396

    0

    10,004

    Switzerland

    4

    637

    4

    0

    79

    0

    14,299

    Poland

    0

    112

    1,993

    0

    0

    0

    5,047

    Belgium

    40

    1,575

    1,616

    0

    5

    0

    6,966

    Other Europe

    38

    3,380

    3,546

    731

    975

    488

    30,612

    North America

    7,727

    27,547

    11,798

    2,780

    31,907

    0

    256,433

    Of which:

    U.S.

    7,351

    26,408

    11,197

    1,814

    29,370

    0

    231,523

    Cayman Islands

    359

    567

    0

    885

    2,086

    0

    10,206

    Canada

    0

    417

    543

    0

    451

    0

    4,567

    Other North America

    16

    155

    58

    81

    0

    0

    10,137

    Asia/Pacific

    2,431

    19,246

    5,740

    3,353

    9,426

    646

    98,052

    Of which:

    Japan

    64

    2,807

    25

    0

    6,283

    0

    11,881

    Australia

    1,545

    2,535

    860

    0

    659

    0

    10,149

    India

    349

    3,284

    2,047

    0

    128

    396

    16,177

    China

    0

    3,012

    309

    0

    421

    0

    11,830

    Singapore

    78

    2,067

    472

    0

    105

    0

    10,152

    Hong Kong

    207

    725

    286

    60

    12

    0

    6,175

    Other Asia/Pacific

    188

    4,816

    1,740

    3,293

    1,817

    250

    31,689

    Other geographical areas

    0

    2,107

    250

    223

    37

    399

    13,262

    Total

    12,625

    95,347

    49,656

    8,535

    63,066

    1,543

    974,661

    1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 11.9 billion as of December 31, 2020.

    2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 90.3 million as of December 31, 2020

    3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 2.6 billion as of December 31, 2020.

    4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

    5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 360.4 million as of December 31, 2020.

    6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 15.1 million as of December 31, 2020.

    7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

    138

    Dec 31, 2019

    Loans

    Off-balance sheet

    OTC derivatives

    in € m.

    at amortized cost1

    trading - at fair value through P&L

    Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI2

    Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments3

    Contingent liabilities

    at fair value through P&L4

    Europe

    307,871

    4,469

    2,435

    1,778

    114,586

    29,836

    18,964

    Of which:

    Germany

    214,155

    316

    5

    245

    65,468

    12,078

    1,572

    United Kingdom

    7,927

    607

    373

    230

    7,960

    2,587

    6,337

    France

    3,106

    70

    0

    209

    5,905

    1,322

    1,264

    Luxembourg

    8,320

    1,193

    1,084

    46

    4,374

    652

    859

    Italy

    22,347

    298

    109

    0

    3,127

    3,721

    1,389

    Netherlands

    9,679

    83

    162

    457

    9,015

    1,805

    2,123

    Spain

    17,265

    257

    54

    59

    2,262

    3,246

    916

    Ireland

    4,783

    157

    280

    124

    2,241

    172

    545

    Switzerland

    6,818

    30

    85

    262

    5,880

    2,213

    194

    Poland

    2,771

    0

    5

    0

    316

    130

    60

    Belgium

    1,347

    0

    0

    67

    1,773

    421

    285

    Other Europe

    9,352

    1,458

    279

    78

    6,267

    1,489

    3,420

    North America

    79,522

    4,543

    483

    2,155

    88,260

    8,332

    6,628

    Of which:

    U.S.

    66,991

    3,891

    389

    2,016

    83,894

    7,842

    4,943

    Cayman Islands

    3,560

    318

    30

    0

    764

    20

    481

    Canada

    1,155

    23

    0

    116

    2,230

    81

    1,007

    Other North America

    7,816

    310

    64

    22

    1,371

    389

    197

    Asia/Pacific

    39,584

    1,780

    248

    820

    6,962

    9,652

    1,946

    Of which:

    Japan

    1,752

    16

    0

    112

    599

    333

    405

    Australia

    1,577

    320

    63

    0

    1,587

    104

    357

    India

    7,717

    126

    149

    0

    646

    2,392

    128

    China

    4,816

    38

    0

    45

    725

    1,503

    308

    Singapore

    5,722

    185

    37

    30

    761

    833

    210

    Hong Kong

    4,315

    380

    0

    18

    1,182

    628

    146

    Other Asia/Pacific

    13,685

    714

    0

    614

    1,461

    3,860

    392

    Other geographical areas

    6,857

    1,554

    14

    122

    1,632

    1,412

    501

    Total

    433,834

    12,346

    3,181

    4,874

    211,440

    49,232

    28,039

    139

    Dec 31, 2019

    Debt Securities

    Repo and repo-style transactions7

    Total

    in € m.

    at amortized cost5

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI6

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Europe

    11,267

    37,936

    24,791

    7,884

    15,046

    390

    577,251

    Of which:

    Germany

    3,986

    5,353

    6,864

    4,488

    661

    28

    315,219

    United Kingdom

    2,647

    9,712

    2,273

    604

    6,522

    0

    47,778

    France

    705

    4,714

    6,302

    319

    2,748

    0

    26,664

    Luxembourg

    969

    3,094

    3,099

    121

    861

    0

    24,673

    Italy

    288

    5,388

    916

    144

    679

    0

    38,406

    Netherlands

    726

    2,051

    584

    297

    100

    0

    27,082

    Spain

    139

    2,010

    513

    1,082

    501

    0

    28,303

    Ireland

    636

    1,321

    19

    0

    1,140

    0

    11,418

    Switzerland

    51

    679

    101

    0

    69

    0

    16,382

    Poland

    0

    30

    1,988

    0

    0

    0

    5,301

    Belgium

    204

    854

    577

    0

    0

    0

    5,528

    Other Europe

    917

    2,730

    1,554

    829

    1,765

    362

    30,499

    North America

    9,985

    31,654

    8,325

    3,140

    42,038

    0

    285,065

    Of which:

    U.S.

    9,574

    30,600

    7,718

    1,750

    19,661

    0

    239,267

    Cayman Islands

    393

    509

    9

    1,293

    22,132

    0

    29,510

    Canada

    0

    277

    599

    0

    240

    0

    5,730

    Other North America

    18

    268

    0

    97

    5

    0

    10,558

    Asia/Pacific

    3,048

    18,130

    5,471

    3,114

    13,980

    659

    105,394

    Of which:

    Japan

    69

    2,582

    9

    173

    9,451

    0

    15,500

    Australia

    1,906

    3,867

    653

    155

    331

    94

    11,014

    India

    656

    1,862

    1,998

    0

    202

    306

    16,182

    China

    0

    1,345

    0

    0

    983

    0

    9,763

    Singapore

    11

    1,305

    874

    0

    290

    0

    10,260

    Hong Kong

    224

    517

    287

    0

    1

    0

    7,699

    Other Asia/Pacific

    182

    6,653

    1,649

    2,786

    2,721

    258

    34,977

    Other geographical areas

    0

    2,115

    627

    90

    220

    367

    15,512

    Total

    24,300

    89,835

    39,214

    14,228

    71,284

    1,415

    983,222

    1Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at amortized cost amounting to € 9.6 billion as of December 31, 2019.

    2Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI loans at fair value through OCI amounting to € 22 million as of December 31, 2019

    3Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI off-balance sheet exposure amounting to € 1.4 billion as of December 31, 2019.

    4Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable. Excludes derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

    5Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at amortized cost amounting to € 96 million as of December 31, 2019.

    6Includes stage 3 and stage 3 POCI debt securities at fair value through OCI amounting to € 1.4 million as of December 31, 2019.

    7Before reflection of collateral and limited to securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

    The tables above give an overview of our credit exposure by geographical region, allocated based on the counterparty’s country of domicile, see also section “Credit Exposure to Certain Eurozone Countries” of this report for a detailed discussion of the “country of domicile view”. Aforementioned domicile view does not have to be congruent with an internal risk based view applied elsewhere in this report

    Our largest concentration of credit risk within loans from a regional perspective is in our home market Germany, with a significant share in households, which includes the majority of our mortgage lending and home loan business.

    Within OTC derivatives, tradable assets as well as repo and repo-style transactions, our largest concentrations from a regional perspective were in Europe and North America .


    140

    Credit exposure to certain Eurozone countries

    Certain Eurozone countries are presented within the table below due to previous focus relating to sovereign risk.

    In our “country of domicile view” we aggregate credit risk exposures to counterparties by allocating them to the domicile of the primary counterparty, irrespective of any link to other counterparties, or in relation to credit default swaps underlying reference assets from these Eurozone countries. Hence we also include counterparties whose group parent is located outside of these countries and exposures to special purpose entities whose underlying assets are from entities domiciled in other countries.

    The following table, which is based on the country of domicile view, presents our gross position, the included amount thereof of undrawn / contingent exposure and our net exposure to these Eurozone countries. The gross exposure reflects our net credit risk exposure grossed up for net credit derivative protection purchased with underlying reference assets domiciled in one of these countries, guarantees received and collateral. Such collateral is particularly held with respect to the retail portfolio, but also for financial institutions predominantly based on derivative margining arrangements, as well as for corporates. In addition, the amounts also reflect the allowance for credit losses. In some cases, our counterparties’ ability to draw on undrawn commitments is limited by terms included in the specific contractual documentation. Net credit exposures are presented after effects of collateral held, guarantees received and further risk mitigation, including net notional amounts of credit derivatives for protection sold/bought. The provided gross and net exposures to certain European countries do not include credit derivative tranches which, by design, are structured to be credit risk neutral. Additionally, the tranche and correlated nature of these positions does not allow a meaningful disaggregated notional presentation by country, e.g., as identical notional exposures represent different levels of risk for different tranche levels.

    Gross position, included undrawn exposure and net exposure to certain Eurozone countries – Country of Domicile View

    Sovereign

    Financial Institutions

    Corporates

    Retail

    Other

    Total

    Dec 31,

    Dec 31,

    Dec 31,

    Dec 31,

    Dec 31,

    Dec 31,

    Dec 31,

    Dec 31,

    Dec 31,

    Dec 31,

    Dec 31,

    Dec 31,

    in € m.

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020¹

    2019

    Greece

    Gross

    1,055

    437

    2,023

    1,342

    337

    464

    4

    4

    11

    0

    3,429

    2,248

    Undrawn / contingent

    0

    0

    61

    42

    2

    7

    2

    1

    0

    0

    64

    51

    Net

    1,055

    437

    360

    323

    8

    14

    2

    2

    11

    0

    1,437

    776

    Ireland

    Gross

    197

    302

    194

    1,280

    6,089

    7,256

    21

    26

    3,610

    3,501

    10,111

    12,364

    Undrawn / contingent

    0

    0

    45

    16

    1,807

    2,439

    2

    2

    613

    531

    2,467

    2,988

    Net

    217

    270

    135

    649

    3,787

    4,156

    5

    6

    3,501

    3,397

    7,646

    8,478

    Italy

    Gross

    5,726

    6,260

    4,501

    3,805

    14,514

    13,331

    17,639

    18,451

    262

    95

    42,641

    41,941

    Undrawn / contingent

    0

    0

    62

    38

    5,935

    5,384

    1,739

    1,733

    0

    0

    7,737

    7,154

    Net

    4,133

    5,341

    403

    487

    8,666

    8,209

    10,379

    10,715

    261

    95

    23,841

    24,848

    Portugal

    Gross

    212

    228

    83

    84

    689

    860

    12

    11

    93

    208

    1,088

    1,390

    Undrawn / contingent

    0

    0

    20

    26

    303

    342

    2

    2

    0

    0

    325

    370

    Net

    186

    281

    90

    85

    628

    638

    4

    4

    93

    208

    1,001

    1,217

    Spain

    Gross

    4,448

    1,226

    1,921

    1,513

    14,250

    12,942

    10,039

    9,948

    249

    258

    30,907

    25,888

    Undrawn / contingent

    1

    0

    91

    112

    5,831

    4,611

    732

    523

    0

    3

    6,655

    5,249

    Net

    4,332

    1,191

    726

    467

    10,038

    8,514

    2,529

    2,536

    287

    310

    17,912

    13,019

    Total gross

    11,637

    8,452

    8,722

    8,023

    35,879

    34,853

    27,715

    28,440

    4,224

    4,063

    88,177

    83,832

    Total Undrawn / contingent

    1

    1

    280

    233

    13,877

    12,783

    2,476

    2,260

    614

    534

    17,248

    15,811

    Total net³

    9,922

    7,521

    1,714

    2,011

    23,126

    21,532

    12,920

    13,264

    4,153

    4,010

    51,836

    48,338

    1Approximately 74 % of the overall exposure as per December 31, 2020 will mature within the next 5 years.

    2Other exposures to Ireland include exposures to counterparties where the domicile of the group parent is located outside of Ireland as well as exposures to special purpose entities whose underlying assets are from entities domiciled in other countries.

    3Total net exposure excludes credit valuation reserves for derivatives amounting to € 45.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 49.8 million as of December 31, 2019.

    Net exposure to the above selected Eurozone countries increased by € 3.5 billion in 2020 driven by increased exposure in Spain and Greece that is partly offset by a decrease in Italy and Ireland.


    141

    Sovereign credit risk exposure to certain Eurozone countries

    The amounts below reflect a net “country of domicile view” of our sovereign exposure.

    Sovereign credit risk exposure to certain Eurozone countries

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Direct Sovereign exposure¹

    Net Notional of CDS referencing sovereign debt

    Net sovereign exposure

    Memo Item: Net fair value of CDS referencing sovereign debt²

    Direct Sovereign exposure¹

    Net Notional of CDS referencing sovereign debt

    Net sovereign exposure

    Memo Item: Net fair value of CDS referencing sovereign debt²

    Greece

    1,055

    0

    1,055

    0

    437

    0

    437

    0

    Ireland

    189

    28

    217

    0

    265

    4

    270

    2

    Italy

    5,501

    (1,369)

    4,133

    718

    6,170

    (828)

    5,341

    334

    Portugal

    212

    (26)

    186

    0

    228

    54

    281

    6

    Spain

    4,447

    (115)

    4,332

    163

    1,222

    (31)

    1,191

    112

    Total

    11,404

    (1,481)

    9,922

    881

    8,322

    (801)

    7,521

    454

    1Includes sovereign debt classified as financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and loans carried at amortized cost. Direct Sovereign exposure is net of guarantees received and collateral.

    2The amounts reflect the net fair value in relation to credit default swaps referencing sovereign debt of the respective country representing the counterparty credit risk.

    The increase of € 2.4 billion in net sovereign exposure compared with year-end   2019 mainly reflects increases in debt securities in Spain within Central Investment Office and Investment Bank portfolios.

    Credit exposure classification

    We also classify our credit exposure along our business divisions, which is in line with the divisionally aligned chief risk officer mandates. In the section below, we show the credit exposure of the Corporate Bank and the Investment Bank together. In the subsequent section, we provide the credit exposure for the Private Bank.

    Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure

    The tables below show our main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank Credit Exposure by product types and internal rating bands. Please refer to section "Measuring Credit Risk" for more details about our internal ratings.

    Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – gross

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Loans

    Off-balance sheet

    OTC derivatives

    Ratingband

    Probability of default in %1

    at amortized cost

    trading - at fair value through P&L

    Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

    Contingent liabilities

    at fair value through P&L2

    iAAA–iAA

    > 0.00 ≤ 0.04

    13,679  

    44  

    446  

    114  

    20,168  

    1,911  

    4,230

    iA

    > 0.04 ≤ 0.11

    29,365  

    436  

    347  

    641  

    47,835  

    11,794  

    6,414

    iBBB

    > 0.11 ≤ 0.5

    55,845  

    1,047  

    672  

    2,149  

    57,941  

    22,069  

    4,395

    iBB

    > 0.5 ≤ 2.27

    48,063  

    2,470  

    500  

    1,458  

    26,476  

    5,566  

    3,202

    iB

    > 2.27 ≤ 10.22

    26,885  

    1,813  

    76  

    160  

    18,789  

    2,864  

    4,477

    iCCC and below

    > 10.22 ≤ 100

    9,962  

    1,177  

    361  

    92  

    4,535  

    1,978  

    113

    Total

    183,800  

    6,987  

    2,401  

    4,614  

    175,743  

    46,182  

    22,832

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Debt Securities

    Repo and repo-style transactions

    Ratingband

    Probability of default in %1

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Total

    iAAA–iAA

    > 0.00 ≤ 0.04

    1,183  

    50,886  

    103  

    298  

    27,745  

    120,806

    iA

    > 0.04 ≤ 0.11

    527  

    7,762  

    82  

    827  

    8,504  

    114,533

    iBBB

    > 0.11 ≤ 0.5

    307  

    12,569  

    87  

    1,425  

    8,346  

    166,851

    iBB

    > 0.5 ≤ 2.27

    174  

    13,062  

    400  

    2,239  

    15,004  

    118,616

    iB

    > 2.27 ≤ 10.22

    239  

    1,607  

    293  

    2,311  

    375  

    59,889

    iCCC and below

    > 10.22 ≤ 100

    382  

    762  

    15  

    600  

    0  

    19,978

    Total

    2,811  

    86,647  

    980  

    7,700  

    59,974  

    600,672

    1Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

    2Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable.

    142

    Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – net

    Dec 31, 2020¹

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Loans

    Off-balance sheet

    OTC derivatives

    Ratingband

    Probability of default in %2

    at amortized cost

    trading - at fair value through P&L

    Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

    Contingent liabilities

    at fair value through P&L

    iAAA–iAA

    > 0.00 ≤ 0.04

    8,684  

    44  

    446  

    0  

    19,088  

    1,618  

    3,381

    iA

    > 0.04 ≤ 0.11

    22,618  

    131  

    347  

    621  

    46,384  

    9,837  

    4,957

    iBBB

    > 0.11 ≤ 0.5

    31,266  

    889  

    625  

    1,602  

    54,626  

    19,365  

    4,190

    iBB

    > 0.5 ≤ 2.27

    22,984  

    1,887  

    407  

    955  

    23,947  

    3,995  

    3,100

    iB

    > 2.27 ≤ 10.22

    8,853  

    824  

    6  

    140  

    17,614  

    2,244  

    4,432

    iCCC and below

    > 10.22 ≤ 100

    4,823  

    759  

    207  

    92  

    4,263  

    1,269  

    113

    Total

    99,228  

    4,534  

    2,038  

    3,410  

    165,922  

    38,330  

    20,175

    Dec 31, 2020¹

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Debt Securities

    Repo and repo-style transactions

    Ratingband

    Probability of default in %2

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Total

    iAAA–iAA

    > 0.00 ≤ 0.04

    1,183  

    50,886  

    103  

    0  

    27  

    85,460

    iA

    > 0.04 ≤ 0.11

    527  

    7,762  

    82  

    0  

    1  

    93,268

    iBBB

    > 0.11 ≤ 0.5

    307  

    12,569  

    87  

    23  

    3  

    125,551

    iBB

    > 0.5 ≤ 2.27

    171  

    13,017  

    400  

    71  

    3  

    70,939

    iB

    > 2.27 ≤ 10.22

    239  

    1,607  

    293  

    0  

    0  

    36,253

    iCCC and below

    > 10.22 ≤ 100

    311  

    727  

    15  

    0  

    0  

    12,579

    Total

    2,737  

    86,567  

    980  

    95  

    34  

    424,049

    1Net of eligible collateral, guarantees and hedges based on IFRS requirements.

    2Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

    The tables below show our main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank Credit Exposure for 2019 by product types and internal rating bands.

    Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – gross

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Loans

    Off-balance sheet

    OTC derivatives

    Ratingband

    Probability of default in %1

    at amortized cost

    trading - at fair value through P&L

    Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

    Contingent liabilities

    at fair value through P&L2

    iAAA–iAA

    > 0.00 ≤ 0.04

    18,508

    184

    20

    237

    23,850

    3,364

    3,234

    iA

    > 0.04 ≤ 0.11

    31,859

    868

    599

    754

    45,040

    11,706

    4,144

    iBBB

    > 0.11 ≤ 0.5

    58,139

    1,380

    234

    2,447

    55,361

    22,441

    3,199

    iBB

    > 0.5 ≤ 2.27

    47,505

    4,595

    643

    1,002

    26,160

    4,642

    2,261

    iB

    > 2.27 ≤ 10.22

    25,967

    2,525

    275

    283

    17,913

    3,207

    844

    iCCC and below

    > 10.22 ≤ 100

    11,477

    967

    305

    2

    3,450

    1,563

    40

    Total

    193,456

    10,519

    2,077

    4,724

    171,774

    46,922

    13,722

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Debt Securities

    Repo and repo-style transactions

    Ratingband

    Probability of default in %1

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Total

    iAAA–iAA

    > 0.00 ≤ 0.04

    1,422

    48,992

    0

    847

    30,382

    131,040

    iA

    > 0.04 ≤ 0.11

    392

    5,864

    8

    1,522

    8,745

    111,501

    iBBB

    > 0.11 ≤ 0.5

    366

    11,414

    76

    408

    7,320

    162,785

    iBB

    > 0.5 ≤ 2.27

    373

    14,525

    233

    3,265

    20,498

    125,701

    iB

    > 2.27 ≤ 10.22

    449

    1,700

    225

    1,344

    1,101

    55,833

    iCCC and below

    > 10.22 ≤ 100

    99

    558

    0

    1,039

    153

    19,654

    Total

    3,102

    83,053

    543

    8,425

    68,199

    606,514

    1Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

    2Includes the effect of netting agreements and cash collateral received where applicable.

    143

    Main Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure categories according to our internal creditworthiness categories of our counterparties – net

    Dec 31, 2019¹

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Loans

    Off-balance sheet

    OTC derivatives

    Ratingband

    Probability of default in %2

    at amortized cost

    trading - at fair value through P&L

    Designated / mandatory at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Revocable and irrevo- cable lending commitments

    Contingent liabilities

    at fair value through P&L

    iAAA–iAA

    > 0.00 ≤ 0.04

    12,575

    184

    20

    237

    22,566

    2,535

    2,840

    iA

    > 0.04 ≤ 0.11

    25,249

    318

    190

    754

    43,953

    9,814

    3,098

    iBBB

    > 0.11 ≤ 0.5

    33,115

    751

    234

    1,489

    52,334

    19,470

    3,005

    iBB

    > 0.5 ≤ 2.27

    21,734

    2,305

    408

    600

    23,497

    4,071

    2,089

    iB

    > 2.27 ≤ 10.22

    6,610

    287

    52

    175

    16,348

    2,104

    821

    iCCC and below

    > 10.22 ≤ 100

    4,053

    543

    204

    2

    3,066

    1,115

    40

    Total

    103,336

    4,388

    1,109

    3,257

    161,764

    39,108

    11,893

    Dec 31, 2019¹

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Debt Securities

    Repo and repo-style transactions

    Ratingband

    Probability of default in %2

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    at amortized cost

    at fair value through P&L

    at fair value through OCI

    Total

    iAAA–iAA

    > 0.00 ≤ 0.04

    1,422

    48,992

    0

    2

    1,169

    92,540

    iA

    > 0.04 ≤ 0.11

    392

    5,864

    8

    0

    13

    89,653

    iBBB

    > 0.11 ≤ 0.5

    366

    11,414

    76

    6

    100

    122,362

    iBB

    > 0.5 ≤ 2.27

    220

    14,152

    225

    90

    12

    69,402

    iB

    > 2.27 ≤ 10.22

    443

    1,672

    229

    0

    0

    28,742

    iCCC and below

    > 10.22 ≤ 100

    96

    523

    0

    439

    0

    10,081

    Total

    2,939

    82,618

    538

    537

    1,293

    412,781

    1Net of eligible collateral, guarantees and hedges based on IFRS requirements.

    2Reflects the probability of default for a one year time horizon.

    The above table shows an overall decrease in our Corporate Bank and Investment Bank gross exposure in 2020 of € 5.8 

    billion or 1   %. Loans at amortized cost decreased by € 9.7 billion mainly due to prepayments across businesses as well as by the strengthening of the Euro in comparison to the U.S. Dollar. From a regional perspective the decrease is primarily attributable to counterparties domiciled in the United States and United Kingdom. This decrease is partly offset by an increase in trading debt securities of € 3.6 billion mainly due to increased trading activities on the back of volatile market conditions in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic.

    We use risk mitigation techniques as described above to optimize our Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposures and reduce potential credit losses. The tables for “net” exposure discloses the development of our Corporate Bank and Investment Bank credit exposure’s net of collateral, guarantees and hedges.

    SCL Risk Mitigation for Credit Exposure

    Our Strategic Corporate Lending (“SCL”) unit helps mitigate the risk of our corporate credit exposures. The notional amount of SCL’s risk reduction activities increased from € 31.3 billion as of December 31, 2019, to € 34.0 billion as of December 31, 2020.

    As of year-end 2020, SCL mitigated the credit risk of € 30.9 billion of loans and lending-related commitments through synthetic collateralized loan obligations supported predominantly by financial guarantees. This position totaled € 30.3 billion as of December 31, 2019.

    SCL also held credit derivatives with an underlying notional amount of € 3.1 billion as of December 31, 2020. The position totaled € 1.0 billion as of December 31, 2019. The credit derivatives used for our portfolio management activities are accounted for at fair value.

    144

    Private Bank credit exposure

    Private Bank credit exposure, credit exposure stage 3 and net credit costs

    Total exposure in € m.

    of which loan book in € m.

    Credit exposure stage 3 in € m.

    Net credit costs as a % of total exposure¹

     

    Dec 31, 2020

     

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

     

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

     

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

     

    Dec 31, 2019

    PB Germany

    185,959

    190,038

    160,683

    153,954

    2,798

    2,289

    0.17%

    0.08%

    Consumer Finance

    29,352

    31,130

    15,240

    15,913

    1,277

    914

    0.77%

    0.53%

    Mortgage

    153,165

    144,455

    143,368

    135,164

    1,481

    1,343

    0.06%

    (0.01%)

    Business Finance

    1,246

    1,576

    870

    926

    6

    17

    0.15%

    0.08%

    Financial Markets

    0

    12,984

    0

    2,121

    0

    14

    N/M

    (0.02%)

    Other

    2,196

    (107)

    1,206

    (170)

    35

    2

    0.05%

    (0.19%)

    International Private Bank

    91,156

    88,594 2

    76,511

    75,800 2

    3,484

    2,624 2

    0.43%

    0.20%2

    Consumer Finance

    11,162

    11,693

    8,937

    9,020

    350

    243

    1.50%

    0.67%

    Mortgage

    13,611

    14,413

    13,520

    14,334

    668

    682

    (0.08%)

    (0.17%)

    Business Finance

    12,151

    9,821

    9,914

    9,059

    728

    660

    1.16%

    1.24%

    Wealth Management

    53,928

    51,934

    44,072

    43,333

    1,739

    1,038

    0.17%

    0.02%

    Other

    303

    734

    68

    54

    0

    1

    1.41%

    (0.03%)

    Total

    277,115

     

    278,632

     

    237,194

     

    229,754

     

    6,282

     

    4,913

     

    0.26%

     

    0.12%

    1Net credit costs for the twelve months period ended at the respective balance sheet date divided by the total exposure at that balance sheet date.

    2PCB international and Wealth management were reported separately in 2019.

    Consumer finance is divided into personal instalment loans, credit lines and credit cards. Consumer finance business is uncollateralized, loan risk depends on client quality. Various lending requirements are stipulated, including (but not limited to) client rating, maximum loan amounts and maximum tenors, and are adapted to regional conditions and/or circumstances of the borrower (i.e., for consumer loans a maximum loan amount taking into account customer net income). Given the largely homogeneous nature of this portfolio, counterparty credit-worthiness and ratings are predominately derived by utilizing an automated decision engine.

    Mortgage business is the financing of residential properties (primarily owner-occupied) sold by various business channels in Europe, primarily in Germany but also in Spain and Italy. The level of credit risk of the mortgage loan portfolio is determined by assessing the quality of the client and the underlying collateral. The loan amounts are generally larger than consumer finance loans and they are extended for longer time horizons. Based on our underwriting criteria and processes and the diversified portfolio (customers/properties) with respective collateralization, the mortgage portfolio is categorized as lower risk, while consumer finance is categorized as high risk.

    Business finance represents credit products for small businesses, SME up to large corporates. Products range from current accounts and credit lines to investment loans or revolving facilities, factoring, leasing and derivatives. Smaller clients below a turnover of € 2.5 million are limited to current accounts and loans. Clients are located primarily in Italy and Spain, but credit can also be extended to subsidiaries abroad, mostly in Europe.

    The reported financials for year-end 2019 in Financial Markets belong to a portfolio of DB PFK AG, that was transferred to Group Treasury in 2020 in the context of the merger of DB PFK AG on DB AG and is therefore no longer part of Private Bank.

    Wealth Management offers customized wealth management solutions and private banking services including discretionary portfolio management and traditional and alternative investment solutions, complemented by structured risk management, wealth planning, lending and family office services for wealth, high-net-worth (HNW) and ultra-high-net-worth (UHNW) individuals and family offices. Wealth Management’s total exposure is divided into Lombard Lending (against readily marketable liquid collateral / securities) and Structured Lending (against less liquid collateral). While the level of credit risk for the Lombard portfolio is determined by assessing the quality of the underlying collateral, the level of credit risk for the structured portfolio is determined by assessing both the quality of the client and the collateral. Products range from secured Lombard and mortgage loans to current accounts (Europe only), credit lines and other loans; to a lesser extent derivatives and contingencies. Clients are located globally.


    145

    PB mortgage loan-to-value 1

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    ≤ 50 %

    65 %

    67 %

    > 50 ≤ 70 %

    16 %

    16 %

    > 70 ≤ 90 %

    10 %

    9 %

    > 90 ≤ 100 %

    3 %

    3 %

    > 100 ≤ 110 %

    2 %

    2 %

    > 110 ≤ 130 %

    2 %

    2 %

    > 130 %

    1 %

    1 %

    1When assigning the exposure to the corresponding LTV buckets, the exposure amounts are distributed according to their relative share of the underlying assessed real estate value.

    The LTV expresses the amount of exposure as a percentage of the underlying real estate value.

    Our LTV ratios are calculated using the total exposure divided by the current determined value of the respective properties. These values are monitored and updated if necessary on a regular basis. The exposure of transactions that are additionally backed by liquid collateral is reduced by the respective collateral values, whereas any prior charges increase the corresponding total exposure. The LTV calculation includes exposure which is secured by real estate collateral. Any mortgage lending exposure that is collateralized exclusively by any other type of collateral is not included in the LTV calculation.

    The creditor’s creditworthiness, the LTV and the quality of collateral is an integral part of our risk management when originating loans and when monitoring and steering our credit risks. In general, we are willing to accept higher LTV’s, the better the creditor’s creditworthiness is. Nevertheless, restrictions of LTV apply e.g. for countries with negative economic outlook or expected declines of real estate values.

    As of December 31, 2020, 65   % of our exposure related to the mortgage lending portfolio had a LTV ratio below or equal to 50   %, compared to 67   % in the prior year.

    Credit Exposure from Derivatives

    All exchange traded derivatives are cleared through central counterparties (“CCPs”), the rules and regulations of which provide for daily margining of all current and future credit risk positions emerging out of such transactions. To the extent possible, we also use CCP services for OTC derivative transactions (“OTC clearing”); we thereby benefit from the credit risk mitigation achieved through the CCP’s settlement system.

    The Dodd-Frank Act provides for an extensive framework for the regulation of OTC derivatives, including mandatory clearing, platform trading and transaction reporting of certain OTC derivatives, as well as rules regarding the registration of, and capital, margin and business conduct standards for, swap dealers, security-based swap dealers, major swap participants and major security-based swap participants. The Dodd-Frank Act and related CFTC rules require mandatory OTC clearing in the United States for certain standardized OTC derivative transactions, including certain interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps. Margin requirements for non-cleared derivative transactions in the US started in September 2016. The European Regulation (EU) No 648/2012 on OTC Derivatives, Central Counterparties and Trade Repositories (“EMIR”) introduced a number of risk mitigation techniques for non-centrally cleared OTC derivatives in 2013 and the reporting of OTC and exchange traded derivatives in 2014. Mandatory clearing for certain standardized OTC derivatives transactions in the EU began in June 2016, and margin requirements for un-cleared OTC derivative transactions in the EU started in February 2017. Deutsche Bank implemented the exchange of both initial and variation margin in the EU from February 2017 for the first category of counterparties subject to the EMIR margin for un-cleared derivatives requirements.

    The CFTC adopted final rules in 2016 that require additional interest rate swaps to be cleared, with a phased implementation schedule ending in October 2018. Deutsche Bank implemented the CFTC’s expanded clearing requirements for the relevant interest rate swaps subject to the passed compliance, covering identified instruments denominated in AUD, CAD, CHF, HKD, MXN, NOK, PLN, SEK and SGD. In September, 2020, the CFTC issued a final rule on the cross-border application of certain U.S. swap rules, which builds on and, in some cases supersedes the CFTC’s cross-border guidance from 2013 and related no-action relief letters. In January 2021, also pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFTC finalized regulations to impose position limits on certain commodities and economically equivalent swaps, futures and options.

    146

    The SEC has also finalized rules regarding registration, reporting, capital, risk mitigation techniques, business conduct standards and trade acknowledgement and verification requirements for security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. Compliance with most of these requirements will be required starting in October 2021, when entities will be required to register as security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants. The SEC adopted in December 2019 supplemental guidance and rule amendments addressing the cross-border application of certain rules regulating security-based swaps which also establishes a firm timeline for security-based swap (SBS) dealer registration. The compliance date for Deutsche Bank to register with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer will be October 6, 2021.

    Finally, U.S. prudential regulators (the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Farm Credit Administration and the Federal Housing Finance Agency) have adopted final rules establishing margin requirements for non-cleared swaps and security-based swaps between prudentially regulated swap dealers and certain counterparties, and the CFTC has adopted final rules establishing margin requirements for non-cleared swaps between non-prudentially regulated swap dealers and certain counterparties. Deutsche Bank implemented the exchange of both initial and variation margin for un-cleared derivatives in the U.S. from September 2016, for the first category of counterparties subject to the U.S. prudential regulators’ margin requirements. Additional initial margin requirements for smaller counterparties have been phased in from September 2017 through September 2022, with the relevant compliance dates depending in each case on the transactional volume of the parties and their affiliates. The U.S. prudential regulators delayed the initial margin compliance date from September 2020 until September 2021 or September 2022 for swaps with certain counterparties with lower levels of transactional volume as a result of the impact of COVID-19. The SEC has also established margin requirements for non-cleared security-based swaps and compliance will be required starting in October 2021 for security based swaps dealers required to register with the SEC.

    The following table shows a breakdown of notional amounts and gross market values for assets and liabilities of exchange traded and OTC derivative transactions on the basis of clearing channel.

    147

    Notional amounts of derivatives on basis of clearing channel and type of derivative

    Dec 31, 2020

    Notional amount maturity distribution

    in € m.

    Within 1 year

    > 1 and ≤ 5 years

    After 5 years

    Total

    Positive market value

    Negative market value

    Net market value

    Interest rate related:

    OTC

    11,299,988

    8,076,426

    5,241,008

    24,617,422

    230,512

    215,795

    14,717

    Bilateral (Amt)

    1,476,276

    1,977,542

    1,598,819

    5,052,637

    220,704

    206,192

    14,512

    CCP (Amt)

    9,823,712

    6,098,884

    3,642,189

    19,564,785

    9,808

    9,602

    206

    Exchange-traded

    605,924

    215,611

    66

    821,601

    347

    154

    193

    Total Interest rate related

    11,905,912

    8,292,037

    5,241,074

    25,439,023

    230,859

    215,948

    14,911

    Currency related:

    OTC

    4,351,809

    791,671

    401,111

    5,544,590

    91,241

    87,177

    4,063

    Bilateral (Amt)

    4,255,560

    788,132

    401,012

    5,444,704

    90,297

    85,830

    4,466

    CCP (Amt)

    96,249

    3,539

    98

    99,886

    944

    1,347

    (403)

    Exchange-traded

    43,601

    8

    0

    43,608

    5

    24

    (19)

    Total Currency related

    4,395,409

    791,679

    401,111

    5,588,199

    91,246

    87,202

    4,044

    Equity/index related:

    OTC

    28,938

    32,164

    7,186

    68,288

    5,700

    5,692

    8

    Bilateral (Amt)

    28,938

    32,164

    7,186

    68,288

    5,700

    5,692

    8

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange-traded

    126,825

    36,818

    1,634

    165,277

    3,772

    4,902

    (1,130)

    Total Equity/index related

    155,763

    68,982

    8,821

    233,565

    9,473

    10,594

    (1,122)

    Credit derivatives related

    OTC

    61,552

    689,031

    86,593

    837,176

    13,557

    13,272

    285

    Bilateral (Amt)

    23,672

    124,373

    32,647

    180,692

    3,043

    2,628

    415

    CCP (Amt)

    37,880

    564,658

    53,947

    656,484

    10,515

    10,645

    (130)

    Exchange-traded

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total Credit derivatives related

    61,552

    689,031

    86,593

    837,176

    13,557

    13,272

    285

    Commodity related:

    OTC

    3,716

    2,857

    1,341

    7,913

    142

    993

    (851)

    Bilateral (Amt)

    3,716

    2,857

    1,341

    7,913

    138

    661

    (522)

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    4

    332

    (328)

    Exchange-traded

    15,446

    744

    0

    16,190

    409

    55

    353

    Total Commodity related

    19,162

    3,600

    1,341

    24,103

    551

    1,048

    (497)

    Other:

    OTC

    376,256

    3,438

    154

    379,848

    1,043

    936

    108

    Bilateral (Amt)

    376,256

    3,438

    154

    379,848

    1,043

    936

    108

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange-traded

    9,411

    0

    0

    9,411

    29

    53

    (24)

    Total Other

    385,667

    3,438

    154

    389,259

    1,072

    989

    84

    Total OTC business

    16,122,259

    9,595,586

    5,737,393

    31,455,237

    342,196

    323,866

    18,331

    Total bilateral business

    6,164,418

    2,928,505

    2,041,159

    11,134,082

    320,925

    301,939

    18,986

    Total CCP business

    9,957,840

    6,667,081

    3,696,234

    20,321,155

    21,271

    21,926

    (656)

    Total exchange-traded business

    801,207

    253,181

    1,701

    1,056,088

    4,562

    5,188

    (626)

    Total

    16,923,465

    9,848,767

    5,739,094

    32,511,325

    346,758

    329,054

    17,704

    Positive market values after netting and cash collateral received

    35,161

    148

    Dec 31, 2019

    Notional amount maturity distribution

    in € m.

    Within 1 year

    > 1 and ≤ 5 years

    After 5 years

    Total

    Positive market value

    Negative market value

    Net market value

    Interest rate related:

    OTC

    11,116,114

    8,622,042

    5,377,422

    25,115,579

    244,738

    226,854

    17,884

    Bilateral (Amt)

    2,453,120

    2,496,053

    1,757,652

    6,706,825

    200,701

    184,611

    16,090

    CCP (Amt)

    8,662,994

    6,125,989

    3,619,770

    18,408,754

    44,037

    42,243

    1,794

    Exchange-traded

    4,050,938

    1,142,410

    372

    5,193,720

    631

    590

    42

    Total Interest rate related

    15,167,052

    9,764,453

    5,377,794

    30,309,299

    245,369

    227,444

    17,925

    Currency related:

    OTC

    4,345,697

    913,352

    431,769

    5,690,818

    70,947

    67,033

    3,914

    Bilateral (Amt)

    4,250,460

    912,881

    431,769

    5,595,110

    70,524

    66,543

    3,981

    CCP (Amt)

    95,237

    471

    0

    95,708

    423

    490

    (67)

    Exchange-traded

    17,169

    0

    0

    17,169

    3

    22

    (19)

    Total Currency related

    4,362,866

    913,352

    431,769

    5,707,987

    70,949

    67,055

    3,894

    Equity/index related:

    OTC

    98,330

    56,328

    7,985

    162,642

    6,478

    8,607

    (2,129)

    Bilateral (Amt)

    98,330

    56,328

    7,985

    162,642

    6,478

    8,607

    (2,129)

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange-traded

    183,700

    37,390

    5,884

    226,974

    1,883

    2,252

    (368)

    Total Equity/index related

    282,030

    93,718

    13,869

    389,617

    8,362

    10,859

    (2,497)

    Credit derivatives related

    OTC

    102,131

    558,757

    82,345

    743,233

    10,245

    11,229

    (984)

    Bilateral (Amt)

    38,651

    157,306

    35,102

    231,058

    2,062

    2,667

    (605)

    CCP (Amt)

    63,480

    401,452

    47,243

    512,175

    8,183

    8,562

    (379)

    Exchange-traded

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total Credit derivatives related

    102,131

    558,757

    82,345

    743,233

    10,245

    11,229

    (984)

    Commodity related:

    OTC

    2,743

    5,640

    1,194

    9,577

    20

    501

    (481)

    Bilateral (Amt)

    2,743

    5,640

    1,194

    9,577

    18

    495

    (477)

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2

    6

    (4)

    Exchange-traded

    18,502

    570

    7

    19,080

    30

    36

    (5)

    Total Commodity related

    21,246

    6,210

    1,201

    28,657

    51

    537

    (486)

    Other:

    OTC

    45,811

    2,530

    109

    48,449

    666

    706

    (40)

    Bilateral (Amt)

    45,811

    2,530

    109

    48,449

    666

    706

    (40)

    CCP (Amt)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange-traded

    31,868

    153

    0

    32,020

    70

    107

    (37)

    Total Other

    77,678

    2,682

    109

    80,470

    736

    813

    (77)

    Total OTC business

    15,710,826

    10,158,649

    5,900,824

    31,770,299

    333,094

    314,930

    18,164

    Total bilateral business

    6,889,114

    3,630,737

    2,233,811

    12,753,662

    280,449

    263,628

    16,820

    Total CCP business

    8,821,711

    6,527,912

    3,667,013

    19,016,636

    52,645

    51,302

    1,343

    Total exchange-traded business

    4,302,177

    1,180,523

    6,263

    5,488,963

    2,617

    3,006

    (389)

    Total

    20,013,003

    11,339,172

    5,907,087

    37,259,262

    335,711

    317,936

    17,775

    Positive market values after netting and cash collateral received

    28,615

    The gross exposure of OTC derivative prior to netting and cash collateral as of December 31, 2020 of € 1.4 billion (€ 1.8 billion as of December 31, 2019), which is part of the “asset held for sale” classification is not included in our disclosure for credit exposure from derivative. This exposure is associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas. For further information please refer to Note 24 “Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale” to the consolidated financial statement.

    Equity Exposure

    The table below presents the carrying values of our equity investments according to IFRS definition split by trading and nontrading for the respective reporting dates. We manage our respective positions within our market risk and other appropriate risk frameworks.

    Composition of our Equity Exposure

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Trading Equities

    11,769

    18,640

    Nontrading Equities¹

    2,375

    2,660

    Total Equity Exposure

    14,145

    21,300

    1Includes equity investment funds amounting to € 291 million as of December 31, 2020 and € 586 million as of December 31, 2019.

    149

    As of December 31, 2020, our Trading Equities exposure was mainly composed of € 7.3 billion from Capital Release Unit activities and € 4.4 billion from Investment Bank. Overall trading equities decreased by € 6.9 billion year on year driven mainly by unwinding of trades in the Equities business.

    Trading Market Risk Exposuresmarket risk exposures

    Value-at-Risk Metrics of Trading Units of Deutsche Bank Group

    Deutsche Bank received regulatory approval for the Value-at-Risk model to transition to Historical Simulation, effective 1st Oct 2020. The figures for 2019 are shown for comparative purposes.

    The tables and graph below present the Historic Simulation value-at-risk metrics calculated with a 99 % confidence level and a one-day holding period for our trading units.

    Value-at-Risk of our Trading Units by Risk TypeType1

    Total

    Diversification effect

    Interest rate risk

    Credit spread risk

    Equity price risk

    Foreign exchange risk¹

    Commodity price risk

    Total

    Diversification effect

    Interest rate risk

    Credit spread risk

    Equity price risk

    Foreign exchange risk2

    Commodity price risk

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Average

    27.5

    27.5

    (25.0)

    (25.5)

    13.3

    17.6

    20.2

    16.4

    9.3

    10.0

    9.2

    8.3

    0.6

    0.6

    58.9

    36.6

    (44.0)

    (28.9)

    17.9

    14.5

    53.6

    28.2

    15.5

    13.6

    13.3

    8.2

    2.7

    1.0

    Maximum

    34.9

    40.9

    (29.4)

    (35.0)

    16.2

    32.6

    23.9

    24.0

    14.0

    14.5

    14.6

    13.0

    1.7

    1.3

    133.3

    48.8

    (10.2)

    (16.8)

    36.3

    23.2

    117.1

    36.6

    30.8

    24.6

    32.3

    16.8

    8.8

    3.3

    Minimum

    20.1

    19.8

    (20.9)

    (20.2)

    9.9

    12.4

    17.4

    13.0

    5.7

    6.9

    5.2

    3.8

    0.2

    0.2

    25.6

    27.6

    (84.4)

    (47.0)

    8.1

    8.8

    17.9

    19.7

    5.3

    6.3

    4.5

    3.7

    0.4

    0.0

    Period-end

    21.8

    32.1

    (22.5)

    (26.9)

    10.2

    14.1

    18.4

    22.3

    6.9

    13.0

    8.3

    9.2

    0.5

    0.3

    48.1

    38.8

    (72.2)

    (17.6)

    27.1

    17.9

    55.4

    23.7

    13.5

    8.2

    22.5

    5.3

    1.8

    1.3

    1Figures for 2020 as of December 31 2020. Figures for 2019 as of December 31 2019. 2019 VaR results are also shown under the new Historical Simulation model rather than the previously reported Monte Carlo model.

    2 Includes value-at-risk from gold and other precious metal positions.
    2Figures for 2019 as of December 31 2019. Figures for 2018 as of December 31 2018.

    Development of historic simulation value-at-risk by risk types in 20192020

    The average value-at-risk over 20192020 was € 27.558.9 million, unchangedwhich increased € 22.3 million (+61   %) compared to the full year 2018, where on average credit spreadfor 2019, driven by increases across risk increased offset by reduction in interest rate risk.classes from COVID-19 related market volatility impacts.

    150

    The period endbelow chart shows the value-at-risk decreasetrend under both Monte Carlo and Historical Simulations for comparative purposes. The increase in value-at-risk was drivenmore prominent under Historical Simulation which is more impacted by reductions coming from across risk classes due to de-risking activities.extreme tail events such as those experienced in March and April of 2020.


    144

    Regulatory Trading Market Risk Measures

    The table below presents the stressed value-at-risk metrics calculated with a 99 % confidence level and a one-day holding period for our trading units.

    Average, Maximum and Minimum Stressed Value-at-Risk by Risk Type

    Total

    Diversification effect

    Interest rate risk

    Credit spread risk

    Equity price risk

    Foreign exchange risk¹

    Commodity price risk

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    Average

    82.6

    84.1

    (74.0)

    (81.9)

    48.0

    58.3

    72.3

    69.3

    15.4

    16.1

    19.5

    20.0

    1.4

    2.4

    Maximum

    103.8

    124.7

    (115.4)

    (106.7)

    65.3

    89.9

    87.8

    79.7

    32.7

    78.1

    50.1

    38.2

    5.9

    7.7

    Minimum

    52.7

    61.2

    (57.9)

    (66.1)

    33.9

    35.2

    56.7

    59.0

    5.3

    2.4

    10.2

    7.7

    0.2

    0.5

    Period-end

    78.8

    96.2

    (67.1)

    (75.3)

    43.8

    57.6

    67.7

    70.1

    13.3

    21.3

    20.1

    21.7

    1.1

    0.7

    1Includes value-at-risk from gold and other precious metal positions.
    2Figures for 2019 as of Dec 31 2019. Figures for 2018 as of Dec 31 2018

    The average stressed value-at-risk over 2019 was € 82.6 million, a decrease of €   1.5 million compared to the full year 2018 driven by a reduction in interest rate risk.

    The period end stressed value-at-risk reduction was driven mainly by decreases coming from across interest rate and equites risk classes due to de-risking activities.

    The following graph compares the development of the daily value-at-risk with the daily stressed value-at-risk and their 60 day averages, calculated with a 99 % confidence level and a one-day holding period for our trading units. Amounts are shown in millions of euro.

    Development of value-at-risk and stressedBook 1-day value-at-risk in 2019 and 2020

    For regulatory reporting purposes, the incremental risk charge for the respective reporting dates represents the higher of the spot value at the reporting dates, and their preceding 12-week average calculation.


    145

    Average, Maximum and Minimum Incremental Risk Charge of Trading Units (with a 99.9 % confidence level and one-year capital horizon)1,2,3,

    Total

    Global Credit Trading

    Core Rates

    APAC Local Markets

    Emerging Markets - Debt

    Other4

    Total

    Credit Trading

    Core Rates

    Emerging Markets

    Other4

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Average

    480.4

    680.6

    178.5

    335.8

    168.6

    271.1

    174.1

    224.8

    37.3

    (11.9)

    (78.2)

    (139.2)

    591.4

    480.4

    100.2

    178.5

    347.4

    168.6

    242.6

    211.4

    (98.7)

    (78.2)

    Maximum

    609.0

    847.6

    213.6

    403.4

    193.4

    481.9

    211.2

    451.9

    49.2

    17.3

    (58.5)

    (111.3)

    688.8

    609.0

    147.4

    213.6

    631.6

    193.4

    324.9

    260.4

    (70.0)

    (58.5)

    Minimum

    324.2

    550.8

    139.0

    274.6

    134.7

    159.1

    127.3

    72.1

    25.5

    (29.2)

    (102.4)

    (177.1)

    537.3

    324.2

    50.0

    139.0

    263.1

    134.7

    62.8

    152.8

    (147.6)

    (102.4)

    Period-end

    389.4

    805.4

    139.0

    383.6

    134.7

    388.6

    127.3

    188.0

    47.0

    5.8

    (58.5)

    (160.5)

    560.4

    389.4

    124.8

    139.0

    283.6

    134.7

    250.4

    174.3

    (98.5)

    (58.5)

    1 Amounts show the bands within which the values fluctuated during the 12-weeks preceding December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, respectively.

    2 Business line breakdowns have been updated for 20192020 reporting to better reflect the current business structure.

    3 All liquidity horizons are set to 12 months.

    4 Other includes Capital Release Unit, central hedging components and other business lines with low IRC materiality.
    5IRC is allocated on a contributory basis to individual positions.
    6Business lines can have negative values due to short exposures but this is also impacted by the allocation process.Unit.

    The incremental risk charge as at the end of 20192020 was € 389560 million, a decreasean increase of € 416171 million (-52(+44 %) compared with year end 2018.2019. The 12-week average of the incremental risk charge as at the end of 20192020 was € 480591 million and thus € 200111 million (29(+23 %) lowerhigher compared with the average for the 12-week period ended December 31, 2018.2019. The decreaseincrease in incremental risk charge isfor 2020 was driven by a decreaseincreases in creditsovereign exposures in the Global Credit Trading, Core Rates and APAC LocalEmerging Markets business areas when compared to the full year 2018. This is partly impacted by a particulalry high level at the end of December 2018 due to Asian sovereign exposures that were soon exited but also due to de-risking following the change in strategy in the second half of 2019.

    Market Risk Standardized Approach

    As of December 31, 2019, the securitization positions, for which the specific interest rate risk is calculated using the market risk standardized approach, generated capital requirements of € 148 million corresponding to risk weighted-assets of € 1.9 billion. As of December 31, 2018 these positions generated capital requirements of € 418 million corresponding to risk weighted-assets of € 5.2 billion. The reduction over 2019 was driven by de-risking of the securitization portfolios.

    Of the securitization positions, the capital requirement for the nth-to-default credit default swaps was € 1.2 million corresponding to risk weighted-assets of € 14.7 million compared with € 2.6 million and € 33 million as of December 31, 2018.

    The capital requirement for Collective Investment Undertakings under the market risk standardized approach was € 21 million corresponding to risk weighted-assets of € 269 million as of December 31, 2019, compared with € 14 million and € 180 million as of December 31, 2018.

    The capital requirement for longevity risk under the market risk standardized approach was € 13 million corresponding to risk-weighted assets of € 163 million as of December 31, 2019, compared with € 14 million and € 180 million as of December 31, 2018.

    Results of Regulatory Backtesting of Trading Market Risk

    The value at risk is backtested against two measures of changes in the portfolio value on a one day holding period.

    Buy-and-hold income is the hypothetical change in the portfolio's value based on a comparison between the portfolio's end-of-day value and, assuming unchanged positions, its value at the end of the subsequent day.

    Actual income is the change in the portfolios’ value based on a comparison between the portfolio's end-of-day value and its actual value at the end of the subsequent day excluding fees, commissions, net interest income and Credit & Debt Valuation Adjustments (CVA & DVA). Since December 2019 this additionally excludes income from hedges in the CVA calculation and any profit and loss arising from the default of a counterparty.

    In 20192020 we observed twoseven global outliers under the Historical Simulation model, where our loss on a buy-and-hold basis exceeded the value-at-risk of our Trading Books, compared with one outliertwo outliers in 2018.2019. The first outlier occurred in Augustoutliers were driven by losses comingthe significant market volatility experienced as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Also, there were five Actual Backtesting outliers during 2020, which compares the VaR to Total Income less Fees & Commissions. However, the regulatory exemption allowed the removal of the outliers observed during the period from across business lines predominatelyMarch 10, 2020 to March 24, 2020 from the calculation of the Backtesting capital multiplier, as they did not result from deficiencies in the internal model but due to movements in credit spread and interest rate risk factors. The second outlier was in October coming from the Global Credit Trading business following a selloff in a single name exposure. Bothextraordinary nature of these were also Actual Backtesting outliers.COVID-19 related market volatility.


    146151

    Based on the backtesting results, our analysis of the underlying reasons for outliers and enhancements included in our value-at-risk methodology we continue to believe that our value-at-risk model will remain an appropriate measure for our trading market risk under normal market conditions. The following graph shows the trading units daily buy-and-hold income in comparison to the value-at-risk as of the close of the previous business day for the trading days of the reporting period. The value-at-risk is presented in negative amounts to visually compare the estimated potential loss of our trading positions with the buy and hold income. Figures are shown in millions of euro. The chart shows that our trading units achieved a positive buy and hold income for 4460 % of the trading days in 20192020 (versus 5244 % in 2018)2019), as well as displaying the global outliers experienced in 2019.

    The capital requirements for the value-at-risk model, for which the backtesting results are shown here, accounts for 1.33.7 % of the total capital requirement for the Group.

    EU MR4 – Comparison of VAR estimates with gains/losses


    147

    Daily Income of our Trading Units

    The following histogram shows the distribution of daily income of our trading units. Daily income is defined as total income which consists of new trades, fees & commissions, buy & hold income, reserves, carry and other income. It displays the number of trading days on which we reached each level of trading income shown on the horizontal axis in millions of euro.

    152

    Distribution of daily income of our trading units in 20192020

    Our trading units achieved a positive revenue for 8590 % of the trading days in 20192020 compared with 8685 % in the full year 2018.2019.

    Nontrading Market Risk Exposuresmarket risk exposures

    Economic Capital Usage for Nontrading Market Risk

    The following table shows the Nontrading Market Risk economic capital usage by risk type:

    Economic Capital Usage by risk type.

    Economic capital usage

    Economic capital usage

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Interest rate risk

    3,409

    1,416

    4,062

    3,409

    Credit spread risk

    56

    271

    92

    56

    Equity and Investment risk

    1,566

    1,239

    1,885

    1,566

    Foreign exchange risk

    1,782

    1,713

    1,682

    1,782

    Pension risk

    1,259

    1,588

    934

    1,259

    Guaranteed funds risk

    103

    68

    41

    103

    Total nontrading market risk portfolios

    8,175

    6,295

    8,696

    8,175

    The economic capital figures do take into account diversification benefits between the different risk types.


    148

    Economic Capital Usage for Nontrading Market Risk totaled € 8.28.7 billion as of December 31, 2019,2020, which is € 1.90.5 billion above our economic capital usage at year-end 2018.2019.

    153

    Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book

    The following table shows the impact on the Group’s net interest income in the banking book as well as the change of the economic value for the banking book positions from interest rate changes under the six standard scenarios defined by the European Banking Authority (EBA) for current reporting period and under the six standard scenarios defined by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS): for the prior year:

    Economic value & net interest income interest rate risk in the banking book by EBA scenario (for current reporting period) and by BCBS scenario (for prior year)

    Delta EVE

    Delta NII¹

    Delta EVE

    Delta NII¹

    in € bn.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2020

    Parallel up

    (4.2)

    0.8

    3.0

    2.9

    (5.2)

    2.3

    Parallel down

    0.5

    (3.2)

    (0.8)

    (0.8)

    0.5

    (1.1)

    Steepener

    (1.2)

    0.9

    (0.5)

    (0.5)

    (0.6)

    (0.9)

    Flattener

    (0.4)

    (1.6)

    2.7

    2.7

    (0.6)

    2.1

    Short rate up

    (1.2)

    (0.7)

    3.6

    3.6

    (1.7)

    2.7

    Short rate down

    0.4

    (0.1)

    (0.8)

    (1.0)

    0.4

    (1.1)

    Maximum

    (4.2)

    (3.2)

    (0.8)

    (1.0)

    (5.2)

    (1.1)

    in € bn.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Tier 1 Capital

    50.6

    55.1

    51.5

    N/A – Not applicable1
    Delta Net Interest Income (NII) reflects the difference between projected NII in the respective scenario with shifted rates vs. market implied rates. Sensitivities are based on a static balance sheet at constant exchange rates, excluding trading positions and DWS. Figures do not include Mark to Market (MtM) / Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) effects on centrally managed positions not eligible for hedge accounting.

    Delta EVE

    Delta NII¹

    in € bn.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2019

    Parallel up

    (4.2)

    3.0

    Parallel down

    0.5

    (0.8)

    Steepener

    (1.2)

    (0.5)

    Flattener

    (0.4)

    2.7

    Short rate up

    (1.2)

    3.6

    Short rate down

    0.4

    (0.8)

    Maximum

    (4.2)

    (0.8)

    in € bn.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Tier 1 Capital

    50.5 2

    1 Delta Net Interest Income (NII) reflects the difference between projected NII in the respective scenario with shifted rates vs. market implied rates. Sensitivities are based on a static balance sheet at constant exchange rates, excluding trading positions and DWS. Figures do not include Mark to Market (MtM) / Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) effects on centrally managed positions not eligible for hedge accounting.

    2Number has been restated due to rounding differences

    A sudden parallel increase in the yield curve would positively impact the Group’s earnings (net interest income) from the banking book positions. Deutsche Bank estimates that the total one-year net interest income change resulting from parallel yield curve shifts of +200up and (200) basis points (flooreddown (applying a maturity-dependent post-shock interest rate floor in line with guidance given by a rate of zero or at the level of the current negative rate)EBA) would be € 3.02.3 billion and € (0.8)(1.1) billion, respectively, at December   31, 2019.2020.

    The maximum Economic Value of Equity (EVE) loss was € (5.2) billion as of December 2020, compared to € (4.2) billion as of December 2019, compared2019. As per December 2020 the maximum EVE loss represents 10.2 % of Tier 1 Capital.

    The maximum Economic Value of Equity (EVE) loss due to a +200 basis points parallel shift of the yield curve across all currencies as defined by the BaFin was € (3.2)(5.1) billion as of December 2018. 2020, representing 8.8 % of Total Capital.

    154

    The increase in maximum EVE loss was mainly driven by increased economic value interest rate risk exposure built-up to reducestabilize the Group’s net interest income (NII)income. Our NII risk exposure.has been reduced significantly in the reporting period due to the aforementioned measures. The reduction in the maximum loss scenario of approximately € 1.5 billion was however overcompensated by the application of a maturity-dependent post-shock interest rate floor with an impact of approximately € (1.8) billion. This lead to a directional change of our structural risk position,resulted in larger interest rate shocks applied in downwards interest rate scenarios and as a result, the maximum negative EVE loss scenario changed from parallel down to parallel up. Our NII risk remained largely unchanged as the impact of an increase in NII risk sensitive liabilities was offset by the additional measures taken to reduce the NII risk exposure. As per December 2019 the maximum EVE loss represents 8.3 % of Tier 1 Capital.


    149consequence larger delta NII.

    The following table shows the variation of the economic value for Deutsche Bank’s banking book positions resulting from downward and upward interest rate shocks by currency:

    Economic value interest rate risk in the banking book by currency

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € bn.

    -200 bp¹

    +200 bp

    Parallel up

    Parallel down

    EUR

    0.1

    (2.9)

    (4.0)

    0.3

    GBP

    (0.0)

    0.0

    USD

    0.3

    (1.1)

    (0.7)

    0.2

    JPY

    0.0

    (0.0)

    Other

    0.2

    (0.2)

    (0.6)

    0.1

    Total

    0.5

    (4.2)

    (5.2)

    0.5

    1Floored at zero

    The estimated change in the economic value resulting from the impact of the BCBS parallel yield curve shifts of -200 bps (floored by a rate of zero) and +200 bps would be € 0.5 billion and € (4.2) billion, respectively, at December 31, 2019.

    Operational risk exposure

    Operational risk – risk profile

    Operational risk losses by event type (profit and loss view)

    in € m.

    2019

    2018¹

    2020

    2019¹

    Clients, Products and Business Practices

    271

    127

    247

    313

    Execution, Delivery and Process Management

    49

    57

    Natural Disasters and Public Safety

    47

    3

    Internal Fraud

    27

    49

    28

    27

    External Fraud

    21

    50

    16

    21

    Execution, Delivery and Process Management

    50

    31

    Others

    5

    20

    8

    8

    Group

    374

    277

    396

    429

    1 20182019 loss figures revised from prior year presentation due to subsequent capture of losses and reclassification.

    As of December   31, 2019,2020, operational losses increaseddecreased by € 9733 million or 358 % compared to year-end 2018.2019, despite a large increase in losses relating to the event type “Natural Disasters and Public Safety” as a result of COVID-19 expenses. Excluding the effects of COVID-19, operational losses would have decreased by € 77 million or 18 % compared to 2019. The increasedecrease was driven by the event types “Clients, Products and Business Practices” and “Execution, Delivery and Process Management”, predominantly due to settlements reacheda reduction in legacy losses associated with civil litigation and increased litigation reserves for unsettled cases in 2018.regulatory enforcement.

    Operational losses by event type occurred in the period 2019 (2014-2018)2020 (2015-2019)1

    1 Percentages in brackets correspond to loss frequency respectively to loss amount for losses occurred in 2014-20182015-2019 period. Frequency and amounts can change subsequently.

    155

    The above left chart “Frequency“Distribution of Operational Losses” summarizes the proportion of operational risk events which occurredloss postings by event type using the P&L value in 20192020 compared to the five-year period 2014-20182015-2019 in brackets based on the period in which a loss was first recognized for that event. For example, for a loss event that was first recognized in 2010 with an additional profit/loss event recognized in 2019, the frequency chart would not include the loss event, but the loss distribution chart (above right) would include the profit/loss recognized in the respective period.

    150

    Frequencies are driven by the event types “External Fraud” with a frequency of 50 % and the event type “Clients, Products and Business Practices” with 37 % of all observed loss events. “Execution, Delivery and Process Management” contributes 10 %. Others are stable at 2 %. The event type “Internal Fraud” has a low frequency, resulting in 1 % of the loss events in the period 2019.

    The above right chart “Distribution of Operational Losses” summarizes operational risk loss postings recognized in the profit/loss in 2019 compared to the five-year period 2014-2018.brackets. The event type “Clients, Products and Business Practices” dominates the operational loss distributionlosses with a share of 7262 % and is determined bycomprised mainly of outflows related to litigation, investigations and enforcement actions. “Execution, Delivery and Process Management” has(12 %) and “Natural Disasters and Public Safety (12 %) share the second highest share (14 %). Finally,proportion of losses; the event typeslatter was primarily driven by expenses relating to COVID-19. Losses from “Internal Fraud” (7 %),were at 7 %, “External Fraud” (6 %)at 4 % and “Others” (1 %) are minor,at 2 %.

    The above right chart “Frequency of Operational Losses” summarizes the proportion of operational risk events by event type based on a count of events where losses were first recognized in 2020, compared to the five-year period 2015-2019 in brackets. Frequencies are driven predominantly by the event type “External Fraud” which comprised 79 % of all observed loss events, followed by “Clients, Products and Business Practices” at 11 %. “Execution, Delivery and Process Management” contributed to 8 %, and other event types.types made up the remaining 2 %. Although the event type “Internal Fraud” contributed significantly to the distribution of losses, it has a negligible frequency, comprising less than 1 % of loss events in 2020.

    While we seek to ensure the comprehensive capture of operational risk loss events with a P&L impact of € 10.000 or greater, the totals shown in this section may be underestimated due to delayed detection and recording of loss events.

    Liquidity Risk Exposurerisk exposure

    Funding Marketsmarkets and Capital Markets Issuancecapital markets issuance

    2019 has been a positive year for2020 was dominated by the COVID-19 pandemic. Unprecedented circumstances and general uncertainties about the global economy’s trajectory added volatility to credit markets. Through continued economic growth, avoidanceCredit spreads peaked in March 2020 and have declined since then with the support of a no-deal Brexitmonetary policy and despite globalfiscal stimulus and trade tensions, credit spreads were able to tighten throughout the year.

    Our 5 year senior preferred CDS contract, introduced in May 2019, traded within a range of 122 to 62 basis points. The peak was observedroughly flat at the end of May, since then2020 compared to the spread has declined and asbeginning of year-end was trading at 63 basis points. Thethe year.

    DB’s spreads on our bonds exhibitedexhibit a similar behaviour. For example,behavior, but were able to outperform peers’ credit spreads year on year. Our 5-year Credit Default Swap (referencing preferred debt) contract peaked on March 18, 2020 at 141   bp and closed on December 31, 2020 at 57   bp, outperforming peers by 13   bp y-o-y. In the bond markets, our senior non-preferred 1.1252.625   % EUR benchmark maturing in March 2025 traded in a rangeFebruary 2026 closed at 107   bp over Euro Mid Swaps at the end of 126 to 231 basis points, closing at 127 basis points at2020, 43   bp tighter than one year end 2019.before and outperforming peers by 40   bp.

    Our revised 20192020 issuance plan of € 10-1210-15 billion, comprising debt issuance with an original maturity in excess of one year, was completed and we concluded 20192020 having raised € 1418.5 billion in term funding, already prefunding part of our 20202021 issuance plan. This funding was broadly spread across the following funding sources: SeniorAT1 issuance (€ 1.0 billion), Tier 2 issuance (€ 1.7 billion) senior non-preferred plain-vanilla issuance (€ 7.611.6 billion), senior preferred plain-vanilla issuance (€ 1.81.0 billion), covered bond issuance (€ 2.10.5 billion), and other senior preferred structured issuance (€ 2.42.7 billion). The (€ 1418.5 billion) total is divided into Euro (€ 6.38.8 billion), US dollar (€ 6.48.3 billion), British Pound (€ 0.60.7 billion) and other currencies aggregated (€ 0.7 billion). In addition to direct issuance, we use long-term cross currency swaps to manage our non-Euro funding needs. Our investor base for 20192020 issuances comprised asset managers and pension funds (47 %), retail customers (18(58 %), banks (12 %), governments and agencies (16retail customers (10 %), insurance companies (3(4 %) and other institutional investors (4(13 %). The geographical distribution was split between Germany (21(15 %), rest of Europe (35(45 %), US (16(23 %), Asia/Pacific (9 %) and Other (19(8 %).

    The average spread of our issuance over 3-months-Euribor/Libor was 150210 basis points for the full year. The average tenor was 5.16.9 years. Our issuance activities were slightly higher in the firstsecond half of the year. We issued the following volumes over each quarter: Q1: € 7.85.6 billion, Q2: € 1.03.3 billion, Q3: € 0.94.9 billion and Q4: € 4.24.7 billion, respectively.

    In 2020,2021, our issuance plan is € 15-20 billion which we plan to cover by accessing the above sources including € 1 billion ofand comprises capital instruments, whilst maintaining funding diversification.senior non-preferred, senior preferred and covered bonds. We also plan to raise a portion of this funding in U.S. dollar and may enter into cross currency swaps to manage any residual requirements. We have total capital markets maturities, excluding legally exercisable calls, of approximately € 1722 billion in 2020.2021.

    Funding Diversification

    In 2019,2020, total external funding decreasedincreased by €   64.46.4   billion from € 943.9 billion at December   31, 2018 to €   879.4   billion at December   31,   2019.2019 to €   885.9   billion at December   31, 2020. The overall reductionincrease was primarily driven by a decrease of balancesinflows in Secured Funding and ShortsDB’s most stable deposits in particular the Private Bank, where deposits increased by €   36.611.6   billion on the back of targeted reductions in the Capital Release Unit as well as from prepayments of TLTRO II funding. In addition, unsecured wholesale funding decreased by € 8.4 billion and other customer funding by € 18.4 billion, the latter primarily due to lower Prime Brokerage payables dueconsumer spending related to the unwind of the equity business. This decrease was partly offsetCOVID-19. In addition, secured funding and shorts increased by an increase of €   9.028.2   billion as DB participated in ourECB’s TLTRO III programme. Due to targeted up-pricing measures in the Corporate Bank, anddeposits decreased by €   7.37.9   billion. Furthermore, the reliance on unsecured wholesale funding was further reduced by €   7.2   billion. The €   5.7   billion in our Private Bank business. The decrease of the Capital Markets and Equity volume by € 16.5 billion relatesoutstanding relate to lower equity as well as lower long term debt mainly due to maturities exceeding new issuances. Other customer funding decreased by €   12.2   billion.


    151156

    The overall proportion of our most stable funding sources (comprising Capital Markets and Equity, Private Bank and Corporate Bank) excluding TLTRO III has increaseddecreased from 77.5 % in 2018 to 83.1   % in 2019.2019 to 82.3   % in 2020.

    Composition of External Funding Sources

    1 Other Customers includes fiduciary self-funding structures (e.g. X-markets)deposits, X-markets notes and margin/Prime Brokerage cash balances (shown on a net basis).

    Reference: Reconciliation to total balance sheet of € 1,297.71,325.0 billion (€ 1,348.11,297.7 billion): Derivatives & settlement balances € 335.7348.2 billion (€ 325.0335.7 billion), add-back for netting effect for margin/Prime Brokerage cash balances (shown on a net basis) € 52.463.4 billion (€ 51.052.4 billion), other non-funding liabilities € 30.127.4 billion (€ 28.330.1 billion) for December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, respectively.

    Liabilities held for sale from the transfer of business to BNP Paribas were allocated back to their original line items prior to reclassification, to reflect their economic impact on funding: € 2.51.9 billion to derivatives & settlement balances (non-funding relevant) and € 6.97.9 billion to payables from Prime Brokerage, with a net impact of additional € 3.73.4 billion on other customer funding (funding relevant) and € 3.24.7 billion add-back effect for netting of margin/Prime Brokerage cash balances (reconciliation item). In line with our strategic announcement on July   7,   2019, funding buckets have been reclassified from Retail and Transaction Banking to Private Bank and Corporate Bank, comparative figures as of December   31,   2018 are restated.

    Maturity of unsecured wholesale funding, ABCP and capital markets issuance1

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m.

    Not more than 1 month

    Over 1 month but not more than 3 months

    Over 3 months but not more than 6 months

    Over 6 months but not more than 1 year

    Sub-total less than 1 year

    Over 1 year but not more than 2 years

    Over 2 years

    Total

    Not more than 1 month

    Over 1 month but not more than 3 months

    Over 3 months but not more than 6 months

    Over 6 months but not more than 1 year

    Sub-total less than 1 year

    Over 1 year but not more than 2 years

    Over 2 years

    Total

    Deposits from banks

    1,275

    2,179

    3,602

    339

    7,396

    92

    211

    7,699

    964

    1,063

    779

    547

    3,354

    162

    78

    3,594

    Deposits from other wholesale customers

    682

    4,466

    754

    1,819

    7,720

    605

    1,064

    9,389

    1,626

    1,326

    407

    986

    4,344

    409

    1,162

    5,914

    CDs and CP

    260

    569

    857

    983

    2,670

    1

    0

    2,671

    693

    466

    887

    753

    2,800

    0

    21

    2,821

    ABCP

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Senior non-preferred plain vanilla

    136

    2,503

    1,584

    7,677

    11,899

    19,175

    33,007

    64,081

    3,689

    3,970

    2,349

    8,291

    18,298

    8,235

    34,106

    60,639

    Senior preferred plain vanilla

    0

    0

    0

    5

    5

    1,800

    1,039

    2,844

    15

    0

    5

    1,698

    1,718

    85

    1,955

    3,759

    Senior structured

    220

    692

    659

    2,692

    4,262

    2,926

    14,301

    21,490

    544

    416

    917

    1,465

    3,343

    2,310

    12,021

    17,674

    Covered bonds/ABS

    173

    1,166

    244

    2,214

    3,797

    4,068

    13,617

    21,482

    70

    1,179

    786

    1,966

    4,001

    1,337

    17,303

    22,641

    Subordinated liabilities

    3

    722

    2,742

    493

    3,959

    23

    9,622

    13,605

    0

    0

    538

    531

    1,069

    1,765

    11,437

    14,271

    Other

    107

    0

    0

    0

    107

    0

    776

    883

    137

    0

    0

    0

    137

    0

    695

    832

    Total

    2,855

    12,297

    10,440

    16,223

    41,816

    28,690

    73,637

    144,143

    7,738

    8,420

    6,668

    16,237

    39,063

    14,303

    78,779

    132,145

    Of which:

    Secured

    173

    1,166

    244

    2,214

    3,797

    4,068

    13,617

    21,482

    70

    1,179

    786

    1,966

    4,001

    1,337

    17,303

    22,641

    Unsecured

    2,682

    11,131

    10,197

    14,009

    38,019

    24,622

    60,021

    122,661

    7,668

    7,241

    5,882

    14,271

    35,063

    12,966

    61,476

    109,505

    1Includes additional Tier 1 notes reported as additional equity components in the financial statements. Liabilities with call features are shown at earliest legally exercisable call date. No assumption is made as to whether such calls would be exercised.

    2 Secured funding volume reported on a gross basis pre own debt elimination

    The total volume of unsecured wholesale liabilities, ABCP and capital markets issuance maturing within one year amount to € 4239 billion as of December 31, 2019,2020, and should be viewed in the context of our total Liquidity Reserves of € 222243 billion.

    152157

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Not more than 1 month

    Over 1 month but not more than 3 months

    Over 3 months but not more than 6 months

    Over 6 months but not more than 1 year

    Sub-total less than 1 year

    Over 1 year but not more than 2 years

    Over 2 years

    Total

    Not more than 1 month

    Over 1 month but not more than 3 months

    Over 3 months but not more than 6 months

    Over 6 months but not more than 1 year

    Sub-total less than 1 year

    Over 1 year but not more than 2 years

    Over 2 years

    Total

    Deposits from banks

    1,119

    1,542

    4,064

    1,181

    7,906

    151

    271

    8,328

    1,275

    2,179

    3,602

    339

    7,396

    92

    211

    7,699

    Deposits from other wholesale customers

    1,820

    1,868

    5,413

    5,044

    14,145

    1,017

    1,459

    16,621

    682

    4,466

    754

    1,819

    7,720

    605

    1,064

    9,389

    CDs and CP

    823

    946

    1,313

    889

    3,972

    7

    0

    3,979

    260

    569

    857

    983

    2,670

    1

    0

    2,671

    ABCP

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Senior non-preferred plain vanilla

    600

    5,276

    7,463

    5,812

    19,150

    8,954

    44,256

    72,360

    136

    2,503

    1,584

    7,677

    11,899

    19,175

    33,007

    64,081

    Senior preferred plain vanilla

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    5

    1,012

    1,017

    0

    0

    0

    5

    5

    1,800

    1,039

    2,844

    Senior structured

    626

    951

    1,186

    1,655

    4,418

    3,490

    15,630

    23,538

    220

    692

    659

    2,692

    4,262

    2,926

    14,301

    21,490

    Covered bonds/ABS

    213

    972

    553

    407

    2,145

    3,848

    15,666

    21,659

    173

    1,166

    244

    2,214

    3,797

    4,068

    13,617

    21,482

    Subordinated liabilities

    9

    731

    2,226

    32

    2,998

    2,217

    9,605

    14,820

    3

    722

    2,742

    493

    3,959

    23

    9,622

    13,605

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    107

    0

    0

    0

    107

    0

    776

    883

    Total

    5,209

    12,285

    22,219

    15,022

    54,734

    19,690

    87,898

    162,322

    2,855

    12,297

    10,440

    16,223

    41,816

    28,690

    73,637

    144,143

    Of which:

    Secured

    213

    972

    553

    407

    2,145

    3,848

    15,666

    21,659

    173

    1,166

    244

    2,214

    3,797

    4,068

    13,617

    21,482

    Unsecured

    4,997

    11,313

    21,666

    14,615

    52,590

    15,842

    72,232

    140,663

    2,682

    11,131

    10,197

    14,009

    38,019

    24,622

    60,021

    122,661

    The following table shows the currency breakdown of our short-term unsecured wholesale funding, of our ABCP funding and of our capital markets issuance.

    Unsecured wholesale funding, ABCP and capital markets issuance (currency breakdown)

    Dec 31,2019

    Dec 31,2018

    Dec 31,2020

    Dec 31,2019

    in € m.

    in EUR

    in USD

    in GBP

    in other CCYs

    Total

    in EUR

    in USD

    in GBP

    in other CCYs

    Total

    in EUR

    in USD

    in GBP

    in other CCYs

    Total

    in EUR

    in USD

    in GBP

    in other CCYs

    Total

    Deposits from banks

    1,330

    5,558

    13

    798

    7,699

    2,400

    5,241

    22

    665

    8,328

    963

    2,222

    149

    261

    3,594

    1,330

    5,558

    13

    798

    7,699

    Deposits from other whole- sale customers

    8,968

    162

    204

    56

    9,389

    15,482

    678

    269

    192

    16,621

    4,474

    989

    90

    361

    5,914

    8,968

    162

    204

    56

    9,389

    CDs and CP

    884

    678

    196

    913

    2,671

    2,279

    769

    94

    838

    3,979

    1,082

    715

    365

    658

    2,821

    884

    678

    196

    913

    2,671

    ABCP

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Senior non-preferred plain vanilla

    29,365

    27,696

    1,822

    5,198

    64,081

    33,736

    31,549

    1,163

    5,913

    72,360

    29,700

    25,122

    1,833

    3,984

    60,639

    29,365

    27,696

    1,822

    5,198

    64,081

    Senior preferred plain vanilla

    1,064

    1,780

    0

    0

    2,844

    1,017

    0

    0

    0

    1,017

    1,894

    1,635

    0

    230

    3,759

    1,064

    1,780

    0

    0

    2,844

    Senior structured

    8,181

    10,856

    28

    2,425

    21,490

    8,858

    11,564

    22

    3,094

    23,538

    7,725

    7,972

    14

    1,963

    17,674

    8,181

    10,856

    28

    2,425

    21,490

    Covered bonds/ ABS

    21,482

    0

    0

    0

    21,482

    21,659

    0

    0

    0

    21,659

    22,641

    0

    0

    0

    22,641

    21,482

    0

    0

    0

    21,482

    Subordinated liabilities

    3,509

    4,213

    0

    5,884

    13,605

    6,338

    7,498

    801

    183

    14,820

    4,693

    3,577

    0

    6,001

    14,271

    3,509

    4,213

    0

    5,884

    13,605

    Other

    883

    0

    0

    0

    883

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    832

    0

    0

    0

    832

    883

    0

    0

    0

    883

    Total

    75,666

    50,943

    2,261

    15,274

    144,143

    91,768

    57,298

    2,372

    10,884

    162,322

    74,004

    42,232

    2,451

    13,458

    132,145

    75,666

    50,943

    2,261

    15,274

    144,143

    Of which:

    Secured

    21,482

    0

    0

    0

    21,482

    21,659

    0

    0

    0

    21,659

    22,641

    0

    0

    0

    22,641

    21,482

    0

    0

    0

    21,482

    Unsecured

    54,184

    50,943

    2,261

    15,274

    122,661

    70,110

    57,298

    2,372

    10,884

    140,663

    51,363

    42,232

    2,451

    13,458

    109,505

    54,184

    50,943

    2,261

    15,274

    122,661

    153

    158

    Liquidity Reserves

    Composition of our liquidity reserves by parent company (including branches) and subsidiaries

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    in € bn.

    Carrying Value

    Liquidity Value

    Carrying Value

    Liquidity Value

    Available cash and cash equivalents (held primarily at central banks)

    134

    134

    184

    184

    Parent (incl. foreign branches)

    91

    91

    148

    148

    Subsidiaries

    43

    43

    36

    36

    Highly liquid securities (includes government, government guaranteed and agency securities)

    67

    64

    601

    58

    Parent (incl. foreign branches)

    45

    42

    31

    28

    Subsidiaries

    23

    22

    30

    30

    Other unencumbered central bank eligible securities

    21

    15

    15

    11

    Parent (incl. foreign branches)

    17

    13

    11

    8

    Subsidiaries

    4

    2

    3

    2

    Total liquidity reserves

    222

    213

    259

    252

    Parent (incl. foreign branches)

    153

    146

    191

    184

    Subsidiaries

    69

    67

    69

    68

    1 As a result of calculation methodology changes and rounding effects, this differs from the € 61billion number shown in the 2018 annual report

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € bn.

    Carrying Value

    Liquidity Value

    Carrying Value

    Liquidity Value

    Available cash and cash equivalents (held primarily at central banks)

    155

    155

    134

    134

    Parent (incl. foreign branches)

    130

    130

    91

    91

    Subsidiaries

    25

    25

    43

    43

    Highly liquid securities (includes government, government guaranteed and agency securities)

    62

    62

    67

    64

    Parent (incl. foreign branches)

    42

    41

    45

    42

    Subsidiaries

    20

    20

    23

    22

    Other unencumbered central bank eligible securities

    26

    24

    21

    15

    Parent (incl. foreign branches)

    21

    19

    17

    13

    Subsidiaries

    5

    5

    4

    2

    Total liquidity reserves

    243

    241

    222

    213

    Parent (incl. foreign branches)

    192

    191

    153

    146

    Subsidiaries

    51

    50

    69

    67

    As of December 31, 2019,2020, our liquidity reserves amounted to € 222243 billion compared with € 259222 billion as of December 31, 2018.2019. The decreaseincrease of € 3721 billion comprised approximately a € 4921 billion decreaseincrease in cash and cash equivalents, offset by an increasea decrease of € 75 billion in highly liquid securities and € 65 billion increase in other unencumbered securities. The development was largely driven by management action to actively reduce excessparticipation in the ECB TLTRO III, ongoing deleveraging efforts in our Equity business and a modest increase in Private Bank deposits. Maturing debt issuances in the Capital Markets, decline in the unsecured wholesale funding and non-operating Corporate Bank deposits were complemented by model enhancements increasing the liquidity and invest in higher yielding assets as part of our strategy.reserves. The quarterly average of our liquidity reserves for this year is € 243233 billion compared with € 271243 billion during 2018.2019. In the table above the carrying value represents the market value of our liquidity reserves while the liquidity value reflects our assumption of the value that could be obtained, primarily through secured funding, taking into account the experience observed in secured funding markets at times of stress.

    Liquidity Coverage Ratio

    Our weighted average LCR of 142 % (twelve months average) has been calculated in accordance with the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61 and the EBA Guidelines on LCR disclosure to complement the disclosure of liquidity risk management under Article 435 CRR.

    The year-end LCR as of December 31, 20192020 stands at 141.2144.8 % compared to 140.4141.2 % as of December 31, 2018.2019.

    LCR components

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € bn. (unless stated otherwise)

    Total adjusted weighted value (average)

    Total adjusted weighted value (average)

    Total adjusted weighted value (average)

    Total adjusted weighted value (average)

    Number of data points used in the calculation of averages

    12

    12

    12

    12

    High Quality Liquid Assets

    219

    250

    207

    219

    Total net cash outflows

    154

    172

    146

    154

    Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) in %

    142 %

    145 %

    142 %

    142 %

    Funding Risk Management

    Structural Funding

    All funding matrices (the aggregate currency, the USD and the GBP funding matrix) were in line with the respective risk appetite as of year ends 20192020 and 2018.2019.

    Stress Testing and Scenario Analysis

    During 2019,At the end of 2020 our stressed Net Liquidity Position remained well abovestood at €43 billion. The stressed Net Liquidity Position was negative at the risk appetiteend of the first quarter 2020 reflecting weeks of actual stress from COVID-19. The measure is designed to effectively add an additional stress over a further eight week period. The internal stress test proved effective providing an early indicator that the bank had entered an actual stressed period. Including a normalization of conditions in the client business, sNLP quickly improved for the remainder of the year, mainly as a result of increased liquidity, deposit optimization and finished 2019 with a surplus of € 24 billion.methodology enhancements.

    154159

    Global All Currency Daily Stress Testing Results

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € bn.

    Funding Gap¹

    Gap Closure²

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap¹

    Gap Closure²

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap¹

    Gap Closure²

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap1,4

    Gap Closure2,4

    Net Liquidity Position4

    Systemic market risk

    115

    190

    75

    93

    209

    116

    82

    189

    107

    100

    175

    75

    1 notch downgrade (DB specific)

    103

    192

    90

    63

    193

    131

    17

    145

    128

    83

    173

    90

    Severe downgrade (DB specific)

    223

    260

    37

    222

    278

    57

    157

    216

    59

    172

    209

    37

    Combined3

    236

    260

    24

    231

    279

    48

    177

    220

    43

    185

    209

    24

    1 Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other projected outflows.

    2 Based on liquidity generation through Liquidity Reserves and other business mitigants.

    3 Combined impact of systemic market risk and severe downgrade.

    Global EUR Daily Stress Testing Results

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in €

    Funding Gap¹

    Gap Closure²

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap¹

    Gap Closure²

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap¹

    Gap Closure²

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap1,4

    Gap Closure2,4

    Net Liquidity Position4

    Combined³

    135

    144

    8

    117

    144

    28

    86

    104

    18

    91

    99

    8

    1 Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other projected outflows.

    2 Based on liquidity generation through Liquidity Reserves and other business mitigants.

    3 Combined impact of systemic market risk and severe downgrade.

    4December 31, 2019 numbers have been updated to align with updated methodology reflected in the December 31, 2020 numbers

    Global USD Daily Stress Testing Results

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € bn.

    Funding Gap¹

    Gap Closure²

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap¹

    Gap Closure²

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap¹

    Gap Closure²

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap1,4

    Gap Closure2,4

    Net Liquidity Position4

    Combined³

    75

    84

    9

    83

    96

    13

    60

    64

    4

    75

    84

    9

    1 Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other projected outflows.

    2 Based on liquidity generation through Liquidity Reserves and other business mitigants.

    3 Combined impact of systemic market risk and severe downgrade.

    4December 31, 2019 numbers have been updated to align with updated methodology reflected in the December 31, 2020 numbers

    Global GBP Daily Stress Testing Results

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € bn.

    Funding Gap¹

    Gap Closure²

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap

    Gap Closure

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap¹

    Gap Closure²

    Net Liquidity Position

    Funding Gap4

    Gap Closure4

    Net Liquidity Position4

    Combined³

    7

    9

    2

    6

    9

    3

    4

    10

    6

    7

    9

    2

    1 Funding gap caused by impaired rollover of liabilities and other projected outflows.

    2 Based on liquidity generation through Liquidity Reserves and other business mitigants.

    3 Combined impact of systemic market risk and severe downgrade.

    4December 31, 2019 numbers have been updated to align with updated methodology reflected in the December 31, 2020 numbers

    The following table presents the amount needed to meet collateral requirements from contractual obligations in the event of a one- or two-notch downgrade by rating agencies for all currencies..currencies.

    Contractual Obligations

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    One-notch downgrade

    Two-notch downgrade

    One-notch downgrade

    Two-notch downgrade

    One-notch downgrade

    Two-notch downgrade

    One-notch downgrade

    Two-notch downgrade

    Contractual derivatives funding or margin requirements

    415

    749

    688

    994

    354

    439

    415

    749

    Other contractual funding or margin requirements

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Asset Encumbrance

    This section refers to asset encumbrance in the group of institutions consolidated for banking regulatory purposes pursuant to the German Banking Act. Therefore this excludes insurance companies or companies outside the finance sector. Assets pledged by our insurance subsidiaries are included in Note 20 “Assets Pledged and Received as Collateral” of the consolidated financial statements, and restricted assets held to satisfy obligations to insurance companies’ policy holders are included within Note 37 “Information on Subsidiaries” of the consolidated financial statements.

    Encumbered assets primarily comprise those on- and off-balance sheet assets that are pledged as collateral against secured funding, collateral swaps, and other collateralized obligations. Additionally, in line with EBA technical standards on regulatory asset encumbrance reporting, assets placed with settlement systems, including default funds and initial margins, as well as other assets pledged which cannot be freely withdrawn such as mandatory minimum reserves at central banks, are considered encumbered. We also include derivative margin receivable assets as encumbered under these EBA guidelines.

    160

    Readily available assets are those on- and off-balance sheet assets that are not otherwise encumbered, and which are in freely transferrable form. Unencumbered financial assets at fair value, other than securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements and positive market value from derivatives, and available for sale investments are all assumed to be readily available.

    155

    The readily available value represents the on- and off-balance sheet carrying amount or fair value rather than any form of stressed liquidity value (see the “Liquidity Reserves” for an analysis of unencumbered liquid assets available under a liquidity stress scenario). Other unencumbered on- and off-balance sheet assets are those assets that have not been pledged as collateral against secured funding or other collateralized obligations, or are otherwise not considered to be readily available. Included in this category are securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements and positive market value from derivatives. Similarly, for loans and other advances to customers, these would only be viewed as readily available to the extent they are already in a pre-packaged transferrable format, and have not already been used to generate funding. This represents the most conservative view given that an element of such loans currently shown in Other assets could be packaged into a format that would be suitable for use to generate funding.

    Encumbered and unencumbered assets

    Dec 31, 2020

    Carrying value

    Unencumbered assets

    in € bn. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Encumbered assets

    Readily available

    Other

    Debt securities

    156

    61

    95

    0

    Equity instruments

    13

    6

    7

    0

    Other assets:

    Cash and due from banks & Interest earning deposits with Banks

    175

    13

    162

    0

    Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements¹

    9

    0

    0

    9

    Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss²

    Trading assets

    9

    0

    9

    0

    Positive market value from derivative financial instruments

    344

    0

    0

    344

    Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements¹

    63

    0

    0

    63

    Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    3

    0

    3

    0

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income²

    6

    0

    5

    2

    Loans

    459

    83

    3

    373

    Other assets

    90

    55

    0

    35

    Total

    1,326

    218

    282

    825

    1Securities borrowed and securities purchased under resale agreements are all shown as other unencumbered. The use of the underlying collateral is separately captured in the off-balance sheet table below.

    2Excludes Debt securities and Equity instruments (separately disclosed above).

    Dec 31, 2020

    Fair value of collateral received

    Unencumbered assets

    in € bn. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Encumbered assets

    Readily available

    Other

    Collateral received:

    237

    199

    36

    2

    Debt securities

    193

    159

    34

    0

    Equity instruments

    42

    40

    2

    0

    Other collateral received

    2

    0

    0

    2

    Dec 31, 2019

    Carrying value

    Unencumbered assets

    in € bn. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Encumbered assets

    Readily available

    Other

    Debt securities

    153

    46

    108

    0

    Equity instruments

    18

    8

    10

    0

    Other assets:

    Cash and due from banks & Interest earning deposits with Banks

    147

    12

    135

    0

    Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements¹

    14

    0

    0

    14

    Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss²

    Trading assets

    13

    0

    13

    0

    Positive market value from derivative financial instruments

    333

    0

    0

    333

    Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements¹

    71

    0

    0

    71

    Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    3

    0

    3

    0

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income²

    6

    0

    5

    1

    Loans

    458

    70

    10

    378

    Other assets

    80

    48

    0

    32

    Total

    1,297

    184

    282

    831

    1 Securities borrowed and securities purchased under resale agreements are all shown as other unencumbered. The use of the underlying collateral is separately captured in the off-balance sheet table below.

    2 Excludes Debt securities and Equity instruments (separately disclosed above).

    Dec 31, 2019

    Fair value of collateral received

    Unencumbered assets

    in € bn. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Encumbered assets

    Readily available

    Other

    Collateral received:

    252

    200

    47

    4

    Debt securities

    215

    171

    43

    0

    Equity instruments

    33

    29

    4

    0

    Other collateral received

    4

    0

    0

    4

    161


    156

    Dec 31, 2018

    Carrying value

    Unencumbered assets

    in € bn. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Encumbered assets

    Readily available

    Other

    Debt securities

    143

    56

    87

    0

    Equity instruments

    56

    42

    15

    0

    Other assets:

    Cash and due from banks & Interest earning deposits with Banks

    197

    12

    185

    0

    Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements¹

    12

    0

    0

    12

    Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss²

    Trading assets

    12

    0

    12

    0

    Positive market value from derivative financial instruments

    320

    0

    0

    320

    Securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements¹

    69

    0

    0

    69

    Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    21

    0

    21

    0

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income²

    6

    0

    5

    1

    Loans

    441

    75

    5

    360

    Other assets

    71

    41

    0

    31

    Total

    1,348

    225

    330

    793

    1Securities borrowed and securities purchased under resale agreements are all shown as other unencumbered. The use of the underlying collateral is separately captured in the off-balance sheet table below.
    2Excludes Debt securities and Equity instruments (separately disclosed above).

    Dec 31, 2018

    Fair value of collateral received

    Unencumbered assets

    in € bn. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Encumbered assets

    Readily available

    Other

    Collateral received:

    292

    240

    47

    5

    Debt securities

    185

    149

    37

    0

    Equity instruments

    102

    92

    10

    0

    Other collateral received

    5

    0

    0

    5

    Dec 31, 2019

    Fair value of collateral received

    Unencumbered assets

    in € bn. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Encumbered assets

    Readily available

    Other

    Collateral received:

    252

    200

    47

    4

    Debt securities

    215

    171

    43

    0

    Equity instruments

    33

    29

    4

    0

    Other collateral received

    4

    0

    0

    4

    Maturity Analysis of Assets and Financial Liabilities

    Treasury manages the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities. Modeling of assets and liabilities is necessary in cases where the contractual maturity does not adequately reflect the liquidity risk position. The most significant example in this context would be immediately repayable deposits from retail and transaction banking customers which have consistently displayed high stability throughout even the most severe financial crises.

    The modeling profiles are part of the overall liquidity risk management framework (see section “Liquidity Stress Testing and Scenario Analysis” for short-term liquidity positions ≤ 1 year and section “Structural Funding” for long-term liquidity positions > 1 year) which is defined and approved by the Management Board.

    The following tables present a maturity analysis of our total assets based on carrying value and upon earliest legally exercisable maturity as of December 31, 20192020 and 2018,2019, respectively.

    157162

    Analysis of the earliest contractual maturity of assets

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m.

    On demand (incl. Overnight and one day notice)

    Up to one month

    Over 1 month to no more than 3 months

    Over 3 months but no more than 6 months

    Over 6 months but no more than 9 months

    Over 9 months but no more than 1 year

    Over 1 year but no more than 2 years

    Over 2 years but no more than 5 years

    Over 5 years

    Total

    Cash and central bank balances

    163,953

    2,165

    32

    39

    13

    6

    0

    0

    0

    166,208

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    7,106

    1,239

    470

    138

    95

    71

    0

    0

    11

    9,130

    Central bank funds sold

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Securities purchased under resale agreements

    151

    2,111

    1,378

    765

    84

    237

    2,212

    1,593

    0

    8,533

    With banks

    137

    1,578

    206

    508

    64

    0

    1,529

    1,505

    0

    5,527

    With customers

    14

    533

    1,172

    257

    20

    237

    683

    88

    0

    3,005

    Securities borrowed

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    With banks

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    With customers

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    462,674

    39,834

    6,189

    2,971

    593

    3,391

    1,898

    4,063

    6,366

    527,980

    Trading assets

    448,260

    291

    0

    0

    0

    2,480

    83

    0

    309

    451,422

    Fixed-income securities and loans

    91,353

    291

    0

    0

    0

    2,480

    83

    0

    119

    94,326

    Equities and other variable- income securities

    11,579

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    190

    11,769

    Other trading assets

    1,833

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,833

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    343,493

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    343,493

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    14,415

    39,543

    6,189

    2,971

    593

    912

    1,461

    3,980

    6,057

    76,121

    Securities purchased under resale agreements

    3,649

    32,309

    5,052

    2,848

    560

    97

    373

    1,169

    0

    46,057

    Securities borrowed

    10,532

    5,752

    721

    0

    0

    0

    4

    0

    0

    17,009

    Fixed-income securities and loans

    198

    1,188

    399

    117

    6

    278

    997

    2,691

    5,678

    11,553

    Other non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    36

    294

    16

    6

    27

    536

    88

    121

    378

    1,503

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    353

    83

    1

    437

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting

    0

    528

    622

    350

    131

    71

    215

    221

    1,126

    3,265

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    5

    3,013

    3,182

    3,059

    3,304

    1,831

    8,436

    11,271

    21,735

    55,834

    Securities purchased under resale agreements

    0

    1,543

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,543

    Securities borrowed

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Debt securities

    0

    1,167

    2,621

    2,684

    2,963

    1,653

    7,633

    9,252

    21,683

    49,656

    Loans

    5

    303

    561

    374

    341

    179

    803

    2,019

    52

    4,635

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Loans

    13,792

    41,600

    19,375

    15,763

    9,482

    11,575

    28,140

    75,957

    211,005

    426,691

    To banks

    270

    693

    744

    577

    235

    384

    258

    1,602

    751

    5,514

    To customers

    13,522

    40,907

    18,632

    15,186

    9,247

    11,191

    27,882

    74,355

    210,255

    421,177

    Retail

    2,288

    7,919

    3,226

    1,817

    1,100

    1,262

    4,955

    16,034

    164,343

    202,943

    Corporates and other customers

    11,234

    32,988

    15,406

    13,369

    8,148

    9,929

    22,927

    58,321

    45,912

    218,234

    Other financial assets

    73,415

    7,766

    1,362

    1,112

    430

    2,207

    2,073

    6,867

    1,560

    96,791

    Total financial assets

    721,096

    98,256

    32,611

    24,197

    14,133

    19,390

    42,975

    99,972

    241,803

    1,294,433

    Other assets

    13,898

    1,599

    1

    1,672

    9

    1,983

    211

    1,406

    9,749

    30,529

    Total assets

    734,994

    99,856

    32,612

    25,869

    14,142

    21,373

    43,186

    101,378

    251,552

    1,324,961

    163

    Analysis of the earliest contractual maturity of assets

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    On demand (incl. Overnight and one day notice)

    Up to one month

    Over 1 month to no more than 3 months

    Over 3 months but no more than 6 months

    Over 6 months but no more than 9 months

    Over 9 months but no more than 1 year

    Over 1 year but no more than 2 years

    Over 2 years but no more than 5 years

    Over 5 years

    Total

    Cash and central bank balances

    130,338

    4,152

    205

    54

    20

    2,601

    222

    0

    0

    137,592

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    5,639

    3,338

    172

    98

    135

    231

    0

    0

    22

    9,636

    Central bank funds sold

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Securities purchased under resale agreements

    16

    5,668

    2,158

    1,142

    163

    445

    881

    3,329

    0

    13,801

    With banks

    11

    5,011

    781

    474

    20

    104

    610

    2,709

    0

    9,720

    With customers

    5

    657

    1,377

    668

    143

    341

    271

    620

    0

    4,081

    Securities borrowed

    328

    100

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    428

    With banks

    38

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    38

    With customers

    290

    100

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    390

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    461,076

    43,798

    8,883

    1,783

    226

    1,371

    452

    5,927

    7,196

    530,713

    Trading assets

    110,559

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    315

    110,875

    Fixed-income securities and loans

    93,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    12

    93,012

    Equities and other variable- income securities

    17,017

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    303

    17,320

    Other trading assets

    543

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    543

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    332,931

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    332,931

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    17,586

    43,798

    8,883

    1,783

    226

    1,371

    452

    5,921

    6,881

    86,901

    Securities purchased under resale agreements

    4,791

    38,563

    6,796

    743

    91

    121

    156

    2,105

    0

    53,366

    Securities borrowed

    12,623

    4,355

    930

    0

    0

    0

    10

    0

    0

    17,918

    Fixed-income securities and loans

    0

    493

    1,079

    865

    135

    388

    285

    3,780

    5,344

    12,369

    Other non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    172

    387

    78

    176

    0

    862

    0

    35

    1,537

    3,247

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    6

    0

    7

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting

    0

    121

    272

    129

    38

    15

    180

    578

    1,446

    2,780

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    12

    3,315

    2,395

    2,989

    1,417

    2,055

    4,603

    15,570

    13,148

    45,503

    Securities purchased under resale agreements

    0

    1,408

    0

    0

    0

    0

    7

    0

    0

    1,415

    Securities borrowed

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Debt securities

    0

    1,618

    1,848

    2,561

    1,065

    1,851

    4,187

    13,016

    13,068

    39,214

    Loans

    12

    289

    546

    428

    352

    204

    409

    2,554

    80

    4,874

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Loans

    16,410

    45,045

    20,166

    15,716

    9,554

    8,778

    29,985

    80,631

    203,556

    429,841

    To banks

    85

    1,859

    1,064

    670

    238

    468

    234

    1,213

    370

    6,201

    To customers

    16,325

    43,186

    19,102

    15,046

    9,316

    8,310

    29,751

    79,418

    203,186

    423,640

    Retail

    2,264

    8,699

    3,419

    2,361

    1,531

    1,044

    4,295

    15,325

    156,824

    195,762

    Corporates and other customers

    14,061

    34,487

    15,683

    12,685

    7,785

    7,266

    25,456

    64,094

    46,362

    227,878

    Other financial assets

    62,134

    7,807

    1,455

    557

    249

    2,767

    2,252

    12,277

    7,697

    97,196

    Total financial assets

    675,954

    113,345

    35,706

    22,468

    11,801

    18,263

    38,574

    118,314

    233,065

    1,267,490

    Other assets

    10,921

    264

    3,220

    103

    109

    197

    347

    1,632

    13,392

    30,185

    Total assets

    686,875

    113,609

    38,926

    22,571

    11,910

    18,459

    38,921

    119,946

    246,458

    1,297,674

    158

    Analysis of the earliest contractual maturity of assets

    Dec 31, 2018¹

    in € m.

    On demand (incl. Overnight and one day notice)

    Up to one month

    Over 1 month to no more than 3 months

    Over 3 months but no more than 6 months

    Over 6 months but no more than 9 months

    Over 9 months but no more than 1 year

    Over 1 year but no more than 2 years

    Over 2 years but no more than 5 years

    Over 5 years

    Total

    Cash and central bank balances

    182,778

    2,596

    224

    0

    22

    3,070

    40

    0

    0

    188,731

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    4,234

    3,182

    202

    110

    131

    422

    0

    0

    599

    8,881

    Central bank funds sold

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Securities purchased under resale agreements

    40

    2,537

    1,415

    887

    461

    521

    1,067

    1,294

    0

    8,222

    With banks

    1

    2,015

    173

    588

    447

    266

    0

    1,136

    0

    4,626

    With customers

    39

    522

    1,242

    299

    14

    255

    1,067

    158

    0

    3,595

    Securities borrowed

    2,880

    517

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,396

    With banks

    49

    60

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    110

    With customers

    2,830

    456

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,287

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    497,441

    37,864

    14,877

    2,174

    2,830

    5,872

    2,274

    4,617

    5,395

    573,344

    Trading assets

    152,456

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    281

    152,738

    Fixed-income securities and loans

    96,650

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    18

    96,668

    Equities and other variable- income securities

    55,250

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    264

    55,514

    Other trading assets

    556

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    556

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    320,058

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    320,058

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    24,927

    37,855

    14,782

    2,174

    2,830

    5,872

    2,274

    4,617

    5,112

    100,444

    Securities purchased under resale agreements

    5,478

    32,550

    3,231

    616

    372

    78

    110

    2,098

    9

    44,543

    Securities borrowed

    19,213

    4,331

    625

    2

    0

    0

    39

    0

    0

    24,210

    Fixed-income securities and loans

    1

    739

    10,855

    1,556

    2,458

    4,590

    1,777

    2,501

    3,763

    28,239

    Other non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    235

    235

    72

    0

    0

    1,204

    348

    18

    1,340

    3,453

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    9

    95

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1

    104

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting

    0

    143

    179

    220

    21

    23

    322

    641

    1,480

    3,028

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    3

    3,101

    2,290

    2,945

    3,982

    4,403

    6,858

    16,371

    11,228

    51,182

    Securities purchased under resale agreements

    0

    1,097

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,097

    Securities borrowed

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Debt securities

    0

    1,692

    1,717

    2,519

    3,811

    4,307

    6,252

    13,494

    11,203

    44,993

    Loans

    3

    312

    574

    426

    171

    96

    606

    2,877

    25

    5,092

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Loans

    15,812

    39,559

    23,116

    14,432

    9,585

    8,324

    23,928

    67,648

    197,892

    400,297

    To banks

    170

    1,644

    1,394

    1,017

    120

    131

    544

    406

    1,179

    6,605

    To customers

    15,642

    37,915

    21,722

    13,415

    9,465

    8,194

    23,383

    67,242

    196,713

    393,691

    Retail

    2,238

    7,109

    3,702

    1,735

    857

    887

    4,794

    15,099

    151,001

    187,422

    Corporates and other customers

    13,404

    30,806

    18,020

    11,680

    8,609

    7,307

    18,589

    52,143

    45,712

    206,269

    Other financial assets

    65,390

    7,813

    446

    418

    108

    2,917

    835

    2,416

    1,844

    82,187

    Total financial assets

    768,578

    97,311

    42,750

    21,187

    17,142

    25,551

    35,324

    92,987

    218,438

    1,319,269

    Other assets

    13,198

    91

    91

    124

    158

    197

    34

    984

    13,991

    28,868

    Total assets

    781,777

    97,402

    42,841

    21,311

    17,300

    25,749

    35,358

    93,972

    232,430

    1,348,137

    1The figures for 2018 have been restated.


    159164

    The following tables present a maturity analysis of our total liabilities based on carrying value and upon earliest legally exercisable maturity as of December 31, 20192020 and 2018,2019, respectively.

    Analysis of the earliest contractual maturity of liabilities

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m.

    On demand (incl. Over- night and one day notice)

    Up to one month

    Over 1 month to no more than 3 months

    Over 3 months but no more than 6 months

    Over 6 months but no more than 9 months

    Over 9 months but no more than 1 year

    Over 1 year but no more than 2 years

    Over 2 years but no more than 5 years

    Over 5 years

    Total

    On demand (incl. Over- night and one day notice)

    Up to one month

    Over 1 month to no more than 3 months

    Over 3 months but no more than 6 months

    Over 6 months but no more than 9 months

    Over 9 months but no more than 1 year

    Over 1 year but no more than 2 years

    Over 2 years but no more than 5 years

    Over 5 years

    Total

    Deposits

    364,007

    20,305

    92,964

    35,712

    17,979

    15,110

    7,205

    8,675

    10,251

    572,208

    375,205

    20,323

    85,104

    47,290

    10,005

    6,455

    5,362

    8,053

    9,948

    567,745

    Due to banks

    43,745

    1,631

    8,834

    5,338

    1,065

    665

    2,153

    5,453

    7,972

    76,856

    34,818

    1,364

    7,860

    7,969

    5,353

    1,354

    2,961

    5,853

    7,901

    75,432

    Due to customers

    320,262

    18,674

    84,130

    30,374

    16,914

    14,445

    5,052

    3,222

    2,279

    495,352

    340,387

    18,959

    77,244

    39,322

    4,653

    5,101

    2,401

    2,199

    2,047

    492,313

    Retail

    135,727

    4,746

    57,398

    16,271

    8,895

    5,854

    579

    654

    171

    230,296

    151,438

    3,660

    57,516

    28,093

    992

    714

    605

    490

    150

    243,656

    Corporates and other customers

    184,534

    13,929

    26,732

    14,102

    8,018

    8,591

    4,473

    2,569

    2,108

    265,056

    188,949

    15,300

    19,728

    11,229

    3,661

    4,387

    1,796

    1,709

    1,898

    248,657

    Trading liabilities

    353,571

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    353,571

    372,090

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    372,090

    Trading securities

    36,692

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    36,692

    43,882

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    43,882

    Other trading liabilities

    373

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    373

    434

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    434

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments

    316,506

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    316,506

    327,775

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    327,775

    Financial liabilities designed at fair value through profit or loss (without loan commitments and financial guarantees)

    9,860

    15,487

    10,201

    5,066

    4,802

    954

    162

    983

    2,816

    50,332

    Financial liabilities designed at fair value through profit or loss

    12,658

    18,594

    9,961

    2,101

    86

    26

    347

    1,494

    1,316

    46,582

    Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    7,617

    14,965

    10,016

    4,795

    4,555

    754

    2

    16

    2

    42,723

    11,258

    18,511

    9,780

    2,065

    0

    1

    11

    10

    0

    41,636

    Long-term debt

    89

    160

    112

    256

    223

    137

    159

    951

    2,675

    4,761

    84

    36

    164

    34

    24

    25

    317

    1,450

    1,240

    3,374

    Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    2,154

    362

    74

    14

    25

    63

    1

    16

    139

    2,847

    1,316

    47

    17

    1

    62

    0

    18

    34

    77

    1,572

    Investment contract liabilities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    544

    0

    0

    0

    544

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    526

    0

    0

    0

    526

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting

    0

    140

    147

    42

    105

    97

    64

    491

    343

    1,431

    0

    108

    245

    46

    11

    9

    65

    254

    541

    1,279

    Central bank funds purchased

    218

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    218

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    1,493

    960

    158

    22

    0

    205

    13

    37

    7

    2,897

    1,815

    14

    1

    0

    0

    0

    9

    485

    1

    2,325

    Due to banks

    1,248

    750

    32

    22

    0

    205

    0

    0

    0

    2,257

    1,814

    13

    0

    0

    0

    0

    9

    409

    0

    2,246

    Due to customers

    246

    210

    127

    0

    0

    0

    13

    37

    7

    640

    1

    0

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    76

    1

    79

    Securities loaned

    258

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    259

    1,697

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,698

    Due to banks

    15

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    16

    426

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    427

    Due to customers

    243

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    243

    1,271

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,271

    Other short term borrowings

    1,861

    518

    1,477

    604

    229

    529

    0

    0

    0

    5,218

    1,385

    282

    366

    647

    400

    474

    0

    0

    0

    3,553

    Long-term debt

    0

    630

    14,841

    11,320

    7,194

    4,104

    28,724

    37,228

    32,433

    136,473

    0

    4,307

    5,579

    13,873

    25,273

    10,595

    13,751

    47,489

    28,297

    149,163

    Debt securities - senior

    0

    572

    3,139

    4,811

    6,992

    3,232

    27,178

    32,215

    23,047

    101,187

    0

    4,143

    5,229

    3,643

    5,093

    7,356

    12,462

    35,199

    20,266

    93,391

    Debt securities - subordi- nated

    0

    0

    15

    2,023

    0

    13

    0

    1,295

    3,588

    6,934

    0

    0

    14

    4

    0

    0

    0

    3,948

    3,386

    7,352

    Other long-term debt - senior

    0

    54

    11,687

    4,480

    198

    855

    1,522

    3,529

    5,695

    28,019

    0

    164

    335

    10,202

    20,180

    3,239

    1,274

    8,156

    4,552

    48,103

    Other long-term debt - subordinated

    0

    3

    0

    7

    4

    3

    24

    190

    101

    333

    0

    0

    0

    24

    0

    0

    15

    185

    93

    316

    Trust Preferred Securities

    0

    0

    0

    1,257

    0

    756

    0

    0

    0

    2,013

    0

    0

    0

    524

    269

    528

    0

    0

    0

    1,321

    Other financial liabilities

    78,597

    1,088

    1,653

    280

    254

    253

    875

    1,493

    867

    85,361

    86,658

    942

    1,735

    272

    188

    230

    875

    1,211

    1,784

    93,894

    Total financial liabilities

    809,867

    39,129

    121,442

    54,304

    30,564

    22,553

    37,043

    48,908

    46,716

    1,210,524

    851,507

    44,569

    102,991

    64,753

    36,232

    18,843

    20,410

    58,985

    41,888

    1,240,178

    Other liabilities

    24,990

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    24,990

    22,599

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    22,599

    Total equity

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    62,160

    62,160

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    62,184

    62,184

    Total liabilities and equity

    834,857

    39,129

    121,442

    54,304

    30,564

    22,553

    37,043

    48,908

    108,876

    1,297,674

    874,107

    44,569

    102,991

    64,753

    36,232

    18,843

    20,410

    58,985

    104,072

    1,324,961

    Off-balance sheet commitments given

    39,558

    7,525

    12,808

    14,979

    8,110

    18,609

    33,148

    90,696

    35,238

    260,672

    41,744

    8,996

    11,000

    18,109

    8,285

    21,379

    36,149

    84,924

    33,269

    263,854

    Banks

    594

    1,025

    1,145

    1,365

    1,265

    2,158

    1,609

    2,147

    2,481

    13,791

    576

    1,356

    1,268

    2,137

    1,453

    1,532

    2,008

    2,401

    2,704

    15,437

    Retail

    17,028

    769

    701

    364

    82

    1,086

    301

    227

    9,468

    30,025

    16,654

    802

    950

    333

    225

    1,529

    349

    468

    10,262

    31,570

    Corporates and other customers

    21,936

    5,731

    10,962

    13,249

    6,763

    15,365

    31,237

    88,322

    23,290

    216,856

    24,514

    6,838

    8,783

    15,639

    6,607

    18,318

    33,792

    82,054

    20,303

    216,847

    160165

    Analysis of the earliest contractual maturity of liabilities

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    On demand (incl. Over- night and one day notice)

    Up to one month

    Over 1 month to no more than 3 months

    Over 3 months but no more than 6 months

    Over 6 months but no more than 9 months

    Over 9 months but no more than 1 year

    Over 1 year but no more than 2 years

    Over 2 years but no more than 5 years

    Over 5 years

    Total

    On demand (incl. Over- night and one day notice)

    Up to one month

    Over 1 month to no more than 3 months

    Over 3 months but no more than 6 months

    Over 6 months but no more than 9 months

    Over 9 months but no more than 1 year

    Over 1 year but no more than 2 years

    Over 2 years but no more than 5 years

    Over 5 years

    Total

    Deposits

    348,026

    26,750

    109,965

    26,422

    10,517

    10,021

    11,563

    9,662

    11,479

    564,405

    364,007

    20,305

    92,964

    35,712

    17,979

    15,110

    7,205

    8,675

    10,251

    572,208

    Due to banks

    46,399

    2,487

    8,699

    6,059

    913

    1,624

    2,284

    5,470

    8,045

    81,980

    43,745

    1,631

    8,834

    5,338

    1,065

    665

    2,153

    5,453

    7,972

    76,856

    Due to customers

    301,627

    24,263

    101,266

    20,363

    9,604

    8,397

    9,279

    4,193

    3,434

    482,425

    320,262

    18,674

    84,130

    30,374

    16,914

    14,445

    5,052

    3,222

    2,279

    495,352

    Retail

    125,292

    9,731

    74,012

    3,878

    1,736

    1,176

    917

    970

    603

    218,314

    135,727

    4,746

    57,398

    16,271

    8,895

    5,854

    579

    654

    171

    230,296

    Corporates and other customers

    176,335

    14,532

    27,254

    16,486

    7,868

    7,221

    8,362

    3,223

    2,831

    264,111

    184,534

    13,929

    26,732

    14,102

    8,018

    8,591

    4,473

    2,569

    2,108

    265,056

    Trading liabilities

    361,411

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    361,411

    353,571

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    353,571

    Trading securities

    59,629

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    59,629

    36,692

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    36,692

    Other trading liabilities

    295

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    295

    373

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    373

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments

    301,487

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    301,487

    316,506

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    316,506

    Financial liabilities designed at fair value through profit or loss (without loan commitments and financial guarantees)

    11,282

    28,466

    3,640

    4,699

    540

    370

    639

    1,041

    3,079

    53,757

    Financial liabilities designed at fair value through profit or loss

    9,860

    15,487

    10,201

    5,066

    4,802

    954

    162

    983

    2,816

    50,332

    Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    10,822

    27,909

    3,031

    4,259

    0

    2

    208

    17

    6

    46,254

    7,617

    14,965

    10,016

    4,796

    4,555

    754

    2

    16

    2

    42,723

    Long-term debt

    255

    33

    238

    234

    416

    155

    391

    936

    2,949

    5,607

    89

    160

    112

    256

    223

    137

    159

    951

    2,675

    4,761

    Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    205

    524

    372

    206

    124

    212

    40

    89

    124

    1,895

    2,154

    362

    74

    14

    25

    63

    1

    16

    139

    2,848

    Investment contract liabilities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    512

    0

    0

    0

    512

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    544

    0

    0

    0

    544

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting

    0

    178

    431

    383

    93

    25

    264

    241

    306

    1,922

    0

    140

    147

    42

    105

    97

    64

    491

    343

    1,431

    Central bank funds purchased

    252

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    252

    218

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    218

    Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    3,151

    611

    349

    3

    265

    234

    0

    1

    0

    4,615

    1,493

    960

    158

    22

    0

    205

    13

    37

    7

    2,897

    Due to banks

    2,205

    513

    264

    3

    265

    205

    0

    1

    0

    3,456

    1,248

    750

    32

    22

    0

    205

    0

    0

    0

    2,257

    Due to customers

    945

    99

    85

    0

    0

    29

    0

    0

    0

    1,158

    246

    210

    127

    0

    0

    0

    13

    37

    7

    640

    Securities loaned

    3,357

    1

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,359

    258

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    259

    Due to banks

    1,320

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,322

    15

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    16

    Due to customers

    2,036

    0

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,037

    243

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    243

    Other short term borrowings

    11,067

    899

    584

    1,136

    266

    205

    0

    0

    0

    14,158

    1,861

    518

    1,477

    604

    229

    529

    0

    0

    0

    5,218

    Long-term debt

    0

    1,735

    28,579

    9,505

    5,017

    2,480

    22,627

    47,762

    34,377

    152,083

    0

    630

    14,841

    11,320

    7,194

    4,104

    28,724

    37,228

    32,433

    136,473

    Debt securities - senior

    0

    1,678

    7,444

    8,977

    4,388

    1,790

    15,050

    43,552

    25,510

    108,389

    0

    572

    3,139

    4,811

    6,992

    3,232

    27,178

    32,215

    23,047

    101,187

    Debt securities - subordi- nated

    0

    28

    1,943

    109

    1

    0

    1,314

    1,232

    2,089

    6,717

    0

    0

    15

    2,023

    0

    13

    0

    1,295

    3,588

    6,934

    Other long-term debt - senior

    0

    26

    19,193

    376

    592

    673

    6,250

    2,838

    6,602

    36,550

    0

    54

    11,687

    4,480

    198

    855

    1,522

    3,529

    5,695

    28,019

    Other long-term debt - subordinated

    0

    3

    0

    42

    36

    17

    13

    141

    175

    427

    0

    3

    0

    7

    4

    3

    24

    190

    101

    333

    Trust Preferred Securities

    0

    0

    0

    3,168

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,168

    0

    0

    0

    1,257

    0

    756

    0

    0

    0

    2,013

    Other financial liabilities

    96,571

    976

    1,785

    134

    44

    1,024

    268

    101

    59

    100,962

    78,597

    1,088

    1,653

    280

    254

    253

    875

    1,493

    867

    85,361

    Total financial liabilities

    835,117

    59,617

    145,335

    45,450

    16,743

    14,872

    35,361

    58,809

    49,300

    1,260,603

    809,867

    39,129

    121,442

    54,304

    30,564

    22,553

    37,043

    48,908

    46,716

    1,210,524

    Other liabilities

    18,797

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    18,797

    24,990

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    24,990

    Total equity

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    68,737

    68,737

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    62,160

    62,160

    Total liabilities and equity

    853,913

    59,617

    145,335

    45,450

    16,743

    14,872

    35,361

    58,809

    118,037

    1,348,137

    834,857

    39,129

    121,442

    54,304

    30,564

    22,553

    37,043

    48,908

    108,876

    1,297,674

    Off-balance sheet commitments given

    39,720

    9,767

    13,480

    19,872

    9,390

    15,678

    27,793

    91,753

    36,200

    263,654

    39,558

    7,525

    12,808

    14,979

    8,110

    18,609

    33,148

    90,696

    35,238

    260,672

    Banks

    20,274

    5,010

    7,445

    10,854

    5,178

    8,539

    14,394

    46,720

    19,178

    137,593

    594

    1,025

    1,145

    1,365

    1,265

    2,158

    1,609

    2,147

    2,481

    13,791

    Retail

    8,192

    1,246

    388

    86

    115

    577

    343

    79

    4,360

    15,386

    17,028

    769

    701

    364

    82

    1,086

    301

    227

    9,468

    30,025

    Corporates and other customers

    11,253

    3,511

    5,647

    8,932

    4,097

    6,563

    13,055

    44,954

    12,662

    110,674

    21,936

    5,731

    10,962

    13,249

    6,763

    15,365

    31,237

    88,322

    23,290

    216,856

    1 The figures for 2019 have been revised

    161166

    Compensation Reportreport

    Introduction163167

    164168

    Management Board Compensationcompensation report

    Management Board Compensation Governancecompensation governance 164168

    Compensation Principlesprinciples 165169

    Compensation Structurestructure 166170

    Long-Term IncentiveLong-term incentive and Sustainability– 172

    ForfeitureConditions / Clawback – 174

    Limitations in the Event of ExceptionalDevelopments – 174

    Shareholding Guidelines– 174

    Other Benefits upon Early Termination– 175

    Management Board compensation for the 2019financial year – 175

    Share awards– 179

    Management Board Share Ownership, Shareholding Guidelines

    sustainability – 179

    Compensation in accordance with the GermanCorporate Governance Code (GCGC)Forfeiture conditions / clawback182181

    CompensationLimitations in accordance with the GermanAccounting Standard No. 17 (GAS 17)event of exceptional developments188

    190

    Employee Compensation Report181

    Regulatory EnvironmentShareholding guidelines 190181

    Compensation GovernancePension benefits 191181

    Compensation StrategyOther benefits upon early termination 192182

    Group Compensation FrameworkManagement Board compensation for the 2020 financial year 193182

    Determination of performance-based Variable CompensationShare awards 194185

    Variable Compensation StructureManagement Board share ownership, shareholding guidelines 195186

    Ex-post Risk Adjustment of Variable Compensation in accordance with the German Corporate Governance Code (GCGC) 196188

    Employee GroupsCompensation in accordance with specific Compensation Structuresthe German Accounting Standard No. 17 (GAS 17) 197195

    Material Risk Taker Compensation DisclosureOutlook: Further development of the compensation system from 2021 onwards 200197

    202199

    Compensation System for Supervisory Board MembersEmployee compensation report

    Regulatory environment – 200

    Compensation governance – 201

    Compensation strategy – 202

    Group compensation framework – 203

    Determination of performance-based variable compensation – 204

    Variable compensation structure – 205

    Ex-post risk adjustment of variable compensation – 206

    Employee groups with specific compensation structures – 207

    Compensation decisions for 2020 – 208

    Material Risk Taker compensation disclosure – 209

    211

    Compensation system for Supervisory Board Compensationmembers

    Supervisory Board compensation for the 2019Financial Year2020 financial year203212

    162167

    Introduction

    The 20192020 Compensation Report provides detailed compensation information with regard to the overall Deutsche Bank Group.

    The Compensation Report comprises the following three sections:

    Management Board Compensationcompensation report

    The first section is the Compensation Report for the Management Board, which consists of three parts. The first part of the Report sets out the structure and design of the compensation system for the members of the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG. The second sectionpart comprises the report on the actual compensation report on the compensation and other benefits granted by the Supervisory Board to the members of the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG. In the third part, which was added this year, we inform you about the most important changes in the compensation system that will apply from the financial year 2021. The new compensation system will be presented to the shareholders for their approval at the 2021 Annual General Meeting. We also refer here to the Letter of the Supervisory Board.Board on pages … to ….

    Employee Compensation Reportcompensation report

    The second section of the compensation reportCompensation Report discloses information with regard to the compensation system and structure that applies to the employees in Deutsche Bank Group (including DWS Group). The report provides details on the Group Compensation Framework and it outlines the decisions on Variable Compensation for 2019.2020. Furthermore, this part contains quantitative disclosures specific to employees identified as Material Risk Takers (MRTs) in accordance with the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung – InstVV).

    Supervisory Board Reportreport and Disclosuredisclosure

    The third section of the Compensation Report provides information on the structure and level of compensation for Supervisory Board members of Deutsche Bank AG.

    The reportCompensation Report complies with the requirements of Section 314 (1) No. 6 of the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch, “HGB”), the German Accounting Standard No. 17 (“DRS 17”) “Reporting on Executive Body Remuneration”, CRR, InstVV, and the recommendations of the German Corporate Governance Code.

    163168

    Management Board Compensationcompensation report

    Management Board Compensation Governancecompensation governance

    The Supervisory Board as a plenary body,whole is responsible for the structuring and design of the system for the compensation of the members of the Management Board as well as for determining their individual compensation. The Supervisory Board is supported by the Compensation Control Committee. The Compensation Control Committee controls and supports the appropriate structuring of the compensation policiespolicy and prepares the resolutions of the Supervisory Board regarding the individual compensation of the Management Board members. In addition, the Compensation Control Committee and/or the Supervisory Board will consult independentobtain advice from external consultants where this is considered necessary.

    The number of members of the Compensation Control Committee generally compriseswas increased from four members.to six with effect from July 1, 2020. In accordance with regulatory requirements, at least one member must have sufficient expertise and professional experience in the area of risk management and risk controlling and at least one othermember must be an employee representative.

    The Supervisory Board regularly reviews the compensation system for the members of the Management Board. In the past, the Supervisory Board had made use of the possibility provided in § 120 (4) of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz – AktG) for the General Meeting to approve the compensation system of compensation for Management Board members. The current system was approved by the Annual General Meeting in 2017. After the enactment of the German Act Implementing the Second Shareholder Rights Directive in late 2019,In 2020, the Supervisory Board will reviewreviewed the compensation structures in 2020accordance with the legal framework changed by the law implementing the Second Shareholders' Rights Directive. It will have the 2021 Annual General Meeting resolve on the amended compensation system, now in accordance with § 120a AktG. An overview of the new legal framework and presentmain changes can be found at the end of the Management Board compensation report. As part of the invitation to the Annual General Meeting, the amended compensation system will be presented in 2021 for approval.a holistic and transparent manner with all necessary detail.


    164169

    Compensation Systemsystem

    Compensation Principlesprinciples

    The compensation system and thus the determination of individual compensation are based on the six compensation principles outlined below. The compensation system was developed from these principles, and they provide guidance if questions of interpretation arise. Therefore, they are always taken into consideration by the Supervisory Board when passing a resolution on the compensation system and the assessment of individual compensation.

    Governance

    The structuring of the compensation system and determination of individual compensation takes place within the framework of the statutory and regulatory requirements. The Supervisory Board’s objective is to offer, within the boundaries of applicable regulatory requirements, a compensation package that is in line with customary market practices and therefore competitive with comparable roles.

    Group Strategy

    Through the structure of the compensation policiessystem, the members of the Management Board are to be motivated to achieve the objectives set out in the Bank’s strategies, to work continuously towards the positive development of the Group and thereby to avoid unreasonably highundue risks.

    Collective and Individual Performance of the Management Board Members

    The variable, performance-related compensation is determined on the basis of the level of achievement of previously agreed objectives. For this purpose, collective and Deutsche Bank Group-related objectives applying equally to all Management Board members are set. In addition, the Supervisory Board sets individual objectives for each member of the Management Board separately, which particularly take into account the development of the business, infrastructure or regional areas of responsibility as the case may be. SuchIn a balanced way, such objectives may be financial or non-financial.

    Regulatory or
    other compensation caps

    Pursuant to the regulatory approaches under CRD 4, the ratio of fixed to variable compensation is generally limited to 1:1 (cap regulation), i.e. the amount of variable compensation must not exceed that of fixed compensation. However, lawmakers have also stipulatedunder CRD   4 EU member states are authorized to stipulate that shareholders canmay resolve to relax the requirement by setting the ratio of fixed to variable compensation toat 1:2. Germany has made use of this authorization. In line therewith, in May 2014, the General Meeting approved the aforementioned setting toat 1:2 with a majority of 91 %. The compensation system resolved by the Supervisory Board also provides fixed caps for the individualdifferent variable compensation components. In addition, the Supervisory Board is entitled to set an additional cap for the total compensation of the individual members of the Management Board. In the 20192020 financial year, the additional cap was set at € 9.85 million.

    Sustainability

    The total variable compensation for Management Board members is only to be granted on a deferred basis. The Long-Term Award, and therefore about 60 % of the deferred variable compensation, is to be granted in the form of equity-based compensation components, which only vest no less than five years after the grant in one tranche (cliff vesting) and are subject to an additional retention period of one year. The remaining portion is generally to be granted as non-equity-based compensation component and to vest in identicalequal tranches over a period of seven years. During the deferral and retention period, deferred compensation is subject to specific performance- and forfeiture provisions.

    The total variable compensation may be reclaimed by the bank for up to two years after the expiry of the last deferral period in response to specific individual negative contributions to results made by the Management Board member (clawback).

    InterestsAlignment of the Shareholdersinterests of Management Board members and shareholders

    When designing the specific structure of the compensation system, determining individual compensation amounts, and structuring compensation delivery and allocation, the focus is on ensuring a close link between the interests of both the Management Board members and shareholders. WhileWhen defining the variable compensation, this is achieved through the utilization of clearly defined key financial figures which are directly linked to the performance of Deutsche Bank.

    170

    Based on these principles, the Supervisory Board decides on the structure, amount and weighting of the individual compensation components. In order to ensure the appropriateness of the compensation, it takes into account the compensation both in a horizontal comparison with competitors and in a vertical comparison with the workforce.

    The compensation system and the compensation structures they encompass are reflected in the individual Management Board members’ contracts.

    165

    Compensation Structurestructure

    Structure and compensation elements of the compensation policies

    The compensation system applicable since January 2017 consist of non-performance-related (fixed) and performance-related (variable) components.

    Non-Performance-Related Components (Fixed Compensation)Non-performance-related components (fixed compensation)

    The fixed compensation is not linked to performance and consists of the base salary, any allowances granted, contributions to the company pension plan and “fringe benefits”.

    The annual base salaryamounts to € 3.4 million for the Chairman of the Management Board. The President receives an annual base salary of € 3 million. In principle,With effect from August 1, 2020, the Supervisory Board has approved an annual base salary for the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Risk Officer of € 2.6 million. The annual base salary of the other ordinary Management Board members is € 2.4 million, formillion. As the board member with responsibility for CIB, it was € 3 million. When Mr. Ritchie, who was responsible for CIB, leftbusiness divisions CB and IB are currently not represented on the Management Board atseparately, the end of July 2019, CIB was split into the divisions CB and IB. These two new divisions have not been represented independently within the Management Board but were assumed by the Chairman of the Management Board. The base salary for a Management Board member that would be independentlysolely responsible for CB or IB, has not yet been determined.

    Various factors were considered when determining the appropriate level of the base salary. First, the base salary rewards general assumption of the office of Management Board member and the related overall responsibility of the individual Management Board members. In addition, the compensation paid in the market to executives holding comparable marketpositions is taken into account when determining the amount of the base salary. However, a market comparison must take into consideration that the regulatory requirements pursuant to the German Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung – InstVV) in conjunction with Section 25a (5) of the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) set a cap for variable compensation at 200 % of the fixed compensation. Accordingly, the fixed compensation must be determined in a way that ensures competitive total compensation in line with market practicestandards while taking into account the aforementioned requirements. The cap required for regulatory required capreasons was implemented in 2014.


    166171

    In 2017, the Supervisory Board introduced an optional functional allowance which may be awarded to Management Board members who are assigned additional tasks and a particular responsibility extending beyond the assigned regular area of responsibility within the Management Board. Since August 2019, none of the Management Board members has received an optional functional allowance.

    In addition, the Management Board members receive contributions to the company pension plan which form part of the, or alternatively, if certain conditions are met, a so-called pension allowance. They are qualified as fixed compensation according to regulatory provisions and are therefore to be taken into account when determining the ratio of fixed to variable compensation components. The annual contribution to the company pension plan was € 1,000,000or the pension allowance for those Management Board members who are responsible for AM and CIB. Since January 2019 or August 2019 respectively, neither area of responsibility has been independently represented within the Management Board. The annual contribution for all other Management Board members, including the Chairman, iswas consistently € 650,000.

    Additional non-performance-related components include “fringe benefits”fringe benefits. The “fringe benefits” comprise the monetary value of non-cash benefits such as company cars and driver services, insurance premiums, expenses for company-related social functions and security measures including payments, if applicable, of taxes on these benefits as well as taxable reimbursements of expenses.

    Performance-Related Components (Variable Compensation)

    The current compensation system provides that compensation must be linked to pre-defined transparent performance criteria.criteria. The structuresystem allows for the agreement of individual and divisional objectives alongside collective objectives and makes it possible to achieve competitive pay levels in line with market practicestandards on the basis of the respective member’s area of responsibility and, at the same time, also meets in this respect the regulatory requirements.

    The entire variable compensation is performance related.related (“pay for performance”). It consists of a short-term component, the so-called Short-Term Awardand a long-term component, the so-called Long-Term Award.Award.

    Since 2017, the InstVV generally stipulates a three-year assessment periodfor the determination of the variable compensation for Management Board members. The bank takes accountcomplies with of this requirement by assessing each of the three objectives of the long-term component over a three-year period. If the relevant three years cannot be attributed to a member of the Management Board due to for example that member joining the bank only recently, the objective achievement level will be determined for the period that can be attributed to the Management Board member. If the minimum assessment period is shorter than three years, the deferral period of the variable compensation to be granted is extended by the number of years missing with respect to the minimum assessment period.

    Objectives

    Objectives are established by the Supervisory Board as part of an objective setting agreement at the beginning of the respective financial yearfor purposes of performance evaluation. For all objectives, financial metrics are set to measure the achievement level of the objectives in a transparent way. The discretionary decision is limited to 3 to 6 % with respect to the total variable compensation.

    172

    The allocation of the objectives to the individual compensation components is set out below.

    173

    Short-Term Award (STA)

    The STA is linked to the achievement of short term and medium-term objectives.objectives. Objectives include collective objectives to be achieved by the Management Board as a whole and individual objectives whosethe level of achievement levelof which is determined separately for each member of the Management Board.

    In order to distinguish collective objectives from individual objectives, the STA is divided into two components:

    Group Component

    The objectivesObjectives to be achieved formjointly by the Management Board are the basis for the calculationassessment of the Groupgroup component as part of the STA. The key objective of the Group component is to link the variable compensation to the performance of the Bank.

    In 2016, the Management Board decided to align part of the variable compensation for non-tariff employees of the Bank more closely with Group performance. This seeks to reward the contribution of all employees to the financial results of the Bank and the achievements in the implementation of its strategy. Management Board compensation is also closely linked to the performance of the Bank using selected key financial figures. The Supervisory Board decided to align the compensation policiespolicy for the Management Board members more closely with the compensation policies for employees. This is achieved by using the annual performance metrics underlying the Group component in the compensation system for employees as the reference value for the Group component of the STA since 2017.


    167

    In accordance with the bank’s strategy, four performance metrics constituting important indicators for the capital, risk, cost and return profile of the Bank form the reference value for the Group Component of the STA:

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio (fully loaded)

    The Common Equity Tier-1 Ratio of the Bank in relation to risk-weighted assets.

    Leverage ratio

    The Bank´s Tier 1 capital as a percentage of its total leverage exposure pursuant to CRR/CRD 4.

    Adjusted costs

    Total noninterest expenses, excluding restructuring, severance and severance, litigation andcost as well as impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.

    Post-tax return on tangible equity (RoTE)

    Net income (or loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders as a percentage of average tangible shareholders’ equity. The latter is the shareholders’ equity on the bank´s balance sheet, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets.

    The Supervisory Board regularly reviews the selection of the performance metrics. The above four objectives are equally weighted at up to 25 % in the determination of the Group Component of the STA, depending on the achievement level. If, overall, the performance metric-based objectives are not achieved during the period being evaluated, the Supervisory Board may determine that a Group component will not be granted.

    Individual Component

    The individual component of the STA rewards the achievement of short- and medium-term individual objectives.and divisional objectives. These objectives are established by the Supervisory Board as part of the objective setting agreement for the respective financial year’s performance evaluation. The key objectives are designed to contribute to the applicable business policy and strategic objectives of the Bank, in line with each Management Board member’s area of responsibility. In the process, botha balanced way, financial and non-financial successsuccesses are taken into account. Objectives for the individual component may for example include revenue developments in the course of the year, project-related targets, diversity objectives or other developments in employee or client satisfaction.

    As part of the annual objective setting agreement, corresponding key financial figures and/or measurement criteria are set for all objectives that are used to determine the objective achievement level. At least three objectives per financial year are set for each Management Board member.

    Since the 2018, financial year, the Balanced Scorecard has been integrated in the compensation policies for the Management Board members. The Supervisory Board now determines the objective achievement level for a specific portion30% share of the individual component has been measured on the basis of the Short Term Award, takingBalanced Scorecardsin which qualitative and quantitative indicators are bundled. Balanced scorecards make it possible to translate strategic objectives into account the results of the Balanced Scorecard.concrete actions. The Balanced Scorecard allowsBank has thus introduced an appropriate tool for the operationalizationsteering and control of strategic objectives by transforming the latter into concrete measures while simultaneously creating an overview of priorities across the Group. The Balanced Scorecard of Management Board Members consists of two components, (i) the key performance indicators, (KPI) and (ii) the key deliverables,which will measure the achievement level of which is determinedtargets against defined measurement parameters and measure them transparently at the end of the financial year.

    174

    Balanced scorecard

    The Balanced Scorecard contains keyScorecards are based on financial figuresindicators and non-financial targets in the areas of financial performance, capital & risk, culture, control & conduct, franchise, digitization and innovation. At the beginning of the year, they will be weighted, performance indicators or parameters will be set and, finally, the translation of the degree of achievement into the percentage of achievement will be made transparent. At the same time, they provide an overview of the priorities of the individual divisions across the entire Group. At the end of the performance period, the achievement of each KPI is measured on the basis of predefined targets. The target achievement is represented by the colors green, amber and red in the Balanced Scorecards, which leads to a performance band in the overall view. The performance range is limited by predefined lower and upper limits. The weighting of the different KPI categories relative to each other as well as (non-financial) key performance indicators for client business, personnel, control environment and innovation. In order to link the Balanced Scorecard torelevant KPIs are determined individually by the remunerationSupervisory Board at the beginning of the membersyear for each member of the Management Board, the Supervisory Board resolved that 30Board. A maximum of 200 % of the individual component of the STA (i.e., 6-9 % of the total variable compensation) is reserved for KPIs coming from the Balanced Scorecard. The component of the Balanced Scorecard comprising the key deliverables is closely linked to the individual objectives.target can be reached.

    The sum of all individual and divisional objectives determine 90 % of the individual component of the STA. The Supervisory Board decides on the remaining portion of 10 % of the individual component to reward outstanding contributions over the course of the financial year as an exercisemaking use of its discretionary authority. If, overall, the objectives are not achieved during the period being evaluated, the Supervisory Board may determine that an individual component will not be granted.


    168

    Minimum, Target and Maximum Values

    The sum of Group-wide and individually agreed objectives amounts to a maximum of 40 % of the total variable compensation, depending on the achievement level of the aforementioned objectives. If, overall, the objectives are not achieved during the period being evaluated, the Supervisory Board may determine that an STA will not be granted.

    2019

    2020

    in €

    Minimum

    Target

    Maximum

    Minimum

    Target

    Maximum

    Chairman

    Group component

    0

    500,000

    1,000,000

    0

    500,000

    1,000,000

    Individual component

    0

    1,400,000

    2,800,000

    0

    1,400,000

    2,800,000

    STA total¹

    0

    1,900,000

    3,800,000

    0

    1,900,000

    3,800,000

    Ordinary Board member

    Group component

    0

    500,000

    1,000,000

    0

    500,000

    1,000,000

    Individual component (from - up to)

    0

    800,000

    1,600,000

    0

    800,000

    1,600,000

    0

    up to 1,400,000

    up to 2,800,000

    0

    up to 1,100,000

    up to 2,200,000

    STA total (from - up to)

    0

    1,300,000

    2,600,000

    0

    1,300,000

    2,600,000

    0

    up to 1,900,000

    up to 3,800,000

    0

    up to 1,600,000

    up to 3,200,000

    1STA: Short-Term Award.

    175

    Long-Term Award (LTA)

    When determining the variable compensation, a clear focus is placed on the achievement of long-term objectives. Therefore, the target figure of the LTA constitutes a portion of no less than 60 % of the total variable target compensation. As with the short-term component, the Supervisory Board determines the collective long-term objectives for the Management Board members. The achievement level is determined on the basis of the definition of clear performance metrics and/or factors which are to be agreed for these objectives at the beginning of a financial year.

    The Supervisory Board determined a total of three objectives for each Management Board member. Each objective is equally weighted at 1/3shall be measured over a period of three years and shall be included in the assessmentvaluation of the LTA. LTA with a weighting of 60 % for the most recent financial year ended, 30 % for the precending year and 10% for the year before the precending year. In the case of members of the Management Board appointed for the first time within the last three years, who have joined the bank or have not yet completed a corresponding period of time in which they were entrusted with tasks and risks comparable to those of a Management Board member, the retention period of the LTA shall be extended in accordance with regulatory requirements by the reduction period as compensation for the reduced assessment period.

    For 2019,2020, the Supervisory Board determined the following three common objectives for alleach Management Board members.member.

    The relative performance of the Deutsche Banksharein comparison to selected peer institutions is an objective within the framework of the LTA. This objective is intended to promote the sustainable performance of the Deutsche Bank share. The long-term nature of this objective is supported by the determination of the Relative Total Shareholder Return (RTSR) on the basis of a three-year assessment. The RTSR of Deutsche Bank is derived from the Total Shareholder Return of Deutsche Bank in relation to the average total shareholder returns of a selected peer group (calculated in Euros). This LTA portion is calculated from the average of the annual RTSR for the last three financial years (compensation year and the two preceding years). If the three-yearweighted average of the relative total shareholder return of Deutsche Bank is greater than 100 %,% over a period of three years, then the value of the RTSR portion increases proportionately to an upper limit of 150 % of the target figure, i.e., the value increases by 1 % for each percentage point above 100 %. If the three-year average of the relative total shareholder return is lower than 100 %, the value declines disproportionately. If the relative total shareholder return is calculated to be in the range of less than 100 % to 80 %, the value of the Award portion is reduced for each lower percentage point by 2 percentage points. In the range between 80 % and 60 %, the value of the Award portion is reduced for each lower percentage point by 3 percentage points. If the three-year average of the RTSR does not exceed 60 %, the value of the Award portion is set to zero.

    176

    Increase of RTSR and level of achievement

    The peer group used for the calculation of the relative total shareholder return is selected based on the criteria of generally comparable business activities, comparable size and international presence. The Supervisory Board reviews the composition of the peer group regularly.


    169177

    In 2019,2020, the peer group for the RTSR comprised the following banks:

    The Supervisory Board sets an objective designed to promote the growing and strengthening of the Bank, based on the notion of actual organic capital growth Organic Capital Growth. Organic Capital Growth is defined as the balance of the following changes (which are also reported in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity) occurring during the financial year, divided by the Deutsche Bank Shareholders Equity attributable as at December 31 of the previous financial year.

    Consequently, "non-organic" changes in equity, in particular payment of a dividend or capital increase, are of no relevance to the achievement of the objective.

    As inFrom an average organic capital growth of 2.5 %, the last year,value of the Award share increases on a straight line basis by 1 % for each 0.05 % growth up to the 150 % cap, which is the case with an organic capital growth of 10% or more. If the three-year average remains below 2.5 %, the Award share value is zero.

    Development of organic capital growth and level of achievement

    178

    The third objective is the “Culture & ClientsClient ” factor. In this context, the Supervisory Board sets an objective which is linked to corporate culture, client satisfaction and dealing with clients. This objective is linked to the sustainable development of the intrabank environment or designed to foster the development of client relations for the 20192020 financial year. One objective set by the Supervisory Board for all Management Board members is – this year again – the evaluation of the control environment within the Deutsche Bank Group.Group and divided this into four equally weighted sub-targets. At the end of the financial year, the achievement of the sub-targets will be assessed as under average, average, good or excellent and the assessment will be translated into a level of achievement of 0-150%.

    “Culture & Client” Factor and level of achievement

    The Long-Term Award can be a maximum of 150 %150% of the respective target figures.

    Objectives

    Objectives are established by the Supervisory Board as part of an objective setting agreement at the beginning of the respective financial year for purposes of performance evaluation. For all objectives, financial metrics are set to measure the achievement level of the objectives in a transparent way. The discretionary decision is strictly limited to 3 to 6 % with respect to the total variable compensation.

    The allocation of the objectives to the individual compensation components is set out below.

    170

    171179

    Maximum Compensation

    Total Compensation/Target and Maximum Values

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    Base salary

    STA1

    LTA2

    Total compensation

    Total compensation

    Base salary

    STA1

    LTA2

    Total compensation

    Total compensation

    in €

    Group component

    Individual component

    Group component

    Individual component

    Chairman

    Target

    3,400,000

    500,000

    1,400,000

    3,400,000

    8,700,000

    8,700,000

    3,400,000

    500,000

    1,400,000

    3,400,000

    8,700,000

    8,700,000

    Maximum

    3,400,000

    1,000,000

    2,800,000

    5,100,000

    12,300,000

    12,300,000

    3,400,000

    1,000,000

    2,800,000

    5,100,000

    12,300,000

    12,300,000

    Ordinary Board member (CIB)3

    Target

    3,000,000

    500,000

    1,400,000

    2,800,000

    7,700,000

    7,700,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    7,700,000

    Maximum

    3,000,000

    1,000,000

    2,800,000

    4,200,000

    11,000,000

    11,000,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    11,000,000

    Ordinary Board member (AM)4

    Ordinary Board member (PB)4

    Target

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    7,000,000

    2,400,000

    500,000

    1,100,000

    2,800,000

    6,800,000

    6,800,000

    Maximum

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    10,200,000

    2,400,000

    1,000,000

    2,200,000

    4,200,000

    9,800,000

    9,800,000

    Ordinary Board member (PB)5

    Ordinary Board member (CFO & CRO)5

    Target

    2,400,000

    500,000

    1,100,000

    2,800,000

    6,800,000

    6,800,000

    2,600,000

    500,000

    800,000

    2,800,000

    6,700,000

    6,500,000

    Maximum

    2,400,000

    1,000,000

    2,200,000

    4,200,000

    9,800,000

    9,800,000

    2,600,000

    1,000,000

    1,600,000

    4,200,000

    9,400,000

    9,200,000

    Ordinary Board member (Infrastructure/Region)

    Target

    2,400,000

    500,000

    800,000

    2,800,000

    6,500,000

    6,500,000

    2,400,000

    500,000

    800,000

    2,800,000

    6,500,000

    6,500,000

    Maximum

    2,400,000

    1,000,000

    1,600,000

    4,200,000

    9,200,000

    9,200,000

    2,400,000

    1,000,000

    1,600,000

    4,200,000

    9,200,000

    9,200,000

    1STA: Short-Term Award.

    2LTA: Long-Term Award.

    3Annual amounts until July 31, 2019. As of August 2019, the CEO has been responsible for the CB and the IB division, into which CIB was split.

    4
    4In the financial year 2019, AM was not independently represented on the Management Board.
    5AsAs of August 2019, the President has been responsible for the PB division. His Fixed Pay was 3,000,000   €.

    5Annual amounts from August 1, 2020 onwards. For the period from January 1 to July 31, 2020, the remuneration was the same as for ordinary Board Members (Infrastructure/Region).

    The total compensation of a Management Board member is subject to additional caps. Due to regulatory requirements, the variable compensation is capped at 200 % of the fixed compensation. In addition, the Supervisory Board has in recent years set a cap for the overall total compensation, which will become mandatory in the future due to the German Law implementing the Shareholders’ Rights Directive. For the 20192020 financial year, the Supervisory Board has again capped compensation at a maximum of € 9.85 million, so that even where the objective achievement level would result in higher compensation, compensation is capped at a maximum of € 9.85 million. This cap is understood to be exclusive of any other benefits and annual service costs related to the pension scheme.

    Long-Term IncentiveLong-term incentive and Sustainabilitysustainability

    According to the requirements of the InstVV at least 60 % of the total variable compensation must be granted on a deferred basis. Not less than half of this deferred portion must comprise equity-based compensation components, while the remaining portion is granted as deferred cash compensation. Both compensation components must be deferred over a multi-year period which, for the equity-based compensation components, must be followed by a retention period. During the period until payment or delivery, the compensation portions awarded on a deferred basis may be forfeited. At least half of the maximum of 40 % of the Variable Compensationvariable compensation granted on a non-deferred basis must consist of equity-based compensation components and only the remaining portion may be paid out directly in cash. Of the total Variable Compensation, no more than a maximum of 20 % may be paid out in cash immediately, while at least 80 % are paid or delivered at a later date.

    Since 2014, the total variable compensation for Management Board members is only granted on a deferred basis.


    172180

    In order to bind the Management Board members even closer to the performance of the Bank and the Deutsche Bank share price, the Supervisory Board decided that as of the 2019 financial year, the long-term component (LTA) will only be granted in the form of Restricted Equity Awards. The short-term component (STA) is generally granted in the form of a cash compensation (Restricted Incentive Awards). However, should the STA amount to more than 50 % of the total variable compensation, the amount exceeding 50 % will also be granted in the form of Restricted Equity Awards. This is designed to ensure that at least 50 % of total variable compensation are granted in the form of equity-based compensation in accordance with regulatory requirements.

    The InstVV requires in principle, that the combined (i) target assessment period and (ii) vesting period are at least eight years. With respect to the vesting schedule, the InstVV allows both, vesting in one tranche (“cliff vesting”) or in consecutive instalments (“tranche vesting”). The LTA is based on a three year assessment period, the Restricted Equity Awards granted for the LTA vest after five years in one tranche. The assessment period for the STA is only one year. Therefore, the Restricted Incentive Awards granted for the STA vest in seven identicalequal tranches over a period of seven years. Any additional Restricted Equity Awards granted for the STA vest also after seven years, but in one tranche. All Restricted Equity Awards have an additional retention period of one year which follows the vesting period. Accordingly, Management Board members are first permitted to dispose of the equities after six or eight years respectively. During the deferral and retention period, the value of the Restricted Equity Awards is linked to the Bank’s share price and is therefore tied to the sustained performance of the Bank. Specific forfeiture provisions apply for Restricted Incentive Awards and Restricted Equity Awards during the deferral and retention period.

    Instead of receiving Restricted Equity Awards and Restricted Incentive Awards as described above, specified function holders of certain Deutsche Bank U.S. entities are required by applicable regulation to be compensated under different plans. Restricted compensation for this employee group consists of restricted share awards and restricted cash awards. The employee will be the beneficial owner of the awards from the Award Date and the awards will be held on the employee’s behalf. These awards will be restricted for a period of time (subject to the applicable plan rules and award statements, including performance conditions and forfeiture provisions). The restriction period is aligned with retention periods of the Bank´s usual deferred awards. With regard to the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG, these rules apply to Christiana Riley as she is identified as such function holder under the described regime.

    The following chart shows the time period for the payment or the delivery of the variable compensation components in the seven consecutive years following the grant year as well as the period of a possible clawback.


    181

    173

    Forfeiture Conditionsconditions / Clawback clawback

    In order to create long-term incentives, the Restricted Equity Awards and the Restricted Incentive Awards compensation components are deferred or spread out over several years. AwardsTo this end, the Supervisory Board regularly reviews the results achieved in the past for their sustainability ( back-testing). If the outcome is that the results rewarded by the granting of the variable compensation were not sustainable, the awards may be partially or fully forfeited.

    Also, if the Group result is negative, the awards may be fully or partially forfeited. In addition, the awards may be fully or partially forfeited for example, due toif specific solvency or liquidity conditions were not met.

    Furthermore, awards may be forfeited in whole or in part in the event of individual misconduct (including a breachbreaches of regulations) or termination, dismissal for cause and also due to aor negative Group result or individual negative contributions to results. In addition, the Awards may be completely forfeited if the statutory or regulatory minimum requirements for the core capital ratio are not met during this period.(malus).

    The revisioncontracts of the InstVV adopted in August 2017 requires that “clawback provisions” are to be agreed with the members of the management body (Geschäftsleiter)Management Board contain "clawback provisions"and thus meet the requirements of significant institutions. Contrary toInstVV. Going beyond the forfeiture conditions, this clause allows the Supervisory Board to reclaim already paid out or delivered compensation components in response to specific individual negative contributions to results made by the Management Board member for up to two years after the expiry of the last deferral period.

    Limitations in the Eventevent of Exceptional Developmentsexceptional developments

    In the event of exceptional developments, the total compensation for each Management Board member is limited to a certain maximum amount. In addition, the Supervisory Board and the members of the Management Board agreed on a possible limitation of the variable compensation which is included in the service contracts of the Management Board members and according to which the variable compensation may be limited to amounts below the provided maximum amounts or may not be granted altogether. Furthermore, statutory regulations provide that the Supervisory Board may reduce the compensation of the Management Board members to an appropriate level, if the situation of the company deteriorates in such a way following the determination of the compensation that the continued granting of the compensation would be unreasonableinappropriate for the company. A payment of variable compensation elements will also not take place if the payment of Variable Compensationvariable compensation components is prohibited or restricted by the competent regulator in accordance with existing statutory requirements.

    Shareholding Guidelinesguidelines

    All members of the Management Board are required to hold a specified value of Deutsche Bank shares. This requirement fosters the identification of the Management Board members with Deutsche Bank and its shareholders and aims to ensure a sustainable link to the performance of the Bank.

    For the Chairman, the number of shares to be held amounts to two times the annual base salary, i.e., the equivalent of € 6,800,000. For other Management Board members, the number of shares to be held is one time the annual base salary, i.e., the equivalent of € 2,400,000 or € 3,000,000,2,600,000, respectively.

    The share retention obligations must first be fulfilled on the date on which the Management Board member was granted an overall equity based variable compensation corresponding to 1 ⅓ times the retention obligations since his or her appointment to the Management Board. Deferred equity-based compensation may be taken into account at 75 % of its value towards fulfillment of the obligation.

    Observance of the requirement is reviewed semi-annually as of June 30 and December 31. If the required number of shares is not met, the Management Board members must correcthave to make up for any deficienciesdeficits by the next review.

    AsEven if a member leaves the Management Board, the deferred compensation components, are deferred orwhich have been spread out over several years, another linkensure that these members are linked to the performance of the Deutsche BankBank’s share is established that should generally continue to exist even for theover a long period after leaving the Management Board.of time.

    174

    Pension benefits

    The Supervisory Board allocates an entitlement to pension plan benefits to the Management Board members. These entitlements involve a pension plan with predefined contributions. Under this pension plan, a personal pension account is set up for each participating member of the Management Board after appointment to the Management Board.

    182

    Management Board members receive a contribution in the form of a contractually agreed fixed annual amount in Euro. The contribution accrues interest credited in advance, determined by means of an age-related factor, at an average rate of 4 % per year up to the age of 60. From the age of 61 onwards, an additional contribution in the amount of 4 % per year of the amount reached on December 31 of the previous year will be credited to the pension account. The Supervisory Board resolved that the interest for new Management Board members with employment contracts negotiated after January 1, 2020 will be reduced to 2 % p.a.

    The annual contributions, taken together, form the pension amount available to pay the future pension benefit in case of a pension event (age limit, disability or death). The pension right is vested from the start.

    If a member of the Management Board is subject to the income tax regulations of various countries, whereby the pension component granted is already subject to partial or full taxation at the time it is granted, he or she may choose to receive an annual pension allowance. This option can be exercised once and is valid in principle for the entire Management Board period. The pension allowance is equal to the amount of the annual pension contributions usually foreseen for the member of the Management Board, i.e. currently 650,000 €.

    Other Benefitsbenefits upon Early Terminationearly termination

    The Management Board members are in principle entitled to receive a severance payment upon early termination of their appointment at the Bank’s initiative, provided the Bank is not entitled to revoke the appointment or give notice under the contractual agreement for cause. The circumstances of the early termination of the appointment and the length of service on the Management Board are to be taken into account when determining the amount of the severance payment. The severance payment, as a rule, is two annual compensation amounts and is limited to the claims to compensation for the remaining term of the contract. The calculation of the severance payment is based on the annual compensation for the previous financial year and on the expected annual compensation for the current financial year, if applicable. The severance payment is determined and granted in accordance with the statutory and regulatory requirements, in particular with the provisions of the InstVV.

    If a Management Board member leaves office in connection with a change of control, he/she is also, under certain conditions, entitled in principle to a severance payment. The exact amount of the severance payment is determined by the Supervisory Board within its sole discretion. According to the German Corporate Governance Codex, the severance payment will not exceed three annual compensation amounts and is limited to the claims to compensation for the remaining term of the contract. The calculation of the compensation is again based on the annual compensation for the previous financial year.

    Management Board compensation for the 20192020 financial year

    Fixed Compensationcompensation

    In the 20192020 financial year, the annual base salary was € 3,400,000 for the ChairmanCEO. and € 3,000,000 for the President. The annual base salaries of the other Management Board members were € 2,400,000 each, with a base salary of the Chief Fi-nancial Officer and the Chief Risk Officer of € 2.600.000 per year, effective from August 1, 2020.

    As part of the measurements taken in the context of the COVID-19 crisis, the members of the Management Board and € 3,000,000 or € 2,400,000 respectively foragreed to forgo one month`s base salary. Please find an overview on the otherCOVID-19 related measures regarding Management Board members. Forcompensation in the period from January to July 2019, the Management Board member Garth Ritchie was granted a functional allowancesection “COVID-19 measures / reduction of € 250,000 per month. The Supervisory Board had conferred on him an additional responsibility in connection with the implications of Brexit, in addition to his areas of responsibility according to the business allocation plan.


    175compensation (“moderation”)”.

    Variable Compensationcompensation

    The Supervisory Board, acting on a proposal of the Compensation Control Committee, determined the variable compensation for the Management Board members for the 20192020 financial year. The Supervisory Board calculated and determined the amount of the LTA and the Group component of the STA based on the level of achievement of the respective objectives and/or key performance figures.

    AgainstThe individual contribution was assessed by the backdropachievement of the stated lossindividually agreed targets and taking into account the results of the Bank for the 2019 financial year, the Management Board, jointly and unanimously, took the decision to irrevocably waive any entitlement to the determination and grant of the individual component of the STA for the 2019 financial year. The Management Board declared its waiver to the Supervisory Board. Therefore, the Supervisory Board refrained from determining and granting any variable compensation based on the individual component of the STA for the Management Board members for the 2019 financial year.Balanced Scorecard.

    Level of Objective Achievementobjective achievement

    In the 20192020 financial year, thethe development of the four performance metrics for the Group Componentcomponent of the STAwas as follows: The 20192020 target levelKPIs for Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (CET1), Leverage ratio (please refer to section “Leverage“Lev-erage Ratio” in the Risk Report for further detail) and Adjusted Cost KPIs, were achieved.achieved or exceeded, so that the degree of achievement of all three performance indicators was 100 %. The Group's return on equity target was positive in 2020, above our plan expectation; however, because the achievement level was only slightly above zero, the degree of achievement for this performance metric was set at 0 %.

    183

    Mathematically, this resulted in an overall achievement level for the Group RoTE was significantly impactedcomponent of 75 % for 2020. As the Management Board decided to reduce the achievement level from 75 % to 72.5 % when determining the Group component as a commitment in light of the crisis situation triggered by the bank’s net loss of 5.3 billion eurosCOVID-19 pandemic to exhibit moderation in 2019.

    Despite the very good performance of the CET1 ratio, Leverage ratio and Adjusted Cost KPIs, the Supervisory Board has determined that it was appropriate to balance carefully the calculated payout rate against the overall performance of the bank. As a result,variable compensation, the Supervisory Board decided – in alignment withon the same reduction for the compensation of the members of the Management Board. As a result thereof, the Supervisory Board for the employees –decided to set an achievement level of 60 %the payout rate for the Group Component.component at 72.5 % (see also paragraph " COVID-19 measures / reduction of compensation (‘moderation’)”).

    The individual component of the STA is linked to the achievement of short-term and medium-term individual and divisional objectives determined for the Management Board members in 2019,2020, including those from the Scorecard. In the year under review, the objectives were adjusted to the new strategy by the Supervisory Board with effect from July 1. All members of the Management Board shared the same target of creating a culture of customer focus, entrepreneurial spirit, technology driven and sustainable mindset and teamwork. In addition, theThe current Management Board members as of December 31, 20192020 had the following objectives:

    Christian Sewing

    In 2020, Mr. Sewing’s most importantSewing's main objective in 2019 was to deliver on DB strategy execution while respecting the timetable ("mile-stones"). The further development of the culture and implementation ofvision 2025 for Deutsche Bank was another target. In addition, it was his objective to continue to foster team spirit and to empower the leadership team. Finally, he was responsible for developing a new strategy, including but not limited to foundational elements such as achieving Deutsche Bank’s costbank-wide ESG and capital targets, the formation ofsustainable banking strategy. In his responsibility for the Corporate Bank as well as improving stakeholder engagement and driving the cultural transformation of Deutsche Bank.Investment Bank, he aimed to deliver on CB/IB strategy execution and to generate sustainable profitability.

    Karl von Rohr

    Mr. von Rohr's initial objective was to further reduceRohr’s objectives for 2020 included: the numberimplementation of pending legal disputes, with a focus on those with the highest risk. As the member of the Management Board responsible for Human Resources (until October), one objective was to introduce more agile working methods. With the assumption of responsibility for the Private Bank the focus was on implementing the strategy, for this area. Mr. von Rohr also took on Management Board responsibility for DWS, where he continued chairingincluding efficiency and growth measures and to generate sustainable profitability. In his role as Chairman of the Supervisory Board of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA. As Deputy ChairmanKGaA, one important aspect was to drive the implementation of the Management BoardDWS strategy. As President of Deutsche Bank AG and responsible forCEO Germany, it was his priority to support the CEO, especially in Germany, region, hisin particular in political and economic affairs and with core client relationships in Germany on Group level. He also provided oversight of the Legal function until July 31. Finally, he was to support the CEO in fostering a culture of team spirit, accountability and integrity.

    Fabrizio Campelli

    Mr. Campelli’s objectives included developing and driving a bank-wide transformation roadmap, including the establishment of a Transformation Office tasked with supporting the effective execution of the Bank’s strategy. Another objective was to strengthendrive better client centricity across the dialogueBank, as well as costs and complexity reduction, including through the cost catalyst program. As responsible Board Member for Human Resources, he was tasked with customersproviding oversight to HR transformation as well as supporting the new global head of HR in his transition into Deutsche Bank. He was also asked to support the CEO in fostering a culture of accountability, integrity and stakeholder representatives.team spirit.

    Frank Kuhnke

    As responsible Board Member for the Capital Release Unit (CRU), Mr. Kuhnke's objectives included optimizing capital usage (RWA), leverage exposure, costs and divestment losses within agreed time frames and loss targets. Furthermore, the implementation of the Know-Your-Client regulatory remedial measures for the Corporate Bank and the Investment Bank as well as for the CRU was on the agenda for 2020. To ensure stability and increase efficiency, the implementation of specific measures was agreed. In the EMEA region, one of its objectives until mid-2020 was to provide oversight to this region e.g. with regard to key control matters and client engagement. In addition, he supported the CEO in fostering a culture of team spirit, ownership and integrity.

    Bernd Leukert

    The main objective for Mr. Leukert was to drive the IT strategy execution. He should also continuously improve DB’s tech and data estate. Driving product and service innovation across the bank was another objective. He was to support the CEO in fostering a culture of team spirit, accountability and integrity.


    176

    Fabrizio Campelli

    Due to the short period of two months as a member of the Management Board in the 2019 financial year, no individual targets were agreed in accordance with the regulatory requirements.

    Frank Kuhnke

    In addition to his core COO objective of driving stability, efficiency and innovation in the areas of IT, Operations, Procurement, Vendor Management and Real Estate, Mr. Kuhnke held responsibility for a number of key transformation and remediation initiatives in particular in the areas of Group Data, CIB KYC remediation and defined the Data, Cloud and IT Strategy as he transitioned the IT, Technology and Innovation responsibility to a separate TDI organization. Mr. Kuhnke also took responsibility for the set-up and the business performance of the Capital Release Unit (CRU) from July 2019.184

    Stuart Lewis

    As Chief Risk Officer, Mr. Lewis was givenmandated to ensure operational resilience and proactive risk management during the objectiveprevailing operating and market environment. He was also tasked to strengthen the Bank's risk appetite framework as a building block of the business strategy. Furthermore, the cooperation and alignment with the Finance and Technology divisions should beimplement further strengthened. One of Mr. Lewis' objectives was to improve the control environment with regard to the key figures relevantchanges to the risk function. Withand compliance operating model, achieving planned efficiencies. Mr. Lewis objectives also included delivery on a portfolio of core transformation initiatives to enhance the assumptioneffectiveness and efficiency of responsibilitycontrols. As the Management Board member responsible for Compliancethe UK, he had to oversee activities and Anti-Financial-Crime, these areasstakeholder relationships for the region, including implementation of the Brexit program. He also supported the CEO in fostering team spirit and Non-Financial-Risk-Management were to be further developed to further enhance control efficiencydelivering cultural initiatives regarding accountability and effectiveness through delivery of synergies.integrity.

    James von Moltke

    One of theA key targetsobjective for Mr. von Moltke in 20192020 was to ensure that the transformationGroup’s financial plan is executed through appropriately managing the Group’s performance. A further focus was to drive investor and Rating Agencies engagement. Mr. von Moltke was in charge of the liquidity reporting and management. A further objective was the revision of fund transfer pricing. In addition, the strategic program "Cost Catalyst" was continued in 2019, which aims to identify and eliminate structural cost inefficiencies, improve our cost culture and contribute to the achievement of Deutsche Bank's short- and long-term operational performance targets. With the adjustmentoptimization of the DB Group balance sheet in terms of both assets and liabilities and equity. The execution of the Group Finance strategy, an additional focusincluding Financial & Analytics enhancement, was another objective. He was to support the CEO in the second half was on achieving the identified financial planning commitments, transformation milestonesfostering a culture of team spirit, accountability and implementing centralized cost measures.integrity.

    Werner SteinmüllerAlexander von zur Mühlen

    It was agreed with Mr. Steinmüller to increase profitability in the Asia-Pacific region and to continue growth. A further goal was to intensify interaction and deepen the business relationship with customers. The implementation of the Bank's changed overall strategy in the Asia-Pacific region was one of the objectives in the second half of the year.

    Due toWhen joining the Management Board waivingon August 1, 2020, the individual component,strengthening of the SupervisoryAPAC franchise and client focus was an objective for Mr. von zur Mühlen. The execution on the APAC strategy was another objective. Finally, he was to support the CEO in fostering a culture of team spirit, accountability and integrity.

    Christiana Riley

    Mrs. Riley's objectives included the execution on the Americas strategy. A further focus has been put on addressing U.S. regulators' requirements and trustful interaction with them. Her objectives included supporting the CEO in fostering a culture of team spirit, accountability and integrity.

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon

    Since joining the Management Board did not determineon August 1, 2020, one of Mr. Simon’s objectives was to further drive down the bank-wide litigation portfolio. Improvement of the strategic engagement with regulatory authorities and governments was an objective achievementthat Mr. Simon had for the area of Government & Regulatory Affairs (GRAD), for which he was responsible. In addition, he was responsible for the targeted reorganization of processes for the definition and implementation of policies. Another objective was to support the CEO in fostering a culture of team spirit, accountability and integrity.

    The individual level of the individual performanceachievement of the Management Board.Board members in 2020 is between 104 % and 175 %.

    In the 2019 financial year, the developmentThe three key performance indicators of the three performance metrics for the Group Component of the LTAwasdeveloped as follows: Althoughfollows in fiscal year 2020: In 2020, the RTSR improved year-on-year,achieved a significant improvement compared to the average performance in the relevant three-year-period (2017 to 2019) was 78 %previous year. In 2020, Deutsche Bank's share price increased by more than 29% and as a result stayed once more below the performancedeveloped better than any other bank of the peer group;group. In the relevant three-year period (2018 to 2020), the RTSR achievement level was at 114 % compared to 54 % in the previous year. Organic capital growth, as defined, has been negative between 2018 and 2020; this resulted in an achievement level of 54 %. Organic Capital Growth as defined developed negatively from 2017 to 2019; the resulting achievement level was 0 %.0%. The strengthening of the control environment has been assessed over a three-year period was evaluated basedthree years on the basis of feedback from the internal audit and supervisory authorities; the achievement levelwas 37.5% over the three-year-period was 64 %. As a result of these factors, thethree-year period. This results in an overall achievement level resolvedof 54 % for the LTA decided by the Supervisory Board. Bernd Leukert and Stefan Simon were appointed to Management Board in 2020 but had already joined the bank in 2019, so two years were available as reference period. The overall target achievement for the LTA derived is 39also 54 %.

    185


    COVID-19 measures / reduction of compensation ("moderation")

    The target achievement levels for the STA as well as the LTA set by the Supervisory Board and presented above result in a total variable compensation of € 30,168,330for the entire Management Board for the 2020 financial year.

    177In the light of the crisis situation triggered by the COVID-19 pandemic, the European Supervisory Authority ECB has formulated the expectation that credit institutions exercise moderation with regard to the payment of variable remuneration for the 2020 financial year.

    Against this background, the total compensation for the entire Management Board for the 2020 financial year was reduced by a total of € 4,624,140.

    This was implemented by reducing the group component of the STA from 75 % to 72.5 %. In addition, the total compensa-tion for the 2020 financial year was reduced by one twelfth (i.e. one month´s total compensation including base salary). The Chairman of the Supervisory Board joined by also reducing his compensation by one twelfth (please also see the ´Supervisory Board Report and Disclosure´).

    Total Compensationcompensation

    The members of the Management Board collectively received in/for the 20192020 financial year compensation (without(exclusive of fringe benefits and pension service costs) totaling € 35,994,279 (2018:50,020,069 (2019:55,716,289)35,994,279). € 22,700,00022,473,664 (2019: € 22,700,000) of this amount was for fixed compensation (2018:compensation.29,911,111).27,546,405 (2019:13,294,279 (2018: € 25,805,178)13,294,279) was received for performance-related componentscompo-nents with long-term incentives.

    The Supervisory Board determined the aforementioned compensation on an individual basis for 20192020 and 20182019 as follows:

    2019

    2018

    Base salary

    Functional allowance

    STA¹

    LTA²

    Total compensation

    Total compensation

    in €

    Group component

    Individual component

    Christian Sewing

    3,400,000

    0

    300,000

    0

    1,331,717

    5,031,717

    7,004,079

    Karl von Rohr

    3,000,000

    0

    300,000

    0

    1,096,708

    4,396,708

    5,534,670

    Fabrizio Campelli3

    400,000

    0

    50,000

    0

    182,785

    632,785

    0

    Frank Kuhnke4

    2,400,000

    0

    300,000

    0

    1,096,708

    3,796,708

    0

    Stuart Lewis

    2,400,000

    0

    300,000

    0

    1,096,708

    3,796,708

    6,098,003

    James von Moltke

    2,400,000

    0

    300,000

    0

    1,096,708

    3,796,708

    5,098,003

    Werner Steinmüller

    2,400,000

    0

    300,000

    0

    1,096,708

    3,796,708

    4,778,003

    Sylvie Matherat5

    1,400,000

    0

    175,000

    373,333

    639,746

    2,588,079

    4,538,003

    Garth Ritchie5

    1,750,000

    1,750,000

    175,000

    653,333

    639,746

    4,968,079

    8,618,003

    Frank Strauß5

    1,400,000

    0

    175,000

    975,333

    639,746

    3,190,079

    5,567,603

    John Cryan6

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,889,668

    Kimberly Hammonds7

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,824,168

    Nicolas Moreau8

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,469,001

    Dr. Marcus Schenck7

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,297,085

    Total

    20,950,000

    1,750,000

    2,375,000

    2,001,999

    8,917,280

    35,994,279

    55,716,289

    2020

    2019

    Base salary

    STA¹

    LTA²

    Total compensation

    Total compensation

    in €

    Group component

    Individual component

    Christian Sewing

    3,116,667

    332,292

    2,246,475

    1,672,611

    7,368,045

    5,031,717

    Karl von Rohr

    2,750,000

    332,292

    1,422,758

    1,377,445

    5,882,495

    4,396,708

    Fabrizio Campelli3

    2,200,000

    332,292

    1,269,400

    1,377,445

    5,179,137

    632,785

    Frank Kuhnke

    2,200,000

    332,292

    850,667

    1,377,445

    4,760,403

    3,796,708

    Bernd Leukert4

    2,200,000

    332,292

    986,700

    1,390,278

    4,909,270

    Stuart Lewis

    2,283,333

    332,292

    986,333

    1,377,445

    4,979,403

    3,796,708

    James von Moltke

    2,283,333

    332,292

    1,269,400

    1,377,445

    5,262,470

    3,796,708

    Alexander von zur Mühlen5

    963,189

    138,454

    381,944

    573,935

    2,057,522

    Christiana Riley4

    2,193,809

    332,292

    869,367

    1,377,445

    4,772,912

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon5

    1,000,000

    138,454

    406,389

    579,283

    2,124,126

    Werner Steinmüller7

    1,283,333

    193,836

    443,606

    803,509

    2,724,286

    3,796,708

    Sylvie Matherat7

    2,588,079

    Garth Ritchie7

    4,968,079

    Frank Strauß7

    3,190,079

    Total

    22,473,664

    3,129,080

    11,133,039

    13,284,286

    50,020,069

    35,994,279

    1STA:1STA: Short-Term Award.


    2
    2LTA:LTA: Long-Term Award.


    3
    3MemberMember since November   1, 2019.


    4
    4MemberMember since January 1, 2019.2020.

    5
    Member since August 1, 2020.

    5Member6Member until July 31, 2019.2020.

    7
    6MemberMember until April 8, 2018.
    7Member until May 24, 2018.
    8Member until DecemberJuly 31, 2018. In his position as managing director of DWS Management GmbH a total compensation of € 2.916.667 was determined for 2018.2019.

    The employment contracts of the Management Board members contain an obligation of the members to ensure that any remuneration they may claim in their capacity as a member of any body, in particular a supervisory board, advisory board or similar body of any group entity of the Bank (§ 18 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz – AktG)) will not accrue to them. Accordingly, Management Board members did not receive any compensation for mandates on boards of Deutsche Bank subsidiaries.


    178

    Share awards

    The number of share awards granted to the members of the Management Board in the form of Restricted Equity Awards (REA) in 20202021 for the 20192020 financial year was calculated by dividing the respective amounts in Euro by the higher of both, the average Xetra closing price of the Deutsche Bank share during the last ten trading days in February 20202021 or the Xetra closing price on February 28, 202026, 2021 (€ 9.2229)10.2140).

    186

    Members of the Management Board

    Units

    Year

    Restricted Equity Award(s) (deferred with additional retention period)

    Christian Sewing

    2019

    144,392

    2018

    340,722

    Karl von Rohr

    2019

    118,911

    2018

    247,583

    Fabrizio Campelli1

    2019

    19,819

    Frank Kuhnke2

    2019

    118,911

    Stuart Lewis

    2019

    118,911

    2018

    229,230

    James von Moltke

    2019

    118,911

    2018

    247,583

    Werner Steinmüller

    2019

    118,911

    2018

    218,218

    Sylvie Matherat3

    2019

    69,365

    2018

    196,195

    Garth Ritchie3

    2019

    79,5894

    2018

    240,242

    Frank Strauß3

    2019

    97,0455

    2018

    290,676

    John Cryan6

    2018

    69,405

    Kimberly Hammonds7

    2018

    75,630

    Nicolas Moreau8

    2018

    116,450

    Dr. Marcus Schenck7

    2018

    96,086

    Units

    Year

    Restricted Equity Award(s) (deferred with additional retention period)

    Christian Sewing

    2020

    208,115 1

    2019

    144,392

    Karl von Rohr

    2020

    153,343 2

    2019

    118,911

    Fabrizio Campelli3

    2020

    145,836 4

    2019

    19,819

    Frank Kuhnke

    2020

    134,859

    2019

    118,911

    Bernd Leukert5

    2020

    136,1156

    Stuart Lewis

    2020

    134,859

    2019

    118,911

    James von Moltke

    2020

    145,836 7

    2019

    118,911

    Alexander von zur Mühlen7

    2020

    56,191

    Christiana Riley5

    2020

    134,859

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon7

    2020

    56,71510

    Werner Steinmüller8

    2020

    78,667

    2019

    118,911

    Sylvie Matherat

    2019

    69,365

    Garth Ritchie

    2019

    79,58913

    Frank Strauß

    2019

    97,04514

    1Member1Thereof 44,359 shares are attributable to the STA, which vest after 7 years.

    2Thereof 18,485 shares are attributable to the STA, which vest after 7 years.

    3Member since November 1, 2019.


    4
    2MemberThereof 10,977 shares are attributable to the STA, which vest after 7 years.

    5Member since January 1, 2019.2020.


    6
    3MemberThereof 38.890 shares, which vest after 7 years.

    7Thereof 10,977 shares are attributable to the STA, which vest after 7 years.

    8Member since August 1, 2020.

    9Member since January 1, 2020. As a specified functionholder of certain Deutsche Bank US entities, specific plan rules are applicable for Christiana Riley; please see the respective disclosure in section ´Long-term Incentive and Sustainability`.

    10Thereof 16.204 shares, which vest after 7 years.

    11Member until July 31, 2020.

    12Member until July 31, 2019.


    13
    4ThereofThereof 10,224 shares are attributable to the STA, which vest after 7 years.year.

    14
    5Thereof 27.680Thereof 27,680 shares are attributable to the STA, which vest after 7 years.
    6Member until April 8, 2018.
    7Member until May 24, 2018.
    8Member until December 31, 2018.year.

    Management Board Share Ownership, Shareholding Guidelinesshare ownership, shareholding guidelines

    As of February 19, 2021 and January 31, 2020, and February 15, 2019, respectively, the current members of the Management Board held Deutsche Bank shares as presented below:

    Members of the Management Board

    Number of shares

    Number of shares

    Christian Sewing

    2020

    114,892

    2021

    163,665

    2019

    73,237

    2020

    114,892

    Karl von Rohr

    2020

    9,803

    2021

    17,283

    2019

    5,601

    2020

    9,803

    Fabrizio Campelli1

    2020

    50,417

    2021

    86,303

    2020

    50,417

    Frank Kuhnke

    2020

    15,407

    2021

    37,922

    2019

    7,094

    2020

    15,407

    Bernd Leukert2

    2020

    1,500

    2021

    1,500

    2020

    1,500

    Stuart Lewis

    2020

    145,743

    2021

    174,434

    2019

    103,561

    2020

    145,743

    James von Moltke

    2020

    55,959

    2021

    68,486

    2019

    24,967

    2020

    55,959

    Alexander von zur Mühlen3

    2021

    270,333

    Christiana Riley2

    2020

    43,907

    2021

    55,082

    Werner Steinmüller

    2020

    174,035

    2019

    146,905

    2020

    43,907

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon3

    2021

    0

    Total

    2020

    611,663

    2021

    875,008

    2019

    361,365

    2020

    437,628

    1Member1Member since November 1, 2019.

    2Member since January 1, 2020.

    3Member since August 1, 2020.

    The current members of the Management Board held an aggregate of 611,663875,008 Deutsche Bank shares on January 31, 2020,February 19, 2021, amounting to approximately  0.030.04 % of Deutsche Bank shares issued on that date.

    179187

    The following table shows the number of outstanding share awards held byof the current Management Board members as of February 15, 2019 and January 31, 2020 and February 19, 2021 as well as the number of share awards newly granted, delivered or forfeited in this period.

    Members of the Management Board

    Balance as of Feb 15, 2019

    Granted

    Delivered

    Forfeited

    Balance as of Jan 31, 2020

    Balance as of Jan 31, 2020

    Granted

    Delivered

    Forfeited

    Balance as of 19 Feb 2021

    Christian Sewing

    61,681

    341,146

    37,411

    365,416

    365,416

    144,392

    24,693

    485,115

    Karl von Rohr

    49,757

    248,300

    8,685

    289,373

    289,373

    118,911

    15,433

    392,851

    Fabrizio Campelli1

    296,795

    296,795

    127,751

    67,636

    78,3064

    278,603

    Frank Kuhnke

    104,507

    107,720

    15,828

    196,399

    196,399

    118,911

    42,866

    33,1814

    239,263

    Bernd Leukert2

    0

    25,309

    25,309

    Stuart Lewis

    133,056

    230,161

    79,747

    283,470

    283,470

    118,911

    54,239

    348,142

    James von Moltke

    146,607

    247,584

    58,822

    335,369

    335,369

    118,911

    23,767

    430,513

    Alexander von zur Mühlen3

    251,256

    Christiana Riley2

    255,057

    255,057

    64,8025

    51,4836

    52,5364

    215,8417

    Werner Steinmüller

    170,878

    220,299

    51,663

    339,514

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon3

    31,740

    1Member1Member since November 1, 2019.

    2Member since January 1, 2020.

    3Member since August 1, 2020.

    4The awards listed in the table above as ´Forfeited´are equity-based awards granted under the Key Retention Plan in January 2017. These awards were subject to an additional share price condition and were forfeited as a result of this condition not being met. Please also see the section Share-Based Compensation Plans.

    5Under the associated plan, 64,802 restricted share awards originally granted were taxed at the time of grant, with 34,590 shares remaining on an after-tax basis. Please see the respective disclosure in section ´Long-term Incentive and Sustainability`.

    6Thereof a number of 30,212 share awards delivered to cover the tax amount due under the associated plan (see footnote 5).

    7Thereof a net number of 34,590 restricted share awards under the associated plan (see footnote 5).

    All Management Board members fulfilled the retention obligations for shares in 20192020 or are currently in the waiting period.

    The Chairman of the Management Board, Mr. Sewing, voluntarily committed to invest 15 % of his net salary in Deutsche Bank shares from September 2019 until the end of December 2022. In each case, purchases took place on the 22nd day of each month or on the following trading day. All shares purchased by January 31, 2020February 19, 2021 are included in the above table.

    Pension Benefitsbenefits

    The following table shows the annual contributions, the interest credits, the account balances and the annual service costs for the years 20192020 and 20182019 as well as the corresponding defined benefit obligations for each member of the Management Board in office in 20192020 as of December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018.2019. The different balances are attributable to the different lengths of service on the Management Board, the respective age-related factors, and the different contribution rates, as well as the individual pensionable compensation amounts and the previously mentioned additional individual entitlements.

    Members of the Management Board

    Annual contribution, in the year

    Interest credit, in the year

    Account balance, end of year

    Service cost (IFRS), in the year

    Present value of the defined benefit obligation (IFRS), end of year

    Annual contribution, in the year

    Interest credit, in the year

    Account balance, end of year

    Service cost (IFRS), in the year

    Present value of the defined benefit obligation (IFRS), end of year

    in €

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Christian Sewing

    975,000

    1,007,500

    0

    0

    4,806,500

    3,831,500

    939,695

    879,750

    4,701,381

    3,366,182

    936,000

    975,000

    0

    0

    5,742,500

    4,806,500

    936,063

    939,695

    5,816,960

    4,701,381

    Karl von Rohr

    812,500

    845,000

    0

    0

    3,180,501

    2,368,001

    819,511

    796,009

    3,261,910

    2,249,165

    786,500

    812,500

    0

    0

    3,967,001

    3,180,501

    831,427

    819,511

    4,205,087

    3,261,910

    Fabrizio Campelli1

    180,918

    0

    0

    0

    180,918

    0

    174,626

    0

    178,170

    0

    1,046,500

    180,918

    0

    0

    1,227,418

    180,918

    1,008,742

    174,626

    1,224,209

    178,170

    Frank Kuhnke2

    871,000

    0

    0

    0

    871,000

    0

    849,657

    0

    868,111

    0

    Frank Kuhnke

    845,000

    871,000

    0

    0

    1,716,000

    871,000

    867,588

    849,657

    1,759,798

    868,111

    Bernd Leukert2

    1,135,334 5

    0

    0

    0

    1,135,334

    0

    851,694

    0

    1,181,299

    0

    Stuart Lewis

    812,500

    845,000

    0

    0

    4,871,438

    4,058,938

    819,511

    796,009

    5,536,127

    4,236,867

    786,500

    812,500

    0

    0

    5,657,938

    4,871,438

    818,838

    819,511

    6,358,878

    5,536,127

    James von Moltke

    936,000

    975,000

    0

    0

    2,414,750

    1,478,750

    907,600

    864,990

    2,382,139

    1,334,670

    903,500

    936,000

    0

    0

    3,318,250

    2,414,750

    895,972

    907,600

    3,385,498

    2,382,139

    Werner Steinmüller

    650,000

    650,000

    60,251

    32,934

    2,216,519

    1,506,268

    667,193

    688,942

    2,259,433

    1,542,860

    Sylvie Matherat3

    0

    754,000

    0

    0

    0

    2,127,168

    0

    755,261

    0

    2,125,681

    Garth Ritchie4

    0

    1,440,000

    0

    0

    0

    4,490,000

    0

    1,274,429

    0

    4,026,939

    Frank Strauß5

    568,751

    1,007,500

    0

    0

    1,925,085

    1,356,334

    545,325

    876,266

    0

    1,202,739

    Alexander von zur Mühlen3

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Christina Riley2

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon3

    1,293,501 5

    0

    0

    0

    1,293,501

    0

    903,039

    0

    1,335,674

    0

    Werner Steinmüller4

    379,167

    650,000

    51,719

    60,251

    2,647,405

    2,216,519

    380,305

    667,193

    2,660,574

    2,259,433

    1Member1Member since November 1, 2019.
    201
    2Member9.

    2Member since January 1, 2019.2020.

    3 Member since August 1, 2020.

    4Member until July   31, 2019. The pension entitlement was not vested at2020.

    5This also includes amounts granted for the time of the terminationperiod prior to appointment as a member of the Management Board membership and was paid in form of a cash compensation in the amount of € 2,473,951. Board.
    4Member until July 31, 2019. The pension entitlement was not vested at the time of the termination of the Management Board membership and was paid in form of a cash compensation in the amount of € 4,803,789.
    5Member until July 31, 2019.

    Other Benefits upon Early Termination

    In 2019, the Management Board members Sylvie Matherat, Garth Ritchie and Frank Strauß left the Management Board. Termination payments to which they were entitled based on their employment contract were agreed with these members as follows:


    180

    Sylvie Matherat left the Management Board with effect from the end of July 31, 2019. On the basis of the termination agreement, compensation payments for a post-contractual restraint on competition already agreed in the employment contract in the amount of € 1,560,000 and a severance payment in the amount of € 7,516,006 were agreed. Of the severance, the first instalment in the amount of € 1,503,201 was disbursed in cash in August 2019. The second instalment in the amount of € 1,503,201 was granted in the form of shares and becomes due for disbursement on September 1, 2020. A further instalment in the amount of € 2,254,802 was granted in the form of deferred cash compensation with a settlement period ending September 1, 2024. A final instalment in the amount of € 2,254,802 was granted in the form of deferred share-based compensation with a settlement period ending September 1, 2025. All contractually agreed provisions with respect to variable compensation elements apply accordingly to the severance payment, including the option to reclaim any variable compensation (clawback), and the severance payment is subject to a regulation for the offsetting of income received from other sources. The contractually, but not legally vested present value of the pension account in the company pension plan at the time of Mrs. Matherat’s termination of the Management Board membership has been disbursed to her.

    Garth Ritchie left the Management Board with effect from the end of July 31, 2019. On the basis of the termination agreement, compensation payments for a post-contractual restraint on competition, agreed in and extended by the termination contract to a period of two years, in the amount of € 5,618,016 and a severance payment in the amount of € 5,618,004 were agreed. Of the severance, the first instalment in the amount of € 1,123,601 was disbursed in cash in August 2019. A second instalment in the amount of € 1,123,601 was granted in the form of shares and becomes due for disbursement on September 1, 2020. A further instalment in the amount of € 1,685,401 was granted in the form of deferred cash compensation with a settlement period ending September 1, 2024. A final instalment in the amount of € 1,685,401 was granted in the form of deferred share-based compensation with a settlement period ending September 1, 2025. All contractually agreed provisions with respect to variable compensation elements apply accordingly to the severance payment, including the option to reclaim any variable compensation (clawback), and the severance payment is subject to a regulation for the offsetting of income received from other sources. The contractually, but not legally vested present value of the pension account in the company pension plan at the time of Mr. Ritchie’s termination of the Management Board membership has been disbursed to him.

    Frank Strauß left the Management Board with effect from the end of July 31, 2019. On the basis of the termination agreement, compensation payments for a post-contractual restraint on competition, agreed in and reduced by the termination contract to a period of five months, in the amount of € 650,000 and a severance payment in the amount of € 6,085,736 were agreed. Of the severance, the first instalment in the amount of € 1,217,147 was disbursed in cash in August 2019. The second instalment in the amount of € 1,217,147 was granted in the form of shares and becomes due for disbursement on September 1, 2020. A further instalment in the amount of € 1,825,721 was granted in the form of deferred cash compensation with a settlement period ending September 1, 2024. A final instalment in the amount of € 1,825,721 was granted in the form of deferred share-based compensation with a settlement period ending September 1, 2025. All contractually agreed provisions with respect to variable compensation elements apply accordingly to the severance payment, including the option to reclaim any variable compensation (clawback), and the severance payment is subject to a regulation for the offsetting of income received from other sources. In addition, a termination of the employment relationship between DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG, for which Mr. Strauß served as Chairman of the Management Board, and Mr. Strauß was agreed. On the basis of this termination agreement, a severance payment in the amount of € 2,381,410 was agreed. Of the severance, the first instalment in the amount of € 476,282 was disbursed in cash in August 2019. A further instalment in the same amount was granted in the form of shares and becomes due for disbursement on September 1, 2020. A further instalment in the amount of € 714,423 was granted in the form of deferred cash compensation with a settlement period ending September 1, 2024. A final instalment in the amount of € 714,423 was granted in the form of deferred share-based compensation with a settlement period ending September 1, 2025.

    Expense for Long-Term Incentive Componentslong-term incentive components

    The following table presents the compensation expense recognized in the respective years for long-term incentive components of compensation granted for service on the Management Board.

    Members of the Management Board

    Amount expensed for

    Share-based compensation components

    Cash-based compensation components

    in €

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    Christian Sewing

    226,040

    0

    380,022

    0

    Karl von Rohr

    163,938

    0

    275,911

    0

    Stuart Lewis

    472,969

    (393,743)3

    255,458

    57,414

    James von Moltke

    156,957

    225,845

    275,911

    630,407

    Werner Steinmüller

    144,494

    0

    243,186

    0

    Sylvie Matherat1

    975,8922

    0

    535,5362

    0

    Garth Ritchie1

    1,188,0002

    0

    655,7682

    0

    Frank Strauß1

    1,437,3982

    0

    793,4352

    0

    188

    Members of the Management Board

    Amount expensed for

    Share-based compensation components

    Cash-based compensation components

    in €

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Christian Sewing

    887,894

    226,040

    372,347

    380,022

    Karl von Rohr

    661,926

    163,938

    293,690

    275,911

    Fabrizio Campelli1

    23,935

    0

    14,024

    0

    Frank Kuhnke

    143,607

    0

    84,140

    0

    Bernd Leukert2

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Stuart Lewis

    351,726

    472,969

    278,156

    255,458

    James von Moltke

    644,657

    156,957

    293,690

    275,911

    Alexander von zur Mühlen3

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Christina Riley2

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon3

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Werner Steinmüller4

    2,936,877

    144,494

    655,935

    243,186

    1Member since November 1, 2019.

    2Member since January 1, 2020.

    3Member since August 1, 2020.

    4 Member until July   31, 2019. 2020.
    2 Including the acceleration of future amortization due to the discontinuation of the vesting period for awards.
    3 Share-based compensation of Management Board members is generally valued based on the share price at each respective reporting date and leads to a negative result in this instance.

    181

    Compensation in accordance with the German Corporate Governance Code (GCGC)

    The compensation for the members of the Management Board in accordance with the requirements of section 4.2.5 paragraph 3 of the GCGC 2017 is provided below. This comprises the benefits granted for the year under review including the fringe benefits and including the maximum and minimum achievable compensation for variable compensation components. In addition, the disbursalspayment and delivery, as the case may be of fixed compensation and variable compensation (broken down by Restricted Incentive Awards and Restricted Equity Awards) in/for the year under review, broken down into the relevant reference years are reported.

    The following table provides the compensation granted for the 20192020 and 20182019 financial years according to GCGC:GCGC 2017:

    Christian Sewing

    Christian Sewing

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    3,400,000

    3,400,000

    3,400,000

    3,400,000

    3,291,111

    3,291,111

    3,116,667

    3,400,000

    3,400,000

    3,400,000

    3,400,000

    3,400,000

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    69,338

    69,338

    69,338

    69,338

    91,805

    91,805

    3,756

    3,756

    3,756

    3,756

    69,338

    69,338

    Total

    3,469,338

    3,469,338

    3,469,338

    3,469,338

    3,382,916

    3,382,916

    3,120,423

    3,403,756

    3,403,756

    3,403,756

    3,469,338

    3,469,338

    Variable compensation

    1,631,717

    5,300,000

    0

    8,900,000

    3,712,968

    5,055,000

    4,251,378

    5,300,000

    0

    8,900,000

    1,631,717

    5,300,000

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    300,000

    1,900,000

    0

    3,800,000

    928,242

    1,818,333

    2,125,689

    1,900,000

    0

    3,800,000

    300,000

    1,900,000

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,331,717

    3,400,000

    0

    5,100,000

    2,784,726

    3,236,667

    2,125,689 1

    3,400,000

    0

    5,100,000

    1,331,717

    3,400,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    1,631,717

    5,300,000

    0

    8,900,000

    3,712,968

    5,055,000

    4,251,378

    5,300,000

    0

    8,900,000

    1,631,717

    5,300,000

    Pension service costs

    939,695

    939,695

    939,695

    939,695

    879,750

    879,750

    936,063

    936,063

    936,063

    936,063

    939,695

    939,695

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    6,040,750

    9,709,033

    4,409,033

    13,309,033

    7,975,634

    9,317,666

    8,307,864

    9,639,819

    4,339,819

    13,239,819

    6,040,750

    9,709,033

    Total compensation¹

    5,031,717

    8,700,000

    3,400,000

    12,300,000

    7,004,079

    8,346,111

    Total compensation2

    7,368,045

    8,700,000

    3,400,000

    12,300,000

    5,031,717

    8,700,000

    1Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 453,078 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.

    2Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    Karl von Rohr

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    2,750,000

    3,000,000

    3,000,000

    3,000,000

    3,000,000

    3,000,000

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    11,208

    11,208

    11,208

    11,208

    43,642

    43,642

    Total

    2,761,208

    3,011,208

    3,011,208

    3,011,208

    3,043,642

    3,043,642

    Variable compensation

    3,132,495

    4,400,000

    0

    7,400,000

    1,396,708

    4,225,000

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    1,566,247

    1,600,000

    0

    3,200,000

    300,000

    1,425,000

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,566,248 1

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    1,096,708

    2,800,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    3,132,495

    4,400,000

    0

    7,400,000

    1,396,708

    4,225,000

    Pension service costs

    831,427

    831,427

    831,427

    831,427

    819,511

    819,511

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    6,725,130

    8,242,635

    3,842,635

    11,242,635

    5,259,861

    8,088,153

    Total compensation2

    5,882,495

    7,400,000

    3,000,000

    10,400,000

    4,396,708

    7,225,000

    1Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 188,803 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.

    2Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    189

    Fabrizio Campelli1

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    2,200,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    400,000

    400,000

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    21,984

    21,984

    21,984

    21,984

    8,182

    8,182

    Total

    2,221,984

    2,421,984

    2,421,984

    2,421,984

    408,182

    408,182

    Variable compensation

    2,979,137

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    232,785

    683,333

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    1,489,568

    1,300,000

    0

    2,600,000

    50,000

    216,667

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,489,569 2

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    182,785

    466,667

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    2,979,137

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    232,785

    683,333

    Pension service costs

    1,008,742

    1,008,742

    1,008,742

    1,008,742

    174,626

    174,626

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    6,209,863

    7,530,726

    3,430,726

    10,230,726

    815,593

    1,266,141

    Total compensation3

    5,179,137

    6,500,000

    2,400,000

    9,200,000

    632,785

    1,083,333

    1Member since November 1, 2019.

    2Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 112,124 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.

    3Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    Frank Kuhnke

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    2,200,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    6,692

    6,692

    6,692

    6,692

    29,580

    29,580

    Total

    2,206,692

    2,406,692

    2,406,692

    2,406,692

    2,429,580

    2,429,580

    Variable compensation

    2,560,403

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    1,182,958

    1,300,000

    0

    2,600,000

    300,000

    1,300,000

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,377,445

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    1,096,708

    2,800,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    2,560,403

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    Pension service costs

    867,588

    867,588

    867,588

    867,588

    849,657

    849,657

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    5,634,683

    7,374,280

    3,274,280

    10,074,280

    4,675,945

    7,379,237

    Total compensation1

    4,760,403

    6,500,000

    2,400,000

    9,200,000

    3,796,708

    6,500,000

    1Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    Karl von Rohr

    Bernd Leukert1

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    3,000,000

    3,000,000

    3,000,000

    3,000,000

    2,836,667

    2,836,667

    2,200,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    43,642

    43,642

    43,642

    43,642

    49,853

    49,853

    21,926

    21,926

    21,926

    21,926

    Total

    3,043,642

    3,043,642

    3,043,642

    3,043,642

    2,886,520

    2,886,520

    2,221,926

    2,421,926

    2,421,926

    2,421,926

    Variable compensation

    1,396,708

    4,225,000

    0

    7,050,000

    2,698,003

    4,100,000

    2,709,270

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    300,000

    1,425,000

    0

    2,850,000

    674,500

    1,300,000

    1,318,992

    1,300,000

    0

    2,600,000

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,096,708

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    2,023,503

    2,800,000

    1,390,2782

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    1,396,708

    4,225,000

    0

    7,050,000

    2,698,003

    4,100,000

    2,709,270

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    Pension service costs

    819,511

    819,511

    819,511

    819,511

    796,009

    796,009

    851,694

    851,694

    851,694

    851,694

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    5,259,861

    8,088,153

    3,863,153

    10,913,153

    6,380,532

    7,782,529

    5,782,890

    7,373,620

    3,273,620

    10,073,620

    Total compensation1

    4,396,708

    7,225,000

    3,000,000

    10,050,000

    5,534,670

    6,936,667

    Total compensation3

    4,909,270

    6,500,000

    2,400,000

    9,200,000

    1 Member since January 1, 2020.

    2 Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 397,222 that vest after 7 years.

    3Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    190

    Stuart Lewis

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    2,283,333

    2,483,333

    2,483,333

    2,483,333

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    29,166

    29,166

    29,166

    29,166

    312,607

    312,607

    Total

    2,312,499

    2,512,499

    2,512,499

    2,512,499

    2,712,607

    2,712,607

    Variable compensation

    2,696,070

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    1,318,625

    1,300,000

    0

    2,600,000

    300,000

    1,300,000

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,377,445

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    1,096,708

    2,800,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    2,696,070

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    Pension service costs

    818,838

    818,838

    818,838

    818,838

    819,511

    819,511

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    5,827,407

    7,431,337

    3,331,337

    10,131,337

    4,928,826

    7,632,118

    Total compensation1

    4,979,403

    6,583,333

    2,483,333

    9,283,333

    3,796,708

    6,500,000

    1Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    James von Moltke

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    2,283,333

    2,483,333

    2,483,333

    2,483,333

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    42,980

    42,980

    42,980

    42,980

    310,510

    310,510

    Total

    2,326,313

    2,526,313

    2,526,313

    2,526,313

    2,710,510

    2,710,510

    Variable compensation

    2,979,137

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    1,489,568

    1,300,000

    0

    2,600,000

    300,000

    1,300,000

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,489,569 1

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    1,096,708

    2,800,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    615,516

    615,516

    615,516

    615,516

    615,516

    615,516

    Total

    3,594,653

    4,715,516

    615,516

    7,415,516

    2,012,224

    4,715,516

    Pension service costs

    895,972

    895,972

    895,972

    895,972

    907,600

    907,600

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    6,816,938

    8,137,801

    4,037,801

    10,837,801

    5,630,334

    8,333,626

    Total compensation2

    5,262,470

    6,583,333

    2,483,333

    9,283,333

    3,796,708

    6,500,000


    1Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 112,124 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.

    182

    Fabrizio Campelli1

    2019

    2018

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    400,000

    400,000

    400,000

    400,000

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    8,182

    8,182

    8,182

    8,182

    Total

    408,182

    408,182

    408,182

    408,182

    Variable compensation

    232,785

    683,333

    0

    1,133,333

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    50,000

    216,667

    0

    433,333

    Restricted Equity Awards

    182,785

    466,667

    0

    700,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    232,785

    683,333

    0

    1,133,333

    Pension service costs

    174,626

    174,626

    174,626

    174,626

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    815,593

    1,266,141

    582,808

    1,716,141

    Total compensation2

    632,785

    1,083,333

    400,000

    1,533,333

    1Member since November 1, 2019.
    1Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    Frank Kuhnke1

    2019

    2018

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    29,580

    29,580

    29,580

    29,580

    Total

    2,429,580

    2,429,580

    2,429,580

    2,429,580

    Variable compensation

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    300,000

    1,300,000

    0

    2,600,000

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,096,708

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    Pension service costs

    849,657

    849,657

    849,657

    849,657

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    4,675,945

    7,379,237

    3,279,237

    10,079,237

    Total compensation2

    3,796,708

    6,500,000

    2,400,000

    9,200,000

    1Member since January 1, 2019.
    2Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.


    183

    Stuart Lewis

    2019

    2018

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    Functional allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,200,000

    1,200,000

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    312,607

    312,607

    312,607

    312,607

    184,423

    184,423

    Total

    2,712,607

    2,712,607

    2,712,607

    2,712,607

    3,784,423

    3,784,423

    Variable compensation

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    2,498,003

    4,100,000

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    300,000

    1,300,000

    0

    2,600,000

    624,500

    1,300,000

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,096,708

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    1,873,503

    2,800,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    2,498,003

    4,100,000

    Pension service costs

    819,511

    819,511

    819,511

    819,511

    796,009

    796,009

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    4,928,826

    7,632,118

    3,532,118

    10,332,118

    7,078,435

    8,680,432

    Total compensation1

    3,796,708

    6,500,000

    2,400,000

    9,200,000

    6,098,003

    7,700,000

    1Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    James von Moltke

    Alexander von zur Mühlen1

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    963,189 2

    1,000,000

    1,000,000

    1,000,000

    Fixed pay allowance

    270,833

    270,833

    270,833

    270,833

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    310,510

    310,510

    310,510

    310,510

    86,975

    86,975

    14,851

    14,851

    14,851

    14,851

    Total

    2,710,510

    2,710,510

    2,710,510

    2,710,510

    2,486,975

    2,486,975

    1,248,873

    1,285,684

    1,285,684

    1,285,684

    Variable compensation

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    2,698,003

    4,100,000

    1,094,333

    1,708,333

    0

    2,833,333

    thereof:

    Cash

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    300,000

    1,300,000

    0

    2,600,000

    674,500

    1,300,000

    520,398

    541,666

    0

    1,083,332

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,096,708

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    2,023,503

    2,800,000

    573,935

    1,166,667

    0

    1,750,001

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    615,516

    615,516

    615,516

    615,516

    615,516

    615,516

    33,304

    33,304

    33,304

    33,304

    Total

    2,012,224

    4,715,516

    615,516

    7,415,516

    3,313,519

    4,715,516

    1,127,637

    1,741,637

    33,304

    2,866,637

    Pension service costs

    907,600

    907,600

    907,600

    907,600

    864,990

    864,990

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    5,630,334

    8,333,626

    4,233,626

    11,033,626

    6,665,484

    8,067,481

    2,376,510

    3,027,321

    1,318,988

    4,152,321

    Total compensation1

    3,796,708

    6,500,000

    2,400,000

    9,200,000

    5,098,003

    6,500,000

    Total compensation3

    2,057,522

    2,708,333

    1,000,000

    3,833,333

    1Without1Member since August 1, 2020.

    2As the fixed compensation is granted in local currency, it is subject to FX-rate changes. The waiver of 1/12th of the base salary took place prior to the appointment to the Management Board.

    3Without fixed pay allowance and fringe benefits.

    191

    Christiana Riley1

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    2,193,809 2

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    Fixed pay allowance

    650,000

    650,000

    650,000

    650,000

    ���

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    94,530

    94,530

    94,530

    94,530

    Total

    2,938,339

    3,144,530

    3,144,530

    3,144,530

    Variable compensation

    2,579,103

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    1,201,658

    1,300,000

    0

    2,600,000

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,377,445

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    95,643

    95,643

    95,643

    95,643

    Total

    2,674,746

    4,195,643

    95,643

    6,895,643

    Pension service costs

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    5,613,085

    7,340,173

    3,240,173

    10,040,173

    Total compensation3

    4,772,912

    6,500,000

    2,400,000

    9,200,000

    1Member since January 1, 2020. As a specified functionholder of certain Deutsche Bank US entities, specific plan rules are applcable for Christiana Riley; please see the respective disclosure in section ´Long-term Incentive and Sustainability`.

    2As the fixed compensation is granted in local currency, it is subject to FX-rate changes.

    3Without fixed pay allowance and fringe benefits.

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon1

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    1,000,000 2

    1,000,000

    1,000,000

    1,000,000

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    7,354

    7,354

    7,354

    7,354

    Total

    1,007,354

    1,007,354

    1,007,354

    1,007,354

    Variable compensation

    1,124,126

    1,708,333

    0

    2,833,333

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    544,843

    541,666

    0

    1,083,332

    Restricted Equity Awards

    579,2833

    1,166,667

    0

    1,750,001

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    1,124,126

    1,708,333

    0

    2,833,333

    Pension service costs

    903,039

    903,039

    903,039

    903,039

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    3,034,519

    3,618,726

    1,910,393

    4,743,726

    Total compensation4

    2,124,126

    2,708,333

    1,000,000

    3,833,333

    1Member since August 1, 2020.

    2The waiver of 1/12th of the base salary took place prior to the appointment to the Management Board.

    3Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 165,509 that vest after 7 years.

    4Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    Werner Steinmüller

    Werner Steinmüller1

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    1,283,333

    1,400,000

    1,400,000

    1,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    68,463

    68,463

    68,463

    68,463

    76,993

    76,993

    31,620

    31,620

    31,620

    31,620

    68,463

    68,463

    Total

    2,468,463

    2,468,463

    2,468,463

    2,468,463

    2,476,993

    2,476,993

    1,314,953

    1,431,620

    1,431,620

    1,431,620

    2,468,463

    2,468,463

    Variable compensation

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    0

    6,800,000

    2,378,003

    4,100,000

    1,440,953

    2,391,667

    0

    3,966,668

    1,396,708

    4,100,000

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    300,000

    1,300,000

    0

    2,600,000

    594,500

    1,300,000

    637,444

    758,334

    0

    1,516,668

    300,000

    1,300,000

    Restricted Equity Awards

    1,096,708

    2,800,000

    0

    4,200,000

    1,783,503

    2,800,000

    803,509

    1,633,333

    0

    2,450,000

    1,096,708

    2,800,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    510,033

    510,033

    510,033

    510,033

    387,196

    387,196

    322,542

    322,542

    322,542

    322,542

    510,033

    510,033

    Total

    1,906,741

    4,610,033

    510,033

    7,310,033

    2,765,199

    4,487,196

    1,763,495

    2,714,209

    322,542

    4,289,210

    1,906,741

    4,610,033

    Pension service costs

    667,193

    667,193

    667,193

    667,193

    688,942

    688,942

    380,305

    380,305

    380,305

    380,305

    667,193

    667,193

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    5,042,397

    7,745,689

    3,645,689

    10,445,689

    5,931,134

    7,653,131

    3,458,753

    4,494,514

    1,986,180

    6,069,515

    5,042,397

    7,745,689

    Total compensation1

    3,796,708

    6,500,000

    2,400,000

    9,200,000

    4,778,003

    6,500,000

    Total compensation2

    2,724,286

    3,791,667

    1,400,000

    5,366,668

    3,796,708

    6,500,000

    1Without1Member until July 31, 2020.

    2Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.


    192

    184

    Sylvie Matherat1

    Sylvie Matherat1

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    1,400,000

    1,400,000

    1,400,000

    1,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,400,000

    1,400,000

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    4,636

    4,636

    4,636

    4,636

    6,392

    6,392

    0

    0

    0

    0

    4,636

    4,636

    Total

    1,404,636

    1,404,636

    1,404,636

    1,404,636

    2,406,392

    2,406,392

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,404,636

    1,404,636

    Variable compensation

    1,188,079

    2,391,667

    0

    3,966,667

    2,138,003

    4,100,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,188,079

    2,391,667

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    548,333

    758,333

    0

    1,516,667

    534,500

    1,300,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    548,333

    758,333

    Restricted Equity Awards

    639,746

    1,633,333

    0

    2,450,000

    1,603,503

    2,800,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    639,746

    1,633,333

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    1,188,079

    2,391,667

    0

    3,966,667

    2,138,003

    4,100,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,188,079

    2,391,667

    Pension service costs

    0

    0

    0

    0

    755,261

    755,261

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    2,592,715

    3,796,303

    1,404,636

    5,371,303

    5,299,656

    7,261,653

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,592,715

    3,796,303

    Total compensation2

    2,588,079

    3,791,667

    1,400,000

    5,366,667

    4,538,003

    6,500,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,588,079

    3,791,667

    1Member1Member until July 31, 2019.

    2Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    Garth Ritchie1

    Garth Ritchie1

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    1,750,000

    1,750,000

    1,750,000

    1,750,000

    3,000,000

    3,000,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,750,000

    1,750,000

    Functional allowance

    1,750,000

    1,750,000

    1,750,000

    1,750,000

    3,000,000

    3,000,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,750,000

    1,750,000

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    267,834

    267,834

    267,834

    267,834

    189,609

    189,609

    0

    0

    0

    0

    267,834

    267,834

    Total

    3,767,834

    3,767,834

    3,767,834

    3,767,834

    6,189,609

    6,189,609

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,767,834

    3,767,834

    Variable compensation

    1,468,079

    2,741,667

    0

    4,666,667

    2,618,003

    4,700,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,468,079

    2,741,667

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    734,039

    1,108,333

    0

    2,216,667

    654,500

    1,900,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    734,039

    1,108,333

    Restricted Equity Awards2

    734,040

    1,633,333

    0

    2,450,000

    1,963,503

    2,800,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    734,040

    1,633,333

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    1,468,079

    2,741,667

    0

    4,666,667

    2,618,003

    4,700,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,468,079

    2,741,667

    Pension service costs

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,274,429

    1,274,429

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    5,235,913

    6,509,501

    3,767,834

    8,434,501

    10,082,041

    12,164,038

    0

    0

    0

    0

    5,235,913

    6,509,501

    Total compensation3

    3,218,079

    4,491,667

    1,750,000

    6,416,667

    8,618,003

    10,700,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,218,079

    4,491,667

    1Member until July 31, 2019.

    2Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 94,294 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.

    3Without functional allowance fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    Frank Strauß1

    Frank Strauß1

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    1,400,000

    1,400,000

    1,400,000

    1,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,400,000

    1,400,000

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    35,253

    35,253

    35,253

    35,253

    71,892

    71,892

    0

    0

    0

    0

    35,253

    35,253

    Total

    1,435,253

    1,435,253

    1,435,253

    1,435,253

    2,471,892

    2,471,892

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,435,253

    1,435,253

    Variable compensation

    1,790,079

    2,566,667

    0

    4,316,667

    3,167,603

    4,400,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,790,079

    2,566,667

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    895,039

    933,333

    0

    1,866,667

    791,900

    1,600,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    895,039

    933,333

    Restricted Equity Awards2

    895,040

    1,633,333

    0

    2,450,000

    2,375,703

    2,800,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    895,040

    1,633,333

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    1,790,079

    2,566,667

    0

    4,316,667

    3,167,603

    4,400,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,790,079

    2,566,667

    Pension service costs

    545,325

    545,325

    545,325

    545,325

    876,266

    876,266

    0

    0

    0

    0

    545,325

    545,325

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    3,770,657

    4,547,245

    1,980,578

    6,297,245

    6,515,761

    7,748,158

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,770,657

    4,547,245

    Total compensation3

    3,190,079

    3,966,667

    1,400,000

    5,716,667

    5,567,603

    6,800,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,190,079

    3,966,667

    1Member until July 31, 2019.

    2Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 255,294 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.

    3Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.


    185

    John Cryan1

    2019

    2018

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,133,333

    1,133,333

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    10,125

    10,125

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,143,458

    1,143,458

    Variable compensation

    0

    0

    0

    0

    756,335

    1,766,666

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    0

    0

    0

    0

    189,083

    633,333

    Restricted Equity Awards

    0

    0

    0

    0

    567,252

    1,133,333

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    756,335

    1,766,666

    Pension service costs

    0

    0

    0

    0

    733,807

    733,807

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,633,600

    3,643,931

    Total compensation2

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,889,668

    2,899,999

    1Member until April 8, 2018.
    2Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    Kimberly Hammonds1

    2019

    2018

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,000,000

    1,000,000

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    209,799

    209,799

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,209,799

    1,209,799

    Variable compensation

    0

    0

    0

    0

    824,168

    1,708,334

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    0

    0

    0

    0

    206,042

    541,667

    Restricted Equity Awards

    0

    0

    0

    0

    618,126

    1,166,667

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    824,168

    1,708,334

    Pension service costs

    0

    0

    0

    0

    825,100

    825,100

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,859,067

    3,743,233

    Total compensation2

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,824,168

    2,708,334

    1Member until May 24, 2018.
    2Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    Nicolas Moreau1

    2019

    2018

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,200,000

    1,200,000

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    129,407

    129,407

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,329,407

    1,329,407

    Variable compensation

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,269,001

    2,300,000

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    0

    0

    0

    0

    317,250

    900,000

    Restricted Equity Awards

    0

    0

    0

    0

    951,751

    1,400,000

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,269,001

    2,300,000

    Pension service costs

    0

    0

    0

    0

    607,093

    607,093

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,205,501

    4,236,500

    Total compensation2

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,469,001

    3,500,000

    1Member until December 31, 2018. In his position as managing director of DWS Management GmbH a total compensation (GCGC) of € 3,523,792 was determined for 2018.
    2Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    Dr. Marcus Schenck1

    2019

    2018

    in €

    Determined

    Target

    Min

    Max

    Determined

    Target

    Fixed compensation (base salary)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,250,000

    1,250,000

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    13,117

    13,117

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,263,117

    1,263,117

    Variable compensation

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,047,085

    1,958,334

    thereof:

    Restricted Incentive Awards

    0

    0

    0

    0

    261,771

    791,667

    Restricted Equity Awards

    0

    0

    0

    0

    785,314

    1,166,667

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,047,085

    1,958,334

    Pension service costs

    0

    0

    0

    0

    504,568

    504,568

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,814,770

    3,726,019

    Total compensation2

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,297,085

    3,208,334

    1Member until May 24, 2018.
    2Without fringe benefits and pension service costs.

    186193

    The following table provides the compensation disbursalspayments and deliveries in/for the 20192020 and 20182019 financial years according to GCGC 2017

    Christian Sewing

    Karl von Rohr

    Fabrizio Campelli1

    Frank Kuhnke2

    Christian Sewing

    Karl von Rohr

    Fabrizio Campelli1

    Frank Kuhnke

    in €

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Fixed compensation

    3,400,000

    3,291,111

    3,000,000

    2,836,667

    400,000

    2,400,000

    3,116,667

    3,400,000

    2,750,000

    3,000,000

    2,200,000

    400,000

    2,200,000

    2,400,000

    Functional allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    69,338

    91,805

    43,642

    49,853

    8,182

    29,580

    3,756

    69,338

    11,208

    43,642

    21,984

    8,182

    6,692

    29,580

    Total

    3,469,338

    3,382,916

    3,043,642

    2,886,520

    408,182

    2,429,580

    3,120,423

    3,469,338

    2,761,208

    3,043,642

    2,221,984

    408,182

    2,206,692

    2,429,580

    Variable compensation

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    232,061

    0

    168,625

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Cash:

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:

    2014 Restricted Incentive Award for 2013

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2015 Restricted Incentive Award for 2014

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2019 Restricted Incentive Award for 2018

    232,061

    168,625

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Equity Awards:

    2017 Equity Upfront Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2013 Restricted Equity Award for 2012

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2014 Restricted Equity Award for 2013

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2015 DB Equity Plan for 2014

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Equity Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    232,061

    0

    168,625

    0

    0

    0

    Pension service costs

    939,695

    879,750

    819,511

    796,009

    174,626

    849,657

    936,063

    939,695

    831,427

    819,511

    1,008,742

    174,626

    867,588

    849,657

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    4,409,033

    4,262,666

    3,863,153

    3,682,529

    582,808

    3,279,237

    4,288,547

    4,409,033

    3,761,260

    3,863,153

    3,230,726

    582,808

    3,074,280

    3,279,237

    1Member1Member since November   1, 2019.

    Bernd Leukert1

    Stuart Lewis

    James von Moltke

    Alexander von zur Mühlen2

    in €

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Fixed compensation

    2,200,000

    2,283,333

    2,400,000

    2,283,333

    2,400,000

    963,189 3

    Functional allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    270,833

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    21,926

    29,166

    312,607

    42,980

    310,510

    14,851

    Total

    2,221,926

    2,312,499

    2,712,607

    2,326,313

    2,710,510

    1,248,873

    Variable compensation

    0

    599,399

    704,736

    693,011

    951,953

    0

    thereof Cash:

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:

    2015 Restricted Incentive Award for 2014

    0

    0

    105,340

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    66,638

    66,638

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    280,379

    420,568

    0

    2019 Restricted Incentive Award for 2018

    0

    156,125

    0

    168,625

    0

    0

    thereof Equity Awards:

    2017 Equity Upfront Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    0

    183,170

    0

    2014 Restricted Equity Award for 2013

    0

    0

    599,396

    0

    0

    0

    2015 DB Equity Plan for 2014

    0

    443,274

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Equity Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    177,369

    281,577

    0

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    615,516

    615,516

    33,304

    Total

    0

    599,399

    704,736

    1,308,527

    1,567,469

    33,304

    Pension service costs

    851,694

    818,838

    819,511

    895,972

    907,600

    0

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    3,073,620

    3,730,736

    4,236,854

    4,530,812

    5,185,579

    1,282,177


    1
    2MemberMember since January 1, 2019.2020.

    Stuart Lewis

    James von Moltke

    Werner Steinmüller

    Sylvie Matherat1

    in €

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    Fixed compensation

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    1,400,000

    2,400,000

    Functional allowance

    0

    1,200,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    312,607

    184,423

    310,510

    86,975

    68,463

    76,993

    4,636

    6,392

    Total

    2,712,607

    3,784,423

    2,710,510

    2,486,975

    2,468,463

    2,476,993

    1,404,636

    2,406,392

    Variable compensation

    704,736

    431,973

    951,953

    1,166,703

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:

    2014 Restricted Incentive Award for 2013

    0

    126,935

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2015 Restricted Incentive Award for 2014

    105,340

    105,340

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    66,638

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    420,568

    560,758

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Equity Awards:

    2017 Equity Upfront Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    183,170

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2013 Restricted Equity Award for 2012

    0

    199,698

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2014 Restricted Equity Award for 2013

    599,396

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Equity Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    281,577

    605,945

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    615,516

    615,516

    510,033

    387,196

    0

    0

    Total

    704,736

    431,973

    1,567,469

    1,782,219

    510,033

    387,196

    0

    0

    Pension service costs

    819,511

    796,009

    907,600

    864,990

    667,193

    688,942

    0

    755,261

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    4,236,854

    5,012,405

    5,185,579

    5,134,184

    3,645,689

    3,553,131

    1,404,636

    3,161,653

    2Member since August 1, 2020.

    3As the fixed compensation is granted in local currency, it is subject to FX-rate changes. The waiver of 1/12th of the base salary took place prior to the appointment to the Management Board.

    194

    Christiana Riley1

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon2

    Werner Steinmüller3

    Sylvie Matherat4

    in €

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Fixed compensation

    2,193,809 5

    1,000,000 6

    1,283,333

    2,400,000

    0

    1,400,000

    Functional allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fixed pay allowance

    650,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    94,530

    7,354

    31,620

    68,463

    0

    4,636

    Total

    2,938,339

    1,007,354

    1,314,953

    2,468,463

    0

    1,404,636

    Variable compensation

    0

    0

    148,625

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Cash:

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:

    2015 Restricted Incentive Award for 2014

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2019 Restricted Incentive Award for 2018

    0

    0

    148,625

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Equity Awards:

    2017 Equity Upfront Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2014 Restricted Equity Award for 2013

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2015 DB Equity Plan for 2014

    0

    0

    0

    0

    281,577

    0

    2017 Restricted Equity Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    95,643

    0

    322,542

    510,033

    0

    0

    Total

    95,643

    0

    471,167

    510,033

    0

    0

    Pension service costs

    0

    903,039

    380,305

    667,193

    0

    0

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    3,033,982

    1,910,393

    2,166,425

    3,645,689

    0

    1,404,636

    1Member since January 1, 2020.

    2Member since August 1, 2020.

    3Member until July 31, 2020.

    4Member until July 31, 2019.

    5As the fixed compensation is granted in local currency, it is subject to FX-rate changes.

    6The waiver of 1/12th of the base salary took place prior to the appointment to the Management Board.

    Garth Ritchie1

    Frank Strauß1

    in €

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Fixed compensation

    0

    1,750,000

    0

    1,400,000

    Functional allowance

    0

    1,750,000

    0

    0

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    0

    267,834

    0

    35,253

    Total

    0

    3,767,834

    0

    1,435,253

    Variable compensation

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Cash:

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:

    2015 Restricted Incentive Award for 2014

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2019 Restricted Incentive Award for 2018

    thereof Equity Awards:

    2017 Equity Upfront Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2014 Restricted Equity Award for 2013

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2015 DB Equity Plan for 2014

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Equity Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Pension service costs

    0

    0

    0

    545,325

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    0

    3,767,834

    0

    1,980,578

    #REF!

    #REF!

    1Member until July 31, 2019.

    Garth Ritchie1

    Frank Strauß1

    John Cryan2

    Kimberly Hammonds3

    in €

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    Fixed compensation

    1,750,000

    3,000,000

    1,400,000

    2,400,000

    0

    1,133,333

    0

    1,000,000

    Functional allowance

    1,750,000

    3,000,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    267,834

    189,609

    35,253

    71,892

    0

    10,125

    0

    209,799

    Total

    3,767,834

    6,189,609

    1,435,253

    2,471,892

    0

    1,143,458

    0

    1,209,799

    Variable compensation

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:

    2014 Restricted Incentive Award for 2013

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2015 Restricted Incentive Award for 2014

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Equity Awards:

    2017 Equity Upfront Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2013 Restricted Equity Award for 2012

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2014 Restricted Equity Award for 2013

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Equity Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Pension service costs

    0

    1,274,429

    545,325

    876,266

    0

    733,807

    0

    825,100

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    3,767,834

    7,464,038

    1,980,578

    3,348,158

    0

    1,877,265

    0

    2,034,899

    1Member until July 31, 2019.
    2Member until April 8, 2018.
    3Member until May 24, 2018.

    187

    Nicolas Moreau1

    Dr. Marcus Schenck2

    in €

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    Fixed compensation

    0

    1,200,000

    0

    1,250,000

    Functional allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed compensation)

    0

    129,407

    0

    13,117

    Total

    0

    1,329,407

    0

    1,263,117

    Variable compensation

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Restricted Incentive Awards:

    2014 Restricted Incentive Award for 2013

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2015 Restricted Incentive Award for 2014

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Incentive Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    0

    thereof Equity Awards:

    2017 Equity Upfront Award: Sign On

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2013 Restricted Equity Award for 2012

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2014 Restricted Equity Award for 2013

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2017 Restricted Equity Award: Buyout

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (variable compensation)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Pension service costs

    0

    607,093

    0

    504,568

    Total compensation (GCGC)

    0

    1,936,500

    0

    1,767,685

    1Member until December 31, 2018. In his position as managing director of DWS Management GmbH a total compensation (GCGC) of € 2,323,792 was paid in 2018.
    2Member until May 24, 2018.

    With respect to deferred awards scheduled to be delivered in the first quarter of 2020,2021, the Supervisory Board has confirmed that the performance conditions relating to Group-wide IBIT for the financial year 20192020 have been met.

    195

    Compensation in accordance with the German Accounting Standard No. 17 (GAS 17)

    In accordance with the requirements of the GAS 17, the members of the Management Board collectively received in the 20192020 financial year compensation totaling € 34,835,009 (2018:40,119,062 (2019: € 52,181,136)34,835,009). Of that, € 20,950,000 (2018:22,473,664 (2019: € 25,711,111)20,950,000) was for fixed compensation, € 1,750,000 (2018:0 (2019: € 4,200,000)1,750,000) for functional allowances, € 2,275,594 (2018:920,833 (2019: 0 €) for fixed pay allowances, € 2,123,102)1,353,072 (2019: € 2,275,594) for fringe benefits and € 9,859,415 (2018:15,371,493 (2019: € 20,146,923)9,859,415) for performance-related components.

    In accordance with German Accounting Standard No. 17, the Restricted Incentive Awards, as a deferred, non-equity-based compensation component subject to certain (forfeiture) conditions, must be recognized in the total compensation for the year of their payment (i.e. in the financial year in which the unconditional payment takes place) and not in the year they are originally granted. Based on thisthereon, the Management Board members individually received the following compensation components for their service on the Management Board for or in the years 20192020 and 2018,2019, including the non-performance-related fringe benefits.

    Compensation according to GAS 17

    Christian Sewing

    Karl von Rohr

    Fabrizio Campelli1

    Frank Kuhnke2

    Christian Sewing

    Karl von Rohr

    Fabrizio Campelli1

    Frank Kuhnke

    in €

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Compensation

    Performance-related components

    Without long-term incentives

    Immediately paid out

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    With short-term incentives

    Cash

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    With long-term incentives

    Cash-based

    Restricted Incentive Award(s) paid

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    232,061

    0

    168,625

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Share-based

    Restricted Equity Award(s)

    1,331,717

    2,784,726

    1,096,708

    2,023,503

    182,785

    0

    1,096,708

    0

    2,125,689 2

    1,331,717

    1,566,248 3

    1,096,708

    1,489,569 4

    182,785

    1,377,445

    1,096,708

    Non-performance-related components

    Base salary

    3,400,000

    3,291,111

    3,000,000

    2,836,667

    400,000

    0

    2,400,000

    0

    3,116,667

    3,400,000

    2,750,000

    3,000,000

    2,200,000

    400,000

    2,200,000

    2,400,000

    Functional allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed and variable)

    69,338

    91,805

    43,642

    49,853

    8,182

    0

    29,580

    0

    3,756

    69,338

    11,208

    43,642

    21,984

    8,182

    6,692

    29,580

    Total

    4,801,055

    6,167,642

    4,140,350

    4,910,023

    590,967

    0

    3,526,288

    0

    5,478,173

    4,801,055

    4,496,081

    4,140,350

    3,711,553

    590,967

    3,584,137

    3,526,288

    1Member since November 1, 2019.
    2Member

    2Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 453,078 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.

    3Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 188,803 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.

    4Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 112,124 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.

    Bernd Leukert1

    Stuart Lewis

    James von Moltke

    Alexander von zur Mühlen2

    in €

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Compensation

    Performance-related components

    Without long-term incentives

    Immediately paid out

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    With short-term incentives

    Cash

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    With long-term incentives

    Cash-based

    Restricted Incentive Award(s) paid

    0

    156,125

    105,340

    515,642

    487,207

    0

    Share-based

    Restricted Equity Award(s)

    1,390,278

    1,377,445

    1,096,708

    1,489,569 3

    1,096,708

    573,935

    Non-performance-related components

    Base salary

    2,200,000

    2,283,333

    2,400,000

    2,283,333

    2,400,000

    963,189 4

    Functional allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    270,833

    Fringe benefits (fixed and variable compensation)

    21,926

    29,166

    312,607

    658,496

    926,026

    48,155

    Total

    3,612,204

    3,846,069

    3,914,655

    4,947,040

    4,909,941

    1,856,112

    1Member since January 1, 2019.2020.

    1882Member since August 1, 2020.

    Stuart Lewis

    James von Moltke

    Werner Steinmüller

    Sylvie Matherat1

    in €

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    Compensation

    Performance-related components

    With long-term incentives

    Cash-based

    Restricted Incentive Award(s) paid

    105,340

    232,275

    487,207

    560,758

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Share-based

    Restricted Equity Award(s)

    1,096,708

    1,873,503

    1,096,708

    2,023,503

    1,096,708

    1,783,503

    639,746

    1,603,503

    Non-performance-related components

    Base salary

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    2,400,000

    1,400,000

    2,400,000

    Functional allowance

    0

    1,200,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed and variable compensation)

    312,607

    184,423

    926,026

    702,491

    578,496

    464,189

    4,636

    6,392

    Total

    3,914,655

    5,890,201

    4,909,941

    5,686,752

    4,075,204

    4,647,692

    2,044,382

    4,009,895

    3Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 112,124 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.

    4As the fixed compensation is granted in local currency, it is subject to FX-rate changes. The waiver of 1/12th of the base salary took place prior to the appointment to the Management Board.

    196

    Christiana Riley1

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon2

    Werner Steinmüller3

    Sylvie Matherat4

    in €

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Compensation

    Performance-related components

    Without long-term incentives

    Immediately paid out

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    With short-term incentives

    Cash

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    With long-term incentives

    Cash-based

    Restricted Incentive Award(s) paid

    0

    0

    148,625

    0

    0

    0

    Share-based

    Restricted Equity Award(s)

    1,377,445

    579,283

    803,509

    1,096,708

    0

    639,746

    Non-performance-related components

    Base salary

    2,193,809 5

    1,000,000 6

    1,283,333

    2,400,000

    0

    1,400,000

    Functional allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fixed pay allowance

    650,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed and variable compensation)

    190,173

    7,354

    354,162

    578,496

    0

    4,636

    Total

    4,411,427

    1,586,637

    2,589,629

    4,075,204

    0

    2,044,382

    1Member since January 1, 2020. As a specified functionholder of certain Deutsche Bank US entities, specific plan rules are applcable for Christiana Riley; please see the respective disclosure in section ´Long-term Incentive and Sustainability`.

    2Member since August 1, 2020.

    3Member until July 31, 2020.

    4Member until July 31, 2019.

    5As the fixed compensation is granted in local currency, it is subject to FX-rate changes.

    6The waiver of 1/12th of the base salary took place prior to the appointment to the Management Board.

    Garth Ritchie1

    Frank Strauß1

    Total

    in €

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Compensation

    Performance-related components

    Without long-term incentives

    Immediately paid out

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    With short-term incentives

    Cash

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    With long-term incentives

    Cash-based

    Restricted Incentive Award(s) paid

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,221,078

    592,547

    Share-based

    Restricted Equity Award(s)

    0

    734,040 2

    0

    895,040 3

    14,150,415

    9,266,868

    Non-performance-related components

    Base salary

    0

    1,750,000

    0

    1,400,000

    22,473,664

    20,950,000

    Functional allowance

    0

    1,750,000

    0

    0

    0

    1,750,000

    Fixed pay allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    920,833

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed and variable compensation)

    0

    267,834

    0

    35,253

    1,353,072

    2,275,594

    Total

    0

    4,501,874

    0

    2,330,293

    40,119,062

    34,835,009

    1Member until July 31, 2019.

    Garth Ritchie1

    Frank Strauß1

    John Cryan2

    Kimberly Hammonds3

    in €

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    Compensation

    Performance-related components

    With long-term incentives

    Cash-based

    Restricted Incentive Award(s) paid

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Share-based

    Restricted Equity Award(s)

    734,0404

    1,963,503

    895,0405

    2,375,703

    0

    567,252

    0

    618,126

    Non-performance-related components

    Base salary

    1,750,000

    3,000,000

    1,400,000

    2,400,000

    0

    1,133,333

    0

    1,000,000

    Functional allowance

    1,750,000

    3,000,000

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Fringe benefits (fixed and variable compensation)

    267,834

    189,609

    35,253

    71,892

    0

    10,125

    0

    209,799

    Total

    4,501,874

    8,153,112

    2,330,293

    4,847,595

    0

    1,710,710

    0

    1,827,925

    1Member until July 31, 2019.
    2Member until April 8, 2018.
    3Member until May 24, 2018.
    4Thereof2Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 94,294 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.
    5Thereof

    3Thereof Restricted Equity Awards in the amount of € 255,294 that are attributable to the STA and vest after 7 years.

    Nicolas Moreau1

    Dr. Marcus Schenck2

    Total

    in €

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    2019

    2018

    Compensation

    Performance-related components

    With long-term incentives

    Cash-based

    Restricted Incentive Award(s) paid

    0

    0

    0

    0

    592,547

    793,033

    Share-based

    Restricted Equity Award(s)

    0

    951,751

    0

    785,314

    9,266,868

    19,353,890

    Non-performance-related components

    Base salary

    0

    1,200,000

    0

    1,250,000

    20,950,000

    25,711,111

    Functional allowance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,750,000

    4,200,000

    Fringe benefits (fixed and variable compensation)

    0

    129,407

    0

    13,117

    2,275,594

    2,123,102

    Total

    0

    2,281,158

    0

    2,048,431

    34,835,009

    52,181,136

    1Member until December 31, 2018. In his position as managing director of DWS Management GmbH he received a total of € 2,466,699.
    2Member until May 24, 2018.

    With respect to deferred awards scheduled to be delivered in the first quarter of 2020,2021, the Supervisory Board has confirmed that the performance conditions relating to Group-wide IBIT for the 20192020 financial year have been met.


    189197

    Outlook: Further development of the compensation system from 2021 onwards

    The current system for the compensation of Management Board members was approved by the 2017 Annual General Meeting with a large majority of around 97 %. The structure of the compensation system has proven itself since then, and its application shows that the targets anchored in it set the right incentives and lead to appropriate results ("pay for performance").

    The compensation system will be resubmitted to the 2021 Annual General Meeting for approval in accordance with § 120a (1) of the German Stock Corporation Act (AktG) in order to take into account the changed regulatory requirements resulting from the entry into force of ARUG II (Act Implementing the Second Shareholders' Rights Directive).

    Aim of the adjustments

    The Supervisory Board took the upcoming vote on the compensation system as an opportunity to comprehensively review and develop further the current structure. As a result, adjustments were made that serve to structure the compensation components in such a way that they lead to even greater uniformity and transparency with regard to the compensation structures and weighting of the components. In the context of promoting good corporate governance and sustainable corporate development, ESG objectives in particular will be given even greater consideration in the performance criteria in the future. In order to closely link the compensation to the long-term development of the company, the level of share ownership will be promoted further in accordance with the ambitious Deutsche Bank Shareholding Guidelines. The alignment of the interests of the Management Board with those of the shareholders will thus be significantly strengthened.

    Since the previous design and application of the system has overall worked well and was always in line with the statutory regulatory requirements, the basic structure of the Management Board compensation remains unchanged, except for the aforementioned adjustments. Where necessary, other components of the Management Board compensation system have been adjusted to the changed regulatory framework conditions; in particular, the requirements of Section 87a of the German Stock Corporation Act (AktG), the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung) and the recommendations of the revised German Corporate Governance Code (DCGK 2020) have been taken into account. Within the framework of consistent management of compensation outcomes (consequence management), regular backtesting will be performed and the necessary instruments to correct or reverse undesired outcomes will continue to be used, in particular in the form of forfeiture, malus and clawback provisions. The continuation of the deferral and retention periods ensures that only sustainable successes are rewarded and through the availability of forfeiture, malus and clawback provisions, as well as the shareholding guidelines, the compensation granted is closely linked to the company's success even for a number of years after a member of the Management Board has left the company. In the event of a change of control, a severance payment will no longer be available and a simple special termination right will continue to apply instead.

    Target structure from January 2021

    198

    In particular, three areas requiring action were identified, resulting in the following adjustments to the compensation system:

    Increasing the portion of share-based variable compensation to up to 100 % in the interest of full compliance with the Shareholding Guidelines

    The portion of share-based variable compensation can be increased in relation to cash compensation for individual members of the Management Board until the DB Shareholding Guidelines are fulfilled, especially for members who are new to the Management Board and do not yet hold any shares or hardly any shares of the company. Until the shareholding obligation according to the Guidelines is fulfilled by each member of the Management Board, the Supervisory Board is given the option to temporarily increase the portion of share-based variable compensation to up to 100% for individual Management Board members concerned. This is a moderate way to achieve the desired level of the shareholding obligation in the coming years without increasing the complexity of the compensation system at the same time.

    Increasing transparency and consistency of variable compensation components

    The variable compensation is to be made clearer and more transparent through the setting of a fixed ratio of the target values of the two variable compensation components and the alignment of the maximum target achievement of both variable compensation components. In the future, the target values of the Short Term Award and the Long Term Award will account for 40% and 60%, as the case may be, of the total variable compensation for each Management Board member. The maximum target achievement for the Short Term Award and the Long Term Award will be harmonized and set at 150% for both components (instead of previously 200% for the Short Term Award). Furthermore, the fact that all individual targets will relate to the Short Term Award and all group targets will relate to the Long Term Award leads to a further increase in transparency and reduction of complexity with regard to the target structure. Overall, the adjustment of the compensation system will lead to a reduction in the total amount of achievable variable compensation.

    Linking the sustainability strategy to variable compensation by implementing ESG objectives

    Since 2000, Deutsche Bank has joined numerous sustainability programs and signed renowned voluntary commitments. For example, Deutsche Bank has been committed to the ten principles of the United Nations Global Compact, the goals of the Paris Climate Agreement, the Climate Commitment of the German banking industry, the UN Principles for Responsible Banking and the Equator Principles for many years. Sustainability issues are actively promoted and supported with memberships in the Banking Environment Initiative (BEI), the Sustainability Finance Advisory Council of the German Federal Government, the Finance Initiative of the UN Environment Programme (UNEP FI) and participation in the ECB's pilot project on climate intensity. Deutsche Bank has bundled and expanded the management and monitoring of sustainability aspects within the Group-wide Sustainability Council established in 2018 and expanded this with the Sustainability Committee established last year.

    Taking responsible action for the protection of the climate and biodiversity, adopting resource-saving business practices and assuming responsibility towards society by the Bank is seen as an important contribution to corporate success. Aspects of employee diversity and satisfaction as well as good corporate governance have been part of the Management Board's compensation for some time.

    An important goal of the further development of the compensation system is therefore linking Deutsche Bank's ESG sustainability strategy with the objectives of the Management Board and thus the compensation of the Management Board. Last year, the Supervisory Board and the Management Board further strengthened the Bank's sustainability commitment by linking the compensation of the Management Board and other top executives to additional non-financial sustainability criteria and objectives from 2021. Several ESG targets were added to the variable compensation components, such as a target volume for sustainable financing/ESG investments and a reduction of electricity consumption in the Bank's buildings. The Culture & Client Factor with its governance objectives was expanded to include environmental and social aspects and will in future be merged into a so-called ESG Factor. The degree of achievement of the ESG factor will be measured within the framework of a Deutsche Bank-specific matrix on the basis of various selected goals from the areas of environment, social and governance. These targets can be set and monitored ambitiously by the Bank. The ESG factor will be included in the Long Term Award with a share of 20% of the total long-term variable compensation.

    The following table provides an overview of the changes in the compensation structure applicable from 2021 compared to the previous compensation system.

    199

    Overview of changes in the compensation system

    Employee Compensation Reportcompensation report

    The content of the 20192020 Employee Compensation Report is based on the qualitative and quantitative remuneration disclosure requirements outlined in Article 450 No. 1 (a) to (i) Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) in conjunction with Section 16 of the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions ( Institutsvergütungsverordnung – InstVV).

    This Compensation Report takes a group-wide view and covers all consolidated entities of the Deutsche Bank Group. In accordance with regulatory requirements, equivalent reports for 20192020 are prepared for the following Significant Institutions within Deutsche Bank Group: Deutsche Bank Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG, Germany; BHW Bausparkasse AG, Germany; Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., Luxembourg; Deutsche Bank S.p.A., Italy; and Deutsche Bank Mutui S.p.A., Italy.Italy; Deutsche Bank S.A.E., Spain.


    200

    Regulatory Environmentenvironment

    Ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements is an overarching consideration in our Group Compensation Strategy. We strive to be at the forefront of implementing regulatory requirements with respect to compensation and will continue to work closely with our prudential supervisor, the European Central Bank (ECB), to be in compliance with all existing and new requirements.

    As an EU-headquartered institution, Deutsche Bank is subject to the Capital Requirements Regulation / Capital Requirements Directive (CRR / CRD) globally, as transposed into German national law in the German Banking Act and InstVV. We adopted the rules in its current version for all of Deutsche Bank’s subsidiaries and branches world-wide to the extent required in accordance with Section 27 InstVV. As a Significant Institution within the meaning of InstVV, Deutsche Bank identifies all employees whose work is deemed to have a material impact on the overall risk profile (Material Risk Takers or MRTs) in accordance with criteria stipulated under the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No. 604/2014. MRTs are identified at a Group level and at the level of Significant Institutions.

    Taking into account more specific sectorialsector-specific legislation and in accordance with InstVV, some of Deutsche Bank’s subsidiaries (in particular within the DWS Group) fall under the local transpositions of the Alternative Investments Fund Managers Directive (AIFMD) or the Undertakings for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities Directive (UCITS). We also identify Material Risk TakersMRTs in these subsidiaries. Identified employees are subject to the remuneration provisions outlined in the Guidelines on sound remuneration policies under AIFMD/UCITS published by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA).

    Deutsche Bank also takes into account the regulations targeted at employees who engage directly or indirectly with the bank’s clients, for instance as per the local transpositions of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II – MiFID II. TheseAccordingly, we have implemented specific provisions resulted in the implementation of a specific compensation policy, a review of compensation plans and the identification offor employees deemed to be Relevant Persons to ensure that they act in the best interest of our clients.

    Where applicable, Deutsche Bank is also subject to specific rules and regulations implemented by local regulators. Many of these requirements are aligned with the InstVV. However, where variations are apparent,deviations exist, proactive and open discussions with regulators have enabled us to follow the local regulations whilst ensuring that any impacted employees or locations remain within the bank’s overall Group Compensation Framework. This includes, for example, the identification of Covered Employees in the United States under the requirements of the Federal Reserve Board. In any case, we apply the InstVV requirements as minimum standards globally.

    190201

    Compensation Governancegovernance

    Deutsche Bank has a robust governance structure enabling it to operate within the clear parameters of theits Compensation Strategy and the Compensation Policies.Policy. In accordance with the German two-tier board structure, the Supervisory Board governs the compensation of the Management Board members while the Management Board oversees compensation matters for all other employees in the Group. Both the Supervisory Board and the Management Board are supported by specific committees and functions, in particular the Compensation Control Committee (CCC), the Compensation Officer, and the Senior Executive Compensation Committee (SECC), respectively..

    In line with their responsibilities, the bank’s control functions are involved in the design and application of the bank’s remuneration systems, in the identification of MRTs and in determining the total amount of VC. This includes assessing the impact of employees’ behavior and the business-related risks, performance criteria, granting of remuneration and severancesseverance payments as well as ex-post risk adjustments.

    Reward Governance structure

    1 Does not comprise a complete list of Supervisory Board Committees.

    Compensation Control Committee (CCC)

    The Supervisory Board has setupset up the CCC to support it in establishing and monitoring the structure of the compensation system for the Management Board Membersmembers of Deutsche Bank AG, considering, in particular, the effects on the risks and risk management in accordance with the InstVV. Furthermore, the CCC monitors the appropriateness of the compensation systemsystems for the employees of Deutsche Bank Group, as established by the Management Board and the SECC. The CCC checks regularly whether the total amount of variable compensation is affordable and set in accordance with the InstVV. The CCC also assesses the impact of the compensation systems on the management of risk, capital and liquidity, and seeks to ensure that the compensation systems are aligned towith the business and risk strategies. Furthermore, the CCC supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the MRT identification process and whether the internal control functions and the other relevant areas are properly involved in the structuring of the compensation systems.

    The CCC consists of the Chairperson of the Supervisory Board and threefive further Supervisory Board Members, twomembers, three of whichwhom are employee representatives. The CommitteeCCC held 6seven meetings in the calendar year 2019. In November, the2020. The members of the Risk Committee attended the Compensation Control Committee meetingtwo meetings as guests. Further details can be found in the Report of the Supervisory Board within the Annual Report.


    191

    Compensation Officer

    The Management Board, in cooperation with the CCC, has appointed a Group Compensation Officer to support the Supervisory BoardsBoard of Deutsche Bank AG and the supervisory boards of the bank’s Significant Institutions in Germany in performing their compensation related duties. The Compensation Officer is involved in the conceptual review, development, monitoring and application of the employees’ compensation systems on an ongoing basis. The Compensation Officer performs his monitoring obligations independently and provides an assessment onof the appropriateness of the design and practices of the compensation systems for employees at least annually. He supports and advises the CCC regularly.

    202

    Senior Executive Compensation Committee (SECC)

    The SECC is a delegated committee established by the Management Board which has the mandate to develop sustainable compensation principles, to prepare recommendations on Total Compensation levels and to ensure appropriate compensation governance and oversight. The SECC establishes the Group Compensation Strategy and the Compensation and Benefits Policy. The SECC also utilizesMoreover, using quantitative and qualitative factors, to assessthe SECC assesses Group and divisional performance as a basis for compensation decisions and makes recommendations to the Management Board regarding the total amount of annual variable compensation and its allocation across business divisions and infrastructure functions.

    In order to maintain its independence, only representatives from infrastructure and control functions who are not alignedassigned to any of the business divisions are members of the SECC. In 2019,2020, the SECC’s membershipmembers were comprised of the Chief AdministrationTransformation Officer (since November 2019 the Chief Transformation Officer)(based on his responsibility for HR) and the Chief Financial Officer as Co-Chairpersons, as well as the Chief Risk Officer (all of whom are Management Board Members)members), the Global Head of Human Resources as well as an additional representative from both Finance and Risk as voting members. The Compensation Officer, the Deputy Compensation Officer, and one of the Global Co-HeadsHead of HR Performance & Reward were nonvotingand an additional representative from Finance participated as non-voting members. The SECC generally meets on a monthly basis and it had 16meets more frequently during the compensation process. It held 25 meetings in total with regard to the compensation process for performance year 2019.2020.

    Compensation Strategystrategy

    Deutsche Bank recognizes that its compensation systemframework plays a vital role in supporting its strategic objectives. It enables us to attract and retain the individuals required to achieve our bank’s objectives. The Group Compensation Strategy is aligned to Deutsche Bank’s business strategy, risk strategy, and to its corporate values and beliefs. In light of the bank’s strategy announcement in July 2019, we have reconfirmed the key objectives and core principles of our remuneration systembeliefs as outlined below.

    The Group Compensation Policy informs our employees about the implementation of the Compensation Strategy, governance processes as well as compensation structures and practices. All relevant documents are available to employees via our intranet site.

    192203

    Group Compensation Frameworkcompensation framework

    Our compensation framework emphasizes an appropriate balance between Fixed Pay (FP) and Variable Compensation (VC) – together Total Compensation (TC). It aligns incentives for sustainable performance at all levels of Deutsche Bank whilst ensuring the transparency of compensation decisions and their impact on shareholders and employees. The underlying principles of our compensation framework are applied to all employees equally, irrespective of differences in seniority, tenure or gender.

    Pursuant to CRD 4 and the requirements subsequently adopted in the German Banking Act, Deutsche Bank is subject to a ratio of 1:1 with regard to fixed-to-variable remuneration components, which was increased to 1:2 withthrough shareholder approval on May 22, 2014 with an approval rate of 95.27 %, based on valid votes by 27.68 % of the share capital represented at the Annual General Meeting. Nonetheless, the bank has determined that employees in specific infrastructure functions should continue to be subject to a ratio of at least 1:1 while Control Functions as defined by InstVV are subject to a ratio of 2:1.

    The bank has assigned a Reference Total Compensation (RTC) to eligible employees that describes a reference value for their role. This value provides our employees orientation onregarding their FP and VC. Actual individual TC can be at, above or below the Reference Total Compensation, depending on VC decisions which are based on Group affordability, and performance expectations having been satisfied at Group, divisional and individual levels.decisions.

    Fixed Pay is used to compensate employees for their skills, experience and competencies, commensurate with the requirements, size and scope of their role. The appropriate level of FP is determined with reference to the prevailing market rates for each role, internal comparisons and applicable regulatory requirements. FP plays a key role in permitting us to meet our strategic objectives by attracting and retaining the right talent. For the majority of our employees, FP is the primary compensation component with a share of greater than 50 % of TC.component.

    Variable Compensation reflects affordability and performance at Group, divisional, and individual level. It allows us to differentiate individual performance and to drive behavior through appropriate incentive systemsincentives that can positively influence culture. It also allows for flexibility in the cost base. VC generally consists of two elements – the Group VC Component and the Individual VC Component.

    The Group VC Component is based on one of the overarching goals of the compensation framework – to ensure an explicit link between VC and the performance of the Group. To assess our annual achievements in reaching our strategic targets, the four Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) utilized as the basis for determining the 2020 Group VC Component were: Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) Capital Ratio, Leverage Ratio, Adjusted Costs, and Post-Tax Return on Tangible Equity (RoTE). These four KPIs represent the bank’s capital, leverage, profitability, and cost targets.

    The Individual VC Component is delivered either in the form of Individual VC (generally applicable for employees at the level of Vice President (VP) and above) or as Recognition Award (generally applicable for employees at the level of Assistant Vice President (AVP) and below). In cases of negative performance contributions or misconduct, an employee’s VC can be reduced accordingly and can go down to zero. VC is granted and paid out subject to Group affordability. Under our compensation framework, there continues to be no guarantee of VC in an existing employment relationship. SuchGuaranteed VC arrangements are utilized only on ain very limited basiscases for new hires in the first year of employment and are subject to the bank’s standard deferral requirements.

    Key components of the compensation framework

    1 Some Assistant Vice Presidents and below in select entities and divisions are eligible for the Individual VC Component in lieu of the Recognition Award.

    The Group VC Component is based on one of the overarching goals of the compensation framework – to ensure an explicit link between VC and the performance of the Group. To assess our annual achievements in reaching our strategic targets, the four Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) utilized as the basis for determining the 2019 Group VC Component were: Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) Capital Ratio, Leverage Ratio, Adjusted Costs, and Post-Tax Return on Tangible Equity (RoTE). These four KPIs represent important metrics for the capital, risk, cost and the revenue profile of our bank and provide an indication of the sustainable performance of Deutsche Bank.

    193204

    Individual VC takes into consideration a number of financial and nonfinancial factors, including the applicable divisional performance, the employee’s individual performance, conduct, and adherence to values and beliefs, as well as additional factors such as the comparison of pay levels with the employee’s peer group and retention considerations.

    Recognition Awards provide the opportunity to acknowledge and reward outstanding contributions made by the employees of lower seniority levels in a timely and transparent manner. Generally, the overall size of the Recognition Award budget is directly linked to a set percentage of FP for the eligible population and it is currently paid out twice a year, based on a review of nominations and contributions in a process managed at the divisional level.

    In the context of InstVV, severance payments are considered variable compensation. The bank’s framework for severance payments ensures full alignment with the respective InstVV requirements.

    Employee benefits complement Total Compensation and are considered FP from a regulatory perspective, as they have no direct link to performance or discretion. They are granted in accordance with applicable local market practices and requirements. Pension expenses represent the main element of the bank’s benefits portfolio globally.

    In the context of InstVV, severance payments are considered VC. The bank’s severance framework ensures full alignment with the respective InstVV requirements.

    Limited to extraordinary circumstances, the bank reserves the right to grant Retention Awards to help incentivize select employees which are at risk of leaving and that are critical to the bank’s future, to remain at the bank. Retention Awards are generally linked to certain critical events in which the bank has a legitimate interest in retaining the employee for a defined period of time. This serves to minimize operational, financial or reputational risk. These awards are considered VC in a regulatory sense and are subject to the same requirements as other VC elements.

    Determination of performance-based Variable Compensationvariable compensation

    In 2020, we put a special focus on further improving our governance on compensation related decision making processes. This included the development of more sophisticated analytical tools and scenarios for testing affordability and other premises to determine variable compensation. Furthermore, we simplified and increased transparency of our policies and procedures. This resulted in a strengthened set of rule-based principles for compensation decisions with an even closer link to the business and individual performance.

    The total amount of VC for any given performance year is initially determined at Group level, taking into account the bank’s affordability parameters, and then allocated to divisions and infrastructure functions based on their performance in support of achieving the bank’s strategic objectives.

    In a first step, Deutsche Bank appliesassesses the bank’s profitability, solvency and liquidity position in line with its Risk Appetite Framework, including a methodology when determining VC that reflectsholistic review against the risk-adjusted performance and is primarily driven by (i) Group affordability, i.e.bank’s multi-year strategic plan to determine what can Deutsche Bankthe bank “can” award in alignmentline with regulatory requirements (i.e. Group affordability). In the next step, the bank assesses Group and (ii)divisional risk-adjusted performance, i.e. what should wethe bank “should” award in order to provide an appropriate compensation for performance, while protecting the long-term health of the franchise.

    Above all, the assessment of Group affordability is a regulatory requirement as per Sect. 7 InstVV. This sustainability analysis is conductedcontributions to determine that relevant parameters are meeting the current and projected future regulatory and strategic goals. The affordability parameters used are fully aligned with our Risk Appetite Framework and ensure that the bank’s capital as well as liquidity position and planning, its risk-bearing capacity, the combined capital buffer requirements, and results are adequately taken into account.success.

    When assessing Group and divisional performance, we reference a range of considerations. The performanceconsiderations is referenced. Performance is assessed in the context of divisional financial and – based on Balanced Scorecards – nonfinancial targets. The financial targets for front-office divisions are subject to appropriate risk-adjustment, in particular by referencing the degree of future potential risks to which Deutsche Bank may be exposed, and the amount of capital required to absorb severe unexpected losses arising from these risks. For the infrastructure functions, the financial performance assessment is mainly based on the achievement of cost targets and the Balanced Scorecards.targets. While the allocation of VC to infrastructure functions, and in particular to control functions, depends on the overall performance of Deutsche Bank, it is not dependent on the performance of the division(s) that these functions, particularly independent control functions oversee.

    At the level of the individual employee, we have established Variable Compensation Guiding Principles, which detail the factors and metrics that have to be taken into account when making Individual VC decisions. Our managers must fully appreciate the risk-taking activities of individuals to ensure that VC allocations are balanced and risk-taking is not inappropriately incentivized. The factors and metrics to be considered include, but are not limited to, individual performance based on quantitative and qualitative aspects, culture and behavioral considerations, and disciplinary sanctions. Managers of Material Risk TakersMRTs must specifically document the factors and risk metrics considered when making Individual VC decisions, and demonstrate how these factors influenced their decision.decisions. Generally, performance is assessed based on a one year period. However, for Management Board members of Significant Institutions, the performance acrossover three years is taken into account.

    194205

    Variable Compensation Structurecompensation structure

    Our compensation structures are designed to provide a mechanism that promotes and supports long-term performance of our employees and our bank. Whilst a portion of VC is paid upfront, these structures require that an appropriate portion is deferred to ensure alignment towith the sustainable performance of the Group.

    At the same time, For both parts of VC, we believe that the use ofDeutsche Bank shares or share-basedas instruments for deferred VC isand as an effective way to align compensation with Deutsche Bank’s sustainable performance and the interests of shareholders. By using Deutsche Bank shares, the value of the individual’s VC is linked to Deutsche Bank’s share price over the deferral and retention period.

    We continue to go beyond regulatory requirements with the amount of VC that is deferred and Deutsche Bank’sour minimum deferral periods. Whilst ensuring lower compensated employeesThe deferral rate and period are not subject to deferrals, we ensure an appropriate amountdetermined based on the risk categorization of deferred VC for higher earners.the employee, the division and the business unit. We start to defer parts of variable compensation for Material Risk TakersMRTs where VC is set at or above €   50,000. For non-MRTs, deferrals start at higher levels of VC. The VC threshold for MRTs requiring at least 60 % deferral is set at € 500,000. Furthermore, Directors and Managing Directors in Corporate Bank (CB), Investment Bank (IB) or Capital Release Unit (CRU) with Fixed Pay in excess of € 500,000 are subject to a VC deferral of 100 %. Material Risk Takers are on average subject to deferral rates in excess of the minimum 40   % (60   % for Senior Management) as required by InstVV. For MRTs in Material Business Units (MBU) we introduced a deferral rate of at least 50   %. The VC threshold for MRTs requiring at least 60   % deferral is set at €   500,000.

    Furthermore, Directors and Managing Directors in Corporate Bank (CB), Investment Bank (IB) or Capital Release Unit (CRU) are subject to a VC deferral rate of 100 % with respect to any VC in excess of €   500,000. If Fixed Pay for these employees exceeds an amount of €   500,000, the full VC is deferred.

    As detailed in the table below, deferral periods range from three to five years, dependent on employee groups.

    Overview on 20192020 Award Types (excluding DWS Group)

    Award Type

    Description

    Beneficiaries

    Deferral Period

    Retention Period

    Proportion

    Upfront: Cash VC

    Upfront cash portion

    All eligible employees

    N/A

    N/A

    InstVV MRTs: 50 % of upfront VC

    Non-MRTs: 100 % of upfront VC

    Upfront: Equity Upfront Award (EUA)

    Upfront equity portion (linked to Deutsche Bank’s share price over the retention period)

    All InstVV MRTs with VC >= € 50,000

    N/A

    Twelve months

    50 % of upfront VC

    Deferred: Restricted Incentive Award (RIA)

    Deferred cash portion

    All employees with deferred VC

    Equal tranche vesting overvesting: CB/IB/CRU: four4 years Sen.Mgmt.: fiveMRTs in MBU: 4 years Sen. Mgmt.1: 5 years Other: three years13 years

    N/A

    50 % of deferred VC

    Deferred: Restricted Equity Award (REA)

    Deferred equity portion (linked to Deutsche Bank’s share price over the vesting and retention period)

    All employees with deferred VC

    Equal tranche vesting overvesting: CB/IB/CRU: four4 years Sen.Mgmt.: fiveMRTs in MBU: 4 years Sen. Mgmt.1: 5 years Other: three years13 years

    Twelve months for InstVV MRTs

    50 % of deferred VC

    N/A – Not applicable
    1Senior Management, for

    1For the purposespurpose of performance year 2019Performance Year 2020 annual awards, Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank’s Senior Leadership Cadre, plus Management BoardDB AG MB-1 positions; voting members of Business Division Top Executive Committees; MB members of Significant Institutions and their direct reports (excl. non-management/-strategic roles).Institutions; respective MB-1 positions with managerial responsibility. For the specific deferral rules for the Management Board of DB   AG refer to the Compensation Report for the Management Board.

    Our employees are not allowed to sell, pledge, transfer or assign a deferred award or any rights in respect to the award. They may not enter into any transaction having an economic effect of hedging any variable compensation, for example offsetting the risk of price movement with respect to the equity-based award. Our Human Resources and Compliance functions, supported by the Compensation Officer, work together to monitor employee trading activity and to ensure that all our employees comply with this requirement.

    195206

    Ex-post Risk Adjustmentrisk adjustment of Variable Compensationvariable compensation

    WeIn line with regulatory requirements relating to ex-post risk adjustment of variable compensation, we believe that the futurea long-term view on conduct and performance of our employees areis a key elementselement of deferred VC. As a result, all deferred awards are subject to performance conditions and forfeiture provisions as detailed below.

    Overview onof Deutsche Bank Group performance conditions and forfeiture provisions of Variable Compensation granted for Performance Year 2020

    1For award types subject to cliff-vesting, the whole award will be forfeited if at quarter end prior to vesting or release the Group CET 1 Capital Ratio, or the Liquidity Coverage Ratio are below the threshold. For Equity Upfront Awards, the Group CET 1 Capital Ratio, or the Liquidity Coverage Ratio are only assessed at the quarter end prior to release.
    2 Considering clearly defined and governed adjustments for significantrelevant Profit and Loss items (e.g., business restructurings; impairments of goodwill or intangibles).

    32 ForfeitureOther provisions here are not a complete list, other provisionsmay apply as outlined in the respective plan rules.

    196

    207

    Employee Groupsgroups with specific Compensation Structurescompensation structures

    For some areas of theour bank, compensation structures apply that deviate, within the applicable regulatory boundaries,framework, in some aspects from the Group Compensation Framework outlined previously.

    Postbank units

    With effect from May 25, 2018, Deutsche Postbank AG merged with Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden AG to form DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG.

    In line with Deutsche Bank Group practice, Postbank units utilize a Group and an Individual VC Component. Since Performance Year 2019, Group VC forWhile generally executive staff is based on results of Deutsche Bank Group only, but still withinformer Postbank follows the remuneration structure of former Postbank.

    TheDeutsche Bank, the compensation for non-executiveany other staff in Postbank units is based on specific frameworks agreed with trade unions or with the respective workers’ councils. Where no collective agreements exist, compensation is subject to individual contracts. In general, nonexecutivenon-executive and tariff staff in Postbank units receive VC, but the structure and portion of VC can differ between legal entities.

    DWS

    The vast majority of DWS asset management entities and employees fall under AIFMD or UCITS, while a limited number of entitiesemployees remain in scope of the bank’s Group Compensation Framework and InstVV. DWS has established its own compensation governance, policy, and structures, as well as a Risk Taker identification process in line with AIFMD/UCITS requirements. These structures and processes are in line with InstVV where required, but tailored towards the Asset Management business. Pursuant to the ESMA Guidelines, DWS’s compensation strategy is designed to ensure an appropriate ratio between fixed and variable compensation.

    DWS has implemented a self-imposed fixed-to-variable ratio of 1:2 for AIFMD/UCITS Control Function employees and 1:5 for other employees in order to align the compensation with industry standards. Generally, DWS applies remuneration rules that are equivalent to the Deutsche Bank Group approach, but use DWS Group-related parameters, where possible. Notable deviations from the Group Compensation Framework include the use of share-based instruments linked to DWS shares and fund-linked instruments. These serve to improve the alignment of employee compensation with DWS’ shareholders’ and investors’ interests.

    Control Functions

    In line with InstVV, the bank has defined control functions that are subject to specific regulatory requirements. These control functions comprise Risk, Compliance, Anti-Financial Crime, Group Audit, parts of Human Resources, and the Compensation Officer and his Deputy. To prevent conflicts of interests, the parameters used to determine the Individual VC Component of these control functions do not follow the same parameters being used for the business they oversee. Based on their risk profile, these functions are subject to a fixed-to-variable pay ratio of 2:1.

    In addition, for some additional corporate functions that perform internal control roles (including Legal, Group Finance, Group Tax, Regulation, and other parts of Human Resources), the bank has determined a voluntary application of a fixed-to-variable pay ratio of 1:1.

    Tariff staff

    Within Deutsche Bank Group there are more than 19,50017,000 tariff employees in Germany (based on full-time equivalent). These tariff employees are primarily employed by Deutsche Bank AG DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbankand former Postbank subsidiaries. Tariff employees employed by Deutsche Bank AG and subsidiaries within the Postbank unit. They are subject to a collective agreement (Tarifvertrag für das private Bankgewerbe und die öffentlichen Banken ), as negotiated between trade unions and employer associations. Also, formerFormer Postbank units are subject to agreements as negotiated with the respective trade unions directly. The remuneration of tariff staff is included in the quantitative disclosures in this report.

    197208

    Compensation Decisionsdecisions for 20192020

    Year-EndYear-end considerations and decisions for 20192020

    All compensation decisions can only beare made within the boundaries of regulatory requirements. These requirements form the overarching and limiting principle of determining compensation in Deutsche Bank. In particular, the bankmanagement must ensure that compensation decisions are not detrimental to maintaining a sound capital base and liquidity resources.resources of the bank.

    WithinIn this regulatory framework,respect, 2020 was an extraordinary year for the determinationindustry. In the light of the totalCOVID-19 pandemic, the ECB and national regulators called upon all institutions to apply a moderate approach to variable compensation in order to preserve a strong capital base for the future. At the same time, despite the external circumstances and the bank’s ongoing transformation, 2020 was a successful year for Deutsche Bank. Thanks to our new strategy and to the great dedication of our employees to the bank, we are ahead of our transformation plan. As a result, we have achieved all of our strategic objectives over the past year. In 2020, we are profitable with a pre-tax profit of more than €   1   billion and a net profit of more than €   600   million. We have also made further progress on costs, which allowed us to achieve our adjusted cost target. The bank has built firm foundations for sustainable profitability, and we are confident that this overall positive trend will continue in 2021, despite these challenging times.

    At the same time, Deutsche Bank recognized the current economic situation and the recommendation of the ECB and took this into consideration when making its compensation decisions. We applied a prudent and forward-looking approach when deciding on the 2020 variable compensation and deferral structures, without losing sight of the need to remunerate our employees according to their performance and in line with market conditions, and of course within the boundaries of affordability. In particular, when determining the amount of year-end performance-based VC, for 2019we have exercised more moderation than the Management Board considered the bank’s risk bearing capacity, the performance of bothresults at the Group and divisions, and its overall stability. These factorsdivisional level would have been complemented by other important aspects includingrequired. Also, we continue to apply deferral structures that go beyond the ongoing focus on achieving the bank’s transformation objectives, achievementregulatory minimum, resulting in a deferral rate of cost targets, the impact of competitive positioning on retaining and motivating employees, and a sustainable balance between shareholder and employee interests.47 % in 2020.

    The SECC has monitored these factors throughout 2019 and confirmed thatIn the bank has comfortably met regulatory requirements on capital and liquidity throughoutcontext of the year. As such,above considerations, the Management Board confirmed that the bank is in a position to award the total amount of VC for performance year 2019 and in doing so will not put at risk its ability to remain sustainable regarding the above factors.

    In the context of the above considerations, the Management Board has determinedvariable compensation, including a total amount of year-end performance-based VC for 2019pool of € 1.5 billion.1.857 billion for 2020. The determination of VC for the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG was not part of this decision, as it was carried outdetermined by our Supervisory Board in a separate process (pleaseprocess. It is, however, included in the tables and charts below. For details, please refer to the Management Board Compensation Report). The VC for the Management Board is, however, included as part of performance-based VC for 2019 in the tables and charts below.Report.

    As part of the overall 20192020 VC awards granted in March 2020,2021, the Group VC Component was awarded to all eligible employees in line with the assessment of the four defined KPIs, as outlined in the chaptersection Group Compensation Framework. The Management Board determined a payout rate of 6072.5 % for 2019.

    Disclosure of Total Compensation for 2019

    Compared to 2018, the Fixed Pay according to § 2 InstVV for 2019 decreased by approximately 4% from € 8.4 billion to € 8.0 billion,Group VC Component in line with the reduction in group headcount. As established by our compensation framework, Fixed Pay continues to remain the primary compensation component for the majority of our employees.

    The total amount of year-end performance-based VC for 2019 – the amount of VC that Deutsche Bank Group pays to its employees for their performance in 2019 – decreased compared to 2018 by approximately 22 % from € 1.9 billion to € 1.5 billion.


    1982020 (2019: 60 %).

    Compensation awards for 20192020 – all employees

    2019

    2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)¹

    Super- visory Board²

    Mana- gement Board3

    IB3

    CB3

    PB3

    DWS3

    CRU3

    Control Func- tions3

    Corporate Func- tions3

    Group Total

    Group Total

    Number of employees (full-time equivalent)

    20

    7

    10,095

    7,428

    37,266

    3,924

    1,205

    5,680

    21,992

    87,597

    91,737

    Total compensation

    6

    42

    2,327

    906

    3,069

    731

    393

    706

    1,787

    9,961

    10,662

    Base salary and allowances

    6

    23

    1,474

    703

    2,446

    429

    281

    576

    1,417

    7,350

    7,684

    Pension expenses4

    0

    6

    96

    66

    288

    41

    21

    53

    120

    691

    686

    Fixed Pay according to § 2 InstVV5

    6

    28

    1,570

    769

    2,734

    471

    302

    630

    1,537

    8,041

    8,370

    Year-end performance-based VC6

    0

    13

    602

    119

    303

    197

    27

    65

    190

    1,516

    1,945

    Other VC7

    0

    0

    117

    9

    5

    51

    53

    1

    6

    242

    143

    Severance payments8

    0

    0

    38

    9

    27

    13

    10

    11

    53

    162

    203

    Variable Pay according to § 2 InstVV9

    0

    13

    757

    137

    335

    260

    90

    76

    250

    1,920

    2,292

    2020

    2019

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)¹

    Super- visory Board²

    Mana- gement Board3

    IB3

    CB3

    PB3

    AM3

    CRU3

    Control Func- tions3

    Corporate Func- tions3

    Group Total

    Group Total

    Number of employees (full-time equivalent)

    20

    10

    4,258

    7,368

    29,945

    3,926

    482

    6,423

    32,247

    84,659

    87,597

    Total compensation

    6

    62

    2,048

    1,032

    2,570

    690

    161

    757

    2,798

    10,119

    10,093

    Base salary and allowances

    6

    26

    946

    695

    1,975

    415

    88

    606

    2,190

    6,940

    7,350

    Pension expenses

    0

    7

    60

    67

    138

    37

    7

    56

    182

    554

    581

    Fixed Pay according to § 2 InstVV

    6

    32

    1,006

    762

    2,113

    451

    95

    663

    2,371

    7,494

    7,931

    Year-end performance-based VC4

    0

    30

    876

    152

    227

    181

    25

    70

    295

    1,857

    1,444

    Other VC4

    0

    0

    138

    14

    54

    36

    15

    4

    25

    286

    314

    Severance payments5

    0

    0

    28

    103

    177

    22

    26

    20

    107

    482

    405

    Variable Pay according to § 2 InstVV

    0

    30

     

    1,042

     

    269

     

    457

     

    239

     

    66

     

    95

     

    427

     

    2,625

    2,162

    1 The table may contain marginal rounding differences. FTE (full-time equivalent) as of December 31, 2019. 2020. Pension expenses for 2019 adjusted.

    2 Supervisory Board includes the Deutsche Bank AG Supervisory Board members. They are not considered for the Group Total number of employees. Employee representatives are considered with their compensation for the Supervisory Board role only (their employee compensation is included in the relevant divisional column). The remuneration for members of the Deutsche Bank AG Supervisory Board is not reflected in the Group Total.

    3 Management Board includes the board members of Deutsche Bank AG. IB = Investment Bank; CB = Corporate Bank (includes Postbank commercial banking);Bank; PB = Private Bank (includes VC for all former postbank units). DWSBank; AM = DWS Group;Asset Management; CRU = Capital Release Unit. Control Functions include Chief Risk Office, Group Audit, Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime. Corporate Functions include any infrastructureInfrastructure function which is neither captured as a Control Function nor part of any division. Employees’ full year compensation is allocated to columns based on the role at yearend.

    4Pension expenses have been refined to reflect additional pension related components with regards to state mandated benefits to be aligned with the Benefits Note. This has also been adjusted for prior year data.
    5Fixed Pay according to § 2 InstVV includes base salary, allowances, and pension expenses.
    6 Year-end performance-based VC includes Individual/Individual and Group VC Components, Recognition Award, VC for Deutsche Bank AG Management Board.
    7VC. Other VC includes other contractual VC commitments in the period such as sign-on awards and retention awards.
    8Including severance expenses as well asawards (including € 171 million granted at the accelerationbeginning of deferred compensation awards not yet amortizedthe year due to the discontinuation of employment. For information on restructuring expenses please refer to Note 10 "Restructuring"increased retention risk). Details regarding respective paymentsOther VC in 2020 also includes recognition awards (€ 45 million) and specific VC elements for the members of the Group Management Board who left Deutsche Bank intariff staff and civil servants formerly reported as Year-end performance-based VC. 2019 arefigures disclosed in the Management Board2019 Compensation Report.
    9Variable Pay according to § 2 InstVV includes Deutsche Bank’s year-endReport for Year-end performance-based VC awards(€ 1,516 million) and Other VC (€ 242 million) were adjusted accordingly for 2019the purpose of this table. The table does not include expenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance and other VC commitments in the relevant period, as well as severance payments. € 45 million buyouts fordoes not include new hires (replacementhire replacement awards for lost entitlements from previous employers) are not included. employers (buyouts).

    Year-end5Severance payments now includes restructuring based severance costs. 2019 number restated to include severance costs formerly reported in Note 10 “Restructuring” only. All relevant 2019 Group Totals adjusted accordingly.

    209

    Reported year-end performance-based Variable Compensation and deferral rates year over year

    199

    Material Risk Taker Compensation Disclosurecompensation disclosure

    On a global basis, 2,5532,298 employees were identified as Material Risk TakersMRTs according to InstVV for financial year 2019,2020, compared to 1,9132,553 employees for 2018.2019 (-10 %). This increasedecrease is mainly driven by the regulatory changes applicable to the remuneration components to be taken into account for the identificationprimarily a result of Material Risk Takers.a reduced number of quantitative (remuneration driven) MRTs, along with a reduction of headcount and our exit from some businesses. The remuneration elements for all MRTs are detailed in the table below in accordance with Section 16 InstVV and Article 450 CRR.

    210

    Aggregate remuneration for Material Risk Takers according to InstVV

    200

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)¹

    Super- visory Board²

    Mana- gement Board3

    IB3

    CB3

    PB3

    DWS3

    CRU3

    Control Func- tions3

    Corporate Func- tions3

    Group Total

    Group Total

    Super- visory Board²

    Mana- gement Board3

    IB3

    CB3

    PB3

    AM3

    CRU3

    Control Func- tions3

    Corporate Func- tions3

    Group Total

    Group Total

    Number of MRTs (headcount)

    42

    39

    1,163

    195

    399

    46

    225

    174

    270

    2,553

    1,913

    41

    45

    1,027

    183

    301

    37

    95

    229

    340

    2,298

    2,553

    Number of MRTs (FTE)

    37

    34

    973

    171

    359

    36

    95

    159

    237

    2,101

    1,781

    31

    36

    925

    165

    256

    26

    53

    216

    292

    1,999

    2,101

    Thereof: Senior Management4

    0

    34

    23

    34

    95

    8

    4

    17

    38

    253

    252

    0

    36

    18

    29

    51

    4

    4

    39

    51

    232

    253

    Total Pay

    7

    103

    1,103

    119

    215

    49

    162

    106

    208

    2,070

    1,807

    7

    94

    1,239

    128

    192

    46

    73

    103

    247

    2,130

    2,070

    Total Fixed Pay

    7

    45

    664

    77

    139

    24

    112

    86

    144

    1,297

    1,049

    7

    52

    522

    63

    108

    20

    34

    80

    135

    1,022

    1,297

    Thereof:

    In cash (incl. pension expenses)5

    5

    45

    664

    77

    139

    24

    112

    86

    144

    1,295

    1,048

    In shares or other instruments6

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1

    1

    Total Variable Pay for period7

    0

    58

    439

    42

    76

    25

    50

    20

    63

    773

    758

    In cash (incl. pension expenses)

    6

    52

    522

    63

    108

    20

    34

    80

    135

    1,020

    1,295

    In shares or other instruments

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1

    1

    Total Variable Pay for period5

    0

    42

    716

    66

    84

    26

    39

    23

    112

    1,109

    773

    Thereof:

    In cash

    0

    30

    226

    22

    44

    13

    30

    12

    34

    411

    398

    0

    22

    364

    37

    48

    17

    23

    14

    66

    590

    411

    In shares or share-based instruments

    0

    27

    213

    20

    32

    11

    21

    7

    29

    361

    360

    0

    21

    352

    28

    36

    9

    17

    9

    45

    518

    361

    In other types of instruments

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1

    0

    0

    0

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1

    0

    0

    0

    1

    1

    Total Variable Pay for period, deferred

    0

    36

    343

    28

    34

    13

    35

    7

    31

    526

    569

    0

    36

    593

    41

    45

    10

    28

    8

    51

    813

    526

    Thereof:

    In cash

    0

    15

    172

    14

    17

    6

    18

    3

    15

    260

    278

    0

    18

    297

    21

    22

    4

    14

    4

    26

    406

    260

    In shares or share-based instruments

    0

    20

    171

    14

    17

    7

    17

    3

    15

    265

    291

    0

    18

    296

    21

    22

    5

    14

    4

    26

    406

    265

    In other types of instruments

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1

    0

    0

    0

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1

    0

    0

    0

    1

    1

    Total amount of variable pay still outstanding at the beginning of the year that was deferred in previous years

    0

    54

    1,300

    100

    133

    53

    145

    45

    142

    1,971

    1,678

    0

     

    64

     

    1,050

     

    69

     

    93

     

    43

     

    65

     

    29

     

    122

     

    1,536

    1,971

    Thereof:

    Vested

    0

    15

    43

    8

    15

    5

    6

    7

    16

    115

    95

    0

    11

    41

    5

    9

    5

    2

    5

    12

    89

    115

    Vested and paid/delivered

    0

    15

    43

    8

    14

    5

    6

    7

    16

    114

    90

    0

    10

    41

    4

    9

    5

    2

    5

    11

    88

    114

    Unvested

    0

    39

    1,258

    92

    118

    48

    139

    38

    126

    1,856

    1,583

    0

    54

    1,009

    64

    84

    38

    63

    24

    110

    1,446

    1,856

    Deferred Variable Pay awarded, paid out or reduced during period

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Awarded during period

    0

    55

    526

    43

    59

    19

    64

    12

    52

    831

    842

    0

    31

    393

    29

    42

    21

    22

    9

    46

    592

    831

    Paid out during period

    0

    19

    256

    26

    56

    10

    34

    17

    44

    461

    447

    0

    17

    247

    17

    36

    10

    15

    11

    36

    389

    461

    Reduced through explicit risk adjustments8

    0

    0

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2

    7

    Reduced through explicit risk adjustments6

    0

    5

    187

    13

    20

    5

    11

    7

    27

    275

    2

    Number of beneficiaries of guaranteed variable remuneration (incl. sign-on payments)

    0

    0

    4

    0

    1

    0

    0

    1

    3

    9

    4

    0

     

    0

     

    1

     

    1

     

    0

     

    0

     

    0

     

    0

     

    1

     

    3

    9

    Total amount of guaranteed variable pay (incl. sign-on payments)

    0

    0

    5

    0

    1

    0

    0

    0

    3

    9

    2

    0

    0

    1

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1

    2

    9

    Total amount of severance payments granted during period9

    0

    33

    10

    2

    9

    2

    8

    4

    2

    70

    58

    Total amount of severance payments granted during period7

    0

     

    2

     

    11

     

    8

     

    10

     

    9

     

    6

     

    3

     

    20

     

    69

    70

    Number of beneficiaries of severance payments granted during period

    0

    4

    86

    10

    14

    8

    79

    2

    10

    213

    108

    0

    3

    33

    12

    25

    9

    23

    5

    20

    130

    213

    Highest severance payment granted to an individual during period

    0

    11

    1

    1

    2

    1

    2

    4

    1

    11

    11

    0

    1

     

    3

     

    1

     

    3

     

    2

     

    1

     

    2

     

    5

    5

    11

    1 The table may contain marginal rounding differences. Employees are allocated to columns based on their primary role. FTE as of December 31, 2019. 2020.

    2 Supervisory Board includes the Supervisory Board members of all Significant Institutions within Deutsche Bank Group. Employee representatives solely identified due to their Supervisory Board role are considered with their compensation for the Supervisory Board role only.

    3 Management Board includes the respective board members of all Significant Institutions within Deutsche Bank Group. IB = Investment Bank; CB = Corporate Bank (includes Postbank commercial banking);Bank; PB = Private Bank. The VC for some MRTs in Postbank units is based on preliminary data. Final values will be disclosed in the compensation reports of DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG as well as BHW Bausparkasse AG. DWSBank; AM = DWS Group.Asset Management; CRU = Capital Release Unit. Control Functions include Chief Risk Office, Group Audit, Compliance, Anti-Financial Crime. Corporate Functions include any infrastructureInfrastructure function which is neither captured as a Control Function nor part of any division.

    4 Senior Management is defined as Deutsche Bank’s Senior Leadership Cadre, plus Management Boardfor the purpose of this disclosure includes DB AG MB and MB-1 positions, voting members of Business Division Top Executive committees, MB members of Significant Institutions and their direct reports (excl. non-management/-strategic roles). All Senior Management employees are also considered InstVV MRTs. Management Board members of Significant Institutions are included in the Management Board column. respective MB-1 positions with managerial responsibility.

    5Fixed Pay in cash includes base salary, allowances and material benefits (pension expenses).
    6Fixed Pay in shares is only granted to members of the Deutsche Bank AG Supervisory Board as described in the chapter Compensation System for Supervisory Board Members.
    7 Total Variable Pay for period includes Deutsche Bank’s year-endBank´s Year-end performance-based VC awards for 20192020, Other VC, and other VC commitments in the relevant period, as well as severance payments. Buyouts are not included.

    86 Includes malus and clawback. forfeited equity based parts of the Retention Award Program granted in January 2017 due to not meeting the predefined share price target in 2020.

    97 Severance payments are generally not deferred.

    211

    Remuneration of high earners

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    in €

    Number of individuals

    Number of individuals

    Number of individuals

    Number of individuals

    Total Pay1

    1,000,000 to 1,499,999

    305

    356

    333

    305

    1,500,000 to 1,999,999

    122

    125

    150

    122

    2,000,000 to 2,499,999

    50

    61

    67

    50

    2,500,000 to 2,999,999

    37

    31

    38

    37

    3,000,000 to 3,499,999

    21

    15

    25

    21

    3,500,000 to 3,999,999

    20

    22

    15

    20

    4.000,000 to 4,499,999

    9

    5

    17

    9

    4,500,000 to 4,999,999

    8

    3

    9

    8

    5,000,000 to 5,999,999

    6

    14

    12

    6

    6,000,000 to 6,999,999

    4

    8

    10

    4

    7,000,000 to 7,999,999

    0

    1

    3

    0

    8,000,000 to 8,999,999

    0

    0

    3

    0

    9,000,000 to 9,999,999

    0

    2

    1

    0

    10,000,000 to 10,999,999

    0

    0

    1

    0

    11,000,000 to 11,999,999

    0

    0

    0

    0

    12,000,000 to 12,999,999

    0

    0

    0

    0

    13,000,000 to 13,999,999

    1

    0

    0

    1

    Total

    583

    643

    684

    583

    1 Includes all components of FP and VC (including severances). Buyouts are not included. Includes DB AG Management Board members and 2020 leavers.

    In total, 583684   employees received a Total Pay of € 1 million or more for 2019,2020, compared to 643583 employees in 2018 (-9 %)2019. This increase is based on higher levels of performance-based variable compensation following our significantly improved Group and 705 employees in 2017 (-17 %).

    The table above does not include the three members of the Group Management Board who left Deutsche Bank in 2019. All details regarding the relevant compensation elements are disclosed in the Management Board Compensation Report.

    201divisional results as outlined above.

    Compensation Systemsystem for Supervisory Board Membersmembers

    The compensation principles for Supervisory Board members are set forth in our Articles of Association, which our shareholders amend from time to time at the Annual General Meeting. Such compensation provisions, which were newly conceived in 2013, were last amended by resolution of the Annual General Meeting on May 18, 2017 and became effective on October 5, 2017. Accordingly, the following provisions apply:

    The members of the Supervisory Board receive fixed annual compensation (“Supervisory Board Compensation”). The annual base compensation amounts to €   100,000 for each Supervisory Board member. The Supervisory Board Chairman receives twice that amount and the Deputy Chairperson one and a half times that amount.

    Members and chairs of the committees of the Supervisory Board are paid additional fixed annual compensation as follows:

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    Committee in €

    Chairperson

    Member

    Chair

    Member

    Audit Committee

    200,000

    100,000

    200,000

    100,000

    Risk Committee

    200,000

    100,000

    200,000

    100,000

    Nomination Committee

    100,000

    50,000

    100,000

    50,000

    Mediation Committee

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Integrity Committee

    200,000

    100,000

    200,000

    100,000

    Chairman’s Committee

    100,000

    50,000

    100,000

    50,000

    Compensation Control Committee

    100,000

    50,000

    100,000

    50,000

    Strategy Committee

    100,000

    50,000

    100,000

    50,000

    Technology, Data and Innovation Committee

    100,000

    50,000

    100,000

    50,000

    75 % of the compensation determined is disbursed to each Supervisory Board member after submitting invoices within the first three month of the following year. The other 25 % is converted by the company at the same time into company shares based on the average closing price on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (Xetra or successor system) during the last ten trading days of the preceding January, calculated to three digits after the decimal point. The share value of this number of shares is paid to the respective Supervisory Board member in February of the year following his departure from the Supervisory Board or the expiration of his term of office, based on the average closing price on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (Xetra or successor system) during the last ten trading days of the preceding January, provided that the member does not leave the Supervisory Board due to important cause which would have justified dismissal.

    212

    In case of a change in Supervisory Board membership during the year, compensation for the financial year will be paid on a pro rata basis, rounded up/down to full months. For the year of departure, the entire compensation is paid in cash; a forfeiture regulation applies to 25 % of the compensation for that financial year.

    The company reimburses the Supervisory Board members for the cash expenses they incur in the performance of their office, including any value added tax (VAT) on their compensation and reimbursements of expenses. Furthermore, any employer contributions to social security schemes that may be applicable under foreign law to the performance of their Supervisory Board work shall be paid for each Supervisory Board member affected. Finally, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board will be appropriately reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in performing representative tasks that his function requires and for the costs of security measures required on account of his function.

    In the interest of the company, the members of the Supervisory Board will be included in an appropriate amount, with a deductible, in any financial liability insurance policy held by the company. The premiums for this are paid by the company.


    202

    Supervisory Board Compensationcompensation for the 2019 Financial Year2020 financial year

    Individual members of the Supervisory Board received the following compensation for the 20192020 financial year (excluding value added tax).

    Compensation for fiscal year 2019

    Compensation for fiscal year 2018

    Members of the Supervisory Board in €

    Fixed

    Thereof payable in 1st quarter 2020

    Fixed

    Thereof paid in 1st quarter 2019

    Dr. Paul Achleitner

    900,000

    675,000

    858,333

    643,750

    Detlef Polaschek1

    450,000

    337,500

    262,500

    196,875

    Stefan Rudschäfski2

    0

    0

    125,000

    125,000

    Ludwig Blomeyer-Bartenstein1

    300,000

    225,000

    175,000

    131,250

    Wolfgang Böhr2

    0

    0

    83,333

    83,333

    Frank Bsirske

    300,000

    225,000

    279,167

    235,417

    Mayree Carroll Clark1

    370,833

    278,125

    204,167

    153,125

    Dina Dublon3

    0

    0

    175,000

    175,000

    Jan Duscheck

    250,000

    187,500

    187,500

    151,042

    Dr. Gerhard Eschelbeck

    150,000

    112,500

    129,167

    96,875

    Katherine Garrett-Cox

    300,000

    225,000

    241,667

    181,250

    Timo Heider

    250,000

    187,500

    229,167

    192,708

    Sabine Irrgang2

    0

    0

    83,333

    83,333

    Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann2

    0

    0

    104,167

    104,167

    Martina Klee

    150,000

    112,500

    170,833

    148,958

    Henriette Mark

    250,000

    187,500

    229,167

    192,708

    Richard Meddings4

    87,500

    87,500

    429,167

    321,875

    Louise Parent2

    0

    0

    125,000

    125,000

    Gabriele Platscher

    300,000

    225,000

    258,333

    214,583

    Bernd Rose

    250,000

    187,500

    229,167

    192,708

    Gerd Alexander Schütz

    150,000

    112,500

    129,167

    107,292

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon4

    320,833

    320,833

    487,500

    365,625

    Stephan Szukalski1

    200,000

    150,000

    116,667

    87,500

    Dr. Johannes Teyssen2

    0

    0

    104,167

    104,167

    John Alexander Thain1

    200,000

    150,000

    116,667

    87,500

    Michele Trogni1

    320,833

    240,625

    175,000

    131,250

    Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel5

    166,667

    125,000

    0

    0

    Prof. Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann6

    420,833

    315,625

    58,333

    43,750

    Jürg Zeltner7

    25,000

    25,000

    0

    0

    Total

    6,112,499

    4,692,708

    5,766,669

    4,676,041

    Compensation for fiscal year 2020

    Compensation for fiscal year 2019

    Members of the Supervisory Board in €

    Fixed

    Thereof payable in 1st quarter 2021

    Fixed

    Thereof paid in 1st quarter 2020

    Dr. Paul Achleitner1

    802,083

    601,563

    900,000

    675,000

    Detlef Polaschek

    450,000

    337,500

    450,000

    337,500

    Ludwig Blomeyer-Bartenstein

    300,000

    225,000

    300,000

    225,000

    Frank Bsirske

    300,000

    225,000

    300,000

    225,000

    Mayree Carroll Clark

    425,000

    318,750

    370,833

    278,125

    Jan Duscheck

    250,000

    187,500

    250,000

    187,500

    Dr. Gerhard Eschelbeck

    150,000

    112,500

    150,000

    112,500

    Sigmar Gabriel2

    166,667

    125,000

    0

    0

    Katherine Garrett-Cox3

    100,000

    100,000

    300,000

    225,000

    Timo Heider

    250,000

    187,500

    250,000

    187,500

    Martina Klee

    150,000

    112,500

    150,000

    112,500

    Henriette Mark

    250,000

    187,500

    250,000

    187,500

    Richard Meddings4

    0

    0

    87,500

    87,500

    Gabriele Platscher

    300,000

    225,000

    300,000

    225,000

    Bernd Rose

    275,000

    206,250

    250,000

    187,500

    Gerd Alexander Schütz

    175,000

    131,250

    150,000

    112,500

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon4

    0

    0

    320,833

    320,833

    Stephan Szukalski5

    200,000

    200,000

    200,000

    150,000

    John Alexander Thain

    200,000

    150,000

    200,000

    150,000

    Michele Trogni

    350,000

    262,500

    320,833

    240,625

    Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel6

    425,000

    318,750

    166,667

    125,000

    Dr. Theodor Weimer7

    108,333

    81,250

    0

    0

    Prof. Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann

    450,000

    337,500

    420,833

    315,625

    Jürg Zeltner8

    0

    0

    25,000

    25,000

    Total

    6,077,083

    4,632,813

    6,112,499

    4,692,708

    1 Member since May 24, 2018. In the context of the discussion of a voluntary waiver by senior managers of the bank of portions of their compensation claims, Dr. Achleitner offered to waive one-twelfth (€ 72,917) if this future compensation claim for the 2020 financial year pursuant to the Articles of Association. The Management Board accepted his offer.

    2 Member until May 24, 2018. since March 11, 2020.

    3 Member until July 31, 2018. May 20, 2020.

    4 Member until July 31, 2019.


    5 Member
    5 Member since August 1, 2019. until December 31, 2020.

    6 Member since August 1, 2018.2019.

    7
    Member since May 20,2020.

    78 Member from August 20 until December 15, 2019.

    Following the submission of invoices 25 % of the compensation determined for each Supervisory Board member for the 20182020 financial year was converted into notional shares of the company on the basis of a share price of € 7.81958.9201 (average closing price on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (Xetra) during the last ten trading days of January 2020)2021). Members who left the Supervisory Board in 20192020 were paid the entire amount of compensation in cash.

    The following table shows the number of notional shares of the Supervisory Board members, to three digits after the decimal point, that were awarded in the first three months 20202021 as part of their 20192020 compensation as well as the number of notional shares accrued from previous years as part of the compensation accumulated during the respective membership in the Supervisory Board as well as the total amounts paid out in February 20202021 for members that left the Supervisory Board.

    203213

    Number of notional shares

    Number of notional shares

    Members of the Supervisory Board

    Converted in February 2020 as part of the compensation 2019

    Total number accrued during the current term of office

    Total (cumulative)

    In February 2020 payable in €¹

    Converted in February 2021 as part of the compensation 2020

    Total number accrued during the current term of office

    Total (cumulative)

    In February 2021 payable in €¹

    Dr. Paul Achleitner2

    28,774.218

    34,455.248

    63,229.466

    0

    22,479.662

    63,229.466

    85,709.128

    0

    Detlef Polaschek3

    14,387.109

    8,229.150

    22,616.259

    0

    12,611.966

    22,616.259

    35,228.225

    0

    Ludwig Blomeyer-Bartenstein3

    9,591.406

    5,486.100

    15,077.506

    0

    8,407.977

    15,077.506

    23,485.483

    0

    Frank Bsirske4

    9,591.406

    5,486.100

    15,077.506

    0

    8,407.977

    15,077.506

    23,485.483

    0

    Mayree Carroll Clark3

    11,856.044

    6,400.450

    18,256.494

    0

    11,911.301

    18,256.494

    30,167.795

    0

    Jan Duscheck4

    7,992.838

    4,571.750

    12,564.588

    0

    7,006.648

    12,564.588

    19,571.236

    0

    Dr. Gerhard Eschelbeck

    4,795.703

    4,992.668

    9,788.371

    0

    Katherine Garrett-Cox

    9,591.406

    11,939.444

    21,530.850

    0

    Dr. Gerhard Eschelbeck5

    4,203.989

    9,788.371

    13,992.360

    0

    Sigmar Gabriel6

    4,671.099

    0

    4,671.099

    0

    Katherine Garrett-Cox7

    0

    21,530.850

    21,530.850

    192,057

    Timo Heider4

    7,992.838

    4,571.750

    12,564.588

    0

    7,006.648

    12,564.588

    19,571.236

    0

    Martina Klee4

    4,795.703

    2,743.050

    7,538.753

    0

    4,203.989

    7,538.753

    11,742.742

    0

    Henriette Mark4

    7,992.838

    4,571.750

    12,564.588

    0

    7,006.648

    12,564.588

    19,571.236

    0

    Richard Meddings5

    0

    26,784.652

    26,784.652

    209,443

    Gabriele Platscher4

    9,591.406

    5,486.100

    15,077.506

    0

    8,407.977

    15,077.506

    23,485.483

    0

    Bernd Rose4

    7,992.838

    4,571.750

    12,564.588

    0

    7,707.313

    12,564.588

    20,271.901

    0

    Gerd Alexander Schütz6

    4,795.703

    2,743.050

    7,538.753

    0

    Prof. Dr. Stefan Simon5

    0

    19,238.329

    19,238.329

    150,434

    Stephan Szukalski3

    6,394.271

    3,657.400

    10,051.671

    0

    Gerd Alexander Schütz8

    4,904.654

    7,538.753

    12,443.407

    0

    Stephan Szukalski9

    0

    10,051.671

    10,051.671

    89,662

    John Alexander Thain3

    6,394.271

    3,657.400

    10,051.671

    0

    5,605.318

    10,051.671

    15,656.989

    0

    Michele Trogni3

    10,257.476

    5,486.100

    15,743.576

    0

    9,809.307

    15,743.576

    25,552.883

    0

    Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel7

    5,328.559

    0

    5,328.559

    0

    Prof. Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann8

    13,454.611

    1,828.700

    15,283.311

    0

    Jürg Zeltner9

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel10

    11,911.301

    5,328.559

    17,239.860

    0

    Dr. Theodor Weimer11

    3,036.214

    0

    3,036.214

    0

    Prof. Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann12

    12,611.966

    15,283.311

    27,895.277

    0

    Total

    181,570.644

    166,900.941

    348,471.585

    359,877

    161,911.954

    302,448.604

    464,360.558

    281,719

    1 At a value of € 7.81958.9201 based on the average closing price on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (Xetra or successor system) during the last ten trading days of January 2020. 2021.

    2 Member was re-elected on May 18, 2017. The calculation was performed while taking into account Dr. Achleitner’s waiver of one-twelfth (€ 72,917) of his compensation for the 2020 financial year pursuant to the Articles of Association.

    3 Member since May 24, 2018.

    4 As Employee representatives on April 26, 2018 re-elected.

    5 Member since May 18, 2017.

    6 Member since March 11, 2020.


    57 Member until July 31, 2019. May 20, 2020.
    6

    8 Member on May 24, 2018 re-elected.

    9
    Member until December 31, 2020.

    710 Member since August 1, 2019.

    11Member since May 20, 2020.

    812 Member since August 1, 2018.
    9Member from August 20 until December 15, 2019.

    All employee representatives on the Supervisory Board, with the exception of Frank Bsirske, Jan Duscheck and Stephan Szukalski (Member until December 31, 2020), are employed by us. In the 20192020 financial year, we paid such members a total amount of € 1.001.1 million in the form of salary, retirement and pension compensation in addition to their Supervisory Board compensation.

    We do not provide members of the Supervisory Board with any benefits after they have left the Supervisory Board, though members who are or were employed by us are entitled to the benefits associated with the termination of such employment. During 2019,2020, we set aside € 0.130.11 million for pension, retirement or similar benefits for the members of the Supervisory Board who are or were employed by us.

    With the agreement of the Bank’s Management Board, Dr. Paul Achleitner performs representative functions in various ways on an unpaid basis for the Bank and participates in opportunities for referrals of business for the Bank. These tasks are related to the functional responsibilities of the Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank AG. In this respect, the reimbursement of costs is provided for in the Articles of Association. On the basis of a separate contractual agreement, the Bank provides Dr. Paul Achleitner with infrastructure and support services free of charge for his services in the interest of the Bank. He is therefore entitled to avail himself of internal resources for preparing and carrying out these activities. The Bank’s security and car services are available for Dr. Paul Achleitner for use free of charge for these tasks. The Bank also reimburses travel expenses and attendance fees and covers the taxes for any non-cash benefits provided. On September 24, 2012, the Chairman’s Committee approved the conclusion of this agreement. The provisions apply for the duration of Dr. Paul Achleitner’s tenure as Chairman of the Supervisory Board and are reviewed on an annual basis for appropriateness. Under this agreement between Deutsche Bank and Dr. Achleitner, support services equivalent to € 208,000 (2018:135,000 (2019: € 225,000)208,000) were provided and reimbursements for expenses amounting to € 277,010 (2018:150,290 (2019: € 218,672)277,010) were paid during the 20192020 financial year.


    204214

    Corporate ResponsibilitySustainability

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    205215

    Employees

    Group Headcount

    As of December   31, 2019,2020, we employed a total of 87,59784,659   staff members compared to 91,73787,597   as of December   31,   2018. 2019.
    We calculate our employee figures on a full-time equivalent basis, meaning we include proportionate numbers of part-time employees.

    The following table shows our numbers of full-time equivalent employees as of December   31, 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017.2018.

    Employees1

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Germany

    40,491

    41,669

    42,526

    37,315

    40,491

    41,669

    Europe (outside Germany), Middle East and Africa

    19,672

    20,871

    23,543

    19,617

    19,672

    20,871

    Asia/Pacific

    18,874

    19,732

    20,861

    19,430

    18,874

    19,732

    North America2

    8,399

    9,275

    10,358

    8,149

    8,399

    9,275

    Latin America

    162

    189

    247

    148

    162

    189

    Total employees

    87,597

    91,737

    97,535

    84,659

    87,597

    91,737

    1Full-time equivalent employees; in 2019 the health insurance company of Deutsche Bank aligned its FTE definition which decreased the Group number as of December 31, 2019 by 81 (prior periodsperiod not restated); in 2018 BHW KSG aligned its FTE definition to Deutsche Bank which increased the Group number as of December 31, 2018 by 95 (prior periods not restated).

    2Primarily the United States.

    The number of our employees decreased in 20192020 by 4,1402,938 or 4.53.4 % driven by implementation of our targets announced in July 2019:

    The following table shows the distribution of full-time equivalent employees by division as of December   31, 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017.2018.

    Employees

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Corporate Bank (CB)

    8.5 %

    8.0 %

    7.8 %

    8.7 %

    8.8 %

    8.3 %

    Investment Bank (IB)

    11.5 %

    10.8 %

    10.9 %

    5.0 %

    5.0 %

    5.0 %

    Private Bank (PB)

    42.5 %

    41.9 %

    40.3 %

    35.4 %

    36.0 %

    35.4 %

    Asset Management (AM)

    4.5 %

    4.4 %

    4.1 %

    4.6 %

    4.5 %

    4.4 %

    Capital Release Unit (CRU)

    1.4 %

    2.8 %

    4.5 %

    0.6 %

    0.7 %

    1.7 %

    Infrastructure

    31.6 %

    32.1 %

    32.4 %

    45.7 %

    45.0 %

    45.2 %


    206216

    Post-Employment Benefit Plans

    We sponsor a number of post-employment benefit plans on behalf of our employees, both defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans.

    In our globally coordinated accounting process covering defined benefit plans with a defined benefit obligation exceeding € 2 million our global actuary reviews the valuations provided by locally appointed actuaries in each country.

    By applying our global principles for determining the financial and demographic assumptions we ensure that the assumptions are best-estimate, unbiased and mutually compatible, and that they are globally consistent.

    For a further discussion on our employee benefit plans see Note 33 “Employee Benefits” to our consolidated financial statements.

    Promoting internal career mobility

    [Portion of page217

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    207218

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    219

    DiversityInternal control over financial reporting

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    220

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    221

    Information pursuant to section 315a (1) of the German Commercial Code and Inclusionexplanatory report

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    222

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    223

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    208224

    Key employee figures

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    209225

    Internal Control over Financial Reporting

    Risks in Financial Reporting

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    210

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    211

    Information pursuant to Section 315a (1) of the German Commercial Code and Explanatory Report

    System of Control of any Employee Share Scheme where the Control Rights are not Exercised Directly by the Employees

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    212

    Rules Governing the Amendment of the Articles of Association

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    213

    Powers of the Management Board to Issue or Buy Back Shares

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    214

    Agreements for Compensation in Case of a Takeover Bid

    Corporate Governance Statementgovernance statement pursuant to Sectionssections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code

    Standalone parent company information (HGB)

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    215226

    Corporate Governance Statement pursuant to Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    216227

    Standalone parent company information(HGB)

    Deutsche Bank AG Performance

    217

    Standalone parent company information(HGB)

    Deutsche Bank AG Performance

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    218228

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    219229

    [Page

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    220230

    Management of Deutsche Bank AG within the Group

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    221231

    Non-financial Statement for Deutsche Bank AG

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    222232

    2-

    Consolidated Financial Statements

    224233

    Consolidated Statementstatement of Incomeincome

    234

    Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

    21 –

    Property and equipment – 308

    235

    Consolidated balance sheet

    22 –

    Leases – 309

    236

    Consolidated statement of changes in equity

    23 –

    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assetsother intangible assets 311310

    225238

    Consolidated Statementstatement of Comprehensive Incomecash flows

    24 –

    Non-Current AssetsNon-current assets and Disposal Groups Helddisposal groups held for Salesale317315

    226

    Consolidated Balance Sheet

    25 –

    Other Assets and Other Liabilities– 320

    227

    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

    26 –

    Deposits– 320

    233

    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

    27 –

    Provisions– 320

    235240

    Notes to the consolidated financial statements

    2825

    Credit related Commitments Other assets and other liabilities 334316

    1 –

    Significant accounting policies and critical accountingestimates – 235240

    26 –

    Deposits – 316

    2 –

    Recently adopted and new accounting pronouncements – 263

    27 –

    Provisions – 317

    3 –

    Acquisitions and dispositions – 266

    28 –

    Credit related commitments and contingent liabilities – 329

    4 –

    Business segments and related information – 266

    29 –

    Other Short-Term Borrowingsshort-term borrowings 335

    2 –

    Recently adopted and new accounting pronouncements– 262

    30 –

    Long-Term Debt and Trust Preferred Securities– 335

    3 –

    Acquisitions and dispositions– 265

    31 –

    Maturity Analysis of the earliest contractualundiscounted cash flows of Financial Liabilities – 336

    4 –

    Business segments and related information– 266

    32 –

    Common Shares– 337330

    274

    Notes to the consolidated income statement

    3330

    Employee BenefitsLong-term debt and trust preferred securities 338331

    5 –

    Net interest income and net gains(losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss – 274

    337

    Additional Notes31 –

    Maturity analysis of the earliest contractual undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities – 331

    6 –

    Commissions and fee income– 276

    333

    Additional notes

    7 –

    Gains and losses on derecognition of financial assets measured at amortized cost – 278

    32 –

    Common shares – 333

    8 –

    Other income (loss) – 278

    33 –

    Employee benefits – 334

    9 –

    General and administrative expenses – 278

    34 –

    Income Taxestaxes 352348

    710

    Net gains (losses) on financialassets available for saleRestructuring278279

    35 –

    Derivatives354350

    811

    Other incomeEarnings per share 278280

    36 –

    Related Party Transactionsparty transactions 358

    9 –

    General and administrative expenses– 278

    37 –

    Information on Subsidiaries– 359

    10 –

    Restructuring– 279

    38 –

    Structured entities– 360

    11 –

    Earnings per share– 280

    39 –

    Current and non-current assets and liabilities– 365354

    281

    Notes to the consolidated balance sheet

    4037

    Events after the reporting periodInformation on subsidiaries 367355

    12 –

    Financial assets/liabilities at fair valuethrough profit or loss – 281

    12 –

    38 –

    Structured entities – 357

    13 –

    Financial instruments carried at fair value – 282

    13 –

    39 –

    Current and non-current assets and liabilities – 361

    14 –

    Fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value – 296

    40 –

    Events after the reporting period – 362

    15 –

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income – 298

    41 –

    Regulatory capital Informationinformation 367363

    1316

    Financial Instruments carried at Fair ValueEquity method investments 282298

    42 –

    Impact of Deutsche Bank’s transformation372367

    1417

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments notcarried at Fair ValueOffsetting financial assets and financial liabilities296299

    43 –

    Condensed Deutsche Bank AG (parent company only) financial information – 374368

    1518

    Financial assets at fair value throughother comprehensive incomeLoans298

    44 –

    SEC registered trust preferred securities– 377

    16 –

    Equity Method Investments– 298302

    1719

    Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial LiabilitiesAllowance for credit losses 300303

    18 –

    Loans– 303

    396391

    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    19 –

    Allowance for Credit Losses– 304

    20 –

    Transfer of Financial Assets, Assets Pledgedfinancial assets, assets pledged and Receivedreceived as Collateralcollateral306

    21 –

    Property and Equipment– 308

    22 –

    Leases– 309305

    223233

    Consolidated Statementstatement of Incomeincome

    in € m.

    Notes

    2019

    2018

    2017

    Notes

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Interest and similar income1

    5

    25,149

    24,793

    23,542

    5

    17,954

    25,208

    24,718

    Interest expense

    5

    11,400

    11,601

    11,164

    5

    6,405

    11,458

    11,402

    Net interest income

    5

    13,749

    13,192

    12,378

    5

    11,548

    13,749

    13,316

    Provision for credit losses

    19

    723

    525

    525

    19

    1,792

    723

    525

    Net interest income after provision for credit losses

    13,026

    12,667

    11,853

    9,756

    13,026

    12,791

    Commissions and fee income

    6

    9,520

    10,039

    11,002

    6

    9,424

    9,520

    10,039

    Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    5

    193

    1,332

    2,926

    5

    2,332

    193

    1,209

    Net gains (losses) on financial assets at amortized cost

    0

    2

    N/A

    Net gains (losses) on derecognition of assets measured at amortized cost

    324

    0

    2

    Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    260

    317

    N/A

    323

    260

    317

    Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale

    7

    N/A

    N/A

    479

    Net income (loss) from equity method investments

    16

    110

    219

    137

    16

    120

    110

    219

    Other income (loss)

    8

    (669)

    215

    (475)

    8

    (61)

    (668)

    215

    Total noninterest income

    9,416

    12,124

    14,070

    12,463

    9,416

    12,000

    Compensation and benefits

    33

    11,142

    11,814

    12,253

    33

    10,471

    11,142

    11,814

    General and administrative expenses

    9

    12,253

    11,286

    11,973

    9

    10,259

    12,253

    11,286

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    23

    1,037

    0

    21

    23

    0

    1,037

    0

    Restructuring activities

    10

    644

    360

    447

    10

    485

    644

    360

    Total noninterest expenses

    25,076

    23,461

    24,695

    21,216

    25,076

    23,461

    Profit (loss) before income taxes

    (2,634)

    1,330

    1,228

    1,003

    (2,634)

    1,330

    Income tax expense (benefit)

    34

    2,630

    989

    1,963

    34

    391

    2,630

    989

    Profit (loss)

    (5,265)

    341

    (735)

    612

    (5,265)

    341

    Profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    125

    75

    15

    129

    125

    75

    Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

    (5,390)

    267

    (751)

    483

    (5,390)

    267

    1 Interest and similar income included € 14.1 billion, € 18.0 billion and € 16.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, calculated based on effective interest method.

    Earnings per Shareshare

    in € m.

    Notes

    2019

    2018

    2017

    Notes

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Earnings per share:1,2

    11

    Earnings per share:1

    11

    Basic

    (€ 2.71)

    (€ 0.01)

    (€ 0.53)

    € 0.06

    (€ 2.71)

    (€ 0.01)

    Diluted

    (€ 2.71)

    (€ 0.01)

    (€ 0.53)

    € 0.06

    (€ 2.71)

    (€ 0.01)

    Number of shares in million:1

    Number of shares in million:

    Denominator for basic earnings per share – weighted-average shares outstanding

    2,110.0

    2,102.2

    1,967.7

    2,108.2

    2,110.0

    2,102.2

    Denominator for diluted earnings per share – adjusted weighted-average shares after assumed conversions3

    2,110.0

    2,102.2

    1,967.7

    Denominator for diluted earnings per share – adjusted weighted-average shares after assumed conversions2

    2,170.1

    2,110.0

    2,102.2

    1The number of average basic and diluted shares outstanding has been adjusted for all periods before April 2017 in order to reflect the effect of the bonus component of subscription rights issued in April 2017 in connection with the capital increase.
    2 Earnings were adjusted by € 349 million and € 330 million before tax and € 292 million and € 298 million net of tax for the coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes in April 2019,2020, April 20182019 and April 2017.2018. Since 2019 the tax impact is recognized in net income (loss) directly. In accordance with IAS 33 the coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes are not attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and therefore need to be deducted in the calculation. This adjustment created a net loss situation for Earnings per Common Share for 2018.

    32 Due to the net loss situation for 2019 2018 and 20172018 potentially dilutive shares are generally not considered for the earnings per share calculation, because to do so would decrease the net loss per share. Under a net income situation however, the number of adjusted weighted average shares after assumed conversion would have been increased by 60 million shares for 2019 and 53 million shares for 20182018.

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    234

    Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

    in € m.

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Profit (loss) recognized in the income statement

    612

    (5,265)

    341

    Other comprehensive income

    Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, before tax

    149

    (1,396)

    (216)

    Net fair value gains (losses) attributable to credit risk related to financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss, before tax

    (24)

    (3)

    52

    Total of income tax related to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

    82

    403

    10

    Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax

    676

    309

    (245)

    Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss), before tax

    (323)

    (260)

    (317)

    Derivatives hedging variability of cash flows

    Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax

    (14)

    (2)

    (3)

    Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss), before tax

    4

    (2)

    0

    Assets classified as held for sale

    Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax

    0

    0

    2

    Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss), before tax

    0

    0

    (2)

    Foreign currency translation

    Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax

    (1,819)

    (20)

    457

    Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss), before tax

    6

    (9)

    0

    Equity Method Investments

    Net gains (losses) arising during the period

    1

    (22)

    (10)

    Total of income tax related to items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss

    (122)

    193

    228

    Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (1,385)

    (809)

    (43)

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (774)

    (6,073)

    298

    Attributable to:

    Noncontrolling interests

    59

    136

    116

    Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

    (833)

    (6,209)

    182

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    235

    Consolidated balance sheet

    in € m.

    Notes

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Assets:

    Cash and central bank balances

    166,208

    137,592

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    9,130

    9,636

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    20

    8,533

    13,801

    Securities borrowed

    20

    0

    428

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    Trading assets

    107,929

    110,875

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    343,493

    332,931

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss

    76,121

    86,901

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    437

    7

    Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    12, 13, 20, 35

    527,980

    530,713

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    15

    55,834

    45,503

    Equity method investments

    16

    901

    929

    Loans at amortized cost

    18, 19, 20

    426,691

    429,841

    Property and equipment

    21, 22

    5,549

    4,930

    Goodwill and other intangible assets

    23

    6,725

    7,029

    Other assets 1

    24, 25

    110,360

    110,359

    Assets for current tax

    986

    926

    Deferred tax assets

    34

    6,063

    5,986

    Total assets

    1,324,961

    1,297,674

    Liabilities and equity:

    Deposits

    26

    567,745

    572,208

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

    20

    2,325

    3,115

    Securities loaned

    20

    1,697

    259

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    Trading liabilities

    44,316

    37,065

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments

    327,775

    316,506

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    46,582

    50,332

    Investment contract liabilities

    526

    544

    Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    12, 13, 20, 35

    419,199

    404,448

    Other short-term borrowings

    29

    3,553

    5,218

    Other liabilities 1

    22, 24, 25

    114,208

    107,964

    Provisions

    19, 27

    2,430

    2,622

    Liabilities for current tax

    574

    651

    Deferred tax liabilities

    34

    561

    545

    Long-term debt

    30

    149,163

    136,473

    Trust preferred securities

    30

    1,321

    2,013

    Total liabilities

    1,262,777

    1,235,515

    Common shares, no par value, nominal value of € 2.56

    32

    5,291

    5,291

    Additional paid-in capital

    40,606

    40,505

    Retained earnings

    10,002

    9,644

    Common shares in treasury, at cost

    32

    (7)

    (4)

    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (1,118)

    421

    Total shareholders’ equity

    54,774

    55,857

    Additional equity components

    5,824

    4,665

    Noncontrolling interests

    1,587

    1,638

    Total equity

    62,184

    62,160

    Total liabilities and equity

    1,324,961

    1,297,674

    1Includes non-current assets and 62 million sharesdisposal groups held for 2017.sale.

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    224236

    Consolidated Statementstatement of Comprehensive Incomechanges in equity

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    Profit (loss) recognized in the income statement

    (5,265)

    341

    (735)

    Other comprehensive income

    Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, before tax

    (1,396)

    (216)

    (69)

    Net fair value gains (losses) attributable to credit risk related to financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss, before tax

    (3)

    52

    N/A

    Total of income tax related to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

    403

    10

    (23)

    Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss

    Financial assets available for sale

    Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax

    N/A

    N/A

    197

    Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss), before tax

    N/A

    N/A

    (523)

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax

    309

    (245)

    N/A

    Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss), before tax

    (260)

    (317)

    N/A

    Derivatives hedging variability of cash flows

    Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax

    (2)

    (3)

    (34)

    Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss), before tax

    (2)

    0

    (137)

    Assets classified as held for sale

    Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax

    0

    2

    (162)

    Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss), before tax

    0

    (2)

    162

    Foreign currency translation

    Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during the period, before tax

    (20)

    457

    (2,699)

    Realized net (gains) losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss), before tax

    (9)

    0

    20

    Equity Method Investments

    Net gains (losses) arising during the period

    (22)

    (10)

    (36)

    Total of income tax related to items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss

    193

    228

    146

    Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (809)

    (43)

    (3,157)

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (6,073)

    298

    (3,892)

    Attributable to:

    Noncontrolling interests

    136

    116

    (20)

    Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

    (6,209)

    182

    (3,872)

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.237

    225

    Consolidated Balance Sheet

    in € m.

    Notes

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Assets:

    Cash and central bank balances

    137,592

    188,731

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    9,636

    8,881

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    20

    13,801

    8,222

    Securities borrowed

    20

    428

    3,396

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    Trading assets

    110,875

    152,738

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    332,931

    320,058

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss

    86,901

    100,444

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    7

    104

    Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    12, 13, 20, 35

    530,713

    573,344

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    15

    45,503

    51,182

    Equity method investments

    16

    929

    879

    Loans at amortized cost

    18, 19, 20

    429,841

    400,297

    Property and equipment

    21

    4,930

    2,421

    Goodwill and other intangible assets

    23

    7,029

    9,141

    Other assets 1

    24, 25

    110,359

    93,444

    Assets for current tax

    34

    926

    970

    Deferred tax assets

    34

    5,986

    7,230

    Total assets

    1,297,674

    1,348,137

    Liabilities and equity:

    Deposits

    26

    572,208

    564,405

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

    20

    3,115

    4,867

    Securities loaned

    20

    259

    3,359

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    Trading liabilities

    37,065

    59,924

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments

    316,506

    301,487

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    50,332

    53,757

    Investment contract liabilities

    544

    512

    Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    12, 13, 35

    404,448

    415,680

    Other short-term borrowings

    29

    5,218

    14,158

    Other liabilities 1

    24, 25

    107,964

    117,513

    Provisions

    19, 27

    2,622

    2,711

    Liabilities for current tax

    34

    651

    944

    Deferred tax liabilities

    34

    545

    512

    Long-term debt

    30

    136,473

    152,083

    Trust preferred securities

    30

    2,013

    3,168

    Total liabilities

    1,235,515

    1,279,400

    Common shares, no par value, nominal value of € 2.56

    32

    5,291

    5,291

    Additional paid-in capital

    40,505

    40,252

    Retained earnings

    9,644

    16,714

    Common shares in treasury, at cost

    32

    (4)

    (15)

    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    421

    253

    Total shareholders’ equity

    55,857

    62,495

    Additional equity components

    4,665

    4,675

    Noncontrolling interests

    1,638

    1,568

    Total equity

    62,160

    68,737

    Total liabilities and equity

    1,297,674

    1,348,137

    1Within the balance sheet, non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale are included in other assets and other liabilities.

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    226

    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

    in € m.

    Common shares (no par value)

    Additional paid-in capital

    Retained earnings

    Common shares in treasury, at cost

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    5,291

    40,252

    16,714

    (15)

    IFRS 16 transition impact

    0

    0

    (136)

    0

    Balance as of January 1, 2019 (IFRS 16)

    5,291

    40,252

    16,578

    (15)

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1

    0

    0

    (5,390)

    0

    Gains (losses) attributable to equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gains (losses) upon early extinguishment attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Common shares issued

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Cash dividends paid

    0

    0

    (227)

    0

    Coupon on additional equity components, net of tax

    0

    0

    (330)2

    0

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

    0

    0

    (987)

    0

    Net change in share awards in the reporting period

    0

    118

    0

    0

    Treasury shares distributed under share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    185

    Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    (1,359)

    Sale of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    1,185

    Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold

    0

    3

    0

    0

    Other

    0

    133

    0

    0

    Balance as of December 31, 2019

    5,291

    40,505

    9,644

    (4)

    1Excluding remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax.
    2In 2019 tax impact is recognized in net income (loss) directly.


    227

    Unrealized net gains (losses)

    Unrealized net gains (losses)

    in € m.

    On financial assets available for sale, net of tax2

    On financial assets at fair value through other compre- hensive income, net of tax2

    Attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax2

    On derivatives hedging variability of cash flows, net of tax2

    On assets classified as held for sale, net of tax2

    Foreign currency translation, net of tax2

    Unrealized net gains (losses) from equity method investments

    Accumula- ted other comprehen- sive income, net of tax1

    Common shares (no par value)

    Additional paid-in capital

    Retained earnings

    Common shares in treasury, at cost

    On financial assets available for sale, net of tax2

    On financial assets at fair value through other compre- hensive income, net of tax2

    Attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax2

    On derivatives hedging variability of cash flows, net of tax2

    On assets classified as held for sale, net of tax2

    Foreign currency translation, net of tax2

    Unrealized net gains (losses) from equity method investments

    Accumula- ted other comprehen- sive income, net of tax1

    Total shareholders’ equity

    Additional equity components3

    Noncontrolling interests

    Total equity

    Balance as of December 31, 2017

    5,291

    39,918

    17,454

    (9)

    689

    0

    0

    18

    0

    (227)

    40

    520

    63,174

    4,675

    250

    68,099

    IFRS 9 introduction impact

    0

    (2)

    (301)

    0

    (689)

    394

    (16)

    0

    0

    (45)

    (12)

    (368)

    (671)

    0

    (1)

    (672)

    Balance as of January 1, 2018 (IFRS 9)

    5,291

    39,916

    17,153

    (9)

    0

    394

    (16)

    18

    0

    (272)

    28

    152

    62,503

    4,675

    249

    67,427

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1

    0

    0

    267

    0

    0

    (428)

    44

    (1)

    0

    500

    (14)

    101

    368

    0

    122

    490

    Gains (losses) attributable to equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gains (losses) upon early extinguishment attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Cash dividends paid

    0

    0

    (227)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (227)

    0

    (8)

    (235)

    Coupon on additional equity components, net of tax

    0

    0

    (292)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (292)

    0

    0

    (292)

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

    0

    0

    (186)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (186)

    0

    (12)

    (198)

    Net change in share awards in the reporting period

    0

    90

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    90

    0

    23

    112

    Treasury shares distributed under share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    199

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    199

    0

    0

    199

    Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans

    0

    (5)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (5)

    0

    1

    (4)

    Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    (4,119)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (4,119)

    0

    0

    (4,119)

    Sale of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    3,914

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,914

    0

    0

    3,914

    Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold

    0

    (2)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (2)

    0

    0

    (2)

    Other

    0

    253 4

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    253 4

    0

    1,193 4

    1,446

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    0

    (34)

    28

    17

    0

    228

    15

    253

    5,291

    40,252

    16,714

    (15)

    0

    (34)

    28

    17

    0

    228

    15

    253

    62,495

    4,675

    1,568

    68,737

    IFRS 16 transition impact

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (136)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (136)

    0

    0

    (137)

    Balance as of January 1, 2019 (IFRS 16)

    0

    (34)

    28

    17

    0

    228

    15

    253

    5,291

    40,252

    16,578

    (15)

    0

    (34)

    28

    17

    0

    228

    15

    253

    62,358

    4,675

    1,568

    68,601

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1

    0

    79

    (2)

    (3)

    0

    108

    (15)

    168

    0

    0

    (5,390)

    0

    0

    79

    (2)

    (3)

    0

    108

    (15)

    168

    (5,222)

    0

    142

    (5,079)

    Gains (losses) attributable to equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gains (losses) upon early extinguishment attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Common shares issued

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Cash dividends paid

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (227)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (227)

    0

    (59)

    (286)

    Coupon on additional equity components, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Coupon on additional equity components, before tax

    0

    0

    (330)5

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (330)5

    0

    0

    (330)

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (987)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (987)

    0

    (7)

    (994)

    Net change in share awards in the reporting period

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    118

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    118

    0

    2

    119

    Treasury shares distributed under share- based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Treasury shares distributed under share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    185

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    185

    0

    0

    185

    Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (1,359)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (1,359)

    0

    0

    (1,359)

    Sale of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,185

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,185

    0

    0

    1,185

    Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3

    0

    0

    3

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    133

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    133

    (10)6

    (9)

    114

    Balance as of December 31, 2019

    0

    45

    25

    14

    0

    336

    0

    421

    5,291

    40,505

    9,644

    (4)

    0

    45

    25

    14

    0

    336

    0

    421

    55,857

    4,665

    1,638

    62,160

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1

    0

    0

    483

    0

    0

    233

    (18)

    (7)

    0

    (1,747)

    (1)

    (1,539)

    (1,056)

    0

    57

    (999)

    Gains (losses) attributable to equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gains (losses) upon early extinguishment attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Cash dividends paid

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (77)

    (77)

    Coupon on additional equity components, before tax

    0

    0

    (349)5

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (349)5

    0

    0

    (349)

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

    0

    0

    223

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    223

    0

    2

    225

    Net change in share awards in the reporting period

    0

    (131)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (131)

    0

    (4)

    (135)

    Treasury shares distributed under share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    208

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    208

    0

    0

    208

    Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans

    0

    11

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    11

    0

    0

    11

    Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    (279)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (279)

    0

    0

    (279)

    Sale of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    68

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    68

    0

    0

    68

    Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other

    0

    221

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    221

    1,159 6

    (28)

    1,352

    Balance as of December 31, 2020

    5,291

    40,606

    10,002

    (7)

    0

    278

    7

    7

    0

    (1,411)

    (1)

    (1,118)

    54,774

    5,824

    1,587

    62,184

    1 Excluding remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax.

    2 Excluding unrealized net gains (losses) from equity method investments.


    228

    in € m.

    Total shareholders’ equity

    Additional equity components2

    Noncontrolling interests

    Total equity

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    62,495

    4,675

    1,568

    68,737

    IFRS 16 transition impact

    (136)

    0

    (0)

    (137)

    Balance as of January 1, 2019 (IFRS 16)

    62,358

    4,675

    1,568

    68,601

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1

    (5,222)

    0

    142

    (5,079)

    Gains (losses) attributable to equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gains (losses) upon early extinguishment attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Common shares issued

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Cash dividends paid

    (227)

    0

    (59)

    (286)

    Coupon on additional equity components, net of tax

    (330)4

    0

    0

    (330)

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

    (987)

    0

    (7)

    (994)

    Net change in share awards in the reporting period

    118

    0

    2

    119

    Treasury shares distributed under share- based compensation plans

    185

    0

    0

    185

    Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    (1,359)

    0

    0

    (1,359)

    Sale of treasury shares

    1,185

    0

    0

    1,185

    Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold

    3

    0

    0

    3

    Other

    133

    (10)3

    (9)

    114

    Balance as of December 31, 2019

    55,857

    4,665

    1,638

    62,160

    1Excluding remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax.
    23 Includes Additional Tier 1 Notes, which constitute unsecured and subordinated notes of Deutsche Bank and are classified as equity in accordance with IFRS.
    3Includes net proceeds from purchase and sale of Additional Equity Components.
    4In 2019 tax impact is recognized in net income (loss) directly.

    229

    in € m.

    Common shares (no par value)

    Additional paid-in capital

    Retained earnings

    Common shares in treasury, at cost

    Balance as of December 31, 2016

    3,531

    33,765

    18,987

    0

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1

    0

    0

    (751)

    0

    Common shares issued

    1,760

    6,277

    0

    0

    Cash dividends paid

    0

    0

    (392)

    0

    Coupon on additional equity components, net of tax

    0

    0

    (298)

    0

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

    0

    0

    (91)

    0

    Net change in share awards in the reporting period

    0

    (51)

    0

    0

    Treasury shares distributed under share- based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    424

    Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans

    0

    3

    0

    0

    Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares

    0

    (104)

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    (7,912)

    Sale of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    7,479

    Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold

    0

    6

    0

    0

    Other

    0

    22

    0

    0

    Balance as of December 31, 2017 (IAS 39)

    5,291

    39,918

    17,454

    (9)

    IFRS 9 Introduction Impact

    0

    (2)

    (301)

    0

    Balance as of January 1, 2018 (IFRS 9)

    5,291

    39,916

    17,153

    (9)

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1

    0

    0

    267

    0

    Gains (losses) attributable to equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gains (losses) upon early extinguishment attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Common shares issued

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Cash dividends paid

    0

    0

    (227)

    0

    Coupon on additional equity components, net of tax

    0

    0

    (292)

    0

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

    0

    0

    (186)

    0

    Net change in share awards in the reporting period

    0

    90

    0

    0

    Treasury shares distributed under share- based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    199

    Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans

    0

    (5)

    0

    0

    Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    (4,119)

    Sale of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    3,914

    Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold

    0

    (2)

    0

    0

    Other

    0

    2532

    0

    0

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    5,291

    40,252

    16,714

    (15)

    1Excluding remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax.
    2Includes the impact from the initial public offering of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA.


    230

    Unrealized net gains (losses)

    in € m.

    On financial assets available for sale, net of tax2

    On financial assets at fair value through other compre- hensive income, net of tax2

    Attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax2

    On derivatives hedging variability of cash flows, net of tax2

    On assets classified as held for sale, net of tax2

    Foreign currency translation, net of tax2

    Unrealized net gains (losses) from equity method investments

    Accumula- ted other comprehen- sive income, net of tax1

    Balance as of December 31, 2016

    912

    0

    0

    143

    0

    2,418

    77

    3,550

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1

    (223)

    0

    0

    (125)

    0

    (2,646)

    (36)

    (3,030)

    Common shares issued

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Cash dividends paid

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Coupon on additional equity components, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Net change in share awards in the reporting period

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Treasury shares distributed under share- based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Sale of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Balance as of December 31, 2017 (IAS 39)

    689

    0

    0

    18

    0

    (227)

    40

    520

    IFRS 9 Introduction Impact

    (689)

    394

    (16)

    0

    0

    (45)

    (12)

    (368)

    Balance as of January 1, 2018 (IFRS 9)

    0

    394

    (16)

    18

    0

    (272)

    28

    152

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1

    0

    (428)

    44

    (1)

    0

    500

    (14)

    101

    Gains (losses) attributable to equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gains (losses) upon early extinguishment attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Common shares issued

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Cash dividends paid

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Coupon on additional equity components, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Net change in share awards in the reporting period

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Treasury shares distributed under share- based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Sale of treasury shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    0

    (34)

    28

    17

    0

    228

    15

    253

    1Excluding remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax.
    2Excluding unrealized net gains (losses) from equity method investments.

    231

    in € m.

    Total shareholders’ equity

    Additional equity components2

    Noncontrolling interests

    Total equity

    Balance as of December 31, 2016

    59,833

    4,669

    316

    64,819

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1

    (3,781)

    0

    (20)

    (3,800)

    Common shares issued

    8,037

    0

    0

    8,037

    Cash dividends paid

    (392)

    0

    (11)

    (403)

    Coupon on additional equity components, net of tax

    (298)

    0

    0

    (298)

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

    (91)

    0

    0

    (91)

    Net change in share awards in the reporting period

    (51)

    0

    0

    (51)

    Treasury shares distributed under share- based compensation plans

    424

    0

    0

    424

    Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans

    3

    0

    0

    3

    Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares

    (104)

    0

    0

    (104)

    Purchases of treasury shares

    (7,912)

    0

    0

    (7,912)

    Sale of treasury shares

    7,479

    0

    0

    7,479

    Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold

    6

    0

    0

    6

    Other

    22

    63

    (36)

    (9)

    Balance as of December 31, 2017 (IAS 39)

    63,174

    4,675

    250

    68,099

    IFRS 9 Introduction Impact

    (671)

    0

    (1)

    (672)

    Balance as of January 1, 2018 (IFRS 9)

    62,503

    4,675

    249

    67,427

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax1

    368

    0

    122

    490

    Gains (losses) attributable to equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gains (losses) upon early extinguishment attributable to change in own credit risk of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit and loss, net of tax

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Common shares issued

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Cash dividends paid

    (227)

    0

    (8)

    (235)

    Coupon on additional equity components, net of tax

    (292)

    0

    0

    (292)

    Remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax

    (186)

    0

    (12)

    (198)

    Net change in share awards in the reporting period

    90

    0

    23

    112

    Treasury shares distributed under share- based compensation plans

    199

    0

    0

    199

    Tax benefits related to share-based compensation plans

    (5)

    0

    1

    (4)

    Option premiums and other effects from options on common shares

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    (4,119)

    0

    0

    (4,119)

    Sale of treasury shares

    3,914

    0

    0

    3,914

    Net gains (losses) on treasury shares sold

    (2)

    0

    0

    (2)

    Other

    2534

    0

    1,1934

    1,446

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    62,495

    4,675

    1,568

    68,737

    1Excluding remeasurement gains (losses) related to defined benefit plans, net of tax.
    2Includes Additional Tier 1 Notes, which constitute unsecured and subordinated notes of Deutsche Bank and are classified as equity in accordance with IFRS.
    3Includes net proceeds from purchase and sale of Additional Equity Components.
    4 Includes the impact from the initial public offering of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA.

    2325Since 2019 tax impact is recognized in net income (loss) directly.

    6Includes net proceeds from issuance, purchase and sale of Additional Equity Components.


    238

    Consolidated Statementstatement of Cash Flowscash flows

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    Net Income (loss)

    (5,265)

    341

    (735)

    Cash flows from operating activities:

    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    Provision for credit losses

    723

    525

    525

    Restructuring activities

    644

    360

    447

    Gain on sale of financial assets available for sale and securities held to maturity

    N/A

    N/A

    (516)

    Gain on sale of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, equity method investments and other

    (277)

    (619)

    (59)

    Deferred income taxes, net

    1,868

    276

    1,234

    Impairment, depreciation and other amortization, and accretion

    3,993

    2,391

    2,159

    Share of net income from equity method investments

    (104)

    (129)

    (141)

    Income (loss) adjusted for noncash charges, credits and other items

    1,582

    3,145

    2,914

    Adjustments for net change in operating assets and liabilities:

    Interest-earning time deposits with central banks and banks

    (1,203)

    (10,954)

    966

    Central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements, securities borrowed

    (2,529)

    15,004

    8,560

    Non-Trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss

    11,403

    (98,560)

    N/A

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    101

    91,176

    (6,721)

    Loans at amortized cost

    (27,335)

    302

    2,759

    Other assets

    7,464

    6,284

    21,970

    Deposits

    6,432

    (16,763)

    34,601

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and investment contract liabilities1

    (3,766)

    (10,549)

    5,461

    Central bank funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, securities loaned

    (4,871)

    (16,716)

    (3,355)

    Other short-term borrowings

    (8,954)

    (4,266)

    1,148

    Other liabilities

    (16,563)

    (19,119)

    (23,107)

    Senior long-term debt2

    (16,112)

    (6,840)

    (12,728)

    Trading assets and liabilities, positive and negative market values from derivative financial instruments, net

    22,559

    20,542

    1,596

    Other, net

    (8,657)

    (6,858)

    5,512

    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (40,449)

    (54,172)

    39,576

    Cash flows from investing activities:

    Proceeds from:

    Sale of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    23,721

    22,126

    N/A

    Maturities of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    40,806

    26,001

    N/A

    Sale of debt securities held to collect at amortized cost

    390

    94

    N/A

    Maturities of debt securities held to collect at amortized cost

    964

    1,904

    N/A

    Sale of financial assets available for sale

    N/A

    N/A

    10,657

    Maturities of financial assets available for sale

    N/A

    N/A

    6,798

    Maturities of securities held to maturity

    N/A

    N/A

    0

    Sale of equity method investments

    9

    30

    80

    Sale of property and equipment

    92

    356

    113

    Purchase of:

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    (56,568)

    (41,031)

    N/A

    Debt Securities held to collect at amortized cost

    (20,134)

    (309)

    N/A

    Financial assets available for sale

    N/A

    N/A

    (13,472)

    Securities held to maturity

    N/A

    N/A

    0

    Equity method investments

    (17)

    (1)

    (12)

    Property and equipment

    (327)

    (465)

    (485)

    Net cash received in (paid for) business combinations/divestitures

    1,762

    220

    82

    Other, net

    (978)

    (1,291)

    (1,328)

    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (10,280)

    7,634

    2,433

    239

    233

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Net Income (loss)

    612

    (5,265)

    341

    Cash flows from operating activities:

    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    Provision for credit losses

    1,792

    723

    525

    Restructuring activities

    485

    644

    360

    Gain on sale of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, equity method investments and other

    (665)

    (277)

    (619)

    Deferred income taxes, net

    (301)

    1,868

    276

    Impairment, depreciation and other amortization, and accretion

    1,896

    3,993

    2,391

    Share of net income from equity method investments

    (103)

    (104)

    (129)

    Income (loss) adjusted for noncash charges, credits and other items

    3,717

    1,582

    3,145

    Adjustments for net change in operating assets and liabilities:

    Interest-earning time deposits with central banks and banks

    (1,202)

    (1,203)

    (10,954)

    Central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements, securities borrowed

    5,688

    (2,529)

    15,004

    Non-Trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss

    8,597

    11,403

    (98,560)

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    (430)

    101

    91,176

    Loans at amortized cost

    (780)

    (27,335)

    302

    Other assets

    (11,743)

    7,464

    6,284

    Deposits

    (2,159)

    6,432

    (16,763)

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and investment contract liabilities1

    (3,233)

    (3,766)

    (10,549)

    Central bank funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, securities loaned

    678

    (4,871)

    (16,716)

    Other short-term borrowings

    (1,638)

    (8,954)

    (4,266)

    Other liabilities

    7,030

    (16,563)

    (19,119)

    Senior long-term debt2

    13,282

    (16,112)

    (6,840)

    Trading assets and liabilities, positive and negative market values from derivative financial instruments, net

    9,854

    22,559

    20,542

    Other, net

    3,075

    (8,657)

    (6,858)

    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    30,736

    (40,449)

    (54,172)

    Cash flows from investing activities:

    Proceeds from:

    Sale of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    38,325

    23,721

    22,126

    Maturities of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    32,964

    40,806

    26,001

    Sale of debt securities held to collect at amortized cost

    10,110

    390

    94

    Maturities of debt securities held to collect at amortized cost

    4,890

    964

    1,904

    Sale of equity method investments

    69

    9

    30

    Sale of property and equipment

    24

    92

    356

    Purchase of:

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    (82,709)

    (56,568)

    (41,031)

    Debt Securities held to collect at amortized cost

    (4,011)

    (20,134)

    (309)

    Equity method investments

    (3)

    (17)

    (1)

    Property and equipment

    (512)

    (327)

    (465)

    Net cash received in (paid for) business combinations/divestitures

    5

    1,762

    220

    Other, net

    (1,045)

    (978)

    (1,291)

    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (1,892)

    (10,280)

    7,634

    Cash flows from financing activities:

    Issuances of subordinated long-term debt

    473

    68

    881

    1,684 3

    47

    68

    Repayments and extinguishments of subordinated long-term debt

    (152)3

    (1,171)

    (176)

    (1,168)3

    (152)

    (1,171)

    Issuances of trust preferred securities

    04

    4

    266

    04

    0

    4

    Repayments and extinguishments of trust preferred securities

    (1,235)4

    (2,733)

    (666)

    (676)4

    (1,235)

    (2,733)

    Principal portion of lease payments

    (659)

    N/A

    N/A

    (653)

    (659)

    N/A

    Common shares issued

    0

    0

    8,037

    0

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    (1,359)

    (4,119)

    (7,912)

    (279)

    (1,359)

    (4,119)

    Sale of treasury shares

    1,191

    3,912

    7,471

    76

    1,191

    3,912

    Additional Equity Components (AT1) issued

    0

    0

    0

    1,153

    0

    0

    Purchases of Additional Equity Components (AT1)

    (131)

    (236)

    (205)

    (792)

    (131)

    (236)

    Sale of Additional Equity Components (AT1)

    121

    234

    217

    798

    121

    234

    Coupon on additional equity components, pre tax

    (330)

    (315)

    (335)

    (349)

    (330)

    (315)

    Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests

    (59)

    (8)

    (11)

    (77)

    (59)

    (8)

    Net change in noncontrolling interests

    (9)

    1,205

    (37)

    (28)

    (9)

    1,205

    Cash dividends paid to Deutsche Bank shareholders

    (227)

    (227)

    (392)

    0

    (227)

    (227)

    Other, net

    0

    52

    0

    0

    0

    52

    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (2,802)

    (3,334)

    7,138

    (311)

    (2,802)

    (3,334)

    Net effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    1,578

    1,668

    (5,772)

    (1,074)

    1,578

    1,668

    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (51,953)

    (48,203)

    43,376

    27,459

    (51,953)

    (48,203)

    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    180,822

    229,025

    185,649

    128,869

    180,822

    229,025

    Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    128,869

    180,822

    229,025

    156,328

    128,869

    180,822

    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities include

    Income taxes paid (received), net

    945

    468

    689

    805

    945

    468

    Interest paid

    11,493

    11,743

    11,784

    7,062

    11,493

    11,743

    Interest received

    23,748

    22,408

    21,095

    18,645

    23,748

    22,408

    Dividends received

    1,309

    2,186

    3,006

    307

    1,309

    2,186

    Cash and cash equivalents comprise

    Cash and central bank balances (not included: Interest-earning time deposits with central banks)

    121,412

    174,059

    222,451

    149,323

    121,412

    174,059

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks) (not included: time deposits with banks of € 18.4 billion as of December 31, 2019, € 16.8 billion as of December 31, 2018 and € 5.9 billion as of December 31, 2017)

    7,457

    6,763

    6,574

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks) (not included: time deposits with banks of € 19.0 billion as of December 31, 2020, € 18.4 billion as of December 31, 2019 and € 16.8 billion as of December 31, 2018)

    7,006

    7,457

    6,763

    Total

    128,869

    180,822

    229,025

    156,328

    128,869

    180,822

    1 Included are senior long-term debt issuances of € 3.12.3 billion and € 5.33.1 billion and repayments and extinguishments of € 4.43.5 billion and € 5.24.4 billion through December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, respectively.

    2 Included are issuances of € 23.467.4 billion and € 27.423.4 billion and repayments and extinguishments of € 42.751.4 billion and € 32.842.7 billion through December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, respectively.

    3 Non-cash changes for Subordinated Long Term Debt are € 228(114) million in total, and mainly driven by Foreign Exchange movements € (293) million and Fair Value changes of € 185 million and Foreign Exchange movements of € 67177 million.

    4 Non-cash changes for Trust Preferred Securities are € 79(15) million in total and driven by Foreign Exchange movements of € 35(18) million and Fair Value changes of € 2812 million.

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    234240

    Notes to the consolidated financial statements

    01 Significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates

    Basis of accounting

    Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, Frankfurt am Main (“Deutsche Bank” or the “Parent”) is a stock corporation organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. Deutsche Bank together with all entities in which Deutsche Bank has a controlling financial interest (the(collectively the “Group”, “Deutsche Bank” or “DB”) is a global provider of a full range of corporate and investment banking, private clients and asset management products and services.

    The accompanying consolidated financial statements are stated in euros, the presentation currency of the Group. All financial information presented in million euros has been rounded to the nearest million. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

    EU carve-out

    For purposes of the Group’s primary financial reporting outside the United States, the Group prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and endorsed by the EU. As a result, the Group applies fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (fair value macro hedges) in accordance with the European Union (“EU”).(EU) carve out version of IAS 39. The purpose of applying the EU carve out version of IAS 39 is to align the Group’s applicationhedge accounting approach with its risk management practice and the accounting practice of IFRS resultsits major European peers. Under the EU carve out version of IAS 39, fair value macro hedge accounting may be applied to core deposits and hedge ineffectiveness is only recognized when the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets falls below the original designated amount of that bucket. If the revised amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is more than the original designated amount then there is no differences betweenhedge ineffectiveness. Under IFRS as issued by the IASB, andhedge accounting for fair value macro hedges cannot be applied to core deposits. In addition, under IFRS as endorsedissued by the EU.IASB hedge ineffectiveness arises for all fair value macro hedge accounting relationships whenever the revised estimate of the amount of cash flows in scheduled time buckets is either more or less than the original designated amount of that bucket.

    The application of the EU carve-out version of IAS 39 was only applied for the financial year ended December 31, 2020 and had a positive impact of € 18 million on net revenues and profit before tax and of € 12 million on profit after tax. The impact on profit after tax also impacts the calculation of equity on the balance sheet by € 12 million. Effective as of January 1, 2020, the Group’s regulatory capital and ratios thereof are also reported on the basis of applying the EU carve out version of IAS 39, in both the primary financial statements and the versions thereof included herein. This impacts the calculation of CET 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, Total capital and ratios based thereon, including the Leverage ratio, as the amount of profit after tax impacts the equity balance. As of December 31, 2020, this had a positive impact of less than 1 basis point on the CET 1 capital ratio.

    IFRS 7 disclosures

    Disclosures about the nature and the extent of risks arising from financial instruments as required by IFRS 7, “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” are set forth in the Risk Report section of the Management Report and are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. These audited disclosures are identified by bracketinggrey shading in the marginsRisk report.

    COVID-19 related disclosures

    The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Group’s financial statements is reflected as follows:

    The Management Report section includes the impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s financial targets and client franchise, on the Global Economy and on the Macroeconomic and market conditions in the chapters Strategy, Outlook and Risks and Opportunities, respectively.

    241

    The Risk Report.Report section includes references to the COVID-19 pandemic in the Risk and Capital Management chapter, specifically in the line items “Forward-looking-information”, “Application of EBA guidance regarding Default, Forbearance and IFRS 9 in light of COVID-19 measures”, “Legislative and non-legislative moratoria and public guarantee schemes”, “ECL Model” and “Focus Industries”. The Risk and Capital Performance chapter includes the impact of supervisory measures in reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic in the line item “Minimum capital requirements and additional capital buffers”.

    The accompanying consolidated financial statements include COVID-19 related disclosures in the notes 5 “Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss”, 13 “Financial instruments measured at fair value”, 23 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and 33 “Employee Benefits”.

    The section Supplementary Information (Unaudited) describes the impact of COVID-19 on the Group transformation charges in the Non-GAAP Financial Measures chapter.

    AdjustmentChange in accounting treatment of mortality assumptionspurchased financial guarantees

    In 2019the second quarter of 2020, the Group decidedchanged its accounting policies for purchased contracts that meet the definition of a financial guarantee under IFRS 9. Previously, the Group accounted for purchased financial guarantees as contingent assets and did not recognize the reimbursement gain as Other Income (loss) in the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Income until the Group received payment from the guarantor. Under the Group’s new accounting policy, purchased financial guarantees are deemed to applyresult in reimbursements under IAS 37 to the extent that the financial guarantee is entered into to mitigate the credit exposure from debt instruments with Hold to Collect (HTC) or Hold to Collect and Sell (HTC&S) business models. The new accounting policy results in recognition of a reimbursement asset for subsequent increases in the expected credit losses, to the extent it is virtually certain that the purchased financial guarantee will reimburse the Group for the loss incurred. Accordingly, when the credit risk of the borrower significantly deteriorates a reimbursement asset is recognized equal to the life-time expected credit losses and is presented as Other Assets in the Group’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The corresponding reimbursement gain is recognized as a reduction in the Provision for credit losses in the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Income. Purchased financial guarantees entered into to mitigate credit exposure from debt instruments included in the Other business model are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss. The new accounting policy more appropriately aligns the measurement basis and income statement presentation of the debt instruments and associated purchased financial guarantees. It therefore more accurately presents the credit exposure and provision for credit losses in the financial statements resulting in the presentation of more relevant information. The adoption of the changes for the financial year ended December 31, 2020 did not have a material impact to the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Income.

    Revision in estimate of contractual redemption payment from CLO’s issued

    In the second quarter of 2020, the Group refined its estimation of contractual cash flows from Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLO’s) issued that mitigate credit exposure from debt instruments with HTC or HTC&S business models. Under this refinement, the Group revises its estimated contractual redemption payment from the CLO when the credit risk of a borrower covered by the embedded financial guarantee in the CLO significantly deteriorates. The Group revises its estimated contractual redemption payment under the CLO based on the life-time expected credit losses of the debt instrument (to the extent covered by the CLO). The refinement in the estimate of the contractual cashflows reduced the Group’s interest expense for financial year ended December 31, 2020, by € 44.5 million.

    Valuation adjustments for defined benefit pension plans

    For the Group’s most significant pension plans in the key countries, the discount rate used at each measurement date is set based on a high quality corporate bond yield curve, which is derived using a bond universe sourced from reputable third-party index data providers and rating agencies, and reflects the timing, amount and currency of the future expected benefit payments for the respective plan. A review of the Eurozone discount rate derivation was instigated in March 2020 following unprecedented market turmoil, which resulted in several refinements to the methodology being implemented in 2020, initially in Q1 and more fundamentally in Q4 with the introduction of an internally produced DB specific mortality assumptions used to determineProprietary curve, which was employed as the basis for discounting the defined benefit obligation for itsfrom December 31, 2020. Compared to the curve deployed at December 31, 2019, the DB Proprietary curve results in a defined benefit obligation that is € 20 million higher, with the impact recognized through Other Comprehensive Income. The defined benefit obligation was € 435 million lower as at December 31, 2020 compared to curve utilized as at June 30, 2020. Due to the change in discount rate methodology and other effects, the Group’s net pension liability for the German pension plans in Germany. In this context - based on actuarial calculations for the DB specific population - the bank adjusted the mortality expectationswas reduced by € 481 million from the so far used “Richttafeln Heubeck 2018G” to the DB specific mortality experience of employees and pensioners. This change in actuarial assumptions led to an actuarial loss of 1251,355 million before taxes as of December 31, 2019 to € 874 million as of December 201931, 2020.

    In the financial year ended December 31, 2020, the Group recognized € 48 million of negative past service costs in connection with the inclusion of a lump-sum payment option to one of the German retirement benefit arrangements in the Private Bank division. This reduction in defined benefit plan obligations was reported in Compensation and is reportedbenefits in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the line item re-measurement gains (losses).Income.

    242

    Adjustment of impairment methodologycompensation expense

    InDue to recent developments and historical experience, the thirdGroup has in the second quarter of 2019,2020 changed its estimate of the Group introduced refinementsservice period for certain compensation awards granted to its expected credit loss (ECL) model under IFRS 9. In particularemployees to recognize compensation expense over the Group adjusted its approach regarding how forward looking information is includedrespective vesting periods in its ECL model based on experience gained duringwhich the first year of application.related employee services are rendered. As a result of the annual validation process,change in estimate, the Group amended the forward looking informationreported a benefit of approximately € 105 million in “Compensation and reviewed the effectiveness of variables and adjusted these accordingly. Further, the Group refined the approach to incorporate quarterly forecasts in its macroeconomic variables usedbenefits” in the projection periodGroup’s Consolidated Statement of forward looking information. The aforementioned refinements resulted in a € 167 million reduction of the Group’s Credit Loss Allowances, which more than offset the negative impact of € 63 million from the update of macroeconomic variables. In the fourth quarter of 2019 the Group replaced internal macroeconomic forecasts used as an input into forward looking information with a consensus view of analysts and market participants. The change to consensus forecasts resulted in a € 16 million reduction of the Group’s Credit Loss Allowances. For further details on the ECL model please refer to “IFRS 9 impairment approach”Income in the Risk Report sectionsecond quarter 2020, and a benefit of approximately € 115 million due to the Management Report.

    Model changes to deferred compensation plans

    In 2019,change in the Group has implemented system changes and enhancements to its processes and tools being usedongoing rate of expense for the financial reporting of its deferred compensation plans. As part of this project, input data, assumptions and valuation models were revisited resulting in corrections as well as changes to some input parameters impacting the recognition and measurement of the Group’s deferred compensation plans. These changes impacted the model and parameters used for calculating expected forfeitures leading to lower expected forfeiture adjustments and increased compensation expense. In addition, for share awards that carry a retention period, the Group updated the calculation of the fair value measured at grant date to include a discount to take into account the restriction on transferring shares after the vesting period. Overall, the aforementioned changes resulted in an immaterial effect and were applied on a prospective basis in 2019.

    235year ended December 31, 2020.

    Critical accounting estimates

    The preparation of financial statements under IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions for certain categories of assets and liabilities. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from management’s estimates.estimates, especially in relation to the COVID-19 crisis. The Group’s significant accounting policies are described in “Significant Accounting Policies”.

    Certain of the Group’s accounting policies require critical accounting estimates that involve complex and subjective judgments and the use of assumptions, some of which may be for matters that are inherently uncertain and susceptible to change. Such critical accounting estimates could change from period to period and may have a material impact on the Group’s financial condition, changes in financial condition or results of operations. Critical accounting estimates could also involve estimates where management could have reasonably used another estimate in the current accounting period. The Group has identified the following significant accounting policies that involve critical accounting estimates:

    Significant accounting policies

    The following is a description of the significant accounting policies of the Group. Except for the changes in accounting policies and changes in accounting estimates described previously and noted below these policies have been consistently applied for 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2019.2020.

    Principles of consolidation

    The financial information in the Consolidated Financial Statements includes the parent company, Deutsche Bank AG, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, including certain structured entities presented as a single economic unit.

    Subsidiaries

    The Group’s subsidiaries are those entities which it directly or indirectly controls. Control over an entity is evidenced by the Group’s ability to exercise its power in order to affect any variable returns that the Group is exposed to through its involvement with the entity.

    The Group sponsors the formation of structured entities and interacts with structured entities sponsored by third parties for a variety of reasons, including allowing clients to hold investments in separate legal entities, allowing clients to invest jointly in alternative assets, for asset securitization transactions, and for buying or selling credit protection.

    When assessing whether to consolidate an entity, the Group evaluates a range of control factors, namely:

    243

    Where voting rights are relevant, the Group is deemed to have control where it holds, directly or indirectly, more than half of the voting rights over an entity unless there is evidence that another investor has the practical ability to unilaterally direct the relevant activities.

    236

    Potential voting rights that are deemed to be substantive are also considered when assessing control.

    Likewise, the Group also assesses existence of control where it does not control the majority of the voting power but has the practical ability to unilaterally direct the relevant activities. This may arise in circumstances where the size and dispersion of holdings of the shareholders give the Group the power to direct the activities of the investee.

    The Group reassesses the consolidation status at least at every quarterly reporting date. Therefore, any changes in the structure leading to a change in one or more of the control factors, require reassessment when they occur. This includes changes in decision making rights, changes in contractual arrangements, changes in the financing, ownership or capital structure as well as changes following a trigger event which was anticipated in the original documentation.

    All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation.

    Consistent accounting policies are applied throughout the Group for the purposes of consolidation. Issuances of a subsidiary’s stock to third parties are treated as noncontrollingnon-controlling interests. Profit or loss attributable to noncontrollingnon-controlling interests are reported separately in the Consolidated Statement of Income and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

    At the date that control of a subsidiary is lost, the Group a) derecognizes the assets (including attributable goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary at their carrying amounts, b) derecognizes the carrying amount of any noncontrollingnon-controlling interests in the former subsidiary, c) recognizes the fair value of the consideration received and any distribution of the shares of the subsidiary, d) recognizes any investment retained in the former subsidiary at its fair value and e) recognizes any resulting difference of the above items as a gain or loss in the income statement. Any amounts recognized in prior periods in other comprehensive income in relation to that subsidiary would be reclassified to the Consolidated Statement of Income or transferred directly to retained earnings if required by other IFRSs.

    Associates

    Investments in associates are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. An associate is an entity in which the Group has significant influence, but not a controlling interest, over the operating and financial management policy decisions of the entity. Significant influence is generally presumed when the Group holds between 20 % and 50 % of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered in assessing whether the Group has significant influence. Among the other factors that are considered in determining whether the Group has significant influence are representation on the board of directors (supervisory board in the case of German stock corporations) and material intercompany transactions. The existence of these factors could require the application of the equity method of accounting for a particular investment even though the Group’s investment is less than 20 % of the voting stock.

    Investments in associates are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Group’s share of the results of associates is adjusted to conform to the accounting policies of the Group and is reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income as Net income (loss) from equity method investments. The Group’s share in the associate’s profits and losses resulting from intercompany sales is eliminated on consolidation.

    Under the equity method of accounting, the Group’s investments in associates and jointly controlled entities are initially recorded at cost including any directly related transaction costs incurred in acquiring the associate, and subsequently increased (or decreased) to reflect both the Group’s pro-rata share of the post-acquisition net income (or loss) of the associate or jointly controlled entity and other movements included directly in the equity of the associate or jointly controlled entity. The Group’s share of the results of associates is adjusted to conform to the accounting policies of the Group and is reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income as Net income (loss) from equity method investments. The Group’s share in the associate’s profits and losses resulting from intercompany sales is eliminated on consolidation. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of an associate or a jointly controlled entity is included in the carrying value of the investment. As goodwill is not reported separately it is not specifically tested for impairment. Rather, the entire equity method investment is tested for impairment at each balance sheet date.

    If there is objective evidence of impairment, an impairment test is performed by comparing the investment’s recoverable amount, which is the higher of its value in use and fair value less costs to sell, with its carrying amount. An impairment loss recognized in prior periods is only reversed if there has been a positive change in the estimates used to determine the investment’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If this is the case the carrying amount of the investment is increased to its higher recoverable amount. The increased carrying amount of the investment in the associate attributable to a reversal of an impairment loss shall not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the investment in prior years.


    237244

    At the date that the Group ceases to have significant influence over the associate or jointly controlled entity the Group recognizes a gain or loss on the disposal of the equity method investment equal to the difference between the sum of the fair value of any retained investment and the proceeds from disposing of the associate and the carrying amount of the investment. Amounts recognized in prior periods in other comprehensive income in relation to the associate are accounted for on the same basis as would have been required if the investee had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities.

    Critical accounting estimates: As theThe assessment of whether there is objective evidence of impairment may require significant management judgment and the estimates for impairment could change from period to period based on future events that may or may not occur. The Group considers this to be a critical accounting estimate.

    Foreign currency translation

    The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in euro, which is the presentation currency of the Group. Various entities in the Group use a different functional currency, being the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates.

    An entity records foreign currency revenues, expenses, gains and losses in its functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of recognition.

    Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency are translated at the period end closing rate. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the translation and settlement of these items are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income as net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss in order to align the translation amounts with those recognized from foreign currency related transactions (derivatives) which hedge these monetary assets and liabilities.

    NonmonetaryNon-monetary items that are measured at historical cost are translated using the historical exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Translation differences on nonmonetarynon-monetary items which are held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss. Translation differences on available for sale nonmonetary items (equity securities) are included in other comprehensive income and recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income when the non-monetary item is sold as part of the overall gain or loss on sale of the item.

    For purposes of translation into the presentation currency, assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at the period end closing rate and items of income and expense are translated into euros at the rates prevailing on the dates of the transactions, or average rates of exchange where these approximate actual rates. The exchange differences arising on the translation of a foreign operation are included in other comprehensive income. For foreign operations that are subsidiaries, the amount of exchange differences attributable to any noncontrollingnon-controlling interests is recognized in noncontrollingnon-controlling interests.

    Upon disposal of a foreign subsidiary and associate (which results in loss of control or significant influence over that operation) the total cumulative exchange differences recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.

    Upon partial disposal of a foreign operation that is a subsidiary and which does not result in loss of control, the proportionate share of cumulative exchange differences is reclassified from other comprehensive income to noncontrollingnon-controlling interests as this is deemed a transaction with equity holders. For a partial disposal of an associate which does not result in a loss of significant influence, the proportionate share of cumulative exchange differences is reclassified from other comprehensive income to profit or loss.

    Interest, commissions and fees (IFRS 9 and IFRS 15)

    Net interest income – Interest income and expense from all interest-bearing assets and liabilities is recognized as net interest income using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate (EIR) is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or expense over the relevant period using the estimated future cash flows.

    The estimated future cash flows used in the EIR calculation include those determined by all of the contractual terms of the asset or liability, all fees (including commissions) that are considered to be integral to the effective interest rate, direct and incremental transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. However, if the financial instrument is carried at fair value through profit or loss, any associated fees are recognized in trading income when the instrument is initially recognized, provided there are no significant unobservable inputs used in determining its fair value.


    238

    If a financial asset is credit impaired interest revenue is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carryingamortized cost amount. The amortized cost amount of a financial asset is the gross carrying amount of a financial asset is the amortized cost of a financial asset gross ofafter adjusting for any impairment allowance. For assets which are initially recognized as purchased or credit impaired, interest revenue is calculated through the use of a credit-adjusted effective interest rate which takes into consideration expected credit losses.

    The Group recognizes income from government grants which are associated to interest-bearing assets and liabilities in net interest income when there is reasonable assurance that it will receive the grants and will comply with the conditions attached to the grants.245

    The Group presents negative interest incomepaid on interest-bearing assets as interest expense, and expense calculated using the EIR method separately in the income statement.interest revenue received from interest-bearing liabilities as interest income.

    Commissions and fee income –The Group applies the IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” five-step revenue recognition model to the recognition of Commissions and Fee Income, under which income must be recognized when control of goods and services is transferred, hence the contractual performance obligations to the customer has been satisfied.

    Accordingly, after a contract with a customer has been identified in the first step, the second step is to identify the performance obligation – or a series of distinct performance obligations – provided to the customer. The Group must examine whether the service is capable of being distinct and is actually distinct within the context of the contract. A promised service is distinct if the customer can benefit from the service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer, and the promise to transfer the service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. The amount of income is measured on the basis of the contractually agreed transaction price for the performance obligation defined in the contract. If a contract includes a variable consideration, the Group estimates the amount of consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services to a customer. Income is recognized in profit and loss when the identified performance obligation has been satisfied. The Group does not present information about its remaining performance obligations if it is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less.

    The Group determines the stand-alone selling price at contract inception of a distinct service underlying each performance obligation in the contract and allocates the transaction price in proportion to those stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling price is the price at which DB would sell a promised service separately to a customer on an unbundled basis. The best evidence of a stand-alone selling price is the observable price of a service when the Group sells that service separately in similar circumstances and to similar customers. If the Group does not sell the service to a customer separately, it estimates the stand-alone selling price at an amount using a suitable method, for example, in loan syndication transactions the Group applies the requirements for recognition of trade day profit and considers the price at which other market participants provide the same service on an unbundled basis. As such when estimating a stand-alone selling price, the Group considers all information (including market conditions) that is reasonably available to it. In doing so, the Group maximizes the use of observable inputs and applies estimation methods consistently in similar circumstances.

    The Group provides asset management services that give rise to asset management and performance fees and constitute a single performance obligation. The asset management and performance fee components are variable considerations such that at each reporting date the Group estimates the fee amount to which it will be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised services to the customer. The benefits arising from the asset management services are simultaneously received and consumed by the customer over time. The Group recognizes revenue over time by measuring the progress towards complete satisfaction of that performance obligation, subject to the removal of any uncertainty as to whether it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized would occur or not. For the management fee component this is the end of the monthly or quarterly service period. For performance fees this date is when any uncertainty related to the performance component has been fully removed.

    Loan commitment fees related to commitments that are accounted for off balance sheet are recognized in commissions and fee income over the life of the commitment if it is unlikely that the Group will enter into a specific lending arrangement. If it is probable that the Group will enter into a specific lending arrangement, the loan commitment fee is deferred until the origination of a loan and recognized as an adjustment to the loan’s effective interest rate.

    The following Commissions and Fee Income is predominantly earned from services that are received and consumed by the customer over time: Administration, assets under management, foreign commercial business, loan processing and guarantees sundry other customer services. The Group recognizes revenue from these services over time by measuring the progress towards complete satisfaction of that performance obligation, subject to the removal of any uncertainty as to whether it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized would occur or not.

    Commissions and Fee Income predominantly earned from providing services at a point in time or transaction-type services include: other securities, underwriting and advisory fees, brokerage fees, local payments, foreign currency/ exchange business and intermediary fees.

    Expenses that are directly related and incremental to the generation of Commissions and Fee Income are presented net in Commissions and Fee Income in the Consolidated Statement of Income. This includes income and associated expense where the Group contractually owns the performance obligation (i.e. as Principal) in relation to the service that gives rise to the revenue and associated expense. In contrast, it does not include situations where the Group does not contractually own the performance obligation and is acting as agent. The determination of whether the Group is acting as principal or agent is based on the contractual terms of the underlying service arrangement. The gross Commissions and Fee Income and Expense amounts are disclosed in “Note 6 – Commissions and Fee Income”.


    239

    Interest, commissions and fees (IAS 18 - 2017 only)

    The Group applied the revenue recognition requirements of IAS 18, “Revenue” (IAS 18) in 2017. Revenue was recognized when the amount of revenue and associated costs could be reliably measured, it is probable that economic benefits associated with the transaction will be realized and the stage of completion of the transaction could be reliably measured. This concept was applied to the key revenue generating activities of the Group as follows.

    Net interest income– Interest from all interest-bearing assets and liabilities was recognized as net interest income using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or expense over the relevant period using the estimated future cash flows. The estimated future cash flows used in this calculation include those determined by the contractual terms of the asset or liability, all fees that are considered to be integral to the effective interest rate, direct and incremental transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts.

    Once an impairment loss was recognized on a loan, held-to-maturity investment or available for sale debt instruments, although the accrual of interest in accordance with the contractual terms of the instrument was discontinued, interest income was recognized based on the rate of interest that was used to discount future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. For a loan and held to maturity investment this would be the original effective interest rate, but a new effective interest rate was established each time an available for sale debt instrument was impaired as impairment was measured to fair value and based on a current market rate.

    The Group recognized income from government grants which are associated to interest-bearing assets and liabilities in net interest income when there was reasonable assurance that it will receive the grants and will comply with the conditions attached to the grants.

    Commissions and fee income– The recognition of fee revenue (including commissions) was determined by the purpose of the fees and the basis of accounting for any associated financial instruments. If there was an associated financial instrument, fees that are an integral part of the effective interest rate of that financial instrument are included within the effective yield calculation. However, if the financial instrument was carried at fair value through profit or loss, any associated fees are recognized in profit or loss when the instrument was initially recognized, provided there was no significant unobservable inputs used in determining its fair value. Fees earned from services that are provided over a specified service period were recognized over that service period. Fees earned for the completion of a specific service or significant event were recognized when the service was completed or the event occurred.

    Loan commitment fees related to commitments that are accounted for off balance sheet were recognized in commissions and fee income over the life of the commitment if it is unlikely that the Group will enter into a specific lending arrangement. If it was probable that the Group will enter into a specific lending arrangement, the loan commitment fee was deferred until the origination of a loan and recognized as an adjustment to the loan’s effective interest rate.

    Performance-linked fees or fee components were recognized when the performance criteria are fulfilled.

    The following fee income was predominantly earned from services that were provided over a period of time: investment fund management fees, fiduciary fees, custodian fees, portfolio and other management and advisory fees, credit-related fees and commission income. Fees predominantly earned from providing transaction-type services include underwriting fees, corporate finance fees and brokerage fees.

    Expenses that were directly related and incremental to the generation of fee income were presented net in Commissions and Fee Income.


    240246

    Financial assets (IFRS 9)

    The Group classifies financial assets in line with the classification and measurement requirements of IFRS 9, where financial assets are classified based on both the business model used for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset (known as Solely Payments of Principal and Interest or “SPPI”). There are three business models available:

    The assessment of business model requires judgment based on facts and circumstances at the date of the adoption on January 1, 2018 and upon initial recognition. As part of this assessment, the Group considers quantitative factors (e.g., the expected frequency and volume of sales) and qualitative factors such as how the performance of the business model and the financial assets held within that business model are evaluated and reported to the Group’s key management personnel. In addition to taking into consideration the risks that affect the performance of the business model and the financial assets held within that business model, in particular, the way in which those market and credit risks are managed; and how managers of the business are compensated (e.g., whether the compensation is based on the fair value of the assets managed or on the contractual cash flows collected). This assessment results in an asset being classified in either a Hold to Collect, Hold to Collect and Sell or Other business model. Reclassification of financial assets subsequent to initial recognition are expected to be extremely infrequent and only made as a result of a change in the business model for managing those financial assets. Such changes in business model are determined by senior management as a result of external or internal changes which are significant to the Group’s operations and demonstrable to external parties through public announcements.

    Please refer to Note 42 “Impact of Deutsche Bank’s transformation” for Information on financial instrument business model reclassification due to the Group’s transformation strategy announced on 7 July 2019.

    If the Group holds a financial asset either in a Hold to Collect or a Hold to Collect and Sell business model, then an assessment at initial recognition to determine whether the contractual cash flows of the financial asset are Solely Payments of Principal and Interest on the principal amount outstanding at initial recognition is required to determine the business model classification. Contractual cash flows, that are SPPI on the principal amount outstanding, are consistent with a basic lending arrangement. Interest in a basic lending arrangement is consideration for the time value of money and the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular period of time. It can also include consideration for other basic lending risks (e.g., liquidity risk) and costs (e.g., administrative costs) associated with holding the financial asset for a particular period of time; and a profit margin that is consistent with a basic lending arrangement.

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    Financial assets are classified at fair value through profit or loss if they are held in the otherOther business model because they are either held for trading or because they do not meet the criteria for Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell. In addition, it includes financial assets that meet the criteria for Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell business model, but the financial asset fails SPPI or where the Group designated the financial assets under the fair value option.

    Financial assets classified as Financial Assetsassets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Interest on interest earning assets such as trading loans and debt securities and dividends on equity instruments are presented in Interest and Similar Income.

    Financial assets classified at fair value through profit or loss are recognized or derecognized on trade date. Trade date is the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset.

    Trading assets – Financial assets are classified as held for trading if they have been originated, acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing them in the near term, or they form part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking. Trading assets include debt and equity securities, derivatives held for trading purposes, and trading loans. This also includes loan commitments that are allocated to the Other business model and that are classifiedpresented as derivatives held for trading.


    241

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss The Group assigns any non-trading financial asset that does not fall into the Hold to Collect nor Hold to Collect and Sell business models into the Other business model and classifies them as Non-Trading Financial Assets mandatory at Fair Value through Profit and Loss. This includes predominately reverse repurchase agreements which are managed on a fair value basis. Additionally, any financial asset that falls into the Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell business models for which the contractual cash flow characteristics are not SPPI is classified by the Group as Non-Trading Financial Assets Mandatory at Fair Value through Profit and Loss.

    247

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss – Certain financial assets that would otherwise be measured subsequently at amortized cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income, may be designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss if the designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency. The use of the fair value option under IFRS 9 is limited. The Group allows the fair value option to be designated only for those financial instruments for which a reliable estimate of fair value can be obtained.

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    A financial asset shall be classified and measured at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”), if the financial asset is held in a Hold to Collect and Sell business model and the contractual cash flows are SPPI, unless designated under the fair value option.

    Under FVOCI, a financial asset is measured at its fair value with any changes being recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (”OCI”) and is assessed for impairment under the IFRS 9 expected credit loss model where provisions are recorded through profit or loss are recognized based on expectations of potential credit losses. The Group’s impairment policy is described further in the section “Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance Sheet Positions (IFRS 9)”. The foreign currency translation effect for FVOCI assets is recognized in profit or loss, as is the interest component by using the effective interest method. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recorded in net interest income. Realized gains and losses are reported in net gains (losses) on financial assets at FVOCI. Generally, the weighted-average cost method is used to determine the cost of FVOCI financial assets.

    Financial assets classified as FVOCI are recognized or derecognized on trade date. Trade date is the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset.

    It is possible to designate non tradingnon-trading equity instruments as FVOCI. However, this category is expected to have limited usage by the Group and has not been used to date.

    Financial assets at amortized cost

    A financial asset is classified and subsequently measured at amortized cost if the financial asset is held in a Hold to Collect business model and the contractual cash flows are SPPI.

    Under this measurement category, the financial asset is measured at fair value at initial recognition. Subsequently the carrying amount is reduced for principal payments, plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method. The financial asset is assessed for impairment under the IFRS 9 expected credit loss model where provisions are recognized based on expectations of potential credit losses. The Group’s impairment of financial instruments policy is described further in the section “Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance Sheet Positions (IFRS 9)”. Financial assets measured at amortized cost are recognized on a settlement date basis.

    Financial Assets at Amortized Costamortized cost include predominately Loans at amortized costs,cost, Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements, Securities borrowed and certain receivables presented in Other Assets.

    Modification of financial assets and financial liabilities

    When the terms of a financial asset are renegotiated or modified and the modification does not result in derecognition, a gain or loss is recognized in the income statement as the difference between the original contractual cash flows and the modified cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate. The modified financial asset will continue to accrued interest at its original EIR. When a modification results in derecognition the original instrument is derecognized and the new instrument recognized at fair value.

    NoncreditNon-credit related or commercial renegotiations where an obligor has not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination, and has a readily exercisable right to early terminate the financial asset results in derecognition of the original agreement and recognition of a new financial asset based on the newly negotiated commercial terms.


    242

    For credit related modifications (i.e. those modifications due to significant increase in credit risk since inception) or those where the obligor does not have the readily exercisable right to early terminate, the Group assesses whether the modified terms result in the financial asset being significantly modified and therefore derecognized. This assessment includes a quantitative assessment of the impact of the change in cash flows from the modification of contractual terms and additionally, where necessary, a qualitative assessment of the impact of the change in the contractual terms. Where these modifications are not concluded to be significant, the financial asset is not derecognized and is accounted for as a modification as described above.

    248

    If the changes are concluded to be significant, the old instrument is derecognized and a new instrument recognized. The Group then recognizes a credit loss allowance based on 12-month expected credit losses at each reporting date.losses. However, if following a modification that results in a derecognition of the original financial asset, there is evidence that the new financial asset is credit-impaired on initial recognition; then the new financial asset should be recognized as an originated credit-impaired financial asset and initially classified in Stage 3 (refer to section “Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance Sheet Positions (IFRS 9)”Positions” below).

    Financial assets (IAS 39 - 2017 only)

    TheWhen the terms of a financial liability are renegotiated or modified then the Group appliedassesses whether the classificationmodified terms result in the financial liability being significantly modified and measurement requirementstherefore derecognized. This assessment includes a quantitative assessment of IAS 39, “Financial Instruments: Recognitionthe impact of the change in cash flows from the modification of contractual terms and Measurement”additionally, where necessary, a qualitative assessment of the impact of the change in 2017.

    The Group classified itsthe contractual terms. Where these modifications are not concluded to be significant, the financial assets into the following categories: financial assets at fair value through profitliability is not derecognized and a gain or loss loans, held-to-maturity and financial assets available for sale (“AFS”). Appropriate classification of financial assets was determined at the time of initial recognition or when reclassified in the Consolidated balance sheet.

    Financial assets classified at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets classified as AFS were recognized or derecognized on trade date if a regular way period for the instrument exists. Trade date is the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset or issue or repurchase the financial liability. Financial instruments measured at amortized cost were recognized on a settlement date basis.

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    The Group classified certain financial assets either as held for trading or designated at fair value through profit or loss. They were carried at fair value and presented as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. Related realized and unrealized gains and losses are included in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Interest on interest earning assets such as trading loans and debt securities and dividends on equity instruments were presented in interest and similar income for financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss.

    Trading assets– Financial assets were classified as held for trading if they have been originated or acquired principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing them in the near term, or they formed part of a portfolio of identified financial assets that were managed together and for which there was evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking. Trading assets included debt and equity securities, derivatives held for trading purposes, commodities and trading loans.

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss– Certain financial assets that did not meet the definition of trading assets were designated at fair value through profit or loss using the fair value option. To be designated at fair value through profit or loss, financial assets had to meet one of the following criteria: (1) the designation eliminates or significantly reduced a measurement or recognition inconsistency; (2) a group of financial assets or liabilities or both was managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy; or (3) the instrument contains one or more embedded derivatives unless: (a) the embedded derivative does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract; or (b) it is clear with little or no analysis that separation is prohibited. In addition, the Group allowed the fair value option to be designated only for those financial instruments for which a reliable estimate of fair value can be obtained. Financial assets which were designated at fair value through profit or loss, under the fair value option, include repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, certain loans and loan commitments and debt and equity securities.


    243

    Loans

    Loans included originated and purchased non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that were not quoted in an active market and which were not classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, held-to-maturity or financial assets AFS. An active market exists when quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service or regulatory agency and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis.

    Loans not acquired in a business combination or in an asset purchase were initially recognized at their transaction price representing the fair value, which is the cash amount advanced to the borrower. In addition, the net of direct and incremental transaction costs and fees were included in the initial carrying amount of loans. These loans were subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method less impairment.

    Loans which have been acquired as either part of a business combination or as an asset purchase were initially recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. This included loans for which an impairment loss had been established by the acquiree before their initial recognition by the Group. The fair value at the acquisition date incorporated expected cash flows which considered the credit quality of these loans including any incurred losses, which became the new amortized cost base. Interest income was recognized using the effective interest method. Subsequent to the acquisition date the Group assessed whether there was objective evidence of impairment in line with the policies described in the section entitled “Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance Sheet Positions (IAS 39 – 2017 only)”. If the loans were determined to be impaired then a loan loss allowance was recognized with a corresponding charge to the provision for credit losses line in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Releases of such loan loss allowances established after their initial recognition were included in the provision for credit losses line. Subsequent improvements in the credit quality of such loans for which no loss allowance had been recorded were recognized immediately through an adjustment to the current carrying value and a corresponding gain was recognized in interest income.

    Held-to-maturity investments

    Held-to-maturity investments were non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and a fixed maturity that the Group had the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity and which were not classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans or financial assets AFS.

    Held-to-maturity investments were initially recorded at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs and were subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Subsequent to the acquisition date, the Group assessed whether there was objective evidence of impairment in line with the policies described in the section entitled “Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance Sheet provisions (IAS 39 – 2017 only)”. If a held-to-maturity investment was considered impaired, then an impairment loss was recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

    Financial assets classified as available for sale

    Financial assets that were classified as AFS are initially recognized at its fair value plus transaction costs that were directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discount were recorded in net interest income. Financial assets classified as AFS were carried at fair value with the changes in fair value reported in other comprehensive income unless the asset was subject to a fair value hedge, in which case changes in fair value resulting from the risk being hedged were recorded in other income. For monetary financial assets classified as AFS (debt instruments), changes in carrying amounts relating to changes in foreign exchange rate were recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income and other changes in carrying amount were recognized in other comprehensive income as indicated above. For financial assets classified as AFS that were nonmonetary items (equity instruments), the fair value gain or loss was recognized in other comprehensive income, which also includes any related foreign exchange component.

    Equity investments classified as AFS were assessed for impairment if, objective evidence demonstrates a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the investment below cost. In the case of debt securities classified as AFS, impairment was assessed based on the same criteria as for loans.


    244

    If there was evidence of impairment, any amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income was recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the period, reported in net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale. This impairment loss for the period was determinedstatement as the difference between the acquisition cost (net of any principal repayments and amortization) and current fair value of the asset less any impairment loss on that investment previously recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

    When an AFS debt security was impaired, any subsequent decreases in fair value were recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income as it was considered further impairment. Any subsequent increases were also recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income until the asset is no longer considered impaired. When the fair value of the AFS debt security recovered to at least amortized cost it was no longer considered impaired and subsequent changes in fair value were reported in other comprehensive income.

    Reversals of impairment losses on equity investments classified as AFS were not reversed through the Consolidated Statement of Income; increases in their fair value after impairment were recognized in other comprehensive income.

    Realized gains and losses were reported in net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale. Generally, the weighted-average cost method was used to determine the cost of financial assets. Unrealized gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income were transferred to the Consolidated Statement of Income on disposal of an available for sale asset and reported in net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale.

    Critical accounting estimates– Because the assessment of objective evidence of impairment required significant management judgmentoriginal contractual cash flows and the estimate of impairment could change from period to period based upon future events that may or may not occur,modified cash flows discounted at the Group consideredoriginal effective interest rate. Where there is derecognition the impairment of Financial Assets classified as Available for Sale to be a critical accounting estimate. For additional information see Note 7 “Net Gains (Losses) on Financial Assets Available for Sale”.original financial liability is derecognized and the new liability recognized at its fair value.

    Loan commitments (IFRS 9 and IAS 39 – 2017 only)

    Loan commitments remain off-balance sheet, unless classifiedallocated to the Other business model and presented as derivatives held for trading or designated at fair value through profit or loss under the fair value option (IAS 39 only).trading. The Group does not recognize and measure changes in fair value of these off-balance sheet loan commitments that result from changes in market interest rates or credit spreads. However, as specified in the sections “Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance Sheet Positions (IFRS 9)” and “Impairment of Loans and Provision for Off-Balance Sheet Positions (IAS 39 – 2017 only)”Positions” below, these off-balance sheet loan commitments are assessed for impairment individually and where appropriate, collectively.

    Financial liabilities (IFRS 9 and IAS 39 – 2017 only)

    Under both IFRS 9 and IAS 39, financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, except for financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include Trading Liabilities, Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss and Non-Participating Investment Contracts (“Investment Contracts”). Under IFRS 9 and IAS 39 they are carried at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses included in net gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. However under IFRS 9, forFor financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss the fair value movements attributable to the Group’s own credit component for fair value movements is recognized in Other Comprehensive Income rather than in the Statement of Income as under IAS 39.Income.

    Financial liabilities classified at fair value through profit or loss are recognized or derecognized on trade date. Trade date is the date on which the Group commits to issue or repurchase the financial liability.

    Interest on interest paying liabilities are presented in interest expense for financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss.


    245

    Trading liabilities - Financial liabilities that arise from debt issued are classified as held for trading if they have been originated or incurred principally for the purpose of repurchasing them in the near term. Trading liabilities consist primarily of derivative liabilities (including certain loan commitments) and short positions. This also includes loan commitments where the resulting loan upon funding is allocated to the other business model such that the undrawn loan commitment is classified as derivatives held for trading.

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss - Certain financial liabilities that do not meet the definition of trading liabilities are designated at fair value through profit or loss using the fair value option. To be designated at fair value through profit or loss, financial liabilities must meet one of the following criteria: (1) the designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency; (2) a group of financial liabilities is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy; or (3) the instrument contains one or more embedded derivatives unless: (a) the embedded derivative does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract; or (b) it is clear with little or no analysis that separation is prohibited. In addition, the Group allows the fair value option to be designated only for those financial instruments for which a reliable estimate of fair value can be obtained. Financial liabilities which are designated at fair value through profit or loss, under the fair value option, include repurchase agreements, loan commitments and structured note liabilities.

    249

    Investment contracts - All of the Group’s investment contracts are unit-linked andcontract that match specific assets held by the Group. The contracts oblige the Group to use these assets to settle investment contract liabilities. They do not contain significant insurance risk or discretionary participation features. The contract liabilities are determined using current unit prices multiplied by the number of units attributed to the contract holders as of the balance sheet date. As this amount represents fair value, the liabilities have been classified as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Deposits collected under investment contracts are accounted for as an adjustment to the investment contract liabilities. Investment income attributable to investment contracts is included in the consolidated statement of Income. Investment contract claims reflect the excess of amounts paid over the account balance released. Investment contract policyholders are charged fees for policy administration, investment management, surrenders or other contract services.

    Embedded derivatives

    Some hybrid financial liability contracts contain both a derivative and a non-derivative component. In such cases, the derivative component is termed an embedded derivative, with the non-derivative component representing the host financial liability contract. If the economic characteristics and risks of embedded derivatives are not closely related to those of the host financial liability contract and the hybrid financial liability contract itself is not carried at fair value through profit or loss, the embedded derivative is bifurcated and reported at fair value, with gains and losses recognized in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. The host financial liability contract will continue to be accounted for in accordance with the appropriate accounting standard. The carrying amount of an embedded derivative is reported in the same Consolidated balance sheet line item as the host financial liability contract. Certain hybrid financial liability instruments have been designated at fair value through profit or loss using the fair value option.

    Financial liabilities at amortized cost

    Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost include long-term and short-term debt issued which are initially measured at fair value, which is the consideration received, net of transaction costs incurred. Repurchases of issued debt in the market are treated as extinguishments and any related gain or loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income. A subsequent sale of own bonds in the market is treated as a reissuance of debt. Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost are recognized on a settlement date basis.

    Under IFRS 9, if the exchange or modification of a financial liability is not accounted for as an extinguishment, then the amortized cost of the liability is recalculated and the resulting gains and losses are recognized in the income statements as the difference between the original contractual cash flows and the modified cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate. In contrast, under IAS 39 any difference was recognized as an adjustment to the effective interest rate and amortized over the remaining new life of the financial liability.


    246

    Offsetting of financial instruments

    Financial assets and liabilities are offset, with the net amount presented in the Consolidated balance sheet, only if the Group holds a currently enforceable legal right to set off the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to realize an asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legal right to set off the recognized amounts must be enforceable in both the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of both the Group and its counterparty. In all other situations they are presented gross. When financial assets and financial liabilities are offset in the Consolidated balance sheet, the associated income and expense items will also be offset in the Consolidated Statement of Income, unless specifically prohibited by an applicable accounting standard.

    The majority of the offsetting applied by the Group relates to derivatives and repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. A significant portion of offsetting is applied to interest rate derivatives and related cash margin balances, which are cleared through central clearing parties. For further information please refer to Note 17 “Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”.

    Determination of fair value

    Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an arm’s length transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of instruments that are quoted in active markets is determined using the quoted prices where they represent those at which regularly and recently occurring transactions take place.

    The Group measures certain portfolios of financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of their net risk exposures when the following criteria are met:

    This portfolio valuation approach is consistent with how the Group manages its net exposures to market and counterparty credit risks.

    Critical accounting estimates – The Group uses valuation techniques to establish the fair value of instruments where prices quoted in active markets are not available. Therefore, where possible, parameter inputs to the valuation techniques are based on observable data derived from prices of relevant instruments traded in an active market. These valuation techniques involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which will depend on the price transparency for the instrument or market and the instrument’s complexity.

    250

    In reaching estimates of fair value management judgment needs to be exercised. The areas requiring significant management judgment are identified, documented and reported to senior management as part of the valuation control process and the standard monthly reporting cycle. The specialist model validation and valuation control groups focus attention on the areas of subjectivity and judgment.

    The level of management judgment required in establishing fair value of financial instruments for which there is a quoted price in an active market is usually minimal. Similarly there is little subjectivity or judgment required for instruments valued using valuation models which are standard across the industry and where all parameter inputs are quoted in active markets.

    The level of subjectivity and degree of management judgment required is more significant for those instruments valued using specialized and sophisticated models and where some or all of the parameter inputs are less liquid or less observable. Management judgment is required in the selection and application of appropriate parameters, assumptions and modelling techniques. In particular, where data are obtained from infrequent market transactions then extrapolation and interpolation techniques must be applied. Where no market data are available for a particular instrument then pricing inputs are determined by assessing other relevant sources of information such as historical data, fundamental analysis of the economics of the transaction and proxy information from similar transactions, and making appropriate adjustment to reflect the actual instrument being valued and current market conditions. Where different valuation techniques indicate a range of possible fair values for an instrument then management has to decide what point within the range of estimates appropriately represents the fair value. Further, some valuation adjustments may require the exercise of management judgment to achieve fair value.


    247

    Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are required to be disclosed according to the inputs to the valuation method that are used to determine their fair value. Specifically, segmentation is required between those valued using quoted market prices in an active market (level 1), valuation techniques based on observable parameters (level 2) and valuation techniques using significant unobservable parameters (level 3). Management judgment is required in determining the category to which certain instruments should be allocated. This specifically arises when the valuation is determined by a number of parameters, some of which are observable and others are not. Further, the classification of an instrument can change over time to reflect changes in market liquidity and therefore price transparency.

    The Group provides a sensitivity analysis of the impact upon the level 3 financial instruments of using a reasonably possible alternative for the unobservable parameter. The determination of reasonably possible alternatives requires significant management judgment.

    For financial instruments measured at amortized cost (which includesinclude loans, deposits and short and long term debt issued) the Group discloses the fair value. Generally there is limited or no trading activity in these instruments and therefore the fair value determination requires significant management judgment.

    For further discussion of the valuation methods and controls and quantitative disclosures with respect to the determination of fair value, please refer to Note 13 “Financial Instruments carried at Fair Value” and Note 14 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments not carried at Fair Value”.

    Recognition of trade date profit

    Trade date profit is recognized if the fair value of the financial instrument measured at fair value through profit or loss is obtained from a quoted market price in an active market, or otherwise evidenced by comparison to other observable current market transactions or based on a valuation technique incorporating observable market data. If there are significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation technique, the financial instrument is recognized at the transaction price and any profit implied from the valuation technique at trade date is deferred.

    Using systematic methods, the deferred amount is recognized over the period between trade date and the date when the market is expected to become observable, or over the life of the trade (whichever is shorter). Such methodology is used because it reflects the changing economic and risk profile of the instrument as the market develops or as the instrument itself progresses to maturity. Any remaining trade date deferred profit is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income when the transaction becomes observable or the Group enters into offsetting transactions that substantially eliminate the instrument’s risk.observable. In the rare circumstances that a trade date loss arises, it would be recognized at inception of the transaction to the extent that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and a reliable estimate of the loss amount can be made.

    Critical Accounting Estimates – Management judgment is required in determining whether there exist significant unobservable inputs in the valuation technique. Once deferred, the decision to subsequently recognize the trade date profit requires a careful assessment of the then current facts and circumstances supporting observability of parameters and/or risk mitigation.

    251

    Derivatives and hedge accounting

    Derivatives are used to manage exposures to interest rate, foreign currency, credit and other market price risks, including exposures arising from forecast transactions. All freestanding contracts that are considered derivatives for accounting purposes are carried at fair value on the Consolidated balance sheet regardless of whether they are held for trading or non-trading purposes.

    The changes in fair value on derivatives held for trading are included in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.


    248

    Hedge accounting

    IFRS 9 includes an accounting policy choice to defer the adoption of IFRS 9 hedge accounting and to continue with IAS 39 hedge accounting. The Group decided to exercise this accounting policy choice and did not adopt IFRS 9 hedge accounting as of January 1, 2018. The Group did not apply fair value hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of interest rate risk (macro hedging) for core deposits under the EU 'carve-out' rules of IAS 39.

    The Group early adopted “Interest Rate Benchmark Reform: Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7”, which provides relief for specific hedge accounting requirements to address uncertainties in the period arising from the phase out of interest rate benchmarks. For further information see Note 2 “Recently Adopted and New Accounting Pronouncements” and Note 35 “Derivatives”.

    For accounting purposes there are three possible types of hedges: (1) hedges of changes in the fair value of assets, liabilities or unrecognized firm commitments (fair value hedges); (2) hedges of the variability of future cash flows from highly probable forecast transactions and floating rate assets and liabilities (cash flow hedges); and (3) hedges of the translation adjustments resulting from translating the functional currency financial statements of foreign operations into the presentation currency of the parent (hedges of net investments in foreign operations).

    When hedge accounting is applied, the Group designates and documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedging transactions and the nature of the risk being hedged. This documentation includes a description of how the Group will assess the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk. Hedge effectiveness is assessed at inception and throughout the term of each hedging relationship. Hedge effectiveness is always assessed, even when the terms of the derivative and hedged item are matched.

    Hedging derivatives are reported as other assets and other liabilities. In the event that a derivative is subsequently de-designated from a hedging relationship, it is transferred to financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

    For hedges of changes in fair value, the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset, liability or unrecognized firm commitment, or a portion thereof, attributable to the risk being hedged, are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income along with changes in the entire fair value of the derivative. When hedging interest rate risk, any interest accrued or paid on both the derivative and the hedged item is reported in interest income or expense and the unrealized gains and losses from the hedge accounting fair value adjustments are reported in other income. When the foreign exchange risk of an AFS equity security was hedged in 2017 under IAS 39, the fair value adjustments related to the security’s foreign exchange exposures were also recorded in other income.revenue. Hedge ineffectiveness is reported in other incomerevenue and is measured as the net effect of changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged item arising from changes in the market rate or price related to the risk(s) being hedged.

    If a fair value hedge of a debt instrument is discontinued prior to the instrument’s maturity because the derivative is terminated or the relationship is de-designated, any remaining interest rate-related fair value adjustments made to the carrying amount of the debt instrument (basis adjustments) are amortized to interest income or expense over the remaining term of the original hedging relationship. For other types of fair value adjustments and whenever a fair value hedged asset or liability is sold or otherwise derecognized, any basis adjustments are included in the calculation of the gain or loss on derecognition.

    For hedges of variability in future cash flows, there is no change to the accounting for the hedged item and the derivative is carried at fair value, with changes in value reported initially in other comprehensive income to the extent the hedge is effective. These amounts initially recorded in other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified into the Consolidated Statement of Income in the same periods during which the forecast transaction affects the Consolidated Statement of Income. Thus, for hedges of interest rate risk, the amounts are amortized into interest income or expense at the same time as the interest is accrued on the hedged transaction.

    Hedge ineffectiveness is recorded in other income and is measured as changes in the excess (if any) in the absolute cumulative change in fair value of the actual hedging derivative over the absolute cumulative change in the fair value of the hypothetically perfect hedge.

    When hedges of variability in cash flows attributable to interest rate risk are discontinued, amounts remaining in accumulated other comprehensive income are amortized to interest income or expense over the remaining life of the original hedge relationship, unless the hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur in which case the amount will be reclassified into other income immediately. When hedges of variability in cash flows attributable to other risks are discontinued, the related amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified into either the same Consolidated Statement of Income caption and period as profit or loss from the forecast transaction, or into other income when the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur.

    249252

    For hedges of the translation adjustments resulting from translating the functional currency financial statements of foreign operations (hedges of net investments in foreign operations) into the functional currency of the parent, the portion of the change in fair value of the derivative due to changes in the spot foreign exchange rates is recorded as a foreign currency translation adjustment in other comprehensive income to the extent the hedge is effective; the remainder is recorded as other income in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

    Changes in fair value of the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge are subsequently recognized in profit or loss on disposal of the foreign operations.

    Hedging derivatives are reported as other assets and other liabilities. In the event that a derivative is subsequently de-designated from a hedging relationship, it is transferred to financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

    Impairment of loans and provision for off-balance sheet positions (IFRS 9)

    The impairment requirements of IFRS 9 apply to all credit exposures that are measured at amortized cost or FVOCI, and to off balance sheet lending commitments such as loan commitments and financial guarantees. For purposes of the impairment policy below, these instruments are referred to as (“Financial Assets”)

    The determination of impairment losses an expected credit loss (“ECL”) model under IFRS 9, where allowances are taken upon initial recognition of the Financial Asset, based on expectations of potential credit losses at the time of initial recognition.

    Staged approach to the determination of expected credit losses

    IFRS 9 introducesstates a three stage approach to impairment for Financial Assets that are not credit impaired at the date of origination or purchase. This approach is summarized as follows:

    Significant increase in credit risk

    Under IFRS 9, when determining whether the credit risk (i.e., risk of default) of a Financial Asset has increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes quantitative and qualitative information based on the Group’s historical experience, credit risk assessment and forward-looking information (including macro-economic factors). The assessment of significant credit deterioration is key in determining when to move from measuring an allowance based on 12-month ECLs to one that is based on lifetime ECLs (i.e., transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2).

    The Group’s framework for determining if there has been a significant increase in credit risk aligns with the internal Credit Risk Management (“CRM”) process and covers rating related and process related indicators which are discussed further in section “IFRS 9 Impairment Approach” in the Risk Report.

    Credit impaired financial assets in Stage 3

    The Group has aligned its definition of credit impaired under IFRS 9 to when a Financial Asset has defaulted for regulatory purposes, according to the Capital Requirements Regulation under Art. 178.


    250

    The determination of whether a Financial Asset is credit impaired and therefore in Stage 3 focusses exclusively on default risk, without taking into consideration the effects of credit risk mitigants such as collateral or guarantees. Specifically, a Financial Asset is credit impaired and in Stage 3 when:

    253

    For Financial Assets considered to be credit impaired, the ECL allowance covers the amount of loss the Group is expected to suffer. The estimation of ECLs is done on a case-by-case basis for non-homogeneous portfolios, or by applying portfolio based parameters to individual Financial Assets in these portfolios via the Group’s ECL model for homogeneous portfolios. This estimate includes the use of discounted cash flows that are adjusted for scenarios.

    Forecasts of future economic conditions when calculating ECLs are considered. The lifetime expected losses are estimated based on the probability-weighted present value of the difference between the contractual cash flows that are due to the Group under the contract; and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive.

    A Financial Asset can be classified as credit impaired in Stage 3 but without an allowance for credit losses (i.e., no impairment loss is expected). This may be due to the value of collateral. The Group’s engine based ECL calculation is conducted on a monthly basis, whereas the case-by-case assessment of ECL in Stage 3 for non-homogeneous portfolio has to be performed at least on a quarterly basis.

    Purchased or originated credit impaired financial assets in Stage 3

    A Financial Asset is considered purchased or originated credit-impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment at the time of initial recognition. Such credit impaired Financial Assets are termed POCI Financial Assets. POCI Financial Assets are measured to reflect lifetime expected credit losses, and all subsequent changes in lifetime expected credit losses, whether positive or negative, are recognized in the income statement as a component of the provision for credit losses. POCI Financial Assets can only be classified in Stage 3 over the life of the Financial Asset.

    Write-offs

    The Group reduces the gross carrying amount of a Financial Asset when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Write-offs can relate to a Financial Asset in its entirety, or to a portion of it, and constitute a derecognition event. The Group considers all relevant information in making this determination, including but not limited to:

    Write-offs can take place before legal actions against the borrower to recover the debt have been concluded, and a write-off does not involve the Group forfeiting its legal right to recover the debt.

    Collateral for financial assets considered in the impairment analysis

    IFRS 9 requires cash flows expected from collateral and other credit enhancement to be reflected in the ECL calculation. The following are key aspects with respect to collateral and guarantees:

    These concepts are outlined in more detail in section “IFRS 9 Impairment Approach” in the Risk Report.


    251

    Critical accounting estimates – The accounting estimates and judgments related to the impairment of Financial Assets is a critical accounting estimate because the underlying assumptions used can change from period to period and may significantly affect the Group’s results of operations.

    In assessing assets for impairments, management judgment is required, particularly in projecting future economic information and scenarios in particular wherein circumstances of economic and financial uncertainty, when developments and changes to expected cash flows can occur both with greater rapidity and less predictability. The actual amount of the future cash flows and their timing may differ from the estimates used by management and consequently may cause actual losses to differ from reported allowances.

    254

    For those non-homogeneous loans in Stage 3 the determination of the impairment allowance often requires the use of considerable judgment concerning such matters as local economic conditions, the financial performance of the counterparty and the value of any collateral held, for which there may not be a readily accessible market.

    The determination of the expected credit losses in Stages 1 and 2 and for homogeneous loans in Stage 3 is calculated using statistical expected loss models. The model incorporates numerous estimates and judgments. The Group performs a regular review of the model and underlying data and assumptions. The probability of defaults, loss recovery rates and judgments concerning ability of borrowers in foreign countries to transfer the foreign currency necessary to comply with debt repayments, amongst other things, are incorporated into this review.

    The quantitative disclosures are provided in Note 18 “Loans” and Note 19 “Allowance for credit losses”.

    Impairment of loans and provision for off-balance sheet positions (IAS 39 - 2017 only)

    The Group applied the impairment requirements of IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” and IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets” in 2017.

    The Group first assessed whether objective evidence of impairment existed individually for loans that were individually significant. It then assessed collectively for loans that were not individually significant and loans which were significant but for which there was no objective evidence of impairment under the individual assessment.

    To allow management to determine whether a loss event has occurred on an individual basis, all significant counterparty relationships were reviewed periodically. This evaluation considered information and events related to the counterparty, such as the counterparty experiencing significant financial difficulty or a breach of contract, for example, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments.

    If there was evidence of impairment leading to an impairment loss for an individual counterparty relationship, then the amount of the loss was determined as the difference between the carrying amount of the loan(s), including accrued interest, and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate or the effective interest rate established upon reclassification to loans, including cash flows that may result from foreclosure less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral. The carrying amount of the loans was reduced by the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss was recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income as a component of the provision for credit losses.

    The collective assessment of impairment was to establish an allowance amount relating to loans that were either individually significant but for which there was no objective evidence of impairment, or were not individually significant but for which there was, on a portfolio basis, a loss amount that was probable of having occurred and was reasonably estimable. The loss amount had three components. The first component was an amount for transfer and currency convertibility risks for loan exposures in countries where there were serious doubts about the ability of counterparties to comply with the repayment terms due to the economic or political situation prevailing in the respective country of domicile. This amount was calculated using ratings for country risk and transfer risk which were established and regularly reviewed for each country in which the Group does business. The second component was an allowance amount representing the incurred losses on the portfolio of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, which were loans to individuals and small business customers of the private and retail business. The loans were grouped according to similar credit risk characteristics and the allowance for each group was determined using statistical models based on historical experience. The third component represented an estimate of incurred losses inherent in the group of loans that had not yet been individually identified or measured as part of the smaller-balance homogeneous loans. Loans that were found not to be impaired when evaluated on an individual basis were included in the scope of this component of the allowance.


    252

    Once a loan was identified as impaired, although the accrual of interest in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan was discontinued, the accretion of the net present value of the written down amount of the loan due to the passage of time was recognized as interest income based on the original effective interest rate of the loan.

    At each balance sheet date, all impaired loans were reviewed for changes to the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. Any change to the previously recognized impairment loss was recognized as a change to the allowance account and recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income as a component of the provision for credit losses.

    When it was considered that there was no realistic prospect of recovery and all collateral had been realized or transferred to the Group, the loan and any associated allowance was charged off (the loan and the related allowance were removed from the balance sheet). Individually significant loans where specific loan loss provisions were in place were evaluated at least quarterly on a case-by-case basis. For this category of loans, the number of days past due was an indicator for a charge-off but was not a determining factor. A charge-off would only take place after considering all relevant information, such as the occurrence of a significant change in the borrower’s financial position such that the borrower could no longer pay the obligation, or the proceeds from the collateral were insufficient to completely satisfy the current carrying amount of the loan.

    For collectively assessed loans, which were primarily mortgages and consumer finance loans, the timing of a charge-off depended on whether there was any underlying collateral and the Group’s estimate of the amount collectible and the legal requirements in the jurisdiction in which the loan was originated.

    Subsequent recoveries, if any, were credited to the allowance account and were recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income as a component of the provision for credit losses.

    The process to determine the provision for off-balance sheet positions is similar to the methodology used for loans. Any loss amounts were recognized as an allowance in the Consolidated balance sheet within provisions and charged to the Consolidated Statement of Income as a component of the provision for credit losses.

    If in a subsequent period the amount of a previously recognized impairment loss decreased and the decrease was due to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the impairment loss was reversed by reducing the allowance account accordingly. Such reversal was recognized in profit or loss.

    Critical accounting estimates –The accounting estimates and judgments related to the impairment of loans and provision for off-balance sheet positions was a critical accounting estimate because the underlying assumptions used for both the individually and collectively assessed impairment can change from period to period and may significantly affect the Group’s results of operations.

    The quantitative disclosures are provided in Note 18 “Loans” and Note 19 “Allowance for credit losses”.

    Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

    Financial asset derecognition

    A financial asset is considered for derecognition when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or the Group has either transferred the contractual right to receive the cash flows from that asset, or has assumed an obligation to pay those cash flows to one or more recipients, subject to certain criteria.

    The Group derecognizes a transferred financial asset if it transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

    The Group enters into transactions in which it transfers previously recognized financial assets but retains substantially all the associated risks and rewards of those assets; for example, a sale to a third party in which the Group enters into a concurrent total return swap with the same counterparty. These types of transactions are accounted for as secured financing transactions.

    In transactions in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset are neither retained nor transferred, the Group derecognizes the transferred asset if control over that asset is not retained, i.e., if the transferee has the practical ability to sell the transferred asset. The rights and obligations retained in the transfer are recognized separately as assets and liabilities, as appropriate. If control over the asset is retained, the Group continues to recognize the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement, which is determined by the extent to which it remains exposed to changes in the value of the transferred asset.


    253

    The derecognition criteria are also applied to the transfer of part of an asset, rather than the asset as a whole, or to a group of similar financial assets in their entirety, when applicable. If transferring a part of an asset, such part must be a specifically identified cash flow, a fully proportionate share of the asset, or a fully proportionate share of a specifically-identified cash flow.

    If an existing financial asset is replaced by another asset from the same counterparty on substantially different terms, or if the terms of the financial asset are substantially modified (due to forbearance measures or otherwise), the existing financial asset is derecognized and a new asset is recognized. Any difference between the respective carrying amounts is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

    Securitization

    The Group securitizes various consumer and commercial financial assets, which is achieved via the transfer of these assets to a structured entity, which issues securities to investors to finance the acquisition of the assets. Financial assets awaiting securitization are classified and measured as appropriate under the policies in the “Financial Assets and Liabilities” section. If the structured entity is not consolidated then the transferred assets may qualify for derecognition in full or in part, under the policy on derecognition of financial assets. Synthetic securitization structures typically involve derivative financial instruments for which the policies in the “Derivatives and Hedge Accounting” section would apply. Those transfers that do not qualify for derecognition may be reported as secured financing or result in the recognition of continuing involvement liabilities. The investors and the securitization vehicles generally have no recourse to the Group’s other assets in cases where the issuers of the financial assets fail to perform under the original terms of those assets.

    255

    Interests in the securitized financial assets may be retained in the form of senior or subordinated tranches, interest only strips or other residual interests (collectively referred to as “retained interests”). Provided the Group’s retained interests do not result in consolidation of a structured entity, nor in continued recognition of the transferred assets, these interests are typically recorded in financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and carried at fair value. Consistent with the valuation of similar financial instruments, the fair value of retained tranches or the financial assets is initially and subsequently determined using market price quotations where available or internal pricing models that utilize variables such as yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity, interest rate volatilities and spreads. The assumptions used for pricing are based on observable transactions in similar securities and are verified by external pricing sources, where available. Where observable transactions in similar securities and other external pricing sources are not available, management judgment must be used to determine fair value. The Group may also periodically hold interests in securitized financial assets and record them at amortized cost.

    In situations where the Group has a present obligation (either legal or constructive) to provide financial support to an unconsolidated securitization entity a provision will be created if the obligation can be reliably measured and it is probable that there will be an outflow of economic resources required to settle it.

    When an asset is derecognized a gain or loss equal to the difference between the consideration received and the carrying amount of the transferred asset is recorded. When a part of an asset is derecognized, gains or losses on securitization depend in part on the carrying amount of the transferred financial assets, allocated between the financial assets derecognized and the retained interests based on their relative fair values at the date of the transfer.

    Derecognition of financial liabilities

    A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. If an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of the existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, and the difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

    Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements

    Securities purchased under resale agreements (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are treated as collateralized financings and are recognized initially at fair value, being the amount of cash disbursed and received, respectively. The party disbursing the cash takes possession of the securities serving as collateral for the financing and having a market value equal to, or in excess of, the principal amount loaned. The securities received under reverse repurchase agreements and securities delivered under repurchase agreements are not recognized on, or derecognized from, the balance sheet, because the risks and rewards of ownership are not obtained nor relinquished. Securities delivered under repurchase agreements which are not derecognized from the balance sheet and where the counterparty has the right by contract or custom to sell or repledge the collateral are disclosed in Note 20 “Transfer of Financial Assets, Assets Pledged and Received as Collateral”.

    254

    Under IFRS 9 theThe Group allocates reverse repurchase portfolios that are managed on a fair value basis to the other business model under IFRS 9 and classifies them as “Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss”. Under IAS 39 the Group choose to apply the fair value option to certain repurchase and reverse repurchase portfolios that were managed on a fair value basis.

    Interest earned on reverse repurchase agreements and interest incurred on repurchase agreements is reported as interest income and interest expense, respectively.

    Securities borrowed and securities loaned

    Securities borrowed transactions generally require the Group to deposit cash with the securities lender. In a securities loaned transaction, the Group generally receives either cash collateral, in an amount equal to or in excess of the market value of securities loaned, or securities. The Group monitors the fair value of securities borrowed and securities loaned and additional collateral is disbursed or obtained, if necessary.

    The securities borrowed are not themselves recognized in the financial statements. If they are sold to third parties, the obligation to return the securities is recorded as a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss and any subsequent gain or loss is included in the Consolidated Statement of Income in net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Securities lent to counterparties are also retained on the Consolidated balance sheet.

    Under IFRS 9 and IAS 39 theThe Group records the amount of cash advanced or received as securities borrowed and securities loaned, respectively, in the Consolidated balance sheet.

    Fees received or paid are reported in interest income and interest expense, respectively. Securities lent to counterparties which are not derecognized from the Consolidated balance sheet and where the counterparty has the right by contract or custom to sell or repledge the collateral are disclosed in Note 20 “Transfer of Financial Assets, Assets Pledged and Received as Collateral”.

    256

    Goodwill and other intangible assets

    Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and associates and represents the excess of the aggregate of the cost of an acquisition and any noncontrollingnon-controlling interests in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired at the date of the acquisition.

    For the purpose of calculating goodwill, fair values of acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are determined by reference to market values or by discounting expected future cash flows to present value. This discounting is either performed using market rates or by using risk-free rates and risk-adjusted expected future cash flows. Any noncontrollingnon-controlling interests in the acquiree is measured either at fair value or at the noncontrollingnon-controlling interests’ proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets (this is determined for each business combination).

    Goodwill on the acquisition of subsidiaries is capitalized and reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if there are indications that impairment may have occurred. For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to cash-generating units (“CGUs”), which are the smallest identifiable groups of assets that generate cash inflows largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets and that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination and considering the business level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. In identifying whether cash inflows from an asset (or a group of assets) are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets (or groups of assets) various factors are considered, including how management monitors the entity’s operations or makes decisions about continuing or disposing of the entity’s assets and operations.

    If goodwill has been allocated to a CGU and an operation within that unit is disposed of, the attributable goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on its disposal.

    Corporate assets are allocated to a CGU when the allocation can be done on a reasonable and consistent basis. If this is not possible, the individual CGU is tested without the corporate assets. They are then tested on the level of the minimum collection of CGUs to which they can be allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis.


    255

    Intangible assets are recognized separately from goodwill when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights and their fair value can be measured reliably. Intangible assets that have a finite useful life are stated at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Customer-related intangible assets that have a finite useful life are amortized over periods of between 1 and 20 years on a straight-line basis based on their expected useful life. These assets are tested for impairment and their useful lives reaffirmed at least annually.

    Certain intangible assets have an indefinite useful life and hence are not amortized, but are tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred.

    Costs related to software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized if it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group and the cost can be measured reliably. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the asset’s useful life which is deemed to be either three, five or ten years. Eligible costs include external direct costs for materials and services, as well as payroll and payroll-related costs for employees directly associated with an internal-use software project. Overhead costs, as well as costs incurred during the research phase or after software is ready for use, are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are tested for impairment either annually if still under development or any time when there is an indication of impairment once the software is in use, which includes situations where the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the software relates is less than the carrying amount of the unit. If the CGU or CGU’s to which the software supports shows an impairment loss, then the carrying amount of the individual software asset is compared to its recoverable amount to determine if an impairment exists. Recoverable amount is based on the fair value less cost to sell of the software (i.e. its replacement costs) as value in use generally cannot be determined. If the recoverable amount is less than the software carrying value, then an impairment loss is recognized.use.

    Critical accounting estimates – The determination of the recoverable amount in the impairment assessment of non-financial assets requires estimates based on quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, present value or other valuation techniques (such as the cost approach), or a combination thereof, necessitating management to make subjective judgments and assumptions. Because these estimates and assumptions could result in significant differences to the amounts reported if underlying circumstances were to change, the Group considers these estimates to be critical.

    The quantitative disclosures are provided in Note 23 “Goodwill and other intangible assets”.

    Provisions

    Provisions are recognized if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, if it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

    The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation as of the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation.

    257

    If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted and measured at the present value of the expenditure expected to be required to settle the obligation, using a pre-tax rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as interest expense.

    When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party (for example, because the obligation is covered by an insurance policy), an asset is recognized if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received.

    If the Group has a contract that is onerous, the present obligation under the contract is recognisedrecognized and measured as a provision. An onerous contract is a contract in which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it.


    256

    Critical accounting estimates –The use of estimates is important in determining provisions for potential losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings. The Group estimates and provides for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be estimated, in accordance with IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets”. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and the Group’s final liabilities may ultimately be materially different.

    Contingencies in respect of legal matters are subject to many uncertainties and the outcome of individual matters is not predictable with assurance. Significant judgment is required in assessing probability and making estimates in respect of contingencies, and the Group’s final liability may ultimately be materially different. The Group’s total liability in respect of litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings is determined on a case-by-case basis and represents an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, the Group’s experience and the experience of others in similar cases, and the opinions and views of legal counsel. Predicting the outcome of the Group’s litigation matters is inherently difficult, particularly in cases in which claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages. See Note 27 “Provisions” for information on the Group’s judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings.

    Income taxes

    The Group recognizes the current and deferred tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the consolidated financial statements using the provisions of the respective jurisdictions’ tax laws. Current and deferred taxes are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that the tax relates to items that are recognized directly in equity or other comprehensive income in which case the related tax is recognized either directly in equity or other comprehensive income accordingly.

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, unused tax losses and unused tax credits. Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available against which those unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences can be utilized.

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured based on the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period that the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

    Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when (1) they arise from the same tax reporting entity or tax group of reporting entities, (2) the legally enforceable right to offset exists and (3) they are intended to be settled net or realized simultaneously.

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities exists and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxing authority on either the same tax reporting entity or tax group of reporting entities.

    Deferred tax liabilities are provided on taxable temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and interests in joint ventures except when the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred income tax assets are provided on deductible temporary differences arising from such investments only to the extent that it is probable that the differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and sufficient taxable income will be available against which those temporary differences can be utilized.

    Deferred tax related to fair value remeasurement of financial assets classified as AFS under IAS 39 and as FVTOCI, under IFRS 9, cash flow hedges and other items, which are charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income, is also credited or charged directly to other comprehensive income and subsequently recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income once the underlying transaction or event to which the deferred tax relates is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

    258

    For share-based payment transactions, the Group may receive a tax deduction related to the compensation paid in shares. The amount deductible for tax purposes may differ from the cumulative compensation expense recorded. At any reporting date, the Group must estimate the expected future tax deduction based on the current share price. The associated current and deferred tax consequences are recognized as income or expense in the consolidated statement of Income for the period. If the amount deductible, or expected to be deductible, for tax purposes exceeds the cumulative compensation expense, the excess tax benefit is recognized directly in equity.


    257

    Critical accounting estimates – In determining the amount of deferred tax assets, the Group uses historical tax capacity and profitability information and, if relevant, forecasted operating results based upon approved business plans, including a review of the eligible carry-forward periods, available tax planning opportunities and other relevant considerations. The analysis of historical tax capacity includes the determination as to whether a history of recent losses exists at the reporting date anddate. The determination of a history of recent losses is generally based on the pre-tax results adjusted for permanent differences forand typically covers the current and the two preceding financial years. Each quarter, the Group re-evaluates its estimate related to deferred tax assets, including its assumptions about future profitability.

    The Group believes that the accounting estimate related to the deferred tax assets is a critical accounting estimate because the underlying assumptions can change from period to period and requires significant management judgment. For example, tax law changes or variances in future projected operating performance could result in a change of the deferred tax asset. If the Group was not able to realize all or part of its net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to its deferred tax assets would be charged to income tax expense or directly to equity in the period such determination was made. If the Group was to recognize previously unrecognized deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to its deferred tax asset would be credited to income tax expense or directly to equity in the period such determination was made.

    The use of estimates is also important in determining provisions for potential losses that may arise from uncertain income tax positions. The Group estimates and provides for potential losses that may arise out of uncertain income tax positions, in accordance with IAS 12, “Income Taxes” and IFRIC 23, “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatment”. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and the Group’s final liabilities may ultimately be materially different.

    For further information on the Group’s deferred taxes (including quantitative disclosures on recognized deferred tax assets) see Note 34 “Income Taxes”.

    Business combinations and noncontrollingnon-controlling Interests

    The Group uses the acquisition method to account for business combinations. At the date the Group obtains control of the subsidiary, the cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration given, including any cash or non-cash consideration (equity instruments) transferred, any contingent consideration, any previously held equity interest in the acquiree and liabilities incurred or assumed. The excess of the aggregate of the cost of an acquisition and any noncontrollingnon-controlling interests in the acquiree over the Group’s share of the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the aggregate of the acquisition cost and any noncontrollingnon-controlling interests is below the fair value of the identifiable net assets (negative goodwill), a gain is reported in other income. Acquisition-related costs are recognized as expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

    In business combinations achieved in stages (“step acquisitions”), a previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to its acquisition-date fair value and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognized in profit or loss. Amounts recognized in prior periods in other comprehensive income associated with the previously held investment would be recognized on the same basis as would be required if the Group had directly disposed of the previously held equity interest.

    NoncontrollingNon-controlling interests are shown in the consolidated balance sheet as a separate component of equity, which is distinct from the Group’s shareholders’ equity. The net income attributable to noncontrollingnon-controlling interests is separately disclosed on the face of the Consolidated Statement of Income. Changes in the ownership interest in subsidiaries which do not result in a change of control are treated as transactions between equity holders and are reported in additional paid-in capital (“APIC”).

    Non-current assets held for sale

    259

    Individual non-current non-financial assets (and disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if they are available for immediate sale in their present condition subject only to the customary sales terms of such assets (and disposal groups) and their sale is considered highly probable. For a sale to be highly probable, management must be committed to a sales plan and be actively looking for a buyer and has no substantive regulatory approvals outstanding. Furthermore, the assets (and disposal groups) must be actively marketed at a reasonable sales price in relation to their current fair value and the sale should be expected to be completed within one year. Non-current non-financial assets (and disposal groups) which meet the criteria for held for sale classification are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs of disposal and are presented within “Other assets” and “Other liabilities” in the balance sheet. Financial assets and liabilities meeting the criteria continue to be measured in accordance with IFRS 9. The comparatives are not representedpresented when non-current assets (and disposal groups) are classified as held for sale. If the disposal group contains financial instruments, no adjustment to their carrying amounts is permitted.


    258

    Property and equipment

    Property and equipment includes own-use properties, leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment and software (operating systems only). Right-of-use assets are presented together with property and equipment on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet. Own-use properties are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Depreciation is generally recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The range of estimated useful lives is 25 to 50 years for property and 3 to 10 years for furniture and equipment (including initial improvements to purchased buildings). Leasehold improvements are capitalized and subsequently depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the lease and the estimated useful life of the improvement, which generally ranges from 3 to 18 years. Depreciation of property and equipment is included in general and administrative expenses. Maintenance and repairs are also charged to general and administrative expenses. Gains and losses on disposals are included in other income.

    Property and equipment are assessed for any indication of impairment at each quarterly reporting date. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount, which is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use, must be estimated and an impairment charge is recorded to the extent the recoverable amount is less than its carrying amount. Value in use is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset. After the recognition of impairment of an asset, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to reflect the asset’s revised carrying amount. If an impairment is later reversed, the depreciation charge is adjusted prospectively.

    Financial guarantees

    Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payments when due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument.

    Financial guarantees written

    The Group has chosen to apply the fair value option to certain written financial guarantees that are managed on a fair value basis. Financial guarantees that the Group has not designated at fair value are recognized initially in the financial statements at fair value on the date the guarantee is given. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Group’s liabilities under such guarantees are measured at the higher of the amount initially recognized, less cumulative amortization, and the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle any financial obligation as of the balance sheet date. These estimates are determined based on experience with similar transactions and history of past losses, and management’s determination of the best estimate.

    Any increase in the liability relating to guarantees is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income in provisionProvision for Credit Losses.

    Financial guarantees purchased

    Purchased financial guarantees result in reimbursements under IAS 37 to the extent that the financial guarantee is entered into to mitigate the credit exposure from debt instruments with Hold to Collect (HTC) or Hold to Collect and Sell (HTC&S) business models. This results in recognition of a reimbursement asset for subsequent increases in the expected credit losses, to the extent it is virtually certain that the purchased financial guarantee will reimburse the Group for the loss incurred. Accordingly, when the credit risk of the borrower significantly deteriorates a reimbursement asset is recognized equal to the life-time expected credit losses and is presented as Other Assets in the Group’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The corresponding reimbursement gain is recognized as a reduction in the Provision for credit losses.losses in the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Income.

    Purchased financial guarantees entered into to mitigate credit exposure from debt instruments allocated to HTC or HTC&S business models may also be embedded in Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLO’s) issued by the Group. Such embedded guarantees are not accounted for separately as a reimbursement asset and instead accounted as part of the CLO’s liability held at amortized cost. The Group regularly revises its estimated contractual redemption payment (including the benefit of such embedded guarantees) from the CLO when the credit risk of a borrower covered by the embedded financial guarantee in the CLO significantly deteriorates. The revision is based on the life-time expected credit losses of the debt instrument (to the extent covered by the CLO).

    Purchased financial guarantees entered into to mitigate credit exposure from debt instruments included in the Other business model are accounted for at fair value through profit or loss.

    260

    Leasing transactions (IFRS 16 - 2019 only)

    The Group enters into lease contracts, predominantly for land and buildings, as a lessee. Other categories are company cars and technical/IT equipment.

    The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

    The Group applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. As a lessee, at the lease commencement date, the Group recognizes a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying leased asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments.

    The right-of-use asset is measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any re-measurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities, adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

    The lease liability is measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable and variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognized as expenses in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.


    259

    In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is re-measured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term or a change in the lease payments (e.g., changes to future payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine such lease payments).

    Right-of-use assets are assessed for any indication of impairment at each quarterly reporting date. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount, which is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal, and value in use, must be estimated and an impairment charge is recorded to the extent the recoverable amount is less than its carrying amount. As right-of-use assets do not have independently generated cash flows to calculate its value in use, the Group considers any sublease income that could reasonably be earned. After the recognition of impairment of an asset, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to reflect the asset’s revised carrying amount. If an impairment is later reversed, the depreciation charge is adjusted prospectively.

    The Group presents right-of-use assets in “Property and Equipment” and lease liabilities in “Other Liabilities”.

    The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases, i.e., those leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date. It also applies the lease of low-value assets recognition exemption to leases of technical/IT equipment that are considered to be low value. Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low value assets are recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

    Leasing transactions (IAS 17 - prior periods only)

    The Group enters into lease contracts, predominantly for land and buildings, as a lessee. Other categories are company cars and technical/IT equipment. The terms and conditions of these contracts were assessed and the leases were classified as operating leases or finance leases according to their economic substance at inception of the lease.

    Assets held under finance leases were initially recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at an amount equal to the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding liability to the lessor was included in the Group’s consolidated balance sheet as a finance lease obligation. The discount rate used in calculating the present value of the minimum lease payments was either the interest rate implicit in the lease, if it was practicable to determine, or the incremental borrowing rate. Contingent rentals were recognized as an expense in the periods in which they were incurred.

    Operating lease rentals payable were recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, which commenced when the lessee controlled the physical use of the property. Lease incentives were treated as a reduction of rental expense and were also recognized over the lease term on a straight-line basis. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases were recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

    Employee benefits

    Pension benefits

    The Group provides a number of pension plans. In addition to defined contribution plans, there are retirement benefit plans accounted for as defined benefit plans. The assets of all the Group’s defined contribution plans are held in independently administered funds. Contributions are generally determined as a percentage of salary and are expensed based on employee services rendered, generally in the year of contribution.

    All retirement benefit plans accounted for as defined benefit plans are valued using the projected unit-credit method to determine the present value of the defined benefit obligation and the related service costs. Under this method, the determination is based on actuarial calculations which include assumptions about demographics, salary increases and interest and inflation rates. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive incomeOther Comprehensive Income and presented in equity in the period in which they occur. The majority of the Group’s benefit plans is funded.


    261

    260For the Group’s most significant pension plans in the key countries, the discount rate used at each measurement date is set based on a high quality corporate bond yield curve – derived based on bond universe information sourced from reputable third-party index data providers and rating agencies – reflecting the timing, amount and currency of the future expected benefit payments for the respective plan.

    Other post-employment benefits

    In addition, the Group maintains unfunded contributory post-employment medical plans for a number of current and retired employees who are mainly located in the United States. These plans pay stated percentages of eligible medical and dental expenses of retirees after a stated deductible has been met. The Group funds these plans on a cash basis as benefits are due. Analogous to retirement benefit plans these plans are valued using the projected unit-credit method. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in full in the period in which they occur in other comprehensive income and presented in equity.

    Refer to Note 33 “Employee benefits” for further information on the accounting for pension benefits and other post-employment benefits.

    Termination benefits

    Termination benefits arise when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognizes termination benefits as a liability and an expense if the Group is demonstrably committed to a detailed formal plan without realistic possibility of withdrawal. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than twelve months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their present value. The discount rate is determined by reference to market yields on high-quality corporate bonds.

    Share-based compensation

    Compensation expense for awards classified as equity instruments is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the share-based award. For share awards, the fair value is the quoted market price of the share reduced by the present value of the expected dividends that will not be received by the employee and adjusted for the effect, if any, of restrictions beyond the vesting date. In case an award is modified such that its fair value immediately after modification exceeds its fair value immediately prior to modification, a remeasurement takes place and the resulting increase in fair value is recognized as additional compensation expense.

    The Group records the offsetting amount to the recognized compensation expense in additional paid-in capital (“APIC”). Compensation expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the period in which employees perform services to which the awards relate or over the period of the tranches for those awards delivered in tranches. Estimates of expected forfeitures are periodically adjusted in the event of actual forfeitures or for changes in expectations. The timing of expense recognition relating to grants which, due to early retirement provisions, include a nominal but non-substantive service period are accelerated by shortening the amortization period of the expense from the grant date to the date when the employee meets the eligibility criteria for the award, and not the vesting date. For awards that are delivered in tranches, each tranche is considered a separate award and amortized separately.

    Compensation expense for share-based awards payable in cash is remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date and recognized over the vesting period in which the related employee services are rendered. The related obligations are included in other liabilitiesOther Liabilities until paid.

    Government grants

    The Group recognizes income from government grants when there is reasonable assurance that it will receive the grant and will comply with the conditions attached to the grant. The Group presents income from government grants as a deduction of the related expense.

    The Group considers long-term debt that arises from the ECB’s Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations III (“TLTRO III”)-refinancing program as a borrowing at below-market rate interest. The effective interest rate for borrowings under the TLTRO III refinancing program is determined based on the applicable ECB refinancing rates outside of TLTRO III. The Group accounts for the benefit from the below-market rate interest as a government grant. The TLTRO III refinancing program is intended to stimulate credit creation in the Eurozone area by incentivizing lending by participating banks to the “real economy”. The size of the benefit depends on the amounts borrowed and on meeting the various lending performance thresholds. The Group considers the ECB as a government or similar body for purposes of IAS 20. The Group recognizes the benefit from the TLTRO III refinancing program in the period in which the grant is intended to compensate the Group for the related borrowing costs if it has established reasonable assurance that it will meet the relevant lending thresholds.

    262

    For further information on the benefit recognized by the Group from the TLTRO III refinancing program see Note 5 “Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss”.

    Obligations to purchase common shares

    Forward purchases of Deutsche Bank shares, and written put options where Deutsche Bank shares are the underlying, are reported as obligations to purchase common shares if the number of shares is fixed and physical settlement for a fixed amount of cash is required. At inception, the obligation is recorded at the present value of the settlement amount of the forward or option. For forward purchases and written put options of Deutsche Bank shares, a corresponding charge is made to shareholders’ equity and reported as equity classified as an obligation to purchase common shares.

    The liabilities are accounted for on an accrual basis, and interest costs, which consist of time value of money and dividends, on the liability are reported as interest expense. Upon settlement of such forward purchases and written put options, the liability is extinguished and the charge to equity is reclassified to common shares in treasury.

    Deutsche Bank common shares subject to such forward contracts are not considered to be outstanding for purposes of basic earnings per share calculations, but are considered for dilutive earnings per share calculations to the extent that they are, in fact, dilutive.

    Option and forward contracts on Deutsche Bank shares are classified as equity if the number of shares is fixed and physical settlement is required. All other contracts in which Deutsche Bank shares are the underlying are recorded as financial assets or liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

    261

    Consolidated statement of cash flows

    For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, the Group’s cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. Such investments include cash and balances at central banks and demand deposits with banks.

    The Group’s assignment of cash flows to the operating, investing or financing category depends on the business model (“management approach”). For the Group the primary operating activity is to manage financial assets and financial liabilities. Therefore, the issuance and management of long-term borrowings is a core operating activity which is different than for a non-financial company, where borrowing is not a principal revenue producing activity and thus is part of the financing category.

    The Group views the issuance of senior long-term debt as an operating activity. Senior long-term debt comprises structured notes and asset-backed securities, which are designed and executed by the Corporate Bank and Investment Bank business linesline segments and which are revenue generating activities. The other component is debt issued by Treasury, which is considered interchangeable with other funding sources; all of the funding costs are allocated to business activities to establish their profitability.

    Cash flows related to subordinated long-term debt and trust preferred securities are viewed differently than those related to senior-long term debt because they are managed as an integral part of the Group’s capital, primarily to meet regulatory capital requirements. As a result they are not interchangeable with other operating liabilities, but can only be interchanged with equity and thus are considered part of the financing category.

    The amounts shown in the consolidated statement of cash flows do not precisely match the movements in the consolidated balance sheet from one period to the next as they exclude non-cash items such as movements due to foreign exchange translation and movements due to changes in the group of consolidated companies.

    Movements in balances carried at fair value through profit or loss represent all changes affecting the carrying value. This includes the effects of market movements and cash inflows and outflows. The movements in balances carried at fair value are usually presented in operating cash flows.


    263

    02 Recently adopted and new accounting pronouncements

    Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

    The following are those accounting pronouncements which are relevant to the Group and which have been adopted during 20192020 in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements.

    Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7)

    In September 2019, the IASB issued “Interest Rate Benchmark Reform: Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7”, which provides relief for specific hedge accounting requirements to address uncertainties in the period arising from the phase out of interest rate benchmarks (e.g. interbank offered rates – IBORs), and provides specific disclosure requirements for the affected hedge accounting relationships. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020, with early application permitted. The EU endorsed the amendments in January 2020 and the endorsement means that early adoption of the standard is possible for the Group. The Group adopted the amendments from January 1, 2019 onwards.

    The Group has established a Group wide program, aimed at ensuring a smooth transition from LIBOR and other IBORs to RFRs. The program was established in 2018 and is sponsored by the Group’s Chief Financial Officer and has senior representation from each division, region and infrastructure function. The program has been focused on identifying and quantifying the Group’s exposures to various interest rate benchmarks, providing the capability to trade products referencing alternative RFRs and evaluating the Group’s existing contracts that reference IBORs. The Group’s approach contemplates transition risks as part of a comprehensive program of change to ensure that systems, processes and strategy provides for a smooth transition from the use of legacy rates and supports trading in alternative reference rates.


    262

    IFRS 16 Leases

    On JanuaryJune 1, 2019,2020, the Group adopted amendments to IFRS 16 “Leases”, which introduces that provide lessees with an exemption from assessing whether a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying assetCOVID-19-related rent concession is of low value. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying leased asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. There will be only minor changes to the current accounting for lessors.modification. The standard also requires entities to provide users of financial statements with more informative and relevant disclosures.

    The Group implemented IFRS 16 through a Group-wide implementation program. The majority of leases are for land and buildings; other categories are company cars and technical/IT equipment.

    The Group applied the practical expedient in IFRS 16 to contracts that were identified as leases applying IAS 17, “Leases”, and IFRIC 4, “Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease”, on transition.

    The Group elected to apply the modified retrospective transition approach, without restatement of comparative figures. Under the modified retrospective approach, the Group was able to choose on a lease by lease basis to either (i) measure the right-of-use asset at the same amount as the lease liability, or (ii) to measure the right-of-use asset retrospectively using the transition discount rate. For approach (ii), the resulting difference between the right-of-use asset and the lease liability was recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings on transition.

    On initial application the Group applied approach (i) to leases classified as operating leases under IAS 17 except for larger property leases where the Group elected to apply approach (ii) which resulted in an adjustment to total equity on transition of € 137 million, net of tax.

    In addition, provisions previously recognized for onerous operating leases as well as accrued operating liabilities were derecognized upon transition, and the valueadoption of the right-of-use assets was reduced by that same amount.

    The impact upon adoption resulted in an € 3.2 billion and € 3.6 billion increase in the consolidated balance sheet related to the recognition of right of use assets and corresponding liabilities, respectively. This led to an overall reduction in retained earnings of € 136 million, net of tax.

    in € m.

    Operating lease commitments as of December 31, 2018

    6,264

    Recognition exemptions adopted for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

    (35)

    Adjustments as a result of a different treatment of extension and termination options

    376

    Operating lease commitments regarding contracts not yet commenced

    (2,819)

    Other1

    97

    Undiscounted lease liabilities as of January 1, 2019

    3,884

    Discounting (weighted average incremental borrowing rate of 2.18 %)

    (310)

    Lease liabilities due to initial application of IFRS 16, recognized as of January 1, 2019

    3,575

    Lease liabilities from finance leases as of January 1, 2019

    27

    Total lease liabilities recognized at January 1, 2019

    3,601

    1Mainly de-scoped or terminated leases, operating expenses, utility costs, VAT, sale-and-leaseback transactions.

    Improvements to IFRS 2015-2017 cycles

    On January 1, 2019, the Group adopted the IASB issued amendments to multiple IFRS standards, which resulted from the IASB’s annual improvement project for the 2015-2017 cycles. This comprises amendments that result in accounting changes for presentation, recognition or measurement purposes as well as terminology or editorial amendments related to IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”, IAS 12 “Income Taxes” and “IAS 23 Borrowing Costs”. IAS 12 was amended to clarify the accounting treatment of income tax on dividend payments related to financial instruments that are classified as equity under IAS 32 and where such dividends are considered to be a distribution of profit. The income tax related to such dividends is included in the income statement as income tax expense or benefit. The amendments did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.


    263

    IFRIC 23 “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”

    On January 1, 2019, the Group adopted IFRIC 23, “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”, which clarifies how to apply the recognition and measurement requirements in IAS 12 when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments and applies to current and deferred tax assets or liabilities. According to IFRIC 23 uncertain tax treatments shall be considered separately or together with one or more other uncertain tax treatments depending on which approach better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty. For the assessment it shall be assumed that a taxation authority will examine amounts it has a right to examine and have full knowledge of all related information when making those examinations. If acceptance of a tax treatment by the taxation authorities is not considered probable it is required to reflect that uncertainty by either using the most likely amount or an expected value depending on which method better predicts the resolution of the uncertain tax treatment. IFRIC 23 did not have an impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

    New accounting pronouncements

    The following accounting pronouncements were not effective as of December 31, 2019 and therefore have not been applied in preparing these financial statements.

    IFRS 3 Business Combinations

    In October 2018,On January 1, 2020, the IASB issuedGroup adopted amendments to IFRS 3, “Business Combinations”. These amendments clarify the determination of whether an acquisition made is of a business or a group of assets. The amended definition of a business emphasizes that the output of a business is to provide goods and services to customers, whereas the previous definition focused on returns in the form of dividends, lower costs or other economic benefits to investors and others. Distinguishing between a business and a group of assets is important because an acquirer recognizes goodwill only when acquiring a business. The adoption of the amendments will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020 with early adoption permitted. The amendments willdid not have a materialan impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. These

    In addition, the Group adopted on January 1, 2020 “Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: Definition of Material” and “Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards”. The adoption of the amendments did not have yet to be endorsed byan impact on the EU.Group's consolidated financial statements.

    New accounting pronouncements

    The following accounting pronouncements were not effective as of December 31, 2020 and therefore have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements.

    IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

    In May 2017, the IASB issued IFRS 17, “Insurance Contracts”, which establishes the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of insurance contracts within the scope of the standard. IFRS 17 replaces IFRS 4 which has given companies dispensation to carry on accounting for insurance contracts using national accounting standards, resulting in a multitude of different approaches. IFRS 17 solves the comparison problems created by IFRS 4 by requiring all insurance contracts to be accounted for in a consistent manner, benefiting both investors and insurance companies. Insurance obligations will be accounted for using current values – instead of historical cost. The information will be updated regularly, providing more useful information to users of financial statements. IFRS 17 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2021.2023. Based on the Group’s current business activities it is expected that IFRS 17 will not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. The standard hasThese amendments have yet to be endorsed by the EU.

    In June 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts” that address concerns and implementation challenges that were identified after IFRS 17 was published in 2017. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023 with early adoption permitted. These amendments have yet to be endorsed by the EU.

    IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts

    The IASB has also issued an amendment to IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts” which extends the temporary exemption to apply IFRS 9 to annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023. The amendments will not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

    IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

    264

    In May 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 37, “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets” to clarify what costs an entity considers in assessing whether a contract is onerous. The amendments specify that the ‘cost of fulfilling’ a contract comprises the ‘costs that relate directly to the contract’. Costs that relate directly to a contract can either be incremental costs of fulfilling that contract or an allocation of other costs that relate directly to fulfilling contracts. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022 with early adoption permitted. The amendments will not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. These amendments have yet to be endorsed by the EU.

    IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements

    In January 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current”. They clarify that the classification of liabilities as current or non-current should be based on rights that are in existence at the end of the reporting period. The amendments also clarify that classification is unaffected by expectations about whether an entity will exercise its right to defer settlement of a liability and make clear that settlement refers to the transfer to the counterparty of cash, equity instruments, other assets or services. The amendments will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023 with early adoption permitted. The Group is currently assessing the impact to its consolidated financial statements. These amendments have yet to be endorsed by the EU.

    Improvements to IFRS 2018-2020 Cycles

    In May 2020, the IASB issued amendments to multiple IFRS standards, which resulted from the IASB’s annual improvement project for the 2018-2020 cycles. This comprises amendments that result in accounting changes for presentation, recognition or measurement purposes as well as terminology or editorial amendments related to IFRS 1 “First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards”, IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”, IFRS 16 “Leases” and IAS 41 “Agriculture”. The amendments to IFRS 9 clarify which fees an entity includes when assessing whether to derecognize a financial liability. The amendments will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2022 with early adoption permitted. The amendments will not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. These amendments have yet to be endorsed by the EU.

    Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7)

    In August 2020, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments”, IAS 39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement“, IFRS 7, “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”, IFRS 4, “Insurance Contracts” and IFRS 16, “Leases” as Phase 2 of their project addressing the potential effects from the reform of the Interbank Offered Rate (“IBOR”) on financial reporting. The amendments in Phase 2 deal with replacement issues, therefore, they address issues that might affect financial reporting when an existing interest rate benchmark is actually replaced. This includes modification of financial assets, financial liabilities and lease liabilities as well as specific hedge accounting requirements. The amendments introduce a practical expedient for modifications required by the reform (modifications required as a direct consequence of the IBOR reform and made on an economically equivalent basis). These modifications are accounted for by updating the effective interest rate. All other modifications are accounted for using the current IFRS requirements. A similar practical expedient is introduced for lessee accounting applying IFRS 16. Under the amendments, hedge accounting is not discontinued solely because of the IBOR reform. Hedging relationships (and related documentation) must be amended to reflect modifications to the hedged item, hedging instrument and hedged risk. Amended hedging relationships should meet all qualifying criteria to apply hedge accounting, including effectiveness requirements. The amendments also amended IFRS 4 to require insurers that apply the temporary exemption from IFRS 9 to apply the amendments in accounting for modifications directly required by IBOR reform.

    The amendments also require additional disclosures that allow users to understand the nature and extent of risks arising from the IBOR reform to which the entity is exposed to and how the entity manages those risks as well as the entity’s progress in transitioning from IBORs to alternative benchmark rates, and how the entity is managing this transition. The amendments will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2021 with early adoption permitted. Although the Group has significant exposure to IBORs predominantly in financial instruments, the amendments will not have a material impact on transition on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

    Recent Developments on Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

    In recent years, transactions in the unsecured short-term financing market, which IBOR interest rate benchmarks seek to measure, have significantly reduced. As a result, IBOR reform projects have been initiated under the leadership of the FSB and central bank working groups, which aim to create alternative and robust benchmark interest rates or so-called risk-free rates (“RFRs”).

    Some reforms are already effective, e.g. on July 27, 2020 the discounting methodology of Euro denominated interest rate derivatives centrally cleared through LCH, EUREX and CME changed from EONIA to €STR. This changed the fair value of the derivatives with a compensating cash payment or receipt so there was no value transfer. The change in discounting to €STR did not have a material impact to the Group’s consolidated income statement. A similar change for USD interest rate discounted centrally cleared interest rate derivatives to change discounting from Federal Funds Rate to SOFR occurred on October 19, 2020. The change in discounting to SOFR did not have a material impact to the Group’s consolidated income statement.

    265

    Other reforms are still to be implemented or are under consideration. In 2019, EURIBOR was reformed to comply with the EU financial benchmarks regulation and continues to be available. Effective October 2, 2019, the administrator of EONIA has changed the way it calculates EONIA, so that it is now based on the “€STR” euro short-term rate”. EONIA will cease to exist from January 3, 2022. In December 2020, the administrator of LIBOR consulted on its intention to cease publication of GBP, CHF, JPY, EUR and certain USD settings after December 31, 2021, and additionally, to cease publication of the remaining USD LIBOR settings after June 30, 2023.

    Regulators have strongly urged market participants to transition to RFRs. As significant change effort is required across the Group, specifically in relation to RFR product development, client legal documentation, upgrades and infrastructure changes including to systems, processes and models, the Group has established a Group-wide IBOR & EU Benchmark Regulation transition program in 2018, aimed at managing a smooth transition from LIBOR and other IBORs to the new RFRs. The program is sponsored by the Chief Financial Officer and has senior representation from each division, region and infrastructure functions. The program has been focused on identifying and quantifying exposures to various interest rate benchmarks, providing the capability to trade products referencing alternative RFRs and evaluating existing contracts that reference IBORs. Efforts also include identifying potential accounting impacts and options to mitigate these impacts, for example, through impact analysis on the reform and its effects on Financial Reporting. Progress updates are provided monthly to the Group’s IBOR Transition In the United States, Deutsche Bank AG is required Steering Committee and the CFO. The Group continues to work closely with regulators and industry bodies to manage the impact. Oversight of the program to prepare for the transition has been a major focus along with activities across all three lines of defense to minimize risk and disruption to customers.

    The Group has significant exposure to IBORs predominantly in financial instruments and many of these contracts mature after 2021. The Group’s exposures from derivatives results from transactions that are entered into in order to make markets for its clients and hedge its risks as well as from loans and deposits, bonds and securitizations. The Group’s core planning for LIBOR transition has been a base case scenario of LIBOR cessation by end of 2021 with sufficient market adoption of RFRs to provide a viable replacement. There are a number of dependencies within this scenario that are outside of the Group’s control, creating significant uncertainty. Recently the cessation date for certain US LIBOR tenors was extended to be the end of June 2023 and so the Group’s plans have been updated accordingly.

    As part of the program, the Group has undertaken a comprehensive risk assessment which is refreshed regularly and has identified key inherent risks and mitigating actions. Key risks include business strategic risk, legal and compliance risk, liquidity risk, market risk, credit risk, operational risk, transition risk, model risk, accounting, financial reporting and tax risk, information security and technology transformation risk.

    The Group continues to implement plans, aiming to mitigate the risks associated with the expected discontinuation of IBOR-referenced benchmark interest rates, including LIBOR. In this regards, the Group:

    The Group continues to develop infrastructure improvements and assess potential transition risk impacts alongside relevant stress scenarios. Where possible, the Group is proactively using the most effective fallback language available when conducting new transactions.


    264266

    03 Acquisitions and dispositions

    Business combinations

    During the years 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017,2018, the Group did not undertake any acquisitions accounted for as business combinations.

    Dispositions

    During 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017,2018, the Group finalized several dispositions of subsidiaries/businesses. These disposals are mainly comprised of businesses the Group had previously classified as held for sale. Accordingly, dispositions in 2020 included the sale of Postbank Systems AG. Disposals in 2019 mainly included the sale of the Private & Commercial Clients business in Portugal, while dispositions in 2018 included the partial sale of the Polish Private & Commercial Bank business. Disposals in 2017 included the Group’s Argentine subsidiary Deutsche Bank S.A. and Sal. Oppenheim’s Luxembourg-based fund administration and custody business. For more detail on these transactions, please refer to Note   24 “Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale”. The total consideration received for these dispositions (thereof in cash) in 2020, 2019 and 2018 and 2017 was € 7 million (cash € 7 million), € 1.8 billion (cash € 1.8 billion), and € 398 million (cash € 270 million) and € 129 million (cash), respectively. The table below shows the assets and liabilities that were included in these disposals.

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Cash and cash equivalents

    0

    50

    47

    2

    0

    50

    All remaining assets

    2,713

    4,619

    848

    7

    2,713

    4,619

    Total assets disposed

    2,714

    4,669

    895

    9

    2,714

    4,669

    Total liabilities disposed

    1,003

    6,035

    814

    79

    1,003

    6,035


    265

    04 Business segments and related information

    The Group’s segmental information has been prepared in accordance with the “management approach”, which requires presentation of the segments on the basis of the internal management reports of the entity which are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, which is the Deutsche Bank Management Board, in order to allocate resources to a segment and to assess its financial performance.

    Business segments

    The Group’s segment reporting follows the organizational structure as reflected in its internal management reporting systems, which are the basis for assessing the financial performance of the business segments and for allocating resources to the business segments. Restatements due to changes in the organizational structure were implemented in the presentation of prior period comparisons.

    In accordance with our strategy announcement on July 7, 2019, ourOur business operations were reorganized in the third quarter of 2019are organized under the divisional structure comprising the following segments:corporate divisions:-

    The key changes compared to Deutsche Bank’s previously reported segmental information for the corporate divisions CB, IB, AM, CRU and C&O remained unchanged in its scope. Within PB, Wealth Management (WM) and Private & Commercial Business International (PCBI) has been combined into one unit called the International Private Bank (IPB) from the third quarter 2020 reporting onwards. The segmental information for the corporate divisions are outlined below.

    The Corporate Bank includes theis comprised of Global Transaction Bank which was previously part of the former Corporate & Investment BankBanking as well as the German Commercial ClientsBanking. The division formerly part of the Private & Commercial Business (Germany). During the fourth quarter of 2019 further refinements in allocations between the Corporate Bankcovers global corporate clients and Private Bank were incorporatedcommercial and the business for smaller sized commercialbanking clients in Germany previously reported in the Private Bank is now reported in the Corporate Bank.Germany.

    The Investment Bank previously part of the former Corporate & Investment Bank, includes(IB) combines Deutsche Bank’s Origination & Advisory businesses. The Investment Bank also includes Fixed Income, Currency (FIC) Sales & Trading which includes our Global Credit Trading, Foreign Exchange, Rates and, Emerging Markets Debt businesses.Origination & Advisory, as well as Deutsche Bank Research.


    267

    The Private Bank comprises three business units. Theof Private Bank Germany servesand International Private Bank. Private Bank Germany remains unchanged in its scope. The International Private Bank brings together WM’s globally connected clients across Germany, Europe, the Americas, Asia and the Middle East and Africa, along with PCBI’s private customers in Germany. The Private and Commercial Business International serves privateclients and small business clients, as well as commercial and corporate clientsmedium-sized enterprises in Italy, Spain, Belgium and India. In addition,IPB revenues are further categorized into the client segments “IPB Personal Banking” and “IPB Private BankBanking and Wealth Management”. The “IPB Personal Banking” client segment covers the retail and affluent customers as well as small businesses. The client segment “Private Banking and Wealth ManagementManagement” combines our coverage of high-net-worth and ultra-high-net-worth clients, globally. The businesses included in the Private Bank were previously disclosed as part of the Private & Commercial Bank division. During the fourth quarter of 2019 further refinements in allocations between the Private Bankwell as private banking clients and Corporate Bank were incorporatedsmall and themedium-sized corporate clients, providing an integrated servicing model for wealth management, private and business for smaller sized commercial clients in Germany previously reported in the Private Bank is now reported in the Corporate Bank.banking. Prior period data has been restated.

    Asset Management operates under the DWS brand. Asset Management is unchanged from Deutsche Bank’s previous segmentation and provides investment solutions to individual investors and institutions with a diversified range of Active, Passive and Alternative Asset Management products and services.

    By establishing our new Capital Release Unit (CRU), we plan to liberate capital currently consumed by low return includes the remaining assets businesses with low profitability and businesses no longer deemed strategic. This includes substantially all oftransferred in from our Equities Sales & Trading business, lower yielding fixed income positions, particularly in Rates, our former CIB Non-Strategic portfolio as well as a legacy loan portfolio from the exited businesses from ourformer Private & Commercial Bank which include our retail operations in Portugal and Poland. BNP Paribas and Deutsche Bank have signed a master transaction agreement to provide continuity of service to Deutsche Bank’s Prime Finance and Electronic Equities clients. Under the agreement Deutsche Bank will continue to operate the platform until clients can be migrated to BNP Paribas.

    Corporate & Other includes revenues, costs and resources held centrally that are not allocated to the individual business segments.

    The presentation of comparison periods has been adjusted accordingly.

    266segments as well as valuation and timing differences from different accounting methods used for management reporting and IFRS and unallocated items.

    Measurement of segment profit or loss

    Segment reporting requires a presentation of the segment results based on management reporting methods, including a reconciliation between the results of the business segments and the consolidated financial statements, which is presented in the “Segmental Results of Operations” within this note. The information provided about each segment is based on internal management reporting about segment profit or loss, assets and other information which is regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. Segment assets are presented in the Group’s internal management reporting based on a consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances. The Group`s internal management reporting does not consider segment liabilities or interest expense separately. Similarly, depreciation and amortization, tax expenses and other comprehensive income are not presented separately internally and are therefore not disclosed here

    Non-IFRS compliant accounting methods used in the Group’s management reporting represent either valuation or classification differences. The largest valuation differences relate to measurement at fair value in management reporting versus measurement at amortized cost under IFRS and to the recognition of trading results from own shares in revenues in management reporting (in IB) and in equity under IFRS. The major classification difference relates to noncontrolling interest, which represents the net share of minority shareholders in revenues, provision for credit losses, noninterest expenses and income tax expenses. Noncontrolling interest is reported as a component of the profit before tax of the businesses in management reporting (with a reversal in C&O) and a component of net income appropriation under IFRS.

    Since the Group’s business activities are diverse in nature and its operations are integrated, certain estimates and judgments have been made to apportion revenue and expense items among the business segments.

    The management reporting systems allocate the Group’s external net interest income according to the value of funding consumed or provided by each business segment’s activities, in accordance with our internal funds transfer pricing (“FTP”) framework. Furthermore, to retain comparability with those competitors that have legally independent units with their own equity funding, the Group allocates a net notional interest benefit on its consolidated capital, in line with each segment’s proportion of average shareholders’ equity.

    Management uses certain measures for equity and related ratios as part of its internal reporting system because it believes that these measures provide it with a useful indication of the financial performance of the business segments. The Group discloses such measures to provide investors and analysts with further insight into how management operates the Group’s businesses and to enable them to better understand the Group’s results. These measures includes allocation of average shareholder’s equity..

    Funds transfer pricing

    268

    In the third quarter of 2019, the FTP framework was changed in order to enhance its effectiveness as a management tool, as well as to better support funding cost optimization. The new FTP framework aims to more accurately allocate funding costs and benefits to the firm’s business divisions in a risk-adjusted and uniform manner across the Group. The methodology changes do not impact overall group funding costs for 2019, however, the framework results in a re-allocation of costs and benefits between segments. This re-allocation resultsresulted in a benefit to IB and CRU,the trading businesses, partially offset by a reduction in funding benefits to PBthe Private Bank (PB) and CBCorporate Bank (CB) versus the prior methodology. Costs related toAs part of the introduction of the new framework, were helda decision was made to hold certain transitional costs in C&O while the new framework is phased in. These costsCorporate & Others (C&O), which will be amortizedreduce over time, reflecting the long dated nature of our liabilities.

    The impact of the new FTP framework for the first half of 2019 would have been a positive impact on the results of IB and CRU of approximately € 140 million and € 30 million, respectively, while the results of CB, PB and C&O would have been lower by approximately € 20 million, € 30 million and € 120 million, respectively.

    The full year impact of the new FTP framework infor the full year 2018 would have been a positive impact on the results of IB and CRU of approximately € 200 million and € 40 million, respectively, while the results of CB, PB and C&O would have been lower by approximately € 60 million, € 60 million and € 120 million, respectively.

    The full year impact of the new FTP framework in 2017 would have been a positive impact on the results of IB and CRU of approximately € 230 million and € 40 million, respectively, while the results of the CB, PB and C&O would have been lower by approximately € 60 million, € 60 million and € 150 million, respectively.

    Management uses certain measures for equity and related ratios as part of its internal reporting system because it believes that these measures provide it with a useful indication of the financial performance of the business segments. The Group discloses such measures to provide investors and analysts with further insight into how management operates the Group’s businesses and to enable them to better understand the Group’s results. These measures include:

    Allocation of Average Shareholders’ Equity - average shareholder’s equity

    Shareholders’ equity is fully allocated to the Group’s segments based on the regulatory capital demand of each segment. Regulatory capital demand reflects the combined contribution of each segment to the Group’sGroups’ Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio, the Groups’ Leverage ratio and the Group’s Capital Loss under Stress. Contributions in each of the three dimensions are weighted to reflect their relative importance and level of constraint for the Group. Contributions to the Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio and the Leverage ratio are measured through Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) and Leverage Ratio Exposure assuming full implementation of CRR/CRD 4 rules.Exposure. The Group’s Capital Loss under Stress is a measure of the Group’s overall economic risk exposure under a defined stress scenario. Goodwill and other intangible assets are directly attributed to the Group’s segments in order to allow the determination of allocated tangible shareholders’ equity and the respective returns. Shareholders’ equity and tangible shareholders’ equity is allocated on a monthly basis and averaged across quarters and for the full year.year

    267

    US Tax Exempt Securities

    Net interest income as a component of net revenues, profit (loss) before tax and related ratios are presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis for US tax-exempt securities for the Investment Bank. This enables management to measure performance of taxable and tax-exempt securities on a comparable basis. This presentation resulted in an increase in Investment Bank net interest income of € 45 million for full year 2020, € 35 million for full year 2019 (€and € 42 million for full year 2018, € 114 million for full year 2017).2018. This increase is offset in Group consolidated figures through a reversal in C&O. The tax rate used in determining the fully taxable-equivalent of net interest income in respect of the majority of the US tax-exempt securities is 21 % for 2020, 2019 and 20182018.

    Infrastructure full-time Employees realignment

    During 2020 Infrastructure functions that were embedded within the operating business segments were realigned to the business segment C&O. Accordingly, approximately 11,600 full-time equivalent employees (FTEs) moved from the Investment Bank, Private Bank and 35 % for 2017.Capital Release Unit to the business segment C&O. This change did not result in a material financial impact at a segment level, as costs are allocated from C&O to the operating business segments that are using the service of the respective infrastructure functions, in accordance with the plan. Comparative segmental financial information has been restated accordingly.

    Segmental results of operations

    The following tables present the results of the Group’s business segments, including the reconciliation to the consolidated results of operations under IFRS.

    2019

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total Consolidated

    Net revenues1

    5,264

    6,961

    8,245

    2,332

    208

    155

    23,165

    Provision for credit losses

    286

    109

    342

    1

    (14)

    0

    723

    Noninterest expenses

    Compensation and benefits

    1,044

    2,468

    3,519

    832

    443

    2,836

    11,142

    General and administrative expenses

    3,169

    3,763

    3,978

    851

    2,811

    (2,320)

    12,253

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    492

    0

    545

    0

    0

    0

    1,037

    Restructuring activities

    137

    169

    126

    29

    143

    40

    644

    Total noninterest expenses

    4,842

    6,401

    8,168

    1,711

    3,397

    556

    25,076

    Noncontrolling interests

    0

    20

    (0)

    152

    1

    (173)

    0

    Profit (loss) before tax

    137

    433

    (265)

    468

    (3,177)

    (229)

    (2,634)

    Cost/income ratio

    92 %

    92 %

    99 %

    73 %

    N/M

    N/M

    108 %

    Assets2

    227,703

    502,821

    282,773

    9,936

    259,224

    15,217

    1,297,674

    Additions to non-current assets

    9

    497

    405

    27

    2

    381

    1,322

    Risk-weighted assets

    56,522

    118,622

    75,442

    9,527

    45,874

    18,029

    324,015

    Leverage exposure (fully loaded)

    262,505

    439,354

    292,028

    4,643

    126,905

    42,605

    1,168,040

    Average allocated shareholders' equity

    9,280

    23,639

    12,241

    4,836

    10,174

    0

    60,170

    Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity3

    0 %

    1 %

    (2) %

    7 %

    (23) %

    N/M

    (10) %

    Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity3

    0 %

    1 %

    (2) %

    18 %

    (23) %

    N/M

    (11) %

    1 includes:

    Net interest income

    2,579

    2,685

    5,133

    (39)

    76

    3,315

    13,749

    Net income (loss) from equity method investments

    3

    32

    14

    49

    12

    1

    110

    2 includes:

    Equity method investments

    66

    412

    82

    276

    90

    4

    929

    269

    2020

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total Consolidated

    Net revenues1

    5,145

    9,283

    8,126

    2,229

    (225)

    (548)

    24,011

    Provision for credit losses

    366

    688

    711

    2

    29

    (3)

    1,792

    Noninterest expenses

    Compensation and benefits

    1,064

    1,906

    2,884

    740

    168

    3,709

    10,471

    General and administrative expenses

    3,126

    3,493

    4,242

    764

    1,774

    (3,140)

    10,259

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Restructuring activities

    28

    14

    413

    22

    5

    3

    485

    Total noninterest expenses

    4,218

    5,413

    7,539

    1,527

    1,947

    572

    21,216

    Noncontrolling interests

    0

    11

    0

    157

    (0)

    (169)

    0

    Profit (loss) before tax

    561

    3,171

    (124)

    544

    (2,201)

    (948)

    1,003

    Cost/income ratio

    82%

    58%

    93%

    68%

    N/M

    N/M

    88%

    Assets2

    237,497

    573,673

    296,637

    9,453

    197,667

    10,035

    1,324,961

    Additions to non-current assets

    10

    4

    485

    32

    0

    2,891

    3,423

    Risk-weighted assets

    57,288

    128,487

    77,074

    9,997

    34,415

    21,690

    328,951

    Leverage exposure (fully loaded)3

    273,795

    476,261

    307,746

    4,695

    71,726

    29,243

    1,078,268

    Average allocated shareholders' equity

    9,904

    22,943

    11,521

    4,760

    6,205

    (23)

    55,308

    Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity4

    3 %

    9 %

    (1) %

    8 %

    (26) %

    N/M

    0 %

    Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity4

    4 %

    10 %

    (2) %

    21 %

    (27) %

    N/M

    0 %

    1 includes:

    Net interest income

    2,882

    3,325

    4,475

    1

    61

    804

    11,548

    Net income (loss) from equity method investments

    3

    22

    23

    63

    9

    1

    120

    2 includes:

    Equity method investments

    69

    399

    60

    304

    67

    4

    901

    N/M – Not meaningful

    3 The Group leverage exposure is presented excluding certain Euro-based exposures facing Eurosystem central banks based on the ECB-decision (EU) 2020/1306 and after having obtained permission from the ECB. The segmental leverage exposures are presented without that deduction.

    4
    The post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group, which was 39 % for the year ended December 31, 2020. For the post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28% for the year ended December 31, 2020. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report.

    2019

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total Consolidated

    Net revenues1

    5,244

    7,019

    8,206

    2,332

    217

    147

    23,165

    Provision for credit losses

    284

    109

    344

    1

    (14)

    0

    723

    Noninterest expenses

    Compensation and benefits

    1,073

    1,983

    2,990

    832

    359

    3,906

    11,142

    General and administrative expenses

    3,165

    4,237

    4,481

    851

    2,898

    (3,380)

    12,253

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    492

    0

    545

    0

    0

    0

    1,037

    Restructuring activities

    137

    169

    126

    29

    143

    40

    644

    Total noninterest expenses

    4,867

    6,389

    8,142

    1,711

    3,400

    566

    25,076

    Noncontrolling interests

    0

    20

    (0)

    152

    1

    (173)

    0

    Profit (loss) before tax

    92

    502

    (279)

    468

    (3,170)

    (247)

    (2,634)

    Cost/income ratio

    93 %

    91 %

    99 %

    73 %

    N/M

    N/M

    108 %

    Assets2

    228,663

    501,774

    270,334

    9,936

    259,224

    27,743

    1,297,674

    Additions to non-current assets

    9

    1

    215

    27

    0

    1,069

    1,322

    Risk-weighted assets

    58,808

    116,552

    74,032

    9,527

    45,874

    19,223

    324,015

    Leverage exposure (fully loaded)

    270,647

    432,254

    282,575

    4,643

    126,905

    51,016

    1,168,040

    Average allocated shareholders' equity

    10,464

    23,052

    11,729

    4,821

    10,105

    0

    60,170

    Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity3

    0 %

    1 %

    (2) %

    7 %

    (23) %

    N/M

    (10) %

    Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity3

    0 %

    1 %

    (3) %

    18 %

    (24) %

    N/M

    (11) %

    1 includes:

    Net interest income

    2,633

    2,707

    4,804

    (39)

    85

    3,559

    13,749

    Net income (loss) from equity method investments

    3

    32

    14

    49

    12

    1

    110

    2 includes:

    Equity method investments

    66

    412

    82

    276

    90

    4

    929

    N/M – Not meaningful

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    3 The post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group, which was (100) % for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28 % for the year ended December 31, 2019. For further information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of this annual report.

    268270

    2018

    2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total Consolidated

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total Consolidated

    Net revenues1

    Net revenues1

    5,263

    7,467

    8,641

    2,187

    1,878

    (120)

    25,316

    5,278

    7,561

    8,520

    2,187

    1,911

    (142)

    25,316

    Provision for credit losses

    Provision for credit losses

    145

    70

    347

    (1)

    (36)

    1

    525

    142

    70

    349

    (1)

    (36)

    1

    525

    Noninterest expenses

    Noninterest expenses

    Compensation and benefits

    Compensation and benefits

    1,035

    2,666

    3,613

    787

    635

    3,079

    11,814

    1,063

    2,175

    3,059

    787

    547

    4,183

    11,814

    General and administrative expenses

    General and administrative expenses

    2,780

    3,650

    3,932

    929

    2,652

    (2,656)

    11,286

    2,787

    4,134

    4,448

    929

    2,742

    (3,754)

    11,286

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Restructuring activities

    Restructuring activities

    31

    200

    49

    19

    62

    (1)

    360

    32

    199

    49

    19

    62

    (1)

    360

    Total noninterest expenses

    Total noninterest expenses

    3,846

    6,517

    7,593

    1,735

    3,349

    421

    23,461

    3,882

    6,509

    7,556

    1,735

    3,351

    428

    23,461

    Noncontrolling interests

    Noncontrolling interests

    0

    24

    (0)

    85

    1

    (109)

    0

    0

    24

    (0)

    85

    1

    (109)

    0

    Profit (loss) before tax

    Profit (loss) before tax

    1,273

    856

    701

    368

    (1,435)

    (433)

    1,330

    1,254

    958

    616

    368

    (1,404)

    (461)

    1,330

    Cost/income ratio

    Cost/income ratio

    73 %

    87 %

    88 %

    79 %

    N/M

    N/M

    93 %

    74 %

    86 %

    89 %

    79 %

    N/M

    N/M

    93 %

    Assets2

    Assets2

    215,177

    458,191

    288,513

    10,030

    370,363

    5,864

    1,348,137

    216,163

    458,464

    270,150

    10,030

    370,090

    23,240

    1,348,137

    Additions to non-current assets

    Additions to non-current assets

    13

    500

    584

    43

    1

    506

    1,647

    13

    2

    303

    43

    1

    1,286

    1,647

    Risk-weighted assets

    58,162

    124,410

    69,308

    10,365

    72,144

    16,045

    350,432

    Risk-weighted assets3

    60,305

    122,662

    67,180

    10,365

    72,133

    17,789

    350,432

    Leverage exposure (fully loaded)

    Leverage exposure (fully loaded)

    247,137

    419,313

    299,577

    5,044

    281,109

    20,746

    1,272,926

    257,921

    413,631

    287,760

    5,044

    280,638

    27,933

    1,272,926

    Average allocated shareholders' equity

    Average allocated shareholders' equity

    9,987

    23,155

    12,231

    4,659

    12,577

    0

    62,610

    10,927

    22,629

    12,397

    4,837

    11,704

    115

    62,610

    Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity3

    9 %

    2 %

    4 %

    6 %

    (9) %

    N/M

    (0) %

    Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity3

    9 %

    2 %

    4 %

    17 %

    (9) %

    N/M

    (0) %

    Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity4

    8 %

    2 %

    3 %

    5 %

    (9) %

    N/M

    (0) %

    Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity4

    9 %

    3 %

    4 %

    14 %

    (9) %

    N/M

    (0) %

    1 includes:

    1 includes:

    Net interest income

    Net interest income

    2,327

    2,138

    5,217

    (51)

    259

    3,302

    13,192

    2,419

    2,209

    4,905

    (51)

    416

    3,417

    13,316

    Net income (loss) from equity method investments

    Net income (loss) from equity method investments

    3

    157

    2

    41

    10

    6

    219

    3

    157

    2

    41

    10

    6

    219

    2 includes:

    2 includes:

    Equity method investments

    Equity method investments

    63

    406

    78

    240

    87

    5

    879

    63

    406

    78

    240

    87

    5

    879

    N/M – Not meaningful

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    3
    Risk-weighted assets are based upon CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded.

    34 The post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group, which was 74 % for the year ended December 31, 2018. For the post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 28 % for the year ended December 31, 2018.

    2017

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total Consolidated

    Net revenues1

    5,376

    8,303

    8,732

    2,532

    2,044

    (539)

    26,447

    Provision for credit losses

    41

    51

    325

    (1)

    110

    (0)

    525

    Noninterest expenses

    Compensation and benefits

    1,104

    2,866

    3,635

    812

    758

    3,078

    12,253

    General and administrative expenses

    2,746

    3,821

    4,138

    978

    2,788

    (2,497)

    11,973

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    6

    0

    12

    3

    0

    0

    21

    Restructuring activities

    20

    40

    358

    6

    21

    1

    447

    Total noninterest expenses

    3,876

    6,727

    8,143

    1,799

    3,567

    582

    24,695

    Noncontrolling interests

    0

    26

    (12)

    1

    0

    (16)

    0

    Profit (loss) before tax

    1,459

    1,498

    275

    732

    (1,633)

    (1,105)

    1,228

    Cost/income ratio

    72 %

    81 %

    93 %

    71%

    N/M

    N/M

    93 %

    Assets2

    248,335

    471,539

    278,014

    8,050

    462,212

    6,582

    1,474,732

    Additions to non-current assets

    2

    124

    655

    60

    3

    960

    1,803

    Risk-weighted assets3

    57,760

    120,316

    70,138

    8,432

    72,243

    15,322

    344,212

    Leverage exposure (fully loaded)

    275,580

    426,311

    289,314

    2,870

    384,435

    16,378

    1,394,886

    Average allocated shareholders' equity

    10,143

    22,553

    11,886

    4,505

    14,087

    752

    63,926

    Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity4

    9 %

    4 %

    1 %

    11 %

    (8) %

    N/M

    (2) %

    Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity4

    10 %

    4 %

    1 %

    59 %

    (9) %

    N/M

    (2) %

    1 includes:

    Net interest income

    2,433

    2,122

    5,120

    (19)

    667

    2,055

    12,378

    Net income (loss) from equity method investments

    6

    70

    3

    44

    5

    9

    137

    2 includes:

    Equity method investments

    62

    409

    91

    211

    82

    10

    866

    N/M – Not meaningful
    3Risk-weighted assets are based upon CRR/CRD 4 fully loaded.
    4The post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equity at the Group level reflects the reported effective tax rate for the Group, which was 160 % for the year ended December 31, 2017. For the post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity and average shareholders’ equityfurther information, please refer to “Supplementary Information (Unaudited): Non-GAAP Financial Measures” of the segments, the Group effective tax rate was adjusted to exclude the impact of permanent differences not attributed to the segments, so that the segment tax rates were 33 % for the year ended December 31, 2017.this annual report.

    269

    Corporate Bank

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

    2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2017

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    2020

    2019

    2018

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    Net revenues

    Global Transaction Banking

    3,842

    3,901

    4,030

    (59)

    (2)

    (129)

    (3)

    3,698

    3,810

    3,908

    (112)

    (3)

    (98)

    (3)

    Commercial Banking

    1,422

    1,362

    1,346

    60

    4

    16

    1

    1,447

    1,433

    1,370

    14

    1

    63

    5

    Total net revenues

    5,264

    5,263

    5,376

    1

    0

    (113)

    (2)

    5,145

    5,244

    5,278

    (98)

    (2)

    (34)

    (1)

    Provision for credit losses

    286

    145

    41

    141

    97

    104

    N/M

    366

    284

    142

    82

    29

    142

    100

    Noninterest expenses

    Compensation and benefits

    1,044

    1,035

    1,104

    9

    1

    (69)

    (6)

    1,064

    1,073

    1,063

    (9)

    (1)

    10

    1

    General and administrative expenses

    3,169

    2,780

    2,746

    389

    14

    34

    1

    3,126

    3,165

    2,787

    (40)

    (1)

    378

    14

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    492

    0

    6

    492

    N/M

    (6)

    N/M

    0

    492

    0

    (492)

    N/M

    492

    N/M

    Restructuring activities

    137

    31

    20

    106

    N/M

    11

    53

    28

    137

    32

    (108)

    (79)

    105

    N/M

    Total noninterest expenses

    4,842

    3,846

    3,876

    996

    26

    (30)

    (1)

    4,218

    4,867

    3,882

    (649)

    (13)

    986

    25

    Noncontrolling interests

    0

    0

    0

    0

    N/M

    0

    N/M

    0

    0

    0

    0

    N/M

    0

    N/M

    Profit (loss) before tax

    137

    1,273

    1,459

    (1,136)

    (89)

    (186)

    (13)

    561

    92

    1,254

    469

    N/M

    (1,162)

    (93)

    Total assets (in € bn)1

    228

    215

    248

    13

    6

    (33)

    (13)

    237

    229

    216

    9

    4

    13

    6

    Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)

    118

    113

    112

    5

    5

    1

    1

    114

    119

    114

    (5)

    (4)

    5

    5

    Employees (full-time equivalent)

    7,428

    7,353

    7,649

    75

    1

    (296)

    (4)

    7,368

    7,712

    7,653

    (345)

    (4)

    60

    1

    N/M – Not meaningful

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    1
    Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances.

    271

    Investment Bank

    2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    2020

    2019

    2018

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    Net revenues

    Fixed Income, Currency (FIC) Sales & Trading

    7,088

    5,525

    5,644

    1,563

    28

    (119)

    (2)

    Debt Origination

    1,542

    1,119

    1,146

    423

    38

    (27)

    (2)

    Equity Origination

    379

    149

    197

    231

    155

    (48)

    (24)

    Advisory

    277

    370

    458

    (93)

    (25)

    (88)

    (19)

    Origination & Advisory

    2,198

    1,638

    1,801

    560

    34

    (163)

    (9)

    Other

    (3)

    (144)

    117

    142

    (98)

    (261)

    N/M

    Total net revenues

    9,283

    7,019

    7,561

    2,265

    32

    (542)

    (7)

    Provision for credit losses

    688

    109

    70

    579

    N/M

    38

    54

    Noninterest expenses

    Compensation and benefits

    1,906

    1,983

    2,175

    (76)

    (4)

    (192)

    (9)

    General and administrative expenses

    3,493

    4,237

    4,134

    (744)

    (18)

    103

    2

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    0

    0

    0

    N/M

    0

    N/M

    Restructuring activities

    14

    169

    199

    (155)

    (92)

    (30)

    (15)

    Total noninterest expenses

    5,413

    6,389

    6,509

    (975)

    (15)

    (121)

    (2)

    Noncontrolling interests

    11

    20

    24

    (8)

    (41)

    (4)

    (18)

    Profit (loss) before tax

    3,171

    502

    958

    2,669

    N/M

    (456)

    (48)

    Total assets (in € bn)1

    574

    502

    458

    72

    14

    43

    9

    Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)

    69

    75

    65

    (6)

    (8)

    10

    16

    Employees (full-time equivalent)

    4,258

    4,351

    4,623

    (93)

    (2)

    (273)

    (6)

    N/M – Not meaningful

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    1 Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances.

    InvestmentPrivate Bank

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

    2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2017

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    2020

    2019

    2018

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    Net revenues

    Fixed Income, Currency (FIC) Sales & Trading

    5,534

    5,646

    6,679

    (111)

    (2)

    (1,033)

    (15)

    Equity Origination

    123

    184

    178

    (61)

    (33)

    6

    3

    Debt Origination

    1,117

    1,145

    1,407

    (27)

    (2)

    (262)

    (19)

    Advisory

    366

    456

    477

    (90)

    (20)

    (21)

    (4)

    Origination & Advisory

    1,606

    1,784

    2,061

    (178)

    (10)

    (277)

    (13)

    Other

    (179)

    37

    (438)

    (217)

    N/M

    475

    N/M

    Net revenues:

    Private Bank Germany

    4,992

    5,070

    5,320

    (78)

    (2)

    (251)

    (5)

    International Private Bank

    3,134

    3,137

    3,200

    (3)

    (0)

    (64)

    (2)

    IPB Personal Banking1

    830

    869

    888

    (39)

    (5)

    (19)

    (2)

    IPB Private Banking2 and Wealth Management

    2,304

    2,267

    2,312

    37

    2

    (44)

    (2)

    Total net revenues

    6,961

    7,467

    8,303

    (506)

    (7)

    (836)

    (10)

    8,126

    8,206

    8,520

    (80)

    (1)

    (314)

    (4)

    Of which:

    Net interest income

    4,475

    4,804

    4,905

    (329)

    (7)

    (101)

    (2)

    Commissions and fee income

    3,048

    2,865

    2,788

    183

    6

    77

    3

    Remaining income

    603

    537

    827

    66

    12

    (290)

    (35)

    Provision for credit losses

    109

    70

    51

    38

    54

    19

    37

    711

    344

    349

    367

    107

    (5)

    (2)

    Noninterest expenses

    Noninterest expenses:

    Compensation and benefits

    2,468

    2,666

    2,866

    (199)

    (7)

    (200)

    (7)

    2,884

    2,990

    3,059

    (106)

    (4)

    (69)

    (2)

    General and administrative expenses

    3,763

    3,650

    3,821

    113

    3

    (171)

    (4)

    4,242

    4,481

    4,448

    (240)

    (5)

    34

    1

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    0

    0

    0

    N/M

    0

    N/M

    0

    545

    0

    (545)

    N/M

    545

    N/M

    Restructuring activities

    169

    200

    40

    (31)

    (15)

    160

    N/M

    413

    126

    49

    287

    N/M

    76

    155

    Total noninterest expenses

    6,401

    6,517

    6,727

    (116)

    (2)

    (210)

    (3)

    7,539

    8,142

    7,556

    (603)

    (7)

    586

    8

    Noncontrolling interests

    20

    24

    26

    (4)

    (18)

    (2)

    (8)

    0

    (0)

    (0)

    1

    N/M

    (0)

    N/M

    Profit (loss) before tax

    433

    856

    1,498

    (423)

    (49)

    (642)

    (43)

    (124)

    (279)

    616

    155

    (56)

    (895)

    N/M

    Total assets (in € bn)1

    503

    458

    472

    45

    10

    (13)

    (3)

    Total assets (in € bn)3

    297

    270

    270

    26

    10

    0

    0

    Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)

    75

    65

    53

    10

    16

    12

    23

    237

    227

    216

    10

    5

    11

    5

    Assets under Management (in € bn)4

    493

    482

    446

    11

    2

    36

    8

    Net flows (in € bn)

    16

    4

    (2)

    12

    N/M

    7

    N/M

    Employees (full-time equivalent)

    10,095

    9,960

    10,674

    135

    1

    (714)

    (7)

    29,945

    31,599

    32,437

    (1,654)

    (5)

    (838)

    (3)

    N/M – Not meaningful

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    1
    Including small businesses in Italy, Spain and India.

    21Including small & mid caps in Italy, Spain and India.

    3 Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances.

    270

    Private Bank

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2017

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    Net revenues:

    Private Bank Germany

    5,116

    5,453

    5,253

    (337)

    (6)

    200

    4

    Private & Commercial Business International1

    1,442

    1,441

    1,457

    1

    0

    (16)

    (1)

    Wealth Management

    1,687

    1,748

    2,022

    (61)

    (3)

    (274)

    (14)

    Total net revenues

    8,245

    8,641

    8,732

    (396)

    (5)

    (91)

    (1)

    Of which:

    Net interest income

    5,133

    5,217

    5,120

    (84)

    (2)

    97

    2

    Commissions and fee income

    2,925

    2,826

    2,994

    99

    4

    (169)

    (6)

    Remaining income

    187

    598

    617

    (411)

    (69)

    (19)

    (3)

    Provision for credit losses

    342

    347

    325

    (5)

    (1)

    22

    7

    Noninterest expenses:

    Compensation and benefits

    3,519

    3,613

    3,635

    (93)

    (3)

    (23)

    (1)

    General and administrative expenses

    3,978

    3,932

    4,138

    46

    1

    (206)

    (5)

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    545

    0

    12

    545

    N/M

    (12)

    N/M

    Restructuring activities

    126

    49

    358

    77

    155

    (309)

    (86)

    Total noninterest expenses

    8,168

    7,593

    8,143

    575

    8

    (550)

    (7)

    Noncontrolling interests

    (0)

    (0)

    (12)

    (0)

    N/M

    12

    (100)

    Profit (loss) before tax

    (265)

    701

    275

    (966)

    N/M

    426

    155

    Total assets (in € bn)2

    283

    289

    278

    (6)

    (2)

    10

    4

    Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses, in € bn)

    230

    221

    215

    9

    4

    6

    3

    Assets under Management (in € bn)3

    487

    451

    480

    36

    8

    (29)

    (6)

    Net flows (in € bn)

    4

    (2)

    3

    7

    N/M

    (5)

    N/M

    Employees (full-time equivalent)

    37,266

    38,415

    39,272

    (1,149)

    (3)

    (857)

    (2)

    N/M – Not meaningful
    1Covers operations in Italy, Spain,Belgium and India.
    2Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances.
    34 We define assets under management as (a) assets we hold on behalf of customers for investment purposes and/or (b) client assets that are managed by us. We manage assets under management on a discretionary or advisory basis, or these assets are deposited with us. Deposits are considered assets under management if they serve investment purposes. In our Private Bank Germany and Private & Commercial Business International, this includes all time deposits and savings deposits. In Wealth Management, we assume that all customer deposits are held with us primarily for investment purposes.

    272

    Asset Management

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

    2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2017

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    2020

    2019

    2018

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    Net revenues

    Management Fees

    2,141

    2,115

    2,247

    26

    1

    (132)

    (6)

    2,136

    2,141

    2,115

    (5)

    (0)

    26

    1

    Performance and transaction fees

    201

    91

    199

    111

    122

    (109)

    (55)

    90

    201

    91

    (111)

    (55)

    111

    122

    Other

    (10)

    (19)

    86

    9

    (48)

    (104)

    N/M

    3

    (10)

    (19)

    13

    N/M

    9

    (48)

    Total net revenues

    2,332

    2,187

    2,532

    146

    7

    (346)

    (14)

    2,229

    2,332

    2,187

    (103)

    (4)

    146

    7

    Provision for credit losses

    1

    (1)

    (1)

    2

    N/M

    (0)

    67

    2

    1

    (1)

    1

    59

    2

    N/M

    Noninterest expenses

    Compensation and benefits

    832

    787

    812

    45

    6

    (25)

    (3)

    740

    832

    787

    (92)

    (11)

    45

    6

    General and administrative expenses

    851

    929

    978

    (78)

    (8)

    (49)

    (5)

    764

    851

    929

    (87)

    (10)

    (78)

    (8)

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    0

    3

    0

    N/M

    (3)

    N/M

    0

    0

    0

    0

    N/M

    0

    N/M

    Restructuring activities

    29

    19

    6

    10

    51

    13

    N/M

    22

    29

    19

    (6)

    (22)

    10

    51

    Total noninterest expenses

    1,711

    1,735

    1,799

    (23)

    (1)

    (64)

    (4)

    1,527

    1,711

    1,735

    (185)

    (11)

    (23)

    (1)

    Noncontrolling interests

    152

    85

    1

    68

    80

    83

    N/M

    157

    152

    85

    5

    4

    68

    80

    Profit (loss) before tax

    468

    368

    732

    99

    27

    (364)

    (50)

    544

    468

    368

    76

    16

    99

    27

    Total assets (in € bn)1

    10

    10

    8

    (0)

    (1)

    2

    25

    9

    10

    10

    (0)

    (5)

    (0)

    (1)

    Assets under Management (in € bn)

    768

    664

    702

    103

    16

    (37)

    (5)

    793

    768

    664

    25

    3

    103

    16

    Net flows (in € bn)

    25

    (23)

    16

    48

    N/M

    (38)

    N/M

    30

    25

    (23)

    5

    N/M

    48

    N/M

    Employees (full-time equivalent)

    3,924

    4,013

    4,002

    (88)

    (2)

    11

    0

    3,926

    3,925

    4,022

    1

    0

    (97)

    (2)

    N/M – Not meaningful

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    1 Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances.

    271

    Capital Release Unit

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

    2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2017

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    2020

    2019

    2018

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    Net revenues

    208

    1,878

    2,044

    (1,670)

    (89)

    (166)

    (8)

    (225)

    217

    1,911

    (442)

    N/M

    (1,694)

    (89)

    Provision for credit losses

    (14)

    (36)

    110

    22

    (61)

    (146)

    N/M

    29

    (14)

    (36)

    43

    N/M

    22

    (61)

    Noninterest expenses

    Compensation and benefits

    443

    635

    758

    (192)

    (30)

    (123)

    (16)

    168

    359

    547

    (191)

    (53)

    (188)

    (34)

    General and administrative expenses

    2,811

    2,652

    2,788

    159

    6

    (135)

    (5)

    1,774

    2,898

    2,742

    (1,124)

    (39)

    156

    6

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    0

    0

    0

    N/M

    0

    N/M

    0

    0

    0

    0

    N/M

    0

    N/M

    Restructuring activities

    143

    62

    21

    81

    132

    40

    189

    5

    143

    62

    (139)

    (97)

    81

    131

    Total noninterest expenses

    3,397

    3,349

    3,567

    49

    1

    (218)

    (6)

    1,947

    3,400

    3,351

    (1,453)

    (43)

    49

    1

    Noncontrolling interests

    1

    1

    0

    1

    136

    0

    58

    (0)

    1

    1

    (1)

    N/M

    1

    136

    Profit (loss) before tax

    (3,177)

    (1,435)

    (1,633)

    (1,742)

    121

    198

    (12)

    (2,201)

    (3,170)

    (1,404)

    970

    (31)

    (1,766)

    126

    Total assets (in € bn)1

    259

    370

    462

    (111)

    (30)

    (92)

    (20)

    198

    259

    370

    (62)

    (24)

    (111)

    (30)

    Employees (full-time equivalent)

    1,205

    2,534

    4,348

    (1,329)

    (52)

    (1,814)

    (42)

    482

    621

    1,540

    (139)

    (22)

    (919)

    (60)

    N/M – Not meaningful

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    1 Segment assets represent consolidated view, i.e., the amounts do not include intersegment balances.

    Corporate & Other (C&O)

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

    2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2017

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    2020

    2019

    2018

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    Net revenues

    155

    (120)

    (539)

    274

    N/M

    420

    (78)

    (548)

    147

    (142)

    (695)

    N/M

    289

    N/M

    Provision for credit losses

    0

    1

    (0)

    (0)

    (84)

    1

    N/M

    (3)

    0

    1

    (4)

    N/M

    (0)

    (84)

    Noninterest expenses

    Compensation and benefits

    2,836

    3,079

    3,078

    (242)

    (8)

    1

    0

    3,709

    3,906

    4,183

    (197)

    (5)

    (277)

    (7)

    General and administrative expenses

    (2,320)

    (2,656)

    (2,497)

    336

    (13)

    (159)

    6

    (3,140)

    (3,380)

    (3,754)

    240

    (7)

    374

    (10)

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    0

    0

    0

    N/M

    0

    N/M

    0

    0

    0

    0

    N/M

    0

    N/M

    Restructuring activities

    40

    (1)

    1

    41

    N/M

    (2)

    N/M

    3

    40

    (1)

    (38)

    (93)

    41

    N/M

    Total noninterest expenses

    556

    421

    582

    135

    32

    (161)

    (28)

    572

    566

    428

    6

    1

    138

    32

    Noncontrolling interests

    (173)

    (109)

    (16)

    (64)

    58

    (93)

    N/M

    (169)

    (173)

    (109)

    3

    (2)

    (64)

    58

    Profit (loss) before tax

    (229)

    (433)

    (1,105)

    204

    (47)

    672

    (61)

    (948)

    (247)

    (461)

    (701)

    N/M

    215

    (47)

    Employees (full-time equivalent)

    27,679

    29,463

    31,590

    (1,784)

    (6)

    (2,127)

    (7)

    38,680

    39,389

    41,463

    (709)

    (2)

    (2,074)

    (5)

    N/M – Not meaningful

    272Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    273

    Entity-wide disclosures

    The Group’s Entity-Wide Disclosures include net revenues from internal and external counterparties. Excluding revenues from internal counterparties would require disproportionate IT investment and is not in line with the Bank's management approach. For detail of our net revenue components please see “Management Report: Operating and Financial Review: Results of Operations: Corporate Divisions”.

    The following table presents total net revenues (before provisions for credit losses) by geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017,2018, respectively. The information presented for CB, IB, PB, AM and CRU has been classified based primarily on the location of the Group’s office in which the revenues are recorded. The information for C&O is presented on a global level only, as management responsibility for C&O is held centrally.

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Germany:

    Corporate Bank

    2,450

    2,351

    2,492

    2,532

    2,441

    2,366

    Investment Bank

    326

    336

    200

    431

    365

    419

    Private Bank

    5,577

    6,022

    6,073

    5,460

    5,541

    5,903

    Asset Management

    1,054

    985

    1,009

    992

    1,054

    985

    Capital Release Unit

    70

    52

    (14)

    23

    80

    85

    Total Germany¹

    9,478

    9,746

    9,758

    Total Germany

    9,439

    9,481

    9,758

    UK:

    Corporate Bank

    208

    241

    138

    110

    207

    241

    Investment Bank

    2,250

    2,624

    2,985

    3,552

    2,244

    2,621

    Private Bank

    29

    26

    34

    31

    29

    26

    Asset Management

    345

    295

    434

    292

    345

    295

    Capital Release Unit

    (181)

    484

    706

    (383)

    (181)

    485

    Total UK

    2,651

    3,670

    4,297

    3,602

    2,645

    3,667

    Rest of Europe, Middle East and Africa:

    Corporate Bank

    857

    832

    929

    934

    846

    832

    Investment Bank

    281

    250

    343

    358

    292

    250

    Private Bank

    1,670

    1,704

    1,763

    1,680

    1,669

    1,704

    Asset Management

    380

    379

    465

    344

    380

    379

    Capital Release Unit

    99

    243

    291

    35

    99

    243

    Total Rest of Europe, Middle East and Africa

    3,288

    3,409

    3,791

    3,352

    3,286

    3,408

    Americas (primarily United States):

    Corporate Bank

    952

    1,023

    1,077

    772

    952

    1,023

    Investment Bank

    2,684

    2,943

    3,336

    3,281

    2,697

    2,958

    Private Bank

    375

    362

    370

    362

    374

    361

    Asset Management

    437

    413

    492

    465

    437

    413

    Capital Release Unit

    88

    712

    599

    50

    88

    712

    Total Americas

    4,536

    5,453

    5,873

    4,930

    4,548

    5,467

    Asia/Pacific:

    Corporate Bank

    797

    816

    741

    796

    797

    816

    Investment Bank

    1,420

    1,313

    1,439

    1,660

    1,420

    1,313

    Private Bank

    593

    527

    492

    594

    593

    527

    Asset Management

    116

    114

    133

    136

    116

    114

    Capital Release Unit

    130

    387

    462

    49

    130

    387

    Total Asia/Pacific

    3,057

    3,158

    3,267

    3,236

    3,057

    3,157

    Corporate and Other

    155

    (120)

    (539)

    (548)

    147

    (142)

    Consolidated net revenues²

    23,165

    25,316

    26,447

    Consolidated net revenues1

    24,011

    23,165

    25,316

    1All Postbank operations are disclosed as German operations subject to further systems integration.
    2 Consolidated net revenues comprise interest and similar income, interest expenses and total noninterest income (including net commission and fee income). Revenues are attributed to countries based on the location in which the Group’s booking office is located. The location of a transaction on the Group’s books is sometimes different from the location of the headquarters or other offices of a customer and different from the location of the Group’s personnel who entered into or facilitated the transaction. Where the Group records a transaction involving its staff and customers and other third parties in different locations frequently depends on other considerations, such as the nature of the transaction, regulatory considerations and transaction processing considerations.

    273274

    Notes to the consolidated income statement

    05 Net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    Net interest income

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Interest and similar income:

    Interest and similar income:1

    Interest income on cash and central bank balances

    1,762

    1,860

    1,070

    321

    1,762

    1,860

    Interest income on interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    293

    223

    245

    325

    293

    223

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    340

    221

    292

    318

    340

    221

    Interest income on financial assets available for sale

    N/A

    N/A

    1,083

    Dividend income on financial assets available for sale

    N/A

    N/A

    88

    Loans

    13,760

    12,992

    12,004

    11,586

    13,760

    12,992

    Interest income on securities held to maturity

    N/A

    N/A

    68

    Other

    844

    497

    1,406

    913

    844

    475

    Total Interest and similar income from assets at amortized cost

    16,999

    15,793

    16,256

    Total Interest and similar income from assets measured at amortized cost

    13,463

    16,999

    15,771

    Interest income on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    1,023

    1,014

    N/A

    635

    1,023

    1,014

    Total interest and similar income not at fair value through profit or loss

    18,022

    16,807

    16,256

    Total interest and similar income calculated using the effective interest method

    14,097

    18,022

    16,785

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    7,127

    7,985

    7,286

    3,856

    7,186

    7,933

    Total interest and similar income

    25,149

    24,793

    23,542

    17,954

    25,208

    24,718

    Interest expense:

    Interest expense:1,2

    Interest-bearing deposits

    3,643

    3,122

    2,833

    2,065

    3,643

    3,122

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

    367

    379

    431

    169

    367

    379

    Other short-term borrowings

    163

    139

    135

    62

    163

    139

    Long-term debt

    2,002

    1,981

    1,795

    1,612

    2,002

    1,981

    Trust preferred securities

    187

    234

    413

    42

    187

    234

    Other

    1,667

    1,923

    1,500

    807

    1,667

    1,679

    Total interest expense not at fair value through profit or loss

    8,029

    7,778

    7,107

    Total interest expense measured at amortized cost

    4,758

    8,030

    7,534

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    3,370

    3,822

    4,058

    1,648

    3,429

    3,868

    Total interest expense

    11,400

    11,601

    11,164

    6,405

    11,458

    11,402

    Net interest income

    13,749

    13,192

    12,378

    11,548

    13,749

    13,316

    Interest1Prior period comparatives for gross interest income recorded on impaired financial assets wasand gross interest expense have been restated. The restatements did not affect net interest income.6159 million and € 75 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.2019 and December 31, 2018 were restated.

    2€ 124 million was reclassified from trading Income to interest expense for year ended December 31, 2018.

    Other interest income for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 2018 and 20172018 included € 9343 million, € 93 million and € 11693 million, respectively, which were related to government grants under the Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations II (TLTRO II)-program.

    Impact of ECB Targeted Longer-term Refinancing Operations (TLTRO III)

    274The Governing Council of the ECB decided on a number of modifications to the terms and conditions of its TLTRO III in order to support further the provision of credit to households and firms in the face of the current economic disruption and heightened uncertainty caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. Banks whose eligible net lending exceeds 0% between March 1, 2020 and March 31, 2021 pay a rate 0.5 % lower than the average deposit facility rate for borrowings between June 24, 2020 and June 23, 2021. This would currently equate to an all-in rate of (1) %. The interest rate outside of this period will be the average interest rate on the deposit facility (currently (0.5) %). The Group accounts for the potential reduction in the borrowing rate as government grant under IAS 20. The income from the government grant is presented in net interest income and is recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will receive the grant and will comply with the conditions attached to the grants.

    The effective interest rate of each borrowing takes into account the base interest rate which is the average of the rates on the main refinancing operations over the life of the relevant TLTRO III operation (with the exception of the period from June 24, 2020, to June 23, 2021, when it will be 50 basis points lower than that average).

    Other interest income for the year ended December 31, 2020 included € 86 million, which were related to government grants under the Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations III (TLTRO III)-refinancing program. This is because for the year ended December 31, 2020 the Group has established reasonable assurance for the benefit that arises from the base rate discount and the initial modified lending criteria but not for the new lending criteria in the TLTRO III refinancing program. The Group has borrowed € 37.5 billion under the TLTRO III-refinancing program as of December 31, 2020.

    275

    Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Trading income:

    Sales & Trading (Equity)

    87

    493

    805

    Sales & Trading (FIC)

    2,595

    2,734

    4,227

    Trading income (loss):

    Sales & Trading (Equity)1,2

    (409)

    87

    369

    Sales & Trading (FIC)1

    3,457

    2,563

    2,712

    Total Sales & Trading

    2,682

    3,227

    5,032

    3,049

    2,650

    3,081

    Other trading income

    (2,486)

    (3,175)

    (1,659)

    Total trading income

    197

    52

    3,374

    Other trading income (loss)1

    (952)

    (2,453)

    (3,154)

    Total trading income (loss)2

    2,097

    197

    (72)

    Net gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss:

    Breakdown by financial assets category:

    Debt Securities

    43

    (77)

    N/A

    Equity Securities

    300

    159

    N/A

    Debt Securities3

    5

    72

    (77)

    Equity Securities3

    114

    271

    159

    Loans and loan commitments

    28

    77

    N/A

    (38)

    28

    77

    Deposits

    (19)

    27

    N/A

    (9)

    (19)

    27

    Others non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit and loss

    25

    26

    N/A

    203

    25

    26

    Total net gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss:

    377

    212

    N/A

    276

    377

    212

    Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss:

    Breakdown by financial asset/liability category:

    Securities purchased/sold under resale/repurchase agreements

    3

    4

    3

    Loans and loan commitments

    (9)

    7

    (32)

    15

    (9)

    7

    Deposits

    (0)

    19

    (30)

    (1)

    (0)

    19

    Long-term debt

    (386)

    1,118

    (398)

    (71)

    (386)

    1,118

    Other financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    12

    (79)

    9

    16

    15

    (75)

    Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    (381)

    1,069

    (448)

    (40)

    (381)

    1,069

    Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    193

    1,332

    2,926

    Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss2

    2,332

    193

    1,209

    1Prior year figures are presented in the current structure.

    2€ 124 million was reclassified from trading income to net interest income for year ended December 31, 2018.

    3Prior year number revised.

    Combined net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Net interest income

    13,749

    13,192

    12,378

    Trading income1

    197

    52

    3,374

    Net interest income1

    11,548

    13,749

    13,316

    Trading income (loss)1,2

    2,097

    197

    (72)

    Net gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    377

    212

    N/A

    276

    377

    212

    Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    (381)

    1,069

    (448)

    (40)

    (381)

    1,069

    Total net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    193

    1,332

    2,926

    2,332

    193

    1,209

    Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    13,943

    14,524

    15,304

    Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss3

    13,880

    13,942

    14,524

    Commercial Banking

    1,047

    987

    948

    1,107

    1,089

    1,034

    Global Transaction Banking

    1,614

    1,493

    1,550

    1,828

    1,620

    1,527

    Corporate Bank

    2,660

    2,480

    2,498

    2,935

    2,709

    2,562

    FIC Sales & Trading

    5,718

    5,256

    6,469

    6,991

    5,696

    5,251

    Remaining Products

    (297)

    (54)

    (583)

    205

    (252)

    23

    Investment Bank

    5,421

    5,202

    5,886

    7,196

    5,444

    5,273

    Private Bank

    4,094

    4,859

    5,422

    4,623

    4,946

    5,017

    Asset Management

    87

    (88)

    31

    (98)

    87

    (88)

    Capital Release Unit

    146

    1,409

    1,405

    (33)

    155

    1,442

    Corporate & Other

    1,535

    662

    63

    (742)

    602

    318

    Total net interest income and net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    13,943

    14,524

    15,304

    13,880

    13,942

    14,524

    1€ 124 million was reclassified from trading income to net interest income for year ended December 31, 2018.

    2 Trading income includes gains and losses from derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting.

    3Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure.

    The Group’s trading and risk management businesses include significant activities in interest rate instruments and related derivatives. Under IFRS, interest and similar income earned from trading instruments and financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss (i.e., coupon and dividend income), and the costs of funding net trading positions, are part of net interest income. The Group’s trading activities can periodically shift income to either net interest income or to net gains (losses) of financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss depending on a variety of factors, including risk management strategies. The above table combines net interest income and net gains (losses) of financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss by business division and by product within the Investment Bank.division.


    275276

    06 Commissions and fee income

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Commission and fee income and expense:

    Commission and fee income

    12,283

    12,921

    14,102

    12,227

    12,283

    12,921

    Commission and fee expense

    2,763

    2,882

    3,100

    2,803

    2,763

    2,882

    Net commissions and fee income

    9,520

    10,039

    11,002

    9,424

    9,520

    10,039

    Disaggregation of revenues by product type and business segment

    Dec 31,2019

    Dec 31,2020

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total Consolidated

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total Consolidated

    Major type of services:

    Commissions for administration

    249

    8

    235

    23

    5

    (0)

    521

    245

    17

    235

    23

    1

    (3)

    518

    Commissions for assets under management

    22

    1

    304

    3,219

    1

    2

    3,547

    19

    1

    319

    3,090

    0

    1

    3,429

    Commissions for other securities

    330

    (0)

    28

    1

    1

    0

    359

    365

    0

    35

    0

    0

    0

    401

    Underwriting and advisory fees

    29

    1,568

    15

    0

    61

    (17)

    1,656

    29

    1,688

    13

    0

    1

    (42)

    1,688

    Brokerage fees

    11

    253

    932

    81

    470

    5

    1,751

    21

    357

    1,103

    72

    113

    (1)

    1,665

    Commissions for local payments

    457

    0

    1,015

    (0)

    1

    0

    1,474

    437

    (2)

    951

    0

    0

    7

    1,394

    Commissions for foreign commercial business

    454

    26

    107

    0

    0

    (1)

    586

    409

    25

    104

    0

    0

    (3)

    536

    Commissions for foreign currency/exchange business

    7

    0

    7

    0

    0

    0

    15

    4

    0

    6

    0

    0

    0

    11

    Commissions for loan processing and guarantees

    494

    189

    284

    0

    16

    5

    989

    529

    210

    305

    0

    7

    7

    1,058

    Intermediary fees

    26

    2

    494

    0

    1

    11

    535

    13

    2

    757

    1

    1

    12

    787

    Fees for sundry other customer services

    303

    349

    48

    127

    23

    0

    850

    271

    289

    39

    131

    4

    7

    741

    Total fee and commissions income

    2,382

    2,397

    3,470

    3,451

    578

    6

    12,283

    2,343

    2,588

    3,867

    3,317

    127

    (15)

    12,227

    Gross expense

    (2,763)

    (2,803)

    Net fees and commissions

    9,520

    9,424

    276277

    Dec 31,2018

    Dec 31,2019

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total Consolidated

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total Consolidated

    Major type of services:

    Commissions for administration

    274

    10

    250

    22

    15

    (3)

    568

    251

    8

    234

    23

    5

    0

    521

    Commissions for assets under management

    23

    16

    260

    3,131

    6

    (0)

    3,436

    22

    1

    304

    3,219

    1

    2

    3,547

    Commissions for other securities

    301

    0

    29

    2

    2

    0

    335

    330

    0

    28

    1

    1

    0

    359

    Underwriting and advisory fees

    38

    1,479

    15

    (1)

    193

    (28)

    1,696

    29

    1,568

    15

    0

    61

    (17)

    1,656

    Brokerage fees

    10

    260

    886

    82

    999

    0

    2,238

    13

    253

    930

    81

    470

    5

    1,751

    Commissions for local payments

    470

    (1)

    980

    (0)

    12

    (2)

    1,460

    498

    0

    974

    0

    1

    1

    1,474

    Commissions for foreign commercial business

    469

    32

    118

    0

    2

    (1)

    621

    455

    26

    106

    0

    0

    (1)

    586

    Commissions for foreign currency/exchange business

    7

    0

    7

    0

    1

    (0)

    15

    7

    0

    7

    0

    0

    0

    15

    Commissions for loan processing and guarantees

    519

    187

    248

    0

    26

    1

    981

    497

    189

    281

    0

    16

    6

    989

    Intermediary fees

    20

    1

    446

    0

    13

    12

    493

    32

    2

    486

    0

    1

    14

    535

    Fees for sundry other customer services

    287

    578

    63

    117

    31

    0

    1,076

    297

    349

    54

    127

    23

    1

    850

    Total fee and commissions income

    2,420

    2,564

    3,303

    3,352

    1,300

    (19)

    12,921

    2,429

    2,397

    3,419

    3,451

    578

    10

    12,283

    Gross expense

    (2,898)

    (2,763)

    Net fees and commissions

    10,039

    9,520

    The Group has applied IFRS 15 to reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 (as allowed underPrior year segmental information presented in the cumulative effect method under IFRS 15). current structure.

    Dec 31,2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total Consolidated

    Major type of services:

    Commissions for administration

    275

    10

    249

    22

    15

    (3)

    568

    Commissions for assets under management

    23

    16

    260

    3,131

    6

    0

    3,436

    Commissions for other securities

    301

    0

    29

    2

    2

    0

    335

    Underwriting and advisory fees

    38

    1,479

    15

    (1)

    193

    (28)

    1,696

    Brokerage fees

    12

    260

    884

    82

    999

    0

    2,238

    Commissions for local payments

    490

    (1)

    959

    0

    12

    (1)

    1,460

    Commissions for foreign commercial business

    471

    32

    117

    0

    2

    (1)

    621

    Commissions for foreign currency/exchange business

    7

    0

    7

    0

    1

    0

    15

    Commissions for loan processing and guarantees

    521

    187

    246

    0

    26

    1

    981

    Intermediary fees

    24

    1

    437

    0

    13

    17

    493

    Fees for sundry other customer services

    281

    578

    69

    117

    31

    0

    1,076

    Total fee and commissions income

    2,444

    2,564

    3,273

    3,352

    1,300

    (13)

    12,921

    Gross expense

    (2,882)

    Net fees and commissions

    10,039

    Prior to adoption of IFRS 15,year segmental information presented in the Group disclosed total commissions and fee income and expenses on a gross basis annually. The disaggregation of commissions and fees were reported annually on a net basis. For the year ended, 31, December 2017, annual commissions and fees were € 4.3 billion for fiduciary activities, € 3.0 billion for brokers’ fees, mark-ups on securities underwriting and other securities activities, and € 3.7 billion for fees for other customer services. current structure.

    As of December 31, 2020, there were unsatisfied performance obligations with an expected original maturity of more than one year of € 66 million with a time band of seven years from 2022 to 2028 from alternative funds managed by the Group’s asset management business. The decrease of the unsatisfied performance obligations compared to December 31, 2019 (€ 75 million with a time band of seven years from 2021 to 2027) was mainly driven by a change in the fund model. Likewise, this affected timing of when fund assets would be sold and therefore when performance fees would be generated.

    278

    As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2018,2019, the Group’s balance of receivables from commission and fee income was € 861876 million and € 839861 million, respectively. As of December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, the Group’s balance of contract liabilities associated to commission and fee income was € 19565 million and € 74195 million, respectively. Contract liabilities arise from the Group’s obligation to provide future services to a customer for which it has received consideration from the customer prior to completion of the services. The balances of receivables and contract liabilities do not vary significantly from period to period reflecting the fact that they predominately relate to recurring service contracts with service periods of less than one year such as monthly current account services and quarterly asset management services. As a result, prior period balances of contract liabilities are generally recognized in revenue in the subsequent period. Customer payment in exchange for services provided are generally subject to performance by the Group over the specific service period such that the Group’s right to payment arises at the end of the service period when its performance obligations are fully completed. Therefore, no material balance of contract asset is reported.

    07 Gains and losses on derecognition of financial assets measured at amortized cost


    For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, the Group sold financial assets measured at amortized cost of € 10 billion (December 31, 2019: € 390 million and December 31, 2018: € 92 million) primarily from a Hold to Collect (HTC) portfolio in Postbank as well as sales made from a HTC portfolio in Treasury. A decision was made to divest the Postbank bond portfolio as part of the integration of Postbank into the Group. The Treasury sales were made as part of a strategy realignment for managing the interest rate risk in the Banking Book as a result of these sales, the HTC business model is no longer valid for future acquisitions of assets in this portfolio.

    277The table below presents the gains and (losses) arising from derecognition of these securities.

    07 – Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    Net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale:

    Net gains (losses) on debt securities:

    N/A

    N/A

    114

    Net gains (losses) from disposal

    N/A

    N/A

    115

    Impairments

    N/A

    N/A

    (1)

    Net gains (losses) on equity securities:

    N/A

    N/A

    219

    Net gains (losses) from disposal/remeasurement

    N/A

    N/A

    219

    Impairments

    N/A

    N/A

    (1)

    Net gains (losses) on loans:

    N/A

    N/A

    37

    Net gains (losses) from disposal

    N/A

    N/A

    45

    Impairments

    N/A

    N/A

    (8)

    Reversal of impairments

    N/A

    N/A

    0

    Net gains (losses) on other equity interests:

    N/A

    N/A

    110

    Net gains (losses) from disposal

    N/A

    N/A

    137

    Impairments

    N/A

    N/A

    (27)

    Total net gains (losses) on financial assets available for sale

    N/A

    N/A

    479

    in €

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Gains

    334

    0

    2

    Losses

    (10)

    (0)

    (0)

    Net gains (losses) from derecognition of securities measured at amortized cost

    324

    0

    2

    08 Other income (loss)

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Other income:

    Other income (loss):

    Net gains (losses) on disposal of loans

    3

    (4)

    19

    (13)

    3

    (4)

    Insurance premiums

    3

    3

    4

    3

    3

    3

    Net income (loss) from hedge relationships qualifying for hedge accounting

    (635)

    (497)

    (609)

    (214)

    (635)

    (497)

    Remaining other income (loss)1

    (40)

    712

    112

    161

    (40)

    712

    Total other income (loss)

    (669)

    215

    (475)

    (61)

    (668)

    215

    1 Includes net gains (losses) of € 4(59) million, € 1414 million and € (81)141 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017,2018, respectively, that are related to non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale.

    09 General and administrative expenses

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    General and administrative expenses:

    IT costs

    4,814

    3,822

    3,816

    Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses

    1,720

    1,723

    1,849

    Regulatory, tax & insurance1

    1,413

    1,545

    1,489

    Professional service fees

    1,324

    1,530

    1,750

    Banking and transaction charges

    786

    753

    744

    Communication and data services

    619

    636

    686

    Travel expenses2

    256

    288

    334

    Marketing expenses2

    251

    299

    329

    Other expenses2,3

    1,071

    690

    975

    Total general and administrative expenses

    12,253

    11,286

    11,973

    in € m.

    2020

    2019

    2018

    General and administrative expenses:

    Information Technology1

    3,862

    5,011

    4,043

    Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses2

    1,724

    1,693

    1,698

    Regulatory, Tax & Insurance2,3

    1,407

    1,440

    1,570

    Professional services4

    982

    1,143

    1,323

    Banking Services and outsourced operations4

    962

    967

    960

    Market Data and Research Services1

    376

    421

    415

    Travel expenses

    76

    256

    288

    Marketing expenses

    174

    251

    299

    Other expenses5

    696

    1,071

    690

    Total general and administrative expenses

    10,259

    12,253

    11,286

    1 Includes bank levyPrior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of € 622 million in 2019, € 690 million in 2018telecommunications expenses from (communications) and € 596 million in 2017.market data & research services expenses to information technology expenses.

    2 Prior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of representationinsurance premium expenses from traveloccupancy, furniture and equipment expenses to marketingregulatory, tax & insurance expenses.

    3Includes bank levy of € 633 million in 2020, € 622 million in 2019 and other expenses. € 690 million in 2018.


    4
    3Prior year numbers have been restated to reflect the shift of other outsourced operations expenses from professional services expenses to banking services and outsourced operations expenses.

    5 Includes litigation related expenses of € 158 million in 2020, € 473 million in 2019 and € 88 million in 2018 and € 213 million in 2017.2018. See Note 27 “Provisions”, for more detail on litigation.


    278279

    10 Restructuring

    Restructuring is primarily driven by the implementation of the Group’s strategic changes as announced in the third quarter 2019. We have defined and are in the process of implementing measures that aim to strengthen the bank, position it for growth and simplify its organizational set-up. The measures also aim to reduce adjusted costs through higher efficiency, by optimizing and streamlining processes, and by exploiting synergies.

    Restructuring expense is comprised of termination benefits, additional expenses covering the acceleration of deferred compensation awards not yet amortized due to the discontinuation of employment and contract termination costs related to real estate.

    Net restructuring expense by division

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Corporate Bank

    137

    31

    20

    28

    137

    32

    Investment Bank

    169

    200

    40

    14

    169

    199

    Private Bank

    126

    49

    358

    413

    126

    49

    Asset Management

    29

    19

    6

    22

    29

    19

    Capital Release Unit

    143

    62

    21

    5

    143

    62

    Corporate & Other

    40

    (1)

    1

    3

    40

    (1)

    Total Net Restructuring Charges

    644

    360

    447

    485

    644

    360

    Net restructuring by type

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Restructuring – Staff related

    641

    367

    430

    479

    641

    367

    thereof:

    Termination Benefits

    476

    248

    402

    441

    476

    248

    Retention Acceleration

    156

    113

    26

    36

    156

    113

    Social Security

    9

    6

    2

    1

    9

    6

    Restructuring – Non Staff related

    2

    (6)

    17

    6

    2

    (6)

    Total Net Restructuring Charges

    644

    360

    447

    485

    644

    360

    Provisions for restructuring amounted to € 684676 million, € 585684 million and € 696585 million as of December 31, 2019,2020, December 31, 20182019 and December 31, 2017,2018, respectively. The majority of the current provisions for restructuring are expected to be utilized in the next two years.

    During 2019, 2,2472020, 1,447 full-time equivalent staff was reduced through restructuring (2018: 3,000(2019: 2,564 and 2017: 2,045)2018: 3,217).

    Organizational changes

    Full-time equivalent staff

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Corporate Bank

    137

    222

    332

    303

    138

    223

    Investment Bank

    626

    670

    233

    100

    626

    670

    Private Bank

    440

    717

    946

    630

    731

    910

    Asset Management

    136

    92

    47

    48

    136

    92

    Capital Release Unit

    514

    243

    162

    69

    514

    243

    Infrastructure

    394

    1,056

    325

    297

    419

    1,078

    Total full-time equivalent staff

    2,247

    3,000

    2,045

    1,447

    2,564

    3,217

    279FTE figures for 2019 and 2018 have been restated to include former Postbank employees which were not previously included in the disclosure.

    280

    11 Earnings per share

    Basic earnings per share amounts are computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders by the average number of common shares outstanding during the year. The average number of common shares outstanding is defined as the average number of common shares issued, reduced by the average number of shares in treasury and by the average number of shares that will be acquired under physically-settled forward purchase contracts, and increased by undistributed vested shares awarded under deferred share plans.

    Diluted earnings per share assumes the conversion into common shares of outstanding securities or other contracts to issue common stock, such as share options, convertible debt, unvested deferred share awards and forward contracts. The aforementioned instruments are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share if they are dilutive in the respective reporting period.

    Computation of basic and diluted earnings per share

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

    (5,390)

    267

    (751)

    483

    (5,390)

    267

    Coupons paid on additional equity components1

    (330)

    (292)

    (298)

    (349)

    (330)

    (292)

    Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders – numerator for basic earnings per share

    (5,719)

    (26)

    (1,049)

    135

    (5,719)

    (26)

    Effect of dilutive securities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after assumed conversions – numerator for diluted earnings per share

    (5,719)

    (26)

    (1,049)

    135

    (5,719)

    (26)

    Number of shares in million

    Weighted-average shares outstanding – denominator for basic earnings per share

    2,110.0

    2,102.2

    1,967.7

    2,108.2

    2,110.0

    2,102.2

    Effect of dilutive securities:

    Forwards

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    Employee stock compensation options

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    Deferred shares

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    62.0

    0.0

    0.0

    Other (including trading options)

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    Dilutive potential common shares

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    Adjusted weighted-average shares after assumed conversions – denominator for diluted earnings per share

    2,110.0

    2,102.2

    1,967.7

    2,170.1

    2,110.0

    2,102.2

    1 InSince 2019 the tax impact is recognized in income (loss) directly, which did not have a material impact as noted in Note 2.directly.

    Earnings per share

    in €

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Basic earnings per share

    (2.71)

    (0.01)

    (0.53)

    0.06

    (2.71)

    (0.01)

    Diluted earnings per share

    (2.71)

    (0.01)

    (0.53)

    0.06

    (2.71)

    (0.01)

    On April 7, 2017, Deutsche Bank AG completed a capital increase with subscription rights. As the subscription price of the new shares was lower than the market price of the existing shares, the capital increase included a bonus element. According to IAS 33, the bonus element is the result of an implicit change in the number of shares outstanding for all periods prior to the capital increase without a fully proportionate change in resources. As a consequence, the weighted average number of shares outstanding has been adjusted retrospectively.

    In accordance with IAS 33 the coupons paid on Additional Tier 1 Notes are not attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and therefore need to be deducted in the calculation. This adjustment created a net loss situation for Earnings per Common Share in 2018. Due to the net loss situation for 2019 2018 and 20172018 potentially dilutive shares are generally not considered for the earnings per share calculation, because to do so would have been anti-dilutive and hence decreased the net loss per share.

    Instruments outstanding and not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share1

    Number of shares in m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Call options sold

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    Employee stock compensation options

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    0.0

    Deferred shares

    117.6

    108.8

    104.4

    0.0

    117.6

    108.8

    1 Not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share, because to do so would have been anti-dilutive.

    280281

    Notes to the consolidated balance sheet

    12 Financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Trading Financial assets:

    Financial assets classified as held for trading:

    Trading assets:

    Trading securities

    97,986

    140,720

    97,756

    97,986

    Other trading assets1

    12,889

    12,017

    10,173

    12,889

    Total trading assets

    110,875

    152,738

    107,929

    110,875

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    332,931

    320,058

    343,493

    332,931

    Total Trading Financial assets

    443,805

    472,796

    Total financial assets classified as held for trading

    451,422

    443,805

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss:

    Securities purchased under resale agreements

    53,366

    44,543

    46,057

    53,366

    Securities borrowed

    17,918

    24,210

    17,009

    17,918

    Loans

    3,174

    12,741

    2,192

    3,174

    Other financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    12,443

    18,951

    10,864

    12,443

    Total Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    86,901

    100,444

    76,121

    86,901

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss:

    Loans

    7

    0

    437

    7

    Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    104

    0

    0

    Total financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    7

    104

    437

    7

    Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    530,713

    573,344

    527,980

    530,713

    1Includes traded loans of € 12.38.3 billion and € 11.512.3 billion at December 31, 20192020 and 20182019 respectively.

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Financial liabilities classified as held for trading:

    Trading liabilities:

    Trading securities

    36,692

    59,629

    43,882

    36,692

    Other trading liabilities

    373

    295

    434

    373

    Total trading liabilities

    37,065

    59,924

    44,316

    37,065

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments

    316,506

    301,487

    327,775

    316,506

    Total financial liabilities classified as held for trading

    353,571

    361,411

    372,090

    353,571

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss:

    Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    42,723

    46,254

    41,636

    42,723

    Loan commitments

    1

    0

    2

    1

    Long-term debt

    4,761

    5,607

    3,374

    4,761

    Other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    2,847

    1,895

    1,570

    2,847

    Total financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    50,332

    53,757

    46,582

    50,332

    Investment contract liabilities

    544

    512

    526

    544

    Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    404,448

    415,680

    419,199

    404,448

    Financial assets & liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    The Group has designated various lending relationships at fair value through profit or loss. Lending facilities consist of drawn loan assets and undrawn irrevocable loan commitments. The maximum exposure to credit risk on a drawn loan is its fair value. The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk on drawn loans including securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed, was € 7437 million and € 07 million as of December 31, 2019,2020, and 2018,2019, respectively. Exposure to credit risk also exists for undrawn irrevocable loan commitments and is predominantly counterparty credit risk.

    The credit risk on the securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed designated under the fair value option is mitigated by the holding of collateral. The valuation of these instruments takes into account the credit enhancement in the form of the collateral received. As such there is no material movement during the year or cumulatively due to movements in counterparty credit risk on these instruments.

    281282

    Changes in fair value of financial assets attributable to movements in counterparty credit risk

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Notional value of financial assets exposed to credit risk

    0

    0

    439

    0

    Annual change in the fair value reflected in the Statement of Income

    0

    0

    (8)

    0

    Cumulative change in the fair value

    0

    0

    (8)

    0

    Notional of credit derivatives used to mitigate credit risk

    0

    0

    166

    0

    Annual change in the fair value reflected in the Statement of Income

    0

    0

    8

    0

    Cumulative change in the fair value

    0

    0

    8

    0

    Changes in fair value of financial liabilities attributable to movements in the Group’s credit risk1

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018²

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Presented in Other comprehensive Income

    Cumulative change in the fair value

    (34)

    (49)

    (12)

    (34)

    Presented in Statement of income

    Annual change in the fair value reflected in the Statement of Income

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Cumulative change in the fair value

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1The1The fair value of a financial liability incorporates the credit risk of that financial liability. Changes in the fair value of financial liabilities issued by consolidated structured entities have been excluded as this is not related to the Group’s credit risk but to that of the legally isolated structured entity, which is dependent on the collateral it holds.

    Transfers of the cumulative gains or losses within equity during the period

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Cumulative gains or losses within equity during the period

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Amounts realized on derecognition of liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Amount presented in other comprehensive income realized at derecognition

    0

    (3)

    0

    0

    The excess of the contractual amount repayable at maturity over the carrying value of financial liabilities1

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Including undrawn loan commitments²

    873

    2,545

    963

    873

    Excluding undrawn loan commitments

    357

    2,536

    159

    357

    1 Assuming the liability is extinguished at the earliest contractual maturity that the Group can be required to repay. When the amount payable is not fixed, it is determined by reference to conditions existing at the reporting date.

    2 The contractual cash flows at maturity for undrawn loan commitments assume full drawdown of the facility.

    13 Financial Instrumentsinstruments carried at Fair Valuefair value

    Valuation Methodsmethods and Controlcontrol

    The Group has an established valuation control framework which governs internal control standards, methodologies, and procedures over the valuation process.

    Prices Quoted in Active Markets – The fair value of instruments that are quoted in active markets are determined using the quoted1quoted prices where they represent prices at which regularly and recently occurring transactions take place.

    Valuation Techniques – The Group uses valuation techniques to establish the fair value of instruments where prices, quoted in active markets, are not available. Valuation techniques used for financial instruments include modelling techniques, the use of indicative quotes for proxy instruments, quotes from recent and less regular transactions and broker quotes.

    For some financial instruments a rate or other parameter, rather than a price, is quoted. Where this is the case then the market rate or parameter is used as an input to a valuation model to determine fair value. For some instruments, modelling techniques follow industry standard models, for example, discounted cash flow analysis and standard option pricing models. These models are dependent upon estimated future cash flows, discount factors and volatility levels. For more complex or unique instruments, more sophisticated modelling techniques are required, and may rely upon assumptions or more complex parameters such as correlations, prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity.


    282283

    Frequently, valuation models require multiple parameter inputs. Where possible, parameter inputs are based on observable data or are derived from the prices of relevant instruments traded in active markets. Where observable data is not available for parameter inputs, then other market information is considered. For example, indicative broker quotes and consensus pricing information are used to support parameter inputs where they are available. Where no observable information is available to support parameter inputs then they are based on other relevant sources of information such as prices for similar transactions, historic data, economic fundamentals, and research information, with appropriate adjustment to reflect the terms of the actual instrument being valued and current market conditions.

    Valuation Adjustments – Valuation adjustments are an integral part of the valuation process. In making appropriate valuation adjustments, the Group follows methodologies that consider factors such as bid-offer spreads, counterparty/own credit and funding risk. Bid-offer spread valuation adjustments are required to adjust mid-market valuations to the appropriate bid or offer valuation. The bid or offer valuation is the best representation of the fair value for an instrument, and therefore its fair value. The carrying value of a long position is adjusted from mid to bid, and the carrying value of a short position is adjusted from mid to offer. Bid-offer valuation adjustments are determined from bid-offer prices observed in relevant trading activity and in quotes from other broker-dealers or other knowledgeable counterparties. Where the quoted price for the instrument is already a bid-offer price then no additional bid-offer valuation adjustment is necessary. Where the fair value of financial instruments is derived from a modelling technique, then the parameter inputs into that model are normally at a mid-market level. Such instruments are generally managed on a portfolio basis and, when specified criteria are met, valuation adjustments are taken to reflect the cost of closing out the net exposure the Bank has to individual market or counterparty risks. These adjustments are determined from bid-offer prices observed in relevant trading activity and quotes from other broker-dealers.

    Where complex valuation models are used, or where less-liquid positions are being valued, then bid-offer levels for those positions may not be available directly from the market, and therefore for the close-out cost of these positions, models and parameters must be estimated. When these adjustments are designed, the Group closely examines the valuation risks associated with the model as well as the positions themselves, and the resulting adjustments are closely monitored on an ongoing basis.

    Counterparty Credit Valuation Adjustments (CVAs) are required to cover expected credit losses to the extent that the valuation technique does not already include an expected credit loss factor relating to the non-performance risk of the counterparty. The CVA amount is applied to all relevant over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, and is determined by assessing the potential credit exposure to a given counterparty and taking into account any collateral held, the effect of any relevant netting arrangements, expected loss given default and the probability of default, based on available market information, including Credit Default Swap (CDS) spreads. Where counterparty CDS spreads are not available, relevant proxies are used.

    The fair value of the Group’s financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (i.e., OTC derivative liabilities and issued note liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss) incorporates valuation adjustments to measure the change in the Group’s own credit risk (i.e. Debt Valuation Adjustments (DVA) for Derivatives and Own Credit Adjustment (OCA) for structured notes). For derivative liabilities the Group considers its own creditworthiness by assessing all counterparties’ expected future exposure to the Group, taking into account any collateral posted by the Group, the effect of relevant netting arrangements, the probability of default of the Group, based on the Group’s market CDS level and the expected loss given default, taking into account the seniority of derivative claims under resolution (statutory subordination). Issued note liabilities are discounted utilizing the spread at which similar instruments would be issued or bought back at the measurement date as this reflects the value from the perspective of a market participant who holds the identical item as an asset. This spread is further parameterized into a market level of funding component and an idiosyncratic own credit component. Under IFRS 9 the change in the own credit component is reported under Other Comprehensive Income (OCI).

    When determining CVA and DVA, additional adjustments are made where appropriate to achieve fair value, due to the expected loss estimate of a particular arrangement, or where the credit risk being assessed differs in nature to that described by the available CDS instrument.

    Funding Valuation Adjustments (FVA) are required to incorporate the market implied funding costs into the fair value of derivative positions. The FVA reflects a discounting spread applied to uncollateralized and partially collateralized derivatives and is determined by assessing the market-implied funding costs on both assets and liabilities. 

    Where there is uncertainty in the assumptions used within a modelling technique, an additional adjustment is taken to calibrate the model price to the expected market price of the financial instrument. Typically, such transactions have bid-offer levels which are less observable, and these adjustments aim to estimate the bid-offer by computing the liquidity-premium associated with the transaction. Where a financial instrument is of sufficient complexity that the cost of closing it out would be higher than the cost of closing out its component risks, then an additional adjustment is taken to reflect this.


    283

    Valuation Control – The Group has an independent specialized valuation control group within the Risk function which governs and develops the valuation control framework and manages the valuation control processes. The mandate of this specialist function includes the performance of the independent valuation control process for all businesses, the continued development of valuation control methodologies and techniques, as well as devising and governing the formal valuation control policy framework. Special attention of this independent valuation control group is directed to areas where management judgment forms part of the valuation process.

    284

    Results of the valuation control process are collected and analyzed as part of a standard monthly reporting cycle. Variances of differences outside of preset and approved tolerance levels are escalated both within the Finance function and with Senior Business Management for review, resolution and, if required, adjustment.

    For instruments where fair value is determined from valuation models, the assumptions and techniques used within the models are independently validated by an independent specialist model validation group that is part of the Group’s Risk Management function.

    Quotes for transactions and parameter inputs are obtained from a number of third party sources including exchanges, pricing service providers, firm broker quotes and consensus pricing services. Price sources are examined and assessed to determine the quality of fair value information they represent, with greater emphasis given to those possessing greater valuation certainty and relevance. The results are compared against actual transactions in the market to ensure the model valuations are calibrated to market prices.

    Price and parameter inputs to models, assumptions and valuation adjustments are verified against independent sources. Where they cannot be verified to independent sources due to lack of observable information, the estimate of fair value is subject to procedures to assess its reasonableness. Such procedures include performing revaluation using independently generated models (including where existing models are independently recalibrated), assessing the valuations against appropriate proxy instruments and other benchmarks, and performing extrapolation techniques. Assessment is made as to whether the valuation techniques produce fair value estimates that are reflective of market levels by calibrating the results of the valuation models against market transactions where possible.

    Fair Value Hierarchyvalue hierarchy

    The financial instruments carried at fair value have been categorized under the three levels of the IFRS fair value hierarchy as follows:

    Level 1 – Instruments valued using quoted prices in active markets are instruments where the fair value can be determined directly from prices which are quoted in active, liquid markets and where the instrument observed in the market is representative of that being priced in the Group’s inventory.

    These include: government bonds, exchange-traded derivatives and equity securities traded on active, liquid exchanges.

    Level 2 – Instruments valued with valuation techniques using observable market data are instruments where the fair value can be determined by reference to similar instruments trading in active markets, or where a technique is used to derive the valuation but where all inputs to that technique are observable.

    These include: many OTC derivatives; many investment-grade listed credit bonds; some CDS; many collateralized debt obligations (CDO); and many less-liquid equities.

    Level 3 – Instruments valued using valuation techniques using market data which is not directly observable are instruments where the fair value cannot be determined directly by reference to market-observable information, and some other pricing technique must be employed. Instruments classified in this category have an element which is unobservable and which has a significant impact on the fair value.

    These include: more-complex OTC derivatives; distressed debt; highly-structured bonds; illiquid asset-backed securities (ABS); illiquid CDO’s (cash and synthetic); monoline exposures; some private equity placements; many commercial real estate (CRE) loans; illiquid loans; and some municipal bonds.

    284285

    Carrying value of the financial instruments held at fair value1

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Quoted prices in active market (Level 1)

    Valuation technique observable parameters (Level 2)

    Valuation technique unobservable parameters (Level 3)

    Quoted prices in active market (Level 1)

    Valuation technique observable parameters (Level 2)

    Valuation technique unobservable parameters (Level 3)

    Quoted prices in active market (Level 1)

    Valuation technique observable parameters (Level 2)

    Valuation technique unobservable parameters (Level 3)

    Quoted prices in active market (Level 1)

    Valuation technique observable parameters (Level 2)

    Valuation technique unobservable parameters (Level 3)

    Financial assets held at fair value:

    Trading assets

    44,595

    56,713

    9,567

    75,415

    67,560

    9,763

    44,525

    55,220

    8,183

    44,595

    56,713

    9,567

    Trading securities

    44,427

    50,128

    3,430

    75,210

    61,424

    4,086

    44,349

    50,340

    3,066

    44,427

    50,128

    3,430

    Other trading assets

    168

    6,584

    6,137

    205

    6,136

    5,676

    176

    4,880

    5,117

    168

    6,584

    6,137

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    2,682

    322,082

    8,167

    10,140

    301,609

    8,309

    4,208

    330,561

    8,725

    2,682

    322,082

    8,167

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    3,806

    77,818

    5,278

    8,288

    86,090

    6,066

    2,992

    68,511

    4,618

    3,806

    77,818

    5,278

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    0

    7

    104

    0

    0

    0

    436

    0

    0

    0

    7

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    30,924

    13,529

    1,050

    32,517

    18,397

    268

    28,057

    25,741

    2,037

    30,924

    13,529

    1,050

    Other financial assets at fair value

    2

    7,3662

    363

    42

    2,7792

    207

    93

    9,238 2

    20

    2

    7,366 2

    363

    Total financial assets held at fair value

    82,009

    477,507

    24,431

    126,505

    476,435

    24,614

    79,875

    489,707

    23,583

    82,009

    477,507

    24,431

    Financial liabilities held at fair value:

    Trading liabilities

    23,873

    13,152

    41

    42,548

    17,361

    15

    36,699

    7,615

    2

    23,873

    13,152

    41

    Trading securities

    23,862

    12,828

    2

    42,547

    17,082

    0

    36,674

    7,206

    2

    23,862

    12,828

    2

    Other trading liabilities

    11

    324

    38

    1

    279

    15

    25

    409

    0

    11

    324

    38

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments

    2,841

    307,013

    6,652

    9,638

    285,561

    6,289

    4,430

    315,145

    8,200

    2,841

    307,013

    6,652

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    48,378

    1,954

    119

    51,617

    2,021

    0

    45,622

    960

    0

    48,378

    1,954

    Investment contract liabilities

    0

    544

    0

    0

    512

    0

    0

    526

    0

    0

    544

    0

    Other financial liabilities at fair value

    527

    4,6092

    (34)3

    201

    2,6582

    (611)3

    7992

    3,5732

    (294)3

    527

    4,6092

    (34)3

    Total financial liabilities held at fair value

    27,241

    373,697

    8,612

    52,505

    357,709

    7,714

    41,929

    372,480

    8,867

    27,241

    373,697

    8,612

    1 Amounts in this table are generally presented on a gross basis, in line with the Group’s accounting policy regarding offsetting of financial instruments, as described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”.

    2 Predominantly relates to derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting.

    3 Relates to derivatives which are embedded in contracts where the host contract is held at amortized cost but for which the embedded derivative is separated. The separated embedded derivatives may have a positive or a negative fair value but have been presented in this table to be consistent with the classification of the host contract. The separated embedded derivatives are held at fair value on a recurring basis and have been split between the fair value hierarchy classifications.

    In 2019, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 based on changes in liquidity testing procedures.

    During the secondthird quarter of 2019,2020, the Group implemented revisionsrefinements to its liquidity testing procedures related to the definition of an active market. The revised approach is expected to result in a more transparent and consistent fair value hierarchy classification framework applicable to financial instruments carried at fair value under IFRS 13. Under the revised framework, valuation inputs are considered observable where they are directly supported by current market transactions or quoted levels. The significance of unobservable market data inputs to the valuation of a trade is determined via sensitivity testing. Previously, the approach to assess observability included the use of consensus pricing data which was back-tested against market transactions, and the scope of sensitivity testing was less granular than that applied under the revised approach.classification. The impact of these changes was the net movement of approximately € 1.22.0 billion of Trading Assets and € 9.0 billion Financial Assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income from Level 1 into Level 2

    During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Group refined its levelling methodology for Strategic Corporate Lending loans related to the use of pricing of comparable positions. This refinement is expected to result in a more transparent and consistent fair value hierarchy classification.. The impact of this change was a movement of approximately € 1.0 billion of financial assets held at fair value into Level 2 from Level 3, and the net movement of approximately € 0.7 billion of financial liabilities held at fair valuethrough other comprehensive income into Level 3 from Level 2.

    Valuation Techniques techniques

    The Group has an established valuation control framework which governs internal control standards, methodologies, valuation techniques and procedures over the valuation process and fair value measurement. In 2020, the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic broadly impacted the financial markets, notably in March 2020 and April 2020, causing market dislocations and increased market volatility. This resulted an increase in Group’s level 3 balances by € 4.0 billion mainly relating to interest rate derivatives, which has since been materially reversed by the end of fourth quarter of 2020. Sensitivity related to the level 3 assets and liabilities increased due to increased dispersion in market data.

    The market conditions necessitated additional focus and review in certain areas, including assessment of bid-offer spreads to ensure they were representative of fair value. However, standard procedures and controls were followed, and we continued to adhere to strict internal governance for fair value measurement changes and movements.

    The following is an explanation of the valuation techniques used in establishing the fair value of the different types of financial instruments that the Group trades.

    286

    Sovereign, Quasi-sovereign and Corporate Debt and Equity Securities – Where there are no recent transactions then fair value may be determined from the last market price adjusted for all changes in risks and information since that date. Where a close proxy instrument is quoted in an active market then fair value is determined by adjusting the proxy value for differences in the risk profile of the instruments. Where close proxies are not available then fair value is estimated using more complex modelling techniques. These techniques include discounted cash flow models using current market rates for credit, interest, liquidity and other risks. For equity securities modeling techniques may also include those based on earnings multiples.


    285

    Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities (MBS/ABS) include residential and commercial MBS and other ABS including CDOs. ABS have specific characteristics as they have different underlying assets and the issuing entities have different capital structures. The complexity increases further where the underlying assets are themselves ABS, as is the case with many of the CDO instruments.

    Where no reliable external pricing is available, ABS are valued, where applicable, using either relative value analysis which is performed based on similar transactions observable in the market, or industry-standard valuation models making largest possible use of available observable inputs. The industry standard models calculate principal and interest payments for a given deal based on assumptions that can be independently price tested. The inputs include prepayment speeds, loss assumptions (timing and severity) and a discount rate (spread, yield or discount margin). These inputs/assumptions are derived from actual transactions, external market research and market indices where appropriate.

    Loans – For certain loans fair value may be determined from the market price on a recently occurring transaction adjusted for all changes in risks and information since that transaction date. Where there are no recent market transactions then broker quotes, consensus pricing, proxy instruments or discounted cash flow models are used to determine fair value. Discounted cash flow models incorporate parameter inputs for credit risk, interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, loss given default estimates and amounts utilized given default, as appropriate. Credit risk, loss given default and utilization given default parameters are determined using information from the loan or other credit markets, where available and appropriate.

    Leveraged loans can have transaction-specific characteristics which can limit the relevance of market-observed transactions. Where similar transactions exist for which observable quotes are available from external pricing services then this information is used with appropriate adjustments to reflect the transaction differences. When no similar transactions exist, a discounted cash flow valuation technique is used with credit spreads derived from the appropriate leveraged loan index, incorporating the industry classification, subordination of the loan, and any other relevant information on the loan and loan counterparty.

    Over-The-Counter Derivative Financial Instruments – Market standard transactions in liquid trading markets, such as interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forward and option contracts in G7 currencies, and equity swap and option contracts on listed securities or indices are valued using market standard models and quoted parameter inputs. Parameter inputs are obtained from pricing services, consensus pricing services and recently occurring transactions in active markets wherever possible.

    More complex instruments are modeled using more sophisticated modeling techniques specific for the instrument and are calibrated to available market prices. Where the model output value does not calibrate to a relevant market reference then valuation adjustments are made to the model output value to adjust for any difference. In less active markets, data is obtained from less frequent market transactions, broker quotes and through extrapolation and interpolation techniques. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, management judgment is required to determine fair values by assessing other relevant sources of information such as historical data, fundamental analysis of the economics of the transaction and proxy information from similar transactions.

    Financial Liabilities Designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss under the Fair Value Option – The fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss under the fair value option incorporates all market risk factors including a measure of the Group’s credit risk relevant for that financial liability. The financial liabilities include structured note issuances, structured deposits, and other structured securities issued by consolidated vehicles, which may not be quoted in an active market. The fair value of these financial liabilities is determined by discounting the contractual cash flows using the relevant credit-adjusted yield curve. The market risk parameters are valued consistently to similar instruments held as assets, for example, any derivatives embedded within the structured notes are valued using the same methodology discussed in the “Over-The-Counter Derivative Financial Instruments” section above.

    Where the financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss under the fair value option are collateralized, such as securities loaned and securities sold under repurchase agreements, the credit enhancement is factored into the fair valuation of the liability.

    Investment Contract Liabilities – Assets which are linked to the investment contract liabilities are owned by the Group. The investment contract obliges the Group to use these assets to settle these liabilities. Therefore, the fair value of investment contract liabilities is determined by the fair value of the underlying assets (i.e., amount payable on surrender of the policies).


    286287

    Analysis of Financial Instrumentsfinancial instruments with Fair Value Derivedfair value derived from Valuation Techniques Containing Significant Unobservable Parametersvaluation techniques containing significant unobservable parameters (Level 3)

    Some of the financial assets and financial liabilities in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy have identical or similar offsetting exposures to the unobservable input. However, according to IFRS they are required to be presented gross.

    Trading Securities – Certain illiquid emerging market corporate bonds and illiquid highly structured corporate bonds are included in this level of the hierarchy. In addition, some of the holdings of notes issued by securitization entities, commercial and residential MBS, collateralized debt obligation securities and other ABS are reported here. The decrease induring the year iswas mainly due to a combination of sales, settlements, losses, deconsolidation and net transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 due to changes in the observability of input parameters used to value these instruments, partially offset by purchases and gains.issuances.

    Positive and Negative Market Values from Derivative Instruments categorized in this level of the fair value hierarchy are valued based on one or more significant unobservable parameters. The unobservable parameters may include certain correlations, certain longer-term volatilities, certain prepayment rates, credit spreads and other transaction-specific parameters.

    Level 3 derivatives includes certain options where the volatility is unobservable; certain basket options in which the correlations between the referenced underlying assets are unobservable; longer-term interest rate option derivatives; multi-currency foreign exchange derivatives; and certain credit default swaps for which the credit spread is not observable.

    The decreaseincrease in assets was due toduring the year are driven by gains partially offset by settlements, deconsolidation and transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 due to changes in the observability of input parameters used to value these instruments offset by gains.instruments. The increase in liabilities was due toduring the year are driven by losses partially offset by settlement and transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 offset by settlements.due to changes in the observability of input parameters used to value these instruments.

    Other Trading Instruments classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy mainly consist of traded loans valued using valuation models based on one or more significant unobservable parameters. Level 3 loans comprise illiquid leveraged loans and illiquid residential and commercial mortgage loans. The balance increased indecrease during the year duerefers to sales, settlements and losses partially offset by purchases, issuances gains and transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 due to changes in the observability of input parameters used to value these instruments offset by sales ,settlements and due to deconsolidation.instruments.

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss classified in Level 3 of fair value hierarchy consist of any non-trading financial asset that does not fall into the Hold to Collect nor Hold to Collect and Sell business models. This includes predominately reverse repurchase agreements which are managed on a fair value basis. Additionally, any financial asset that falls into the Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell business models for which the contractual cash flow characteristics are not SPPI. The decrease induring the periodyear is driven by sales, settlements deconsolidationand losses partially offset by purchases, issuances and transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 due to changes in the observability of input parameters used to value these instruments offset by purchases, issuances and gains.instruments.

    Financial Assets/Liabilities designated at Fair Value through Profit or Loss – Certain corporate loans and structured liabilities which were designated at fair value through profit or loss under the fair value option were categorized in this level of the fair value hierarchy. The corporate loans are valued using valuation techniques which incorporate observable credit spreads, recovery rates and unobservable utilization parameters. Revolving loan facilities are reported in the third level of the hierarchy because the utilization in the event of the default parameter is significant and unobservable.

    In addition, certain hybrid debt issuances designated at fair value through profit or loss containing embedded derivatives are valued based on significant unobservable parameters. These unobservable parameters include single stock volatility correlations. The assets marginally increaseddecrease in liabilities during the year due to issuances, gainsis driven by settlements and net transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 offset by settlements. The liabilities decreaseddue to changes in the year dueobservability of input parameters used to settlements and transfers between Level 2 and Level 3value these instruments partially offset by issuances and gains.losses.

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income include non-performing loan portfolios where there is no trading intent and the market is very illiquid. The increase in assets due toduring the year is driven by purchases, gainsissuances and transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 due to changes in the observability of input parameters used to value these instruments partially offset by settlements, sales and settlements.losses.

    287288

    Reconciliation of financial instruments classified in Level 3

    Reconciliation of financial instruments classified in Level 3

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m.

    Balance, beginning of year

    Changes in the group of consoli- dated companies

    Total gains/ losses1

    Purchases

    Sales

    Issu- ances2

    Settle- ments3

    Transfers into Level 34

    Transfers out of Level 34

    Balance, end of year

    Balance, beginning of year

    Changes in the group of consoli- dated companies

    Total gains/ losses1

    Purchases

    Sales

    Issu- ances2

    Settle- ments3

    Transfers into Level 34

    Transfers out of Level 34

    Balance, end of year

    Financial assets held at fair value:

    Trading securities

    4,086

    (0)

    76

    2,122

    (2,242)

    0

    (408)

    537

    (742)

    3,430

    3,430

    (79)

    (101)

    2,134

    (1,628)

    11

    (423)

    333

    (612)

    3,066

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    8,309

    0

    1,547

    0

    0

    0

    (1,420)

    1,571

    (1,840)

    8,167

    8,167

    (1)

    1,422

    0

    0

    0

    (833)

    1,541

    (1,572)

    8,725

    Other trading assets

    5,676

    (75)

    176

    1,031

    (2,493)

    2,615

    (1,186)

    729

    (337)

    6,137

    6,137

    0

    (423)

    1,188

    (2,712)

    1,855

    (1,207)

    710

    (433)

    5,117

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    6,066

    (12)

    401

    1,448

    (473)

    592

    (1,822)

    727

    (1,649)

    5,278

    5,278

    0

    (256)

    389

    (394)

    347

    (811)

    852

    (786)

    4,618

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    0

    2

    0

    0

    8

    (16)

    12

    0

    7

    7

    0

    (1)

    0

    0

    6

    (12)

    0

    0

    0

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    268

    0

    25

    536

    (35)

    0

    (19)

    300

    (2)

    1,050

    1,050

    0

    (66)5

    127

    (50)

    718

    (182)

    618

    (177)

    2,037

    Other financial assets at fair value

    207

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (6)

    176

    (14)

    363

    363

    0

    (9)

    0

    0

    0

    4

    (147)

    (191)

    20

    Total financial assets held at fair value

    24,614

    (86)

    2,2046,7

    5,136

    (5,243)

    3,215

    (4,877)

    4,052

    (4,584)

    24,431

    24,431

    (79)

    567 6,7

    3,839

    (4,784)

    2,937

    (3,463)

    3,906

    (3,771)

    23,583

    Financial liabilities held at fair value:

    Trading securities

    0

    0

    2

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2

    2

    0

    (2)

    0

    0

    0

    1

    0

    (0)

    2

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments

    6,289

    0

    1,337

    0

    0

    0

    (1,175)

    1,904

    (1,702)

    6,652

    6,652

    0

    2,108

    0

    0

    0

    (365)

    1,420

    (1,615)

    8,200

    Other trading liabilities

    15

    0

    (8)

    0

    0

    0

    (4)

    34

    0

    38

    38

    0

    (1)

    0

    0

    0

    (9)

    0

    (28)

    0

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    2,021

    (77)

    290

    0

    0

    385

    (489)

    681

    (856)

    1,954

    1,954

    0

    55

    0

    0

    186

    (763)

    215

    (687)

    960

    Other financial liabilities at fair value

    (611)

    0

    304

    0

    0

    0

    100

    56

    117

    (34)

    (34)

    0

    26

    0

    0

    0

    (16)

    (187)

    (83)

    (294)

    Total financial liabilities held at fair value

    7,714

    (77)

    1,9256, 7

    0

    0

    385

    (1,568)

    2,674

    (2,441)

    8,612

    8,612

    0

    2,185 6,7

    0

    0

    186

    (1,151)

    1,448

    (2,413)

    8,867

    1 Total gains and losses predominantly relate to net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss reported in the consolidated statement of income. The balance also includes net gains (losses) on financial assets available for saleat fair value through other comprehensive income reported in the consolidated statement of income and unrealized net gains (losses) on financial assets available for saleat fair value through other comprehensive income and exchange rate changes reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Further, certain instruments are hedged with instruments in Levellevel 1 or Levellevel 2 but the table above does not include the gains and losses on these hedging instruments. Additionally, both observable and unobservable parameters may be used to determine the fair value of an instrument classified within Levellevel 3 of the fair value hierarchy; the gains and losses presented below are attributable to movements in both the observable and unobservable parameters.

    2 Issuances relate to the cash amount received on the issuance of a liability and the cash amount paid on the primary issuance of a loan to a borrower.

    3 Settlements represent cash flows to settle the asset or liability. For debt and loan instruments this includes principal on maturity, principal amortizations and principal repayments. For derivatives all cash flows are presented in settlements.

    4 Transfers in and transfers out of Level 3 are related to changes in observability of input parameters. During the year they are recorded at their fair value at the beginning of year. For instruments transferred into Level 3 the table shows the gains and losses and cash flows on the instruments as if they had been transferred at the beginning of the year. Similarly for instruments transferred out of Level 3 the table does not show any gains or losses or cash flows on the instruments during the year since the table is presented as if they have been transferred out at the beginning of the year.

    5 Total gains and losses on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income include a lossgain of € 311 million recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

    6 This amount includes the effect of exchange rate changes. For total financial assets held at fair value this effect is a gainloss of € 157495 million and for total financial liabilities held at fair value this is a lossgain of € 2566 million. The effect of exchange rate changes is reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

    7 For assets positive balances represent gains, negative balances represent losses. For liabilities positive balances represent losses, negative balances represent gains.

    288289

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Balance, beginning of year

    Changes in the group of consoli- dated companies

    Total gains/ losses1

    Purchases

    Sales

    Issu- ances2

    Settle- ments3

    Transfers into Level 34

    Transfers out of Level 34

    Balance, end of year

    Balance, beginning of year

    Changes in the group of consoli- dated companies

    Total gains/ losses1

    Purchases

    Sales

    Issu- ances2

    Settle- ments3

    Transfers into Level 34

    Transfers out of Level 34

    Balance, end of year

    Financial assets held at fair value:

    Trading securities

    4,148

    6

    105

    2,146

    (1,908)

    0

    (481)

    897

    (826)

    4,086

    4,086

    (0)

    76

    2,122

    (2,242)

    0

    (408)

    537

    (742)

    3,430

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    7,340

    0

    718

    0

    0

    0

    (137)

    1,940

    (1,551)

    8,309

    8,309

    0

    1,547

    0

    0

    0

    (1,420)

    1,571

    (1,840)

    8,167

    Other trading assets

    4,426

    0

    233

    981

    (2,027)

    3,055

    (1,241)

    506

    (257)

    5,676

    5,676

    (75)

    176

    1,031

    (2,493)

    2,615

    (1,186)

    729

    (337)

    6,137

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    4,573

    3

    426

    3,627

    (567)

    1,013

    (3,128)

    411

    (292)

    6,066

    6,066

    (12)

    401

    1,448

    (473)

    592

    (1,822)

    727

    (1,649)

    5,278

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    91

    0

    4

    0

    0

    0

    (22)

    0

    (72)

    0

    0

    0

    2

    0

    0

    8

    (16)

    12

    0

    7

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    231

    3

    (4)5

    260

    (162)

    0

    (6)

    2

    (55)

    268

    268

    0

    2 5

    536

    (35)

    0

    (19)

    300

    (2)

    1,050

    Other financial assets at fair value

    47

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    207

    (47)

    207

    207

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (6)

    176

    (14)

    363

    Total financial assets held at fair value

    20,855

    12

    1,4816,7

    7,014

    (4,664)

    4,068

    (5,015)

    3,963

    (3,100)

    24,614

    24,614

    (86)

    2,2046,7

    5,136

    (5,243)

    3,215

    (4,877)

    4,052

    (4,584)

    24,431

    Financial liabilities held at fair value:

    Trading securities

    2

    (0)

    (1)

    0

    0

    0

    (0)

    0

    (1)

    0

    0

    0

    2

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments

    5,992

    0

    531

    0

    0

    0

    (522)

    1,319

    (1,031)

    6,289

    6,289

    0

    1,337

    0

    0

    0

    (1,175)

    1,904

    (1,702)

    6,652

    Other trading liabilities

    0

    0

    (1)

    0

    0

    0

    16

    0

    0

    15

    15

    0

    (8)

    0

    0

    0

    (4)

    34

    0

    38

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    1,444

    0

    (121)

    0

    0

    692

    (270)

    408

    (134)

    2,021

    2,021

    (77)

    290

    0

    0

    385

    (489)

    681

    (856)

    1,954

    Other financial liabilities at fair value

    (298)

    0

    (299)

    0

    0

    0

    38

    (29)

    (23)

    (611)

    (611)

    0

    304

    0

    0

    0

    100

    56

    117

    (34)

    Total financial liabilities held at fair value

    7,139

    0

    1106,7

    0

    0

    692

    (738)

    1,699

    (1,189)

    7,714

    7,714

    (77)

    1,9256,7

    0

    0

    385

    (1,568)

    2,674

    (2,441)

    8,612

    1 Total gains and losses predominantly relate to net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss reported in the consolidated statement of income. The balance also includes net gains (losses) on financial assets available for saleat fair value through other comprehensive income reported in the consolidated statement of income and unrealized net gains (losses) on financial assets available for saleat fair value through other comprehensive income and exchange rate changes reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Further, certain instruments are hedged with instruments in Levellevel 1 or Levellevel 2 but the table above does not include the gains and losses on these hedging instruments. Additionally, both observable and unobservable parameters may be used to determine the fair value of an instrument classified within Levellevel 3 of the fair value hierarchy; the gains and losses presented below are attributable to movements in both the observable and unobservable parameters.

    2 Issuances relate to the cash amount received on the issuance of a liability and the cash amount paid on the primary issuance of a loan to a borrower.

    3 Settlements represent cash flows to settle the asset or liability. For debt and loan instruments this includes principal on maturity, principal amortizations and principal repayments. For derivatives all cash flows are presented in settlements.

    4 Transfers in and transfers out of Level 3 are related to changes in observability of input parameters. During the year they are recorded at their fair value at the beginning of year. For instruments transferred into Level 3 the table shows the gains and losses and cash flows on the instruments as if they had been transferred at the beginning of the year. Similarly for instruments transferred out of Level 3 the table does not show any gains or losses or cash flows on the instruments during the year since the table is presented as if they have been transferred out at the beginning of the year.

    5 Total gains and losses on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income include a loss of € 83 million recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax, and a loss of € 4 million recognized in the income statement presented in net gains (losses).tax.

    6 This amount includes the effect of exchange rate changes. For total financial assets held at fair value this effect is a gain of € 136157 million and for total financial liabilities held at fair value this is a loss of € 3325 million. The effect of exchange rate changes is reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

    7 For assets positive balances represent gains, negative balances represent losses. For liabilities positive balances represent losses, negative balances represent gains.

    Sensitivity Analysisanalysis of Unobservable Parametersunobservable parameters

    Where the value of financial instruments is dependent on unobservable parameter inputs, the precise level for these parameters at the balance sheet date might be drawn from a range of reasonably possible alternatives. In preparing the financial statements, appropriate levels for these unobservable input parameters are chosen so that they are consistent with prevailing market evidence and in line with the Group’s approach to valuation control detailed above. Were the Group to have marked the financial instruments concerned using parameter values drawn from the extremes of the ranges of reasonably possible alternatives then as of December 31, 2020 it could have increased fair value by as much as € 1.8 billion or decreased fair value by as much as € 1.4 billion. As of December 31, 2019 it could have increased fair value by as much as € 1.7 billion or decreased fair value by as much as € 1.2 billion. As of December 31, 2018 it could have increased fair value by as much as € 1.6 billion or decreased fair value by as much as € 1.0 billion.


    289290

    The changes in sensitive amounts from December 31, 20182019 to December 31, 20192020 were an increase in positive fair value movement of € 26156 million, and an increase in negative fair value movement of € 105215 million.

    The increases In the same period there has been a € 848 million decrease in Group level 3 assets and € 256 million increase in Group level 3 liabilities. During 2020 the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic broadly impacted the financial markets, notably in the first quarter of 2020, causing market dislocations and increased market volatility. Sensitivity related to the level 3 assets and liabilities has increased throughout 2020 as this significantly increased dispersion in market data continues to impact the positive and negative fair value movements were aligned withupwards in spite of the increase in Gross Levellevel 3 Assets & Liabilities in the period. Gross Level 3 Assets & Liabilities increased from € 32.3 billion at December 31, 2018 to € 33.0 billion at December 31, 2019, a percentage increase of 2 %, and the change in positive fair value movements from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019 represented a comparable 2 % increase. The change in negative fair value movementsreductions reported in the same period was proportionally larger with this dueperiod. This is a result of a number of idiosyncratic factors, amongst which include the impact of reductions in certain level 3 exposures on items which are deemed to a range of smaller idiosyncratic factors.be less sensitive to unobservable input parameters, whereas increases in other level 3 exposures have occurred on items deemed to be more sensitive to unobservable input parameters

    Our sensitivity calculation of unobservable parameters for Level 3 aligns to the approach used to assess valuation uncertainty for Prudent Valuation purposes. Prudent Valuation is a capital requirement for assets held at fair value. It provides a mechanism for quantifying and capitalizing valuation uncertainty in accordance with the European Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2016/101, which supplements Article 34 of Regulation (EU) No. 2019/876 (CRR), requiring institutions to apply as a deduction from CET 1 for the amount of any additional valuation adjustments on all assets measured at fair value calculated in accordance with Article 105 (14). This utilizes exit price analysis performed for the relevant assets and liabilities in the Prudent Valuation assessment. The downside sensitivity may be limited in some cases where the fair value is already demonstrably prudent.

    This disclosure is intended to illustrate the potential impact of the relative uncertainty in the fair value of financial instruments for which valuation is dependent on unobservable input parameters. However, it is unlikely in practice that all unobservable parameters would be simultaneously at the extremes of their ranges of reasonably possible alternatives. Hence, the estimates disclosed above are likely to be greater than the true uncertainty in fair value at the balance sheet date. Furthermore, the disclosure is neither predictive nor indicative of future movements in fair value.

    For many of the financial instruments considered here, in particular derivatives, unobservable input parameters represent only a subset of the parameters required to price the financial instrument, the remainder being observable. Hence for these instruments the overall impact of moving the unobservable input parameters to the extremes of their ranges might be relatively small compared with the total fair value of the financial instrument. For other instruments, fair value is determined based on the price of the entire instrument, for example, by adjusting the fair value of a reasonable proxy instrument. In addition, all financial instruments are already carried at fair values which are inclusive of valuation adjustments for the cost to close out that instrument and hence already factor in uncertainty as it reflects itself in market pricing. Any negative impact of uncertainty calculated within this disclosure, then, will be over and above that already included in the fair value contained in the financial statements.

    Breakdown of the sensitivity analysis by type of instrument1

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Positive fair value movement from using reasonable possible alternatives

    Negative fair value movement from using reasonable possible alternatives

    Positive fair value movement from using reasonable possible alternatives

    Negative fair value movement from using reasonable possible alternatives

    Positive fair value movement from using reasonable possible alternatives

    Negative fair value movement from using reasonable possible alternatives

    Positive fair value movement from using reasonable possible alternatives

    Negative fair value movement from using reasonable possible alternatives

    Securities:

    Debt securities

    256

    108

    179

    118

    287

    163

    257 2

    140 2

    Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    4

    1

    5

    4

    9

    22

    4

    1

    Mortgage and other asset-backed securities

    37

    20

    38

    37

    20

    12

    37

    20

    Corporate, sovereign and other debt securities

    215

    86

    136

    77

    259

    129

    216 2

    119 2

    Equity securities

    62

    85

    84

    67

    83

    95

    61 2

    53 2

    Derivatives:

    Credit

    189

    123

    151

    116

    283

    185

    189

    123

    Equity

    168

    128

    257

    207

    257

    238

    168

    128

    Interest related

    312

    303

    346

    206

    306

    266

    312

    303

    Foreign Exchange

    44

    39

    49

    26

    37

    32

    44

    39

    Other

    116

    101

    106

    89

    93

    82

    116

    101

    Loans:

    Loans

    525

    264

    475

    219

    483

    306

    525

    264

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    1,673

    1,151

    1,647

    1,046

    1,829

    1,367

    1,673

    1,151

    1

    1. Where the exposure to an unobservable parameter is offset across different instruments then only the net impact is disclosed in the table.

    2 Reassessment of trades have resulted a reclassification in Positive and Negative fair value movement from using reasonable possible alternatives in ‘Corporate, sovereign and other debt securities’ from ‘Equity securities’


    290291

    Quantitative Informationinformation about the Sensitivitysensitivity of Significant Unobservable Inputssignificant unobservable inputs

    The behaviour of the unobservable parameters on Level 3 fair value measurement is not necessarily independent, and dynamic relationships often exist between the other unobservable parameters and the observable parameters. Such relationships, where material to the fair value of a given instrument, are explicitly captured via correlation parameters, or are otherwise controlled via pricing models or valuation techniques. Frequently, where a valuation technique utilizes more than one input, the choice of a certain input will bound the range of possible values for other inputs. In addition, broader market factors (such as interest rates, equity, credit or commodity indices or foreign exchange rates) can also have effects.

    The range of values shown below represents the highest and lowest inputs used to value the significant exposures within Level 3. The diversity of financial instruments that make up the disclosure is significant and therefore the ranges of certain parameters can be large. For example, the range of credit spreads on mortgage backed securities represents performing, more liquid positions with lower spreads then the less liquid, non-performing positions which will have higher credit spreads. As Level 3 contains the less liquid fair value instruments, the wide ranges of parameters seen is to be expected, as there is a high degree of pricing differentiation within each exposure type to capture the relevant market dynamics. There follows a brief description of each of the principal parameter types, along with a commentary on significant interrelationships between them.

    Credit Parameters are used to assess the creditworthiness of an exposure, by enabling the probability of default and resulting losses of a default to be represented. The credit spread is the primary reflection of creditworthiness, and represents the premium or yield return above the benchmark reference instrument (typically LIBOR, or relevant Treasury Instrument, depending upon the asset being assessed), that a bond holder would require to allow for the credit quality difference between that entity and the reference benchmark. Higher credit spreads will indicate lower credit quality, and lead to a lower value for a given bond or other loan-asset that is to be repaid to the holder or lender by the borrower. Recovery Rates represent an estimate of the amount a lender would receive in the case of a default of a loan, or a bond holder would receive in the case of default of the bond. Higher recovery rates will give a higher valuation for a given bond position, if other parameters are held constant. Constant Default Rate (CDR) and Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR) allow more complex loan and debt assets to be assessed, as these parameters estimate the ongoing defaults arising on scheduled repayments and coupons, or whether the borrower is making additional (usually voluntary) prepayments. These parameters are particularly relevant when forming a fair value opinion for mortgage or other types of lending, where repayments are delivered by the borrower through time, or where the borrower may pre-pay the loan (seen for example in some residential mortgages). Higher CDR will lead to lower valuation of a given loan or mortgage as the lender will ultimately receive less cash.

    Interest rates, credit spreads, inflation rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices are referenced in some option instruments, or other complex derivatives, where the payoff a holder of the derivative will receive is dependent upon the behaviour of these underlying references through time. Volatility parameters describe key attributes of option behaviour by enabling the variability of returns of the underlying instrument to be assessed. This volatility is a measure of probability, with higher volatilities denoting higher probabilities of a particular outcome occurring. The underlying references (interest rates, credit spreads etc.) have an effect on the valuation of options, by describing the size of the return that can be expected from the option. Therefore the value of a given option is dependent upon the value of the underlying instrument, and the volatility of that instrument, representing the size of the payoff, and the probability of that payoff occurring. Where volatilities are high, the option holder will see a higher option value as there is greater probability of positive returns. A higher option value will also occur where the payoff described by the option is significant.

    Correlations are used to describe influential relationships between underlying references where a derivative or other instrument has more than one underlying reference. Behind some of these relationships, for example commodity correlation and interest rate-foreign exchange correlations, typically lie macroeconomic factors such as the impact of global demand on groups of commodities, or the pricing parity effect of interest rates on foreign exchange rates. More specific relationships can exist between credit references or equity stocks in the case of credit derivatives and equity basket derivatives, for example. Credit correlations are used to estimate the relationship between the credit performance of a range of credit names, and stock correlations are used to estimate the relationship between the returns of a range of equities. A derivative with a correlation exposure will be either long- or short-correlation. A high correlation suggests a strong relationship between the underlying references is in force, and this will lead to an increase in value of a long-correlation derivative. Negative correlations suggest that the relationship between underlying references is opposing, i.e., an increase in price of one underlying reference will lead to a reduction in the price of the other.

    An EBITDA (‘earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization’) multiple approach can be used in the valuation of less liquid securities. Under this approach the enterprise value (‘EV’) of an entity can be estimated via identifying the ratio of the EV to EBITDA of a comparable observable entity and applying this ratio to the EBITDA of the entity for which a valuation is being estimated. Under this approach a liquidity adjustment is often applied due to the difference in liquidity between the generally listed comparable used and the company under valuation. A higher EV/EBITDA multiple will result in a higher fair value.

    291292

    Financial instruments classified in Level 3 and quantitative information about unobservable inputs

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    Fair value

    Fair value

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Valuation technique(s)¹

    Significant unobservable input(s) (Level 3)

    Range

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Valuation technique(s)¹

    Significant unobservable input(s) (Level 3)

    Range

    Financial instruments held at fair value – Non-Derivative financial instruments held at fair value:

    Mortgage and other asset backed securities held for trading:

    Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    33

    0

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    3623 %

    28

    0

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    114 %

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    102

    1,899

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    133

    1,270

    Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities

    225

    0

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    101 %

    155

    0

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    106 %

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    54

    2,460

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    109

    1,295

    Recovery rate

    25 %

    75 %

    Recovery rate

    10 %

    90 %

    Constant default rate

    1 %

    4 %

    Constant default rate

    1 %

    2 %

    Constant prepayment rate

    3 %

    24 %

    Constant prepayment rate

    1 %

    25 %

    Total mortgage- and other asset-backed securities

    258

    0

    183

    0

    Debt securities and other debt obligations

    4,698

    1,679

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    203 %

    4,625

    769

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    200 %

    Held for trading

    3,090

    2

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    15

    460

    2,813

    2

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    21

    544

    Corporate, sovereign and other debt securities

    3,090

    2,813

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    1,552

    1,652

    Designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    1,676

    0

    768

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    56

    160

    Equity securities

    996

    0

    Market approach

    Price per net asset value

    0 %

    101 %

    727

    0

    Market approach

    Price per net asset value

    42 %

    100 %

    Held for trading

    82

    0

    Enterprise value/EBITDA (multiple)

    5

    17

    70

    0

    Enterprise value/EBITDA (multiple)

    5

    23

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    914

    Discounted cash flow

    Weighted average cost capital

    0 %

    20 %

    657

    Discounted cash flow

    Weighted average cost capital

    8 %

    20 %

    Designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    108 %

    Loans

    8,302

    38

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    341 %

    7,888

    0

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    373 %

    Held for trading

    6,110

    38

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    11

    1,209

    5,101

    0

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    51

    2,233

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    1,193

    Constant default rate

    0

    0

    910

    Designated at fair value through profit or loss

    6

    0

    Recovery rate

    35 %

    90 %

    0

    0

    Recovery rate

    20 %

    85 %

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    993

    1,877

    Loan commitments

    0

    1

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    8

    979

    0

    1

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    6

    2,444

    Recovery rate

    25 %

    95 %

    Recovery rate

    25 %

    100 %

    Loan pricing model

    Utilization

    0 %

    84 %

    Loan pricing model

    Utilization

    0 %

    100 %

    Other financial instruments

    1,6542

    2783

    Discounted cash flow

    IRR

    7 %

    46 %

    1,432 2

    198 3

    Discounted cash flow

    IRR

    7 %

    16 %

    Repo rate (bps)

    5

    271

    Repo rate (bps)

    0

    75

    Total non-derivative financial instruments held at fair value

    15,908

    1,996

    14,854

    968

    1 Valuation technique(s) and subsequently the significant unobservable input(s) relate to the respective total position.

    2
    Other financial assets include € 16 million of other trading assets and€ 1.4 billion of other non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value.

    3Other financial liabilities include € 192 million of securities sold under repurchase agreements designated at fair value and € 6 million of other financial liabilities designated at fair value.

    293

    Dec 31, 2020

    Fair value

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Valuation technique(s)

    Significant unobservable input(s) (Level 3)

    Range

    Financial instruments held at fair value:

    Market values from derivative financial instruments:

    Interest rate derivatives

    4,708

    4,025

    Discounted cash flow

    Swap rate (bps)

    (77)

    787

    Inflation swap rate

    1 %

    3 %

    Constant default rate

    0 %

    10 %

    Constant prepayment rate

    2 %

    30 %

    Option pricing model

    Inflation volatility

    0 %

    8 %

    Interest rate volatility

    0 %

    19 %

    IR - IR correlation

    (25) %

    97 %

    Hybrid correlation

    (70) %

    100 %

    Credit derivatives

    575

    585

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    0

    1,759

    Recovery rate

    0 %

    77 %

    Correlation pricing model

    Credit correlation

    31 %

    63 %

    Equity derivatives

    800

    1,916

    Option pricing model

    Stock volatility

    4 %

    85 %

    Index volatility

    17 %

    75 %

    Index - index correlation

    1

    1

    Stock - stock correlation

    41 %

    67 %

    Stock Forwards

    0 %

    5 %

    Index Forwards

    0 %

    4 %

    FX derivatives

    1,749

    1,427

    Option pricing model

    Volatility

    (16) %

    42 %

    Quoted Vol

    0 %

    0 %

    Other derivatives

    898

    (54)1

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    Option pricing model

    Index volatility

    0 %

    113 %

    Commodity correlation

    16 %

    52 %

    Total market values from derivative financial instruments

    8,729

    7,899

    1 Includes derivatives which are embedded in contracts where the host contract is held at amortized cost but for which the embedded derivative is separated.

    294

    Dec 31, 2019

    Fair value

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Valuation technique(s)¹

    Significant unobservable input(s) (Level 3)

    Range

    Financial instruments held at fair value – Non-Derivative financial instruments held at fair value:

    Mortgage and other asset backed securities held for trading:

    Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    33

    0

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    3623 %

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    102

    1,899

    Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities

    225

    0

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    101 %

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    54

    2,460

    Recovery rate

    25 %

    75 %

    Constant default rate

    1 %

    4 %

    Constant prepayment rate

    3 %

    24 %

    Total mortgage- and other asset-backed securities

    258

    0

    Debt securities and other debt obligations

    5,084 4

    1,679

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    203 %

    Held for trading

    3,090

    2

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    15

    460

    Corporate, sovereign and other debt securities

    3,090

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    1,938 4

    Designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    1,676

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    56

    Equity securities

    760

    0

    Market approach

    Price per net asset value

    0 %

    101 %

    Held for trading

    82

    0

    Enterprise value/EBITDA (multiple)

    5

    17

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    678 4

    Discounted cash flow

    Weighted average cost capital

    0 %

    20 %

    Loans

    8,302

    38

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    341 %

    Held for trading

    6,110

    38

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    11

    1,209

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    1,193

    Designated at fair value through profit or loss

    6

    0

    Recovery rate

    35 %

    90 %

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    993

    Loan commitments

    0

    1

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    8

    979

    Recovery rate

    25 %

    95 %

    Loan pricing model

    Utilization

    0 %

    84 %

    Other financial instruments

    1,504 2,4

    278 3

    Discounted cash flow

    IRR

    7 %

    46 %

    Repo rate (bps)

    5

    271

    Total non-derivative financial instruments held at fair value

    15,908

    1,996

    1Valuation technique(s) and subsequently the significant unobservable input(s) relate to the respective total position.

    2 Other financial assets include € 28 million of other trading assets and€ 1.6and € 1.5 billion of other non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value.

    3Other financial liabilities include € 186 million of securities sold under repurchase agreements designated at fair value and € 92 million of other financial liabilities designated at fair value.value

    292

    Dec 31, 2019

    Fair value

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Valuation technique(s)

    Significant unobservable input(s) (Level 3)

    Range

    Financial instruments held at fair value:

    Market values from derivative financial instruments:

    Interest rate derivatives

    4,941

    3,387

    Discounted cash flow

    Swap rate (bps)

    (69)

    668

    Inflation swap rate

    0 %

    3 %

    Constant default rate

    0 %

    13 %

    Constant prepayment rate

    2 %

    59 %

    Option pricing model

    Inflation volatility

    0 %

    5 %

    Interest rate volatility

    0 %

    33 %

    IR - IR correlation

    (25) %

    99 %

    Hybrid correlation

    (70) %

    100 %

    Credit derivatives

    618

    822

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    0

    18,812

    Recovery rate

    0 %

    75 %

    Correlation pricing model

    Credit correlation

    33 %

    84 %

    Equity derivatives

    834

    1,132

    Option pricing model

    Stock volatility

    4 %

    93 %

    Index volatility

    4 %

    69 %

    Index - index correlation

    1

    1

    Stock - stock correlation

    18 %

    93 %

    Stock Forwards

    0 %

    18 %

    Index Forwards

    0 %

    5 %

    FX derivatives

    1,320

    1,158

    Option pricing model

    Volatility

    (12) %

    27 %

    Other derivatives

    810

    1171

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    Option pricing model

    Index volatility

    7 %

    67 %

    Commodity correlation

    5 %

    86 %

    Total market values from derivative financial instruments

    8,524

    6,616

    1 Includes derivatives which are embedded4 Reassessment of trades have resulted a restatement in contracts where the host contract is held at amortized cost but for which the embedded derivative is separated.‘Assets in Debt securities and other debt obligations from Equity securities and other financial instruments

    293295

    Dec 31, 2018

    Fair value

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Valuation technique(s)¹

    Significant unobservable input(s) (Level 3)

    Range

    Financial instruments held at fair value – Non-Derivative financial instruments held at fair value:

    Mortgage and other asset backed securities held for trading:

    Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    66

    0

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    120 %

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    97

    1,444

    Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities

    745

    0

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    102 %

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    26

    2,203

    Recovery rate

    0 %

    90 %

    Constant default rate

    0 %

    16 %

    Constant prepayment rate

    0 %

    42 %

    Total mortgage- and other asset-backed securities

    811

    0

    Debt securities and other debt obligations

    3,876

    1,764

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    148 %

    Held for trading

    3,037

    0

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    5

    582

    Corporate, sovereign and other debt securities

    3,037

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    726

    Designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    1,764

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    114

    Equity securities

    1,244

    0

    Market approach

    Price per net asset value

    70 %

    100 %

    Held for trading

    239

    0

    Enterprise value/EBITDA (multiple)

    6

    17

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    1,005

    Discounted cash flow

    Weighted average cost capital

    7 %

    20 %

    Loans

    7,167

    15

    Price based

    Price

    0 %

    341 %

    Held for trading

    5,651

    15

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    40

    930

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    1,362

    Constant default rate

    0

    0

    Designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    0

    Recovery rate

    35 %

    40 %

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    154

    Loan commitments

    0

    0

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    30

    2,864

    Recovery rate

    25 %

    75 %

    Loan pricing model

    Utilization

    0 %

    100 %

    Other financial instruments

    2,999 2

    257 3

    Discounted cash flow

    IRR

    3 %

    46 %

    Repo rate (bps)

    65

    387

    Total non-derivative financial instruments held at fair value

    16,097

    2,037

    1Valuation technique(s) and subsequently the significant unobservable input(s) relate to the respective total position.
    2Other financial assets include € 26 million of other trading assets and € 3.0 billion other financial assets mandatory at fair value.
    3Other financial liabilities include € 185 million of securities sold under repurchase agreements designated at fair value and € 72 million of other financial liabilities designated at fair value.

    294

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2019

    Fair value

    Fair value

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Valuation technique(s)

    Significant unobservable input(s) (Level 3)

    Range

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Valuation technique(s)

    Significant unobservable input(s) (Level 3)

    Range

    Financial instruments held at fair value:

    Market values from derivative financial instruments:

    Interest rate derivatives

    4,264

    2,568

    Discounted cash flow

    Swap rate (bps)

    (124)

    2,316

    4,941

    3,387

    Discounted cash flow

    Swap rate (bps)

    (69)

    668

    Inflation swap rate

    1 %

    6 %

    Constant default rate

    0 %

    35 %

    Constant prepayment rate

    2 %

    43 %

    Inflation swap rate

    0 %

    3 %

    Option pricing model

    Inflation volatility

    0 %

    5 %

    Option pricing model

    Inflation volatility

    0 %

    5 %

    Interest rate volatility

    0 %

    31 %

    Interest rate volatility

    0 %

    33 %

    IR - IR correlation

    (30) %

    90 %

    IR - IR correlation

    (25) %

    99 %

    Hybrid correlation

    (59) %

    75 %

    Hybrid correlation

    (70) %

    100 %

    Credit derivatives

    638

    964

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    0

    1,541

    618

    822

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    0

    18,812

    Recovery rate

    0 %

    80 %

    Recovery rate

    0 %

    75 %

    Correlation pricing model

    Credit correlation

    25 %

    85 %

    Correlation pricing model

    Credit correlation

    33 %

    84 %

    Equity derivatives

    1,583

    1,498

    Option pricing model

    Stock volatility

    4 %

    96 %

    834

    1,132

    Option pricing model

    Stock volatility

    4 %

    93 %

    Index volatility

    11 %

    79 %

    Index volatility

    4 %

    69 %

    Index - index correlation

    1

    1

    Index - index correlation

    1

    1

    Stock - stock correlation

    2 %

    89 %

    Stock - stock correlation

    18 %

    93 %

    FX derivatives

    1,320

    1,158

    Option pricing model

    Volatility

    (12) %

    27 %

    Stock Forwards

    0 %

    63 %

    Quoted Vol

    0 %

    0 %

    Index Forwards

    0 %

    5 %

    FX derivatives

    1,034

    1,005

    Option pricing model

    Volatility

    (6) %

    34 %

    Other derivatives

    997

    (357)1

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    810

    117 1

    Discounted cash flow

    Credit spread (bps)

    Option pricing model

    Index volatility

    5 %

    92 %

    Option pricing model

    Index volatility

    7 %

    67 %

    Commodity correlation

    0 %

    0 %

    Commodity correlation

    5 %

    86 %

    Total market values from derivative financial instruments

    8,516

    5,677

    8,524

    6,616

    1 Includes derivatives which are embedded in contracts where the host contract is held at amortized cost but for which the embedded derivative is

    separated.

    Unrealized Gainsgains or Losseslosses on Level 3 Instruments held or in Issueissue at the Reporting Datereporting date

    The unrealized gains or losses on Level 3 Instruments are not due solely to unobservable parameters. Many of the parameter inputs to the valuation of instruments in this level of the hierarchy are observable and the gain or loss is partly due to movements in these observable parameters over the period. Many of the positions in this level of the hierarchy are economically hedged by instruments which are categorized in other levels of the fair value hierarchy. The offsetting gains and losses that have been recorded on all such hedges are not included in the table below, which only shows the gains and losses related to the Level 3 classified instruments themselves held at the reporting date in accordance with IFRS 13. The unrealized gains and losses on Level 3 instruments are included in both net interest income and net gains on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss in the consolidated income statement.

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Financial assets held at fair value:

    Trading securities

    60

    46

    38

    60

    Positive market values from derivative financial instruments

    1,906

    1,152

    2,589

    1,906

    Other trading assets

    35

    136

    (248)

    35

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    387

    354

    (14)

    387

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    2

    0

    0

    2

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    0

    2

    20

    0

    Other financial assets at fair value

    6

    2

    4

    6

    Total financial assets held at fair value

    2,397

    1,692

    2,389

    2,397

    Financial liabilities held at fair value:

    Trading securities

    (2)

    0

    (0)

    (2)

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments

    (1,660)

    (849)

    (2,536)

    (1,660)

    Other trading liabilities

    6

    0

    0

    6

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    (259)

    124

    53

    (259)

    Other financial liabilities at fair value

    (308)

    294

    (26)

    (308)

    Total financial liabilities held at fair value

    (2,223)

    (431)

    (2,510)

    (2,223)

    Total

    174

    1,261

    (121)

    174


    295296

    Recognition of Trade Date Profittrade date profit

    If there are significant unobservable inputs used in a valuation technique, the financial instrument is recognized at the transaction price and any trade date profit is deferred. The table below presents the year-to-year movement of the trade date profits deferred due to significant unobservable parameters for financial instruments classified at fair value through profit or loss. The balance is predominantly related to derivative instruments.

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    Balance, beginning of year

    531

    596

    441

    531

    New trades during the period

    170

    226

    308

    170

    Amortization

    (106)

    (126)

    (140)

    (106)

    Matured trades

    (95)

    (126)

    (130)

    (95)

    Subsequent move to observability

    (60)

    (42)

    (22)

    (60)

    Exchange rate changes

    1

    2

    (4)

    1

    Balance, end of year

    441

    531

    454

    441

    Click here to enter text.

    14 Fair Valuevalue of Financial Instrumentsfinancial instruments not carried at Fair Valuefair value

    Financial instruments not carried at fair value are not managed on a fair value basis. For these instruments fair values are calculated for disclosure purposes only and do not impact the Group balance sheet or income statement. Additionally, since the instruments generally do not trade there is significant management judgment required to determine these fair values.

    For the following financial instruments which are predominantly short-term the carrying value represents a reasonable estimate of the fair value:

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Cash and central bank balances

    Deposits

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    Securities loaned

    Securities borrowed

    Other short-term borrowings

    Other financial assets

    Other financial liabilities

    For retail lending portfolios with a large number of homogenous loans (e.g. residential mortgages), the fair value is calculated for each product segment by discounting the portfolio’s contractual cash flows using the Group’s new loan rates for lending to issuers of similar credit quality. Key inputs for retail mortgages are the difference between historic and current product margins and the estimated prepayment rates. Capitalized broker fees included in the carrying value are considered to also be fair value.

    The fair value of corporate lending portfolio is estimated by discounting the loan till its maturity with loan specific credit spreads and funding costs for the Group.

    For long-term debt and trust preferred securities, fair value is determined from quoted market prices, where available. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated using a valuation technique that discounts the remaining contractual cash flows at a rate at which an instrument with similar characteristics is quoted in the market.

    296297

    Estimated fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value on the balance sheet1

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m.

    Carrying value

    Fair value

    Quoted prices in active market (Level 1)

    Valuation technique observable parameters (Level 2)

    Valuation technique unobservable parameters (Level 3)

    Carrying value

    Fair value

    Quoted prices in active market (Level 1)

    Valuation technique observable parameters (Level 2)

    Valuation technique unobservable parameters (Level 3)

    Financial assets:

    Cash and central bank balances

    137,592

    137,592

    137,592

    0

    0

    166,208

    166,208

    166,208

    0

    0

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    9,636

    9,636

    116

    9,520

    0

    9,130

    9,132

    866

    8,266

    0

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    13,801

    13,801

    0

    13,801

    0

    8,533

    8,519

    0

    7,694

    825

    Securities borrowed

    428

    428

    0

    428

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Loans

    429,841

    436,997

    0

    11,376

    425,620

    426,691

    434,442

    0

    13,253

    421,189

    Other financial assets

    94,157

    94,423

    15,960

    78,463

    0

    94,069

    94,393

    7,714

    85,173

    629

    Financial liabilities:

    Deposits

    572,208

    572,596

    120

    572,476

    0

    567,745

    568,172

    66

    568,105

    0

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

    3,115

    3,114

    0

    3,114

    0

    2,325

    2,328

    0

    2,328

    0

    Securities loaned

    259

    259

    0

    259

    0

    1,697

    1,697

    0

    1,697

    0

    Other short-term borrowings

    5,218

    5,221

    0

    5,219

    2

    3,553

    3,556

    0

    3,540

    15

    Other financial liabilities

    87,669

    87,669

    1,898

    85,771

    0

    96,602

    96,602

    1,902

    94,700

    0

    Long-term debt

    136,473

    136,494

    0

    125,344

    11,150

    149,163

    150,691

    0

    144,130

    6,560

    Trust preferred securities

    2,013

    2,236

    0

    2,236

    0

    1,321

    1,069

    0

    1,069

    0

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Carrying value

    Fair value

    Quoted prices in active market (Level 1)

    Valuation technique observable parameters (Level 2)

    Valuation technique unobservable parameters (Level 3)

    Carrying value

    Fair value

    Quoted prices in active market (Level 1)

    Valuation technique observable parameters (Level 2)

    Valuation technique unobservable parameters (Level 3)

    Financial assets:

    Cash and central bank balances

    188,731

    188,731

    188,731

    0

    0

    137,592

    137,592

    137,592

    0

    0

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    8,881

    8,881

    78

    8,804

    0

    9,636

    9,636

    116

    9,520

    0

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    8,222

    8,223

    0

    8,223

    0

    13,801

    13,801

    0

    13,801

    0

    Securities borrowed

    3,396

    3,396

    0

    3,396

    0

    428

    428

    0

    428

    0

    Loans

    400,297

    395,900

    0

    10,870

    385,029

    429,841

    436,997

    0

    11,376

    425,620

    Other financial assets

    80,089

    80,193

    850

    79,343

    1

    94,157

    94,423

    15,960

    78,463

    0

    Financial liabilities:

    Deposits

    564,405

    564,637

    516

    563,850

    272

    572,208

    572,596

    120

    572,476

    0

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

    4,867

    4,867

    0

    4,867

    0

    3,115

    3,114

    0

    3,114

    0

    Securities loaned

    3,359

    3,359

    0

    3,359

    0

    259

    259

    0

    259

    0

    Other short-term borrowings

    14,158

    14,159

    0

    14,159

    0

    5,218

    5,221

    0

    5,219

    2

    Other financial liabilities

    100,683

    100,683

    1,816

    98,866

    1

    87,669

    87,669

    1,898

    85,771

    0

    Long-term debt

    152,083

    149,128

    0

    140,961

    8,167

    136,473

    136,494

    0

    125,344

    11,150

    Trust preferred securities

    3,168

    3,114

    0

    3,114

    0

    2,013

    1,798 2

    0

    1,798 2

    0

    1 Amounts generally presented on a gross basis, in line with the Group’s accounting policy regarding offsetting of financial instruments as described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”.

    2Prior year information restated due to a refinement in the fair value calculation.

    For loans, the difference between fair value and carrying value is due to the effect of product margin movements since initial recognition.

    For long-term debt and trust preferred securities, the difference between fair value and carrying value is due to the effect of changes in the rates at which the Group could issue debt with similar maturity and subordination at the balance sheet date compared to when the instrument was issued.

    297298

    15 Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Securities purchased under resale agreement

    1,415

    1,097

    1,543

    1,415

    Debt securities:

    German government

    6,243

    7,705

    10,245

    6,243

    U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies

    7,703

    13,118

    9,221

    7,703

    U.S. local (municipal) governments

    0

    101

    251

    0

    Other foreign governments

    21,020

    18,152

    26,308

    21,020

    Corporates

    3,423

    5,606

    2,272

    3,423

    Other asset-backed securities

    36

    27

    31

    36

    Mortgage-backed securities, including obligations of U.S. federal agencies

    457

    103

    636

    457

    Other debt securities

    332

    181

    692

    332

    Total debt securities

    39,214

    44,993

    49,656

    39,214

    Loans

    4,874

    5,092

    4,635

    4,874

    Total financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    45,503

    51,182

    55,834

    45,503

    16 Equity Method Investmentsmethod investments

    Investments in associates and jointly controlled entities are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

    The Group holds interests in 65 (2018:60 (2019: 65) associates and 13 (2018:11 (2019: 13) jointly controlled entities. Two associates are considered to be material to the Group.

    Significant investments as of December 31, 2019120201

    Investment

    Principal place of business

    Nature of relationship

    Ownership percentage

    Huarong Rongde Asset Management Company Limited

    Beijing, China

    Strategic Investment

    40.7 %

    Harvest Fund Management Co., Ltd.

    Shanghai, China

    Strategic Investment

    30.0 %

    1 The Group has significant influence over these investees through its holding percentage and representation on the board seats.

    Summarized financial information on Huarong Rongde Asset Management Company Limited1

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Total net revenues

    118

    197

    97

    118

    Net income

    74

    157

    62

    74

    Other comprehensive income

    (55)

    (19)

    54

    (55)

    Total comprehensive income2

    19

    138

    116

    19

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Current assets

    2,323

    4,160

    Non-Current assets

    804

    1,507

    Total assets

    5,667

    7,058

    3,127

    5,667

    Current liabilities

    1,157

    1,820

    Non-Current liabilities

    1,274

    2,712

    Total liabilities

    4,532

    5,579

    2,431

    4,532

    Noncontrolling Interest

    417

    739

    (3)

    417

    Net assets of the equity method investee

    718

    740

    699

    718

    1 Due to the difference in reporting timelines for the Group and Huarong Rongde Asset Management Company Limited Equity method accounting was performed for December 2020 based on December 2019 PRC GAAP audited financials and for December 2019 based on December 2018 PRC GAAP audited financials and for December 2018 based on December 2017 PRC GAAP audited financials.

    2 The Group received dividends from Huarong Rongde Asset Management Company Limited of € 79 million during the reporting period 2019 (2018:2020 (2019: € 177 million).


    298

    Reconciliation of total net assets of Huarong Rongde Asset Management Company Limited to the Group’s carrying amount1

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Net assets of the equity method investee

    718

    740

    699

    718

    Group's ownership percentage on the investee's equity

    40.7 %

    40.7 %

    40.7 %

    40.7 %

    Group's share of net assets

    292

    301

    284

    292

    Goodwill

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Intangible Assets

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other adjustments

    (7)

    (17)

    (9)

    (7)

    Carrying amount2

    286

    284

    275

    286

    1 Due to the difference in reporting timelines for the Group and Huarong Rongde Asset Management Company Limited Equity method accounting was performed for December 2020 based on December 2019 PRC GAAP audited financials and for December 2019 based on December 2018 PRC GAAP audited financials and for December 2018 based on December 2017 PRC GAAP audited financials.

    2 There is no impairment loss in 20182019 and 20172018.

    299

    Summarized financial information on Harvest Fund Management Co., Ltd.

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019¹

    Dec 31, 2018²

    Dec 31, 2020¹

    Dec 31, 2019²

    Total net revenues

    590

    564

    823

    606

    Net income

    144

    148

    226

    146

    Other comprehensive income

    0

    4

    (2)

    2

    Total comprehensive income3

    144

    152

    224

    148

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Current assets

    1,072

    883

    Non-Current assets

    731

    720

    Total assets

    1,651

    1,319

    1,803

    1,603

    Current liabilities

    643

    652

    Non-Current liabilities

    262

    165

    Total liabilities

    863

    612

    905

    817

    Noncontrolling Interest

    19

    21

    23

    21

    Net assets of the equity method investee

    770

    685

    875

    765

    1December 2020 numbers are based on 2020 unaudited financials.

    2 December 2019 numbers are based on 2019 unaudited financials
    2December 2018 numbers are based on 2018 audited financials financials.

    3 The Group received dividends from Harvest Fund Management Co., Ltd. of € 21 million during the reporting period 2019 (2018:2020 (2019: € 1221 million) and reported an extraordinary dividend receivable of € 6 million since the dividend amount has been declared and reported as dividend payable following approval by shareholders of Harvest Fund Management Co., Ltd.

    Reconciliation of total net assets of Harvest Fund Management Co., Ltd.to the Group’s carrying amount

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019¹

    Dec 31, 2018²

    Dec 31, 2020¹

    Dec 31, 2019²

    Net assets of the equity method investee

    770

    685

    875

    765

    Group's ownership percentage on the investee's equity

    30 %

    30 %

    30 %

    30 %

    Group's share of net assets

    231

    206

    262

    230

    Goodwill

    17

    17

    16

    17

    Intangible Assets

    14

    14

    14

    14

    Other adjustments

    (1)

    (1)

    (2)

    0

    Carrying amount3

    261

    236

    290

    261

    1December 2020 numbers are based on 2020 unaudited financials.

    2 December 2019 numbers are based on 2019 unaudited financials
    2December 2018 numbers are based on 2018 audited financials financials.

    3 There is no impairment loss in 20192020 (€ 0 million in 2018)2019).

    Aggregated financial information on the Group’s share in associates and joint ventures that are individually immaterial

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Carrying amount of all associates that are individually immaterial to the Group

    383

    359

    Aggregated amount of the Group's share of profit (loss) from continuing operations

    39

    30

    Aggregated amount of the Group's share of post-tax profit (loss) from discontinued operations

    0

    0

    Aggregated amount of the Group's share of other comprehensive income

    (1)

    (8)

    Aggregated amount of the Group's share of total comprehensive income

    38

    22


    299

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Carrying amount of all associates that are individually immaterial to the Group

    337

    383

    Aggregated amount of the Group's share of profit (loss) from continuing operations

    20

    39

    Aggregated amount of the Group's share of post-tax profit (loss) from discontinued operations

    0

    0

    Aggregated amount of the Group's share of other comprehensive income

    (10)

    (1)

    Aggregated amount of the Group's share of total comprehensive income

    10

    38

    17 Offsetting Financial Assetsfinancial assets and Financial Liabilitiesfinancial liabilities

    The Group is eligible to present certain financial assets and financial liabilities on a net basis on the balance sheet pursuant to criteria described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates: Offsetting Financial Instruments”.

    The following tables provide information on the impact of offsetting on the consolidated balance sheet, as well as the financial impact of netting for instruments subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement as well as available cash and financial instrument collateral.

    300

    Assets

    Dec 31, 2020

    Net amounts of financial assets presented on the balance sheet

    Amounts not set off on the balance sheet

    in € m.

    Gross amounts of financial assets

    Gross amounts set off on the balance sheet

    Impact of Master Netting Agreements

    Cash collateral

    Financial instrument collateral¹

    Net amount

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (enforceable)

    8,234

    (2,863)

    5,371

    0

    0

    (5,319)

    53

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (non-enforceable)

    3,161

    0

    3,161

    0

    0

    (2,855)

    307

    Securities borrowed (enforceable)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Securities borrowed (non-enforceable)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (enforceable)

    463,397

    (84,554)

    378,843

    (263,518)

    (45,066)

    (58,410)

    11,849

    Of which: Positive market values from derivative financial instruments (enforceable)

    336,976

    (12,557)

    324,419

    (262,525)

    (45,048)

    (5,162)

    11,684

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (non-enforceable)

    149,137

    0

    149,137

    0

    (1,098)

    (12,790)

    135,249

    Of which: Positive market values from derivative financial instruments (non-enforceable)

    19,074

    0

    19,074

    0

    (1,003)

    (1,116)

    16,955

    Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    612,534

    (84,554)

    527,980

    (263,518)

    (46,164)

    (71,200)

    147,099

    Loans at amortized cost

    426,691

    0

    426,691

    0

    (12,129)

    (52,571)

    361,991

    Other assets

    120,531

    (10,170)

    110,360

    (43,277)

    (412)

    (90)

    66,581

    Of which: Positive market values from derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting (enforceable)

    3,286

    (21)

    3,265

    (2,607)

    (411)

    (90)

    156

    Remaining assets subject to netting

    1,543

    0

    1,543

    0

    0

    0

    1,543

    Remaining assets not subject to netting

    249,854

    0

    249,854

    0

    (384)

    (2,768)

    246,703

    Total assets

    1,422,549

    (97,587)

    1,324,961

    (306,795)

    (59,089)

    (134,803)

    824,275

    1Excludes real estate and other non-financial instrument collateral.

    Liabilities

    Dec 31, 2020

    Net amounts of financial liabilities presented on the balance sheet

    Amounts not set off on the balance sheet

    in € m.

    Gross amounts of financial liabilities

    Gross amounts set off on the balance sheet

    Impact of Master Netting Agreements

    Cash collateral

    Financial instrument collateral

    Net amount

    Deposits

    567,745

    0

    567,745

    0

    0

    0

    567,745

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (enforceable)

    4,586

    (2,263)

    2,323

    0

    0

    (2,323)

    0

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (non-enforceable)

    3

    0

    3

    0

    0

    (2)

    1

    Securities loaned (enforceable)

    1,686

    0

    1,686

    0

    0

    (1,686)

    0

    Securities loaned (non-enforceable)

    11

    0

    11

    0

    0

    (2)

    9

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (enforceable)

    480,029

    (86,803)

    393,226

    (265,150)

    (34,846)

    (41,642)

    51,589

    Of which: Negative market values from derivative financial instruments (enforceable)

    326,692

    (14,715)

    311,976

    (264,042)

    (34,846)

    (5,816)

    7,273

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (non-enforceable)

    25,972

    0

    25,972

    0

    (1,875)

    (6,184)

    17,914

    Of which: Negative market values from derivative financial instruments (non-enforceable)

    15,798

    0

    15,798

    0

    (1,875)

    (166)

    13,757

    Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    506,002

    (86,803)

    419,199

    (265,150)

    (36,721)

    (47,826)

    69,502

    Other liabilities

    122,730

    (8,521)

    114,208

    (49,534)

    (121)

    (6)

    64,547

    Of which: Negative market values from derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting (enforceable)

    1,315

    (36)

    1,279

    (1,090)

    (121)

    (6)

    62

    Remaining liabilities not subject to netting

    157,602

    0

    157,602

    0

    (2)

    (1)

    157,599

    Total liabilities

    1,360,364

    (97,587)

    1,262,777

    (314,684)

    (36,844)

    (51,845)

    859,403

    Other assets include € 1.4 billion positive market values for derivative financial instruments which have been reclassified into asset held for sale, associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas, along with the corresponding impact of master netting agreements and collateralization. Due to the same reason, other liabilities include € 1.9 billion negative market values for derivative financial instruments which have been reclassified into liabilities held for sale, along with the corresponding impact of master netting agreements and collateralization. For further information please refer to Note 24 “Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale” to the consolidated financial statements.

    301

    Assets

    Dec 31, 2019

    Net amounts of financial assets presented on the balance sheet

    Amounts not set off on the balance sheet

    in € m.

    Gross amounts of financial assets

    Gross amounts set off on the balance sheet

    Impact of Master Netting Agreements

    Cash collateral

    Financial instrument collateral¹

    Net amount

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (enforceable)

    14,174

    (2,985)

    11,189

    0

    0

    (11,186)

    3

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (non-enforceable)

    2,612

    0

    2,612

    0

    0

    (2,464)

    148

    Securities borrowed (enforceable)

    424

    0

    424

    0

    0

    (299)

    124

    Securities borrowed (non-enforceable)

    4

    0

    4

    0

    0

    (4)

    0

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (enforceable)

    476,371

    (96,171)

    380,200

    (263,180)

    (41,115)

    (65,075)

    10,830

    Of which: Positive market values from derivative financial instruments (enforceable)

    337,117

    (17,479)

    319,638

    (262,326)

    (41,115)

    (5,535)

    10,661

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (non-enforceable)

    150,513

    0

    150,513

    0

    (1,119)

    (12,424)

    136,971

    Of which: Positive market values from derivative financial instruments (non-enforceable)

    13,293

    0

    13,293

    0

    (1,062)

    (896)

    11,335

    Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    626,884

    (96,171)

    530,713

    (263,180)

    (42,234)

    (77,498)

    147,801

    Loans at amortized cost

    429,841

    0

    429,841

    0

    (11,819)

    (55,458)

    362,563

    Other assets

    116,259

    (5,900)

    110,359

    (37,267)

    (570)

    (138)

    72,384

    Of which: Positive market values from derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting (enforceable)

    3,004

    (224)

    2,780

    (2,149)

    (443)

    (94)

    94

    Remaining assets subject to netting

    1,415

    0

    1,415

    0

    0

    (1,361)

    54

    Remaining assets not subject to netting

    211,117

    0

    211,117

    0

    (745)

    (1,276)

    209,096

    Total assets

    1,402,730

    (105,056)

    1,297,674

    (300,447)

    (55,368)

    (149,685)

    792,174

    1 Excludes real estate and other non-financial instrument collateral.

    300

    Liabilities

    Dec 31, 2019

    Net amounts of financial liabilities presented on the balance sheet

    Amounts not set off on the balance sheet

    in € m.

    Gross amounts of financial liabilities

    Gross amounts set off on the balance sheet

    Impact of Master Netting Agreements

    Cash collateral

    Financial instrument collateral

    Net amount

    Deposits

    572,208

    0

    572,208

    0

    0

    0

    572,208

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (enforceable)

    5,452

    (2,985)

    2,467

    0

    0

    (2,467)

    0

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (non-enforceable)

    648

    0

    648

    0

    0

    (400)

    248

    Securities loaned (enforceable)

    191

    0

    191

    0

    0

    (191)

    0

    Securities loaned (non-enforceable)

    68

    0

    68

    0

    0

    (61)

    7

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (enforceable)

    476,677

    (96,316)

    380,361

    (264,392)

    (29,755)

    (42,121)

    44,093

    Of which: Negative market values from derivative financial instruments (enforceable)

    324,374

    (18,125)

    306,249

    (263,358)

    (29,755)

    (6,108)

    7,028

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (non-enforceable)

    24,087

    0

    24,087

    0

    (1,535)

    (7,982)

    14,570

    Of which: Negative market values from derivative financial instruments (non-enforceable)

    10,257

    0

    10,257

    0

    (1,286)

    (401)

    8,571

    Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    500,764

    (96,316)

    404,448

    (264,392)

    (31,290)

    (50,103)

    58,663

    Other liabilities

    113,719

    (5,754)

    107,964

    (45,985)

    (418)

    (15)

    61,546

    Of which: Negative market values from derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting (enforceable)

    2,539

    (1,109)

    1,431

    (1,118)

    (269)

    (15)

    28

    Remaining liabilities not subject to netting

    147,521

    0

    147,521

    0

    0

    (4)

    147,517

    Total liabilities

    1,340,571

    (105,056)

    1,235,515

    (310,376)

    (31,708)

    (53,240)

    840,190

    302

    Other assets include € 1.8 billion positive market values for derivative financial instruments which have been reclassified into asset held for sale, associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas, along with the corresponding impact of master netting agreements and collateralization. Due to the same reason, other liabilities include € 2.5 billion negative market values for derivative financial instruments which have been reclassified into liabilities held for sale, along with the corresponding impact of master netting agreements and collateralization. For further information please refer to Note 24 “Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale” to the consolidated financial statements.

    Effective December 30, 2019, the Group elected to convert its interest rate swaps (IRS) transacted with the Japan Securities Clearing Corporation (JSCC) from the previous collateral model to a settlement model. The IRS are now legally settled on a daily basis resulting in derecognition of the associated assets and liabilities. Previously, the Group applied the principles of IAS 32 offsetting to present net the positive (negative) carrying amounts of the IRS and associated variation margin payables (receivables). As a result, gross amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities and corresponding gross amounts set off on the balance sheet decreased by € 5.0 billion and € 3.9 billion as of December 31, 2019, respectively, with no change to the net amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities presented on the balance sheet.

    301

    Assets

    Dec 31, 2018

    Net amounts of financial assets presented on the balance sheet

    Amounts not set off on the balance sheet

    in € m.

    Gross amounts of financial assets

    Gross amounts set off on the balance sheet

    Impact of Master Netting Agreements

    Cash collateral

    Financial instrument collateral¹

    Net amount

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (enforceable)

    8,194

    (2,629)

    5,565

    0

    0

    (5,565)

    0

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (non-enforceable)

    2,656

    0

    2,656

    0

    0

    (2,169)

    488

    Securities borrowed (enforceable)

    3,157

    0

    3,157

    0

    0

    (3,055)

    102

    Securities borrowed (non-enforceable)

    239

    0

    239

    0

    0

    (239)

    0

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (enforceable)

    435,306

    (73,286)

    362,020

    (250,476)

    (39,006)

    (63,733)

    8,805

    Of which: Positive market values from derivative financial instruments (enforceable)

    324,348

    (19,269)

    305,080

    (250,231)

    (38,731)

    (6,682)

    9,436

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (non-enforceable)

    211,323

    0

    211,323

    0

    (1,858)

    (12,013)

    197,452

    Of which: Positive market values from derivative financial instruments (non-enforceable)

    14,978

    0

    14,978

    0

    (1,858)

    (1,277)

    11,843

    Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    646,629

    (73,286)

    573,344

    (250,476)

    (40,864)

    (75,746)

    206,257

    Loans at amortized cost

    400,297

    0

    400,297

    0

    (13,505)

    (39,048)

    347,743

    Other assets

    107,633

    (14,189)

    93,444

    (29,073)

    (522)

    (92)

    63,757

    Of which: Positive market values from derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting (enforceable)

    3,451

    (423)

    3,028

    (2,347)

    (520)

    (92)

    69

    Remaining assets subject to netting

    1,097

    0

    1,097

    0

    0

    (621)

    475

    Remaining assets not subject to netting

    268,338

    0

    268,338

    0

    (227)

    (1,540)

    266,571

    Total assets

    1,438,241

    (90,104)

    1,348,137

    (279,550)

    (55,118)

    (128,075)

    885,394

    1Excludes real estate and other non-financial instrument collateral.

    Liabilities

    Dec 31, 2018

    Net amounts of financial liabilities presented on the balance sheet

    Amounts not set off on the balance sheet

    in € m.

    Gross amounts of financial liabilities

    Gross amounts set off on the balance sheet

    Impact of Master Netting Agreements

    Cash collateral

    Financial instrument collateral

    Net amount

    Deposits

    564,405

    0

    564,405

    0

    0

    0

    564,405

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (enforceable)

    7,145

    (3,677)

    3,468

    0

    0

    (3,468)

    0

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements (non-enforceable)

    1,399

    0

    1,399

    0

    0

    (1,140)

    259

    Securities loaned (enforceable)

    3,164

    0

    3,164

    0

    0

    (3,164)

    0

    Securities loaned (non-enforceable)

    195

    0

    195

    0

    0

    (164)

    31

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (enforceable)

    399,625

    (71,469)

    328,156

    (251,495)

    (25,232)

    (40,935)

    10,493

    Of which: Negative market values from derivative financial instruments (enforceable)

    309,401

    (18,978)

    290,423

    (250,908)

    (25,232)

    (4,805)

    9,478

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (non-enforceable)

    87,524

    0

    87,524

    0

    (2,301)

    (11,268)

    73,955

    Of which: Negative market values from derivative financial instruments (non-enforceable)

    11,064

    0

    11,064

    0

    (1,494)

    (573)

    8,996

    Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    487,149

    (71,469)

    415,680

    (251,495)

    (27,533)

    (52,204)

    84,448

    Other liabilities

    132,470

    (14,957)

    117,513

    (42,260)

    (73)

    (158)

    75,022

    Of which: Negative market values from derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting (enforceable)

    2,537

    (615)

    1,922

    (1,670)

    (71)

    (158)

    23

    Remaining liabilities not subject to netting

    173,577

    0

    173,577

    0

    0

    0

    173,577

    Total liabilities

    1,369,503

    (90,104)

    1,279,400

    (293,755)

    (27,606)

    (60,297)

    897,742

    The column ‘Gross amounts set off on the balance sheet’ discloses the amounts offset in accordance with all the criteria described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates: Offsetting Financial Instruments”.


    302

    The column ‘Impact of Master Netting Agreements’ discloses the amounts that are subject to master netting agreements but were not offset because they did not meet the net settlement/simultaneous settlement criteria; or because the rights of set off are conditional upon the default of the counterparty only. The amounts presented for other assets and other liabilities include cash margin receivables and payables respectively.

    The columns ‘Cash collateral’ and ‘Financial instrument collateral’ disclose the cash and financial instrument collateral amounts received or pledged in relation to the total amounts of assets and liabilities, including those that were not offset.

    Non-enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements refer to contracts executed in jurisdictions where the rights of set off may not be upheld under the local bankruptcy laws.

    The cash collateral received against the positive market values of derivatives and the cash collateral pledged towards the negative mark-to-market values of derivatives are booked within the ‘Other liabilities’ and ‘Other assets’ balances respectively.

    The Cash and Financial instrument collateral amounts disclosed reflect their fair values. The rights of set off relating to the cash and financial instrument collateral are conditional upon the default of the counterparty.

    18 Loans

    The entire loan book presented includes Loansloans classified at amortized cost, loans mandatory at fair value through profit and loss and loans at fair value through other comprehensive income.income and loans at fair value through profit and loss.

    The below table gives an overview of our loan exposure by industry, allocatedand is based on the NACE code of the counterparty. NACE (Nomenclature des Activités Économiques dans la Communauté Européenne) is a standard European industry classification system.

    303

    Loans by industry classification

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    676

    655

    637

    676

    Mining and quarrying

    3,027

    3,699

    3,145

    3,027

    Manufacturing

    30,199

    30,966

    28,040

    30,199

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    4,577

    3,555

    3,765

    4,577

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    843

    895

    681

    843

    Construction

    4,110

    4,421

    4,708

    4,110

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    22,568

    21,871

    22,023

    22,568

    Transport and storage

    5,610

    6,548

    6,382

    5,610

    Accommodation and food service activities

    2,633

    2,094

    2,514

    2,633

    Information and communication

    6,575

    5,281

    6,240

    6,575

    Financial and insurance activities

    98,434

    93,886

    90,220

    98,434

    Real estate activities

    45,153

    35,153

    37,946

    45,153

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    7,430

    7,020

    7,946

    7,430

    Administrative and support service activities

    7,063

    7,921

    9,568

    7,063

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    8,012

    10,752

    7,413

    8,012

    Education

    327

    698

    205

    327

    Human health services and social work activities

    3,631

    3,618

    3,530

    3,631

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    867

    951

    951

    867

    Other service activities

    5,766

    5,328

    6,165

    5,766

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    196,732

    188,494

    205,028

    196,732

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    3

    25

    1

    3

    Gross loans

    454,235

    433,832

    447,107

    454,235

    (Deferred expense)/unearned income

    340

    254

    394

    340

    Loans less (deferred expense)/unearned income

    453,895

    433,578

    446,712

    453,895

    Less: Allowance for loan losses

    4,018

    4,247

    4,823

    4,018

    Total loans

    449,876

    429,331

    441,889

    449,876


    303

    19 Allowance for Credit Lossescredit losses

    The allowance for credit losses consists of an allowance for loan losses and an allowance for off-balance sheet positions.

    Development of allowance for credit losses for financial assets at amortized cost

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    Allowance for Credit Losses³

    Allowance for Credit Losses³

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    in €

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    509

    501

    3,247

    3

    4,259

    549

    492

    3,015

    36

    4,093

    Movements in financial assets including new business

    (57)

    102

    550

    40

    636

    (44)

    309

    1,348

    72 4

    1,686

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    120

    (106)

    (14)

    N/M

    0

    77

    (125)

    49

    N/M

    0

    Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period²

    0

    0

    (872)

    (26)

    (898)

    0

    0

    (781)

    0

    (781)

    Recovery of written off amounts

    0

    0

    96

    0

    96

    0

    0

    58

    0

    58

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    (22)

    (4)

    8

    18

    0

    (38)

    (28)

    (75)

    31

    (110)

    Balance, end of reporting period

    549

    492

    3,015

    36

    4,093

    544

    648

    3,614

    139

    4,946

    Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk¹

    62

    (4)

    536

    40

    636

    33

    184

    1,397

    72

    1,686

    1 Movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk.

    2 This position includes charge offs of allowance for credit losses.

    3 Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 35 million as of December 31, 2019.2020.

    Dec 31, 2018

    Allowance for Credit Losses³

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    462

    494

    3,638

    3

    4,596

    Movements in financial assets including new business

    (132)

    215

    440

    (17)

    507

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    199

    (137)

    (62)

    N/M

    0

    Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period²

    (6)

    (17)

    (972)

    0

    (995)

    Recovery of written off amounts

    0

    0

    172

    0

    172

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    (14)

    (54)

    30

    17

    (21)

    Balance, end of reporting period

    509

    501

    3,247

    3

    4,259

    Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk¹

    66

    78

    379

    (17)

    507

    4The total amount of undiscounted expected credit losses at initial recognition on financial assets that are purchased or originated credit-impaired initially recognised during the reporting period was € 50 million in 2020 and € 0 million in 2019.

    304

    Dec 31, 2019

    Allowance for Credit Losses³

    in €

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    509

    501

    3,247

    3

    4,259

    Movements in financial assets including new business

    (57)

    102

    550

    40

    636

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    120

    (106)

    (14)

    0

    0

    Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period²

    0

    0

    (872)

    (26)

    (898)

    Recovery of written off amounts

    0

    0

    96

    0

    96

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    (22)

    (4)

    8

    18

    0

    Balance, end of reporting period

    549

    492

    3,015

    36

    4,093

    Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk¹

    62

    (4)

    536

    40

    636

    1 Movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk.

    2 This position includes charge offs of allowance for credit losses.

    3
    Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 3 million as of December 31, 2019.

    Dec 31, 2018

    Allowance for Credit Losses³

    in €

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    462

    494

    3,638

    3

    4,596

    Movements in financial assets including new business

    (132)

    215

    440

    (17)

    507

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    199

    (137)

    (62)

    0

    Changes due to modifications that did not result in derecognition

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial assets that have been derecognized during the period²

    (6)

    (17)

    (972)

    0

    (995)

    Recovery of written off amounts

    0

    0

    172

    0

    172

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    (14)

    (54)

    30

    17

    (21)

    Balance, end of reporting period

    509

    501

    3,247

    3

    4,259

    Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk¹

    66

    78

    379

    (17)

    507

    1Movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models add up to Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk.

    2This position includes charge offs of allowance for credit losses.

    3 Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 6 million as of December 31, 2018.

    Allowance for credit losses for financial assets at fair value through OCI1

    Dec 31, 2020

    Allowance for Credit Losses

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Fair Value through OCI

    12

    6

    2

    0

    20

    1Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at fair value through OCI remained at very low levels (€ 35 million at December 31, 2019 and € 20 million as of December   31, 2020). Due to immateriality, we do not provide any details on the year-over-year development.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Allowance for Credit Losses

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Fair Value through OCI

    16

    9

    10

    0

    35

    1 Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at fair value through OCI remainedwere almost unchanged at very low levels (€ 13 million at December 31, 2018 and € 35 million as of December   31, 2019). Due to immateriality, we do not provide any details on the year-over-year development.

    Dec 31, 2018

    Allowance for Credit Losses

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Fair Value through OCI

    11

    1

    0

    (0)

    13

    1 Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at fair value through OCI were almost unchanged at very low levels (€ 12 million at the beginning of year 2018 and € 13 million as of December   31, 2018, respectively). Due to immateriality, we do not provide any details on the year-over-year development.

    304305

    Development of allowance for credit losses for off-balance sheet positions

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    Allowance for Credit Losses2

    Allowance for Credit Losses2

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    132

    73

    84

    0

    289

    128

    48

    166

    0

    342

    Movements including new business

    (13)

    (5)

    88

    0

    70

    13

    21

    41

    0

    75

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    9

    (12)

    3

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (1)

    0

    0

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    (1)

    (7)

    (9)

    0

    (17)

    3

    4

    (6)

    0

    1

    Balance, end of reporting period

    128

    48

    166

    0

    342

    144

    74

    200

    0

    419

    Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1

    (4)

    (17)

    90

    0

    70

    13

    22

    40

    0

    75

    1The1The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models.


    2
    2AllowanceAllowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 4 million as of December 31, 2019.2020.

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2019

    Allowance for Credit Losses2

    Allowance for Credit Losses2

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    117

    36

    119

    0

    272

    132

    73

    84

    0

    289

    Movements including new business

    (0)

    31

    (13)

    0

    18

    (13)

    (5)

    88

    0

    70

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    2

    (0)

    (2)

    0

    0

    9

    (12)

    3

    0

    0

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    14

    6

    (20)

    0

    (0)

    (1)

    (7)

    (9)

    0

    (17)

    Balance, end of reporting period

    132

    73

    84

    0

    289

    128

    48

    166

    0

    342

    Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1

    1

    31

    (15)

    0

    18

    (4)

    (17)

    90

    0

    70

    1The1The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models.


    2
    2AllowanceAllowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 4 million as of December 31, 2019.

    Dec 31, 2018

    Allowance for Credit Losses2

    in € m.

    Stage 1

    Stage 2

    Stage 3

    Stage 3 POCI

    Total

    Balance, beginning of year

    117

    36

    119

    0

    272

    Movements including new business

    (0)

    31

    (13)

    0

    18

    Transfers due to changes in creditworthiness

    2

    (0)

    (2)

    0

    0

    Changes in models

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange and other changes

    14

    6

    (20)

    0

    (0)

    Balance, end of reporting period

    132

    73

    84

    0

    289

    Provision for Credit Losses excluding country risk1

    1

    31

    (15)

    0

    18

    1The above table breaks down the impact on provision for credit losses from movements in financial assets including new business, transfers due to changes in creditworthiness and changes in models.

    2Allowance for credit losses does not include allowance for country risk amounting to € 5 million as of December 31, 2018.

    Breakdown of the movements in the Group’s allowance for loan losses (as previously reported under IAS 39)

    2017

    in € m.

    Individually assessed

    Collectively assessed

    Total

    Allowance, beginning of year

    2,071

    2,475

    4,546

    Provision for loan losses

    299

    253

    552

    Net charge-offs:

    (487)

    (532)

    (1,019)

    Charge-offs

    (541)

    (605)

    (1,146)

    Recoveries

    54

    73

    127

    Other Changes

    (117)

    (41)

    (158)

    Allowance, end of year

    1,766

    2,155

    3,921

    Activity in the Group’s allowance for off-balance sheet positions (contingent liabilities and lending commitments), (as previously reported under IAS 39)

    2017

    in € m.

    Individually assessed

    Collectively assessed

    Total

    Allowance, beginning of year

    162

    183

    346

    Provision for off-balance sheet positions

    (23)

    (4)

    (27)

    Usage

    0

    0

    0

    Other changes

    (18)

    (16)

    (34)

    Allowance, end of year

    122

    163

    285


    305

    20 Transfer of Financial Assets, Assets Pledgedfinancial assets, assets pledged and Receivedreceived as Collateralcollateral

    The Group enters into transactions in which it transfers financial assets held on the balance sheet and as a result may either be eligible to derecognize the transferred asset in its entirety or must continue to recognize the transferred asset to the extent of any continuing involvement, depending on certain criteria. These criteria are discussed in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”.

    Where financial assets are not eligible to be derecognized, the transfers are viewed as secured financing transactions, with any consideration received resulting in a corresponding liability. The Group is not entitled to use these financial assets for any other purposes. The most common transactions of this nature entered into by the Group are repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and total return swaps, in which the Group retains substantially all of the associated credit, equity price, interest rate and foreign exchange risks and rewards associated with the assets as well as the associated income streams.

    306

    Information on asset types and associated transactions that did not qualify for derecognition

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Carrying amount of transferred assets

    Trading securities not derecognized due to the following transactions:

    Repurchase agreements

    31,329

    33,980

    40,654

    31,329

    Securities lending agreements

    13,001

    41,621

    8,951

    13,001

    Total return swaps

    1,615

    1,835

    1,319

    1,615

    Other

    2,341

    6,589

    5,028

    2,341

    Total trading securities

    48,285

    84,025

    55,953

    48,285

    Other trading assets

    90

    69

    21

    90

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    439

    1,289

    666

    439

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    2,537

    4,286

    5,951

    2,537

    Loans at amortized cost1

    310

    408

    210

    310

    Others

    236

    0

    72

    236

    Total

    51,897

    90,076

    62,872

    51,897

    Carrying amount of associated liabilities

    37,790

    46,218

    53,348

    37,790

    ¹ Loans where the associated liability is recourse only to the transferred assets had NIL carrying value and fair value as at December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018.2019. The associated liabilities had the same carrying value and fair value which resulted in a net position of 0.

    Carrying value of assets transferred in which the Group still accounts for the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Carrying amount of the original assets transferred

    Trading securities

    1,101

    759

    1,039

    1,101

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    306

    0

    0

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    698

    386

    673

    698

    Carrying amount of the assets continued to be recognized

    Trading securities

    109

    35

    81

    109

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    15

    0

    0

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    23

    43

    17

    23

    Carrying amount of associated liabilities

    185

    117

    139

    185

    The Group could retain some exposure to the future performance of a transferred asset either through new or existing contractual rights and obligations and still be eligible to derecognize the asset. This ongoing involvement will be recognized as a new instrument which may be different from the original financial asset that was transferred. Typical transactions include retaining senior notes of non-consolidated securitizations to which originated loans have been transferred; financing arrangements with structured entities to which the Group has sold a portfolio of assets; or sales of assets with credit-contingent swaps. The Group’s exposure to such transactions is not considered to be significant as any substantial retention of risks associated with the transferred asset will commonly result in an initial failure to derecognize. Transactions not considered to result in an ongoing involvement include normal warranties on fraudulent activities that could invalidate a transfer in the event of legal action, qualifying pass-through arrangements and standard trustee or administrative fees that are not linked to performance.

    306

    The impact on the Group’s Balance Sheet of on-going involvement associated with transferred assets derecognized in full

    Dec 31,2019

    Dec 31,2018

    Dec 31,2020

    Dec 31,2019

    in € m.

    Carrying value

    Fair value

    Maximum Exposure to Loss¹

    Carrying value

    Fair value

    Maximum Exposure to Loss¹

    Carrying value

    Fair value

    Maximum Exposure to Loss¹

    Carrying value

    Fair value

    Maximum Exposure to Loss¹

    Loans at amortized cost

    Securitization notes

    325

    334

    334

    372

    372

    372

    254

    271

    271

    325

    334

    334

    Other

    10

    10

    10

    14

    14

    14

    7

    7

    7

    10

    10

    10

    Total loans at amortized cost

    336

    344

    344

    385

    385

    385

    261

    279

    279

    336

    344

    344

    Financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss

    Securitization notes

    36

    36

    36

    22

    22

    22

    28

    28

    28

    36

    36

    36

    Non-standard Interest Rate, cross-currency or inflation-linked swap

    0

    0

    0

    5

    5

    5

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss

    36

    36

    36

    27

    27

    27

    28

    28

    28

    36

    36

    36

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income:

    Securitization notes

    457

    465

    465

    112

    112

    112

    624

    645

    645

    457

    465

    465

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    457

    465

    465

    112

    112

    112

    624

    645

    645

    457

    465

    465

    Total financial assets representing on-going involvement

    828

    845

    845

    524

    524

    524

    913

    951

    951

    828

    845

    845

    Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss

    Non-standard Interest Rate, cross-currency or inflation-linked swap

    11

    11

    0

    61

    61

    0

    11

    11

    0

    11

    11

    0

    Total financial liabilities representing on-going involvement

    11

    11

    0

    61

    61

    0

    11

    11

    0

    11

    11

    0

    1 The maximum exposure to loss is defined as the carrying value plus the notional value of any undrawn loan commitments not recognized as liabilities.

    307

    The impact on the Group’s Statement of Income of on-going involvement associated with transferred assets derecognized in full

    Dec 31,2019

    Dec 31,2018

    Dec 31,2020

    Dec 31,2019

    in € m.

    Year-to- date P&L

    Cumulative P&L

    Gain/(loss) on disposal

    Year-to- date P&L

    Cumulative P&L

    Gain/(loss) on disposal

    Year-to- date P&L

    Cumulative P&L

    Gain/(loss) on disposal

    Year-to- date P&L

    Cumulative P&L

    Gain/(loss) on disposal

    Securitization notes

    15

    27

    100

    9

    13

    11

    22

    49

    99

    15

    27

    100

    Non-standard Interest Rate, cross-currency or inflation-linked swap

    (0)

    (0)

    0

    21

    268

    0

    (1)

    (1)

    0

    (0)

    (0)

    0

    Net gains/(losses) recognized from on-going involvement in derecognized assets

    15

    27

    100

    30

    281

    11

    21

    48

    99

    15

    27

    100

    The Group pledges assets primarily as collateral against secured funding and for repurchase agreements, securities borrowing agreements as well as other borrowing arrangements and for margining purposes on OTC derivative liabilities. Pledges are generally conducted under terms that are usual and customary for standard securitized borrowing contracts and other transactions described.

    Carrying value of the Group’s assets pledged as collateral for liabilities or contingent liabilities1

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    36,686

    41,816

    47,553

    36,686

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    2,943

    4,274

    7,858

    2,943

    Loans

    70,323

    75,641

    77,433

    70,323

    Other

    1,617

    1,364

    1,257

    1,617

    Total

    111,570

    123,095

    134,101

    111,570

    1 Excludes assets pledged as collateral from transactions that do not result in liabilities or contingent liabilities.

    Total assets pledged to creditors available for sale or repledge1

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    34,503

    45,640

    44,210

    34,503

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    1,303

    3,201

    4,911

    1,303

    Loans

    132

    11

    2,232

    132

    Other

    236

    0

    72

    236

    Total

    36,174

    48,851

    51,426

    36,174

    1 Includes assets pledged as collateral from transactions that do not result in liabilities or contingent liabilities.

    The Group receives collateral primarily in reverse repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements, derivatives transactions, customer margin loans and other transactions. These transactions are generally conducted under terms that are usual and customary for standard secured lending activities and the other transactions described. The Group, as the secured party, has the right to sell or re-pledge such collateral, subject to the Group returning equivalent securities upon completion of the transaction. This right is used primarily to cover short sales, securities loaned and securities sold under repurchase agreements.

    Fair Value of collateral received

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Securities and other financial assets accepted as collateral

    251,757

    292,474

    237,157

    251,757

    Of which:

    Collateral sold or repledged

    200,378

    240,365

    199,346

    200,378

    307308

    21 Property and Equipmentequipment

    in € m.

    Owner occupied properties

    Furniture and equipment

    Leasehold improvements

    Contruction-in-progress

    Property and equipment owned (IAS 16)

    Right-of-use for leased assets (IFRS 16)

    Total

    Owner occupied properties

    Furniture and equipment

    Leasehold improvements

    Construction-in-progress

    Property and equipment owned (IAS 16)

    Right-of-use for leased assets (IFRS 16)

    Total

    Cost of acquisition:

    Balance as of January 1, 2018

    1,387

    2,473

    2,743

    139

    6,743

    N/A

    6,743

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    0

    141

    (2)

    0

    139

    N/A

    139

    Additions

    11

    150

    155

    150

    465

    N/A

    465

    Transfers

    (8)

    (4)

    106

    (147)

    (53)

    N/A

    (53)

    Reclassifications (to)/from “held for sale”

    (478)

    (30)

    (27)

    (2)

    (538)

    N/A

    (538)

    Disposals

    134

    291

    144

    0

    569

    N/A

    569

    Exchange rate changes

    1

    164

    29

    1

    195

    N/A

    195

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    778

    2,602

    2,860

    142

    6,382

    N/A

    6,382

    Impact from the implementation of IFRS 16

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    3,185

    3,185

    Balance as of January 1, 2019

    778

    2,602

    2,860

    142

    6,382

    3,185

    9,567

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    0

    (165)

    0

    (0)

    (165)

    0

    (165)

    0

    (165)

    0

    (0)

    (165)

    0

    (165)

    Additions

    8

    111

    49

    160

    327

    413

    740

    8

    111

    49

    160

    327

    413

    740

    Transfers

    (56)

    15

    116

    (147)

    (72)

    32

    (40)

    (56)

    15

    116

    (147)

    (72)

    32

    (40)

    Reclassifications (to)/from “held for sale”

    (0)

    (11)

    0

    (0)

    (11)

    0

    (11)

    (0)

    (11)

    0

    (0)

    (11)

    0

    (11)

    Disposals

    75

    190

    82

    0

    347

    115

    462

    75

    190

    82

    0

    347

    115

    462

    Exchange rate changes

    1

    19

    19

    1

    39

    19

    58

    1

    19

    19

    1

    39

    19

    58

    Balance as of December 31, 2019

    656

    2,380

    2,961

    155

    6,153

    3,533

    9,686

    656

    2,380

    2,961

    155

    6,153

    3,533

    9,686

    Accumulated depreciation and impairment:

    Balance as of January 1, 2018

    579

    1,800

    1,702

    0

    4,080

    N/A

    4,080

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    (0)

    28

    (1)

    0

    27

    N/A

    27

    0

    (1)

    (0)

    (0)

    (1)

    (1)

    (3)

    Depreciation

    28

    206

    197

    0

    430

    N/A

    430

    Impairment losses

    3

    3

    3

    0

    9

    N/A

    9

    Reversals of impairment losses

    37

    0

    0

    0

    37

    N/A

    37

    Additions

    2

    128

    47

    335

    512

    1,806

    2,317

    Transfers

    (13)

    48

    (5)

    0

    30

    N/A

    30

    8

    173

    43

    (97)

    127

    (388)

    (261)

    Reclassifications (to)/from “held for sale”

    (215)

    (40)

    (22)

    0

    (277)

    N/A

    (277)

    (73)

    (65)

    0

    (1)

    (139)

    (0)

    (139)

    Disposals

    17

    281

    128

    0

    426

    N/A

    426

    2

    223

    96

    0

    321

    41

    362

    Exchange rate changes

    1

    99

    24

    0

    125

    N/A

    125

    (4)

    (50)

    (58)

    (5)

    (117)

    (64)

    (181)

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    328

    1,862

    1,770

    0

    3,960

    N/A

    3,960

    Impact from the implementation of IFRS 16

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    0

    0

    Balance as of December 31, 2020

    587

    2,343

    2,897

    387

    6,214

    4,844

    11,058

    Accumulated depreciation and impairment:

    Balance as of January 1, 2019

    328

    1,862

    1,770

    0

    3,960

    0

    3,960

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    5

    (49)

    0

    0

    (44)

    1

    (43)

    5

    (49)

    0

    0

    (44)

    1

    (43)

    Depreciation

    18

    199

    217

    0

    434

    615

    1,049

    18

    199

    217

    0

    434

    615

    1,049

    Impairment losses

    20

    2

    5

    0

    27

    85

    112

    20

    2

    5

    0

    27

    85

    112

    Reversals of impairment losses

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Transfers

    (31)

    (4)

    (16)

    0

    (51)

    41

    (10)

    (31)

    (4)

    (16)

    0

    (51)

    41

    (10)

    Reclassifications (to)/from “held for sale”

    (0)

    (4)

    0

    0

    (5)

    0

    (5)

    (0)

    (4)

    0

    0

    (5)

    0

    (5)

    Disposals

    16

    180

    66

    0

    262

    79

    341

    16

    180

    66

    0

    262

    79

    341

    Exchange rate changes

    0

    15

    16

    0

    32

    0

    32

    0

    15

    16

    0

    32

    0

    32

    Balance as of December 31, 2019

    325

    1,841

    1,927

    0

    4,093

    663

    4,756

    325

    1,841

    1,927

    0

    4,093

    663

    4,756

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    0

    (1)

    (0)

    0

    (1)

    0

    (1)

    Depreciation

    16

    171

    187

    0

    373

    648

    1,021

    Impairment losses

    5

    2

    8

    0

    16

    77

    93

    Reversals of impairment losses

    3

    0

    0

    0

    3

    10

    12

    Transfers

    2

    145

    2

    0

    149

    5

    153

    Reclassifications (to)/from “held for sale”

    (25)

    (53)

    0

    0

    (78)

    0

    (78)

    Disposals

    1

    206

    89

    0

    296

    11

    307

    Exchange rate changes

    (3)

    (42)

    (45)

    0

    (90)

    (24)

    (114)

    Balance as of December 31, 2020

    317

    1,856

    1,989

    0

    4,163

    1,347

    5,510

    Carrying amount:

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    450

    740

    1,090

    142

    2,421

    0

    2,421

    Balance as of December 31, 2019

    331

    540

    1,034

    155

    2,060

    2,870

    4,930

    331

    540

    1,034

    155

    2,060

    2,870

    4,930

    Balance as of December 31, 2020

    270

    487

    908

    387

    2,051

    3,497

    5,549

    ImpairmentDepreciation expenses, impairment losses and reversal of impairment losses on property and equipment are recorded within general and administrative expenses for the income statement.

    308

    The carrying value of items of property and equipment on which there is a restriction on sale was € 2423 million and € 4224 million as of December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, respectively.

    309

    Commitments for the acquisition of property and equipment were € 27 million at year-end 2020 and € 46 million at year-end 2019 and € 273 million at year-end 2018.2019.

    The Group leases many assets including land and buildings, vehicles and IT equipment. With the implementation of IFRS 16 and as of January 1, 2019, the Group as a lessee recorded an opening balanceequipment for thewhich it records right-of-use for these leased assets of € 3.2 billion, which mainly represented leased properties of € 3.2 billion and vehicle leases of € 23 million. Additionsassets. During 2020, additions to right-of-use assets ofamounted to € 413 million capitalized during 20191.8 billion and largely reflected new real estate leases. Depreciation charges of € 615648 million recognized in 20192020 mainly resulted from planned consumption of right-of-use assets for property leases over their contractual terms. The carrying amount of right-of-use assets of € 2.93.5 billion included in Total Property and equipment as of December 31, 20192020 predominantly represented leased properties of € 2.83.5 billion and vehicle leases of € 1912 million. For more information on the Group´s leased properties and related disclosures required under IFRS 16, please refer to Note 02 “Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements” and Note 22 “Leases”.

    22 Leases

    The Group’s disclosures are as a lessee under lease arrangements covering property and equipment. The Group has applied judgement in presenting related information togetherpursuant to IFRS 16 in a manner that it considers to be most relevant to an understanding of its financial performance and position.

    Effective January 1, 2019, the Group has applied IFRS 16, “Leases” using the modified retrospective approach and there-fore the comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under predecessor standard IAS 17, “Leases”. Accordingly, the structure of the Note contains separate sections for both current period information under IFRS 16 as well as prior period information under IAS 17. The cumulative effect on the Group’s balance sheet of initially applying IFRS 16 at transition date (January 1, 2019) is presented in Note 2, “Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements”.

    Lessee Disclosures for the Fiscal Period ended December 31, 2019 pursuant to IFRS 16, “Leases”

    The Group leases many assets including land and buildings, vehicles and IT equipment. The Group is a lessee for the majority of its offices and branches under long-term rental agreements. Most of the lease contracts are made under usual terms and conditions, which means they include options to extend the lease by a defined amount of time, price adjustment clauses and escalation clauses in line with general office rental market conditions. However, the lease agreements do not include any clauses that impose any restriction on the Group’s ability to pay dividends, engage in debt financing transactions or enter into further lease agreements.

    As of December 31, 2019,2020 (December 31, 2019), the Group recorded right-of-use assets on its balance sheet with a carrying amount of € 3.5 billion (€ 2.9 billion,billion), which are included in Property and equipment. The right-of-use assets predominantly represented leased properties of € 3.5 billion (€ 2.8 billionbillion) and vehiclesvehicle leases of € 12 million (€ 19 million.million). For more information on the year-to-date development of right-of-use assets, please refer to Note 21 “Property and Equipment”.

    Corresponding to the recognition of the right-of-use assets, as of December 31, 20192020 (December 31, 2019), the Group recorded lease liabilities on its balance sheet with a carrying amount of € 4.0 billion (€ 3.3 billion,billion), which are included in Other liabilities. As of December 31, 2019,2020, the lease liabilities included the discounted value of future lease payments of € 407348 million for the Group headquarters in Frankfurt am Main that was sold and leased back on December 1, 2011. The Group entered into a 181 months leaseback arrangement for the entire facility in connection with the transaction, which also includes the option to extend the lease for an additional 5 year period up to 2031.

    During 2020 and 2019, interest expenseexpenses recorded from the compounding of the lease liabilities amounted to € 79 million and € 80 million.million, respectively. The contractual maturities for the undiscounted cash flows from these liabilities are shown in Note 31 “Maturity Analysis of the earliest contractual undiscounted cash flows of Financial Liabilities”.

    Expenses recognized in 20192020 (2019) relating to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets, for which the Group decided to apply the recognition exemption under IFRS 16 (and thus not to record right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities on the balance sheet), amounted to € 7 million (€ 44 millionmillion) and € 2 million (€ 1 million,million), respectively.

    Income recorded in 20192020 (2019) from the subletting of right-of-use assets totaled € 24 million (€ 21 million.

    309million).

    The total cash outflow for leases for 2020 (2019) was € 729 million (€ 738 million for 2019million) and represented mainly expenditures made for real estate rentals over € 708 million (€ 724 million). Of the total cash outflow amount, payments of € 653 million (€ 659 millionmillion) were made for the principal portion of lease liabilities, payments of € 77 million (€ 79 millionmillion) were made for the interest portion.

    Total future cash outflows to which the Group as a lessee is potentially exposed, that are not reflected in the measurement of the lease liabilities, mainly include potential payment exposures arising from extension options (2020: € 4.7 billion) and future payments for leases not yet commenced, but to which the Group is committed.committed (2020: € 1.2 billion). Their expected maturities are shown in the table below.

    310

    Future cash outflows to which the Group is potentially exposed that are not reflected in the measurement of lease liabilities

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Future cash outflows not reflected in lease liabilities:

    Not later than one year

    17

    Later than one year and not later than five years

    816

    Later than five years

    4,797

    Future cash outflows not reflected in lease liabilities

    5,629

    Lessee Disclosures for the Fiscal Period ended December 31, 2018 pursuant to IAS 17, “Leases”

    Finance Lease Commitments

    Most of the Group’s finance lease arrangements are made under usual terms and conditions.

    Net Carrying Value of Leasing Assets Held under finance leases

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Land and buildings

    N/A

    28

    Furniture and equipment

    N/A

    0

    Other

    N/A

    0

    Net carrying value

    N/A

    28

    Future Minimum Lease Payments Required under the Group’s Finance Leases

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Future minimum lease payments:

    Not later than one year

    N/A

    19

    Later than one year and not later than five years

    N/A

    34

    Later than five years

    N/A

    65

    Total future minimum lease payments

    N/A

    118

    Less: Future interest charges

    N/A

    91

    Present value of finance lease commitments

    N/A

    27

    Future minimum lease payments to be received

    N/A

    5

    Contingent rent recognized in the income statement¹

    N/A

    0

    1The contingent rent is based on market interest rates, such as three months EURIBOR; below a certain rate the Group receives a rebate.

    Operating Lease Commitments

    Future Minimum Lease Payments Required under the Group’s Operating Leases

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Future minimum rental payments:

    Not later than one year

    N/A

    707

    Later than one year and not later than five years

    N/A

    2,077

    Later than five years

    N/A

    3,480

    Total future minimum rental payments

    N/A

    6,264

    Less: Future minimum rentals to be received

    N/A

    20

    Net future minimum rental payments

    N/A

    6,244

    As of December 31, 2018, the total future minimum rental payments included € 441 million for the Group headquarters in Frankfurt am Main that was sold and leased back on December 1, 2011. The Group entered into a 181 months leaseback arrangement for the entire facility in connection with the transaction, which also includes the option to extend the lease for an additional 5 year period up to 2031.

    In 2018, the rental payments for lease and sublease agreements amounted to € 747 million. This included charges of € 769 million for minimum lease payments and € 20 million related to sublease rentals received.

    310

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Future cash outflows not reflected in lease liabilities:

    Not later than one year

    50

    17

    Later than one year and not later than five years

    791

    816

    Later than five years

    5,097

    4,797

    Future cash outflows not reflected in lease liabilities

    5,938

    5,629

    23 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assetsother intangible assets

    Goodwill

    Changes in Goodwill

    The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, as well as gross amounts and accumulated impairment losses of goodwill, for the years ended December   31, 2019,2020, and December 31, 2018,2019, are shown below by cash-generating units (“CGU”).

    In the third quarter of 2019 and in accordance with the strategy announcement made on July 7, 2019, theThe Group’s business operations were reorganizedare organized under a newthe following divisional structure: the Core Bank, which includes the Corporate Bank (“CB”), Investment Bank (“IB”), Private Bank (“PB”) and Asset Management (“AM”) corporate divisions and the Capital Release Unit (“CRU”). The CB, IB and the AM corporate divisions as well as the CRU each are considered cash-generating units (CGUs). The PB corporate division iswhich was previously comprised of two separate CGUs – Wealth Management (“WM”) and Private Bank excluding Wealth Management (“PB excl. WM”). The PB excl. WM – has been considered as one single CGU is comprised of three subunits, Private Bank Germany, PCB International and Digital Ventures, which were part ofsince the former CGUs Private and Commercial Clients (“PCC”) and Postbank. CB is comprised of the Global Transaction Bank (“GTB”, previously included in the former Global Transaction Banking & Corporate Finance (“GTB & CF”) CGU) and the German Commercial Banking business (formerly part of the PCC CGU). IB consists of Deutsche Bank’s financing, advisory, fixed income and currencies businesses which were previously included in the Sales & Trading and GTB & CF CGUs. WM and AM continue in their former CGU structure. The CRU CGU includes the Global Prime Finance businesses subject to transition to BNP Paribas S.A. (see Note 24 “Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale”) as well as assets related to business activities which are being exited or reduced.fourth quarter 2020.

    Please also refer to Note 4 “Business Segments and Related Information” for more information regarding changes in the presentation of segment disclosures.

    311

    Goodwill allocated to cash-generating units

    in € m.

    Investment Bank

    Corporate Bank

    Asset Manage- ment

    Wealth Manage- ment

    Private Bank (excl. WM)

    Others

    Total

    Investment Bank

    Corporate Bank

    Asset Manage- ment

    Private Bank

    Others

    Total

    Balance as of January 1, 2018

    0

    471

    2,768

    541

    0

    1

    3,782

    Goodwill acquired during the year

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchase accounting adjustments

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Transfers

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Reclassification from (to) “held for sale”

    0

    0

    0

    (4)

    0

    0

    (4)

    Goodwill related to dispositions without being classified as “held for sale”

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Impairment losses1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange rate changes/other

    0

    18

    74

    5

    0

    0

    98

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    0

    489

    2,843

    543

    0

    1

    3,876

    Gross amount of goodwill

    3,833

    595

    3,314

    543

    3,162

    1

    11,449

    Accumulated impairment losses

    (3,833)

    (106)

    (471)

    0

    (3,162)

    0

    (7,573)

    Balance as of January 1, 2019

    0

    489

    2,843

    543

    0

    1

    3,876

    0

    489

    2,843

    543

    1

    3,876

    Goodwill acquired during the year

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchase accounting adjustments

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Transfers

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Reclassification from (to) “held for sale”

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Goodwill related to dispositions without being classified as “held for sale”

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (1)

    (1)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (1)

    (1)

    Impairment losses1

    0

    (491)

    0

    (545)

    0

    0

    (1,035)

    0

    (491)

    0

    (545)

    0

    (1,035)

    Exchange rate changes/other

    0

    2

    38

    2

    0

    0

    42

    0

    2

    38

    2

    0

    42

    Balance as of December 31, 2019

    0

    0

    2,881

    0

    0

    0

    2,881

    0

    0

    2,881

    0

    0

    2,881

    Gross amount of goodwill

    3,915

    603

    3,371

    555

    3,162

    0

    11,607

    3,915

    603

    3,371

    3,717

    0

    11,607

    Accumulated impairment losses

    (3,915)

    (603)

    (490)

    (555)

    (3,162)

    0

    (8,726)

    (3,915)

    (603)

    (490)

    (3,717)

    0

    (8,726)

    Balance as of January 1, 2020

    0

    0

    2,881

    0

    0

    2,881

    Goodwill acquired during the year

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Purchase accounting adjustments

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Transfers

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Reclassification from (to) “held for sale”

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Goodwill related to dispositions without being classified as “held for sale”

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Impairment losses1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange rate changes/other

    0

    0

    (142)

    0

    0

    (142)

    Balance as of December 31, 2020

    0

    0

    2,739

    0

    0

    2,739

    Gross amount of goodwill

    3,608

    569

    3,197

    3,698

    0

    11,073

    Accumulated impairment losses

    (3,608)

    (569)

    (458)

    (3,698)

    0

    (8,334)

    1 Impairment losses of goodwill are recorded as impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets in the income statement.

    In addition to the primary CGUs, the IB segment had included goodwill resulting from the acquisition of a nonintegrated investment which is not allocated to the respective segment’ primary CGU. Such goodwill is summarized as “Others” in the table above.

    Changes in goodwill in 2020 solely related to foreign exchange rate movements of AM goodwill held in non-Group currencies.


    311

    Changes in goodwill in 2019 were mainly driven by the before mentioned transformational measures relating to the Group’s businesses and its reorganization. Triggered by the impact of a lowered outlook on business plans driven both by adjustments to macro-economic factors as well as by the impact of strategic decisions in preparation of the above mentioned transformation announcement, in the second quarter 2019 the Group reviewed the recoverable amounts of its CGUs in the then existing structure. This review resulted in a short-fall of the recoverable amounts against the then existing respective CGUs carrying amounts for WM within the former Private & Commercial Bank (“PCB”) corporate division and GTB & CF within the former Corporate & Investment Bank (“CIB”) corporate division.

    With a recoverable amount of approximately € 1.9 billion for WM, goodwill in former CGU WM (€ 545 million) was impaired and had to be fully written-off, mainly as a result of worsening macro-economic assumptions, including interest rate curves, as well as industry-specific market growth corrections for the WM business globally. For former CGU GTB & CF, the recoverable amount of approximately € 10.2 billion led to the full impairment of allocated goodwill (€ 491 million). This was mainly driven by adverse industry trends in Corporate Finance as well as by adjustments to macro-economic assumptions, including interest rate curves. The total impairment charges of € 1.0 billion were recorded in Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets of the respective Private Bank (here: WM CGU; € 545 million) and Corporate Bank (€ 491 million) segment results of the second quarter of 2019.

    312

    The discount rates applied in the estimation of the recoverable amounts of the respective CGUs as of June 30, 2019 (and of December 31, 2018 for comparison) were as follows:

    Discount rate (post-tax)

    2019

    2018

    Global Transaction Banking & Corporate Finance

    8.6 %

    8.8 %

    Wealth Management

    8.4 %

    9.0 %

    Changes in goodwill for both 2017 and 2018 mainly reflected exchange rate fluctuations, predominantly related to the translation of goodwill held in USD.

    Goodwill Impairment Test

    For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to CGUs. On the basis as described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”, the Group’s primary CGUs are as outlined above. “Other” goodwill is tested individually for impairment on the level of each of the nonintegrated investments. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter by comparing the recoverable amount of each goodwill-carrying CGU with its carrying amount. In addition, in accordance with IAS 36, the Group tests goodwill whenever a triggering event is identified. The recoverable amount is the higher of a CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use.

    Following the aforementioned write-off of goodwill in the former GTB & CF CGUs in the second quarter 2019 and the de-recognition of ring-fenced goodwill included in the disposal of a nonintegrated subsidiary disposal recorded in the third quarter 2019, the AM CGU was the only goodwill carrying CGU to be tested for impairment.annual impairment in both 2019 and 2020. The annual goodwill impairment tests conducted in 2019 and 2018these periods did not result in an impairment loss on the Group’s primary goodwill-carrying CGUsCGU as the recoverable amountsamount of these CGUs werethe AM CGU was higher than the respective carrying amounts.

    A review of the Group’s strategy or certain political or global risks for the banking industry, uncertainties regarding the implementation of already adopted regulation and the introduction of legislation that is already under discussion as well as a slowdown of GDP growth may negatively impact the performance forecasts of the AM CGU and, thus, could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

    Carrying Amount

    The carrying amount of a primary CGU is derived using a capital allocation model based on the Shareholders’ Equity Allocation Framework of the Group (please refer to Note 4, “Business Segments and Related Information” for more details). The allocation uses the Group’s total equity at the date of valuation, including Additional Tier   1 Notes (“AT1 Notes”), which constitute unsecured and subordinated notes of Deutsche Bank and which are classified as Additional equity components in accordance with IFRS. Total equity is adjusted for specific effects related to nonintegrated investments, which are tested separately for impairment as outlined above, and for an add-on adjustment for goodwill attributable to noncontrolling interests.

    Recoverable Amount

    The Group determines the recoverable amounts of its primary CGUs on the basis of the higher of value in use and fair value less costs of disposal (Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy). It employs a discounted cash flow (DCF) model, which reflects the specifics of the banking business and its regulatory environment. The model calculates the present value of the estimated future earnings that are distributable to shareholders after fulfilling the respective regulatory capital requirements. The recoverable amounts also include the fair value of the AT1 Notes, allocated to the primary CGUs consistent to their treatment in the carrying amount.

    The DCF model uses earnings projections and respective capitalization assumptions based on five-year financial plans as well as longer term expectations on the impact of regulatory developments, which are discounted to their present value. Estimating future earnings and capital requirements involves judgment and the consideration of past and current performances as well as expected developments in the respective markets, and in the overall macroeconomic and regulatory environments. Earnings projections beyond the initial five-year period are, where applicable, adjusted to derive a sustainable level. In case of a going concern, the cash flow to equity is assumed to increase by or converge towards a constant long-term growth rate of up to 2.83.1 % (2018: 3.1(2019: up to 2.8 %). This is based on projected revenue forecasts of the CGU as well as expectations for the development of gross domestic product and inflation, and is captured in the terminal value. For AM, the rate was reduced to 1.2 % for 2019 and is comparably low compared to analysts’ views and reflects a conservative approach.


    313312

    Key Assumptions and Sensitivities

    Key Assumptions: The DCF value of a CGU is sensitive to the earnings projections, to the discount rate (cost of equity) applied and, to a much lesser extent, to the long-term growth rate. The discount rates applied have been determined based on the capital asset pricing model and comprise a risk-free interest rate, a market risk premium and a factor covering the systematic market risk (beta factor). The values for the risk-free interest rate, the market risk premium and the beta factors are determined using external sources of information. CGU-specific beta factors are determined based on a respective group of peer companies. Variations in all of these components might impact the discount rates. For the AM CGU, the discount rates (after tax) applied for 2020 and 2019 and 2018 were 9.69.8 % and 9.79.6 %, respectively.

    Management determined the values for the key assumptions in the following table based on a combination of internal and external analysis. Estimates for efficiency and the cost reduction program are based on progress made to date and scheduled future projects and initiatives.

    Primary goodwill-

    carrying cash-generating unit

    Description of key assumptions

    Uncertainty associated with key assumptions and potential events/circumstances that could have a negative effect

    Asset Management

    Deliver strong investment product performance

    Expand product suite in growth areas (e.g. alternatives, multi assets, passive, ESG investment schemes) while consolidating non-core strategies

    Consistent net flows leveraging market share leadership in Germany and the rest of Europe, while expanding coverage in Asia Pacific and focused growth in the Americas

    Diversification of intermediary coverage towards high growth channels and deployment of digital solutions to serve new channels

    Further efficiency through improved core operating processes, platform optimization and product rationalization

    Anticipation of further headwinds in the asset management industry as a result of the changing regulatory environment

    Challenging market environment and volatility unfavourable to our investment strategies

    Unfavourable margin development and adverse competition levels in key markets and products beyond expected levels

    Business/execution risks, e.g., underachievement of net flow targets from market uncertainty, loss of high quality client facing employees, unfavourable investment performance, lower than expected efficiency gains

    Uncertainty around regulation and its potential implications not yet anticipated

    Sensitivities : In order to test the resilience of the recoverable amount, key assumptions used in the DCF model (for example, the discount rate and the earnings projections) are sensitized. Management believes that reasonable possible changes in key assumptions could cause an impairment loss in AM. Currently, in AM the recoverable amount exceeds the carrying amount by 112 % / € 0.10.7 billion.

    Change in certain key assumptions to cause the recoverable amount to equal the carrying amount

    Change in Key Assumptions

    AM

    Discount rate (post tax) increase

    from

    9.69.8 %

    to

    9.710.6 %

    Change in projected future earnings in each period by

    (1.3)(9.5) %

    Long term growth rate

    from

    1.23.1 %

    to

    1.01.6 %

    314313

    Other Intangible Assets intangible assets

    Changes of other intangible assets by asset classes for the years ended December   31, 20192020 and December 31, 20182019

    Purchased intangible assets

    Internally generated intangible assets

    Total other intangible assets

    Purchased intangible assets

    Internally generated intangible assets

    Total other intangible assets

    Unamortized

    Amortized

    Amortized

    Unamortized

    Amortized

    Amortized

    in € m.

    Retail investment management agreements

    Other

    Total unamortized purchased intangible assets

    Customer- related intangible assets

    Contract- based intangible assets

    Software and other

    Total amortized purchased intangible assets

    Software

    Retail investment management agreements

    Other

    Total unamortized purchased intangible assets

    Customer- related intangible assets

    Contract- based intangible assets

    Software and other

    Total amortized purchased intangible assets

    Software

    Cost of acquisition/ manufacture:

    Balance as of January 1, 2018

    963

    440

    1,402

    1,364

    70

    901

    2,335

    7,024

    10,761

    Additions

    0

    0

    0

    12

    0

    44

    56

    1,242

    1,298

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (0)

    (0)

    (0)

    (0)

    Disposals

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    126

    126

    725

    851

    Reclassifications from (to) “held for sale”

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (7)

    (7)

    (20)

    (27)

    Transfers

    0

    2

    2

    (3)

    0

    (213)

    (215)

    190

    (24)

    Exchange rate changes

    48

    0

    48

    10

    0

    5

    15

    102

    165

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    1,010

    441

    1,451

    1,384

    70

    603

    2,058

    7,814

    11,322

    Balance as of January 1, 2019

    1,010

    441

    1,451

    1,384

    70

    603

    2,057

    7,814

    11,322

    Additions

    0

    0

    0

    9

    0

    34

    43

    997

    1,040

    0

    0

    0

    9

    0

    34

    43

    997

    1,040

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (0)

    (0)

    0

    (0)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Disposals

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    40

    40

    1,295

    1,335

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    40

    40

    1,295

    1,335

    Reclassifications from (to) “held for sale”

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (0)

    (0)

    (21)

    (22)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (21)

    (22)

    Transfers

    0

    0

    0

    (1)

    0

    28

    27

    (29)

    (2)

    0

    0

    0

    (1)

    0

    28

    27

    (29)

    (2)

    Exchange rate changes

    20

    0

    20

    11

    0

    (0)

    11

    47

    79

    20

    1

    21

    11

    0

    0

    11

    47

    79

    Balance as of December 31, 2019

    1,030

    441

    1,472

    1,403

    70

    625

    2,098

    7,512

    11,082

    1,030

    442

    1,472

    1,403

    70

    625

    2,098

    7,512

    11,082

    Accumulated amortization and impairment:

    Balance as of January 1, 2018

    243

    439

    682

    1,321

    69

    718

    2,108

    2,914

    5,704

    Amortization for the year

    0

    0

    0

    21

    1

    40

    61

    1,034

    1,0951

    Additions

    0

    0

    0

    5

    0

    138

    143

    911

    1,054

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (0)

    (0)

    0

    (0)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Disposals

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    125

    125

    724

    850

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    5

    5

    390

    394

    Reclassifications from (to) “held for sale”

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (7)

    (7)

    (20)

    (27)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (37)

    (37)

    (9)

    (46)

    Impairment losses

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    42

    422

    Reversals of impairment losses

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Transfers

    0

    0

    0

    6

    0

    (136)

    (129)

    139

    10

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    60

    60

    21

    81

    Exchange rate changes

    12

    0

    12

    10

    0

    5

    14

    57

    83

    (85)

    (1)

    (86)

    (53)

    0

    (2)

    (55)

    (136)

    (277)

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    255

    439

    694

    1,358

    70

    494

    1,922

    3,442

    6,057

    Balance as of December 31, 2020

    945

    441

    1,386

    1,356

    70

    778

    2,204

    7,910

    11,499

    Accumulated amortization and impairment:

    Balance as of January 1, 2019

    255

    439

    694

    1,358

    70

    494

    1,922

    3,442

    6,057

    Amortization for the year

    0

    0

    0

    13

    0

    38

    51

    1,205

    1,2563

    0

    0

    0

    13

    0

    38

    51

    1,205

    1,256 1

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (0)

    (0)

    0

    (0)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Disposals

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    40

    40

    1,291

    1,330

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    40

    40

    1,291

    1,330

    Reclassifications from (to) “held for sale”

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (0)

    (0)

    (15)

    (16)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (15)

    (15)

    Impairment losses

    0

    0

    0

    2

    0

    6

    8

    931

    9394

    0

    0

    0

    2

    0

    6

    8

    931

    939 2

    Reversals of impairment losses

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Transfers

    0

    1

    1

    0

    0

    29

    29

    (38)

    (8)

    0

    1

    1

    0

    0

    29

    29

    (38)

    (8)

    Exchange rate changes

    5

    (0)

    5

    11

    0

    1

    12

    20

    37

    5

    0

    5

    11

    0

    1

    12

    20

    37

    Balance as of December 31, 2019

    260

    440

    700

    1,384

    70

    528

    1,982

    4,254

    6,935

    260

    440

    700

    1,384

    70

    528

    1,982

    4,254

    6,935

    Amortization for the year

    0

    0

    0

    8

    0

    37

    45

    994

    1,040 3

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Disposals

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3

    3

    385

    388

    Reclassifications from (to) “held for sale”

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (33)

    (33)

    (8)

    (41)

    Impairment losses

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    50

    51 4

    Reversals of impairment losses

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2

    2 5

    Transfers

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    106

    106

    (22)

    84

    Exchange rate changes

    (22)

    (1)

    (23)

    (52)

    0

    (2)

    (54)

    (88)

    (165)

    Balance as of December 31, 2020

    239

    439

    678

    1,340

    70

    633

    2,043

    4,793

    7,513

    Carrying amount:

    As of December 31, 2018

    755

    2

    757

    26

    0

    109

    136

    4,372

    5,265

    As of December 31, 2019

    770

    1

    772

    20

    0

    97

    116

    3,259

    4,147

    770

    2

    772

    20

    0

    96

    116

    3,259

    4,147

    As of December 31, 2020

    706

    2

    708

    16

    0

    145

    161

    3,117

    3,986

    1€ 1.1 billion were included in general and administrative expenses.
    2€ 42 million were related to the impairment of self-developed software, recorded in general and administrative expenses.
    3 € 1.3 billion were included in general and administrative expenses.

    42 € 939 million were comprised of impairments of purchased (€ 6 million) and self-developed software (€ 931 million), both recorded in general and administrative expenses, and € 2 million referring to the impairment of an amortizing customer-related intangible asset which is included under impairment of goodwill and other intangible asset.assets.


    3
    € 1.0   billion were included in general and administrative expenses.

    3154€ 51 million were mainly comprised of impairments of self-developed software recorded in general and administrative expenses.

    5€ 2 million were comprised of reversal of impairments of self-developed software recorded in general and administrative expenses.

    314

    Amortizing Intangible Assets

    In 2020, amortizing other intangible assets decreased by € 161 million. This reduction was driven by amortization expenses of € 1.0 billion, mostly for the scheduled consumption of capitalized software (€ 1.0 billion) and the impairment of current platform software as well as software under construction (€ 50 million). More information in regards to the related impact from the transformation strategy is included in Note 42 “Impact of Deutsche Bank’s transformation”. Additions to internally generated intangible assets of € 1.1 billion resulting from the capitalization of expenses incurred in conjunction with the Group’s development of own-used software compensated for the decrease in net book value. A stronger Euro exchange rate against major currencies accounted for negative exchange rate changes of € 112 million.

    In 2019, amortizing other intangible assets decreased by a net € 1.1 billion. This was mainly driven by amortization expenses of € 1.3 billion, mostly for the scheduled consumption of capitalized software (€ 1.2 billion) and the impairment of current platform software as well as software under construction (€ 937 million). More information in regards to the related impact from the transformation strategy is included in Note 42 “Impact of Deutsche Bank’s transformation”. Offsetting were additions to internally generated intangible assets of € 1.0 billion resulting from the capitalization of expenses incurred in conjunction with the Group’s development of own-used software. Furthermore, the weakening of the Euro against major currencies accounted for positive exchange rate changes of € 26 million.

    In 2018, amortizing other intangible assets increased by a net € 171 million. This was in particular driven by additions to internally generated intangible assets of € 1.2 billion resulting from the capitalization of expenses incurred in conjunction with the Group’s development of own-used software. Offsetting were amortization expenses of € 1.1 billion, mostly for the scheduled consumption of capitalized software (€ 1.1 billion). The reassessment of current platform software as well as software under construction led to the impairment of self-developed software (€ 42 million). Furthermore, the weakening of the Euro against major currencies accounted for positive exchange rate changes of € 46 million increasing the net book value of amortizing intangible assets.

    In 2017, amortizing other intangible assets increased by a net € 291 million. This was mainly driven by additions to internally generated intangible assets of € 1.4 billion, offset by amortization expenses of € 935 million, in particular for the scheduled consumption of capitalized software (€ 897 million). The reassessment of current platform software as well as software under construction led to the impairment of self-developed software (€ 42 million). Furthermore, the strengthening of the Euro accounted for negative exchange rate changes of € 113 million reducing the net book value of amortizing intangible assets.

    Other intangible assets with finite useful lives are generally amortized over their useful lives based on the straight-line method.

    Useful lives of other amortized intangible assets by asset class

    Useful lives in years

    Internally generated intangible assets:

    Software

    up to 10

    Purchased intangible assets:

    Customer-related intangible assets

    up to 20

    Other

    up to 80

    Unamortized Intangible Assets

    Within this asset class, the Group recognizes certain contract-based and marketing-related intangible assets, which are deemed to have an indefinite useful life.

    In particular, the asset class comprises the below detailed investment management agreements related to retail mutual funds and certain trademarks. Due to the specific nature of these intangible assets, market prices are ordinarily not observable and, therefore, the Group values such assets based on the income approach, using a post-tax DCF-methodology.

    Retail investment management agreements: These assets, amounting to 770706 million, relate to the Group’s U.S. retail mutual fund business and are allocated to the AM CGU. Retail investment management agreements are contracts that give DWS Group investmentsAM the exclusive right to manage a variety of mutual funds for a specified period. Since these contracts are easily renewable, the cost of renewal is minimal, and they have a long history of renewal, these agreements are not expected to have a foreseeable limit on the contract period. Therefore, the rights to manage the associated assets under management are expected to generate cash flows for an indefinite period of time. This intangible asset was recorded at fair value based upon a valuation provided by a third party at the date of acquisition of Zurich Scudder Investments, Inc. in 2002.

    The recoverable amount was calculated as fair value less costs of disposal using the multi-period excess earnings method and the fair value measurement was categorized as Level   3 in the fair value hierarchy and is essentially flat compared to the carrying amount. The key assumptions in determining the fair value less costs of disposal include the asset mix, the flows forecast, the effective fee rate and discount rate as well as the terminal value growth rate. The discount rates (cost of equity) applied in the calculation were 10.3 % in 2020 and 9.8 % in 2019 and 10.2 % in 2018.2019. The terminal value growth rate applied for 20192020 is 4.1 % (for 20182019 4.1 %). The reviews of the valuationvaluations for the years 20192020 and 20182019 neither resulted in any impairment nor a reversal of prior impairments.


    316

    Trademarks: The other unamortized intangible assets had included the Postbank (allocated to former Postbank CGU) and the Sal. Oppenheim (allocated to WM CGU) trademarks, which were both acquired in 2010. The Postbank trademark was initially recognized in 2010 at € 382 million. In finalizing the purchase price allocation in 2011, the fair value of the Postbank trademark increased to € 410 million. The Sal. Oppenheim trademark was recognized at € 27 million. Since both trademarks were expected to generate cash flows for an indefinite period of time, they were classified as unamortized intangible assets. Both trademarks were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date, based on third party valuations. The recoverable amounts were calculated as the fair value less costs of disposal of the trademarks based on the income approach using the relief-from-royalty method. Reflecting the change in strategic intent and the expected deconsolidation of Postbank, the Postbank trademark (€ 410 million) was fully written off in the third quarter 2015. Following a review of the valuation model for the Sal. Oppenheim trademark, a write-down of € 6 million was recorded in the fourth quarter 2015. The discontinuation of its use outside the German market led to a further write-down of € 6 million recorded in the fourth quarter 2016. As the Group had announced on October 26, 2017 its intention to integrate the Sal. Oppenheim franchise into Deutsche Bank during 2018 and to no longer maintain the Sal. Oppenheim brand, the book value of the trademark (€ 15 million) was considered impaired and fully written off in the fourth quarter 2017.315

    24 – Non-Current AssetsNon-current assets and Disposal Groups Helddisposal groups held for Salesale

    Within the balance sheet, non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale are included in other assets and other liabilities.

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Cash and central bank balances

    0

    8

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    4,951

    3

    6,086

    4,951

    Loans

    0

    2,564

    Property and equipment

    15

    62

    11

    15

    Other assets

    10

    42

    0

    10

    Total assets classified as held for sale

    4,976

    2,679

    6,097

    4,976

    Deposits

    0

    874

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    2,671

    4

    2,000

    2,671

    Other liabilities

    6,978

    364

    7,850

    6,978

    Total liabilities classified as held for sale

    9,650

    1,242

    9,850

    9,650

    As of December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, no unrealized gains (losses) relating to non-current assets classified as held for sale were recognized directly in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (net of tax).

    Sale of Postbank Systems AG to Tata Consultancy Services

    On November 9, 2020, Deutsche Bank and Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) announced that they had reached an agreement concerning the sale of Postbank Systems AG, including its around 1,500 employees, to TCS. Following the fulfillment of all closing conditions achieved in the fourth quarter 2020, including the receipt of required regulatory and governmental approvals, TCS, through its subsidiary Tata Consultancy Services Netherlands B.V., acquired 100 % of the shares of Postbank Systems AG. Accordingly, Postbank Systems AG was deconsolidated at year-end 2020.

    The sale represents an important step forward for Deutsche Bank’s announced strategic transformation and is consistent with previously-communicated financial plans, resulting in the acceleration of expected transformation charges. Following the announcement and prior to its deconsolidation, Postbank Systems AG was classified as a disposal group held-for-sale. Along with the reclassification of the assets and liabilities in the disposal group to the other assets and other liabilities, the Group recognized a negative pre-tax impact of € (120) million which was recorded in the fourth quarter 2020 within other revenues (€ (104) million) and non-interest expenses (€ (16) million).

    Transfer of Global Prime Finance and Electronic Equities platform to BNP Paribas S.A.

    As part of the Group’s strategic transformation and restructuring plans announced on July 7, 2019, the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG (“Deutsche Bank”)had also announced the exit of the Equities Sales & Trading business, while retaining a focused equity capital markets operation.business. In this context, Deutsche Bank had entered into a preliminaryan agreement with BNP Paribas S.A. (“BNP Paribas”) to provide continuity of service to its prime finance and electronic equities clients, with a view to transferring technology and staff to BNP Paribas in due course. Under the agreement, the Group wouldand to continue to operate the platform until clients are migrated to BNP Paribas, with revenues transferred to BNP Paribas and certain costs to be refunded to Deutsche Bank.

    Following on from the preliminary agreement and as communicated on September 23, 2019, Deutsche Bank entered into a master transaction agreement with BNP Paribas pursuant to which certain clients of Deutsche Bank’s Global Prime Finance business (except for Agency Securities Lending business) (“GPF”) and Electronic Equities business (“EE”) are referred to BNP Paribas. Where applicable, the referred clients would establish new accounts with BNP Paribas. Certain defined assets and liabilities relating to such referred clients would be transferred by the referred clients to their existing or, as the case may be, new accounts at BNP Paribas. Furthermore, the agreement includes certain IT applications, IP rights and IT assets (including hardware) used to handle transactions for the referred clients and other IP rights relating to the GPF and EE businesses to be licensed, sold or otherwise transferred to BNP Paribas.


    317

    On November 14, 2019, BNP Paribas and Deutsche Bank announced that the agreement to refer clients and to transfer technology and key staff from the GPF and EErespective businesses to BNP Paribas had received the necessary approvals and was therefore considered unconditional. The revenue transfer and cost reimbursement arrangement commenced on December 1, 2019. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter 2019, the assets (€ 5.0 billion) and liabilities (€ 9.6 billion) forming the transaction perimeter were classified as assets and liabilities held for sale of the Capital Release Unit (CRU). The assets and liabilities included in the disposal group are predominantly financial instruments which will either be novated to BNP Paribas, or the balances will be closed out between Deutsche Bank and the counterparties and simultaneously the clients would enter into the equivalent transactions with BNP Paribas. The measurement of the financial instruments is not impacted by their held for sale classification. In the third quarter 2019, the IT software and hardware assets were initially measured and recognized in accordance with applicable accounting rules. A comparison

    As of the fair value less costs to sell and net assets ofDecember 31, 2020, the disposal group resultedheld-for-sale continues to comprise of assets and liabilities in an initial impairment loss ofthe aforementioned composition, amounting to € 28 million recorded in General6.1 billion and administrative expenses included in CRU. During the fourth quarter 2019 and following their reclassification to the held for sale category, the assets were measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell, resulting in a further impairment loss of € 3 million recorded in CRU.9.9 billion, respectively. It is expected that the transaction will unwind by end of 2021 with client transactions, IT hardware and software and employees transferred over the period.

    316

    Disposals in 2019

    Division

    Disposal

    Financial impact1

    Date of the disposal

    Capital Release Unit

    On June   9,   2019 and as planned, Deutsche Bank completed the sale of its Private   &   Commercial Bank (“PCB”) business in Portugal to ABANCA Corporación Bancaria S.A. (“ABANCA”). The unit was previously classified as a disposal group held for sale in the first quarter 2018. Upon closing, the Group transferred assets under management of approximately € 3 billion, deposits of € 1 billion, and loans of € 3 billion as well as approximately 330 FTE to ABANCA.

    None.

    Second quarter 2019.

    1 Impairment losses and reversals of impairment losses are included in Other income.

    Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale as of December 31, 2018

    Division

    Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale

    Financial impact1

    Additional information

    Capital Release Unit

    On March 27, 2018, the Group announced that it had entered into an agreement to sell its local PCB business in Portugal to ABANCA. Accordingly and at the end of the first quarter 2018, the business was classified as a disposal group held for sale. With the transaction, Deutsche Bank continues to execute its strategy to sharpen its focus and reduce complexity. The transaction remained subject to regulatory approvals and other conditions.

    The valuation of the unit resulted in the recognition of a pre-tax loss of € (53) million which was recorded in other income (€ (40) million) and general and administrative expense (€ (13) million) of PCB in the first quarter 2018.

    Disposed of in second quarter 2019.

    1Impairment losses and reversals of impairment losses are included in Other income.

    318

    Disposals in 2018

    Division

    Disposal

    Financial impact1

    Date of the disposal

    Capital Release Unit

    Following the announcement made on December 14, 2017 that Deutsche Bank had entered into an agreement to sell its Polish PCB business from Deutsche Bank Polska S.A. (“DB Polska”), excluding its foreign currency denominated retail mortgage portfolio, together with DB Securities S.A., to Santander Bank Polska S.A. (“Santander Bank Polska”, former Bank Zachodni WBK S.A.), the Group obtained all material outstanding regulatory approvals on July 17, 2018 to proceed with the designated transaction. Accordingly, in the third quarter 2018 the respective business was classified as a disposal group held for sale. The sale is in line with the Group’s effort to continue to sharpen its focus and reduce complexity. Santander Bank Polska is part of the Santander Group, with Banco Santander S.A. being its parent company. The transaction was subject to approvals of the Polish FSA, other regulatory approvals, corporate consents and other conditions and closed in the fourth quarter 2018.

    At closing of the transaction, the declaration of backing issued by Deutsche Bank AG in favor of DB Polska was terminated with regard to the liabilities included in the divested business. The declaration of backing issued in favor of DB Polska continues for the remaining business.

    Before its classification as a disposal group held for sale, the Group had revalued the designated disposal unit and recorded a pre-tax loss of € (157) million included in PCB’s other income of the fourth quarter 2017. Updating the revaluation of the unit prior to its disposal in 2018 led to additional net year-to-date pre-tax charges of € (17) million recorded in PCB’s net revenues for 2018.

    Fourth quarter 2018.

    1Impairment losses and reversals of impairment losses are included in Other income.


    319

    25 Other Assetsassets and Other Liabilitiesother liabilities

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Brokerage and securities related receivables

    Cash/margin receivables

    49,147

    42,827

    58,714

    49,147

    Receivables from prime brokerage

    15

    3

    41

    15

    Pending securities transactions past settlement date

    1,687

    3,654

    2,752

    1,687

    Receivables from unsettled regular way trades

    12,552

    20,191

    13,057

    12,552

    Total brokerage and securities related receivables

    63,401

    66,675

    74,564

    63,401

    Debt Securities held to collect

    24,292

    5,184

    12,587

    24,292

    Accrued interest receivable

    2,614

    2,536

    1,656

    2,614

    Assets held for sale

    4,976

    2,679

    6,097

    4,976

    Other

    15,075

    16,371

    15,456

    15,075

    Total other assets

    110,358

    93,444

    110,360

    110,358

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Brokerage and securities related payables

    Cash/margin payables

    59,291

    55,475

    66,259

    59,291

    Payables from prime brokerage

    6

    15,495

    271

    6

    Pending securities transactions past settlement date

    1,588

    2,228

    1,612

    1,588

    Payables from unsettled regular way trades

    10,402

    17,510

    11,668

    10,402

    Total brokerage and securities related payables

    71,287

    90,708

    79,810

    71,287

    Accrued interest payable

    2,420

    2,486

    1,740

    2,420

    Liabilities held for sale

    9,650

    1,242

    9,850

    9,650

    Lease liabilities

    3,974

    3,281

    Other

    24,607

    23,078

    18,834

    21,327

    Total other liabilities

    107,964

    117,513

    114,208

    107,964

    For further details on the assets and liabilities held for sale, please refer to Note 24 “Non-Current Assets and Disposal Groups Held for Sale”.

    26 Deposits

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

    228,731

    221,746

    220,501

    228,731

    Interest-bearing deposits

    Demand deposits

    135,276

    126,280

    154,704

    135,276

    Time deposits

    121,120

    130,039

    106,551

    121,120

    Savings deposits

    87,081

    86,340

    85,989

    87,081

    Total interest-bearing deposits

    343,477

    342,659

    347,244

    343,477

    Total deposits

    572,208

    564,405

    567,745

    572,208

    Click here to enter text.

    317

    27 Provisions

    Movements by Class of Provisions

    in € m.

    Operational Risk

    Civil Litigation

    Regulatory Enforcement

    Re- structuring

    Other

    Total1

    Operational Risk

    Civil Litigation

    Regulatory Enforcement

    Re- structuring

    Other

    Total1

    Balance as of January 1, 2018

    275

    1,115

    897

    696

    889

    3,873

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    0

    0

    0

    1

    (2)

    (2)

    New provisions

    27

    334

    125

    427

    765

    1,677

    Amounts used

    54

    673

    364

    344

    862

    2,296

    Unused amounts reversed

    41

    160

    206

    185

    364

    956

    Effects from exchange rate fluctuations/Unwind of discount

    5

    42

    41

    (1)

    (1)

    87

    Transfers

    2

    25

    6

    (9)

    9

    33

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    215

    684

    499

    585

    433

    2,416

    Balance as of January 1, 2019

    215

    684

    499

    585

    433

    2,416

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    (0)

    0

    0

    (0)

    (2)

    (2)

    (0)

    0

    0

    (0)

    (2)

    (2)

    New provisions

    43

    533

    74

    603

    593

    1,846

    43

    533

    74

    603

    593

    1,846

    Amounts used

    22

    591

    34

    395

    546

    1,589

    22

    591

    34

    395

    546

    1,590

    Unused amounts reversed

    116

    128

    3

    125

    87

    459

    116

    128

    3

    125

    87

    459

    Effects from exchange rate fluctuations/Unwind of discount

    (0)

    8

    9

    (10)

    2

    8

    (0)

    8

    9

    (10)

    2

    8

    Transfers

    (0)

    39

    (1)

    27

    (9)

    56

    (0)

    39

    (1)

    27

    (9)

    56

    Balance as of December 31, 2019

    119

    544

    543

    684

    384

    2,276

    119

    544

    543

    684

    384

    2,276

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    (0)

    0

    (0)

    (0)

    (3)

    (4)

    New provisions

    20

    107

    183

    553

    505

    1,368

    Amounts used

    11

    182

    165

    641

    401

    1,400

    Unused amounts reversed

    39

    106

    27

    105

    84

    361

    Effects from exchange rate fluctuations/Unwind of discount

    0

    (9)

    (41)

    4

    (15)

    (60)

    Transfers

    (0)

    0

    (1)

    181

    8

    189

    Balance as of December 31, 2020

    89

    355

    492

    676

    396

    2,007

    1 For the remaining portion of provisions as disclosed on the consolidated balance sheet, please see Note 19 “Allowance for Credit Losses”, in which allowances for credit related off-balance sheet positions are disclosed.

    320

    Classes of Provisionsprovisions

    Operational Risk provisions arise out of operational risk and exclude civil litigation and regulatory enforcement provisions, which are presented as separate classes of provisions. Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. The definition used for the purposes of determining operational provisions differs from the risk management definition, as it excludes risk of loss resulting from civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters. For risk management purposes, operational risk includes legal risk, as payments to customers, counterparties and regulatory bodies in civil litigations or regulatory enforcement matters constitute loss events for operational shortcomings, but excludes business and reputational risk.

    Civil Litigation provisions arise out of current or potential claims or proceedings alleging non-compliance with contractual or other legal or regulatory responsibilities, which have resulted or may result in demands from customers, counterparties or other parties in civil litigations.

    Regulatory Enforcement provisions arise out of current or potential claims or proceedings alleging non-compliance with legal or regulatory responsibilities, which have resulted or may result in an assessment of fines or penalties by governmental regulatory agencies, self-regulatory organizations or other enforcement authorities.

    Restructuring provisions arise out of restructuring activities. The Group aims to enhance its long-term competitiveness through major reductions in costs, duplication and complexity in the years ahead. For details see Note 10 “Restructuring”.

    Other provisions include several specific items arising from a variety of different circumstances, including the provision for the reimbursement of loan processing fees, deferred sales commissions, provisions for bank levies and mortgage repurchase demands.

    Provisions and Contingent Liabilitiescontingent liabilities

    The Group recognizes a provision for potential loss only when there is a present obligation arising from a past event that is probable to result in an economic outflow that can be reliably estimated. Where a reliable estimate cannot be made for such an obligation, no provision is recognized and the obligation is deemed a contingent liability. Contingent liabilities also include possible obligations for which the possibility of future economic outflow is more than remote but less than probable. Where a provision has been taken for a particular claim, no contingent liability is recorded; for matters or sets of matters consisting of more than one claim, however, provisions may be recorded for some claims, and contingent liabilities (or neither a provision nor a contingent liability) may be recorded for others.


    318

    The Group operates in a legal and regulatory environment that exposes it to significant litigation risks. As a result, the Group is involved in litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings and investigations in Germany and in a number of jurisdictions outside Germany, including the United States. In recent years, regulation and supervision in a number of areas have increased, and regulators, governmental bodies and others have sought to subject financial services providers to increasing oversight and scrutiny, which in turn has led to additional regulatory investigations and enforcement actions which are often followed by civil litigation. This trend has accelerated markedly as a result of the global financial crisis.

    In determining for which of the claims the possibility of a loss is probable, or less than probable but more than remote, and then estimating the possible loss for those claims, the Group takes into consideration a number of factors, including but not limited to the nature of the claim and its underlying facts, the procedural posture and litigation history of each case, rulings by the courts or tribunals, the Group’s experience and the experience of others in similar cases (to the extent this is known to the Group), prior settlement discussions, settlements by others in similar cases (to the extent this is known to the Group), available indemnities and the opinions and views of legal counsel and other experts.

    The provisions the Group has recognized for civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters as of December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 20182019 are set forth in the table above. For some matters for which the Group believes an outflow of funds is probable, no provisions were recognized as the Group could not reliably estimate the amount of the potential outflow.


    321

    For the matters for which a reliable estimate can be made, the Group currently estimates that, as of December 31, 2019,2020, the aggregate future loss of which the possibility is more than remote but less than probable is approximately € 1.82.1 billion for civil litigation matters (December 31, 2018:2019: € 2.51.8 billion) and € 0.2 billion for regulatory enforcement matters (December 31, 2018:2019: € 0.2 billion). These figures include matters where the Group’s potential liability is joint and several and where the Group expects any such liability to be paid by a third party. For other significant civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters, the Group believes the possibility of an outflow of funds is more than remote but less than probable but the amount is not reliably estimable, and accordingly such matters are not included in the contingent liability estimates. For still other significant civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters, the Group believes the possibility of an outflow of funds is remote and therefore has neither recognized a provision nor included them in the contingent liability estimates.

    This estimated possible loss, as well as any provisions taken, is based upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions, variables and known and unknown uncertainties. These uncertainties may include inaccuracies in or incompleteness of the information available to the Group, particularly at the preliminary stages of matters, and assumptions by the Group as to future rulings of courts or other tribunals or the likely actions or positions taken by regulators or adversaries may prove incorrect. Moreover, estimates of possible loss for these matters are often not amenable to the use of statistical or other quantitative analytical tools frequently used in making judgments and estimates, and are subject to even greater degrees of uncertainty than in many other areas where the Group must exercise judgment and make estimates. The estimated possible loss, as well as any provisions taken, can be and often are substantially less than the amount initially requested by regulators or adversaries or the maximum potential loss that could be incurred were the matters to result in a final adjudication adverse to the Group. Moreover, in several regions in which the Group operates, an adversary often is not required to set forth the amount it is seeking, and where it is, the amount may not be subject to the same requirements that generally apply to pleading factual allegations or legal claims.

    The matters for which the Group determines that the possibility of a future loss is more than remote will change from time to time, as will the matters as to which a reliable estimate can be made and the estimated possible loss for such matters. Actual results may prove to be significantly higher or lower than the estimate of possible loss in those matters where such an estimate was made. In addition, loss may be incurred in matters with respect to which the Group believed the likelihood of loss was remote. In particular, the estimated aggregate possible loss does not represent the Group’s potential maximum loss exposure for those matters.

    The Group may settle litigation or regulatory proceedings or investigations prior to a final judgment or determination of liability. It may do so to avoid the cost, management efforts or negative business, regulatory or reputational consequences of continuing to contest liability, even when the Group believes it has valid defenses to liability. It may also do so when the potential consequences of failing to prevail would be disproportionate to the costs of settlement. Furthermore, the Group may, for similar reasons, reimburse counterparties for their losses even in situations where it does not believe that it is legally compelled to do so.


    319

    Current Individual Proceedings

    Set forth below are descriptions of civil litigation and regulatory enforcement matters or groups of matters for which the Group has taken material provisions, or for which there are material contingent liabilities that are more than remote, or for which there is the possibility of material business or reputational risk; similar matters are grouped together and some matters consist of a number of proceedings or claims. The disclosed matters include matters for which the possibility of a loss is more than remote but for which the Group cannot reliably estimate the possible loss. Sets of matters are presented in English-language alphabetical order based on the titles the Group has used for them.

    Cum-ex Investigations and Litigations. Deutsche Bank has received inquiries from law enforcement authorities, including requests for information and documents, in relation to cum-ex transactions of clients. “Cum-ex” refers to trading activities in German shares around dividend record dates (trade date before and settlement date after dividend record date) for the purpose of obtaining German tax credits or refunds in relation to withholding tax levied on dividend payments including, in particular, transaction structures that have resulted in more than one market participant claiming such credit or refund with respect to the same dividend payment. Deutsche Bank is cooperating with the law enforcement authorities in these matters.

    The Public Prosecutor in Cologne (Staatsanwaltschaft( Staatsanwaltschaft Köln, “CPP”) has been conducting a criminal investigation since August 2017 concerning two former employees of Deutsche Bank in relation to cum-ex transactions of certain former clients of the Bank. Deutsche Bank is a potential secondary participant pursuant to Section 30 of the German Law on Administrative Offences in this proceeding. This proceeding could result in a disgorgement of profits and fines. Deutsche Bank is cooperating with the CPP. At the end of May and beginning of June 2019, the CPP initiated criminal investigations against further current and former employees of Deutsche Bank and five former Management Board members. In July 2020, in the course of inspecting the CPP’s investigation file, Deutsche Bank learned that the CPP had further extended its investigation in June 2019 to include further current and former DB personnel, including one former Management Board member and one current Management Board member. Very limited information on the individuals was recorded in the file. The investigation is still at an early stage and the scope of the investigation may be further broadened.


    322

    Deutsche Bank acted as participant in and filed withholding tax refund claims through the electronic refund procedure (elektronisches( elektronisches Datenträgerverfahren)gerverfahren) on behalf of, inter alia, two former custody clients in connection with their cum-ex transactions. In February 2018, Deutsche Bank received from the German Federal Tax Office (Bundeszentralamt( Bundeszentralamt für Steuern, “FTO”) a demand of approximately € 49 million for tax refunds paid to a former custody client. Deutsche Bank expects to receive a formal notice for the same amount. On December 20, 2019, Deutsche Bank received a liability notice from the FTO requesting payment of € 2.1 million by January 20, 2020 in connection with tax refund claims Deutsche Bank had submitted on behalf of another former custody client. On January 20, 2020, Deutsche Bank made the requested payment and filed an objection against the liability notice. The FTO has set a deadline for submission by Deutsche Bank offiled the reasoning for the objection of March 31,on June 19, 2020. On December 3, 2020, Deutsche Bank received another hearing letter from the FTO in relation to the € 2.1 million liability notice.

    By letter dated February 26, 2018, The Bank of New York Mellon SA/NV (“BNY”) informed Deutsche Bank of its intention to seek indemnification for potential cum-ex related tax liabilities incurred by BHF Asset Servicing GmbH (“BAS”) and/or Frankfurter Service Kapitalanlage-GmbH (“Service KAG”, now named BNY Mellon Service Kapitalanlage-Gesellschaft mbH). Deutsche Bank had acquired BAS and Service KAG as part of the acquisition of Sal. Oppenheim in 2010 and sold them to BNY in the same year. BNY estimates the potential tax liability to amount to up to € 120 million (excluding interest of 6 per cent p.a.). On August 19, 2019, the Regional Court Bonn issued an order makingIn November and December 2020 counsel to BNY informed Deutsche Bank that BNY and / or Service KAG as fund administrator(among others) have received notices from tax authorities in the estimated amount with respect to cum-ex related trades by certain investment funds that were potentially involved in cum-ex transactions in 2009/2010, a third party subject to confiscation under2009 and 2010. BNY has filed objections against the German Criminal Code in connection with a criminal trial against certain other individuals. Such confiscation in relation to Service KAG could relate to a significant portion of the aforementioned potential tax liability (plus interest of 6 per cent p.a.). The criminal trial commenced on September 4, 2019 and is still ongoing. On December 10, 2019, counsel to BNY forwarded to Deutsche Bank two hearing letters from the FTO that were addressed to BAS with respect to its function as depot bank to certain other investment funds. In these letters, the FTO stated that a potential liability of BAS exists and that BAS should expect a liability notice in this regard. BNY responded to the hearing letters on December 30, 2019.notices.

    On February 6, 2019, the Regional Court (Landgericht)( Landgericht) Frankfurt am Main served Deutsche Bank with a claim by M.M.Warburg & CO Gruppe GmbH and M.M.Warburg & CO (AG & Co.) KGaA (together “Warburg”) in connection with cum-ex transactions of Warburg with a custody client of Deutsche Bank during 2007 to 2011. Warburg claims from Deutsche Bank indemnification against German taxes in relation to transactions conducted in the years 2010 and2007 to 2011. Further, Warburg claims compensation of unspecified damages relating to these transactions. Based on the tax assessment notices received for 2007 to 2011, Warburg is claiming a total of € 250 million (of which € 166 million is in relation to taxes and € 84 million is in relation to interest). On March 20, 2020, Warburg extended its claim against Deutsche Bank to indemnify Warburg in relation to the € 176 million (of which € 166 million is in relation to taxes and € 10 million is in relation to interest) confiscation order issued by the Regional Court Bonn in the criminal cum-ex trial on March 18, 2020 regarding the same transactions. On September 23, 2020 the Frankfurt Regional Court fully dismissed Warburg’s claim against Deutsche Bank on the grounds that Warburg as the tax debtor ( Steuerschuldner) is primarily liable and cannot request payment from Deutsche Bank. The court further held that any claims are time-barred. On October 29, 2020, Warburg appealed the decision with the Higher Regional Court ( Oberlandesgericht) Frankfurt am Main. Deutsche Bank has until April 12, 2021 to respond to Warburg’s appellate brief.

    320

    On January 25, 2021, the Regional Court ( Landgericht) Hamburg served Deutsche Bank with a claim by Warburg Invest Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH (“Warburg Invest”) in relation to transactions of two investment funds in 2009 and declaratory relief2010, respectively. Warburg Invest was fund manager for both funds. Warburg Invest claims, from Deutsche Bank together with several other parties as joint and several debtors (Gesamtschuldner), indemnification against German taxes in relation to cum-ex transactions conducted by the two funds. Further, Warburg Invest claims compensation of unspecified damages relating to these transactions. In November 2020, Warburg Invest received a tax liability notice from tax authorities for one of the funds in the amount of € 61 million. Based on publicly available information Deutsche Bank estimates the tax amount for the second fund to be approximately € 49 million. Warburg Invest filed its claim against several parties including Deutsche Bank inter aliabased on an allegation of intentional damage contrary to public policy (Section 826 German Civil Code) and the accusation that Deutsche Bank will haveparticipated in a business model that was contrary to indemnify Warburg against any potential future tax assessments for cum-ex transactions conducted in the years 2007 to 2009. According to Warburg’s claim, the Hamburg Tax Office has claimed from Warburg German taxes of approximately € 42.7 million plus interest of approximately € 14.6 million for 2010 and German taxes of approximately € 4 million plus interest of approximately € 1.6 million for 2011. According to the claim, neither taxes nor interest have yet been assessed against Warburg for the years 2007 to 2009. Deutsche Bank estimates that for the years 2007 to 2009 the aggregate amount of German taxes and interest could be as high as approximately € 88.9 million and approximately € 45.9 million, respectively. On May 15, 2019, Deutsche Bank filed its statement of defense with the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main rejecting any liability towards Warburg. On July 22, 2019, Deutsche Bank received Warburg’s response statement. Deutsche Bank responded on October 21, 2019. On December 20, 2019, Deutsche Bank received the notice from the Regional Court Frankfurt am Main that the hearing date is scheduled for April 20, 2020.public policy ( sittenwidriges Geschäftsmodell).

    The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect to these matters because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.

    Danske Bank Estonia Investigations. Deutsche Bank has received requests for information from regulatory and law enforcement agencies concerning the Bank’s former correspondent banking relationship with Danske Bank, including the Bank’s historical processing of correspondent banking transactions on behalf of customers of Danske Bank’s Estonia branch prior to cessation of the correspondent banking relationship with that branch in 2015. Deutsche Bank is providing information to and otherwise cooperating with the investigating agencies. The Bank has also completed an internal investigation into these matters, including of whether any violations of law, regulation or Bank policy occurred and the effectiveness of the related internal control environment. Additionally, on September 2324 and 24,25, 2019, based on a search warrant issued by the Local Court (Amtsgericht) in Frankfurt, the Frankfurt public prosecutor’s office conducted investigations into Deutsche Bank. The investigations arewere in connection with suspicious activity reports relating to potential money laundering at Danske Bank. TheOn October 13, 2020, the FPP closed its criminal investigation because the FPP did not find sufficient evidence to substantiate the money laundering suspicion. However, the Bank is cooperatingagreed to pay an administrative fine of € 13.5 million to the FPP for failing to submit SARs in Germany in a timely fashion, which Deutsche Bank paid in the investigation.fourth quarter of 2020.

    On July 7, 2020, the New York State Department of Financial Services (DFS) issued a Consent Order, finding that Deutsche Bank violated New York State banking laws in connection with its relationships with three former Deutsche Bank clients, Danske Bank’s Estonia branch, Jeffrey Epstein and FBME Bank, and imposing a U.S.$ 150 million civil penalty in connection with these three former relationships, which Deutsche Bank paid in the third quarter of 2020.

    The remaining investigations relating to Danske Bank’s Estonia branch are ongoing.

    On July 15, 2020, Deutsche Bank was named as a defendant in a securities class action filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that the Bank made material misrepresentations regarding the effectiveness of its anti-money laundering (AML) controls and related remediation. The complaint cites allegations regarding control deficiencies raised in the DFS Consent Order related to the Bank’s relationships with Danske Bank’s Estonia branch, Jeffrey Epstein and FBME Bank. On September 30, 2020, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint that included additional allegations regarding the effectiveness of the Bank’s AML controls. On December 28, 2020, the court appointed lead plaintiff and lead counsel. Lead plaintiff is anticipated to file a second amended complaint by March 1, 2021. The Bank’s motion to dismiss is due by April 15, 2021, with briefing on the motion to conclude by July 1, 2021.

    The Group has not established a provision or contingent liability with respect to this matter.


    323the remaining Danske Bank Estonia investigations and civil action.

    FX Investigations and Litigations. Deutsche Bank has received requests for information from certain regulatory and law enforcement agencies globally who investigated trading in, and various other aspects of, the foreign exchange market. Deutsche Bank cooperated with these investigations. Relatedly, Deutsche Bank has conducted its own internal global review of foreign exchange trading and other aspects of its foreign exchange business.

    On October 19, 2016, the USU.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), Division of Enforcement, issued a letter (“CFTC Letter”) notifying Deutsche Bank that the CFTC Division of Enforcement “is not taking any further action at this time and has closed the investigation of Deutsche Bank” regarding foreign exchange. As is customary, the CFTC Letter states that the CFTC Division of Enforcement “maintains the discretion to decide to reopen the investigation at any time in the future.” The CFTC Letter has no binding impact on other regulatory and law enforcement agency investigations regarding Deutsche Bank’s foreign exchange trading and practices.

    On December 7, 2016, it was announced that Deutsche Bank reached an agreement with CADE, the Brazilian antitrust enforcement agency, to settle an investigation into conduct by a former Brazil-based Deutsche Bank trader. As part of that settlement, Deutsche Bank paid a fine of BRL 51 million and agreed to continue to comply with the CADE’s administrative process until it is concluded. This resolves CADE’s administrative process as it relates to Deutsche Bank, subject to Deutsche Bank’s continued compliance with the settlement terms.

    321

    On February 13, 2017, the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ), Criminal Division, Fraud Section, issued a letter (“DOJ Letter”) notifying Deutsche Bank that the DOJ has closed its criminal inquiry “concerning possible violations of federal criminal law in connection with the foreign exchange markets.” As is customary, the DOJ Letter states that the DOJ may reopen its inquiry if it obtains additional information or evidence regarding the inquiry. The DOJ Letter has no binding impact on other regulatory and law enforcement agency investigations regarding Deutsche Bank’s foreign exchange trading and practices.

    On April 20, 2017, it was announced that Deutsche Bank AG, DB USA Corporation and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch reached an agreement with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to settle an investigation into Deutsche Bank’s foreign exchange trading and practices. Under the terms of the settlement, Deutsche Bank entered into a cease-and-desist order, and agreed to pay a civil monetary penalty of US$U.S.$ 137 million. In addition, the Federal Reserve ordered Deutsche Bank to “continue to implement additional improvements in its oversight, internal controls, compliance, risk management and audit programs” for its foreign exchange business and other similar products, and to periodically report to the Federal Reserve on its progress.

    On June 20, 2018, it was announced that Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch reached an agreement with the New York State Department of Financial Services (DFS) to settle an investigation into Deutsche Bank’s foreign exchange trading and sales practices. Under the terms of the settlement, Deutsche Bank entered into a consent order, and agreed to pay a civil monetary penalty of US$U.S.$ 205 million. In addition, the DFS ordered Deutsche Bank to continue to implement improvements in its oversight, internal controls, compliance, risk management and audit programs for its foreign exchange business, and to periodically report to the DFS on its progress.

    Investigations conducted by certain other regulatory agencies are ongoing, and Deutsche Bank has cooperated with these investigations.

    There are currently two U.S. actions pending against Deutsche Bank. On February 25, 2020, plaintiffs in the “Indirect Purchasers” action pending in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York ( Contant, et al . v. Bank of America Corp., et al. ) informed the court of a global settlement with all eleven defendants remaining in that action, including Deutsche Bank. Pending preliminary and final settlement approval orders approvingBank, collectively for U.S.$ 10 million. Each individual defendant’s contribution, including Deutsche Bank’s, remains confidential. The court approved the settlement plaintiffs will dismissand dismissed with prejudice all claims alleged against Deutsche Bank in that action.action on November 19, 2020. Filed on November 7, 2018, Allianz, et al. v. Bank of America Corporation, et al. , was brought on an individual basis by a group of asset managers who opted out of the settlement in a consolidated action (In re Foreign Exchange Benchmark Rates Antitrust Litigation ). Plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint on June 11, 2019. Defendants’ motion to dismiss the secondwas granted and denied in part on May 28, 2020. Plaintiffs filed a third amended complaint on July 28, 2020. Discovery is pending. Discovery has commenced pending resolution of defendants’ motion to dismiss.ongoing.

    Deutsche Bank also has been named as a defendant in two Canadian class proceedings brought in the provinces of Ontario and Quebec. Filed on September 10, 2015, these class actions assert factual allegations similar to those made in the consolidated action in the United States and seek damages pursuant to the Canadian Competition Act as well as other causes of action. PlaintiffsPlaintiffs’ motion for class certification in the Ontario action have moved for class certification. Deutsche Bank has opposed and a hearingwas granted on the class certification motion was held during the week of February 24,April 14, 2020.


    324 Discovery is ongoing.

    Deutsche Bank has also been named as a defendant in an amended and consolidated class action filed in Israel. This action asserts factual allegations similar to those made in the consolidated action in the United States and seeks damages pursuant to Israeli antitrust law as well as other causes of action. This action is in preliminary stages andstages.

    On November 10, 2020, Deutsche Bank was named in an action issued (but not served upon Deutsche Bank) in the UK High Court of Justice (Commercial Court) brought by The ECU Group PLC. The claim has not yet been formally served.particularized and is in preliminary stage.

    On November 11, 2020, Deutsche Bank was named in an action issued in the UK High Court of Justice (Commercial Court) brought by many of the same plaintiffs who brought Allianz, et al. v. Bank of America Corporation, et al.referred to above. The claim has not been particularized, but it is believed to be based upon factual allegations similar to those made in Allianz, et al. v. Bank of America Corporation, et al. This action is in preliminary stages.

    The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect to these matters because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.

    Interbank and Dealer Offered Rates Matters. Regulatory and Law Enforcement Matters. Deutsche Bank has responded to requests for information from, and cooperated with, various regulatory and law enforcement agencies, in connection with industry-wide investigations concerning the setting of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR), Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate (TIBOR) and other interbank and/or dealer offered rates.

    As previously reported, Deutsche Bank paid € 725 million to the European Commission pursuant to a settlement agreement dated December 4, 2013 in relation to anticompetitive conduct in the trading of interest rate derivatives.

    322

    Also as previously reported, on April 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank entered into separate settlements with the DOJ, the CFTC, the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), and the New York State Department of Financial Services (DFS) to resolve investigations into misconduct concerning the setting of LIBOR, EURIBOR, and TIBOR. Under the terms of these agreements, Deutsche Bank paid penalties of US$U.S.$ 2.175 billion to the DOJ, CFTC and DFS and GBP 226.8 million to the FCA. As part of the resolution with the DOJ, DB Group Services (UK) Limited (an indirectly-held, wholly-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank) pled guilty to one count of wire fraud in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut and Deutsche Bank entered into a Deferred Prosecution Agreement with a three year term pursuant to which it agreed (among other things) to the filing of an Information in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut charging Deutsche Bank with one count of wire fraud and one count of price fixing in violation of the Sherman Act. On April 23, 2018, the Deferred Prosecution Agreement expired, and the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut subsequently dismissed the criminal Information against Deutsche Bank.

    Also, as previously reported, on March 20, 2017, Deutsche Bank paid CHF 5.4 million to the Swiss Competition Commission (WEKO) pursuant to a settlement agreement in relation to Yen LIBOR.

    On October 25, 2017, Deutsche Bank entered into a settlement with a working group of U.S. state attorneys general resolving their interbank offered rate investigation. Among other conditions, Deutsche Bank made a settlement payment of US$U.S.$ 220 million.

    Other investigations of Deutsche Bank concerning the setting of various interbank and/or dealer offered rates remain ongoing.

    The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect to the remaining investigations because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.

    Overview of Civil Litigations. Deutsche Bank is party to 4237 U.S. civil actions concerning alleged manipulation relating to the setting of various interbank and/or dealer offered rates which are described in the following paragraphs, as well as single actions pending in each of the UK, Israel, Argentina and Argentina.Spain. Most of the civil actions, including putative class actions, are pending in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (SDNY), against Deutsche Bank and numerous other defendants. All but three of the USU.S. civil actions were filed on behalf of parties who allege losses as a result of manipulation relating to the setting of USU.S. dollar LIBOR. The three U.S. civil actions pending against Deutsche Bank that do not relate to USU.S. dollar LIBOR were also filed in the SDNY, and include one consolidated action concerning Pound Sterling (GBP) LIBOR, one action concerning Swiss franc (CHF) LIBOR, and one action concerning two Singapore Dollar (SGD) benchmark rates, the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate (SIBOR) and the Swap Offer Rate (SOR).

    Claims for damages for all 4237 of the U.S. civil actions discussed have been asserted under various legal theories, including violations of the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, federal and state antitrust laws, the USU.S. Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, and other federal and state laws. The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect to these matters because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.

    USU.S. dollar LIBOR . With two exceptions, all of the U.S. civil actions concerning USU.S. dollar LIBOR are being coordinated as part of a multidistrict litigation (the “US“U.S. dollar LIBOR MDL”) in the SDNY. In light of the large number of individual cases pending against Deutsche Bank and their similarity, the civil actions included in the USU.S. dollar LIBOR MDL are now subsumed under the following general description of the litigation pertaining to all such actions, without disclosure of individual actions except when the circumstances or the resolution of an individual case is material to Deutsche Bank.


    325

    Following a series of decisions in the USU.S. dollar LIBOR MDL between March 2013 and March 2019 narrowing their claims, plaintiffs are currently asserting antitrust claims, claims under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act and U.S. Securities Exchange Act and state law fraud, contract, unjust enrichment and other tort claims. The court has also issued decisions dismissing certain plaintiffs’ claims for lack of personal jurisdiction and on statute of limitations grounds.

    On December 20, 2016, the district court issued a ruling dismissing certain antitrust claims while allowing others to proceed. Multiple plaintiffs have filed appeals of the district court’s December 20, 2016 ruling to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, and those appeals are proceeding in parallel with the ongoing proceedings in the district court. Briefing of the appeals is complete, and oral argument was heard on May 24, 2019.

    On July 13, 2017, Deutsche Bank executed a settlement agreement in the amount of US$U.S.$ 80 million with plaintiffs to resolve a putative class action pending as part of the USU.S. dollar LIBOR MDL asserting claims based on alleged transactions in Eurodollar futures and options traded on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange ( Metzler Investment GmbH v. Credit Suisse Group AG ). The court granted the settlement agreement was submitted to the court for preliminaryfinal approval on October 11, 2017,September 17, 2020, and the court granted preliminary approval on March 2, 2020. The settlement amount is already fully reflected in existing litigation provisions and no additional provisions have been taken for this settlement. The settlement agreement is subject to further review and approval by the court.

    Plaintiff in one of the non-MDL cases proceeding in the SDNY moved to amend its complaint following a dismissal of its claims. On March 20, 2018, the court denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to amend and entered judgment in the action, closing the case. Plaintiff appealed the court’s decision, and on April 30, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the district court’s decision. On July 29, 2019, the plaintiff sought further review from the U.S. Supreme Court, which was denied on October 7, 2019.dismissed all claims against Deutsche Bank. Accordingly, the action is not included in the total number of actions above. The settlement amount, which Deutsche Bank has paid, is no longer reflected in Deutsche Bank’s litigation provisions.

    323

    On July 29, 2020, Deutsche Bank executed a settlement agreement with plaintiffs in the amount of U.S.$ 425,000 to resolve a putative class action pending as part of the U.S. dollar LIBOR MDL asserting claims on behalf of lending institutions headquartered in the United States that originated, purchased outright, or purchased a participation interest in loans tied to U.S. dollar LIBOR (The Berkshire Bankv. Bank of America). The court granted the settlement preliminary approval on October 30, 2020. On February 8, 2021, the plaintiffs moved the court for final approval of the settlement. The settlement amount, which Deutsche Bank has paid, is no longer reflected in Deutsche Bank’s litigation provisions.

    On March 24, 2020, Deutsche Bank and the plaintiff in a non-class action pending as part of the U.S. dollar LIBOR MDL ( Salix Capital US Inc.v. Banc of America Securities LLC) stipulated to the dismissal of the plaintiff’s claims against Deutsche Bank. The court dismissed the plaintiff’s claims on March 25, 2020. On August 17, 2020, Deutsche Bank and the plaintiffs in two non-class actions pending as part of the U.S. dollar LIBOR MDL ( Prudential Investment Portfoliosv. Bank of America Corp.; Prudential Investment Portfoliosv. Barclays Bank plc.) stipulated to the dismissal of the plaintiffs’ claims against Deutsche Bank. The court dismissed the plaintiffs’ claims on August 18, 2020. On November 9, 2020, Deutsche Bank and the plaintiff in a non-class action pending as part of the U.S. dollar LIBOR MDL ( Federal National Mortgage Association v. Barclays Bank plc.) stipulated to the dismissal of the plaintiff’s claims against Deutsche Bank, and the court dismissed the claims. On February 3, 2021, Deutsche Bank and the plaintiffs in a non-class action pending as part of the U.S. dollar LIBOR MDL ( Darby Financial Products v. Barclays Bank plc.) stipulated to the dismissal of the plaintiffs’ claims against Deutsche Bank, and the court dismissed the claims.

    In January and March 2019, plaintiffs filed three putative class action complaints in the SDNY against several financial institutions, alleging that the defendants, members of the panel of banks that provided USU.S. dollar LIBOR submissions, the organization that administers LIBOR, and their affiliates, conspired to suppress USU.S. dollar LIBOR submissions from February 1, 2014 through the present. These actions were subsequently consolidated under In re ICE LIBOR Antitrust Litigation , and on July 1, 2019, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint. The consolidated action isOn March 26, 2020, the subject of fully briefed motionscourt granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the action, dismissing all claims against Deutsche Bank. Plaintiffs have appealed that decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. Briefing of the appeal is complete. On December 28, 2020, DYJ Holdings, LLC filed a motion to intervene in the appeal as named plaintiff and oral argument was heard onproposed class representative, as one of the original named plaintiffs has withdrawn and dismissed its claims and the other two named plaintiffs have expressed a desire to withdraw from the case. On January 30, 2020.7, 2021, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the appeal for lack of subject matter jurisdiction. Briefing of both motions is complete. This action is not part of the USU.S. dollar LIBOR MDL.

    In August 2020, plaintiffs filed a non-class action in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against several financial institutions, alleging that U.S. dollar LIBOR has been suppressed through the present. On November 10, 2020, plaintiffs moved the court for a preliminary and permanent injunction; briefing of that motion is complete. On November 11, 2020, certain defendants moved to transfer the action to the SDNY; briefing of that motion is complete. This action is not part of the U.S. dollar LIBOR MDL.

    There is a further UK civil action regarding USU.S. dollar LIBOR brought by the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in which a claim for damages has been asserted pursuant to Article 101 of The Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, Section 2 of Chapter 1 of the UK Competition Act 1998 and U.S. state laws. Deutsche Bank is defending this action.

    A further class action regarding LIBOR, EURIBOR and TIBOR has beenwas filed in Israel in 2018 seeking damages for losses incurred by Israeli individuals and entities. Deutsche Bank is contestingcontested service and jurisdiction.jurisdiction, and the class action claim against Deutsche Bank was dismissed by the Israeli court on November 30, 2020.

    A further class action regarding LIBOR has been filed in Argentina seeking damages for losses allegedly suffered by holders of Argentine bonds that calculatedwith interest rates based on LIBOR. Deutsche Bank is defending this action.

    SIBOR and SOR. A putative class action alleging manipulation of the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate (SIBOR) and Swap Offer Rate (SOR) remains pending. On July 26, 2019, the SDNY granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the action, dismissing all claims against Deutsche Bank, and denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to file a fourth amended complaint. Plaintiff appealed that decision to the USU.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. Briefing of the appeal is complete, and oral argument was heard on September 11, 2020.

    GBP LIBOR. A putative class action alleging manipulation of the Pound Sterling (GBP) LIBOR remains pending. On December 21, 2018, the SDNY partially granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the action, dismissing all claims against Deutsche Bank. On August 16, 2019, the court denied plaintiffs’ motion for partial reconsideration of the court’s December 21, 2018 decision. Plaintiffs have filed a notice of appeal; the USU.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit has ordered that the appeal be held in abeyance pending that court’s decision in the appeal of the SIBOR and SOR class action.


    324

    CHF LIBOR. A putative class action alleging manipulation of the Swiss Franc (CHF) LIBOR remains pending. On September 16, 2019, the SDNY granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the action, dismissing all claims against Deutsche Bank. Plaintiffs have filed a notice of appeal; the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit has ordered that the appeal be held in abeyance pending that court’s decision in the appeal of the SIBOR and SOR class action.

    CDOR.Spanish EURIBOR Claims A putative class action alleging manipulation of the Canadian Dealer Offered Rate (CDOR) was. 53 claims in Spain have been filed in the SDNY. On March 14, 2019, the court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the amended complaint, dismissing all claims against Deutsche Bank. Plaintiff filedBank by claimants with mortgage loans held by banks and other financial institutions for damages resulting from alleged collusive behaviour by Deutsche Bank following the European Commission’s Decision. Of the 53 claims, court proceedings with respect to 22 claims have commenced. The total value of current claims is approximately € 790,000, with the potential for more claims. The first trial was due to take place on February 1, 2021, but it has been postponed with a notice of appeal. On July 25, 2019, the plaintiff stipulatednew trial date to the withdrawal of its appeal. Accordingly, the action is not included in the total number of actions above.be advised.

    326

    Investigations Into Referral Hiring Practices and Certain Business Relationships. Relationships and Precious Metals.On August 22, 2019, Deutsche Bank reached a settlement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to resolve its investigation into the Bank’s hiring practices related to candidates referred by clients, potential clients and government officials. The Bank agreed to pay US U.S.$ 16 million as part of the settlement. The U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) has closed its investigation of the Bank regarding its hiring practices. Certain regulatorsDeutsche Bank has also reached settlements with the DOJ and law enforcement authorities in various jurisdictions, including the SEC, andrespectively, regarding their investigations of the DOJ, are investigating, among other things, Deutsche Bank’s compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and other laws with respect to the Bank’s engagement of finders and consultants. On January 8, 2021, Deutsche Bank is respondingentered into a deferred prosecution agreement (DPA) with the DOJ concerning its historical engagements of finders and consultants and, as part of its obligations in the DPA, agreed to and continuingpay approximately U.S.$ 80 million in connection with this conduct. The DPA with the DOJ also involved a resolution involving spoofing in precious metals. As part of its obligations in the DPA relating to cooperateprecious metals, Deutsche Bank agreed to pay approximately U.S.$ 8 million, of which approximately U.S.$ 6 million would be credited by virtue of Deutsche Bank’s 2018 resolution with these investigations. Certain regulators in other jurisdictions havethe CFTC. On the same day, Deutsche Bank also been briefed on these investigations. The Group has recordedreached a provisionsettlement with the SEC to resolve its investigation into conduct regarding the Bank’s compliance with the FCPA with respect to certainthe Bank’s engagement of finders and consultants. The Bank agreed to pay approximately U.S.$ 43 million in this SEC settlement.

    Jeffrey Epstein Investigations .Deutsche Bank has received requests for information from regulatory and law enforcement agencies concerning the Bank’s former client relationship with Jeffrey Epstein (individually, and through related parties and entities). In December 2018, Deutsche Bank began the process to terminate its relationship with Epstein, which began in August 2013. Deutsche Bank has provided information to and otherwise cooperated with the investigating agencies. The Bank has also completed an internal investigation into the Epstein relationship.

    On July 7, 2020, the New York State Department of Financial Services (DFS) issued a Consent Order, finding that Deutsche Bank violated New York State banking laws in connection with its relationships with three former Deutsche Bank clients, Danske Bank’s Estonia branch, Jeffrey Epstein and FBME Bank, and imposing a U.S.$ 150 million civil penalty in connection with these regulatory investigations. three former relationships, which Deutsche Bank paid in the third quarter of 2020. As noted above, the Bank is also named as a defendant in a securities class action pending in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey that includes allegations relating to the Bank’s relationship with Jeffrey Epstein and other entities.

    The Group has not disclosed the amount of thisestablished a provision because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously the outcome of these regulatory investigations.

    Kirch. The public prosecutor’s office in Munich ( Staatsanwaltschaft München I) has conducted and is currently conducting criminal investigations in connection with the Kirch case inter alia with regard to former Deutsche Bank Management Board members. The Kirch case involved several civil proceedings between Deutsche Bank AG and Dr. Leo Kirch as well as media companies controlled by him. The key issue was whether an interview given by Dr. Rolf Breuer, then Spokesman of Deutsche Bank’s Management Board, in 2002 with Bloomberg television, during which Dr. Breuer commented on Dr. Kirch’s (and his companies’) inability to obtain financing, caused the insolvency of the Kirch companies. In February 2014, Deutsche Bank and the Kirch heirs reached a comprehensive settlement, which has ended all legal disputes between them.

    The allegations of the public prosecutor are that the relevant former Management Board members failed to correct in a timely manner factual statements made by Deutsche Bank’s litigation counsel in submissions filed in one of the civil cases between Kirch and Deutsche Bank AG before the Munich Higher Regional Court and the Federal Court of Justice, after allegedly having become aware that such statements were not correct, and/or made incorrect statements in such proceedings, respectively.

    On April 25, 2016, following the trial before the Regional Court Munich regarding the main investigation involving Jürgen Fitschen and four other former Management Board members, the Regional Court acquitted all of the accused, as well as the Bank, which was a secondary participant in such proceedings. On April 26, 2016, the public prosecutor filed an appeal. An appeal is limited to a review of legal errors rather than facts. On October 18, 2016, a few weeks after the written judgment was served, the public prosecutor provided notice that it will uphold its appeal onlycontingent liability with respect to former Management Board members Jürgen Fitschen, Dr. Rolf Breuerthe Jeffrey Epstein investigations and Dr. Josef Ackermann and that it will withdraw its appeal with respectcivil action. The remaining investigations relating to former Management Board members Dr. Clemens Börsig and Dr. Tessen von Heydebreck for whom the acquittal thereby becomes binding. On January 24, 2018, the Attorney General’s Office applied to convene an oral hearing before the Federal Supreme Court to decide about the Munich public prosecutor’s appeal. This oral hearing was held on October 22, 2019. On October 31, 2019, the Federal Supreme Court confirmed the acquittals in the Kirch criminal proceedings.

    After the Federal Supreme Court’s judgement of October 31, 2019, the other investigations by the public prosecutor (which also deal with attempted litigation fraud in the Kirch civil proceedings) were terminated.Jeffrey Epstein are ongoing.

    Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Securities Matters and Investigation. Regulatory and Governmental Matters. Deutsche Bank, along with certain affiliates (collectively referred in these paragraphs to as “Deutsche Bank”), received subpoenas and requests for information from certain regulators and government entities, including members of the Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Working Group of the U.S. Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force, concerning its activities regarding the origination, purchase, securitization, sale, valuation and/or trading of mortgage loans, residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS), commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS), collateralized debt obligations (CDOs), other asset-backed securities and credit derivatives. Deutsche Bank fully cooperated in response to those subpoenas and requests for information.

    On December 23, 2016, Deutsche Bank announced that it reached a settlement-in-principle with the DOJ to resolve potential claims related to its RMBS business conducted from 2005 to 2007. The settlement became final and was announced by the DOJ on January 17, 2017. Under the settlement, Deutsche Bank paid a civil monetary penalty of US$U.S.$ 3.1 billion and agreed to provide US$provided U.S.$ 4.1 billion in consumer relief. The DOJ appointed an independent monitor to oversee and validate the provision of consumer relief. 

    In September 2016, Deutsche Bank received administrative subpoenas from the Maryland Attorney General seeking information concerning Deutsche Bank’s RMBS and CDO businesses from 2002 to 2009. On June 1, 2017, Deutsche Bank and the Maryland Attorney General reached a settlement to resolve the matter for US$U.S.$ 15 million in cash and US$U.S.$ 80 million in consumer relief (to be allocated from the overall US$U.S.$ 4.1 billion consumer relief obligation agreed to as part of Deutsche Bank’s settlement with the DOJ).

    325

    On July 8, 2020, the DOJ-appointed monitor released his final report, validating that Deutsche Bank has fulfilled its U.S.$ 4.1 billion consumer relief obligations in its entirety, inclusive of the U.S.$ 80 million commitment to the State of Maryland.

    The Group has recorded provisions with respect to some of the outstanding regulatory investigations but not others, a portion of which relates to the consumer relief being provided under the DOJ settlement.others. The Group has not disclosed the amount of these provisions because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously the resolution of these matters.

    327

    Issuer and Underwriter Civil Litigation . Deutsche Bank has been named as defendant in numerous civil litigations brought by private parties in connection with its various roles, including issuer or underwriter, in offerings of RMBS and other asset-backed securities. These cases, described below, allege that the offering documents contained material misrepresentations and omissions, including with regard to the underwriting standards pursuant to which the underlying mortgage loans were issued, or assert that various representations or warranties relating to the loans were breached at the time of origination. The Group has recorded provisions with respect to several of these civil cases, but has not recorded provisions with respect to all of these matters. The Group has not disclosed the amount of these provisions because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously the resolution of these matters.

    Deutsche Bank is a defendant in a class action relating to its role as one of the underwriters of six RMBS offerings issued by Novastar Mortgage Corporation. No specific damages are alleged in the complaint. The lawsuit was brought by plaintiffs representing a class of investors who purchased certificates in those offerings. The parties reached a settlement to resolve the matter for a total of US$U.S.$ 165 million, a portion of which was paid by the Bank. On August 30, 2017, FHFA/Freddie Mac filed an objection to the settlement and shortly thereafter appealed the district court’s denial of their request to stay settlement approval proceedings, which appeal was resolved against FHFA/Freddie Mac. The court approved the settlement on March 7, 2019 over FHFA/Freddie Mac’s objections. FHFA filed its appeal on June 28, 2019.2019, which is pending.

    Deutsche Bank was or is a defendant in three actionsan action related to RMBS offerings brought by the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) as receiver for: (a) Colonial Bank (alleging no less than US$ 213 million in damages against all defendants), (b) Guaranty Bank (alleging no less than US$ 901 million in damages against all defendants), and (c)for Citizens National Bank and Strategic Capital Bank (alleging an unspecified amount in damages against all defendants). In each of these actions,this action, the appellate courtscourt reinstated claims previously dismissed on statute of limitations grounds and petitions for rehearing and certiorari to the USU.S. Supreme Court were denied. In the case concerning Colonial Bank, on July 2, 2019, the parties executed a settlement agreement to resolve the claims relating to the one RMBS offering for which Deutsche Bank is an underwriter defendant. Deutsche Bank did not make a monetary contribution to the settlement. In the case concerning Guaranty Bank, on November 5, 2019, the parties executed a settlement agreement to resolve the claims against Deutsche Bank, and the court dismissed the action on November 21, 2019. In the case concerning Citizens National Bank and Strategic Capital Bank, onOn July 31, 2017, the FDIC filed a second amended complaint, which defendants moved to dismiss on September 14, 2017. On October 18, 2019, defendants’ motion to dismiss was denied. Discovery is ongoing.

    In June 2014, HSBC, as trustee, brought an action in New York state court against Deutsche Bank to revive a prior action, alleging that Deutsche Bank failed to repurchase mortgage loans in the ACE Securities Corp. 2006-SL2 RMBS offering. The revival action was stayed during the pendency of an appeal of the dismissal of a separate action wherein HSBC, as trustee, brought an action against Deutsche Bank alleging breaches of representations and warranties made by Deutsche Bank concerning the mortgage loans in the same offering. On March 29, 2016, the court dismissed the revival action, and on April 29, 2016, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal. On July 8, 2019, plaintiff filed its opening appellate brief. On November 19, 2019, the appellate court affirmed the dismissal. On December 19, 2019, plaintiff filed a motion to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals in the appeals court, which was denied on February 13, 2020. On March 16, 2020, plaintiff petitioned the New York Court of Appeals for leave to appeal, which was granted on September 1, 2020. Plaintiff’s opening brief was filed on November 2, 2020.

    Deutsche Bank is a defendant in cases concerning two RMBS trusts that were brought initially by RMBS investors and subsequently by HSBC, as trustee, in New York state court. The cases allege breaches of loan-level representations and warranties in the ACE Securities Corp. 2006-FM1 and ACE Securities Corp. 2007-ASAP1 RMBS offerings, respectively. Both cases were dismissed on statute of limitations grounds by the trial court on March 28, 2018. Plaintiff appealed the dismissals. On April 25, 2019, the First Department affirmed the dismissals on claims for breach of representations and warranties and for breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, but reversed the denial of the motions for leave to file amended complaints alleging failure to notify the trustee of alleged representations and warranty breaches. HSBC filed amended complaints on April 30, 2019, and Deutsche Bank filed its answers on June 3, 2019. Discovery is ongoing. On October 25, 2019, plaintiffs filed two complaints seeking to revive, under Section 205(a) of the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules, the breach of representations and warranties claims as to which dismissal was affirmed in the case concerning ACE 2006-FM1. On December 16, 2019, Deutsche Bank moved to dismiss these actions.

    In the actions against Deutsche Bank solely as an underwriter of other issuers’ RMBS offerings, Deutsche Bank has contractual rights to indemnification from the issuers, but those indemnity rights may in whole or in part prove effectively unenforceable where the issuers are now or may in the future be in bankruptcy or otherwise defunct.


    328

    Trustee Civil Litigation . Deutsche Bank is a defendant in four separate civil lawsuits brought by various groups of investors concerning its role as trustee of certain RMBS trusts. The actions generally allege claims for breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of the duty to avoid conflicts of interest, negligence and/or violations of the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, based on the trustees’ alleged failure to perform adequately certain obligations and/or duties as trustee for the trusts.

    Two putative class actions brought by a group of investors, including funds managed by BlackRock Advisors, LLC, PIMCO-Advisors, L.P., and others, were settled. One of these putative class actions was pending in the Superior Court of California until the court dismissed the action with prejudice on January 11, 2019. The second putative class action was pending in the US District Court for the Southern District of New York and was dismissed with prejudice on December 6, 2018. Two other putative class actions, brought by Royal Park Investments SA/NV in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, have also been settled, and the court dismissed both actions with prejudice on June 10, 2019.

    Deutsche Bank is currently a defendant in four separate civil lawsuits, all of which involve direct claims.326

    The four individual lawsuits include actions by (a) the National Credit Union Administration Board (“NCUA”), as an investor in 37 trusts, which allegedly suffered total realized collateral losses of US U.S.$ 8.5 billion; (b) certain CDOs (collectively, “Phoenix Light”) that hold RMBS certificates issued by 43 RMBS trusts, and seeking “hundreds of millions of dollars in damages”; (c) Commerzbank AG, as an investor in 50 RMBS trusts, seeking recovery for alleged “hundreds of millions of dollars in losses”; and (d) IKB International, S.A. in Liquidation and IKB Deutsche Industriebank AG (collectively, “IKB”), as an investor in 30 RMBS trusts, seeking more than US U.S.$ 268 million of damages. In the NCUA case, NCUA notified the court on August 31, 2018 that it was dismissing claims relating to 60 out of the 97 trusts originally at issue; on October 15, 2019, NCUA’s motion for leave to amend its complaint was granted, and Deutsche Bank’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint was granted in part and denied in part, dismissing NCUA’s tort claims but preserving its breach-of-contract claims. In the Phoenix Light case and Commerzbank case, on December 7, 2018 the parties filed motions for summary judgment, which have been fully briefed as of March 9, 2019. InOn January 27, 2021, the court in the IKB case the court heard oral argument on the trustee’sgranted in part and denied in part Deutsche Bank’s motion to dismiss, on May 3, 2017,dismissing certain of IKB’s claims but has not yet issued a decision.allowing most of its breach of contract and tort claims to go forward. Discovery is ongoing.

    The Group has established contingent liabilities with respect to certain of these matters but the Group has not disclosed the amounts because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously the outcome of these matters.

    Postbank Voluntary Public Takeover Offer. On September 12, 2010, Deutsche Bank announced the decision to make a voluntary takeover offer for the acquisition of all shares in Deutsche Postbank AG (Postbank). On October 7, 2010, the Bank published theits official offer document. In its takeover offer Deutsche Bankand offered Postbank shareholders a consideration of € 25 for each Postbank share. The takeoverThis offer was accepted for a total of approximately 48.2 million Postbank shares.

    In November 2010, a former shareholder of Postbank, Effecten-Spiegel AG, which had accepted the takeover offer, brought a claim against Deutsche Bank alleging that the offer price was too low and was not determined in accordance with the applicable law of the Federal Republic of Germany.German laws. The plaintiff alleges that Deutsche Bank had been obliged to make a mandatory takeover offer for all shares in Postbank, at the latest, in 2009. The plaintiff avers that, at the latest in 2009 as the voting rights of Deutsche Post AG in Postbank had to be attributed to Deutsche Bank AG pursuant to Section 30 of the German Takeover Act. Based thereon, the plaintiff alleges that the consideration offered by Deutsche Bank AG for the shares in Postbank in the 2010 voluntary takeover offer needed to be raised to € 57.25 per share.

    The Regional Court Cologne (Landgericht) dismissed the claim in 2011 and the Cologne appellate court dismissed the appeal in 2012. The Federal Court set this judgment aside the Cologne appellate court’s judgment and referred the case back to the appellate court. In its judgment,Higher Regional Court Cologne to take evidence on certain allegations of the Federal Court stated that the appellate court had not sufficiently considered the plaintiff’s allegation that Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Post AG “acted in concert” in 2009.plaintiff.

    Starting in 2014, additional former shareholders of Postbank, who accepted the 2010 tender offer, brought similar claims as Effecten-Spiegel AG against Deutsche Bank which are pending with the Regional Court Cologne and the Higher Regional Court of Cologne, respectively. On October 20, 2017, the Regional Court Cologne handed down a decision granting the claims in a total of 14 cases which were combined in one proceeding. The Regional Court Cologne took the view that Deutsche Bank was obliged to make a mandatory takeover offer already in 2008 so that the appropriate consideration to be offered in the takeover offer should have been € 57.25 per share. Taking the consideration paid into account, thePostbank share (instead of € 25). The additional consideration per share owed to shareholders which have accepted the takeover offer would thus amount to € 32.25. Deutsche Bank appealed this decision and the appeal has beenwas assigned to the 13th Senate of the Higher Regional Court of Cologne, which also is hearingheard the appeal of Effecten-Spiegel AG.


    329

    On November 8, 2017, a hearing took place beforeIn 2019 and 2020 the Higher Regional Court of Cologne in the Effecten-Spiegel case. In that hearing, the Higher Regional Court indicated that it disagreed with the conclusions of the Regional Court Cologne and took the preliminary view that Deutsche Bank was not obliged to make a mandatory takeover offer in 2008 or 2009. Initially the Higher Regional Court resolved to announce a decision on December 13, 2017. However, this was postponed to February 2018 because the plaintiff challenged the three members of the 13th Senate of the Higher Regional Court of Cologne for alleged prejudice. The challenge was rejected by the Higher Regional Court of Cologne at the end of January 2018. In February 2018, the court granted a motion by Effecten-Spiegel AG to re-open the hearing.

    The Higher Regional Court informed the parties by notice dated February 19, 2019 that it has doubts that an acting in concert can be based on the contractual clauses which the Regional Court Cologne found to be sufficient to assume an acting in concert (and to grant the plaintiffs' claims in October 2017). Against this background, the Higher Regional Court resolved to take further evidence and called a number of witnesses in both cases to be heard in several hearings from October 30, 2019 onwards until at least April 2020.cases. The individuals to be heard includeincluded current and former board members of Deutsche Bank, Deutsche Post AG and Postbank as well as other persons involved in the Postbank transaction. In addition, the court had informed the parties that it was considering to request from Deutsche Bank the production of relevant transaction documents. Thereafter, on April 15, 2019, the Higher Regional Court Cologne issued non-appealable orders for the production of relevant transaction documents by May 6, 2019. The documents produced by Deutsche Bank in accordance with these orders include the original sale and purchase agreement related to the acquisition of Postbank sharesentered into between Deutsche Bank and Deutsche Post AG dated September 12, 2008, the related postponement agreement dated December 22,in 2008 and the related amendment agreement dated January 14, 2009. In addition, Deutsche Bank produced the indenture for a mandatory exchangeable bond dated February 25, 2009 as well as a pledge agreement dated December 30, 2008. The court orders only relate to the main bodies of the respective contracts, but the court may extend its orders to exhibits of those contracts at a later point in time. By order dated September 17, 2019, the Higher Regional Court ordered that the transaction documents produced to the court in May 2019 shall also be provided to the court in the original by October 7, 2019. Deutsche Bank hashad therefore deposited the originals of the aforementioned transactionthese documents with the court on October 2,in 2019.

    Stefan Krause, a former Deutsche Bank Management Board member, (who is to testify on request of the plaintiffs) invoked the right to refuse to give testimony because in February 2018 a law firm representing some plaintiffs in the above-mentioned civil actions had filed a criminal complaint with the public prosecutor in Frankfurt am Main against certain Deutsche Bank personnel alleging that they engaged in fraudulent conduct in connection with the takeover offer. However, the competent public prosecutors rejected opening proceedings. On April 10, 2019,December 16, 2020, the Higher Regional Court Cologne issuedhanded down a non-appealable decision acknowledging Mr. Krause’s right to refuse to give testimony.

    Former Deutsche Bank Management Board members Dr. Josef Ackermann, Rainer Neske and Frank Strauss also informedfully dismissed the claims of Effecten-Spiegel AG. Further, in a second decision handed down on December 16, 2020, the Higher Regional Court Cologne in August, September and October 2019, respectively, that they each invokeallowed the right not to give testimony becauseappeal of Deutsche Bank against the decision of the aforementioned criminal complaint. In November 2019Regional Court Cologne dated October, 20, 2017 and January 2020, respectively,dismissed all related claims of the relevant plaintiffs. The Higher Regional Court Cologne confirmed in separate interim proceedingshas granted leave to appeal to the German Federal Court ( ZwischenverfahrenBundesgerichtshof ) – in which Deutsche Bank was not a party – by a non-appealable decisionas regards both decisions and all relevant plaintiffs have lodged their respective appeals with the right to refuse to give testimony in eachFederal Court end of these cases.January and beginning of February 2021, respectively.

    Deutsche Bank has been served with a large number of additional lawsuits filed against Deutsche Bank shortly before the end of 2017, almost all of which are now pending with the Regional Court Cologne. Some of the new plaintiffs allege that the consideration offered by Deutsche Bank AG for the shares in Postbank in the 2010 voluntary takeover should be raised to € 64.25 per share.

    The claims for payment against Deutsche Bank in relation to these matters total almost € 700 million (excluding interest).

    327

    The Group has established a contingent liability with respect to these matters but the Group has not disclosed the amount of this contingent liability because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously the outcome of these matters.


    330

    Further Proceedings Relating to the Postbank Takeover. In September 2015, former shareholders of Postbank filed in the Regional Court Cologne shareholder actions against Postbank to set aside the squeeze-out resolution taken in the shareholders meeting of Postbank in August 2015.2015 (actions for voidance). Among other things, the plaintiffs allegealleged that Deutsche Bank was subject to a suspension of voting rights with respect to its shares in Postbank based on the allegation that Deutsche Bank failed to make a mandatory takeover offer at a higher price in 2009.offer. The squeeze out is final and the proceeding itself has no reversal effect, but may result in damage payments. The claimants in this proceeding refer to legal arguments similar to those asserted in the Effecten-Spiegel proceeding described above. In a decision on October 20, 2017, the Regional Court Cologne declared the squeeze-out resolution to be void. The court, however, did not rely on a suspension of voting rights due to an alleged failure of Deutsche Bank to make a mandatory takeover offer, but argued that Postbank violated information rights of Postbank shareholders in Postbank's shareholders meeting in August 2015. Postbank has appealed this decision. The Higher Regional Court Cologne scheduled an oral hearingOn May 15, 2020 DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG (legal successor of Postbank due to a merger in 2018) was merged into Deutsche Bank AG. On July 3, 2020 Deutsche Bank AG withdrew the appeal as regards the actions for May 7, 2020.voidance because efforts and costs to pursue this appeal became disproportionate to the minor remaining economic importance of the case considering that the 2015 squeeze-out cannot be reversed. As a consequence, the first instance judgement which found that Postbank violated the information rights of its shareholders in the shareholders’ meeting has now become final.

    The legal question of whether Deutsche Bank had been obliged to make a mandatory takeover offer for all Postbank shares prior to its 2010 voluntary takeover may also impact two pending appraisal proceedings (Spruchverfahren)( Spruchverfahren). These proceedings were initiated by former Postbank shareholders with the aim to increase the cash compensation offered in connection with the squeeze-out of Postbank shareholders in 2015 and the cash compensation offered and annual guaranteed dividendcompensation paid in connection with the execution of a domination and profit and loss transfer agreement (Beherrschungs-( Beherrschungs- und Gewinnabführungsvertrag)hrungsvertrag) between DB Finanz-Holding AG (now DB Beteiligungs-Holding GmbH) and Postbank in 2012.

    The applicants in the appraisal proceedings claim that a potential obligation of Deutsche Bank to make a mandatory takeover offer for Postbank at an offer price of € 57.25 should be decisive when determining the adequate cash compensation in the appraisal proceedings. The Regional Court Cologne had originally followed this legal opinionview of the applicants in two resolutions. In a decision dated June 2019, the Regional Court of Cologne expressly deviated fromgave up this legal resolutionview in the appraisal proceedings in connection with execution of a domination and profit and loss transfer agreement. According to this decision, the question whether Deutsche Bank was obliged to make a mandatory offer for all Postbank shares prior to its voluntary takeover offer in 2010 shall not be relevant for determining the appropriate cash compensation. It is likely that the Regional Court Cologne will take the same legal position in the appraisal proceedings in connection with the squeeze-out. On October 1, 2020, the Regional Court Cologne handed down a decision in the appraisal proceeding concerning the domination and profit and loss transfer agreement (dated December 5, 2012) according to which the annual compensation pursuant to Section 304 of the German Stock Corporation Act (jährliche Ausgleichszahlung) shall be increased by € 0.12 to € 1.78 per Postbank share and the settlement amount pursuant to Section 305 of the German Stock Corporation Act (Abfindungsbetrag) shall be increased by € 4.56 to € 29.74 per Postbank share. The increase of the settlement amount is of relevance for approximately 492.000 former Postbank shares whereas the increase of the annual compensation is of relevance for approximately 7 million former Postbank shares. Deutsche Bank as well as the applicants have lodged an appeal against this decision.

    The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect to this matter because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously its outcome.

    Russia/UK Equities Trading Investigation. Deutsche Bank has investigated the circumstances around equity trades entered into by certain clients with Deutsche Bank in Moscow and London that offset one another. The total volume of transactions reviewed is significant. Deutsche Bank's internal investigation of potential violations of law, regulation and policy and into the related internal control environment has concluded, and Deutsche Bank has assessed the findings identified during the investigation; to date it has identified certain violations of Deutsche Bank’s policies and deficiencies in Deutsche Bank's control environment. Deutsche Bank has advised regulators and law enforcement authorities in several jurisdictions (including Germany, Russia, the UK and the United States) of this investigation. Deutsche Bank has taken disciplinary measures with regards to certain individuals in this matter.

    328

    On January 30 and 31, 2017, the DFS and the FCA announced settlements with the Bank related to their investigations into this matter. The settlements conclude the DFS and the FCA’s investigations into the Bank’s anti-money laundering (AML)AML control function in its investment banking division, including in relation to the equity trading described above. Under the terms of the settlement agreement with the DFS issued a Consent Order pursuant to which Deutsche Bank entered into a consent order, and agreed to pay a civil monetary penaltiespenalty of US$U.S.$ 425 million and to engage an independent monitor for a term of up to two years. Under the terms of the settlement agreement with the FCA, Deutsche Bank agreed to pay a civil monetary penaltiespenalty of approximately GBP 163 million. On May 30, 2017, the Federal Reserve announced its settlement with the Bank resolving this matter as well as additional AML issues identified by the Federal Reserve. Deutsche Bank paid a penalty of US$U.S.$ 41 million. Deutsche Bank also agreed to retain independent third parties to assess its Bank Secrecy Act/AML program and review certain foreign correspondent banking activity of its subsidiary Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. The Bank is also required to submit written remediation plans and programs.

    Deutsche Bank continues to cooperate with regulators and law enforcement authorities, including the DOJ which has its own ongoing investigation into these securities trades. The Group has recorded a provision with respect to the remaining investigation. The Group has not disclosed the amount of this provision because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously the outcome of this matter.


    331

    Sovereign, Supranational and Agency Bonds (SSA) Investigations and Litigations. Deutsche Bank has received inquiries from certain regulatory and law enforcement authorities, including requests for information and documents, pertaining to SSA bond trading. Deutsche Bank is cooperating with these investigations.

    On December 20, 2018, the European Commission sent a Statement of Objections to Deutsche Bank regarding a potential breach of EU antitrust rules in relation to secondary market trading of SSA bonds denominated in USU.S. dollars. The sending of a Statement of Objections is a step in the European Commission’s investigation and does not prejudge the outcome of the investigation. Deutsche Bank has proactively cooperated with the European Commission in this matter and as a result has been granted immunity. In accordance with the European Commission’s guidelines, Deutsche Bank does not expect a financial penalty.

    Deutsche Bank is a defendant in several putative class action complaints filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York by alleged direct and indirect market participants claiming violations of antitrust law and common law related to alleged manipulation of the secondary trading market for SSA bonds. Deutsche Bank has reached an agreement to settle the actions by direct market participants for the amount of US$U.S.$ 48.5 million and has recorded a provision in the same amount. The settlement is subject to court approval. The action filed on behalf of alleged indirect market participants is in its early stages.was voluntarily dismissed by the plaintiffs.

    Deutsche Bank is also a defendant in putative class actions filed on November 7, 2017 and December 5, 2017 in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice and Federal Court of Canada, respectively, claiming violations of antitrust law and the common law relating to alleged manipulation of secondary trading of SSA bonds. The complaints rely on allegations similar to those in the USU.S. class actions involving SSA bond trading, and seek compensatory and punitive damages. The cases are in their early stages.

    Deutsche Bank was named as a defendant in a consolidated putative class action filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging violations of USU.S. antitrust law and a claim for unjust enrichment relating to Mexican government bond trading. In October 2019, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ consolidated amended complaint without prejudice. In December 2019, plaintiffs filed a Second Amended Complaint, which defendants moved to dismissthe court dismissed without prejudice on February 21,November 30, 2020. On January 22, 2021, Deutsche Bank was notified that the Mexican competition authority, COFECE, reached a resolution that imposes fines against DB Mexico and two of its former traders, as well as six other financial institutions and nine other traders, for engaging in alleged monopolistic practices in the Mexican government bond secondary market, which may be appealed. The fine against DB Mexico was approximately U.S.$ 427,000.

    Deutsche Bank was also named as a defendant in several putative class action complaints filed in the USU.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging violations of antitrust law and common law related to alleged manipulation of the secondary trading market for U.S. Agency bonds; on September 3, 2019, the court denied a motion to dismiss the complaint. Deutsche Bank has reached an agreement to settle the class actions for the amount of US$U.S.$ 15 million, which amount was already fully reflected in existing litigation reserves and no additional provision was taken for this settlement amount. The court granted preliminary approval over the settlement on October 29, 2019, supported by an opinion issued November 8, 2019. The settlement remains subject to final court approval, and the court has scheduledheld a final fairness hearing foron June 9, 2020. As of December 16, 2019, all other defendants also reachedOn June 18, 2020, the court entered final judgement approving the class action settlement with Deutsche Bank and separately as to the class action settlements with the class action plaintiffs,other defendants which if approved by the court will result in a total of US$U.S.$ 386.5 million paid to the settlement class. A separate action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Louisiana on September 23, 2019, which was dismissed with prejudice as to Deutsche Bank by stipulation of the parties on October 30, 2019.

    Other than as noted above, the Group has not disclosed whether it has established provisions or contingent liabilities with respect to the matters referred to above because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.


    332

    Trust Preferred Securities Litigation. Deutsche Bank and certain of its affiliates and former officers are the subject of a consolidated putative class action, filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, asserting claims under the federal securities laws on behalf of persons who purchased certain trust preferred securities issued by Deutsche Bank and its affiliates between October 2006 and May 2008. In a series of opinions, the court dismissed all claims as to four of the six offerings at issue, but allowed certain alleged omissions claims relating to the November 2007 and February 2008 offerings to proceed. The district court limited claims relating to the two offerings remaining in the case to alleged failures (i) to disclose “any known trends or uncertainties that have had or that the registrant reasonably expects will have a material favorable or unfavorable impact on net sales or revenues or income from continuing operations” and (ii) to disclose “the most significant factors that make the offering speculative or risky” pursuant to Items 303 and 503 of Regulation S-K. Defendants have served Answers denying all wrongdoing. On October 2, 2018, the district court certified a plaintiff class as to both offerings. All discovery was completed and defendants moved for summary judgment. On September 24, 2019, plaintiffs informed the court that the parties have reached a settlement agreement in principle to resolve the litigation, subject to court approval and final documentation. As a result, the court stayed all proceedings pending settlement. On November 15, 2019, the settlement agreement was executed and plaintiffs moved for preliminary approval of the settlement. On February 27, 2020, the court granted preliminary approval of the settlement, and set the final approval hearing for June 11, 2020. The settlement amount is already fully reflected in existing litigation provisions.

    US Treasury Securities Investigations and Litigations.Investigations. Deutsche Bank has received inquiries from certain regulatory and law enforcement authorities, including requests for information and documents, pertaining to U.S. Treasuries auctions, trading, and related market activity. Deutsche Bank is cooperating with these investigations.

    329

    Deutsche Bank‘s subsidiary Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (DBSI) was a defendant in several putative class actions alleging violations of U.S. antitrust law, the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act and common law related to the alleged manipulation of the U.S. Treasury securities market. These cases have been consolidated in the Southern District of New York. On November 16, 2017, plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint, which did not name DBSI as a defendant. On December 11, 2017, the court dismissed DBSI from the class action without prejudice.

    On June 18, 2020, the CFTC entered an order pursuant to settlement with DBSI for alleged spoofing by two Tokyo-based traders between January and December 2013. Without admitting or denying the findings or conclusions therein, Deutsche Bank consented to the entry of the order, including a civil monetary fine of U.S.$ 1.25 million.

    US Treasury Spoofing Litigation. Following the Bank’s settlement with the CFTC five separate putative class actions were filed in the Northern District of Illinois against Deutsche Bank AG and DBSI. The cases allege that Deutsche Bank and other unnamed entities participated in a scheme from January to December 2013 to spoof the market for Treasuries futures and options contracts and Eurodollars futures and options contracts. Plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint on November 13, 2020. Deutsche Bank AG and DBSI filed a motion to dismiss on January 15, 2021; briefing on the motion to dismiss is set to conclude by April 16, 2021.

    The Group has not disclosed whether it has established a provision or contingent liability with respect to these matters because it has concluded that such disclosure can be expected to prejudice seriously their outcome.


    333

    28 Credit related Commitmentscommitments and Contingent Liabilitiescontingent liabilities

    Irrevocable lending commitments and lending related contingent liabilities

    In the normal course of business the Group regularly enters into irrevocable lending commitments, including fronting commitments as well as contingent liabilities consisting of financial and performance guarantees, standby letters of credit and indemnity agreements on behalf of its customers. Under these contracts the Group is required to perform under an obligation agreement or to make payments to the beneficiary based on third party’s failure to meet its obligations. For these instruments it is not known to the Group in detail if, when and to what extent claims will be made. In the event that the Group has to pay out cash in respect of its fronting commitments, the Group would immediately seek reimbursement from the other syndicate lenders. The Group considers all the above instruments in monitoring the credit exposure and may require collateral to mitigate inherent credit risk. If the credit risk monitoring provides sufficient perception about a loss from an expected claim, a provision is established and recorded on the balance sheet.

    The following table shows the Group’s revocable lending commitments, irrevocable lending commitments and lending related contingent liabilities without considering collateral or provisions. It shows the maximum potential utilization of the Group in case all these liabilities entered into must be fulfilled. The table therefore does not show the expected future cash flows from these liabilities as many of them will expire without being drawn and arising claims will be honoured by the customers or can be recovered from proceeds of arranged collateral.

    At the end of the first quarter 2020, we observed that many clients drew down their lending commitments due to liquidity concerns as impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, which led to a significant decrease of up to € 12.8 billion in irrevocable lending commitments. Throughout the year the situation has stabilized and irrevocable lending commitments returned to similar levels in December 2020 compared to December 2019.

    Irrevocable lending commitments and lending related contingent liabilities

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Irrevocable lending commitments

    167,788

    167,722

    165,643

    167,788

    Revocable lending commitments

    43,652

    44,327

    50,233

    43,652

    Contingent liabilities

    49,232

    51,605

    47,978

    49,232

    Total

    260,672

    263,654

    263,854

    260,672


    330

    Other commitments and other contingent liabilities

    The following table shows the Group’s other irrevocable commitments and other contingent liabilities without considering collateral or provisions. It shows the maximum potential utilization of the Group in case all these liabilities entered into must be fulfilled. The table therefore does not show the expected future cash flows from these liabilities as many of them will expire without being drawn and arising claims will be honoured by the customers or can be recovered from proceeds of arranged collateral.

    Other commitments and other contingent liabilities

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Other commitments

    143

    130

    144

    143

    Other contingent liabilities

    78

    74

    73

    78

    Total

    220

    204

    217

    220

    Government Assistanceassistance

    In the course of its business, the Group regularly applies for and receives government support by means of Export Credit Agency (“ECA”) guarantees covering transfer and default risks for the financing of exports and investments into Emerging Markets and to a lesser extent, developed markets for Structured Trade & Export Finance and short- and medium-term Trade Finance business. Almost all export-oriented states have established such ECAs to support their domestic exporters. The ECAs act in the name and on behalf of the government of their respective country and are either constituted directly as governmental departments or organized as private companies vested with the official mandate of the government to act on its behalf. Terms and conditions of such ECA guarantees are broadly similar due to the fact that most of the ECAs act within the scope of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) consensus rules. The OECD consensus rules, an intergovernmental agreement of the OECD member states, define benchmarks intended to ensure that a fair competition between different exporting nations will take place.


    334

    In some countries dedicated funding programs with governmental support are offered for ECA-covered financings. The Group makes use of such programs to assist its clients in the financing of exported goods and services. In certain financings, the Group also receives government guarantees from national and international governmental institutions as collateral to support financings in the interest of the respective governments. The majority of such ECA guarantees received by the Group were issued either by the Euler-Hermes Kreditversicherungs-AG acting on behalf of the Federal Republic of Germany, by the Korean Export Credit Agencies (Korea Trade Insurance Corporation and The Export-Import Bank of Korea) acting on behalf of the Republic of Korea or by Chinese Export Credit Agency (China Export & Insurance Corporation (Sinosure)) acting on behalf of the People’s Republic of China.

    In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, the government created additional support via state backed loans. Further information can be found in section “Legislative and non-legislative moratoria and public guarantee schemes in light of COVID-19 pandemic”.

    Irrevocable payment commitments with regard to levies

    Irrevocable payment commitments related to bank levy according to Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD), the Single Resolution Fund (SRF) and the German statutory deposit protection amounted to € 915.6 million as of December 31, 2020, and to € 767.3 million as of December 31, 2019, and to € 595.1 million as of December 31, 2018.2019.

    29 Other Short-Term Borrowingsshort-term borrowings

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Other short-term borrowings:

    Commercial paper

    1,585

    2,752

    1,748

    1,585

    Other

    3,633

    11,406

    1,804

    3,633

    Total other short-term borrowings

    5,218

    14,158

    3,553

    5,218

    331

    30 – Long-Term DebtLong-term debt and Trust Preferred Securitiestrust preferred securities

    Long-Term Debt by Earliest Contractual Maturity

    in € m.

    Due in 2020

    Due in 2021

    Due in 2022

    Due in 2023

    Due in 2024

    Due after 2024

    Total Dec 31, 2019

    Total Dec 31, 2018

    Due in 2021

    Due in 2022

    Due in 2023

    Due in 2024

    Due in 2025

    Due after 2025

    Total Dec 31, 2020

    Total Dec 31, 2019

    Senior debt:

    Bonds and notes:

    Fixed rate

    14,317

    19,966

    9,885

    7,896

    7,954

    17,224

    77,243

    77,894

    18,447

    9,575

    11,234

    8,518

    6,435

    13,288

    67,496

    77,243

    Floating rate

    4,429

    7,212

    3,421

    1,704

    1,356

    5,823

    23,944

    30,495

    7,017

    2,887

    1,584

    3,526

    3,903

    6,978

    25,895

    23,944

    Other

    34,120

    1,274

    5,739

    911

    1,507

    4,552

    48,103

    28,019

    Subordinated debt:

    Bonds and notes:

    Fixed rate

    1,884

    0

    0

    30

    15

    3,588

    5,517

    5,297

    18

    0

    30

    14

    2,601

    3,386

    6,049

    5,517

    Floating rate

    167

    0

    0

    1,226

    24

    0

    1,417

    1,420

    0

    0

    1,100

    123

    80

    0

    1,303

    1,417

    Other

    17,291

    1,546

    773

    1,213

    1,732

    5,797

    28,352

    36,977

    24

    15

    103

    82

    0

    93

    316

    333

    Total long-term debt

    38,088

    28,724

    14,079

    12,069

    11,080

    32,433

    136,473

    152,083

    59,626

    13,751

    19,789

    13,174

    14,526

    28,297

    149,163

    136,473

    The Group did not have any defaults of principal, interest or other breaches with respect to its liabilities in 20192020 and 2018.2019.

    Trust Preferred Securities1

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Fixed rate

    976

    2,194

    269

    976

    Floating rate

    1,037

    975

    1,052

    1,037

    Total trust preferred securities

    2,013

    3,168

    1,321

    2,013

    1 Perpetual instruments, redeemable at specific future dates at the Group’s option.

    335

    31 Maturity Analysisanalysis of the earliest contractual undiscounted cash flows of Financial Liabilitiesfinancial liabilities

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m.

    On demand

    Due within 3 months

    Due between 3 and 12 months

    Due between 1 and 5 years

    Due after 5 years

    On demand

    Due within 3 months

    Due between 3 and 12 months

    Due between 1 and 5 years

    Due after 5 years

    Noninterest bearing deposits

    228,731

    0

    0

    0

    0

    220,501

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Interest bearing deposits

    135,330

    113,449

    68,955

    16,258

    10,468

    154,777

    105,566

    64,729

    13,815

    10,230

    Trading liabilities1

    37,065

    0

    0

    0

    0

    44,289

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments1

    316,506

    0

    0

    0

    0

    327,775

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    11,705

    29,680

    17,986

    1,815

    4,941

    23,692

    16,204

    3,451

    2,127

    2,095

    Investment contract liabilities2

    0

    0

    544

    0

    0

    0

    0

    526

    0

    0

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting3

    0

    288

    245

    555

    343

    0

    354

    66

    319

    541

    Central bank funds purchased

    218

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    1,494

    1,130

    238

    50

    7

    1,815

    17

    0

    504

    1

    Securities loaned

    258

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,697

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other short-term borrowings

    1,893

    2,435

    1,368

    0

    0

    1,385

    919

    1,530

    0

    0

    Long-term debt

    2

    17,670

    24,046

    73,086

    36,177

    1

    14,430

    48,164

    68,130

    31,637

    Trust preferred securities

    0

    12

    2,073

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1,345

    0

    0

    Lease liabilities4

    53

    144

    533

    1,922

    957

    Lease liabilities

    49

    128

    522

    1,804

    2,064

    Other financial liabilities

    78,555

    2,624

    293

    607

    8

    86,618

    2,565

    225

    501

    16

    Off-balance sheet loan commitments

    167,281

    0

    0

    0

    0

    164,843

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial guarantees

    21,645

    0

    0

    0

    0

    20,337

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total5

    1,000,736

    167,431

    116,280

    94,294

    52,901

    Total4

    1,047,779

    140,182

    120,556

    87,200

    46,584

    1 Trading liabilities and derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting balances are recorded at fair value. The Group believes that this best represents the cash flow that would have to be paid if these positions had to be closed out. Trading liabilities and derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting balances are shown within “on demand” which Group’s management believes most accurately reflects the short-term nature of trading activities. The contractual maturity of the instruments may however extend over significantly longer periods.

    2 These are investment contracts where the policy terms and conditions result in their redemption value equaling fair value.

    3 Derivatives designated for hedge accounting are recorded at fair value and are shown in the time bucket at which the hedged relationship is expected to terminate.

    4Newly recognized liabilities along with the adoption of IFRS 16 in 2019, no comparatives available.
    5 The balances in the table do not agree to the numbers in the Group’s balance sheet as the cash flows included in the table are undiscounted. This analysis represents the worst case scenario for the Group if the Group was required to repay all liabilities earlier than expected. The Group believes that the likelihood of such an event occurring is remote.

    Dec 31, 2018

    in € m.

    On demand

    Due within 3 months

    Due between 3 and 12 months

    Due between 1 and 5 years

    Due after 5 years

    Noninterest bearing deposits

    221,746

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Interest bearing deposits

    126,416

    137,089

    47,258

    21,683

    12,059

    Trading liabilities1

    59,922

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments1

    301,487

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    16,438

    25,838

    7,895

    2,760

    5,724

    Investment contract liabilities2

    0

    0

    512

    0

    0

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting3

    0

    609

    502

    505

    306

    Central bank funds purchased

    252

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    3,151

    963

    508

    1

    0

    Securities loaned

    3,358

    3

    0

    0

    0

    Other short-term borrowings

    11,067

    2,258

    1,622

    0

    0

    Long-term debt

    3

    34,449

    16,268

    80,028

    36,085

    Trust preferred securities

    0

    36

    3,306

    0

    0

    Other financial liabilities

    96,573

    2,762

    1,201

    369

    60

    Off-balance sheet loan commitments

    167,722

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial guarantees

    22,502

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total4

    1,030,639

    204,008

    79,073

    105,346

    54,234

    332

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    On demand

    Due within 3 months

    Due between 3 and 12 months

    Due between 1 and 5 years

    Due after 5 years

    Noninterest bearing deposits

    228,731

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Interest bearing deposits

    135,330

    113,449

    68,955

    16,258

    10,468

    Trading liabilities1

    37,065

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments1

    316,506

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    11,705

    29,680

    17,986

    1,815

    4,941

    Investment contract liabilities2

    0

    0

    544

    0

    0

    Negative market values from derivative financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting3

    0

    288

    245

    555

    343

    Central bank funds purchased

    218

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Securities sold under repurchase agreements

    1,494

    1,130

    238

    50

    7

    Securities loaned

    258

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other short-term borrowings

    1,893

    2,435

    1,368

    0

    0

    Long-term debt

    2

    17,670

    24,046

    73,086

    36,177

    Trust preferred securities

    0

    12

    2,073

    0

    0

    Lease liabilities

    53

    144

    533

    1,922

    957

    Other financial liabilities

    78,555

    2,624

    293

    607

    8

    Off-balance sheet loan commitments

    167,281

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial guarantees

    21,645

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total4

    1,000,736

    167,431

    116,280

    94,294

    52,901

    1 Trading liabilities and derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting balances are recorded at fair value. The Group believes that this best represents the cash flow that would have to be paid if these positions had to be closed out. Trading liabilities and derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting balances are shown within “on demand” which Group’s management believes most accurately reflects the short-term nature of trading activities. The contractual maturity of the instruments may however extend over significantly longer periods.

    2 These are investment contracts where the policy terms and conditions result in their redemption value equaling fair value.

    3 Derivatives designated for hedge accounting are recorded at fair value and are shown in the time bucket at which the hedged relationship is expected to terminate.

    4 The balances in the table do not agree to the numbers in the Group’s balance sheet as the cash flows included in the table are undiscounted. This analysis represents the worst case scenario for the Group if the Group was required to repay all liabilities earlier than expected. The Group believes that the likelihood of such an event occurring is remote.

    336333

    Additional Notes notes

    32 Common Sharesshares

    Common Shares

    Deutsche Bank’s share capital consists of common shares issued in registered form without par value. Under German law, each share represents an equal stake in the subscribed capital. Therefore, each share has a nominal value of € 2.56, derived by dividing the total amount of share capital by the number of shares.

    Number of shares

    Issued and fully paid

    Treasury shares

    Outstanding

    Issued and fully paid

    Treasury shares

    Outstanding

    Common shares, January 1, 2018

    2,066,773,131

    (371,090)

    2,066,402,041

    Shares issued under share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    Capital increase

    0

    0

    0

    Shares purchased for treasury

    0

    (372,179,750)

    (372,179,750)

    Shares sold or distributed from treasury

    0

    371,206,696

    371,206,696

    Common shares, December 31, 2018

    2,066,773,131

    (1,344,144)

    2,065,428,987

    Common shares, January 1, 2019

    2,066,773,131

    (1,344,144)

    2,065,428,987

    Shares issued under share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Capital increase

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Shares purchased for treasury

    0

    (193,666,155)

    (193,666,155)

    0

    (193,666,155)

    (193,666,155)

    Shares sold or distributed from treasury

    0

    194,338,942

    194,338,942

    0

    194,338,942

    194,338,942

    Common shares, December 31, 2019

    2,066,773,131

    (671,357)

    2,066,101,774

    2,066,773,131

    (671,357)

    2,066,101,774

    Shares issued under share-based compensation plans

    0

    0

    0

    Capital increase

    0

    0

    0

    Shares purchased for treasury

    0

    (35,058,705)

    (35,058,705)

    Shares sold or distributed from treasury

    0

    34,383,896

    34,383,896

    Common shares, December 31, 2020

    2,066,773,131

    (1,346,166)

    2,065,426,965

    There are no issued ordinary shares that have not been fully paid.

    Shares purchased for treasury mainly consist of shares purchased with the intention of being resold in the short-term as well as held by the Group for a period of time. In addition, the Group has bought back shares for equity compensation purposes. All such transactions were recorded in shareholders’ equity and no revenues and expenses were recorded in connection with these activities. Treasury stock held as of year-end will mainly be used for future share-based compensation.

    Capital Reserves

    Capital reserves of the Group amount to € 40.5 billion (prior year: € 40.2 billion). Capital reserves presented in the financial statements of our parent company Deutsche Bank AG according to section 272 (2) HGB amount to € 22.7 billion (prior year: € 42 billion) according to German GAAP. The reduction is mainly due to a partial withdrawal to offset net losses according to German GAAP.

    Authorized Capitalcapital

    The Management Board is authorized to increase the share capital by issuing new shares for cash consideration. As of December 31, 2019,2020, Deutsche Bank AG had authorized but unissued capital of € 2,560,000,0002,560,000 which may be issued in whole or in part until April 30, 2022. Further details are governed by Section 4 of the Articles of Association.

    Authorized capital

    Consideration

    Pre-emptive rights

    Expiration date

    € 512,000,000

    Cash

    May be excluded pursuant to Section 186 (3) sentence 4 of the Stock Corporation Act and may be excluded in so far as it is necessary to grant pre-emptive rights to the holders of option rights, convertible bonds and convertible participatory rights

    April 30, 2022

    € 2,048,000,000

    Cash

    May be excluded insofar as it is necessary to grant pre-emptive rights to the holders of option rights, convertible bonds and convertible participatory rights.

    April 30, 2022

     

     

     

     

     

     

     


    337

    Conditional Capitalcapital

    The Management Board is authorized to issue once or more than once, participatory notes that are linked with conversion rights or option rights and/or convertible bonds and/or bonds with warrants. The participatory notes, convertible bonds or bonds with warrants may also be issued by affiliated companies of Deutsche Bank AG. For this purpose share capital was increased conditionally upon exercise of these conversion and/or exchange rights or upon mandatory conversion.

    Conditional capital

    Purpose of conditional capital

    Expiration date

    € 512,000,000

    May be used if holders of conversion or option rights that are linked with participatory notes or convertible bonds or bonds with warrants make use of their conversion or option rights or holders with conversion obligations of convertible participatory notes or convertible bonds fulfill their obligation to convert.

    April 30, 2022

    € 51,200,000

    May be used to fulfill options that are awarded on or before the expiration date and will only be used to the extent that holders of issued options make use of their right to receive shares and shares are not delivered out of treasury shares

    April 30, 2022

    334

    Dividends

    The following table presents the amount of dividends proposed or declared for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017,2018, respectively.

    2019 (proposed)

    2018

    2017

    2020 (proposed)

    2019

    2018

    Cash dividends declared (in € )

    0

    227,000,000

    227,000,000

    0

    0

    227,000,000

    Cash dividends declared per common share (in €)

    0.00

    0.11

    0.11

    0.00

    0.00

    0.11

    No dividends have been declared since the balance sheet date.

    33 Employee Benefitsbenefits

    Share-Based Compensation Plans Share-based compensation plans

    The Group made grants of share-based compensation under the DB Equity Plan. This plan represents a contingent right to receive Deutsche Bank common shares after a specified period of time. The award recipient is not entitled to receive dividends during the vesting period of the award.

    The share awards granted under the terms and conditions of the DB Equity Plan may be forfeited fully or partly if the recipient voluntarily terminates employment before the end of the relevant vesting period.period (or release period for Upfront Awards). Vesting usually continues after termination of employment in cases such as redundancy or retirement.

    In countries where legal or other restrictions hinder the delivery of shares, a cash plan variant of the DB Equity Plan was used for granting awards.awards, and for employees of certain legal entities, deferred equity is replaced with restricted shares due to local regulatory requirements.

    Please note that this table does not cover awards granted to the Management Board, and from 2018 this table does not cover AIFMD/UCITS MRTs, or DWS Share-Based Compensation Payments, please refer to separate DWS section that covers grants to this population.

    The following table sets forth the basic terms of these share plans:

    338

    Grant year(s)

    Deutsche Bank Equity Plan

    Vesting schedule

    Eligibility

    2018-20192019-2020

    Annual Award (CB/IB/CRU)1

    1/4: 12 months2months1

    Select employees as

    1/4: 24 months2months1

    annual performance-based

    1/4: 36 months2months1

    compensation

    1/4: 48 months2months1

    (CB/IB/CRU)2

    Annual Award

    1/3: 12 months2months1

    Select employees as

    (non-CB/IB/CRU)1

    1/3: 24 months2months1

    annual performance-based

    1/3: 36 months2months1

    compensation (non-CB/IB/CRU)2

    Annual Award

    1/5: 12 months2months1

    Members of Management BoardSelect employees as

    (Senior Management)1

    1/5: 24 months2months1

    or of Senior Managementannual performance-based

    1/5: 36 months2months1

    compensation (Senior Management)

    1/5: 48 months2months1

    1/5: 60 months2months1

    Retention/New Hire

    Individual specification

    Select employees to attract and retain the best talent

    Annual Award – Upfront

    Vesting immediately at grant3

    Regulated employees

    2017 -2018

    Annual Award1Award

    1/4: 12 months4months1

    Select employees as

    1/4: 24 months4months1

    annual performance-based

    1/4: 36 months4months1

    compensation

    1/4: 48 months4months1

    Or cliff vesting after 54 months4months1

    Members of Management Board or of Senior Leadership Cadre

    Retention/New Hire

    Individual specification

    Select employees to attract and retain the best talent

    Annual Award – Upfront

    Vesting immediately at grant3

    Regulated employees

    Key Retention Plan (KRP)54

    1/2: 50 months6months3

    Material Risk Takers (MRTs)

    1/2: 62 months6months3

    Cliff vesting after 43 months

    Non-Material Risk Takers (non-MRTs)

    2016

    Annual Award

    1/4: 12 months4

    Select employees as

    1/4: 24 months4

    annual performance-based

    1/4: 36 months4

    compensation

    1/4: 48 months4

    Or cliff vesting after 54 months4

    Members of Management Board or of Senior Leadership Cadre

    Retention/New Hire

    Individual specification

    Select employees to attract and retain the best talent

    Annual Award – Upfront

    Vesting immediately at grant3

    Regulated employees

    Key Position Award (KPA)75

    Cliff-vesting after 4 years3

    Select employees as annual retention

    1 For employees of certain legal entities, deferred equity is replaced with restricted shares due to local regulatory requirements. For grant year 2019 valid for divisions CB/IB/CRU; for grant year 2018 divisions were called CIB.
    2For members of the Management Board or the Senior Management and all other InstVV-regulated employees (and Senior Management) a further retention period of twelve months applies (six months for awards granted in 2018)from 2017 -2018).

    2
    For grant year 2019 divisions were called CIB, for grant year 2020 CIB is split into CB/IB/CRU.

    3 For all regulated employees shareShare delivery takes place after a further retention period of twelve months. For awards granted from 2018 this is only applicable to InstVV MRTs.

    4For members of the Management Board or of the Senior Leadership Cadre and all other regulated employees a further retention period of six months applies.
    5 Equity-based awards granted under this plan in January 2017 arewere subject to an additional share price hurdle, meaningcondition and were forfeited as a result of this award proportion only vests in the event that the Bank’s share price reaches a certain share target price prior to vesting. condition not being met.

    6For Material Risk Takers (MRTs) share delivery takes place after a further retention period of twelve months.
    75 A predefined proportion of the individual’s KPA iswas subject to an additional share price hurdle, meaningcondition and was forfeited as a result of this award proportion only vests in the event that the Bank’s share price reaches a certain share target price prior to vesting.condition not being met.

    335

    Furthermore, the Group offers a broad-based employee share ownership plan entitled Global Share Purchase Plan (“GSPP”). The GSPP offers employees in specific countries the opportunity to purchase Deutsche Bank shares in monthly installments over one year. At the end of the purchase cycle, the bank matches the acquired stock in a ratio of one to one up to a maximum of ten free shares, provided that the employee remains at Deutsche Bank Group for another year. In total, about 11,18011,045 staff from 18 countries enrolled in the eleventhtwelfth cycle that began in November 2019.2020.

    The Group has other local share-based compensation plans, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, are material to the consolidated financial statements.


    339

    The following table showssets out the outstandingmovements in share award units, as of the respective dates, which represent a contingent right to receive Deutsche Bank common shares after a specified period of time. It also includes theincluding grants under the cash plan variant of the DB Equity Plan.

    Share units (in thousands)

    2020

    2019

    Balance outstanding as of January 01

    168,332

    143,923 1

    Granted

    44,768

    64,217

    Released

    (32,454)

    (28,475)

    Forfeited

    (62,398)

    (11,157)

    Other movements

    (441)

    (177)

    Balance outstanding as of December 31

    117,806

    168,332

    1Share Units outstanding at the beginning of year 2019 restated

    The DB Equity Plan includes awards with share price hurdles under both the Key Position Award and the Key Retention Plan. The share price hurdle condition for both plans was measured during 2020 and was not met. As a result approximately 56 million share units were forfeited. In accordance with IFRS 2 the forfeiture due to a market performance condition did not result in a reversal to the recorded expense.

    The following table sets out key information regarding awards granted, released and remaining in the year.

    2020

    2019

    Weighted average fair value per award granted in year

    Weighted average share price at release in year

    Weighted average remaining contractual life in years

    Weighted average fair value per award granted in the year

    Weighted average share price at release in year

    Weighted average remaining contractual life in years

    DB Equity Plan

    € 7.20

    7.79

    2

    € 6.34

    7.6

    2

    Share units (in thousands)

    Weighted-average grant date fair value per unit

    Balance as of December 31, 2017

    137,541

    € 14.78

    Balance as of December 31, 2018

    153,117

    € 11.15

    Balance as of December 31, 2019

    168,332

    € 8.96

    Share-based payment transactions resulting in a cash payment give rise to a liability, which amounted to approximately € 6 million, € 128 million and € 236 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182020 and 2017,2019, respectively.

    As of December 31, 2019, theThe grant volume of outstanding share awards was approximately € 0.9 billion and € 1.4 billion.billion as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Thereof, approximately € 0.7 billion and € 1.2 billion had been recognized as compensation expense in the reporting year or prior to that. Hence, compensation expense for deferred share-based compensation not yet recognized amounted to approximately € 0.2 billion and € 0.3 billion as of December 31, 2019.2020 and 2019, respectively.

    Approximately 4.1 and 14.1 million shares were issued to plan participants in February and March 2020, resulting from the vesting of DB Equity Plan awards granted in prior years (thereof 0.1 million units for February and 0.2 million units for March 2020 vesting cycles under the cash plan variant of this DB Equity Plan).

    DWS Share-Based Compensation Plans

    There are two categories of share-based compensation plans, which are described below: DWS Share-Based Plans (cash-settled) and the DB Equity Plan (equity settled).

    The DWS Group made grants of share-based compensation under the DWS Equity Plan. This plan represents a contingent right to receive a cash payment by referencing to the value of DWS shares during a specified time period.

    In September 2018 one-off IPO related awards under the DWS Stock Appreciation Rights (SAR) Plan were granted to all DWS employees. A limited number of DWS senior managers were granted a one-off IPO-related Performance Share Unit (PSU) under the DWS Equity Plan instead. For members of the Executive Board, one-off IPO-related awards under the DWS Equity Plan were granted in January 2019.

    The DWS SAR Plan represents a contingent right to receive a cash payment equal to any appreciation (or gain) in the value of a set number of notional DWS shares over a fixed period of time. This award does not provide any entitlement to receive DWS shares, voting rights or associated dividends.

    The DWS Equity Plan is a phantom share plan representing a contingent right to receive a cash payment by referencing to the value of DWS shares during a specified period of time.

    The award recipient for any share-based compensation plan is not entitled to receive dividends during the vesting period of the award.

    336

    The share awards granted under the terms and conditions of any share-based compensation plan are forfeited fully or partly if the recipient voluntarily terminates employment before the end of the relevant vesting period.period (or the end of the retention period for Upfront Awards). Vesting usually continues after termination of employment in cases such as redundancy or retirement.


    340

    The following table sets forth the basic terms of the DWS share-based plans:

    Grant year(s)

    Award Type

    Vesting schedule

    Eligibility

    2019 / 2020 DWS Equity Plan

    Annual Awards

    1/3: 12 months3months2 1/3: 24 months3months2 1/3: 36 months3months2

    Select employees as annual performance-based compensation

    Annual Awards (Senior Management)

    1/5: 12 months3months2 1/5: 24 months3months2 1/5: 36 months3months2 1/5: 48 months3months2 1/5: 60 months3months2

    Members of the Executive Board

    Annual Award - Upfront

    Vesting immediately at grant3grant2

    Regulated employees

    Retention/New Hire

    Individual specification

    Select employees to attract and retain the best talent

    Performance Share Unit (PSU) Award (one-off IPO related award)award granted 1 January 2019)1

    1/3: March 2022320222 1/3: March 2023320232 1/3: March 2024320242

    Members of the Executive Board

    2018 DWS Equity Plan

    Retention/New Hire

    Individual specification

    Select employees to attract and retain the best talent

    Performance Share Unit (PSU) Award (one-off IPO related award)1

    1/3: March 2022320222 1/3: March 2023320232 1/3: March 2024320242

    Select Senior Managers

    2018 DWS SAR Plan

    SAR Award (one-off IPO related award)2

    For non-MRTs: June 1, 2021520214

    all DWS employees4employees3

    For MRTs: March 1, 2023320232

    1 The award and the number of units is subject to the achievement of pre-defined targets (Average Net flows (NNA)2019-2020 and FY 2020 Adjusted CIR (Cost Income Ratio) measured December 2020. .

    2 The award is subject to a positive IBIT of the DWS Group December 2019. 3Depending on their individual regulatory status, a 6 months retention period (AIFMD/UCITS MRTs) or a 12-months retention period (InstVV MRTs) applies after vesting.

    3 Unless the employee received PSU Award.

    4 UnlessIn 2020 two Early Exercise windows were offered to non-MRTs leading to accelerated vesting and exercise upon acceptance. For outstanding awards a 4-year exercise period applies following vesting / retention period.

    The following table sets out the employee received PSU Award. movements in share award units.

    DWS Equity Plan

    DWS SAR Plan

    2020

    2019

    2020

    2019

    Share units (in thousands)

    Number of Awards

    Number of Awards

    Number of Awards

    Weighted-average exercise price

    Number of Awards

    Weighted-average exercise price

    Outstanding at beginning of year

    2,040

    1,248

    2,087 1

    € 24.65

    2,192

    € 24.65

    Granted

    805

    1,003

    0

    -

    0

    -

    Issued or Exercised

    (368)

    (186)

    (766)

    € 24.65

    0

    -

    Forfeited

    (54)

    (42)

    (52)

    € 24.65

    (110)

    € 24.65

    Expired

    0

    0

    0

    -

    0

    -

    Other Movements

    (6)

    16

    (14)

    € 24.65

    4

    € 24.65

    Outstanding at end of year

    2,418

    2,040

    1,254

    € 24.65

    2,087 1

    € 24.65

    Of which, exercisable

    0

    0

    0

    -

    0

    -

    51 Following vesting / retention period a 4-year exercise period applies.DWS SAR Plan share Units outstanding at the end of year 2019 restated.

    AsThe following table sets out key information regarding awards granted, released and remaining in the year.

    2020

    2019

    Weighted average fair value per award granted in year

    Weighted average share price at release/ exercise in year

    Weighted average remaining contractual life in years

    Weighted average fair value per award granted in the year

    Weighted average share price at release/ exercise in year

    Weighted average remaining contractual life in years

    DWS Equity Plan

    € 29.07

    € 34.88

    2

    € 20.98

    € 26.33

    3

    DWS SAR Plan

    n/a

    € 31.95

    5

    n/a

    n/a

    6

    The fair value of outstanding share-based awards was approximately € 85 million and € 64 million as of December 31, 2019, the fair value of share-based awards made in 20182020 and 2019, was approximately € 59 million (as of December 31, 2018: € 23 million for awards made in 2018).respectively. Of the awards, granted in 2018 and 2019, approximately € 3261 million and € 35 million has been recognised in 2019 or prior to that in the income statement (December 31, 2018:up to the period ending 2020 and 2019 respectively, of which € 421 million recognised in 2018).and € 12 million relate to fully vested awards. Total unrecognised expense related to share-based plans iswas approximately € 2725 million (Decemberand € 29 million as of December 31, 2018: € 19 million),2020 and 2019 respectively, dependent on future share price development.

    337

    The PSU Award has performance conditions which will determine the number of units which can ultimately vest under the award. These performance conditions are linked to the DWS Group strategy, specifically with regards to the target for net inflows and the adjusted cost income ratio. Based on the outcome of the performance conditions, it was confirmed that 100   % of the units originally granted remain subject to continued vesting.

    During the year, eligible employees were invited to exercise their SAR Awards as part of two distinct Early Exercise Offers in 2020. SAR Awards which were not exercised continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the DWS SAR Plan Rules, including forfeiture provisions.

    The fair value of the SAR Equity Plan awards have beenis measured using the Black-Scholes formula. The liabilities incurred are re-measured at the end of each reporting period until settlement. The principal inputs being the market value on reporting date, discounted for any dividends foregone over the holding periods of the award, and adjustment for expected and actual levels of vesting which includes estimating the number of eligible employees leaving the DWS Group and number of employees eligible for early retirement. The inputs used in the measurement of the fair values at grant date and measurement date of the SAR Equity Plan awards were as follows:follows.

    Measurement date Dec 31, 2019

    Measurement date Dec 31, 2018

    Measurement date Dec 31, 2019

    Measurement date Dec 31, 2018

    PSU

    PSU

    SAR

    SAR

    Measurement date Dec 31, 2020

    Measurement date Dec 31, 2019

    Units (in thousands)

    1,421

    1,248

    2,041

    2,192

    1,254

    2,087

    Fair value

    € 24.30

    € 14.18

    € 8.19

    € 3.35

    € 10.68

    € 8.19

    Share price

    € 31.70

    € 23.37

    € 31.70

    € 23.37

    € 34.80

    € 31.70

    Exercise price

    N/A

    N/A

    € 24.65

    € 24.65

    € 24.65

    € 24.65

    Expected volatility (weighted-average)

    34%

    35%

    34%

    35%

    33%

    34%

    Expected life (weighted-average) in years

    4

    5

    6

    6

    5

    6

    Expected dividends (% of income)

    65%

    65%

    65%

    65%

    65%

    65%

    Given the short timeframe sincelimited years of DWS share price volatility and the IPOabsence of implied volatility actively traded in the DWS Group,market, the expected volatility of the DWS share price has been based on an evaluation of the historical volatility for a comparable peer group over the preceding 5-year period. The expected dividend level is linked to the latest DWS Group communication.

    In addition, the PSU Award has performance conditions which will determine the nominal amount which can ultimately vest under the award. These performance conditions are linked to the DWS Group strategy, specifically with regards to the target for net inflows and the adjusted cost income ratio, which will be tested prior to vesting in March 2021.

    341

    Post-employment Benefit Plansbenefit plans

    Nature of Plans

    The Group sponsors a number of post-employment benefit plans on behalf of its employees, both defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans. The Group’s plans are accounted for based on the nature and substance of the plan. Generally, for defined benefit plans the value of a participant’s accrued benefit is based on each employee’s remuneration and length of service; contributions to defined contribution plans are typically based on a percentage of each employee’s remuneration. The rest of this note focuses predominantly on the Group’s defined benefit plans.

    The Group’s defined benefit plans are primarily described on a geographical basis, reflecting differences in the nature and risks of benefits, as well as in the respective regulatory environments. In particular, the requirements set by local regulators can vary significantly and determine the design and financing of the benefit plans to a certain extent. Key information is also shown based on participant status, which provides a broad indication of the maturity of the Group’s obligations.

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m.

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Defined benefit obligation related to

    Active plan participants

    4,950

    706

    236

    648

    6,540

    Participants in deferred status

    2,639

    2,876

    561

    111

    6,187

    Participants in payment status

    5,943

    1,335

    530

    272

    8,080

    Total defined benefit obligation

    13,532

    4,917

    1,327

    1,031

    20,807

    Fair value of plan assets

    12,658

    5,705

    1,107

    987

    20,457

    Funding ratio (in %)

    94 %

    116 %

    83 %1

    96 %

    98 %

    1US Total defined benefit obligation is inclusive of the unfunded US Medicare Plan (€ 168 million) in addition to defined benefit pension plans. The US defined benefit pension funding ratio excluding Medicare is 96 %.

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Defined benefit obligation related to

    Active plan participants

    5,031

    680

    282

    650

    6,643

    Participants in deferred status

    2,483

    2,569

    593

    119

    5,764

    Participants in payment status

    5,756

    1,438

    543

    274

    8,011

    Total defined benefit obligation

    13,270

    4,687

    1,418

    1,043

    20,418

    Fair value of plan assets

    11,915

    5,615

    1,143

    982

    19,655

    Funding ratio (in %)

    90 %

    120 %

    81 %1

    94 %

    96 %

    1 US Total defined benefit obligation is inclusive of the unfunded US Medicare Plan (€ 181 million) in addition to defined benefit pension plans. The US defined benefit pension funding ratio excluding Medicare is 92 %.

    Dec 31, 2018

    in € m.

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Defined benefit obligation related to

    Active plan participants

    4,599

    593

    337

    623

    6,152

    Participants in deferred status

    2,210

    2,286

    500

    97

    5,093

    Participants in payment status

    5,144

    989

    500

    242

    6,875

    Total defined benefit obligation

    11,953

    3,868

    1,337

    962

    18,120

    Fair value of plan assets

    10,877

    4,884

    1,074

    892

    17,727

    Funding ratio (in %)

    91 %

    126 %

    80 %1

    93 %

    98 %

    1US Total defined benefit obligation is inclusive of the unfunded US Medicare Plan (€ 163 million) in addition to defined benefit pension plans. The US defined benefit pension funding ratio excluding Medicare is 92 %.338

    The majority of the Group’s defined benefit plan obligations relate to Germany, the United Kingdom and the United States. Within the other countries, the largest obligation relates to Switzerland. In Germany and some continental European countries, post-employment benefits are usually agreed on a collective basis with respective employee workers councils, unions or their equivalent. The Group’s main pension plans are governed by boards of trustees, fiduciaries or their equivalent.

    Post-employment benefits can form an important part of an employee’s total remuneration. The Group’s approach is that their design shall be attractive to employees in the respective market, but sustainable for the Group to provide over the longer term. At the same time, the Group tries to limit its risks related to provision of such benefits. Consequently the Group has moved to offer defined contribution plans in many locations over recent years.

    In the past the Group typically offered pension plans based on final pay prior to retirement. These types of benefits still form a significant part of the pension obligations for participants in deferred and payment status. Currently, in Germany and the United States, the main defined benefit pension plans for active staff are cash account type plans where the Group credits an annual amount to individual accounts based on an employee’s current compensation. Dependent on the plan rules, the accounts increase either at a fixed interest rate or participate in market movements of certain underlying investments to limit the investment risk for the Group. Sometimes, in particular in Germany, there is a guaranteed benefit amount within the plan rules, e.g. payment of at least the amounts contributed. Upon retirement, beneficiaries may usually opt for a lump sum, a fixed number of annual instalments or for conversion of the accumulated account balance into a life annuity. This conversion is often based on market conditions and mortality assumptions at retirement. Recent changes to pension legislation and taxation in the UK continued to cause take-up of cash options and transfer values out of the defined benefit pension plans.


    342

    The Group also sponsors retirement and termination indemnity plans in several countries, as well as some post-employment medical plans for a number of current and retired employees, mainly in the United States. The post-employment medical plans typically pay fixed percentages of medical expenses of eligible retirees after a set deductible has been met. In the United States, once a retiree is eligible for Medicare, the Group contributes to a Health Reimbursement Account and the retiree is no longer eligible for the Group’s medical program. The Group’s total defined benefit obligation for post-employment medical plans was € 220202 million and € 192220 million at December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, respectively. In combination with the benefit structure, these plans represent limited risk for the Group, given the nature and size of the post-retirement medical plan liabilities of € 220202 million versus the size of the Group’s balance sheet at year end 2019.2020.

    The following amounts of expected benefit payments from the Group’s defined benefit plans include benefits attributable to employees’ past and estimated future service, and include both amounts paid from the Group’s external pension trusts and paid directly by the Group in respect of unfunded plans.

    in € m.

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Actual benefit payments 2019

    446

    154

    109

    73

    782

    Benefits expected to be paid 2020

    453

    129

    76

    62

    720

    Actual benefit payments 2020

    456

    160

    96

    80

    792

    Benefits expected to be paid 2021

    456

    101

    78

    60

    695

    505

    134

    70

    59

    768

    Benefits expected to be paid 2022

    473

    109

    79

    60

    721

    503

    98

    71

    56

    728

    Benefits expected to be paid 2023

    486

    122

    82

    60

    750

    521

    110

    74

    55

    760

    Benefits expected to be paid 2024

    498

    131

    82

    64

    775

    536

    118

    74

    59

    787

    Benefits expected to be paid 2025 – 2029

    2,708

    800

    433

    310

    4,251

    Benefits expected to be paid 2025

    551

    131

    75

    57

    814

    Benefits expected to be paid 2026 – 2030

    2,949

    762

    376

    281

    4,368

    Weighted average duration of defined benefit obligation (in years)

    14

    21

    11

    13

    15

    14

    20

    11

    12

    15

    Multi-employer Plans

    In Germany, the Group is a member of the BVV Versicherungsverein des Bankgewerbes a.G. (BVV) together with other financial institutions. The BVV offers retirement benefits to eligible employees in Germany as a complement to post-employment benefit promises of the Group. Both employers and employees contribute on a regular basis to the BVV. The BVV provides annuities of a fixed amount to individuals on retirement and increases these fixed amounts if surplus assets arise within the plan. According to legislation in Germany, the employer is ultimately liable for providing the benefits to its employees. An increase in benefits may also arise due to additional obligations to retirees for the effects of inflation. BVV is a multi-employer defined benefit plan. However, in line with industry practice, the Group accounts for it as a defined contribution plan since insufficient information is available to identify assets and liabilities relating to the Group’s current and former employees, primarily because the BVV does not fully allocate plan assets to beneficiaries nor to member companies. According to the BVV’s disclosures, there is no current deficit in the plan that may affect the amount of future Group contributions. Furthermore, any plan surplus emerging in the future will be distributed to the plan members, hence it cannot reduce future Group contributions. Since 2017, the Group pays increased contributions to the BVV to make up for reduced benefits levels which were approved by the BVV’s Annual General Meeting in 2016.

    The Group’s expenses for defined contribution plans also include annual contributions by DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG to the pension fund for postal civil servants in Germany. Responsibility for these benefits lies with the German government.

    339

    Governance and Risk

    The Group maintains a Pensions Risk Committee to oversee its pension and related risks on a global basis. This Committee meets quarterly and reports directly to the Senior Executive Compensation Committee and is supported by the Pensions Operating Committee.

    Within this context, the Group develops and maintains guidelines for governance and risk management, including funding, asset allocation and actuarial assumption setting. In this regard, risk management means the management and control of risks for the Group related to market developments (e.g., interest rate, credit spread, price inflation), asset investment, regulatory or legislative requirements, as well as monitoring demographic changes (e.g., longevity). Especially during and after acquisitions or changes in the external environment (e.g., legislation, taxation), topics such as the general plan design or potential plan amendments are considered. Any plan changes follow a process requiring approval by Group Human Resources. To the extent that pension plans are funded, the assets held mitigate some of the liability risks, but introduce investment risk.

    In the Group’s key pension countries, the Group’s largest post-employment benefit plan risk exposures relate to potential changes in credit spreads, interest rates, price inflation and longevity, although these have been partially mitigated through the investment strategy adopted.


    343

    Overall, the Group seeks to minimize the impact of pensions on the Group’s financial position from market movements, subject to balancing the trade-offs involved in financing post-employment benefits, regulatory capital and constraints from local funding or accounting requirements. The Group measures its pension risk exposures on a regular basis using specific metrics developed by the Group for this purpose.

    Funding

    The Group maintains various external pension trusts to fund the majority of its defined benefit plan obligations. The Group’s funding principle is to maintain funding of the defined benefit obligation by plan assets within a range of 90 % to 100 % of the obligation, subject to meeting any local statutory requirements. The Group has also determined that certain plans should remain unfunded, although their funding approach is subject to periodic review, e.g. when local regulations or practices change. Obligations for the Group’s unfunded plans are accrued on the balance sheet.

    For most of the externally funded defined benefit plans there are local minimum funding requirements. The Group can decide on any additional plan contributions, with reference to the Group’s funding principle. There are some locations, e.g. the United Kingdom, where the trustees and the Bank jointly agree contribution levels. In most countries the Group expects to receive an economic benefit from any plan surpluses of plan assets compared to defined benefit obligations, typically by way of reduced future contributions. Given the relatively high funding level and the investment strategy adopted in the Group’s key funded defined benefit plans, any minimum funding requirements that may apply are not expected to place the Group under any material adverse cash strain in the short term. With reference to the Group’s funding principle, the Group considers not re-claiming benefits paid from the Group’s assets as an equivalent to making cash contributions into the external pension trusts during the year.

    For post-retirement medical plans, the Group accrues for obligations over the period of employment and pays the benefits from Group assets when the benefits become due.

    Actuarial Methodology and Assumptions

    December 31 is the measurement date for all plans. All plans are valued by independent qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method. A Group policy provides guidance to ensure consistency globally on setting actuarial assumptions which are finally determined by the Group’s Pensions Operating Committee. Senior management of the Group is regularly informed of movements and changes in key actuarial assumptions.


    340

    The key actuarial assumptions applied in determining the defined benefit obligations at December 31 are presented below in the form of weighted averages.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.1

    Other

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.1

    Other

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.1

    Other

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.1

    Other

    Discount rate (in %)

    0.93 %

    1.91 %

    3.16 %

    1.92 %

    1.70 %

    2.70 %

    4.20 %

    2.60 %

    0.60 %

    1.26 %

    2.31 %

    1.51 %

    0.93 %

    1.91 %

    3.16 %

    1.92 %

    Rate of price inflation (in %)

    1.40 %

    3.29 %

    2.20 %

    1.70 %

    1.60 %

    3.50 %

    2.20 %

    1.90 %

    1.29 %

    3.22 %

    2.10 %

    1.54 %

    1.40 %

    3.29 %

    2.20 %

    1.70 %

    Rate of nominal increase in future compensation levels (in %)

    1.90 %

    3.79 %

    2.30 %

    2.71 %

    2.10 %

    4.00 %

    2.30 %

    2.90 %

    1.79 %

    3.72 %

    2.20 %

    2.57 %

    1.90 %

    3.79 %

    2.30 %

    2.71 %

    Rate of nominal increase for pensions in payment (in %)

    1.30 %

    3.19 %

    2.20 %

    0.91 %

    1.50 %

    3.30 %

    2.20 %

    1.00 %

    1.19 %

    3.08 %

    2.10 %

    0.86 %

    1.30 %

    3.19 %

    2.20 %

    0.91 %

    Assumed life expectancy at age 65

    For a male aged 65 at measurement date

    21.1

    23.4

    22.0

    21.9

    20.0

    23.5

    22.2

    21.8

    21.2

    23.5

    21.8

    22.0

    21.1

    23.4

    22.0

    21.9

    For a female aged 65 at measurement date

    23.4

    24.9

    23.4

    24.1

    23.6

    25.4

    23.7

    24.1

    23.5

    25.0

    23.2

    24.2

    23.4

    24.9

    23.4

    24.1

    For a male aged 45 at measurement date

    22.5

    24.4

    23.5

    23.3

    22.8

    24.8

    23.7

    23.3

    22.5

    24.5

    23.2

    23.3

    22.5

    24.4

    23.5

    23.3

    For a female aged 45 at measurement date

    24.5

    26.2

    24.9

    25.5

    25.8

    26.8

    25.2

    25.6

    24.6

    26.4

    24.5

    25.6

    24.5

    26.2

    24.9

    25.5

    Mortality tables applied

    modified Richttafeln Heubeck 2018G

    SAPS (S3) Very Light with CMI 2018 projections

    PRI-2012 with MP-2019 projection

    Country specific tables

    Richttafeln Heubeck 2018G

    SAPS (S2) Light with CMI 2017 projections

    RP2014 White- collar with MP2018 projections

    Country specific tables

    Modified
    Richttafeln
    Heubeck
    2018G

    SAPS (S3)
    Very Light
    with CMI
    2019
    projections

    PRI-2012
    with
    MP-2020
    projection

    Country
    specific
    tables

    Modified
    Richttafeln
    Heubeck
    2018G

    SAPS (S3)
    Light with
    CMI 2018
    projections

    PRI-2012
    with
    MP-2019
    projection

    Country
    specific
    tables

    1 Cash balance interest crediting rate in line with the 30-year US government bond yield.


    344

    In 2019, the Group changed its rounding principles such that for all significant financial assumptions, the derived annual rate will be rounded up or down to the nearest 0.01 %.

    For the Group’s most significant pension plans in the key countries, the discount rate used at each measurement date is set based on a high quality corporate bond yield curve, which is derived based onusing a bond universe information sourced from reputable third-party index data providers and rating agencies, – reflectingand reflects the timing, amount and currency of the future expected benefit payments for the respective plan. For longer durations where limited bond informationA review of the Eurozone discount rate derivation was instigated in March 2020 following unprecedented market turmoil, which resulted in several refinements to the methodology being implemented in 2020, initially in Q1 and more fundamentally in Q4 with the introduction of an internally produced DB Proprietary curve, which was employed as the basis for discounting the defined benefit obligation from December 31, 2020. Compared to the curve deployed at December 31, 2019, the DB Proprietary curve results in a defined benefit obligation that is available, reasonable yield€[20]m higher, with the impact recognised through Other Comprehensive Income. The defined benefit obligation was € [435] million lower as at December 31, 2020 compared to curve extrapolation methods are applied. Consistentutilised as at June 30, 2020. Due to the change in discount rates are used across all plans in each currency zone, based onrate methodology and other effects, the assumption applicableGroup’s net pension liability for the Group’s largest plan(s) in that zone. ForGerman pension plans in the other countries, the discount rate is based on high quality corporate or government bond yields applicable in the respective currency,was reduced by € 481 million from € 1,355 million as appropriate at each measurement date with a duration broadly consistent with the respective plan’s obligations.of December 31, 2019 to € 874 million as of December 31, 2020.

    The price inflation assumptions in the eurozoneEurozone and the United Kingdom are set with reference to market measures of inflation based on inflation swap rates in those markets at each measurement date. For other countries, the price inflation assumptions are typically based on long term forecasts by Consensus Economics Inc.

    The assumptions for the increases in future compensation levels and for increases to pensions in payment are developed separately for each plan, where relevant. Each is set based on the price inflation assumption and reflecting the Group’s reward structure or policies in each market, as well as relevant local statutory and plan-specific requirements.

    Among other assumptions, mortality assumptions can be significant in measuring the Group’s obligations under its defined benefit plans. These assumptions have been set in accordance with current best estimate in the respective countries. Future potential improvements in longevity have been considered and included where appropriate. Due to the long term nature of mortality assumptions and lack of clarity over the longer term impacts of the pandemic on health outcomes, there has been no specific allowance for the impact of COVID19 in any region, other than for recent experience captured as part of the annual valuation process.

    In 2019the financial year ended December 31, 2020, the Group decidedrecognized a € 48 million of past service credit in connection with the inclusion of a lump-sum payment option to apply DB specific mortality assumptions used to determineone of the German retirement benefit arrangements primarily in the Private Bank division. This reduction in defined benefit obligation for its defined benefit pension plans in Germany. In this context - based on actuarial calculations for the DB specific population - the bank adjusted the mortality expectations from the so far used “Richttafeln Heubeck 2018G” to the DB specific mortality experienceplan obligations was reported as part of employeesCompensation and pensioners. This change in actuarial assumptions led to an actuarial loss of € 125 million before taxes as of 31 December 2019 and is reportedbenefits in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the line item re-measurement gains (losses).Income.

    345341

    Reconciliation in Movement of Liabilities and Assets – Impact on Financial Statements

    2019

    2020

    in € m.

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation:

    Balance, beginning of year

    11,953

    3,868

    1,337

    962

    18,120

    13,270

    4,687

    1,418

    1,043

    20,418

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Profit & Loss

    Current service cost

    192

    26

    14

    44

    276

    200

    28

    12

    42

    282

    Interest cost

    201

    106

    56

    26

    389

    122

    85

    43

    18

    268

    Past service cost and gain or loss arising from settlements

    19

    3

    0

    (12)

    10

    (22)1

    11

    0

    0

    (11)

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

    Actuarial gain or loss arising from changes in financial assumptions

    1,179

    582

    112

    67

    1,940

    536

    600

    75

    39

    1,250

    Actuarial gain or loss arising from changes in demographic assumptions

    1251

    (105)

    (11)

    (1)

    8

    110

    (11)

    (9)

    2

    92

    Actuarial gain or loss arising from experience

    43

    113

    (8)

    (5)

    143

    (73)

    (68)

    3

    (14)

    (152)

    Cash flow and other changes

    Contributions by plan participants

    4

    0

    0

    17

    21

    4

    0

    0

    15

    19

    Benefits paid

    (446)

    (154)

    (109)

    (73)

    (782)

    (456)

    (160)

    (96)

    (80)

    (792)

    Payments in respect to settlements

    0

    0

    0

    (11)

    (11)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Acquisitions/Divestitures

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (158)2

    0

    0

    0

    (158)

    Exchange rate changes

    0

    248

    27

    24

    299

    0

    (255)

    (119)

    (36)

    (410)

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    5

    5

    (1)

    0

    0

    2

    1

    Balance, end of year

    13,270

    4,687

    1,418

    1,043

    20,418

    13,532

    4,917

    1,327

    1,031

    20,807

    thereof:

    Unfunded

    0

    16

    210

    121

    347

    0

    15

    195

    105

    315

    Funded

    13,270

    4,671

    1,208

    922

    20,071

    13,532

    4,902

    1,132

    926

    20,492

    Change in fair value of plan assets:

    Balance, beginning of year

    10,877

    4,884

    1,074

    892

    17,727

    11,915

    5,615

    1,143

    982

    19,655

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Profit & Loss

    Interest income

    185

    134

    44

    23

    386

    111

    101

    34

    17

    263

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

    Return from plan assets less interest income

    137

    448

    80

    54

    719

    777

    456

    60

    42

    1,335

    Cash flow and other changes

    Contributions by plan participants

    4

    0

    0

    18

    22

    4

    0

    0

    15

    19

    Contributions by the employer

    1,158

    0

    22

    25

    1,205

    444

    0

    56

    28

    528

    Benefits paid2

    (446)

    (153)

    (96)

    (56)

    (751)

    Benefits paid3

    (456)

    (159)

    (84)

    (65)

    (764)

    Payments in respect to settlements

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Acquisitions/Divestitures

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (137)2

    0

    0

    0

    (137)

    Exchange rate changes

    0

    304

    22

    27

    353

    0

    (303)

    (99)

    (31)

    (433)

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Plan administration costs

    0

    (2)

    (3)

    (1)

    (6)

    0

    (5)

    (3)

    (1)

    (9)

    Balance, end of year

    11,915

    5,615

    1,143

    982

    19,655

    12,658

    5,705

    1,107

    987

    20,457

    Funded status, end of year

    (1,355)

    928

    (275)

    (61)

    (763)

    (874)

    788

    (220)

    (44)

    (350)

    Change in irrecoverable surplus (asset ceiling)

    Balance, beginning of year

    0

    0

    0

    (25)

    (25)

    0

    0

    0

    (40)

    (40)

    Interest cost

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Changes in irrecoverable surplus

    0

    0

    0

    (14)

    (14)

    0

    0

    0

    2

    2

    Exchange rate changes

    0

    0

    0

    (1)

    (1)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Balance, end of year

    0

    0

    0

    (40)

    (40)

    0

    0

    0

    (38)

    (38)

    Net asset (liability) recognized

    (1,355)

    928

    (275)

    (101)

    (803)3

    (874)

    788

    (220)

    (82)

    (388)

    1Contains a past service credit of € 48 million due to the introduction of a capital option for a specific plan sponsored by former Postbank.

    2Postbank Systems AG.

    3For funded plans only.

    4Thereof € 877 million recognized in Other assets and € 1,265 million in Other liabilities.

    342

    2019

    in € m.

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation:

    Balance, beginning of year

    11,953

    3,868

    1,337

    962

    18,120

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Profit & Loss

    Current service cost

    192

    26

    14

    44

    276

    Interest cost

    201

    106

    56

    26

    389

    Past service cost and gain or loss arising from settlements

    19

    3

    0

    (12)

    10

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

    Actuarial gain or loss arising from changes in financial assumptions

    1,179

    582

    112

    67

    1,940

    Actuarial gain or loss arising from changes in demographic assumptions

    125 1

    (105)

    (11)

    (1)

    8

    Actuarial gain or loss arising from experience

    43

    113

    (8)

    (5)

    143

    Cash flow and other changes

    Contributions by plan participants

    4

    0

    0

    17

    21

    Benefits paid2

    (446)

    (154)

    (109)

    (73)

    (782)

    Payments in respect to settlements

    0

    0

    0

    (11)

    (11)

    Acquisitions/Divestitures

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange rate changes

    0

    248

    27

    24

    299

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    5

    5

    Balance, end of year

    13,270

    4,687

    1,418

    1,043

    20,418

    thereof:

    Unfunded

    0

    16

    210

    121

    347

    Funded

    13,270

    4,671

    1,208

    922

    20,071

    Change in fair value of plan assets:

    Balance, beginning of year

    10,877

    4,884

    1,074

    892

    17,727

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Profit & Loss

    Interest income

    185

    134

    44

    23

    386

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

    Return from plan assets less interest income

    137

    448

    80

    54

    719

    Cash flow and other changes

    Contributions by plan participants

    4

    0

    0

    18

    22

    Contributions by the employer

    1,158

    0

    22

    25

    1,205

    Benefits paid1

    (446)

    (153)

    (96)

    (56)

    (751)

    Payments in respect to settlements

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Acquisitions/Divestitures

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange rate changes

    0

    304

    22

    27

    353

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Plan administration costs

    0

    (2)

    (3)

    (1)

    (6)

    Balance, end of year

    11,915

    5,615

    1,143

    982

    19,655

    Funded status, end of year

    (1,355)

    928

    (275)

    (61)

    (763)

    Change in irrecoverable surplus (asset ceiling)

    Balance, beginning of year

    0

    0

    0

    (25)

    (25)

    Interest cost

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Changes in irrecoverable surplus

    0

    0

    0

    (14)

    (14)

    Exchange rate changes

    0

    0

    0

    (1)

    (1)

    Balance, end of year

    0

    0

    0

    (40)

    (40)

    Net asset (liability) recognized

    (1,355)

    928

    (275)

    (101)

    (803)3

    1 Resulting predominantly from updated mortality assumptions (modified Heubeck 2018G instead of Heubeck 2018G).

    2 For funded plans only.

    3 Thereof € 1,011 million recognized in Other assets and € 1,814 million in Other liabilities.

    346

    2018

    in € m.

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation:

    Balance, beginning of year

    12,090

    4,176

    1,401

    979

    18,646

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Profit & Loss

    Current service cost

    204

    30

    17

    45

    296

    Interest cost

    203

    104

    49

    23

    379

    Past service cost and gain or loss arising from settlements

    (33)

    18

    0

    (1)

    (16)

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

    Actuarial gain or loss arising from changes in financial assumptions

    (135)

    (187)

    (89)

    (23)

    (434)

    Actuarial gain or loss arising from changes in demographic assumptions

    98

    (48)

    (3)

    (2)

    45

    Actuarial gain or loss arising from experience

    (38)

    (7)

    11

    4

    (30)

    Cash flow and other changes

    Contributions by plan participants

    3

    0

    0

    16

    19

    Benefits paid

    (437)

    (176)

    (114)

    (76)

    (803)

    Payments in respect to settlements

    0

    0

    0

    (11)

    (11)

    Acquisitions/Divestitures

    (2)

    0

    0

    0

    (2)

    Exchange rate changes

    0

    (42)

    65

    8

    31

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Balance, end of year

    11,953

    3,868

    1,337

    962

    18,120

    thereof:

    Unfunded

    0

    10

    193

    112

    315

    Funded

    11,953

    3,858

    1,144

    850

    17,805

    Change in fair value of plan assets:

    Balance, beginning of year

    11,003

    5,202

    1,091

    915

    18,211

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Profit & Loss

    Interest income

    187

    130

    38

    20

    375

    Defined benefit cost recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

    Return from plan assets less interest income

    (351)

    (218)

    (53)

    (33)

    (655)

    Cash flow and other changes

    Contributions by plan participants

    3

    0

    0

    16

    19

    Contributions by the employer

    473

    0

    52

    33

    558

    Benefits paid1

    (437)

    (175)

    (102)

    (53)

    (767)

    Payments in respect to settlements

    0

    0

    0

    (12)

    (12)

    Acquisitions/Divestitures

    (1)

    0

    0

    (1)

    (2)

    Exchange rate changes

    0

    (53)

    52

    7

    6

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Plan administration costs

    0

    (2)

    (4)

    0

    (6)

    Balance, end of year

    10,877

    4,884

    1,074

    892

    17,727

    Funded status, end of year

    (1,076)

    1,016

    (263)

    (70)

    (393)

    Change in irrecoverable surplus (asset ceiling)

    Balance, beginning of year

    0

    0

    0

    (44)

    (44)

    Interest cost

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Changes in irrecoverable surplus

    0

    0

    0

    20

    20

    Exchange rate changes

    0

    0

    0

    (1)

    (1)

    Balance, end of year

    0

    0

    0

    (25)

    (25)

    Net asset (liability) recognized

    (1,076)

    1,016

    (263)

    (95)

    (418)2

    1For funded plans only.
    2Thereof € 1,097 million recognized in Other assets and € 1,515 million in Other liabilities.

    There are no reimbursement rights for the Group.


    347

    Investment Strategy

    The Group’s investment objective is to protect the Group from adverse impacts of its defined benefit pension plans on key financial metrics. In the past, the primary focus has been on protecting the plans’ IFRS funded status in the case of adverse market scenarios. While there has been a shift in the investment strategy in selected markets to balance competing key financial metrics the Group reverted to the IFRS driven investment strategy in 2019. Investment managers manage pension assets in line with investment mandates or guidelines as agreed with the pension plans’ trustees and investment committees.


    343

    For key defined benefit plans for which the Bank aims to protect the IFRS funded status, the Group applies a liability driven investment (LDI) approach. Risks from mismatches between fluctuations in the present value of the defined benefit obligations and plan assets due to capital market movements are minimized, subject to balancing relevant trade-offs. This is achieved by allocating plan assets closely to the market risk factor exposures of the pension liability to interest rates, credit spreads and inflation. Thereby, plan assets broadly reflect the underlying risk profile and currency of the pension obligations.

    Where the desired hedging level for market risks cannot be achieved with physical instruments (i.e., corporate and government bonds), derivatives are employed. Derivative overlays mainly include interest rate, inflation swaps and credit default swaps. Other instruments are also used, such as interest rate futures and options. In practice, a completely hedged approach is impractical, for instance because of insufficient market depth for ultra-long-term corporate bonds, as well as liquidity and cost considerations. Therefore, plan assets contain further asset categories to create long-term return enhancement and diversification benefits such as equity, real estate, high yield bonds or emerging markets bonds.

    In 2020, the group entered into two buy-in transactions with a third party insurer to de-risk €1.2 billion of exposure to the UK defined benefit pension schemes funded from existing assets, with no additional employer contribution required. The recognition of the insurance policies as qualifying plan assets in Q1 and Q4 negatively impacted Other Comprehensive Income in the Group’s financial statement by approximately €115 million and €60 million, respectively.

    Plan asset allocation to key asset classes

    The following table shows the asset allocation of the Group’s funded defined benefit plans to key asset classes, i.e. exposures include physical securities in discretely managed portfolios and underlying asset allocations of any commingled funds used to invest plan assets.

    Asset amounts in the following table include both “quoted” (i.e., Level   1 assets in accordance with IFRS 13 – amounts invested in markets where the fair value can be determined directly from prices which are quoted in active, liquid markets) and “other” (i.e., Level 2 and 3 assets in accordance with IFRS   13) assets.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Cash and cash equivalents

    340

    292

    57

    64

    753

    1,138

    715

    (12)

    77

    1,918

    290

    504

    67

    57

    918

    340

    292

    57

    64

    753

    Equity instruments1

    875

    643

    116

    53

    1,687

    1,148

    571

    107

    60

    1,886

    899

    609

    126

    57

    1,691

    875

    643

    116

    53

    1,687

    Investment-grade bonds2

    Government

    2,508

    1,633

    432

    202

    4,775

    1,975

    699

    428

    153

    3,255

    2,829

    1,048 3

    422

    167

    4,466

    2,508

    1,633

    432

    202

    4,775

    Non-government bonds

    5,921

    2,847

    425

    216

    9,409

    5,196

    2,805

    405

    217

    8,623

    6,144

    2,034 3

    387

    258

    8,823

    5,921

    2,847

    425

    216

    9,409

    Non-investment-grade bonds

    Government

    125

    7

    1

    16

    149

    175

    0

    1

    19

    195

    99

    2

    1

    18

    120

    125

    7

    1

    16

    149

    Non-government bonds

    259

    124

    17

    17

    417

    166

    80

    14

    22

    282

    236

    107

    37

    28

    408

    259

    124

    17

    17

    417

    Securitized and other Debt Investments

    1

    157

    67

    1

    226

    39

    6

    52

    16

    113

    1

    122

    73

    0

    196

    1

    157

    67

    1

    226

    Insurance

    0

    0

    0

    15

    15

    0

    0

    0

    16

    16

    1

    1,248 3

    0

    13

    1,262

    0

    0

    0

    15

    15

    Alternatives

    Real estate

    361

    42

    0

    67

    470

    285

    52

    0

    58

    395

    443

    37

    0

    79

    559

    361

    42

    0

    67

    470

    Commodities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    53

    0

    0

    0

    53

    24

    0

    0

    0

    24

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Private equity

    63

    0

    0

    25

    88

    54

    0

    0

    11

    65

    72

    0

    0

    23

    95

    63

    0

    0

    25

    88

    Other3

    1,579

    0

    0

    284

    1,863

    1,419

    22

    0

    243

    1,684

    Other4

    1,406

    0

    0

    271

    1,677

    1,579

    0

    0

    284

    1,863

    Derivatives (Market Value)

    Interest rate

    (263)

    35

    10

    7

    (211)

    (192)

    129

    13

    (6)

    (56)

    78

    (18)

    (3)

    0

    57

    (263)

    35

    10

    7

    (211)

    Credit

    110

    1

    19

    1

    131

    13

    0

    82

    0

    95

    115

    (107)

    15

    1

    24

    110

    1

    19

    1

    131

    Inflation

    26

    (126)

    0

    11

    (89)

    (608)

    (194)

    0

    5

    (797)

    0

    (109)

    0

    11

    (98)

    26

    (126)

    0

    11

    (89)

    Foreign exchange

    6

    4

    0

    3

    13

    14

    (1)

    0

    1

    14

    20

    3

    0

    4

    27

    6

    4

    0

    3

    13

    Other

    4

    (44)

    (1)

    0

    (41)

    2

    0

    (16)

    0

    (14)

    1

    225

    (18)

    0

    208

    4

    (44)

    (1)

    0

    (41)

    Total fair value of plan assets

    11,915

    5,615

    1,143

    982

    19,655

    10,877

    4,884

    1,074

    892

    17,727

    12,658

    5,705

    1,107

    987

    20,457

    11,915

    5,615

    1,143

    982

    19,655

    1 Allocation of equity exposure is broadly in line with the typical index in the respective market, e.g. the equity portfolio’s benchmark of the UK retirement benefit plans is the MSCI All Countries World Index.

    2 Investment-grade means BBB and above. Average credit rating exposure for the Group’s main plans is around A.

    3
    The movement from 2019 to 2020 is the result of the de-risking activity for the UK pension plans to reduce impact from the defined benefit plan exposure for the Group.

    34 Amongst others this position contains commingled funds which could not be segregated into the other asset categories. In particular the increase from 2018 to 2019 is caused by such positions.


    348

    The following table sets out the Group’s funded defined benefit plan assets only invested in “quoted” assets, i.e. Level 1 assets in accordance with IFRS 13.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    in € m.

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Cash and cash equivalents

    339

    292

    54

    30

    715

    1,162

    30

    (16)

    40

    1,216

    Equity instruments1

    758

    643

    116

    42

    1,559

    1,015

    571

    107

    49

    1,742

    Investment-grade bonds2

    Government

    1,115

    1,618

    426

    36

    3,195

    1,013

    695

    423

    52

    2,183

    Non-government bonds

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Non-investment-grade bonds

    Government

    0

    0

    0

    3

    3

    0

    0

    0

    2

    2

    Non-government bonds

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Securitized and other Debt Investments

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Insurance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Alternatives

    Real estate

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Commodities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Private equity

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Derivatives (Market Value)

    Interest rate

    0

    34

    (19)

    8

    23

    0

    0

    (17)

    0

    (17)

    Credit

    0

    1

    0

    0

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Inflation

    0

    (125)

    0

    10

    (115)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Foreign exchange

    0

    4

    0

    0

    4

    0

    (1)

    0

    0

    (1)

    Other

    4

    0

    0

    0

    4

    2

    0

    0

    0

    2

    Total fair value of quoted plan assets

    2,216

    2,467

    577

    129

    5,389

    3,192

    1,295

    497

    143

    5,127

    344

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Total

    Cash and cash equivalents

    226

    504

    63

    26

    819

    339

    292

    54

    30

    715

    Equity instruments1

    760

    609

    126

    45

    1,540

    758

    643

    116

    42

    1,559

    Investment-grade bonds2

    Government

    1,107

    989 3

    417

    56

    2,569

    1,115

    1,618

    426

    36

    3,195

    Non-government bonds

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Non-investment-grade bonds

    Government

    0

    0

    0

    5

    5

    0

    0

    0

    3

    3

    Non-government bonds

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Securitized and other Debt Investments

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Insurance

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Alternatives

    Real estate

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Commodities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Private equity

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Derivatives (Market Value)

    Interest rate

    0

    1

    (15)

    0

    (14)

    0

    34

    (19)

    8

    23

    Credit

    0

    (107)

    0

    0

    (107)

    0

    1

    0

    0

    1

    Inflation

    0

    0

    0

    11

    11

    0

    (125)

    0

    10

    (115)

    Foreign exchange

    0

    4

    0

    0

    4

    0

    4

    0

    0

    4

    Other

    1

    0

    0

    0

    1

    4

    0

    0

    0

    4

    Total fair value of quoted plan assets

    2,094

    2,000

    591

    143

    4,828

    2,216

    2,467

    577

    129

    5,389

    1 Allocation of equity exposure is broadly in line with the typical index in the respective market, e.g. the equity portfolio’s benchmark of the UK retirement benefit plans is the MSCI All Countries World Index.

    2 Investment-grade means BBB and above. Average credit rating exposure for the Group’s main plans is around A.

    3The movement from 2019 to 2020 is the result of the de-risking activity for the UK pension plans to reduce impact from the defined benefit plan exposure for the Group.

    The following tables show the asset allocation of the “quoted” and “other” defined benefit plan assets by key geography in which they are invested.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m.

    Germany

    United Kingdom

    United States

    Other Eurozone

    Other developed countries

    Emerging markets

    Total

    Germany

    United Kingdom

    United States

    Other Eurozone

    Other developed countries

    Emerging markets

    Total

    Cash and cash equivalents

    5

    224

    122

    342

    27

    33

    753

    (7)

    396

    170

    308

    20

    31

    918

    Equity instruments

    186

    101

    703

    285

    291

    121

    1,687

    209

    70

    703

    270

    336

    103

    1,691

    Government bonds (investment-grade and above)

    868

    1,477

    550

    1,003

    329

    548

    4,775

    1,018

    979

    470

    1,150

    292

    557

    4,466

    Government bonds (non-investment-grade)

    0

    6

    1

    7

    13

    122

    149

    2

    0

    0

    7

    11

    100

    120

    Non-government bonds (investment-grade and above)

    738

    2,110

    2,662

    3,2011

    612

    86

    9,409

    639

    1,601

    2,685

    3,265 1

    554

    79

    8,823

    Non-government bonds (non-investment-grade)

    4

    45

    24

    297

    41

    6

    417

    1

    52

    46

    292

    8

    8

    407

    Securitized and other Debt Investments

    1

    98

    104

    14

    6

    3

    226

    1

    99

    82

    12

    0

    2

    196

    Subtotal

    1,802

    4,061

    4,166

    5,149

    1,319

    919

    17,416

    1,863

    3,197

    4,156

    5,304

    1,221

    880

    16,621

    Share (in %)

    10%

    23%

    24%

    30%

    8%

    5%

    100%

    11%

    19%

    25%

    32%

    7%

    5%

    100%

    Other asset categories

    2,239

    3,836 2

    Fair value of plan assets

    19,655

    20,457

    1 Majority of this amount relates to bonds of French, Dutch and Italian corporates.

    3492The movement from 2019 to 2020 is the result of the de-risking activity for the UK pension plans to reduce impact from the defined benefit plan exposure for the Group.

    Dec 31, 2018

    in € m.

    Germany

    United Kingdom

    United States

    Other Eurozone

    Other developed countries

    Emerging markets

    Total

    Cash and cash equivalents

    141

    701

    65

    953

    29

    29

    1,918

    Equity instruments

    252

    108

    708

    360

    363

    95

    1,886

    Government bonds (investment-grade and above)

    870

    574

    474

    650

    249

    438

    3,255

    Government bonds (non-investment-grade)

    0

    0

    0

    4

    24

    167

    195

    Non-government bonds (investment-grade and above)

    718

    2,129

    2,023

    2,9841

    657

    112

    8,623

    Non-government bonds (non-investment-grade)

    4

    65

    13

    186

    5

    9

    282

    Securitized and other Debt Investments

    38

    21

    52

    2

    0

    0

    113

    Subtotal

    2,023

    3,598

    3,335

    5,139

    1,327

    850

    16,272

    Share (in %)

    12%

    22%

    20%

    32%

    8%

    5%

    100%

    Other asset categories

    1,455

    Fair value of plan assets

    17,727

    345

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Germany

    United Kingdom

    United States

    Other Eurozone

    Other developed countries

    Emerging markets

    Total

    Cash and cash equivalents

    5

    224

    122

    342

    27

    33

    753

    Equity instruments

    186

    101

    703

    285

    291

    121

    1,687

    Government bonds (investment-grade and above)

    868

    1,477

    550

    1,003

    329

    548

    4,775

    Government bonds (non-investment-grade)

    0

    6

    1

    7

    13

    122

    149

    Non-government bonds (investment-grade and above)

    738

    2,110

    2,662

    3,201 1

    612

    86

    9,409

    Non-government bonds (non-investment-grade)

    4

    45

    24

    297

    41

    6

    417

    Securitized and other Debt Investments

    1

    98

    104

    14

    6

    3

    226

    Subtotal

    1,802

    4,061

    4,166

    5,149

    1,319

    919

    17,416

    Share (in %)

    10%

    23%

    24%

    30%

    8%

    5%

    100%

    Other asset categories

    2,239

    Fair value of plan assets

    19,655

    1 Majority of this amount relates to bonds of French, Dutch and Italian corporate bonds.

    Plan assets include derivative transactions with Group entities with a positive market value of around € 210 million at December 31, 2020 and a negative market value of around € 252 million and € 692 million at December   31, 2019, and December 31, 2018, respectively. There is neither a material amount of securities issued by the Group nor other claims on Group assets included in the fair value of plan assets. The plan assets do not include any real estate which is used by the Group.

    In addition, the Group estimates and allows for uncertain income tax positions which may have an impact on the Group’s plan assets. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and the Group’s final net liabilities may ultimately be materially different.

    We are currently involved in a legal dispute with the German tax authorities in relation to the tax treatment of certain income received with respect to our pension plan assets. The proceeding is pending in front of the German supreme fiscal court (Bundesfinanzhof). A court hearing is scheduled for March 15, 2021. Should the court ultimately rule in favor of the German tax authorities, the outcome could have a material effect on our comprehensive income and financial condition.

    Key Risk Sensitivities

    The Group’s defined benefit obligations are sensitive to changes in capital market conditions and actuarial assumptions. Sensitivities to capital market movements and key assumption changes are presented in the following table. Each market risk factor or assumption is changed in isolation. Sensitivities of the defined benefit obligations are approximated using geometric extrapolation methods based on plan durations for the respective assumption. Duration is a risk measure that indicates the broad sensitivity of the obligations to a change in an underlying assumption and provides a reasonable approximation for small to moderate changes in those assumptions.

    For example, the interest rate duration is derived from the change in the defined benefit obligation to a change in the interest rate based on information provided by the local actuaries of the respective plans. The resulting duration is used to estimate the remeasurement liability loss or gain from changes in the interest rate. For other assumptions, a similar approach is used to derive the respective sensitivity results.

    For defined benefit pension plans, changes in capital market conditions will impact the plan obligations via actuarial assumptions – mainly interest rate and price inflation rate – as well as the plan assets. Where the Group applies a LDI approach, the Bank’s overall exposure to changes is reduced. Consequently, to aid understanding of the Group’s risk exposures related to key capital market movements, the net impact of the change in the defined benefit obligations and plan assets due to a change of the related market risk factor or underlying actuarial assumption is shown; for sensitivities to changes in actuarial assumptions that do not impact the plan assets, only the impact on the defined benefit obligations is shown.

    Asset-related sensitivities are derived for the Group’s major plans by using risk sensitivity factors determined by the Group’s Market Risk Management function. These sensitivities are calculated based on information provided by the plans’ investment managers and extrapolated linearly to reflect the approximate change of the plan assets’ market value in case of a change in the underlying risk factor.


    346

    The sensitivities illustrate plausible variations over time in capital market movements and key actuarial assumptions. The Group is not in a position to provide a view on the likelihood of these capital market or assumption changes. While these sensitivities illustrate the overall impact on the funded status of the changes shown, the significance of the impact and the range of reasonable possible alternative assumptions may differ between the different plans that comprise the aggregated results. Even though plan assets and plan obligations are sensitive to similar risk factors, actual changes in plan assets and obligations may not fully offset each other due to imperfect correlations between market risk factors and actuarial assumptions. Caution should be used when extrapolating these sensitivities due to non-linear effects that changes in capital market conditions and key actuarial assumptions may have on the overall funded status. Any management actions that may be taken to mitigate the inherent risks in the post-employment defined benefit plans are not reflected in these sensitivities.

    350

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Germany

    UK

    U.S.

    Other

    Interest rate (–50 bp):

    (Increase) in DBO

    (970)

    (500)

    (45)

    (60)

    (840)

    (430)

    (40)

    (50)

    (970)

    (520)

    (45)

    (60)

    (970)

    (500)

    (45)

    (60)

    Expected increase in plan assets1

    875

    530

    30

    25

    235

    435

    35

    20

    895

    400

    35

    25

    875

    530

    30

    25

    Expected net impact on funded status (de-) increase

    (95)

    30

    (15)

    (35)

    (605)

    5

    (5)

    (30)

    (75)

    (120)

    (10)

    (35)

    (95)

    30

    (15)

    (35)

    Interest rate (+50 bp):

    Decrease in DBO

    905

    450

    30

    55

    785

    385

    25

    50

    900

    470

    40

    55

    905

    450

    30

    55

    Expected (decrease) in plan assets1

    (875)

    (530)

    (30)

    (25)

    (235)

    (435)

    (35)

    (20)

    (895)

    (400)

    (35)

    (25)

    (875)

    (530)

    (30)

    (25)

    Expected net impact on funded status (de-) increase

    30

    (80)

    0

    30

    550

    (50)

    (10)

    30

    5

    70

    5

    30

    30

    (80)

    0

    30

    Credit spread (–50 bp):

    (Increase) in DBO

    (970)

    (500)

    (80)

    (65)

    (840)

    (430)

    (75)

    (55)

    (970)

    (520)

    (75)

    (65)

    (970)

    (500)

    (80)

    (65)

    Expected increase in plan assets1

    620

    145

    15

    10

    220

    125

    20

    10

    760

    120

    15

    10

    620

    145

    15

    10

    Expected net impact on funded status (de-) increase

    (350)

    (355)

    (65)

    (55)

    (620)

    (305)

    (55)

    (45)

    (210)

    (400)

    (60)

    (55)

    (350)

    (355)

    (65)

    (55)

    Credit spread (+50 bp):

    Decrease in DBO

    905

    450

    75

    60

    785

    385

    70

    50

    900

    470

    70

    60

    905

    450

    75

    60

    Expected (decrease) in plan assets1

    (620)

    (145)

    (15)

    (10)

    (220)

    (125)

    (20)

    (10)

    (760)

    (120)

    (15)

    (10)

    (620)

    (145)

    (15)

    (10)

    Expected net impact on funded status (de-) increase

    285

    305

    60

    50

    565

    260

    50

    40

    140

    350

    55

    50

    285

    305

    60

    50

    Rate of price inflation (–50 bp):2

    Decrease in DBO

    335

    360

    0

    20

    335

    325

    0

    20

    320

    390

    0

    20

    335

    360

    0

    20

    Expected (decrease) in plan assets1

    (185)

    (305)

    0

    (10)

    (190)

    (270)

    0

    (10)

    (235)

    (255)

    0

    (10)

    (185)

    (305)

    0

    (10)

    Expected net impact on funded status (de-) increase

    150

    55

    0

    10

    145

    55

    0

    10

    85

    135

    0

    10

    150

    55

    0

    10

    Rate of price inflation (+50 bp):2

    (Increase) in DBO

    (345)

    (385)

    0

    (20)

    (345)

    (360)

    0

    (20)

    (330)

    (425)

    0

    (20)

    (345)

    (385)

    0

    (20)

    Expected increase in plan assets1

    185

    305

    0

    10

    190

    270

    0

    10

    235

    255

    0

    10

    185

    305

    0

    10

    Expected net impact on funded status (de-) increase

    (160)

    (80)

    0

    (10)

    (155)

    (90)

    0

    (10)

    (95)

    (170)

    0

    (10)

    (160)

    (80)

    0

    (10)

    Rate of real increase in future compensation levels (–50 bp):

    Decrease in DBO, net impact on funded status

    60

    15

    0

    10

    60

    10

    0

    10

    60

    10

    0

    15

    60

    15

    0

    10

    Rate of real increase in future compensation levels (+50 bp):

    (Increase) in DBO, net impact on funded status

    (60)

    (15)

    0

    (15)

    (60)

    (10)

    0

    (15)

    (60)

    (10)

    0

    (15)

    (60)

    (15)

    0

    (15)

    Longevity improvements by 10 %:3

    (Increase) in DBO, net impact on funded status

    (320)

    (145)

    (30)

    (15)

    (295)

    (110)

    (25)

    (10)

    (325)

    (160)

    (30)

    (15)

    (320)

    (145)

    (30)

    (15)

    1 Expected changes in the fair value of plan assets contain the simulated impact from the biggest plans in Germany, the UK, the U.S., Channel Islands, Switzerland and Belgium which cover over 99 % of the total fair value of plan assets. The fair value of plan assets for other plans is assumed to be unchanged for this presentation.

    2 Incorporates sensitivity to changes in pension benefits to the extent linked to the price inflation assumption.

    3 Estimated to be equivalent to an increase of around 1 year in overall life expectancy.


    347

    Expected cash flows

    The following table shows expected cash flows for post-employment benefits in 2020,2021, including contributions to the Group’s external pension trusts in respect of funded plans, direct payment to beneficiaries in respect of unfunded plans, as well as contributions to defined contribution plans.

    20202021

    in € m.

    Total

    Expected contributions to

    Defined benefit plan assets

    285

    BVV

    65

    Pension fund for Postbank's postal civil servants

    8560

    Other defined contribution plans

    275245

    Expected benefit payments for unfunded defined benefit plans

    3025

    Expected total cash flow related to post-employment benefits

    740615


    351

    Expense of employee benefits

    The following table presents a breakdown of specific expenses according to the requirements of IAS 19 and IFRS 2.

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Expenses for defined benefit plans:

    Service cost1

    272

    259

    304

    246

    272

    259

    Net interest cost (income)

    2

    4

    9

    5

    2

    4

    Total expenses defined benefit plans

    274

    263

    311

    251

    274

    263

    Expenses for defined contribution plans:

    BVV

    63

    62

    66

    60

    63

    62

    Pension fund for Postbank’s postal civil servants

    85

    88

    93

    Other defined contribution plans

    269

    271

    281

    243

    244

    246

    Total expenses for defined contribution plans

    417

    421

    440

    303

    307

    308

    Total expenses for post-employment benefit plans

    691

    684

    751

    554

    581

    571

    Employer contributions to mandatory German social security pension plan

    231

    236

    243

    Employer contributions to state-mandated pension plans

    Pensions related payments social security in Germany

    233

    231

    236

    Contributions to pension fund for Postbank´s postal civil servants

    79

    85

    88

    Further pension related state-mandated benefit plans

    245

    249

    246

    Total employer contributions to state-mandated benefit plans

    557

    565

    570

    Expenses for share-based payments:

    Expenses for share-based payments, equity settled2

    549

    560

    535

    318

    549

    560

    Expenses for share-based payments, cash settled2

    39

    1

    22

    49

    39

    1

    Expenses for cash retention plans2

    516

    481

    363

    329

    516

    481

    Expenses for severance payments3

    108

    158

    137

    184

    92

    137

    1Severance related items under Service Costs were reclassified to Expenses for Severance payments. Therefore previous periods were adjusted as well.

    2 Including expenses for new hire awards and the acceleration of expenses not yet amortized due to the discontinuation of employment including those amounts which are recognized as part of the Group’s restructuring expenses.

    3 Excluding the acceleration of expenses for deferred compensation awards not yet amortized. Severance related items under Service Costs were reclassified to Expense for Severance payments. Therefore previous periods were adjusted as well.Prior year numbers have been restated.


    348

    34 Income Taxestaxes

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Current tax expense (benefit):

    Tax expense (benefit) for current year

    757

    733

    874

    739

    757

    733

    Adjustments for prior years

    5

    (20)

    (145)

    (46)

    5

    (20)

    Total current tax expense (benefit)

    762

    713

    729

    693

    762

    713

    Deferred tax expense (benefit):

    Origination and reversal of temporary difference, unused tax losses and tax credits

    (71)

    316

    (113)

    Origination and reversal of temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax credits

    (224)

    (71)

    316

    Effect of changes in tax law and/or tax rate

    (9)

    (6)

    1,437

    (11)

    (9)

    (6)

    Adjustments for prior years

    1,948

    (34)

    (90)

    (67)

    1,948

    (34)

    Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

    1,868

    276

    1,234

    (302)

    1,868

    276

    Total income tax expense (benefit)

    2,630

    989

    1,963

    391

    2,630

    989

    Total current tax expense includes benefits from previously unrecognized tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences, which reduced the current tax expense by € 5 million in 2017.

    Total deferred tax expensebenefit includes expenses arising from write-downs of deferred tax assets, benefits from previously unrecognized tax losses (tax credits/deductible temporary differences) and the reversal of previous write-downs of deferred tax assets and expenses arising from write-downs of deferred tax assets, which decreased the deferred tax benefit by € 96 million in total2020, and increased the deferred tax expense by € 2,785 million in 2019, and by € 253 million in 2018 and by € 163 million in 2017.2018.

    Difference between applying German statutory (domestic) income tax rate and actual income tax expense/(benefit)

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Expected tax expense (benefit) at domestic income tax rate of 31.3% (31.3% for 2018 and 31.3% for 2017)

    (825)

    416

    384

    Expected tax expense (benefit) at domestic income tax rate of 31.3% (31.3% for 2019 and 31.3% for 2018)

    314

    (825)

    416

    Foreign rate differential

    170

    8

    (37)

    (39)

    170

    8

    Tax-exempt gains on securities and other income

    (191)

    (209)

    (431)

    (181)

    (191)

    (209)

    Loss (income) on equity method investments

    (19)

    (19)

    (21)

    (18)

    (19)

    (19)

    Nondeductible expenses

    326

    340

    540

    293

    326

    340

    Impairments of goodwill

    269

    0

    0

    0

    269

    0

    Changes in recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets1

    2,785

    253

    159

    96

    2,785

    253

    Effect of changes in tax law and/or tax rate

    (9)

    (6)

    1,437

    (11)

    (9)

    (6)

    Effect related to share-based payments

    54

    133

    14

    (29)

    54

    133

    Other1

    70

    73

    (82)

    (34)

    70

    73

    Actual income tax expense (benefit)

    2,630

    989

    1,963

    391

    2,630

    989

    1 Current and deferred tax expense/(benefit) relating to prior years are mainly reflected in the line items “Changes in recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets” and “Other”.

    The Group is under continuous examinations by tax authorities in various jurisdictions. “Other” in the preceding table includes the effects of these examinations by the tax authorities.

    352

    The domestic income tax rate, including corporate tax, solidarity surcharge, and trade tax, used for calculating deferred tax assets and liabilities was 31.3 % for 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017.2018.

    Income taxes charged or credited to equity (other comprehensive income/additional paid in capital)

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Actuarial gains/losses related to defined benefit plans

    402

    18

    (23)

    76

    402

    18

    Net fair value gains (losses) attributable to credit risk related to financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss

    1

    (8)

    0

    6

    1

    (8)

    Financial assets available for sale:

    Unrealized net gains/losses arising during the period

    0

    0

    4

    0

    0

    0

    Net gains/losses reclassified to profit or loss

    0

    0

    99

    0

    0

    0

    Financial assets mandatory at fair value through other comprehensive income:

    Unrealized net gains/losses arising during the period

    (42)

    48

    0

    (204)

    (42)

    48

    Realized net gains/losses arising during the period (reclassified to profit or loss)

    71

    86

    0

    84

    71

    86

    Derivatives hedging variability of cash flows:

    Unrealized net gains/losses arising during the period

    1

    1

    4

    4

    1

    1

    Net gains/losses reclassified to profit or loss

    1

    0

    42

    (1)

    1

    0

    Other equity movement:

    Unrealized net gains/losses arising during the period

    162

    91

    2

    (19)

    162

    91

    Net gains/losses reclassified to profit or loss

    0

    2

    (5)

    14

    0

    2

    Income taxes (charged) credited to other comprehensive income

    596

    238

    123

    (40)

    596

    238

    Other income taxes (charged) credited to equity

    (11)

    1

    73

    11

    (11)

    1

    349

    Major components of the Group’s gross deferred tax assets and liabilities

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 20191

    Dec 31, 20181

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Deferred tax assets:

    Unused tax losses

    1,307

    2,934

    1,476

    1,307

    Unused tax credits

    1

    160

    0

    1

    Deductible temporary differences:

    Trading activities, including derivatives

    4,321

    2,986

    2,905

    4,321

    Employee benefits, including equity settled share based payments

    2,507

    2,140

    2,457

    2,507

    Accrued interest expense

    1,148

    1,133

    1,122

    1,148

    Loans and borrowings, including allowance for loans

    878

    795

    1,069

    878

    Leases

    614

    14

    806

    614

    Intangible Assets

    236

    119

    214

    236

    Fair value OCI (IFRS 9)

    21

    33

    1

    21

    Other assets

    879

    886

    560

    879

    Other provisions

    126

    180

    122

    126

    Other liabilities

    6

    7

    4

    6

    Total deferred tax assets pre offsetting

    12,044

    11,387

    10,736

    12,044

    Deferred tax liabilities:

    Taxable temporary differences:

    Trading activities, including derivatives

    3,937

    3,038

    2,658

    3,937

    Employee benefits, including equity settled share based payments

    265

    312

    183

    265

    Loans and borrowings, including allowance for loans

    785

    345

    501

    785

    Leases

    537

    0

    712

    537

    Intangible Assets

    554

    453

    560

    554

    Fair value OCI (IFRS 9)

    51

    52

    144

    51

    Other assets

    347

    344

    350

    347

    Other provisions

    87

    85

    79

    87

    Other liabilities

    40

    40

    47

    40

    Total deferred tax liabilities pre offsetting

    6,603

    4,669

    5,234

    6,603

    1Following the introduction of IFRS 16 Leases an additional line item Leases was added. Comparatives were adjusted accordingly.

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities, after offsetting

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Presented as deferred tax assets

    5,986

    7,230

    6,063

    5,986

    Presented as deferred tax liabilities

    545

    512

    561

    545

    Net deferred tax assets

    5,441

    6,718

    5,502

    5,441

    The change in the balance of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities doesmight not equal the deferred tax expense/(benefit). ThisIn general, this is due to (1) deferred taxes that are booked directly to equity, (2) the effects of exchange rate changes on tax assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than euro, (3) the acquisition and disposal of entities as part of ordinary activities and (4) the reclassification of deferred tax assets and liabilities which are presented on the face of the balance sheet as components of other assets and liabilities.

    353

    Items for which no deferred tax assets were recognized

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019¹

    Dec 31, 2018¹

    Dec 31, 2020¹

    Dec 31, 2019¹

    Deductible temporary differences

    (3,046)

    (9)

    (2,204)

    (3,046)

    Not expiring

    (9,629)

    (5,738)

    (9,982)

    (9,629)

    Expiring in subsequent period

    (192)

    (52)

    (138)

    (192)

    Expiring after subsequent period

    (4,214)

    (289)

    (4,702)

    (4,214)

    Unused tax losses

    (14,035)

    (6,079)

    (14,822)

    (14,035)

    Expiring after subsequent period

    (95)

    0

    (56)

    (95)

    Unused tax credits

    (96)

    (1)

    (58)

    (96)

    1 Amounts in the table refer to deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax credits for federal income tax purposes.

    Deferred tax assets were not recognized on these items because it is not probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences can be utilized.

    As of December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, the Group recognized deferred tax assets of € 3.25.1 billion and € 6.53.2 billion, respectively, that exceedexceeded deferred tax liabilities in entities which have suffered a loss in either the current or preceding period. This is based on management’s assessment that it is probable that the respective entities will have taxable profits against which the unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Generally, in determining the amounts of deferred tax assets to be recognized, management uses historical profitability information and, if relevant, forecasted operating results, based upon approved business plans, including a review of the eligible carry-forward periods, tax planning opportunities and other relevant considerations.

    As of December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, the Group had temporary differences associated with the Group’s parent company’s investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and interests in joint ventures of € 2024 million and € 2720 million respectively, in respect of which no deferred tax liabilities were recognized.

    350

    35 Derivatives

    Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

    Derivative contracts used by the Group include swaps, futures, forwards, options and other similar types of contracts. In the normal course of business, the Group enters into a variety of derivative transactions for sales, market-making and risk management purposes. The Group’s objectives in using derivative instruments are to meet customers’ risk management needs and to manage the Group’s exposure to risks.

    In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy relating to derivatives and hedge accounting as described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”, all derivatives are carried at fair value in the balance sheet regardless of whether they are held for trading or non-trading purposes.

    Derivatives held for sales and market-making purposes

    Sales and market-making

    The majority of the Group’s derivatives transactions relate to sales and market-making activities. Sales activities include the structuring and marketing of derivative products to customers to enable them to take, transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks. Market-making involves quoting bid and offer prices to other market participants, enabling revenue to be generated based on spreads and volume.

    Risk management

    The Group uses derivatives in order to reduce its exposure to market risks as part of its asset and liability management. This is achieved by entering into derivatives that hedge specific portfolios of fixed rate financial instruments and forecast transactions as well as strategic hedging against overall balance sheet exposures. The Group actively manages interest rate risk through, among other things, the use of derivative contracts. Utilization of derivative financial instruments is modified from time to time within prescribed limits in response to changing market conditions, as well as to changes in the characteristics and mix of the related assets and liabilities.

    354

    Derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting

    The Group applies hedge accounting if derivatives meet the specific criteria described in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”, including the early adoption of “Interest Rate Benchmark Reform: Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7”.

    In fair value hedge relationship, the Group uses primarily interest rate swaps and options, in order to protect itself against movements in the fair value of fixed-rate financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates. In a cash flow hedge relationship, the Group uses interest rate swaps in order to protect itself against exposure to variability in interest rates. The Group enters into foreign exchange forwards and swaps for hedges of translation adjustments resulting from translating the financial statements of net investments in foreign operations into the reporting currency of the parent at period end spot rates.

    The Group assesses and measures hedge effectiveness of a hedging relationship based on the change in the fair value or cash flows of the derivative hedging instrument relative to the change in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Potential sources of ineffectiveness can be attributed to differences between hedging instruments and hedged items:

    Interest rate risk

    The Group uses interest rate swaps and options to manage its exposure to interest rate risk by modifying the re-pricing characteristics of existing and/or forecasted assets and liabilities, including funding and investment activities. The interest rate swaps and options are designated in either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. For fair value hedges, the Group uses interest rate swaps and options contracts to manage the fair value movements of fixed rate financial instruments due to changes in benchmark interest. For cash flow hedges, we use interest rate swaps to manage the exposure to cash flow variability of our variable rate instruments as a result of changes in benchmark interest rates.

    The Group manages its interest rate risk exposure on a portfolio basis with frequent changes in the portfolio due to the origination of new loans and bonds, repayments of existing loans and bonds, issuance of new funding liabilities and repayment of existing funding liabilities. Accordingly, a dynamic hedging accounting approach is adopted for the portfolio, in which individual hedge relationships are designated and de-designated on a more frequent basis (e.g. on a monthly basis).

    The Group assesses and measures hedge effectiveness of a hedging relationship based on the change in the fair value or cash flows of the derivative hedging instrument relative to the change in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Potential sources of ineffectiveness can be attributed to differences between hedging instruments and hedged items:

    351

    Foreign exchange risk

    The Group manages its foreign currency risk (including U.S. dollar and British pound) from investments in foreign operation through net investment hedges using a combination of foreign exchange forwards and swaps as hedging instruments.

    As the investments in foreign operations are only hedged to the extent of the notional amount of the hedging derivative instrument the Group generally does not expect to incur significant ineffectiveness on hedges of net investments in foreign operations. Potential sources of ineffectiveness are limited to situations where derivatives with a non-zero fair value at inception date of the hedging relationship are used as hedging instrument, or where the spot foreign currency risk has been designated as hedged risk, resulting in mismatch in terms with the hedged item.

    Description of significant assumptions and judgements on the application of interest rate benchmark reform accounting

    The main judgement to make regarding the application of IASB Phase 1 benchmark reform surrounded the development of Euribor. The Group expects that Euribor will continue to exist in its current form as a benchmark rate for the foreseeable future. For these reasons, the Group does not consider its hedge accounting, with Euribor as the hedged risk, to be directly affected by interest rate benchmark reform at December 31, 2019.2020.


    355

    Hedge Accounting and Interest Rate Benchmarks

    The table below shows the Group’s hedge accounting relationships impacted by the IASB Benchmark Reform amendments, the significant interest rate benchmarks the Group is exposed to which are subject to expected future reform, and the nominal amounts of the derivative hedging instruments as at December 31, 2019.2020. The derivative hedging instruments provide a close approximation to the extent of the risk exposure the Group manages through hedge accounting relationships.

    Dec 31, 20192020

    in € m.

    Notional

    Fair value hedge

    CHF LIBOR

    1,202493

    GBP LIBOR

    1,4372,073

    JPY LIBOR

    1,1891,383

    USD LIBOR

    31,99220,877

    Fair value hedge accounting

    Derivatives held as fair value hedges

    Dec 31, 2019

    2019

    Dec 31, 2018 1

    2018 1

    Dec 31, 2020

    2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    2019

    in € m.

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Derivatives held as fair value hedges

    5,385

    878

    118,125

    811

    5,462

    906

    148,559

    (424)

    5,845

    1,362

    87,937

    882

    5,385

    878

    118,125

    811

    2019

    2018 1

    2020

    2019

    in € m.

    Hedge ineffectiveness

    Hedge ineffectiveness

    Hedge ineffectiveness

    Hedge ineffectiveness

    Result of fair value hedges

    (343)

    52

    (175)

    (343)

    1Prior period results have been restated.352

    Financial instruments designated as fair value hedges

    Dec 31, 2019

    2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    2020

    Carrying amount of Financial instruments designated as fair value hedges

    Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments - Total

    Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments - Terminated hedge relationships

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Carrying amount of Financial instruments designated as fair value hedges

    Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments - Total

    Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments - Terminated hedge relationships

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    in € m.

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    11,496

    0

    327

    0

    58

    0

    481

    25,568

    0

    100

    0

    2

    0

    12

    Bonds at amortized cost

    831

    0

    22

    0

    4

    0

    63

    Long-term debt

    0

    57,883

    0

    4,196

    0

    629

    (1,132)

    Deposits

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Loans at amortized cost

    3,185

    0

    82

    0

    (1)

    0

    100

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Long-term debt

    0

    80,078

    0

    3,822

    0

    417

    (1,734)

    Other Assets/ Liabilities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Dec 31, 2018 1

    2018

    Dec 31, 2019

    2019

    Carrying amount of Financial instruments designated as fair value hedges

    Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments - Total

    Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments - Terminated hedge relationships

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Carrying amount of Financial instruments designated as fair value hedges

    Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments - Total

    Accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments - Terminated hedge relationships

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    in € m.

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    16,900

    0

    326

    0

    (35)

    0

    (31)

    11,496

    0

    327

    0

    58

    0

    481

    Loans at amortized cost

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3,185

    0

    82

    0

    (1)

    0

    100

    Long-term debt

    0

    87,356

    0

    2,292

    0

    369

    506

    0

    80,078

    0

    3,822

    0

    417

    (1,734)

    Other Assets/ Liabilities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Deposits

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    1Prior period results have been restated.

    356

    Cash flow hedge accounting

    Derivatives held as cash flow hedges

    Dec 31, 2019

    2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    2019

    in € m.

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Derivatives held as cash flow hedges

    25

    0

    2,714

    (2)

    29

    1

    3,689

    0

    79

    0

    6,171

    (14)

    25

    0

    2,714

    (2)

    Cash flow hedge balances

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Reported in Equity1

    21

    25

    28

    11

    21

    25

    thereof relates to terminated programs

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gains (losses) posted to equity for the year ended

    (2)

    (3)

    (34)

    (14)

    (2)

    (3)

    Gains (losses) removed from equity for the year ended

    (2)

    0

    136

    4

    (2)

    0

    thereof relates to terminated programs

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Changes of hedged item's value used for hedge effectiveness

    0

    0

    0

    (7)

    0

    0

    Ineffectiveness recorded within P&L

    0

    0

    0

    (12)

    0

    0

    1Reported in equity refers to accumulated other comprehensive income as presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

    In accordance with IAS 39.96 the gains and losses posted to equity in a cash flow hedge relationship is the lesser of cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument from the inception of the hedge and the cumulative change in fair value of the expected future cash flows on the hedged item from inception of the hedge. As a result, changes of the hedged item’s value used for hedge effectiveness are not fully recorded in equity if it exceeds the hedging instrument’s fair value changes used for hedge effectiveness. Consequently, hedge ineffectiveness recorded within P&L does not always reconcile to the difference between the changes of the hedged item’s value used for hedge effectiveness and the hedging instrument’s fair value changes used for hedge effectiveness.

    As of December 31, 20192020 the longest term cash flow hedge matures in 2022.2025.

    The financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recognized as Loans at amortized cost in the Group’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.


    353

    Net investment hedge accounting

    Derivatives held as net investment hedges

    Dec 31, 2019

    2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    2019

    in € m.

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Assets

    Liabilities

    Nominal amount

    Fair Value changes used for hedge effectiveness

    Derivatives held as net investment hedges

    556

    957

    43,546

    (413)

    718

    1,710

    43,457

    (1,379)

    1,617

    408

    40,277

    1,933

    556

    957

    43,546

    (413)

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    in € m.

    Fair value changes recognised in Equity1

    Hedge ineffectiveness

    Fair value changes recognised in Equity1

    Hedge ineffectiveness

    Fair value changes recognised in Equity1

    Hedge ineffectiveness

    Fair value changes recognised in Equity1

    Hedge ineffectiveness

    Result of net investment hedges

    795

    (386)

    1,742

    (345)

    (1,415)

    (186)

    795

    (386)

    1 Reported in equity refers to accumulated other comprehensive income as presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

    Profile of derivatives held as net investment hedges

    in € m.

    Within 1 year

    1–3 years

    3–5 years

    Over 5 years

    Within 1 year

    1–3 years

    3–5 years

    Over 5 years

    As of December 31, 2020

    Nominal amount Foreign exchange forwards

    40,217

    60

    0

    0

    Nominal amount Foreign exchange swaps

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total

    40,217

    60

    0

    0

    As of December 31, 2019

    Nominal amount Foreign exchange forwards

    32,702

    78

    0

    0

    32,702

    78

    0

    0

    Nominal amount Foreign exchange swaps

    3,337

    3,820

    579

    3,030

    3,337

    3,820

    579

    3,030

    Total

    36,039

    3,898

    579

    3,030

    36,039

    3,898

    579

    3,030

    As of December 31, 2018

    Nominal amount Foreign exchange forwards

    28,808

    110

    13

    0

    Nominal amount Foreign exchange swaps

    3,972

    5,601

    1,982

    2,970

    Total

    32,780

    5,711

    1,995

    2,970

    The Group uses a combination of a rolling foreign exchange forward strategy and a static foreign currency swap hedging strategy. ForOver the year ended December 31, 2019past 2 financial years, the average foreign currency rate for the Group’s foreign currency Euro/USD swap portfolio was 0.85 and 0.82 as of December 31, 2018..

    357

    354

    36 Related Party Transactionsparty transactions

    Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to directly or indirectly control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operational decisions. The Group’s related parties include:

    Transactions with Key Management Personnelkey management personnel

    Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of Deutsche Bank, directly or indirectly. The Group considers the members of the Management Board and of the Supervisory Board of the parent company to constitute key management personnel for purposes of IAS 24.

    Compensation expense of key management personnel

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Short-term employee benefits

    32

    41

    39

    30

    32

    41

    Post-employment benefits

    6

    10

    10

    7

    6

    10

    Other long-term benefits

    6

    2

    7

    2

    6

    2

    Termination benefits

    34

    32

    3

    0

    34

    32

    Share-based payment

    21

    2

    22

    8

    21

    2

    Total

    99

    87

    81

    47

    99

    87

    The above table does not contain compensation that employee representatives and former board members on the Supervisory Board have received. The aggregated compensation paid to such members for their services as employees of Deutsche Bank or status as former employees (retirement, pension and deferred compensation) amounted to € 1.01 million as of December 31, 2020, € 1 million as of December 31, 2019 and € 1.11 million as of December 31, 2018 and € 1.1 million as of December 31, 2017.2018.

    Among the Group’s transactions with key management personnel as of December 31, 2020 were loans and commitments of € 8 million and deposits of € 21 million. As of December   31, 2019, the Group’s transactions with key management personnel were loans and commitments of € 10 million and deposits of € 38 million. As of December 31, 2018, the Group’s transactions with key management personnel were loans and commitments of € 45 million and deposits of € 34 million.

    In addition, the Group provides banking services, such as payment and account services as well as investment advice, to key management personnel and their close family members.personnel.

    Transactions with Subsidiaries, Joint Venturessubsidiaries, joint ventures and Associatesassociates

    Transactions between Deutsche Bank AG and its subsidiaries meet the definition of related party transactions. If these transactions are eliminated on consolidation, they are not disclosed as related party transactions. Transactions between the Group and its associated companies and joint ventures and their respective subsidiaries also qualify as related party transactions.

    Transactions for subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are presented combined in below table as these are not material individually.

    Loans

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    Loans outstanding, beginning of year

    228

    256

    228

    228

    Movement in loans during the period1

    (3)

    (21)

    Net movement in loans during the period

    (19)

    (3)

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange rate changes/other

    4

    (7)

    5

    4

    Loans outstanding, end of year2

    228

    228

    Loans outstanding, end of year1

    214

    228

    Other credit risk related transactions:

    Allowance for loan losses

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Provision for loan losses

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Guarantees and commitments

    7

    3

    42

    7

    1Net impact of loans issued and loans repayment during the year is shown as “Movement in loans during the period”.
    2 Loans past due were € 0 million as of December 31, 20192020 and € 0 million as of December 31, 2018.2019. For the total loans the Group held collateral of € 5 million and € 145 million as of December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, respectively.

    358355

    Deposits

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    Deposits outstanding, beginning of year

    68

    67

    58

    68

    Movement in deposits during the period1

    (11)

    2

    Net movement in deposits during the period

    (8)

    (11)

    Changes in the group of consolidated companies

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Exchange rate changes/other

    1

    (0)

    (0)

    1

    Deposits outstanding, end of year

    58

    68

    49

    58

    1Net impact of deposits received and deposits repaid during the year is shown as “Movement in deposits during the period”.

    Other Transactionstransactions

    Trading assets and positive market values from derivative financial transactions with associated companies amounted to € 1 million as of December 31, 20192020 and € 21 million as of December 31, 2018.2019. Trading liabilities and negative market values from derivative financial transactions with associated companies amounted to € 0 million as of December 31, 20192020 and € 0 million as of December 31, 2018.2019.

    Other assets related to transactions with associated companies amounted to € 55 million as of December 31, 2020, and € 1 million as of December 31, 2019. Other liabilities related to transactions with associated companies were € 2 million as of December 31, 2020, and € 0 million as of December 31, 2019.

    Transactions with Pension Planspension plans

    Under IFRS, certain post-employment benefit plans are considered related parties. The Group has business relationships with a number of its pension plans pursuant to which it provides financial services to these plans, including investment management services. The Group’s pension funds may hold or trade Deutsche Bank shares or securities.

    Transactions with related party pension plans

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019¹

    Equity shares issued by the Group held in plan assets

    1

    1

    1

    1

    Other assets

    0

    0

    24

    10

    Fees paid from plan assets to asset managers of the Group

    23

    24

    24

    24

    Market value of derivatives with a counterparty of the Group

    (252)

    (692)

    306

    (184)

    Notional amount of derivatives with a counterparty of the Group

    9,223

    7,325

    14,623

    9,083

    1Prior year figures have been restated due to the consideration of defined contribution plans.

    37 Information on Subsidiariessubsidiaries

    Composition of the Group

    Deutsche Bank AG is the direct or indirect holding company for the Group’s subsidiaries.

    The Group consists of 666 (2018: 707)628 (2019: 666) consolidated entities, thereof 249 (2018: 251)242 (2019: 249) consolidated structured entities. 459 (2018: 506)420 (2019: 459) of the entities controlled by the Group are directly or indirectly held by the Group at 100 % of the ownership interests (share of capital). Third parties also hold ownership interests in 207 (2018: 201)208 (2019: 207) of the consolidated entities (non-controlling interests). As of December 31, 20182020 and 2019, one subsidiary has material non-controlling interests. Non-controlling interests for all other subsidiaries are neither individually nor cumulatively material to the Group.

    Subsidiaries with material non-controlling interests

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA

    Proportion of ownership interests and voting rights held by non-controlling interests

    20.51 %

    20.51 %

    20.51 %

    20.51 %

    Place of business

    Global

    Global

    Global

    Global

    in € m

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    105

    58

    Accumulated non-controlling interests of the subsidiary

    1,420

    1,355

    Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

    56

    0

    Summarised financial information:

    Total assets

    10,952

    10,694

    Total liabilities

    4,100

    4,155

    Total net revenues

    2,389

    2,259

    Net income (loss)

    512

    391

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    583

    589

    356

    359

    in € m

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    117

    105

    Accumulated non-controlling interests of the subsidiary

    1,412

    1,420

    Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

    69

    56

    Summarised financial information:

    Total assets

    10,448

    10,952

    Total liabilities

    3,685

    4,100

    Total net revenues

    2,237

    2,389

    Net income (loss)

    558

    512

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    259

    583

    Significant restrictions to access or use the Group’s assets

    Statutory, contractual or regulatory requirements as well as protective rights of noncontrolling interests might restrict the ability of the Group to access and transfer assets freely to or from other entities within the Group and to settle liabilities of the Group.

    Since the Group did not have any material noncontrolling interests at the balance sheet date, any protective rights associated with these did not give rise to significant restrictions.

    The following restrictions impact the Group’s ability to use assets:

    Restricted assets

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Total assets

    Restricted assets

    Total assets

    Restricted assets

    Total assets

    Restricted assets

    Total assets

    Restricted assets

    Interest-earning deposits with banks

    104,327

    159

    176,022

    188

    152,143

    153

    104,327

    159

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    530,713

    43,190

    573,344

    48,320

    527,980

    52,494

    530,713

    43,190

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    45,503

    2,943

    51,182

    4,375

    55,834

    8,110

    45,503

    2,943

    Loans at amortized cost

    429,841

    71,369

    400,297

    76,573

    426,691

    78,144

    429,841

    71,369

    Other

    187,290

    3,017

    147,293

    1,991

    162,313

    3,316

    187,290

    3,017

    Total

    1,297,674

    120,678

    1,348,137

    131,447

    1,324,961

    142,217

    1,297,674

    120,678

    The table above excludes assets that are not encumbered at an individual entity level but which may be subject to restrictions in terms of their transferability within the Group. Such restrictions may be based on local connected lending requirements or similar regulatory restrictions. In this situation, it is not feasible to identify individual balance sheet items that cannot be transferred. This is also the case for regulatory minimum liquidity requirements. The Group identifies the volume of liquidity reserves in excess of local stress liquidity outflows. The aggregate amount of such liquidity reserves that are considered restricted for this purpose is € 31.243.5 billion as of December 31, 20192020 (as of December 31, 2018:2019: € 34.931.2 billion).


    357

    38 Structured entities

    Nature, purpose and extent of the Group’s interests in structured entities

    The Group engages in various business activities with structured entities which are designed to achieve a specific business purpose. A structured entity is one that has been set up so that any voting rights or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity. An example is when voting rights relate only to administrative tasks and the relevant activities are directed by contractual arrangements.

    A structured entity often has some or all of the following features or attributes:

    The principal uses of structured entities are to provide clients with access to specific portfolios of assets and to provide market liquidity for clients through securitizing financial assets. Structured entities may be established as corporations, trusts or partnerships. Structured entities generally finance the purchase of assets by issuing debt and equity securities that are collateralized by and/or indexed to the assets held by the structured entities. The debt and equity securities issued by structured entities may include tranches with varying levels of subordination.

    360

    Structured entities are consolidated when the substance of the relationship between the Group and the structured entities indicate that the structured entities are controlled by the Group, as discussed in Note 1 “Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates”.

    Consolidated structured entities

    The Group has contractual arrangements which may require it to provide financial support to the following types of consolidated structured entities.

    Securitization vehicles

    The Group uses securitization vehicles for funding purchase of diversified pool of assets. The Group provides financial support to these entities in the form of liquidity facility. As of December   31, 2019,2020, and December 31, 2018,2019, there were no outstanding loan commitments to these entities.

    Funds

    The Group may provide funding and liquidity facility or guarantees to funds consolidated by the group. As of DecemberDecem- ber 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018,2019, the notional value of the liquidity facilities and guarantees provided by the Group to such funds was € 1.81.0 billion and € 3.01.8 billion, respectively.

    Deutsche Bank did not provide non-contractual support during the year to consolidated structured entities.

    Unconsolidated structured entities

    These are entities which are not consolidated because the Group does not control them through voting rights, contract, funding agreements, or other means. The extent of the Group’s interests to unconsolidated structured entities will vary depending on the type of structured entities.

    Below is a description of the Group’s involvements in unconsolidated structured entities by type.

    Repackaging and investment entities

    Repackaging and investment entities are established to meet clients’ investment needs through the combination of securities and derivatives. These entities are not consolidated by the Group because the Group does not have power to influence the returns obtained from the entities. These entities are usually set up to provide a certain investment return pre-agreed with the investor, and the Group is not able to change the investment strategy or return during the life of the transaction.

    358

    Third party funding entities

    The Group provides funding to structured entities that hold a variety of assets. These entities may take the form of funding entities, trusts and private investment companies. The funding is collateralized by the asset in the structured entities. The group’s involvement involves predominantly both lending and loan commitments.

    The vehicles used in these transactions are controlled by the borrowers where the borrowers have the ability to decide whether to post additional margin or collateral in respect of the financing. In such cases, where borrowers can decide to continue or terminate the financing, the borrowers will consolidate the vehicle.

    Securitization Vehicles

    The Group establishes securitization vehicles which purchase diversified pools of assets, including fixed income securities, corporate loans, and asset-backed securities (predominantly commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities and credit card receivables). The vehicles fund these purchases by issuing multiple tranches of debt and equity securities, the repayment of which is linked to the performance of the assets in the vehicles.

    The Group often transfersmay transfer assets to these securitization vehicles and provides financial support to these entities in the form of liquidity facilities.

    The Group also invests and provides liquidity facilities to third party sponsored securitization vehicles.

    The securitization vehicles that are not consolidated into the Group are those where the Group does not hold the power or ability to unilaterally remove the servicer or special servicer who has been delegated power over the activities of the entity.


    361

    Funds

    The Group establishes structured entities to accommodate client requirements to hold investments in specific assets. The Group also invests in funds that are sponsored by third parties. A group entity may act as fund manager, custodian or some other capacity and provide funding and liquidity facilities to both group sponsored and third party funds. The funding provided is collateralized by the underlying assets held by the fund.

    The Group does not consolidate funds when Deutsche Bank is deemed agent or when another third party investor has the ability to direct the activities of the fund.

    Other

    These are Deutsche Bank sponsored or third party structured entities that do not fall into any criteria above. These entities are not consolidated by the Group when the Group does not hold power over the decision making of these entities.

    Income derived from involvement with structured entities

    The Group earns management fees and, occasionally, performance-based fees for its investment management service in relation to funds. Interest income is recognized on the funding provided to structured entities. Any trading revenue as a result of derivatives with structured entities and from the movements in the value of notes held in these entities is recognized in ‘Net gains/losses on financial assets/liabilities held at fair value through profit and loss’.

    Interests in unconsolidated structured entities

    The Group’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities refer to contractual and non-contractual involvement that exposes the Group to variability of returns from the performance of the structured entities. Examples of interests in unconsolidated structured entities include debt or equity investments, liquidity facilities, guarantees and certain derivative instruments in which the Group is absorbing variability of returns from the structured entities.

    Interests in unconsolidated structured entities exclude instruments which introduce variability of returns into the structured entities. For example, when the Group purchases credit protection from an unconsolidated structured entity whose purpose and design is to pass through credit risk to investors, the Group is providing the variability of returns to the entity rather than absorbing variability. The purchased credit protection is therefore not considered as an interest for the purpose of the table below.

    Maximum exposure to unconsolidated structured entities

    359

    The maximum exposure to loss is determined by considering the nature of the interest in the unconsolidated structured entity. The maximum exposure for loans and trading instruments is reflected by their carrying amounts in the consolidated balance sheet. The maximum exposure for derivatives and off balance sheet commitments such as guarantees, liquidity facilities and loan commitments under IFRS 12, as interpreted by the Group, is reflected by the notional amounts. Such amounts or their development do not reflect the economic risks faced by the Group because they do not take into account the effects of collateral or hedges nor the probability of such losses being incurred. At December 31, 2020, the notional related to the positive and negative replacement values of derivatives and off balance sheet commitments were € 78 billion, € 238 billion and € 16 billion respectively. At December 31, 2019, the notional related to the positive and negative replacement values of derivatives and off balance sheet commitments were € 136 billion, € 506 billion and € 16 billion respectively. At December 31, 2018, the notional related to the positive and negative replacement values of derivatives and off balance sheet commitments were € 372 billion, € 1,311 billion and € 17 billion respectively.

    Size of structured entities

    The Group provides a different measure for size of structured entities depending on their type. The following measures have been considered as appropriate indicators for evaluating the size of structured entities:

    For Third party funding entities, size information is not publicly available, therefore the Group has disclosed the greater of the collateral the Group has received/pledged or the notional of the exposure the Group has to the entity.

    Based on the above definitions, the total size of structured entities is € 2,0911,878 billion, of which the majority of € 1,6171,088 billion is from Funds. In 2018,2019, it was € 3,3182,091 billion and € 2,9711,617 billion respectively.


    362

    The following table shows, by type of structured entity, the carrying amounts of the Group’s interests recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position as well as the maximum exposure to loss resulting from these interests.The carrying amounts presented below do not reflect the true variability of returns faced by the Group because they do not take into account the effects of collateral or hedges.

    Carrying amounts and size relating to Deutsche Bank’s interests

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m.

    Repacka- ging and Investment Entities

    Third Party Funding Entities

    Securiti- zations

    Funds

    Total

    Repacka- ging and Investment Entities

    Third Party Funding Entities

    Securiti- zations

    Funds

    Total

    Assets

    Cash and central bank balances

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    1

    6

    0

    35

    42

    1

    0

    0

    12

    13

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    0

    603

    8

    2,613

    3,224

    0

    126

    0

    1,901

    2,027

    Securities Borrowed

    0

    0

    0

    3

    3

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    262

    6,035

    6,257

    54,853

    67,408

    340

    6,368

    4,428

    50,316

    61,452

    Trading assets

    199

    4,033

    4,371

    5,361

    13,964

    181

    4,134

    2,408

    4,304

    11,027

    Positive market values (derivative financial instruments)

    63

    176

    32

    2,777

    3,049

    158

    154

    31

    3,635

    3,977

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    1,820

    1,854

    46,715

    50,389

    0

    2,080

    1,990

    42,377

    46,448

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    6

    0

    0

    6

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    0

    221

    491

    106

    818

    0

    333

    457

    270

    1,060

    Loans at amortized cost

    151

    44,284

    36,183

    9,842

    90,460

    165

    46,867

    27,638

    10,270

    84,939

    Other assets

    0

    332

    3,894

    17,863

    22,089

    51

    400

    3,065

    20,499

    24,015

    Total assets

    414

    51,481

    46,834

    85,316

    184,044

    557

    54,096

    35,587

    83,267

    173,508

    Liabilities

    Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    44

    27

    5

    8,865

    8,941

    92

    58

    10

    11,191

    11,351

    Negative market values (derivative financial instruments)

    44

    27

    5

    8,865

    8,941

    92

    58

    10

    11,191

    11,351

    Other short-term borrowings

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other liabilities

    0

    0

    0

    2,257

    2,257

    0

    0

    0

    1,815

    1,815

    Total liabilities

    44

    27

    5

    11,122

    11,197

    92

    58

    10

    13,006

    13,166

    Off-balance sheet exposure

    1

    4,793

    9,358

    2,245

    16,396

    0

    5,889

    8,279

    1,944

    16,112

    Total

    371

    56,247

    56,187

    76,439

    189,243

    466

    59,927

    43,856

    72,205

    176,453

    363360

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Repacka- ging and Investment Entities

    Third Party Funding Entities

    Securiti- zations

    Funds

    Total

    Repacka- ging and Investment Entities

    Third Party Funding Entities

    Securiti- zations

    Funds

    Total

    Assets

    Cash and central bank balances

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    1

    14

    0

    28

    43

    1

    6

    0

    35

    42

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    0

    508

    8

    1,397

    1,913

    0

    603

    8

    2,613

    3,224

    Securities Borrowed

    0

    0

    0

    461

    461

    0

    0

    0

    3

    3

    Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    342

    4,578

    5,956

    77,166

    88,041

    262

    6,035

    6,257

    54,853

    67,408

    Trading assets

    244

    3,480

    4,567

    9,297

    17,587

    199

    4,033

    4,371

    5,361

    13,964

    Positive market values (derivative financial instruments)

    98

    571

    122

    6,516

    7,308

    63

    176

    32

    2,777

    3,049

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss1

    0

    516

    1,266

    61,353

    63,135

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss1

    0

    10

    0

    0

    10

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    1,820

    1,854

    46,715

    50,389

    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    0

    6

    0

    0

    6

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    0

    286

    240

    832

    1,358

    0

    221

    491

    106

    818

    Loans at amortized cost

    220

    40,552

    27,322

    8,370

    76,464

    151

    44,284

    36,183

    9,842

    90,460

    Other assets

    5

    519

    216

    10,464

    11,203

    0

    332

    3,894

    17,863

    22,089

    Total assets

    568

    46,456

    33,741

    98,719

    179,483

    414

    51,481

    46,834

    85,316

    184,044

    Liabilities

    Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    102

    56

    3

    15,482

    15,644

    44

    27

    5

    8,865

    8,941

    Negative market values (derivative financial instruments)

    102

    56

    3

    15,482

    15,644

    44

    27

    5

    8,865

    8,941

    Other short-term borrowings

    0

    0

    0

    6,596

    6,596

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other liabilities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    2,257

    2,257

    Total liabilities

    102

    56

    3

    22,078

    22,240

    44

    27

    5

    11,122

    11,197

    Off-balance sheet exposure

    0

    4,363

    9,524

    3,028

    16,915

    1

    4,793

    9,358

    2,245

    16,396

    Total

    466

    50,762

    43,262

    79,668

    174,158

    371

    56,247

    56,187

    76,439

    189,243

    1Prior year numbers restated.

    Trading assets –Total trading assets as of December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 20182019 of € 14.011.0 billion and € 17.614.0 billion are comprised primarily of € 4.42.4 billion and € 4.64.4 billion in Securitizations and € 5.44.3 billion and € 9.35.4 billion in Funds structured entities respectively. The Group’s interests in securitizations are collateralized by the assets contained in these entities. Where the Group holds fund units these are typically in regards to market making in funds or otherwise serve as hedges for notes issued to clients. Moreover the credit risk arising from loans made to Third party funding structured entities is mitigated by the collateral received.

    Non-trading financial assets mandatory at fair value through profit or loss – Reverse repurchase agreements to Funds comprise the majority of the interests in this category and are collateralized by the underlying securities.

    Loans – Loans as of December   31, 20192020 and December   31, 20182019 consist of € 90.584.9 billion and € 76.590.5 billion investment in securitization tranches and financing to Third party funding entities. The Group’s financing to Third party funding entities is collateralized by the assets in those structured entities.

    Other assets – Other assets as of December 31, 20192020 and December   31, 20182019 of € 22.124.0 billion and € 11.222.1 billion, respectively, consist primarily of prime brokerage receivables and cash margin balances.

    Pending Receivables – Pending Receivable balances are not included in this disclosure note due to the fact that these balances arise from typical customer supplier relationships out of e.g. brokerage type activities and their inherent volatility would not provide users of the financial statements with effective information about Deutsche Bank’s exposures to structured entities.


    364

    Financial support

    Deutsche Bank did not provide non-contractual support during the year to unconsolidated structured entities.


    361

    Sponsored unconsolidated structured entities where the Group has no interest as of December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 2018.2019.

    As a sponsor, the Group is involved in the legal set up and marketing of the entity and supports the entity in different ways, namely:

    The Group is also deemed a sponsor for a structured entity if market participants would reasonably associate the entity with the Group. Additionally, the use of the Deutsche Bank name for the structured entity indicates that the Group has acted as a sponsor.

    The gross revenues from sponsored entities where the Group did not hold an interest as of December 31, 20192020 and December   31, 20182019 were € 145(134) million and € (220)145 million respectively. Instances where the Group does not hold an interest in an unconsolidated sponsored structured entity include cases where any seed capital or funding to the structured entity has already been repaid in full to the Group during the year. This amount does not take into account the impacts of hedges and is recognized in Net gains/losses on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. The aggregated carrying amounts of assets transferred to sponsored unconsolidated structured entities in 2020 were € 1.4 billion for securitization and € 1.2 billion for repackaging and investment entities. In 2019, they were € 0.3 billion for securitization and € 2.2 billion for repackaging and investment entities. In 2018, they were € 4.1 billion for securitization and € 2.4 billion for repackaging and investment entities.

    39 Current and non-current assets and liabilities

    Asset and liability line items by amounts recovered or settled within or after one year

    Asset items as of December 31, 2020

    Amounts recovered or settled

    Total

    in € m.

    within one year

    after one year

    Dec 31, 2020

    Cash and central bank balances

    166,208

    0

    166,208

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    9,120

    11

    9,130

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    4,728

    3,805

    8,533

    Securities borrowed

    0

    0

    0

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    515,653

    12,327

    527,980

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    14,393

    41,441

    55,834

    Equity method investments

    0

    901

    901

    Loans at amortized cost

    111,588

    315,103

    426,691

    Property and equipment

    0

    5,549

    5,549

    Goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    6,725

    6,725

    Other assets

    94,685

    15,675

    110,360

    Assets for current tax

    300

    686

    986

    Total assets before deferred tax assets

    916,674

    402,223

    1,318,898

    Deferred tax assets

    6,063

    Total assets

    1,324,961


    362

    Liability items as of December 31, 2020

    Amounts recovered or settled

    Total

    in € m.

    within one year

    after one year

    Dec 31, 2020

    Deposits

    544,383

    23,362

    567,745

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

    1,830

    495

    2,325

    Securities loaned

    1,698

    0

    1,698

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    416,042

    3,157

    419,199

    Other short-term borrowings

    3,553

    0

    3,553

    Other liabilities

    112,617

    1,591

    114,208

    Provisions

    2,430

    0

    2,430

    Liabilities for current tax

    328

    246

    574

    Long-term debt

    59,613

    89,550

    149,163

    Trust preferred securities

    1,321

    0

    1,321

    Total liabilities before deferred tax liabilities

    1,143,814

    118,402

    1,262,216

    Deferred tax liabilities

    561

    Total liabilities

    1,262,777

    Asset items as of December 31, 2019

    Amounts recovered or settled

    Total

    in € m.

    within one year

    after one year

    Dec 31, 2019

    Cash and central bank balances

    137,370

    222

    137,592

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    9,613

    22

    9,636

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    9,591

    4,210

    13,801

    Securities borrowed

    428

    0

    428

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    517,138

    13,576

    530,713

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    12,183

    33,320

    45,503

    Equity method investments

    0

    929

    929

    Loans at amortized cost

    115,669

    314,172

    429,841

    Property and equipment

    0

    4,930

    4,930

    Goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    7,029

    7,029

    Other assets

    82,355

    28,004

    110,359

    Assets for current tax

    405

    521

    926

    Total assets before deferred tax assets

    884,752

    406,936

    1,291,688

    Deferred tax assets

    5,986

    Total assets

    1,297,674

    365

    Liability items as of December 31, 2019

    Amounts recovered or settled

    Total

    in € m.

    within one year

    after one year

    Dec 31, 2019

    Deposits

    546,077

    26,131

    572,208

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

    3,057

    58

    3,115

    Securities loaned

    259

    0

    259

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    399,943

    4,505

    404,448

    Other short-term borrowings

    5,218

    0

    5,218

    Other liabilities

    105,978

    1,986

    107,964

    Provisions

    2,622

    0

    2,622

    Liabilities for current tax

    502

    149

    651

    Long-term debt

    38,088

    98,384

    136,473

    Trust preferred securities

    2,013

    0

    2,013

    Total liabilities before deferred tax liabilities

    1,103,756

    131,214

    1,234,970

    Deferred tax liabilities

    545

    Total liabilities

    1,235,515

    Asset items as of December 31, 2018

    Amounts recovered or settled

    Total

    in € m.

    within one year

    after one year

    Dec 31, 2018

    Cash and central bank balances

    188,691

    40

    188,732

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    8,282

    599

    8,881

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    5,861

    2,361

    8,222

    Securities borrowed

    3,396

    0

    3,396

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    536,367

    36,977

    573,344

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    16,725

    34,457

    51,182

    Equity method investments

    0

    879

    879

    Loans at amortized cost

    110,828

    289,468

    400,297

    Property and equipment

    0

    2,421

    2,421

    Goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    9,141

    9,141

    Other assets

    82,588

    10,856

    93,444

    Assets for current tax

    396

    574

    970

    Total assets before deferred tax assets

    953,134

    387,774

    1,340,907

    Deferred tax assets

    7,230

    Total assets

    1,348,137

    Liability items as of December 31, 2018

    Amounts recovered or settled

    Total

    in € m.

    within one year

    after one year

    Dec 31, 2018

    Deposits

    531,700

    32,705

    564,405

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

    4,866

    1

    4,867

    Securities loaned

    3,359

    0

    3,359

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    410,409

    5,271

    415,680

    Other short-term borrowings

    14,158

    0

    14,158

    Other liabilities

    115,511

    2,002

    117,513

    Provisions

    2,711

    0

    2,711

    Liabilities for current tax

    286

    658

    944

    Long-term debt

    47,317

    104,766

    152,083

    Trust preferred securities

    3,168

    0

    3,168

    Total liabilities before deferred tax liabilities

    1,133,485

    145,403

    1,278,887

    Deferred tax liabilities

    512

    Total liabilities

    1,279,400


    366

    40 Events after the reporting period

    Developments aroundAfter the COVID 19 disease in 2020 so far suggest that, in the first half of 2020, global economic growth is expected to be negatively impacted by the spread of the disease and the resulting disruption of economic activity,reporting date no material events occurred which could impact our ability to generate revenues and negatively impact specific portfolios through negative rating migrations, higher than expected loan losses and potential impairments of assets. The current COVID 19 pandemic and its potentialhad a significant impact on the global economy may affect our ability to meet ourresults of operations, financial targets. While it is too early for us to predict the impacts on our business or our financial targets that the expanding pandemic,position and the governmental responses to it, may have, we may be materially adversely affected by a protracted downturn in local, regional or global economic conditions.net assets.

    363

    41 Regulatory capital Informationinformation

    General definitions

    The calculation of our own funds incorporates the capital requirements following the “Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms” (Capital Requirements Regulation or “CRR”) and the “Directive 2013/36/EU on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms” (Capital Requirements Directive or “CRD”) which have been further amended with subsequent Regulations and Directives. The CRD has been implemented into German law. The information in this section as well as in the section “Development of risk-weighted Assets” is based on the regulatory principles of consolidation.

    This section refers to the capital adequacy of the group of entities consolidated for banking regulatory purposes pursuant to the CRR and the German Banking Act (“Kreditwesengesetz” or “KWG”). Therein not included are insurance companies or companies outside the finance sector.

    The total own funds pursuant to the effective regulations as of year-end 20192020 comprises Tier 1 and Tier 2 (T2) capital. Tier 1 capital is subdivided into Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital.

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital consists primarily of common share capital (reduced by own holdings) including related share premium accounts, retained earnings (including losses for the financial year, if any) and accumulated other comprehensive income, subject to regulatory adjustments (i.e. prudential filters and deductions), as well as minority interests qualifying for inclusion in consolidated CET1 capital. Prudential filters for CET 1 capital, according to Articles 32 to 35 CRR, include (i) securitization gains on sale, (ii) cash flow hedges and changes in the value of own liabilities, and (iii) additional value adjustments. CET 1 capital deductions for instance includes (i) intangible assets, (ii) deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability, (iii) negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts, (iv) net defined benefit pension fund assets, (v) reciprocal cross holdings in the capital of financial sector entities and, (vi) significant and non-significant investments in the capital (CET 1, AT1, T2) of financial sector entities above certain thresholds. All items not deducted (i.e., amounts below the threshold) are subject to risk-weighting.

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital consists of AT1 capital instruments and related share premium accounts as well as noncontrolling interests qualifying for inclusion in consolidated AT1 capital and during the transitional period grandfathered instruments. To qualify as AT1 capital under CRR/CRD, instruments must have principal loss absorption through a conversion to common shares or a write-down mechanism allocating losses at a trigger point and must also meet further requirements (perpetual with no incentive to redeem; institution must have full dividend/coupon discretion at all times, etc.).

    Tier 2 (T2) capital comprises eligible capital instruments, the related share premium accounts and subordinated long-term debt, certain loan loss provisions and noncontrolling interests that qualify for inclusion in consolidated T2 capital. To qualify as T2 capital, capital instruments or subordinated debt must have an original maturity of at least five years. Moreover, eligible capital instruments may inter alia not contain an incentive to redeem, a right of investors to accelerate repayment, or a credit sensitive dividend feature.feature

    We present in this report certain figures based on the CRR definition of own fund instruments applicable for Additional Tier 1

    (AT1) capital and Tier 2 (T2) capital and figures based thereon, including Tier 1, Total Capital and Leverage Ratio) on a “fully loaded” basis. We calculate such “fully loaded” figures excluding the transitional arrangements for own fund instruments as provided in the currently applicable CRR/CRD. For CET 1 instruments there are no transitional provisions.

    Transitional arrangements are applicable for AT1 and T2 instruments. Capital instruments issued on or prior to December 31, 2011, that no longer qualify as AT1 or T2 capital under the fully loaded CRR/CRD as currently applicable until June 26, 2019 are subject to grandfathering rules during the transitional period and are being phased out from 2013 to 2022 with their recognition capped at 4020 % in 2018, 302020 and 10 % in 2021 (in relation to the portfolio eligible for grandfathering which was still in issue on December 31, 2012). The current CRR as applicable since June 27, 2019 provides further grandfathering rules for AT1 and T2 instruments issued prior to June 27, 2019. Thereunder, AT1 and T2 instruments issued through special purpose entities are grandfathered until December 31, 2021, and AT1 and T2 instruments that do not meet certain new requirements that apply since June 27, 2019 continue to qualify until June 26, 2025. Instruments issued under UK law which do not fulfill all CRR requirements after the cap decreasing by ten percentage points every year thereafter.


    367

    We present certainUK has left the European Union are also excluded from our fully loaded definition. Our CET 1 and RWA figures in this reportshow no difference between CRR/CRD as currently applicable and fully loaded CRR/CRD based on our definition of own funds on a “fully loaded” basis. This relates to.

    For the comparative numbers as per year-end 2019 we still applied our Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital and figures based thereon, including Tier 1 capital and Leverage Ratio. The term “fully loaded” isearlier concept of fully loaded, defined as excluding the transitional arrangements for own funds instruments introduced by the CRR/CRD applicable until June 26, 2019. However, it reflects2019, but reflecting the latest transitional arrangements introduced by the amendments to the CRR/CRD applicable from June 27, 2019. 2019 and further amendments thereafter.

    364

    We believe that these “fully loaded” calculations provide useful information to investors as they reflect our progress against the regulatory capital standards and as many of our competitors have been describing calculations on a “fully loaded” basis. As our competitors’ assumptions and estimates regarding “fully loaded” calculations may vary, however, our “fully loaded” measures may not be comparable with similarly labelled measures used by our competitors.

    Capital instruments

    Our Management Board received approval from the 20182019 Annual General Meeting to buy back up to 206.7 million shares before the end of April 2023.2024. Thereof 103.3 million shares can be purchased by using derivatives, this includes 41.3 million derivatives with a maturity exceeding 18 months. During the period from the 20182019 Annual General Meeting until the 20192020 Annual General Meeting (May 23, 2019)20, 2020), 24.333.8 million shares were purchased. The shares purchased were used for equity compensation purposes in the same period or are to be used in the upcoming period so that the number of shares held in Treasury from buybacks was 1.710.5 million as of the 20192020 Annual General Meeting.

    The 20192020 Annual General Meeting granted our Management Board the approval to buy back up to 206.7 million shares before the end of April 2024.2025. Thereof 103.3 million shares can be purchased by using derivatives, this includes 41.3 million derivatives with a maturity exceeding 18 months. These authorizations substitute the authorizations of the previous year. During the period from the 20192020 Annual General Meeting until December 31, 2019, 8.3 million2020, there were not any shares were purchased. The shares purchasedin inventory are to be used in this period or the upcoming period so thatfor equity compensation purposes; the number of shares held in Treasury from buybacks was 0.71.3 million as of December 31, 2019.2020.

    Since the 2017 Annual General Meeting, and as of December 31, 2019,2020, authorized capital available to the Management Board is € 2,560 million (1,000 million shares). As of December 31, 2019,2020, the conditional capital against cash stands at € 512 million (200 million shares). Additional conditional capital for equity compensation amounts to € 51.2 million (20 million shares). Further, the 2018 Annual General Meeting authorized the issuance of participatory notes and other Hybrid Debt Securities that fulfill the regulatory requirements to qualify as Additional Tier 1 capital with an equivalent value of € 8.0 billion.

    Our legacy Hybrid Tier 1 capital instruments (substantially all noncumulative trust preferred securities) are not recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules as Additional Tier 1 capital, mainly because they have no write-down or equity conversion feature. However, they are recognized as Additional Tier 1 capital under CRR/CRD transitional provisions and can still be recognized as Tier 2 capital under the fully loaded CRR/CRD rules. During the transitional phase-out period the maximum recognizable amount of Additional Tier 1 instruments from Basel 2.5 compliant issuances as of December 31, 2012 will be reduced at the beginning of each financial year by 10 % or € 1.3 billion, through 2022. For December 31, 2019,2020, this resulted in eligible Additional Tier 1 instruments of € 6.46.8 billion (i.e. € 4.65.7 billion newly issued AT1 Notes plus € 1.81.1 billion of legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instruments recognizable during the transition period). € 1.8 billion of the legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instruments can still be recognized as Tier 2 capital under the fully loaded CRR/CRD rules. Additional Tier 1 instruments recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules amounted to € 4.65.7 billion as of December 31, 2019.2020. In 2019,2020, the bank issued AT1 notes amounting to U.S.$ 1.3 billion or an equivalent amount of € 1.2 billion. Furthermore, the bank redeemed one legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instrumentinstruments with a notional of U.S.$ 1.40.8 billion and an eligible equivalent amount of € 1.20.7 billion.

    The total of our Tier 2 capital instruments as of December 31, 20192020 recognized during the transition period under CRR/CRD was € 6.0 billion. As of December 31, 2019, there were no legacy Hybrid Tier 1 instruments that are counted as Tier 2 capital under transitional rules. The gross notional6.9 billion (nominal value of the Tier 2 capital instruments was 7.4 billion.7.7 billion). Tier 2 instruments recognized under fully loaded CRR/CRD rules amounted to € 7.86.6 billion as(nominal value of December 31, 2019 (including€ 7.4 billion). In 2020, the € 1.8 billion legacy Hybridbank issued Tier 12 capital instruments only recognizable as Additional Tier 1 capital during the transitional period).with a nominal value of U.S.$ 0.5 billion (equivalent amount of € 0.4 billion) and € 1.3 billion.

    Minimum capital requirements and additional capital buffers

    Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in supervisory measures such as restrictions of profit distributions or limitations on certain businesses such as lending. We complied with the regulatory capital adequacy requirements in 2019.2020.

    368365

    Details on regulatory capital

    Own Funds Template (incl. RWA and capital ratios)

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    CRR/CRD

    CRR/CRD

    in € m.

    in € m.

    CRR/CRD

    CRR/CRD

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: instruments and reserves

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: instruments and reserves

    Capital instruments, related share premium accounts and other reserves

    Capital instruments, related share premium accounts and other reserves

    45,780

    45,515

    45,890

    45,780

    Retained earnings

    Retained earnings

    14,814

    16,297

    9,784

    14,814

    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    537

    382

    (1,118)

    537

    Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend1

    Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend1

    (5,390)

    0

    84

    (5,390)

    Other

    Other

    837

    846

    805

    837

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments

    56,579

    63,041

    55,444

    56,579

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: regulatory adjustments

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: regulatory adjustments

    Additional value adjustments (negative amount)

    Additional value adjustments (negative amount)

    (1,738)

    (1,504)

    (1,430)

    (1,738)

    Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments)

    Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments)

    (150)

    (329)

    (112)

    (150)

    Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    (6,515)

    (8,566)

    (4,635)

    (6,515)

    Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (negative amount)

    Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (negative amount)

    (1,126)

    (2,758)

    (1,353)

    (1,126)

    Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts

    Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts

    (259)

    (367)

    (99)

    (259)

    Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    (892)

    (1,111)

    (772)

    (892)

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own CET 1 instruments (negative amount)

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own CET 1 instruments (negative amount)

    (15)

    (25)

    0

    (15)

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10 % / 15 % thresholds and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10 % / 15 % thresholds and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (amount above the 10 % / 15 % thresholds) (negative amount)

    Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liabilities where the conditions in Art. 38 (3) CRR are met) (amount above the 10 % / 15 % thresholds) (negative amount)

    (319)

    0

    (92)

    (319)

    Other regulatory adjustments2

    Other regulatory adjustments2

    (1,417)

    (895)

    (2,252)

    (1,417)

    Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital

    Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital

    (12,430)

    (15,555)

    (10,745)

    (12,430)

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital

    44,148

    47,486

    44,700

    44,148

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments

    Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

    Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

    4,676

    4,676

    5,828

    4,676

    Amount of qualifying items referred to in Art. 484 (4) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1

    Amount of qualifying items referred to in Art. 484 (4) CRR and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1

    1,813

    3,009

    1,100

    1,813

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments

    6,489

    7,685

    6,928

    6,489

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative amount)

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative amount)

    (91)

    (80)

    (80)

    (91)

    Residual amounts deducted from AT1 capital with regard to deduction from CET 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to Art. 472 CRR

    Residual amounts deducted from AT1 capital with regard to deduction from CET 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to Art. 472 CRR

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    Other regulatory adjustments

    Other regulatory adjustments

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

    Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

    (91)

    (80)

    (80)

    (91)

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

    6,397

    7,604

    6,848

    6,397

    Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET 1 + AT1)

    Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET 1 + AT1)

    50,546

    55,091

    51,548

    50,546

    Tier 2 (T2) capital

    Tier 2 (T2) capital

    5,957

    6,202

    6,944

    5,957

    Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)

    Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)

    56,503

    61,292

    58,492

    56,503

    Total risk-weighted assets

    Total risk-weighted assets

    324,015

    350,432

    328,951

    324,015


    Capital ratios


    Capital ratios

    Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    13.6

    13.6

    13.6

    13.6

    Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    Tier 1 capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    15.6

    15.7

    15.7

    15.6

    Total capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    Total capital ratio (as a percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    17.4

    17.5

    17.8

    17.4

    N/M – Not meaningful


    1
    1No interim profits to beFull year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

    366

    2Includes € 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review, € 0.9 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards and € 0.7 billion capital deduction effective from December 2020 based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential provisioning of non-performing exposures. Effective June 30, 2020, we make use of the IFRS 9 transitional provision as per Article 473a of the CRR resulting in CET 1 increase of € 0.1 billion as of December 31, 2020.

    3 For the understanding of the term “fully-loaded” please refer to our definition as provided in section “Own Funds”.

    Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity to Own Funds

    CRR/CRD

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet (IASB IFRS)

    54,774

    55,857

    Difference between equity per IASB IFRS / EU IFRS4

    12

    0

    Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet (EU IFRS)

    54,786

    55,857

    Deconsolidation/Consolidation of entities3

    265

    (116)

    Of which:

    Additional paid-in capital

    0

    (12)

    Retained earnings

    265

    (220)

    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    0

    116

    Total shareholders' equity per regulatory balance sheet

    55,050

    55,741

    Minority Interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET 1)

    805

    837

    Accrual for dividend and AT1 coupons1

    (411)

    0

    Reversal of deconsolidation/consolidation of the position Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, during transitional period

    0

    0

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments

    55,444

    56,579

    Additional value adjustments

    (1,430)

    (1,738)

    Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments)

    (112)

    (150)

    Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealized gains and losses pursuant to Art. 467 and 468 CRR

    0

    0

    Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    (4,635)

    (6,515)

    Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability

    (1,445)

    (1,445)

    Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    (772)

    (892)

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities

    0

    0

    Other regulatory adjustments2

    (2,351)

    (1,692)

    Common Equity Tier 1 capital

    44,700

    44,148

    1Full year profit is recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).

    2 Includes € 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review, and 0.8 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards.

    369

    Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity to regulatory capital

    CRR/CRD

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Total shareholders’ equity per accounting balance sheet

    55,857

    62,495

    Deconsolidation/Consolidation of entities

    (116)

    (33)

    Of which:

    Additional paid-in capital

    (12)

    (12)

    Retained earnings

    (220)

    (150)

    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    116

    130

    Total shareholders' equity per regulatory balance sheet

    55,741

    62,462

    Minority Interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET 1)

    837

    846

    Accrual for dividend and AT1 coupons1

    0

    (267)

    Reversal of deconsolidation/consolidation of the position Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, during transitional period

    0

    0

    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital before regulatory adjustments

    56,579

    63,041

    Additional value adjustments

    (1,738)

    (1,504)

    Other prudential filters (other than additional value adjustments)

    (150)

    (329)

    Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealized gains and losses pursuant to Art. 467 and 468 CRR

    0

    0

    Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    (6,515)

    (8,566)

    Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability

    (1,445)

    (2,758)

    Defined benefit pension fund assets (net of related tax liabilities) (negative amount)

    (892)

    (1,111)

    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities

    0

    0

    Other regulatory adjustments2

    (1,692)

    (1,287)

    Common Equity Tier 1 capital

    44,148

    47,486

    1No interim profits to be recognized as per ECB Decision (EU) 2015/656 in accordance with the Article 26(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (ECB/2015/4).
    2€ 0.4 billion capital deduction effective from April 2019 and € 0.3 billion effective from October 2016 based on regular ECB review, € 0.80.9 billion capital deduction based on ECB guidance on irrevocable payment commitments related to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Guarantee Scheme effective from January 2018 onwards, € 0.30.1 billion negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts and € 15 million0.7 billion capital deduction effective from Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by an institutionDecember 2020 based on ECB’s supervisory recommendation for a prudential provisioning of ownnon-performing exposures. Effective June 30, 2020, we make use of the IFRS 9 transitional provision as per Article 473a of the CRR resulting in CET 1 instruments.increase of € 0.1 billion as of December 31, 2020.

    3Includes € 0.4 billion increase due to regulatory changes from cost to at-equity treatment of subsidiaries and participations that are only consolidated under IFRS.

    4Differences in “equity per balance sheet” result entirely from deviations in profit (loss) after taxes due to the application of EU carve-out rules as set forth in the chapter "Basis of preparation/impact of changes in accounting principles". These rules were initially applied in the first quarter 2020.

    Capital management

    Our Treasury function manages solvency, capital adequacy, leverage and bail-in capacity ratios at Group level and locally in each region, as applicable. Treasury implements our capital strategy, which itself is developed by the Group Risk Committee and approved by the Management Board. Treasury, directly or through the Group Asset and Liability Committee, which was established in 2018, manages, among other things, issuance and repurchase of shares and capital instruments, hedging of capital ratios against foreign exchange swings, setting capacities for key financial resources, design of shareholders’ equity allocation, and regional capital planning. We are fully committed to maintaining our sound capitalization both from an economic and regulatory perspective. We continuously monitor and adjust our overall capital demand and supply in an effort to achieve an appropriate balance of the economic and regulatory considerations at all times and from all perspectives. These perspectives include book equity based on IFRS accounting standards, regulatory and economic capital as well as specific capital requirements from rating agencies.

    Treasury manages the issuance and repurchase of capital instruments, namely Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments as well as TLAC/MREL eligible debt instruments. Treasury constantly monitors the market for liability management trades. Such trades represent a countercyclical opportunity to create Common Equity Tier 1 capital by buying back our issuances below par.

    Our core currencies are Euro, US Dollar, Chinese Renminbi and Pound Sterling. Treasury manages the sensitivity of our capital ratios against swings in core currencies. The capital invested into our foreign subsidiaries and branches in the other non-core currencies is largely hedged against foreign exchange swings.For this purpose, Treasury determines which currencies are to be hedged, develops suitable hedging strategies in close cooperation with Risk Management and finally executes these hedges. The capital invested into our foreign subsidiaries and branches in our core currencies Euro, US Dollar, Chinese Renminbi and Pound Sterling is not hedged in order to balance respective effects from movements in capital deduction items and risk weighted assets. The capital invested in non-core currencies is either partly hedged taking capital demand into account or fully hedged.


    370367

    Resource limit setting

    Usage of key financial resources is influenced through the following governance processes and incentives.

    Target resource capacities are reviewed in our annual strategic plan in line with our CET 1 and Leverage Ratio ambitions. InAs a part of our quarterly process, the Group Asset and Liability Committee which insofar as it replaced the Group Risk Committee as decision body, approves divisional resource limits for Totaltotal capital demand (defined as the sum of Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) and certain RWA equivalents of Capital DemandDeduction Items) and leverage exposure that are based on the strategic plan but adjusted for market conditions and the short-term outlook. Limits are enforced through a close monitoring process and an excess charging mechanism.

    Overall regulatory capital requirements are principally driven by either our CET 1 ratio (solvency) or leverage ratio (leverage) requirements, whichever is the more binding constraint. For the internal capital allocation, the combined contribution of each segment to the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio, the Group’s Leverage ratio and the Group’s Capital Loss under Stress are weighted to reflect their relative importance and level of constraint to the Group. Contributions to the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio and the Leverage ratio are measured through Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA)RWA and Leverage Ratio Exposure (LRE) assuming full implementation of CRR/CRD 4 rules.. The Group’s Capital Loss under Stress is a measure of the Group’s overall economic risk exposure under a defined stress scenario. Goodwill and other intangible assets are directly allocated to the respective segments, supporting the calculation of the allocated tangible shareholders equity and the respective rate of return. In our performance measurement, our methodology also applies different rates for the cost of equity for each of the business segments, reflecting in a more differentiated way the earnings volatility of the individual business models. This enables improved performance management and investment decisions.

    Regional capital plans covering the capital needs of our branches and subsidiaries across the globe are prepared on an annual basis and presented to the Group Investment Committee. Most of our subsidiaries and a number of our branches are subject to legal and regulatory capital requirements. In developing, implementing and testing our capital and liquidity, we fully take such legal and regulatory requirements into account. Any material capital requests of our branches and subsidiaries across the globe are presented to and approved by the Group Investment Committee prior to execution.

    Further, Treasury is represented on the Investment Committee of the largest Deutsche Bank pension fund which sets the investment guidelines for this fund. This representation is intended to ensure that pension assets are aligned with pension liabilities, thus protecting our capital base.

    371

    42 Impact of Deutsche Bank’s transformationBank's Transformation

    On July   7, 2019, Deutsche Bank announced a number of transformational measures relating to the Group’s businesses and its organization. The immediate and secondary impacts that these measures had on the Group’s operating results and financial position are disclosed below.

    Impairment of Goodwill

    The Group regularly assesses whether there is any indication that goodwill allocated to its cash-generating units (CGU) may be impaired in which event it would be required to estimate the recoverable amount of the respective CGU. Triggered by the impact of a lowered outlook on business plans driven both by adjustments to macro-economic factors as well as by the impact of strategic decisions in preparation of the above transformation announcement, in the second quarter 2019 the Group reviewed the recoverable amounts of its CGUs. This review resulted in a short-fall of the recoverable amounts against the respective CGUs carrying amounts for the CGUs Wealth Management (WM) within the former Private & Commercial Bank (PCB) corporate division and Global Transaction Banking & Corporate Finance (GTB & CF) within the former Corporate & Investment Bank corporate division.

    With a recoverable amount of approximately € 1.9 billion for WM, goodwill in WM (€ 545 million) was impaired and had to be fully written-off, mainly as a result of worsening macro-economic assumptions, including interest rate curves, as well as industry-specific market growth corrections for the WM business globally. For GTB & CF, the recoverable amount of approximately € 10.2 billion led to the full impairment of allocated goodwill (€ 491 million). This was mainly driven by adverse industry trends in Corporate Finance as well as by adjustments to macro-economic assumptions, including interest rate curves. The total impairment charges of € 1 billion were recorded in impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets of the respective Private Bank (PB, € 545 million) and Corporate Bank (CB, € 491 million) segment results in the second quarter of 2019.

    The discount rates applied in the estimation of the recoverable amounts of the respective CGUs were as follows:

    Discount rate (post-tax)

    2019

    2018

    Global Transaction Banking & Corporate Finance

    8.6 %

    8.8 %

    Wealth Management

    8.4 %

    9.0 %

    Impairment and amortization of Self-developed software

    In line with the transformation announcement, the Group also reviewed current platform software and software under construction assigned to businesses subject to the transformation strategy. Accordingly, the reassessment of the respective recoverable amounts led to an impairment of self-developed software of € 36 million and € 855 million for the financial year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, thereof in CB € 148 million, in IB € 201 million, in PB € 149 million, and in CRU € 358 million.respectively.

    In addition, the Group includedrecorded amortization on Equities software subject to the transformation strategy of € 178 million and € 114 million for the financial year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, within CRU.respectively. The impairment write-down as well as the software amortization are included within the general and administrative expenses of the Group’s results in 2019.2020 and 2019, respectively.

    Impairment of Right of Use assets and other related impacts

    As part of the strategy announcement on July 7, 2019 to further reduce costs, theThe Group recognized impairments, accelerated or higher depreciation of Right-of-Use (RoU) assets, asset write downs and accelerated depreciation on leasehold improvements and furniture, onerous contracts provisions for non-lease costs, depreciation of capitalized reinstatement costs and other one-time relocation costs of € 195 million and € 137 million for the financial year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, thereofrespectively. Certain of these costs related to incremental or accelerated decisions are driven by the changes in CB € 12 million, in IB € 13 million, in PB € 38 million, in AM € 30 million, in CRU € 5 million, and in Corporate & Other € 38 million.our expected operations due to the COVID-19 pandemic.


    372

    Service contracts

    Expected changes to the scope of existing service contracts with external vendors resulted in provisions being established with a charge to expenses to the amount of € 23 million for the financial year ended December 31, 2019 within CRU.368

    Deferred tax asset valuation adjustments

    Each quarter, the Group re-evaluates its estimate related to deferred tax assets, including its assumptions about future profitability. In updating the strategic plan in connection with the transformation the Group adjusted the value of itsestimate related to deferred tax assets in affected jurisdictions. This resulted in total valuation adjustments ofjurisdictions, such as the UK and the U.S., and recognized € 37 million and € 2.8 billion of valuation adjustments for the financial year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, that primarily relate to the U.S. and UK.respectively.

    Restructuring & severance charges

    Starting with the announcement of the transformation of Deutsche Bank on July 7, 2019, we designated all restructuring expenses as related to the transformation announcement and the subsequent business re-organization and perimeter changes resulting in € 485 million and € 611 million restructuring expenses for the Group as perfor the financial year ended December 31, 2019.2020 and 2019, respectively. These charges are comprised of termination benefits, additional expenses covering the acceleration of deferred compensation awards not yet amortized due to the discontinuation of employment and contract termination costs related to real estate. Approximately 1,6001,447 and 2,564 full-time equivalent employees (FTE) were impacted by the re-organization and changes induring the financial year 2019.2020 and 2019, respectively.

    In addition to these restructuring expenses, € 203 million and € 97 million of severance related to the transformation announcement were recorded as per December 31, 2019.

    Financial instrument business model reclassification

    The transformation strategy announcement on July 7, 2019 resulted in a reassessment of the business models for the financial assets transferred to the newly created segment Capital Release Unit (CRU). The CRU has its own objectivesyear ended December 31, 2020 and management team and will accelerate the derisking of certain positions. The business model reassessment resulted in certain portfolios which were previously in Hold to Collect (HTC) business models being reclassified to Hold to Collect Sell (HTC&S) or Trading/Other business models. The reclassification date was October 1, 2019.

    At reclassification date € 128 million carrying value, net of loan loss provisions (LLP), financial assets in Hold to collect business models classified as Loans at amortized cost were reclassified to Hold to collect and sell business models and reclassified to Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income with a fair value of € 126 million. The € 2 million reduction in carrying value is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income.

    At reclassification date € 278 million carrying value, net of LLP, financial assets in Hold to collect business models classified as Loans at amortized cost were reclassified to Trading/Other models and reclassified to financial assets at fair value through profit or loss with a fair value of € 266 million. The € 12 million reduction in carrying value is recorded in Net gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.2019, respectively.

    Other transformation related expenses

    As a result of the strategic transformation the Group recognized other transformation related expenses including legal fees,expenses for Audit, Accounting & Tax, consulting fees and IT consulting fees of € 1582 million and € 39 million for the financial year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, thereof in PB € 5 million, and in CRU € 11 million.

    373respectively.

    43 Condensed Deutsche Bank AG (parent company only) financial information

    In May 2020 the former subsidiary DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG was merged with Deutsche Bank AG effective retrospectively as of January 1, 2020. The comparative data in the subsequent tables was not adjusted.

    Condensed statement of income

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Interest income, excluding dividends from subsidiaries

    17,402

    16,326

    15,339

    15,301

    17,402

    16,326

    Dividends received from subsidiaries:

    Bank subsidiaries

    914

    2,511

    1,185

    166

    914

    2,511

    Nonbank subsidiaries

    608

    2,064

    1,962

    859

    608

    2,064

    Interest expense

    9,810

    9,700

    9,575

    6,274

    9,810

    9,700

    Net interest and dividend income

    9,114

    11,201

    8,912

    10,052

    9,114

    11,201

    Provision for credit losses

    3,118

    102

    675

    1,444

    3,118

    102

    Net interest and dividend income after provision for credit losses

    5,996

    11,099

    8,237

    8,608

    5,996

    11,099

    Noninterest income:

    Commissions and fee income

    2,957

    3,223

    3,721

    4,414

    2,957

    3,223

    Net gains (losses) on financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    132

    1,436

    2,789

    1,709

    132

    1,436

    Other income (loss)1

    (11,912)

    (344)

    (744)

    1,506

    (11,912)

    (344)

    Total noninterest income

    (8,824)

    4,315

    5,766

    7,629

    (8,824)

    4,315

    Noninterest expenses:

    Compensation and benefits

    4,760

    4,921

    5,123

    5,641

    4,760

    4,921

    General and administrative expenses

    7,735

    6,070

    6,347

    6,950

    7,735

    6,070

    Services provided by (to) affiliates, net

    1,328

    1,670

    1,426

    2,730

    1,328

    1,670

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    75

    0

    6

    0

    75

    0

    Total noninterest expenses

    13,898

    12,661

    12,902

    15,321

    13,898

    12,661

    Income (loss) before income taxes

    (16,725)

    2,753

    1,101

    916

    (16,725)

    2,753

    Income tax expense (benefit)

    1,357

    (122)

    (90)

    (34)

    1,357

    (122)

    Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

    (18,083)

    2,875

    1,191

    950

    (18,083)

    2,875

    1 Includes net gains (losses) on financial assets mandatory at fair value through other comprehensive income (in 2017 on financial assets available for sale)as well as impairments and impairments/write-ups on investments in subsidiaries. In 2020 the gain from the merger of DB Privat-und Firmenkundenbank with Deutsche Bank AG is also included.

    369

    Condensed statement of comprehensive income

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

    (18,083)

    2,875

    1,191

    Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (440)

    102

    (2,486)

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (18,523)

    2,977

    (1,295)

    374

    in € m.

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

    950

    (18,083)

    2,875

    Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    (172)

    (440)

    102

    Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    778

    (18,523)

    2,977

    Condensed balance sheet

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Assets:

    Cash and central bank balances:

    88,912

    140,841

    138,716

    88,912

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks):

    Bank subsidiaries

    13,979

    19,543

    13,980

    13,979

    Other

    5,560

    5,037

    4,668

    5,560

    Central bank funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements, securities borrowed:

    Bank subsidiaries

    0

    1,135

    0

    0

    Nonbank subsidiaries

    32,015

    39,415

    29,165

    32,015

    Other

    8,927

    8,454

    7,715

    8,927

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

    Bank subsidiaries

    6,950

    5,573

    1,533

    6,950

    Nonbank subsidiaries

    1,869

    3,973

    1,360

    1,869

    Other

    460,779

    492,156

    468,875

    460,779

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    37,871

    38,450

    74,931

    37,871

    Investments in associates

    283

    288

    183

    283

    Investment in subsidiaries:

    Bank subsidiaries

    14,569

    20,155

    6,563

    14,569

    Nonbank subsidiaries

    21,746

    28,117

    23,229

    21,746

    Loans:

    Bank subsidiaries

    36,517

    31,393

    26,893

    36,517

    Nonbank subsidiaries

    38,911

    47,156

    38,095

    38,911

    Other

    166,871

    150,153

    313,011

    166,871

    Other assets:

    Bank subsidiaries

    1,666

    3,352

    1,095

    1,666

    Nonbank subsidiaries

    10,930

    16,427

    11,798

    10,930

    Other

    101,608

    77,570

    108,194

    101,608

    Total assets

    1,049,962

    1,129,187

    1,270,004

    1,049,962

    Liabilities and equity:

    Deposits:

    Bank subsidiaries

    65,461

    64,413

    21,470

    65,461

    Nonbank subsidiaries

    19,093

    19,745

    15,396

    19,093

    Other

    271,960

    287,444

    474,012

    271,960

    Central bank funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned:

    Bank subsidiaries

    915

    654

    895

    915

    Nonbank subsidiaries

    43,703

    35,587

    36,566

    43,703

    Other

    3,142

    7,491

    3,751

    3,142

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:

    Bank subsidiaries

    6,653

    5,078

    2,003

    6,653

    Nonbank subsidiaries

    804

    2,461

    559

    804

    Other

    366,360

    378,940

    387,389

    366,360

    Other short-term borrowings:

    Bank subsidiaries

    656

    158

    37

    656

    Nonbank subsidiaries

    1,526

    2,414

    1,440

    1,526

    Other

    4,958

    13,672

    3,313

    4,958

    Other liabilities:

    Bank subsidiaries

    1,620

    1,447

    1,125

    1,620

    Nonbank subsidiaries

    6,021

    10,020

    6,285

    6,021

    Other

    92,549

    100,413

    100,571

    92,549

    Long-term debt

    119,232

    134,872

    169,007

    119,232

    Total liabilities

    1,004,653

    1,064,808

    1,223,819

    1,004,653

    Total shareholders’ equity

    40,644

    59,704

    40,361

    40,644

    Additional equity components

    4,665

    4,675

    5,824

    4,665

    Total equity

    45,309

    64,379

    46,185

    45,309

    Total liabilities and equity

    1,049,962

    1,129,187

    1,270,004

    1,049,962

    375370

    Condensed statement of cash flows

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (41,369)

    (47,850)

    40,931

    20,605

    (41,369)

    (47,850)

    Cash flows from investing activities:

    Proceeds from:

    Sale of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    14,075

    11,592

    N/A

    37,446

    14,075

    11,592

    Maturities of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    36,236

    23,572

    N/A

    29,093

    36,236

    23,572

    Sale of debt securities held to collect at amortized cost

    350

    93

    N/A

    8,239

    350

    93

    Maturities of debt securities held to collect at amortized cost

    195

    58

    N/A

    3,960

    195

    58

    Sale of financial assets available for sale

    N/A

    N/A

    7,627

    Maturities of financial assets available for sale

    N/A

    N/A

    3,433

    Maturities of securities held to maturity

    N/A

    N/A

    0

    Sale of equity method investments

    0

    5

    65

    30

    0

    5

    Sale of property and equipment

    12

    13

    39

    12

    12

    13

    Purchase of:

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    (47,705)

    (34,586)

    N/A

    (75,890)

    (47,705)

    (34,586)

    Debt Securities held to collect at amortized cost

    (19,320)

    (129)

    N/A

    (3,359)

    (19,320)

    (129)

    Financial assets available for sale

    N/A

    N/A

    (9,741)

    Securities held to maturity

    N/A

    N/A

    0

    Investments in associates

    (1)

    0

    0

    (3)

    (1)

    0

    Property and equipment

    (266)

    (212)

    (261)

    (387)

    (266)

    (212)

    Net change in investments in subsidiaries

    1,149

    289

    (2,222)

    3,427

    1,149

    289

    Other, net

    (861)

    (1,024)

    (1,129)

    (927)

    (861)

    (1,024)

    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (16,136)

    (329)

    (2,189)

    1,642

    (16,136)

    (329)

    Cash flows from financing activities:

    Issuances of subordinated long-term debt

    25

    10

    865

    1,668

    25

    10

    Repayments and extinguishments of subordinated long-term debt

    (11)

    (253)

    (45)

    (1,120)

    (11)

    (253)

    Issuances of trust preferred securities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Repayments and extinguishments of trust preferred securities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Principal portion of lease payments

    (362)

    N/A

    N/A

    (479)

    (362)

    N/A

    Common shares issued

    0

    0

    8,037

    0

    0

    0

    Purchases of treasury shares

    (1,359)

    (4,119)

    (7,912)

    (279)

    (1,359)

    (4,119)

    Sale of treasury shares

    1,181

    3,925

    7,471

    76

    1,181

    3,925

    Additional Equity Components (AT1) issued

    0

    0

    0

    1,153

    0

    0

    Purchases of Additional Equity Components (AT1)

    (88)

    (123)

    (149)

    (709)

    (88)

    (123)

    Sale of Additional Equity Components (AT1)

    77

    120

    160

    721

    77

    120

    Coupon on additional equity components, pre tax

    (330)

    (315)

    (335)

    (349)

    (330)

    (315)

    Cash dividends paid

    (227)

    (227)

    (392)

    0

    (227)

    (227)

    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (1,094)

    (982)

    7,700

    681

    (1,094)

    (982)

    Net effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    1,163

    1,243

    (3,499)

    (799)

    1,163

    1,243

    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (57,436)

    (47,918)

    42,943

    47,295

    (57,436)

    (47,918)

    thereof: Group internal merger

    25,166

    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    139,841

    187,759

    144,816

    82,405

    139,841

    187,759

    Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

    82,405

    139,841

    187,759

    129,699

    82,405

    139,841

    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities include

    Income taxes paid (received), net

    280

    (224)

    258

    916

    280

    (224)

    Interest paid

    10,054

    9,793

    9,563

    6,324

    10,054

    9,793

    Interest received

    14,786

    19,660

    15,308

    15,905

    14,786

    19,660

    Dividends received

    4,217

    2,957

    4,098

    724

    4,217

    2,957

    Cash and cash equivalents comprise

    Cash and central bank balances (not included Interest-earning time deposits with central banks)

    75,180

    127,871

    175,463

    124,549

    75,180

    127,871

    Interbank balances (w/o central banks)

    7,225

    11,970

    12,296

    5,151

    7,225

    11,970

    Total

    82,405

    139,841

    187,759

    129,699

    82,405

    139,841

    Parent company’s long-term debt by remaining maturities

    By remaining maturities

    Due in 2020

    Due in 2021

    Due in 2022

    Due in 2023

    Due in 2024

    Due after 2024

    Total Dec 31, 2019

    Total Dec 31, 2018

    in € m.

    Senior debt:

    Bonds and notes:

    Fixed rate

    11,285

    16,178

    9,181

    7,251

    6,365

    12,954

    63,213

    62,053

    Floating rate

    4,420

    7,212

    3,413

    1,704

    1,356

    5,952

    24,057

    30,658

    Subordinated debt

    Bonds and notes:

    Fixed rate

    1,884

    0

    0

    0

    5

    4,348

    6,237

    7,232

    Floating rate

    180

    0

    0

    1,226

    24

    461

    1,892

    1,858

    Other

    13,421

    1,558

    701

    1,089

    827

    6,238

    23,833

    33,072

    Total long-term debt

    31,191

    24,947

    13,295

    11,270

    8,576

    29,953

    119,232

    134,872

    376

    44 – SEC registered trust preferred securities

    Deutsche Bank AG has, via a subsidiary, issued “trust preferred” securities that are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. In this transaction, a Delaware statutory business trust (the “Trust”) issues trust preferred securities (the “Trust Preferred Securities”) in a public offering in the United States. All the proceeds from the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities are invested by the Trust in the Class B Preferred Securities (the “Class B Preferred Securities”) of a wholly-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG organized in the form of a limited liability company (the “LLC”). The LLC uses all the proceeds from the sale of the Class B Preferred Securities to the Trust to purchase a debt obligation from Deutsche Bank AG (the “Debt Obligation”). The distributions on the Class B Preferred Securities match those of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Trust Preferred Securities and the Class B Preferred Securities pay distributions quarterly in arrears and are redeemable only upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the documents governing the terms of those securities. Subject to limited exceptions, the Class B Preferred Securities generally could not be redeemed until at least ten years after their issuance. The Trust Preferred Securities and the Class B Preferred Securities are each subject to a full and unconditional subordinated guarantee of Deutsche Bank AG. These subordinated guarantees are general and unsecured obligations of Deutsche Bank AG and rank, both as to payment and in liquidation of Deutsche Bank AG, junior in priority of payment to all current and future indebtedness of Deutsche Bank AG and on parity in priority of payment with the most senior preference shares, if any, of Deutsche Bank AG.

    Issuances of SEC registered trust preferred securities

    Trust

    LLC

    Issuance Date

    Next Redemption Date

    Parent Long-term Debt1

    Deutsche Bank Contingent Capital Trust II

    Deutsche Bank Contingent Capital LLC II

    May 23, 2007

    May 23, 2020

    € 713 million

    By remaining maturities

    Due in 2021

    Due in 2022

    Due in 2023

    Due in 2024

    Due in 2025

    Due after 2025

    Total Dec 31, 2020

    Total Dec 31, 2019

    in € m.

    Senior debt:

    Bonds and notes:

    Fixed rate

    18,444

    8,572

    10,745

    7,488

    5,834

    12,308

    63,391

    63,213

    Floating rate

    7,017

    2,882

    1,576

    3,526

    3,903

    7,991

    26,896

    24,057

    Other

    34,206

    1,266

    1,031

    1,003

    902

    30,845

    69,254

    23,718

    Subordinated debt

    Bonds and notes:

    Fixed rate

    18

    0

    0

    4

    2,601

    3,424

    6,047

    6,237

    Floating rate

    1,121

    0

    1,100

    123

    80

    423

    2,846

    1,892

    Other

    289

    15

    93

    82

    0

    93

    571

    115

    Total long-term debt

    61,095

    12,735

    14,547

    12,226

    13,320

    55,084

    169,007

    119,232

    1Amount of long term-debt of the Parent Company represented by the Debt Obligations issued by Deutsche Bank AG to the applicable LLC and amount of Trust Preferred Securities of Deutsche Bank AG Consolidated represented by the Trust Preferred Securities issued by the respective Trust as of December 31, 2019.

    377371

    Shareholdings

    [Page

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    372

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    373

    374

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    375

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    376

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    377

    378

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    379

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    380

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    381

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    382

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    383

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    384

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    385

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    386

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    384387

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    388

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    389

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    390

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    385

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    386

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    387

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    388

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    389

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    390

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    391

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    392

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    393

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    394

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    395

    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    To the Shareholders and Supervisory Board
    Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft:

    Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes and the specific disclosures described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements as being part of the financial statements (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

    Basis for Opinion

    These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

    We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

    We or our predecessor firms served as the Company’s and its predecessor companies’ auditor from 1952 to 2019.

    Frankfurt am Main, Germany March 13, 2020

    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    To the Shareholders and the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft:

    Opinion on the Financial Statements

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetssheet of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and subsidiaries (the Company)(“the Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year periodyear then ended, December 31, 2019, and the related notes and(collectively referred to as the specific disclosures described in Note 1 to the consolidated“consolidated financial statements as being part of the financial statements (collectively, the consolidated financial statements)statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as ofat December 31, 2019 and 2018,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year periodyear then ended, December 31, 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

    We also have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – IntegratedControl-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 13, 20208, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.thereon.

    Change in Accounting Principle

    The Group changed its method of accounting for financial instruments in 2018 due to the adoption of International Financial Reporting Standard 9 Financial Instruments.392

    Basis for Opinion

    These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidatedthe Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

    We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    Critical Audit Matters

    The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

    Valuation of level 3 financial instruments and related inputs not quoted in active markets

    Description of the Matter

    The Company uses valuation techniques to establish the fair value of level 3 financial instruments and related inputs not quoted in active markets. The Company held level 3 financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value of EUR 23,583 million and EUR 8,867 million as at December 31, 2020. The relevant financial instruments are reported within financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Information on the valuation techniques, models and methodologies used in the measurement of fair value is provided in notes 1 and 13 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

    Financial instruments and related inputs that are not quoted in active markets include structured derivatives valued using complex models; derivatives with non-standard collateral arrangements; more-complex OTC derivatives; distressed debt; highly-structured bonds; some private equity placements; many commercial real estate loans; illiquid loans; and some municipal bonds; credit and funding spreads used to determine valuation adjustments (Credit Valuation Adjustment and Funding Valuation Adjustment); and other inputs which cannot be observed mainly for instruments with longer-dated maturities.

    Auditing the valuation of level 3 financial instruments and related inputs not quoted in active markets was complex due to the valuation techniques and models being utilized and the unobservability of the significant inputs used.


    394

    How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

    We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operational effectiveness of the controls over management’s processes to determine fair value of financial instruments and determination of significant unobservable inputs therein, including controls relating to independent price verification; independent validation of valuation models, including assessment of model limitations; monitoring of potentially inappropriate valuation model usage; calculation of fair value adjustments; and the associated controls over relevant information technology systems.

    We evaluated the valuation techniques, models and methodologies, and tested the inputs used in those models. We performed an independent revaluation of a sample of derivatives and other financial instruments at fair value using independent models and inputs. We also independently assessed the reasonableness of a sample proxy inputs used.

    In addition, we evaluated the methodology and inputs used by management in determining fair value adjustments against the requirements of IFRS 13 and performed recalculations for a sample of these valuation adjustments using our own independent data and methodology.

    We involved internal specialists who have particular expertise in the area of financial instruments valuation in the procedures related to valuation models, independent revaluation and fair value adjustments.

    Inclusion of forward-looking information in the model-based calculation of expected credit losses

    Description of the Matter

    As of December 31, 2020, the Company recognized an allowance for credit losses of EUR 5,385m. Information on the inclusion of forward-looking information in the model-based calculation of expected credit losses and their adjustment is provided in notes 1 and 19 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

    The estimated probabilities of default used in the model-based calculation of expected credit losses on non-defaulted financial instruments (IFRS 9 Stage 1 and Stage 2) are based on historical information, combined with current economic developments and forward-looking macroeconomic forecasts (e.g., gross domestic product and unemployment rates). Statistical techniques are then applied to transform the base scenario into a multiple scenario analysis. The scenarios specify deviations from the baseline forecasts. The scenario distribution is then used for deriving multi-year probability of default curves for different rating and counterparty classes, which are applied in the calculation of expected credit losses and in the identification of significant deterioration in credit quality of financial assets.

    In light of the economic uncertainty arising as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic in the fiscal year, the resulting uncertainty in the estimation of forward-looking information and the impact of government support schemes on the early detection of risks, the Bank made adjustments to the expected credit losses calculated using the conventional credit risk models and forecasting methods.

    Auditing the forward-looking information, including gross domestic product and unemployment rates, in the model-based calculation of expected credit losses and the adjustment thereof was complex due to the increased uncertainty and use of judgment, including the COVID-19 pandemic.

    How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

    During our audit we obtained an understanding of the processes implemented by the Bank, assessed the design of the controls over the selection, determination and validation of forward-looking information in respect of the requirements under IFRS 9, and tested their design and operating effectiveness.

    We evaluated the review of the forecasting methods on the basis of the Bank’s model validation reports. Furthermore, we evaluated the methods used to include the selected variables in the baseline scenario and the performance of the multi-scenario analysis.

    We assessed the macroeconomic forecasts used by the Bank as of the reporting date by comparing them with the macroeconomic forecasts produced by external sources.

    We also evaluated the methodology applied by the Bank in making adjustments. In so doing, we assessed the results of the Bank’s sensitivity analyses by drawing on insights from our own benchmark analyses. We also tested that the adjustments were considered in the calculation of expected credit losses according to management’s methodology.

    To audit the inclusion of forward-looking information in the model-based calculation of expected credit losses, we involved internal specialists who have particular expertise in the area of credit risk modeling.

    Measurement of goodwill for the Asset Management cash-generating unit

    Description of the Matter

    As of December 31, 2020, the Company reports goodwill of EUR 2,739m that was exclusively allocated to its Asset Management cash-generating unit (CGU). Information on the measurement of goodwill is provided in notes 1 and 23 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

    The recoverable amount of the Asset Management cash-generating unit is calculated using the discounted cash flow model. In this context, assumptions must be made regarding earnings projections and the discount rate. The discount rate is derived using the Capital Asset Pricing Model.

    Auditing management's measurement of goodwill for the Asset Management cash-generating unit involved a high degree of judgment due to the earnings projections, applied discount rate and long-term growth rate.

    How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

    During our audit procedures we obtained an understanding of the process for preparing the multi-year plan and calculating the recoverable amount of goodwill for the Asset Management cash-generating unit. In this respect, we also obtained an understanding of management’s controls regarding the earnings projections, applied discount rate and long-term growth rate, assessed the design of such controls and tested their effectiveness.

    Furthermore, we analyzed the significant assumptions described above with a focus on significant changes in the planning assumptions compared with the prior year. In this regard, we assessed the consistency and verifiability of the significant assumptions used in the multi-year plan and also compared them with external market expectations.

    In analyzing the expected future cash flows of the Asset Management cash-generating unit, we compared the business plan with the prior fiscal year’s plan and with the actual results achieved and evaluated any significant deviations. Furthermore, we examined the extent to which the assumptions on the economic development in the detailed planning period and for the perpetual annuity are within a range of externally available forecasts. We examined the valuation parameters used for the estimate of the recoverable amount, such as estimated discount rate and long-term growth rate, in comparison to externally available parameters.

    We also recalculated the arithmetical accuracy of the valuation model used.

    To audit the above assumptions involved in the recoverability of goodwill, we involved internal specialists who have particular expertise in the area of business valuation.

    395

    Measurement of the unamortized intangible asset from retail investment management agreements in the US (“Scudder”)

    Description of the Matter

    As of December 31, 2020, the Company reports an intangible asset of EUR 706m stemming from agreements to manage a variety of retail mutual funds in the US. These agreements were acquired as part of the acquisition of Zurich Scudder Investments, Inc. (Scudder) in 2002. Information on the measurement of the “Scudder” intangible asset is provided in notes 1 and 23 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

    The recoverable amount is calculated as fair value less costs of disposal using the multi-period excess earnings method on the basis of a multi-year plan of the earnings generated by the investment management agreements and of the expected costs of managing the retail mutual funds. The key assumptions in determining the fair value less costs of disposal include the asset mix, the flows forecast, the effective fee rate and discount rate as well as the long-term growth rate.

    Auditing the “Scudder” unamortized intangible asset was complex due to judgments made regarding the asset mix, the flows forecast, the effective fee rate and discount rate as well as the long-term growth rate.

    How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

    For our audit, we assessed the process for preparing the multi-year plan and for the further calculation of the recoverable amount of the “Scudder” intangible asset and obtained an understanding of management’s controls and assessed the design and operating effectiveness of the controls related to the asset mix, flows forecast, effective fee rate and discount rate as well as the long-term growth rate.

    Furthermore, we analyzed the significant assumptions described above with a focus on significant changes in the planning assumptions compared with the prior year. In this regard, we assessed the consistency and verifiability of the significant assumptions used in the multi-year plan and also compared them with external market expectations.

    In analyzing the expected earnings from the investment management agreements, we compared the business plan with the prior fiscal year’s plan and with the actual results achieved and evaluated any significant deviations. Furthermore, we examined the extent to which the assumptions on the economic development in the detailed planning period and for the perpetual annuity are within a range of externally available forecasts. We examined the valuation parameters used for the estimate of the recoverable amount, such as estimated discount rate and long-term growth rate, in comparison to externally available parameters.

    To audit the above assumptions used in the impairment of the “Scudder” intangible asset, we involved internal specialists who have particular expertise in the area of business valuation.

    396

    Assessment of the fair value measurement of financial instruments classified as level 3


    Recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets

    Description of the Matter

    As of December 31, 2020, the Company reports net deferred tax assets of EUR 5,502 million. Information on the recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets is provided in notes 1 and 34 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

    The estimation of future ability to utilize such assets depends on the potential for future taxable profit. This is subject to estimation uncertainty and is dependent on the expected development of key assumptions. These include, but are not limited to, assumptions on the forecasted operating results based upon approved business plans, including a review of the eligible carry-forward periods, tax planning opportunities and other relevant considerations.

    Auditing the recoverability of deferred tax assets was complex because of the use of judgment in estimates of future taxable profit and the ability to use tax losses and previously unclaimed tax credits.


    How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

    We obtained an understanding of the process for the recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets to determine whether deductible temporary differences and net operating loss carryforwards are identified and measured in accordance with the provisions of tax law and rules for accounting for deferred taxes under IAS 12, evaluated the design and tested the operational effectiveness of the controls. This included, but was not limited to, the assumptions used to develop and allocate elements of the approved business plan as a basis for estimating the future taxable income of the relevant group companies and tax groups.

    Furthermore, we verified the methodology for the recognition of deferred tax assets by analyzing the assumptions made in estimating future taxable profits. We assessed the accuracy of the data used to estimate future taxable income by comparing the forecast of future taxable income with historical and externally available prospective data. We also assessed the parameters applied to the approved business plans and performed sensitivity analyses on the outputs for reasonably possible changes in the assumptions. We additionally compared the accuracy of the historical forecasts with the actual results.

    To audit the above assumptions involved in the recoverability of the deferred taxes, we involved our tax professionals and internal specialists who have particular knowledge in the area of business valuation.

    As discussed in Notes 1 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has established policies and procedures for determining the fair value of level 3 financial instruments. As of December 31, 2019, the Company reported Level 3 financial assets held at fair value in the amount of EUR 24.4 billion, representing 4.2% of the financial assets held at fair value and 1.9% of total assets. Level 3 financial liabilities amounted to EUR 8.6 billion, representing 2.1% of the financial liabilities at fair value and 0.7% of total liabilities. By definition, market prices are not observable for the valuation of these financial instruments. The fair values are therefore determined on the basis of specialized and sophisticated valuation methods. These valuation methods may consist of complex models and can include assumptions and unobservable inputs which require judgment./s/ Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

    We identifiedhave served as the assessment of the fair value measurement of financial instruments classified as level 3 as a critical audit matter. Due to the significant measurement uncertainty associated with the fair value of such financial instruments, there was a high degree of subjectivity and judgment in evaluating the valuation methods used and in evaluating the assumptions and unobservable inputs such as discounted cash flows, volatility levels, correlations, and credit spreads.Company’s auditor since 2020.

    The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s process to measure the fair value of its financial instruments classified as level 3, including controls related to:

    We utilized valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in:

    For a sample of recent and potential transactions we inspected third party pricing information and evaluated whether these data points indicated elements of fair value which required incorporation in the Company’s valuation methodologies.

    Assessment of the allowance for credit losses

    As discussed in the Credit Risk Management section, and in Notes 1 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company used an expected credit loss (ECL) model to recognize EUR 4.1 billion in allowances for credit losses on its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. The Company applies a three-stage approach to measure the allowance for credit losses, using an ECL model as required under the accounting standard IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The allowance in stage 1 represents 12 month expected credit losses. The allowance in stage 2 is related to financial instruments with a significantly deteriorated credit quality since initial recognition and the allowance in stage 3 is related to defaulted financial assets. Stage 2 and stage 3 allowances represent lifetime expected credit losses.Eschborn/Frankfurt am Main, Germany

    We identified the assessment of the allowance for credit losses as a critical audit matter because it involved significant measurement uncertainty requiring complex auditor judgment, as well as industry knowledge and experience. Within the allowance for credit losses, significant auditor judgment was required to evaluate the internal risk ratings, probability of default (PD) model, loss given default (LGD) model, exposure at default (EAD) model, and the criteria for identifying a significant increase in credit risk (SICR), and the selection of macro-economic variables.March 8, 2021


    397

    The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following. We tested certain controls over the Company’s process[Page intentionally left blank for estimating the allowance for credit losses, including controls related to the:

    With the involvement of financial risk management professionals with specialized skills, industry knowledge and experience, we performed the following procedures:

    Assessment of the recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets

    As discussed in Notes 1 and 34 to the consolidated financial statements, the net deferred tax asset balance was EUR 5.4 billion as of December 31, 2019. The utilization of these deferred tax assets depends on the realization of future taxable profit which is estimated based on the Company’s business plan. The plan is subject to inherent uncertainties and the development of certain assumptions.

    We identified the assessment of the recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets as a critical audit matter as the assessment involved complex auditor judgment and knowledge of relevant tax regulations. This assessment included evaluating the assumptions included in the Company’s estimated future taxable profit, including pre-tax earnings, analysis of non-recurring items, and permanent effects. The estimated future taxable profit also considers the impacts of the current political and economic developments, jurisdiction specific tax considerations and tax planning strategies.

    The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We tested certain internal controls over the Company’s deferred tax asset recognition and measurement process, including controls related to the development of the assumptions listed above that were used in determining estimated future taxable profit.

    We assessed the Company’s methodology used for the recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets in accordance with IAS 12. Additionally, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in evaluating the key assumptions included in the estimated future taxable profit and performed sensitivity analyses over the Company’s expectation of future taxable profit. Finally, we involved income tax professionals with knowledge and experience who assisted in assessing the interpretation of the various tax laws and regulations and the source and character of future taxable profit as well as the prudence and feasibility of the tax planning strategies.

    KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

    We or our predecessor firms have served as the Company’s and its predecessor companies' auditor since 1952.

    Frankfurt am Main, Germany
    March 13, 2020


    398

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    399

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    400

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    399

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    400

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    401

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    402

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    403

    Confirmations

    Responsibility Statement by the Management Board

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    404

    3-

    Corporate Governance Statement according to Sections 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code/Corporate Governance Report

    406402

    Management Board and Supervisory Board

    421417

    Reporting and Transparencytransparency

    417

    Related party transactions

    418

    Auditing and controlling

    421

    Related Party Transactions

    422

    Auditing and Controlling

    425

    Compliance with the German Corporate Governance Code

    405402

    All information presented in this Corporate Governance Statement according to §§Section 289f and 315d of the German Commercial Code / Corporate Governance Report is shown as of February 14, 2020.19, 2021.

    On March 11, 2020 Sigmar Gabriel became with immediate effect a member of the Supervisory Board by way of appointment by the Frankfurt district court. At the same time he succeeded Katherine Garrett-Cox as member of the Integrity Committee.

    Management Board and Supervisory Board

    Management Board

    The Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG is responsible for the management of the company in accordance with the law, the Articles of Association of Deutsche Bank AG and the Terms of Reference for the Management Board with the objective of creating sustainable value in the interests of the company. It considers the interests of shareholders, employees and other company-related stakeholders. The members of the Management Board are collectively responsible for managing the bank’s business. The Management Board, as the Group Management Board, manages Deutsche Bank Group in accordance with uniform guidelines; it exercises general control over all Group companies.

    The Management Board decides on all matters prescribed by law and the Articles of Association and ensures compliance with the legal requirements and internal guidelines (compliance). It also takes the necessary measures to ensure that adequate internal guidelines are developed and implemented. The Management Board's responsibilities include, in particular, the bank’s strategic management and direction, the allocation of resources, financial accounting and reporting, control and risk management, as well as a properly functioning business organization and corporate control. The Management Board decides on the appointments to the senior management level below the Management Board and, in particular, on the appointment of Global Key Function Holders. In appointing people to management functions in the Group, the Management Board takes diversity into account and strives, in particular, to achieve an appropriate representation of women (more detailed information in section “Targets for the proportion of women in management positions/gender quota“ in this Corporate Governance Statement / Corporate Governance Report)Statement).

    The Management Board works closely together with the Supervisory Board in a cooperative relationship of trust and for the benefit of the company. The Management Board reports to the Supervisory Board at a minimum within the scope prescribed by law or administrative guidelines, in particular on all issues with relevance for the Group concerning strategy, the intended business policy, planning, business development, risk situation, risk management, staff development, reputation and compliance.

    A comprehensive presentation of the duties, responsibilities and procedures of our Management Board areis specified in its Terms of Reference, the current version of which is available on our website (www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm).

    Personnel changes to the Management Board and the current members of the Management Board

    The following members of the Management Board were appointed for a three-year period:

    In the 2019 financial year, theThe following members of the Management Board left the Management Board:

    In theThe following, information is provided on the current members of the Management Board. The information includesBoard on the year in which they were born, year in which they were first appointed and year in which their term expires as well as their current positions and area of responsibility according to the current Business Allocation Plan for the Management Board. Also specified are their other board mandates or directorships outside of Deutsche Bank Group as well as all memberships in legally prescribed supervisory boards or other comparable domestic ofor foreign supervisory bodies of commercial enterprises. The members of our Management Board have generally undertaken not to assume chairmanships of supervisory boards of companies outside Deutsche Bank Group.


    406403

    Christian Sewing

    Year of birth: 1970

    First appointed: 2015

    Term expires: 2022

    Christian Sewing became a member of our Management Board on January 1, 2015, and he was appointed Chairman of the Management Board with effect from April 8, 2018. He is responsible on the Management Board according to its Business Allocation Plan for Communications & Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), Research and Group Audit. Since July 2019 he is responsibleAudit as well as for the newly created Corporate Bank and the Investment Bank. Until July 2019 he was responsible for Asset Management (AM) and the bank’s Europe, Middle East, Africa (EMEA) Region and the bank’s business in the Americas Region until December 2019.

    Prior to assuming his role on the Management Board, Mr. Sewing was Global Head of Group Audit and held a number of positions before that in Risk, including Deputy Chief Risk Officer (from 2012 to 2013) and Chief Credit Officer (from 2010 to 2012) of Deutsche Bank.

    From 2005 until 2007, Mr. Sewing was a member of the Management Board of Deutsche Genossenschafts-Hypothekenbank.

    Before graduating with a diploma from the Bankakademie Bielefeld and Hamburg, Mr. Sewing completed a bank apprenticeship at Deutsche Bank in 1989.

    Mr. Sewing does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

    Until July 31, 2019 he was Chairman of the Supervisory Board of DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG.

    Karl von Rohr

    Year of birth: 1965

    First appointed: 2015

    Term expires: 2023

    Karl von Rohr became a member of our Management Board on November 1, 2015, and was appointed President as of April 8, 2018. In July 2019, he took responsibilityHe is responsible on the Management Board for the Private Bank and Asset Management (AM) on the Management Board. He is also responsible for the Chief Administrative Office (CAO) for Legal, Group Governance and Government & Regulatory Affairs on the Management Board.. He is also Regional CEOChief Executive Officer (CEO) for Germany. Until October 2019 he was Labor Relations Director (Arbeitsdirektor) of Deutsche Bank AG.Germany and since September 2020 has also been responsible for the EMEA Region (Europe, Middle, East and Africa).

    Mr. von Rohr joined Deutsche Bank in 1997. From November 2015 to November 2019 he was the Management Board member responsible for Human Resources and until the end of July 31, 2020, he was responsible for Legal, Group Governance and Government & Regulatory Affairs. From 2013 to 2015 he was Global Chief Operating Officer, Regional Management. Prior to this, he was Head of Human Resources for Deutsche Bank in Germany and member of the Management Board of Deutsche Bank Privat- und Geschäftskunden AG. During his time at Deutsche Bank, he has held various senior management positions in other divisions in Germany and Belgium.

    He studied law at the universities of Bonn (Germany), Kiel (Germany), Lausanne (Switzerland) and at Cornell University (U.S.A.).

    Mr. von Rohr does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

    Mr. von Rohr is Chairman of the Supervisory Board of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KGaA and since August 1, 2019was Chairman of the Supervisory Board of DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG.


    407AG until May 15, 2020.

    Fabrizio Campelli

    Year of birth: 1973

    First appointed: 2019

    Term expires: 2022

    Fabrizio Campelli became a member of our Management Board on November 1, 2019. He is our Chief Transformation Officer and the Management Board member responsible for Transformation and Human Resources.

    He previously spent four years as the Global Head of Deutsche Bank Wealth Management. Before that he was Head of Strategy & OrganisationalOrganizational Development as well as Deputy Chief Operating Officer for Deutsche Bank Group.

    He joined Deutsche Bank in 2004 after working at McKinsey & Company in the firm’s London and Milan offices, focusing on strategic assignments mainly for global financial institutions.

    He holds an MBA from MIT Sloan School of Management and a Business Administration degree from Bocconi University in Milan.

    404

    Mr. Campelli does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.has been a member of the following Supervisory Boards since June 26, 2020: BVV Versicherungsverein des Bankgewerbes a.G. and BVV Versorgungskasse des Bankgewerbes e.V.

    He iswas Chairman of the Board of Directors of Deutsche Bank (Suisse) SA.SA until December 31, 2020.

    Frank Kuhnke

    Year of birth: 1967

    First appointed: 2019

    Term expires: 2021

    Frank Kuhnke became a member of our Management Board on January 1, 2019. He is our Chief Operating Officer and is the Management Board member responsible for Corporate ServicesGlobal Procurement, Global Real Estate and for Corporate Bank/Investment Bank/Capital Release Unit (CB/IB/CRU) Operations (excluding Settlement Operations) and CB/IB/CRU Know-Your-Customer (KYC) Operations (formerly CIB Operations including Client Lifecycle Management).Operations. In July 2019, Frank Kuhnke also assumed responsibilityaddition he is responsible for the Capital Release Unit and the Europe, Middle East, Africa (EMEA) Region.Unit. Until December 2019September 2020 he was responsible for the Information Security, Data Management and Digital Strategy & Innovation.EMEA Region.

    He joined Deutsche Bank in 1986 and was appointed as Deutsche Bank’s Chief Operating Officer (COO) in April 2018. From January 2016 until April 2018 he was Divisional Control Officer, Chief Administrative Officer and Head of Operations of the Private & Commercial Bank. Prior to that Mr. Kuhnke was Divisional Control Officer for Deutsche Asset & Wealth Management. From 2012 until 2015 he worked in Deutsche Bank’s Non-Core Operations Unit, at firstinitially as Chief Risk Officer laterand subsequently as Chief Operating Officer (COO). Between 2008 and 2012 he held management positions in Risk, based in London. During his career, he has worked across several business divisions and infrastructure functions in Tokyo, New York and Germany and has run global organizations within Deutsche Bank Group.

    Before graduating with a diploma from Bank Akademie Lüneburg, Mr. Kuhnke completed a bank apprenticeship at Deutsche Bank.

    Mr. Kuhnke does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

    He is Memberwas a member of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank Società per Azioni.


    408Azioni until June 25, 2020.

    Bernd Leukert

    Year of birth: 1967

    First appointed: 2020

    Term expires: 2022

    Bernd Leukert became a member of our Management Board on January 1, 2020. He is our Chief Technology, Data and Innovation Officer and is responsible for the Chief Information Office,Offices for the Infrastructure areas and the business divisions, Chief Technology Office, Technology Infrastructure, Chief Data Office, Chief Security Office, Strategy & Innovation Network as well as CB/IB/CRU Settlement Operations.

    He joined Deutsche Bank on September 1, 2019. He previously worked for many years at SAP SE, the global software company. From 2014 to 2019, he was responsible for product development and innovations as well as the Digital Business Services division on the Executive Board. He joined SAP in 1994 and held various management positions.

    Mr. Leukert studied Industrial Engineering and Management at the University of Karlsruhe and at Trinity College Dublin, graduating in 1994 with a Masters Degree in Business Administration.

    HeMr. Leukert is Member inmember of the following Supervisory Boards:Board of Bertelsmann SE & Co. KGaA and was a member of the Supervisory Board of TomTom N.V..N.V. until April 15, 2020.

    He has been a member of the Supervisory Board of DWS Group GmbH & Co. KgaA since July 21, 2020.

    Stuart Lewis

    Year of birth: 1965

    First appointed: 2012

    Term expires: 2023

    Stuart Lewis became a member of our Management Board on June 1, 2012. He is our Chief Risk Officer responsible for the functions managing Credit Risk, Non-Financial Risk, Market Risk and Liquidity Risk as well as for furtherthe Risk-Infrastructure units. In addition, since July 2019, he has been taken over responsibilityis responsible for Compliance, Anti-Financial Crime (AFC) and the Business Selection and Conflicts Office as well as the United Kingdom & Ireland region.

    405

    He joined Deutsche Bank in 1996. Prior to assuming his current role, Mr. Lewis was Deputy Chief Risk Officer and subsequently Chief Risk Officer of the Corporate & Investment Bank from 2010 to 2012. Between 2006 and 2010 he was Chief Credit Officer.

    Before joining Deutsche Bank in 1996, he worked at Credit Suisse and Continental Illinois National Bank in London.

    He studied at the University of Dundee, where he obtained an LLB (Hons), and he holds an LLM from the London School of Economics. He also attended the College of Law, Guildford.

    Mr. Lewis does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.He has held the position of Visiting Professor in Practice in the Finance Department at the London School of Economics since 2017.

    He iswas Chairman of the Advisory Council of DEUKONA Versicherungs-Vermittlungs-GmbH until August 1, 2020 and Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank Società per Azioni.


    409Azioni until June 25, 2020.

    James von Moltke

    Year of birth: 1969

    First appointed: 2017

    Term expires: 2023

    James von Moltke became a member of our Management Board on July 1, 2017. He is our Chief Financial Officer and in this function he is responsible for, among other things, Finance, Group Tax, Treasury and Investor Relations, as well as Corporate M&A & Corporate Investments.Relations.

    Before Mr. von Moltke joined Deutsche Bank he served as Treasurer of Citigroup. He started his career at Credit Suisse First Boston in London in 1992. In 1995, he joined J.P. Morgan, working at the bank for 10 years in New York and Hong Kong. After next working at Morgan Stanley in New York for four years, where he led the Financial Technology advisory team globally, Mr. von Moltke joined Citigroup as Head of Corporate M&A in 2009. Three years later he became the US-bank’s Global Head of Financial Planning.Planning for the U.S. bank.

    He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from New College, University of Oxford.

    Mr. von Moltke iswas a member of the following Supervisory Boards:Boards until June 26, 2020: BVV Versicherungsverein des Bankgewerbes a.G. and BVV Versorgungskasse des Bankgewerbes e.V.

    Alexander von zur Mühlen

    Year of birth: 1975

    First appointed: 2020

    Term expires: 2023

    Alexander von zur Mühlen became a member of our Management Board on August 1, 2020. He is our Regional CEO Asia Pacific.

    Mr. von zur Mühlen joined Deutsche Bank in 1998 and over the years has held a range of management roles in London and Frankfurt across infrastructure and business divisions. Between 2018 and 2020 he was responsible for the Group’s strategic development and advisor to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO). Before that, he served as Co-Head of Global Capital Markets, with a regional focus on Asia Pacific and EMEA. From 2009 to 2017, he was Group Treasurer.

    Alexander von zur Mühlen holds a Diploma in Business Administration from the Berlin School of Economics and Law in Berlin.

    Mr. von zur Mühlen does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.

    Christiana Riley

    Year of birth: 1978

    First appointed: 2020

    Term expires: 2022

    Christiana Riley became a member of our Management Board on January 1, 2020. She is our Regional CEO Americas.

    Mrs. Riley joined Deutsche Bank in 2006 where she was most recently the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporate & Investment Bank. She previously spent nine years in Group Strategy & Planning, which she ranheaded from 2011 to 2015. Prior to this Ms.Mrs. Riley worked at the management consultancy McKinsey & Company and at the investment bank Greenhill & Co.

    406

    She graduated cum laude in 2000 from Princeton University in America where she studied Romance Languages, Literature and Linguistics. She also studied at London Business School in the UK, where she gained a Master of Business Administration in 2005.

    Mrs. Riley is a member of the Supervisory Board of The Clearing House Payments Company LLC.

    Mrs. Riley is Chief Executive Officer of DB USA Corporation.

    Werner SteinmüllerStefan Simon

    Year of birth: 1954
    1969

    First appointed: 2016
    2020

    Term expires: 20202023

    Werner SteinmüllerStefan Simon became a member of our Management Board on August 1, 2016.2020. He is our Regional CEO Asia Pacific.Chief Administrative Officer (CAO) and is responsible for Government and Regulatory Affairs as well as for Legal and Governance.

    Mr. SteinmüllerSimon joined Deutsche Bank in 1991.on August 1, 2019. He was Heada member of Global Transaction BankingDeutsche Bank’s Supervisory Board from 2004 toAugust 2016 Chief Opera-ting Officer (COO)until July 2019 and was Chairman of Global Transaction Banking from 2003 to 2004, Head of the Global Banking Division Europe from 1998 to 2003,its Integrity Committee. He is a lawyer and Co-Head of Corporate Finance Germany from 1996 to 1998.

    Prior to joining Deutsche Bank, hetax consultant and between 1997 and 2016 worked at Citibank from 1979 to 1990.the law firm Flick Gocke Schaumburg, where he became a partner in 2002. Since 2008 he has also been an Honorary Professor at the University of Cologne.

    He holds a Diplomastudied law at the University of Cologne and received his doctorate there in Business Administration and Mechanical Engineering from TU Darmstadt.1998.

    Mr. Steinmüller does not have any external directorships subject to disclosure.Simon is Chairman of the Advisory Council of Leop. Krawinkel GmbH & Co. KG.

    He is member of the Supervisory Board of DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG.

    410407

    Supervisory Board

    The Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank AG appoints, supervises and advises the Management Board and is directly involved in decisions of fundamental importance to the bank. It works together closely with the Management Board in a cooperative relationship of trust and for the benefit of the company. The Supervisory Board decides on the appointment and dismissal of members of the Management Board including long-term succession planning for the Management Board based on proposals of the Chairman’s Committee while taking into account recommendations of the Nomination Committee. Based on proposals of the Compensation Control Committee, the Supervisory Board determines the total compensation of the individual members of the Management Board resolves on the compensation system for the Management Board and reviews it regularly.

    In accordance with Section 9 (1) of the Articles of Association, the members of the Supervisory Board arecan be elected for the period until the conclusion of the General Meeting which adopts the resolutions concerning the ratification of the acts of management for the fourth financial year following the beginning of the term of office. Here, the financial year in which the term of office begins is not taken into account. For the election of shareholder representatives, the General Meeting may establish that the terms of office of individual members may begin or end on differing dates. In accordance with Section 4 (2) of the Terms of Reference for the Supervisory Board, shareholder representatives will be proposed in the future to the General Meeting for election in each case only for a maximum of approximately four years, i.e. until the conclusion of the General Meeting which adopts the resolutions concerning the ratification of the acts of management for the third financial year following the beginning of the term of office, whereby the financial year in which the term of office begins is not taken into account.

    The internal organization of the Supervisory Board and its committees as well as the tasks and profiles of the individual members are subject to specific statutory and regulatory requirements that further specify and supplement the corporate-law regulations concerning corporate governance. Such requirements are founded on, among other things, the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz), the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung), the guidelines of the European Banking Authority and the administrative practices of the European Central Bank as our supervisory authority. In individual cases, these are in contradiction to the recommendations of the German Corporate Governance Code (“Code”) and, in such case, this may lead to a statement of exceptions in our Declaration of Conformity.

    The Supervisory Board receives reports from the Management Board at least within the scope prescribed by law or administrative guidelines, in particular on all issues of relevance for the Group concerning strategy, intended business policy, planning, business development, risk situation, risk management, staff development, reputation and compliance. Furthermore, Group Audit informs the Audit Committee regularly, and in the case of severe deficiencies without undue delay, of any serious deficiencies identified and of any deficiencies that have not yet been remediated. The Chairman of the Supervisory Board is informed accordingly of any serious findings against the members of the Management Board. The Supervisory Board and Management Board adopted an Information Regime, which specifies not only the reporting to the Supervisory Board but also rules relating to the Supervisory Board’s enquiries and requests for information from employees of the company, as well as the exchange of information in connection with preparations for the meetings and between the meetings.

    The Chairman of the Supervisory Board plays a crucial role in the proper functioning of the Supervisory Board and has a leadership role in this. He can issue internal guidelines and principles concerning the Supervisory Board’s internal organization and communications, the coordination of the work within the Supervisory Board and the Supervisory Board’s interaction with the Management Board. Between meetings, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board, and, if expedient, the chairpersons of the Supervisory Board committees, maintain regular contact with the Management Board, especially with the Chairman of the Management Board, and deliberate with him on issues of Deutsche Bank Group’s strategy, planning, the development of its business, risk situation, risk management, risk controlling, governance, compliance, compensation systems, IT, data and digitalization as well as material litigation cases. The Chairman of the Supervisory Board and – within their respective functional responsibility – the chairpersons of the Supervisory Board committees are informed without delay by the Chairman of the Management Board or by the respectively responsible Management Board member about important events of material significance for the assessment of the situation, development and management of Deutsche Bank Group. The Chairman of the Supervisory Board engages in discussions with investors on Supervisory Board-related topics when necessary and regularly informs the Supervisory Board of the substance of such discussions.

    The types of business that require the approval of the Supervisory Board to be transacted are specified in Section 13 of the Articles of Association of Deutsche Bank AG. The Supervisory Board meetsregularlymeets regularly without the Management Board. After due consideration and insofar as materially appropriate, the Supervisory Board, or any of its committees, may, in order to perform their tasks, consult auditors, legal advisors and other internal or external advisors. In performing their tasks, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board, the chairpersons of the standing committees and the Supervisory Board members are supported by the Office of the Supervisory Board, which is independent of the Management Board.

    In 2019, a total of 56 meetings of the Supervisory Board and its committees took place. In addition, there was joint attendance and participation to address agenda items with a cross-committee relevance.

    The duties, procedures and committees of the Supervisory Board are specified in its Terms of Reference. The current version is available on the Deutsche Bank website (www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm). The number of meetings that took place during the financial year is stated in the Report of the Supervisory Board.

    411408

    Members of the Supervisory Board

    The Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank AG has 20 members. In accordance with the German Co-Determination Act (Mitbestimmungsgesetz), it comprises an equal number of shareholder representatives and employee representatives.

    The suitability of each individual member to perform their mandate is assessed both internally and externally by the regulatory authorities, determined and monitored continuously. The suitability assessment covers the expertise, reliability and time availability of the individual members. In addition, there is an assessment of the knowledge, skills and experience of the Supervisory Board as a whole that are necessary for it to perform its control function. Passing the suitability assessment and the continual suitability of the Supervisory Board member during the entire mandate with Deutsche Bank AG are mandatory regulatory prerequisites for the performance of their work.

    The members representing our shareholders were elected at the General Meeting on May 24, 2018. In departure from this, Dr. Paul Achleitner was first elected at the General Meeting on May 31, 2012, Dr. Gerhard Eschelbeck was elected at the General Meeting on May 18, 2017 and Katherine Garrett-Cox wasSigmar Gabriel, Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel and Dr. Theodor Weimer were elected at the General Meeting on May 19, 2016.20, 2020. The election of employee representatives took place on April 26, 2018.

    Among the members representing shareholders, Professor Dr. Stefan Simon and Richard MeddingsKatherine Garrett-Cox left the Supervisory Board effective July 31, 2019. Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel became a member of the Supervisory Board by way of court appointment on August 1, 2019, until the end of the Ordinary General Meeting. The Nomination Committee nominated Sigmar Gabriel to become a new member of the Supervisory Board. The application for the court appointment was submitted; however, the court appointment was not yet carried outMay 20, 2020. Stephan Szukalski stepped down as of the date of this statement. Jürg Zeltner had been appointed as member of the Supervisory Board by the court on August 20, 2019. He resignedan employee representative from the Supervisory Board effective December 31, 2020. For the remainder of his term of office on December 15, 2019.the Supervisory Board, he is being replaced by the substitute member elected to take his place, Stefan Viertel with effect from January 1, 2021.

    The following table shows information on the current members of our Supervisory Board. The information includes the years in which the members were born, the years indates on which they were first elected or appointed, the years when their terms expire, their principal occupations as well as their memberships on other companies’ supervisory boards, other non-executive directorships and other positions. Representatives of the employees are indicated with an asterisk (*).

    412409

    Member

    Principal occupation

    Supervisory board memberships and other directorships

    Dr. Paul Achleitner

    Year of birth: 1956

    First elected: May 31, 2012

    Term expires: 2022

    Chairman of the Supervisory Board,

    Deutsche Bank AG

    Bayer AG; Daimler AG;AG (until July 2020); Henkel AG & Co. KGaA (member of the Shareholders’ Committee)

    Ludwig Blomeyer-Bartenstein*

    Year of birth: 1957

    First elected: May 24, 2018

    Term expires: 2023

    Spokesman of the Management and Head of the Market Region Bremen, Deutsche Bank AG

    Frowein & Co. Beteiligungs AG; Bürgschaftsbank Bremen GmbH (member of the Board of Directors)

    Frank Bsirske*

    Year of birth: 1952 First elected: May 23, 2013 Term expires: 2023

    Supervisory Board member

    RWE AG (Deputy Chairman); DB Privat- und Firmen-kundenbank AG;AG (until May 2020); innogy SE (Deputy Chairman)

    Mayree Carroll Clark

    Year of birth: 1957

    First elected: May 24, 2018

    Term expires: 2023

    Founder and Managing Partner,

    Eachwin Capital LP

    Ally Financial, Inc.; Regulatory Data Corp., Inc. (until February 2020) (Member of the Board of Directors); Taubman Centers, Inc. (Member of the Board of Directors) (until December 2020)

    Jan Duscheck*

    Year of birth: 1984

    Appointed by the court: August 2, 2016

    Term expires: 2023

    Head of national working group Banking,

    trade union ver.di (Vereinte Dienstleistungsgewerkschaft)

    No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure

    Dr. Gerhard Eschelbeck

    Year of birth: 1965

    First elected: May 18, 2017

    Term expires: 2022

    Chief Information Security Officer, Aurora Innovation, Inc.

    Onapsis Inc. (Member of the Board of Directors); WootCloud Inc. (Member of the Board of Directors)

    Sigmar Gabriel

    Year of birth: 1959

    Appointed by the court: March 11, 2020

    Term expires: 2025

    Former Federal Minister

    GP Papenburg AG; Siemens Energy AG (since FebruarySeptember 2020)

    Katherine Garrett-Cox
    Year of birth: 1967 First elected: 2011 Term expires: 2021

    Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer,

    Gulf International Bank (UK) Ltd.

    No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure

    Timo Heider*

    Year of birth: 1975 First elected: May 23, 2013 Term expires: 2023

    Chairman of the General Staff Council of BHW Bausparkasse AG / Postbank Finanzberatung AG, Chairman of the General Staff Council of PCC Services GmbH der Deutschen Bank; Chairman of Deutsche Bank;the Staff Council of BHW Bausparkasse AG, PCC Services GmbH der Deutschen Bank, Postbank Finanzberatung AG and BHW Holding GmbH; Deputy Chairman of the Group Staff Council of Deutsche Bank AG

    BHW Bausparkasse AG (Deputy Chairman); PCC Services GmbH der Deutschen Bank (Deputy Chairman) (since December 2019); Pensionskasse der BHW Bausparkasse AG VVaG (Deputy Chairman)

    Martina Klee*

    Year of birth: 1962 First elected: May 29, 2008 Term expires: 2023

    Deputy Chairperson of the Staff Council PWCC Center Frankfurt, Deutsche Bank AG

    Sterbekasse für die Angestellten der Deutsche Bank-Gruppe VVaG

    Henriette Mark*

    Year of birth: 1957 First elected: June 10, 2003 Term expires: 2023

    ChairpersonMember of the Combined Staff Council Southern Bavaria; MemberBavaria, of the General Staff Council and member of the Group Staff Council of Deutsche Bank

    No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure

    Gabriele Platscher*

    Year of birth: 1957 First elected: June 10, 2003 Term expires: 2023

    Chairperson of the Staff Council Niedersachsen Ost, Deutsche Bank

    BVV Versicherungsverein des Bankgewerbes a.G. (Deputy Chairperson); BVV Versorgungskasse des Bankgewerbes e.V. (Deputy
    (Deputy Chairperson); BVV Pensionsfonds des Bankgewerbes AG (Deputy Chairperson)

    Detlef Polaschek*
    Year of birth: 1960

    First elected: May 24, 2018 


    Term expires: 2023

    Deputy Chairman of the Supervisory Board; Member of the General Staff Council; Chairman of the Staff Council of Deutsche Bank AGNiederrhein and DB Privat- und Firmenkundenbank AG;Ruhr Region, Central and Eastern Region of Deutsche Bank AG

    No memberships of directorships subject to disclosure

    Bernd Rose*

    Year of birth: 1967 First elected: May 23, 2013 Term expires: 2023

    Chairman of the General Staff Council of Postbank Filialvertrieb AG; Member of the Group Staff Council and European Staff Council of Deutsche Bank

    DB Privat- und Firmenkunden AG;AG (until May 2020); Postbank Filialvertrieb AG; ver.di Vermögensverwaltungsgesellschaft m.b.H. (Deputy Chairman)

    Gerd Alexander Schütz

    Year of birth: 1967

    First elected: May 18, 2017

    Term expires: 2023

    MemberChairman of the Management Board,

    C-QUADRAT Investment AG

    No memberships of directorships subject to disclosurecyan AG (Chairman) (since January 2021)

    Stephan Szukalski*
    Year of birth: 1967
    First elected: 2013**
    Re-elected: 2018
    Term expires: 2023

    Federal Chairman

    German Association of Bank Employees (Deutscher Bankangestellten-Verband e.V. (DBV))

    No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure

    John Alexander Thain

    Year of birth: 1955

    First elected: May 24, 2018

    Term expires: 2023

    Supervisory Board member

    Uber Technologies Inc. (Member of the Board of Directors); Enjoy Technology Inc. (Member of the Board of Directors) (until May 2019); Aperture Investors LLC (Member of the Board of Directors); Pine Island Capital Partners LLC (Chairman); Pine Island Acquisition Corp. (Chairman of the Board of Directors) (since April 2019)January 2021)

    Michele Trogni

    Year of birth: 1965

    First elected: May 24, 2018

    Term expires: 2023

    Operating Partner Eldridge Industries LLC

    Morneau Shepell Inc. (Member of the Board of Directors) (until September 2020); Capital Markets Gateway Inc. (Chairperson of the Board of Directors); Global Atlantic Financial Group Ltd. (Non-Executive Director) (until February 2020;August 2020); SE2 LLC (Chair(Chairperson of the Board); Horizon Acquisition Corporation (Member of the Board of Directors) (since JanuaryJuly 2020)

    Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel

    Year of birth: 1966

    Appointed by the court: August 1, 2019

    Term expires: 20202025

    Supervisory Board member

    amedes Holding GmbH

    Stefan Viertel*

    Year of birth: 1964

    Succession as substitute member:

    January 1, 2021**

    Term expires: 2023

    Head of Institutional Cash Sales & Client Management Hungary, Member of the General Staff Council, Staff Council Representative of the Corporate Bank and Investment Bank, Deutsche Bank AG

    No memberships or directorships subject to disclosure

    Dr. Theodor Weimer

    Year of birth: 1959

    First elected: May 20, 2020

    Term expires: 2025

    Chief Executive Officer, Deutsche Börse AG

    Knorr Bremse AG (since June 2020); FC Bayern München AG (until June 2020)

    Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann

    Year of birth: 1957

    First elected: August 1, 2018

    Term expires: 2023

    Self-employed corporate consultant, Norbert Winkeljohann Advisory & InvestmentsSupervisory Board member

    Bayer AG;AG (Chairman) (since April 2020); Heristo AG (Chairman) (until January 2021); Georgsmarienhütte Holding GmbH; Sievert AG (Chairman); Bohnenkamp AG (Chairman) (since April 2020)

    *Employees representatives.

    ** Mr. SzukalskiViertel already was a member of the Supervisory Board from August 1, 2010 to May 23, 2013 to November 30, 2015.2013.

    413410

    Objectives for the composition of the Supervisory Board, Profile of Requirements, diversity concept and status of implementation

    The Supervisory Board established objectives for its composition in October 2010 and last amended them as specified in the following in February 2018. Furthermore the Supervisory Board adopted a Profile of Requirements at its meeting on October 26, 2017, and last reviewed and confirmed it, unchanged, at its meeting on July 26, 2018.October 30, 2020.

    The Supervisory Board shall be composed in such a way that its members as a whole possess the knowledge, abilities and expert experience to properly complete its tasks and the members in their entirety of the Supervisory Board and the Audit Committee must be familiar with the banking sector. In particular, the Supervisory Board members should have sufficient time to perform their mandates. The composition of the Supervisory Board should ensure the Supervisory Board’s qualified control of and advice for the Management Board of an internationally operating, broadly positioned bank and should preserve the reputation of Deutsche Bank Group among the public. In this regard, in particular, attention should be placed on the integrity, personality, willingness to perform, professionalism and independence of the individuals proposed for election. The objective is for the Supervisory Board as a whole to have all of the knowledge and experience considered to be essential while taking into account the activities of Deutsche Bank Group.

    The Supervisory Board, as a whole, must possess the expertise required to effectively monitor and advise the Management Board in its management of Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group – also with regard to the observance of the relevant bank supervisory regulations.

    As set out in the Profile of Requirements each Supervisory Board member must have an understanding of the fields of expertise specified below that is appropriate for the size and complexity of Deutsche Bank AG. Experts shall have profound expertise in the individual fields.

    The fields of expertise include, in particular, the fields listed below:

    Furthermore, consideration is to be given to the amendments to the current version of the Business Allocation Plan for the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG as well as to the requirements and expectations of the regulatory authorities.


    414411

    In addition the Supervisory Board shall have what its shareholder representatives consider to be an adequate number of independent membersshareholder representatives and shall not have more than two former members of the Management Board of Deutsche Bank AG. Under the premise that the performance of the Supervisory Board mandate in itself by the representatives of the employees cannot be reason to doubt fulfillment of the independence criteria; the Supervisory Board shall have a total of at least sixteen members that are independent. In any event, the Supervisory Board shall be composed such that the number of independent members among the shareholder representatives will be at least six. The members of the Supervisory Board may not exercise functions on a management body of, or perform advisory duties, at major competitors. Important and not just temporary conflicts of interest with respect to a member of the Supervisory Board should lead to a termination of the mandate. Members of the Supervisory Board may not hold more than the allowed number of supervisory board mandates according to Section 25d of the German Banking Act (KWG) or mandates in supervisory bodies of companies which have similar requirements.

    There is a regular maximum age limit of 70. In well-founded, individual cases, a Supervisory Board member may be elected or appointed for a period that extends at the latest until the end of the fourth Annual General Meeting that takes place after he or she has reached the age of 70. This age limit was taken into account in the election proposals to the recent General Meetings and shall also be taken into account for the next Supervisory Board elections or subsequent appointments for Supervisory Board positions that become vacant. In October 2015,July 2020, the Supervisory Board resolved that for members of the Supervisory Board to be elected or appointed in future, the length of each individual Supervisory Board membership shall not, as a rule, exceed 1512 years. Otherwise, the respective Supervisory Board member shall not be considered independent.

    The Supervisory Board respects diversity when proposing members for appointment to the Supervisory Board. In light of the international operations of Deutsche Bank, care should be taken that the Supervisory Board has an appropriate number of members with long-term international experience. Currently, the professional careers or private lives of eightsix members of the Supervisory Board are centered outside Germany. Furthermore, all of the shareholder representatives on the Supervisory Board have several years of international experience from their current or former activities as management board members or CEOs or a comparable executive function of corporations or organizations with international operations. In these two ways, the Supervisory Board believes the international activities of the company are sufficiently taken into account. The objective is to retain the currently existing international profile. The resumes of the members of the Supervisory Board are published on Deutsche Bank’s website (www.db.com/ir/en/supervisory-board.htm).

    For the election proposals to the General Meeting, the Supervisory Board takes into account the recommendations of the Nomination Committee and the legal requirements according to which the Supervisory Board shall be composed of at least 30 % women and at least 30 % men. Special importance has already been attached to an appropriate consideration of women in the selection process since the Supervisory Board elections in 2008. In reviewing potential candidates for a new election or subsequent appointments to Supervisory Board positions that have become vacant, qualified women shall be included in the selection process and shall be appropriately considered in the election proposals. For many years now, at least 30 % of the Supervisory Board members have been women and, since 2013, 30 % of the shareholder representatives have been women. Currently, seven Supervisory Board members are women, i.e. 35 % of all members. The Supervisory Board strives to maintain this number. It should be taken into account that the Supervisory Board can only influence the composition of the Supervisory Board through its election proposals to the General Meeting.

    The Supervisory Board believes that it complies with the specified concrete objectives regarding its composition and the Profile of Requirements. The members of the Supervisory Board as a whole possess the knowledge, ability and expert experience to properly complete their tasks. Diversity is appropriately taken into account. Further detailsAt the end of the financial year, six women (30%) and 14 men were members of the Supervisory Board. The statutory minimum quota of 30% was thus fulfilled. In comparison to the prior year, the ratio declined from 35% to 30%, as in this context are given2020 Katherine Garrett-Cox left the Supervisory Board and Dr. Theodor Weimer was elected by the General Meeting. The age structure is diverse, ranging from 35 to 67 years of age at the end of the financial year and spanning three generations, according to the general definition of the term. The length of experience as member of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank ranged from under one year to around 18 years at the end of the financial year. Two of the 20 members of the Supervisory Board joined the Supervisory Board in the “Diversity Concept”, which is also part2020 financial year. In accordance with our objectives specified above, all of the shareholder representatives on the Supervisory Board have many years of international experience in various companies and functions. In addition, on January 1, 2021, Mr. Viertel became a substitute member of the Supervisory Board. In addition, on January 1, 2021, Mr. Viertel became a substitute member of the Supervisory Board. The diverse range of the members’ educational and professional backgrounds includes banking, business administration, economics, law, German studies, history, political science and information technology.

    The bank transparently reports on Supervisory Board diversity beyond the information presented above in this Corporate Governance Statement / Corporate Governance Report.in the section “Management Board and Supervisory Board: Supervisory Board” as well as on the bank’s website: www.db.com (Heading “Investor Relations”, “Corporate Governance”, “Supervisory Board”).

    The shareholder representatives on the Supervisory Board determined that it has what it considersthey consider to be an adequate number of independent members among the shareholder representatives.representatives who are independent from the Management Board and the company. These are namely: Dr. Paul Achleitner, Mayree Carroll Clark, Dr. Gerhard Eschelbeck, Katherine Garrett-Cox,Sigmar Gabriel, Gerd Alexander Schütz, John Alexander Thain, Michele Trogni, Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel, Dr. Theodor Weimer and Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann. The Supervisory Board considers all of its members representing employees independent within the meaning of the Code, except for Henriette Mark and Gabriele Platscher, as their length of Supervisory Board membership in each case exceeds the regular limit of 15 years.

    Some members of the Supervisory Board are, or were last year, in high-ranking positions at other companies that Deutsche Bank has business relations with. Business transactions with these companies are conducted under the same conditions as those between unrelated third parties. These transactions, in our opinion, do not affect the independence of the Supervisory Board members involved.

    415412

    Standing Committees

    The Supervisory Board has established the following eight standing committees. To the extent required, the committees coordinate their work and consult each other on an ad hoc basis. The committee chairpersons report regularly to the Supervisory Board on the work of the committees. The Report of the Supervisory Board in the Annual Report 20192020 provides information on the concrete work of the committees over the preceding year.

    Chairman’s Committee: It is responsible for, in particular: preparing the meetings of the Supervisory Board and handling current business between meetings of the Supervisory Board; preparing for decisions by the Supervisory Board on the appointment and dismissal of members of the Management Board, including long-term succession planning for the Management Board, while taking into account the recommendations of the Nomination Committee; concluding, amending and terminating employment and pension contracts in consideration of the plenary Supervisory Board’s sole authority to decide on the compensation of the members of the Management Board and in consideration of the recommendations of the Compensation Control Committee taking note of and, where necessary, expressing an opinion on contracts and/or amendments to contracts for a General Manager (Generalbevollmächtigter) of Deutsche Bank AG who is designated as an intended member of the Management Board; handling other contractual business with active and former members of the Management Board pursuant to Section 112 of the German Stock Corporation Act; and approving Management Board members’ mandates, honorary offices or special tasks outside of Deutsche Bank Group, while taking the recommendations of the Nomination Committee into account. The Chairman’s Committee is also responsible for: approving the hand-over of confidential internal data concerning a Management Board member in consultation with the Chairman of the Management Board and/or the Chief Risk Officer, unless they have a conflict of interests; approving contracts with Supervisory Board members pursuant to Section 114 of the German Stock Corporation Act; preparing for decisions of the Supervisory Board in the field of corporate governance, deciding in the Supervisory Board’s stead on an adjustment of the annual Declaration of Conformity to changed actual circumstances and verifying compliance with the Declaration of Conformity. Its tasks also include: taking note of and, where necessary, expressing an opinion on the Supervisory Board’s and its committees’ costs for consultations with auditors, experts, legal advisors and other external advisors; as well as preparing recommendations for decisions of the Supervisory Board on pursuing claims for damages or taking other measures against incumbent or former members of the Management Board. As and when necessary, the Chairman’s Committee draws on the expertise of the Chair of the Integrity Committee.

    The Chairman’s Committee held eight meetings in 2019.

    The current members of the Chairman’s Committee are Dr. Paul Achleitner (Chairman), Frank Bsirske, Detlef Polaschek and Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann.

    Nomination Committee: It is responsible for, in particular, supporting the Supervisory Board in identifying candidates to fill a position on the bank's Management Board. In doing so, the Nomination Committee takes into account the balance and diversity of the knowledge, skills and experience of all members of the Management Board, prepares a position description with a candidate profile, and states the time commitment. The Nomination Committee and/or the Supervisory Board regularly receive reports from the Management Board on the internal planning and the process from the Management Board’s perspective. Furthermore, the Nomination Committee is responsible in particular for drawing up an objective to promote the representation of the under-represented gender on the Supervisory Board as well as a strategy for achieving this and the regular assessment, to be performed at least once a year, of the structure, size, composition and performance of the Management Board and of the Supervisory Board and making recommendations regarding this to the Supervisory Board. At several meetings of the Nomination Committee and of the Supervisory Board in plenary session, the Nomination Committee and the Supervisory Board addressed the assessment of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board, which is required by the German Banking Act.. The results were discussed and finalized on January 29, 2020, and recorded in a final report.Act. The Nomination Committee supports the Supervisory Board in drawing up guidelines for the individual and collective assessment of the professional qualifications, personal reliability and time availability of the members of the Management Board and Supervisory Board (“Suitability Guideline”) as well as in monitoring the effectiveness of the Suitability Guideline. Furthermore, the Nomination Committee also supports the Supervisory Board in the regular assessment, to be performed at least once a year, of the knowledge, skills and experience of the individual members of the Management Board and Supervisory Board as well as of the respective body collectively in the assessment of the members of the Management Board and Supervisory Board in all other cases pursuant to the requirements of the Suitability Guideline; and in the review of the Management Board’s principles for selecting and appointing persons to the upper management levels as well as the recommendations made to the Management Board in this respect. The shareholder representatives on the Nomination Committee prepare the Supervisory Board’s proposals for the election or appointment of new shareholder representatives to the Supervisory Board. In this context, they take into account the Profile of Requirements for the Supervisory Board, the criteria specified by the Supervisory Board for its composition as well as the balance and diversity of the knowledge, skills and experience of all members of the Supervisory Board, prepare a position description with a candidate profile, and state the time commitment.


    416

    The Nomination Committee held eight meetings in 2019.

    The current members of the Nomination Committee are Mayree Carroll Clark, (Chairperson), Dr. Paul Achleitner, (Chairman), Frank Bsirske, Mayree Carroll Clark, Detlef Polaschek and Gerd Alexander Schütz.und Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann.

    413

    Audit Committee: It supports the Supervisory Board in particular in monitoring the financial reporting process, and it can submit recommendations or suggestions to the Supervisory Board on ensuring the integrity of the financial reporting process. Furthermore, the Audit Committee supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the effectiveness of the risk management system, particularly of the internal control system and the internal audit system, the auditing of the financial statements, especially with regard to the auditor’s independence and the additional services provided by the auditor, and the Management Board’s prompt remediation – through suitable measures – of the deficiencies identified by the auditor and bank-internal control functions based on internal and external audits, in particular relating to weaknesses in risk controls, as well as non-compliance with policies, laws and regulatory requirements. The Committee is entitled to inspect all business documentation of the bank, including the business information stored on data carriers. The Audit Committee pre-reviews the annual and consolidated financial statements and management reports as well as the separate non-financial report and the separate consolidated non-financial report, if they were prepared. It discusses the audit reports with the auditor and prepares the decisions of the Supervisory Board on establishing the annual financial statements and the approval of the consolidated financial statements as well as the resolution proposal on the appropriation of distributable profit. The Audit Committee submits corresponding recommendations to the Supervisory Board. It also provides support to the Supervisory Board with regard to engaging any external assurances for the non-financial statement and the consolidated non-financial statement or for the separate non-financial report and separate consolidated non-financial report. It discusses important changes to the audit and accounting methods. The Audit Committee also discusses the quarterly financial statements and the report on the limited review of the quarterly financial statements with the Management Board and the auditor prior to their publication. Furthermore, the Audit Committee submits proposals to the Supervisory Board for the appointment of the auditor and prepares the proposal of the Supervisory Board to the General Meeting for the election of the auditor. The Audit Committee advises the Supervisory Board on issuing the audit mandate to the auditor elected by the General Meeting, submits proposals to the Supervisory Board for the auditor’s remuneration and can specify areas of focus for the audit. It supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the independence, qualifications and efficiency of the auditor as well as the rotation of the members of the audit team. It regularly assesses the quality of the auditing of the financial statements. Mandates for non-audit-related services given to the auditor or to companies to which the auditor is related in legal, economic or personnel terms need the prior consent of the Audit Committee (in this context, see also the Principal Accountant Fees and Services section in this Corporate Governance Statement / Corporate Governance Report). The Audit Committee issues guidelines for the employment of staff – including former staff – of the auditor by the company. It arranges to be informed regularly about the work done by Group Audit, the effectiveness of the internal audit system and in particular about its annual audit plan the focal areas of its auditing activity and on the results of its audits. The Audit Committee is responsible, in particular, for receiving and handling the quarterly, annual and ad hoc reports of Group Audit. The Management Board informs the Audit Committee about special audits, substantial complaints and other exceptional measures on the part of German and foreign bank regulatory authorities. The Committee regularly obtains reports on the receipt and handling of complaints from employees of the bank and its subsidiaries, from shareholders of Deutsche Bank AG and from third parties. In particular complaints concerning accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing and other financial reporting matters must be submitted to the Committee without undue delay. Reports concerning compliance matters and the prevention of money laundering are presented at the meetings of the Committee on a regular basis. The Chairman of the Audit Committee is entitled, in addition to the Chairman of the Supervisory Board, to obtain information directly from the Head of Compliance and the Anti-Money Laundering Officer. The Audit Committee is responsible for acknowledging communications about significant reductions in the budgets of Group Audit as well as the Compliance and Anti-Financial Crime infrastructure areas and for taking receipt of and handling the Compliance Report by the Head of Compliance as well as the Anti-Money Laundering Officer’s Report, , which are issued at least once a year. Furthermore, the Committee is entitled to obtain, through its Chairman, information in connection with its tasks from the auditor, the Management Board, the Head of Group Audit and – with the prior consent of the Management Board – senior managers of the bank reporting directly to the Management Board.

    The Audit Committee held eight meetings in 2019.

    The current members of the Audit Committee are Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann (Chairman), Dr. Paul Achleitner, Katherine Garrett-Cox, Henriette Mark, Gabriele Platscher, Detlef Polaschek, Bernd Rose, and Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel.rcel and Dr. Theodor Weimer.


    417414

    Risk Committee: It advises the Supervisory Board on the overall risk appetite and risk strategy, and monitorsoversees the implementation of the stated risk appetite and risk strategy by the senior management level. TheIt discusses and oversees the strategies for capital and liquidity management as well as for all the bank’s material risks (financial and non-financial), such as credit, market, liquidity, personnel as well as operational and reputational risks to ensure they are consistent with the stated risk appetite. In its assessment, the Risk Committee monitors the material aspects of the rating and valuation processes. In undertaking this responsibility, it receives reports from the Management Board about the operations of the bank’s rating systems and about material changes or exceptions to established policies that will materially impact the operations of the bank’s rating systems. The Risk Committee receives reports from the Management Board which are appropriate to monitorreflects whether the material financial products and services offered by the bank as well as the conditions in the client business are in line with the bank’s business model and risk structure. If this is not the case, the Risk Committee requests proposals from the Management Board on how the financial products and services as well as the conditions in the client business could be structured to bring them into line with the bank’s business model and risk structure, and monitors their implementation. On the basis of the reports received from the Management Board, the Risk Committee assesses the risks associated with the financial products and services and takesthereby taking into account the alignment between the prices assigned to and the profits gained from these products and services.

    The committee assesses the bank’s current risk profile based on reports from the Management Board. This includes the review of a number of possible stress scenarios and overseeing that the Management Board has in place processes to promote the adherence of Deutsche Bank AG to the applicable risk policies and regulations. The Risk Committee examinesalso monitors material aspects of the rating and valuation process.

    Furthermore, the Risk Committee oversees the reporting of the Management Board regarding the current state of risk culture and reviews whether the incentives set by the compensation system take into consideration the company'sbank’s risk, capital and liquidity structure as well as the likelihood and timingmaturity of earnings. earnings, taking into account retention risk.

    The Risk Committee also performs all of the tasks assigned to it by law or regulatory authorities. It handlesauthorities, which includes the handling of certain loans which require a resolution by the Supervisory Board pursuant to law or our Articles of Association. In this context, it approves, among other things,including the acquisition of participationsshareholdings in other companies as defined by Sectionsection 13 (1) d)c) of the Articles of Association of Deutsche Bank AG, insofar as the value of the participation does not exceed € 1.5 billion and the participation will probably not remain in the bank’s full or partial possession for more than twelve months. If this period is exceeded, the Chairperson of the Committee informswhich require approval by the Supervisory Board without delay and obtains its approval. according to the German Banking Act.

    The Risk Committee determines the nature, scope, format and frequency of the information which the Management Board is required to submit on strategy and risks. The Chairperson of the Risk Committee is entitled to obtain, in connection with its activities, information directly from the Management Board and the Head of Group Audit. AtIt collaborates with other committees whose activities may have an impact on the meetings of the Risk Committee, the Management Board reports on credit, market, liquidity, operational, litigation and reputational risks. The Management Board also reports on risk strategy credit portfolios, loans requiring Supervisory Board approval pursuant to law or our Articles of Association, questions of capital resources(e.g. Audit and matters of special importance due toCompensation Control Committees) and regularly communicates with the risks they entail (for additional information on the disclosure ofinstitution’s internal control functions, in particular the risk management objectives and policies for individual risk categories, please see the Risk Report of the Annual Report).

    The Risk Committee held six meetings in 2019.function.

    The current members of the Risk Committee are Mayree Carroll Clark (Chairperson), Dr. Paul Achleitner, Ludwig Blomeyer-Bartenstein, Jan Duscheck, Stephan Szukalski, Michele Trogni, Stefan Viertel and Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann.

    Integrity Committee: It continually advises and monitors the Management Board with regard to whether management ensuresis committed to the economically sound, sustainable development of the company while observing the principles of sound, responsible management, fulfilling the company’s social responsibilities and protecting the natural resources of the environment (environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues), and to whether the business management is aligned to these values with the objective of a holistic corporate culture. The Integrity Committee monitors the Management Board’s measures that ensure the company’s compliance with legal requirements, authorities’ regulations and the company’s own in-house policies (preventive compliance control) as well as the measures if they are breached (consequence management). It regularly reviews the bank’s Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officersethics to foster conduct on the part of company employees that is exemplary in every way, both within and outside the company, and that such conduct is not just aligned to the formal compliance with statutory requirements. It supports on request the Risk Committee in monitoring and analyzing the legal and reputational risks that are material to the bank. For this purpose, it advises the Management Board on how to generate awareness of the importance of such risks.risks (e. g. in the bank’s codes of conduct and ethics). It supports on request the preparation of the Chairman’s Committee’s recommendations for Supervisory Board decisions on pursuing recourse claims or taking other measures against current or former members of the Management Board and these are presented by its Chairperson todiscusses the recommendations with the Chairman’s Committee. Furthermore, the Integrity Committee supports the Supervisory Board in the monitoring of the highest risk associated litigation cases with the highest risk and other material cases.

    The Integrity Committee held six meetings in 2019.

    The current members of the Integrity Committee are Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel (Chairperson), Dr. Paul Achleitner, Ludwig Blomeyer-Bartenstein, Katherine Garrett-Cox,Sigmar Gabriel, Timo Heider and Gabriele Platscher.


    418415

    Compensation Control Committee: It supports the Supervisory Board in the appropriate structuring of the compensation systems for the members of the Management Board. It also monitors the appropriate structure of the compensation systems for the Management Board members and employees and, in particular, the appropriate structure of the compensation for the Head of the compliance function, for the Anti-Money Laundering Officer and for the employees who have a material influence on the bank's overall risk profile. The Compensation Control Committee supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring the process to identify risk takers in accordance with Section 18 (2) of the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (InstitutsVergV) and Group risk takers in accordance with Section 27 (2) sentence 1 of the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (InstitutsVergV) as well as the appropriate structure of the compensation systems for the company’s employees. The Committee assesses the effects of the compensation systems on risk, capital and liquidity management, while ensuring that the compensation systems are aligned to the business strategy focused on the banks sustainable development, to the risk strategies derived from this and to the compensation strategies at the company and Group levels. It prepares the Supervisory Board’s resolutions on the compensation of the Management Board, considering, in particular, the effects of the resolutions on the company’s risks and risk management. The long-term interests of shareholders, investors and other stakeholders as well as the public interest are also taken into account. It also prepares the Supervisory Board's resolutions on setting the total amount of variable compensation for the members of the Management Board in accordance with Section 45 (2) sentence 1 No. 5a of the German Banking Act (KWG) in consideration of Section 7 of the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (InstitutsVergV) and on setting the appropriate compensation parameters, targets for contributions to performance, payment and deferral periods as well as the conditions for a full forfeiture or partial reduction of variable compensation. It also checks regularly, at least annually, whether the adopted specifications are still appropriate. Furthermore, it checks, as part of its support to the Supervisory Board in monitoring the appropriate structure of the compensation systems for employees, regularly, but at least annually, in particular, whether the total amount of variable compensation has been set in accordance with Section 45 (2) sentence 1 No. 5a of the German Banking Act (KWG) in consideration of Section 7 of the Remuneration Ordinance for Institutions (InstitutsVergV) and whether the specified principles to assess the compensation parameters, contributions to performance as well as the payment and deferral periods, including the conditions for a full forfeiture or partial reduction of the variable compensation, are appropriate. In addition, it supports the Supervisory Board in monitoring whether the internal controls and other relevant areas are properly involved in the structuring of the compensation systems. The Committee is authorized to obtain, via its Chairperson, information relating to the Committee tasks from the Head of Group Audit and from the heads of the organizational units responsible for structuring the compensation systems.

    The Compensation Control Committee held six meetings in 2019.

    The current members of the Compensation Control Committee are Dr. Paul Achleitner (Chairman), Frank Bsirske, Dr. Gerhard Eschelbeck, Detlef Polaschek.Polaschek, Bernd Rose and Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel.

    Strategy Committee: It supports the Supervisory Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to the bank’s strategy. It advises and monitors the Management Board with regard to the definition of business strategies geared to the sustainable development of the bank and the establishment of processes for planning, implementing, assessing and adjusting the business strategy. It oversees the Management Board’s work on the strategic perspective, direction and development of the strategy for Deutsche Bank Group and its business divisions, the Management Board’s implementation of the strategic plan and the execution progress against strategic milestones and goals, as well as the Management Board’s implementation of major business transformation projects and their execution. It advises the Management Board as to whether the governance, risk appetite, financial and capital planning, liquidity and funding management, control environment and resources can support the bank’s strategic objectives, and advises on divestitures and merger and acquisition strategy, including post-transaction performance tracking, as well as on the impact of changes in the competitive environment. Furthermore, the Strategy Committee advises the Management Board in preparation for the Supervisory Board meetings at which the Supervisory Board plenum addresses the company’s strategy and prepares the Supervisory Board’s decisions on transactions subject to its approval pursuant to Section 13 (1) b) and (1) d) of the Articles of Association.

    The Strategy Committee held three meetings in 2019.

    The current members of the Strategy Committee are John Alexander Thain (Chairman), Dr.   Paul Achleitner, Frank Bsirske, Mayree Carroll Clark, Timo Heider, Henriette Mark, Detlef Polaschek and Michele Trogni.


    419416

    Technology, Data and Innovation Committee: It supports the Supervisory Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to the bank’s innovation, data and technology environment. It continually advises and monitors the Management Board with regard to the adequate technical and organizational resources and the definition of an adequate plan for IT systems, including their application with generally established standards to the arrangement of the IT systems and the related IT processes. This includes in particular the oversight over the Management Board’s work on the IT strategy and its sustainability outlining the objectives and measures to be taken to achieve these objectives, the IT governance, the information security management, the user access management, the implementation of major IT projects and application development, IT operation, including data backup, outsourcing and other external procurement of IT services, data governance and data strategy, including their implementation, and any other material issues which may arise in connection with the IT systems and services or data quality.

    The Technology, Data and Innovation Committee held four meetings in 2019.

    The current members of the Technology, Data and Innovation Committee are Michele Trogni (Chairperson), Dr.   Paul Achleitner, Jan Duscheck, Dr.   Gerhard Eschelbeck, Martina Klee and Bernd Rose.

    Mediation Committee: In addition to these eight standing committees, the Mediation Committee, which is required by German law, makes proposals to the Supervisory Board on the appointment or dismissal of members of the Management Board in cases where the Supervisory Board is unable to reach a two-thirds majority decision with respect to the appointment or dismissal. The Mediation Committee only meets if necessary.

    The Mediation Committee did not hold any meetings in 2019.

    The current members of the Mediation Committee are Dr. Paul Achleitner (Chairman), Frank Bsirske, Detlef Polaschek and Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann.

    Further details regarding the Chairman’s Committee, the Nomination Committee, the Audit Committee, the Risk Committee, the Integrity Committee, the Compensation Control Committee, the Strategy Committee and the Technology, Data and Innovation Committee are regulated in separate Terms of Reference. The current versions are available on our website, along with the Terms of Reference for the Supervisory Board (see: www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm).

    Self-assessment of the work of the Supervisory Board and of its committees

    In 2020, the Supervisory Board performed the self-assessment of the work of the Supervisory Board and of its committees pursuant to the recommendation in Section D.13 of the German Corporate Governance Code. Based on the statutory requirements for financial institutions pursuant to Section 25d (11) sentence 2 Nos. 3 and 4 of the German Banking Act (KWG), Deutsche Bank is required in any event to perform a self-assessment of the Supervisory Board at least annually. The Nomination Committee and Supervisory Board addressed the assessment prescribed by law at several meetings. The concrete implementation of and the schedule for the assessment were deliberated on and set out at the meetings of the Nomination Committee on July 29, 2020, and September 22, 2020. Services of an external advisor were not mandated in this context. The assessment was performed essentially on the basis of extensive questionnaires regarding the work of the Supervisory Board, of the Supervisory Board committees and of the Management Board, individual interviews conducted by members of the Nomination Committee with the members of the Management Board, and an assessment of the individual members of both the Management Board and Supervisory Board. The final discussion of the assessment took place at the Supervisory Board meeting in plenum on February 3, 2021, and the results were set out in a final report. The Supervisory Board continues to hold the opinion that the Supervisory Board and Management Board have achieved a high standard and that there are no reservations, in particular, regarding the professional qualifications, personal reliability and time availability of the members of the Management Board and of the Supervisory Board. Furthermore, as one of the outcomes of the assessment against the backdrop of the progress achieved by the bank in its strategic transformation, the Supervisory Board will address the distribution of tasks across its committees.

    Share Plans

    For information on our employee share programs, please refer to the additional Note 33 “Employee Benefits” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

    420417

    Reporting and Transparencytransparency

    Directors’ Share Ownershipshare ownership

    Management Board. For information on the share ownership of the Management Board, please refer to our detailed Compensation Report in the Management Report.

    Supervisory Board. The members of our Supervisory Board held the following numbers of our shares and share awards under our employee share plans.

    Members of the Supervisory Board

    Number of shares

    Number of share awards

    Number of shares

    Number of share awards

    Dr. Paul Achleitner

    145,000

    0

    145,000

    0

    Ludwig Blomeyer-Bartenstein

    3,521

    5,2591

    3,694

    3,220

    Frank Bsirske

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Mayree Carroll Clark

    67,776

    0

    109,444

    0

    Jan Duscheck

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Dr. Gerhard Eschelbeck

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Katherine Garrett-Cox

    0

    0

    Sigmar Gabriel

    0

    0

    Timo Heider

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Martina Klee

    2,452

    0

    2,493

    0

    Henriette Mark

    1,524

    0

    1,524

    0

    Gabriele Platscher

    1,460

    10

    1,549

    10

    Detlef Polaschek

    602

    10

    655

    10

    Bernd Rose

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gerd Alexander Schütz

    17,360,894

    0

    0

    0

    Stephan Szukalski

    0

    0

    John Alexander Thain

    100,000

    0

    100,000

    0

    Michele Trogni

    15,000

    0

    15,000

    0

    Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Stefan Viertel

    1,007

    0

    Dr. Theodor Weimer

    108,000

    0

    Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Jürg Zeltner

    0

    0

    Total

    17,698,229

    5,279

    488,366

    3,240

    1 Restricted Equity Awards. Mr. Blomeyer-Bartenstein has an entitlement linked to 5,2593,220 shares through Restricted Equity Awards as part of his variable compensation. These are due in 2020.2021 till 2025.

    The members of the Supervisory Board held 17,698,229488,366 shares, amounting to less than 0,860,03   % of our shares as of February 14, 2020.19, 2021.

    As listed in the “Number of share awards” column in the table, the members who are employees of Deutsche Bank hold matching awards granted under the Global Share Purchase Plan, which are scheduled to be delivered to them on November   1, 2020,2021, as well as Restricted Equity Awards (deferred share awards), which are granted to employees with deferred variable compensation. The latter are marked separately in the table, and the further details concerning them as a compensation instrument are reported in the section “Employee Compensation Report”.

    As described in the “Management Report: Compensation Report: Compensation System for Supervisory Board Members”, 25   %   of each member’s compensation for services as a member of the Supervisory Board for a given prior year is, rather than being paid in cash, converted into notional shares of Deutsche Bank AG in February of the following year. The cash value of the notional shares is paid to the member in February of the year following their departure from the Supervisory Board or the expiration of their term of office, based on the market price of the Deutsche Bank share near the payment date. The table in the section specified above shows the number of notional shares that will be credited in spring 20202021 to members of the Supervisory Board as part of their 20192020 compensation.

    Related Party Transactionsparty transactions

    For information on related party transactions please refer to Note 36 “Related Party Transactions“.

    421418

    Auditing and Controllingcontrolling

    Audit Committee Financial Expert

    The Supervisory Board determined that the following members of its Audit Committee are “audit committee financial experts”, as such term is defined by the implementation rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission issued pursuant to Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Dr. Paul Achleitner, Katherine Garrett-Cox, Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel, Dr. Theodor Weimer and Professor Dr. Norbert Winkeljohann. These audit committee financial experts are “independent” of the bank, as defined in Rule 10A-3 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In accordance with the provisions of Sections 107 (4) and 100 (5) of the German Stock Corporation Act (AktG) as well as Section 25d (9) of the German Banking Act (KWG), they have the required expert knowledge in financial accounting and auditing.

    Compensation Control Committee Compensation Expert

    Pursuant to Section 25d (12) of the German Banking Act (KWG), at least one member of the Compensation Control Committee must have sufficient expertise and professional experience in the field of risk management and risk controlling, in particular, with regard to the mechanisms to align compensation systems to the company’s overall risk appetite and strategy and the bank’s capital base. The Supervisory Board determined that Dr. Paul Achleitner, Chairman of the Compensation Control Committee and Dr. Dagmar Valcárcel fulfill the requirements of Section 25d (12) of the German Banking Act (KWG) and therefore hashave the required expertise and professional experience in risk management and risk controlling.

    For a description of the experience of the Supervisory Board members mentioned in the two foregoing paragraphs, please see “Management Report: Corporate Governance Statement/Corporate Governance Report: Management Board and Supervisory Board: Supervisory Board” in the Annual Report 2019.2020.

    Values and leadership principles of Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group

    Deutsche Bank Group Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers

    Deutsche Bank Group’s Code of Conduct sets out Deutsche Banks’s purpose, values and beliefs and minimum standards of conduct that we expect all members of our Management Board and employees to follow. These values and standards govern employee interactions with our clients, competitors, business partners, government and regulatory authorities, and shareholders, as well as with other employees. In addition, the Code forms the cornerstone of our policies, which provide guidance on compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

    In accordance with Section   406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers of Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group with special obligations that apply to our “senior financial officers”, which currently consist of Deutsche Bank’s Chairman of the Management Board, Chief Financial Officer, Group Controller as well as certain other senior financial officers. There were no amendments or waivers to this Code of Ethics in 2019.2020.

    The current versions of the Code of Conduct as well as the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers of Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group are available from Deutsche Bank’s website: www.db.com/ir/en/documents.htm.


    422419

    Corporate Governance at Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group

    Deutsche Bank established a Group Governance function to define, implement and monitor the corporate governance framework of Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group and to performsperform this governance function throughout the Group. Group Governance addresses corporate governance issues in Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group, while focusing closely on clear organizational structures aligned to the key elements of good corporate governance.

    Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group are committed to ensuring a corporate governance framework in accordance with international standards and statutory provisions. In support of this objective, Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank Group have instituted clear corporate governance principles.

    Further details on corporate governance are published on Deutsche Bank’s website (www.db.com/ir/en/corporate-governance.htm).

    Principal accountant fees and services

    In accordance with German law, our principal accountant is appointed at our Annual General Meeting based on a recommendation of our Supervisory Board. The Audit Committee of our Supervisory Board prepares such a recommendation. Subsequent to the principal accountant’s appointment, the Audit Committee awards the contract and in its sole authority approves the terms and scope of the audit and all audit engagement fees as well as monitors the principal accountant’s independence. Ernst & Young GmbH Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft („EY“) became our principal accountant for the 2020 fiscal year. KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft was our principal accountant for the 2018 and 2019 fiscal years, respectively.year.

    The tabletables set forth below containscontain the aggregate fees billed for each of the last two2019 fiscal yearsyear by KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft and the worldwide member firms of KPMG Internationalbilled for 2020 fiscal year by EY in each of the following categories: (1) Audit fees, which are fees for professional services for the audit of our annual financial statements or services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years, (2) Audit-related fees, which are fees for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported as Audit fees, (3) Tax-related fees, which are fees for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax consulting and tax planning, and (4) All other fees, which are fees for products and services other than Audit fees, Audit-related fees and Tax-related fees. These amounts include expenses and exclude Value Added Tax (VAT).

    Fee category in € m.

    2019

    2018

    Audit fees

    60

    60

    Audit-related fees

    13

    12

    Tax-related fees

    4

    5

    All other fees

    0

    1

    Total fees

    1

    77

    78

    Fees billed by EY

    Fee category in € m.

    2020

    2019

    Audit fees

    53

    0

    Audit-related fees

    5

    0

    Tax-related fees

    0

    0

    All other fees

    0

    0

    Total fees

    1

    58

    0

    Fees billed by KPMG AG

    Fee category in € m.

    2020

    2019

    Audit fees

    0

    60

    Audit-related fees

    0

    13

    Tax-related fees

    0

    4

    All other fees

    0

    0

    Total fees

    1

    0

    77

    The Audit fees include fees for professional services for the audit of our annual financial statements and consolidated financial statements.statements and do not include the 2020 audit fees for DWS and its subsidiaries that are not audited by EY. The Audit-related fees include fees for other assurance services required by law or regulations, in particular for financial service specific attestation, for quarterly reviews, for spin-off audits and for merger audits, as well as fees for voluntary assurance services, like voluntary audits for internal management purposes and the issuance of comfort letters. Our Tax-related fees include fees for services relating to the preparation and review of tax returns and related compliance assistance and advice, tax consultation and advice relating to Group tax planning strategies and initiatives and assistance with assessing compliance with tax regulations.

    Under SEC regulations, the principal accountant fees are required to be presented as follows: audit fees were € 6255 million in 20192020 compared to € 62 million in 2018,2019, audit-related fees were € 3 million in 2020 compared to € 11 million in 2019, compared totax-related fees were100 million in 2018, tax-related fees were2020 compared to € 4 million in 2019, compared to € 5 million in 2018, and all other fees were € 0 million in 20192020 compared to € 10 million in 2018.2019. Fees in 2020 are paid to EY compared to fees in 2019 which were paid to KPMG.


    423420

    United States law and regulations, and our own policies, generally require that all engagements of our principal accountant be pre-approved by our Audit Committee or pursuant to policies and procedures adopted by it. Our Audit Committee has adopted the following policies and procedures for consideration and approval of requests to engage our principal accountant to perform non-audit services. Engagement requests must in the first instance be submitted to the Accounting Engagement Team. If the request relates to services that would impair the independence of our principal accountant, the request must be rejected. Our Audit Committee has given its pre-approval for specified assurance, financial advisory and tax services, provided the expected fees for any such service do not exceed €   1   million. If the engagement request relates to such specified pre-approved services, it may be approved by the Accounting Engagement Team and must thereafter be reported to the Audit Committee. If the engagement request relates neither to prohibited non-audit services nor to pre-approved non-audit services, it must be forwarded to the Audit Committee for consideration. In addition, to facilitate the consideration of engagement requests between its meetings, the Audit Committee has delegated approval authority to several of its members who are “independent” as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange. Such members are required to report any approvals made by them to the Audit Committee at its next meeting.

    Additionally, United States law and regulations permit the pre-approval requirement to be waived with respect to engagements for non-audit services aggregating to no more than five percent of the total amount of revenues we paid to our principal accountant, if such engagements were not recognized by us at the time of engagement and were promptly brought to the attention of our Audit Committee or a designated member thereof and approved prior to the completion of the audit. In 20182019 and 2019,2020, the percentage of the total amount of revenues we paid to our principal accountant for non-audit services that was subject to such a waiver was less than 5 % for each year.

    424

    421

    Compliance with the German Corporate Governance Code

    Declaration pursuant to Section 161 German Stock Corporation Act (AktG) (Declaration of Conformity 2019)[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    [Page422

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    423

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    424

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    425

    Targets for the proportion of women in management positions/gender quota

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    426

    Diversity Concept

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    427

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    428

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    .

    429

    4-

    Supplementary Information (Unaudited)

    431427

    Non-GAAP Financial Measuresfinancial measures

    440435

    Declaration of Backingbacking

    441436

    Group Five-Year Recordfive-year record

    442437

    Imprint /Imprint/ Publications

    430427

    Non-GAAP Financial Measuresfinancial measures

    This document and other documents the Group has published or may publish contain non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures are measures of the Group’s historical or future performance, financial position or cash flows that contain adjustments that exclude or include amounts that are included or excluded, as the case may be, from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS in the Group’s financial statements.

    Return on Equity Ratiosequity ratios

    The Group reports a post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity and a post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, each of which is a non-GAAP financial measure.

    The post-tax returns on average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders' equity are calculated as profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after AT1 coupon assumed accruals as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity and average tangible shareholders' equity, respectively.

    Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders after AT1 coupon assumed accruals for the segments is a non-GAAP financial measure and is defined as profit (loss) excluding post-tax profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests and after AT1 coupon, assumed accruals, which are allocated to segments based on their allocated average tangible shareholders’ equity. For the Group, it reflects the reported effective tax rate, which was (100)39 % for the full year 2020, (100) % for 2019 and 74 % for 2018 and 160 % for 2017.2018. For the segments, the applied tax rate was 28 % for all reported periods in 2020, 2019 28 % for all reported periods in 2018 and 33 % for all reported periods in 2017.2018.

    At athe Group level, tangible shareholders' equity is shareholders’ equity as reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet excluding goodwill and other intangible assets. Tangible shareholders’ equity for the segments is calculated by deducting goodwill and other intangible assets from shareholders’ equity as allocated to the segments. Shareholders’ equity and tangible shareholders’ equity are presented on an average basis.

    The Group believes that a presentation of average tangible shareholders’ equity makes comparisons to its competitors easier, and refers to this measure in the return on equity ratios presented by the Group. However, average tangible shareholders’ equity is not a measure provided for in IFRS, and the Group’s ratios based on this measure should not be compared to other companies’ ratios without considering differences in the calculations.


    431

    The reconciliation of the aforementioned ratios is set forth in the table below:

    2019

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total

    Profit (loss) before tax

    137

    433

    (265)

    468

    (3,177)

    (229)

    (2,634)

    Profit (loss)

    98

    312

    (191)

    337

    (2,287)

    (3,533)

    (5,265)

    Profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    125

    125

    Profit (loss) attributable to DB shareholders and additional equity components

    98

    312

    (191)

    337

    (2,287)

    (3,658)

    (5,390)

    Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components

    55

    133

    65

    11

    64

    0

    328

    Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders

    43

    178

    (256)

    326

    (2,351)

    (3,658)

    (5,718)

    Average allocated shareholders' equity

    9,280

    23,639

    12,241

    4,836

    10,174

    0

    60,170

    Deduct: Average allocated goodwill and other intangible assets1

    385

    2,199

    1,787

    3,038

    119

    0

    7,528

    Average allocated tangible shareholders' equity

    8,895

    21,440

    10,454

    1,798

    10,055

    0

    52,643

    Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity

    0 %

    1 %

    (2) %

    7 %

    (23) %

    N/M

    (10) %

    Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity

    0 %

    1 %

    (2) %

    18 %

    (23) %

    N/M

    (11) %

    1 Goodwill and other intangible assets related to the share of DWS that is not held by Deutsche Bank are excluded since the first quarter of 2018

    2018

    2020

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total

    Profit (loss) before tax

    1,273

    856

    701

    368

    (1,435)

    (433)

    1,330

    561

    3,171

    (124)

    544

    (2,201)

    (948)

    1,003

    Profit (loss)

    916

    616

    505

    265

    (1,033)

    (928)

    341

    404

    2,283

    (89)

    391

    (1,584)

    (793)

    612

    Profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    75

    75

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    129

    129

    Profit (loss) attributable to DB shareholders and additional equity components

    916

    616

    505

    265

    (1,033)

    (1,003)

    267

    404

    2,283

    (89)

    391

    (1,584)

    (922)

    483

    Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components

    54

    124

    60

    9

    73

    0

    319

    72

    169

    79

    14

    48

    0

    382

    Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders

    863

    492

    445

    257

    (1,106)

    (1,003)

    (52)

    332

    2,114

    (168)

    378

    (1,632)

    (922)

    101

    Average allocated shareholders' equity

    9,987

    23,155

    12,231

    4,659

    12,577

    0

    62,610

    9,904

    22,943

    11,521

    4,760

    6,205

    (23)

    55,308

    Deduct: Average allocated goodwill and other intangible assets1

    826

    2,062

    2,063

    3,181

    254

    0

    8,386

    602

    1,134

    1,255

    2,993

    143

    0

    6,127

    Average allocated tangible shareholders' equity

    9,161

    21,093

    10,168

    1,478

    12,323

    0

    54,224

    9,302

    21,809

    10,266

    1,767

    6,062

    (23)

    49,182

    Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity

    9 %

    2 %

    4 %

    6 %

    (9) %

    N/M

    (0) %

    3.3 %

    9.2 %

    (1.5) %

    7.9 %

    (26.3) %

    N/M

    0.2 %

    Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity

    9 %

    2 %

    4 %

    17 %

    (9) %

    N/M

    (0) %

    3.6 %

    9.7 %

    (1.6) %

    21.4 %

    (26.9) %

    N/M

    0.2 %

    1 Goodwill and other intangible assets related to the share of DWS that is not held by Deutsche Bank are excluded since the first quarter of 2018

    432428

    2017

    2019

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total

    Profit (loss) before tax

    1,459

    1,498

    275

    732

    (1,633)

    (1,105)

    1,228

    92

    502

    (279)

    468

    (3,170)

    (247)

    (2,634)

    Profit (loss)

    978

    1,004

    184

    491

    (1,094)

    (2,298)

    (735)

    66

    361

    (201)

    337

    (2,283)

    (3,546)

    (5,265)

    Profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    15

    15

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    125

    125

    Profit (loss) attributable to DB shareholders and additional equity components

    978

    1,004

    184

    491

    (1,094)

    (2,313)

    (751)

    66

    361

    (201)

    337

    (2,283)

    (3,670)

    (5,390)

    Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components

    59

    127

    60

    5

    75

    0

    325

    60

    132

    62

    11

    63

    0

    328

    Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders

    919

    877

    124

    486

    (1,169)

    (2,313)

    (1,076)

    6

    229

    (263)

    326

    (2,346)

    (3,670)

    (5,718)

    Average allocated shareholders' equity

    10,143

    22,553

    11,886

    4,505

    14,087

    752

    63,926

    10,464

    23,052

    11,729

    4,821

    10,105

    0

    60,170

    Deduct: Average allocated goodwill and other intangible assets

    1,053

    1,392

    2,124

    3,680

    591

    42

    8,881

    Deduct: Average allocated goodwill and other intangible assets1

    780

    1,824

    1,731

    3,032

    160

    0

    7,528

    Average allocated tangible shareholders' equity

    9,090

    21,161

    9,762

    825

    13,497

    710

    55,045

    9,684

    21,227

    9,998

    1,789

    9,945

    0

    52,643

    Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity

    9 %

    4 %

    1 %

    11 %

    (8) %

    N/M

    (2) %

    0.1 %

    1.0 %

    (2.2) %

    6.8 %

    (23.2) %

    N/M

    (9.5) %

    Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity

    10 %

    4 %

    1 %

    59 %

    (9) %

    N/M

    (2) %

    0.1 %

    1.1 %

    (2.6) %

    18.2 %

    (23.6) %

    N/M

    (10.9) %

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    1 Goodwill and other intangible assets related to the share of DWS that is not held by Deutsche Bank are excluded since the first quarter of 2018

    2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total

    Profit (loss) before tax

    1,254

    958

    616

    368

    (1,404)

    (461)

    1,330

    Profit (loss)

    903

    690

    443

    265

    (1,011)

    (949)

    341

    Profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    75

    75

    Profit (loss) attributable to DB shareholders and additional equity components

    903

    690

    443

    265

    (1,011)

    (1,023)

    267

    Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components

    61

    134

    63

    8

    54

    0

    319

    Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders

    842

    556

    380

    258

    (1,065)

    (1,023)

    (52)

    Average allocated shareholders' equity

    10,927

    22,629

    12,397

    4,837

    11,704

    115

    62,610

    Deduct: Average allocated goodwill and other intangible assets1

    1,029

    2,086

    2,035

    3,024

    199

    14

    8,386

    Average allocated tangible shareholders' equity

    9,898

    20,542

    10,363

    1,814

    11,505

    101

    54,224

    Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity

    7.7 %

    2.5 %

    3.1 %

    5.3 %

    (9.1) %

    N/M

    (0.1) %

    Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity

    8.5 %

    2.7 %

    3.7 %

    14.2 %

    (9.3) %

    N/M

    (0.1) %

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    1 Goodwill and other intangible assets related to the share of DWS that is not held by Deutsche Bank are excluded since the first quarter of 2018


    429

    Core Bank

    The Core Bank represents the Group excluding the Capital Release Unit (CRU).

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Profit (loss) before tax

    543

    2,765

    2,860

    3,204

    536

    2,735

    Profit (loss)

    (2,977)

    1,375

    358

    2,196

    (2,982)

    1,352

    Profit (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

    125

    75

    15

    129

    125

    75

    Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders and additional equity components

    (3,102)

    1,300

    343

    2,068

    (3,107)

    1,278

    Profit (loss) attributable to additional equity components

    265

    246

    251

    334

    266

    266

    Profit (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders

    (3,367)

    1,054

    93

    1,734

    (3,372)

    1,012

    Average allocated shareholders' equity

    49,997

    50,032

    49,839

    49,104

    50,065

    50,905

    Deduct: Average allocated goodwill and other intangible assets

    7,409

    8,132

    8,291

    5,984

    7,368

    8,187

    Average allocated tangible shareholders' equity

    42,588

    41,900

    41,548

    43,119

    42,698

    42,718

    Post-tax return on average shareholders’ equity

    (7) %

    2 %

    0 %

    3.5 %

    (6.7) %

    2.0 %

    Post-tax return on average tangible shareholders’ equity

    (8) %

    3 %

    0 %

    4.0 %

    (7.9) %

    2.4 %

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Profit (loss) before tax - Group

    (2,634)

    1,330

    1,228

    1,003

    (2,634)

    1,330

    Profit (loss) before tax - CRU

    (3,177)

    (1,435)

    (1,633)

    (2,201)

    (3,170)

    (1,404)

    Profit (loss) before tax - Core Bank

    543

    2,765

    2,860

    3,204

    536

    2,735

    Specific revenue items

    108

    691

    (89)

    (38)

    (108)

    (691)

    Transformation charges

    635

    0

    0

    328

    635

    0

    Impairment of goodwill / other intangibles

    1,037

    0

    21

    0

    1,037

    0

    Restructuring & severance

    649

    494

    537

    671

    649

    494

    Adjusted profit (loss) before tax – Core Bank

    2,756

    2,568

    3,508

    4,165

    2,749

    2,537

    433Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    Transformation charges

    Transformation charges are costs, included in adjusted costs, that are directly related to Deutsche Bank’s transformation as a result of the new strategy announced on July 7, 2019.2019 and certain costs related to incremental or accelerated decisions driven by the changes in our expected operations due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Such charges include the transformation-related impairment of software and real estate, the accelerated software amortization and other transformation charges like onerous contract provisions or legal and consulting fees related to asset disposals as well as the quarterly amortization on software related tostrategy execution. The table represents the Equities Sales & Trading business and onerous contract provisions. Any other costs related to Deutsche Bank’s ongoing business, even if related totransformation charges by the Capital Release Unit (CRU), do not qualify as transformation charges.respective cost category.

    in € m.

    2019

    Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses

    137

    IT costs

    977

    Professional service fees

    12

    Other

    18

    Transformation charges

    1,145

    in € m.

    2020

    2019

    Compensation and benefits

    8

    0

    IT costs

    257

    977

    Professional service fees

    18

    12

    Occupancy, furniture and equipment expenses

    196

    137

    Communication, data services, marketing

    7

    0

    Other

    4

    18

    Transformation charges

    490

    1,145


    430

    Adjusted costs

    Adjusted costs is one of the key performance indicators and is a non-GAAP financial measure for which the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure is noninterest expenses. Adjusted costs is calculated by deducting (i) impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, (ii) net litigation charges and (iii) restructuring and severance from noninterest expenses under IFRS. The Group believes that a presentation of noninterest expenses excluding the impact of these items provides a more meaningful depiction of the costs associated with our operating businesses. To show the development of our cost initiatives excluding costs that are directly related to Deutsche Bank’s transformation as a result of the new strategy announced on July 7, 2019, the Group also presents for 2019 and as its objective for 2020, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges, in which the transformation charges described above are deducted from Adjusted costs.

    In addition, BNP Paribas and Deutsche Bank have signed a master transaction agreement to provide continuity of service to Deutsche Bank’s Prime Finance and Electronic Equities clients. Under the agreement Deutsche Bank will continue to operate the platform until clients can be migrated to BNP Paribas, and BNP Paribas reimburses Deutsche Bank for the eligible expenses of the transferred business. To show the development of our cost initiatives excluding not only transformation charges but also these eligible reimbursable expenses, the Group also presents for 2019 and as its objective for 2020, Adjusted costs excluding transformation charges and expenses associated with our Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas. Adjusted cost excluding transformation charges of € 21.6 billion in 2019 include expenses of € 102 million incurred in the fourth quarter of 2019 that are consistent with those eligible for reimbursement under the terms of the transfer agreement are excluded. The reimbursement is effective from December 1, 2019, and as a result approximately one third of the aforementioned fourth-quarter cost has been recorded as reimbursable in revenues for the month of December 2019.related to Prime Finance.


    434

    2019

    2020

    in € m.

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Noninterest expenses

    Noninterest expenses

    4,842

    6,401

    8,168

    1,711

    3,397

    556

    25,076

    4,218

    5,413

    7,539

    1,527

    1,947

    572

    21,216

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    492

    0

    545

    0

    0

    0

    1,037

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Litigation charges, net

    Litigation charges, net

    (4)

    135

    (20)

    (5)

    129

    238

    473

    99

    20

    83

    (1)

    25

    (67)

    158

    Restructuring and severance

    Restructuring and severance

    150

    219

    158

    41

    157

    82

    805

    78

    26

    520

    37

    17

    10

    688

    Adjusted costs

    Adjusted costs

    4,204

    6,047

    7,486

    1,675

    3,112

    237

    22,761

    4,041

    5,368

    6,936

    1,490

    1,906

    629

    20,370

    Transformation charges

    Transformation charges

    160

    214

    191

    30

    510

    39

    1,145

    59

    84

    122

    5

    162

    58

    490

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges

    4,044

    5,833

    7,295

    1,644

    2,602

    198

    21,616

    3,982

    5,284

    6,813

    1,485

    1,744

    571

    19,880

    Expenses associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas

    102

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges and expenses associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas

    21,514

    Expenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance

    360

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges and expenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance

    19,520

    2018

    2019

    in € m.

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Noninterest expenses

    Noninterest expenses

    3,846

    6,517

    7,593

    1,735

    3,349

    421

    23,461

    4,867

    6,389

    8,142

    1,711

    3,400

    566

    25,076

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    492

    0

    545

    0

    0

    0

    1,037

    Litigation charges, net

    Litigation charges, net

    34

    96

    (79)

    33

    (47)

    51

    88

    (4)

    135

    (21)

    (5)

    129

    238

    473

    Restructuring and severance

    Restructuring and severance

    44

    233

    112

    45

    69

    60

    563

    150

    218

    156

    41

    157

    83

    805

    Adjusted costs

    Adjusted costs

    3,767

    6,188

    7,560

    1,657

    3,327

    311

    22,810

    4,229

    6,035

    7,462

    1,675

    3,115

    245

    22,761

    Transformation charges

    Transformation charges

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    160

    211

    190

    30

    510

    43

    1145

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges

    3,767

    6,188

    7,560

    1,657

    3,327

    311

    22,810

    4,069

    5,824

    7,272

    1,644

    2,605

    202

    21,616

    Expenses associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas

    0

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges and expenses associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas

    22,810

    Expenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance

    102

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges and expenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance

    21,514

    2017

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Noninterest expenses

    3,876

    6,727

    8,143

    1,799

    3,567

    582

    24,695

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    6

    0

    12

    3

    0

    0

    21

    Litigation charges, net

    (142)

    169

    52

    5

    18

    112

    213

    Restructuring and severance

    31

    91

    395

    18

    33

    2

    570

    Adjusted costs

    3,981

    6,467

    7,684

    1,774

    3,516

    468

    23,891

    Transformation charges

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges

    3,981

    6,467

    7,684

    1,774

    3,516

    468

    23,891

    Expenses associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas

    0

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges and expenses associated with the Prime Finance platform being transferred to BNP Paribas

    23,891

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure


    431

    2018

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Noninterest expenses

    3,882

    6,509

    7,556

    1,735

    3,351

    428

    23,461

    Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Litigation charges, net

    34

    96

    (80)

    33

    (47)

    52

    88

    Restructuring and severance

    45

    232

    112

    45

    69

    60

    563

    Adjusted costs

    3,802

    6,181

    7,524

    1,657

    3,329

    317

    22,810

    Transformation charges

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges

    3,802

    6,181

    7,524

    1,657

    3,329

    317

    22,810

    Expenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance

    0

    Adjusted costs ex. transformation charges and expenses eligible for reimbursement related to Prime Finance

    22,810

    435Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    Revenues excluding specific items

    Revenues excluding specific items is a performance indicator that is a non-GAAP financial measure most directly comparable to the IFRS financial measure net revenues. Revenues excluding specific items is calculated by adjusting net revenues under IFRS for specific revenue items which generally fall outside the usual nature or scope of the business and are likely to distort an accurate assessment of the divisional operating performance. Excluded items are own credit risk related valuation effects of the group’s own debt measured at fair value (2017 only, while with the introduction of IFRS 9 in 2018 the own credit risk component is recorded in Other Comprehensive Income), Debt Valuation Adjustment (DVA) and material transactions or events that are either one-off in nature or belong to a portfolio of connected transactions or events where the P&L impact is limited to a specific period of time. The Group believes that a presentation of net revenues excluding the impact of these items provides a more meaningful depiction of the revenues associated with our business.

    2019

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Revenues

    5,264

    6,961

    8,245

    2,332

    208

    155

    23,165

    DVA

    0

    (140)

    0

    0

    (35)

    0

    (175)

    Own credit spread

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Change in valuation of an investment - FIC S&T

    0

    143

    0

    0

    0

    0

    143

    Gain on sale - Global Transaction Banking

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gain from property sale - Private Bank Germany

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gain from property sale - Wealth Management

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Sal. Oppenheim workout - Wealth Management

    0

    0

    105

    0

    0

    0

    105

    Insurance recovery related to a real-estate fund - AM

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Update in valuation methodology – CRU

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (81)

    0

    (81)

    CTA realization / loss on sale - C&O

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Adjustment of cash flow hedge - C&O

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total Specific revenue items

    0

    3

    105

    0

    (116)

    0

    (8)

    Revenues excluding specific items

    5,264

    6,959

    8,140

    2,332

    323

    155

    23,173

    2018

    2020

    in € m.

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Revenues

    Revenues

    5,263

    7,467

    8,641

    2,187

    1,878

    (120)

    25,316

    5,145

    9,283

    8,126

    2,229

    (225)

    (548)

    24,011

    DVA

    DVA

    0

    126

    0

    0

    0

    0

    126

    0

    6

    0

    0

    (8)

    0

    (2)

    Own credit spread

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Sale of PB Systems to TCS

    (16)

    0

    (88)

    0

    0

    0

    (104)

    Change in valuation of an investment - FIC S&T

    Change in valuation of an investment - FIC S&T

    0

    140

    0

    0

    0

    0

    140

    0

    22

    0

    0

    0

    0

    22

    Gain on sale - Global Transaction Banking

    Gain on sale - Global Transaction Banking

    57

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    57

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gain from property sale - Private Bank Germany

    Gain from property sale - Private Bank Germany

    0

    0

    156

    0

    0

    0

    156

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gain from property sale - Wealth Management

    0

    0

    40

    0

    0

    0

    40

    Sal. Oppenheim workout - Wealth Management

    0

    0

    172

    0

    0

    0

    172

    Insurance recovery related to a real-estate fund - AM

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gain from property sale - IPB / Sal. Oppenheim

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Sal. Oppenheim workout - International Private Bank (IPB)

    0

    0

    114

    0

    0

    0

    114

    Update in valuation methodology – CRU

    Update in valuation methodology – CRU

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    CTA realization / loss on sale - C&O

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Adjustment of cash flow hedge - C&O

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total Specific revenue items

    Total Specific revenue items

    57

    266

    368

    0

    0

    0

    691

    (16)

    28

    26

    0

    (8)

    0

    30

    Revenues excluding specific items

    Revenues excluding specific items

    5,206

    7,201

    8,273

    2,187

    1,878

    (120)

    24,625

    5,161

    9,255

    8,100

    2,229

    (217)

    (548)

    23,981

    436432

    2017

    2019

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Revenues

    5,376

    8,303

    8,732

    2,532

    2,044

    (539)

    26,447

    5,244

    7,019

    8,206

    2,332

    217

    147

    23,165

    DVA

    0

    (348)

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (348)

    0

    (140)

    0

    0

    (35)

    0

    (175)

    Own credit spread

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (164)

    (164)

    Sale of PB Systems to TCS

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Change in valuation of an investment - FIC S&T

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    143

    0

    0

    0

    0

    143

    Gain on sale - Global Transaction Banking

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Termination of legacy Trust Preferred Security - Private Bank Germany

    0

    0

    (118)

    0

    0

    0

    (118)

    Gain from asset sale - Private Bank Germany

    0

    0

    108

    0

    0

    0

    108

    Gain from property sale - Wealth Management

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Sal. Oppenheim workout - Wealth Management

    0

    0

    409

    0

    0

    0

    409

    Insurance recovery related to a real-estate fund - AM

    0

    0

    0

    52

    0

    0

    52

    Gain from property sale - Private Bank Germany

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gain from property sale - IPB / Sal. Oppenheim

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Sal. Oppenheim workout - International Private Bank (IPB)

    0

    0

    105

    0

    0

    0

    105

    Update in valuation methodology – CRU

    0

    0

    0

    0

    3

    0

    3

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (81)

    0

    (81)

    CTA realization / loss on sale - C&O

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (164)

    (164)

    Adjustment of cash flow hedge - C&O

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    137

    137

    Total Specific revenue items

    0

    (348)

    398

    52

    3

    (191)

    (86)

    0

    3

    105

    0

    (116)

    0

    (8)

    Revenues excluding specific items

    5,376

    8,651

    8,333

    2,480

    2,041

    (348)

    26,533

    5,244

    7,016

    8,101

    2,332

    332

    147

    23,173

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    2018

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Revenues

    5,278

    7,561

    8,520

    2,187

    1,911

    (142)

    25,316

    DVA

    0

    126

    0

    0

    0

    0

    126

    Sale of PB Systems to TCS

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Change in valuation of an investment - FIC S&T

    0

    140

    0

    0

    0

    0

    140

    Gain on sale - Global Transaction Banking

    57

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    57

    Termination of legacy Trust Preferred Security - Private Bank Germany

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Gain from asset sale - Private Bank Germany

    0

    0

    156

    0

    0

    0

    156

    Gain from property sale - IPB / Sal. Oppenheim

    0

    0

    40

    0

    0

    0

    40

    Sal. Oppenheim workout - International Private Bank (IPB)

    0

    0

    172

    0

    0

    0

    172

    Update in valuation methodology – CRU

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total Specific revenue items

    57

    266

    368

    0

    0

    0

    691

    Revenues excluding specific items

    5,221

    7,295

    8,153

    2,187

    1,911

    (142)

    24,625

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    Adjusted profit (loss) before tax

    Adjusted profit (loss) before tax is calculated by adjusting the profit (loss) before tax under IFRS for specific revenue items, transformation charges, impairments of goodwill and other intangibles, as well as restructuring and severance expenses. The Group believes that a presentation of profit (losses) before tax excluding the impact of the foregoing items provides a more meaningful depiction of the profitability of our operating business.

    2019

    2020

    in € m.

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Profit (loss) before tax

    Profit (loss) before tax

    137

    433

    (265)

    468

    (3,177)

    (229)

    (2,634)

    561

    3,171

    (124)

    544

    (2,201)

    (948)

    1,003

    Specific revenue items

    Specific revenue items

    0

    (3)

    (105)

    0

    116

    0

    8

    16

    (28)

    (26)

    0

    8

    0

    (30)

    Transformation charges

    Transformation charges

    160

    214

    191

    30

    510

    39

    1,145

    59

    84

    122

    5

    162

    58

    490

    Impairment of goodwill / other intangibles

    Impairment of goodwill / other intangibles

    492

    0

    545

    0

    0

    0

    1,037

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Restructuring & severance

    Restructuring & severance

    150

    219

    158

    41

    157

    82

    805

    78

    26

    520

    37

    17

    10

    688

    Adjusted profit (loss) before tax

    Adjusted profit (loss) before tax

    939

    863

    524

    539

    (2,395)

    (109)

    361

    714

    3,252

    493

    586

    (2,014)

    (880)

    2,151

    433

    2018

    2019

    in € m.

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Profit (loss) before tax

    Profit (loss) before tax

    1,273

    856

    701

    368

    (1,435)

    (433)

    1,330

    92

    502

    (279)

    468

    (3,170)

    (247)

    (2,634)

    Specific revenue items

    Specific revenue items

    (57)

    (266)

    (368)

    0

    0

    0

    (691)

    0

    (3)

    (105)

    0

    116

    0

    8

    Transformation charges

    Transformation charges

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    160

    211

    190

    30

    510

    43

    1,145

    Impairment of goodwill / other intangibles

    Impairment of goodwill / other intangibles

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    492

    0

    545

    0

    0

    0

    1,037

    Restructuring & severance

    Restructuring & severance

    44

    233

    112

    45

    69

    60

    563

    150

    218

    156

    41

    157

    83

    805

    Adjusted profit (loss) before tax

    Adjusted profit (loss) before tax

    1,260

    823

    445

    413

    (1,366)

    (373)

    1,202

    894

    929

    507

    539

    (2,388)

    (121)

    361

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    437

    2017

    2018

    in € m.

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Corporate Bank

    Investment Bank

    Private Bank

    Asset Management

    Capital Release Unit

    Corporate & Other

    Total consolidated

    Profit (loss) before tax

    1,459

    1,498

    275

    732

    (1,633)

    (1,105)

    1,228

    1,254

    958

    616

    368

    (1,404)

    (461)

    1,330

    Specific revenue items

    0

    348

    (398)

    (52)

    (3)

    191

    86

    (57)

    (266)

    (368)

    0

    0

    0

    (691)

    Transformation charges

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Impairment of goodwill / other intangibles

    6

    0

    12

    3

    0

    0

    21

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Restructuring & severance

    31

    91

    395

    18

    33

    2

    570

    45

    232

    112

    45

    69

    60

    563

    Adjusted profit (loss) before tax

    1,497

    1,938

    285

    700

    (1,603)

    (911)

    1,905

    1,242

    924

    360

    413

    (1,335)

    (402)

    1,202

    Prior year segmental information presented in the current structure

    Net assets (adjusted)

    Net assets (adjusted) are defined as IFRS Total assets adjusted to reflect the recognition of legal netting agreements, offsetting of cash collateral received and paid and offsetting pending settlements balances. The Group believes that a presentation of net assets (adjusted) makes comparisons to its competitors easier.

    in € b. (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Total assets

    1,298

    1,348

    1,475

    1,325

    1,298

    1,348

    Deduct: Derivatives (incl. hedging derivatives) credit line netting

    266

    253

    288

    266

    266

    253

    Deduct: Derivatives cash collateral received / paid

    74

    68

    72

    83

    74

    68

    Deduct: Securities Financing Transactions credit line netting

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    Deduct: Pending settlements netting

    10

    18

    20

    12

    10

    18

    Net assets (adjusted)

    946

    1,010

    1,095

    Net assets

    962

    946

    1,010

    Book Valuevalue and Tangible Book Valuetangible book value per Basic Share Outstandingbasic share outstanding

    Book value per basic share outstanding and tangible book value per basic share outstanding are non-GAAP financial measures that are used and relied upon by investors and industry analysts as capital adequacy metrics. Book value per basic share outstanding represents the Bank’s total shareholders’ equity divided by the number of basic shares outstanding at period-end. Tangible book value represents the Bank’s total shareholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets. Tangible book value per basic share outstanding is computed by dividing tangible book value by period-end basic shares outstanding.

    Tangible Book Value

    in € m.

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

    2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2017

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    2020

    2019

    2018

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    Total shareholders’ equity (Book value)

    55,857

    62,495

    63,174

    (6,638)

    (11)

    (680)

    (1)

    54,774

    55,857

    62,495

    (1,083)

    (2)

    (6,638)

    (11)

    Goodwill and other intangible assets

    (6,254)

    (8,372)1

    (8,839)

    2,119

    (25)

    467

    (5)

    Goodwill and other intangible assets1

    (5,997)

    (6,254)

    (8,372)

    257

    (4)

    2,119

    (25)

    Tangible shareholders’ equity (Tangible book value)

    49,603

    54,122

    54,335

    (4,519)

    (8)

    (213)

    (0)

    48,777

    49,603

    54,122

    (827)

    (2)

    (4,519)

    (8)

    1Excludes Goodwill and other intangible assets attributable to partial sale of DWS.

    434

    Basic Shares Outstanding

    in € m.

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    2018 increase (decrease) from 2017

    (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2017

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    Number of shares

    2,066.8

    2,066.8

    2,066.8

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Shares outstanding:

    Treasury shares

    (0.7)

    (1.3)

    (0.4)

    0.7

    (50.1)

    (0.9)

    N/M

    Vested share awards

    52.4

    39.8

    28.5

    12.6

    31.7

    11.3

    39.5

    Basic shares outstanding1

    2,118.5

    2,105.2

    2,094.9

    13.3

    0.6

    10.3

    0.5

    Book value per basic share outstanding in €

    26.37

    29.69

    30.16

    (3.32)

    (11.2)

    (0.47)

    (1.6)

    Tangible book value per basic share outstanding in €

    23.41

    25.71

    25.94

    (2.30)

    (8.9)

    (0.23)

    (0.9)

    1The basic shares outstanding have been adjusted for comparative periods in order to reflect the effect of the bonus component of subscription rights issued in April 2017 in connection with the capital increase.

    438

    in € m.

    2020 increase (decrease) from 2019

    2019 increase (decrease) from 2018

    (unless stated otherwise)

    2020

    2019

    2018

    in € m.

    in %

    in € m.

    in %

    Number of shares

    2,066.8

    2,066.8

    2,066.8

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Shares outstanding:

    Treasury shares

    (1.3)

    (0.7)

    (1.3)

    (0.7)

    100.5

    0.7

    (50.1)

    Vested share awards

    38.6

    52.4

    39.8

    (13.8)

    (26.3)

    12.6

    31.7

    Basic shares outstanding

    2,104.1

    2,118.5

    2,105.2

    (14.4)

    (0.7)

    13.3

    0.6

    Book value per basic share outstanding in €

    26.03

    26.37

    29.69

    (0.34)

    (1.3)

    (3.32)

    (11.2)

    Tangible book value per basic share outstanding in €

    23.18

    23.41

    25.71

    (0.23)

    (1.0)

    (2.30)

    (8.9)

    Regulatory fully loaded measures

    Our regulatory assets, exposures, risk-weighted assets, capital and ratios thereof are calculated for regulatory purposes and are set forth throughout this document under the CRR/CRD including recent amendments.as currently applicable.

    The CET 1 minimum capital requirement applicable to the Group is 4.5 % of risk-weighted assets. With effect from January 1, 2018, the CRR/CRD transitional rules as applicable until June 26, 2019, under which Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) regulatory adjustments were phasedWe present in have reached a rate of 100 %, together with the 100 % phase-out rate of minority interest only recognizable under the transitional rules. For risk-weighted assets (RWA) the grandfathering of equity investments at a risk weight of 100 % expired by the end of 2017. Instead a risk weight between 190 % and 370 % determinedthis report certain figures based on Article 155the CRR under the CRR/CRD as applicable until June 26, 2019, is applied. Hence, starting 2018 onwards, the CET 1 capital and RWA figures show no difference between CRR/CRD as applicable until June 26, 2019 and fully loaded CRR/CRD, as defined further below, i.e. excluding the transitional arrangements introduced by the CRR/CRD applicable until June 26, 2019, but reflecting the latest transitional arrangements introduced by the amendments to the CRR/CRD applicable from June 27, 2019.

    In addition to this minimum capital requirement, various capital buffer requirements were phased in starting 2016 and are fully effective from 2019 onwards. Transitional arrangements are stilldefinition of own fund instruments applicable for Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital and Tier 2 (T2) capital.capital and figures based thereon, including Tier 1, Total Capital and Leverage Ratio) on a “fully loaded” basis. We calculate such “fully loaded” figures excluding the transitional arrangements for own fund instruments as provided in the currently applicable CRR/CRD. For CET   1 instruments we do not make use of transitional provisions.

    Transitional arrangements are applicable for AT1 and T2 instruments. Capital instruments issued on or prior to December 31, 2011, that no longer qualify as AT1 or T2 capital under the fully loaded CRR/CRD as currently applicable until June 26, 2019 are subject to grandfathering rules during the transitional period and are being phased out from 2013 to 2022 with their recognition capped at 40 % in 2018, 30 % in 2019, 20 % in 2020 and 10 % in 2021 (in relation to the cap decreasing by ten percentage points every year thereafter.

    We presentportfolio eligible for grandfathering which was still in this reportissue on December 31, 2012). The current CRR as applicable since June 27, 2019 provides further grandfathering rules for AT1 and T2 instruments issued prior to June 27, 2019. Thereunder, AT1 and T2 instruments issued through special purpose entities are grandfathered until December 31, 2021, and AT1 and T2 instruments that do not meet certain new requirements that apply since June 27, 2019 continue to qualify until June 26, 2025. Instruments issued under UK law which do not fulfill all CRR requirements after the UK has left the European Union are also excluded from our fully loaded definition. Our CET 1 and RWA figures show no difference between CRR/CRD as currently applicable and fully loaded CRR/CRD based on our definition of own funds (applicable for AT1 capital and T2 capital and figures based thereon, including Tier 1 capital and Leverage Ratio) on a “fully loaded” basis. We calculate such “fully loaded” figures.

    For the comparative numbers as per year-end 2019 we still applied our earlier concept of fully loaded, defined as excluding the transitional arrangements for own funds instruments introduced by the CRR/CRD applicable until June   26, 2019, but reflecting the latest transitional arrangements introduced by the amendments to the CRR/CRD applicable from June   27, 2019.

    We also present our objective for our leverage ratio (fully loaded) for 2020 excluding balances held for BNP Paribas in Prime Finance.2019 and further amendments thereafter.

    We believe that these “fully loaded” calculations provide useful information to investors as they reflect our progress against the regulatory capital standards and as many of our competitors have been describing calculations on a “fully loaded” basis. As our competitors’ assumptions and estimates regarding “fully loaded” calculations may vary, however, our “fully loaded” measures may not be comparable with similarly labelled measures used by our competitors.


    439435

    Declaration of Backingbacking

    [Page

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    436

    Group five-year record

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    440437

    Group Five-Year Record

    [Page[Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]


    441

    Imprint /Imprint/ Publications

    [Page438

    [Page intentionally left blank for SEC filing purposes]

    4421

    Supplemental Financial Information (Unaudited)

    Industry Guide 3 Information

    Amounts for 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017 2016 and 20152016 are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which is consistent with the Group’s Financial Statements.

    Financial condition

    Average balance sheet based upon month-end balances

    Average balance sheet and interest and similar income

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Assets:1

    Interest-earning deposits with banks:5

    Interest-earning deposits with banks:4,5

    In German offices2

    67,120

    (278)

    (0.41) %

    101,124

    (406)

    (0.40) %

    91,135

    (346)

    (0.38) %

    68,237

    (14)

    (0.02) %

    72,196

    (278)

    (0.39) %

    101,124

    (406)

    (0.40) %

    In Non-German offices2

    90,280

    1,981

    2.19 %

    107,079

    2,015

    1.88 %

    102,700

    1,257

    1.22 %

    74,415

    422

    0.57 %

    90,280

    1,981

    2.19 %

    107,079

    2,015

    1.88 %

    Total interest-earning deposits with banks

    157,401

    1,702

    1.08 %

    208,203

    1,610

    0.77 %

    193,835

    911

    0.47 %

    142,653

    408

    0.29 %

    162,476

    1,702

    1.05 %

    208,203

    1,610

    0.77 %

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements:5

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements:4

    In German offices

    1,837

    (5)

    (0.25) %

    975

    (5)

    (0.50) %

    3,053

    (14)

    (0.47) %

    2,974

    23

    0.78 %

    1,837

    (5)

    (0.25) %

    975

    (5)

    (0.50) %

    In Non-German offices

    8,130

    333

    4.10 %

    7,511

    220

    2.93 %

    9,857

    291

    2.95 %

    6,357

    285

    4.49 %

    8,130

    333

    4.10 %

    7,511

    220

    2.93 %

    Total central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    9,967

    329

    3.30 %

    8,486

    215

    2.53 %

    12,910

    276

    2.14 %

    9,331

    308

    3.30 %

    9,967

    329

    3.30 %

    8,486

    215

    2.53 %

    Securities borrowed:5

    Securities borrowed:4

    In German offices

    136

    16

    11.51 %

    10

    0

    0.22 %

    123

    0

    (0.19) %

    79

    12

    N/M

    136

    16

    11.51 %

    10

    0

    0.22 %

    In Non-German offices

    2,335

    63

    2.70 %

    3,305

    29

    0.89 %

    21,995

    (152)

    (0.69) %

    33

    4

    N/M

    2,335

    63

    2.70 %

    3,305

    29

    0.89 %

    Total securities borrowed

    2,471

    79

    3.19 %

    3,315

    29

    0.88 %

    22,118

    (152)

    (0.69) %

    111

    16

    N/M

    2,471

    79

    3.19 %

    3,315

    29

    0.88 %

    Interest-earning financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:4

    Interest-earning financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:4, 5, 6

    In German offices

    25,805

    394

    1.53 %

    18,541

    355

    1.91 %

    20,905

    378

    1.81 %

    39,225

    373

    0.95 %

    25,805

    378

    1.47 %

    18,541

    346

    1.87 %

    In Non-German offices

    223,855

    6,526

    2.92 %

    258,953

    7,402

    2.86 %

    256,045

    6,870

    2.68 %

    166,474

    3,341

    2.01 %

    223,855

    6,585

    2.94 %

    258,953

    7,349

    2.84 %

    Total interest-earning financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    249,660

    6,921

    2.77 %

    277,494

    7,757

    2.80 %

    276,949

    7,248

    2.62 %

    205,698

    3,714

    1.81 %

    249,660

    6,963

    2.79 %

    277,494

    7,695

    2.77 %

    Financial assets at fair value through OCI:4

    Financial assets at fair value through OCI:5

    In German offices

    6,784

    49

    0.72 %

    10,148

    90

    0.89 %

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    4,292

    8

    0.19 %

    6,784

    49

    0.72 %

    10,148

    90

    0

    In Non-German offices

    42,715

    976

    2.28 %

    40,660

    927

    2.28 %

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    44,391

    628

    1.42 %

    42,715

    976

    2.28 %

    40,660

    927

    0

    Total financial assets at fair value through OCI

    49,500

    1,025

    2.07 %

    50,808

    1,017

    2.00 %

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    48,683

    637

    1.31 %

    49,500

    1,025

    2.07 %

    50,808

    1,017

    0

    Financial assets available for sale:

    In German offices

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    16,656

    93

    0.56 %

    In Non-German offices

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    36,860

    1,077

    2.92 %

    Total financial assets available for sale

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    53,516

    1,170

    2.19 %

    Loans at amortized cost:3,4

    In German offices

    222,854

    5,497

    2.47 %

    214,858

    5,721

    2.66 %

    213,294

    5,798

    2.72 %

    232,312

    5,241

    2.26 %

    222,854

    5,497

    2.47 %

    214,858

    5,721

    2.66 %

    In Non-German offices

    196,620

    8,263

    4.20 %

    180,677

    7,269

    4.02 %

    192,288

    6,204

    3.23 %

    205,374

    6,345

    3.09 %

    196,620

    8,263

    4.20 %

    180,677

    7,269

    4.02 %

    Total loans

    419,475

    13,760

    3.28 %

    395,534

    12,990

    3.28 %

    405,583

    12,002

    2.96 %

    437,686

    11,586

    2.65 %

    419,475

    13,760

    3.28 %

    395,534

    12,990

    3.28 %

    Securities held to maturity

    In German offices

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    0

    0

    0.00 %

    In Non-German offices

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    2,942

    68

    2.30 %

    Total securities held to maturity

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    3,188

    68

    2.12 %

    Total other interest-earning assets

    62,815

    387

    0.62 %

    46,829

    97

    0.21 %

    53,599

    767

    1.43 %

    76,096

    218

    0.29 %

    62,815

    387

    0.62 %

    46,829

    75

    0.16 %

    Total interest-earning assets

    951,287

    24,201

    2.54 %

    990,670

    23,716

    2.39 %

    1,021,697

    22,290

    2.18 %

    920,259

    16,887

    1.83 %

    956,362

    24,244

    2.53 %

    990,670

    23,632

    2.39 %

    Cash and due from banks

    26,169

    21,387

    26,791

    Cash and due from banks5

    21,477

    21,093

    21,387

    Noninterest-earning financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

    In German offices

    205,937

    154,906

    190,504

    212,204

    205,937

    154,906

    In Non-German offices

    161,727

    192,110

    223,535

    164,528

    161,727

    192,110

    All other assets

    88,078

    95,660

    104,809

    90,771

    88,078

    95,660

    Allowance for credit losses

    (4,232)

    (4,368)

    (4,135)

    (4,681)

    (4,232)

    (4,368)

    Total assets

    1,428,965

    1,450,364

    1,563,202

    1,404,557

    1,428,965

    1,450,364

    % of assets attributable to Non-German offices

    59 %

    62 %

    63 %

    57 %

    59 %

    62 %

    N/M – Not meaningful

    S-12

    Average balance sheet and interest expense

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Liabilities and equity:1

    Interest-bearing deposits:

    In German offices:

    Time deposits

    87,672

    732

    0.83 %

    86,690

    658

    0.76 %

    82,596

    384

    0.46 %

    79,905

    469

    0.59 %

    87,672

    732

    0.83 %

    86,690

    658

    0.76 %

    Savings deposits

    87,988

    435

    0.49 %

    86,277

    417

    0.48 %

    87,902

    572

    0.65 %

    84,507

    358

    0.42 %

    87,988

    435

    0.49 %

    86,277

    417

    0.48 %

    Demand deposits

    54,763

    353

    0.64 %

    42,630

    247

    0.58 %

    38,891

    135

    0.35 %

    67,098

    (134)

    (0.20) %

    54,763

    353

    0.64 %

    42,630

    247

    0.58 %

    Total in German offices

    230,423

    1,519

    0.66 %

    215,596

    1,322

    0.61 %

    209,389

    1,091

    0.52 %

    231,510

    693

    0.30 %

    230,423

    1,519

    0.66 %

    215,596

    1,322

    0.61 %

    In Non-German offices:

    Time deposits

    42,085

    1,487

    3.53 %

    43,223

    1,224

    2.83 %

    53,338

    1,372

    2.57 %

    40,661

    766

    1.88 %

    42,085

    1,487

    3.53 %

    43,223

    1,224

    2.83 %

    Savings deposits

    657

    9

    1.43 %

    664

    7

    1.11 %

    886

    8

    0.87 %

    1,226

    22

    1.76 %

    657

    9

    1.43 %

    664

    7

    1.11 %

    Demand deposits

    76,957

    591

    0.77 %

    82,880

    529

    0.64 %

    90,462

    330

    0.36 %

    78,487

    348

    0.44 %

    76,957

    591

    0.77 %

    82,880

    529

    0.64 %

    Total in Non-German offices

    119,699

    2,088

    1.74 %

    126,767

    1,760

    1.39 %

    144,687

    1,710

    1.18 %

    120,374

    1,135

    0.94 %

    119,699

    2,088

    1.74 %

    126,767

    1,760

    1.39 %

    Total interest-bearing deposits

    350,122

    3,607

    1.03 %

    342,363

    3,082

    0.90 %

    354,075

    2,800

    0.79 %

    351,884

    1,828

    0.52 %

    350,122

    3,607

    1.03 %

    342,363

    3,082

    0.90 %

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements:5

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements:4

    In German offices

    289

    29

    9.85 %

    126

    16

    12.38 %

    122

    0

    (0.29) %

    2,738

    39

    1.43 %

    289

    29

    9.85 %

    126

    16

    12.38 %

    In Non-German offices

    5,084

    335

    6.58 %

    13,146

    347

    2.64 %

    19,497

    407

    2.09 %

    2,974

    129

    4.35 %

    5,084

    335

    6.58 %

    13,146

    347

    2.64 %

    Total central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

    5,374

    363

    6.76 %

    13,271

    363

    2.73 %

    19,619

    407

    2.07 %

    5,711

    169

    2.95 %

    5,374

    363

    6.76 %

    13,271

    363

    2.73 %

    Securities loaned:5

    Securities loaned:4

    In German offices

    2

    0

    9.15 %

    2

    0

    (0.11) %

    4

    0

    (0.13) %

    52

    5

    9.24 %

    2

    0

    9.15 %

    2

    0

    (0.11) %

    In Non-German offices

    2,336

    74

    3.16 %

    6,244

    141

    2.26 %

    5,536

    (75)

    (1.35) %

    822

    (1)

    (0.13) %

    2,336

    74

    3.16 %

    6,244

    141

    2.26 %

    Total securities loaned

    2,338

    74

    3.16 %

    6,246

    141

    2.26 %

    5,540

    (75)

    (1.35) %

    874

    4

    0.43 %

    2,338

    74

    3.16 %

    6,246

    141

    2.26 %

    Interest-bearing financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:

    Interest-bearing financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:5,6

    In German offices

    14,219

    206

    1.45 %

    11,626

    197

    1.69 %

    13,785

    240

    1.74 %

    20,758

    226

    1.09 %

    14,219

    190

    1.34 %

    11,626

    188

    1.62 %

    In Non-German offices

    102,232

    2,974

    2.91 %

    118,221

    3,390

    2.87 %

    120,472

    3,800

    3.15 %

    83,963

    1,265

    1.51 %

    102,232

    3,032

    2.97 %

    118,221

    3,436

    2.91 %

    Total interest-bearing financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    116,451

    3,180

    2.73 %

    129,848

    3,587

    2.76 %

    134,258

    4,040

    3.01 %

    104,721

    1,490

    1.42 %

    116,451

    3,222

    2.77 %

    129,848

    3,624

    2.79 %

    Other short-term borrowings:5

    Other short-term borrowings:4

    In German offices

    560

    12

    2.22 %

    670

    7

    1.03 %

    571

    7

    1.26 %

    574

    8

    1.41 %

    560

    12

    2.22 %

    670

    7

    1.03 %

    In Non-German offices

    11,535

    150

    1.30 %

    16,985

    131

    0.77 %

    18,601

    128

    0.69 %

    3,874

    51

    1.31 %

    11,535

    150

    1.30 %

    16,985

    131

    0.77 %

    Total other short-term borrowings

    12,094

    163

    1.34 %

    17,656

    137

    0.78 %

    19,172

    135

    0.70 %

    4,448

    59

    1.32 %

    12,094

    163

    1.34 %

    17,656

    137

    0.78 %

    Long-term debt and trust preferred securities:5

    Long-term debt and trust preferred securities:4

    In German offices

    92,883

    850

    0.92 %

    101,903

    817

    0.80 %

    113,732

    1,178

    1.04 %

    97,060

    877

    0.90 %

    92,883

    850

    0.92 %

    101,903

    817

    0.80 %

    In Non-German offices

    58,582

    1,246

    2.13 %

    58,653

    1,292

    2.20 %

    58,174

    911

    1.57 %

    48,435

    639

    1.32 %

    58,582

    1,246

    2.13 %

    58,653

    1,292

    2.20 %

    Total long-term debt and trust preferred securities

    151,465

    2,096

    1.38 %

    160,556

    2,110

    1.31 %

    171,906

    2,089

    1.22 %

    145,496

    1,517

    1.04 %

    151,465

    2,096

    1.38 %

    160,556

    2,110

    1.31 %

    Total other interest-bearing liabilities5

    73,729

    970

    1.32 %

    75,964

    1,104

    1.45 %

    85,918

    516

    0.60 %

    Total other interest-bearing liabilities4,5,6

    72,638

    272

    0.37 %

    76,871

    970

    1.26 %

    75,964

    859

    1.13 %

    Total interest-bearing liabilities

    711,574

    10,452

    1.47 %

    745,904

    10,524

    1.41 %

    790,488

    9,912

    1.25 %

    685,772

    5,338

    0.78 %

    714,716

    10,495

    1.47 %

    745,904

    10,316

    1.38 %


    S-23

    Average balance sheet and interest expense

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Average balance

    Interest

    Average yield/rate

    Noninterest-bearing deposits:

    In German offices

    203,378

    199,705

    183,938

    193,022

    203,378

    199,705

    In Non-German offices

    22,641

    24,980

    31,401

    24,570

    22,641

    24,980

    Noninterest-bearing financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:

    In German offices

    184,845

    135,163

    159,090

    197,946

    184,845

    135,163

    In Non-German offices

    164,734

    195,094

    231,225

    161,446

    164,734

    195,094

    All other noninterest-bearing liabilities

    75,353

    81,083

    98,181

    All other noninterest-bearing liabilities5

    79,220

    72,210

    81,083

    Total shareholders’ equity

    60,170

    62,537

    63,926

    55,302

    60,170

    62,537

    Additional equity components

    4,670

    4,675

    4,672

    5,644

    4,670

    4,675

    Noncontrolling interests

    1,600

    1,225

    280

    1,634

    1,600

    1,225

    Total equity

    66,441

    68,437

    68,878

    62,580

    66,441

    68,437

    Total liabilities and equity

    1,428,965

    1,450,364

    1,563,202

    1,404,557

    1,428,965

    1,450,364

    % of liabilities attributable to Non-German offices1

    43 %

    48 %

    53 %

    41 %

    43 %

    48 %

    Rate spread

    1.08 %

    0.98 %

    0.93 %

    1.06 %

    1.07 %

    1.00 %

    Net interest margin (Net interest income to total interest-earning assets):

    In German offices

    0.92 %

    0.91 %

    0.99 %

    1.06 %

    0.91 %

    0.91 %

    In Non-German offices

    1.72 %

    1.57 %

    1.32 %

    1.37 %

    1.72 %

    1.58 %

    Total

    1.45 %

    1.33 %

    1.21 %

    1.25 %

    1.44 %

    1.34 %

    1The allocation of the assets and liabilities between German and Non-German offices are based on the location of the entity which carries the respective asset or liability.

    2Interest-earning deposits with banks include interest earning deposit with central bank and interest earning deposit with bank w/o central bank.

    3Loans include impaired loans.
    4Loans classifications have been significantly impacted by the adoption of IFRS 9. Loans previously classified at amortized cost under IAS 39 are now reported not only in loans at amortized cost, but also in financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets designated at fair value through other comprehensive income.
    5Figures

    4Figures in interest revenue and expense positions are based on net effect of negative interest revenue and expenses. However, negative interest revenue and expenses are reported in ‘’others’’ in interest and similar income and interest expenses, respectively, in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statement.

    5Prior period comparatives for 2019 for interest earning financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, interest bearing financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, interest earning deposits with bank, cash and due from banks, total other interest bearing liabilities and all other noninterest bearing liabilties have been restated. The restatements did not affect net interest income.

    6 Prior period comparatives for 2018 for interest earning financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, interest bearing financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, total other interest earning assets and total other interest bearing liabilities have been restated, The restatement affected the net interest income by € 124 million.

    .

    4

    Analysis of changes in interest and similar income and interest expense

    S-3

    2019 over 2018 due to changes in¹

    2018 over 2017 due to changes in¹

    2020 over 2019 due to changes in¹

    2019 over 2018 due to changes in¹

    in € m.

    Net change

    Volume

    Rate

    Net change

    Volume

    Rate

    Net
    change

    Volume

    Rate

    Net
    change

    Volume

    Rate

    Interest and similar income:

    Interest-earning deposits with banks:

    German offices

    127

    141

    (13)

    (59)

    (39)

    (20)

    264

    14

    249

    127

    112

    15

    Non-German offices

    (35)

    (342)

    307

    762

    56

    707

    (1,558)

    (299)

    (1,260)

    (35)

    (342)

    307

    Total interest-earning deposits with banks

    93

    (201)

    294

    703

    16

    687

    (1,295)

    (284)

    (1,010)

    93

    (230)

    322

    Central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements:

    German offices

    0

    (3)

    3

    9

    10

    (1)

    28

    (1)

    29

    0

    (3)

    3

    Non-German offices

    113

    19

    94

    (71)

    (69)

    (2)

    (48)

    (77)

    30

    113

    19

    94

    Total central bank funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

    114

    16

    97

    (62)

    (58)

    (3)

    (20)

    (79)

    58

    114

    16

    97

    Securities borrowed:

    German offices

    16

    3

    13

    0

    0

    0

    (4)

    (8)

    4

    16

    3

    13

    Non-German offices

    34

    (11)

    45

    181

    49

    132

    (59)

    (112)

    53

    34

    (11)

    45

    Total securities borrowed

    49

    (8)

    57

    181

    49

    132

    (63)

    (119)

    57

    49

    (8)

    57

    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss:

    German offices

    39

    120

    (81)

    (24)

    (44)

    21

    (5)

    156

    (161)

    32

    117

    (84)

    Non-German offices

    (876)

    (1,021)

    145

    532

    79

    454

    (3,244)

    (1,448)

    (1,796)

    (765)

    (1,025)

    260

    Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    (837)

    (900)

    64

    509

    34

    474

    (3,249)

    (1,293)

    (1,956)

    (732)

    (908)

    176

    Financial assets at fair value through OCI:

    German offices

    (41)

    (26)

    (15)

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    (41)

    (14)

    (27)

    (41)

    (26)

    (15)

    Non-German offices

    49

    47

    2

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    (347)

    37

    (384)

    49

    47

    2

    Total financial assets at fair value through OCI

    8

    21

    (13)

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    (388)

    23

    (411)

    8

    21

    (13)

    Financial assets available for sale:

    German offices

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    Non-German offices

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    Total financial assets available for sale

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    Loans at amortized cost:

    German offices

    (224)

    208

    (432)

    (81)

    42

    (123)

    (256)

    227

    (483)

    (224)

    208

    (432)

    Non-German offices

    993

    660

    333

    1,065

    (393)

    1,458

    (1,918)

    354

    (2,272)

    993

    660

    333

    Total loans

    769

    868

    (99)

    985

    (351)

    1,335

    (2,174)

    581

    (2,754)

    769

    868

    (99)

    Securities held to maturity:

    German offices

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    Non-German offices

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    Total Securities held to maturity

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    N/A

    Other interest-earning assets

    289

    43

    246

    (669)

    (86)

    (583)

    (169)

    69

    (238)

    312

    33

    278

    Total interest and similar income

    485

    (161)

    646

    1,647

    (395)

    2,043

    (7,357)

    (1,102)

    (6,255)

    604

    (227)

    832

    Interest expense:

    Interest-bearing deposits:

    German offices

    197

    94

    103

    233

    33

    200

    (826)

    7

    (833)

    197

    94

    103

    Non-German offices

    328

    (103)

    431

    53

    (227)

    279

    (953)

    12

    (965)

    328

    (103)

    431

    Total interest-bearing deposits

    525

    (8)

    533

    286

    (194)

    480

    (1,779)

    19

    (1,798)

    525

    (8)

    533

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements:

    German offices

    13

    17

    (4)

    16

    0

    16

    11

    54

    (43)

    13

    17

    (4)

    Non-German offices

    (13)

    (305)

    293

    (60)

    (152)

    92

    (205)

    (113)

    (92)

    (13)

    (305)

    293

    Total central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

    0

    (289)

    289

    (44)

    (152)

    108

    (194)

    (59)

    (135)

    0

    (289)

    289

    Securities loaned:

    German offices

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    5

    5

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Non-German offices

    (67)

    (110)

    42

    216

    (8)

    224

    (75)

    (29)

    (46)

    (67)

    (110)

    42

    Total securities loaned

    (67)

    (110)

    43

    216

    (8)

    224

    (70)

    (24)

    (46)

    (67)

    (110)

    43

    Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:

    German offices

    9

    40

    (31)

    (43)

    (37)

    (6)

    36

    76

    (40)

    2

    38

    (36)

    Non-German offices

    (417)

    (464)

    48

    (410)

    (70)

    (340)

    (1,767)

    (471)

    (1,297)

    (403)

    (473)

    69

    Total financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    (408)

    (424)

    17

    (452)

    (107)

    (346)

    (1,732)

    (395)

    (1,337)

    (402)

    (435)

    34

    Other short-term borrowings:

    German offices

    6

    (1)

    7

    0

    1

    (1)

    (4)

    0

    (5)

    6

    (1)

    7

    Non-German offices

    20

    (51)

    71

    2

    (12)

    14

    (99)

    (100)

    1

    20

    (51)

    71

    Total other short-term borrowings

    25

    (52)

    78

    2

    (11)

    12

    (104)

    (100)

    (4)

    25

    (52)

    78

    Long-term debt and trust preferred securities:

    German offices

    33

    (76)

    109

    (365)

    (114)

    (251)

    27

    38

    (11)

    33

    (76)

    109

    Non-German offices

    (47)

    (2)

    (45)

    379

    8

    371

    (606)

    (190)

    (416)

    (47)

    (2)

    (45)

    Total long-term debt and trust preferred securities

    (14)

    (78)

    64

    14

    (107)

    120

    (579)

    (152)

    (427)

    (14)

    (78)

    64

    Other interest-bearing liabilities

    (133)

    (32)

    (102)

    588

    (66)

    654

    (698)

    (51)

    (648)

    111

    10

    101

    Total interest expense

    (72)

    (993)

    921

    608

    (644)

    1,252

    (5,156)

    (762)

    (4,394)

    179

    (962)

    1,140

    Net change in net interest income

    557

    832

    (275)

    1,0392

    249

    790

    (2,201)

    (340)

    (1,861)

    426

    735

    (309)

    1Changes due to combination of volume and rate are allocated proportionally
    2Net change in net interest income’ in 2018 over 2017 does not include items impacted by IFRS 9 classification as in 2018 assets category of ‘Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income’ and discontinued assets category of ‘Financial assets available for sale’ and ‘Securities held to maturity’ did not have comparative numbers.

    5

    Investment portfolio (debt Securities at fair value through other comprehensive income)

    Fair values of the Group’s investment portfolio

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Debt securities:

    German government

    6,243

    7,705

    N/A

    10,245

    6,243

    7,705

    U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies

    7,703

    13,118

    N/A

    9,221

    7,703

    13,118

    U.S. local (municipal) governments

    0

    101

    N/A

    251

    0

    101

    Other foreign governments

    21,020

    18,152

    N/A

    26,308

    21,020

    18,152

    Corporates

    3,423

    5,606

    N/A

    2,272

    3,423

    5,606

    Other asset-backed securities

    36

    27

    N/A

    31

    36

    27

    Mortgage-backed securities, including obligations of U.S. federal agencies

    457

    103

    N/A

    636

    457

    103

    Other debt securities

    332

    181

    N/A

    692

    332

    181

    Total

    39,214

    44,993

    N/A

    49,656

    39,214

    44,993

    Fair value, amortized cost and gross unrealized holding gains and losses for the Group’s investment portfolio

    Dec 31, 2019

    Gross unrealized holding

    in € m.

    Fair value

    Gains

    Losses

    Amortized cost

    Debt securities:

    German government

    6,243

    20

    7

    6,231

    U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies

    7,703

    29

    9

    7,683

    U.S. local (municipal) governments

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other foreign governments

    21,020

    142

    196

    21,073

    Corporates

    3,423

    43

    1

    3,381

    Other asset-backed securities

    36

    0

    0

    36

    Mortgage-backed securities, including obligations of U.S. federal agencies

    457

    9

    1

    448

    Other debt securities

    332

    10

    0

    323

    Total

    39,214

    252

    214

    39,176


    S-4

    Dec 31, 2020

    Gross unrealized holding

    in € m.

    Fair value

    Gains

    Losses

    Amortized cost

    Debt securities:

    German government

    10,245

    23

    19

    10,241

    U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies

    9,221

    126

    119

    9,214

    U.S. local (municipal) governments

    251

    14

    0

    237

    Other foreign governments

    26,308

    306

    14

    26,016

    Corporates

    2,272

    54

    2

    2,220

    Other asset-backed securities

    31

    16

    0

    16

    Mortgage-backed securities, including obligations of U.S. federal agencies

    636

    11

    0

    624

    Other debt securities

    692

    11

    1

    682

    Total

    49,656

    563

    156

    49,249

    The following table presents the fair value, remaining maturities, approximate weighted-average yields (based on amortized cost) and total amortized cost by maturity distribution of the debt security components of the Group’s investment portfolio as of December 31, 2019:2020:

    Up to one year

    More than one year and up to five years

    More than five years and up to ten years

    More than ten years

    Total

    in € m.

    Amount

    Yield

    Amount

    Yield

    Amount

    Yield

    Amount

    Yield

    Amount

    Yield

    German government

    829

    1.5 %

    3,211

    1.5 %

    1,943

    1.0 %

    259

    1.4 %

    6,243

    1.4 %

    U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies

    1,118

    2.0 %

    5,202

    2.4 %

    1,384

    1.8 %

    0

    0.0 %

    7,703

    2.2 %

    U.S. local (municipal) governments

    0

    0.0 %

    0

    0.0 %

    0

    0.0 %

    0

    0.0 %

    0

    0.0 %

    Other foreign governments

    6,752

    2.2 %

    6,603

    2.2 %

    7,145

    0.6 %

    520

    2.5 %

    21,020

    1.6 %

    Corporates

    394

    0.8 %

    1,875

    1.4 %

    1,074

    1.0 %

    80

    2.0 %

    3,423

    1.2 %

    Other asset-backed securities

    0

    0.0 %

    9

    2.4 %

    10

    0.0 %

    17

    0.0 %

    36

    0.6 %

    Mortgage-backed securities, including obligations of U.S. federal agencies

    0

    0.0 %

    0

    0.0 %

    4

    0.0 %

    453

    2.3 %

    457

    2.3 %

    Other debt securities

    19

    3.8 %

    133

    0.8 %

    180

    1.1 %

    0

    0.0 %

    332

    1.2 %

    Total fair value

    9,112

    2.0 %

    17,033

    2.0 %

    11,739

    0.9 %

    1,330

    2.2 %

    39,214

    1.7 %

    Total amortized cost

    9,108

    16,990

    11,743

    1,335

    39,176

    Fair values of the Group’s investment portfolio (securities available for sale)

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2017

    Debt securities:

    German government

    N/A

    N/A

    8,131

    U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies

    N/A

    N/A

    8,092

    U.S. local (municipal) governments

    N/A

    N/A

    2,436

    Other foreign governments

    N/A

    N/A

    19,275

    Corporates

    N/A

    N/A

    6,775

    Other asset-backed securities

    N/A

    N/A

    1

    Mortgage-backed securities, including obligations of U.S. federal agencies

    N/A

    N/A

    11

    Other debt securities

    N/A

    N/A

    359

    Total debt securities

    N/A

    N/A

    45,081

    Equity securities:

    Equity shares

    N/A

    N/A

    897

    Investment certificates and mutual funds

    N/A

    N/A

    97

    Total equity securities

    N/A

    N/A

    994

    Total

    N/A

    N/A

    46,075

    Up to one year

    More than one year and up to five years

    More than five years and up to ten years

    More than ten years

    Total

    in € m.

    Amount

    Yield

    Amount

    Yield

    Amount

    Yield

    Amount

    Yield

    Amount

    Yield

    German government

    254

    1.0 %

    6,612

    (0.2) %

    2,973

    (0.4) %

    406

    0.9 %

    10,245

    (0.2) %

    U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies

    1,718

    0.7 %

    1,700

    0.6 %

    5,488

    1.1 %

    316

    1.6 %

    9,221

    0.9 %

    U.S. local (municipal) governments

    0

    0.0 %

    0

    0.0 %

    42

    4.4 %

    209

    4.6 %

    251

    4.6 %

    Other foreign governments

    8,905

    0.8 %

    6,424

    1.9 %

    9,082

    (0.0) %

    1,897

    0.4 %

    26,308

    0.7 %

    Corporates

    293

    0.6 %

    1,399

    1.0 %

    544

    0.6 %

    36

    1.3 %

    2,272

    0.8 %

    Other asset-backed securities

    0

    0.0 %

    0

    0.0 %

    0

    0.0 %

    31

    3.5 %

    31

    3.5 %

    Mortgage-backed securities, including obligations of U.S. federal agencies

    0

    0.0 %

    0

    0.0 %

    0

    0.0 %

    636

    3.5 %

    636

    3.5 %

    Other debt securities

    193

    2.1 %

    432

    2.9 %

    67

    0.8 %

    0

    0.0 %

    692

    2.5 %

    Total fair value

    11,363

    0.8 %

    16,567

    0.9 %

    18,196

    0.3 %

    3,530

    1.4 %

    49,656

    0.7 %

    Total amortized cost

    11,340

    16,417

    18,045

    3,447

    49,249


    S-56

    Loans outstanding

    From reporting period of 2018, we are providing information following the IFRS 9 accounting standard, while reporting period 2017 and earlier details are based on the IAS 39 accounting rules and are presented in the old format. Since the accounting requirements have changed significantly, numbers are not comparable with prior 2018.

    Analysis of the Group’s loan portfolio by industry sector and by the borrower’s country of domicile (in- or outside Germany)

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    German:

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    297

    283

    277

    297

    283

    Mining and quarrying

    181

    309

    183

    181

    309

    Manufacturing

    10,954

    10,604

    10,879

    10,954

    10,604

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    1,024

    779

    944

    1,024

    779

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    630

    672

    445

    630

    672

    Construction

    1,391

    1,392

    1,304

    1,391

    1,392

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    6,427

    6,404

    6,457

    6,427

    6,404

    Transport and storage

    1,232

    1,656

    1,626

    1,232

    1,656

    Accommodation and food service activities

    793

    637

    879

    793

    637

    Information and communication

    1,385

    1,007

    1,510

    1,385

    1,007

    Financial and insurance activities

    8,437

    7,245

    9,601

    8,437

    7,245

    Real estate activities

    9,251

    8,169

    11,333

    9,251

    8,169

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    4,783

    4,704

    5,176

    4,783

    4,704

    Administrative and support service activities

    2,533

    3,794

    3,764

    2,533

    3,794

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    3,589

    6,186

    3,294

    3,589

    6,186

    Education

    107

    251

    108

    107

    251

    Human health services and social work activities

    2,654

    2,710

    2,723

    2,654

    2,710

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    325

    302

    323

    325

    302

    Other service activities

    2,251

    2,388

    2,377

    2,251

    2,388

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    156,476

    149,130

    161,817

    156,476

    149,130

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total German

    214,721

    208,619

    225,018

    214,721

    208,619

    Non-German:

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    379

    372

    360

    379

    372

    Mining and quarrying

    2,845

    3,391

    2,962

    2,845

    3,391

    Manufacturing

    19,245

    20,362

    17,162

    19,245

    20,362

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    3,552

    2,776

    2,820

    3,552

    2,776

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    213

    224

    237

    213

    224

    Construction

    2,719

    3,029

    3,404

    2,719

    3,029

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    16,142

    15,468

    15,565

    16,142

    15,468

    Transport and storage

    4,378

    4,893

    4,757

    4,378

    4,893

    Accommodation and food service activities

    1,840

    1,457

    1,634

    1,840

    1,457

    Information and communication

    5,190

    4,274

    4,731

    5,190

    4,274

    Financial and insurance activities

    89,996

    86,641

    80,620

    89,996

    86,641

    Real estate activities

    35,902

    26,984

    26,613

    35,902

    26,984

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    2,647

    2,316

    2,770

    2,647

    2,316

    Administrative and support service activities

    4,531

    4,127

    5,804

    4,531

    4,127

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    4,423

    4,565

    4,118

    4,423

    4,565

    Education

    220

    447

    97

    220

    447

    Human health services and social work activities

    977

    908

    807

    977

    908

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    542

    649

    628

    542

    649

    Other service activities

    3,515

    2,939

    3,789

    3,515

    2,939

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    40,256

    39,365

    43,211

    40,256

    39,365

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    3

    25

    1

    3

    25

    Total Non-German

    239,514

    225,212

    222,089

    239,514

    225,212

    Gross loans

    454,235

    433,832

    447,107

    454,235

    433,832

    (Deferred expense)/unearned income

    340

    254

    394

    340

    254

    Loan less (deferred expense)/unearned income

    453,895

    433,578

    446,712

    453,895

    433,578

    S-67

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2017¹

    Dec 31, 2016

    Dec 31, 2015

    Dec 31, 2017 ¹

    Dec 31, 2016

    German:

    Financial intermediation

    4,654

    5,048

    7,716

    4,654

    5,048

    Fund management activities

    910

    984

    778

    910

    984

    Manufacturing

    9,456

    8,821

    9,357

    9,456

    8,821

    Wholesale and retail trade

    6,265

    5,736

    5,736

    6,265

    5,736

    Households

    139,196

    137,078

    137,332

    139,196

    137,078

    Commercial real estate activities

    7,864

    7,741

    8,178

    7,864

    7,741

    Public sector

    9,090

    11,059

    12,846

    9,090

    11,059

    Lease financing

    296

    383

    482

    296

    383

    Other

    22,072

    20,579

    20,085

    22,072

    20,579

    Total German

    199,804

    197,430

    202,510

    199,804

    197,430

    Non-German:

    Financial intermediation

    47,550

    44,569

    54,023

    47,550

    44,569

    Fund management activities

    17,798

    25,145

    25,313

    17,798

    25,145

    Manufacturing

    18,022

    20,470

    18,773

    18,022

    20,470

    Wholesale and retail trade

    12,986

    11,008

    12,591

    12,986

    11,008

    Households

    47,533

    50,791

    62,674

    47,533

    50,791

    Commercial real estate activities

    21,382

    19,627

    14,701

    21,382

    19,627

    Public sector

    4,621

    4,682

    4,398

    4,621

    4,682

    Lease financing

    88

    178

    79

    88

    178

    Other

    36,095

    39,643

    38,487

    36,095

    39,643

    Total Non-German

    206,076

    216,114

    231,039

    206,076

    216,114

    Gross loans

    405,879

    413,544

    433,549

    405,879

    413,544

    (Deferred expense)/unearned income

    259

    88

    772

    259

    88

    Loan less (deferred expense)/unearned income

    405,621

    413,455

    432,777

    405,621

    413,455

    1Comparatives1Comparatives have been restated to reflect changes in industry sectors.

    S-78

    Loan maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates

    Analysis of maturities of the Group’s loan portfolio (excluding lease financing)

    Dec 31, 2019 in € m.

    Within 1 year

    After one but within 5 years

    After 5 years

    Total

    Dec 31, 2020 in € m.

    Within 1 year

    After one but within 5 years

    After 5 years

    Total

    German:

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    69

    43

    184

    297

    71

    34

    172

    277

    Mining and quarrying

    22

    121

    38

    181

    10

    138

    34

    183

    Manufacturing

    5,283

    3,489

    2,182

    10,954

    4,677

    4,042

    2,160

    10,879

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    525

    270

    229

    1,024

    310

    266

    368

    944

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    324

    70

    236

    630

    146

    151

    148

    445

    Construction

    391

    243

    757

    1,391

    274

    221

    809

    1,304

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    3,986

    969

    1,472

    6,427

    3,550

    1,246

    1,661

    6,457

    Transport and storage

    436

    444

    352

    1,232

    801

    489

    336

    1,626

    Accommodation and food service activities

    51

    159

    583

    793

    37

    231

    611

    879

    Information and communication

    491

    579

    316

    1,385

    603

    564

    343

    1,510

    Financial and insurance activities

    2,778

    3,111

    2,548

    8,437

    2,299

    3,489

    3,813

    9,601

    Real estate activities

    1,347

    1,096

    6,808

    9,251

    1,453

    2,407

    7,473

    11,333

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    929

    849

    3,004

    4,783

    1,008

    998

    3,170

    5,176

    Administrative and support service activities

    1,116

    554

    862

    2,533

    2,689

    165

    909

    3,764

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    1,650

    1,819

    120

    3,589

    1,765

    1,419

    109

    3,294

    Education

    12

    11

    84

    107

    10

    14

    84

    108

    Human health services and social work activities

    274

    520

    1,859

    2,654

    224

    537

    1,961

    2,723

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    57

    41

    227

    325

    53

    37

    233

    323

    Other service activities

    846

    427

    978

    2,251

    864

    604

    909

    2,377

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    7,611

    12,386

    136,480

    156,476

    5,167

    11,984

    144,666

    161,817

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total German

    28,200

    27,202

    159,319

    214,721

    26,011

    29,037

    169,970

    225,018

    Non-German:

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    251

    67

    61

    379

    231

    73

    56

    359

    Mining and quarrying

    1,634

    533

    678

    2,845

    1,768

    589

    604

    2,961

    Manufacturing

    13,513

    4,281

    1,440

    19,234

    11,309

    4,122

    1,722

    17,153

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    1,290

    629

    1,633

    3,552

    865

    672

    1,283

    2,820

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    49

    123

    40

    212

    50

    136

    50

    236

    Construction

    1,318

    950

    449

    2,717

    1,540

    1,435

    428

    3,402

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    12,510

    2,384

    1,242

    16,136

    11,870

    2,474

    1,215

    15,560

    Transport and storage

    1,424

    1,925

    994

    4,344

    1,702

    2,245

    775

    4,722

    Accommodation and food service activities

    482

    881

    476

    1,839

    201

    1,091

    342

    1,634

    Information and communication

    2,714

    2,026

    450

    5,190

    2,390

    1,978

    362

    4,730

    Financial and insurance activities

    39,559

    41,850

    8,587

    89,996

    35,999

    36,709

    7,911

    80,620

    Real estate activities

    11,874

    18,513

    5,514

    35,901

    11,194

    11,385

    4,033

    26,612

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    1,118

    608

    919

    2,645

    1,224

    807

    737

    2,768

    Administrative and support service activities

    1,624

    2,145

    757

    4,526

    2,245

    2,746

    808

    5,799

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    1,846

    1,358

    1,219

    4,423

    1,369

    1,374

    1,375

    4,118

    Education

    76

    27

    116

    219

    31

    30

    35

    97

    Human health services and social work activities

    147

    558

    269

    974

    214

    336

    253

    804

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    117

    388

    36

    541

    84

    508

    35

    628

    Other service activities

    1,319

    1,444

    752

    3,515

    1,547

    1,694

    546

    3,788

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    12,053

    7,385

    20,817

    40,256

    13,295

    9,292

    20,623

    43,210

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    2

    0

    1

    3

    0

    0

    1

    1

    Total Non-German

    104,920

    88,076

    46,449

    239,445

    99,131

    79,697

    43,194

    222,023

    Gross loans

    133,119

    115,278

    205,768

    454,166

    125,142

    108,734

    213,165

    447,041

    (Deferred expense)/unearned income

    3

    107

    230

    340

    (17)

    (124)

    535

    394

    Loans less (deferred expense)/unearned income

    133,117

    115,171

    205,538

    453,826

    125,159

    108,858

    212,630

    446,647

    Volumes of loans in loan portfolio (excluding lease financing) with residual maturities of more than one year from that date

    Dec 31,2019 in € m.

    After one but within 5 years

    After 5 years

    Total

    Dec 31,2020 in € m.

    After one but within 5 years

    After 5 years

    Total

    Fixed rate loans

    35,989

    169,608

    258,111

    37,367

    179,451

    264,457

    Floating or adjustable rate loans

    79,289

    36,160

    196,055

    71,367

    33,713

    182,584

    Total

    115,278

    205,768

    454,166

    108,734

    213,165

    447,041


    S-89

    Risk elements

    For 2020, 2019 and 2018, we provide information following the IFRS 9 accounting standard, while 2017 2016 and 20152016 numbers are based on the IAS 39 accounting rules. Since the accounting requirements have changed significantly, numbers are not comparable. Therefore 2015 - 2017 figures are shown in a separate section subsequent to the disclosures under IFRS 9. The main reasons are the broader scope of assets subject to impairment, differences in asset classification as well as in impairment calculation and definition.

    The following section provides information about certain risk elements included in the amortized cost portfolio intended to address the requirements of SEC Industry Guide 3 while at the same time reflecting the classifications most relevant to how Deutsche Bank Group evaluates the credit quality of its amortized cost portfolio. All stage 3 assets, which are defined as financial assets at amortized cost where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes the Group’s management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present repayment terms, are included in this disclosure of risk elements.

    Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

    Under IFRS 9, all loans 90 days or more past due are classified as credit impaired and reflected in stage 3. Interest income for credit impaired loans is recognizedrecognised in line with IFRS 9.5.4.1 and B 5.4.4. The accretion of the net present value of the written down amount of the loan due to the passage of time is recognized as interest income based on the original effective interest rate of the loan.

    Stage 3 financial assets at amortized cost

    Breakdown of the Group’s IFRS stage 3 financial assets at amortized cost by region based on the borrower’s country of domicile

    in € m.

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Germany

    Germany

    3,580

    3,391

    4,111

    3,580

    3,391

    Western Europe (excluding Germany)

    Western Europe (excluding Germany)

    4,609

    4,615

    4,292

    4,609

    4,615

    Eastern Europe

    Eastern Europe

    75

    88

    90

    75

    88

    North America

    North America

    683

    574

    2,183

    683

    574

    Central and South America

    Central and South America

    112

    155

    381

    112

    155

    Asia/Pacific

    Asia/Pacific

    608

    471

    1,192

    608

    471

    Africa

    Africa

    13

    78

    11

    13

    78

    Other

    Other

    0

    43

    123

    0

    43

    Total1

    Total1

    9,681

    9,415

    12,384

    9,681

    9,415

    1 of which POCI: € 2,1501,729 million andfor December 31, 2020, € 1,9632,150 million for December 31, 2019 and € 1,963 million for December 31, 2018 respectively.

    Breakdown of the Group’s IFRS stage 3 financial assets at amortized cost by industry sector of the borrower

    in € m.

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    43

    60

    39

    43

    60

    Mining and quarrying

    Mining and quarrying

    142

    147

    162

    142

    147

    Manufacturing

    Manufacturing

    1,044

    849

    1,162

    1,044

    849

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    70

    77

    117

    70

    77

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    64

    10

    57

    64

    10

    Construction

    Construction

    451

    426

    440

    451

    426

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    664

    594

    876

    664

    594

    Transport and storage

    Transport and storage

    249

    539

    399

    249

    539

    Accommodation and food service activities

    Accommodation and food service activities

    105

    156

    113

    105

    156

    Information and communication

    Information and communication

    32

    46

    131

    32

    46

    Financial and insurance activities

    Financial and insurance activities

    1,255

    1,006

    1,710

    1,255

    1,006

    Real estate activities

    Real estate activities

    710

    782

    1,117

    710

    782

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    427

    341

    421

    427

    341

    Administrative and support service activities

    Administrative and support service activities

    214

    94

    456

    214

    94

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    43

    81

    229

    43

    81

    Education

    Education

    2

    8

    3

    2

    8

    Human health services and social work activities

    Human health services and social work activities

    17

    14

    16

    17

    14

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    10

    14

    9

    10

    14

    Other service activities

    Other service activities

    284

    343

    395

    284

    343

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    3,853

    3,830

    4,530

    3,853

    3,830

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    Total¹

    Total¹

    9,681

    9,415

    12,384

    9,681

    9,415

    1 of which POCI: € 1,729 million for December 31, 2020, € 2,150 million for December 31, 2019 and € 1,963 million for December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.respectively

    The previous year’s figures are stated as reported under IAS 39 – impaired loans.

    S-910

    Interest revenue of financial assets at amortized cost in stage 3

    The following table shows the approximate effect on interest revenue of financial assets at amortized cost in stage 3 (excluding POCI). It shows the gross interest income that would have been recorded during the reporting period, if those assets had been current in accordance with their original terms and had been outstanding throughout the reporting period or since their origination, if Deutsche Bank Group only held them for part of the reporting period. It also shows the amount of interest income on those loans that was included in net income for the reporting period.

    in € m.

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    2018

    German loans:

    German loans:

    Gross amount of interest that would have been recorded at original rate

    Gross amount of interest that would have been recorded at original rate

    75

    47

    87

    75

    47

    Less interest, net of reversals, recognized in interest revenue

    Less interest, net of reversals, recognized in interest revenue

    16

    20

    13

    16

    20

    Reduction of interest revenue

    Reduction of interest revenue

    59

    26

    74

    59

    26

    Non-German loans:

    Non-German loans:

    Gross amount of interest that would have been recorded at original rate

    Gross amount of interest that would have been recorded at original rate

    77

    76

    77

    77

    76

    Less interest, net of reversals, recognized in interest revenue

    Less interest, net of reversals, recognized in interest revenue

    30

    26

    33

    30

    26

    Reduction of interest revenue

    Reduction of interest revenue

    47

    51

    43

    47

    51

    Total reduction of interest revenue

    Total reduction of interest revenue

    106

    77

    117

    106

    77

    Forborne assets at amortized costs

    For economic or legal reasons we might enter into a forbearance agreement with a borrower who faces or will face financial difficulties in order to ease the contractual obligation for a limited period of time. A case-by-case approach is applied for our corporate clients considering each transaction and client-specific facts and circumstances. For consumer loans we offer forbearances for a limited period of time, in which the total or partial outstanding or future instalments are deferred to a later point in time. However, any amounts not paid, including accrued interest during this period must also be re-paid at a later point in time. Repayment options include distribution over residual tenor, a one-off payment or a tenor extension. Forbearances are restricted and depend on the economic situation of the client, our risk management strategies and local legislation. In case a forbearance agreement is entered into, an impairment measurement is conducted as described below, an impairment charge is taken if necessary and the loan is subsequently recorded as impaired.

    In our management and reporting of forborne loans, we follow the EBA definition for forbearances and non-performing loans (Implementing Technical Standards (ITS) on Supervisory reporting on forbearance and non-performing exposures under article 99(4) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013). Once the conditions mentioned in the ITS are met, we report the loan as being forborne. We remove the loan from our forbearance reporting once the discontinuance criteria in the ITS are met (i.e., the contract is considered performing, a minimum two year probation period has passed, regular payments of more than an insignificant aggregate amount of principal or interest have been made during at least half of the probation period, and none of the exposures to the debtor is more than 30 days past-due at the end of the probation period).

    In 2020, forbearance measures granted as a consequence of the COVID-19 crisis have been added to the above regulations and are included in the following table, even if these measures, in accordance with EBA guidance, do in general not trigger a stage transition. COVID-19 related moratoria in contrast are not relevant for the below table. For further details please refer to the section “Legislative and non-legislative moratoria and public guarantee schemes in light of COVID-19 pandemic” in the Risk Report of the Annual Report 2020.

    Breakdown of the Group’s forborne loans

    in € m.

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Forborne loans

    Forborne loans

    German

    German

    2,243

    2,295

    3,735

    2,243

    2,295

    Non-German

    Non-German

    2,552

    2,546

    9,723

    2,552

    2,546

    Total forborne loans1

    Total forborne loans1

    4,796

    4,841

    13,459

    4,796

    4,841

    1 of which: TDR € 1,116 million for December 31, 2020, € 1,019 million for December 31, 2019 and TDR € 790 million for December 31, 2018.2018 respectively.

    Forborne assets at amortized cost increased by € 8.7 billion, predominantly due to the inclusion of Forbearance measures granted as a consequence of the COVID-19 crisis.

    Forborne loans slightly decreased by € 45 million or 1 % in 2019.


    S-10

    Risk elements (previous years figures as reported under IAS 39)

    11

    The following section provides information about certain risk elements included in the loan portfolio intended to address the requirements of SEC Industry Guide 3 while at the same time reflecting the classifications most relevant to how Deutsche Bank Group evaluates the credit quality of its loan portfolio. All potential problem loans, which are defined as loans where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes the Group’s management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms, are included in this disclosure of risk elements.

    Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

    Exposure of loans carried at amortized cost which were 90 days or more past due and still accruing

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2016

    Dec 31, 2015

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2016

    German

    321

    252

    278

    321

    252

    Non-German

    174

    190

    135

    174

    190

    Total loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

    495

    442

    413

    495

    442

    Impaired loans

    Breakdown of the Group’s IFRS impaired loans by region based on the borrower’s country of domicile

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2016

    Dec 31, 2015

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2016

    Germany

    2,266

    2,639

    3,004

    2,266

    2,639

    Western Europe (excluding Germany)

    2,892

    3,709

    4,337

    2,892

    3,709

    Eastern Europe

    168

    179

    255

    168

    179

    North America

    498

    496

    342

    498

    496

    Central and South America

    70

    5

    6

    70

    5

    Asia/Pacific

    292

    355

    178

    292

    355

    Africa

    49

    64

    26

    49

    64

    Other

    0

    2

    2

    0

    2

    Total impaired loans

    6,234

    7,447

    8,151

    6,234

    7,447

    Breakdown of the Group’s IFRS impaired loans by industry sector of the borrower

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2016

    Dec 31, 2015

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2016

    Financial intermediation

    129

    133

    169

    129

    133

    Fund management activities

    16

    21

    33

    16

    21

    Manufacturing

    685

    754

    765

    685

    754

    Wholesale and retail trade

    521

    707

    538

    521

    707

    Households

    2,388

    2,661

    3,263

    2,388

    2,661

    Commercial real estate activities

    376

    422

    912

    376

    422

    Public sector

    74

    19

    16

    74

    19

    Other

    2,0461

    2,7312

    2,456

    2,046 1

    2,731 2

    Total impaired loans

    6,234

    7,447

    8,151

    6,234

    7,447

    1Of1Of which: ‘Transportation, storage and communication’ - Total Impaired Loans € 808 million/Total Loan loss allowance € 473 million. ‘Real estate; renting and business activities’ - € 482 million/ € 208 million, ‘Construction’ - € 378 million/€ 103 million, ‘Mining and quarrying’ - € 169 million/ € 123 million.


    2
    2OfOf which: ‘Transportation, storage and communication’ - Total Impaired Loans € 1.1 billion/Total Loan loss allowance € 650 million, ‘Real estate; renting and business activities’ - € 489 million/€ 230 million,milion, ‘Construction’: € 309 million/ € 170 million, ‘Mining and quarrying’ - € 232 million/€ 103 million.

    Renegotiated loans

    Loans that have been renegotiated in such a way that, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, we granted a concession to the borrower that we would not otherwise have considered are disclosed and defined as renegotiated loans and are a subset of forborne loans disclosed in the Asset Quality section of the Risk Report.

    S-11

    Breakdown of the Group’s renegotiated loans representing our troubled debt restructurings

    in € m.

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2016

    Dec 31, 2015

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2016

    Renegotiated loans considered nonimpaired

    German

    717

    553

    520

    717

    553

    Non-German

    288

    263

    356

    288

    263

    Total renegotiated loans considered nonimpaired

    1,006

    816

    875

    1,006

    816

    Renegotiated loans considered impaired

    German

    509

    661

    942

    509

    661

    Non-German

    718

    770

    876

    718

    770

    Total renegotiated loans considered impaired

    1,227

    1,430

    1,819

    1,227

    1,430

    Renegotiated loans

    German

    1,226

    1,213

    1,463

    1,226

    1,213

    Non-German

    1,007

    1,033

    1,233

    1,007

    1,033

    Total renegotiated loans

    2,233

    2,246

    2,695

    2,233

    2,246

    In 2017, renegotiated loans remained stable, decreasing by € 13 million or 1 %.

    In 2016, renegotiated loans decreased by € 449 million or 17 % driven mainly by disposal and charge offs of impaired assets in Germany and the UK in NCOU and CIB. This was further complemented by disposals and charge offs of non-impaired assets in non-German region in CIB and AM.12

    It should be noted that these renegotiations are not part of a special modification or restructuring program such as the Fannie Mae “Home Affordable Modification Program”. Rather, new terms (for example modification of interest rates, principal amounts, interest due, maturities, etc.) were arranged depending on the requirements of the individual renegotiation.

    Foreign outstandings

    The following tables list only those countries for which the cross-border outstandings exceeded 0.75 % of the Group’s total assets as of December   31, 2020, 2019 2018 and 2017.2018. Offsetting of local country claims is done for third party liabilities of the respective foreign offices that represent legal obligations of the foreign offices and for which no payment is guaranteed at locations outside of the country of the office. As of December   31, 2019,2020, there were no outstandings that exceeded 0.75 % of total assets in any country currently facing debt restructuring or liquidity problems that the Group expects would materially impact the country’s ability to service its obligations.

    Dec 31, 2020

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Banks and other financial institutions

    Governments and Official institutions

    Other1

    Commit- ments

    Net local country claim

    Total

    in %

    United States

    4,962

    30,094

    73,257

    5,761

    109,188

    223,262

    16.85

    Great Britain

    3,576

    20,387

    13,243

    5,854

    33,159

    76,219

    5.75

    France

    2,951

    18,369

    21,550

    6,173

    3,420

    52,463

    3.96

    Italy

    1,796

    14,286

    9,687

    1,072

    22,742

    49,583

    3.74

    Luxembourg

    7,979

    4,732

    28,323

    2,867

    5,535

    49,436

    3.73

    Spain

    1,796

    10,308

    13,090

    2,920

    28,114

    2.12

    Netherlands

    1,137

    2,814

    9,246

    5,567

    18,765

    1.42

    Switzerland

    1,596

    3,885

    6,294

    4,898

    1,070

    17,743

    1.34

    Ireland

    272

    2,481

    12,508

    1,288

    16,548

    1.25

    Belgium

    1,090

    5,171

    3,705

    1,599

    11,565

    0.87

    1Other includes commercial and industrial, insurance and other loans.

    Dec 31, 2019

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Banks and other financial institutions

    Governments and Official institutions

    Other1

    Commit- ments

    Net local country claim

    Total

    in %

    United States

    4,276

    27,261

    89,587

    10,671

    134,877

    266,673

    20.55

    Great Britain

    2,602

    17,252

    14,242

    5,950

    35,686

    75,732

    5.84

    Luxembourg

    8,781

    7,929

    39,403

    2,994

    7,968

    67,076

    5.17

    France

    4,152

    13,836

    26,823

    6,109

    3,352

    54,272

    4.18

    Italy

    4,106

    14,898

    15,505

    1,166

    6,065

    41,739

    3.22

    Spain

    3,214

    7,482

    13,197

    1,366

    25,259

    1.95

    Ireland

    787

    1,570

    20,329

    1,418

    24,103

    1.86

    Switzerland

    3,142

    5,541

    8,441

    5,204

    666

    22,994

    1.77

    Netherlands

    1,690

    2,638

    9,928

    5,469

    19,726

    1.52

    Japan

    511

    305

    9,129

    332

    10,277

    0.79

    1Other includes commercial and industrial, insurance and other loans.


    S-12

    Dec 31, 2018

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Banks and other financial institutions

    Governments and Official institutions

    Other1

    Commit- ments

    Net local country claim

    Total

    in %

    United States

    9,684

    22,272

    146,578

    12,835

    129,905

    321,274

    23.83

    Luxembourg

    8,446

    7,474

    37,708

    3,840

    6,548

    64,015

    4.75

    France

    5,850

    7,185

    25,098

    5,056

    43,190

    3.20

    Italy

    3,617

    12,572

    12,875

    1,008

    5,045

    35,117

    2.60

    Great Britain

    3,360

    12,480

    10,159

    4,907

    30,905

    2.29

    Spain

    3,790

    7,927

    12,022

    1,835

    25,574

    1.90

    Switzerland

    2,338

    4,464

    13,516

    3,895

    1,065

    25,277

    1.87

    Netherlands

    1,333

    3,998

    14,172

    5,266

    24,770

    1.84

    Ireland

    227

    1,373

    19,290

    2,623

    1

    23,513

    1.74

    Japan

    956

    496

    12,400

    232

    14,084

    1.04

    Belgium

    3,040

    2,426

    4,339

    1,095

    10,900

    0.81

    China

    4,470

    970

    4,618

    516

    10,574

    0.78

    India

    2,135

    706

    4,822

    246

    2,511

    10,419

    0.77

    Canada

    1,209

    309

    7,240

    1,332

    10,090

    0.75

    1Other includes commercial and industrial, insurance and other loans.

    Dec 31, 2017

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Banks and other financial institutions

    Governments and Official institutions

    Other1

    Commit- ments

    Net local country claim

    Total

    in %

    United States

    15,972

    18,597

    168,590

    9,482

    110,721

    323,362

    21.92

    Luxembourg

    9,389

    9,595

    36,990

    2,844

    6,085

    64,903

    4.40

    Great Britain

    4,945

    11,522

    13,117

    4,844

    16,974

    51,402

    3.49

    France

    4,583

    11,197

    25,675

    8,318

    49,774

    3.37

    Italy

    6,070

    16,149

    14,490

    1,132

    4,470

    42,310

    2.87

    Netherlands

    2,309

    4,750

    14,206

    5,050

    26,316

    1.78

    Spain

    5,590

    7,328

    10,764

    1,010

    24,692

    1.67

    Switzerland

    2,082

    3,392

    12,067

    4,484

    967

    22,993

    1.56

    Ireland

    594

    2,071

    19,387

    1,150

    2

    23,203

    1.57

    Japan

    1,297

    264

    18,408

    262

    20,231

    1.37

    Norway

    438

    259

    11,269

    490

    12,457

    0.84

    China

    4,386

    793

    6,206

    635

    12,020

    0.81

    Australia

    1,571

    286

    9,493

    391

    11,741

    0.80

    India

    2,584

    917

    5,497

    704

    1,960

    11,662

    0.79

    Cayman Islands

    57

    597

    6,292

    1,150

    3,031

    11,127

    0.75

    1Other includes commercial and industrial, insurance and other loans.

    S-1313

    IFRS 9 allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost

    Breakdown of the movements in the Group’s allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Balance, beginning of year

    4,259

    4,596

    4,093

    4,259

    4,596

    Charge-offs:

    German:

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    0

    0

    (1)

    0

    0

    Mining and quarrying

    0

    0

    (0)

    0

    0

    Manufacturing

    (38)

    (55)

    (47)

    (38)

    (55)

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    (2)

    0

    0

    (2)

    0

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    0

    0

    (0)

    0

    0

    Construction

    (1)

    (1)

    (4)

    (1)

    (1)

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    (3)

    (22)

    (9)

    (3)

    (22)

    Transport and storage

    (68)

    (159)

    (4)

    (68)

    (159)

    Accommodation and food service activities

    (0)

    (0)

    (1)

    (0)

    (0)

    Information and communication

    (0)

    (0)

    (1)

    (0)

    (0)

    Financial and insurance activities

    (1)

    (12)

    (8)

    (1)

    (12)

    Real estate activities

    (0)

    (1)

    (1)

    (0)

    (1)

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    (0)

    (0)

    (4)

    (0)

    (0)

    Administrative and support service activities

    (0)

    (0)

    (3)

    (0)

    (0)

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    0

    0

    (0)

    0

    0

    Education

    (0)

    0

    (0)

    (0)

    0

    Human health services and social work activities

    (0)

    0

    (1)

    (0)

    0

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    (0)

    0

    (0)

    (0)

    0

    Other service activities

    (3)

    (4)

    (1)

    (3)

    (4)

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    (252)

    (121)

    (156)

    (252)

    (121)

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    German total

    (370)

    (375)

    (241)

    (370)

    (375)

    Non-German total

    (528)

    (619)

    (540)

    (528)

    (619)

    Total charge-offs

    (898)

    (995)

    (781)

    (898)

    (995)

    Recoveries:

    German:

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Mining and quarrying

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Manufacturing

    4

    14

    8

    4

    14

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Construction

    0

    1

    0

    0

    1

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    4

    1

    2

    4

    1

    Transport and storage

    6

    6

    0

    6

    6

    Accommodation and food service activities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Information and communication

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Financial and insurance activities

    1

    0

    0

    1

    0

    Real estate activities

    1

    3

    2

    1

    3

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Administrative and support service activities

    15

    1

    12

    15

    1

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Education

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Human health services and social work activities

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other service activities

    1

    9

    0

    1

    9

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    46

    65

    20

    46

    65

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    German total

    78

    99

    46

    78

    99

    Non-German total

    18

    73

    12

    18

    73

    Total recoveries

    96

    172

    58

    96

    172

    Net charge-offs

    (802)

    (823)

    (723)

    (802)

    (823)

    Provision for loan losses

    636

    507

    1,686

    636

    507

    Other changes (i.e., exchange rate changes, changes in the group of consolidated companies)

    0

    (21)

    (110)

    0

    (21)

    Balance, end of year1

    4,093

    4,259

    4,946

    4,093

    4,259

    Percentage of total net charge-offs to average loans for the year

    0.21 %

    0.24 %

    0.19 %

    0.21 %

    0.24 %

    1 Fluctuation rate (Allowance for Credit Losses at end of reporting period/Total Loans at Amortized Costs before deduction of Allowance for Loan Losses at end of reporting period): 0.651.15% for 2020, 0.94 % for 2019 (restated) and 0.73 %0.73% for 2018,2018.

    S-1414

    Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment increased by € 853 million or 21 % in 2020 mainly driven by Stage 3:

    Stage 1 allowances remained roughly stable with a slight decrease of € 5 million or 1 %.

    Stage 2 allowances increased by € 156 million or 32% due to the update of the macroeconomic outlook.

    Stage 3 allowances increased by € 702 million or 23% driven by new defaults across business divisions and the increase against the existing POCI loan portfolio.

    Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment dropped by € 166 million or 4 % in 2019 mainly driven by Stage 3:

    Stage 1 allowances increased by € 40 million or 8 % driven by an increase Inin Loans at Amortized Cost in Investment Bank and Private Bank.

    Stage 2 allowances remained roughly stable with a slight decrease of € 8 million or 2%.2 %.

    Stage 3 allowances decreased by € 198 million or 6%6 % driven by NPL sales in Private Bank as well as write-offs in shipping in Capital Release Unit, which were partly offset by new defaults in Corporate Bank and Investment Bank.

    Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost subject to impairment dropped by € 338 million or 7 % 7%

    in 2018 mainly driven by Stage 3:

    Stage 1 allowances increased by € 47 million or 10 % driven by additional provisions in former CIB to reflect for a weakening

    macro-economic outlook as well as a one-off adjustment to the calculation methodology on certain loans on which we hold

    insurance protection.

    Stage 2 allowances remained almost stable.

    Stage 3 allowances decreased by € 391 million or 11 % driven by former CIB, where charge offs partly related to de-risking

    activities in our shipping portfolio overcompensated additional provisions.

    The following table presents an analysis of the changes in the non-German component of the allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost. As of December 31, 2019, 55%2020, 56% of the Group’s total allowance was attributable to non-German clients, compared to 57 %55 % at the beginning of the year.

    Non-German component of the allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost

    in € m.

    in € m.

    2019

    2018

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Balance, beginning of year

    Balance, beginning of year

    2,434

    2,760

    2,237

    2,434

    2,760

    Provision for loan losses

    Provision for loan losses

    420

    130

    1,190

    420

    130

    Net charge-offs

    Net charge-offs

    (510)

    (547)

    (527)

    (510)

    (547)

    Charge-offs

    Charge-offs

    (528)

    (619)

    (540)

    (528)

    (619)

    Recoveries

    Recoveries

    18

    73

    14

    18

    73

    Other changes (i.e., exchange rate changes, changes in the group of consolidated companies)

    Other changes (i.e., exchange rate changes, changes in the group of consolidated companies)

    (107)

    91

    (53)

    (107)

    91

    Balance, end of year

    Balance, end of year

    2,237

    2,434

    2,848

    2,237

    2,434

    The following table presents the components of the Group’s allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost by industry of the borrower, and the percentage of its total loan portfolio accounted for by those industry classifications, on the dates specified. The breakdown between German and non-German borrowers is based on the location of the borrowers.

    S-1515

    Allowance for credit losses against financial assets at amortized cost by industry of the borrower

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    German:

    Agriculture, forestry and fishing

    3

    0 %

    4

    0 %

    3

    0 %

    3

    0 %

    4

    0 %

    Mining and quarrying

    1

    0 %

    2

    0 %

    2

    0 %

    1

    0 %

    2

    0 %

    Manufacturing

    203

    2 %

    127

    2 %

    195

    2 %

    203

    2 %

    127

    2 %

    Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply

    1

    0 %

    3

    0 %

    33

    0 %

    1

    0 %

    3

    0 %

    Water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities

    4

    0 %

    4

    0 %

    3

    0 %

    4

    0 %

    4

    0 %

    Construction

    39

    0 %

    38

    0 %

    37

    0 %

    39

    0 %

    38

    0 %

    Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles

    122

    1 %

    104

    1 %

    153

    1 %

    122

    1 %

    104

    1 %

    Transport and storage

    32

    0 %

    105

    0 %

    30

    0 %

    32

    0 %

    105

    0 %

    Accommodation and food service activities

    4

    0 %

    3

    0 %

    6

    0 %

    4

    0 %

    3

    0 %

    Information and communication

    10

    0 %

    11

    0 %

    80

    0 %

    10

    0 %

    11

    0 %

    Financial and insurance activities

    119

    2 %

    27

    2 %

    62

    2 %

    119

    2 %

    27

    2 %

    Real estate activities

    47

    2 %

    53

    2 %

    78

    3 %

    47

    2 %

    53

    2 %

    Professional, scientific and technical activities

    45

    1 %

    24

    1 %

    23

    1 %

    45

    1 %

    24

    1 %

    Administrative and support service activities

    11

    1 %

    10

    1 %

    21

    1 %

    11

    1 %

    10

    1 %

    Public administration and defense, compulsory social security

    0

    1 %

    0

    1 %

    0

    1 %

    0

    1 %

    0

    1 %

    Education

    1

    0 %

    1

    0 %

    1

    0 %

    1

    0 %

    1

    0 %

    Human health services and social work activities

    7

    1 %

    7

    1 %

    9

    1 %

    7

    1 %

    7

    1 %

    Arts, entertainment and recreation

    1

    0 %

    1

    0 %

    1

    0 %

    1

    0 %

    1

    0 %

    Other service activities

    11

    0 %

    11

    1 %

    11

    1 %

    11

    0 %

    11

    1 %

    Activities of households as employers, undifferentiated goods- and services-producing activities of households for own use

    1,197

    34 %

    1,291

    34 %

    1,352

    36 %

    1,197

    34 %

    1,291

    34 %

    Activities of extraterritorial organizations and bodies

    0

    0 %

    0

    0 %

    0

    0 %

    0

    0 %

    0

    0 %

    German total

    1,857

    47 %

    1,825

    48 %

    2,098

    50 %

    1,857

    47 %

    1,825

    48 %

    Non-German:

    Non-German total

    2,236

    53 %

    2,434

    52 %

    2,848

    50 %

    2,236

    53 %

    2,434

    52 %

    Total allowance for loan losses

    4,093

    4,259

    4,946

    4,093

    4,259


    S-1616

    Allowance for loan losses (comparables as reported under IAS 39)

    Breakdown of the movements in the Group’s allowance for loan losses

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    2017

    2016

    2015

    2017

    2016

    Balance, beginning of year

    4,546

    5,028

    5,212

    4,546

    5,028

    Charge-offs:

    German:

    Financial intermediation

    (1)

    (1)

    (3)

    (1)

    (1)

    Manufacturing

    (6)

    (49)

    (32)

    (6)

    (49)

    Wholesale and retail trade

    (12)

    (10)

    (24)

    (12)

    (10)

    Households (excluding mortgages)

    (149)

    (309)

    (276)

    (149)

    (309)

    Households – mortgages

    (53)

    (90)

    (107)

    (53)

    (90)

    Commercial real estate activities

    (1)

    (6)

    (30)

    (1)

    (6)

    Public sector

    0

    (0)

    0

    0

    (0)

    Other

    (68)

    (156)

    (75)

    (68)

    (156)

    German total

    (291)

    (621)

    (547)

    (291)

    (621)

    Non-German total

    (854)

    (1,330)

    (708)

    (854)

    (1,330)

    Total charge-offs

    (1,146)

    (1,951)

    (1,255)

    (1,146)

    (1,951)

    Recoveries:

    German:

    Financial intermediation

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Manufacturing

    8

    6

    14

    8

    6

    Wholesale and retail trade

    3

    3

    3

    3

    3

    Households (excluding mortgages)

    19

    22

    33

    19

    22

    Households – mortgages

    40

    44

    39

    40

    44

    Commercial real estate activities

    11

    5

    7

    11

    5

    Public sector

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Other

    17

    13

    14

    17

    13

    German total

    100

    94

    110

    100

    94

    Non-German total

    27

    93

    51

    27

    93

    Total recoveries

    127

    187

    161

    127

    187

    Net charge-offs

    (1,019)

    (1,764)

    (1,094)

    (1,019)

    (1,764)

    Provision for loan losses

    552

    1,347

    882

    552

    1,347

    Other changes (i.e., exchange rate changes, changes in the group of consolidated companies)

    (158)

    (65)

    28

    (158)

    (65)

    Balance, end of year1

    3,921

    4,546

    5,028

    3,921

    4,546

    Percentage of total net charge-offs to average loans for the year

    0.25 %

    0.43 %

    0.25 %

    0.25 %

    0.43 %

    1Fluctuation1Fluctuation rate (Allowance for Loan Losses at end of reporting period/Total Loans before deduction of Allowance for Loan Losses at end of reporting period):

    0.97 % for 2017 and 1.10   % for 2016 and 1.16 % for 2015.2016.

    The Group’s allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2017 was € 3.9 billion, 55 % of which was related to collectively assessed and 45 % to individually assessed loan losses. The reduction in the allowance for loan losses of € 625 million compared to prior year end was driven by € 1.1 billion net charge-offs, partly offset by € 552   million of additional loan loss provisions.

    The decrease in our individually assessed loan portfolio mainly resulted from former CIB, driven by all portfolios including shipping. Despite the year-over-year reduction, shipping continued to be the main driver of provision for credit losses in 2017, in part related to the re-evaluation of the respective impairment method during the year as discussed in Note 1 “Significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates” to the consolidated financial statements. A further year-over-year reduction in former PCB was driven by a release in former Postbank. The decrease in provisions for our collectively assessed loan portfolio mainly resulted from the non-recurrence of one-off items related to assets reported under former NCOU in prior year and further reflected the good portfolio quality and ongoing benign economic environment in former PCB.

    The decrease in 2017 in net charge-offs of € 745 million compared to 2016 was mainly driven by non-recurrence of net charge offs related to assets reported under former NCOU in 2016.

    The Group’s allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2016 was € 4.5 billion, 54 % of which was related to collectively assessed and 46 % to individually assessed loan losses. The reduction in the allowance for loan losses of € 482 million compared to prior year end was driven by € 1.8 billion net charge-offs, partly offset by € 1.3 billion of additional loan loss provisions.


    S-17

    Provision for loan losses increased by € 465 million in 2016 compared to 2015. The increase in our individually assessed portfolio mainly resulted from CIB reflecting the continued market weakness of the shipping sector as well as lower commodity prices in the metals and mining and oil and gas sectors. The increase in provisions for our collectively assessed loan portfolio was mainly driven by former NCOU partly relating to higher charges for IAS 39 reclassified assets and partly offset by former PCB, among other factors reflecting the good quality of the loan book and the benign economic environment.

    The increase in net charge-offs of € 670 million compared to prior year is mainly driven by former NCOU caused by IAS 39 reclassified assets along with disposals.

    Our allowance for loan losses for IAS 39 reclassified assets, which were reported in former NCOU, amounted to € 69 million as of December 31, 2016, representing 2 % of our total allowance for loan losses, down 82 % from the level at the end of 2015 which amounted to € 389 million (8 % of total allowance for loan losses). This reduction was driven by charge offs of € 355 million along with reduction driven by foreign exchange as most IAS 39 reclassified assets are denominated in non-Euro currencies and was partly offset by additional provisions of € 66 million.

    Compared to 2015, provision for loan losses for IAS 39 reclassified assets increased by € 110 million mainly related to our European Mortgage Portfolios. Net Charge offs increased by € 242 million mainly driven by the European Mortgage portfolio and one large single booking.

    The following table presents an analysis of the changes in the non-German component of the allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2017, 61 % of the Group’s total allowance was attributable to non-German clients compared to 67 % as of December 31, 2016.

    17

    Non-German component of the allowance for loan losses

    in € m.

    2017

    2016

    2015

    2017

    2016

    Balance, beginning of year

    3,057

    3,345

    3,339

    3,057

    3,345

    Provision for loan losses

    278

    1,004

    612

    278

    1,004

    Net charge-offs

    (828)

    (1,238)

    (657)

    (828)

    (1,238)

    Charge-offs

    (854)

    (1,330)

    (708)

    (854)

    (1,330)

    Recoveries

    27

    93

    51

    27

    93

    Other changes (i.e., exchange rate changes, changes in the group of consolidated companies)

    (114)

    (54)

    51

    (114)

    (54)

    Balance, end of year

    2,394

    3,057

    3,345

    2,394

    3,057

    The following table presents the components of the Group’s allowance for loan losses by industry of the borrower, and the percentage of its total loan portfolio accounted for by those industry classifications, on the dates specified. The breakdown between German and non-German borrowers is based on the location of the borrowers.

    Allowance for loan losses by industry of the borrower

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2016

    Dec 31, 2015

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2016

    German:

    Individually assessed loan loss allowance:

    Financial intermediation

    0

    1 %

    0

    1 %

    0

    1 %

    0

    1 %

    0

    1 %

    Manufacturing

    133

    2 %

    139

    2 %

    196

    2 %

    133

    2 %

    139

    2 %

    Households (excluding mortgages)

    2

    4 %

    11

    4 %

    98

    4 %

    2

    4 %

    11

    4 %

    Households – mortgages

    3

    30 %

    5

    29 %

    6

    27 %

    3

    30 %

    5

    29 %

    Public sector

    0

    2 %

    0

    3 %

    0

    3 %

    0

    2 %

    0

    3 %

    Wholesale and retail trade

    86

    2 %

    74

    1 %

    84

    1 %

    86

    2 %

    74

    1 %

    Commercial real estate activities

    59

    2 %

    45

    2 %

    48

    5 %

    59

    2 %

    45

    2 %

    Other1

    317

    6 %

    289

    5 %

    216

    3 %

    317

    6 %

    289

    5 %

    Individually assessed loan loss allowance German total

    600

    563

    647

    600

    563

    Collectively assessed loan loss allowance

    927

    926

    1,035

    927

    926

    German total

    1,527

    49 %

    1,489

    48 %

    1,683

    47 %

    1,527

    49 %

    1,489

    48 %

    Non-German:

    Individually assessed loan loss allowance

    1,166

    1,508

    1,604

    1,166

    1,508

    Collectively assessed loan loss allowance

    1,228

    1,549

    1,741

    1,228

    1,549

    Non-German total

    2,394

    51 %

    3,057

    52 %

    3,345

    53 %

    2,394

    51 %

    3,057

    52 %

    Total allowance for loan losses

    3,921

    100 %

    4,546

    100 %

    5,028

    100 %

    3,921

    100 %

    4,546

    100 %

    Total individually assessed loan loss allowance

    1,766

    2,071

    2,252

    1,766

    2,071

    Total collectively assessed loan loss allowance

    2,155

    2,475

    2,776

    2,155

    2,475

    Total allowance for loan losses

    3,921

    4,546

    5,028

    3,921

    4,546

    1Includes mainly Transportation and Services.

    S-18

    Deposits

    The amount of other time deposits in the amount of U.S.$ 100,000 or more in offices in Germany was € 60.339.9 billion as of December 31, 2019,2020, of which € 22.814.5 billion had maturities of three months or less, € 12.18.7 billion had maturities over three months but less than six months, € 14.76.8 billion had maturities of over six months but less than one year and € 10.710.1 billion had maturities of over one year. The amount of certificates of deposits in the amount of U.S.$ 100,000 or more in offices in Germany was € 4054 million as of December 31, 2019,2020, having maturities of three months or less.

    The amount of certificates of deposits and other time deposits in the amount of U.S.$ 100,000 or more issued by non-German offices was € 31.128.6 billion as of December 31, 2019.2020.

    Total deposits by foreign depositors in German offices were € 43.444.8 billion, € 40.543.4 billion and € 38.340.5 billion as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, and 2017, respectively.


    18

    Return on equity and assets

    2019

    2018

    2017

    2020

    2019

    2018

    Return on average shareholders’ equity (post-tax)1

    (8.96)%

    0.43%

    (1.17)%

    1.01%

    (8.96)%

    0.43%

    Return on average total assets (post-tax)2

    (0.38)%

    0.02%

    (0.05)%

    0.04%

    (0.38)%

    0.02%

    Equity to assets ratio3

    4.21%

    4.32%

    4.09%

    3.50%

    4.21%

    4.32%

    Dividend payout ratio:4

    Basic earnings per share

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    0

    N/M

    N/M

    Diluted earnings per share

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M

    0

    N/M

    N/M

    N/M – Not meaningful

    1Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders as a percentage of average shareholders’ equity.

    2Net income (loss) attributable to Deutsche Bank shareholders as a percentage of average total assets.

    3Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of average total assets for each year.

    4Dividends paid per share in respect of each year as a percentage of the Group’s basic and diluted earnings per share for that year.

    Short-term borrowings with an original maturity of one year or less

    The difference between the period-end and average balances for central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements mainly arises from fluctuating activity with respect to fixed income securities positions within Corporate Bank and Investment Bank divisions. Intra-quarter trading volume, which increases the monthly averages relative to quarter- and year-end, predominantly comprises financing of short-term positions in highly liquid U.S. Treasuries and Agencies, which is a result of the Bank providing liquidity to the market via market-making activity and is largely driven by client demand. These U.S. Treasury and Agency positions are very low risk and have negligible impact on the firm’s liquidity and capital position.

    in € m. (unless stated otherwise)

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Dec 31, 2017

    Dec 31, 2020

    Dec 31, 2019

    Dec 31, 2018

    Central bank funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements:

    Balance, end of year

    3,115

    4,867

    18,105

    2,325

    3,115

    4,867

    Average balance1

    5,374

    13,721

    19,619

    5,711

    5,374

    13,721

    Maximum balance at any month-end

    10,581

    21,281

    25,137

    14,078

    10,581

    21,281

    Weighted-average interest rate during the year

    6.76%

    2.73%

    2.07%

    2.95%

    6.76%

    2.73%

    Weighted-average interest rate on year-end balance

    1.13%

    1.21%

    0.58%

    0.41%

    1.13%

    1.21%

    Securities loaned:

    Balance, end of year

    259

    3,359

    6,688

    1,698

    259

    3,359

    Average balance1

    2,338

    6,246

    5,540

    874

    2,338

    6,246

    Maximum balance at any month-end

    3,620

    9,036

    9,823

    1,697

    3,620

    9,036

    Weighted-average interest rate during the year

    3.16%

    2.26%

    (1.35)%

    0.43%

    3.16%

    2.26%

    Weighted-average interest rate on year-end balance

    1.77%

    1.90%

    0.03%

    (0.10)%

    1.77%

    1.90%

    Commercial paper:

    Balance, end of year

    1,585

    2,752

    5,274

    1,748

    1,585

    2,752

    Average balance1

    2,142

    4,909

    4,775

    1,609

    2,142

    4,909

    Maximum balance at any month-end

    2,476

    6,221

    5,665

    1,937

    2,476

    6,221

    Weighted-average interest rate during the year

    1.45%

    0.39%

    0.42%

    1.12%

    1.45%

    0.39%

    Weighted-average interest rate on year-end balance

    1.84%

    0.60%

    0.31%

    1.10%

    1.84%

    0.60%

    Other:

    Balance, end of year

    3,633

    11,406

    13,137

    1,804

    3,633

    11,406

    Average balance1

    9,952

    12,747

    14,398

    2,839

    9,952

    12,747

    Maximum balance at any month-end

    12,720

    13,907

    16,125

    4,340

    12,720

    13,907

    Weighted-average interest rate during the year

    1.32%

    0.93%

    0.80%

    1.44%

    1.32%

    0.93%

    Weighted-average interest rate on year-end balance

    1.30%

    0.59%

    0.40%

    1.04%

    1.30%

    0.59%

    1 Based upon month-end balances.

    S-1919

    Imprint

    Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft

    Taunusanlage 12

    60262 Frankfurt am Main

    Germany

    Telephone: +49 69 9 10 00

    deutsche.bank@db.com

    20